This is a modern-English version of Lights and Shadows of New York Life: or, the Sights and Sensations of the Great City, originally written by McCabe, James Dabney.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
LIGHTS AND SHADOWS OF NEW YORK LIFE;
OR, THE SIGHTS AND SENSATIONS OF A GREAT CITY.
BY JAMES D. MCCABE, JR.
BY JAMES D. MCCABE, JR.
LIGHTS AND SHADOWS
OF NEW YORK LIFE;
or, the
SIGHTS AND SENSATIONS
of
THE GREAT CITY.
LIGHTS AND SHADOWS
OF NEW YORK LIFE;
or, the
SIGHTS AND SENSATIONS
of
THE GREAT CITY.
a work descriptive of
the
city of new york in all its various phases;
a work describing the
the city of New York in all its various aspects;
with full and graphic accounts of
with detailed and vivid descriptions of
its splendors and
wretchedness; its high and low life;
its marble palaces and dark dens; its attractions and
dangers; its rings and
frauds; its leading men
and politicians; its
adventurers; its charities;
its mysteries, and its
crimes.
its glories and suffering; the highs and lows;
its luxurious buildings and shady areas; its attractions and
risks; its scams and tricks lies; its key figures
and politicians; its adventurers; its nonprofits;
its secrets, and its crimes.
By JAMES D. McCABE, JR.,
By James D. McCabe Jr.
author of
“paris by sunlight and gaslight,”
“history of the war between germany and
france,” “great
fortunes,” “the great
republic,” etc., etc.
author of “Paris by Sunlight and Gaslight,” “History of the War Between Germany and France,” “Big Fortunes,” “The Great Republic,” etc., etc.
illustrated with numerous
fine engravings of noted places, life
and scenes in new york.
shown with many detailed engravings of significant locations, life
and scenes in NYC.
Issued by subscription only, and not for sale
in the book stores. Residents of any State desiring
a copy should address the Publishers, and an Agent will call upon
them. See page 851.
Issued by subscription only and not for sale in bookstores. Residents of any state who want a copy should contact the Publishers, and an Agent will visit them. See page 851.
NATIONAL PUBLISHING COMPANY,
NATIONAL PUBLISHING COMPANY,
PHILADELPHIA, Pa.; CINCINNATI, Ohio; CHICAGO, Ill.;
PHILADELPHIA, Pa.; CINCINNATI, Ohio; CHICAGO, Ill.;
ST. LOUIS, Mo.
ST. LOUIS, MO
p. 13PREFACE.
It is the desire of every American to see New York, the largest and most wonderful city in the Union. To very many the city and its attractions are familiar, and the number of these persons is increased by thousands of new comers every year. A still greater number, however, will know the Great City only by the stories that reach them through their friends and the newspapers. They may never gaze upon its beauties, never enjoy its attractions in person. For their benefit I have written these pages, and I have endeavored to present to them a faithful picture of the “Lights and Shadows” of the life of this City, and to describe its “Sights and Sensations” as they really exist.
It’s every American’s dream to see New York, the biggest and most amazing city in the country. Many people are familiar with the city and its attractions, and the number of those people increases by thousands of newcomers each year. However, an even greater number will only know the Great City through the stories that come to them from friends and the news. They may never experience its beauty or enjoy its attractions in person. I’ve written these pages for their benefit, aiming to provide an honest depiction of the “Lights and Shadows” of life in this city, and to describe its “Sights and Sensations” as they truly are.
This Great City, so wonderful in its beauty, so strange to eyes accustomed only to the smaller towns of the land, is in all respects the most attractive sight in p. 14America, and one of the most remarkable places in the world, ranking next to London and Paris in the extent and variety of its attractions. Its magnificence is remarkable, its squalor appalling. Nowhere else in the New World are seen such lavish displays of wealth, and such hideous depths of poverty. It is rich in historical associations and in treasures of art. It presents a wonderful series of combinations as well as contrasts of individual and national characteristics. It is richly worth studying by all classes, for it is totally different from any other city in the world. It is always fresh, always new. It is constantly changing, growing greater and more wonderful in its power and splendors, more worthy of admiration in its higher and nobler life, more generous in its charities, and more mysterious and appalling in its romance and its crimes. It is indeed a wonderful city. Coming fresh from plainer and more practical parts of the land, the visitor is plunged into the midst of so much beauty, magnificence, gayety, mystery, and a thousand other wonders, that he is fairly bewildered. It is hoped that the reader of these pages will be by their perusal better prepared to enjoy the attractions, and to shun the dangers of New York. It has been my effort to bring home to those who cannot see the city for themselves, its pleasures and its dangers, and to enable them to enjoy the former p. 15without either the fatigue or expense demanded of an active participant in them, and to appreciate the latter, without incurring the risks attending an exploration of the shadowy side of the Great City.
This amazing city, stunning in its beauty and unfamiliar to those used only to smaller towns, is, without a doubt, the most attractive sight in p. 14America and one of the most extraordinary places in the world, coming right after London and Paris in its range and variety of attractions. Its grandeur is striking, while its poverty is shocking. Nowhere else in the New World can you find such extravagant displays of wealth alongside such glaring levels of poverty. It’s rich in history and art treasures, presenting a fantastic mix of individual and national traits. It’s definitely worth studying for people of all backgrounds since it differs completely from any other city worldwide. It’s always fresh and always new, constantly changing and becoming even more magnificent in its power and beauty, more admirable in its nobler pursuits, more generous in its charitable efforts, and more mysterious and unsettling in its stories and crimes. It truly is a remarkable city. After coming from plainer and more practical areas of the country, visitors find themselves immersed in so much beauty, grandeur, vibrancy, mystery, and countless other wonders that they feel utterly dazzled. I hope that those reading these pages will be better prepared to enjoy the attractions and avoid the dangers of New York. I’ve tried to convey to those who cannot experience the city firsthand its pleasures and its risks, allowing them to enjoy the former p. 15without the fatigue or cost of being an active participant, and to acknowledge the latter without facing the risks of exploring the darker side of this Great City.
To those who intend visiting New York, whether they come as strangers, or as persons familiar with it, the writer has a word to say, which he trusts may be heeded. An honest effort has been made in this work to present the reader with a fair description of the dangers to which visitors and citizens are alike exposed. For the purpose of performing this task, the writer made visits, in company with the police officials of the city, to a number of the places described in this work, and he is satisfied that no respectable person can with safety visit them, unless provided with a similar protection. The curiosity of all persons concerning the darker side of city life can be fully satisfied by a perusal of the sketches presented in this volume. It is not safe for a stranger to undertake to explore these places for himself. No matter how clever he may consider himself, no respectable man is a match for the villains and sharpers of New York, and he voluntarily brings upon himself all the consequences that will follow his entrance into the haunts of the criminal and disreputable classes. The city is full of danger. The path of safety which is pointed out in these pages is p. 16the only one for either citizen or stranger—an absolute avoidance of the vicinity of sin.
To anyone planning to visit New York, whether you're a newcomer or familiar with the city, the author has something to share that he hopes you'll take seriously. This work makes a sincere attempt to provide a fair depiction of the dangers that both visitors and locals face. To achieve this, the author went on trips with city police officials to several of the places mentioned here, and he believes that no respectable person can safely visit them without similar protection. The curiosity that everyone has about the darker aspects of city life can be fully satisfied by reading the sketches included in this book. It's not safe for a stranger to try exploring these places alone. No matter how smart he thinks he is, no respectable man can match the cunning of the criminals and con artists in New York, and he willingly puts himself at risk by entering the hideouts of the unsavory and criminal classes. The city is filled with danger. The safe path outlined in these pages is p. 16the only option for both locals and visitors—completely avoiding areas of vice.
Those who have seen the city will, I am sure, confirm the statements contained herein, and will acknowledge the truthfulness of the picture I have drawn, whatever they may think of the manner in which the work is executed.
Those who have seen the city will, I'm sure, back up the points made here and will recognize the accuracy of the picture I've painted, no matter what they think about how the work is done.
J. D. McC., Jr.
J. D. McC., Jr.
New York,
New York,
March 21st, 1872
March 21, 1872
p. 17CONTENTS.
p. 29LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
p. 33 I. THE CITY OF NEW YORK
I. HISTORICAL.
On the morning of the 1st of May, 1607, there knelt at the chancel of the old church of St. Ethelburge, in Bishopsgate street, London, to receive the sacrament, a man of noble and commanding presence, with a broad intellectual forehead, short, close hair, and a countenance full of the dignity and courtly bearing of an honorable gentleman. His dress bespoke him a sailor, and such he was. Immediately upon receiving the sacrament, he hastened from the church to the Thames, where a boat was in waiting to convey him to a vessel lying in the stream. But little time was lost after his arrival on board, and soon the ship was gliding down the river. The man was an Englishman by birth and training, a seaman by education, and one of those daring explorers of the time who yearned to win fame by discovering the new route to India. His name was Henry Hudson, and he had been employed by “certain worshipful merchants of London” to go in search of a North-east passage to India, around the Arctic shores of Europe, between Lapland and Nova Zembla, and frozen Spitzbergen. These worthy gentlemen were convinced that since the effort to find a North-west passage had p. 34failed, nothing remained but to search for a North-east passage, and they were sure that if human skill or energy could find it, Hudson would succeed in his mission. They were not mistaken in their man, for in two successive voyages he did all that mortal could do to penetrate the ice fields beyond the North Cape, but without success. An impassable barrier of ice held him back, and he was forced to return to London to confess his failure. With unconquerable hope, he suggested new means of overcoming the difficulties; but while his employers praised his zeal and skill, they declined to go to further expense in an undertaking which promised so little, and the “bold Englishman, the expert pilot, and the famous navigator” found himself out of employment. Every effort to secure aid in England failed him, and, thoroughly disheartened, he passed over to Holland, whither his fame had preceded him.
On the morning of May 1, 1607, a man with a noble and commanding presence knelt at the chancel of the old church of St. Ethelburge on Bishopsgate Street, London, to receive the sacrament. He had a broad intellectual forehead, short, neatly kept hair, and a face that reflected the dignity and refined demeanor of a true gentleman. His clothing indicated he was a sailor, and indeed he was. As soon as he received the sacrament, he hurried from the church to the Thames, where a boat was waiting to take him to a ship anchored in the river. He didn't waste any time after boarding, and soon the ship was sailing down the river. He was an Englishman by birth and upbringing, a seafarer by training, and one of those bold explorers of the era eager to gain fame by finding a new route to India. His name was Henry Hudson, and he had been hired by “certain respectable merchants of London” to search for a North-east passage to India, navigating around the Arctic coasts of Europe, between Lapland and Nova Zembla, and the icy Spitzbergen. These gentlemen believed that since the attempt to find a North-west passage had p. 34failed, there was no choice but to look for a North-east passage instead. They were confident that if anyone could find it through human skill and effort, it would be Hudson. They weren't wrong about him; over two successive voyages, he did everything a person could do to navigate through the ice fields beyond the North Cape, but he was ultimately unsuccessful. A solid wall of ice blocked his way, and he was compelled to return to London and admit his failure. With relentless optimism, he proposed new strategies to tackle the challenges, but while his employers admired his enthusiasm and expertise, they decided not to invest any more money in an endeavor that showed little promise. Thus, the “bold Englishman, the expert pilot, and the famous navigator” found himself without a job. All his attempts to secure support in England were fruitless, and feeling completely discouraged, he went to Holland, where his reputation had preceded him.
The Dutch, who were more enterprising, and more hopeful than his own countrymen, lent a ready ear to his statement of his plans, and the Dutch East India Company at once employed him, and placed him in command of a yacht of ninety tons, called the Half Moon, manned by a picked crew. On the 25th of March, 1609, Hudson set sail in this vessel from Amsterdam, and steered directly for the coast of Nova Zembla. He succeeded in reaching the meridian of Spitzbergen; but here the ice, the fogs, and the fierce tempests of the North drove him back, and turning to the westward, he sailed past the capes of Greenland, and on the 2nd of July was on the banks of Newfoundland. He passed down the coast as far as Charleston Harbor, vainly hoping to find the North-west passage, and then in despair turned to the northward, discovering Delaware Bay on his voyage. On the 3rd of September he arrived off a large bay to the north of the Delaware, and passing into it, dropped anchor “at two cables’ length from the shore,” within Sandy Hook. Devoting some days to rest, and to the exploration of the bay, he passed through The Narrows on the 11th of September, and then the broad and beautiful “inner bay” burst upon him in all its splendor, and from the deck of his ship he watched the swift current of the mighty river rolling from the north to the sea. He was full of hope now, and the next day continued his p. 35progress up the river, and at nightfall cast anchor at Yonkers. During the night the current of the river turned his ship around, placing her head down stream; and this fact, coupled with the assurances of the natives who came out to the Half Moon in their canoes, that the river flowed from far beyond the mountains, convinced him that the stream flowed from ocean to ocean, and that by sailing on he would at length reach India—the golden land of his dreams.
The Dutch, who were more ambitious and optimistic than his own countrymen, listened intently to his plans. The Dutch East India Company quickly employed him and put him in charge of a ninety-ton yacht called the Half Moon, which was crewed by a select team. On March 25, 1609, Hudson set sail from Amsterdam and headed straight for the coast of Nova Zembla. He managed to reach the latitude of Spitzbergen, but the ice, fog, and fierce storms of the North forced him to turn back. Heading west, he sailed past the capes of Greenland and on July 2 found himself off the coast of Newfoundland. He traveled down the coastline as far as Charleston Harbor, desperately hoping to find the Northwest Passage, but in frustration turned north and discovered Delaware Bay during his journey. On September 3, he arrived at a large bay north of Delaware and, after entering it, dropped anchor “two cables’ length from the shore,” within Sandy Hook. Taking a few days to rest and explore the bay, he passed through The Narrows on September 11, and the wide and beautiful “inner bay” opened up before him in all its glory. From the deck of his ship, he watched the swift current of the mighty river flowing from the north to the sea. Filled with hope, he continued his progress up the river the next day and, at sunset, dropped anchor at Yonkers. That night, the river’s current turned his ship around, pointing it downstream. This, along with the assurances from the Native Americans who came out to the Half Moon in their canoes that the river flowed from far beyond the mountains, convinced him that the river connected the oceans and that by continuing to sail, he would eventually reach India—the land of his dreams.
Thus encouraged, he pursued his way up the river, gazing with wondering delight upon its glorious scenery, and listening with gradually fading hope to the stories of the natives who flocked to the water to greet him. The stream narrowed, and the water grew fresh, and long before he anchored below Albany, Hudson had abandoned the belief that he was in the Northwest passage. From the anchorage, a boat’s crew continued the voyage to the mouth of the Mohawk. Hudson was satisfied that he had made a great discovery—one that was worth fully as much as finding the new route to India. He was in a region upon which the white man’s eye had never rested before, and which offered the richest returns to commercial ventures. He hastened back to New York Bay, took possession of the country in the name of Holland, and then set sail for Europe. He put into Dartmouth in England, on his way back, where he told the story of his discovery. King James I. prevented his continuing his voyage, hoping to deprive the Dutch of its fruits; but Hudson took care to send his log-book and all the ship’s papers over to Holland, and thus placed his employers in full possession of the knowledge he had gained. The English at length released the Half Moon, and she continued her voyage to the Texel.
Encouraged by this, he made his way up the river, marveling at its stunning scenery and listening to the fading tales of the locals who came to the water to welcome him. The river narrowed, and the water became fresh, and long before he anchored below Albany, Hudson had given up on the idea that he was in the Northwest passage. From the anchorage, a crew continued the journey to the mouth of the Mohawk. Hudson was convinced he had made a significant discovery—one just as valuable as finding a new route to India. He was in a region that no white person had ever seen before, which promised incredible opportunities for trade. He hurried back to New York Bay, claimed the land in the name of Holland, and then set sail for Europe. On his return, he docked in Dartmouth, England, where he shared the story of his discovery. King James I prevented him from continuing his voyage, hoping to deny the Dutch the benefits of it; however, Hudson made sure to send his logbook and all the ship’s documents to Holland, ensuring his employers had full access to the information he had gathered. Eventually, the English released the Half Moon, and it continued its journey to the Texel.
The discovery of Hudson was particularly acceptable to the Dutch, for the new country was rich in fur-bearing animals, and Russia offered a ready market for all the furs that could be sent there. The East India Company, therefore, refitted the Half Moon after her return to Holland, and despatched her to the region discovered by Hudson on a fur trading expedition, which was highly successful. Private persons also embarked in similar enterprises, and within two years a prosperous and important p. 36fur trade was established between Holland and the country along the Mauritius, as the great river discovered by Hudson had been named, in honor of the Stadtholder of Holland. No government took any notice of the trade for a while, and all persons were free to engage in it.
The discovery of Hudson was especially welcomed by the Dutch because the new land was abundant with fur-bearing animals, and Russia provided a ready market for all the furs that could be shipped there. The East India Company, therefore, refitted the Half Moon after its return to Holland and sent it back to the area discovered by Hudson for a fur trading expedition, which turned out to be very successful. Private individuals also got involved in similar ventures, and within two years, a thriving and significant p. 36fur trade was established between Holland and the land along the Mauritius, which was the name given to the great river discovered by Hudson, in honor of the Stadtholder of Holland. For a while, no government paid attention to the trade, and everyone was free to participate.
Among the adventurers employed in this trade was one Adrian Block, noted as one of the boldest navigators of his time. He made a voyage to Manhattan Island in 1614, then the site of a Dutch trading post, and had secured a cargo of skins with which he was about to return to Holland, when a fire consumed both his vessel and her cargo, and obliged him to pass the winter with his crew on the island. They built them log huts on the site of the present Beaver street, the first houses erected in New York, and during the winter constructed a yacht of sixteen tons, which Block called the Onrust—the “Restless.” In this yacht Block made many voyages of discovery, exploring the coasts of Long Island Sound, and giving his name to the island near the eastern end of the sound. He soon after went back to Europe.
Among the adventurers involved in this trade was Adrian Block, known as one of the boldest navigators of his time. He made a trip to Manhattan Island in 1614, which was then home to a Dutch trading post, and had secured a load of skins that he was about to take back to Holland when a fire destroyed both his ship and its cargo. This forced him and his crew to spend the winter on the island. They built log huts where present-day Beaver Street is located, making them the first houses in New York. During the winter, they also constructed a sixteen-ton yacht, which Block named the Onrust—meaning “Restless.” With this yacht, Block undertook many exploration voyages, surveying the coasts of Long Island Sound and lending his name to the island near the eastern end of the sound. He soon returned to Europe.
Meanwhile, a small settlement had clustered about the trading post and the huts built by Block’s shipwrecked crew, and had taken the name of New Amsterdam. The inhabitants were well suited to become the ancestors of a great nation. They were mainly Dutch citizens of a European Republic, “composed of seven free, sovereign States”—made so by a struggle with despotism for forty years, and occupying a territory which their ancestors had reclaimed from the ocean and morass by indomitable labor. It was a republic where freedom of conscience, speech, and the press were complete and universal. The effect of this freedom had been the internal development of social beauty and strength, and vast increment of substantial wealth and power by immigration. Wars and despotisms in other parts of Europe sent thousands of intelligent exiles thither, and those free provinces were crowded with ingenious mechanics, and artists, and learned men, because conscience was there undisturbed, and the hand and brain were free to win and use the rewards of their industry and skill. Beautiful cities, towns, and villages were strewn over the whole country, and nowhere p. 37in Europe did society present an aspect half as pleasing as that of Holland. Every religious sect there found an asylum from persecution and encouragement to manly effort, by the kind respect of all. And at the very time when the charter of the West India Company was under consideration, that band of English Puritans who afterward set up the ensign of free institutions on the shores of Massachusetts Bay, were being nurtured in the bosom of that republic, and instructed in those principles of civil liberty that became a salutary leaven in the bigotry which they brought with them.
Meanwhile, a small settlement had formed around the trading post and the huts built by Block’s shipwrecked crew, and it was called New Amsterdam. The residents were well positioned to become the ancestors of a great nation. They were primarily Dutch citizens of a European Republic, “composed of seven free, sovereign States”—established through a forty-year struggle against tyranny, and occupying land that their forebears had reclaimed from the ocean and wetlands through unwavering labor. It was a republic where freedom of conscience, speech, and the press were complete and universal. This freedom led to the internal growth of social beauty and strength, along with a significant increase in substantial wealth and power due to immigration. Wars and tyrannies in other parts of Europe sent thousands of intelligent exiles there, and those free provinces were filled with skilled mechanics, artists, and educated individuals, as their conscience was undisturbed and their hands and minds were free to earn and utilize the rewards of their hard work and talent. Beautiful cities, towns, and villages were spread across the entire country, and nowhere in Europe did society appear as pleasing as in Holland. Every religious group found refuge from persecution and encouragement for their efforts, receiving kind respect from all. At the same time that the charter of the West India Company was being discussed, the group of English Puritans who later established free institutions on the shores of Massachusetts Bay were being nurtured in that republic, learning the principles of civil liberty that became a helpful influence against the prejudice they brought with them.
p. 38“Such were the people who laid the foundations of the Commonwealth of New York. They were men of expanded views, liberal feelings, and never dreamed of questioning any man’s inalienable right to ‘life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness’ among them, whether he first inspired the common air in Holland, England, Abyssinia, or Kamtschatka. And as the population increased and became heterogeneous, that very toleration became a reproach; and their Puritan neighbors on the east, and Churchmen and Romanists on the south, called New Amsterdam ‘a cage of unclean birds.’”
p. 38“These were the people who built the foundations of the Commonwealth of New York. They were broad-minded individuals with generous spirits, and they never thought to question anyone's inalienable right to ‘life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness,’ regardless of whether they first breathed the air in Holland, England, Abyssinia, or Kamtschatka. As the population grew and became more diverse, that same open-mindedness turned into a criticism; their Puritan neighbors to the east, along with Church members and Catholics to the south, referred to New Amsterdam as ‘a cage of unclean birds.’”
The English, now awake to the importance of Hudson’s discoveries, warned the Dutch Government to refrain from making further settlements on “Hudson’s River,” as they called the Mauritius; but the latter, relying upon the justice of their claim, which was based upon Hudson’s discovery, paid no attention to these warnings, and in the spring of 1623 the Dutch West India Company sent over thirty families of Walloons, or 110 persons in all, to found a permanent colony at New Amsterdam, which, until now, had been inhabited only by fur traders. These Walloons were Protestants, from the frontier between France and Flanders, and had fled to Amsterdam to escape religious persecution in France. They were sound, healthy, vigorous, and pious people, and could be relied upon to make homes in the New World. The majority of them settled in New Amsterdam. Others went to Long Island, where Sarah de Rapelje, the first white child born in the province of New Netherlands, saw the light.
The English, now aware of the value of Hudson’s discoveries, warned the Dutch Government to stop making more settlements on “Hudson’s River,” as they referred to Mauritius. However, the Dutch, confident in the validity of their claim based on Hudson’s discovery, ignored these warnings. In the spring of 1623, the Dutch West India Company sent over thirty families of Walloons, totaling 110 people, to establish a permanent colony at New Amsterdam, which had only been home to fur traders until then. These Walloons were Protestant refugees from the border between France and Flanders, who had fled to Amsterdam to escape religious persecution in France. They were robust, healthy, hardworking, and devout individuals, capable of building homes in the New World. Most of them settled in New Amsterdam, while others moved to Long Island, where Sarah de Rapelje, the first white child born in the province of New Netherlands, was born.
In 1626, Peter Minuit, the first regular Governor, was sent over from Holland. He brought with him a Koopman or general commissary, who was also secretary of the province, and a Schout, or sheriff, to assist him in his government. The only laws to which he was subject were the instructions of the West India Company. The colonists, on their part, were to regard his will as their law. He set to work with great vigor to lay the foundations of the colony. He called a council of the Indian chiefs, and purchased the Island of Manhattan from p. 39them for presents valued at about twenty dollars, United States coin. He thus secured an equitable title to the island, and won the friendship of the Indians. Under his vigorous administration, the colony prospered; houses were built, farms laid off; the population was largely increased by new arrivals from Europe; and New Amsterdam fairly entered upon its career as one of the most important places in America. It was a happy settlement, as well; the rights of the people were respected, and they were as free as they had been in Holland. Troubles with the Indians marked the close of Minuit’s administration. The latter were provoked by the murder of some of their number by the whites, and by the aid rendered by the commander at Fort Orange (Albany) to the Mohegans, in one of their forays upon the Mohawks. Many of the families at Fort Orange, and from the region between the Hudson and the Delaware, abandoned their settlements, and came to New Amsterdam for safety, thus adding to the population of that place. Minuit was recalled in 1632, and he left the province in a highly prosperous condition. During the last year of his government New Amsterdam sent over $60,000 worth of furs to Holland.
In 1626, Peter Minuit, the first official Governor, was sent from Holland. He brought with him a Koopman or general commissary, who also served as the province's secretary, and a Schout, or sheriff, to help him in his administration. The only laws he had to follow were the instructions from the West India Company. In turn, the colonists were expected to treat his decisions as their law. He worked hard to lay the groundwork for the colony. He gathered a council of Indian chiefs and purchased the Island of Manhattan from p. 39them with gifts valued at about twenty dollars in U.S. currency. This transaction gave him a fair claim to the island and built a friendly relationship with the Indians. Under his strong leadership, the colony thrived; homes were constructed, farms were established, and the population grew significantly due to new arrivals from Europe. New Amsterdam began its journey as one of the most important locations in America. It was also a happy community, where the people's rights were respected, and they enjoyed as much freedom as they had in Holland. However, troubles with the Indians marked the end of Minuit’s time in office. They were angered by the killing of some of their people by the settlers and by the support given by the commander at Fort Orange (Albany) to the Mohegans during their raids on the Mohawks. Many families from Fort Orange and the area between the Hudson and the Delaware abandoned their homes and sought safety in New Amsterdam, increasing its population. Minuit was recalled in 1632, leaving the province in a very prosperous state. In his last year as governor, New Amsterdam shipped over $60,000 worth of furs to Holland.
His successor was the redoubtable Wouter Van Twiller, a clerk in the company’s warehouse at Amsterdam, who owed his appointment to his being the husband of the niece of Killian Van Rensselaer, the patroon of Albany. Irving has given us the following admirable portrait of him:
His successor was the formidable Wouter Van Twiller, a clerk in the company's warehouse in Amsterdam, who got the job because he was married to the niece of Killian Van Rensselaer, the patroon of Albany. Irving has provided us with the following excellent description of him:
“He was exactly five feet six inches in height, and six feet five inches in circumference. His head was a perfect sphere, and of such stupendous dimensions, that dame Nature, with all her sex’s ingenuity, would have been puzzled to construct a neck capable of supporting it; wherefore she wisely declined the attempt, and settled it firmly on the top of his back bone, just between the shoulders. His body was oblong, and particularly capacious at bottom; which was wisely ordered by Providence, seeing that he was a man of sedentary habits, and very averse to the idle labor of walking. His legs were very short, but sturdy in proportion to the weight they had to sustain: so that, when erect, he had not a little the appearance of a beer barrel on skids. His face, that infallible index of the p. 40mind, presented a vast expanse, unfurrowed by any of those lines and angles which disfigure the human countenance with what is termed expression. Two small gray eyes twinkled feebly in the midst, like two stars of lesser magnitude in a hazy firmament; and his full-fed cheeks, which seemed to have taken toll of everything that went into his mouth, were curiously mottled and streaked with dusky red, like a Spitzenberg apple. His habits were as regular as his person. He daily took his four stated meals, appropriating exactly an hour to each; he smoked and doubted eight hours, and he slept the remaining twelve of the four-and-twenty.”
“He was exactly five feet six inches tall and six feet five inches around. His head was a perfect sphere, so impressively big that even Mother Nature, with all her creativity, would have been stumped trying to create a neck strong enough to hold it up; so she wisely gave up and settled it firmly at the top of his spine, right between his shoulders. His body was rectangular and especially wide at the bottom, which was smartly arranged by Providence, considering he was a guy who preferred sitting around and really disliked the hard work of walking. His legs were quite short but sturdy enough for the weight they had to carry, so when he stood up, he looked a bit like a beer barrel on skates. His face, that sure indicator of the mind, was a vast plain, unmarked by any of those lines and angles that mar the human face with what people call expression. Two small gray eyes twinkled weakly in the center, like little stars in a cloudy sky; and his plump cheeks, which seemed to absorb everything he ate, were oddly mottled and streaked with dark red, resembling a Spitzenberg apple. His habits were as regular as his shape. He had four set meals each day, dedicating exactly an hour for each; he spent eight hours smoking and pondering, and he slept the remaining twelve of the twenty-four hours.”
Van Twiller ruled the province seven years, and, in spite of his stupidity, it prospered. In 1633, Adam Roelantsen, the first school-master, arrived—for the fruitful Walloons had opened the way by this time for his labors—and in the same year a wooden church was built in the present Bridge street, and placed in charge of the famous Dominie Everardus Bogardus. In 1635, the fort, which marked the site of the present Bowling Green, and which had been begun in 1614, was finished, and in the same year the first English settlers at New Amsterdam came into the town. The English in New England also began to give the Dutch trouble during this administration, and even sent a ship into “Hudson’s River” to trade with the Indians. Influenced by De Vries, the commander of the fort, the Governor sent an expedition up the river after the audacious English vessel, seized her, brought her back to New York, and sent her to sea with a warning not to repeat her attempt. The disputes between the English and the Dutch about the Connecticut settlements, also began to make trouble for New Amsterdam. Van Twiller possessed no influence in the colony, was laughed at and snubbed on every side, and was at length recalled by the company in 1638. The only memorial of Van Twiller left to us is the Isle of Nuts, which lies in the bay between New York and Brooklyn, and which he purchased as his private domain. It is still called the “Governor’s Island.”
Van Twiller led the province for seven years, and despite his foolishness, it thrived. In 1633, Adam Roelantsen, the first schoolmaster, arrived—thanks to the successful Walloons who paved the way for his work—and that same year, a wooden church was built on what is now Bridge Street, with the renowned Dominie Everardus Bogardus in charge. In 1635, the fort that marked the site of today’s Bowling Green, which had started construction in 1614, was completed, and in that year, the first English settlers arrived in New Amsterdam. The English in New England also began to cause problems for the Dutch during this time, even sending a ship into “Hudson’s River” to trade with the Native Americans. Influenced by De Vries, the fort commander, the Governor dispatched an expedition up the river after the brazen English vessel, seized it, brought it back to New York, and sent it back out to sea with a warning not to try again. Disputes between the English and the Dutch over the Connecticut settlements also started to create issues for New Amsterdam. Van Twiller had no real authority in the colony, was ridiculed and disregarded on all sides, and was eventually recalled by the company in 1638. The only legacy of Van Twiller that remains is the Isle of Nuts, located in the bay between New York and Brooklyn, which he bought as his private domain. It is still known as “Governor’s Island.”
Van Twiller’s successor in the government of the province p. 41was William Kieft. He was as energetic as he was spiteful, and as spiteful as he was rapacious. His chief pleasure lay in quarrelling. He and his council made some useful reforms, but as a rule they greatly oppressed the people. During this administration agriculture was encouraged, the growing of fruit was undertaken, and several other things done to increase the material prosperity of the town. The fort was repaired and strengthened, new warehouses were built, and police ordinances were framed and strictly executed. The old wooden church was made a barrack for troops, and a new and larger edifice of stone was constructed by Kuyter and Dam within the walls of the fort. Within the little tower were hung the bells captured from the Spanish by the Dutch at Porto Rico. The church cost $1000, and was considered a grand edifice. In 1642 a stone tavern was built at the head of Coenties Slip, and in the same year, the first “city lots” with valid titles were granted to the settlers.
Van Twiller’s successor as governor of the province p. 41was William Kieft. He was as energetic as he was spiteful, and as spiteful as he was greedy. His main enjoyment came from arguing. He and his council implemented some helpful reforms, but overall, they heavily oppressed the people. During this time, agriculture was promoted, fruit cultivation started, and several other initiatives were taken to boost the town's economic prosperity. The fort was repaired and fortified, new warehouses were built, and police regulations were created and strictly enforced. The old wooden church was turned into a barrack for troops, and a new, larger stone building was constructed by Kuyter and Dam within the fort's walls. Inside the small tower, the bells taken from the Spanish by the Dutch at Porto Rico were hung. The church cost $1000 and was regarded as a magnificent building. In 1642, a stone tavern was built at the end of Coenties Slip, and that same year, the first “city lots” with valid titles were given to the settlers.
The latter part of Kieft’s administration was marked by contests with the citizens, who compelled him, in 1641, to grant them a municipal council, composed of twelve of the most prominent residents of New Amsterdam, which council he arbitrarily dissolved at the first opportunity. He also stirred up a war with the Indians, in which he was the principal aggressor. This war brought great loss and suffering upon the province, and came near ruining it. Kieft, alarmed at the results of his folly, appointed a new municipal council of eight members, and this council at once demanded of the States General of Holland the removal of Kieft. Their demand was complied with, and in 1647, Peter Stuyvesant was made Governor of New Netherlands, and reached New Amsterdam in the same year.
The later part of Kieft’s administration was filled with conflicts with the citizens, who forced him, in 1641, to give them a municipal council made up of twelve of the most prominent residents of New Amsterdam. He quickly dissolved this council at the first chance he got. He also instigated a war with the Indians, where he was the main aggressor. This war caused significant loss and suffering in the province and nearly destroyed it. Alarmed by the consequences of his actions, Kieft appointed a new municipal council of eight members, and this council immediately requested the removal of Kieft from the States General of Holland. Their request was granted, and in 1647, Peter Stuyvesant became Governor of New Netherlands and arrived in New Amsterdam that same year.
Stuyvesant was essentially a strong man. A soldier by education and of long experience, he was accustomed to regard rigid discipline as the one thing needful in every relation of life, and he was not slow to introduce that system into his government of New Amsterdam. He had served gallantly in the wars against the Portuguese, and had lost a leg in one of his numerous encounters with them. He was as vain as a peacock, as fond p. 42of display as a child, and thoroughly imbued with the most aristocratic ideas—qualities not exactly the best for a Governor of New Amsterdam. Yet, he was, with all his faults, an honest man, he had deeply at heart the interests of the colony, and his administration was mainly a prosperous one.
Stuyvesant was basically a strong leader. A soldier by training and with extensive experience, he believed that strict discipline was essential in every aspect of life, and he quickly implemented that approach in his governance of New Amsterdam. He had bravely fought in wars against the Portuguese and had lost a leg in one of his many battles with them. He was as vain as a peacock, loved to show off like a child, and was fully invested in the most aristocratic ideals—traits that weren't exactly ideal for a Governor of New Amsterdam. Still, despite his flaws, he was an honest man, genuinely concerned about the colony's interests, and his leadership was mostly successful.
He energetically opposed from the first all manifestations in favor of popular government. His will was to be the law of the province. “If any one,” said he, “during my administration shall appeal, I will make him a foot shorter, and send the pieces to Holland, and let him appeal in that way.” He went to work with vigor to reform matters in the colony, extending his efforts to even the morals and domestic affairs of the people. He soon brought about a reign of material prosperity greater than had ever been known before, and exerted himself to check the encroachments of the English, on the East, and the Swedes, on the South. He inaugurated a policy of kindness and justice toward the Indians, and soon changed their enmity to sincere friendship. One thing, however, he dared not do—he could not levy taxes upon the people without their consent, for fear of offending the States General of Holland. This forced him to appoint a council of nine prominent citizens, and, although he endeavored to hedge round their powers by numerous conditions, the nine ever afterwards served as a salutary check upon the action of the Governor. He succeeded, in the autumn of 1650, in settling the boundary disputes with the English in New England, and then turned his attention to the Swedes on the Delaware, whom he conquered in 1654. His politic course towards them had the effect of converting them into warm friends of the Dutch. During his absence on this expedition, the Indians ravaged the Jersey shore and Staten Island, and even made an attack on New Amsterdam itself. They were defeated by the citizens, and Stuyvesant’s speedy return compelled them to make peace. This was the last blow struck by the savages at the infant metropolis.
He vigorously opposed all efforts in favor of popular government from the very beginning. His desire was for his will to be the law of the province. “If anyone,” he declared, “appeals during my administration, I will make him a foot shorter and send the pieces to Holland, letting him appeal that way.” He energetically set out to reform matters in the colony, even focusing on the morals and domestic lives of the people. He quickly created a level of material prosperity greater than had ever been experienced before and worked hard to stop the encroachments of the English in the East and the Swedes in the South. He established a policy of kindness and justice toward the Indians, turning their enmity into genuine friendship. However, there was one thing he didn't dare do—he couldn't impose taxes on the people without their consent, for fear of upsetting the States General of Holland. This led him to appoint a council of nine prominent citizens, and despite his attempts to limit their powers with many conditions, they served as an important check on the Governor's actions. In the autumn of 1650, he settled the boundary disputes with the English in New England and then focused on the Swedes in Delaware, whom he defeated in 1654. His diplomatic approach turned them into strong allies of the Dutch. While he was away on this mission, the Indians attacked the Jersey shore and Staten Island, even making a strike on New Amsterdam itself. They were defeated by the citizens, and Stuyvesant's swift return forced them to make peace. This was the last blow dealt by the savages to the young metropolis.
In 1652, the States General, much to the disgust of Stuyvesant, granted to New Amsterdam a municipal government similar to that of the free cities of Holland. A Schout, or p. 43Sheriff, two Burgomasters, and five Schepens, were to constitute a municipal court of justice. The people, however, were denied the selection of these officers, who were appointed by the Governor. In February, 1653, these officers were formally installed. They were, Schout Van Tienhoven, Burgomasters Hattem and Kregier, and Schepens Van der Grist, Van Gheel, Anthony, Beeckman, and Couwenhoven, with Jacob Kip as clerk.
In 1652, the States General, much to Stuyvesant's annoyance, gave New Amsterdam a local government similar to that of the free cities of Holland. A Schout, or p. 43Sheriff, two Burgomasters, and five Schepens were set up to make a municipal court of justice. However, the people were not allowed to choose these officers, who were appointed by the Governor. In February 1653, these officials were officially installed. They were Schout Van Tienhoven, Burgomasters Hattem and Kregier, and Schepens Van der Grist, Van Gheel, Anthony, Beeckman, and Couwenhoven, with Jacob Kip as the clerk.
During Stuyvesant’s administration, the colony received large accessions from the English in New England. “Numbers, nay whole towns,” says De Laet, “to escape from the insupportable government of New England, removed to New Netherlands, to enjoy that liberty denied to them by their own countrymen.” They settled in New Amsterdam, on Long Island, and in Westchester county. Being admitted to the rights of citizenship, they exercised considerable influence in the affairs of the colony, and towards the close of his administration gave the Governor considerable trouble by their opposition to his despotic acts.
During Stuyvesant’s administration, the colony saw a significant influx of people from the English communities in New England. “Many, even entire towns,” says De Laet, “moved to New Netherlands to escape the unbearable rule of New England, seeking the freedom that was denied to them by their own fellow countrymen.” They settled in New Amsterdam, on Long Island, and in Westchester County. Being granted citizenship rights, they played a significant role in the colony's affairs, and towards the end of his administration, they caused the Governor considerable trouble with their resistance to his authoritarian actions.
In 1647, the streets of New Amsterdam were cleared of the shanties and pig-pens which obstructed them. In 1648, every Monday was declared a market-day. In 1650, Dirk Van Schellyne, the first lawyer, “put up his shingle” in New Amsterdam. In 1652, a wall or palisade was erected along the upper boundary of the city, in apprehension of an invasion by the English. This defence ran from river to river, and to it Wall street, which occupies its site east of Trinity Church, owes its name. In 1656, the first survey of the city was made, and seventeen streets were laid down on the map; and, in the same year, the first census showed a “city” of 120 houses, and 1000 inhabitants. In 1657, a terrible blow fell upon New Amsterdam—the public treasury being empty, the salary of the town drummer could not be paid. In that year the average price of the best city lots was $50. In 1658, the custom of “bundling” received its death blow by an edict of the Governor, which forbade men and women to live together until legally married. In that year the streets were first paved with stone, and the first “night watch” was organized and duly provided with rattles. p. 44A fire department, supplied with buckets and ladders, was also established, and the first public well was dug in Broadway. In 1660, it was made the duty of the Sheriff to go round the city by night to assure himself of its peace and safety. This worthy official complained that the dogs, having no respect for his august person, attacked him in his rounds, and that certain evil-minded individuals “frightened” him by calling out “Indians” in the darkness, and that even the boys cut Koeckies. The city grew steadily, its suburbs began to smile with boweries, or farms, and in 1658 a palisaded village called New Harlem was founded at the eastern end of Manhattan Island for the purpose of “promoting agriculture, and affording a place of amusement for the citizens of New Amsterdam.” “Homes, genuine, happy Dutch homes, in abundance, were found within and without the city, where uncultured minds and affectionate hearts enjoyed life in dreamy, quiet blissfulness, unknown in these bustling times. The city people then rose at dawn, dined at eleven, and went to bed at sunset, except on extraordinary occasions, such as Christmas Eve, a tea party, or a wedding. Then those who attended the fashionable soirées of the ‘upper ten’ assembled at three o’clock in the afternoon, and went away at six, so that daughter Maritchie might have the pewter plates and delf teapot cleaned and cupboarded in time for evening prayer at seven. Knitting and spinning held the places of whist and flirting in these ‘degenerate days;’ and utility was as plainly stamped on all their pleasures as the maker’s name on our silver spoons.”
In 1647, the streets of New Amsterdam were cleared of the shacks and pig pens that were in the way. In 1648, every Monday was designated as market day. In 1650, Dirk Van Schellyne, the first lawyer, set up shop in New Amsterdam. In 1652, a wall or palisade was built along the northern edge of the city, anticipating an invasion by the English. This defense stretched from river to river, and Wall Street, which is located east of Trinity Church, got its name from it. In 1656, the first survey of the city was conducted, and seventeen streets were mapped out; that same year, the first census revealed a “city” of 120 houses and 1,000 residents. In 1657, a serious blow hit New Amsterdam—the public treasury was empty, so the town drummer couldn’t be paid. During that year, the average price for the best city lots was $50. In 1658, the practice of “bundling” ended with a governor's edict forbidding men and women from living together until they were legally married. That year, the streets were first paved with stone, and the first “night watch” was organized and provided with rattles. p. 44A fire department, equipped with buckets and ladders, was also established, and the first public well was dug on Broadway. In 1660, it became the sheriff's duty to patrol the city at night to ensure peace and safety. This dedicated official complained that dogs had no respect for his authority and would attack him during his rounds, and that certain troublemakers would “scare” him by calling out “Indians” in the dark, while even the boys would cut Koeckies. The city grew steadily, its outskirts began to flourish with boweries, or farms, and in 1658 a palisaded village called New Harlem was established at the eastern end of Manhattan Island to “promote agriculture and provide a place for entertainment for the citizens of New Amsterdam.” “Genuine, happy Dutch homes, in abundance, were found both in and outside the city, where simple folk and loving hearts enjoyed life in peaceful bliss, something unknown in these busy times. The city dwellers rose at dawn, had lunch at eleven, and went to bed at sunset, except on special occasions, like Christmas Eve, a tea party, or a wedding. Then, those attending the fashionable gatherings of the ‘upper ten’ would arrive at three in the afternoon and leave by six, so that daughter Maritchie could clean and store the pewter plates and delft teapot in time for evening prayer at seven. Knitting and spinning replaced whist and flirting in these 'modern times;' and utility was clearly evident in all their pastimes, just like the maker’s name on our silver spoons.”
But the period of Dutch supremacy on Manhattan was approaching its close. Charles II. had just regained the English throne. In 1664, with characteristic disregard of right and justice, he granted to his brother James, Duke of York and Albany, the whole territory of New Netherlands, including all of Long Island and a part of Connecticut—lands to which he had not the shadow of a claim. In the same year, a force of four ships and 450 soldiers, under the command of Colonel Richard Nicholls, was sent to New Amsterdam to take possession of that city. It arrived at the Narrows about the 29th of August, and on the 30th, Nicholls demanded the surrender of the town. p. 45Stuyvesant, who had made preparations for defending the place, endeavored to resist the demand, but the people refused to sustain him, and he was obliged to submit. On the 8th of September, 1664, he withdrew the Dutch garrison from the fort, and embarked at the foot of Beaver street for Holland. The English at once took possession of the town and province, changing the name of both to New York, in honor of the new proprietor.
But the era of Dutch dominance in Manhattan was coming to an end. Charles II had just regained the English throne. In 1664, with typical disregard for right and justice, he granted his brother James, Duke of York and Albany, the entire territory of New Netherlands, including all of Long Island and part of Connecticut—lands to which he had no legitimate claim. That same year, a force of four ships and 450 soldiers, led by Colonel Richard Nicholls, was sent to New Amsterdam to take control of the city. They arrived at the Narrows around August 29, and on the 30th, Nicholls demanded the town's surrender. Stuyvesant, who had prepared to defend the place, tried to resist the demand, but the people refused to support him, and he had to give in. On September 8, 1664, he withdrew the Dutch garrison from the fort and left for Holland from the foot of Beaver Street. The English immediately took possession of the town and province, renaming both to New York, in honor of the new owner.
The English set themselves to work to conciliate the Dutch residents, a task not very difficult, inasmuch as the English settlers already in the province had to a great degree prepared the way for the change. In 1665, the year after the conquest, the city was given a Mayor, a Sheriff, and a board of Aldermen, who were charged with the administration of municipal affairs, and in the same year jury trials were formally established. In July, 1673, the Dutch fleet recaptured the town, drove out the English, and named it New Orange. The peace between Great Britain and Holland, which closed the war, restored the town to the English, November 10th, 1674, and the name of New York was resumed. The Dutch Government was replaced by the English system under a liberal charter, and during the remainder of the seventeenth century the town grew rapidly in p. 46population and size. In 1689 there was a brief disturbance known as Leislers’ Rebellion. In 1700 New York contained 750 dwellings and 4500 white and 750 black inhabitants. In 1693 William Bradford established the first printing press in the city. In 1696 Trinity Church was begun, and in 1697, the streets were first lighted, a lamp being hung out upon a pole extending from the window of every seventh house. In 1702 a terrible fever was brought from St. Thomas’, and carried off 600 persons, one-tenth of the whole population. In 1711, a slave market was established. In 1719 the first Presbyterian Church was built; in 1725 the New York Gazette, the fifth of the colonial newspapers, was established; and in 1730 stages ran to Philadelphia once a fortnight, and in 1732 to Boston, the latter journey occupying fourteen days. In 1731 the first public library, the bequest of the Rev. Dr. Wellington, of England, was opened in the city. It contained 1622 volumes. In 1734 a workhouse was erected in the present City Hall Park. In 1735 the people made their first manifestation of hostility to Great Britain, which was drawn forth by the infamous prosecution by the officers of the crown, of Rip Van Dam, who had been the acting Governor of the town. The winter of 1740-41 was memorable for its severity. The Hudson was frozen over at New York, and the snow lay six feet on a level. In 1741, a severe fire in the lower part of the city destroyed among other things the old Dutch Church and fort, and in the same year the yellow fever raged with great violence. The principal event of the year, however, was the so-called negro plot for the destruction of the town. Though the reality of the plot was never proved, the greatest alarm prevailed; the fire in the fort was declared to be the work of the negroes, many of whom were arrested; and upon the sole evidence of a servant girl a number of the poor wretches were convicted and hanged. Several whites were charged with being the accomplices of the negroes. One of these, John Ury, a Roman Catholic priest, and, as is now believed, an innocent man, was hanged, in August. In the space of six months 154 negroes and twenty whites were arrested, twenty negroes were hanged, thirteen were burned at the stake, and seventy-eight were p. 47transported. The rest were released. In 1750 a theatre was opened, and in 1755 St. Paul’s Church was erected. In 1754 the “Walton House,” in Pearl street (still standing), was built by William Walton, a merchant. It was long known as the finest private residence in the city. In 1755 the Staten Island ferry, served by means of row boats, was established, and in the same year Peck Slip was opened and paved. In 1756 the first lottery ever seen in the city was opened in behalf of King’s (now Columbia) College.
The English went to work to win over the Dutch residents, a task that wasn’t too hard since the English settlers already in the province had largely paved the way for the change. In 1665, the year after the conquest, the city was given a Mayor, a Sheriff, and a board of Aldermen responsible for managing municipal affairs, and that same year, jury trials were officially established. In July 1673, the Dutch fleet recaptured the town, expelled the English, and renamed it New Orange. The peace treaty between Great Britain and Holland that ended the war restored the town to the English on November 10, 1674, and the name New York was reinstated. The Dutch Government was replaced by an English system under a liberal charter, and throughout the rest of the seventeenth century, the town grew quickly in p. 46population and area. In 1689, there was a brief uprising known as Leisler's Rebellion. By 1700, New York had 750 homes and 4,500 white residents along with 750 black residents. In 1693, William Bradford set up the first printing press in the city. In 1696, Trinity Church was started, and in 1697, the streets were first lit, with a lamp hung on a pole extending from the window of every seventh house. In 1702, a terrible fever was brought over from St. Thomas’s, killing 600 people, which was one-tenth of the entire population. In 1711, a slave market was established. In 1719, the first Presbyterian Church was built; in 1725, the New York Gazette, the fifth colonial newspaper, was launched; and by 1730, stages were running to Philadelphia every two weeks, and to Boston by 1732, with that trip taking fourteen days. In 1731, the city’s first public library, a gift from Rev. Dr. Wellington of England, opened containing 1,622 volumes. In 1734, a workhouse was built in what is now City Hall Park. In 1735, the people first showed their hostility towards Great Britain, sparked by the infamous prosecution of Rip Van Dam, who had been acting Governor of the town. The winter of 1740-41 was notable for its harshness. The Hudson River froze over at New York, and the snow was six feet deep. In 1741, a terrible fire in the lower part of the city destroyed the old Dutch Church and fort, while that same year, yellow fever broke out with great intensity. The most significant event of the year was the so-called negro plot to destroy the town. Although the reality of the plot was never substantiated, it caused widespread panic; the fire in the fort was blamed on the negroes, many of whom were arrested, and based on the sole testimony of a servant girl, several innocent people were convicted and hanged. Several white individuals were accused of being accomplices to the negroes. One of them, John Ury, a Roman Catholic priest who is now believed to be innocent, was hanged in August. Over six months, 154 black individuals and twenty whites were arrested; twenty black individuals were hanged, thirteen were burned at the stake, and seventy-eight were p. 47transported. The rest were freed. In 1750, a theater opened, and in 1755, St. Paul’s Church was built. In 1754, the “Walton House” on Pearl street (still standing) was constructed by merchant William Walton. It was long regarded as the finest private residence in the city. In 1755, the Staten Island ferry, initially using rowboats, was established, and that same year, Peck Slip was opened and paved. In 1756, the first lottery ever held in the city was launched to benefit King’s (now Columbia) College.
New York bore a prominent part in the resistance of the colonies to the aggressions of the mother country, and in spite of the efforts of her royalist Governor and the presence of a large number of Tories, responded cordially to the call of the colonies for men and money during the war. On the 14th of April, 1776, the city was occupied by the American army, the British force stationed there being obliged to withdraw. On the 26th of August, 1776, the battle of Long Island having been lost by the Americans, New York was occupied by the British, who held it until the close of the war. It suffered very much at their hands. Nearly all the churches, except the Episcopal, were used by them as prisons, riding schools, and stables; and the schools and colleges were closed. On the 21st of September, 1776, a fire destroyed 493 houses, including Trinity Church—all the west side of Broadway from Whitehall to Barclay street, or about one-eighth of the city; and on the 7th of August 1778, about 300 buildings on East River were burned. The winter of 1779-80 was very severe; there was a beaten track for sleighs and wagons across the Hudson; the ice in that river being strong enough to bear a horse and man as late as the 17th of March; eighty sleighs, with provisions, and a large body of troops, crossed on the ice from the city to Staten Island. On the 25th of November, 1783, the British evacuated the city, which was at once occupied by the American army.
New York played a key role in the colonies' resistance against the aggression of the British government. Despite the efforts of the loyalist governor and a significant number of Tories, the city enthusiastically answered the colonies' calls for support in terms of troops and funding during the war. On April 14, 1776, the American army took over the city, forcing the British forces there to pull out. However, after the Americans lost the Battle of Long Island on August 26, 1776, New York fell back into British hands, where it remained until the war ended. The city suffered greatly during this time. Almost all the churches, except for the Episcopal ones, were turned into prisons, riding schools, and stables, and many schools and colleges were closed down. On September 21, 1776, a fire devastated 493 houses, including Trinity Church, wiping out all the buildings on the west side of Broadway from Whitehall to Barclay Street, which was about one-eighth of the city. Additionally, on August 7, 1778, roughly 300 buildings along the East River were consumed by fire. The winter of 1779-80 was extremely harsh; a well-trodden path for sleighs and wagons formed across the Hudson River, with the ice strong enough to support a horse and rider as late as March 17. On that ice, eighty sleighs loaded with supplies and a large number of troops made their way from the city to Staten Island. Finally, on November 25, 1783, the British evacuated the city, which was immediately taken over by the American army.
In 1785 the first Federal Congress met in the City Hall, which stood at the corner of Wall and Nassau streets, and on the 30th of April, 1789, George Washington was inaugurated first President of the United States on the same spot. By 1791 p. 48New York had spread to the lower end of the present City Hall Park, the site of the new Post Office, and was extending along the Boston road, or Bowery, and Broadway. In 1799, the Manhattan Company for supplying the city with fresh water was chartered. On the 20th of September, 1803, the cornerstone of the City Hall was laid. The city fathers, sagely premising that New York would never pass this limit, ordered the rear wall of the edifice to be constructed of brown stone, to save the expense of marble. Free schools were opened in 1805. In the same year the yellow fever raged with violence, and had the effect of extending the city by driving the population up the island, where many of them located themselves permanently. In 1807, Robert Fulton navigated the first steamboat from New York to Albany.
In 1785, the first Federal Congress met in the City Hall, located at the corner of Wall and Nassau streets. On April 30, 1789, George Washington was inaugurated as the first President of the United States right at that spot. By 1791 p. 48 New York had expanded to the lower end of what is now City Hall Park, the site of the new Post Office, and was spreading along the Boston road, or Bowery, and Broadway. In 1799, the Manhattan Company was established to provide the city with fresh water. On September 20, 1803, the cornerstone of City Hall was laid. The city leaders, wisely assuming that New York would never grow beyond this point, decided to build the rear wall of the building out of brown stone to save on marble costs. Free schools opened in 1805. That same year, yellow fever broke out with great intensity, causing many residents to move further up the island, where many settled permanently. In 1807, Robert Fulton successfully navigated the first steamboat from New York to Albany.
The war of 1812-15 for a while stopped the growth of the city, but after the return of peace its progress was resumed. In August, 1812, experimental gas lamps were placed in the City Hall Park, though the use of gas for purposes of lighting was not begun until 1825. In 1822 the yellow fever again drove the population up the island, and caused a rapid growth of the city above Canal street. In 1825 the Erie Canal was completed. This great work, by placing the trade of the West in the hands of New York, gave a powerful impetus to the growth of the city, which was at that time spreading at the rate of from 1000 to 1500 houses per year. In 1832 and 1834, the cholera raged severely, carrying off upwards of 4484 persons in the two years. In 1835, the “great fire” occurred. This terrible conflagration broke out on the 16th of December of that year, and swept the First Ward of the city east of Broadway and below Wall street. It laid almost the entire business quarter in ashes, destroyed 648 houses, and inflicted upon the city a loss of over $18,000,000. New York rose from this disaster with wonderful energy and rapidity, but only to meet, in 1837, the most terrible financial crisis that had ever burst upon the country. Even this did not check the growth of the city, the population increasing 110,100 between 1830 and 1840. In 1842 the Croton water was introduced. In 1849 and 1854 the p. 49cholera again appeared, killing over 5400 persons. In 1852, the first street railway was built. In 1858, the Central Park was begun.
The War of 1812-15 temporarily halted the city's growth, but once peace was restored, progress resumed. In August 1812, experimental gas lamps were installed in City Hall Park, although gas lighting didn't actually begin until 1825. In 1822, yellow fever forced the population further up the island and led to rapid growth in the city above Canal Street. The Erie Canal was completed in 1825. This major project put the West's trade in New York's hands, giving a significant boost to the city's growth, which was then expanding by about 1,000 to 1,500 houses per year. Cholera hit hard in 1832 and 1834, claiming over 4,484 lives in two years. In 1835, the "great fire" occurred. This devastating blaze broke out on December 16 of that year, sweeping through the First Ward of the city east of Broadway and below Wall Street. It reduced nearly the entire business district to ashes, destroyed 648 houses, and caused the city a loss of over $18,000,000. New York recovered from this disaster with remarkable energy and speed, only to face, in 1837, the worst financial crisis the country had ever seen. Even that couldn't stop the city's growth, as the population increased by 110,100 between 1830 and 1840. In 1842, Croton water was introduced. Cholera reappeared in 1849 and 1854, killing over 5,400 people. In 1852, the first street railway was constructed, and in 1858, Central Park was started.
The Civil War checked the growth and trade of the city, which languished during the entire struggle, but upon the return of peace New York resumed its onward progress. The growth of the city since 1865 has been most marked, especially in the immediate vicinity of the Central Park. Not less marked has been the improvement of the older portions. The city is rapidly increasing in size, population, and magnificence, and is fully maintaining its position as the brilliant metropolis of the New World.
The Civil War slowed the city's growth and trade, which suffered throughout the conflict, but once peace returned, New York started moving forward again. Since 1865, the city's growth has been significant, especially around Central Park. The improvement of the older areas has also been notable. The city is quickly expanding in size, population, and beauty, and continues to hold its status as the shining metropolis of the New World.
II. DESCRIPTIVE AND STATISTICAL.
The city of New York, the largest and most important in the United States, is situated in New York County, on Manhattan Island, at the mouth of the Hudson River, eighteen miles from the Atlantic Ocean. The city limits comprise the entire county of New York, embracing Manhattan Island, Randall’s, Ward’s, and Blackwell’s Islands, in the East River, and Governor’s, Bedloe’s, and Ellis’ Islands, in the bay. The last three are occupied by the military posts of the United States Government. Manhattan Island is bounded on the north by Spuyten Duyvel Creek and the Harlem River—practically the same stream; on the east by the East River, on the west by the Hudson, and on the south by New York Bay. It is nine miles long on the east side, thirteen and a half miles long on the west side, and two and a half miles wide at its greatest breadth, the average breadth being a mile and a half. It is but a few feet in width at its southern extremity, but spreads out like a fan as it stretches away to the northward. The southern point is but a few inches above the level of the bay, but the island rises rapidly to the northward, its extreme northern portion being occupied by a series of bold, finely wooded heights, which p. 50terminate at the junction of the Hudson River and Spuyten Duyvel Creek, in a bold promontory, 130 feet high. These hills, known as Washington Heights, are two or three miles in length. The southern portion of the island is principally a sand-bed, but the remainder is very rocky. The island covers an area of twenty-two square miles, or 14,000 acres. It is built up compactly for about six miles, along the east side, and irregularly to Harlem, three miles farther. Along the west side it is built up compactly to the Central Park, Fifty-ninth street, and irregularly to Manhattanville, One hundred and twenty-fifth street, from which point to Spuyten Duyvel Creek it is covered with country seats, gardens, etc. Three wagon, and two railroad bridges over the Harlem River connect the island with the mainland, and numerous lines of ferries afford communication with Long and Staten Islands, and New Jersey. The island attains its greatest width at Fourteenth and Eighty-seventh streets.
The city of New York, the largest and most significant in the United States, is located in New York County on Manhattan Island, at the mouth of the Hudson River, eighteen miles from the Atlantic Ocean. The city limits cover the entire county of New York, including Manhattan Island, Randall’s, Ward’s, and Blackwell’s Islands in the East River, and Governor’s, Bedloe’s, and Ellis’ Islands in the bay. The last three are home to military posts of the United States Government. Manhattan Island is bordered on the north by Spuyten Duyvel Creek and the Harlem River—effectively the same waterway; on the east by the East River, on the west by the Hudson, and on the south by New York Bay. It measures nine miles in length on the east side, thirteen and a half miles on the west side, and is two and a half miles wide at its widest point, with an average width of a mile and a half. It narrows to just a few feet at its southern tip but fans out as it extends northward. The southern point is only a few inches above the bay’s level, but the island rises quickly to the north, with its northernmost section featuring a series of impressive, densely wooded heights, which p. 50meet at the junction of the Hudson River and Spuyten Duyvel Creek, forming a prominent promontory that is 130 feet high. These hills, known as Washington Heights, stretch for two or three miles. The southern part of the island is mostly sandy, but the rest is quite rocky. The island spans an area of twenty-two square miles, or 14,000 acres. It is densely populated for about six miles along the east side, and more irregularly up to Harlem, three miles further. On the west side, it is densely built up to Central Park at Fifty-ninth street and more sporadically to Manhattanville at One hundred and twenty-fifth street, from which point to Spuyten Duyvel Creek, it is dotted with country houses, gardens, etc. Three vehicular and two railroad bridges over the Harlem River link the island to the mainland, and numerous ferry lines provide access to Long and Staten Islands, and New Jersey. The island reaches its maximum width at Fourteenth and Eighty-seventh streets.
The city is finely built, and presents an aspect of industry and liveliness unsurpassed by any place in the world. Lying in full sight of the ocean, with its magnificent bay to the southward, and the East and Hudson Rivers washing its shores, the city of New York possesses a climate which renders it the most delightful residence in America. In the winter the proximity of the sea moderates the severity of the cold, and in the summer the heat is tempered by the delightful sea breezes which sweep over the island. Snow seldom lies in the streets for more than a few hours, and the intense “heated terms” of the summer are of very brief duration. As a natural consequence, the city is healthy, and the death rate, considering the population, is small.
The city is beautifully designed and has a level of industry and energy unmatched by anywhere else in the world. Situated right by the ocean, with its stunning bay to the south and the East and Hudson Rivers bordering its shores, New York City offers a climate that makes it the most enjoyable place to live in America. In winter, the nearby sea softens the chill, and in summer, the heat is eased by the lovely sea breezes that blow across the island. Snow rarely stays in the streets for more than a few hours, and the intense summer heat is brief. As a result, the city is healthy, and the death rate, relative to the population, is low.
The southern portion is densely built up. Between the City Hall and Twenty-third street New York is more thickly populated than any city in America. It is in this section that the “tenement houses,” or buildings containing from five to twenty families, are to be found. The greatest mortality is in these over-crowded districts, which the severest police measures cannot keep clean and free from filth. The southern portion of the city is devoted almost exclusively to trade, comparatively few p. 51persons residing below the City Hall. Below Canal street the streets are narrow, crooked, and irregular. Above Houston street they are broad and straight, and are laid out at regular intervals. Above Houston street, the streets extending across the island are numbered. The avenues begin in the vicinity of Third street, and extend, or will extend to the northern limit of the island, running parallel with the Hudson River. There are twelve fine avenues at parallel distances apart of about 800 feet. Second and Eighth are the longest, and Fifth, Madison and Lexington the most fashionable. They commence with Avenue D, a short street, near the East River. West of this, and parallel with it, are three avenues somewhat longer, called Avenues C, B, and A, the last being the most westerly. Then begin the long avenues, which are numbered First, Second, and so on, as they increase to the westward. There are two other avenues shorter than those with numbers, viz: Lexington, lying between Third and Fourth, and extending from Fourteenth street on the south to Sixty-ninth street on the north; and Madison, between Fourth and Fifth, and extending from Twenty-third street at Madison Square to Eighty-sixth street. Madison and Lexington are each to be prolonged to the Harlem River. These avenues are all 100 feet wide, except Lexington and Madison, which are seventy-five feet wide, and Fourth avenue, above Thirty-fourth street, which is 140 feet wide. Third avenue is the main street on the east side above the Bowery, of which it is a continuation, and Eighth avenue is the principal highway on the west side. Fifth and Madison avenues are the most fashionable, and are magnificently built up with private residences below the Park. The cross streets connecting them are also handsomely built.
The southern part of the city is heavily developed. Between City Hall and Twenty-Third Street, New York has a denser population than any other city in America. This area is where you’ll find "tenement houses"—buildings that house five to twenty families. The highest mortality rates are in these overcrowded neighborhoods, which even the strictest police measures can't keep clean and free of waste. The southern part of the city is almost entirely dedicated to commerce, with relatively few people living below City Hall. Below Canal Street, the streets are narrow, winding, and irregular. Above Houston Street, they are wide and straight, laid out at consistent intervals. North of Houston Street, streets that run across the island are numbered. The avenues start near Third Street and continue north to the northern tip of the island, running parallel to the Hudson River. There are twelve broad avenues spaced about 800 feet apart. Second and Eighth Avenues are the longest, while Fifth, Madison, and Lexington Avenues are the most upscale. They begin with Avenue D, a short street near the East River. West of this and parallel to it are three slightly longer avenues, known as Avenues C, B, and A, with A being the furthest west. Then the long avenues begin, numbered First, Second, and so on, as they head westward. There are two other shorter avenues that aren't numbered: Lexington Avenue, which lies between Third and Fourth Avenues and stretches from Fourteenth Street in the south to Sixty-Ninth Street in the north, and Madison Avenue, between Fourth and Fifth Avenues, extending from Twenty-Third Street at Madison Square to Eighty-Sixth Street. Both Madison and Lexington will be extended to the Harlem River. These avenues are all 100 feet wide, except for Lexington and Madison, which are 75 feet wide, and Fourth Avenue, above Thirty-Fourth Street, which is 140 feet wide. Third Avenue serves as the main street on the east side, continuing from the Bowery, while Eighth Avenue is the major thoroughfare on the west side. Fifth and Madison Avenues are the most fashionable, presenting gorgeous private homes below the Park. The cross streets linking them are also nicely built.
The numerical streets are all sixty feet wide, except Fourteenth, Twenty-third, Thirty-fourth, Forty-second, and eleven others north of these, which are 100 feet wide. The streets of the city are well laid off, and are paved with an excellent quality of stone. The sidewalks generally consist of immense stone “flags.” In the lower part of the city, in the poorer and business sections, the streets are dirty and always out of order. p. 52In the upper part they are clean, and are generally kept so by private contributions.
The numbered streets are all sixty feet wide, except for Fourteenth, Twenty-third, Thirty-fourth, Forty-second, and eleven others north of these, which are 100 feet wide. The city's streets are well planned and paved with high-quality stone. The sidewalks usually consist of large stone slabs. In the lower part of the city, where it's poorer and more commercial, the streets are dirty and often in disrepair. In the upper part, they are clean, and this is usually maintained by private donations. p. 52
The avenues on the eastern and western extremities of the city are the abodes of poverty and want, and often of vice, hemming in the wealthy and cleanly sections on both sides. Poverty and riches are close neighbors in New York. Only a stone’s throw back of the most sumptuous parts of Broadway and Fifth avenue, want and suffering, vice and crime, hold their courts. Fine ladies can look down from their high casements upon the squalid dens of their unfortunate sisters.
The streets on the eastern and western edges of the city are filled with poverty and need, and often with crime, surrounding the wealthy and tidy areas on both sides. Poverty and wealth are next-door neighbors in New York. Just a short distance behind the most luxurious parts of Broadway and Fifth Avenue, desperation and pain, vice and crime, prevail. Wealthy women can look down from their fancy windows at the grim conditions of their less fortunate counterparts.
Broadway is the principal thoroughfare. It extends from the Battery to Spuyten Duyvel Creek, a distance of fifteen miles. It is built up compactly for about five miles, is paved and graded for about seven miles, and is lighted with gas along its entire length. There are over 420 miles of streets in the patrol districts, and eleven miles of piers along the water. The sewerage is generally good, but defective in some places. Nearly 400 miles of water-mains have been laid. The streets are lighted by about 19,000 gas lamps, besides lamps set out by private parties. They are paved with the Belgian and wooden pavements, cobble stones being almost a thing of the past. For so large a city, New York is remarkably clean, except in those portions lying close to the river, or given up to paupers.
Broadway is the main street. It stretches from the Battery to Spuyten Duyvel Creek, covering a distance of fifteen miles. It’s built up densely for about five miles, paved and graded for about seven miles, and lit with gas along its entire length. There are over 420 miles of streets in the patrol districts and eleven miles of piers along the waterfront. The sewer system is generally good, but there are some places with issues. Nearly 400 miles of water mains have been installed. The streets are illuminated by around 19,000 gas lamps, in addition to lamps placed by private individuals. They are paved with Belgian blocks and wood, with cobblestones becoming nearly obsolete. For such a large city, New York is surprisingly clean, except in areas near the river or those designated for the homeless.
The city is substantially built. Frame houses are rare. Many of the old quarters are built of brick, but this material is now used to a limited extent only. Broadway and the principal business streets are lined with buildings of iron, marble, granite, brown, Portland, and Ohio stone, palatial in their appearance; and the sections devoted to the residences of the better classes are built up mainly with brown, Portland, and Ohio stone, and in some instances with marble. Thus the city presents an appearance of grandeur and solidity most pleasing to the eye. The public buildings will compare favorably with any in the world, and there is no city on the globe that can boast so many palatial warehouses and stores. Broadway is one of the best built thoroughfares in the world. The stores which line it are generally from five to six stories high above ground, p. 53with two cellars below the pavement, and vaults extending to near the middle of the street. The adjacent streets in many instances rival Broadway in their splendors. The stores of the city are famous for their elegance and convenience, and for the magnificence and variety of the goods displayed in them. The streets occupied by private residences are broad, clean and well-paved, and are lined with miles of dwellings inferior to none in the world in convenience and substantial elegance. The amount of wealth and taste concentrated in the dwellings of the better classes of the citizens of New York is very great.
The city is solidly built. Frame houses are uncommon. Many of the older neighborhoods are made of brick, but this material is now used only sparingly. Broadway and the main business streets are lined with buildings made of iron, marble, granite, brownstone, Portland stone, and Ohio stone, all looking quite grand; the areas designated for upper-class residences are primarily constructed using brownstone, Portland stone, and Ohio stone, with some even featuring marble. As a result, the city has a pleasingly grand and sturdy appearance. The public buildings can compete with the best in the world, and no city globally can claim as many impressive warehouses and stores. Broadway is one of the most well-constructed thoroughfares in the world. The stores along it are typically five to six stories tall, with two basements below street level and vaults extending almost to the middle of the street. The nearby streets often match Broadway in their splendor. The city’s stores are renowned for their elegance and convenience, as well as the grandeur and variety of merchandise they offer. The streets lined with private residences are wide, clean, and well-paved, featuring miles of homes that are unmatched globally in comfort and substantial elegance. The concentration of wealth and taste in the homes of New York’s upper classes is immense.
p. 54The population of New York, in 1870, according to the United States census of that year, was 942,337. There can be no doubt that at the present time the island contains over 1,000,000 residents. Thousands of persons doing business in New York reside in the vicinity, and enter and leave the city at morning and evening, and thousands of strangers, on business and pleasure, come and go daily. It is estimated that the actual number of people in the city about the hour of noon is nearly, if not fully, one million and a half. According to the census of 1870, the actual population consisted of 929,199 white and 13,153 colored persons. The native population was 523,238, and the foreign population 419,094. The nationality of the principal part of the foreign element was as follows:
p. 54In 1870, the population of New York, based on that year's U.S. census, was 942,337. There’s no doubt that today the island has more than 1,000,000 residents. Thousands of people who work in New York live nearby and commute into the city every morning and evening, and many visitors come and go for business and leisure every day. It's estimated that around noon, the number of people in the city is close to, if not fully, one and a half million. According to the 1870 census, the population included 929,199 white individuals and 13,153 people of color. The native population was 523,238, while the foreign population was 419,094. The primary nationalities among the foreign population were as follows:
From From |
Number of persons. Number of people. |
Germany Germany |
151222 151222 |
Ireland Ireland |
201999 201999 |
England England |
24432 24432 |
Scotland Scotland |
7554 7554 |
France France |
8267 8267 |
Belgium Belgium |
328 328 |
Holland Netherlands |
1237 1237 |
British America and Canada British America & Canada |
4338 4338 |
Cuba Cuba |
1293 1293 |
China China |
115 115 |
Denmark Denmark |
682 682 |
Italy Italy |
2790 2790 |
Mexico Mexico |
64 64 |
Norway Norway |
373 373 |
Poland Poland |
2392 2392 |
Portugal Portugal |
92 92 |
Russia Russia |
1139 1139 |
South America South America |
213 213 |
Spain Spain |
464 464 |
Sweden Sweden |
1569 1569 |
Switzerland Switzerland |
2169 2169 |
Turkey Turkey |
38 38 |
Wales Wales |
587 587 |
West Indies Caribbean |
487 487 |
Besides those mentioned in this table, are representatives of p. 55every nationality under heaven, in greater or less strength. It will be seen that the native population is in the excess. The increase of natives between 1860 and 1870, was 93,246. The Germans increased in the same period at the rate of 32,936; while the Irish population fell off 1701 in the same decade. The foreign classes frequently herd together by themselves, in distinct parts of the city, which they seem to regard as their own. In some sections are to be found whole streets where the inhabitants do not understand English, having no occasion to use it in their daily life.
Besides those listed in this table, there are representatives of every nationality from around the world, varying in numbers. It's clear that the native population is in the majority. Between 1860 and 1870, the native population increased by 93,246. During the same period, the German population grew by 32,936, while the Irish population decreased by 1,701. The foreign groups often live together in specific areas of the city, which they consider their own. In some neighborhoods, there are entire streets where the residents do not speak English, as they have no need to use it in their everyday lives.
In 1869, there were 13,947 births, 8695 marriages, and 24,601 deaths reported by the city authorities. The authorities stated that they were satisfied that the number of births was actually over 30,000; the number reported by them being very incomplete, owing to the difficulty of procuring such information.
In 1869, there were 13,947 births, 8,695 marriages, and 24,601 deaths reported by the city officials. The officials indicated that they believed the actual number of births was over 30,000; the number they provided was quite incomplete due to the challenges in gathering that information.
Its mixed population makes New York a thoroughly cosmopolitan city, yet at the same time it is eminently American. The native element exercises a controlling influence upon all its acts, and when the proper exertion is made rarely fails to maintain its ascendancy.
Its diverse population makes New York a truly cosmopolitan city, yet at the same time, it's very much American. The local residents have a strong influence over everything that happens, and when they put in the effort, they usually succeed in keeping their leading role.
The number of buildings in the city is from 60,000 to 70,000. In 1860, out of 161,000 families only 15,000 occupied entire houses. Nine thousand one hundred and twenty dwellings contained two families each, and 6100 contained three families each. After these come the tenement houses. At present, the number of houses occupied by more than one family is even larger.
The number of buildings in the city is between 60,000 and 70,000. In 1860, of the 161,000 families, only 15,000 lived in whole houses. 9,120 homes had two families each, and 6,100 had three families each. After these are the tenement buildings. Nowadays, the number of houses occupied by more than one family is even higher.
It has been well said that “New York is the best place in the world to take the conceit out of a man.” This is true. No matter how great or flattering is the local reputation of an individual, he finds upon reaching New York that he is entirely unknown. He must at once set to work to build up a reputation here, where he will be taken for just what he is worth, and no more. The city is a good school for studying human nature, and its people are proficients in the art of discerning character.
It has been said that “New York is the best place in the world to take the ego out of a person.” This is true. No matter how great or impressive someone’s local reputation is, once they arrive in New York, they find they are completely unknown. They must immediately start working to build a reputation here, where they will be valued exactly for what they are worth, and nothing more. The city is an excellent place to learn about human nature, and its residents are skilled at reading character.
In point of morality, the people of New York, in spite of all that has been said of them, compare favorably with those of any other city. If the darkest side of life is to be seen here, one p. 56may also witness the best. The greatest scoundrels and the purest Christians are to be found here. It is but natural that New York, being the great centre of wealth, should also be the great centre of all that is good and beautiful in life. It is true that the Devil’s work is done here on a gigantic scale, but the will of the Lord is done on an equally great, if not a greater scale.
In terms of morality, the people of New York, despite everything that has been said about them, compare favorably to those in any other city. If the darkest aspects of life can be seen here, one may also witness the best. The biggest crooks and the most devoted Christians can be found here. It makes sense that, as the major hub of wealth, New York would also be a center for all that is good and beautiful in life. It’s true that the Devil's work is done here on a huge scale, but the will of the Lord is accomplished on an equally large scale, if not a larger one.
In its charities, New York stands at the head of American communities—the great heart of the city throbs warmly for suffering humanity. The municipal authorities expend annually about one million of dollars in public charities. The various p. 57religious denominations spend annually about five millions more, and private benevolence disburses a sum of which no record is to be had—but it is large. Besides this, the city is constantly sending out princely sums to relieve want and suffering in all parts of our broad land. New York never turns a deaf ear to an appeal for aid.
In its charitable efforts, New York leads American cities—the heartbeat of the city is warm and responsive to those in need. The city government spends about one million dollars each year on public charities. Different religious organizations contribute around five million more annually, and private generosity dispenses a significant, though unrecorded, amount. Additionally, the city consistently sends out generous funds to alleviate poverty and suffering across the country. New York always responds to calls for help.
The people of New York are very liberal in matters of opinion. Here, as a general rule, no man seeks to influence the belief of another, except so far as all men are privileged to do so. Every religious faith, every shade of political opinion, is protected and finds full expression. Men concern themselves with their own affairs only. Indeed this feeding has been carried to such an extreme that it has engendered a decided indifference between man and man. People live for years as next door neighbors without ever knowing each other by sight. A gentleman once happened to notice the name of his next door neighbor on the door-plate. To his surprise he found it the same as his own. Accosting the owner of the door-plate one day, for the first time, he remarked that it was singular that two people bearing the same name should live side by side for years without knowing each other. This remark led to mutual inquiries and statements, and to their surprise the two men found they were brothers—sons of the same parents. They had not met for many years, and for fully twelve years had lived side by side as neighbors, without knowing each other. This incident may be overdrawn, but it will illustrate a peculiar feature of New York life.
The people of New York are very open-minded when it comes to opinions. Generally, no one tries to change what others believe, except to the extent that everyone has the right to do so. Every religious belief and every political viewpoint is protected and can be fully expressed. People generally focus on their own lives. In fact, this self-absorption has led to a noticeable indifference among people. Neighbors can live next to each other for years without ever recognizing one another. Once, a man noticed the name on his neighbor's door and to his surprise, it was the same as his own. When he finally spoke to the owner of the door-plate one day, he pointed out how unusual it was for two people with the same name to live side by side for years without knowing each other. This conversation led to questions and exchanges, and to their surprise, the two men discovered they were brothers—children of the same parents. They hadn't seen each other for many years, and for a full twelve years, they had lived next to each other without realizing their connection. This story may be exaggerated, but it highlights a unique aspect of life in New York.
Strangers coming to New York are struck with the fact that there are but two classes in the city—the poor and the rich. The middle class, which is so numerous in other cities, hardly exists at all here. The reason of this is plain to the initiated. Living in New York is so expensive that persons of moderate means reside in the suburbs, some of them as far as forty miles in the country. They come into the city, to their business, in crowds, between the hours of seven and nine in the morning, and literally pour out of it between four and seven in the evening. In fair weather the inconvenience of such a life is trifling, but in the winter it is absolutely fearful. A deep snow will sometimes p. 58obstruct the railroad tracks, and persons living outside of the city are either unable to leave New York or are forced to spend the night on the cars. Again, the rivers will be so full of floating ice as to render it very dangerous, if not impossible, for the ferry boats to cross. At such times the railroad depots and ferry houses are crowded with persons anxiously awaiting transportation to their homes. The detention in New York, however, is not the greatest inconvenience caused by such mishaps.
Strangers arriving in New York quickly notice that the city has just two classes—the poor and the rich. The middle class, which is quite large in other cities, is hardly present here. The reason for this is clear to those who understand. Living in New York is so expensive that people with moderate incomes live in the suburbs, some as far as forty miles away in the country. They come into the city for work in large numbers between seven and nine in the morning and literally pour out between four and seven in the evening. In nice weather, the hassle of this lifestyle is minor, but in winter, it can be really tough. Heavy snow can block the train tracks, leaving people living outside the city unable to leave or stuck overnight on trains. Additionally, the rivers can be so filled with ice that it becomes dangerous, if not impossible, for the ferries to operate. During these times, train stations and ferry terminals are packed with people anxiously waiting to get home. However, being stuck in New York isn't the worst issue caused by these problems.
To persons of means, New York offers more advantages as a place of residence than any city in the land. Its delightful climate, its cosmopolitan and metropolitan character, and the endless variety of its attractions and comforts, render it the most delightful home in America. Its people are warmly attached to and proud of it, and even strangers feel drawn towards it as to no other city save their own homes. Few persons care to leave it after a twelve-months’ residence within its limits, and those who are forced to go away generally find their way back at the earliest opportunity.
For people with money, New York offers more benefits as a place to live than any other city in the country. Its pleasant climate, diverse and urban vibe, and endless range of attractions and comforts make it the most enjoyable home in America. Its residents are deeply attached to it and take pride in it, and even outsiders feel a connection to it like no other city except their own hometowns. Few people want to leave after living there for a year, and those who have to leave usually try to return as soon as they can.
p. 59II. THE HARBOR OF NEW YORK.
The bay and harbor of New York are noted the world over for their beauty. When the discoverer, Henry Hudson, first gazed upon the glorious scene, he gave vent to the impulsive assertion that it was “a very good land to fall in with, and a pleasant land to see,” and there are few who will venture to differ from him.
The bay and harbor of New York are famous around the world for their beauty. When the explorer, Henry Hudson, first looked at the stunning view, he impulsively declared that it was “a very good land to fall in with, and a pleasant land to see,” and there are hardly any who would disagree with him.
To enjoy the wonderful beauty of the bay, one should enter it from the ocean; and it is from the blue water that we propose to begin our exploration.
To appreciate the stunning beauty of the bay, you should approach it from the ocean; and it's from the blue water that we plan to start our exploration.
Nineteen miles from the City of New York, on the western side of the bay, is a low, narrow, and crooked neck of sand, covered in some places with a dense growth of pine and other hardy trees. This neck is called Sandy Hook, and its curve encloses a pretty little bay, known as the Cove. On the extreme end of the point, which commands the main ship channel, the General Government is erecting a powerful fort, under the guns of which every vessel entering the bay must pass. There is also a lighthouse near the fort, and within the last few years a railway depot has been built on the shore of the Cove. Passengers from New York for Long Branch are transferred from the steamer to the cars at this place, the road running along the sea-shore to Long Branch. To the westward of Sandy Hook, on the Jersey shore, are the finely wooded and picturesque Highlands of Nevesink, and at their feet the Shrewsbury River flows into the bay, while some miles to the eastward are the shining sands and white houses of Rockaway Beach and Fire Island. Seven miles out at sea, tosses the Sandy Hook Light Ship, marking the point from which vessels must take their course in entering the bay.
Nineteen miles from New York City, on the west side of the bay, is a low, narrow, and winding strip of sand, covered in some areas with a dense growth of pine and other tough trees. This area is known as Sandy Hook, and its curve forms a lovely little bay called the Cove. At the far end of the point, which overlooks the main shipping channel, the government is building a strong fort, under which every vessel entering the bay must pass. There's also a lighthouse near the fort, and in recent years a train station has been built along the shore of the Cove. Passengers coming from New York to Long Branch are transferred from the steamer to the train here, with the railway running along the seashore to Long Branch. To the west of Sandy Hook, on the Jersey shore, are the beautifully wooded and scenic Highlands of Nevesink, and at their base, the Shrewsbury River flows into the bay, while a few miles to the east are the shining sands and white houses of Rockaway Beach and Fire Island. Seven miles out at sea, the Sandy Hook Light Ship floats, marking the point from which ships must chart their course when entering the bay.
p. 60Leaving Sandy Hook, our course is a little to the northwest. The New Jersey shore is on our left, and we can see the dim outlines of Port Monmouth and Perth Amboy and South Amboy in the far distance, while to the right Coney Island and its hotels are in full sight. Back of these lie the low shores of Long Island, dotted with pretty suburban villas and villages. A few miles above Sandy Hook we pass the Quarantine station in the Lower Bay, with the fleet of detained vessels clustering about the hospital ships.
p. 60After leaving Sandy Hook, we're heading slightly northwest. The New Jersey shore is on our left, and we can make out the faint outlines of Port Monmouth, Perth Amboy, and South Amboy in the distance, while to the right, Coney Island and its hotels are clearly visible. Behind them, the low shores of Long Island are scattered with charming suburban homes and towns. A few miles past Sandy Hook, we pass the Quarantine station in the Lower Bay, where a cluster of detained ships is gathered around the hospital boats.
Straight ahead, on our left, is a bold headland, sloping away from east to west, towards the Jersey coast. This is Staten Island, a favorite resort for New Yorkers, and taken up mainly with their handsome country seats. The bay here narrows rapidly, and the shores of Staten and Long Islands are scarcely a mile apart. This passage is famous the world over as The Narrows, and connects the Inner and Lower Bays. The shores are high on either side, but the Staten Island side is a bold p. 61headland, the summit of which is over one hundred feet above the water. These high shores constitute the protection which the Inner Bay enjoys from the storms that howl along the coast. It is to them also that New York must look for protection in the event of a foreign war. Here are the principal fortifications of the city, and whichever way we turn the shores bristle with guns. On the Long Island shore is Fort Hamilton, an old but powerful work, begun in 1824, and completed in 1832, at a cost of $550,000. The main work mounts eighty heavy guns; but since the Civil War, additional batteries, some of them armed with Rodman guns, have been erected. A little above Fort Hamilton, and a few hundred yards from the shore, is Fort Lafayette, built on a shoal known as Hendricks’ Reef. It was begun during the war of 1812, cost $350,000, and was armed with seventy-three guns. It was used during the Civil War as a jail for political prisoners. In December, 1868, it was destroyed by fire, and the Government is now rebuilding it upon a more formidable scale. The Staten Island shore is lined with guns. At the water’s edge is a powerful casemated battery, known as Fort Tompkins, mounting forty heavy guns. The bluff above is crowned with a large and formidable looking work, also of granite, known as Fort Richmond, mounting one hundred and forty guns. To the right and left of the fort, are Batteries Hudson, Morton, North Cliff, and South Cliff; mounting about eighty guns of heavy calibre. It is stated that the new work on Sandy Hook will be armed with two hundred guns, which will make the defensive armament of the Lower Bay and Narrows over six hundred and thirteen guns, which, together with the fleet of war vessels that could be assembled for the protection of the city, would render the capture of New York by an enemy’s fleet a hazardous, if not impracticable, undertaking.
Straight ahead, on our left, is a striking headland, sloping from east to west toward the Jersey coast. This is Staten Island, a popular getaway for New Yorkers, mainly filled with their beautiful country homes. The bay here narrows quickly, and the shores of Staten and Long Islands are barely a mile apart. This passage is known worldwide as The Narrows, connecting the Inner and Lower Bays. The shores rise high on either side, but the Staten Island side is a prominent headland, with its peak standing over one hundred feet above the water. These high shores provide the Inner Bay protection from storms that rage along the coast. New York also relies on these shores for security in case of a foreign war. The city’s key fortifications are here, and wherever we look, the shores are lined with artillery. On the Long Island side is Fort Hamilton, an old but strong fortification, started in 1824 and finished in 1832, costing $550,000. The main structure has eighty heavy guns; since the Civil War, more batteries have been added, some equipped with Rodman guns. Just above Fort Hamilton, a few hundred yards from the shore, is Fort Lafayette, built on a shoal called Hendricks’ Reef. It began during the War of 1812, cost $350,000, and was armed with seventy-three guns. During the Civil War, it was used as a prison for political detainees. In December 1868, it was destroyed by fire, and the government is currently reconstructing it on a larger scale. The Staten Island shore is lined with artillery. At the water's edge is a strong casemated battery, known as Fort Tompkins, with forty heavy guns. The bluff above is topped with a large and imposing structure, also made of granite, called Fort Richmond, which has one hundred and forty guns. On either side of the fort are Batteries Hudson, Morton, North Cliff, and South Cliff, armed with about eighty heavy caliber guns. It is reported that the new facility on Sandy Hook will be equipped with two hundred guns, bringing the defensive armament of the Lower Bay and Narrows to over six hundred and thirteen guns. Together with the fleet of warships that could be gathered for the city's protection, capturing New York would be a risky, if not impossible, task for an enemy fleet.
Passing through The Narrows, we enter the Inner Bay. New York, Brooklyn and Jersey City are in full sight to the northward, with the Hudson stretching away in the distance. The bay is crowded with shipping of all kinds, from the fussy little tug-boat to the large, grim-looking man-of-war. As we sail on, the scene becomes more animated. On the left are the p. 62picturesque heights of Staten Island, dotted thickly with country-seats, cottages, and pretty towns, and on the left the heavily-wooded shores of Long Island abound with handsome villas.
Passing through The Narrows, we enter the Inner Bay. New York, Brooklyn, and Jersey City are clearly visible to the north, with the Hudson River stretching off into the distance. The bay is filled with all sorts of boats, from the small tugboats to the large, imposing warships. As we continue to sail, the scene becomes more lively. To the left are the p. 62picturesque heights of Staten Island, crowded with country homes, cottages, and charming towns, while to the right, the heavily forested shores of Long Island are lined with beautiful villas.
Soon Staten Island is passed, and we see the white lighthouse standing out in the water, which marks the entrance to the Kill Van Kull, or Staten Island Sound; and, far to the westward, we can faintly discern the shipping at Elizabethport. We are now fairly in the harbor of New York, with the great city directly in front of us, Brooklyn on our right, and Jersey City on our left. To the northward, the line of the Hudson melts away in the distant blue sky, and to the right the East River is lost in the shipping and houses of the two cities it separates. The scene is gay and brilliant. The breeze is fresh and delightful; the sky as clear and blue as that of Italy, and the bay as bright and beautiful as that of Naples, and even more majestic. As far as the eye can reach on either side of the Hudson extend the long lines of shipping, while the East River is a perfect forest of masts. Here are steamboats and steamships, sailing vessels, barges, and canal boats—every sort of craft known to navigation. The harbor is gay with the flags of all nations. Dozens of ferry boats are crossing and recrossing from New York to the opposite shores. Ships are constantly entering and leaving port, and the whole scene bears the impress of the energy and activity that have made New York the metropolis of America.
Soon, we pass Staten Island and see the white lighthouse standing out in the water, marking the entrance to the Kill Van Kull, or Staten Island Sound. Far to the west, we can faintly make out the ships at Elizabethport. We are now truly in New York Harbor, with the great city right in front of us, Brooklyn to our right, and Jersey City to our left. To the north, the Hudson River disappears into the distant blue sky, while to the right, the East River is hidden among the ships and buildings of the two cities it separates. The scene is lively and vibrant. The breeze is fresh and pleasant; the sky is as clear and blue as Italy’s, and the bay is bright and beautiful, even more majestic than Naples. As far as the eye can see on either side of the Hudson, long lines of ships extend, while the East River looks like a dense forest of masts. There are steamboats, steamships, sailing vessels, barges, and canal boats—every type of craft known to navigation. The harbor is colorful with the flags of all nations. Dozens of ferries are crossing back and forth from New York to the opposite shores. Ships are constantly entering and leaving port, and the whole scene reflects the energy and activity that have made New York the metropolis of America.
At night the scene is indescribably beautiful. The myriad stars in the sky above are reflected in the dark bosom of the harbor. The dim outlines of the shores are made more distinct by the countless rows of lights that line them, and the many colored lamps of the ferry-boats, as they dart back and forth over the waters, give to the scene a sort of gala appearance.
At night, the scene is incredibly beautiful. The countless stars in the sky above reflect in the dark waters of the harbor. The faint outlines of the shores become clearer thanks to the numerous rows of lights that line them, and the colorful lamps on the ferry boats, as they zip back and forth across the water, lend the scene a festive vibe.
There are several islands in the harbor, which have been entirely given up to the United States Government for military purposes. The largest of these is Governor’s Island, formerly the property of the redoubtable Wouter Van Twiller, and still called after him. It lies midway between New York and Brooklyn, at the mouth of the East River. It embraces an area of seventy-two acres, and is one of the principal military posts in p. 63the harbor. Fort Columbus, in the centre of the island, is the principal work. Castle William, on the west end, is a semi-circular work, with three tiers of guns. Two strong batteries defend the passage known as Buttermilk Channel, between the island and Brooklyn. In the early days of the Dutch colony, this passage could be forded by cattle; now it is passable by ships of war. These works are armed with upwards of 200 heavy guns. Ellis Island, 2050 yards southwest from the Battery Light-House, contains Fort Gibson, mounting about twenty guns. Bedloe’s Island, 2950 yards southwest of the Battery Light-House, contains Fort Wood, which is armed with eighty guns.
There are several islands in the harbor that have been entirely turned over to the United States Government for military use. The largest of these is Governor's Island, formerly owned by the formidable Wouter Van Twiller, and still named after him. It sits between New York and Brooklyn, at the mouth of the East River. It covers an area of seventy-two acres and is one of the main military posts in p. 63the harbor. Fort Columbus, located in the center of the island, is the main structure. Castle William, at the western end, is a semi-circular fortification with three tiers of guns. Two strong batteries protect the waterway known as Buttermilk Channel, which separates the island from Brooklyn. In the early days of the Dutch colony, cattle could wade through this passage; now, it's navigable by warships. These defenses are armed with over 200 heavy guns. Ellis Island, 2050 yards southwest of the Battery Lighthouse, is home to Fort Gibson, which has about twenty guns. Bedloe's Island, 2950 yards southwest of the Battery Lighthouse, contains Fort Wood, armed with eighty guns.
The best point from which to view the Inner Bay is the Battery Park, from the sea-wall of which an uninterrupted view of the bay and both rivers may be obtained.
The best place to see the Inner Bay is Battery Park, where you can get a clear view of the bay and both rivers from the sea wall.
p. 64III. THE CITY GOVERNMENT.
By the terms of the charter of 1870, the government of the City of New York is vested in a Mayor, Common Council, consisting of Aldermen and Assistant Aldermen, a Corporation Counsel, and Comptroller, all elected by the people. There are also a Department of Public Works, which has charge of the streets of the city, and the Croton Aqueduct and Reservoirs; a Department of Docks, charged with the construction of new piers, etc., along the harbor front; a Department of Public Parks; a Fire Department; a Health Department; and a Police Board. The heads of all these Departments are appointed by the Mayor of the city. Previous to 1870 the city was governed by a series of commissions appointed by the Governor of the State, and the citizens were deprived of all voice in the management of their own affairs. It was urged by the friends of the New Charter, that that instrument restored to the citizens of New York the right of self-government. Had its provisions been honestly carried out, New York might have had a good government; but we shall see that they were perverted by a band of corrupt men into the means of the grossest oppression of the citizens.
By the terms of the charter of 1870, the government of New York City is run by a Mayor, a Common Council made up of Aldermen and Assistant Aldermen, a Corporation Counsel, and a Comptroller, all elected by the people. There is also a Department of Public Works, which manages the city's streets, along with the Croton Aqueduct and Reservoirs; a Department of Docks, responsible for building new piers along the waterfront; a Department of Public Parks; a Fire Department; a Health Department; and a Police Board. The heads of all these departments are appointed by the Mayor of the city. Before 1870, the city was governed by a series of commissions appointed by the Governor of the State, leaving citizens with no say in their own affairs. Supporters of the New Charter argued that it restored the right of self-government to New York citizens. If its provisions had been honestly implemented, New York could have enjoyed good governance; however, we will see that they were twisted by a group of corrupt individuals into tools for the most severe oppression of the citizens.
For many years it was the habit of the respectable and educated classes of New York to abstain from voting. Many, indeed, boasted that they were utterly indifferent to politics; that it was immaterial to them which party elected its candidates. Others thought that they could not spare the time; and others still would not spare it. Again, there were those whose refined tastes made them shrink from the coarse rabble that surrounded the voting places. The reasons were almost as numerous as the delinquents, and the result was that the best portion of the voters p. 65of the city—those who were most interested in a good government—left the control of public affairs entirely in the hands of the worst and most vicious classes. As a natural consequence, the suffrage being exercised chiefly by the ignorant and degraded, corrupt men availed themselves of the opportunity afforded them, and, by bribery and kindred practices, managed to secure their election to power. Once in office, they exerted themselves to remain there. They were the rulers of the great Metropolis of the Union, and, as such, possessed power and influence unequalled in any city in the world. They controlled the public funds, and thus had an opportunity of enriching themselves by robbing the people. They held in their grasp all the machinery of elections, and, by filling the ballot-boxes with fraudulent votes, and throwing out those which were legally cast, they could, they believed, perpetuate their power. If their strength in the Legislature of the State was inadequate to the passage of the laws they favored, they robbed the city treasury to buy up the members of the Legislature opposed to them, and it was found that rural virtue was easily purchased at city prices. In this way they secured the enactment of laws tending not only to enlarge and perpetuate their powers, and to increase their opportunities for plunder, but also to bar the way of the people should they awake from their criminal carelessness, and seek to overthrow and punish them. It mattered very little to the men who ruled the city of New York how the elections were decided in the rural districts. They could always swell their vote in the city to an extent sufficient to overcome any hostile majority in the State; and they even boasted that they cared not how many votes were cast against them in the city, as long as they “had the counting of them.” In this way they filled the statute-book with laws for the oppression and injury of the people, and in this way they passed the New Charter of 1870, which they declared was meant to restore self-government to New York, but which was really designed to continue themselves in power, and break down the last obstacles between themselves and the city treasury.
For many years, it was common among the respectable and educated classes of New York to avoid voting. Many even bragged about being completely indifferent to politics, claiming it didn't matter to them which party won. Others felt they couldn’t spare the time, while some simply wouldn’t make the effort. There were also those whose refined tastes made them uncomfortable around the unruly crowd at polling places. The reasons were nearly as varied as the individuals, and as a result, the best voters p. 65—those most invested in having a good government—left control of public affairs entirely to the worst and most corrupt classes. Consequently, since suffrage was mainly exercised by the ignorant and degraded, corrupt individuals took advantage of this situation. Through bribery and similar tactics, they managed to get elected to power. Once in office, they worked hard to stay there. They ruled over the great Metropolis of the Union and held power and influence unmatched by any city in the world. They controlled public funds, giving them the chance to enrich themselves by stealing from the people. They had complete control over the election process, and by stuffing the ballot boxes with fake votes and discarding the legitimate ones, they believed they could secure their power indefinitely. If they lacked enough support in the State Legislature to pass their desired laws, they would rob the city treasury to bribe legislators who opposed them, and it turned out that rural integrity could be easily bought at urban prices. In this way, they ensured the passage of laws that not only expanded and entrenched their powers and opportunities for theft but also prevented the people from rising up against them should they wake from their complacency. The rulers of New York City paid little attention to how elections turned out in rural areas. They could always inflate their votes in the city enough to overcome any opposing majority in the state and even claimed they didn’t care how many votes were cast against them in the city, as long as they “controlled the counting.” This method allowed them to fill the statute book with laws that oppressed and harmed the people, ultimately leading to the passage of the New Charter of 1870, which they claimed was intended to restore self-government to New York but was really crafted to maintain their power and remove the last barriers between themselves and the city treasury.
In well-regulated municipal governments, the popular branch, p. 66the Common Council, is designed to act, and does act, as a check upon the Executive branch. In New York, a Common Council which thoroughly represented the people of the city—the great commercial, social, and political Metropolis of the Union—would have given the Executive branch of the City Government no little trouble; but the respectable citizens were indifferent to the selection of Councilmen, and the “Ring” took care that the majority of the “City Fathers” were creatures of their own, under obligations to them, and ready to sustain them in any outrage upon the people.
In well-organized city governments, the elected branch, p. 66the Common Council, is meant to serve as a check on the Executive branch. In New York, a Common Council that truly represented the city's residents—the major commercial, social, and political center of the country—would have given the Executive branch of the City Government quite a bit of trouble; however, the upstanding citizens were uninterested in choosing Council members, and the “Ring” ensured that most of the “City Fathers” were their own allies, indebted to them, and willing to support them in any wrongdoing against the public.
The Common Council of the City of New York can hardly be termed a representative body. It does not represent the honestly gotten wealth of the city; for, though many of its members are wealthy, people look with suspicion upon a rich Councilman. It does not represent the proud intellectual character of New York; for there is scarcely a member who has intellect or education enough to enable him to utter ten sentences in good English. For many years the Councils have been composed of small tradesmen, who found politics more profitable than their legitimate callings, of bar-keepers, of men without social position in the city they professed to represent, and many of whom were suspected of dishonest and corrupt practices by their fellow-citizens. Indeed, it may be said, that, with a very few exceptions, there was not a man in this important body who possessed the respect or confidence of the citizens of New York. They were elected by bribery and corruption, maintained their positions by the same means, and enjoyed the favor and protection of the leaders of their party, only by aiding the execution and covering up from investigation the schemes of those men for their mutual engorgement at the expense of the public treasury.
The Common Council of New York City can hardly be called a representative body. It doesn't reflect the legitimately earned wealth of the city; even though many of its members are wealthy, people tend to view a rich Councilman with suspicion. It also doesn’t represent the proud intellectual spirit of New York; there are hardly any members who have the intellect or education to express themselves in ten coherent sentences in proper English. For many years, the Councils have been made up of small business owners who found politics more profitable than their real jobs, bartenders, and individuals without any social standing in the city they claimed to represent, many of whom were suspected of dishonest and corrupt practices by their fellow citizens. In fact, it can be said that, with very few exceptions, there wasn't a single person in this important group who held the respect or trust of the people of New York. They were elected through bribery and corruption, kept their positions through the same methods, and maintained the favor and protection of their party leaders only by helping to execute and conceal the schemes of those leaders aimed at exploiting the public treasury for their own benefit.
Mr. James Parton gives the following account of the proceedings of this worshipful body:
Mr. James Parton provides the following summary of the activities of this respected group:
“Debates is a ludicrous word to apply to the proceedings of the Councilmen. Most of the business done by them is pushed through without the slightest discussion, and is of such a nature that members cannot be prepared to discuss it. The most reckless haste marks every part of the performance. A member p. 67proposes that certain lots be provided with curbstones; another, that a free drinking hydrant be placed on a certain corner five miles up town; and another, that certain blocks of a distant street be paved with Belgian pavement. Respecting the utility of these works, members generally know nothing, and can say nothing; nor are they proper objects of legislation. The resolutions are adopted, usually, without a word of explanation, and at a speed that must be seen to be appreciated.
“Debates is a ridiculous word to describe what goes on with the Councilmen. Most of their business gets pushed through without any discussion, and the topics are often such that members aren't prepared to talk about them. The entire process is characterized by reckless haste. One member proposes that some lots should have curbstones; another suggests a free drinking fountain at a certain corner five miles away; and yet another asks for certain blocks of a far-off street to be paved with Belgian bricks. Generally, members know nothing about the usefulness of these projects, and they can’t say anything meaningful about them; they aren't really suitable for legislation. The resolutions are usually passed without any explanation and at a speed that you have to see to believe.
* * * * *
Understood! Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.
“At almost every session we witnessed scenes like the following: A member proposed to lease a certain building for a city court at $2000 a year for ten years. Honest Christopher Pullman, a faithful and laborious public servant, objected on one or two grounds; first, rents being unnaturally high, owing to several well-known and temporary causes, it would be unjust to the city to fix the rent at present rates for so long a period; secondly, he had been himself to see the building, had taken pains to inform himself as to its value, and was prepared to prove that $1200 a year was a proper rent for it even at the inflated rates. He made this statement with excellent brevity, moderation, and good temper, and concluded by moving that the term be two instead of ten years. A robust young man, with a bull neck and of ungrammatical habits, said, in a tone of impatient disdain, that the landlord of the building had ‘refused’ $1500 a year for it. ‘Question!’ ‘Question!’ shouted half a dozen angry voices; the question was instantly put, when a perfect war of noes voted down Mr. Pullman’s amendment. Another hearty chorus of ayes consummated the iniquity. In all such affairs, the visitor notices a kind of ungovernable propensity to vote for spending money, and a prompt disgust at any obstacle raised or objection made. The bull-necked Councilman of uncertain grammar evidently felt that Mr. Pullman’s modest interference on behalf of the tax-payer was a most gross impertinence. He felt himself an injured being, and his companions shared his indignation.
“At almost every meeting, we saw scenes like this: A member suggested leasing a particular building for a city court at $2000 a year for ten years. Honest Christopher Pullman, a dedicated and hardworking public servant, objected for a couple of reasons; first, rents were unreasonably high due to some well-known and temporary factors, making it unfair to the city to lock in the rent at current rates for such a long time; second, he had personally checked out the building, made an effort to understand its value, and was ready to show that $1200 a year was a fair rent even at the inflated rates. He made this point clearly, calmly, and respectfully, and ended by proposing that the term be two years instead of ten. A strong young man with a thick neck and questionable grammar impatiently scoffed that the building's landlord had 'declined' to accept $1500 a year for it. 'Question!' 'Question!' shouted several angry voices; the question was quickly called, and a loud chorus of noes voted down Mr. Pullman’s amendment. Another enthusiastic chorus of ayes finalized the injustice. In all situations like these, the visitor notices a sort of uncontrollable tendency to vote for spending money and immediate frustration at any obstacles or objections raised. The thick-necked Councilman of unclear grammar clearly viewed Mr. Pullman’s humble request on behalf of the taxpayer as an outrageous impertinence. He felt wronged, and his colleagues shared his outrage.”
“We proceed to another and better specimen: A resolution was introduced, appropriating $4000 for the purpose of p. 68presenting stands of colors to five regiments of city militia, which were named, each stand to cost eight hundred dollars. Mr. Pullman, as usual, objected, and we beg the reader to mark his objections. He said that he was a member of the committee which had reported the resolution, but he had never heard of it till that moment, the scheme had been ‘sprung’ upon him. The chairman of the committee replied to this, that, since the other regiments had had colors given them by the city, he did not suppose that any one could object to these remaining five receiving the same compliment, and therefore he had not thought it worth while to summon the gentleman. ‘Besides,’ said he, ‘it is a small matter anyhow;’—by which he evidently meant to intimate that the objector was a very small person. To this last remark, a member replied, that he did not consider $4000 so very small a matter. ‘Anyhow,’ he added, ‘we oughter save the city every dollar we kin.’ Mr. Pullman resumed. He stated that the Legislature of the State, several months before, had voted a stand of colors to each infantry regiment in the State; that the distribution of these colors had already begun; that the five regiments would soon receive them; and that, consequently, there was no need of their having the colors which it was now proposed to give them. A member roughly replied, that the colors voted by the State Legislature were mere painted banners, ‘of no account.’ Mr. Pullman denied this. ‘I am,’ said he, ‘captain in one of our city regiments. Two weeks ago we received our colors. I have seen, felt, examined, and marched under them; and I can testify that they are of great beauty, and excellent quality, made by Tiffany & Co., a firm of the first standing in the city.’ He proceeded to describe the colors as being made of the best silk, and decorated in the most elegant manner. He further objected to the price proposed to be given for the colors. He declared that, from his connection with the militia, he had become acquainted with the value of such articles, and he could procure colors of the best kind ever used in the service for $375. The price named in the resolution was, therefore, most excessive. Upon this, another member rose and said, in a p. 69peculiarly offensive manner, that it would be two years before Tiffany & Co. had made all the colors, and some of the regiments would have to wait all that time. ‘The other regiments,’ said he, ‘have had colors presented by the city, and I don’t see why we should show partiality.’ Whereupon Mr. Pullman informed the board that the city regiments would all be supplied in a few weeks; and, even if they did have to wait awhile, it was of no consequence, for they all had very good colors already. Honest Stephen Roberts then rose, and said that this was a subject with which he was not acquainted, but that if no one could refute what Mr. Pullman had said, he should be obliged to vote against the resolution.
“We move on to a different and better example: A resolution was introduced to allocate $4000 for the purpose of p. 68providing color stands to five regiments of city militia, which were named, with each stand costing eight hundred dollars. Mr. Pullman, as usual, objected, and we ask the reader to note his objections. He stated that he was a member of the committee that had reported the resolution, but he had never heard of it until that moment; the plan had been ‘sprung’ on him. The chairman of the committee responded that since the other regiments had received colors from the city, he didn’t think anyone could object to these remaining five receiving the same gesture, and therefore he hadn’t felt it necessary to call Mr. Pullman. ‘Besides,’ he said, ‘it’s a minor issue anyway;’—which he clearly meant to imply that the objector was insignificant. In response to this last comment, a member said he didn’t consider $4000 a small matter. ‘Anyway,’ he added, ‘we should save the city every dollar we can.’ Mr. Pullman continued. He pointed out that the State Legislature had voted several months earlier to provide a stand of colors to each infantry regiment in the State; that the distribution of these colors had already begun; that the five regiments would receive them soon; and that, consequently, there was no need for them to have the colors that were now proposed. A member abruptly replied that the colors voted by the State Legislature were just painted banners, ‘of no value.’ Mr. Pullman disagreed. ‘I am,’ he said, ‘a captain in one of our city regiments. Two weeks ago, we received our colors. I have seen, touched, examined, and marched with them; and I can attest that they are beautiful and of excellent quality, made by Tiffany & Co., a top firm in the city.’ He went on to describe the colors as made from the best silk and decorated in the most elegant style. He further objected to the price proposed for the colors, stating that, due to his involvement with the militia, he knew the value of such items and could get top-quality colors used in service for $375. Thus, the price stated in the resolution was excessively high. In response, another member stood up and stated, in a particularly offensive manner, that it would take two years for Tiffany & Co. to make all the colors, which meant some regiments would have to wait that long. ‘The other regiments,’ he said, ‘have received colors from the city, and I don’t see why we should show favoritism.’ To this, Mr. Pullman informed the board that the city regiments would all be supplied in a few weeks; and even if they had to wait a little while, it didn’t matter because they already had very good colors. Honest Stephen Roberts then stood up and said he wasn’t very familiar with this topic, but if no one could counter what Mr. Pullman had stated, he would have to vote against the resolution."
“Then there was a pause. The cry of ‘Question!’ was heard. The ayes and noes were called. The resolution was carried by eighteen to five. The learned suppose that one-half of this stolen $4000 was expended upon the colors, and the other half divided among about forty persons. It is conjectured that each member of the Councilmen’s Ring, which consists of thirteen, received about forty dollars for his vote on this occasion. This sum, added to his pay, which is twenty dollars per session, made a tolerable afternoon’s work.
“Then there was a pause. The call of ‘Question!’ was heard. The ayes and noes were counted. The resolution passed by eighteen to five. Experts believe that half of this stolen $4000 was spent on the colors, and the other half was divided among about forty people. It’s estimated that each member of the Councilmen’s Ring, which has thirteen members, received about forty dollars for their vote this time. This amount, combined with their pay of twenty dollars per session, made for a decent afternoon’s work.”
“Any one witnessing this scene would certainly have supposed that now the militia regiments of the City of New York were provided with colors. What was our surprise to hear, a few days after, a member gravely propose to appropriate $800 for the purpose of presenting the Ninth Regiment of New York Infantry with a stand of colors. Mr. Pullman repeated his objections, and recounted anew the generosity of the State Legislature. The eighteen, without a word of reply, voted for the grant as before. It so chanced that, on our way up Broadway, an hour after, we met that very regiment marching down with its colors flying; and we observed that those colors were nearly new. Indeed, there is such a propensity in the public to present colors to popular regiments, that some of them have as many as five stands, of various degrees of splendor. There is nothing about which Councilmen need feel so little anxiety as a deficiency in the supply of regimental colors. When, at last, p. 70these extravagant banners voted by the corporation are presented to the regiments, a new scene of plunder is exhibited. The officers of the favored regiment are invited to a room in the basement of the City Hall, where city officials assist them to consume $300 worth of champagne, sandwiches, and cold chicken—paid for out of the city treasury—while the privates of the regiment await the return of their officers in the unshaded portion of the adjacent park.
“Anyone witnessing this scene would surely have thought that now the militia regiments of New York City had been given colors. What surprised us was hearing a few days later a member seriously suggest allocating $800 to present the Ninth Regiment of New York Infantry with a stand of colors. Mr. Pullman reiterated his objections and reminded everyone of the generosity shown by the State Legislature. The eighteen, without a word of dissent, voted for the funding just like before. As luck would have it, an hour later on our way up Broadway, we saw that very regiment marching down with their colors flying, and we noticed those colors were almost new. In fact, there's such a tendency for the public to present colors to popular regiments that some of them have as many as five stands, each with different levels of richness. There’s nothing that Councilmembers need to worry about less than a shortage of regimental colors. When, finally, p. 70 these extravagant banners funded by the city are handed over to the regiments, a new scene of looting unfolds. The officers of the favored regiment are invited to a room in the basement of City Hall, where city officials help them indulge in $300 worth of champagne, sandwiches, and cold chicken—paid for by the city treasury—while the enlisted members of the regiment wait for their officers in the unshaded area of the nearby park.”
“It is a favorite trick with these councilmen, as of all politicians, to devise measures, the passage of which will gratify large bodies of voters. This is one of the advantages proposed to be gained by the presentation of colors to regiments; and the same system is pursued with regard to churches and societies. At every one of the six sessions of the Councilmen which we attended, resolutions were introduced to give away the people’s money to wealthy organizations. A church, for example, is assessed $1000 for the construction of a sewer, which enhances the value of the church property by at least the amount of the assessment. Straightway, a member from that neighborhood proposes to console the stricken church with a ‘donation’ of $1000, to enable it to pay the assessment; and as this is a proposition to vote money, it is carried as a matter of course. We select from our notes only one of these donating scenes. A member proposed to give $2000 to a certain industrial school,—the favorite charity of the present time, to which all the benevolent most willingly subscribe. Vigilant Christopher Pullman reminded the board that it was now unlawful for the corporation to vote money for any object not specified in the tax levy as finally sanctioned by the Legislature. He read the section of the Act which forbade it. He further showed, from a statement by the Comptroller, that there was no money left at their disposal for any miscellaneous objects, since the appropriation for ‘city contingencies’ was exhausted. The only reply to his remarks was the instant passage of the resolution by eighteen to five. By what artifice the law is likely to be evaded in such cases, we may show further on. In all probability, the industrial school, in the course of the year, will receive a fraction of p. 71this money—perhaps even so large a fraction as one half. It may be that, ere now, some obliging person about the City Hall has offered to buy the claim for $1000, and take the risk of the hocus-pocus necessary for getting it—which to him is no risk at all.
“It’s a common strategy among these council members, like all politicians, to come up with plans that will please large groups of voters. This is one of the benefits expected from presenting colors to regiments; the same approach is taken with churches and organizations. At every one of the six council meetings we attended, proposals were made to give away taxpayer money to wealthy groups. A church, for instance, is charged $1000 for building a sewer, which increases the value of the church property by at least that amount. Immediately, a member from that area suggests helping the struggling church with a ‘donation’ of $1000 to help it pay the fee; and because this involves voting for money, it passes easily. We highlight just one of these donation instances from our notes. A member proposed giving $2000 to a certain industrial school—the trendy charity of the moment, to which all the generous people are eager to contribute. Watchful Christopher Pullman reminded the board that it was now illegal for the corporation to vote money for anything not included in the tax levy approved by the Legislature. He read the section of the law that prohibited it. He also pointed out from a statement by the Comptroller that there were no funds available for any miscellaneous expenses since the allocation for ‘city contingencies’ was depleted. The only response to his comments was the quick approval of the resolution by eighteen to five. We may later show how the law is likely to be bypassed in such situations. Most likely, the industrial school will receive some of this money over the year—possibly even as much as half. It could be that, by now, someone helpful at City Hall has offered to buy the claim for $1000 and take on the risk of the trickery needed to get it—which to him is no risk at all.”
“It was proposed, on another occasion, to raise the fees of the Inspectors of Weights and Measures—who received fifty cents for inspecting a pair of platform scales, and smaller sums for scales and measures of less importance. Here was a subject upon which honest Stephen Roberts, whose shop is in a street where scales and measures abound, was entirely at home. He showed, in his sturdy and strenuous manner, that, at the rates then established, an active man could make $200 a day. ‘Why,’ said he, ‘a man can inspect, and does inspect, fifty platform scales in an hour.’ The cry of ‘Question!’ arose. The question was put, and the usual loud chorus of ayes followed.
“It was suggested, at another time, to increase the fees for the Inspectors of Weights and Measures—who earned fifty cents for checking a pair of platform scales, and smaller amounts for less significant scales and measures. This was a topic that honest Stephen Roberts, whose shop is on a street filled with scales and measures, was very familiar with. He demonstrated, in his strong and determined way, that, at the current rates, an active person could make $200 a day. ‘You see,’ he said, ‘a person can inspect, and does inspect, fifty platform scales in an hour.’ The shout of ‘Question!’ emerged. The question was raised, and the usual loud chorus of ayes followed.”
“As it requires a three-fourths vote to grant money—that is, eighteen members—it is sometimes impossible for the Ring to get that number together. There is a mode of preventing the absence, or the opposition of members, from defeating favorite schemes. It is by way of ‘reconsideration.’ The time was when a measure distinctly voted down by a lawful majority was dead. But, by this expedient, the voting down of a measure is only equivalent to its postponement to a more favorable occasion. The moment the chairman pronounces a resolution lost, the member who has it in charge moves a reconsideration; and, as a reconsideration only requires the vote of a majority, this is invariably carried. By a rule of the board, a reconsideration carries a measure over to a future meeting—to any future meeting which may afford a prospect of its passage. The member who is engineering it watches his chance, labors with faltering members out of doors, and, as often as he thinks he can carry it, calls it up again, until at last the requisite eighteen are obtained. It has frequently happened that a member has kept a measure in a state of reconsideration for months at a time, waiting for the happy moment to arrive. There was a robust young p. 72Councilman, who had a benevolent project in charge of paying $900 for a hackney-coach and two horses, which a drunken driver drove over the dock into the river one cold night last winter. There was some disagreement in the Ring on this measure, and the robust youth was compelled to move for many reconsiderations. So, also, it was long before the wires could be all arranged to admit of the appointment of a ‘messenger’ to the City Librarian, who has perhaps less to do than any man in New York who is paid $1800 a year; but perseverance meets its reward. We hear that this messenger is now smoking in the City Hall at a salary of $1500.
“As it takes a three-fourths vote to allocate funds—that is, eighteen members—it can sometimes be impossible for the Ring to gather that many. There’s a way to stop the absence or opposition of members from derailing favored projects. It’s called ‘reconsideration.’ In the past, when a measure was clearly rejected by a lawful majority, it was considered dead. But with this tactic, the rejection of a measure only means it gets postponed to a more favorable time. The moment the chairman declares a resolution lost, the member who is responsible for it moves for a reconsideration; and since reconsiderations only require a majority vote, this always passes. According to a rule of the board, a reconsideration carries a measure over to a future meeting—any future meeting that might have a chance of passing it. The member pushing for it keeps an eye on the situation, works on hesitant members outside, and whenever he thinks he can win it, he brings it up again, until eventually the required eighteen votes are secured. It often happens that a member has kept a measure in a state of reconsideration for months, waiting for the right moment. There was a strong young Councilman with a charitable plan to pay $900 for a hackney-coach and two horses that a drunken driver drove into the river one cold night last winter. There was some disagreement in the Ring about this measure, and the robust young man had to move for many reconsiderations. Likewise, it took a long time to arrange everything to allow for the appointment of a ‘messenger’ to the City Librarian, who probably has less to do than any man in New York earning $1800 a year; but persistence pays off. We hear that this messenger is now relaxing in the City Hall with a salary of $1500.”
“There is a manoeuvre also for preventing the attendance of obnoxious, obstructive members, like the honest six, which is ingenious and effective. A ‘special meeting’ is called. The law declares that notice of a special meeting must be left at the residence or the place of business of every member. Mr. Roberts’s residence and Mr. Roberts’s place of business are eight miles apart, and he leaves his home for the day before nine in the morning. If Mr. Roberts’s presence at a special meeting, at 2 P.M., is desired, the notice is left at his shop in the morning. If it is not desired, the notice is sent to his house in Harlem, after he has left it. Mr. Pullman, cabinet-maker, leaves his shop at noon, goes home to dinner, and returns soon after one. If his presence at the special meeting, at 2 P.M., is desired, the notice is left at his house the evening before, or at his shop in the morning. If his presence is not desired, the notice is left at his shop a few minutes after twelve, or at his house a few minutes past one. In either case, he receives the notice too late to reach the City Hall in time. We were present in the Councilmen’s Chamber when Mr. Pullman stated this inconvenience, assuming that it was accidental, and offered an amendment to the rule, requiring notice to be left five hours before the time named for the meeting. Mr. Roberts also gave his experience in the matter of notices, and both gentlemen spoke with perfect moderation and good temper. We wish we could convey to our readers an idea of the brutal insolence with which Mr. Pullman, on this occasion, was snubbed and defrauded by p. 73a young bar-keeper who chanced to be in the chair. But this would be impossible without relating the scene at very great length. The amendment proposed was voted down, with that peculiar roar of noes which is always heard in that chamber when some honest man attempts to put an obstacle in the way of the free plunder of his fellow-citizens.
“There’s a tactic to keep troublesome members, like the honest six, from attending meetings, and it’s clever and effective. A 'special meeting' is announced. The law states that notice of a special meeting must be delivered to every member’s home or workplace. Mr. Roberts lives eight miles from his shop and leaves home before 9 AM. If they want him at the special meeting at 2 PM, the notice is delivered to his shop in the morning. If they don't want him there, the notice is sent to his house in Harlem after he's already left. Mr. Pullman, the cabinet-maker, heads home at noon for lunch and comes back shortly after 1 PM. If they want him at the special meeting at 2 PM, the notice is either dropped off at his house the night before or at his shop in the morning. If they don’t want him, it’s left at his shop just after noon or at his house just after 1 PM. In both cases, he gets the notice too late to make it to City Hall on time. We were in the Councilmen’s Chamber when Mr. Pullman mentioned this problem, thinking it was a coincidence, and proposed an amendment to the rule, suggesting notice be given five hours before the meeting time. Mr. Roberts also shared his experiences regarding notices, and both men spoke calmly and respectfully. We wish we could express the shocking rudeness with which Mr. Pullman was dismissed and cheated by a young bartender who happened to be in charge at that moment. However, explaining this without going into great detail is impossible. The proposed amendment was defeated, accompanied by that familiar roar of *noes* that fills the chamber whenever an honest person tries to block the free plundering of their fellow citizens.”
“These half-fledged legislators are acquainted with the device known by the name of the ‘previous question.’ We witnessed a striking proof of this. One of the most audacious and insolent of the Ring introduced a resolution, vaguely worded, the object of which was to annul an old paving contract, that would not pay at the present cost of labor and materials, and to authorize a new contract at higher rates. Before the clerk had finished reading the resolution, honest Stephen Roberts sprang to his feet, and, unrolling a remonstrance with several yards of signatures appended to it, stood, with his eye upon the chairman, ready to present it the moment the reading was concluded. This remonstrance, be it observed, was signed by a majority of the property-owners interested, the men who would be assessed to pay for one-half of the proposed pavement. Fancy the impetuous Roberts, with the document held aloft, the yards of signatures streaming down to his feet, and flowing far under his desk, awaiting the time when it would be in order to cry out, ‘Mr. President.’ The reading ceased. Two voices were heard shouting, ‘Mr. President.’ It was not to Mr. Roberts that an impartial chairman could assign the floor. The member who introduced the resolution was the one who caught the speaker’s eye, and that member, forewarned of Mr. Roberts’s intention, moved the previous question. It was in vain that Mr. Roberts shouted ‘Mr. President;’ it was in vain that he fluttered his streaming ribbon of blotted paper. The President could not hear a word of any kind until a vote had been taken upon the question whether the main question should now be put. The question was carried in the affirmative by a chorus of ayes, so exactly timed that it was like the voice of one man. Then the main question was put, and it was carried by another emphatic and simultaneous shout.”
“These inexperienced lawmakers know about the procedure called the 'previous question.' We saw a clear example of this. One of the boldest members of the group introduced a vaguely worded resolution that aimed to cancel an old paving contract, which wouldn’t be feasible at the current cost of labor and materials, and to authorize a new contract at higher rates. Before the clerk finished reading the resolution, honest Stephen Roberts jumped up, unrolling a petition with several yards of signatures attached to it, standing by the chairman, ready to present it as soon as the reading was done. This petition, it should be noted, was signed by a majority of the property owners affected, the people who would be charged to pay for half of the proposed pavement. Just imagine the passionate Roberts, holding the document high, with yards of signatures cascading down to his feet and trailing far under his desk, waiting for the moment to shout, 'Mr. President.' The reading stopped. Two voices called out, 'Mr. President.' It was not to Mr. Roberts that an unbiased chairman could give the floor. The member who introduced the resolution was the one who caught the speaker’s eye, and that member, having anticipated Mr. Roberts’s intention, moved the previous question. It was useless for Mr. Roberts to shout ‘Mr. President;’ it was futile for him to wave his long ribbon of crumpled paper. The President couldn’t hear anything until a vote was taken on whether to proceed with the main question. The motion passed with a chorus of ayes that was so perfectly timed it sounded like one person. Then the main question was put, and it passed with another emphatic, simultaneous shout.”
p. 75IV. “THE RING.”
I. THE HISTORY OF THE RING.
We have spoken of the outrages practised upon the citizens of New York by the Common Council of that city. We must now turn our attention to the other branches of the City Government, and investigate the conduct of the real rulers of New York.
We have talked about the abuses inflicted on the citizens of New York by the Common Council of that city. Now, we need to focus on the other parts of the City Government and examine the actions of the true leaders of New York.
For several years the political power and patronage has been lodged in the hands of, and exercised by a set of men commonly known as “The Ring.” They rose to power in consequence of the neglect of their political duties by the respectable citizens of New York, and, having attained power, were not slow in arranging affairs so that their ill-gotten authority might be perpetuated. They controlled the elections by bribery, and the fraudulent counting of votes, and so filled the elective offices with their own creatures. Having done this, they proceeded to appoint to the other offices only such men as were bound to them, and whom they could trust to cover up their mutual dishonesty. Competency to discharge the duties of the offices thus given was not once considered. The Ring cared only for men who would unite in plundering the public treasury, and be vigilant in averting the detection of the theft. They wanted to exercise political power, it is true, but they also desired to enrich themselves at the public expense.
For several years, political power and patronage have been in the hands of a group of men commonly known as “The Ring.” They rose to power because respectable citizens of New York neglected their political responsibilities, and once they gained power, they quickly arranged things to ensure their ill-gotten authority continued. They controlled elections through bribery and fraudulent vote counting, filling elective offices with their own supporters. After doing this, they appointed people to other positions only if they were loyal to them and could be trusted to cover up their shared dishonesty. Competence to perform the duties of those offices was not considered at all. The Ring only cared about individuals who would join them in plundering the public treasury and being vigilant to avoid detection of their theft. They wanted to wield political power, but they also aimed to enrich themselves at the public's expense.
Having secured the city offices, with the control of the finances, the police, the fire department, and the immense patronage of the city, they believed themselves strong enough to hold p. 76all they had won. They did not believe that the people of New York would ever awake to a true sense of their public duties, and, if they did, the Ring felt confident that they could control any election by filling the ballot-boxes with fraudulent votes. In many cases money was taken from the city treasury, and used to purchase votes for the Ring or Tammany Hall ticket. It was also used to bribe inspectors of elections to certify any returns that the leaders of the Ring might decide upon; and it came to be a common saying in New York that the Tammany ticket could always command a majority in the city sufficient to neutralize any hostile vote in the rest of the State. If the leaders of the Ring desired a majority of 25,000, 30,000, or any number, in the city, that majority was returned, and duly sworn to by the inspectors of election, even by those of the party opposed to the Ring; for money was used unsparingly to buy dishonest inspectors.
After taking control of the city offices, including finances, the police, the fire department, and the vast patronage of the city, they believed they were powerful enough to keep everything they had gained. They didn't think the people of New York would ever truly wake up to their public responsibilities, and even if they did, the Ring was confident they could manipulate any election by stuffing the ballot boxes with fake votes. In many instances, money was taken from the city treasury to buy votes for the Ring or Tammany Hall ticket. It was also used to bribe election inspectors to certify any results that the Ring's leaders might choose; it became a common saying in New York that the Tammany ticket could always secure a majority in the city large enough to outweigh any opposing votes from the rest of the state. If the Ring's leaders wanted a majority of 25,000, 30,000, or any amount in the city, that majority was reported and officially certified by the election inspectors, even those from parties opposed to the Ring; because money was liberally used to buy corrupt inspectors.
As a matter of course, no honest man took part in these disgraceful acts, and the public offices passed, almost without exception, into the hands of the most corrupt portion of the population. They were also the most ignorant and brutal. The standard of education is, perhaps, lower among the public officials of New York than among any similar body in the land. Men whose personal character was infamous; men who were charged by the newspaper press, and some of whom had been branded by courts of justice with felonies, were elected or appointed to responsible offices. The property, rights and safety of the greatest and most important city in the land, were entrusted to a band of thieves and swindlers. The result was what might have been expected. Public interests were neglected; the members of the Ring were too busy enriching themselves at the expense of the treasury to attend to the wants of the people. The City Government had never been so badly administered before, and the only way in which citizens could obtain their just rights was by paying individual members of the Ring or their satellites to attend to their particular cases. It was found almost impossible to collect money due by the city to private parties; but, at the same time, the Ring drew large p. 77sums from the public treasury. Men who were notoriously poor when they went into office were seen to grow suddenly and enormously rich. They made the most public displays of their suddenly acquired magnificence, and, in many ways, made themselves so offensive to their respectable neighbors, that the virtue and intelligence of the city avoided all possible contact with them. Matters finally became so bad that a man laid himself open to grave suspicion by the mere holding of a municipal office. Even the few good men who retained public positions, and whom the Ring had not been able, or had not dared, to displace, came in for a share of the odium attaching to all offices connected with the City Government. It was unjust, but not unnatural. So many office-holders were corrupt that the people naturally regarded all as in the same category.
As a rule, no honest person was involved in these disgraceful acts, and almost all public offices fell into the hands of the most corrupt members of society. They were also the most ignorant and brutal. The level of education among New York's public officials was probably lower than that of any similar group in the country. Individuals with seriously bad reputations, many of whom were accused by the media and some of whom had been officially convicted of crimes, were elected or appointed to important positions. The property, rights, and safety of the greatest and most significant city in the country were handed over to a group of thieves and fraudsters. The outcome was predictable. Public interests were ignored; the members of the Ring were too focused on lining their own pockets with public funds to address the needs of the people. The City Government had never been so poorly run, and the only way citizens could receive what they were due was by paying individual Ring members or their associates to handle their specific issues. It was nearly impossible to collect money owed by the city to private individuals; meanwhile, the Ring extracted large sums from the public treasury. Men who were notoriously broke when they took office suddenly became incredibly wealthy. They flaunted their newly acquired wealth in public, and in many ways, they became so offensive to their respectable neighbors that the decent and educated classes tried to avoid any contact with them. Conditions eventually became so dire that merely holding a municipal office made a person subject to serious suspicion. Even the few good individuals who managed to keep their public positions, and whom the Ring hadn't been able or willing to remove, shared in the disrepute that surrounded all offices related to the City Government. It was unfair, but not unexpected. With so many corrupt officials, people naturally viewed everyone as being in the same boat.
In order to secure undisturbed control of the city, the Ring took care to win over the Legislature of the State to their schemes. There was a definite and carefully arranged programme carried out with respect to this. The delegation from the City of New York was mainly secured by the Ring, and agents were sent to Albany to bribe the members of the Legislature to vote for the schemes of the Ring. Mr. Samuel J. Tilden, in his speech at Cooper Institute, November 2, 1871, says that $1,000,000, stolen from the treasury of the city, were used by the Ring to buy up a majority of the two Houses of the Legislature. By means of these purchased votes, the various measures of the Ring were passed. The principal measure was the Charter of the City of New York. “Under the pretence of giving back to the people of the City of New York local self-government, they provided that the Mayor then in office should appoint all the heads of Departments for a period of at least four years, and in some cases extending to eight, and that when those heads of Departments, already privately agreed upon, were once appointed they should be removable only by the Mayor, who could not be impeached except on his own motion, and then must be tried by a court of six members, every one of whom must be present in order to form a quorum. And then they stripped every legislative power, and every executive power p. 78from every other functionary of the government, and vested it in half a dozen men so installed for a period of from four to eight years in supreme dominion over the people of this city.” [78]
To gain uncontested control of the city, the Ring made sure to align the State Legislature with their plans. A specific and well-organized strategy was executed in this regard. The delegation from New York City was largely secured by the Ring, and agents were dispatched to Albany to bribe members of the Legislature to vote in favor of the Ring's initiatives. Mr. Samuel J. Tilden, in his speech at Cooper Institute on November 2, 1871, stated that $1,000,000, taken from the city’s treasury, was used by the Ring to purchase a majority in both Houses of the Legislature. Using these bought votes, the Ring’s various proposals were approved. The main proposal was the Charter of the City of New York. “Under the guise of returning local self-government to the people of New York City, they arranged for the sitting Mayor to appoint all the department heads for at least four years, and in some cases up to eight. Once these heads of Departments, already privately agreed upon, were appointed, they could only be removed by the Mayor, who could not be impeached unless he initiated it himself, and then would be tried by a six-member court, all of whom had to be present to form a quorum. Furthermore, they stripped every legislative power and every executive authority p. 78from all other government officials and concentrated it in a handful of individuals, installed for a period of four to eight years, wielding absolute power over the residents of this city.” [78]
Besides passing this infamous charter, the Ring proceeded to fortify their position with special legislation, designed to protect them against any effort of the citizens to drive them from office, or punish them. This done, they had unlimited control of all the public affairs, and could manage the elections as they pleased, and they believed they were safe.
Besides passing this notorious charter, the Ring moved to strengthen their position with specific laws aimed at protecting them from any attempts by citizens to remove them from office or hold them accountable. With that in place, they had complete control over all public affairs and could manipulate the elections however they wanted, believing they were secure.
The “Committee of Seventy,” appointed by the citizens of New York to investigate the charges against the municipal authorities, thus speak of the effect of the adoption of the New Charter, in their report presented at the great meeting at Cooper Institute, on the 2d of November, 1871:
The “Committee of Seventy,” chosen by the people of New York to look into the allegations against the city officials, discussed the impact of the new Charter in their report delivered at the significant gathering at Cooper Institute on November 2, 1871:
“There is not in the history of villainy a parallel for the gigantic crime against property conspired by the Tammany Ring. It was engineered on the complete subversion of free government in the very heart of Republicanism. An American city, having a population of over a million, was disfranchised by an open vote of a Legislature born and nurtured in Democracy and Republicanism, and was handed over to a self-appointed oligarchy, to be robbed and plundered by them and their confederates, heirs and assigns for six years certainly, and prospectively for ever. A month’s exhumation among the crimes of the Tammany leaders has not so familiarized us with the political paradox of the New Charter of the City of New York, that we do not feel that it is impossible that the people of this State gave to a gang of thieves, politicians by profession, a charter to govern the commercial metropolis of this continent—the great city which is to America what Paris is to France—to govern it with a government made unalterable for the sixteenth part of a century, which substantially deprived the citizens of self-control, nullified their right to suffrage, nullified the principle of representation—which authorized a handful of cunning and resolute robbers to levy taxes, create p. 79public debt, and incur municipal liabilities without limit and without check, and which placed at their disposal the revenues of the great municipality and the property of all its citizens.
“There’s nothing in the history of wrongdoing that compares to the massive crime against property orchestrated by the Tammany Ring. It was carried out through the complete takeover of free government right in the heart of Republicanism. An American city, with a population over a million, was stripped of its rights by a public vote from a Legislature raised in Democracy and Republicanism, and handed over to a self-appointed group of elites, allowing them and their allies to rob and plunder for at least six years, and potentially forever. Even a month spent digging into the crimes of the Tammany leaders doesn't fully prepare us for the political contradiction represented by the New Charter of the City of New York. It’s hard to believe that the people of this State would give control of our commercial capital— the great city that is to America what Paris is to France— to a group of thieves, career politicians, through a charter that locked in their power for a quarter of a century, which effectively deprived citizens of their self-governance, nullified their voting rights, and dismissed the principle of representation. This granted a small group of clever and determined criminals the authority to impose taxes, create public debt, and incur unlimited municipal liabilities, while putting the revenues of the vast city and the property of all its citizens at their disposal.”
“Every American will say: ‘It is incredible that this has been done.’ But the history of the paradox is over two years old. And it is a history of theft, robbery, and forgery, which have stolen and divided twenty millions of dollars; which have run up the city debt from $36,000,000 in 1869 to $97,000,000 in 1871, and which will be $120,000,000 by August, 1872; which have paid to these robbers millions of dollars for work never performed and materials never furnished; which paid astoundingly exorbitant rents to them for offices and armories, many of which were never occupied and some of which did not exist—which remitted their taxes, released their indebtedness, and remitted their rents, to the city due and owing—which ran the machinery for widening, improving and opening streets, parks and boulevards, to enable these men to speculate in assessed damages and greatly enhanced values—which created unnecessary offices with large salaries and no duties, in order to maintain a force of ruffianly supporters and manufacturers of votes—which used millions of dollars to bribe and corrupt newspapers, the organs of public opinion, in violation of laws which narrowly limited the public advertising—which camped within the city a reserve army of voters by employing thousands of laborers at large pay upon nominal work, neither necessary nor useful—which bought legislatures and purchased judgments from courts both civil and criminal.
“Every American will say: ‘It’s unbelievable that this happened.’ But the story of the paradox goes back over two years. And it's a story filled with theft, robbery, and forgery that has taken and divided twenty million dollars; that has increased the city debt from $36,000,000 in 1869 to $97,000,000 in 1871, and will reach $120,000,000 by August 1872; that has paid these robbers millions for work never done and materials never provided; that has paid shocking, overpriced rents for offices and armories, many of which were never used and some of which didn't even exist—which canceled their taxes, wiped out their debts, and forgave their rents owed to the city—which managed the processes for widening, improving, and opening streets, parks, and boulevards, allowing these men to speculate on assessed damages and significantly increased values—which created unnecessary positions with high salaries but no responsibilities, to keep a group of thug-like supporters and vote manufacturers in place—which spent millions to bribe and corrupt newspapers, the voices of public opinion, breaking laws that defined public advertising tightly—which set up a temporary army of voters in the city by hiring thousands of laborers at high pay for nominal work that was neither needed nor useful—which bought legislatures and purchased verdicts from both civil and criminal courts.”
* * * * *
Understood. Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.
“Fellow-citizens of the City and State of New York, this report of the doings of the Committee of Seventy would be incomplete if it did not fully unfold to you the perils and the difficulties of our condition. You know too well that the Ring which governs us for years governed our Legislatures by bribing their members with moneys stolen from their trusts. That, seemingly, was supreme power and immunity. But it was not enough. A City Charter to perpetuate power was needed. It was easily bought of a venal Legislature with the proceeds of a p. 80new scoop into the city treasury. Superadded to this the Ring had devised a system, faultless and absolutely sure, of counting their adversaries in an election out of office and of counting their own candidates in, or of rolling up majorities by repeating votes and voting in the names of the absent, the dead, and the fictitious. Still their intrenched camp of villainy was incomplete. It was deficient in credit. This is a ghastly jest, the self-investment of the robbers of the world with a boundless financial credit. And yet the Ring clothed themselves with it. They entrenched themselves within the imposing limits of some of our most powerful bank and trust companies. They created many savings banks out of the forty-two which exist in the city and county of New York. This they did within the last two years. The published lists of directors will enable you to identify these institutions. Now the savings bank is a place to which money travels to be taken care of; and if the bank has the public confidence, people put their money in it freely at low rates of interest, and the managers use the funds in whatever way they please. In the Ring savings banks there are on deposit to-day, at nominal rates of interest, many millions of dollars. It is believed that into these banks the Ring have taken the city’s obligations and converted them into money, which has been sent flowing into the various channels of wasteful administration, out of which they have drawn into their pockets millions on millions. The craft of this contrivance was profound. It wholly avoided the difficulty of raising money on the unlawful and excessive issues of city and county bonds, and took out of public sight transactions which, if pressed upon the national banks, would have provoked comment and resistance, and have precipitated the explosion which has shaken the country. I think that among the assets of the savings banks of this city, county and State will be found not far from $50,000,000 of city and county debt taken for permanent investment. For the first time in the history of iniquity has the bank for the saving of the wages of labor been expressly organized as a part of a system of robbery; and for the first time in the history of felony have the workmen and workwomen, and the orphans and the p. 81children of a great city unwittingly cashed the obligations issued by a gang of thieves and plunderers.”
“Fellow citizens of New York City and State, this report from the Committee of Seventy would be lacking if it didn’t clearly explain the dangers and challenges we face. You’re well aware that the Ring that has controlled us for years influenced our Legislatures by bribing their members with money stolen from their trusts. That appeared to be absolute power and protection. But that wasn't enough. A City Charter to secure their power was necessary. It was easily purchased from a corrupt Legislature with the proceeds from a new influx into the city treasury. Additionally, the Ring developed a foolproof system for keeping their opponents out of office during elections, ensuring their own candidates won by manipulating vote counts, repeating votes, and casting ballots for the absent, the deceased, and even fictitious names. Yet their stronghold of corruption was still lacking. It didn’t have enough credit. It's a grim joke that the thieves of the world would have such limitless financial credit. Yet the Ring wrapped themselves in it. They formed alliances with some of our most influential banks and trust companies. They established many savings banks, creating several out of the forty-two that exist in New York City and County in just the last two years. The published lists of directors will allow you to identify these institutions. A savings bank is a place where money is kept safe, and if people trust the bank, they deposit their money there freely at low interest rates, allowing the managers to use those funds however they see fit. Currently, the Ring's savings banks hold many millions of dollars at minimal interest rates. It is believed that these banks have taken the city's obligations and converted them into cash, which flows into the various channels of wasteful administration, allowing them to pocket massive amounts. This scheme was cleverly designed. It completely sidestepped the challenge of raising money from illegal and excessive city and county bonds, keeping transactions out of the public eye that, if scrutinized by national banks, would have sparked discussion and pushback, potentially triggering an explosion that has shaken the country. I believe that among the assets of the savings banks in this city, county, and state, you'll find nearly $50,000,000 of city and county debt set aside for permanent investment. For the first time in the annals of corruption, a bank meant to safeguard workers’ savings has been explicitly organized as part of a system of theft; and for the first time in the history of crime, workers, their families, and the orphans and children of a great city have unknowingly cashed the obligations issued by a crew of thieves and robbers.”
Having made themselves secure, as they believed, the Ring laughed at the idea of punishment, if detected. They not only controlled the elections, but they also controlled the administration of justice. The courts were filled with their creatures, and were so distorted from the purposes of the law and the ends of justice, that no friend of the Ring had any cause to fear punishment at their hands, however great his crime. The majority of the crimes committed in the city were the acts of the adherents of the Ring, but they escaped punishment, as a rule, except when a sacrifice to public opinion was demanded. If the criminal happened to be a politician possessing any influence among the disreputable classes, he was sure of acquittal. The magistrate before whom he was tried, dared not convict him, for fear of incurring either his enmity, or the censure of the leaders of the Ring to whom his influence was of value. So crime of all kinds increased in the city.
Having secured their position, the Ring scoffed at the idea of facing punishment if caught. They not only manipulated the elections but also controlled the justice system. The courts were filled with their allies and had strayed so far from the intentions of the law and the goals of justice that no one loyal to the Ring needed to worry about being punished, no matter how serious their crime. Most crimes in the city were committed by members of the Ring, but they generally avoided punishment unless a public outcry forced a sacrifice. If the criminal was a politician with sway over the less reputable classes, he was guaranteed an acquittal. The judge presiding over the case wouldn't dare convict him, fearing the backlash from either the politician or the leaders of the Ring, to whom his influence was valuable. As a result, crime of all kinds surged in the city.
Under the protection of the New Charter, the Ring began a systematic campaign of robbery. Section four of the County Tax Levy, one of their measures, provided that liabilities against the county, the limits of which coincide with those of the city, should be audited by the Mayor, the Comptroller and the President of the Board of Supervisors, or in other words, Mayor Hall, Comptroller Connolly, and Mr. William M. Tweed, and that the amount found to be due should be paid. “These Auditors,” says Mr. Tilden, “met but once. They then passed a resolution, which stands on the records of the city in the handwriting of Mayor Hall. It was passed on his motion, and what was its effect? It provided that all claims certified by Mr. Tweed and Mr. Young, Secretary of the old Board of Supervisors, should be received, and, on sufficient evidence, paid.” Thus the door was thrown open to fraud, and the crime soon followed. “Mayor Hall,” continues Mr. Tilden, “is the responsible man for all this. He knew it was a fraudulent violation of duty on the part of every member of that Board of Audit to pass claims in the way they did.”
Under the New Charter's protection, the Ring started a systematic robbery campaign. Section four of the County Tax Levy, one of their measures, stated that liabilities owed to the county, which match the city's boundaries, should be audited by the Mayor, the Comptroller, and the President of the Board of Supervisors—in other words, Mayor Hall, Comptroller Connolly, and Mr. William M. Tweed. The amount found due should then be paid. “These Auditors,” Mr. Tilden says, “met only once. They passed a resolution, recorded in the city using Mayor Hall’s handwriting. It was passed on his motion, and what was the result? It stated that all claims certified by Mr. Tweed and Mr. Young, Secretary of the former Board of Supervisors, should be accepted and paid upon sufficient evidence.” This opened the door to fraud, and soon the crime followed. “Mayor Hall,” Mr. Tilden continues, “is responsible for all this. He knew that passing claims the way they did was a fraudulent violation of duty by every member of that Board of Audit.”
The new Court House in the City Hall Park was a perfect gold mine to the Ring. Immense sums were paid out of the treasury for work upon this building, which is still unfinished. Very little of this money was spent on the building, the greater part being retained, or stolen by the Ring for their own private benefit. The Court House has thus far cost $12,000,000, and is unfinished. During the years 1869, 1870, and a part of 1871, the sum of about $8,223,979.89 was expended on the new Court House. During this period, the legislative appropriation for this purpose amounted to only $1,400,000. The Houses of Parliament in London, which cover an area of nearly eight acres, contain 100 staircases, 1100 apartments and more than two miles of corridors, and constitute one of the grandest architectural works of the world, cost less than $10,000,000. The Capitol of the United States at Washington, the largest and most magnificent building in America, will cost, when completed, about $12,000,000, yet, the unfinished Court House in New York has already cost more than the gorgeous Houses of Parliament, and as much as the grand Capitol of the Republic.
The new courthouse in City Hall Park was a huge cash grab for the Ring. Massive amounts were paid from the treasury for work on this building, which is still not finished. Very little of this money actually went toward the construction; most of it was kept or stolen by the Ring for their personal gain. So far, the courthouse has cost $12,000,000 and is still incomplete. Between 1869 and part of 1871, around $8,223,979.89 was spent on the new courthouse, while the legislative budget for this purpose was only $1,400,000. The Houses of Parliament in London, which cover almost eight acres, have 100 staircases, 1,100 rooms, and over two miles of corridors, making them one of the world's most magnificent architectural feats, costing less than $10,000,000. The U.S. Capitol in Washington, the largest and most impressive building in America, will cost about $12,000,000 when finished, yet the unfinished courthouse in New York has already cost more than the stunning Houses of Parliament and as much as the grand Capitol of the Republic.
The Court House was not the only means made use of to obtain money. Heavy sums were drawn for printing, stationery, and the city armories, and upon other pretexts too numerous to mention. It would require a volume to illustrate and rehearse entire the robberies of the Ring. Valid claims against the city were refused payment unless the creditor would consent to add to his bill a sum named by, and for the use of, the Ring. Thus, a man having a claim of $1500 against the city, would be refused payment until he consented to make the amount $6000, or some such sum. If he consented, he received his $1500 without delay, and the $4500 was divided among the members of the Ring. When a sum sufficient for the p. 84demands of the Ring could not be obtained by the connivance of actual creditors, forgery was resorted to. Claims were presented in the name of men who had no existence, who cannot now be found, and they were paid. The money thus paid went, as the recent investigations have shown, into the pockets of members of the Ring. Further than this, if Mr. John H. Keyser is to be believed, the Ring did not hesitate to forge the endorsements of living and well-known men. He says: “The published accounts charge that I have received upwards of $2,000,000 from the treasury. Among the warrants which purport to have been paid to me for county work alone there are upwards of eight hundred thousand dollars which I never received nor saw, and the endorsements on which, in my name, are clear and unmistakable forgeries.”
The courthouse wasn't the only way they found to get money. Large amounts were drawn for printing, stationery, and the city armories, along with many other excuses that are too numerous to list. It would take a whole book to fully explain and recount the thefts of the Ring. Legitimate claims against the city were denied payment unless the creditor agreed to add a sum dictated by the Ring. So, a person with a $1500 claim against the city would be turned down until they agreed to inflate the amount to $6000, or something similar. If they went along with it, they would get their $1500 right away, and the extra $4500 would be split among the Ring members. When they couldn't get enough money to meet the Ring's demands through actual creditors, they resorted to forgery. Claims were submitted in the names of nonexistent people, who can't be found now, and those claims were paid. The money that was paid out, as recent investigations have revealed, ended up in the pockets of Ring members. Moreover, if we can believe Mr. John H. Keyser, the Ring didn't shy away from forging the endorsements of real, well-known people. He states: “The published reports claim that I've received over $2,000,000 from the treasury. Among the warrants that supposedly were paid to me for county work alone, there are over eight hundred thousand dollars that I never received or even saw, and the endorsements made in my name are obvious forgeries.”
Another means of purloining money is thus described by Mr. Abram P. Genung, in a pamphlet recently issued by him:
Another way of stealing money is described by Mr. Abram P. Genung in a pamphlet he recently released:
“A careful examination of the books and pay-roll (of the Comptroller’s Office) developed the important fact that the titles of several accounts might be duplicated by using different phraseology to convey the same meaning; and that by making up pay-rolls, by using fictitious names of persons alleged to be temporarily employed in his (the Comptroller’s) department, he could even cheat the ‘heathen Chinee,’ who had invited him to take a hand in this little game of robbery. Hence, Mr. ‘Slippery’ set about finding additional titles for several of the accounts, and in this way ‘Adjusted Claims’ and ‘County Liabilities’ became synonymous terms, and all moneys drawn on either account, instead of being charged to any appropriation, became a part of the permanent debt of the city and county. Under the same skilful manipulation, ‘County Contingencies,’ and ‘Contingencies in the Comptroller’s Office’ meant the same thing, as did also the amount charged to ‘Contingencies in the Department of Finance,’ generally charged in the city accounts to make it less conspicuous. Again, there are three distinct pay-rolls in the County Bureau. One of these contains the names of all the clerks regularly employed in the Bureau, and about a dozen names of persons who hold sinecure positions, p. 85or have no existence. The other two rolls contain about forty names, the owners of which, if, indeed, they have any owners, have never worked an hour in the department. The last two rolls are called ‘Temporary Rolls,’ and the persons whose names are on them are said to be ‘Temporary Clerks’ in the Comptroller’s Office. One of them is paid out of the regular appropriation of ‘Salaries Executive,’ but the other is paid out of a fund raised by the sale of ‘Riot Damages Indemnity Bonds,’ and becomes a part of the permanent debt of the county. Again, there are no less than five different accounts to which repairs and furniture for any of the public offices, or the armories of the National Guard, can be charged; while more than half of the aggregate thus paid out, is not taken out of any appropriation, but is raised by the sale of revenue bonds or other securities, which may be converted at the pleasure of the Comptroller into long bonds, which will not be payable until 1911—forty years after many of the frauds which called them into existence shall have been successfully consummated by Connolly and his colleagues. . . .
"A close look at the books and payroll of the Comptroller’s Office revealed the significant fact that several account titles could be duplicated by using different words to express the same idea; and that by creating payrolls with fake names of people supposedly temporarily hired in his department, he could even deceive the ‘heathen Chinee,’ who had invited him to participate in this little scheme of theft. So, Mr. ‘Slippery’ began searching for additional titles for several accounts, and in this way, ‘Adjusted Claims’ and ‘County Liabilities’ became equivalent terms, with all money drawn from either account, rather than being charged to any specific appropriation, becoming part of the permanent debt of the city and county. With the same clever manipulation, ‘County Contingencies’ and ‘Contingencies in the Comptroller’s Office’ meant the same thing, as did the amounts charged to ‘Contingencies in the Department of Finance,’ which were generally charged in the city accounts to make it less obvious. Moreover, there are three separate payrolls in the County Bureau. One of these includes the names of all the clerks regularly employed in the Bureau and about a dozen names of people who hold no-show jobs or don’t even exist. The other two rolls contain about forty names, the owners of which, if they actually exist, have never worked a single hour in the department. The last two rolls are labeled ‘Temporary Rolls,’ and the individuals whose names are on them are referred to as ‘Temporary Clerks’ in the Comptroller’s Office. One of them is paid from the regular allocation for ‘Salaries Executive,’ but the other is funded by money raised through the sale of ‘Riot Damages Indemnity Bonds,’ becoming part of the county’s permanent debt. Additionally, there are at least five different accounts that can be charged for repairs and furniture for any of the public offices or the armories of the National Guard; while more than half of the total amount paid out is not sourced from any appropriation but is raised by selling revenue bonds or other securities, which the Comptroller can convert at will into long-term bonds, payable only after 1911—forty years after many of the frauds that led to them being created have already been successfully carried out by Connolly and his associates..."
“When it becomes necessary to place a man in an important position, or a position where he must necessarily become acquainted with the secrets of the office, some one who is already in the confidence of the thieves throws out a hint that their intended victim can make $100 or $200 a month, in addition to his salary, by placing one or two fictitious names on one of the rolls, and drawing the checks for the salaries to which actual claimants would be entitled at the end of each month.. This involves the necessity of signing the fictitious names on the payroll or voucher, when the check is received, and endorsing the same name on the check before the bank will cash it. . . . So long as he is willing to do their bidding, and to embark in every description of rascality at their dictation, he can go along very smoothly; but if he should become troublesome at any time, or if he should show any conscientious scruples when called upon to execute the will of his masters, they would turn him adrift without an hour’s warning, and crush him, with the evidence of his guilt in their possession, if he had the hardihood p. 86to whisper a word about the nefarious transactions he had witnessed.”
“When it’s necessary to put someone in an important role, or a role where they’ll have to learn the office's secrets, someone who is already trusted by the crooks drops a hint that their targeted victim can make an extra $100 or $200 a month on top of their salary by adding one or two fake names to one of the lists and cashing the checks for the salaries of those who would actually be entitled to them at the end of each month. This requires them to sign the fake names on the payroll or voucher when the check is received and endorse that same name on the check before the bank will cash it. As long as they’re willing to follow orders and dive into any kind of wrongdoing at their command, everything will go smoothly. But if they ever become a problem or show any moral hesitation when asked to do what their bosses want, they’ll be thrown out with no warning and crushed, with evidence of their guilt in hand, if they have the audacity to even hint at the shady dealings they’ve seen.”
We have not the space to enumerate the various methods of plundering the city adopted by the Ring. What we have given will enable the reader to obtain a clear insight into their system. During the years 1869 and 1870, the following sums were paid by the Comptroller:
We don't have the space to list all the different ways the Ring looted the city. What we've provided will allow the reader to understand their methods clearly. During the years 1869 and 1870, the following amounts were paid by the Comptroller:
|
$ $ |
Keyser & Co. Keyser & Co. |
1,561,619.42 1,561,619.42 |
Ingersoll & Co. Ingersoll & Co. |
3,006,391.72 3,006,391.72 |
C. D. Bollar & Co. C. D. Bollar & Co. |
951,911.84 951,911.84 |
J. A. Smith J.A. Smith |
809,298.96 809,298.96 |
A. G. Miller A.G. Miller |
626,896.74 626,896.74 |
Geo. S. Miller Geo. S. Miller |
1,568,447.62 1,568,447.62 |
A. J. Garvey and others A. J. Garvey et al. |
3,112,590.34 3,112,590.34 |
G. L. Schuyler G. L. Schuyler |
463,039.27 463,039.27 |
J. McBride Davidson J. McBride Davidson |
404,347.72 404,347.72 |
E. Jones & Co. E. Jones & Co. |
341,882.18 341,882.18 |
Chas. H. Jacobs Chas. H. Jacobs |
164,923.17 164,923.17 |
Archibald Hall, jr. Archibald Hall Jr. |
349,062.85 349,062.85 |
J. W. Smith J.W. Smith |
53,852.83 53,852.83 |
New York Printing Co. NY Printing Co. |
2,042,798.99 2,042,798.99 |
Total Total |
15,457,063.65 15,457,063.65 |
These are the figures given by the “Joint Committee of Supervisors and Aldermen appointed to investigate the public accounts of the City and County of New York.” [86] In their report, presented about the 9th of October, 1871, they say: “Your Committee find that immense sums have been paid for services which have not been performed, for materials which have not been furnished, and to employés who are unknown in the offices from which they draw their salaries. Also, that parties having just claims upon the city, failing to obtain payment therefor, have assigned their claims to persons officially or otherwise connected with different departments, who have in p. 87many instances fraudulently increased their amounts, and drawn fourfold the money actually due from the city. Thus it appears in the accounts that hundreds of thousands of dollars have been paid to private parties who positively deny the receipt of the money, or any knowledge whatever of the false bills representing the large sums paid to them. These investigations compel the belief that not only the most reckless extravagance, but frauds and peculations of the grossest character have been practised in several of the departments, and that these must have been committed in many instances with the knowledge and cooperation of those appointed, and whose sworn duty it was to guard and protect the public interests.”
These are the figures provided by the “Joint Committee of Supervisors and Aldermen appointed to investigate the public accounts of the City and County of New York.” [86] In their report, presented around October 9, 1871, they state: “Your Committee finds that huge amounts have been paid for services that were never provided, for materials that were never delivered, and to employees who cannot be identified in the offices from which they receive their salaries. Additionally, parties with legitimate claims against the city, who are unable to receive payment for them, have assigned their claims to individuals either officially or unofficially connected with various departments, who have in many cases fraudulently inflated these amounts and received four times the money actually owed by the city. Therefore, the accounts show that hundreds of thousands of dollars have been paid to private parties who completely deny receiving the money or having any knowledge of the false bills that account for the large sums paid to them. These investigations lead to the conclusion that not only extreme wastefulness but also serious frauds and misconduct have occurred in several departments, and that these actions must have often been carried out with the knowledge and cooperation of those who were appointed, and whose sworn duty was to safeguard and protect the public's interests.”
Under the management of the Ring, the cost of governing the city was about thirty millions of dollars annually. The city and county debt (practically the same, since both are paid by the citizens of New York,) was doubled every two years. On the 1st of January, 1869, it was $36,000,000. By January 1st, 1871, it had increased to $73,000,000. On the 14th of September, 1871, it was $97,287,525, and the Citizens’ Committee declare that there is grave reason to believe that it will reach $120,000,000 during the present year (1871).
Under the control of the Ring, the cost of running the city was about thirty million dollars a year. The city and county debt (essentially the same, since both are paid by the residents of New York) doubled every two years. On January 1, 1869, it was $36,000,000. By January 1, 1871, it had increased to $73,000,000. On September 14, 1871, it was $97,287,525, and the Citizens' Committee stated that there are serious concerns it will hit $120,000,000 during this year (1871).
For several years the Ring continued their robberies of the treasury, enriching themselves and bringing the city nearer to bankruptcy every year. Taxes increased, property was assessed for improvements that were never made, and the assessments were rigorously collected. Large sums were paid for cleaning the streets, which streets were kept clean only by the private subscriptions of the citizens residing in them, as the writer can testify from his personal experience. The burdens of the people became heavier and heavier, and the members of the Ring grew richer and richer. They built them palatial residences in the city, and their magnificent equipages were the talk of the town. They gave sumptuous entertainments, they flaunted their diamonds and jewels in the eyes of a dumbfounded public, they made ostentatious gifts to the poor, and munificent subscriptions to cathedrals and churches, all with money stolen from the city; and with this same money they endeavored to control the p. 88operations of Wall street, the great financial centre of the Republic. They built them country seats, the beauty and magnificence of which were duly set forth in the illustrated journals of the day; and they surrounded themselves with every luxury they could desire—all with money stolen from the city. Did any man dare to denounce their robberies, they turned upon him with one accord, and the whole power of the Ring was used to crush their daring assailant. They encouraged their adherents to levy blackmail upon the citizens of New York, and it came to be well understood in the great city that no man, however innocent, arrested on a civil process, could hope to regain the liberty which was his birthright, without paying the iniquitous toll levied upon him by some portion of the Ring. Even the great writ of Habeas Corpus—the very bulwark of our liberties—was repeatedly set at defiance by the underlings of the Ring, for the purpose of extorting money from some innocent man who had fallen into their clutches.
For several years, the Ring kept robbing the treasury, making themselves rich and pushing the city closer to bankruptcy each year. Taxes went up, properties were assessed for improvements that were never made, and these assessments were strictly collected. A lot of money was spent on cleaning the streets, which were only kept clean thanks to private donations from the citizens living there, as the writer can personally confirm. The burdens on the people grew heavier and heavier, while the Ring members became wealthier and wealthier. They built lavish mansions in the city, and their fancy carriages became the talk of the town. They threw extravagant parties, flaunted their diamonds and jewels in front of an astonished public, made showy donations to the poor, and generous contributions to cathedrals and churches, all with money stolen from the city; and with this same money, they tried to control the p. 88operations of Wall Street, the main financial hub of the Republic. They built country estates, the beauty and splendor of which were prominently featured in the illustrated magazines of the day; and they surrounded themselves with every luxury they desired—all with money stolen from the city. If anyone dared to denounce their crimes, they turned on him together, using all the power of the Ring to crush this bold attacker. They encouraged their followers to extort money from the citizens of New York, and it became well known in the city that no man, no matter how innocent, arrested on civil charges could hope to regain his rightful freedom without paying the unjust toll imposed by some part of the Ring. Even the great writ of Habeas Corpus—the foundation of our freedoms—was repeatedly disregarded by the Ring’s underlings to extort money from some innocent person who had fallen into their trap.
The Ring was all-powerful in the great city, and they there built up an organized despotism, the most infamous known to history. No man’s rights, no man’s liberties were safe, if he ventured to oppose them. They even sought to strike down freedom of speech and the liberty of the press. Mr. Samuel J. Tilden, in the speech from which we have quoted before in this chapter, makes this distinct charge against them. He says: “Mr. Evarts went to Albany last year, and carried with him my protest against the passage of the law giving to the judges a power unknown in the jurisprudence of this State—unknown in the jurisprudence of the United States for the last thirty years—whereby it was secured that any member of the City Government that might be offended, could put his hand upon the city press, and suppress its liberties and freedom of speech.”
The Ring was incredibly powerful in the big city, where they established a well-organized tyranny, the most notorious in history. No one's rights or freedoms were safe if they dared to oppose them. They even tried to eliminate freedom of speech and the independence of the press. Mr. Samuel J. Tilden, in the speech we quoted earlier in this chapter, makes this clear accusation against them. He states: “Mr. Evarts went to Albany last year, bringing my protest against the law that gave judges a power unheard of in the legal system of this State—unknown in the legal system of the United States for the last thirty years—which allowed any member of the City Government who felt offended, to control the city press, and silence its freedoms and speech.”
How long all this would have continued, it is impossible to say, had it not pleased God that there should be jealousies and dissensions amongst the members of the Ring strong enough to break even the infamous bonds that had so long bound them together.
How long all this would have gone on, it’s impossible to say, if it hadn’t pleased God to spark jealousies and disagreements among the members of the Ring that were strong enough to break even the infamous ties that had held them together for so long.
The citizens of New York had for some time been slowly p. 89coming to the conclusion that they were losing their rights and property, and had been seeking for some legal means of attacking and overthrowing the Ring. Their great necessity was absolute and definite proof of fraud on the part of certain individuals. This was for a long time lacking, but it came at length. In July, 1871, a former prominent member of the Ring, having quarrelled with the Ring over a claim of three or four hundred thousand dollars, which Mr. Tweed had refused to allow, avenged himself by causing the publication of a series of the public accounts, transcribed from the books of the Comptroller. These accounts showed the millions that had been fraudulently paid away for work which had never been done, and furnished the first definite evidence of fraud on the part of the members of the Ring that had been given to the public. The press, with the exception of a few unimportant sheets owned or controlled by the Ring, denounced the frauds, and demanded an investigation of the public accounts. Mayor Hall, William M. Tweed, Richard B. Connolly, and all the greater and lesser magnates of the Ring were implicated in the terrible story told by the published accounts. The respectable citizens, without regard to party, at once joined in the demand, and expressed their determination to put an end to the power of the Ring. The whole land—nay the whole civilized world—rang with a universal cry of indignation. The temper of the citizens was such as admitted of no trifling.
The people of New York had been gradually realizing that they were losing their rights and property, and they had been looking for legal ways to challenge and dismantle the Ring. What they desperately needed was solid proof of fraud by certain individuals. For a long time, this proof was missing, but it eventually surfaced. In July 1871, a former prominent member of the Ring, after having a dispute over a claim of three or four hundred thousand dollars that Mr. Tweed had refused, took revenge by leaking a series of public accounts taken from the Comptroller's books. These accounts revealed the millions that had been fraudulently paid for work that had never actually been done, providing the first clear evidence of fraud by members of the Ring that the public had seen. The press, aside from a few minor publications owned or controlled by the Ring, condemned the frauds and called for an investigation into the public accounts. Mayor Hall, William M. Tweed, Richard B. Connolly, and all the major and minor figures of the Ring were implicated in the shocking revelations from the published accounts. Upstanding citizens, regardless of their political affiliation, quickly united in the call for action and expressed their determination to end the Ring's power. The entire country—indeed, the entire civilized world—resounded with a collective outcry of outrage. The citizens' mood was one that allowed for no nonsense.
The publication of the Comptroller’s accounts, which revealed the stupendous system of fraud they had practised so successfully, burst upon the Ring like a clap of thunder from a clear sky. It not only surprised them, but it demoralized them. They were fairly stunned. At first they affected to treat the whole matter as a partisan outburst which would soon “blow over.” Some of the more timid took counsel of their fears and fled from the city, some even quitting the country. The more hardened endeavored “to brave it out,” and defiantly declared that the citizens could not molest them. All the while the wrath of the people grew hotter, and the demand for the publication of the Comptroller’s accounts became more urgent. Comptroller p. 90Connolly, conscious of his guilt, met this demand with vague promises of compliance. Mayor Hall set himself to work to prove that the whole affair was a mistake, that no money had been stolen, that the City Government had been unjustly assailed, and by his ill-advised efforts drew upon himself a larger share of the public indignation and suspicion than had previously been accorded to him. The great object of the Ring was to gain time. They meant that the Comptroller’s accounts should not be published, and to accomplish this they began the attempt to get possession of the Comptroller’s office, the records of which contained the evidence of their crimes. With this important department in their hands they could suppress this evidence, or, if driven to desperation, destroy it. A council of the leaders of the Ring was called, at which it was resolved to get Mr. Connolly out of the Comptroller’s office, and to put in his place a creature of their own. They did not dare, however, to make an effort to oust Connolly, without having some plausible pretext for their action. They feared that he would expose their mutual villainy, and involve them in his ruin, and they wished to prevent this. Still, they resolved to get rid of him, and their plan was first to crush him, and thus prevent his exposing them. We shall see how their plan worked.
The release of the Comptroller’s accounts, which uncovered the massive fraud they had successfully pulled off, hit the Ring like a bolt from the blue. It didn’t just surprise them; it demoralized them. They were completely taken aback. At first, they pretended to dismiss the whole issue as a partisan attack that would soon “blow over.” Some of the more nervous ones took their fears seriously and fled the city, with some even leaving the country. The more hardened members tried to “brave it out” and boldly claimed that the citizens couldn't touch them. Meanwhile, public anger kept escalating, and the call for the Comptroller’s accounts to be released became more urgent. Comptroller p. 90Connolly, aware of his wrongdoing, responded to this demand with vague promises to comply. Mayor Hall set out to prove that the whole situation was a mistake, that no money had been stolen, and that the City Government had been unfairly attacked, but his misguided efforts drew more public anger and suspicion toward him than he’d had before. The main goal of the Ring was to buy time. They intended to prevent the publication of the Comptroller’s accounts, and to do this, they sought to take control of the Comptroller’s office, where the records contained evidence of their crimes. With that key department under their control, they could hide this evidence, or if pushed to a corner, destroy it. A meeting of the Ring's leaders was called, where they decided to get Mr. Connolly out of the Comptroller’s office and replace him with one of their own. However, they were too afraid to try to remove Connolly without some believable reason for doing so. They worried he might expose their shared wrongdoing and drag them down with him, and they wanted to avoid that. Still, they were determined to get rid of him, and their plan was to first undermine him to prevent his exposure of them. We’ll see how their plan unfolded.
Meanwhile the public indignation had been growing stronger daily. On the 4th of September, 1871, a large and harmonious meeting of citizens, without regard to party, was held at Cooper Institute. At this meeting it was resolved to compel an exposure of the frauds practised upon the people, and to punish the guilty parties; and committees were appointed, money subscribed, and the best legal talent in the city retained for that purpose. A reform movement to carry the November elections in the interest of the citizens and tax-payers was inaugurated, and the power of the courts was invoked to put a stop to the further expenditure of the city funds. The popular sentiment was too strong to be mistaken, and some of the leading officials, and several journals which had previously supported the Ring, took the alarm and entered the ranks of the party of Reform. The Democratic party of the State repudiated the Ring, and it was p. 91plain that the Tammany ticket would be supported only by the lowest classes of the city voters. The members of the Ring were now thoroughly aroused to the danger which threatened them; but, true to their corrupt instincts, they endeavored to meet it by fraud. They appointed a Committee of Aldermen to act with the Citizens’ Committee in the investigation of the alleged frauds, and then withheld from them all evidence that could be of service to them.
Meanwhile, public outrage was growing stronger every day. On September 4, 1871, a large and unified meeting of citizens, regardless of political affiliation, took place at Cooper Institute. At this meeting, it was decided to expose the frauds inflicted on the public and to hold the responsible parties accountable; committees were formed, funds were raised, and the best legal talent in the city was hired for this purpose. A reform movement was launched to influence the November elections in favor of the citizens and taxpayers, and legal action was initiated to stop the further spending of city funds. The public sentiment was too strong to ignore, prompting some leading officials and several newspapers that had previously supported the Ring to switch their allegiance to the Reform movement. The Democratic Party of the State condemned the Ring, and it became clear that the Tammany ticket would attract only the lowest classes of city voters. The members of the Ring were now fully aware of the threat they faced; however, remaining true to their corrupt tendencies, they tried to counter it with deceit. They established a Committee of Aldermen to work alongside the Citizens’ Committee in investigating the alleged frauds but then withheld all useful evidence from them.
The Comptroller’s office contained not only the accounts of moneys paid out, but also the vouchers for all sums expended, properly signed and sworn to by the parties receiving the money, and these vouchers constituted the principal proof of the frauds. On Monday, September 11th, the city was startled by the announcement that the office of the Comptroller had been forcibly entered during the previous day, Sunday, and that the vouchers covering the principal transactions of the Ring had been stolen. It was a bold deed, and was so thoroughly characteristic of the Ring, that the public at once attributed it to that body. The Ring on their part endeavored to produce the belief that the Comptroller had stolen the vouchers to screen himself. Mayor Hall immediately wrote a peremptory letter to Mr. Connolly, asking him to resign his position as he (the Comptroller) had lost the confidence of the people. Mr. Connolly was not slow to perceive that the Ring were determined to sacrifice him to secure their own safety, and he declined to become their victim. He not only refused to resign his position at Mayor Hall’s demand, but set to work vigorously to discover and bring to light the persons who had stolen the vouchers. To have stolen the vouchers himself, or to have countenanced the robbery, would have been worse than folly on the part of the Comptroller. It would have damaged him fatally with the citizens, who were disposed to deal lightly with him if he would aid them in getting at and punishing the villainies of his former confederates. There was no reason why he should seek to screen the Ring, for they made no secret of their intention to destroy him. In view, therefore, of the facts as at present known, it seems certain that the theft was brought about by the p. 92Ring for the purpose of throwing the suspicion of the crime upon the Comptroller, and thus giving them a pretext for crushing him.
The Comptroller’s office held not only the records of money paid out but also the receipts for all amounts spent, properly signed and sworn to by the individuals receiving the funds, and these receipts were the main evidence of the frauds. On Monday, September 11th, the city was shocked by the news that the Comptroller's office had been broken into the previous day, Sunday, and that the receipts covering the main transactions of the Ring had been stolen. It was a bold act, and so typical of the Ring that the public immediately blamed them. The Ring, meanwhile, tried to make people think that the Comptroller had stolen the receipts to cover his own actions. Mayor Hall quickly sent a strong letter to Mr. Connolly, asking him to resign since he (the Comptroller) had lost the public's trust. Mr. Connolly quickly realized that the Ring was set on sacrificing him to secure their own safety, and he refused to become their victim. Not only did he refuse to resign at Mayor Hall’s request, but he also worked hard to uncover and expose the people who had stolen the receipts. To have stolen the receipts himself or to have allowed the theft would have been more than foolish for the Comptroller. It would have severely harmed his reputation with the citizens, who were willing to overlook his past if he could help them identify and punish the misdeeds of his former associates. He had no reason to protect the Ring, as they made it clear that they wanted to ruin him. Therefore, considering the facts currently known, it seems certain that the theft was orchestrated by the Ring to cast suspicion on the Comptroller and give them a reason to destroy him.
Wisely for himself, Mr. Connolly determined to let the Ring shift for themselves, and throw himself upon the mercy of the Reform party. He withdrew from the active discharge of the duties of his office, and appointed Mr. Andrew H. Green—an eminent citizen, possessing the respect and confidence of all parties—his deputy, with full powers, and avowed his determination to do his utmost to afford the Citizens’ Committee a full and impartial investigation of his affairs. The Ring made great efforts to prevent his withdrawal, or, rather, the appointment of Mr. Green. Says Mr. Samuel J. Tilden, who was the real cause of this action on Mr. Connolly’s part, and who was the acknowledged leader of the Reform Democracy during the contest:
Wisely for himself, Mr. Connolly decided to let the Ring take care of themselves and relied on the support of the Reform party. He stepped back from the day-to-day responsibilities of his position and appointed Mr. Andrew H. Green— a respected and well-regarded citizen across all parties— as his deputy, giving him full authority. He expressed his commitment to provide the Citizens’ Committee with a thorough and unbiased investigation of his affairs. The Ring made significant efforts to stop his withdrawal, or rather, the appointment of Mr. Green. Mr. Samuel J. Tilden, who was the main reason behind Mr. Connolly’s decision and was recognized as the leader of the Reform Democracy during the conflict, said:
“When Mr. Connolly came to my house on that morning on which he executed an abdication in favor of Mr. Green, he was accompanied by two counsel, one of whom was half an hour behind time, and I learned, not from him, but from other sources, that he spent that half hour at the house of Peter B. Sweeny. When the conference went on, he said, not speaking for himself individually, but still he would state the views taken by other friends of Mr. Connolly as to what he should do. He said he was assured that some respectable man would be put in the office of Comptroller, and that then he would say to Mr. Booth, of the Common Council Committee, and to the Committee of Seventy: ‘I am competent to make every necessary investigation myself.’ And that then everything that would hurt the party would be kept back; and that was the consideration presented to Mr. Connolly in my presence, and in the presence of Mr. Havemeyer and the two counsel. I told Mr. Connolly that the proposition was wrong, and would fail, and ought to fail; that no man had character enough to shut off the injured and indignant citizens from the investigation desired; and if he attempted to do it, it would ruin everybody concerned in it, and plunge him in a deeper ruin. That his only chance and p. 93hope was in doing right from that day, and throwing himself upon the charity and humanity of those who had been wronged.”
“When Mr. Connolly came to my house that morning when he stepped down in favor of Mr. Green, he was accompanied by two lawyers, one of whom was half an hour late. I found out, not from him but from others, that he spent that time at Peter B. Sweeny's place. During the meeting, he said, not for himself but reflecting the views of other friends of Mr. Connolly, what he should do. He mentioned he was assured that a respectable person would be appointed as Comptroller, and then he would tell Mr. Booth from the Common Council Committee and the Committee of Seventy: ‘I can handle every necessary investigation myself.’ He said that any information that could harm the party would be kept quiet; that was the suggestion given to Mr. Connolly while I was present with Mr. Havemeyer and the two lawyers. I told Mr. Connolly that the proposal was wrong, would fail, and deserved to fail; that no one had the integrity to prevent the angry and hurt citizens from the investigation they wanted; and if he tried, it would destroy everyone involved and drag him down even further. I told him his only chance and p. 93hope was to do the right thing from that day forward and rely on the kindness and humanity of those who had been wronged.”
Failing to prevent the appointment of Mr. Green, the Ring endeavored to ignore it. The Mayor professed to regard the Comptroller’s withdrawal from his office as a resignation of his post. He at once announced his acceptance of this resignation, and proceeded to appoint a successor to Mr. Connolly. Here, however, the Ring met with another defeat. During the early part of 1871, Mr. Connolly had some idea of visiting Europe, and, in order to keep prying eyes from his official records, had procured the passage of a law by the Legislature, authorizing him to appoint a Deputy-Comptroller, who “shall, in addition to his other powers, possess every power, and perform every duty belonging to the office of Comptroller, whenever the said Comptroller shall, by due written authority, and during a period to be specified in such authority, designate and authorize the said Deputy-Comptroller to possess the power and perform the duty aforesaid.” Mr. Connolly thus had the legal power to appoint Mr. Green, and the Mayor’s refusal to recognize the appointment was mere bombast. The best legal talent in New York sustained Mr. Connolly, and the Mayor’s own law officer advised him that he must respect the appointment; and so the statute that had been framed for the protection of the Ring was unexpectedly used for their destruction.
Failing to stop Mr. Green from being appointed, the Ring tried to pretend it wasn’t happening. The Mayor acted like the Comptroller’s departure from his position was a resignation. He immediately announced that he accepted this resignation and moved to appoint someone to replace Mr. Connolly. However, the Ring faced another setback here. In early 1871, Mr. Connolly had considered visiting Europe, and to keep unwanted scrutiny off his official records, he had pushed through a law that allowed him to appoint a Deputy Comptroller, who “shall, in addition to his other powers, possess every power, and perform every duty belonging to the office of Comptroller, whenever the said Comptroller shall, by due written authority, and during a period to be specified in such authority, designate and authorize the said Deputy Comptroller to possess the power and perform the duty aforesaid.” Therefore, Mr. Connolly legally had the power to appoint Mr. Green, and the Mayor’s refusal to acknowledge the appointment was just empty talk. The best legal experts in New York backed Mr. Connolly, and even the Mayor’s own legal advisor told him he needed to respect the appointment; thus, the law that had been created to protect the Ring was unexpectedly turned against them.
Still another discomfiture awaited the Ring. A few days after the appointment of Mr. Green, a servant girl employed in the family of the janitor of the new Court House, unexpectedly revealed, under oath, the manner in which the vouchers were stolen from the Comptroller’s office, and the names of the thieves. Her sworn statement is as follows:
Still another setback awaited the Ring. A few days after Mr. Green was appointed, a servant girl working for the janitor of the new Court House unexpectedly testified, under oath, about how the vouchers were stolen from the Comptroller’s office and the names of the thieves. Her sworn statement is as follows:
“City and County of New York, ss.—Mary Conway, being duly sworn, doth depose and say: I have lived with Mr. and Mrs. Haggerty, in the County Court-House, for over fourteen months, as cook; for about three or four months I did general housework; on Sunday morning, September 10th, I got out of bed with the child that slept with me, wanting to get up; I p. 95don’t know whether it was half-past six or seven o’clock; Mrs. Haggerty came into the room in her night-dress; and said to me, ‘it is too early to get up yet;’ I said to her, ‘being as I am up I guess I will dress myself;’ as I was dressed I went out into the hall; I heard a knocking down stairs; I said to Mrs. Haggerty, ‘it sounds as if it was at the Comptroller’s door;’ I went over to the kitchen, unlocked the kitchen door, and went down stairs to the head of the stairs that leads to the Comptroller’s hall; I saw Charley Baulch knocking at the Comptroller’s door, and calling, ‘Murphy, are you there?’ Murphy is a watchman; I came up stairs and went back to the kitchen; shortly after I went down stairs again and saw Charley Baulch with the door of the Comptroller’s office open, he holding it back on the outside, and I saw Mr. Haggerty come out of the door with bundles of papers in his arms and bring them up to his bedroom; the door where he came out is at the foot of the stairs, where the glass is broken, going into the County Bureau; I came back, and did not go down any more; each bundle of papers was tied with either a pink tape or a pink ribbon round them; the next thing, I went over from the kitchen out into the hall for a scuttle of coal; in this hall Mr. Haggerty’s bedroom door faced me; I saw a man with gray clothes going in there with another bundle of papers like what Mr. Haggerty had; then I brought back the coal to the kitchen, and put it on the fire; the next I saw was this man with the gray clothes going down with a pillow-case on his back, full, that looked as though filled with papers, shaped like the bundles Mr. Haggerty had; at the same time he went down the stairs Charley Baulch said to him, ‘This way;’ I kind of judged there was something up, and I went to look in the drawer where the pillow-cases were, and I missed one of the linen pillow-cases; I did this soon afterward; soon after the man went down with the pillow-case, Mrs. Haggerty came into the kitchen, giving me a key, and telling me to go over to the drying-room; that is a room separate from the bedrooms; there was a chest there full of linen, table linen and bed linen, and silver right down in the bottom; she told me to get a nut-picker and bring it p. 96over, as Mr. Haggerty wanted one; I took all the clothes out of the trunk, and got the nut-picker and brought it back to her, and before I got into the kitchen I said to Mrs. Haggerty, ‘What is the matter? The kitchen’s all black with smoke, and the dining room’s all black with smoke.’ She said, ‘Mr. Haggerty wanted these papers burned, I told him not to put them in, but he wants them burned;’ I went over to the range to cook some eggs for breakfast; it was full of burned papers on the top and in the bottom; there lay a bundle of papers on the top that were about half burned, with a piece of pink tape around them; I put on the cover again; they were partly smothered, going out; Mrs. Haggerty had a poker stirring up the papers on the top and underneath, where the ashes were; the bottom of the range was full of burning papers, and Mrs. Haggerty had the poker stirring them up so that they would burn faster; from underneath the range and the top she took three or four pailfuls of burned papers and emptied them up stairs on the attic floor, in a heap of ashes.
City and County of New York, ss.—Mary Conway, being duly sworn, states: I have been living with Mr. and Mrs. Haggerty in the County Courthouse for over fourteen months as their cook. For about three or four months, I also did general housework. On Sunday morning, September 10th, I got out of bed with the child who was sleeping with me because I wanted to get up; I’m not sure whether it was half-past six or seven o’clock. Mrs. Haggerty came into the room in her nightdress and said, “It’s too early to get up yet.” I replied, “Since I’m up, I guess I’ll get dressed.” Once I was dressed, I went out into the hall and heard a knocking downstairs. I said to Mrs. Haggerty, “It sounds like it’s at the Comptroller’s door.” I went over to the kitchen, unlocked the kitchen door, and went downstairs to the top of the stairs that leads to the Comptroller’s hall. I saw Charley Baulch knocking at the Comptroller’s door, calling, “Murphy, are you there?” Murphy is a watchman. I went back upstairs and returned to the kitchen. Shortly after, I went downstairs again and saw Charley Baulch with the Comptroller’s office door open, holding it back from the outside. I saw Mr. Haggerty come out of the door with bundles of papers in his arms and take them up to his bedroom. The door he came out of is at the foot of the stairs where the glass is broken, leading into the County Bureau. I came back and didn’t go down anymore. Each bundle of papers was tied with either pink tape or a pink ribbon. Next, I went from the kitchen into the hall to get a scuttle of coal. In the hall, Mr. Haggerty’s bedroom door faced me, and I saw a man in gray clothes going in there with another bundle of papers similar to what Mr. Haggerty had. Then I brought the coal back to the kitchen and put it on the fire. The next thing I saw was this man in gray going down with a pillowcase on his back, full and looking like it was filled with papers, shaped like the bundles Mr. Haggerty had. As he went down the stairs, Charley Baulch told him, “This way.” I figured something was wrong, so I looked in the drawer where the pillowcases were and noticed one of the linen pillowcases was missing. I did this soon afterward. Shortly after the man went down with the pillowcase, Mrs. Haggerty came into the kitchen, handing me a key and telling me to go to the drying room; that’s a room separate from the bedrooms. There was a chest there full of linens, table linens, and bed linens, with silver at the bottom. She told me to get a nut-picker and bring it over, as Mr. Haggerty wanted one. I took all the clothes out of the trunk, got the nut-picker, and brought it back to her. Before I got into the kitchen, I said to Mrs. Haggerty, “What’s the matter? The kitchen is all black with smoke, and the dining room is all black with smoke.” She replied, “Mr. Haggerty wanted these papers burned; I told him not to put them in, but he wants them burned.” I went over to the range to cook some eggs for breakfast; it was covered in burned papers on the top and the bottom. There was a bundle of papers on top that were about half burned, with a piece of pink tape around them. I covered it again; they were partially smoldering. Mrs. Haggerty was using a poker to stir up the papers on top and underneath where the ashes were. The bottom of the range was full of burning papers, and Mrs. Haggerty was stirring them up so they would burn faster. She took three or four pailfuls of burned papers from the top and bottom of the range and emptied them upstairs on the attic floor, into a heap of ashes.
“On Tuesday next, when Mrs. Haggerty came home from the market, she asked me if there was anything new about this robbery in the Comptroller’s office; I told her I did not know; I didn’t hear nothing, no more than a man came up stairs to-day, and asked me if I let anybody in on Sunday, or if I knew anybody to come into the building on Sunday; I told him I did not know who came in; I didn’t attend to the front door; I was cooking, and had nothing to do with the front door; and I asked the man who sent him up stairs; and he said a man down in the hall sent him up stairs to inquire; next, I told Mrs. Haggerty that if I had known it was Charley Baulch sent him up stairs to find any information from me, I should have told the man to go down stairs, that Charley Baulch knew as much about it as I did, and more, for he was one of the men that helped to rob it; she said to me, ‘Christ! If Charley Baulch knowed that, he’d run into the East River and drown himself—if he knowed you saw him;’ this was on Tuesday night I told her this; Mr. Haggerty left town on Tuesday, saying he was going to Saratoga with Hank Smith, and he p. 97would be home on Thursday or Friday, and on Wednesday night he got home from Saratoga; Mrs. Haggerty told him the remarks that I made to her on Tuesday night about the robbery; that I saw all that passed; she told me on Thursday morning that she told Mr. Haggerty about it all, last night; that he was going to wash his feet, but he felt so bad over it; they sat up for two hours in the room talking, and he didn’t wash his feet; on Thursday morning when Mr. Haggerty came into the kitchen, he came to me, running in, and said, ‘Mary!’ I said, ‘Sir!’ Said he, ‘I don’t want you to speak of what you saw passed here on Sunday morning; I don’t want you to tell these old women or old men in the building; Charley Baulch done it for me, and I done it for another man;’ I said, ‘I haven’t told it to anyone;’ He said, ‘You did tell it to Kitty’ (his wife); I said, ‘She knew as much about it as I did; she saw the papers burning;’ on next Friday of that same week I saw Mark Haggerty, Mr. Haggerty’s brother, who is a detective in the Mayor’s office, I think; I called him up stairs and asked him to come in; he said, ‘No, I am afraid to come in; I am afraid of Ed.,’ that is, Mr. Haggerty; they have not been on speaking terms in a year; I then told him the occurrences that happened in the Court-House on Sunday morning; I told him I didn’t feel like staying there; that I was almost crazy about it; he told me to keep it still; that if anybody would hear about it outside they would be collared; I asked him would it be prison; he said certainly.
“Next Tuesday, when Mrs. Haggerty came home from the market, she asked me if there was any news about the robbery in the Comptroller’s office. I told her I didn’t know; I hadn’t heard anything except a guy came upstairs today and asked if I let anyone in on Sunday or if I knew anyone who came into the building on Sunday. I told him I didn’t know who came in; I wasn't paying attention to the front door because I was cooking. I asked the guy who sent him upstairs, and he said a man down the hall sent him to ask me. Then I told Mrs. Haggerty that if I had known it was Charley Baulch who sent him up, I would have told him to go back downstairs since Charley knew as much about it as I did—and more, since he was one of the guys who helped rob it. She said to me, ‘Oh my God! If Charley Baulch knew that, he’d jump into the East River and drown himself—if he knew you saw him.’ This was on Tuesday night when I told her. Mr. Haggerty left town that Tuesday, saying he was going to Saratoga with Hank Smith, and he would be back on Thursday or Friday, but he got home from Saratoga on Wednesday night. Mrs. Haggerty told him what I said to her on Tuesday night about the robbery; that I saw everything that happened. She told me on Thursday morning that she told Mr. Haggerty all about it the night before; that he was going to wash his feet, but he felt so bad about it. They sat up for two hours in the room talking, and he didn’t wash his feet. Thursday morning, when Mr. Haggerty came into the kitchen, he came running over to me and said, ‘Mary!’ I replied, ‘Yes, sir!’ He said, ‘I don’t want you to talk about what you saw here on Sunday morning; I don’t want you telling any of the old women or men in the building; Charley Baulch did it for me, and I did it for another man.’ I said, ‘I haven’t told anyone.’ He said, ‘You told Kitty’ (his wife); I replied, ‘She knew as much about it as I did; she saw the papers burning.’ The following Friday, I saw Mark Haggerty, Mr. Haggerty’s brother, who I think is a detective in the Mayor’s office. I called him upstairs and asked him to come in, but he said, ‘No, I’m afraid to come in; I’m scared of Ed.,’ meaning Mr. Haggerty; they hadn’t spoken in a year. I then told him about what happened in the courthouse on Sunday morning. I expressed that I didn’t want to stay there; that I was almost going crazy about it. He told me to keep it quiet; that if anyone heard about it outside, they’d get arrested. I asked him if it would be jail time; he said definitely.”
“On Saturday night I went down to the market where Mrs. Haggerty keeps a stand, and told her that I was going to leave for a few days until this mess would be settled, for fear there would be any arrest, and I should be a witness; she told me all I had to say was that I knew nothing about it; I told her a false oath I would not give; what I saw with my eyes I would swear to; she told me I could do as I chose about it; that I might go against Mr. Haggerty if I chose; she said, ‘It’s foolish of you to think so; you ought to go to headquarters and consult Mr. Kelso about it;’ I told her no, it was none of my business to go and consult him about Mr. Haggerty’s robbery; p. 98then she and I came together to the Court-House; I got a couple of dresses and a night dress; I went down stairs; she went with me; I met a policeman at the door, and he asked me where I was going; I told him I was going to see my uncle’s wife; she was sick; I then went down to Washington street; I came up for my clothes yesterday (Tuesday); the rooms were locked; I went down to the market to where Mrs. Haggerty does business, and the first thing she said to me was, ‘By Christ Almighty, Mr. Haggerty will take your life!’ I says to her, ‘What for?’ she said, ‘What you told Mark;’ I said, ‘I’ve told him the truth about the robbery;’ she says, ‘Your life will be taken, by Christ Almighty!’ I said, ‘I want my clothes;’ She said, ‘You can get your clothes any time, what belongs to you;’ she did not come up, and did not open the door; I left my trunk in the hall of the Court-House, that I brought to put my clothes in; they are over there yet; on that day, before I saw Mrs. Haggerty, Mr. Murphy came to me and asked me if I knowed anything about the robbery; if I did, please to tell the Comptroller; I kind of smiled, and said I knew nothing about it; ‘Well,’ said he, ‘I know you know something about it;’ I was making the bed in Mr. Haggerty’s room when Mr. Murphy came up and asked me if I knew anything about it; I kind of smiled, and said ‘No;’ Mr. Murphy says, ‘I know better, you do;’ I says, ‘Why?’ says he, ‘Suppose you should be arrested, then you’d have to prove about it whether you knew anything about it or not;’ that was in the hall; said I, ‘When I’m arrested, it’s time enough to prove it then;’ I then promised to see him on the stoop on Saturday night, but I did not; I came up on Sunday morning, and left word at the Hook and Ladder House to have Mr. Murphy come and see me on Sunday night at No. 95 Washington street; Murphy came to me, and I told him I would go up to the Comptroller’s house with him and tell the Comptroller all I knew about it, and that I was not doing it for any reward or money; I was doing it to clear the Comptroller in the eyes of the people; I went on Tuesday morning with Murphy to the Comptroller’s house, and made the above statement; this p. 99morning there was a policeman came into the house where I was staying at No. 95 Washington street; the woman in the house told me he would give me advice about the clothes I had left in the Court-House; he asked me if I had any charge against Haggerty; I told him no, no more than what happened there and what I saw on Sunday morning week, and I explained it to him; he asked me, ‘Have you been speaking to Mr. Connolly?’ I said, ‘Yes, certainly;’ the policeman went out of the house; the captain (as the woman called him) came to the door and knocked, and asked the woman about me; she said I had stepped out; he brought her out on the sidewalk, and was talking to her a little while, and as I was in the room I heard him speak Hank Smith’s name to her once; when she came in she said he told her that he would like to see me and have a talk with me, because they would do as much for me as Mr. Connolly would in this business.
“On Saturday night, I went down to the market where Mrs. Haggerty runs a stand and told her I was going to leave for a few days until this mess was sorted out, worried there might be an arrest and I could end up being a witness. She told me all I had to say was that I didn’t know anything about it. I told her I wouldn’t lie about it; what I saw with my own eyes I would swear to. She said I could do what I wanted, that I could go against Mr. Haggerty if I chose. She said, ‘It’s silly of you to think that; you should go to headquarters and talk to Mr. Kelso about it.’ I told her it wasn't my place to consult him about Mr. Haggerty’s robbery; then we went together to the Courthouse. I grabbed a couple of dresses and a nightgown, then went downstairs with her. I met a police officer at the door, and he asked me where I was headed. I told him I was going to see my uncle's wife because she was sick. After that, I headed down to Washington Street. I came back yesterday (Tuesday) for my clothes, but the rooms were locked. So, I went back to the market where Mrs. Haggerty works, and the first thing she said was, ‘By God, Mr. Haggerty will take your life!’ I asked her, ‘What for?’ She said, ‘For what you told Mark.’ I replied, ‘I’ve only told him the truth about the robbery.’ She insisted, ‘Your life will be in danger, by God!’ I said, ‘I want my clothes.’ She replied, ‘You can get your clothes anytime; they belong to you.’ She didn’t come upstairs or open the door. I left my trunk in the hall of the Courthouse, which I brought to put my clothes in; it’s still there. That day, before seeing Mrs. Haggerty, Mr. Murphy came to me and asked if I knew anything about the robbery; if I did, he wanted me to tell the Comptroller. I kind of smiled and said I didn’t know anything. ‘Well,’ he said, ‘I know you know something.’ I was making the bed in Mr. Haggerty’s room when Mr. Murphy asked me again if I knew anything. I smiled, again said ‘No,’ and Mr. Murphy said, ‘I know you do.’ I asked, ‘Why?’ He replied, ‘What if you get arrested? Then you’d have to prove whether you knew anything or not.’ That was in the hall. I said, ‘When I’m arrested, then I’ll prove it.’ I promised to meet him on the stoop on Saturday night, but I didn’t. I came up on Sunday morning and left a message at the Hook and Ladder House for Mr. Murphy to come see me on Sunday night at No. 95 Washington Street. Murphy came to see me, and I told him I would go up to the Comptroller’s house with him and tell the Comptroller everything I knew about it. I said I wasn’t doing it for any reward or money, but to help clear the Comptroller’s name in the eyes of the people. On Tuesday morning, I went with Murphy to the Comptroller’s house and made that statement. That morning, a police officer came to the house where I was staying at No. 95 Washington Street. The woman in the house told me he would give me advice about the clothes I left in the Courthouse. He asked if I had any charges against Haggerty. I told him no, only what happened there and what I saw the Sunday before, and I explained that to him. He then asked, ‘Have you been talking to Mr. Connolly?’ I said, ‘Yes, of course.’ The police officer left the house, and the captain (as the woman called him) came to the door, knocked, and asked her about me. She said I had stepped out. He brought her outside onto the sidewalk and talked to her for a bit. While I was in the room, I heard him mention Hank Smith’s name to her once. When she came back in, she said he told her that he would like to see me and have a talk because they would help me as much as Mr. Connolly would in this situation.”
“Mary Conway.
Mary Conway.
“Sworn to before me, Sept. 20th, 1871.
“Sworn to before me, Sept. 20th, 1871.
“Thos. A. Ledwith, Police Justice.”
“Thos. A. Ledwith, Police Justice.”
In consequence of this disclosure, Baulch and Haggerty were arrested on the charge of stealing the vouchers. Search was made in the Court-House, and the half-charred fragments of the vouchers were found in a room used for the storage of old lumber. Naturally, the Ring endeavored to treat this discovery as a trick of the Comptroller’s, and they furnished the men charged with the theft with able counsel to defend them.
As a result of this revelation, Baulch and Haggerty were arrested for stealing the vouchers. A search was conducted in the Court-House, and the half-burned pieces of the vouchers were discovered in a room used for storing old lumber. Naturally, the Ring tried to dismiss this finding as a trick by the Comptroller, and they provided the men accused of the theft with skilled legal representation to defend them.
The citizens on their part endeavored to bring matters to a satisfactory termination and secure the punishment of the Ring; but the members of that body met them at every step with defiance and effrontery. They used every means in their power to prevent an investigation of the public accounts, and to defeat the efforts that were made to recover the money they had stolen from the city. Meanwhile the Citizens’ Committee labored faithfully, and, through the efforts of Mr. Tilden, evidence was obtained sufficient to cause the arrest of Mr. Tweed. Garvey, Woodward, and Ingersoll sought safety in flight. Mayor Hall was arrested on the charge of sharing the plunder obtained by the Ring, but the examining magistrate declined to hold him on p. 100the charge for lack of evidence against him, and the Grand Jury refused to indict him, for the same reason. Mr. Tweed had been nominated for the State Senate by a constituency composed of the most worthless part of the population, and, in spite of the charges against him, he continued to present himself for the suffrages of these people, by whom he was elected at the November election. In due time the various committees appointed by the citizens made their reports, presenting the facts we have embodied in this chapter. The guilt of the members of the Ring was proven so clearly that no reasonable person could doubt it; but still grave fears were expressed that it would be impossible to bring these men to justice, in consequence of the arts of shrewd counsel and legal quibbles. The determination of the citizens grew with the approach of the elections. Their last great victory over the Ring was achieved at the polls on the 7th of November, when the entire Ring ticket in the city, with but one or two exceptions, was overwhelmingly defeated.
The citizens tried to resolve the situation and ensure the Ring was punished, but the members of that group met their efforts with defiance and arrogance at every turn. They did everything they could to block an investigation into the public accounts and to thwart attempts to recover the money they had stolen from the city. Meanwhile, the Citizens’ Committee worked diligently, and through Mr. Tilden's efforts, they collected enough evidence to have Mr. Tweed arrested. Garvey, Woodward, and Ingersoll fled to avoid capture. Mayor Hall was arrested for allegedly benefiting from the Ring's theft, but the examining magistrate refused to hold him due to lack of evidence, and the Grand Jury chose not to indict him for the same reason. Mr. Tweed had been nominated for the State Senate by a group made up of the most disreputable members of society, and despite the accusations against him, he continued to seek the votes of these people, being elected in the November election. Eventually, the various committees formed by the citizens submitted their reports, detailing the facts we outlined in this chapter. The guilt of the Ring members was demonstrated so clearly that no reasonable person could doubt it; however, there were serious concerns that due to clever legal tactics and loopholes, bringing these men to justice would be impossible. The citizens' determination grew as the elections approached. Their final major victory over the Ring occurred at the polls on November 7th, when nearly the entire Ring ticket in the city was overwhelmingly defeated, with only one or two exceptions.
Whether the guilty parties will be punished as they deserve, or whether the citizens will allow the prosecutions they have instituted to flag, the future alone can decide. At the present there is reason to fear that the guilty will escape. Should this fear be realized, the citizens of New York will have abundant cause to regret it. The Ring is badly beaten, but it is not destroyed. Many of its members are still in office, and there are still numbers of its followers ready to do its bidding. Until the last man tainted with the infamy of an alliance with the Ring is removed from office, the people of New York may be sure that the danger is not at an end.
Whether the guilty parties will face the punishment they deserve or if the citizens will let the prosecutions they initiated lose momentum is something only time will tell. Right now, there’s reason to worry that the guilty might get away with it. If that happens, the people of New York will have plenty of reasons to regret it. The Ring is badly weakened, but it’s not gone. Many of its members still hold office, and there are still plenty of its supporters ready to follow its orders. Until the last person associated with the Ring's corruption is removed from office, the people of New York can be sure that the threat is not over.
II. PERSONNEL OF THE RING.
Generally speaking, the Ring may be said to include every office-holder in the city, and it is very certain that of late every official has come in for a share of the suspicion with which the p. 101people regard the transactions of the Ring. It would be impossible to give an accurate and complete list of the members of that body, for many of them are not yet known to the public; but the recent investigations have shown that it is not composed exclusively of Democrats. A number of Republicans, while openly acting with their party, have been found to be allied with and in the pay of the Ring.
Generally, the Ring includes every person in an official position in the city, and it's clear that recently every official has faced some suspicion from the p. 101public regarding the actions of the Ring. It would be impossible to provide a complete and accurate list of its members, as many are still unknown to the public; however, recent investigations have revealed that it isn't made up solely of Democrats. Several Republicans, while publicly working with their party, have been found to be connected to and receiving payments from the Ring.
The men who are supposed to have played the most conspicuous parts in the doings of the Ring, and who are believed by the public to be chiefly responsible for its acts, are Mayor A. O. Hall, Richard B. Connolly, William M. Tweed, Peter B. Sweeny, J. H. Ingersoll, Andrew J. Garvey, and E. A. Woodward.
The men who are thought to have played the most important roles in the activities of the Ring, and who the public believes are mainly responsible for its actions, are Mayor A. O. Hall, Richard B. Connolly, William M. Tweed, Peter B. Sweeny, J. H. Ingersoll, Andrew J. Garvey, and E. A. Woodward.
A. Oakey Hall, Mayor of the city, was born in New York, is of American parentage, and is about forty-six years old. He received a good education, and at an early age began the study of the law. He removed to New Orleans soon after, and was for a while in the office of the Hon. John Slidell. He subsequently returned to New York, where he became associated with the late Mr. Nathaniel Blunt, as Assistant District-Attorney. Upon the death of Mr. Blunt, he was elected District-Attorney by the Whig party, and held that position for about twelve years. At the end of that time, he was elected Mayor of New York, to succeed John T. Hoffman, now Governor of the State. For some years he has been a member of the law firm of Brown, Hall & Vanderpoel, which firm enjoys a large and lucrative practice. He is said to be a lawyer of considerable ability, and has undoubtedly had great experience in criminal practice. As a politician, his experience has also been extensive and varied. He began life as a Whig, but became a prominent Know-Nothing in the palmy days of that party. Finding Know-Nothingism a failure, however, he became a Republican, from which party, about nine or ten years ago, he passed over to the Democrats.
A. Oakey Hall, the Mayor of the city, was born in New York, comes from American parents, and is around forty-six years old. He received a solid education and started studying law at a young age. He moved to New Orleans shortly after and worked for a while in the office of the Hon. John Slidell. He later returned to New York, where he joined the late Mr. Nathaniel Blunt as an Assistant District Attorney. After Mr. Blunt's death, he was elected District Attorney by the Whig party and held that position for about twelve years. Afterward, he was elected Mayor of New York, succeeding John T. Hoffman, who is now the Governor of the State. For several years, he has been part of the law firm Brown, Hall & Vanderpoel, which has a large and profitable practice. He is regarded as a highly skilled lawyer and has significant experience in criminal law. As a politician, he has also had a broad and diverse background. He started as a Whig but became a prominent member of the Know-Nothing party during its heyday. However, after realizing Know-Nothingism was not successful, he became a Republican, and about nine or ten years ago, he switched to the Democrats.
A writer in Every Saturday thus speaks of him:
A writer in Every Saturday says this about him:
“His Honor has some facility as a writer, and for twenty years has maintained a quasi or direct connection with the p. 102press. He is not lacking in the culture of desultory reading, and when he chooses to do so can bear himself like a gentleman. Of such a thing as dignity of character, he appears to have but a faint conception. Pedantry is more to him than profundity, and to tickle the ear of the town with a cheap witticism, he deems a greater thing than to command it with a forcible presentation of grave issues. The essential type of the man was presented to public gaze about two years ago, when he stood on the City Hall steps dressed from head to foot in a suit of green to review a St. Patrick’s procession. He is a harlequin with the literary ambition of a Richelieu. He affects an intimacy with the stage, and has done something in the way of producing plays. He can write clearly and concisely when he will, but prefers to provoke with odd quips and far-fetched conceits. He patronizes journalists and magazine writers with a sort of grotesque familiarity, and readily makes himself at home among the Bohemians of Literature.”
“His Honor is somewhat skilled as a writer and has had a connection with the p. 102press for twenty years. He has a decent amount of knowledge from casual reading, and when he chooses, he can present himself like a gentleman. However, he seems to have only a vague understanding of what dignity truly means. He values showiness more than depth, and he thinks entertaining the town with a cheap joke is more important than addressing serious issues in a compelling way. The true nature of the man was revealed to the public about two years ago when he stood on the City Hall steps dressed entirely in green to review a St. Patrick’s Day parade. He is a clown with the literary ambition of a Richelieu. He pretends to be close to the theater and has tried his hand at producing plays. He can write clearly and concisely when he wants to, but he prefers to stir things up with quirky remarks and far-fetched ideas. He treats journalists and magazine writers with a kind of bizarre familiarity and easily fits in with the Bohemians of Literature.”
Since his union with the Democracy, Mr. Hall has been the constant and intimate associate of the men who have brought disgrace and loss upon the city, and of late years he has been regarded as one of the leading members of the Ring. It is said openly in New York that he owes his election to the Mayoralty entirely to William M. Tweed. As Mayor of the city, he has been officially connected with many of the transactions by which the city has been defrauded of large sums of money. Some of the most prominent newspapers of the city have denounced him as a thief and a sharer of the stolen money. His friends, on the other hand, have declared their belief that his worst fault was his official approval of the fraudulent warrants. They state that he has never in his manner of living, or in any other way, given evidence of possessing large sums of money, and his legal partner made oath before the Grand Jury that Mr. Hall was not worth over $60,000 or $70,000. It is certain that when the proprietor of the New York Times, which journal had been loud in denouncing Hall as a thief, was called on by the Grand Jury to furnish them with the evidence upon which this charge was based, he was unable to do so, and the Grand Jury was p. 103unable to obtain any evidence criminating Mr. Hall personally. His friends declare that his signing the fraudulent warrants was a purely ministerial act, and that having many thousands of them to sign in a year, he was compelled to rely upon the endorsements of the Comptroller and auditing officers.
Since his alliance with the Democratic Party, Mr. Hall has been closely associated with the individuals who have brought shame and losses to the city, and in recent years, he has been seen as one of the key members of the Ring. It’s openly said in New York that he owes his election to the Mayor's office entirely to William M. Tweed. As Mayor, he has been officially involved in many of the dealings that have defrauded the city out of large amounts of money. Some of the most prominent newspapers in the city have called him a thief and an accomplice in the embezzlement. On the other hand, his supporters believe that his biggest mistake was giving official approval to the fraudulent warrants. They argue that he has never lived in a way that suggests he had large sums of money, and his legal partner testified before the Grand Jury that Mr. Hall was worth no more than $60,000 or $70,000. It is clear that when the owner of the New York Times, a newspaper that had been vocal in denouncing Hall as a thief, was asked by the Grand Jury to provide evidence to back this claim, he was unable to do so, and the Grand Jury was p. 103unable to find any evidence implicating Mr. Hall personally. His supporters maintain that signing the fraudulent warrants was simply a routine task, and that with thousands of them to sign in a year, he had to depend on the endorsements from the Comptroller and auditing officers.
In the present state of affairs, there is no evidence showing that Mr. Hall derived any personal pecuniary benefit from the frauds upon the treasury. Public sentiment is divided respecting him; many persons believing that he is a sharer in the plunder of the Ring, and others holding the opposite opinion. The most serious charges that have been made against him, have been brought by Mr. John Foley, and Mr. Samuel J. Tilden. The former is the President of the Nineteenth Ward Citizens’ Association, and the latter the leader of the Reform Democracy. Mr. Tilden, in his speech at the Cooper Institute, November 2d, 1871, thus spoke of Mayor Hall:
In today's situation, there's no proof that Mr. Hall gained any personal financial benefit from the frauds against the treasury. Public opinion about him is mixed; many people think he is involved in the Ring's theft, while others strongly disagree. The most serious accusations against him come from Mr. John Foley and Mr. Samuel J. Tilden. Mr. Foley is the President of the Nineteenth Ward Citizens’ Association, and Mr. Tilden is the leader of the Reform Democracy. In his speech at the Cooper Institute on November 2nd, 1871, Mr. Tilden said this about Mayor Hall:
“These three Auditors met but once. They then passed a resolution which now stands on the records of the city in the handwriting of Mayor Hall. It was passed on his motion, and what was its effect? Did it audit anything? Did it perform the functions? Did it fulfil the trust committed to the Board? Not a bit of it. It provided that all claims certified by Mr. Tweed and Mr. Young, Secretary of the old Board of Supervisors, should be received, and, on sufficient evidence, paid. Mayor Hall is the responsible man for all this. He knew it was a fraudulent violation of duty on the part of every member of that Board of Audit to pass claims in the way they did.
“These three auditors met only once. They then passed a resolution that is now recorded in the city's records in Mayor Hall's handwriting. It was passed on his suggestion, but what was the outcome? Did it actually audit anything? Did it carry out the necessary functions? Did it fulfill the responsibilities entrusted to the Board? Not at all. It stated that all claims certified by Mr. Tweed and Mr. Young, Secretary of the old Board of Supervisors, should be accepted and paid based on sufficient evidence. Mayor Hall is the one accountable for all of this. He knew it was a fraudulent breach of duty on the part of every member of that Audit Board to approve claims in the manner they did.”
* * * * *
Understood. Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.
“Fellow-citizens, let me call your attention for a moment to the after-piece of these transactions. Our friend, Mayor Hall, is a very distinguished dramatist, and he would consider it a very serious offence to the drama to have the after-piece left out. Now, what was that after-piece? When the statements were published in regard to these frauds, Mayor Hall published a card, wherein he said that these accounts were audited by the old Board of Supervisors, and that neither he nor Mr. Connolly was at all responsible for them. A little later—about August p. 10416th—Mayor Hall said it was true they were audited by the Board of Audit, and, in doing so, they performed a ministerial function, and would have been compelled by mandamus to do it, if they hadn’t done it willingly. I do not deem it necessary in the presence of an intelligent audience and the lawyers sitting around me on this stage, to present any observations upon the idea that ‘to audit and to pay the amount found due’ was a ministerial function. . . . . . .
“Fellow citizens, I’d like your attention for a moment regarding the aftermath of these events. Our friend, Mayor Hall, is a well-known playwright, and he would see it as a significant offense to the theater for the aftermath to be ignored. So, what was that aftermath? When the reports about these frauds came out, Mayor Hall released a statement claiming that these accounts were reviewed by the previous Board of Supervisors and that neither he nor Mr. Connolly was responsible for them. A bit later—around August 16th—Mayor Hall confirmed that they were indeed audited by the Board of Audit, and in doing so, they were fulfilling a required task, and they would have been forced by law to do it if they hadn’t done it willingly. I don’t think it’s necessary, in front of an intelligent audience and the lawyers on this stage with me, to comment on the notion that ‘to audit and to pay the amount found due’ was a necessary function...”
“So we pass to Mr. Hall’s fourth defence. On the burning of the vouchers he made a raid on Mr. Connolly. He wrote him a public letter, demanding his resignation in the name of the public because he had lost the public confidence; and at the same time he was writing to Mr. Tweed touching and tender epistles of sympathy and regret. You might at that time, if you were a member of the Club, have heard Mr. Hall in his jaunty and somewhat defiant manner; you might have seen Mr. Tweed, riding in the midnight hour, with countenance vacant and locks awry, and have heard dropping from his lips, ‘The public demands a victim.’ And so he proposed to charge upon Connolly, who had legal custody of the vouchers, the stealing and burning of them. He proposed to put some one else in the office of the Comptroller when Connolly should be crushed out of it, and so reconstruct the Ring and impose it a few years longer upon the people of this city. . . . . . .
“So we move on to Mr. Hall’s fourth defense. When the vouchers were burned, he went after Mr. Connolly. He wrote a public letter demanding his resignation in the name of the public since he had lost their trust. At the same time, he was writing emotional letters of sympathy and regret to Mr. Tweed. If you were a member of the Club at that time, you would have seen Mr. Hall in his confident and somewhat challenging manner; you might have seen Mr. Tweed riding late at night, looking vacant and disheveled, murmuring, ‘The public demands a victim.’ He intended to pin the theft and burning of the vouchers on Connolly, who had legal custody of them. He planned to replace Connolly in the Comptroller’s office once he was ousted, allowing him to reshape the Ring and continue to impose it on the people of this city for a few more years.”
“The sequel showed that the vouchers were taken by Haggerty, whom Mr. Connolly sought out and found, and prosecuted. Then, again, a little later, when it happened that Mr. Keyser swore that indorsements for $900,000 on warrants made in his name were forgeries, there was another raid made on the Comptroller’s office. It was then filled by Mr. Green. The object was not to get rid of Mr. Connolly but of Mr. Green, and the men who caused the raid were Mayor Hall and Peter B. Sweeny. Now, what was the result of that? And I will say to this meeting that the sense of alarm that I had that morning lest the movement should mislead the public, was the motive that induced me to lay aside my business, go to the Broadway Bank and make a personal examination.
“The sequel revealed that Haggerty took the vouchers, and Mr. Connolly sought him out, found him, and prosecuted him. Then, not long after, when Mr. Keyser testified that the endorsements for $900,000 on warrants made in his name were forgeries, there was another raid on the Comptroller’s office. At that time, Mr. Green was in charge. The goal was not to remove Mr. Connolly but to get rid of Mr. Green, and the individuals behind the raid were Mayor Hall and Peter B. Sweeny. So, what was the outcome of that? And I want to say to this meeting that the feeling of alarm I had that morning about the possibility of the movement misleading the public was what motivated me to set aside my business, go to the Broadway Bank, and conduct a personal examination.”
“Now, gentlemen, these revelations throw a light upon what? Upon three false pretences in regard to these transactions, made by Mayor Hall under his own signature before the public, and two attempts to mislead the public judgment as to the real authors of the crime. I do not wish to do injustice to Mayor Hall. He is a man experienced in criminal law. (Laughter.) He is a man who is educated both in the drama and in the stirring scenes that are recorded in the actual crimes of mankind in this country and in England, for I understand this has composed the greatest part of his business. Now I say that there is nothing in the melo-dramatic history of crime more remarkable than these two successive attempts of his to lay the crime to innocent men, if the object was not to screen men whom he knew to be guilty. And while I would not do any wrong or the slightest injustice to Mayor Hall, I say to him, as I do to you, that the history of these transactions puts him on his explanation, and draws upon him a strong suspicion that he knew whereof he was acting. Did he mistake when he got the City Charter? Did he mistake when he acted in the Board of Audit? Did he mistake when he accused Connolly of burning the vouchers? Has he been subject to a misfortune of mistakes at all times? Why does he stand to-day endeavoring to preserve that power? I will only say that if he was mistaken on these occasions he is a very unfortunate man, and has not acquired by the six years of practice in the District-Attorney’s office that amount of sagacity in the pursuit of crime which we would naturally ascribe to him.”
“Now, gentlemen, these revelations shed light on what? On three false claims regarding these transactions made by Mayor Hall under his own signature before the public, and two attempts to mislead public opinion about the real perpetrators of the crime. I don’t want to do any injustice to Mayor Hall. He is a man experienced in criminal law. (Laughter.) He is educated in both drama and the compelling stories of real crimes in this country and in England, as I understand this has made up most of his work. I say there's nothing in the dramatic history of crime more striking than these two successive attempts of his to pin the crime on innocent men, unless his goal was to protect those he knew were guilty. And while I wouldn’t harm or be slightly unfair to Mayor Hall, I tell him, as I tell you, that the history of these transactions puts him in a position where he needs to explain himself and raises strong suspicion that he knew exactly what he was doing. Did he make a mistake when he obtained the City Charter? Did he make a mistake when he acted in the Board of Audit? Did he err when he accused Connolly of burning the vouchers? Has he constantly been subject to a string of unfortunate mistakes? Why is he standing here today trying to maintain that power? I can only say that if he was wrong on these occasions, he is a very unfortunate man, and those six years in the District Attorney’s office have not given him the insight in the pursuit of crime that we would normally expect from him.”
Richard B. Connolly was born in the county of Cork, in Ireland. His father was a village schoolmaster, and gave him a good common school education. He was brought over to this country by an elder brother who had been here for several years. He embarked in politics at an early day, and was elected County Clerk before he could legally cast his vote. He soon p. 106made himself noted for his facility in making and breaking political promises, in consequence of which he was popularly called “Slippery Dick.” He gave considerable dissatisfaction to his party as County Clerk, and soon dropped out of politics. A few years later, taking advantage of the divisions of the Democratic party, he put himself forward as a candidate for the post of State Senator, and was elected, as is charged by the newspaper press, by the liberal use of bribery and ballot-box stuffing. He was charged with using his position to make money, and during his term at Albany was fiercely denounced for his course in this and other respects.
Richard B. Connolly was born in County Cork, Ireland. His father was a village schoolteacher and provided him with a solid basic education. He moved to this country with an older brother who had been here for several years. He got involved in politics early on and was elected County Clerk before he was old enough to vote. He quickly became known for his skill in making and breaking political promises, earning him the nickname “Slippery Dick.” His party was quite unhappy with his performance as County Clerk, and he eventually stepped away from politics. A few years later, taking advantage of divisions within the Democratic Party, he ran for State Senator and was elected, reportedly through extensive bribery and ballot-box stuffing. He faced accusations of using his position to profit, and during his time in Albany, he was strongly criticized for his actions in this regard and others.
About three years ago, he was appointed Comptroller of the Finance Department of the City of New York. At that time the real heads of the Finance Department were Peter B. Sweeny, City Chamberlain, and the late County Auditor Watson, the latter of whom has been shown by the recent investigations to have been a wholesale plunderer of the public funds. The Comptroller was then a mere ornamental figure-head to the department. In a short while, however, Watson was accidentally killed; and Sweeny resigned, leaving Connolly master of the situation. He was suspected by Tweed, and in his turn distrusted the “Boss.” It is said that he resolved, however, to imitate his colleagues, and enrich himself at the cost of the public. He did well. In the short period of three years, this man, who had entered upon his office poor, became a millionaire. He made his son Auditor in the City Bureau, and gave the positions of Surrogate and Deputy Receiver of Taxes to his two sons-in-law. All these three were men of the lowest intellectual capacity, and all three share in the suspicion which attaches to Connolly’s administration of the office. The New York Tribune, of October 25th, 1871, stated that a short time before he became Comptroller, Connolly was sued for debt by Henry Felter, now a liquor merchant on Broadway, and swore in court that he owned no property at all. Under this statement the Tribune publishes a list of a part of Connolly’s transactions in property since he became Comptroller, covering the sum of $2,300,691.
About three years ago, he was appointed Comptroller of the Finance Department of New York City. At that time, the real leaders of the Finance Department were Peter B. Sweeny, the City Chamberlain, and the late County Auditor Watson, who recent investigations revealed had been stealing from the public funds on a large scale. The Comptroller was just a figurehead for the department. However, shortly after, Watson was accidentally killed, and Sweeny resigned, leaving Connolly in control. He was suspected by Tweed and, in turn, didn't trust the “Boss.” It is said that he decided to follow his colleagues’ lead and profit at the public’s expense. He succeeded. In just three years, this man, who started his term broke, became a millionaire. He appointed his son as Auditor in the City Bureau and gave the positions of Surrogate and Deputy Receiver of Taxes to his two sons-in-law. All three were of the lowest intellectual caliber, and they all share in the suspicion surrounding Connolly’s administration. The New York Tribune, on October 25th, 1871, reported that shortly before he became Comptroller, Connolly was sued for debt by Henry Felter, now a liquor merchant on Broadway, and testified in court that he owned no property at all. Following this statement, the Tribune published a list of some of Connolly’s property transactions since taking office, totaling $2,300,691.
Mr. Sweeny is of Irish parentage, though born in New York. His father kept a drinking saloon in Park Row, near the old Park Theatre, and it was in this choice retreat that the youth of Sweeny was passed. He began his career as an errand boy in a law office. He subsequently studied law, and, in due time, was admitted to the bar.
Mr. Sweeny is of Irish descent, although he was born in New York. His father ran a bar in Park Row, close to the old Park Theatre, and it was in this popular spot that Sweeny spent his youth. He started his career as an errand boy in a law office. He later studied law and, eventually, was admitted to the bar.
A writer in Every Saturday thus sums up his career: “He never obtained, and perhaps never sought, much business in his profession; but very soon after reaching manhood turned his attention to politics. The first office he held was that of Counsel to the Corporation, to which position he was elected by a handsome majority. This station did not so much require in its occupant legal skill and legal ability, as an apt faculty for political manipulation; and in the work he had to do, Mr. Sweeny was eminently successful. From the Corporation office he went into the District Attorneyship, obtained leave of absence for some time, treated himself to a term of European travel, came home, and resigned the post to which he had been chosen, and soon became City Chamberlain by the Mayor’s appointment.
A writer in Every Saturday sums up his career like this: “He never got, and probably never wanted, much work in his profession; but shortly after becoming an adult, he shifted his focus to politics. The first position he held was as Counsel to the Corporation, which he was elected to with a significant majority. This role didn’t require much legal skill or knowledge but rather a knack for political maneuvering, and in this work, Mr. Sweeny was very successful. After the Corporation office, he moved into the District Attorney position, took some time off to travel in Europe, returned home, resigned from the position he had been elected to, and soon after was appointed City Chamberlain by the Mayor.”
“It was in this office that he did what gave him a national standing, and led many people into the notion that some good had come from the Tammany Nazareth. The Chamberlain was custodian, under the old charter, of all city moneys. Such portions of these funds as were not required for immediate use, this official deposited in some of the banks, and the banks allowed interest, as is customary, on the weekly or monthly balance to his credit. Previous to Sweeny’s time the Chamberlain had put this interest money into his own pocket—and a very handsome thing Mr. Devlin and his predecessors made out of the transaction. But Sweeny startled the political world, and caused a great sensation, by announcing that he should turn these interest receipts into the City Treasury. Tammany p. 108made a notable parade of his honesty and public spirit, and the capital he gained in this way has been his chief stock-in-trade for the last two or three years.
“It was in this office that he did what gave him national recognition and led many to believe that something good had come from the Tammany Nazareth. The Chamberlain was responsible, under the old charter, for all city funds. Any parts of these funds that were not needed for immediate use were deposited in some of the banks, which paid interest, as is standard, on the weekly or monthly balance to his account. Before Sweeny’s time, the Chamberlain kept this interest money for himself—and a very nice sum Mr. Devlin and his predecessors made from the arrangement. But Sweeny shocked the political scene and created a huge stir by announcing that he would put these interest earnings into the City Treasury. Tammany made a significant show of his honesty and public spirit, and the reputation he built this way has been his main asset over the past two or three years.
“But in the light of recent developments, Mr. Sweeny’s course does not seem so purely disinterested as it once did. He was in full control of the city funds on the memorable Black Friday of two years ago last summer, and sworn testimony taken by a committee of Congress shows that he had a share in the doings of that eventful day. To what extent the money in his official charge was put at the service of the Wall street Ring, the country probably never will know; but the common belief of New York is that Mr. Sweeny made a good deal of money out of his speculations on that occasion. That he has been more or less concerned with Fisk and Gould in various Erie Railway stock operations, is matter of general notoriety; as it is also that most of the lately-exposed fraudulent transactions in connection with the so-called new Court-House and other public buildings occurred during his incumbency of the Chamberlain’s office. The greater part of those transactions yet brought into daylight refer to county affairs, it is true; but city and county are one except in name, and we have only just begun to get at what are designated the city accounts.
“But given recent events, Mr. Sweeny’s actions don't seem as selfless as they once appeared. He had full control of the city funds on the infamous Black Friday of two summers ago, and sworn testimony from a Congressional committee indicates that he was involved in that significant day. The extent to which the money he managed was used to benefit the Wall Street Ring may never be fully known, but the common belief in New York is that Mr. Sweeny profited significantly from his investments that day. It's well-known that he was somewhat involved with Fisk and Gould in various Erie Railway stock dealings, and it's also widely recognized that most of the recently uncovered fraudulent activities related to the so-called new courthouse and other public buildings occurred while he was in the Chamberlain’s office. Although most of the transactions revealed so far involve county matters, it's true that city and county are essentially the same, and we've only just started to uncover what are labeled the city accounts.”
“As has been already stated, he values himself on his brains, and the Ring adherents take him at that valuation. They believe him capable of finding a way out of the closest corner, and we suppose it is not to be doubted that he is a man of considerable ability. He has not many of the qualities of a popular politician; years ago he cut loose from his early engine-company associations; he is reserved and reticent at all times, and rarely seeks contact with the Democratic masses; he covets seclusion and respectability; apparently he has sought to be Warwick rather than King, and his followers credit him with a masterly performance of the part. One of his earliest acts as President of the Park Commission was to oust Fred. Law Olmstead, and shelve Andrew H. Green, the actual creators of Central Park; but the whirligig of time has now put him into such a position that he cannot get a dollar of public money without the signature of Andrew H. Green.”
“As mentioned before, he prides himself on his intelligence, and the Ring supporters agree with that assessment. They believe he can find a way out of the toughest situations, and it’s safe to say he is a man of significant talent. He doesn’t have many of the traits of a popular politician; years ago he distanced himself from his early engine-company ties; he is reserved and discreet at all times, rarely engaging with the Democratic masses; he seeks solitude and respectability; apparently, he has aimed to be a Warwick rather than a King, and his followers credit him with effectively playing that role. One of his first actions as President of the Park Commission was to remove Fred. Law Olmstead and set aside Andrew H. Green, the actual creators of Central Park; however, the tides of fortune have now positioned him so that he cannot access any public funds without the signature of Andrew H. Green.”
p. 109Since the disastrous defeat of Tammany and the Ring in the November elections, Mr. Sweeny has resigned his Presidency of the Department of Public Parks, and has retired to private life. He is a man of considerable wealth, and, though there is no evidence to convict him of complicity with Tweed and Connolly in their frauds, the public suspect and distrust him, so that altogether, his retirement was a very wise and politic act.
p. 109Since the disastrous defeat of Tammany and the Ring in the November elections, Mr. Sweeny has stepped down as President of the Department of Public Parks and has gone back to private life. He is a wealthy man, and although there’s no proof to connect him with Tweed and Connolly in their schemes, the public is suspicious and distrustful of him, so his retirement was a smart and strategic move.
The “head devil” of the Ring is William M. Tweed, or, as he is commonly called, “Boss Tweed.” He is of Irish descent, and was born in the City of New York. He was apprenticed to a chair-maker, to learn the trade, but never engaged legitimately in it after he became his own master. He finally became a member of Fire Company No. 6—known as “Big Six,” and “Old Tiger”—the roughest and worst company in the city. He soon became its foreman. His attention was now turned to politics, and as he possessed considerable influence over the “roughs,” he became a valuable man to the city politicians. As a compensation for his services, they allowed him to receive a small office, from which he pushed his way into the old Board of Supervisors, and eventually into the State Senate. Upon the inauguration of the New Charter, he became President of the Board of Public Works, and the most prominent leader of the Ring. He is a man of considerable executive ability, and has known how to use his gifts for his own gain. In March, 1870, the New York World spoke of him as follows:
The “head devil” of the Ring is William M. Tweed, or, as he’s commonly called, “Boss Tweed.” He’s of Irish descent and was born in New York City. He was apprenticed to a chair-maker to learn the trade but never actually worked in it once he became his own boss. He eventually joined Fire Company No. 6—known as “Big Six” and “Old Tiger”—the roughest, toughest company in the city. He quickly became its foreman. His focus then shifted to politics, and since he had a lot of influence over the “roughs,” he became a valuable asset to city politicians. In exchange for his services, they allowed him to take a small office, which he used as a stepping stone into the old Board of Supervisors and eventually the State Senate. When the new Charter was inaugurated, he became President of the Board of Public Works and the most prominent leader of the Ring. He is a man with significant executive ability and knows how to leverage his skills for his own benefit. In March 1870, the New York World commented on him as follows:
“Mr. Tweed was worth less than nothing when he took to the trade of politics. Now he has great possessions, estimated all the way from $5,000,000 to twice as much. We are sorry not to be able to give his own estimate, but, unluckily, he returns no income. But at least he is rich enough to own a gorgeous house in town and a sumptuous seat in the country, a stud of horses, and a set of palatial stables. His native modesty shrinks from blazoning abroad the exact extent of his present wealth, or the exact means by which it was acquired. His sensitive soul revolts even at the partial publicity of the income list. We are tossed upon the boundless ocean of conjecture. But we do p. 110know from his own reluctant lips that this public servant, who entered the public service a bankrupt, has become, by an entire abandonment of himself to the public good, ‘one of the largest tax-payers in New York.’ His influence is co-extensive with his cash. The docile Legislature sits at his feet, as Saul at the feet of Gamaliel, and waits, in reverent inactivity, for his signal before proceeding to action. He thrives on percentages of pilfering, grows rich on the distributed dividends of rascality. His extortions are as boundless in their sum as in their ingenuity. Streets unopened profit him—streets opened put money in his purse. Paving an avenue with poultice enriches him—taking off the poultice increases his wealth. His rapacity, like the trunk of an elephant, with equal skill twists a fortune out of the Broadway widening, and picks up dishonest pennies in the Bowery.”
“Mr. Tweed was worth less than nothing when he got into politics. Now he has great wealth, estimated to be anywhere from $5,000,000 to double that amount. We regret we can’t provide his own estimate because, unfortunately, he reports no income. But at least he is wealthy enough to own an extravagant house in the city and an impressive estate in the countryside, a collection of horses, and a set of luxurious stables. His natural modesty keeps him from publicly proclaiming the exact level of his current wealth or the exact methods he used to acquire it. His sensitive nature is even offended by the idea of the income list being partially public. We're left to speculate endlessly. But we do know from his own hesitant words that this public servant, who entered the public sphere broke, has become, through a complete dedication to the public good, ‘one of the largest taxpayers in New York.’ His influence matches his wealth. The obedient Legislature sits at his feet, as Saul did at the feet of Gamaliel, waiting in respectful inactivity for his signal before taking action. He profits from his share of dishonest gains and grows rich from the distributed dividends of corruption. His extortions are limitless in both total and creativity. Unopened streets benefit him—opened streets add money to his wallet. Paving a road with poor materials makes him richer—removing those materials increases his wealth. His greed, like an elephant's trunk, skillfully turns the expansion of Broadway into a fortune, while also picking up shady pennies in the Bowery.”
In 1861, Mr. Tweed appeared in the courts of the city as a bankrupt. In 1871, his wealth is estimated at from $15,000,000, to $20,000,000. The manner in which he is popularly believed to have amassed this immense sum is thus described in a pamphlet recently issued in New York:
In 1861, Mr. Tweed showed up in the city courts as a bankrupt. By 1871, his wealth was estimated to be between $15,000,000 and $20,000,000. The way people commonly think he accumulated this huge fortune is outlined in a pamphlet recently published in New York:
“While holding the position of State Senator he also held the position of Supervisor—was the leading spirit and President of the old Board of Supervisors, that has been denounced as the most scandalously corrupt body that ever disgraced a civilized community—and also the position of Deputy Street Commissioner. The first two be used to put money in his pocket, but the last was used mainly to enable him to keep a set of ruffians about him, who were paid out of the city treasury, and to afford lucrative positions to men who might be of service in promoting his political and pecuniary interests. By employing the same agencies that he had used to secure his own election, he gradually worked his particular friends into positions where he could use them, and then commenced a scheme for surrounding every department in the government of the city and county with a perfect network, which would enable himself and his confederates to appropriate to their own use the greater part of the city and county revenues. The new Court-House has been a mine p. 111of wealth to these thieves from its very inception. The quarry from which the marble was supplied was bought by the gang for a mere nominal price, and has since netted them millions of dollars. The old fire engine-houses were turned over to ‘Andy’ Garvey and other cronies of Tweed’s at rents ranging from $50 to $150 a year, and some of them have been let by these fellows as high as $5000 a year. The public schools, the different departments of the government, and the public institutions under the control of the city authorities, all needed furniture, and Tweed started a furniture manufactory in connection with James H. Ingersoll, who has since achieved a notoriety as the most shameless thief among the fraternity of scoundrels whom we are now describing. Tweed’s next step was to get control of a worthless little newspaper called The Transcript, and then to introduce a bill into the Legislature making this miserable little sheet the official organ of the City Government. This sheet receives over a $1,000,000 a year for printing the proceedings of the Common Council, but the proceedings of the corrupt Board of Supervisors are studiously concealed from the public.
“While serving as State Senator, he also held the position of Supervisor—he was the driving force and President of the old Board of Supervisors, which has been called the most scandalously corrupt group to ever disgrace a civilized community—and he also served as Deputy Street Commissioner. The first two positions were used to line his pockets, but the last one mainly allowed him to keep a group of thugs around him, paid from the city budget, and to create well-paying jobs for people who could help him advance his political and financial interests. By using the same tactics he had employed to win his own election, he gradually placed his allies into roles where he could use them, and then he set up a scheme to surround every department in the city and county government with a perfect network that would allow him and his associates to divert most of the city and county funds for their own benefit. The new Court-House has been a goldmine for these crooks from the start. The quarry from which the marble was obtained was purchased by the gang for a trivial amount, and has since earned them millions. The old fire engine houses were handed over to ‘Andy’ Garvey and other associates of Tweed at rents between $50 and $150 a year, with some of them being sublet for as much as $5000 a year. Public schools, various government departments, and public institutions under city control all needed furniture, so Tweed launched a furniture factory with James H. Ingersoll, who has since become notorious as one of the most shameless thieves among the group of scoundrels we are discussing. Tweed's next move was to take over a worthless little newspaper called The Transcript, and then to push a bill through the Legislature making this pitiful little publication the official outlet for the City Government. This publication receives over $1,000,000 a year for printing the proceedings of the Common Council, but the activities of the corrupt Board of Supervisors are carefully hidden from the public.
“Tweed’s next step was to establish ‘The New York Printing Company.’ This gives Tweed a pretext for rendering enormous bills for printing for the different departments of the City Government; and although the amount of work actually performed is only trifling, and consists mainly in printing blank forms and vouchers, still the amount annually paid out of the treasury to this company is something enormous—amounting during the year 1870 to over $2,800,000. Nor is this all. When this company was first started, a portion of a building on Centre street was found sufficient for its accommodation. Since then it has absorbed three of the largest printing establishments in the city, and also three or four smaller ones, and a lithographing establishment. Why have these extensive establishments been secured? Simply this: Insurance Companies, Steamboat Companies, Ferry Companies, and other corporations require an enormous amount of printing. Each of these associations may be subjected to serious loss and inconvenience, p. 112by the passage of legislative enactments abridging the privileges they now enjoy, or requiring them to submit to some vexatious and expensive regulation. Hence, when they receive notice that ‘The New York Printing Company’ is ready to do their printing, they know that they must consent, and pay the most exorbitant rate for the work done, or submit to Tweed’s exactions during the next session of the Legislature.
“Tweed's next move was to set up ‘The New York Printing Company.’ This gave Tweed an excuse to charge huge amounts for printing services for various City Government departments; and even though the actual work done was minimal and mostly involved printing blank forms and vouchers, the total paid from the treasury to this company each year was astronomical—over $2,800,000 in 1870 alone. And that's not all. When the company was first established, a single space in a building on Centre Street was enough to house it. Since then, it has taken over three of the largest printing companies in the city, along with three or four smaller ones, and a lithographing business. Why have they acquired such extensive operations? Simply put: Insurance Companies, Steamboat Companies, Ferry Companies, and other corporations need a massive amount of printing done. Each of these entities could face significant loss and hassle from new laws that limit their current privileges or require them to comply with annoying and costly regulations. Therefore, when they get the word that ‘The New York Printing Company’ is available for their printing needs, they realize they have no choice but to agree and pay exorbitant rates for the work, or face Tweed's demands during the next legislative session.”
“In addition to the Printing Company, Tweed has a ‘Manufacturing Stationers’ Company,’ which furnishes all the stationery used in the public schools, the public institutions, and the several departments of the City Government. This concern receives not less than $3,000,000 a year out of the city treasury. As an illustration of the way they do things, we will cite one instance: During the month of April of the present year, an order was sent to this company for stationery for the County Bureau. In due time it was delivered, and consisted of about six reams of cap paper, and an equal quantity of letter paper, with a couple of reams of note paper. There were, also, about two dozen penholders, four small ink bottles, such as could be bought at retail for thirty-five or forty cents, a dozen small sponges for pen-wipers, half a dozen office rulers, and three dozen boxes of rubber bands of various sizes—the entire amount worth about fifty dollars at retail. For this stationery, a bill of ten thousand dollars was rendered soon after, and was duly paid; and similar claims are presented for stationery for every bureau and department of the government, almost every month throughout the year—and are always promptly paid, although persons having legitimate claims against the same appropriation could not obtain a dollar. But not content with the enormous amounts that are thus obtained under false pretences, Tweed even charges the city with the wages of the different persons employed in these several establishments, and makes a large percentage on the amounts thus drawn from the Treasury. For instance: Charles E. Wilbour is President of the Printing Company and also of the Stationers’ Company, while Cornelius Corson is the Secretary of both companies. Wilbour receives $3000 a year as Stenographer to the Bureau of Elections, $2500 as p. 113Stenographer in the Superior Court, and $3500 a year for ‘examining accounts’ that he has never seen. These several sums are drawn out of the County Bureau alone, and he holds an equal number of sinecure positions in the City Bureau. Corson is Chief of the Bureau of Elections, for which he receives $6000 a year; and he also receives $3500 for ‘examining’ the same accounts, for which Wilbour receives a similar sum; while, like Wilbour, he has never seen the accounts.”
“In addition to the Printing Company, Tweed has a ‘Manufacturing Stationers’ Company’ that provides all the stationery used in public schools, public institutions, and various departments of the City Government. This company receives no less than $3,000,000 a year from the city treasury. To illustrate how they operate, consider this example: In April of this year, an order was placed with this company for stationery for the County Bureau. It was delivered in due time and included about six reams of cap paper, an equal amount of letter paper, and a couple of reams of note paper. There were also around two dozen penholders, four small ink bottles, which could be bought retail for thirty-five or forty cents, a dozen small sponges for pen-wipers, half a dozen office rulers, and three dozen boxes of rubber bands of various sizes—the total retail value being about fifty dollars. For this stationery, a bill of ten thousand dollars was submitted shortly after and was paid without issue; similar invoices are submitted for stationery for every bureau and department of the government almost every month throughout the year—and they are always paid promptly, even though individuals with legitimate claims against the same budget cannot get a dollar. But not satisfied with the enormous amounts gained through these false pretenses, Tweed even bills the city for the salaries of employees in these various establishments and profits significantly from the funds taken from the Treasury. For example: Charles E. Wilbour is the President of the Printing Company as well as the Stationers’ Company, while Cornelius Corson is the Secretary of both. Wilbour earns $3000 a year as a Stenographer for the Bureau of Elections, $2500 as a Stenographer in the Superior Court, and $3500 a year for ‘examining accounts’ he has never reviewed. These amounts come from the County Bureau alone, and he holds a similar number of cushy positions in the City Bureau. Corson is the Chief of the Bureau of Elections, earning $6000 a year; he also gets $3500 for ‘examining’ the same accounts, for which Wilbour receives a similar amount; and like Wilbour, he has never looked at the accounts.”
In order to carry on his immense operations, Tweed has had to avail himself from time to time of the assistance of his partners. He has always found them willing accomplices. These were J. H. Ingersoll, Andrew J. Garvey, and E. A. Woodward, all of whom have sought safety in flight.
To manage his vast operations, Tweed has had to rely on the help of his partners from time to time. He has always found them eager to assist. These were J. H. Ingersoll, Andrew J. Garvey, and E. A. Woodward, all of whom have tried to escape.
J. H. Ingersoll is the son of a chair-dealer in the Bowery, and was Tweed’s principal tool in defrauding the citizens. He in his turn “operated” through sub-firms, and was paid in 1869 and 1870 the enormous sum of $5,691,144.26 for furniture and repairs to the new Court House and the militia armories of the city. Much of this work was never done. For the work actually done only the legitimate price was paid; the rest of the enormous sum was divided between Tweed and Ingersoll.
J. H. Ingersoll is the son of a furniture dealer in the Bowery and was Tweed’s main accomplice in swindling the public. He, in turn, “worked” through various sub-companies and was paid an incredible amount of $5,691,144.26 in 1869 and 1870 for furniture and repairs to the new Court House and the city's militia armories. Much of this work was never completed. For the work that was actually done, only the fair price was paid; the rest of that huge sum was split between Tweed and Ingersoll.
Andrew J. Garvey is a plasterer by trade, and had a shop in the Third avenue. He is also an Irishman, and was a “bunker” of the old fire department. During the years 1869 and 1870 he was paid $2,905,464.06 for repairing, plastering, painting and decorating the militia armories and the new Court-House. But a small part of this sum represents work honestly done. The rest is stolen money, of which Tweed received his share. At the very first discovery of the frauds, Garvey fled from the city, and it is believed sailed for Europe to escape the punishment he dreaded.
Andrew J. Garvey is a plasterer by trade and owned a shop on Third Avenue. He is also Irish and was a "bunker" in the old fire department. Between 1869 and 1870, he was paid $2,905,464.06 for repairs, plastering, painting, and decorating the militia armories and the new courthouse. Only a small portion of that amount reflects work that was honestly completed. The rest is embezzled money, with Tweed taking his cut. When the frauds were first uncovered, Garvey fled the city, and it's believed he sailed to Europe to avoid the punishment he feared.
E. A. Woodward was a deputy clerk to the Board of Supervisors, and as such received a moderate salary. As far as is known, he had no other means of acquiring money. He was at the beginning of the investigations the owner of a magnificent estate near Norwalk, Connecticut, a partner in the firm of Vanderhoef & Beatty, to the extent of $75,000; and the owner of p. 114property variously estimated at from $500,000 to $1,000,000. It was charged by the New York papers that the endorsements of the name of Keyser & Co. on warrants amounting to over $817,000, and which endorsements Mr. Keyser pronounced forgeries, were mainly the work of Woodward. The money drawn on the fraudulent warrants was divided between Woodward and Tweed. Conclusive evidence of this was afforded by Mr. Samuel J. Tilden, who, by a happy inspiration, made a personal examination of Tweed’s bank account at the Broadway Bank, and there discovered that Tweed, Garvey, Ingersoll, and Woodward had divided $6,095,319.17 of the public funds between them.
E. A. Woodward was a deputy clerk for the Board of Supervisors and earned a modest salary. As far as anyone knows, he didn't have any other sources of income. At the start of the investigations, he owned a beautiful estate near Norwalk, Connecticut, had a $75,000 partnership in the firm of Vanderhoef & Beatty, and owned property valued between $500,000 and $1,000,000. New York newspapers claimed that the endorsements of Keyser & Co. on warrants totaling over $817,000, which Mr. Keyser identified as forgeries, were mostly done by Woodward. The money obtained from the fake warrants was split between Woodward and Tweed. Mr. Samuel J. Tilden provided conclusive evidence of this when he had the brilliant idea to personally check Tweed’s bank account at the Broadway Bank and found that Tweed, Garvey, Ingersoll, and Woodward had divided $6,095,319.17 of public funds among themselves.
Commenting upon this discovery, the New York Tribune remarks: “Of the total amount of these warrants, $6,312,541.37, three dependents and tools of Mr. William M. Tweed deposited $5,710,913.38, and the New York Printing Company deposited $384,395.19, making $6,095,319.17. Further, $103,648.68 is believed to have been deposited by Ingersoll in a different bank, so that the whole amount of the audit, except $113,583.52, was really collected by persons in connection with or in collusion with Tweed. Ingersoll collected $3,501,584.50 of the warrants, and he received from Garvey, out of his collections, $47,744.68. Of that aggregate he paid over to Woodward $1,817,467.49, or a little more than half of his whole receipts.
Commenting on this discovery, the New York Tribune states: “Out of the total amount of these warrants, $6,312,541.37, three associates of Mr. William M. Tweed deposited $5,710,913.38, and the New York Printing Company deposited $384,395.19, totaling $6,095,319.17. Additionally, $103,648.68 is believed to have been deposited by Ingersoll in a different bank, meaning that nearly the entire amount of the audit, except for $113,583.52, was actually collected by individuals connected to or colluding with Tweed. Ingersoll collected $3,501,584.50 of the warrants and received $47,744.68 from Garvey from his collections. From that total, he paid Woodward $1,817,467.49, which is just over half of his total receipts.”
“Garvey deposited warrants amounting to $1,177,413.72. He, Garvey, paid to Woodward $731,871.01, or over two-thirds of the whole amount of his receipts. Woodward deposited $1,032,715.76, and he received in checks from Ingersoll and Garvey enough of these collections to make a total of $3,582,054.26. Of this amount he paid over $923,858.50 to Tweed.
“Garvey deposited warrants totaling $1,177,413.72. He, Garvey, paid Woodward $731,871.01, which is more than two-thirds of his total receipts. Woodward deposited $1,032,715.76, and he received enough checks from Ingersoll and Garvey to reach a total of $3,582,054.26. From this amount, he paid over $923,858.50 to Tweed.”
“Woodward was then, and is now, a deputy clerk to Young of the Board of Supervisors, on whose certification, according to Mayor Hall’s resolution, as well as on that of Mr. Tweed, the bills were to be paid. It is unknown to whom Woodward made other payments, but those he made to Tweed are established beyond doubt. The tickets accompanying the deposits are in the handwriting of Woodward, and the teller in the p. 115Broadway Bank swore that they were generally made by Woodward in person.
“Woodward was then, and still is, a deputy clerk to Young on the Board of Supervisors, who certified the payments according to Mayor Hall’s resolution, as well as Mr. Tweed's. It's unclear who else Woodward made payments to, but those made to Tweed are confirmed with certainty. The tickets that came with the deposits are in Woodward's handwriting, and the teller at the p. 115Broadway Bank testified that they were usually processed by Woodward in person.
“Including $104,333.64, Tweed received a handsome aggregate of $1,037,192.14.
“Including $104,333.64, Tweed received a total of $1,037,192.14.”
“The manner in which the city warrants were identified is explained in the affidavit of Mr. Tilden. The first table is headed, ‘County Liabilities.’ That is made up from the records in the Comptroller’s office and the warrants. The last contains all that there is (memoranda and endorsements) on the back of the warrants. Nearly all the vouchers of these bills were among those stolen on Sunday, September 10th, but the warrants were kept in a different place, and are now in the Comptroller’s office. The next table headed, ‘Identification of Parties who received the Proceeds of the Warrants,’ is made up, as to the description of the warrants, from the books of the Comptroller’s office, and from the warrants themselves, and the identification of the persons who deposited the warrants is made out from accounts of the entries, in the National Broadway Bank. The asterisks against the amounts of the warrants in the fifth column indicate those of the Keyser warrants on which John H. Keyser alleges the endorsements were forged.
“The way the city warrants were identified is detailed in Mr. Tilden's affidavit. The first table is titled ‘County Liabilities.’ It’s based on records from the Comptroller’s office and the warrants. The last table includes everything (notes and endorsements) on the back of the warrants. Almost all the vouchers for these bills were among those stolen on Sunday, September 10th, but the warrants were stored separately and are now in the Comptroller’s office. The next table, titled ‘Identification of Parties who received the Proceeds of the Warrants,’ describes the warrants using information from the Comptroller’s office and the warrants themselves. The identification of the individuals who deposited the warrants is sourced from the transaction records at the National Broadway Bank. The asterisks next to the amounts of the warrants in the fifth column indicate the Keyser warrants where John H. Keyser claims the endorsements were forged."
“All those warrants which fell within the period of this account were collected by Woodward, except one, and that one by Ingersoll.
“All those warrants that were collected during this account were gathered by Woodward, except for one, and that one by Ingersoll.
“Undoubtedly the transactions, taken together, were in the opinion of the Acting Attorney-General, a conspiracy to defraud the county by means of bills exaggerated many times, for work or services received, or for work and services already paid for, or for accounts that were fictitious.
“Without a doubt, the transactions, when looked at as a whole, were seen by the Acting Attorney-General as a conspiracy to scam the county through inflated bills for work or services rendered, for work and services that had already been paid for, or for fake accounts.”
“The result throws great light both on the stealing and burning of the vouchers by Haggerty, the janitor of the building, appointed by the Chamberlain, and also upon the Keyser forgeries.”
“The outcome sheds considerable light on both Haggerty, the building's janitor appointed by the Chamberlain, stealing and burning the vouchers, as well as the Keyser forgeries.”
Woodward did not wait for the accumulation of evidence against him. He followed the example of Ingersoll and Garvey, and took flight, and at present his whereabouts is unknown.
Woodward didn’t stick around for more evidence to pile up against him. He took a cue from Ingersoll and Garvey and ran off, and right now, no one knows where he is.
p. 116Mr. Tilden’s affidavit relating the facts of his discovery furnished evidence sufficient to justify the arrest of Mr. Tweed. The Sheriff performed the farce of arresting the “Boss” in his office at the Department of Public Works. Bail was offered and accepted. The Sheriff treated the great defaulter with the utmost courtesy and deference, appearing before him, hat in hand, with a profusion of servile bows. No absolute monarch could have been treated with greater reverence. The moral sense of the community was outraged. On the same day a poor wretch who had stolen a loaf of bread to keep his sick wife from starving was sentenced for theft.
p. 116Mr. Tilden’s affidavit regarding his discovery provided enough evidence to justify the arrest of Mr. Tweed. The Sheriff went through the motions of arresting the “Boss” in his office at the Department of Public Works. Bail was offered and accepted. The Sheriff treated the notorious defaulter with the utmost courtesy and respect, appearing before him, hat in hand, with an excessive amount of servile bows. No absolute monarch could have been treated with greater reverence. The moral sense of the community was outraged. On the same day, a poor man who had stolen a loaf of bread to keep his sick wife from starving was sentenced for theft.
Mr. Tweed attempted to explain away Mr. Tilden’s discovery, but was met at once by that gentleman, who more than fastened his guilt upon him. Said Mr. Tilden:
Mr. Tweed tried to dismiss Mr. Tilden’s discovery, but was immediately confronted by that gentleman, who firmly confirmed his guilt. Mr. Tilden said:
“The fourth act in the conspiracy was the collection of the money and its division. (Laughter.) Who collected that money? We found upon investigation that every time Garvey collected $100,000 he paid 66 per cent. to Woodward, who paid Tweed 24 per cent. of it. (Laughter.) Sometimes Woodward paid a fraction above 24 per cent. to Tweed, sometimes a fraction below, but it never reached 25 per cent. nor fell to 23 per cent. (Laughter.)
“The fourth part of the scheme was gathering the money and splitting it up. (Laughter.) Who collected that money? We found out that every time Garvey collected $100,000, he gave 66 percent to Woodward, who then gave Tweed 24 percent of it. (Laughter.) Sometimes Woodward would give a bit more than 24 percent to Tweed, other times a bit less, but it never hit 25 percent or dropped to 23 percent. (Laughter.)”
“Every time Woodward collected money he paid over 24 per cent. to Tweed. The investigations in the Broadway Bank having begun without knowledge of the specific transactions to which they would relate, extend back through the whole of the year 1870, and it appears that about the same transactions were going on in the four months of that year, and about the same division was made. Something like $200,000 or $240,000 was paid over to Tweed during those four months.
“Every time Woodward collected money, he paid over 24 percent to Tweed. The investigations into the Broadway Bank started without awareness of the specific transactions they would involve and go back through all of 1870. It seems that similar transactions were happening in the first four months of that year, with a similar division of funds. Approximately $200,000 to $240,000 was paid to Tweed during those four months.”
“Now I have heard it said in some of the public presses that a gentleman who had an interview with Mr. Tweed had received the explanation that Mr. Woodward owed him large sums of borrowed money, and that when, in the course of his business arrangements with the city, he received these sums of money from the city, he simply paid it over to Mr. Tweed in satisfaction of his debts. That is a very fine theory. There is only p. 117one difficulty about it, and that is, these loans are not entered on the bank account. Examine Mr. Tweed’s bank account, and there is not $1000 in it except in city transactions. His whole private business during this time when he was depositing it—checks drawn upon city warrants amounted to $3,500,000—did not amount to $3000; therefore it results inevitably that whatever is taken from that account is city money, for there was nothing but city or county money in that bank. There were no private funds there. Where his 42 per cent. went I am unable to find out. It was probably transferred to some other bank in large checks for subdivision among the parties entitled thereto; but about that we know not. Now, gentlemen, that disposes of the fourth act in the conspiracy, and the events justify me in saying that at the time the City Charter was passed I had no suspicion that the principal object in passing it was not to preserve political power, with the ordinary average benefits that usually accrue to its possessors. I had no suspicion that affairs were going on in this way. But it seems that these transactions were about one-half through; that there was about as much to be done after the new charter as had been done for sixteen months previous under the old law; and that therefore the motive and object of the new charter was not only to secure political power with its ordinary average advantages, but also to conceal the immense amounts that had been already stolen, and to secure the opportunity of stealing an immense amount that was in prospect before its passage. I say, then, that by the ordinary rules and principles of evidence, looking back to the beginning of the transactions, no man can doubt that all this series of acts were parts of one grand conspiracy, not only for power, but for personal plunder.”
“Now, I've heard it said in some news outlets that a man who spoke with Mr. Tweed claimed that Mr. Woodward owed him a lot of borrowed money. When Mr. Woodward received money from the city for business arrangements, he reportedly just paid Mr. Tweed to settle his debts. That’s a nice theory. There’s just one issue: these loans aren't recorded in the bank account. If you look at Mr. Tweed’s bank account, you'll find less than $1,000 there, other than city transactions. His entire private business during this time—checks written against city warrants amounted to $3,500,000—totaled under $3,000; therefore, it follows that any money taken from that account is city money because there were no private funds there. I can't figure out where his 42 percent went. It probably got moved to another bank in large checks for distribution among those entitled, but we don’t know for sure. Now, folks, that wraps up the fourth act in the conspiracy, and the events lead me to say that when the City Charter was passed, I had no idea that the main goal behind it wasn't just to maintain political power and the typical benefits that come with it. I had no inkling that things were happening this way. But it turns out these transactions were already about halfway done; there was about as much left to do after the new charter as had been done in the sixteen months prior under the old law. So, the motive behind the new charter wasn't only to secure political power with its usual perks but also to hide the large amounts that had already been stolen and to create an opportunity for stealing even more in the future. I assert that, based on the usual rules and principles of evidence, looking back to the beginning of these transactions, no one can doubt that this series of acts was part of one grand conspiracy, not only for power but for personal gain.”
We have not the space to dwell further upon the villainies from which the city has suffered, but in parting with the Ring we cannot but regret, in the forcible language of the Committee of Seventy, that, “Not an official implicated in these infamies has had the virtue to commit suicide.”
We don’t have the space to discuss the wrongdoings the city has faced any further, but as we say goodbye to the Ring, we can’t help but feel regret, echoing the strong words of the Committee of Seventy, that “Not a single official involved in these atrocities has had the decency to take their own life.”
p. 118V. BROADWAY.
I. HISTORICAL.
To write the history of Broadway would require a volume, for it would be the history of New York itself. The street was laid out in the days of the Dutch, and then, as now, began at the Bowling Green. By them it was called the “Heere Straas,” or High street. They built it up as far as Wall street, but in those days only the lower end was of importance. The site of the Bowling Green was occupied by the Dutch fort and the church, and on the west side of it was the parade and the market place. Ere long several well-to-do merchants erected substantial dwellings on the same side, one of these belonging to no less a personage than the Schout-Fiscal Van Dyck. The east side of Broadway, during the rule of the Dutch, was thickly built up with dwellings of but one room, little better than hovels. Eventually, however, some of the better class mechanics came there to reside, and erected better houses. Their gardens extended down to the marsh on Broad street, and they cultivated their cabbages and onions with great success, where now the bulls and bears of the stock and gold markets rage and roar.
To write the history of Broadway would take a whole book because it’s basically the history of New York itself. The street was established during the Dutch era, starting at the Bowling Green, just like it does today. They called it “Heere Straas,” or High Street. They built it up to Wall Street, but back then, only the lower end mattered. The Bowling Green was home to the Dutch fort and the church, and on its west side were the parade and the marketplace. Soon after, several wealthy merchants built substantial houses on that side, including one belonging to the prominent Schout-Fiscal Van Dyck. The east side of Broadway, during the Dutch period, was packed with single-room homes that were barely better than shacks. Eventually, though, some skilled workers moved in and built nicer homes. Their gardens stretched down to the marsh at Broad Street, where they successfully grew cabbages and onions, right where the stock and gold markets are now filled with the excitement of bulls and bears.
Under the English rule Broadway improved rapidly. Substantial dwellings clustered around the Bowling Green. The first, and by far the most elegant of these, was the edifice still known as “No. 1, Broadway,” at present used as a hotel. It was built by Archibald Kennedy, then Collector of the Port of p. 119New York, and afterwards Earl of Cassilis, in the Scotch Peerage. In the colonial times it was frequented by the highest fashion of the city, and during the Revolution was the headquarters of the British General, Sir Henry Clinton. Other noted personages afterwards resided in it. This portion of Broadway escaped the destruction caused by the great fire of 1776, and until about forty years ago preserved its ante-colonial appearance.
Under English rule, Broadway developed quickly. Elegant homes gathered around Bowling Green. The first, and by far the most impressive, was the building still known as “No. 1, Broadway,” which is currently a hotel. It was constructed by Archibald Kennedy, who was then the Collector of the Port of p. 119New York and later became the Earl of Cassilis in the Scottish Peerage. In colonial times, it was a popular spot for the city's elite, and during the Revolution, it served as the headquarters for British General Sir Henry Clinton. Other notable figures lived there afterward. This section of Broadway survived the devastation of the great fire in 1776 and maintained its pre-colonial look until about forty years ago.
This fire destroyed all that part of the street that had been built above Morris street. After the Revolution it was rebuilt more substantially, and many of the most elegant residences in the city were to be found here, between Wall street and the Bowling Green. General Washington resided on the west side of Broadway, just below Trinity Church, during a portion of his Presidential term.
This fire took out everything on that part of the street that had been built over Morris Street. After the Revolution, it was reconstructed in a more solid way, and many of the most elegant homes in the city were located here, between Wall Street and Bowling Green. General Washington lived on the west side of Broadway, just below Trinity Church, for part of his presidential term.
In 1653, the Dutch built a wall across the island at the present Wall street. One of the main gates of this wall was on Broadway, just in front of the present Trinity Church. From this gate a public road, called the “Highway,” continued up the present line of the street to the “Commons,” now the City Hall Park, where it diverged into what is now Chatham street. In 1696 Trinity Church was erected. The churchyard north of the edifice had for some time previous been used as a burying ground.
In 1653, the Dutch built a wall across the island where Wall Street is today. One of the main gates of this wall was on Broadway, right in front of what is now Trinity Church. From this gate, a public road known as the “Highway” ran up the current line of the street to the “Commons,” which is now City Hall Park, where it branched off into what is now Chatham Street. In 1696, Trinity Church was built. The churchyard to the north of the building had been used as a burial ground for some time before that.
Along the east side of Broadway, from Maiden lane to a point about 117 feet north of Fulton street, was a pasture known as the “Shoemaker’s Pasture.” It covered an area of sixteen acres, and was used in common by the shoemakers of the city for the manufacture of leather, their tannery being located in a swampy section, near the junction of Maiden lane and William street. About 1720 the pasture was sold in lots, and Fulton and John streets were extended through it. That part of the tract bounded by the present Broadway, Nassau, Fulton and Ann streets, was for many years occupied by a pleasure resort, known as “Spring Garden.” The tavern occupied the site of the present Herald office. It was here, during the excitement preceding the Revolution, that the “Sons of p. 120Liberty” had their head-quarters. They purchased the building, and named it “Hampden Hall.” It was the scene of many a riot and public disturbance during those stirring times. It was occupied as a dwelling house from the close of the Revolution until 1830, when it was converted into a Museum by John Scudder. In 1840 Phineas T. Barnum became the owner of the building and Museum. After the destruction of the Museum by fire in 1864, Mr. James Gordon Bennett purchased the site, and erected upon it the magnificent office of The Herald.
Along the east side of Broadway, from Maiden Lane to about 117 feet north of Fulton Street, there was a pasture known as the "Shoemaker's Pasture." It covered sixteen acres and was commonly used by the city's shoemakers for leather production, as their tannery was located in a swampy area near the intersection of Maiden Lane and William Street. Around 1720, the pasture was sold off in lots, and Fulton and John Streets were extended through it. The part of the land bordered by the current Broadway, Nassau, Fulton, and Ann Streets was for many years home to a leisure spot called "Spring Garden." The tavern stood where the present Herald office is located. It was here, during the buildup to the Revolution, that the "Sons of Liberty" set up their headquarters. They bought the building and named it "Hampden Hall." It was the site of many riots and public disturbances during those turbulent times. It served as a residence from the end of the Revolution until 1830, when John Scudder turned it into a museum. In 1840, Phineas T. Barnum became the owner of both the building and the museum. After the museum was destroyed by fire in 1864, Mr. James Gordon Bennett bought the site and built the impressive office of The Herald on it.
Trinity Church Farm lay along the west side of Broadway, north of Fulton street. It was divided into lots in 1760, and between that time and 1765, the present St. Paul’s Church was erected on the lower end of it. The street forming the northern boundary of the churchyard was named Vesey, in honor of a former pastor of Trinity.
Trinity Church Farm was located on the west side of Broadway, north of Fulton Street. It was divided into lots in 1760, and between then and 1765, the current St. Paul’s Church was built at its lower end. The street that forms the northern boundary of the churchyard is named Vesey, in honor of a former pastor of Trinity.
In 1738 a public market, 156 feet long, and 20 feet 3½ inches wide, was erected in the middle of Broadway, opposite the present Liberty, then Crown street. It remained there until 1771, when it was removed as a public nuisance.
In 1738, a public market measuring 156 feet long and 20 feet 3½ inches wide was built in the center of Broadway, across from what is now Liberty, then known as Crown Street. It stayed there until 1771 when it was taken down because it was considered a public nuisance.
By the opening of the present century, Broadway had extended above the present City Hall Park, which had been enclosed as a pleasure ground in 1785. It was taken up along its upper portion mainly with cottages, and buildings of a decidedly rustic character. In 1805 the street was paved in front of the Park, and in 1803 the present City Hall was begun on the site of the old Poor House. It was completed in 1812. The principal hotels, and many of the most elegant residences, were to be found at this time on both sides of Broadway between Chambers street and Wall street. In 1810-12 Washington Hall was erected on the southeast corner of Reade street. It was the head-quarters of the old Federal Party, and was subsequently used as a hotel. It was afterwards purchased by Mr. A. T. Stewart, who erected on its site his palatial wholesale store, which extends along Broadway to Chambers street. About the year 1820, the dry goods merchants began to locate themselves on the west side of Broadway near Reade street.
By the start of this century, Broadway had expanded above the current City Hall Park, which had been established as a recreational area in 1785. The upper section mainly featured cottages and buildings with a distinctly rustic vibe. In 1805, the street was paved in front of the Park, and in 1803, the current City Hall was started on the site of the old Poor House. It was finished in 1812. At that time, the main hotels and many of the most elegant homes were located on both sides of Broadway between Chambers Street and Wall Street. From 1810 to 1812, Washington Hall was built on the southeast corner of Reade Street. It served as the headquarters for the old Federal Party and was later used as a hotel. Eventually, it was bought by Mr. A. T. Stewart, who built his grand wholesale store on that site, which stretches along Broadway to Chambers Street. Around 1820, dry goods merchants began to set up shop on the west side of Broadway near Reade Street.
p. 121On the west side of Broadway, above Duane street, was the celebrated Rutgers’ estate, consisting of a fine mansion and large and elaborately laid out grounds. The house was built by Anthony Rutgers in 1730, and occupied by him until his death in 1750. After his death the property was converted into a pleasure garden, known as “The Ranelagh.” It was kept by a Mr. John Jones until a few years before the Revolution. It was a famous resort for the better classes. A complete band was in attendance every Monday and Thursday evening during the summer, and dancing was carried on in a large hall which had been erected in the garden. In 1770, the estate was sold. Five acres, embracing the orchard, were purchased by an association, and in 1773, the New York Hospital was begun on this site. In 1869 the hospital was removed higher up town, the land was sold, and Pearl street was extended through the hospital grounds.
p. 121On the west side of Broadway, above Duane Street, stood the famous Rutgers estate, featuring a beautiful mansion and extensive, well-designed grounds. The house was built by Anthony Rutgers in 1730 and was his home until he passed away in 1750. After his death, the property was turned into a pleasure garden called “The Ranelagh.” It was managed by a Mr. John Jones until a few years before the Revolution. It became a popular destination for the upper classes. A full band played every Monday and Thursday evening during the summer, and dancing took place in a large hall constructed in the garden. In 1770, the estate was sold. An association purchased five acres, including the orchard, and in 1773, construction of the New York Hospital began on this site. In 1869, the hospital was relocated further uptown, the land was sold, and Pearl Street was extended through the hospital grounds.
Between 1774 and 1776 a reservoir for supplying the city with water was erected on the east side of Broadway, near the southeast corner of White street. The water was pumped into the reservoir from wells, and was distributed through the city in wooden pipes. At this time the streets were not opened in this vicinity, and the reservoir is described as standing on an “elevated hill.” In 1810 the reservoir property was sold in lots, the highest price paid per lot being $3000.
Between 1774 and 1776, a water reservoir was built on the east side of Broadway, close to the southeast corner of White Street. The water was pumped into the reservoir from wells and then distributed throughout the city using wooden pipes. At that time, the streets around the area were not yet opened, and the reservoir was described as being on an “elevated hill.” In 1810, the reservoir property was sold in lots, with the highest price for a lot being $3000.
By 1818 Broadway was built up to above Duane street, and in 1826 the Free Masons erected a handsome Gothic Hall, on the east side, between Duane and Pearl streets. The street continued to grow, and about 1830 extended above Canal street. In 1836-39, the Society Library erected a handsome building on the west side, between Howard and Grand streets. In 1853, they sold the building, which fronts sixty feet on Broadway, to D. Appleton & Co., Publishers. By the year 1825, when gas was introduced into the city south of Canal street, the west side of Broadway above Chambers street was the fashionable shopping mart. The cross streets were used mainly for residences, and these daily poured a throng of pedestrians into Broadway, making it the fashionable promenade. At this time long rows p. 122of poplar trees lined the sidewalks. The principal hotels and theatres, restaurants, and pleasure resorts were to be found along the street, and Broadway became what it has since been, a miniature of the great city of which it is the chief artery.
By 1818, Broadway was developed up to above Duane Street, and in 1826, the Free Masons built an impressive Gothic Hall on the east side, between Duane and Pearl Streets. The street kept expanding, and around 1830, it extended above Canal Street. From 1836 to 1839, the Society Library constructed an attractive building on the west side, between Howard and Grand Streets. In 1853, they sold the building, which has a sixty-foot frontage on Broadway, to D. Appleton & Co., Publishers. By 1825, when gas lighting was introduced in the city south of Canal Street, the west side of Broadway above Chambers Street had become the go-to shopping destination. The cross streets were mainly residential, and these neighborhoods sent a steady stream of pedestrians to Broadway, turning it into the popular promenade. At that time, long rows of poplar trees lined the sidewalks. The main hotels, theaters, restaurants, and leisure spots were located along the street, and Broadway became, as it has remained, a microcosm of the vibrant city of which it is the main artery.
After passing Canal street, along which, in the early part of the present century, a considerable stream, spanned at Broadway by a stone bridge, flowed across the island to the Hudson, Broadway grew rapidly. In 1820 the site of the St. Nicholas Hotel was occupied by a store, four dwelling houses, and a coach factory, the last of which was sunk below the level of the street. Back of the present hotel was a hill on which were the remains of an earthwork, thrown up during the Revolution. The hotel was erected in 1852. In 1823 the site of the Metropolitan Hotel was vacant. The block between Prince and Houston streets, on the west side, was occupied by two large houses, a garden, and several shanties.
After passing Canal Street, where a significant stream used to flow across the island to the Hudson River, spanned by a stone bridge at Broadway, the area began to develop quickly. By 1820, the location of the St. Nicholas Hotel was home to a store, four houses, and a coach factory, the latter of which was below street level. Behind the current hotel, there was a hill with remnants of a fortification built during the Revolutionary War. The hotel was established in 1852. In 1823, the site of the Metropolitan Hotel was empty. The block between Prince and Houston streets on the west side had two large houses, a garden, and several shacks.
On the east side of Broadway, above Bleecker street, was a fine pleasure resort, called “Vauxhall Garden.” It was opened by a Frenchman named Delacroix, about the beginning of this century. The location was then beyond the city limits. The Bible House and Cooper Institute mark its eastern boundary. Lafayette Place was cut through it in 1837. Astor Place was its northern boundary, and the site of the Astor Library was within its limits. The entrance to the grounds was on Broadway.
On the east side of Broadway, above Bleecker Street, there was a nice entertainment spot called “Vauxhall Garden.” It was opened by a Frenchman named Delacroix around the start of this century. At that time, the location was beyond the city limits. The Bible House and Cooper Institute marked its eastern boundary. Lafayette Place was built through it in 1837. Astor Place was its northern boundary, and the Astor Library was located within its grounds. The entrance to the garden was on Broadway.
From Astor Place, originally known as Art street, the progress of Broadway was rapid. By the year 1832, it was almost entirely built up to Union Square. In 1846, Grace Church was erected, the original edifice, built about 1800, having stood at the corner of Broadway and Rector streets, just below Trinity Church. In 1850, the Union Place Hotel, corner of Broadway and Fourteenth street, and in 1852, the St. Denis Hotel, corner of Broadway and Eleventh street, were built. Union Square was laid off originally in 1815, and in its present shape in 1832.
From Astor Place, formerly known as Art Street, Broadway developed quickly. By 1832, it was almost completely built up to Union Square. In 1846, Grace Church was built; the original structure, constructed around 1800, had been located at the corner of Broadway and Rector Streets, just south of Trinity Church. In 1850, the Union Place Hotel opened at the corner of Broadway and Fourteenth Street, and in 1852, the St. Denis Hotel was established at the corner of Broadway and Eleventh Street. Union Square was originally laid out in 1815, and its current layout was established in 1832.
Above Union Square, Broadway was originally known as the Bloomingdale road, and was lined with farms and country seats. p. 123Madison Square was laid off about 1841. The Fifth Avenue Hotel was built about fifteen years later, and the remainder of the street is of very recent growth, possessing but little local interest.
Above Union Square, Broadway was originally called the Bloomingdale Road and had farms and country homes along it. p. 123Madison Square was developed around 1841. The Fifth Avenue Hotel was built around fifteen years later, and the rest of the street is a fairly recent development, with not much local significance.
Broadway has grown with the extension of the city northward. The upper blocks of buildings have always been dwelling houses or shanties, and these have given way steadily to the pressure of business below them. In a few years the entire street, from the Central Park to the Bowling Green, will be taken up with substantial and elegant structures suited to the growing needs of the great city. From the imperfect sketch of its history here presented, the reader will see that the growth of the street is divided into distinct periods. Under the Dutch it was built as far as Wall street. The next 100 years carried it to the Park, from which it extended to Duane street, reaching that point about the close of the Revolution. By the opening of the present century it had reached Canal street. Its next advance was to Astor Place. Thence it passed on to a point above Union Square, and thence by a rapid growth to the neighborhood of the Central Park.
Broadway has expanded as the city has developed northward. The upper blocks of buildings have always housed residences or small shacks, which have gradually been replaced by the growing demand for businesses below. In a few years, the entire street, from Central Park to Bowling Green, will be filled with solid and stylish buildings that cater to the city’s increasing needs. From the incomplete outline of its history presented here, readers will see that the street's growth can be divided into distinct stages. Under Dutch rule, it extended to Wall Street. The next 100 years took it to the Park, and then it expanded to Duane Street, reaching that point around the end of the Revolution. By the start of the current century, it had reached Canal Street. Its next leap was to Astor Place, and then it continued growing quickly to the area near Central Park.
II. DESCRIPTIVE.
The most wonderful street in the universe is Broadway. It is a world within itself. It extends throughout the entire length of the island, and is about sixty feet in width. Its chief attractions, however, lie between the Bowling Green and Thirty-fourth street.
The most amazing street in the universe is Broadway. It’s a world all its own. It stretches the full length of the island and is about sixty feet wide. Its main highlights, though, are found between Bowling Green and Thirty-fourth Street.
It begins at the Bowling Green. From this point it extends in a straight line to Fourteenth street and Union Square. Below Wall street it is mainly devoted to the “Express” business, the headquarters and branch offices of nearly all the lines in the country centring here. Opposite Wall street, and on the west side of Broadway, is Trinity Church and its graveyard. From Wall street to Ann street, Insurance Companies, Real p. 124Estate Agents, Banks, Bankers and Brokers predominate. At the southeast corner of Ann street is the magnificent Herald office, and adjoining it the Park Bank. Both buildings are of white marble, and the latter is one of the grandest in the Union. Immediately opposite are St. Paul’s Church and graveyard, just above which is the massive granite front of the Astor House, occupying an entire block, from Vesey to Barclay streets. On the right hand side of the street, at the lower end of the Park, is the unfinished structure of the new Post Office, which will be one of the principal ornaments of the city. In the rear of this are the Park, and the City Hall. Back of the City Hall, and fronting on Chambers street, is the new County Court-House, which proved such a gold mine to the “Ring.” Across the Park you may see Park Row and Printing-House Square, in which are located the offices of nearly all the great “dailies,” p. 125and of many of the weekly papers. Old Tammany Hall once stood on this square at the corner of Frankfort street, but its site is now occupied by the offices of The Sun and Brick Pomeroy’s Democrat—Arcades ambo.
It starts at Bowling Green. From there, it goes in a straight line to Fourteenth Street and Union Square. Below Wall Street, the area is primarily focused on the “Express” business, with the headquarters and branch offices of nearly all the companies in the country located here. Directly across from Wall Street, on the west side of Broadway, is Trinity Church and its graveyard. From Wall Street to Ann Street, you'll find Insurance Companies, Real Estate Agents, Banks, Bankers, and Brokers dominating the area. At the southeast corner of Ann Street is the impressive Herald office, right next to the Park Bank. Both buildings are made of white marble, and the latter is one of the most magnificent in the country. Just across the street are St. Paul’s Church and its graveyard, and just above that is the massive granite front of the Astor House, which occupies an entire block from Vesey to Barclay streets. On the right side of the street, at the lower end of the Park, is the unfinished new Post Office, which will be one of the city's main attractions. Behind this are the Park and City Hall. Behind City Hall, facing Chambers Street, is the new County Courthouse, which was quite a goldmine for the “Ring.” Across the Park, you can see Park Row and Printing-House Square, where the offices of almost all the major daily newspapers and many weekly papers are located. Old Tammany Hall used to be on this square at the corner of Frankfort Street, but now its site is taken up by the offices of The Sun and Brick Pomeroy’s Democrat—Arcades ambo.
Beyond the City Hall, at the northeast corner of Chambers street and Broadway, is “Stewart’s marble dry goods palace,” as it is called. This is the wholesale department of the great house of A. T. Stewart & Co., and extends from Chambers to Reade street. The retail department of this firm is nearly two miles higher up town. Passing along, one sees in glancing up and down the cross streets, long rows of marble, iron, and brown stone warehouses, stretching away for many blocks on either hand, and affording proof positive of the vastness and success of the business transacted in this locality. To the right we catch a distant view of the squalor and misery of the Five Points. On the right hand side of the street, between Leonard p. 126street and Catharine lane, is the imposing edifice of the New York Life Insurance Company, one of the noblest buildings ever erected by private enterprise. It is constructed of white marble.
Beyond City Hall, at the northeast corner of Chambers Street and Broadway, is “Stewart’s marble dry goods palace,” as it’s called. This is the wholesale department of the famous A. T. Stewart & Co., and it stretches from Chambers to Reade Street. The retail department of this firm is nearly two miles further uptown. As you walk by, you can see long rows of marble, iron, and brown stone warehouses lining the cross streets, going on for many blocks in either direction, clearly showing the size and success of the business happening in this area. To the right, you can catch a distant glimpse of the poverty and hardship of Five Points. On the right side of the street, between Leonard p. 126 Street and Catharine Lane, stands the impressive building of the New York Life Insurance Company, one of the grandest structures ever built by a private enterprise. It’s made of white marble.
Crossing Canal street, the widest and most conspicuous we have yet reached, we notice, on the west side, at the corner of Grand street, the beautiful marble building occupied by the wholesale department of Lord & Taylor, rivals of Stewart in the dry-goods trade. The immense brown stone building immediately opposite, is also a wholesale dry-goods house. Between Broome and Spring streets, on the west side, are the marble and brown stone buildings of the St. Nicholas Hotel. Immediately opposite is the Theatre Comique. On the northwest corner of Spring street is the Prescott House. On the southwest corner of Prince street is Ball & Black’s palatial jewelry store. Diagonally opposite is the Metropolitan Hotel, in the rear of which is the theatre known as Niblo’s Garden. In the block above the Metropolitan is the Olympic Theatre. On the west side, between Bleecker and Amity streets, is the huge Grand Central Hotel, one of the most conspicuous objects on the street. Two blocks above, on the same side, is the New York Hotel, immediately opposite which are Lina Edwin’s and the Globe Theatres. On the east side of the street, and covering the entire block bounded by Broadway and Fourth avenue, and Ninth and Tenth streets, is an immense iron structure painted white. This is Stewart’s retail store. It is always filled with ladies engaged in “shopping,” and the streets around it are blocked with carriages. Throngs of elegantly and plainly dressed buyers pass in and out, and the whole scene is animated and interesting. Just above “Stewart’s,” on the same side, is Grace Church, attached to which is the parsonage. At the southwest corner of Eleventh street, is the St. Denis Hotel, and on the northwest corner is the magnificent iron building of the “Methodist Book Concern,” the street floor of which is occupied by McCreery, one of the great dry-goods dealers of the city. At the northeast corner of Thirteenth street, is Wallack’s Theatre. The upper end of the same block is occupied by the Union Square Theatre and a small hotel.
Crossing Canal Street, the widest and most noticeable street we've come to, we see, on the west side at the corner of Grand Street, the stunning marble building housing the wholesale department of Lord & Taylor, competitors of Stewart in the dry goods market. The massive brownstone building directly across the street is also a wholesale dry goods store. Between Broome and Spring Streets on the west side, you can find the marble and brownstone buildings of the St. Nicholas Hotel. Right across from it is the Theatre Comique. On the northwest corner of Spring Street is the Prescott House. On the southwest corner of Prince Street is Ball & Black’s luxurious jewelry store. Diagonally across from there is the Metropolitan Hotel, behind which is the theater known as Niblo’s Garden. In the block above the Metropolitan is the Olympic Theatre. On the west side, between Bleecker and Amity Streets, stands the gigantic Grand Central Hotel, one of the most prominent buildings on the street. Two blocks up, on the same side, is the New York Hotel, right across from which are Lina Edwin’s and the Globe Theatres. On the east side of the street, covering the entire block bordered by Broadway and Fourth Avenue, and Ninth and Tenth Streets, is a huge iron structure painted white. This is Stewart’s retail store. It is always bustling with women out shopping, and the surrounding streets are filled with carriages. Crowds of elegantly and simply dressed shoppers come and go, making the whole scene lively and engaging. Just above Stewart’s, on the same side, is Grace Church, which includes the parsonage. At the southwest corner of Eleventh Street is the St. Denis Hotel, and on the northwest corner is the impressive iron building housing the “Methodist Book Concern,” with the ground floor occupied by McCreery, one of the leading dry goods merchants in the city. At the northeast corner of Thirteenth Street is Wallack’s Theatre. The upper end of the same block is home to the Union Square Theatre and a small hotel.
At Fourteenth street we enter Union Square, once a fashionable place of residence, but now giving way to business houses and hotels. Broadway passes around it in a northwesterly direction. On the west side of Union Square, at the southwest corner of Fifteenth street, is the famous establishment of Tiffany & Co., an iron building, erected at an immense cost, and filled with the largest and finest collection of jewelry, articles of vertu, and works of art in America. In the middle of the block above, occupying the ground floor of Decker’s Piano Building, is Brentano’s, the “great literary headquarters” of New York.
At Fourteenth Street, we enter Union Square, which was once a trendy residential area but is now turning into business establishments and hotels. Broadway runs around it in a northwestern direction. On the west side of Union Square, at the southwest corner of Fifteenth Street, is the famous Tiffany & Co. building, an iron structure built at a huge cost, housing the largest and finest collection of jewelry, luxury items, and artworks in America. In the middle of the block above, on the ground floor of Decker’s Piano Building, is Brentano’s, the "great literary headquarters" of New York.
Leaving Union Square behind us, we pass into Broadway again at Seventeenth street. On the west side, occupying the entire block from Eighteenth to Nineteenth streets, is a magnificent building of white marble used by a number of retail merchants. The upper end, comprising nearly one half of the block, is occupied by Arnold, Constable & Co., one of the most fashionable retail dry-goods houses. At the southwest corner of Twentieth street, is the magnificent iron retail dry-goods store of Lord & Taylor—perhaps the most popular house in the p. 128city with residents. The “show windows” of this house are always filled with a magnificent display of the finest goods, and attract crowds of gazers.
Leaving Union Square behind us, we head back to Broadway at Seventeenth Street. On the west side, taking up the entire block from Eighteenth to Nineteenth Streets, is a stunning white marble building used by several retail merchants. The upper section, making up nearly half the block, is occupied by Arnold, Constable & Co., one of the trendiest retail dry-goods stores. At the southwest corner of Twentieth Street is the impressive iron retail dry-goods store of Lord & Taylor—possibly the most popular shop in the p. 128city among locals. The “show windows” of this store are always filled with a spectacular display of top-quality goods, attracting crowds of onlookers.
At Twenty-third street, Broadway crosses Fifth avenue obliquely, going toward the northwest. At the northwest corner of Twenty-third street, and extending to Twenty-fourth street, is the Fifth Avenue Hotel, built of white marble, one of the finest and handsomest buildings of its kind in the world. Just opposite is Madison Square, extending from Fifth to Madison avenues. The block from Twenty-fourth to Twenty-fifth streets is occupied by the Albemarle and Hoffman Houses, in the order named, both of white marble. Just opposite, at the junction of Broadway and Fifth avenue, is a handsome granite obelisk, with appropriate ornaments in bronze, erected to the memory of General W. J. Worth. Immediately beyond this is the Worth House, fronting on Broadway and Fifth avenue. The vicinity of Madison Square is the brightest, prettiest, and liveliest portion of the great city. At the southwest corner of Twenty-sixth street is the St. James’ Hotel, also of white marble, and just opposite is the “Stevens’ House,” an immense building constructed on the French plan of “flats,” and rented in suites of apartments. Between Twenty-seventh and Twenty-eighth streets, on the west side, is the Coleman House. At the southeast corner of Twenty-ninth street is the Sturtevant House. At the northeast corner of Twenty-ninth street is the Gilsey House, a magnificent structure of iron, painted white. Diagonally opposite is Wood’s Museum. At the southeast corner of Thirty-first street is the Grand Hotel, a handsome marble building. The only hotel of importance above this is the St. Cloud, at the southeast corner of Forty-second street.
At Twenty-third Street, Broadway crosses Fifth Avenue at an angle, heading northwest. At the northwest corner of Twenty-third Street and extending to Twenty-fourth Street is the Fifth Avenue Hotel, made of white marble and one of the finest-looking buildings of its kind in the world. Directly across from it is Madison Square, which stretches from Fifth Avenue to Madison Avenue. The block from Twenty-fourth to Twenty-fifth Streets is home to the Albemarle and Hoffman Houses, in that order, both made of white marble. Right across from this, at the intersection of Broadway and Fifth Avenue, stands an impressive granite obelisk adorned with bronze decorations, dedicated to the memory of General W. J. Worth. Just beyond that is the Worth House, facing Broadway and Fifth Avenue. The area around Madison Square is the brightest, nicest, and most lively part of the big city. On the southwest corner of Twenty-sixth Street is the St. James Hotel, also made of white marble, and directly across from it is the “Stevens’ House,” a large building designed as “flats” in the French style, rented out as apartment suites. Between Twenty-seventh and Twenty-eighth Streets, on the west side, is the Coleman House. At the southeast corner of Twenty-ninth Street is the Sturtevant House. On the northeast corner of Twenty-ninth Street is the Gilsey House, a magnificent iron structure painted white. Diagonally across from it is Wood’s Museum. On the southeast corner of Thirty-first Street is the Grand Hotel, an attractive marble building. The only significant hotel above this is the St. Cloud, located at the southeast corner of Forty-second Street.
At Thirty-fourth street, Broadway crosses Sixth avenue, and at Forty-fourth street it crosses Seventh avenue, still going in a northwesterly direction. It is but little improved above Thirty-fourth street, though it is believed the next few years will witness important changes in this quarter.
At Thirty-fourth Street, Broadway crosses Sixth Avenue, and at Forty-fourth Street, it crosses Seventh Avenue, still heading in a northwest direction. It's not much better developed above Thirty-fourth Street, but it's thought that the next few years will bring significant changes to this area.
There are no street car tracks on Broadway below Fourteenth street, and in that section “stages,” or omnibuses, monopolize p. 129the public travel. Several hundreds of these traverse the street from the lower ferries as far as Twenty-third street, turning off at various points into the side streets and avenues.
There are no streetcar tracks on Broadway below Fourteenth Street, and in that area, “stages” or buses dominate public transport. Several hundred of these vehicles travel along the street from the lower ferries all the way to Twenty-third Street, turning off at various points into the side streets and avenues.
Below Twenty-ninth street, and especially below Union Square, the street is built up magnificently. From Union Square to the Bowling Green, a distance of three miles, it is lined on each side with magnificent structures of marble, brown, p. 130Portland, and Ohio stones, granite, and iron. No street in the world surpasses it in the grandeur and variety of its architectural display. Some of the European cities contain short streets of greater beauty, and some of our American cities contain limited vistas as fine, but the great charm, the chief claim of Broadway to its fame, is the extent of its grand display. For three miles it presents an unbroken vista, and the surface is sufficiently undulating to enable one to command a view of the entire street from any point between Tenth street and the Bowling Green. Seen from one of the hotel balconies, the effect is very fine. The long line of the magnificent thoroughfare stretches away into the far distance. The street is thronged with a dense and rapidly moving mass of men, animals, and vehicles of every description. The effect is unbroken, but the different colors of the buildings give to it a variety that is startling and pleasing. In the morning the throng is all pouring one way—down town; and in the afternoon the tide flows in the opposite direction. Everybody is in a hurry at such times. Towards afternoon the crowd is more leisurely, for the promenaders and loungers are out. Then Broadway is in its glory.
Below Twenty-ninth Street, especially below Union Square, the street is impressively developed. From Union Square to Bowling Green, a stretch of three miles, it’s lined on both sides with stunning buildings made of marble, brownstone, Portland, and Ohio stones, granite, and iron. No street in the world compares to it in the grandeur and variety of its architectural display. Some European cities have shorter streets of greater beauty, and some American cities have limited views that are just as nice, but Broadway’s main draw is its sheer **extent** of impressive display. For three miles, it offers an uninterrupted view, and the landscape is just hilly enough that you can see the whole street from any point between Tenth Street and Bowling Green. Seen from one of the hotel balconies, it looks incredible. The long line of this magnificent thoroughfare extends into the distance. The street is crowded with a bustling and quickly moving mass of people, animals, and vehicles of all kinds. The view is continuous, but the different colors of the buildings add a surprising and pleasing variety. In the morning, the crowd is all heading one way—downtown; and in the afternoon, the flow reverses. Everyone is in a hurry during those times. By afternoon, the crowd moves more leisurely, as strollers and loiterers are out. That's when Broadway truly shines.
Oftentimes the throng of vehicles is so dense that the streets are quickly “jammed.” Carriages, wagons, carts, omnibuses, and trucks are packed together in the most helpless confusion. At such times the police are quickly on hand, and take possession of the street. The scene is thrilling. A stranger feels sure that this struggling mass of horses and vehicles can never be made to resume their course in good order, without loss of life or limb to man or beast, or to both, and the shouts and oaths of the drivers fairly bewilder him. In a few minutes, however, he sees a squad of gigantic policemen dash into the throng of vehicles. They are masters of the situation, and wo to the driver who dares disobey their sharp and decisive commands. The shouts and curses cease, the vehicles move on one at a time in the routes assigned them, and soon the street is clear again, to be “blocked” afresh, perhaps, in a similar manner in less than an hour. Upwards of 20,000 vehicles daily traverse this great thoroughfare.
Often, the crowd of vehicles is so thick that the streets quickly get "jammed." Carriages, wagons, carts, buses, and trucks are all packed together in utter chaos. At times like this, the police quickly show up and take control of the street. It's an exciting scene. A newcomer might think that this struggling mass of horses and vehicles can never sort itself out without someone getting hurt—either people or animals—or both, and the shouting and swearing of the drivers can be overwhelming. However, in just a few minutes, he sees a group of large policemen rush into the jumble of vehicles. They're in charge, and woe to the driver who dares to ignore their firm commands. The shouting and swearing stop, the vehicles start to move one by one along their assigned paths, and soon the street is clear again, likely to be "blocked" once more in a similar way in less than an hour. More than 20,000 vehicles travel this major route every day.
p. 131It is always a difficult matter for a pedestrian to cross the lower part of Broadway in the busy season. Ladies, old persons, and children find it impossible to do so without the aid of the police, whose duty it is to make a passage for them through the crowd of vehicles. A bridge was erected in 1866 at the corner of Fulton street, for the purpose of enabling pedestrians to pass over the heads of the throng in the streets. Few persons used it, however, except to witness the magnificent panorama of the street, and it was taken down.
p. 131It's always tough for pedestrians to cross the lower part of Broadway during the busy season. Women, elderly people, and children can hardly manage it without help from the police, whose job is to clear a path for them through the sea of vehicles. A bridge was built in 1866 at the corner of Fulton Street to help pedestrians get over the crowds in the streets. However, not many people used it, except to enjoy the stunning view of the street, and it was eventually taken down.
Seen from the lofty spire of Trinity Church, the street presents a singular appearance. The perspective is closed by Grace Church, at Tenth street. The long lines of passers and carriages take distinct shapes, and seem like immense black bands moving slowly in opposite directions. The men seem like pigmies, and the horses like dogs. There is no confusion, however. The eye readily masses into one line all going in the same direction. Each one is hurrying on at the top of his speed, but from this lofty perch they all seem to be crawling at a snail’s pace.
Seen from the tall spire of Trinity Church, the street has a unique look. The view is blocked by Grace Church at Tenth Street. The long lines of people and carriages form distinct shapes and appear like huge black bands moving slowly in opposite directions. The men look tiny, and the horses seem like dogs. However, there’s no chaos. The eye easily groups everything moving in the same direction into one line. Each person is rushing at full speed, but from this high viewpoint, they all seem to be crawling at a snail’s pace.
The display in the windows of the Broadway stores is rich, beautiful, and tempting. Jewels, silks, satins, laces, ribbons, household goods, silverware, toys, paintings, in short, rare, costly, and beautiful objects of every description greet the gazer on every hand. All that is necessary for the comfort of life, all that ministers to luxury and taste, can be found here in the great thoroughfare. And it is a mistake to suppose, as many persons do, that “Broadway prices” are higher than those of other localities. The best goods in the city are to be found here, and they bring only what they are worth, and no more. Yet it must not be supposed that all Broadway dealers are models of honesty. Everything has its price in the great street—even virtue and honesty. By the side of merchants whose names are synonymous for integrity are to be found some of the most cunning and successful scoundrels. Broadway is an eminently cheerful street. On every hand one sees evidences of prosperity and wealth. No unsuccessful man can remain in the street. Poverty and failure have no place there. Even sin shows its most attractive guise in Broadway.
The displays in the windows of the Broadway stores are vibrant, stunning, and alluring. Jewels, silks, satins, laces, ribbons, home goods, silverware, toys, paintings—basically, rare, expensive, and beautiful items of all kinds greet the eye in every direction. Everything needed for a comfortable life, as well as what appeals to luxury and style, can be found here in the bustling street. It's a misconception, as many people think, that “Broadway prices” are higher than those in other areas. The best products in the city are here, and they cost only what they’re actually worth, no more. However, it shouldn’t be assumed that all Broadway vendors are honest. Everything has its price on this busy street—even virtue and integrity. Next to merchants known for their integrity are some of the most sly and successful con artists. Broadway is a lively street. Everywhere you look, there are signs of wealth and success. No unsuccessful person can stay on this street. Poverty and failure have no place here. Even wrongdoing displays its most appealing facade on Broadway.
p. 133The side-walks are always crowded, even in the summer, when “everybody is out of town,” and this throng of passers-by constitutes one of the most attractive features of the scene. Every class, every shade of nationality and character, is represented here. America, Europe, Asia, Africa, and even Oceanica, each has its representatives. High and low, rich and poor, pass along at a rate of speed peculiar to New York, and positively bewildering to a stranger. No one seems to think of any one but himself, and each one jostles his neighbor or brushes by him with an indifference amusing to behold. Fine gentlemen in broadcloth, ladies in silks and jewels, and beggars in squalid rags, are mingled in true Republican confusion. The bustle and uproar are very great, generally making it impossible to converse in an ordinary tone. From early morn till after midnight the throng pours on.
p. 133The sidewalks are always packed, even in the summer when “everyone is out of town,” and this crowd of people is one of the most appealing aspects of the scene. Every social class, nationality, and personality is represented here. America, Europe, Asia, Africa, and even Oceania each have their representatives. Rich and poor, high and low, all move at a pace unique to New York, which can be downright baffling to outsiders. No one seems to consider anyone but themselves, and each person pushes past their neighbor or brushes by them with an indifference that's amusing to watch. Elegant men in tailored suits, women in silk and diamonds, and beggars in tattered clothes all mix together in true democratic chaos. The hustle and noise are overwhelming, usually making it impossible to have a normal conversation. From early morning until after midnight, the crowd keeps coming.
At night the scene is different, but still brilliant. The vehicles in the street consist almost entirely of carriages and omnibuses, each with its lamps of different colors. They go dancing down the long vista like so many fire-flies. The shop-windows are brightly lighted, and the monster hotels pour out a flood of radiance from their myriads of lamps. Here and there a brilliant reflector at the door of some theatre, sends its dazzling white rays streaming along the street for several blocks. Below Canal street Broadway is dark and silent, but above that point it is as bright as day, and fairly alive with people. Those who are out now are mostly bent on pleasure, and the street resounds with cheerful voices and merry laughter, over which occasionally rises a drunken howl. Strains of music or bursts of applause float out on the night air from places of amusement, not all of which are reputable. Here and there a crowd has collected to listen to the music and songs of some of the wandering minstrels with which the city abounds. Gaudily painted transparencies allure the unwary to the vile concert saloons in the cellars below the street. The restaurants and cafés are ablaze with light, and are liberally patronized by the lovers of good living. Here and there, sometimes alone, and sometimes in couples, you see women, mainly young, and all p. 134flashily dressed, walking rapidly, with a peculiar gait, and glancing quickly but searchingly at every man they pass. You can single them out at a glance from the respectable women who happen to be out alone at this time. They are the “street walkers,” seeking companions from among the passers-by. Some of them are mere children, and the heart aches to see the poor creatures at their fearful work. The police do not allow these women to stop and converse with men on Broadway, and when they find a companion they turn off promptly into a side street, and disappear with him in the darkness.
At night, the scene changes but remains lively. The streets are filled mostly with carriages and buses, each lit with differently colored lamps. They move down the long stretch like fireflies. The shop windows are brightly lit, and the grand hotels spill light from their countless lamps. Occasionally, a bright spotlight at the entrance of a theater sends dazzling white beams streaming down the street for several blocks. Below Canal Street, Broadway is dark and quiet, but above that, it’s as bright as day and bustling with people. Those out now are mainly looking for fun, and the street is filled with cheerful voices and laughter, occasionally interrupted by a drunken shout. Sounds of music or bursts of applause drift through the night from entertainment venues, not all of which are reputable. Here and there, crowds gather to hear the music and songs of wandering performers, who are plentiful in the city. Gaudily painted signs tempt the unsuspecting into the disreputable concert saloons in the basements below street level. The restaurants and cafés are lit up and heavily frequented by those who enjoy good food. Sometimes alone, sometimes in pairs, you can spot women, mostly young and all p. 134flashily dressed, walking quickly with a distinct stride, casting quick but searching glances at every man they pass. They stand out from the respectable women who happen to be out alone at this hour. They are the “street walkers,” looking for companions among the passersby. Some are barely children, and it’s heart-wrenching to see them in their desperate situation. The police prevent these women from stopping and chatting with men on Broadway; when they find a companion, they quickly shift into a side street and vanish into the darkness.
Towards eleven o’clock the theatres pour out their throngs of spectators, who come to swell the crowd on Broadway, and for a little while the noise and confusion are almost as great as in the day. Then the restaurants will close, and the street will gradually become deserted and dark, tenanted only by the giant policemen; and for a few hours the great city will be wrapped in silence and slumber.
Towards eleven o’clock, the theaters release their crowd of spectators, who join the throng on Broadway, and for a bit, the noise and chaos are nearly as loud as during the day. Then the restaurants will close, and the street will slowly become empty and dark, occupied only by the towering policemen; and for a few hours, the great city will be wrapped in silence and sleep.
p. 135VI. SOCIETY.
I. ANALYTICAL.
All the world over, poverty is a misfortune. In New York it is a crime. Here, as in no other place in the country, men struggle for wealth. They toil, they suffer privations, they plan and scheme, and execute with a persistency that often wins the success they covet. The chief effort of every man and woman in the great city is to secure wealth. Man is a social being—woman much more so—and here wealth is an absolute necessity to the enjoyment of social pleasures. Society here is organized upon a pecuniary basis, and stands not as it should upon the personal merits of those who compose it, but upon a pile of bank-books. In other cities, poor men, who are members of families which command respect for their talents or other admirable qualities, or who have merit of their own sufficient to entitle them to such recognition, are welcomed into what are called the “Select Circles” with as much cordiality as though they were millionaires. In New York, however, men and women are judged by their bank accounts. The most illiterate boor, the most unprincipled knave finds the door of fashion open to him, while St. Peter himself, if he came “without purse or scrip,” would see it closed in his face.
All around the world, poverty is an unfortunate reality. In New York, it feels like a crime. Here, more than anywhere else in the country, people fight for wealth. They work hard, endure hardships, make plans and plots, and pursue their goals with a determination that often leads to the success they desire. The main focus of every man and woman in this great city is to gain wealth. Humans are social creatures—women even more so—and in this city, wealth is essential for enjoying social activities. Society is structured based on money, rather than on the personal qualities of its members, resting instead on a mountain of bank accounts. In other cities, poor individuals from families known for their talents or admirable traits, or who possess their own merit sufficient for recognition, are welcomed into so-called “Select Circles” just as warmly as if they were millionaires. However, in New York, people are judged by their bank balances. The most uneducated fool, the most unscrupulous person can find their way into fashionable circles, while even St. Peter himself, if he arrived “without purse or scrip,” would have the door shut in his face.
Society in New York is made up of many elements, the principal of which it is proposed to examine, but, unfortunately, wealth is the one thing needful in most of the classes into which it is divided. Nor is this strange. The majority of p. 136fashionable people have never known any of the arts and refinements of civilization except those which mere wealth can purchase. Money raised them from the dregs of life, and they are firm believers in it. Without education, without social polish, they see themselves courted and fawned upon for their wealth, and they naturally suppose that there is nothing else “good under the sun.”
Society in New York consists of many components, the main one we plan to focus on, but, unfortunately, wealth is the essential factor in most of the groups it's divided into. This isn't surprising. Most of the fashionable people have never experienced the art and sophistication of civilization beyond what money can buy. Wealth lifted them from the lowest points of life, and they strongly believe in it. Lacking education and social grace, they find themselves sought after and flattered for their riches, and they naturally think that there's nothing else "good under the sun."
Those who claim precedence base their demand upon their descent from the original Dutch settlers, and style themselves “the old Knickerbockers.” The majority of these are very wealthy, and have inherited their fortunes from their ancestors. They are owners of valuable real estate, much of which is located in the very heart of the city. The incomes derived from such property are large and certain. They are frequently persons of cultivation, and were it not for their affectation of superiority, would, as a class, be decidedly clever people, even if many of them are stupid. They make an effort to have their surroundings as clumsy and as old-fashioned as possible, as a mark of their Dutch descent. They sport crests and coats of arms such as the simple old Dutchmen of New Amsterdam never dreamed of; and rely more upon the merits of their forefathers than upon their own. They are extremely exclusive, and rarely associate with any but those who can “show as pure a pedigree.” Their disdain of those whose families are not as “old” as their own is oftentimes amusing, and subjects them to ridicule, which they bear with true Dutch stolidity. They improve in their peculiar qualities with each generation, and the present pompous Knickerbocker who drives in the Park in solemn state in his heavy chariot, and looks down with disdain upon all whose blood is not as Dutch as his own, is a very different personage from his great ancestor, the original Knickerbocker, who hawked fish about the streets of New Amsterdam, or tanned leather down in “the swamp.”
Those who claim to be the first in line base their claim on their descent from the original Dutch settlers and refer to themselves as “the old Knickerbockers.” Most of them are quite wealthy, having inherited their fortunes from their ancestors. They own valuable real estate, much of which is located right in the heart of the city. The income from this property is large and reliable. They are often cultured individuals, and if it weren’t for their pretentious attitude, they would be considered a smart group, even if many of them are not particularly bright. They try to make their surroundings look as awkward and old-fashioned as possible to show off their Dutch heritage. They display family crests and coats of arms that the simple old Dutchmen of New Amsterdam would never have imagined; they depend more on the achievements of their ancestors than on their own. They are extremely exclusive and hardly associate with anyone who can’t “prove as pure a pedigree.” Their disregard for those whose families aren’t as “old” as theirs is often amusing, leading to ridicule that they endure with typical Dutch stoicism. Each generation seems to enhance their unique traits, and the current pompous Knickerbocker who drives in the Park with a heavy carriage, looking down on anyone whose blood isn’t as Dutch as his own, is very different from his great ancestor, the original Knickerbocker, who sold fish on the streets of New Amsterdam or tanned leather down in “the swamp.”
Strange to say, the Knickerbocker class receives fresh additions every year. Each new comer has a Van to his name, and can show a string of portraits of yellow-faced worthies, in leather breeches, and ruffles, and wigs, which he points to with p. 138pride as his “ancestors.” The statistician would be sorely perplexed in attempting to ascertain the number of Dutch settlers in New Amsterdam were he to trace back the pedigrees of the present Knickerbockers, for if the claims of the present generation be admitted, one of two things is sure—either the departed Dutchmen must have been more “numerous fathers” than they cared to admit at the time, or the original population has been underestimated.
It's strange to think that the Knickerbocker class welcomes new members every year. Each newcomer has a Van in their name, and they can proudly show off a series of portraits of notable figures with yellow faces, dressed in leather pants, ruffles, and wigs, which they proudly refer to as their “ancestors.” A statistician would be really confused trying to figure out how many Dutch settlers were in New Amsterdam if they looked into the family histories of the current Knickerbockers. If we accept the claims of this generation, one of two things must be true—either the deceased Dutchmen had more “numerous fathers” than they were willing to admit back then, or the original population has been underestimated.
The next in order are those who, while making no boast of family, are persons who have inherited large wealth from several generations of ancestors. Freed from the necessity of earning their livings, they have an abundance of leisure in which to cultivate the “small sweet courtesies of life.” They are neither shoddyites nor snobs, and while there are many who do no credit to their class, they constitute one of the pleasantest portions of metropolitan society. They furnish some of the most agreeable men, and some of the most beautiful and charming women in the city. Their homes are elegant, and abound in evidences of the taste of their owners, who spend their money liberally in support of literature and the arts. Here are to be found some of the rarest works of European and American masters. Unfortunately this class of New Yorkers is not very large. It is destined to increase, however, with the growth of wealth in the city. Good men, who have begun where the forefathers of these people started, will constantly contribute their children to swell this class, in which will always be collected those who unite true merit to great wealth, those who are proud of their country and its institutions, contented with its customs, and possessed of too much good sense to try to add to their importance by a ridiculous assumption of “aristocratic birth,” or a pitiful imitation of the manners of the great of other lands.
The next group consists of people who, without bragging about their lineage, have inherited significant wealth from generations of ancestors. Free from the need to earn a living, they enjoy plenty of leisure time to nurture the "small sweet courtesies of life." They are neither pretentious nor snobbish, and while there are some who don’t represent their class well, they make up one of the most pleasant parts of city society. They include some of the most likable men and some of the most beautiful and charming women in town. Their homes are classy and filled with signs of their owners' good taste, as they generously support literature and the arts. Here, you can find some of the rarest works by European and American masters. Unfortunately, this class of New Yorkers isn’t very large. However, it will likely grow with the city's increasing wealth. Good people, who have started from the same point as these individuals' ancestors, will continually add their children to this group, where true merit combines with great wealth. They take pride in their country and its institutions, are content with its customs, and have too much sense to try to inflate their importance by claiming "aristocratic birth" or imitating the manners of the elite from other countries.
The third class may be said to consist of those who value culture and personal excellence above riches. There is not much individual wealth in this class, but its members may be regarded as “persons in comfortable circumstances.” They are better educated, have more correct tastes, and do the most to give to New York society its best and most attractive features. p. 139It is a class to which merit is a sure passport. It is modest and unassuming, free from ostentatious parade, and, fortunately, is growing rapidly. It is made up of professional men of all kinds, clergymen, lawyers, poets, authors, physicians, painters, sculptors, journalists, scientific men, and actors, and their families. Its tone is vigorous and healthy, and it is sufficiently free from forms to make it independent, and possessed of means enough to enable it to pursue its objects without hindrance.
The third class includes those who prioritize culture and personal achievement over wealth. While this class may not have much individual money, its members can be seen as “people in comfortable situations.” They are better educated, have more refined tastes, and contribute significantly to making New York society its best and most appealing. p. 139This class values merit and embraces modesty, avoiding flashy displays, and, fortunately, is expanding quickly. It consists of professionals of all kinds—clergy, lawyers, poets, authors, doctors, artists, journalists, scientists, and actors, along with their families. Its atmosphere is vibrant and healthy, and it's flexible enough to remain independent while having enough resources to pursue its goals without obstacles.
The remainder of those who constitute what is called society are the “New Rich,” or as they are sometimes termed, the “Shoddyites.” They constitute the majority of the fashionables, and their influence is felt in every department of domestic life. They are ridiculed by every satirist, yet they increase. Every year makes fresh accessions to their ranks, and their follies and extravagances multiply in proportion. They occupy the majority of the mansions in the fashionable streets, crowd the public thoroughfares and the Park with their costly and showy equipages, and flaunt their wealth so coarsely and offensively in the faces of their neighbors, that many good people have come to believe that riches and vulgarity are inseparable. They make themselves the most conspicuous, and are at once accepted by strangers as the “best society” of the metropolis.
The rest of the people who make up what we call society are the “New Rich,” or as they’re sometimes known, the “Shoddyites.” They make up the majority of the fashionable crowd, and their influence is felt in every aspect of everyday life. They’re mocked by every satirist, yet they keep growing in number. Each year, more join their ranks, and their absurdities and excesses multiply accordingly. They occupy most of the mansions on the trendy streets, fill the public areas and the Park with their expensive and flashy vehicles, and display their wealth so overtly and obnoxiously to their neighbors that many decent people have come to think that wealth and bad taste are one and the same. They’re the most noticeable, and strangers readily accept them as the “best society” in the city.
They are almost without exception persons who have risen from the ranks. This is not to their discredit. On the contrary, every American is proud to boast that this is emphatically the land of self-made men, that here it is within the power of any one to rise as high in the social or political scale as his abilities will carry him. The persons to whom we refer, however, affect to despise this. They take no pride in the institutions which have been so beneficial to them, but look down with supreme disdain upon those who are working their way up. They are ashamed of their origin, and you cannot offend one of them more than to hint that you knew him a few years ago as a mechanic or a shopkeeper.
They are almost always people who have moved up from lower positions. This isn’t a bad thing at all. In fact, every American takes pride in saying that this is truly the land of self-made individuals, where anyone has the chance to rise as far up the social or political ladder as their abilities allow. However, the people we’re talking about pretend to look down on this. They feel no pride in the systems that have helped them, but instead, they look down with total disdain at those who are trying to climb up. They are embarrassed by their origins, and you can't offend one of them more than by suggesting you knew them a few years ago as a mechanic or a shopkeeper.
Some of the “fashionables” appear very unexpectedly before the world. But a short while ago a family may have been living in the humbler quarter of the city, or even in a tenement p. 140house. A sudden fortunate speculation on the part of the husband, or father, may have brought them enormous wealth in the course of a few days. A change is instantly made from the humble abode to a mansion on Fifth or Madison avenue. The newly acquired wealth is liberally expended in “fitting up,” and the lucky possessors of it boldly burst upon the world of fashion as stars of the first magnitude. They are courted by all the newly rich, and invitations to the houses of other “stars” are showered upon them. They may be rude, ignorant, uncouth in manner, but they have wealth, and that is all that is required. They are lucky indeed, if they hold their positions long. A few manage to retain the wealth which comes to them thus suddenly, but as a rule those who are simply lucky at the outset, find Dame Fortune a very capricious goddess, and at the next turn of her wheel pass off the stage to make room for others who are soon to share the same fate.
Some of the "fashionable" people appear in public quite unexpectedly. Not long ago, a family might have been living in a less affluent part of the city, or even in a run-down apartment building. A sudden, lucky investment by the husband or father could have made them incredibly wealthy in just a few days. They quickly move from their modest home to a mansion on Fifth or Madison Avenue. The newly acquired wealth is generously spent on renovations, and the fortunate owners confidently step into the world of high society as major players. They are sought after by other newly wealthy individuals, and invitations from other "stars" flood in. They might be rude, uninformed, or awkward, but they have money, and that's all that really matters. They are truly fortunate if they manage to keep their status for long. A few will retain the wealth that comes to them so quickly, but usually, those who are simply lucky at first find that Lady Luck is a very unreliable goddess, and with the next twist of her wheel, they fade out to make space for others who will soon face the same outcome.
During the oil speculations, and during the war, the shoddy class was largely increased by those who were made suddenly and unexpectedly rich by lucky ventures in petroleum lands and stocks, and by army contracts. Now other speculations provide recruits for this class, to which Wall street is constantly sending fresh “stars” to blaze awhile in the firmament of society, and then to make way for others. The shoddy element is not, however, confined to those who acquire wealth with rapidity or by speculations. There are many who rise very slowly and painfully in the world, who, when blessed with fortune, throw themselves headlong into the arms of “shoddy.”
During the oil boom and throughout the war, the shoddy class greatly expanded as people suddenly and unexpectedly became wealthy through lucky investments in oil fields and stocks, as well as military contracts. Now, new investments keep adding to this class, with Wall Street constantly introducing fresh "stars" to shine for a while in society before making room for others. However, the shoddy element isn't limited to those who gain wealth quickly or through speculation. There are many who climb slowly and with great effort in life, and when they do find success, they dive headfirst into the world of "shoddy."
It is not difficult to recognize these persons. They dress not only handsomely, but magnificently, making up in display what they lack in taste. They cover themselves with jewels, and their diamonds, worn on ordinary occasions, might in some instances rival the state gems of European sovereigns. Their rough, hard hands, coarse faces, loud voices, bad English, and vulgar manners contrast strikingly with the splendors with which they surround themselves. They wear their honors uneasily, showing how little they are accustomed to such things. They look down with disdain upon all less fortunate in wealth p. 141than themselves, and worship as demi-gods those whose bank accounts are larger than their own. They are utterly lacking in personal dignity, and substitute for that quality a supercilious hauteur.
It's easy to spot these people. They dress not just well, but extravagantly, compensating for their lack of taste with flashy displays. They adorn themselves with jewels, and their diamonds, worn on regular days, might sometimes rival the royal gems of European monarchs. Their rough hands, coarse faces, loud voices, poor English, and uncouth behavior clash sharply with the luxury they surround themselves with. They seem uncomfortable wearing their accolades, revealing how unaccustomed they are to such things. They look down on anyone less wealthy than themselves and idolize those with larger bank accounts as if they were demigods. They completely lack personal dignity, replacing it with a condescending arrogance. p. 141
II. FASHIONABLE EXTRAVAGANCE.
Extravagance is the besetting sin of New York society. Money is absolutely thrown away. Fortunes are spent every year in dress and in all sorts of follies. Houses are fitted up and furnished in the most sumptuous style, the building and its contents being sometimes worth a million of dollars. People live up to every cent of their incomes, and often beyond them. It is no uncommon occurrence for a fine mansion, its furniture, pictures, and even the jewels of its occupants, to be pledged to some usurer for the means with which to carry on this life of luxury. Each person strives to outdo his or her acquaintances. Those who have studied the matter find no slight cause for alarm in the rapid spread of extravagance among all classes of the city people, for the evil is not confined to the wealthy. They might afford it, but people of moderate means, who cannot properly make such a heavy outlay, are among those most guilty of the fault.
Extravagance is the major flaw of New York society. Money is literally thrown away. Fortunes are spent every year on clothing and all kinds of foolishness. Houses are decorated and furnished in the most luxurious ways, sometimes worth a million dollars. People spend every penny of their income, often going overboard. It’s not unusual for a beautiful mansion, along with its furniture, artwork, and even the occupants' jewelry, to be pawned to some loan shark just to maintain this lavish lifestyle. Everyone tries to outdo each other. Those who have looked into this issue see a serious reason for concern about the swift rise of extravagance across all social classes in the city, as this problem isn’t just limited to the rich. They may be able to afford it, but people with average incomes, who can’t really make such a massive expenditure, are often the most guilty of this behavior.
In no other city of the land is there to be seen such magnificent dressing on the part of the ladies as in New York. The amount of money and time expended here on dress is amazing. There are two objects in view in all this—the best dressed woman at a ball or party is not only sure to outshine her sisters there present, but is certain to have the satisfaction next day of seeing her magnificence celebrated in some of the city journals. Her vanity and love of distinction are both gratified in this way, and such a triumph is held to be worth any expense. There is not an evening gathering but is graced by the presence of ladies clad in a style of magnificence which reminds one of the princesses in the fairy tales. Says a recent writer:
In no other city in the country can you find such stunning outfits worn by women as in New York. The amount of money and time spent on fashion here is incredible. There are two main goals behind all this—the best-dressed woman at a ball or party not only stands out among her peers but also gets to enjoy seeing her elegance highlighted in some of the city’s newspapers the next day. Her desire for admiration and the need to be recognized are both satisfied in this way, and such a victory is considered worth any expense. Every evening event is attended by women dressed in a way that evokes the elegance of princesses from fairy tales. A recent writer states:
p. 142“It is almost impossible to estimate the number of dresses a very fashionable woman will have. Most women in society can afford to dress as it pleases them, since they have unlimited amounts of money at their disposal. Among females dress is the principal part of society. What would Madam Mountain be without her laces and diamonds, or Madam Blanche without her silks and satins? Simply commonplace old women, past their prime, destined to be wall-flowers. A fashionable woman has just as many new dresses as the different times she goes into society. The élite do not wear the same dresses twice. If you can tell us how many receptions she has in a year, how many weddings she attends, how many balls she participates in, how many dinners she gives, how many parties she goes to, how many operas and theatres she patronizes, we can approximate somewhat to the size and cost of her wardrobe. It is not unreasonable to suppose that she has two new dresses of some sort for every day in the year, or 720. Now to purchase all these, to order them made, and to put them on afterward, consumes a vast amount of time. Indeed, the woman of society does little but don and doff dry-goods. For a few brief hours she flutters the latest tint and mode in the glare of the gas-light, and then repeats the same operation the next night. She must have one or two velvet dresses which cannot cost less than $500 each; she must possess thousands of dollars’ worth of laces, in the shape of flounces, to loop up over the skirts of dresses, as occasion shall require. Walking-dresses cost from $50 to $300; ball-dresses are frequently imported from Paris at a cost of from $500 to a $1000; while wedding-dresses may cost from $1000 to $5000. Nice white Llama jackets can be had for $60; robes princesse, or overskirts of lace, are worth from $60 to $200. Then there are travelling-dresses in black silk, in pongee, velour, in piqué, which range in price from $75 to $175. Then there are evening robes in Swiss muslin, robes in linen for the garden and croquet-playing, dresses for horse-races and for yacht-races, robes de nuit and robes de chambre, dresses for breakfast and for dinner, dresses for receptions and for parties, dresses for watering-places, and dresses for all possible occasions. A lady going p. 143to the Springs takes from twenty to sixty dresses, and fills an enormous number of Saratoga trunks. They are of every possible fabric—from Hindoo muslin, ‘gaze de soie,’ crape maretz, to the heavy silks of Lyons.
p. 142“It's nearly impossible to count how many dresses a very fashionable woman owns. Most women in society can afford to dress as they like because they have endless amounts of money at their disposal. For women, fashion is the centerpiece of social life. What would Madam Mountain be without her laces and diamonds, or Madam Blanche without her silks and satins? They would simply be ordinary old women, past their prime, destined to be ignored. A fashionable woman has just as many new dresses as the different occasions she attends. The elite never wear the same dress twice. If you can tell us how many receptions she has each year, how many weddings she goes to, how many balls she attends, how many dinners she hosts, how many parties she goes to, and how many operas and theaters she visits, we can somewhat estimate the size and cost of her wardrobe. It’s not unreasonable to assume she has two new dresses for each day of the year, totaling 720. To buy all these, to have them made, and to put them on takes a huge amount of time. Indeed, a woman of society spends most of her time trying on and taking off clothing. For a few short hours, she shows off the latest styles and colors in the bright gaslight, and then does the same thing the next night. She must have one or two velvet dresses that cost at least $500 each; she must own thousands of dollars in laces, used as flounces to pin up over dress skirts as necessary. Walking dresses cost between $50 and $300; ballgowns are often imported from Paris, costing between $500 and $1000, while wedding dresses can range from $1000 to $5000. Nice white Llama jackets can be found for $60; robes princesse, or lace overskirts, are priced between $60 and $200. Then there are traveling dresses in black silk, pongee, velour, and piqué, ranging from $75 to $175. Evening gowns in Swiss muslin, linen for the garden and croquet, dresses for horse races and yacht races, robes de nuit and robes de chambre, dresses for breakfast and dinner, dresses for receptions and parties, dresses for resorts, and dresses for every imaginable occasion. A lady going to the Springs takes between twenty and sixty dresses and fills a large number of Saratoga trunks. They come in every possible fabric—from Hindu muslin, ‘gaze de soie,’ crape maretz, to the heavy silks from Lyons.
“We know the wife of the editor of one of the great morning newspapers of New York, now travelling in Europe, whose dress-making bill in one year was $10,000! What her dry-goods bill amounted to heaven and her husband only know. She was once stopping at a summer hotel, and such was her anxiety to always appear in a new dress that she would frequently come down to dinner with a dress basted together just strong enough to last while she disposed of a little turtle-soup, a little Charlotte de Russe, and a little ice cream.
“We know the wife of the editor of one of the major morning newspapers in New York, who is currently traveling in Europe, and her dress-making bill in one year was $10,000! Only heaven and her husband know how much her dry-goods bill was. Once, while staying at a summer hotel, she was so eager to always look fresh in a new dress that she often came down to dinner in a dress that was only stitched together just enough to hold while she enjoyed a little turtle soup, a little Charlotte Russe, and a little ice cream.”
“Mrs. Judge ---, of New York, is considered one of the ‘queens of fashion.’ She is a goodly-sized lady—not quite so tall as Miss Anna Swan, of Nova Scotia—and she has the happy faculty of piling more dry-goods upon her person than any other lady in the city; and what is more, she keeps on doing it. To give the reader a taste of her quality, it is only necessary to describe a dress she wore at the Dramatic Fund Ball, not many years ago. There was a rich blue satin skirt, en train. Over this there was looped up a magnificent brocade silk, white, with bouquets of flowers woven in all the natural colors. This overskirt was deeply flounced with costly white lace, caught up with bunches of feathers of bright colors. About her shoulders was thrown a fifteen-hundred dollar shawl. She had a head-dress of white ostrich feathers, white lace, gold pendants, and purple velvet. Add to all this a fan, a bouquet of rare flowers, a lace handkerchief, and jewelry almost beyond estimate, and you see Mrs. Judge --- as she appears when full blown.
“Mrs. Judge ---, from New York, is known as one of the ‘queens of fashion.’ She is a large woman—not quite as tall as Miss Anna Swan from Nova Scotia—and she has the unique ability to wear more fabric than anyone else in the city; and what’s more, she keeps doing it. To give you an idea of her style, just look at the dress she wore at the Dramatic Fund Ball a few years ago. It featured a rich blue satin skirt, en train. Layered over this was a stunning white brocade silk with floral patterns woven in a variety of natural colors. The overskirt had deep flounces of expensive white lace, embellished with clusters of brightly colored feathers. Draped around her shoulders was a shawl worth fifteen hundred dollars. She wore a headpiece made of white ostrich feathers, white lace, gold pendants, and purple velvet. Top it all off with a fan, a bouquet of rare flowers, a lace handkerchief, and jewelry that’s almost priceless, and you see Mrs. Judge --- in her full glory.”
“Mrs. General --- is a lady who goes into society a great deal. She has a new dress for every occasion. The following costume appeared at the Charity Ball, which is the great ball of the year in New York. It was imported from Paris for the occasion, and was made of white satin, point lace, and a profusion of flowers. The skirt had heavy flutings of satin around the bottom, and the lace flounces were looped up at the sides p. 144with bands of the most beautiful pinks, roses, lilies, forget-me-nots, and other flowers.
“Mrs. General --- is a woman who attends social events frequently. She has a new dress for every occasion. The following outfit appeared at the Charity Ball, which is the biggest ball of the year in New York. It was imported from Paris for the event and was made of white satin, point lace, and a wealth of flowers. The skirt had heavy satin flounces around the bottom, and the lace layers were gathered at the sides p. 144with bands of beautiful pinks, roses, lilies, forget-me-nots, and other flowers.
“It is nothing uncommon to meet in New York society ladies who have on dry-goods and jewelry to the value of from thirty to fifty thousand dollars. Dress patterns of twilled satin, the ground pale green, pearl, melon color, or white, scattered with sprays of flowers in raised velvet, sell for $300 dollars each; violet poult de soie will sell for $12 dollars a yard; a figured moire will sell for $200 the pattern; a pearl-colored silk, trimmed with point appliqué lace, sells for $1000; and so we might go on to an almost indefinite length.”
“It’s quite common to see society ladies in New York wearing clothing and jewelry worth between thirty and fifty thousand dollars. Dress patterns made of twilled satin in light green, pearl, melon, or white, adorned with raised velvet floral designs, sell for $300 each; violet poult de soie goes for $12 a yard; a patterned moire can cost $200; and a pearl-colored silk trimmed with point appliqué lace is priced at $1000, and we could continue listing these prices endlessly.”
Those who think this an exaggerated picture have only to apply to the proprietor of any first-class city dry-goods store, and he will confirm its truthfulness. These gentlemen will tell you that while their sales of staple goods are heavy, they are proportionately lighter than the sales of articles of pure luxury. At Stewart’s the average sales of silks, laces, velvets, shawls, gloves, furs, and embroideries is about $24,500 per diem. The sales of silks alone average about $15,000 per diem.
Those who think this is an exaggerated picture only need to ask the owner of any top-notch city department store, and they will confirm its accuracy. These individuals will tell you that while their sales of everyday items are significant, they are relatively smaller than the sales of luxury items. At Stewart’s, the average daily sales of silks, laces, velvets, shawls, gloves, furs, and embroideries is around $24,500. The sales of silks alone average about $15,000 a day.
A few years ago the dwelling of a wealthy citizen of New York was consumed by fire. The owner of the mansion soon after applied to a prominent Insurance Company for the payment of the sum of $21,000, the amount of the risk they had taken on the wearing apparel of his daughter, a young lady well known in society for the splendor of her attire. The company refused to pay so large a sum, and protested that the lady in question could not have possessed so costly a wardrobe. Suit was brought by the claimant, and, as a matter of course, an enumeration of the articles destroyed and their value was made to the court. The list was as follows, and is interesting as showing the mysteries of a fashionable lady’s wardrobe:
A few years ago, a wealthy New Yorker’s house was destroyed by fire. Shortly after, the owner contacted a well-known insurance company to claim $21,000, which was the value of the coverage they had for his daughter's clothing, who was widely recognized in social circles for her extravagant outfits. The company refused to pay such a large amount, arguing that the lady couldn’t possibly have such an expensive wardrobe. The claimant filed a lawsuit, and as expected, a detailed list of the destroyed items and their values was presented to the court. The list was as follows, highlighting the secrets of a fashionable lady’s wardrobe:
Such lavish expenditure is a natural consequence of a state of society where wealth is the main distinction. Mrs. John Smith’s position as a leader of the ton is due exclusively to her great riches and her elaborate displays. Mrs. Richard Roe will naturally try to outshine her, and thus rise above her in the social scale. Many persons seeking admission into such society, and finding wealth the only requisite, will make any sacrifice to accomplish their end. If they have not wealth they will affect to have it. They could not counterfeit good birth, or high breeding, but they can assume the appearance of being wealthy. They can conduct themselves, for a while at least, in a manner utterly disproportioned to their means, and so they go on, until their funds and credit being exhausted, they are forced to drop out of the circles in which they have moved, and the so-called friends who valued them only for their supposed wealth, instantly p. 151forget that they ever knew them. No more invitations are left for them, they are not even tolerated in “good society,” and are “cut” on the street as a matter of course.
Such extravagant spending is a natural result of a society where wealth is the primary distinction. Mrs. John Smith's status as a leader of the ton is solely due to her immense wealth and her extravagant displays. Mrs. Richard Roe will naturally try to outshine her to elevate her own social standing. Many people wanting to be part of this society, finding that wealth is the only requirement, will make any sacrifice to achieve their goal. If they lack wealth, they will pretend to have it. They can't fake good family background or high breeding, but they can put on the appearance of being rich. They can behave, at least for a while, in a way that is completely disproportionate to their means, and so they continue until their money and credit run out, forcing them to drop out of the circles they've been in. The so-called friends who valued them only for their assumed wealth promptly p. 151forget they ever knew them. No more invitations come their way, they aren’t even tolerated in “good society,” and are “cut” on the street as a matter of course.
Not a year passes but records the failure of some prominent business man in New York. His friends are sorry for him, and admit that he was prudent and industrious in his business. “His family did it,” they tell you, shaking their heads. “They lived too fast. Took too much money to run the house, to dress, and to keep up in society.” Only the All Seeing Eye can tell how many men who stand well in the mercantile community are tortured continually by the thought that their extravagance or that of their families is bringing them to sure and certain ruin; for not even in New York can a man live beyond his actual means. They have not the moral courage to live within their legitimate incomes. To do so would be to lose their positions in society, and they go on straining every nerve to meet the demands upon them, and then the crash comes, and they are ruined.
Not a year goes by without some well-known businessman in New York facing failure. His friends feel sorry for him and acknowledge that he was careful and hardworking in his trade. “It was his family’s fault,” they say, shaking their heads. “They lived too lavishly. It took too much money to run the household, maintain their wardrobe, and keep up appearances in society.” Only the All Seeing Eye knows how many men who have a good reputation in the business world are constantly tormented by the fear that their spending or that of their families is leading them to inevitable disaster; because not even in New York can a man live beyond his actual means. They lack the moral courage to stick to their legitimate incomes. To do so would mean losing their status in society, so they push themselves to meet the pressures placed on them, and then the downfall comes, leaving them devastated.
Those who dwell in the great city, and watch its ways with observant eyes, see many evils directly attributable to the sin of extravagance. These evils are not entirely of a pecuniary nature. There are others of a more terrible character. Keen observers see every day women whose husbands and fathers are in receipt of limited incomes, dressing as if their means were unlimited. All this magnificence is not purchased out of the lawful income of the husband or father. The excess is made up in other ways—often by the sacrifice of the woman’s virtue. She finds a man willing to pay liberally for her favors, and carries on an intrigue with him, keeping her confiding husband in ignorance of it all the while. She may have more than one lover—perhaps a dozen. When a woman sins from motives such as these, she does not stop to count the cost. Her sole object is to get money, and she gets it. It is this class of nominally virtuous married and unmarried women that support the infamous houses of assignation to be found in the city.
Those who live in the big city and watch its ways closely see many problems caused by the sin of extravagance. These problems aren't solely financial; there are others that are far worse. Observant people notice every day women whose husbands and fathers have limited incomes dressing as if they have endless money. All this luxury isn't funded by the legal income of the husband or father. The difference is made up in other ways—often at the cost of the woman's virtue. She finds a man willing to pay well for her attention and carries on a secret affair with him, keeping her trusting husband completely in the dark. She might have more than one lover—maybe even a dozen. When a woman acts on motives like these, she doesn't think about the consequences. Her only goal is to get money, and she gets it. It's this group of supposedly virtuous married and unmarried women that supports the infamous brothels found in the city.
The curse of extravagance does not manifest itself in dress alone. One cannot enter the residence of a single well-to-do p. 152person in the city without seeing evidences of it. The house is loaded with the richest and rarest of articles, all intended for show, and which are oftentimes arranged without the least regard to taste. The object is to make the house indicate as much wealth on the part of its owner as possible. It makes but little difference whether the articles are worth what was paid for them, or whether they are arranged artistically—if the sum total is great, the owner is satisfied. It is a common thing to see the walls of some elegant mansion disfigured with frescoes, which, though executed at an enormous cost, are utterly without merit or taste. Again one sees dozens of paintings, bought for works of the old masters, lining the walls of the richest mansions of the city, which are the merest daubs, and the works of the most unscrupulous Bohemians. Not long since, a collection of paintings was offered for sale in New York, the owner being dead. They had been collected at great expense, and were the pride of their former owner. With a few exceptions they were wretched copies, and in the whole lot, over five hundred in number, there were not six genuine “old masters,” or “masters” of any age.
The problem of extravagance isn't just about clothing. You can't walk into the home of any wealthy person in the city without noticing it. Their houses are filled with the most luxurious and rare items, all meant to impress, often arranged with no sense of taste at all. The goal is to showcase as much wealth as possible from the owner. It doesn't matter if the items are worth what they cost or if they're arranged beautifully—if the total value is high, the owner is happy. It's common to see the walls of fancy mansions covered with frescoes that, despite their high price, are completely lacking in quality or taste. You also find dozens of paintings, supposedly from the old masters, hanging in the wealthiest homes, which are just cheap fakes done by sketchy artists. Recently, a collection of paintings was put up for sale in New York after the owner passed away. They had been gathered at great expense and were the former owner's pride. With a few exceptions, they were terrible copies, and out of more than five hundred pieces, there were fewer than six authentic “old masters” or notable works from any period.
Entertainments are given in the most costly style. From ten to twenty thousand dollars are spent in a single evening in this way. At a fashionable party from twelve to fifteen hundred dollars’ worth of champagne is consumed, besides other wines and liquors. Breakfasts are given at a cost of from one to three thousand dollars; suppers at a still higher cost. This represents the expense to the host of the entertainment; but does not cover the cost of the toilettes to be provided for the family, which make up several thousand dollars more.
Entertainments are held in the most extravagant style. Between ten and twenty thousand dollars can be spent in just one evening. At a trendy party, twelve to fifteen hundred dollars' worth of champagne is consumed, along with other wines and spirits. Breakfasts can cost between one to three thousand dollars; dinners cost even more. This reflects the expense to the host for the entertainment, but doesn't include the cost of the outfits for the family, which adds several thousand dollars more.
Suppers or dinners are favorite entertainments, and the outlay required for them is oftentimes very heavy. The host frequently provides nothing but viands imported from foreign lands. Sets of china of great cost, or of silver equally expensive, or even of gold, are displayed ostentatiously. Sometimes the supper-room is entirely refitted in red, blue, or gold, everything, even the lights and flowers, being of one color, in order that the affair may be known as Mrs. A---’s red, blue, or gold p. 153supper. Some of the most extravagant entertainers will place at the side of each cover an exquisite bouquet inside of which is a costly present of jewelry.
Suppers or dinners are popular events, and the expenses can be quite high. The host often provides only food imported from other countries. Beautiful sets of china, or expensive silver, or even gold are displayed prominently. Sometimes the dining room is completely redecorated in red, blue, or gold, with everything, including the lights and flowers, matching in color, so the event is known as Mrs. A---’s red, blue, or gold p. 153supper. Some of the most lavish hosts will place an exquisite bouquet beside each plate, which contains a pricey piece of jewelry as a gift.
All this reckless expenditure in the midst of so much sorrow and suffering in the great city! “The bitter cold of winter,” says the Manager of the ‘Children’s Aid Society,’ in his appeal for help, “and the freezing storms have come upon thousands of the poor children of this city, unprepared. They are sleeping in boxes, or skulking in doorways, or shivering in cellars without proper clothing, or shoes, and but half-fed. Many come bare-footed through the snow to our industrial schools. Children have been known to fall fainting on the floor of these schools through want of food. Hundreds enter our lodging-houses every night, who have no home. Hundreds apply to our office for a place in the country, who are ragged, half-starved, and utterly unbefriended.”
All this reckless spending while so many people are suffering in the city! “The bitter cold of winter,” says the Manager of the ‘Children’s Aid Society,’ in his plea for assistance, “and the freezing storms have hit thousands of poor children in this city, unprepared. They are sleeping in boxes, hiding in doorways, or shivering in basements without proper clothing or shoes, and barely fed. Many come barefoot through the snow to our industrial schools. Children have been known to faint on the floor of these schools from hunger. Hundreds come to our shelters every night, with no home. Hundreds ask at our office for a place in the country; they are ragged, half-starved, and completely alone.”
III. FASHIONABLE FOLLIES.
We have spoken of the women of fashion. What shall we say of the men? They are neither refined nor intellectual. They have a certain shrewdness coupled, perhaps, with the capacity for making money. Their conversation is coarse, ignorant, and sometimes indecent. They have not the tact which enables women to adapt themselves at once to their surroundings, and they enjoy their splendors with an awkwardness which they seek to hide beneath an air of worldly wisdom. They patronize the drama liberally, but their preference is for what Olive Logan calls “the leg business.” In person they are coarse-looking. Without taste of their own, they are totally dependent upon their tailors for their “style,” and are nearly all gotten up on the same model. They are capital hands at staring ladies out of countenance, and are masters of all the arts of insolence. Society cannot make gentlemen out of them do p. 154what it will. As John Hibbs would say, “they were not brought up to it young.” They learn to love excitement, and finding even the reckless whirl of fashion too stale for them, seek gratification out of their own homes. They become constant visitors at the great gaming-houses, and are the best customers of the bagnios of the city.
We’ve talked about fashionable women. What about the men? They're neither sophisticated nor insightful. They have a certain cleverness, maybe combined with a knack for making money. Their conversations are crude, uninformed, and sometimes inappropriate. They lack the subtlety that allows women to quickly adjust to their surroundings, and they enjoy their luxuries with an awkwardness that they try to mask with a facade of worldly knowledge. They generously support the theater, but they prefer what Olive Logan calls “the leg business.” In person, they look rough. Lacking their own sense of style, they're entirely reliant on their tailors for their fashion, and most of them end up looking the same. They’re good at staring women down and are experts in all kinds of rudeness. Society can't turn them into gentlemen, no matter what it does. As John Hibbs would say, “they weren’t raised that way.” They learn to crave excitement, and finding even the wild pace of fashion too boring, they look for thrills outside their homes. They become regulars at the big gambling houses and are the top clients of the city's brothels.
If men have their dissipations, the women have theirs also. Your fashionable woman generally displays more tact than her husband. She has greater opportunities for display, and makes better use of them. If the ball, or party, or sociable at her residence is a success, the credit is hers exclusively, for the husband does little more than pay the bills. Many of these women are “from the ranks.” They have risen with their husbands, and are coarse and vulgar in appearance, and without refinement. But the women of fashion are not all vulgar or unrefined. Few of them are well educated, but the New York woman of fashion, as a rule, is not only very attractive in appearance, but capable of creating a decided impression upon the society in which she moves. She is thoroughly mistress of all its arts, she knows just when and where to exercise them to the best advantage, she dresses in a style the magnificence of which is indescribable, and she has tact enough to carry her through any situation. Yet, in judging her, one must view her as a butterfly, as a mere creature of magnificence and frivolity. Don’t seek to analyze her character as a wife or mother. You may find that the marriage vow is broken on her part as well as on her husband’s; and you will most probably find that she has sacrificed her soul to the demands of fashion, and “prevented the increase of her family” by staining her hands in the blood of her unborn children. Or, if she be guiltless of this crime, she is a mother in but one sense—that of bearing children. Fashion does not allow her to nurse them. She cannot give to her own flesh and blood the time demanded of her by her “duties in society;” so from their very birth the little innocents are committed to the care of hirelings, and they grow up without her care, removed from the ennobling effect of a mother’s constant watchful presence, p. 155and they add to the number of idle, dissolute men and women of fashion, who are a curse to the city.
If men have their distractions, women have theirs too. Your fashionable woman usually shows more skill than her husband. She has more chances to shine and takes better advantage of them. If the ball, party, or gathering at her home is a hit, all the credit goes to her since the husband does little more than pay the bills. Many of these women come "from humble beginnings." They have risen alongside their husbands and often appear rough and unrefined. But not all fashionable women are vulgar or lacking in grace. Few are well educated, but the fashionable woman in New York is generally not only very attractive but also capable of making a strong impression on the social scene she inhabits. She masters all its nuances, knowing exactly when and how to use them to her advantage, she dresses in a style that is beyond description, and she has enough tact to navigate any situation. Yet, when judging her, one should see her as a butterfly, just a creature of beauty and triviality. Don’t try to analyze her role as a wife or mother. You might find that she, just like her husband, has broken the marriage vows; and you will likely discover that she has compromised her essence for the demands of fashion, and “prevented the increase of her family” by sacrificing her unborn children. Or, if she is innocent of this, she is a mother only in the sense of giving birth. Fashion doesn’t allow her to care for them. She can’t devote the time they need due to her “societal duties,” so from the very beginning, these innocent children are left in the care of caregivers, growing up without her supervision, deprived of the uplifting influence of a mother’s constant presence, p. 155 and they contribute to the ranks of idle, dissolute men and women of fashion, who are a blight on the city.
Your fashionable woman is all art. She is indeed “fearfully and wonderfully made.” She is a compound frequently of false hair, false teeth, padding of various kinds, paint, powder and enamel. Her face is “touched up,” or painted and lined by a professional adorner of women, and she utterly destroys the health of her skin by her foolish use of cosmetics. A prominent Broadway dealer in such articles sells thirteen varieties of powder for the skin, eight kinds of paste, and twenty-three different washes. Every physical defect is skilfully remedied by “artists;” each of whom has his specialty. So common has the habit of resorting to these things become, that it is hard to say whether the average woman of fashion is a work of nature or a work of art. Men marry such women with a kind of “taking the chances” feeling, and if they get a natural woman think themselves lucky.
Your stylish woman is all about art. She is truly "fearfully and wonderfully made." She's often a mix of fake hair, false teeth, various types of padding, makeup, powder, and enamel. Her face is "touched up," or painted and lined by a professional beautician, and she seriously harms her skin's health with her reckless use of cosmetics. A well-known Broadway seller of these products offers thirteen types of face powder, eight types of paste, and twenty-three different washes. Every physical flaw is expertly fixed by "artists," each with their specialty. The habit of relying on these products has become so widespread that it's hard to tell if the average fashionable woman is a creation of nature or a work of art. Men marry these women with a sort of "taking the chances" mindset, and if they end up with a natural woman, they consider themselves lucky.
IV. FASHIONABLE CHILDREN.
As it is the custom in fashionable society in New York to prevent the increase of families, it is natural no doubt to try to destroy childhood in those who are permitted to see the light.
As it’s the trend in upscale society in New York to limit family growth, it makes sense to want to undermine childhood in those who are allowed to be born.
The fashionable child of New York is made a miniature man or woman at the earliest possible period of its life. It does not need much labor, however, to develop “Young America” in the great metropolis. He is generally ready to go out into the world at a very tender age. Our system of society offers him every facility in his downward career. When but a child he has his own latch-key; he can come and go when he pleases; he attends parties, balls, dancing-school, the theatre and other evening amusements as regularly and independently as his elders, and is rarely called upon by “the Governor,” as he patronizingly terms his father, to give any account of himself. He has an abundance of pocket-money, and is encouraged in the lavish p. 156expenditure of it. He cultivates all the vices of his grown-up friends; and thinks church going a punishment and religion a bore. He engages in his dissipations with a recklessness that makes old sinners envious of his “nerve.” His friends are hardly such as he could introduce into his home. He is a famous “hunter of the tiger,” and laughs at his losses. He has a mistress, or perhaps several; sneers at marriage, and gives it as his opinion that there is not a virtuous woman in the land. When he is fairly of age he has lost his freshness, and is tired of life. His great object now is to render his existence supportable.
The trendy kid from New York is made into a mini adult as early as possible. It doesn’t take much effort to nurture “Young America” in the big city. He’s usually ready to face the world at a very young age. Our society provides him with every opportunity to slide down the wrong path. Even as a child, he has his own latchkey; he can come and go as he pleases; he attends parties, dances, dance school, the theater, and other evening fun as regularly and independently as his older peers, and he’s rarely asked by “the Governor,” as he condescendingly calls his dad, to explain himself. He has plenty of pocket money and is encouraged to spend it freely. He picks up all the bad habits of his adult friends and views church as a punishment and religion as dull. He dives into his wild lifestyle with a boldness that leaves seasoned sinners envious of his “guts.” His friends are hardly the type he could bring home. He’s a notorious “tiger hunter” and laughs off his losses. He has a girlfriend or maybe several; he scoffs at marriage and believes there isn't a virtuous woman anywhere. By the time he reaches adulthood, he has lost his innocence and is fed up with life. His primary goal now is to make his existence bearable.
Girls are forced into womanhood by fashion even more rapidly than boys into manhood. They are dressed in the most expensive manner from their infancy, and without much regard to their health. Bare arms and necks, and short skirts are the rule, even in the bleakest weather, for children’s parties, or for dancing-school, and so the tender frames of the little ones are subjected to an exposure that often sows the seeds of consumption and other disease. The first thing the child learns is that it is its duty to be pretty—to look its best. It is taught to value dress and show as the great necessities of existence, and is trained in the most extravagant habits. As the girl advances towards maidenhood, she is forced forward, and made to look as much like a woman as possible. Her education is cared for after a fashion, but amounts to very little. She learns to play a little on some musical instrument, to sing a little, to paint a little—in short she acquires but a smattering of everything she undertakes. She is left in ignorance of the real duties of a woman’s life—the higher and nobler part of her existence. She marries young, and one of her own set, and her married life is in keeping with her girlhood. She is a creature in which nothing has been fully developed but the passions and the nerves. Her physical constitution amounts to nothing, and soon gives way. Her beauty goes with her health, and she is forced to resort to all manner of devices to preserve her attractions.
Girls are pushed into adulthood by fashion even faster than boys are into manhood. They are dressed in the most expensive styles from a young age, without much concern for their health. Exposed arms and necks, along with short skirts, are the norm, even in the harshest weather, for kids’ parties or dance classes, which leaves their delicate bodies exposed and often leads to serious health issues like tuberculosis and other diseases. The first lesson a child learns is that it’s their responsibility to be pretty—to always look their best. They are taught to value clothing and appearances as essential parts of life, training them in the most extravagant habits. As the girl grows into young adulthood, she is pushed to look as much like a woman as possible. Her education is somewhat cared for, but it doesn’t amount to much. She learns a bit of music, a little singing, some painting—in short, she gains only a surface-level understanding of whatever she tries. She remains unaware of the true responsibilities of a woman’s life—the higher and nobler aspects of her existence. She marries young, typically someone from her social circle, and her married life reflects her girlhood. She becomes a person in which only her passions and nerves are fully developed. Her physical well-being is neglectfully treated and soon deteriorates. Her beauty fades along with her health, forcing her to use all sorts of tricks to maintain her appeal.
It is a habit in New York to allow children to give large p. 157entertainments at fashionable resorts, without the restraining presence of their elders. Here crowds of boys and girls of a susceptible age assemble under the intoxicating influence of music, gas-light, full dress, late suppers, wines and liquors. Sometimes this juvenile dissipation has been carried so far that it has been sharply rebuked by the public press.
It’s common in New York for kids to host big parties at trendy spots without their parents around. There, groups of boys and girls in their impressionable years gather, swept up by the excitement of music, bright lights, fancy clothes, late-night meals, and drinks. At times, this youthful partying has gone too far and has been criticized by the media.
V. A FASHIONABLE BELLE.
An English writer gives the following clever sketch of a fashionable young lady of New York, whom he offers as a type of the “Girl of the Period:”
An English writer provides this witty description of a trendy young woman from New York, presenting her as a representative of the “Girl of the Period:”
“Permit me to present you to Miss Flora Van Duysen Briggs. Forget Shakspeare’s dictum about a name; there is a story attached to this name which I shall tell you by and by. Miss Flora is a typical New York girl of the period; between sixteen and seventeen years old; a little under the medium height; hair a golden brown; eyes a violet blue; cheeks and lips rosy; teeth whiter and brighter than pearls; hands and feet extremely small and well-shaped; figure petite but exquisitely proportioned; toilette in the latest mode de Paris; but observe, above all, that marvellous bloom upon her face, which American girls share with the butterfly, the rose, the peach and the grape, and in which they are unequalled by any other women in the world.
“Let me introduce you to Miss Flora Van Duysen Briggs. Forget Shakespeare’s saying about a name; there's a story behind this name that I’ll share with you later. Miss Flora is a classic New York girl of the time; she's between sixteen and seventeen years old, a bit shorter than average, with golden brown hair, violet blue eyes, rosy cheeks and lips, teeth whiter and brighter than pearls, and extremely small, well-shaped hands and feet. Her figure is petite but perfectly proportioned, dressed in the latest Parisian fashion; but above all, notice that amazing glow on her face, which American girls share with butterflies, roses, peaches, and grapes, making them unmatched by any other women in the world.”
“Miss Flora’s biography is by no means singular. Her father is Ezra Briggs, Esq., a provision merchant in the city. Twenty-five years ago, Mr. Briggs came to New York from one the Eastern States, with a common-school education, sharp sense, and no money. He borrowed a newspaper, found an advertisement for a light porter, applied for and obtained the situation, rose to be clerk, head-clerk, and small partner, and fagged along very comfortably until the Civil War broke out, and made his fortune. His firm secured a government contract, for which they paid dearly, and for which they made the p. 158Government pay dearer. Their pork was bought for a song, and sold for its weight in greenbacks. Their profits averaged 300 per cent. They were more fatal to the soldiers than the bullets of the enemy. One consignment of their provisions bred a cholera at Fortress Monroe, and robbed the Union of 15,000 brave men. Their enemies declared that the final defeat of the Southerners was owing to the capture of 1000 barrels of Briggs’s mess beef by General Lee. But Briggs was rolling in wealth, and could afford to smile at such taunts.
“Miss Flora’s biography is far from unique. Her father is Ezra Briggs, Esq., a food supplier in the city. Twenty-five years ago, Mr. Briggs moved to New York from one of the Eastern States, equipped with a basic education, a sharp mind, and no money. He borrowed a newspaper, found an ad for a light porter, applied for the job, and got it. He quickly moved up to clerk, then head clerk, and eventually became a small partner, managing to do quite well until the Civil War broke out, which made him rich. His company landed a government contract, for which they paid a high price, and they made the Government pay even more. Their pork was bought for a pittance and sold for its weight in cash. Their profits averaged 300 percent. Their supplies were often more deadly to soldiers than enemy bullets. One shipment of their food caused a cholera outbreak at Fortress Monroe, costing the Union 15,000 brave men. Their rivals claimed that the Southerners' ultimate defeat was due to General Lee capturing 1,000 barrels of Briggs’s subpar beef. But Briggs was thriving in wealth and could easily laugh off such insults.”
“Flora’s mother had been a Miss Van Duysen. She was a little, weak, useless woman, very proud of her name, which seemed to connect her in some way with the old Dutch aristocracy. In point of fact, Briggs married her on this account; for, like most democrats, he is very fond of anything aristocratic. Mrs. Briggs, née Van Duysen, has nothing Dutch about her but her name. The Knickerbockers of New York were famous for their thrift, their economy, their neatness, and, above all, their housewifely virtues. Mrs. Briggs is thriftless, extravagant, dowdy in her old age, although she had been a beauty in her youth, and knows as little about keeping a house as she does about keeping a horse. During the war, at a fair given for the benefit of the Sanitary Commission, in Union Square, several Knickerbocker ladies organized a kitchen upon the old Dutch model, and presided there in the costumes of their grandmothers. Mrs. Briggs was placed upon the committee of management, but declined to serve, on account of the unbecoming costume she was invited to wear, and because she considered it unladylike to sit in a kitchen. But Mrs. Briggs preserved her caste, and benefited the Sanitary Commission much more than she would have done by her presence, by sending a cheque for $500 instead.
“Flora’s mother had been a Miss Van Duysen. She was a small, weak, useless woman, very proud of her name, which seemed to connect her in some way with the old Dutch aristocracy. In fact, Briggs married her for this reason; like most democrats, he was quite fond of anything aristocratic. Mrs. Briggs, née Van Duysen, has nothing Dutch about her but her name. The Knickerbockers of New York were known for their thrift, their economy, their neatness, and, above all, their domestic virtues. Mrs. Briggs is wasteful, extravagant, frumpy in her old age, even though she was beautiful in her youth, and knows as little about running a household as she does about taking care of a horse. During the war, at a fair held for the benefit of the Sanitary Commission in Union Square, several Knickerbocker ladies set up a kitchen based on the old Dutch model and ran it in the costumes of their grandmothers. Mrs. Briggs was put on the management committee but refused to serve because of the unflattering costume she was expected to wear and because she thought it unladylike to work in a kitchen. However, Mrs. Briggs maintained her social standing and helped the Sanitary Commission much more than she would have by just showing up, by sending a check for $500 instead.”
“Do we linger too long upon these family matters? No; to appreciate Miss Flora, you must understand her surroundings. She has never had a home. Born in a boarding-house, when her parents were not rich, she lives at a hotel now that her father is a millionaire. Mr. Briggs married the name of Van Duysen, in order to get into society. p. 159Miss Van Duysen married Briggs’s money, in order to spend it. Miss Flora Van Duysen Briggs combines her mother’s name and her father’s money; her Mother’s early beauty and her father’s shrewdness; her mother’s extravagance and her father’s weakness for the aristocracy. She has good taste, as her toilette shows; but she does not believe that anything can be tasteful that is not expensive. Her aim is to run ahead of the fashions, instead of following them; but she is clever enough to so adapt them to her face and figure, that she always looks well-dressed, and yet always attracts attention. Her little handsome head is full of native wit, and of nothing else. Her education has been shamefully neglected. She has had the best masters, who have taught her nothing. Like all other American girls, she plays on the piano, but does not play the piano—you will please notice this subtle but suggestive distinction. She has picked up a smattering of French, partly because it is a fashionable accomplishment, and partly because she intends to marry; but I will not yet break your heart by announcing her matrimonial intentions. Compared with an English or French girl of the same age, she has many and grave deficiencies; but she atones for them by a wonderful tact and cleverness, which blind you to all her faults and lend a new grace to all her virtues.
“Do we dwell too much on family issues? No; to really understand Miss Flora, you need to know her background. She’s never had a real home. Born in a boarding house when her parents weren’t wealthy, she now lives in a hotel since her father became a millionaire. Mr. Briggs married into the Van Duysen family to gain social status. p. 159 Miss Van Duysen married Briggs for his money, so she could spend it. Miss Flora Van Duysen Briggs combines her mother’s name with her father’s wealth; her mother’s early beauty with her father’s savvy; her mother’s extravagance with her father’s fondness for high society. She has good taste, as her outfit shows, but she doesn’t believe anything can be stylish unless it’s expensive. Her goal is to stay ahead of trends instead of just following them; she’s smart enough to tailor them to her face and figure, making her always look well-dressed while also drawing attention. Her attractive head is full of natural wit and not much else. Her education has been shockingly neglected. She’s had the best teachers, yet learned very little. Like many American girls, she plays the piano, but doesn’t really play it—you'll notice this subtle but important difference. She’s picked up a bit of French, partly because it’s a trendy skill and partly because she intends to marry; but I won’t crush your heart just yet by revealing her plans for marriage. Compared to an English or French girl her age, she has several significant shortcomings; but she makes up for them with amazing tact and cleverness, which blind you to her faults and add charm to her virtues.”
“Truth to say, the admirers of Miss Flora, whose name is Legion, give her the credit for all her own virtues, and blame her father and mother, and the system, for all her faults. Born, as we have said, in a boarding-house, left entirely in charge of the nurse-maid, educated at a fashionable day-school, brought into society before fifteen, living in the whirl, the bustle, the luxury, and the unhomeliness of a hotel, what could you expect of Miss Flora but that she should be, at seventeen years of age, a butterfly in her habits, a clever dunce as regards solid knowledge, and a premature woman of the world in her tastes and manners? The apartments which the Briggs family occupy at the Fifth Avenue Hotel are magnificently decorated and furnished, but they do not constitute a home. Several times Mr. Briggs has offered to purchase a house in a fashionable thoroughfare; but his wife objects to the trouble of managing unruly p. 160servants, and terrifies Mr. Briggs out of the notion by stories of burglars admitted, and plate stolen, and families murdered in their beds, through the connivance of the domestics. What more can any one desire than the Briggs family obtain at the hotel for a fixed sum per week, and a liberal margin for extras? The apartments are ample and comfortable; the cuisine and the wines are irreproachable; there is a small table reserved for them, to which they can invite whom they choose; an immense staff of servants obey their slightest wish; their carriages, kept at a neighboring livery stable, can be sent for at any moment; they are as secluded in their own rooms as if they lived in another street, so far as the family in the next suite is concerned; they are certain to meet everybody, and can choose their own company; the spacious hotel parlors are at their disposal whenever they wish to give an evening party, reception, or thé dansant. What more could they gain by setting up a private house? Mr. Briggs, having never tried the experiment, does not know. Mrs. Briggs, whose only reminiscence of a private residence is the one in which her mother let lodgings, does not know. Miss Flora Van Duysen Briggs, having never been used to any other way of life than the present, neither knows nor cares, and ‘does not want to be bothered.’
“Honestly, the fans of Miss Flora, who are many, attribute all her good qualities to her and blame her parents and the system for her shortcomings. Born, as mentioned, in a boarding house, completely under the care of the nanny, educated at a trendy day school, introduced to society before turning fifteen, living in the chaos, hustle, luxury, and discomfort of a hotel—what could you expect from Miss Flora at seventeen but to be a carefree butterfly, a clever fool when it comes to real knowledge, and an early bloomer in terms of tastes and manners? The rooms the Briggs family occupies at the Fifth Avenue Hotel are beautifully decorated and furnished, but they don’t feel like home. Several times Mr. Briggs has suggested buying a house in a fashionable area, but his wife opposes the hassle of managing troublesome servants and frightens Mr. Briggs with tales of burglars being let in, valuables stolen, and families murdered in their sleep, all because of untrustworthy staff. What more can anyone want that the Briggs family doesn’t get at the hotel for a set weekly fee and a generous allowance for extras? The rooms are spacious and comfortable; the food and wine are excellent; there's a small table reserved for them where they can invite anyone they like; there's a large staff of servants to cater to their every whim; their carriages, kept at a nearby stable, can be summoned at any moment; they are as private in their own rooms as if they lived on another street, as far as the family next door is concerned; they’re bound to run into everyone and can choose their own company; the expansive hotel lounges are available whenever they want to host an evening party, reception, or dance. What more could they gain by moving into a private house? Mr. Briggs, who has never tried it, doesn’t know. Mrs. Briggs, whose only memory of a home is the one her mother rented out rooms in, doesn’t know. Miss Flora Van Duysen Briggs, having only known this way of life, doesn’t know or care, and 'does not want to be bothered.'”
“The Briggs family spend their winters in town, their summers at Newport, Saratoga, or some other watering-place, at which nobody cares anything about the water. The frequenters of these rural or seaside retreats are presumed to come for their health, but really come to show their dresses. Thus Miss Flora’s life varies very little all the year round; she rises late, and is dressed for breakfast; after breakfast she practises upon the piano, shops with her mamma, and returns to be dressed for luncheon; after luncheon she usually takes a brief nap, or lies down to read a novel, and is then dressed for the afternoon promenade, as you have just seen her; after the promenade she is dressed for a drive with mamma in the Central Park; after the drive she is dressed for dinner, or dines in her out-of-door costume, preparatory to being dressed for the opera, the theatre, a ball, or a party. Every Tuesday she receives calls; every p. 161Thursday she calls upon her acquaintances. Whenever she has a spare moment, it is bestowed upon her dressmaker. If she thinks, it is to design new trimmings; if she dreams, it is of a heavenly soirée dansante, with an eternal waltz to everlasting music, and a tireless partner in paradisiacal Paris.
The Briggs family spends their winters in town and their summers at Newport, Saratoga, or some other resort where nobody actually cares about the water. The people who frequent these rural or seaside spots are assumed to be there for their health, but they really come to show off their outfits. So, Miss Flora's life doesn’t change much throughout the year; she sleeps in and is dressed for breakfast. After breakfast, she practices on the piano, goes shopping with her mom, and then gets ready for lunch. After lunch, she typically takes a short nap or lies down to read a novel, and then she gets dressed for her afternoon promenade, just like you’ve seen her. After the promenade, she gets ready for a drive with her mom in Central Park. After the drive, she changes for dinner or eats in her outdoor outfit, getting ready for the opera, theater, a ball, or a party. Every Tuesday, she receives visitors; every Thursday, she visits her friends. Whenever she has a free moment, she spends it with her dressmaker. If she thinks, it’s about designing new embellishments; if she dreams, it’s of a fabulous dance party with an endless waltz to timeless music and an ever-ready partner in beautiful Paris.
“As all the best and—in a double sense—the dearest things of Miss Flora’s life come from Paris, it is quite natural that she should look to Paris for her future. The best of all authorities declares that ‘where the treasure is there will the heart be also.’ Miss Flora’s treasures are in the Parisian magasins, and her heart is with them. Although scores of young men kneel at her feet, press her hands, and deride the stars in comparison with her eyes, she cares for none of her worshippers. She smiles upon them, but the smile is no deeper than the lips; she flirts with them, but stops at that sharp, invisible line which separates a flirtation from a compromising earnestness; she is a coquette, but not a jilt. If she encourages all, it is because she prefers none. Her heart has never been touched, and she knows that none of her admirers in her own country can hope to touch it. Her rivals scornfully assert that she has no heart; but as she is, after all, a woman, this assertion must be incorrect. She is in love with an ideal, but that ideal has a title. So soon as Mr. Briggs can dispose of his business, Miss Flora is to be taken to Paris. Within two years afterwards she will be led to the altar by a French duke, marquis, or count, who will fall in love with her father’s bank-book, and then she will figure as an ornament of the French Court, or the salons of the Faubourg Saint-Germain. This is her ambition, and she will certainly accomplish it. The blood of the Van Duysens and the money of Briggs can accomplish anything when united in Miss Flora. With this end in view, the little lady is as inaccessible to ordinary admirers as a princess. She is a duchess by anticipation, and feels the pride of station in advance. There is no danger that she will falter in the race through any womanly weakness, nor through any lack of knowledge of the wiles of men. With the beauty of Venus and the chastity of Diana, she also possesses qualities derived directly from Mother Eve. An English p. 162matron would blush to know, and a French mère would be astonished to learn, secrets which Miss Flora has at her pretty finger-ends. She has acquired her knowledge innocently, and she will use it judiciously. Nothing escapes her quick eyes and keen ears, and under that demure forehead is a faculty which enables her to ‘put this and that together,’ and arrive at conclusions which would amaze her less acute foreign sisters. You may not envy her this faculty, but do not accuse her of employing it improperly. She will never disgrace herself nor the coronet which she already feels pressing lightly upon her head. As she trips out of sight, it may give any man a heart-pang to think that there is at least one lovely woman who is impenetrable to love; but then, if she were like those dear, soft, fond, impressible, confiding beauties of a former age, she would not be herself—a Girl of the Period.”
“As all the best and—literally—the most cherished things in Miss Flora's life come from Paris, it’s only natural for her to look to the city for her future. The best authority states that ‘where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.’ Miss Flora’s treasures are in the Parisian magasins, and her heart is with them. Even though countless young men kneel at her feet, grasp her hands, and dismiss the stars compared to her eyes, she feels nothing for any of her admirers. She smiles at them, but it’s just a surface smile; she flirts with them, but stops at the fine line that separates flirtation from serious involvement; she is a coquette, but not a tease. If she encourages all, it’s because she prefers none. Her heart has never been touched, and she knows that none of her admirers in her own country could ever hope to touch it. Her rivals scornfully claim that she has no heart; but since she is, after all, a woman, this claim must be wrong. She is in love with an ideal, but that ideal has a name. As soon as Mr. Briggs can settle his business, Miss Flora will be taken to Paris. Within two years after that, she will be led to the altar by a French duke, marquis, or count, who will fall in love with her father’s bank account, and then she will become an ornament of the French Court, or the salons of the Faubourg Saint-Germain. This is her ambition, and she will definitely achieve it. The blood of the Van Duysens combined with the money of Briggs can accomplish anything when united in Miss Flora. With this goal in mind, the little lady is as unreachable to ordinary admirers as a princess. She is a duchess in waiting, feeling the pride of her position already. There’s no risk that she will falter in her pursuit due to any feminine weakness, nor through a lack of awareness of men’s tricks. With the beauty of Venus and the purity of Diana, she also has qualities that come directly from Mother Eve. An English matron would blush to know, and a French mère would be shocked to discover, the secrets that Miss Flora has at her pretty fingertips. She has gained her knowledge innocently, and she will use it wisely. Nothing escapes her sharp eyes and attentive ears, and beneath her demure exterior is a talent that allows her to ‘put this and that together’ and reach conclusions that would astonish her less perceptive foreign peers. You might not envy her this gift, but don’t accuse her of using it wrongly. She will never bring disgrace to herself or to the crown she already feels lightly resting on her head. As she glides out of sight, it may cause any man heartache to think there’s at least one beautiful woman who is immune to love; but then again, if she were like those sweet, soft, trusting beauties of the past, she wouldn’t be herself—a Girl of the Period.”
VI. FASHIONABLE ENTERTAINMENTS.
New York has long been celebrated for its magnificent social entertainments. Its balls, dinner parties, receptions, private theatricals, pic-nics, croquet parties, and similar gatherings are unsurpassed in respect to show in any city in the world. Every year some new species of entertainment is devised by some leader in society, and repeated throughout the season by every one who can raise the money to pay for it. The variety, however, is chiefly in the name, for all parties, breakfasts, dinners, suppers, or receptions are alike.
New York has always been known for its amazing social events. Its balls, dinner parties, receptions, private shows, picnics, croquet games, and similar gatherings are unmatched in terms of spectacle compared to any city in the world. Every year, a trendy new type of entertainment is created by someone prominent in society and is repeated throughout the season by anyone who can afford it. However, the variety mainly lies in the name, as all parties—whether they are breakfasts, dinners, late-night snacks, or receptions—are pretty much the same.
Of late years it is becoming common not to give entertainments at one’s residence, but to hire public rooms set apart for that purpose. There is a large house in the upper part of Fifth avenue, which is fitted up exclusively for the use of persons giving balls, suppers, or receptions. It is so large that several entertainments can be held at the same time on its different floors, without either annoying or inconveniencing the others. p. 163The proprietor of the establishment provides everything down to the minutest detail, the wishes and tastes of the giver of the entertainment being scrupulously respected in everything. The host and hostess, in consequence, have no trouble, but have simply to be on hand at the proper time to receive their guests. This is a very expensive mode of entertaining, and costs from 5000 to 15,000 dollars, for the caterer expects a liberal profit on everything he provides; but to those who can afford it, it is a very sensible plan. It saves an immense amount of trouble at home, and preserves one’s carpets and furniture from the damage invariably done to them on such occasions, and averts all possibility of robbery by the strange servants one is forced to employ. Still, many who possess large and elegant mansions of their own prefer to entertain at their own homes.
In recent years, it's become common not to host events at home, but to rent public spaces specifically meant for that purpose. There’s a large venue in the upper part of Fifth Avenue, designed exclusively for people throwing balls, dinners, or receptions. It's so spacious that multiple events can happen simultaneously on different floors without disturbing each other. The owner of the venue takes care of everything down to the smallest detail, making sure to respect the preferences and tastes of the event organizer. As a result, the hosts have no hassle and only need to be present at the right time to greet their guests. This way of entertaining is quite expensive, costing anywhere from $5,000 to $15,000, as the caterer expects to make a healthy profit on everything provided; however, for those who can afford it, it's a practical option. It saves a lot of trouble at home, protects carpets and furniture from the usual damage that comes with hosting, and eliminates the risk of theft by unfamiliar staff that you might have to hire. Still, many people with large, elegant homes prefer to entertain in their own spaces.
On such occasions, the lady giving the entertainment issues her invitations, and usually summons the famous Brown, the Sexton of Grace Church, to assist her in deciding who shall be asked beyond her immediate circle of friends. Mr. Brown is a very tyrant in such matters, and makes out the list to suit himself rather than to please the hostess. He has full authority from her to invite any distinguished strangers who may be in the city.
On these occasions, the woman hosting the event sends out her invitations and often calls upon the well-known Brown, the Sexton of Grace Church, to help her decide who should be invited beyond her close friends. Mr. Brown is quite overbearing in these situations and creates the guest list to fit his preferences rather than to please the host. He has full permission from her to invite any notable visitors who might be in town.
Upon the evening appointed a carpet is spread from the curbstone to the front door, and over this is placed a temporary awning. A policeman is engaged to keep off the crowd and regulate the movements of the carriages. About nine o’clock magnificent equipages, with drivers and footmen in livery, commence to arrive, and from these gorgeous vehicles richly dressed ladies and gentlemen alight, and pass up the carpeted steps to the entrance door. On such occasions gentlemen are excluded from the carriage if possible, as all the space within the vehicle is needed for the lady’s skirts. The lady is accompanied by a maid whose business it is to adjust her toilette in the dressing room, and see that everything is in its proper place.
On the scheduled evening, a carpet is laid out from the curb to the front door, and a temporary awning is set up over it. A police officer is hired to keep the crowd at bay and manage the flow of carriages. Around nine o’clock, luxurious carriages, with drivers and footmen in uniforms, start to arrive. From these stylish vehicles, elegantly dressed ladies and gentlemen step out and walk up the carpeted steps to the entrance. During these events, gentlemen are usually asked not to stay in the carriage if possible since the space inside is needed for the lady’s skirts. The lady is accompanied by a maid whose job is to help her get ready in the dressing room and ensure that everything is in its right place.
At the door stands some one, generally the inevitable Brown, to receive the cards of invitation. Once admitted, the ladies and gentlemen pass into the dressing rooms set apart for them. p. 164Here they put the last touches to their dress and hair, and, the ladies having joined their escorts, enter the drawing room and pay their respects to the host and hostess. When from one to two thousand guests are to be received, the reader may imagine that the labors of the host and hostess are not slight.
At the door, someone is waiting, usually the ever-present Brown, to take the invitation cards. Once inside, the ladies and gentlemen head to the dressing rooms reserved for them. p. 164Here, they make final adjustments to their outfits and hair. After the ladies join their escorts, they enter the drawing room to greet the host and hostess. With one to two thousand guests expected, you can imagine that the efforts of the host and hostess are considerable.
Every arrangement is made for dancing. A fine orchestra is provided, and is placed so that it may consume as little space as possible. A row of chairs placed around the room, and tied in couples with pocket-handkerchiefs, denotes that “The German” is to be danced during the course of the evening. There is very little dancing, however, of any kind, before midnight, the intervening time being taken up with the arrivals of guests and promenading.
Every detail is set for dancing. A great orchestra is arranged and positioned to take up as little space as possible. A line of chairs around the room, tied in pairs with handkerchiefs, indicates that "The German" will be danced later in the evening. However, there’s hardly any dancing of any kind before midnight; the time in between is filled with guests arriving and socializing.
About midnight the supper room is thrown open, and there is a rush for the tables, which are loaded with every delicacy that money can buy. The New York physicians ought to be devoutly thankful for these suppers. They bring them many a fee. The servants are all French, and are clad in black swallow-tail coats and pants, with immaculate white vests, cravats and gloves. They are as active as a set of monkeys, and are capital hands at anticipating your wants. Sometimes the refreshments are served in the parlors, and are handed to the guests by the servants.
About midnight, the dining room is opened up, and everyone rushes to the tables, which are filled with all kinds of delicious food that money can buy. The New York doctors should be very grateful for these dinners. They bring in a lot of income for them. The waitstaff is all French, dressed in black tailcoats and pants, with spotless white vests, neckties, and gloves. They're as quick and lively as a group of monkeys and are great at anticipating your needs. Sometimes the snacks are served in the lounges, handed out to guests by the waitstaff.
The richest and costliest of wines flow freely. At a certain entertainment given not long since, 500 bottles of champagne, worth over four dollars each, were drunk. Some young men make a habit of abstaining carefully during the day, in order to be the better prepared to drink at night. The ladies drink almost as heavily as the men, and some of them could easily drink their partners under the table.
The most expensive wines are served generously. At a recent party, 500 bottles of champagne, each worth over four dollars, were consumed. Some young men intentionally avoid drinking during the day so they can drink more at night. The women drink nearly as much as the men, and some of them could easily out-drink their partners.
After supper the dancing begins in earnest. If The German is danced it generally consumes the greater part of the evening. I shall not undertake to describe it here. It is a great mystery, and those who understand it appear to have exhausted in mastering it their capacity for understanding anything else. It is a dance in which the greatest freedom is permitted, and in which liberties are taken and encouraged, which would be p. 165resented under other circumstances. The figures really depend upon the leader of the dance, who can set such as he chooses, or devise them, if he has wit enough. All the rest are compelled to follow his example. The dance is thoroughly suited to the society p. 166we are considering, and owes its popularity to the liberties, to use no stronger term, it permits.
After dinner, the dancing kicks off for real. If "The German" is on the agenda, it usually takes up most of the evening. I won’t try to describe it here. It’s quite a mystery, and those who get it seem to have used up their ability to understand anything else in grasping it. It’s a dance that allows for a lot of freedom, and it encourages behaviors that would be frowned upon in other situations. The steps really depend on the dance leader, who can choose or create whatever moves he likes, as long as he’s clever enough. Everyone else has to follow his lead. The dance fits perfectly with the group we’re talking about, and its popularity comes from the liberties—if I can call them that—it allows.
The toilettes of the persons present are magnificent. The ladies are very queens in their gorgeousness. They make their trails so long that half the men are in mortal dread of breaking their necks over them; and having gone to such expense for dry goods in this quarter, they display the greatest economy about the neck and bust. They may be in “full dress” as to the lower parts of their bodies, but they are fearfully undressed from the head to the waist.
The restrooms of the people here are stunning. The ladies look like queens in their beautiful outfits. They drag their skirts so long that half the men are terrified of tripping over them; and after spending so much on their outfits in this area, they show a lot of restraint when it comes to their neck and chest. They might be completely dressed from the waist down, but they are shockingly underdressed from the head to the waist.
Towards morning the ball breaks up. The guests, worn out with fatigue, and not unfrequently confused with liquor, take leave of their hosts and go home. Many of them repeat the same performance almost nightly during the season. No wonder that when the summer comes they are so much in need of recuperation.
Towards morning, the party wraps up. The guests, exhausted from the night and often tipsy from drinks, say goodbye to their hosts and head home. Many of them do this almost every night during the season. It's no surprise that when summer arrives, they're in desperate need of a break.
VII. MARRIAGE AND DEATH.
Only wealthy marriages are tolerated in New York society. For men or women to marry beneath them is a crime society cannot forgive. There must be fortune on one side at least. Marriages for money are directly encouraged. It is not uncommon for a man who has won a fortune to make the marriage of his daughter the means of getting his family into society. He will go to some young man within the pale of good society, and offer him the hand of his daughter and a fortune. The condition demanded of the aforesaid young man is that he shall do what may lie within his power to get the family of the bride within the charmed circle. If the girl is good looking, or agreeable, the offer is rarely refused.
Only wealthy marriages are accepted in New York society. For men or women to marry someone of lower status is a mistake society can’t overlook. At least one side must have money. Marriages for financial reasons are actively encouraged. It’s not unusual for a man who has made a fortune to use his daughter’s marriage as a way to elevate his family’s social standing. He will approach a young man who is part of high society and propose the hand of his daughter along with a sizable fortune. The expectation from this young man is that he will do everything he can to bring the bride’s family into the favored social circle. If the girl is attractive or pleasant, the proposal is usually accepted.
When a marriage is decided upon, the engagement is announced through one of the “society newspapers,” of which there are several. It is the bounden duty of the happy pair to be married in a fashionable church. To be married in or buried from p. 167Grace or St. Thomas’s Church, is the desire of every fashionable heart. Invitations are issued to the friends of the two families, and no one is admitted into the church without a card. Often “no cards” are issued, and the church is jammed by the outside throng, who profane the holy temple by their unmannerly struggles to secure places from which to view the ceremony. Two clergymen are usually engaged to tie the knot, in order that a Divorce Court may find it the easier to undo. A reporter is on hand, who furnishes the city papers with a full description of the grand affair. The dresses, the jewels, the appearance of the bride and groom, and the company generally, are described with all the eloquence Jenkins is master of.
When a couple decides to get married, their engagement is announced in one of the many “society newspapers.” It's the couple's duty to tie the knot in a trendy church. Getting married or having your funeral from p. 167Grace or St. Thomas’s Church is every fashionable person's wish. Invitations are sent out to friends from both families, and no one gets into the church without a card. Sometimes, no cards are issued, and the church gets packed with a crowd outside, who disrupt the sacred space with their rude attempts to find a spot to watch the ceremony. Usually, two clergymen are hired to perform the marriage so that a Divorce Court can more easily undo it if needed. A reporter is there to provide the local papers with a full write-up of the event. The wedding attire, the jewelry, the looks of the bride and groom, and the guests are described in great detail by Jenkins, who is quite skilled in the art of eloquence.
If the wedding be at Grace Church, Brown, “the great sexton” is in charge. A wedding over which he presides is sure to be a great success. A wonderful man is Brown. No account of New York society would be complete without a few words about Brown. He has been sexton of Grace Church ever since the oldest inhabitant can remember, and those familiar with the matter are sorely puzzled to know what the church will do when Brown is gathered to his fathers. The congregation would sooner part with the best Rector they have ever had than give up Brown. A certain Rector did once try to compel him to resign his post because he, the Rector, did not fancy Brown’s ways, which he said were hardly consistent with the reverence due the house of God. The congregation, however, were aghast at the prospect of losing Brown, and plainly gave the Rector to understand that he must not interfere with the sexton. Never mind about his want of reverence. The Rector’s business was to look after the religious part of the congregation, while Brown superintended the secular affairs of that fashionable corporation. They had use for the Rector only on Sunday; but Brown they looked up to every day in the week. The Rector meekly subsided, and Brown forgave him.
If the wedding is at Grace Church, Brown, “the great sexton,” is in charge. A wedding he presides over is sure to be a great success. Brown is an amazing man. No account of New York society would be complete without mentioning him. He has been the sexton of Grace Church for as long as anyone can remember, and those in the know are puzzled about what the church will do when Brown is no longer around. The congregation would rather part with the best Rector they’ve ever had than give up Brown. A certain Rector once tried to force him to resign because he didn’t like Brown’s ways, claiming they weren’t respectful enough for the house of God. However, the congregation was horrified at the thought of losing Brown and made it clear to the Rector that he shouldn’t interfere with the sexton. Forget about his lack of reverence. The Rector’s job was to handle the spiritual side of the congregation, while Brown took care of the practical matters of that fashionable community. They needed the Rector only on Sundays, but they looked up to Brown every day of the week. The Rector quietly backed down, and Brown forgave him.
A very lucky man is Brown, and very far from being a fool. There is no sharper, shrewder man in New York, and no one who estimates his customers more correctly. He puts a high price on his services, and is said to have accumulated a p. 168handsome fortune, popularly estimated at about $300,000. Fat and sleek, and smooth of tongue, he can be a very despot when he chooses. He keeps a list of the fashionable young men of the city, who find it to their interest to be on good terms with him, since they are mainly dependent upon him for their invitations. Report says that, like a certain great statesman, Brown is not averse to receiving a small present now and then as a reminder of the gratitude of the recipients of his favors.
A very lucky man is Brown, and far from being a fool. There’s no sharper, shrewder guy in New York, and no one who understands his clients better. He prices his services high and is said to have built a p. 168handsome fortune, estimated at around $300,000. Fat and well-groomed, with a smooth way of speaking, he can be quite the dictator when he wants. He maintains a list of the trendy young men in the city, who find it beneficial to stay on his good side, as they mainly rely on him for their invitations. Rumor has it that, like a certain famous politician, Brown is not against receiving a small gift now and then as a reminder of the gratitude from those he helps.
Brown is sixty years old, but time has dealt lightly with him, and he is still hale and hearty. He knows all the gossip of New York for thirty years back, but also knows how to hold his tongue. To see him in his glory, one should wait until the breaking up of some great party. Then he takes his stand on the steps of the mansion, and in the most pompous manner calls the carriages of the guests. There is no chance for sleep in the neighborhood when the great voice of the “great sexton” is roaring down the avenue. He takes care that the whole neighborhood shall know who have honored the entertainment with their presence.
Brown is sixty years old, but time has treated him well, and he is still fit and healthy. He knows all the gossip from New York over the last thirty years, but he also knows when to keep quiet. To see him at his best, you should wait until a big party is ending. Then he stands on the steps of the mansion and calls out for the guests' carriages in the most grandiose way. There's no chance for anyone nearby to get any sleep when the booming voice of the “great sexton” echoes down the avenue. He makes sure the whole neighborhood knows who has graced the event with their presence.
He has a sharp tongue, too, this Brown, when he chooses to use it, and a good story is told of this quality of his. He was once calling the carriages at a brilliant party. Among the guests was Harry X---, a young gentleman of fortune, concerning whose morals some hard things were said. It was hinted that Mr. X--- was rather too fond of faro. The young gentleman and the great sexton were not on good terms, and when Brown, having summoned Mr. X---’s carriage, asked, as usual, “Where to, sir?” he received the short and sharp reply, “To where he brought me from.” “All right, sir,” said Brown, calmly, and turning to the driver he exclaimed in a loud tone, “Drive Mr. X--- to John Chamberlain’s faro-bank.” A roar of laughter greeted this sally, and Brown smiled serenely as his discomfited enemy was driven away.
He has a sharp tongue, too, this Brown, when he chooses to use it, and a good story is told of this quality of his. He was once calling the carriages at a fancy party. Among the guests was Harry X---, a young wealthy guy, about whom some harsh things were said. It was suggested that Mr. X--- liked faro a bit too much. The young man and the great sexton weren’t on good terms, and when Brown, having summoned Mr. X---’s carriage, asked, as usual, “Where to, sir?” he received the short and sharp reply, “To where he brought me from.” “All right, sir,” said Brown, calmly, and turning to the driver he shouted in a loud voice, “Drive Mr. X--- to John Chamberlain’s faro-bank.” A roar of laughter greeted this remark, and Brown smiled serenely as his embarrassed enemy was driven away.
Fashionable weddings are very costly affairs. The outfits of the bride and groom cost thousands of dollars, the extravagance of the man being fully equal to that of his bride. A wedding is attended with numerous entertainments, all of which p. 169are costly, and the expenses attendant upon the affair itself are enormous. The outlay is not confined to the parties immediately concerned, the friends of the happy pair must go to great expense to give to the bride elegant and appropriate presents. One, two, or three rooms, as may be required, are set apart at every fashionable wedding, for the display of the presents. These are visited and commented upon by the friends of the bride and groom, such being the prescribed custom. The presents are frequently worth a handsome fortune. At the marriage of the daughter of a notorious politician not long since, the wedding presents were valued at more than $250,000. Efforts have been repeatedly made to put a stop to the giving of such costly presents, but the custom still continues.
Fashionable weddings are very expensive events. The outfits for the bride and groom can cost thousands of dollars, and the groom's extravagance matches that of his bride. A wedding includes a lot of entertainment, all of which p. 169is costly, and the overall expenses are enormous. The costs don't just fall on the couple getting married; their friends also spend generously on elegant and fitting gifts for the bride. One, two, or three rooms, depending on what’s needed, are set aside at every stylish wedding to showcase the gifts. These rooms are visited and talked about by the couple's friends, as is tradition. The gifts are often worth a significant fortune. For instance, at the wedding of a politician's daughter not too long ago, the wedding gifts were valued at over $250,000. Efforts have been made multiple times to stop giving such expensive gifts, but the tradition still persists.
As it is the ambition of every one of the class we are discussing to live fashionably, so it is their chief wish to be laid in the grave in the same style. The undertaker at a fashionable funeral is generally the sexton of some fashionable church, perhaps of the church the deceased was in the habit of attending. This individual prescribes the manner in which the funeral ceremonies shall be conducted, and advises certain styles of mourning for the family. Sometimes the blinds of the house are closed, and the gas lighted in the hall and parlors. The lights in such cases are arranged in the most artistic manner, and everything is made to look as “interesting” as possible.
As everyone in this social class we’re talking about wants to live in style, they also wish to be buried in the same way. The funeral director at a stylish funeral is usually the caretaker of a trendy church, possibly the one the deceased often attended. This person decides how the funeral will be carried out and recommends specific mourning styles for the family. Sometimes, the house's blinds are closed, and the gas lights are turned on in the hallway and living room. The lights in these cases are arranged in an artistic way, making everything look as “interesting” as possible.
A certain fashionable sexton always refuses to allow the female members of the family to follow their dead to the grave. He will not let them be seen at the funeral, at all, as he says, “It’s horribly vulgar to see a lot of women crying about a corpse; and, besides, they’re always in the way.”
A certain trendy gravekeeper always refuses to let the women in the family attend the funeral. He won’t allow them to be seen at all, saying, “It’s really tacky to have a bunch of women crying over a dead body; plus, they’re always in the way.”
The funeral over, the bereaved ones must remain in the house for a certain length of time, the period being regulated by a set decree. To be seen on the street within the prescribed time, would be to lose caste. Many of the days of their seclusion are passed in consultations with their modiste, in preparing the most fashionable mourning that can be thought of. They no doubt agree fully with a certain famous modiste of the city, p. 170who once declared to a widow, but recently bereaved, that “fashionable and becoming mourning is so comforting to persons in affliction.”
The funeral over, the grieving family must stay in the house for a certain amount of time, with the duration set by a specific rule. Being seen on the street during this time would mean losing social status. Many of the days spent in seclusion involve consulting with their modiste to prepare the most stylish mourning attire possible. They likely fully agree with a well-known modiste from the city, p. 170who once told a newly widowed woman that “fashionable and flattering mourning is so comforting to those in grief.”
Well, after all, only the rich can afford to die and be buried in style in the great city. A lot in Greenwood is worth more than many comfortable dwellings in Brooklyn. A fashionable funeral entails heavy expenses upon the family of the deceased. The coffin must be of rosewood, or some other costly material, and must be lined with satin. A profusion of white flowers must be had to cover it and to deck the room in which the corpse is laid out. The body must be dressed in a suit of the latest style and finest quality, and the cost of the hearse and carriages, the expenses at the church and cemetery, and the fees of the undertaker, are very heavy. The average expense of such an occasion may be set down at from $1500 to $2000.
Well, in the end, only the wealthy can afford to die and be buried in style in the big city. A lot in Greenwood is worth more than many nice homes in Brooklyn. A fancy funeral comes with significant costs for the family of the deceased. The coffin needs to be made of rosewood or some other expensive material and must be lined with satin. A lot of white flowers are required to cover it and to decorate the room where the body is displayed. The deceased should be dressed in a trendy suit of the highest quality, and the costs for the hearse, carriages, church and cemetery fees, and the undertaker’s charges can add up quickly. The typical expense for such an event can range from $1,500 to $2,000.
p. 171VII. THE MUNICIPAL POLICE.
Until the passage of the new Charter in 1870, the Police Department was independent of the control of the city officials, and consequently independent of local political influences. There was a “Metropolitan Police District,” embracing the cities of New York and Brooklyn, and the counties of New York, Kings, Richmond and Westchester, and a part of Queen’s county, in all a circuit of about thirty miles. The control of this district was committed to a commission of five citizens, who were subject to the supervision of the Legislature of the State. The Mayors of New York and Brooklyn were ex-officio members of this board.
Until the new Charter was passed in 1870, the Police Department operated independently from city officials, meaning it was also free from local political influences. There was a “Metropolitan Police District” that covered the cities of New York and Brooklyn, as well as the counties of New York, Kings, Richmond, Westchester, and part of Queens County, totaling about thirty miles around. A commission made up of five citizens was responsible for managing this district, and they were overseen by the State Legislature. The Mayors of New York and Brooklyn served as ex-officio members of this board.
The Charter of 1870 changed all this. It broke up the Metropolitan District, and placed the police of New York and Brooklyn under the control of their respective municipal governments. To the credit of the force be it said, the police of New York were less under the influence of the Ring than any other portion of the municipality, and improved rather than depreciated in efficiency.
The Charter of 1870 changed everything. It divided the Metropolitan District and put the police departments of New York and Brooklyn under the control of their local governments. To its credit, the New York police were less influenced by the Ring than any other part of the municipality and actually became more efficient rather than less.
As at present constituted, the force is under the control and supervision of four Commissioners appointed by the Mayor. The force consists of a Superintendent, four Inspectors, thirty-two Captains, one hundred and twenty-eight Sergeants, sixty-four Roundsmen and 2085 Patrolmen, Detectives, Doorkeepers, etc.
As it currently stands, the force is managed and overseen by four Commissioners appointed by the Mayor. The force includes a Superintendent, four Inspectors, thirty-two Captains, one hundred and twenty-eight Sergeants, sixty-four Roundsmen, and 2,085 Patrolmen, Detectives, Doorkeepers, and more.
The present Superintendent of Police is Mr. James J. Kelso. He is the Commander-in-chief of the force, and it is through him that all orders are issued. His subordinates are responsible to him for the proper discharge of their duties, and he in his turn to the Commissioners. He was promoted to his present p. 172position on the death of Superintendent Jourdan, and has rendered himself popular with men of all parties by his conscientious discharge of his important duties. Mr. Kelso is eminently fitted for his position. His long service in the force, and great experience as a detective officer, have thoroughly familiarized him with the criminals with whom he has to deal, and the crimes against which he has to contend. He has maintained the discipline of the force at a high point, and has been rigorous in dealing with the offenders against the law. His sudden and sweeping descents upon the gambling hells, and other disreputable places of the city, have stricken terror to the frequenters thereof. They are constantly alarmed, for they know not at what moment they may be captured by Kelso in one of his characteristic raids.
The current Superintendent of Police is Mr. James J. Kelso. He is the Commander-in-chief of the force, and all orders are issued through him. His subordinates are accountable to him for properly carrying out their duties, and he is accountable to the Commissioners. He was promoted to this position after the death of Superintendent Jourdan and has become well-liked by people from all political backgrounds through his diligent performance of his important responsibilities. Mr. Kelso is exceptionally suited for his role. His extensive service in the force and significant experience as a detective have made him well-acquainted with the criminals he faces and the crimes he fights against. He has kept the discipline of the force at a high level and has been strict in dealing with lawbreakers. His sudden and sweeping operations against gambling dens and other shady spots in the city have instilled fear in their patrons. They are always on edge, knowing they could be caught by Kelso during one of his typical raids.
In person Mr. Kelso is a fine-looking, and rather handsome man. He shows well at the head of the force. It is said that he was overwhelmed with mortification last July, when the Mayor compelled him to forbid the “Orange Parade,” and thus make a cowardly surrender to the mob. When Governor Hoffman revoked Mayor Hall’s order, at the demand of the indignant citizens, Kelso was perhaps the happiest man in New York. He had a chance to vindicate his own manhood and the honor of the force, and he and his men did nobly on that memorable day.
In person, Mr. Kelso is a good-looking and quite handsome man. He carries himself well as the head of the force. It’s said that he was extremely embarrassed last July when the Mayor made him cancel the “Orange Parade,” forcing him to submit to the mob. When Governor Hoffman overturned Mayor Hall’s order, responding to the outraged citizens, Kelso was probably the happiest man in New York. He finally had a chance to prove his own strength and the honor of the force, and he and his team performed brilliantly on that memorable day.
The city is divided into two Inspection Districts, each of which is in charge of two Inspectors. Each Inspector is held responsible for the general good conduct and order of his District. It is expected that he will visit portions of it at uncertain hours of the night, in order that the Patrolmen may be made more vigilant by their ignorance of the hour of his appearance on their “beats.” The Inspectors keep a constant watch over the rank and file of the force. They examine the Police Stations, and everything connected with them, at pleasure, and receive and investigate complaints made by citizens against members of the force. The creation of this useful grade is due to John A. Kennedy, the first Superintendent of the Metropolitan Police.
The city is split into two Inspection Districts, each overseen by two Inspectors. Each Inspector is responsible for maintaining good conduct and order in their District. They are expected to check different areas at unpredictable times during the night, so Patrolmen stay alert, not knowing when they might show up on their routes. The Inspectors keep a close eye on the officers beneath them. They can inspect Police Stations and anything related to them as they wish, and they handle and investigate citizen complaints against police officers. This important role was established by John A. Kennedy, the first Superintendent of the Metropolitan Police.
p. 173The Inspection Districts are sub-divided into thirty-two precincts, in each of which there is a Police Station. Each Station is in charge of a Captain, who is held to a strict accountability for the preservation of the peace and good order of his precinct. He has authority to post the men under his command in such parts of his precinct, and to assign them to such duties as he deems expedient, under the supervision of the Superintendent. He is required to divide his force into two equal parts, called the First and Second Platoons. Each Platoon consists of two Sections. Each of the four Sections is in charge of a Sergeant.
p. 173The Inspection Districts are divided into thirty-two precincts, each with its own Police Station. Each Station is led by a Captain, who is responsible for maintaining peace and order in their precinct. The Captain has the authority to assign officers under their command to different areas and roles as they see fit, with oversight from the Superintendent. They must split their team into two equal groups, known as the First and Second Platoons. Each Platoon is made up of two Sections, and each of the four Sections is overseen by a Sergeant.
In the illness or absence of the Captain, the Station and Precinct are commanded by one of the Sergeants, who is named for that purpose by the Superintendent. The special duties of the Sergeants are to patrol their precincts, and see that the Roundsmen and Patrolmen are at their posts and performing their duties properly. They are severally responsible for the condition of their Sections. One of the Sergeants is required to remain at the Station House at all times.
In the event of the Captain's illness or absence, one of the Sergeants, designated by the Superintendent, takes charge of the Station and Precinct. The primary responsibilities of the Sergeants include patrolling their assigned areas and ensuring that the Roundsmen and Patrolmen are at their posts and carrying out their duties effectively. They are individually accountable for the status of their Sections. One of the Sergeants must always be present at the Station House.
Two Roundsmen are selected by the Commissioners from the Patrolmen of each precinct, and one of them is assigned to each platoon. They have the immediate supervision of the Patrolmen, and are required to exercise a vigilant watch over them at all times.
Two Roundsmen are chosen by the Commissioners from the Patrolmen of each precinct, and one of them is assigned to each platoon. They are responsible for directly supervising the Patrolmen and must keep a close watch over them at all times.
The Patrolmen are the privates of the force. They are assigned certain “beats” or districts to watch. Many of these beats are too large for the care of one man, and more is expected of the Patrolman than he is capable of performing. He is required to exercise the utmost vigilance to prevent the occurrence of any crime within his beat, and to render the commission of it difficult, at the least. The occurrence of a crime on the streets is always regarded as presumptive evidence of negligence on his part, and he is obliged to show that he was strictly attending to his duties at the time. He is required to watch vigilantly every person passing him while on duty, to examine frequently the doors, lower windows, and gates of the houses on his beat, and warn the occupants if any are open or p. 174unlocked; to have a general knowledge of the persons residing in his beat; to report to his commanding officer “all persons known or suspected of being policy dealers, gamblers, receivers of stolen property, thieves, burglars, or offenders of any kind;” to watch all disorderly houses or houses of ill-fame, and observe “and report to his commanding officer all persons by whom they are frequented;” to do certain other things for the preservation of the public peace; and to arrest for certain offences, all of which are laid down in the volume of Regulations, of which each member of the force is obliged to have a copy. Patrolmen are not allowed to converse with each other, except to ask or impart information, upon meeting at the confines of their posts; “and they must not engage in conversation with any person on any part of their post, except in regard to matters concerning the immediate discharge of their duties.”
The Patrolmen are the basic members of the police force. They are assigned specific areas, called “beats,” to monitor. Many of these beats are too large for one person to handle effectively, and more is expected of the Patrolman than he can realistically accomplish. He must stay extremely alert to prevent any crime from happening in his area, and at the very least, make it difficult for crimes to take place. If a crime occurs on the streets, it is usually seen as a sign of negligence on his part, and he has to prove that he was diligently performing his duties at that time. He is required to carefully observe everyone passing by while on duty, regularly check the doors, lower windows, and gates of homes in his area, and inform residents if any are open or unlocked; to have a general understanding of the people living in his beat; to report to his commanding officer “all persons known or suspected of being involved in illegal activities like policy dealing, gambling, receiving stolen property, theft, burglary, or any other offenses;” to monitor all disorderly houses or places of ill repute, and to observe “and report to his commanding officer all persons frequenting them;” to carry out various other responsibilities for maintaining public peace; and to arrest people for specific offenses, as outlined in the volume of Regulations, which every member of the force is required to have a copy of. Patrolmen are not permitted to talk with each other, except to ask or share information when they meet at their posts; “and they must not engage in conversation with anyone while on any part of their post, except regarding matters related to the immediate performance of their duties.”
The uniform of the force is a frock coat and pants of dark blue navy cloth, and a glazed cap. In the summer the dress is a sack and pants of dark blue navy flannel. The officers are distinguished by appropriate badges. Each member of the force is provided with a shield of a peculiar pattern, on which is his number. This is his badge of office, and he is obliged to show it when required. The men are armed with batons or short clubs of hard wood, and revolvers. The latter they are forbidden to use except in grave emergencies.
The uniform of the force consists of a dark blue navy frock coat and pants, along with a shiny cap. In the summer, the outfit is a dark blue navy flannel shirt and pants. Officers are marked by their specific badges. Each member of the force receives a unique shield with their number on it, serving as their badge of office, which they must show when asked. The men are equipped with wooden batons or short clubs, as well as revolvers. They are only allowed to use the revolvers in serious emergencies.
The general misdemeanors of which the police are bound to take notice, are: Attempts to pick a pocket, especially where the thief is a known pickpocket; cruel usage of animals in public places; interfering with the telegraph wires; selling or carrying a slingshot; aiding in any way in a prize fight, dog fight, or cock fight; destroying fences, trees, or lamps, or defacing property; aiding in theatrical entertainments on Sunday; disorderly conduct; participating in or inciting to riots; assaults; drunkenness on the streets; gambling; discharging fire-arms on the streets; and other stated offences. The officer must be careful to arrest the true offender, and not to interfere with any innocent person, and is forbidden to use violence unless the resistance of his prisoner is such as to render violence p. 175absolutely necessary, and even then he is held responsible for the particular degree of force exerted. If he is himself unable to make the arrest, or if he has good reason to fear an attempt at a rescue of the prisoner, it is his duty to call upon the bystanders for assistance; and any person who refuses him when so called on, is guilty of a misdemeanor, for which he may be arrested and punished.
The general offenses that the police are required to address include: attempts to pickpocket, especially if the thief is a known pickpocket; cruelty to animals in public; tampering with telegraph wires; selling or carrying a slingshot; facilitating any type of prize fight, dog fight, or cockfight; damaging fences, trees, or lamps, or vandalizing property; participating in theatrical performances on Sundays; disorderly behavior; participating in or encouraging riots; assaults; public intoxication; gambling; discharging firearms in public; and other specified offenses. The officer must ensure that they arrest the actual offender and not interfere with any innocent person, and is prohibited from using force unless the resistance from the prisoner makes it absolutely necessary. Even then, they are accountable for the level of force used. If the officer is unable to make the arrest, or has a reasonable fear of an attempt to rescue the prisoner, they must call for help from bystanders; any person who refuses this request may be charged with a misdemeanor and can be arrested and punished. p. 175
Promotions are made in the force as follows: Inspectors are chosen from the Captains, Captains from Sergeants, Sergeants from Roundsmen, and Roundsmen from the most efficient Patrolmen.
Promotions within the force are done like this: Inspectors are selected from Captains, Captains from Sergeants, Sergeants from Roundsmen, and Roundsmen from the most effective Patrolmen.
The duties of a policeman are hard, and the salaries are moderate in every grade. The hours for duty of the Patrolmen are divided in the following manner: from six to eight o’clock in the morning; from eight o’clock in the morning to one in the afternoon; from one in the afternoon to six; from six to twelve midnight; from twelve midnight to six in the morning. These “tours” of duty are so distributed that no one man shall be called on duty at the same hour on two successive days. One-third of the entire force, about 700 in all, is on duty in the daytime, and two-thirds, about 1400 men, at night. Sickness and casualties bring down this estimate somewhat, but the men are such fine physical specimens that sick leaves are now comparatively rare.
The responsibilities of a police officer are challenging, and the pay is average across the board. Patrol officers work in shifts structured like this: from 6 to 8 AM; from 8 AM to 1 PM; from 1 PM to 6 PM; from 6 PM to midnight; and from midnight to 6 AM. These shifts are organized so that no officer is scheduled to work the same hours on two consecutive days. About one-third of the total force, which is around 700 officers, is on duty during the day, while two-thirds, about 1400 officers, work at night. Illness and other incidents can lower these numbers a bit, but the officers are in such great shape that sick leave is pretty uncommon.
Besides the Patrolmen there are several divisions of the force. Forty men, called the Court Squad, are on duty at the various Courts of Justice. Four have charge of the House of Detention for Witnesses, No. 203 Mulberry street. The Sanitary Squad consists of a captain, four sergeants, and fifty-seven patrolmen. Some of these are on duty at the ferries and steamboat landings. Others are detailed to examine the steam boilers in use in the city. Others execute the orders of the Board of Health. Another detachment, nine in number, look after truant children. Others are detailed for duty at banks and other places. The Detectives will be referred to hereafter.
Besides the patrol officers, there are several divisions within the force. Forty officers, known as the Court Squad, are on duty at the various courts of justice. Four are responsible for the House of Detention for Witnesses at 203 Mulberry Street. The Sanitary Squad consists of a captain, four sergeants, and fifty-seven patrol officers. Some of these are working at the ferries and steamboat landings. Others are assigned to inspect the steam boilers in use throughout the city. Some follow the directives of the Board of Health. Another group of nine focuses on truant children. Others are assigned to duty at banks and various locations. The Detectives will be discussed later.
“First, is able to read and write the English language understandingly.
“First, is able to read and write English clearly.”
“Second, is a citizen of the United States.
“Second, is a citizen of the United States.
“Third, has been a resident of this State for a term of one year next prior to his application for the office.
“Third, has been a resident of this State for one year immediately before applying for the office.
“Fourth, has never been convicted of a crime.
“Fourth, has never been convicted of a crime.
“Fifth, is at least five feet eight inches in height.
“Fifth, is at least five feet eight inches tall.
“Sixth, is less than thirty-five years of age.
“Sixth, is under thirty-five years old.
“Seventh, is in good health, and of sound body and mind.
“Seventh, is in good health, and of sound body and mind.
“Eighth, is of good moral character and habits.
“Eighth, is of good moral character and habits.
“Applicants for the office must present to the Board of Commissioners a petition signed by not less than five citizens of good character and habits, and verified by the affidavit of one of them.”
“Applicants for the position must submit to the Board of Commissioners a petition signed by at least five citizens of good character and habits, along with an affidavit from one of them.”
As none but “sound” men are wanted, the applicant is then subjected to a rigid medical examination; and the writer is informed by one of the most efficient surgeons of the force, that scarcely one applicant in ten can stand this test. The applicant must also give, under oath, an exact statement as to his parentage, nationality, education, personal condition in every respect, business or employment, and physical condition.
As only "fit" people are needed, the applicant then goes through a strict medical examination; and I've been told by one of the most skilled surgeons in the force that hardly one in ten applicants can pass this test. The applicant must also provide, under oath, a complete account of their parentage, nationality, education, personal status in every way, work history, and physical condition.
The strictest discipline is maintained in the force, and offences are rigidly reported and punished. All members are required at once to communicate intelligence of importance to their superior officers. The men are regularly drilled in military exercises, to fit them for dealing efficiently with serious disturbances. The writer can testify, that during their parade in the Spring of 1871, they presented as fine an appearance, and executed their manœuvres as correctly as any body of regular troops.
The strictest discipline is upheld in the force, and offenses are strictly reported and punished. All members are required to immediately inform their superior officers of any important intelligence. The men undergo regular drills in military exercises to prepare them for effectively managing serious disturbances. The writer can attest that during their parade in the spring of 1871, they looked impressive and executed their maneuvers as accurately as any regular army unit.
The finest looking and largest men are detailed for service on Broadway. One of their principal duties is to keep the street free from obstructions, no slight task when one considers the usual jam in the great thoroughfare. It is a common habit to denounce the “Broadway Squad” as more ornamental p. 178than useful, but the habitués of that street can testify to the arduous labor performed by the “giants,” and the amount of protection afforded by them to the merchants and promenaders. Scarcely a day passes that they do not prevent robberies and cut short the operations of pickpockets.
The best-looking and biggest guys are assigned to work on Broadway. One of their main jobs is to keep the street clear of obstacles, which is no easy task considering the usual crowd in the busy thoroughfare. People often criticize the “Broadway Squad” as being more decorative p. 178than practical, but the regulars on that street can vouch for the tough work the “giants” do and the level of protection they provide to shop owners and strollers. Hardly a day goes by without them stopping robberies and cutting short the actions of pickpockets.
The number of arrests made by the force is fair evidence of their efficiency. Since 1862 the annual number has been as follows:
The number of arrests made by the police is solid proof of their efficiency. Since 1862, the annual numbers have been as follows:
Total arrests in New York Total arrests in NYC |
|
1862 1862 |
82,072 82,072 |
1863 1863 |
61,888 61,888 |
1864 1864 |
54,751 54,751 |
1865 1865 |
68,873 68,873 |
1866 1866 |
75,630 75,630 |
1867 1867 |
80,532 80,532 |
1868 1868 |
78,451 78,451 |
1869 1869 |
72,984 72,984 |
During the year 1869, the arrests were divided as follows:
During the year 1869, the arrests were divided as follows:
Males Men |
51,446 51,446 |
Females Women |
21,538 21,538 |
The principal causes for which these arrests were made were as follows:
The main reasons these arrests were made were as follows:
|
Males Men |
Females Women |
Assault and Battery Assault and Battery |
5,638 5,638 |
1,161 1,161 |
Disorderly conduct Public disturbance |
9,376 9,376 |
5,559 5,559 |
Intoxication Drunk |
15,918 15,918 |
8,105 8,105 |
Intoxication and disorderly conduct Drunk and disorderly conduct |
5,232 5,232 |
3,466 3,466 |
Petty larceny Theft under $100 |
3,700 3,700 |
1,209 1,209 |
Grand larceny Grand theft |
1,623 1,623 |
499 499 |
Malicious mischief Vandalism |
1,081 1,081 |
32 32 |
Vagrancy Homelessness |
1,065 1,065 |
701 701 |
During the past nine years over 73,000 lost children have been restored to their parents by the police. More than 40,000 houses have been found open at night, owing to the carelessness of the inmates, who have been warned of their danger by the police in time to prevent robbery. There is scarcely a fire but is marked by the individual heroism of some member of the force, and the daily papers abound in instances of rescues from p. 179drowning by the policemen stationed along the docks. In times of riot and other public danger, the police force have never been found lacking, and they have fairly won the “flag of honor” which the citizens of New York are about to present to them in recognition of their gallant and efficient services on the 12th of July, 1871. That there are individuals whose conduct reflects discredit upon the force is but natural; but as a whole, there does not exist a more devoted, gallant, and efficient body of men than those composing the police of New York.
During the past nine years, over 73,000 missing children have been reunited with their parents by the police. More than 40,000 homes have been found unlocked at night due to the negligence of the residents, who were warned by the police in time to prevent theft. Almost every fire features the individual bravery of some member of the force, and the daily newspapers are filled with stories of rescues from drowning by the officers stationed along the docks. In times of riots and other public dangers, the police have consistently stepped up, and they have rightfully earned the “flag of honor” that the citizens of New York are about to present to them in recognition of their brave and effective services on July 12, 1871. While it’s natural for some individuals to reflect poorly on the force, overall, there is no more dedicated, brave, and efficient group of men than those making up the police of New York.
The Station Houses of the city are so arranged as to be central to their respective precincts. The new buildings are models of their kind, and the old ones are being improved as rapidly as possible. Perhaps the best arranged, the handsomest, and most convenient, is that of the Fourth Precinct, located at No. 9 Oak street. The locality is one of the worst in the city, and it is necessary that the police accommodations should be perfect. The building is of red brick, with a fine white granite façade, with massive stone steps leading from the street to the main entrance. The entrance leads directly to the main room, or office. On the right of the entrance is the Sergeant’s desk, of black walnut, massive and handsomely carved. Back of this is a fine book-case of the same material, for the record books and papers of the station. The telegraph instrument is at the side farthest from the windows—a precaution looking to its safety in case of a riot or attack on the station. Speaking-tubes, and boxes for papers, communicate with the other apartments. The walls are adorned with fine photographs of the late Superintendent Jourdan, the present Superintendent Kelso, and the Police Commissioners. Back of the office is the Surgeon’s Room, with every convenience for the performance of the Surgeon’s duties. The office of the Captain in command of the station is to the left of the entrance, and is fitted up with a Brussels carpet, and black walnut furniture. The walls are covered with fine engravings and photographs of prominent men. The Captain is also provided with a bed-room, bathroom, etc., which are elegantly furnished. The Sergeants’ p. 180bedrooms are large, airy, and well furnished. Bathrooms for the Sergeants and Patrolmen are located in the basement. The sleeping rooms of the Sergeants and Roundsmen, and four large dormitories for the Patrolmen, are situated on the second and third floors. Each Patrolman has a private closet for his clothing, etc., and each bedstead is stamped with the occupant’s section number. The fourth story is used for store-rooms. On the first floor there is also a large sitting-room for the Patrolmen.
The police stations in the city are strategically located to be central to their areas. The new buildings are top-notch, and the older ones are being upgraded as quickly as possible. One of the best-designed, most attractive, and most convenient is the one in the Fourth Precinct, located at No. 9 Oak Street. This area is among the most challenging in the city, making it essential for the police facilities to be excellent. The building is made of red brick and features an impressive white granite facade, with large stone steps leading from the street to the main entrance. The entrance opens directly into the main office. To the right of the entrance is the Sergeant’s desk, made of solid black walnut and beautifully crafted. Behind this is a great bookcase of the same material, used for the station's record books and papers. The telegraph device is positioned farthest from the windows for safety in case of a riot or attack on the station. There are speaking tubes and boxes for papers connecting to the other rooms. The walls are decorated with excellent photographs of the late Superintendent Jourdan, the current Superintendent Kelso, and the Police Commissioners. Behind the office is the Surgeon’s Room, equipped with everything necessary for surgical duties. The office of the Captain in charge is to the left of the entrance, furnished with a Brussels carpet and black walnut furniture. Its walls are adorned with fine engravings and photographs of notable individuals. The Captain also has a bedroom and bathroom that are elegantly furnished. The Sergeants’ bedrooms are spacious, well-ventilated, and nicely furnished. Bathrooms for the Sergeants and Patrolmen are in the basement. The sleeping quarters for the Sergeants and Roundsmen, along with four large dormitories for the Patrolmen, are on the second and third floors. Each Patrolman has a personal closet for their clothes, and each bed is labeled with the occupant’s section number. The fourth floor is reserved for storage rooms. On the first floor, there's also a large sitting room for the Patrolmen.
Attached to the Station House, and connected with it by a bridge, is the prison, a brick building three stories in height. It is entered through the Patrolmen’s sitting-room, and is the largest in any city station house. It contains fifty-two cells, all of which are of a good size and are well ventilated. Four of these (Nos. 1, 16, 17, 32) are somewhat larger than the others, and are humorously called by the force “Bridal chambers.” They are reserved for the more respectable prisoners. Over the prison are two large rooms designed for the unfortunates who seek a night’s shelter at the station—one for men and the other for women. They are provided with board platforms to sleep on. These platforms can be removed, and the whole place drenched with water from hydrants conveniently located.
Attached to the Station House and linked by a bridge is the prison, a three-story brick building. It’s accessed through the Patrolmen’s lounge and is the largest of any city station house. It has fifty-two cells, all of which are spacious and well-ventilated. Four of these (Nos. 1, 16, 17, 32) are slightly larger than the others and are jokingly referred to by the force as “Bridal chambers.” These are reserved for the more respectable prisoners. Above the prison are two large rooms for those seeking a night’s shelter at the station—one for men and the other for women. They have board platforms for sleeping. These platforms can be moved, and the entire area can be drenched with water from conveniently located hydrants.
As a matter of course, this model station is in charge of one of the most efficient, experienced, and reliable officers of the force. It is at present commanded by Captain A. J. Allaire, whose personal and official record fairly entitles him to the high and honorable position he holds in the force.
As usual, this model station is led by one of the most efficient, experienced, and reliable officers in the department. Currently, it is commanded by Captain A. J. Allaire, whose personal and professional record rightfully earns him the high and honorable position he holds in the force.
The station houses are kept scrupulously clean. Neatness is required in every department of the police service. The Inspector may enter them at any hour, and he is almost sure to find them in perfect order.
The station houses are kept spotlessly clean. Neatness is expected in every part of the police service. The Inspector can enter them at any time, and he's almost guaranteed to find them in perfect order.
These stations afford a temporary shelter to the outdoor poor. In all of them accommodations are provided for giving a night’s lodging to the poor wretches who seek it. When the snow lies white over the ground, or the frosts have driven them out of the streets, these poor creatures come in crowds to the station houses, and beg for a shelter for the night. You may see them huddling p. 182eagerly around the stove, spreading their thin hands to catch the warmth, or holding some half-frozen child to be thawed by the heat, silent, submissive, and grateful, yet even half afraid that the kind-hearted Sergeant, who tries to hide his sympathy for them by a show of gruffness, will turn them into the freezing streets again. When the rooms devoted to their use are all filled, others still come, begging, ah, so piteously, to be taken in for the night. I think there is no part of the Sergeant’s duties so hard, so painful to him, as to be forced to turn a deaf ear to these appeals. Let us thank God, however, he does not do so often, and even at the risk of being “overhauled” for exceeding his duty, the Sergeant finds, or makes, a place for those who seek his assistance in this way. Many of those who seek shelter here are constant tramps, who have nowhere else to go. Others are strangers in the city—poor people who have come here in search of employment. Failing to find it, and what little money they brought with them being exhausted, they have only the alternative of the station house or the pavement. Many who are simply unfortunate, suffer almost to perishing before seeking the station house, mistakenly supposing that in so doing they place themselves on a par with those who are brought there for offences against the law. But at last the cold and the snow drive them there, and they meet with kindness and consideration. I could not here present a description of the quiet and practical way in which the members of the “Force” relieve such sufferers. No record is kept of such good deeds by the force, and the Sergeant’s book is modestly silent on this subject; but we may be sure it is written in letters of living light on the great book that shall be opened at the last day.
These stations provide a temporary refuge for the homeless. Every station offers a place for those in need to spend the night. When the ground is covered in snow or the cold drives them off the streets, these unfortunate people gather at the station houses and ask for shelter. You can see them crowding around the stove, eagerly extending their thin hands to soak up the warmth, or holding a half-frozen child close to get them warmed up, all quiet, submissive, and grateful, yet still a bit afraid that the kind-hearted Sergeant, who tries to hide his compassion with a tough exterior, might send them back to the freezing streets. When the rooms set aside for them are full, more continue to arrive, pleading, oh so pitifully, to be let in for the night. I think there is no part of the Sergeant’s job that is as difficult and painful for him as ignoring these requests. Thankfully, he doesn’t do that often, and even at the risk of being reprimanded for going beyond his duties, the Sergeant finds or makes space for those who seek his help. Many of those who come here are regular drifters with nowhere else to turn. Others are newcomers to the city—poor individuals looking for work. When they can’t find it and run out of the little money they had, they are left with the choice of the station house or the sidewalk. Many who are simply down on their luck endure near-starvation before seeking shelter, mistakenly thinking that by doing so, they put themselves on the same level as those brought in for breaking the law. But eventually, the cold and the snow drive them to the station house, where they find kindness and compassion. I can't fully describe the quiet and practical ways that the members of the “Force” help such people. There’s no record kept of these good deeds by the force, and the Sergeant’s log is modestly silent on the matter; but we can be sure it’s written in bright letters in the great book that will be opened on judgment day.
The stations are connected with each other and with the headquarters by telegraph. The telegraph system has been so perfected that by means of a set of numbers struck on a bell, each of which refers to a corresponding number in the book of signals, questions are asked and answered, and messages sent from station to station with the greatest rapidity.
The stations are linked to each other and to headquarters by telegraph. The telegraph system is so advanced that by using a set of numbers tapped on a bell, each corresponding to a number in the signal book, questions can be asked and answered, and messages can be sent from station to station very quickly.
The Headquarters of the Police Force are located in a handsome building, five stories high, known as No. 300 Mulberry p. 183street. The building extends through to Mott street, in the rear. It is situated on the easterly side of Mulberry street, between Bleecker and Houston streets. It is ninety feet in width. The Mulberry street front is of white marble, and the Mott street front is of pressed brick, with white marble trimmings. It is fitted up with great taste, and every convenience and comfort is provided for the members of the force on duty here. The greatest order is manifest. Everything and every man has a place, and must be in it at the proper times. There is no confusion. Each department has its separate quarters.
The Police Force Headquarters is located in an impressive five-story building at 300 Mulberry Street. The building stretches all the way to Mott Street in the back. It’s on the east side of Mulberry Street, between Bleecker and Houston Streets. It measures ninety feet wide. The front on Mulberry Street is made of white marble, while the Mott Street side has pressed brick with white marble accents. It’s designed with great style, offering all necessary conveniences and comforts for the officers on duty. Everything is very orderly. Every task and person has a designated spot and must be in it at the right time. There’s no chaos. Each department has its own area.
The Superintendent’s office is connected by telegraph with every precinct in the city. By means of this wonderful invention, the Superintendent can communicate instantly with any point in the city. The news of a robbery or burglary is flashed all over New York and the adjoining country before a man has fairly secured his plunder. If a child is lost, all the precincts are furnished immediately with an accurate description of it, and the whole force is on the lookout for the little wanderer, and in a marvellously quick time it is restored to its mother’s arms. By means of his telegraph, the Superintendent can track a criminal, not only all over the city, but all over the civilized world, and that without leaving his office. One of the most interesting rooms in the headquarters is that for the trial of complaints against members of the force. Every charge must be sworn to. It is then brought before the Commissioners, or rather before one who is appointed by the Board to hear such complaints. He notifies the accused to appear before him to answer to the charge. Except in very grave cases the men employ no counsel. The charge is read, the Commissioner hears the statements of the accused, and the evidence on both sides, and renders his decision, which must be ratified by the full “Board.” The majority of the charges are for breaches of discipline. A Patrolman leaves his beat for a cup of coffee on a cold morning, or night, or reads a newspaper, or smokes, or stops to converse while on duty. The punishment for these offences is a stoppage of pay for a day or two. First offences are usually forgiven. Many well-meaning but officious citizens p. 184enter complaints against the men. They are generally frivolous, but are heard patiently, and are dismissed with a warning to the accused to avoid giving cause for complaint. Thieves and disreputable characters sometimes enter complaints against the men, with the hope of getting them into trouble. The Commissioner’s experience enables him to settle these cases at once, generally to the dismay and grief of the accuser. Any real offence on the part of the men is punished promptly and severely, but the Commissioners endeavor by every means to protect them in the discharge of their duty, and against impositions of any kind.
The Superintendent's office is connected by telegraph to every precinct in the city. Thanks to this amazing technology, the Superintendent can communicate instantly with any location in the city. News of a robbery or burglary is broadcast across New York and the surrounding areas before the thief has even secured their loot. If a child goes missing, all the precincts immediately receive an accurate description, and the entire force is on the lookout for the little one, often returning them to their mother in record time. With his telegraph, the Superintendent can track a criminal not just throughout the city but across the civilized world, all without leaving his office. One of the most interesting rooms at headquarters is the one where complaints against officers are heard. Every complaint must be sworn to and is then presented to the Commissioners, or more specifically, to an appointed member of the Board who hears such complaints. This official notifies the accused officer to appear and respond to the charge. Unless it’s a serious case, the officers typically don’t have legal counsel. The charge is read, the Commissioner listens to the accused’s statements and the evidence on both sides, and then makes a decision that must be approved by the entire Board. Most complaints are about breaches of discipline. A patrolman might leave his beat for a cup of coffee on a cold morning or night, read a newspaper, smoke, or chat while on duty. The punishment for these violations is usually a pay cut for a day or two, with first offenses often overlooked. Many well-meaning but overly eager citizens submit complaints against the officers. These are generally frivolous but are heard patiently and dismissed with a warning for the accused to avoid causing complaints. Thieves and shady characters sometimes lodge complaints against the officers in hopes of causing trouble. The Commissioner’s experience allows him to resolve these cases quickly, often to the dismay of the accuser. Any genuine misconduct by the officers is dealt with promptly and harshly, but the Commissioners make every effort to protect them while they perform their duties and guard against any kind of abuse.
Another room in the headquarters is called “The Property Room.” This is a genuine “curiosity shop.” It is filled with unclaimed property of every description, found by, or delivered to the police, by other parties finding the same, or taken from criminals at the time of their arrest. The room is in charge of the Property Clerk, who enters each article, and the facts connected with it, in a book kept for that purpose. Property once placed in this room is not allowed to be taken away except upon certain specified conditions. Unclaimed articles are sold, after being kept a certain time, and the proceeds are paid to the Police Life Insurance Fund.
Another room in the headquarters is called “The Property Room.” This is a real “curiosity shop.” It’s filled with unclaimed items of all kinds, found by or handed over to the police by others who discovered them, or taken from criminals at the time of their arrest. The room is managed by the Property Clerk, who logs each item and the related details in a dedicated book. Items placed in this room can only be removed under specific conditions. Unclaimed items are sold after a certain period, and the money goes to the Police Life Insurance Fund.
The pay of a policeman is small, being only about $1200 per annum. In order to make some compensation for this deficiency, the Police Law contains the following provisions:
The salary of a police officer is low, roughly $1200 a year. To help offset this shortfall, the Police Law includes the following provisions:
“If any member of the Municipal Police Force, whilst in the actual performance of duty, shall become permanently disabled, so as to render his dismissal from membership proper, or if any such member shall become superannuated after ten years of membership, a sum of not exceeding $150, as an annuity, to be paid such member, shall be chargeable upon the Municipal Police Life Insurance Fund. If any member of the Municipal Police Force, whilst in the actual discharge of his duty, shall be killed, or shall die from the immediate effect of any injury received by him, whilst in such discharge of duty, or shall die after ten years’ service in the force, and shall leave a widow, and if no widow, any child or children under the age of sixteen years, a like sum by way p. 185of annuity shall become chargeable upon the said fund, to be paid to such widow so long only as she remains unmarried, or to such child or children so long as said child, or the youngest of said children, continues under the age of sixteen years. In every case the Board of Municipal Police shall determine the circumstances thereof, and order payment of the annuity to be made by draft, signed by each trustee of the said fund. But nothing herein contained shall render any payment of said annuity obligatory upon the said Board, or the said trustees, or chargeable as a matter of legal right. The Board of Municipal Police, in its discretion, may at any time order such annuity to cease.”
“If any member of the Municipal Police Force becomes permanently disabled while performing their duty, making it appropriate for them to be dismissed from membership, or if that member becomes retired after ten years of service, an amount not exceeding $150 as an annuity will be paid to that member from the Municipal Police Life Insurance Fund. If any member of the Municipal Police Force is killed while on duty, or dies due to injuries sustained while performing their duty, or dies after ten years of service, and leaves behind a widow, or if there is no widow, any child or children under the age of sixteen, a similar annuity will be charged to the fund and paid to the widow as long as she remains unmarried, or to the child or children as long as the youngest child remains under the age of sixteen. In all cases, the Board of Municipal Police will determine the circumstances and authorize the payment of the annuity by draft, signed by each trustee of the fund. However, nothing in this provision makes the payment of the annuity mandatory for the Board or the trustees, nor does it establish a legal right to such payment. The Board of Municipal Police can, at its discretion, choose to terminate the annuity at any time.”
p. 186VIII. THE BOWERY.
Next to Broadway, the most thoroughly characteristic street in the city is the Bowery. Passing out of Printing House Square, through Chatham street, one suddenly emerges from the dark, narrow lane, into a broad square, with streets radiating from it to all parts of the city. It is not over clean, and has an air of sharpness and repulsiveness that at once attracts attention. This is Chatham Square, the great promenade of the old time denizens of the Bowery, and still largely frequented by the class generally known as “the fancy.”
Next to Broadway, the most distinctive street in the city is the Bowery. Passing out of Printing House Square, through Chatham Street, you suddenly come out from the dark, narrow lane into a wide square, with streets branching off to all parts of the city. It’s not very clean and has a sharp, off-putting vibe that immediately grabs your attention. This is Chatham Square, the main hangout spot of the old-time residents of the Bowery, and it’s still mostly visited by a group commonly referred to as “the fancy.”
At the upper end of the square begins a broad, flashy-looking street, stretching away to the northward, crowded with pedestrians, street cars, and wheeled vehicles of all kinds. This is The Bowery. It begins at Chatham Square, and extends as far as the Cooper Institute, on Eighth street, where the Third and Fourth avenues—the first on the east, and the other on the west side of the Institute—continue the thoroughfare to the Harlem River.
At the top of the square, a wide, eye-catching street starts, stretching out to the north, bustling with people, streetcars, and all sorts of vehicles. This is The Bowery. It starts at Chatham Square and goes all the way to the Cooper Institute on Eighth Street, where Third and Fourth Avenues—Third on the east side and Fourth on the west side of the Institute—carry the road onward to the Harlem River.
The Bowery first appears in the history of New York under the following circumstances. About the year 1642 or 1643, it was set apart by the Dutch for the residence of superannuated slaves, who, having served the Government faithfully from the earliest period of the settlement of the island, were at last allowed to devote their labors to the support of their dependent families, and were granted parcels of land embracing from eight to twenty acres each. The Dutch were influenced by other motives than charity in this matter. The district thus granted was well out of the limits of New Amsterdam, and they were anxious to make this negro settlement a sort of p. 187breakwater against the attacks of the Indians, who were beginning to be troublesome. At this time the Bowery was covered with a dense forest. A year or two later farms were laid out along its extent. These were called “Boweries,” from which the street derives its present name. They were held by men of mark, in those simple and honest days. To the north of Chatham Square lay the broad lands of the De Lanceys, and above them the fine estates of the Dyckmans, and Brevoorts, all on the west of the present street. On the east side lay the lands of the Rutgers, Bayards, Minthornes, Van Cortlandts and others. Above all these lay the “Bouwerie” and other possessions of the strong-headed and hard-handed Governor Peter Stuyvesant, of whom many traces still exist in the city. His house stood about where St. Mark’s (Episcopal) Church is now located. In 1660, or near about that year, a road or lane was laid off through what are now Chatham street, Chatham Square and the Bowery, from the Highway, as the portion of Broadway beyond the line of Wall street was called, to Governor Stuyvesant’s farm. To this was given the distinctive name of the “Bowery lane.” Some years later this lane was continued up the island under the name of the “Boston Road.” In 1783 the Bowery again came into prominent notice. On the 25th of November of that year, the American army, under General Washington, marched into the Bowery early in the morning, and remained until noon, when the British troops evacuated the city and its defences. This done, the Americans marched down the Bowery, through Chatham and Pearl streets, to the Battery, where they lowered the British flag which had been left flying by the enemy, and hoisted in its place the “stars and stripes” of the new Republic.
The Bowery first appears in the history of New York under these circumstances. Around 1642 or 1643, the Dutch designated it as a place for retired slaves, who, having served the Government faithfully since the island's settlement, were finally allowed to focus on supporting their families and were given parcels of land ranging from eight to twenty acres each. The Dutch had reasons beyond charity for this decision. The area granted was well outside New Amsterdam’s borders, and they wanted to create this black settlement as a buffer against the increasingly troublesome Indian attacks. At that time, the Bowery was covered in thick forest. A year or two later, farms were established along its length. These were called “Boweries,” which is how the street got its present name. They were owned by notable figures from those simpler, more honest days. To the north of Chatham Square were the expansive lands of the De Lanceys, and above them were the fine estates of the Dyckmans and Brevoorts, all west of the current street. On the east side were the lands of the Rutgers, Bayards, Minthornes, Van Cortlandts, and others. Above all of these were the “Bouwerie” and other properties of the strong-willed and tough Governor Peter Stuyvesant, whose influence is still evident in the city today. His house was located roughly where St. Mark’s (Episcopal) Church stands now. In 1660, or around that time, a road or lane was laid out that corresponds to today’s Chatham Street, Chatham Square, and the Bowery, connecting the Highway, the part of Broadway beyond Wall Street, to Governor Stuyvesant’s farm. This was named “Bowery Lane.” A few years later, this lane was extended up the island and became known as the “Boston Road.” In 1783, the Bowery made headlines again. On November 25th of that year, the American army, led by General Washington, marched into the Bowery early in the morning and stayed until noon, when the British troops evacuated the city and its defenses. After this, the Americans proceeded down the Bowery, through Chatham and Pearl Streets, to the Battery, where they took down the British flag that the enemy had left flying and raised the “stars and stripes” of the new Republic in its place.
After the city began to extend up the island, the Bowery commenced to lose caste. Decent people forsook it, and the poorer and more disreputable classes took possession. Finally, it became notorious. It was known all over the country for its roughs or “Bowery B’hoys,” as they were called, its rowdy firemen, and its doubtful women. In short, it was the paradise of the worst element of New York. On this street the Bowery boy was in his glory. You might see him “strutting along like p. 188a king” with his breeches stuck in his boots, his coat on his arm, his flaming red shirt tied at the collar with a cravat such as could be seen nowhere else; with crape on his hat, the hat set deftly on the side of his head, his hair evenly plastered down to his skull, and a cigar in his mouth. If he condescended to adorn his manly breast with any ornament it was generally a large gold or brass figure representing the number of “der mersheen” with which he ran. None so ready as he for a fight, none so quick to resent the intrusion of a respectable man into his haunts. So he had money enough to procure his peculiar garb, a “mersheen” to run with and fight for, a girl to console him, the “Old Bowery Theatre” to beguile him from his ennui, and the Bowery itself to disport his glory in, he was content. Rows were numerous in this quarter, and they afforded him all the other relaxation he desired. If there be any truth in the theories of Spiritualism, let us be sure his ghost still haunts the Bowery.
After the city started to spread up the island, the Bowery began to lose its status. Good people abandoned it, and the poorer, more disreputable groups took over. Eventually, it became infamous. It was known throughout the country for its tough crowd, or “Bowery B’hoys,” as they were called, its rowdy firefighters, and its shady women. In short, it became the paradise for the worst elements of New York. On this street, the Bowery boy was in his element. You could see him “strutting along like a king” with his pants tucked into his boots, his coat draped over his arm, a bright red shirt tied at the collar with a cravat that was unique to him; with a piece of crape on his hat, perched stylishly on the side of his head, his hair slicked back against his scalp, and a cigar in his mouth. If he chose to decorate his manly chest with any accessory, it was usually a large gold or brass emblem representing the number of “der mersheen” he was associated with. No one was quicker to fight, and none more ready to take offense at a respectable man intruding on his territory. As long as he had enough money to afford his unique outfit, a “mersheen” to run with and defend, a girl for company, the “Old Bowery Theatre” to entertain him, and the Bowery itself to showcase his glory, he was satisfied. Fights were common in this area, providing him with all the other fun he wanted. If there’s any truth to the theories of Spiritualism, we can be sure his ghost still roams the Bowery.
And the Bowery girl—who shall describe her? She was a “Bowery b’hoy” in petticoats; unlike him in this, however, that she loved the greatest combination of bright colors, while he clung religiously to red and black. Her bonnet was a perfect museum of ribbons and ornaments, and it sat jauntily on the side of her head. Her skirts came to the shoe top and displayed her pretty feet and well-turned ankle, equipped with irreproachable gaiters and the most stunning of stockings. One arm swung loosely to the motion of her body as she passed along with a quick, lithe step, and the other held just over her nose her parasol, which was sometimes swung over the right shoulder. Even the Bowery boy was overcome by her stunning appearance, and he forgot his own glory in his genuine admiration of his girl.
And the Bowery girl—who can describe her? She was a “Bowery boy” in skirts; though unlike him, she adored vibrant combinations of colors, while he stuck firmly to red and black. Her bonnet was a perfect collection of ribbons and decorations, sitting playfully on the side of her head. Her skirts reached her shoes, showcasing her pretty feet and well-shaped ankle, complete with flawless gaiters and the most eye-catching stockings. One arm swung freely with her movements as she walked by with a quick, graceful step, while the other held her parasol just above her nose, sometimes swung over her right shoulder. Even the Bowery boy was taken aback by her striking appearance, forgetting his own pride in his genuine admiration for her.
Well! they have passed away. The street cars, the new police, and the rapid advance of trade up the island, have made great changes here, but there are still left those who could tell many a wondrous tale of the old time glories of the Bowery.
Well! they have passed away. The streetcars, the new police force, and the quick growth of trade up the island have made significant changes here, but there are still those who could share many amazing stories of the old times and glories of the Bowery.
The street runs parallel with Broadway, is about double the width of that thoroughfare, and is about one mile in length. It is tolerably well built, and is improving in this respect every p. 189year. In connection with Chatham Square it is the great route from the lower end of the island to Harlem Bridge. Nearly all the east side street car lines touch it at some point, and the Third avenue line traverses its entire length. It lies within a stone’s throw of Broadway, but is entirely different from it in every respect. Were Broadway a street in another city the difference could not be greater.
The street runs parallel to Broadway, is about twice as wide as that main road, and stretches for roughly a mile. It's fairly well-built and keeps getting better each year. Along with Chatham Square, it serves as the main route from the southern tip of the island to Harlem Bridge. Almost every east side streetcar line connects with it at some point, and the Third Avenue line runs the whole length of it. It’s just a short distance from Broadway, but it’s totally different in every way. If Broadway were a street in another city, the contrast couldn’t be greater.
The Bowery is devoted mainly to the cheap trade. The children of Israel abound here. The display of goods in the shops flashy, and not often attractive. Few persons who have the means to buy elsewhere care to purchase an article in the Bowery, p. 190as those familiar with it know there are but few reliable dealers in the street. If one were to believe the assertions of the Bowery merchants as set forth in their posters and hand bills, with which they cover the fronts of their shops, they are always on the verge of ruin, and are constantly throwing their goods away for the benefit of their customers. They always sell at a “ruinous sacrifice;” yet snug fortunes are realized here, and many a Fifth avenue family can look back to days passed in the dingy back room of a Bowery shop, while papa “sacrificed” his wares in front. Sharp practice rules in the Bowery, and if beating an unwilling customer into buying what he does not want is the highest art of the merchant, then there are no such salesmen in the great city as those of this street. Strangers from the country, servant girls, and those who, for the want of means, are forced to put up with an inferior article, trade here. As a general rule, the goods sold here are of an inferior, and often worthless quality, and the prices asked are high, though seemingly cheap.
The Bowery is mainly focused on budget shopping. The area is full of people from various backgrounds. The shops display their goods in flashy ways, but they’re not often appealing. Few people who have the money to shop elsewhere choose to buy anything in the Bowery, as those in the know realize there are very few trustworthy sellers here. If you were to believe the claims made by Bowery merchants in their posters and flyers plastered across their store fronts, they’re always on the brink of disaster and are constantly giving away their goods for the sake of their customers. They claim to sell at a “massive loss,” yet they accumulate substantial wealth, and many families from Fifth Avenue can reminisce about times spent in the shabby backroom of a Bowery shop while dad “offered deals” out front. Underhanded tactics are the norm in the Bowery, and if the art of persuading an unwilling customer to buy something they don’t want is what makes a great merchant, then no one in the city can match the salespeople on this street. Visitors from the countryside, maids, and those without the means to afford better options shop here. Generally speaking, the goods sold here are of lower and often poor quality, and the prices seem high despite appearing cheap.
Pawnbrokers’ shops, “Cheap Johns,” third-class hotels, dance houses, fifth-rate lodging houses, low class theatres, and concert saloons, abound in the lower part of the street.
Pawnbroker shops, "Cheap Johns," budget hotels, dance clubs, low-end lodging houses, second-rate theaters, and concert bars are all over the lower part of the street.
The Sunday law is a dead letter in the Bowery. Here, on the Sabbath, one may see shops of all kinds—the vilest especially—open for trade. Cheap clothing stores, concert saloons, and the most infamous dens of vice are in full blast. The street, and the cars traversing it, are thronged with the lower classes in search of what they call enjoyment. At night all the places of amusement are open, and are crowded to excess. Roughs, thieves, fallen women, and even little children throng them. Indeed it is sad to see how many children are to be found in these places. The price of admission is low, and strange as it may sound, almost any beggar can raise it. People have no idea how much of the charity they lavish on street beggars goes in this way. The amusement afforded at these places ranges from indelicate hints and allusions to the grossest indecency.
The Sunday law doesn't really matter in the Bowery. Here, on Sundays, you can see all sorts of shops—especially the sleaziest ones—open for business. Cheap clothing stores, concert venues, and the most notorious places of vice are fully operational. The street and the cars passing through it are packed with lower-class people looking for what they consider fun. At night, all the entertainment spots are open and overcrowded. Rough characters, thieves, women in distress, and even young children fill these places. It's really sad to see how many kids are in these venues. The admission price is low, and oddly enough, almost any beggar can scrape it together. People don’t realize how much of the charity they give to street beggars ends up here. The entertainment at these places ranges from suggestive hints to outright indecency.
Along the line of almost the entire street are shooting galleries, some of which open immediately upon the street. They are decorated in the most fanciful style, and the targets p. 191represent nearly every variety of man and beast. Here is a lion, who, if hit in the proper place, will utter a truly royal roar. Here is a trumpeter. Strike his heart with your shot, and he will raise his trumpet to his lips and send forth a blast sufficient to wake every Bowery baby in existence. “Only five cents a shot,” cries the proprietor to the surrounding crowd of barefoot, penniless boys, and half-grown lads, “and a knife to be given to the man that hits the bull’s eye.” Many a penny do these urchins spend here in the vain hope of winning the knife, and many are the seeds of evil sown among them by these “chances.” In another gallery the proprietor offers twenty dollars to any one who will hit a certain bull’s eye three times in succession. Here men contend for the prize, and as a rule the proprietor wins all the money in their pockets before the mark is struck as required.
Along the entire street are shooting galleries, some of which open directly onto the sidewalk. They are decorated in the most extravagant style, and the targets p. 191represent nearly every kind of person and animal. Here’s a lion that, if shot in the right spot, will let out a truly majestic roar. Over here is a trumpeter. Hit his heart with your shot, and he’ll lift his trumpet to his lips and produce a blast loud enough to wake every Bowery baby. “Only five cents a shot,” calls out the owner to the group of barefoot, broke kids and young teens, “and a knife goes to whoever hits the bull’s eye.” Many a penny do these kids spend here in the futile hope of winning the knife, and many seeds of trouble are planted among them by these “games.” In another gallery, the owner offers twenty dollars to anyone who can hit a specific bull’s eye three times in a row. Here, men compete for the prize, and usually, the owner collects all the money in their pockets before they manage to hit the target as needed.
The carnival of the Bowery is held on Saturday night. The down-town stores, the factories, and other business places close about five o’clock, and the street is thronged at an early hour. Crowds are going to market, but the majority are bent on pleasure. As soon as the darkness falls over the city the street blazes with light. Away up towards Prince street you may see the flashy sign of Tony Pastor’s Opera House, while from below Canal street the Old Bowery Theatre stands white and glittering in the glare of gas and transparencies. Just over the way are the lights of the great German Stadt Theatre. The Atlantic Garden stands by the side of the older theatre, rivalling it in brilliancy and attractiveness. Scores of restaurants, with tempting bills of fare and prices astonishingly low, greet you at every step. “Lager Bier,” and “Grosses Concert; Eintritt frei,” are the signs which adorn nearly every other house. The lamps of the street venders dot the side-walk at intervals, and the many colored lights of the street cars stretch away as far as the eye can reach. The scene is as interesting and as brilliant as that to be witnessed in Broadway at the same hour; but very different.
The Bowery carnival takes place on Saturday night. The downtown stores, factories, and other businesses close around five o’clock, and the street fills up early. People are heading to the market, but most are out for a good time. Once darkness falls, the street lights up with a vibrant glow. Up near Prince Street, you can see the flashy sign of Tony Pastor’s Opera House, while down below Canal Street, the Old Bowery Theatre shines white and dazzling under the gaslights and bright displays. Just across the street are the lights of the grand German Stadt Theatre. The Atlantic Garden stands next to the older theatre, matching its brightness and appeal. Countless restaurants, with tempting menus and surprisingly low prices, welcome you at every turn. “Lager Bier,” and “Grosses Concert; Eintritt frei,” are the signs that decorate nearly every other building. Street vendors' lamps are sprinkled along the sidewalk, and the colorful lights of the streetcars extend as far as you can see. The scene is just as captivating and brilliant as what you'd find on Broadway at the same time, but it's completely different.
As different as the scene, is the crowd thronging this street from that which is rushing along Broadway. Like that, it p. 192represents all nationalities, but it is a crowd peculiar to the Bowery. The “rich Irish brogue” is well represented, it is true; but the “sweet German accent” predominates. The Germans are everywhere here. The street signs are more than one-half in German, and one might step fresh from the Fatherland into the Bowery and never know the difference, so far as the prevailing language is concerned. Every tongue is spoken here. You see the piratical looking Spaniard and Portuguese, the gypsy-like Italian, the chattering Frenchman with an irresistible smack of the Commune about him, the brutish looking Mexican, the sad and silent “Heathen Chinee,” men from all quarters of the globe, nearly all retaining their native manner and habits, all very little Americanized. They are all “of the people.” There is no aristocracy in the Bowery. The Latin Quarter itself is not more free from restraint.
As different as the scene is, the crowd filling this street is quite unlike the one rushing along Broadway. Like that one, it p. 192represents all nationalities, but it’s a crowd that's unique to the Bowery. The “rich Irish brogue” is definitely present, but the “sweet German accent” stands out more. The Germans are everywhere here. More than half of the street signs are in German, and one could step straight from the Fatherland into the Bowery and hardly notice a difference, at least when it comes to the dominant language. Every language is spoken here. You’ll see the pirate-looking Spaniards and Portuguese, the gypsy-like Italians, the chattering Frenchmen with a strong vibe of the Commune, the brutish-looking Mexicans, and the sad, silent “Heathen Chinee,” along with men from all over the world, most of whom still keep their native customs and habits, and are very little Americanized. They all belong “to the people.” There’s no aristocracy in the Bowery. The Latin Quarter itself isn't any more free from constraints.
Among the many signs which line the street the word “Exchange” is to be seen very often. The “Exchanges” are the lowest class lottery offices, and they are doing a good business to-night, as you may see by the number of people passing in and out. The working people have just been paid off, and many of them are here now to squander their earnings in the swindles of the rascals who preside over the “Exchanges.” These deluded creatures represent but a small part of the working class however. The Savings Banks are open to-night, many of them the best and most respectable buildings on the Bowery, and thousands of dollars in very small sums are left here for safe keeping.
Among the many signs lining the street, the word “Exchange” appears quite frequently. The “Exchanges” are the low-end lottery shops and they're doing a booming business tonight, as you can see from the crowd coming in and out. The workers have just been paid, and many of them are here now to waste their earnings on the scams run by the crooks overseeing the “Exchanges.” However, these misled individuals represent only a small portion of the working class. The Savings Banks are open tonight, many of them the best and most respected buildings on the Bowery, and thousands of dollars in very small amounts are being deposited here for safekeeping.
Many of the Bowery people, alas, have no money for either the banks or the lottery offices. You may see them coming and going if you will stand by one of the many doors adorned with the three gilt balls. The pawnbrokers are reaping a fine harvest to-night. The windows of these shops are full of unredeemed pledges, and are a sad commentary on the hope of the poor creature who feels so sure she will soon be able to redeem the treasure she has just pawned for a mere pittance.
Many people in the Bowery, unfortunately, don’t have money for either banks or lottery tickets. You can watch them coming and going if you stand by one of the many doors decorated with the three gold balls. The pawnbrokers are having a great night. The windows of these shops are filled with unclaimed items, serving as a somber reminder of the hope of the unfortunate souls who are convinced they’ll soon be able to reclaim the valuables they’ve just pawned for a tiny amount.
Down in the cellars the Concert Saloons are in full blast, and the hot foul air comes rushing up the narrow openings as you p. 193pass them, laden with the sound of the fearful revelry that is going on below. Occasionally a dog fight, or a struggle between some half drunken men, draws a crowd on the street and brings the police to the spot. At other times there is a rush of human beings and a wild cry of “stop thief,” and the throng sweeps rapidly down the side-walk overturning street stands, and knocking the unwary passer-by off his feet, in its mad chase after some unseen thief. Beggars line the side-walk, many of them professing the most hopeless blindness, but with eyes keen enough to tell the difference between the coins tossed into their hats. The “Bowery Bands,” as the little street musicians are called, are out in force, and you can hear their discordant strains every few squares.
Down in the cellars, the concert halls are at full swing, and the hot, stale air rushes up through the narrow openings as you p. 193pass by, carrying the sound of the wild partying happening below. Occasionally, a dog fight or a brawl among some half-drunken men gathers a crowd on the street and brings the police over. Other times, there's a surge of people and a wild shout of "stop thief," as the crowd rushes down the sidewalk, knocking over street vendors and sending unsuspecting passersby tumbling in a frantic chase after some invisible thief. Beggars line the sidewalk, many claiming to be completely blind, yet their eyes are sharp enough to distinguish between the coins tossed into their hats. The "Bowery Bands," as the street musicians are called, are out in full force, and you can hear their off-key melodies every few blocks.
Until long after midnight the scene is the same, and even all through the night the street preserves its air of unrest. Some hopeful vender of Lager Beer is almost always to be found at his post, seek him at what hour you will; and the cheap lodging houses and hotels seem never to close.
Until well after midnight, the scene stays the same, and even throughout the night, the street keeps its sense of unease. A hopeful vendor of Lager Beer can almost always be found at his post, no matter what time you look for him; and the cheap lodging houses and hotels never seem to close.
Respectable people avoid the Bowery as far as possible at night. Every species of crime and vice is abroad at this time watching for its victims. Those who do not wish to fall into trouble should keep out of the way.
Respectable people steer clear of the Bowery at night whenever they can. Every kind of crime and vice is out and about, waiting for its targets. Those who want to stay out of trouble should stay away.
p. 194IX. PUBLIC SQUARES.
I. THE BATTERY.
The lowest and one of the largest of the pleasure grounds of the city, is the park lying at the extreme end of the island, at the junction of the Hudson and East rivers, and known as the Battery. At the first settlement of the Dutch, the fort, for the protection of the little colony, was built at some distance from the extreme edge of the island, which was then rocky and swampy, but near enough to it to sweep the point with a raking fire. This fort occupied the site of the present Bowling Green. In 1658 Governor Stuyvesant erected a fine mansion, afterwards known as “The Whitehall,” in the street now called by that name, but “Capsey Rocks,” as the southern point of the island was called, remained unoccupied. In 1693, the Kingdom of Great Britain being at war with France, the Governor ordered the erection of a battery “on the point of rocks under the fort,” and after considerable trouble, succeeded in obtaining from the Common Council, who were very reluctant to pay out the public money for any purpose not specified in the charter—a virtue which seems to have died with them—the sum necessary for that purpose. In 1734 a bill was passed by the General Assembly of the Province, ordering the erection of a battery on Capsey Rocks, and forbidding the erection of houses which would interfere with the fire of its guns, “on the river, or on parts which overflow with water, between the west part of the Battery, or Capsey Rocks, to Ells Corner on the Hudson River,” (the present Marketfield street).
The lowest and one of the largest parks in the city is located at the far end of the island, where the Hudson and East rivers meet, known as the Battery. When the Dutch first settled here, they built a fort for the protection of their small colony a bit away from the edge of the island, which was rocky and swampy at the time, but close enough to target the point effectively. This fort is now where Bowling Green is situated. In 1658, Governor Stuyvesant constructed a beautiful mansion, later called “The Whitehall,” on the street that now bears that name, but “Capsey Rocks,” the southern tip of the island, remained unoccupied. In 1693, with Great Britain at war with France, the Governor ordered the construction of a battery “on the point of rocks under the fort,” and after a lot of effort, managed to get the Common Council, who were quite hesitant to spend public money on anything not clearly stated in the charter—a quality that seems to have faded since—to approve the necessary funds. In 1734, the General Assembly of the Province passed a bill to build a battery on Capsey Rocks and prohibited the construction of houses that would obstruct the fire from its guns “on the river, or on areas that flood, between the west part of the Battery, or Capsey Rocks, to Ells Corner on the Hudson River,” (now Marketfield Street).
During the first half of the present century the Battery was the favorite park of the New Yorkers, and was indeed the handsomest. The march of trade, however, proved too much for it. The fashion and respectability of the city which had clustered near it were driven up town. Castle Garden, which had been a favorite Opera House, was converted into an emigrant depot, and the Battery was left to the emigrants and to the bummers. Dirt was carted and dumped here by the load, all sorts of trash was thrown here, and loafers and drunken wretches laid themselves out on the benches and on the grass to sleep in the sun, when the weather was mild enough. It became a plague spot, retaining as the only vestige of its former beauty, its grand old trees, which were once the pride of the city.
During the first half of this century, the Battery was the favorite park for New Yorkers, and it was truly the most beautiful. However, the growth of business proved too overwhelming for it. The fashionable and respectable people of the city who had gathered nearby moved further uptown. Castle Garden, which had once been a popular opera house, was turned into an immigrant station, leaving the Battery to immigrants and the vagrants. Dirt was carted in and dumped here by the truckload, all kinds of trash were thrown about, and loafers and drunks sprawled out on the benches and grass to catch some sun when the weather was nice. It became a rundown area, with only its grand old trees, once the pride of the city, remaining as a faint reminder of its past beauty.
In 1869, however, the spot was redeemed. The sea-wall which the General Government had been building for the protection of the land was finished, and the Battery was extended out to meet it. The old rookeries and street-stands that had clustered about Castle Garden were removed, the rubbish which had accumulated here was carted away, and the Battery was again transformed into one of the handsomest of the city parks.
In 1869, that area was revitalized. The seawall that the federal government had been building to protect the land was completed, and the Battery was extended to connect with it. The old rundown buildings and street vendors that had gathered around Castle Garden were cleared away, the debris that had piled up was removed, and the Battery was once again turned into one of the most beautiful parks in the city.
It now covers an area of about twelve acres, and is tastefully and regularly laid off. Broad stone paved walks traverse it in various directions, and the shrubbery and flowers are arranged with the best possible effect. A tall flag-staff rises from the centre of the park, and close by is a stand from which the city band give their concerts at stated times in the summer. A massive stone wall protects the harbor side from the washing of the waves, and at certain points granite stairs lead to the water.
It now spans about twelve acres and is beautifully and neatly designed. Wide stone-paved paths wind through it in different directions, and the plants and flowers are arranged for maximum visual appeal. A tall flagpole stands in the center of the park, and nearby is a platform where the city band performs concerts regularly during the summer. A sturdy stone wall guards the harbor side from wave action, and at certain spots, granite stairs provide access to the water.
The view from the Battery embraces a part of Brooklyn and p. 196the East River, Governor’s and Staten islands, the Inner Bay, the Jersey shore, North River and Jersey City. The eye ranges clear down to the Narrows, and almost out to sea, and commands a view which cannot be surpassed in beauty. Here the sea breeze is always pure and fresh, here one may come for a few moments’ rest from the turmoil of the great city, and delight himself with the lovely picture spread out before him.
The view from the Battery includes a part of Brooklyn and p. 196the East River, Governor’s and Staten islands, the Inner Bay, the Jersey shore, North River, and Jersey City. The view stretches all the way down to the Narrows and almost out to sea, offering a breathtaking sight. Here, the sea breeze is always clean and refreshing; it’s a perfect spot to take a moment away from the chaos of the city and enjoy the beautiful scenery laid out before you.
II. THE BOWLING GREEN.
At the lower end of Broadway there is a small circular public square, enclosed with an iron railing, and ornamented with a fountain in the centre. This is known as the Bowling Green, and is the first public park ever laid out in the city.
At the lower end of Broadway, there is a small circular public square, surrounded by an iron railing and featuring a fountain in the center. This is known as Bowling Green, and it is the first public park ever established in the city.
The first fort built by the Dutch on Manhattan island covered a good part of the site of this square. In 1733 the Common Council passed a resolution ordering that “the piece of land lying at the lower end of Broadway fronting the fort, be leased to some of the inhabitants of Broadway, in order to be inclosed to make a Bowling Green, with walks therein, for the beauty and ornament of the said street, as well as for the recreation and delight of the inhabitants of this city, leaving the street on each side fifty feet wide.” In October, 1734, the Bowling Green was leased to Frederick Philipse, John Chambers, and John Roosevelt, a trio of public spirited gentlemen, for ten years, for a Bowling Green only, and they agreed to keep it in repair at their own expense. In 1741 a fire swept away the fort, and afforded a chance of improving the park, which was done. A change for the better was brought about in the neighborhood by the establishment of the grounds, and substantial houses began to cluster about it.
The first fort built by the Dutch on Manhattan Island covered a large part of what is now this square. In 1733, the Common Council passed a resolution ordering that “the piece of land at the lower end of Broadway facing the fort be leased to some of the residents of Broadway, to be enclosed and turned into a Bowling Green, with paths for the beauty and decoration of the street, as well as for the enjoyment and leisure of the city’s residents, leaving the street on each side fifty feet wide.” In October 1734, the Bowling Green was leased to Frederick Philipse, John Chambers, and John Roosevelt, a group of civic-minded gentlemen, for ten years, exclusively for the Bowling Green, and they agreed to maintain it at their own expense. In 1741, a fire destroyed the fort, providing an opportunity to improve the park, which was accomplished. The establishment of the grounds brought positive changes to the neighborhood, and substantial houses began to emerge around it.
A few years before the Revolution, the Colonial Assembly purchased in England a leaden statue of King George the Third, and set it up in the centre of the Bowling Green, in p. 197May 1771. The grounds at this time had no fence around them, as we learn from a resolution of the Common Council, and were made the receptacle of filth and dirt, thrown there, doubtless, by the patriots as an insult to the royalists. As the troubles thickened, the people became more hostile to the statue of King George, and heaped many indignities upon it, and after the breaking out of the war, the unlucky monarch was taken down and run into bullets for the guns of the Continental army.
A few years before the Revolution, the Colonial Assembly bought a lead statue of King George the Third in England and placed it in the center of Bowling Green in p. 197May 1771. At that time, the grounds had no fence around them, as noted in a resolution from the Common Council, and they became a dumping ground for filth and dirt, likely thrown there by patriots as an insult to royalists. As tensions grew, people became more hostile toward the statue of King George, subjecting it to many indignities, and after the war broke out, the unfortunate king was taken down and melted down into bullets for the guns of the Continental army.
After the close of the Revolution, Chancellor Livingston enclosed the grounds with the iron fence which still surrounds them, and subsequently a fountain was erected on the site of the statue.
After the Revolution ended, Chancellor Livingston put up the iron fence that still surrounds the grounds, and later, a fountain was built where the statue used to stand.
III. THE PARK.
“The Park” is the title given by New Yorkers to the enclosure containing the City Hall and County Buildings. It originally embraced an area of eleven acres, but within the past year and a half the lower end has been ceded to the General Government by the city, and upon this portion the Federal authorities are erecting a magnificent edifice to be used as a City Post Office. This building covers the extreme southern end of the old Park, and the northern portion is occupied by the City Hall, the new County Court-House and the Department of Finance of the city and county.
“The Park” is the name that New Yorkers give to the area that includes the City Hall and County Buildings. It originally spanned eleven acres, but in the past year and a half, the city has given the lower end to the federal government, which is now building a beautiful structure to serve as a City Post Office on that part. This new building takes up the very southern end of the old Park, while the northern part is home to the City Hall, the new County Court-House, and the Department of Finance for the city and county.
In the days of the Dutch in New Amsterdam, the site of the Park, which was far outside the village limits, was set apart as a common, and was known as the “Vlachte,” or “Flat,” and subsequently as the “Second Plains,” “Commons,” and “Fields.” It was the common grazing ground of the Knickerbocker cows, and was by universal consent made public property—the first ever owned by the city. It is believed that previous to this it was the site of the village of the Manhattan Indians, a belief which is strengthened by the frequent finding of Indian relics p. 198in digging up the soil on this spot. It was connected with the Dutch village by a road which ran through a beautiful valley now known as Maiden lane.
In the days when the Dutch were in New Amsterdam, the area where the Park is located, which was far outside the village boundaries, was designated as a commons and was known as the “Vlachte,” or “Flat,” and later as the “Second Plains,” “Commons,” and “Fields.” It served as the common grazing land for the Knickerbocker cows and was universally agreed upon to be public property—the first ever owned by the city. It's believed that before this, it was the site of the village of the Manhattan Indians, a belief supported by the frequent discovery of Indian artifacts p. 198when digging in the soil there. It was connected to the Dutch village by a road that ran through a lovely valley now known as Maiden Lane.
Every morning the village cowherd, who was a most important personage, would walk the streets of New Amsterdam and sound his horn at each burgher’s door. The cows were immediately turned out to him, and when he had collected his herd he would drive them by the pretty valley road to the commons, and there by his vigilance prevent them from straying into the unsettled part beyond. At a later period the mighty Dutch warriors whose prowess the immortal Deiderich Knickerbocker has celebrated, made the commons their training ground, and here was also marshalled the force which wrested the city from the Dutch. Under the English it became a place of popular resort, and was used for public celebrations, the town having p. 199reached the lower limit of the commons. Here were celebrated his Majesty’s birth-day, the anniversary of the Gunpowder Plot, and other loyal holidays, and here were held the tumultuous assemblies, the meetings of the Liberty Boys, and other demonstrations which preceded the Revolution.
Every morning, the village cowherd, an important figure, would walk the streets of New Amsterdam and blow his horn at each burgher’s door. The cows would be immediately brought out to him, and once he collected his herd, he would lead them along the beautiful valley road to the commons, where he would keep a close eye on them to prevent them from wandering into the undeveloped areas beyond. Later on, the mighty Dutch warriors, celebrated by the immortal Deiderich Knickerbocker for their bravery, used the commons as their training ground, and it was also where the forces that took the city from the Dutch were gathered. Under the English, it became a popular gathering place for public celebrations, as the town had reached the lower limit of the commons. Here, they celebrated the king’s birthday, the anniversary of the Gunpowder Plot, and other patriotic holidays, and here took place the boisterous assemblies, the meetings of the Liberty Boys, and other demonstrations leading up to the Revolution.
In 1736 the first building, a Poor-House, was erected on the site of the present City Hall. In 1747 a powder-house was erected by the city within the limit of the commons, near the site of the present City Hall. The gallows stood on the site of the new Post-office, and in 1756 was removed to the vicinity of the present Five Points. In 1757 the new jail, more recently known as the Hall of Records, was erected. In the same year, the old French war being in progress, wooden barracks were erected along the Chambers street front of the Park.
In 1736, the first building, a Poor House, was built on the site of what is now the City Hall. In 1747, the city constructed a powder house within the commons, close to the current City Hall location. The gallows were located where the new Post Office stands and were moved in 1756 to near the present Five Points. In 1757, the new jail, now known as the Hall of Records, was built. That same year, with the old French war ongoing, wooden barracks were set up along the Chambers Street side of the Park.
In 1757 a part of the site of the City Hall was laid out as a burying ground for the inmates of the Alms-House. In 1764 a whipping-post, stocks, cage, and pillory were erected in front of the new jail. In 1755 a Bridewell was built on that portion lying between the City Hall and Broadway. After the Revolution, in 1785, the Park was first enclosed in its present form, by a post-and-rail fence, and a few years later this was replaced by wooden palings, and Broadway along the Park began to be noted as a fashionable place of residence. In 1816, the wooden fence gave way to an iron railing, which was set with due ceremonies by the city authorities. In 1795 a new Alms-House was built along the Chambers street front, but in 1812, Bellevue Hospital having been finished, the paupers were transferred thither, and the old building was refitted as a Museum. In 1802 the corner-stone of the present City Hall was laid. The building was finished in 1810. Some years later the old buildings were removed or converted into offices for the city and county officials.
In 1757, part of the site of City Hall was set aside as a burial ground for the residents of the Alms-House. In 1764, a whipping post, stocks, cage, and pillory were built in front of the new jail. In 1755, a Bridewell was constructed on the area between City Hall and Broadway. After the Revolution, in 1785, the Park was first enclosed in its current layout, with a post-and-rail fence, and a few years later this was replaced with wooden picket fencing. Broadway along the Park started to be recognized as a trendy place to live. In 1816, the wooden fence was replaced by an iron railing, which was installed with a ceremony by the city officials. In 1795, a new Alms-House was built along the Chambers Street side, but in 1812, after Bellevue Hospital was completed, the paupers were moved there, and the old building was remodeled into a Museum. In 1802, the cornerstone of the current City Hall was laid. The building was completed in 1810. A few years later, the old structures were either removed or converted into offices for the city and county officials.
In 1870, the southern portion having been ceded to the Federal Government for the erection of a new Post-office thereon, the Park was laid out on a new plan, and handsomely adorned with walks, shrubbery, fountains, etc. It is now an ornament to the city.
In 1870, the southern part was given to the Federal Government to build a new Post Office, so the Park was redesigned and beautifully decorated with walkways, shrubs, fountains, and more. It is now a gem of the city.
p. 200IV. OTHER PARKS.
Washington Square is located between Fourth and Seventh streets, at the lower end of Fifth avenue. The site was originally a Potter’s Field, and it is said that over one hundred thousand persons were buried here in days gone by. The square contains a little over nine acres, and is handsomely laid out, and adorned with a fountain, around which passes the main carriage drive, flowers, shrubbery, etc. The trees are among the finest in the city, and are kept with great care. An iron railing formerly surrounded the grounds, but in 1870-71 this was removed, and Fifth avenue was extended through the square to Laurens street. This street was widened and called South Fifth avenue, thus practically extending the avenue to West Broadway at Canal street. The square is surrounded by handsome residences. On the east side are the University of New York and a Lutheran Church.
Washington Square Park is situated between Fourth and Seventh streets, at the southern end of Fifth Avenue. The area used to be a Potter’s Field, and it is said that over a hundred thousand people were buried here long ago. The square covers just over nine acres and is beautifully designed, featuring a fountain at the center, which is surrounded by the main carriage drive, along with flowers, shrubs, and more. The trees here are some of the best in the city and are well maintained. An iron fence used to enclose the area, but it was taken down in 1870-71, allowing Fifth Avenue to extend through the square to Laurens Street. This street was widened and renamed South Fifth Avenue, effectively extending the avenue to West Broadway at Canal Street. The square is surrounded by beautiful homes. On the east side, you'll find the University of New York and a Lutheran Church.
Tompkins Square is one of the largest in the city, and is laid off without ornament, being designed for a drill ground for the police and military. It occupies the area formed by avenues A and B, and Seventh and Tenth streets.
Tompkins Square Park is one of the biggest parks in the city and is designed simply, intended as a training area for the police and military. It is located between Avenues A and B, and Seventh and Tenth Streets.
Union Square, lying between Broadway and Fourth avenue, and Fourteenth and Seventeenth streets, was originally a portion of the estate of Elias Brevoort. In 1762 he sold twenty acres lying west of the “Bowery Road” to John Smith, whose executors sold it to Henry Spingler for the sum of £950, or about $4750. The original farm-house is believed to have stood within the limits of the present Union Square. About the year 1807 Broadway was laid off to the vicinity of Twenty-second street, and in 1815 Union Square was made a “public place,” and in 1832 it was laid off as it now exists. The square is regular in shape, and the central portion is laid off as a park, and ornamented with shrubbery, flowers, walks, and a fountain. It is one of the prettiest parks in the city, and covers an area of several acres. It is oval in form, and is without an enclosure.
Union Square, located between Broadway and Fourth Avenue, and Fourteenth and Seventeenth Streets, was originally part of Elias Brevoort's estate. In 1762, he sold twenty acres west of “Bowery Road” to John Smith, whose executors then sold it to Henry Spingler for £950, which is about $4,750. The original farmhouse is thought to have been within the boundaries of what is now Union Square. Around 1807, Broadway was extended to about Twenty-second Street, and by 1815, Union Square was designated a “public place.” In 1832, it was laid out in its current form. The square is regularly shaped, with the central area designed as a park, featuring shrubs, flowers, paths, and a fountain. It’s one of the most beautiful parks in the city, covering several acres. It has an oval shape and is open, with no fence surrounding it.
Near the fountain is a thriving colony of English sparrows, imported and cared for by the city for the purpose of protecting the trees from the ravages of worms, etc. The birds have a regular village of quaint little houses built for them in the trees. They frequent all the parks of the city, but seem to regard this one as their headquarters. Some of the houses are quite extensive and are labelled with curious little signs, such as the following: “Sparrows’ Chinese Pagoda,” “Sparrows’ Doctor Shop,” “Sparrows’ Restaurant,” “Sparrows’ Station House,” etc. At the southeast angle of the square stands Hablot K. Browne’s equestrian statue of Washington, a fine work in bronze, and at the southwest angle is his statue of Lincoln, of the same metal. The houses surrounding the square are large and handsome. They were once the most elegant residences in New York, but are now, with a few exceptions, used for business. Several hotels, the principal of which are the Everett and Spingler Houses, front on the Square. On the south side, east of Broadway, is the Union Square Theatre, and p. 202on the west side, at the corner of Fifteenth street, Tiffany’s magnificent iron building. In a few years the square will doubtless be entirely surrounded with similar structures. It is here that the monster mass meetings are held.
Near the fountain is a thriving colony of English sparrows, brought in and cared for by the city to protect the trees from damage caused by worms and other pests. The birds have a little village of charming houses built for them in the trees. They visit all the parks in the city but seem to consider this one their main base. Some of the houses are quite large and are labeled with whimsical signs, like: “Sparrows’ Chinese Pagoda,” “Sparrows’ Doctor Shop,” “Sparrows’ Restaurant,” “Sparrows’ Station House,” and so on. At the southeast corner of the square stands Hablot K. Browne’s bronze statue of Washington, a stunning piece of art, and at the southwest corner is his statue of Lincoln, crafted from the same material. The buildings surrounding the square are large and attractive. They were once the most elegant homes in New York, but now, with a few exceptions, they are used for business. Several hotels, the most notable being the Everett and Spingler Houses, face the Square. On the south side, east of Broadway, is the Union Square Theatre, and on the west side, at the corner of Fifteenth Street, stands Tiffany’s magnificent iron building. In a few years, the square will likely be completely surrounded by similar structures. It is here that large mass meetings are held.
Stuyvesant Square lies to the east of Union Square, and is bisected by the line of the Second avenue. Its upper and lower boundaries are Fifteenth and Seventeenth streets. It consists of two beautiful parks of equal size, surrounded by a handsome iron railing, and filled with choice flowers and shrubbery. In the centre of each is a fountain. These parks are the property of St. George’s Church (Episcopal), which stands on the west side of the square at the corner, and were given to the corporation of that church by the late Peter G. Stuyvesant, Esq.
Stuyvesant Square is located to the east of Union Square and is divided by the Second Avenue line. Its upper and lower edges are at Fifteenth and Seventeenth Streets. It features two beautiful parks of equal size, enclosed by a stylish iron fence, and filled with lovely flowers and shrubs. Each park has a fountain in the center. These parks belong to St. George’s Church (Episcopal), which sits at the corner on the west side of the square, and were donated to the church's corporation by the late Peter G. Stuyvesant, Esq.
Grammercy Park lies midway between the Fourth and Third avenues, and separates Lexington avenue on the north from Irving Place, really a part of the same avenue, on the south. Its northern and southern boundaries are Twentieth and Twenty-first streets. It is tastefully laid out, is enclosed with an iron fence, and is kept locked against the public, as it is the private property of the persons living around it. On the east side the entire block is taken up by the Grammercy Park Hotel—a first-class boarding house—the other three sides are occupied by the residences of some of the wealthiest capitalists in America. Here dwell Peter Cooper, Moses Taylor, Cyrus W. Field, James Harper (of Harper & Bros.), and others equally well known in the financial world.
Gramercy Park is situated between Fourth and Third avenues, separating Lexington Avenue to the north from Irving Place, which is essentially part of the same avenue, to the south. Its northern and southern boundaries are Twentieth and Twenty-first streets. The park is beautifully designed, surrounded by an iron fence, and kept locked to the public as it is private property belonging to the residents nearby. On the east side, the entire block is occupied by the Grammercy Park Hotel—a high-end boarding house—while the other three sides are home to some of the richest businesspeople in America. Notable residents include Peter Cooper, Moses Taylor, Cyrus W. Field, and James Harper (of Harper & Bros.), among others who are well-known in the financial industry.
Madison Square comprises about ten acres, and lies at the junction of Broadway and the Fifth avenue. The latter street bounds it on the west, Madison avenue on the east, Twenty-third street on the south, and Twenty-sixth street on the north. It is nearly square in form, and is beautifully laid off. It has no fence, and this adds to the appearance of space which the neighboring open area gives to it. The Fifth Avenue Hotel, the Hoffman, Albemarle, and Worth Houses face it on the west, the Hotel Brunswick is on the north side, and the Union League Club House and a handsome Presbyterian Church are on the east side along the line of Madison avenue. The land now p. 203included in Madison Square was owned by the city from a very early period, and was used as a Potter’s Field. In 1806 it was ceded to the United States for the erection of an Arsenal, for which purpose it was occupied for several years. In 1824 the “Society for the Reformation of Juvenile Delinquents” obtained possession of the Arsenal grounds, on which they erected a House of Refuge, which was opened January 1st, 1825. This establishment consisted of two large stone buildings, and the grounds were enclosed with a stone wall seventeen feet high. In 1838 the House of Refuge was destroyed by fire, and a few years later Madison Square was laid out. It is now one of the most fashionable localities in the city, and the favorite promenade of the up-town people, who are drawn here in great numbers by the summer afternoon concerts of the Central Park Band.
Madison Square Garden covers about ten acres and is located where Broadway meets Fifth Avenue. The latter street borders it to the west, Madison Avenue to the east, Twenty-Third Street to the south, and Twenty-Sixth Street to the north. It has a nearly square shape and is beautifully designed. There’s no fence, which enhances the spacious feel created by the surrounding open area. The Fifth Avenue Hotel, the Hoffman, Albemarle, and Worth Houses are on the west side, the Hotel Brunswick is on the north, and the Union League Club House and an elegant Presbyterian Church line the east side along Madison Avenue. The land now p. 203included in Madison Square belonged to the city from a very early time and was used as a Potter’s Field. In 1806, it was given to the United States to build an Arsenal, which it served for several years. In 1824, the “Society for the Reformation of Juvenile Delinquents” took over the Arsenal grounds and built a House of Refuge that opened on January 1, 1825. This facility consisted of two large stone buildings surrounded by a seventeen-foot high stone wall. In 1838, the House of Refuge was destroyed by fire, and a few years later, Madison Square was developed. It is now one of the most fashionable areas in the city and a popular gathering spot for the uptown crowd, who flock here in large numbers for the summer afternoon concerts by the Central Park Band.
Reservoir Square occupies the site of the old Crystal Palace, and lies between Sixth avenue and the Croton Reservoir on Fifth avenue, and Fortieth and Forty-second streets. It has recently undergone great changes. It is a very pretty park, and is much frequented by the nurses and children of the adjacent neighborhoods.
Reservoir Square is located where the old Crystal Palace used to be, situated between Sixth Avenue and the Croton Reservoir on Fifth Avenue, and between Fortieth and Forty-second Streets. It has recently gone through significant transformations. It’s a really lovely park and is often visited by nurses and children from the nearby neighborhoods.
p. 204X. THE FIFTH AVENUE.
The Fifth avenue, commencing at Washington Square, or Seventh street, and extending to the Harlem River, is said by the residents of New York to be the finest street in the world. It is about six miles in length, and is built up continuously from Washington Square to the Central Park, a distance of nearly three miles. From Fifty-ninth street to the upper end of the Central Park, One-hundred-and-tenth street, it is laid with the Nicholson or wooden pavement. It is being rapidly built up along its eastern side, the Park bounding the opposite side of the street, and this portion bids fair to be one of the most delightful and desirable neighborhoods in the city. In the vicinity of One-hundred-and-eighteenth street, the line of the avenue is broken by Mount Morris, an abrupt rocky height, which has been laid off as a pleasure ground. Around this the street sweeps in a half circle, and from here to the Harlem River, One-hundred-and-thirty-fifth street, it is lined with pretty villas, and paved with asphaltum.
The Fifth Avenue, starting at Washington Square or Seventh Street and stretching to the Harlem River, is considered by New Yorkers to be the best street in the world. It’s about six miles long and runs continuously from Washington Square to Central Park, which is nearly three miles. From Fifty-Ninth Street to the northern end of Central Park, at One Hundred Tenth Street, it’s paved with wooden blocks known as Nicholson pavement. There’s rapid development on its eastern side, with the park on the opposite side of the street, and this area is likely to become one of the most charming and sought-after neighborhoods in the city. Near One Hundred Eighteenth Street, the avenue is interrupted by Mount Morris, a steep rocky hill that has been turned into a park. The street curves around it in a half-circle, and from there to the Harlem River at One Hundred Thirty-Fifth Street, it’s lined with lovely villas and paved with asphalt.
From Madison Square to its lower end, the avenue is rapidly giving way to business, and its palatial residences are being converted into equally fine stores. Hotels and fashionable boarding-houses are thick in this quarter. Above Madison Square the street is devoted to private residences, and this part is par excellence “The Avenue.”
From Madison Square to its lower end, the avenue is quickly transforming into a bustling business area, and its grand homes are being turned into equally impressive stores. Hotels and trendy boarding houses are common in this part of the city. Above Madison Square, the street is focused on private residences, and this section is the prime area known as “The Avenue.”
The principal buildings, apart from the residences, are the Brevoort House, at the corner of Clinton Place, an ultra fashionable hostelrie. On the opposite side of the street, at the northwest corner of Tenth street, is the handsome brown stone Episcopal Church of the Ascension, and on the southwest corner of Eleventh street is the equally handsome First Presbyterian Church, constructed of the same material. At the northeast corner of Fourteenth street is Delmonico’s famous restaurant, fronting on both streets; and diagonally opposite, on the southwest corner of Fifteenth street, the magnificent house of the Manhattan Club. Not far from Delmonico’s, and on the same side, is a brick mansion, adorned with a sign bearing a coat of arms, and the announcement that the ground floor is occupied by the eighth wonder of the world, “A Happy Tailor.” At the southeast corner of Nineteenth street is the Fifth Avenue Presbyterian Church, in charge of the eloquent Dr. John Hall. Two blocks above, on the southwest corner of Twenty-first street, is the South Dutch Reformed Church, a handsome brown p. 206stone edifice, and diagonally opposite is the Glenham House. At the southwest corner of Twenty-second street, is the famous art gallery of Gonpil & Co., and immediately opposite the St. Germains Hotel. At Twenty-third street, Broadway crosses the avenue obliquely from northwest to southeast. On the left hand, going north, is the Fifth Avenue Hotel, and on the left Madison Square. The open space is very broad here, and is always thronged with a busy, lively crowd. At the northeast corner of Twenty-sixth street is the Hotel Brunswick, and on the southwest corner of Twenty-seventh street the Stevens House, both monster buildings rented in flats to families of wealth. At the northwest corner of Twenty-ninth street, is a handsome church of white granite, belonging to the Dutch Reformed faith, and familiarly known as the “Church of the Holy Rooster,” from the large gilt cock on the spire. At the northwest corner of Thirty-fourth street is the new marble residence of Mr. A. T. Stewart, the most magnificent dwelling house in the land. Immediately opposite is a fine brown stone mansion, occupied at present by Mr. Stewart. On the southeast corner of Thirty-fifth street, is Christ Church (Episcopal), and on the northwest corner of Thirty-seventh street the Brick Church (Presbyterian), of which Dr. Gardiner Spring is the pastor. At Fortieth street, and extending to Forty-second, the west side of the avenue is taken up with the old distributing reservoir, a massive structure of stone, and immediately opposite is the Rutgers Female College. At the southeast corner of Forty-third street is the city residence of the notorious Boss Tweed, and at the northeast corner of the same street, the splendid Jewish synagogue known as the Temple E-manu-el. At the southwest corner of Forty-fifth street is the Church of the Divine Paternity (Universalist), of which Dr. Chapin is the pastor, and on the opposite side of the street in the block above, the Church of the Heavenly Rest (Episcopal). At the northwest corner of Forty-eighth street is the massive but unfinished structure of the Collegiate Dutch Reformed Church. On the east side of the avenue, and occupying the block between Fiftieth and Fifty-first streets, is the new St. Patrick’s Cathedral, p. 207unfinished, but destined to be the most elaborate church edifice in America. The block above the Cathedral is occupied by the Male Orphan Asylum of the same church, next door to which is the mansion of Madame Restelle, one of the most noted abortionists of New York. On the northwest corner of Fifty-third street is the new St. Thomas’ Church (Episcopal), a fine edifice, and owned by one of the wealthiest congregations in the city. Between Fifty-fourth and Fifty-fifth streets, and on the same side of the street, is St. Luke’s Hospital, with its pretty grounds. On the east side, between Fifty-eighth and Fifty-ninth streets, and now in course of erection, will be located the Central Park Hotel, which is to be one of the most imposing structures in New York; and just opposite is the main entrance to the Central Park.
The main buildings, aside from the homes, are the Brevoort House, located at the corner of Clinton Place, which is a super trendy hotel. Across the street, at the northwest corner of Tenth Street, is the beautiful brownstone Episcopal Church of the Ascension, and on the southwest corner of Eleventh Street stands the equally attractive First Presbyterian Church, built from the same material. At the northeast corner of Fourteenth Street is Delmonico’s well-known restaurant, which fronts both streets; diagonally across from it, on the southwest corner of Fifteenth Street, is the stunning Manhattan Club. Not far from Delmonico’s, on the same side, is a brick mansion featuring a sign with a coat of arms and announcing that the ground floor houses the eighth wonder of the world, “A Happy Tailor.” At the southeast corner of Nineteenth Street is the Fifth Avenue Presbyterian Church, led by the eloquent Dr. John Hall. Two blocks up, at the southwest corner of Twenty-first Street, is the South Dutch Reformed Church, a lovely brownstone building, with the Glenham House diagonally opposite. At the southwest corner of Twenty-second Street, you’ll find the famous art gallery of Gonpil & Co., directly across from the St. Germains Hotel. At Twenty-third Street, Broadway crosses the avenue diagonally from northwest to southeast. On the left side heading north is the Fifth Avenue Hotel, with Madison Square to the left. This open area is quite wide and always bustling with a lively crowd. At the northeast corner of Twenty-sixth Street is the Hotel Brunswick, and on the southwest corner of Twenty-seventh Street is the Stevens House, both massive buildings rented as flats to wealthy families. At the northwest corner of Twenty-ninth Street is a beautiful white granite church associated with the Dutch Reformed faith, commonly referred to as the “Church of the Holy Rooster,” due to the large gilded rooster on the spire. At the northwest corner of Thirty-fourth Street is the new marble residence of Mr. A. T. Stewart, the most magnificent house in the country. Directly across is a fine brownstone mansion currently occupied by Mr. Stewart. On the southeast corner of Thirty-fifth Street is Christ Church (Episcopal), and on the northwest corner of Thirty-seventh Street, the Brick Church (Presbyterian), with Dr. Gardiner Spring as the pastor. At Fortieth Street, extending to Forty-second, the west side of the avenue is taken up by the old distributing reservoir, a massive stone structure, directly across from Rutgers Female College. At the southeast corner of Forty-third Street is the city residence of the infamous Boss Tweed, and at the northeast corner of the same street is the beautiful Jewish synagogue known as the Temple E-manu-el. At the southwest corner of Forty-fifth Street is the Church of the Divine Paternity (Universalist), led by Dr. Chapin, and on the opposite side of the street, in the block above, sits the Church of the Heavenly Rest (Episcopal). On the northwest corner of Forty-eighth Street is the large, yet unfinished, building of the Collegiate Dutch Reformed Church. On the east side of the avenue, taking up the block between Fiftieth and Fifty-first Streets, is the new St. Patrick’s Cathedral, unfinished but set to become the most elaborate church building in America. The block above the Cathedral houses the Male Orphan Asylum of the same church, next to which is the mansion of Madame Restelle, one of the most infamous abortionists in New York. At the northwest corner of Fifty-third Street is the new St. Thomas’ Church (Episcopal), an impressive building owned by one of the wealthiest congregations in the city. Between Fifty-fourth and Fifty-fifth Streets, on the same side of the street, is St. Luke’s Hospital, with its lovely grounds. On the east side, between Fifty-eighth and Fifty-ninth Streets, the Central Park Hotel is currently under construction and is set to be one of the most striking buildings in New York; and right across from it is the main entrance to Central Park.
From Seventh to Fifty-ninth streets, the avenue presents a continuous line of magnificent mansions. There are a few marble, yellow stone, and brick buildings, but the prevailing material is brown stone. The general appearance of the street is magnificent, but sombre, owing to the dark color of the stone. Nearly all the houses are built on the same design, which gives to it an air of sameness and tameness that is not pleasing. But it is a magnificent street, nevertheless, and has not its equal in the great and unbroken extent of its splendor in the world. It is a street of palaces. Madison and Park avenues, and portions of Lexington avenue, are nearly as handsome, as are the cross streets connecting them with the Fifth avenue, and many of the streets leading to the Sixth avenue are similarly built. The great defect of the avenue is the poverty of resource in the designs of the buildings, but this is the only species of poverty present here.
From Seventh to Fifty-ninth streets, the avenue showcases a continuous row of stunning mansions. While there are a few marble, yellow stone, and brick buildings, brownstone is the dominant material. The overall look of the street is impressive yet gloomy, thanks to the dark color of the stone. Most houses follow the same design, giving the area an unvaried and dull vibe that isn't very appealing. Still, it's an amazing street and is unmatched in the vast and uninterrupted display of its grandeur in the world. It’s a street of palaces. Madison and Park avenues, along with parts of Lexington avenue, are almost as beautiful, as are the cross streets connecting them with Fifth avenue, and many of the streets leading to Sixth avenue have a similar style. The main drawback of the avenue is the lack of variety in the building designs, but that's the only real shortcoming here.
If the houses are palatial without, they are even more so within. Some of them are models of elegance and taste; others are miracles of flashy and reckless adornment. The walls and ceilings are covered with exquisite frescoes. The floors are rich in the finest and thickest of carpets, on whose luxurious pile no footfall ever sounds. The light of the sun comes struggling in through the richest of curtains, and at night the p. 208brilliancy of the gas is softened by the warmest tinted porcelain shades, or heightened by the dazzling reflection of crystal chandeliers. The drawing rooms are filled with the costliest and the richest furniture which is the perfection of comfort, and with works of art worth a fortune in themselves. Back of these, or across the hall, through the half opened doors, you see the sumptuously furnished library, with its long rows of daintily bound books in their rosewood shelves. The library is a “feature” in most houses of the very wealthy, and in the majority of instances is more for ornament than for use. In the rear of all is the conservatory with its wealth of flowers and rare plants, which send their odors through the rooms beyond. The upper and lower stories are furnished on a corresponding scale of magnificence. Everything that money can procure for the comfort or luxury of the inmates is at hand. Nor are such residences few in number. They may be counted by the hundred, each with its contents worth a large fortune. The style of living is in keeping with the house, and, as a matter of course, only the very wealthy can afford such homes.
If the houses are grand on the outside, they are even more extravagant on the inside. Some of them showcase elegance and taste, while others are adorned in a flashy and reckless manner. The walls and ceilings are decorated with beautiful frescoes. The floors are covered in the finest, thickest carpets, where no footsteps make a sound. Sunlight struggles to filter through the richest curtains, and at night, the bright gas lights are softened by warm-toned porcelain shades or enhanced by the dazzling reflection of crystal chandeliers. The drawing rooms are furnished with the most expensive and luxurious furniture, providing ultimate comfort, along with artworks that are incredibly valuable. Behind these, or across the hall, you can catch a glimpse of the lavishly decorated library, with its long rows of delicately bound books on rosewood shelves. The library is a common feature in most wealthy homes, often more for show than for actual use. At the back, there is a conservatory filled with a bounty of flowers and rare plants, whose fragrances waft through the surrounding rooms. Both the upper and lower floors are adorned with similar levels of magnificence. Everything money can buy for the comfort or luxury of the residents is readily available. And these kinds of homes are not rare. They can be found by the hundreds, each filled with possessions worth a significant fortune. The lifestyle reflects the grandeur of the house, and naturally, only the very wealthy can afford such residences.
As for the occupants, they represent all classes—the good and the bad, the cultivated and the illiterate, the refined and the vulgar, the well-born and those who have risen from the gutters. If shoddy finds a home here, genuine merit is his neighbor. Those who have large and assured incomes can afford such a style of life; but they do not comprise all the dwellers on the Avenue. Many are here who have strained every nerve to “get into the Avenue,” and who would sell body and soul to stay there, yet who feel that the crash is coming before which they must give way. Others there are who would give half their possessions to move in the society in which their neighbors live. They reside on the Avenue, but they are ignored by one class of its occupants, because of their lack of refinement and cultivation, and by another because of their inferiority in wealth. Great wealth covers a multitude of defects in the Avenue.
As for the people living here, they come from all walks of life—the good and the bad, the educated and the uneducated, the classy and the tacky, the privileged and those who have come from nothing. If there’s cheapness in this place, real value is right next door. Those with substantial and steady incomes can afford this lifestyle; however, they aren't the only ones living on the Avenue. Many have pushed themselves to the limit to “make it to the Avenue,” willing to sacrifice everything to keep their place, yet they sense the impending collapse that could force them out. There are also those who would give up half of what they own just to be part of the social circle their neighbors belong to. They live on the Avenue, but one group of residents overlooks them because they lack sophistication and education, while another group ignores them due to their lower financial standing. Great wealth hides a lot of flaws on the Avenue.
Perhaps the most restless, care-worn faces in the city are to be seen on this street. Women clad in the richest attire pass you with unquiet face and wistful eyes, and men who are envied p. 209by their fellows for their “good luck,” startle you by the stern, hard set look their features wear. The first find little real happiness in the riches they have sold themselves for, and the latter find that the costly pleasures they courted have been gained at too dear a price.
Perhaps the most restless, worn-out faces in the city can be seen on this street. Women dressed in the finest clothes pass by with troubled expressions and longing eyes, while men who are envied by others for their “good fortune” surprise you with the harsh, determined looks on their faces. The women find little real happiness in the wealth they’ve traded their lives for, and the men discover that the expensive pleasures they pursued came at too high a cost.
Families are small in the Avenue, and Madame Restelle boasts, that her wealth has been earned in a large degree by keeping them so. Fashion has its requirements, and before them maternity must give way. Your fashionable lady has no time to give to children, but pets lap-dogs and parrots.
Families are small on the Avenue, and Madame Restelle boasts that her wealth has been largely earned from keeping them that way. Fashion has its demands, and maternity must take a backseat. Your trendy lady has no time for children but focuses on pampering pets, like lapdogs and parrots.
Well, the Avenue mansions have their skeletons, as well as the east side tenement houses. The sin of the fashionable lady p. 210is covered up, however, and the poor girl must face the world. That is the difference. Madame married her husband for his money, and her love is given to one who has no right to claim it; and what between her loathing for her liege lord and her dread of detection, she leads a life not to be envied in spite of the luxury which surrounds her. The liege lord in his turn, never suspecting his wife, but disheartened by her coldness to him, seeks his “affinity” elsewhere; and, by and by, the divorce court tells some unpleasant truths about the Avenue.
Well, the mansions on the Avenue have their hidden secrets, just like the tenement houses on the east side. The stylish woman’s sins are hidden away, but the struggling girl has to confront reality. That’s the difference. Madame married her husband for his wealth, while her affection goes to someone who has no right to it; and with her disgust for her husband and fear of being found out, she lives a life that isn’t enviable, despite the luxury around her. Her husband, unaware of her betrayal but discouraged by her coldness, looks for love elsewhere; and eventually, the divorce court reveals some uncomfortable truths about the Avenue.
Contemplating these things, I have thought that the most wretched quarter of the city hardly holds more unhappy hearts than dwell along the three miles of this grand street; and I have thanked God that the Avenue does not fairly represent the better and higher phases of social and domestic life in the great city.
Contemplating these things, I’ve realized that the most miserable part of the city barely has more unhappy souls than those who live along the three miles of this grand street; and I’ve thanked God that the Avenue doesn’t truly reflect the better and higher aspects of social and domestic life in the great city.
p. 211XI. STREET TRAVEL.
I. THE STREET CARS.
The peculiar shape of the island of Manhattan allows the city to grow in one direction only. The pressure of business is steadily bringing the mercantile district higher up the island, and compelling the residence sections to go farther to the northward. Persons in passing from their homes to their business go down town in the morning, and in returning come up town in the evening. Those who live in the better quarters of the city, or in the upper portion of the island, cannot think of walking between their homes and their business. To say nothing of the loss of time they would incur, the fatigue of such a walk would unfit nine out of ten for the duties of the day. In consequence of this, street railways and omnibuses are more necessary, and better patronized in New York than in any city in the Union.
The unique shape of Manhattan means the city can only expand in one direction. The demand from businesses is constantly pushing the commercial area further up the island, forcing residential neighborhoods to spread even farther north. People head downtown from their homes to work in the morning and come back uptown in the evening. Those living in the nicer areas of the city, or in the upper parts of the island, wouldn't even consider walking between home and work. Aside from the time they'd waste, the effort of such a walk would leave most people too tired to do their jobs properly. Because of this, streetcars and buses are more essential and widely used in New York than in any other city in the country.
The street cars are the most popular, as they constitute the quickest and most direct means of reaching the most of the city localities. There are about twenty-two lines in operation within the city limits. The majority of these run from north to south, and a few pass “across town” and connect points on the North and East Rivers. A number centre in Park Row at the new Post-office, and at the Astor House. The fare is usually five cents below Sixty-fifth street, and from six to eight cents to points above that street.
The streetcars are the most popular because they are the fastest and most direct way to reach most areas of the city. There are about twenty-two lines running within the city limits. Most of these lines go north to south, and a few cross the city to connect points on the North and East Rivers. Several lines center around Park Row at the new Post Office and at the Astor House. The fare is typically five cents below Sixty-fifth Street and six to eight cents for destinations above that street.
The Street Railway Companies are close corporations. Their p. 212stock is very rarely in the market, and when it is offered at all sells readily at high prices. The actual dividends of these companies are large, often reaching as high as thirty-five per cent. This, however, is carefully concealed from the public, and the companies unite in declaring that the expenses of operating their roads are too heavy to admit of even a moderate profit. This they do, no doubt, to excuse in some degree the meanness with which they conduct their enterprises; for it is a striking fact that the heavier such a company’s business grows, and the more its profits increase, the more parsimonious it becomes towards its employees and the public.
The Street Railway Companies are private businesses. Their p. 212stock is rarely available on the market, and when it is, it sells quickly at high prices. The actual dividends from these companies are substantial, often reaching up to thirty-five percent. However, this information is kept hidden from the public, and the companies all claim that the costs of running their services are too high to allow for even a modest profit. They likely do this to justify, at least somewhat, the stingy way they run their operations; it's notable that as these companies grow busier and their profits rise, they become even more frugal when it comes to their employees and the public.
There is not a line in the city that has a sufficient number of cars to accommodate its patrons. More than one-half of those who ride on the cars are obliged to stand during their journey. As a rule, the cars are dirty and filled with vermin. The conductors and drivers are often appointed for political reasons alone, and are simply brutal ruffians. They treat the passengers with insolence, and often with brutality.
There isn't a single line in the city that has enough cars to serve its riders. More than half of the people using the cars have to stand during their trip. Generally, the cars are dirty and infested with pests. The conductors and drivers are often chosen for political reasons only and are just rough thugs. They treat passengers with disrespect and often with violence.
One meets all sorts of people on the street cars, and sometimes the contact is closer than is agreeable, and keeps sensitive people in constant dread of an attack of the itch or some kindred disease. Crowded cars are much frequented by pick-pockets, who are said to be frequently in league with the conductors, and many valuable articles and much money are annually stolen by the light-fingered in these vehicles.
One encounters all kinds of people on the streetcars, and sometimes the closeness is more than comfortable, leaving sensitive individuals constantly worried about catching an itch or some similar illness. Crowded cars are popular spots for pickpockets, who are rumored to often work with the conductors, and every year, many valuable items and a lot of money are stolen by these quick-fingered thieves in these vehicles.
If the drivers and conductors are often deserving of censure, they have their grievances also. Their employers are merciless in their treatment of them. They lead a hard life, working about fifteen hours out of every twenty-four, with no holidays. The conductors receive from $2.00 to $2.50 per day, and the drivers from $2.25 to $2.75. In order to make up the deficiency between their actual wages and their necessities, the conductors and drivers have fallen into the habit of appropriating a part of the money received from passengers to their own use. Many of them are very expert at this, but some are detected, discharged from the service of the company, and handed over to the police. The companies of course endeavor p. 214to put a stop to such practices, but thus far have not been successful, and plead as their excuse for the low wages they give, that this system of stealing prevents them from giving higher pay. Spies, or “spotters,” as the conductors term them, are kept constantly travelling over the roads to watch the employees. They note the number of passengers carried during the trip, and when the conductors’ reports are handed in, examine them and point out such inaccuracies as may exist. They soon become known to the men. They are cordially hated, and sometimes fare badly at the hands of those whose evil doings they have exposed. This practice of “knocking down,” or appropriating money, begins with the conductor, as he alone receives the money paid for fares. Those interested in it defend it on various grounds. The President of the Third Avenue Railway Company, the principal horse-car line in the city, once said to a reporter for a morning paper:
If the drivers and conductors often deserve criticism, they also have their own complaints. Their employers are harsh in how they treat them. They lead tough lives, working about fifteen hours out of every twenty-four, with no time off. Conductors earn between $2.00 and $2.50 a day, while drivers make between $2.25 and $2.75. To make up the difference between their actual wages and what they need to live, conductors and drivers have gotten into the habit of taking some of the money received from passengers for themselves. Many are quite skilled at this, but some get caught, lose their jobs, and are turned over to the police. The companies try p. 214to stop this behavior, but so far they haven’t been successful. They claim that this system of stealing is the reason they can't pay higher wages. They employ spies, or “spotters” as the conductors call them, who constantly travel the routes to monitor the workers. They track the number of passengers during each trip, and when the conductors submit their reports, they review them for any inaccuracies. These spotters quickly become known among the employees. They are widely disliked, and sometimes face backlash from those whose misconduct they have revealed. This practice of “knocking down,” or taking money, starts with the conductor, as he is the only one who collects the fare. Those involved in this defend the practice for various reasons. The President of the Third Avenue Railway Company, the main horse-car line in the city, once told a reporter for a morning paper:
“We try and get all honest men. We discharge a man immediately if he is found to be dishonest. You see, conductors are sometimes made more dishonest by the drivers, who demand so much a day from them. You have no idea how much a driver can worry a conductor if he wants to. For instance, he can drive a little past the corner every time when he ought to stop. He can be looking the other way when the conductor sees a passenger coming. He can run too fast, or let the car behind beat his, and so on, annoying the conductor continually. The only way the conductor can keep friends with him is to divide every night. . . . The conductors ‘knock down’ on an average about thirty-five or fifty cents per day. . . . I don’t think the practice can be entirely stopped. We try all we can. Some will do it, and others think they have the same right. We can’t stop it, but discharge a man mighty quick if he is detected.” The Third Avenue line runs 200 cars, so that the loss of the company by the “knock-down” system is from $70 to $100 per day, or from $25,500 to $36,500 per annum.
“We try to hire all honest people. We immediately fire anyone found to be dishonest. You see, conductors can sometimes become dishonest because of the drivers, who pressure them for a certain amount of money each day. You have no idea how much a driver can hassle a conductor if they want to. For example, the driver can purposely drive a little past the stop every time when they should be stopping. They can look the other way when the conductor sees a passenger coming. They can go too fast or let the car behind beat theirs, constantly annoying the conductor. The only way for the conductor to stay on good terms with the driver is to split the earnings every night. . . . On average, conductors 'knock down' around thirty-five to fifty cents each day. . . . I don’t think this practice can be completely stopped. We do everything we can. Some will do it, and others believe they have the same right. We can’t put an end to it, but we’ll fire someone very quickly if they’re caught.” The Third Avenue line operates 200 cars, so the company loses between $70 and $100 each day due to the “knock-down” system, amounting to $25,500 to $36,500 each year.
A conductor gave his explanation of the system as follows:
A conductor explained the system like this:
“Well, I’ll tell ye. When a conductor is put on a road he has to wait his turn before getting a car; it may be a month or p. 215six weeks before he is regularly on. He’ll have to know the ropes or he’ll be shelved before he knows it. He’ll have to be a thief from the start or leave the road. His pay is $2 to $2.25 per day. Out of that sum he must pay the driver from $1 to $2 a day; the starter he has to conciliate in various ways. A lump of stamps is better than drinks and cigars, though drinks and cigars have a good deal of influence on the roads; and then the ‘spotter’ has to get $5 every week.”
“Well, I’ll tell you. When a conductor is assigned to a route, he has to wait his turn before getting a car; it might take a month or p. 215six weeks before he’s regularly on. He’ll need to know the ropes or he’ll be sidelined before he realizes it. He’ll have to be shady right from the start, or he’ll have to leave the job. His pay is $2 to $2.25 a day. Out of that amount, he has to pay the driver between $1 and $2 a day; he also has to win over the starter in various ways. A bunch of stamps is better than drinks and cigars, although drinks and cigars do carry a lot of weight on the routes; and then the ‘spotter’ has to get $5 every week.”
“Why do the conductors allow themselves to be imposed on in this way?”
“Why do the conductors let themselves be pushed around like this?”
“Why? Because they can’t help it. If they don’t pay the driver, the driver will not stop for passengers, and the conductor is short in his returns; if they don’t have a ‘deal’ with the starter, the starter will fix him somehow. You see the driver can stop behind time, or go beyond it if he likes. The latest car in the street, you understand, gets the most passengers. So it is that the drivers who are feed by the conductors stay from two to five minutes behind time, to the inconvenience of passengers, but to the profit of the driver, the conductor, the starter, the spotter, and for all I know, the superintendent and president of the company. It is a fine system from beginning to end. The amount of drink disposed of by some of the fellows in authority is perfectly amazing. I know a starter to boast of taking fifteen cocktails (with any number of lagers between drinks) in a day, and all paid for by the ‘road;’ for, of course, the conductors saved themselves from loss. Oh, yes, you bet they did! The conductor’s actual expenses a day average $5; his pay is $2.25, which leaves a fine tail-end margin of profit. How the expenses are incurred I have told you. What ken a man do? Honesty? No man can be honest and remain a conductor. Conductors must help themselves, an’ they do! Why, even the driver who profits by the conductor’s operations, has to fee the stablemen, else how could he get good horses? Stablemen get from $1 to $2 per week from each driver.”
“Why? Because they can’t help it. If they don’t pay the driver, the driver won’t stop for passengers, and the conductor won’t get his share; if they don’t have a ‘deal’ with the starter, the starter will find a way to make things difficult for them. You see, the driver can run late or leave early if he wants. The newest car on the street, you get it, picks up the most passengers. So the drivers who are supported by the conductors stay two to five minutes late, which is inconvenient for passengers but benefits the driver, the conductor, the starter, the spotter, and probably even the superintendent and president of the company. It’s a well-oiled system from start to finish. The amount of alcohol consumed by some of the people in charge is honestly incredible. I know a starter who brags about having fifteen cocktails (with a bunch of lagers in between) in one day, all paid for by the ‘road;’ because, of course, the conductors covered their losses. Oh, yes, you bet they did! The conductor’s daily expenses average $5; his pay is $2.25, leaving him a nice profit margin. I’ve told you how those expenses add up. What can a man do? Be honest? No one can be honest and stay a conductor. Conductors have to look out for themselves, and they do! Even the driver who benefits from the conductor’s actions has to pay the stablemen, or else how could he get good horses? Stablemen earn between $1 and $2 a week from each driver.”
“Then the system of horse railroad management is entirely corrupt?”
"Then is the horse railroad management system completely corrupt?"
“The thieves?”
“The robbers?”
“Ay, the thieves. The pick-pockets, a lot of roughs get on your car, refuse to pay their fares, insult ladies, and rob right and left. If you object you are likely to get knocked on the head; if you are armed and show fight you are attacked in another way. The thieves are (or rather they were until lately) influential politicians, and tell you to your face that they’ll have you dismissed. Ten to one they do what they say. I tell ye a man ought to have leave to knock down lively to stand all this.”
“Ay, the thieves. The pickpockets, a bunch of tough guys get on your ride, refuse to pay their fares, insult women, and rob people left and right. If you speak up, you might get hit; if you’re armed and try to fight back, they’ll attack you in other ways. The thieves are (or rather they were until recently) powerful politicians, and they’ll tell you straight up that they’ll get you fired. Chances are they’ll do what they say. I tell you, a man should have the right to fight back against all this.”
II. THE STAGES.
The stages of New York are a feature of the great city, which must be seen to be appreciated. They are the best to be found on this continent, but are far inferior to the elegant vehicles for the same purpose which are to be seen in London and Paris. The stages of New York are stiff, awkward looking affairs, very difficult to enter or leave, a fact which is sometimes attended with considerable danger on the part of ladies. To ride in one is to incur considerable fatigue, for they are as rough as an old-fashioned country wagon. Unlike the European omnibuses, they have no seats on top, but an adventurous passenger may, if he chooses, clamber up over the side and seat himself by the Jehu in charge. From this lofty perch he can enjoy the best view of the streets along the route of the vehicle, and if the driver be inclined to loquacity, he may hear many a curious tale to repay him for his extra exertion.
The stages in New York are an iconic part of the city that you have to see to truly appreciate. They’re the best you’ll find on this continent, but they can't compare to the sleek carriages you see in London and Paris. New York's stages are stiff and awkward-looking, and getting in or out can be pretty tough, which can pose a real danger for women. Riding in one can be pretty exhausting because they’re as bumpy as an old country wagon. Unlike European omnibuses, they don’t have seats on top, but a daring passenger can climb up over the side and sit next to the driver. From that high vantage point, he can enjoy the best views of the streets along the route, and if the driver likes to talk, he might hear some interesting stories to make up for his extra effort.
The stages, however, as inconvenient as they are, constitute the favorite mode of conveyance for the better class of New Yorkers. The fare on these lines is ten cents, and is sufficiently high to exclude from them the rougher and dirtier p. 217portion of the community, and one meets with more courtesy and good breeding here than in the street cars. They are cleaner than the cars, and ladies are less liable to annoyance in them. Like the cars, however, they are well patronized by the pickpockets.
The stagecoaches, as inconvenient as they can be, are the preferred way to get around for the more upscale New Yorkers. The fare on these routes is ten cents, which is high enough to keep the rougher and less clean parts of the community from using them, so you’re more likely to encounter courtesy and good manners here than in the streetcars. They’re also cleaner than the streetcars, making it less likely for ladies to face disruptions. However, like the streetcars, they are still popular with pickpockets.
The driver also acts as conductor. The fares are passed up to him through a hole in the roof in the rear of his seat. The check-string passes from the door through this hole, and rests under the driver’s foot. By pulling this string the passenger gives the signal to stop the stage, and in order to distinguish between this and a signal to receive the passenger’s fare, a small gong, worked by means of a spring, is fastened at the side of the hole. By striking this the passenger attracts the driver’s attention. A vigorous ringing of this gong by the driver is a signal for passengers to hand up their fares.
The driver also serves as the conductor. The fares are passed up to him through a hole in the roof behind his seat. The check-string runs from the door through this hole and rests under the driver’s foot. By pulling this string, the passenger signals to stop the bus, and to differentiate this from a signal to collect the fare, a small gong, operated by a spring, is attached at the side of the hole. By hitting this, the passenger gets the driver's attention. A strong ringing of this gong by the driver signals passengers to hand up their fares.
All the stage routes lie along Broadway below Twenty-third street. They begin at some of the various East River ferries, reach the great thoroughfare as directly as possible, and leave it to the right and left between Bleecker and Twenty-third streets, and pass thence to their destinations in the upper part of the city. The principal lines pass from Broadway into Madison, Fourth and Fifth avenues, and along their upper portions traverse the best quarter of the city. As the stages furnish the only conveyances on Broadway, they generally do well. The flow and ebb of the great tide down and up the island in the morning and evening crowd every vehicle, and during the remainder of the day, they manage by the exertions of the drivers to keep comfortably full.
All the bus routes run along Broadway below Twenty-third Street. They start at various East River ferries, connect to the main thoroughfare as directly as possible, and then branch off to the right and left between Bleecker and Twenty-third Streets, continuing on to their destinations in the upper part of the city. The main lines transition from Broadway into Madison, Fourth, and Fifth Avenues, and their upper sections travel through the best parts of the city. Since buses are the only mode of transportation on Broadway, they tend to do quite well. The morning and evening rush creates a flow of traffic up and down the island that fills every vehicle, and during the rest of the day, the drivers work hard to keep them comfortably occupied.
The stage drivers constitute a distinct class in the metropolis, and though they lead a hard and laborious life, their lot, as a general thing, is much better than that of the car drivers. They suffer much from exposure to the weather. In the summer they frequently fall victims to sunstroke, and in the bitter winter weather they are sometimes terribly frozen before reaching the end of their route, as they cannot leave their boxes. In the summer they protect themselves from the rays of the sun by means of huge umbrellas fastened to the roof of p. 218the coach, and in the winter they encase themselves in a multitude of wraps and comforters, and present a rather ludicrous appearance. They are obliged to exercise considerable skill in driving along Broadway, for the dense throng in the street renders the occurrence of an accident always probable, and Jehu has a holy horror of falling into the hands of the police. Riding with one of them one day, I asked if he could tell me why it was that the policemen on duty on the street were never run over or injured in trying to clear the thoroughfare of its frequent “blocks” of vehicles?
The stage drivers make up a unique group in the city, and although they have a tough and demanding job, their situation is generally much better than that of the cab drivers. They face a lot of challenges from the weather. In the summer, they often suffer from heatstroke, and in the harsh winter, they can get severely frostbitten before they finish their route since they can't leave their seats. During summer, they shield themselves from the sun with large umbrellas attached to the top of the coach, and in winter, they bundle up in layers of clothing and blankets, looking quite funny. They need to be quite skilled at navigating Broadway, as the thick crowds make accidents likely, and they have a strong fear of getting caught by the police. One day while riding with one of them, I asked him why the policemen on the street never seemed to get run over or hurt while trying to clear the road of the constant vehicle "blocks"?
“There’ll never be one of them hurt by a driver accustomed to the street, sir,” said he, dryly; “I’d rather run over the richest man in New York. Why, the police would fix you quick enough if you’d run a-foul of them. It would be a month or two on the Island, and that’s what none of us fancy.”
“There’ll never be one of them hurt by a driver used to the street, sir,” he said flatly; “I’d rather hit the richest man in New York. Why, the police would handle you quickly if you crossed them. It would be a month or two on the Island, and that’s something none of us want.”
It requires more skill to carry a stage safely through Broadway than to drive a horse car, and consequently good stage-drivers are always in demand, and can command better wages and more privileges than the latter. They are allowed the greater part of Saturday, or some other day in the week, and as the stages are not run on Sunday, that day is a season of rest with them.
It takes more skill to navigate a stage coach safely through Broadway than to drive a horse car, which is why good stage drivers are always in demand. They can earn better wages and enjoy more perks than horse car drivers. They usually get most of Saturday off, or another day during the week, and since stages don’t operate on Sundays, that day is a time for them to relax.
Like the street car conductors, they are given to the practice of “knocking down,” and it is said appropriate very much more of their employers’ money than the former. They defend the practice with a variety of arguments, and assert that it is really to their employers’ interests for them to keep back a part of the earnings of the day, since in order to cover up their peculations, they must exert themselves to pick up as many fares as possible. “It’s a fact, sir,” said one of them to the writer, “that them as makes the most for themselves, makes the biggest returns to the office.”
Like streetcar conductors, they often engage in the practice of "knocking down," and it's said they take much more of their employers' money than the conductors do. They justify this behavior with various arguments, claiming that it's actually in their employers' best interest for them to withhold some of the day's earnings, since to cover up their thefts, they have to work harder to collect as many fares as possible. "It's true, sir," one of them told the writer, "those who make the most for themselves also bring in the most for the office."
Many of the drivers are very communicative on the subjects of their profession, and not a few tell some good stories of “slouches,” “bums,” and “beats,” the names given to those gentlemen whose principal object in this world is to sponge upon poor humanity to as great an extent as the latter will p. 219permit. One of the cheapest ways of “getting a ride” is to present a five or ten dollar bill; very few drivers carry so much money, as they hardly ever have that amount on their morning trips; the bill cannot be changed, and the owner of it gets “down town” free.
Many of the drivers are quite talkative about their job, and quite a few share some great stories about “slouches,” “bums,” and “beats,” the terms used for those guys whose main goal in life is to take advantage of kind-hearted people as much as they can. One of the easiest ways to “get a ride” is to hand over a five or ten dollar bill; very few drivers carry that much cash since they usually don’t have that amount on their morning routes; they can’t change the bill, and the person with it rides “downtown” for free. p. 219
Apropos of this method, a talkative Jehu said to me one morning, “When I was a drivin’ on the Knickerbocker,” a line that ran some twenty years ago from South Ferry through Broadway, Bleecker, and Eighth avenue, to Twenty-third street, “there was a middle-aged man that used to ride reg’lar; all the fellows got to knowin’ him. Well, he’d get in and hand up a ten dollar note—you know the fare was only six cents then—and we never had so much ‘bout us, so, of course, he’d ride for nothin’; well, that fellow stuck me five mornin’s straight, and I sort o’ got tired of it; so on the six’ day I went to the office and says to the Boss, ‘There’s a man ridin’ free on this line. All the fellows knows him; he gives ‘em all a ten dollar note and they can’t break it. He’s rid with me these last five mornin’s, an’ I’m goin’ for him to-day, I want ten dollars in pennies, an’ six fares out. If he rides I’ll git square with him.’ So the Boss he gives me nine dollars and sixty-four cents all in pennies—you know they was all big ones then—an’ they weighed some, I tell you. When I got down to Fourteenth street he hailed me. Then the fares used to pay when they got out. So he hands up his note; I looked at it—it was on the “Dry Dock”—an’ I hands him down the pennies. Well, how he did blow about it an’ said how he wouldn’t take ‘em. Well, says I, then I’ll keep it all. Well, he was the maddest fellow you ever seen; he was hoppin’! But he got out an’ some one inside hollers out, ‘Put some one on the other side or you’ll capsize,’ an’ he thought it was me. He jumped on the sidewalk an’ he called me everything he could lay his tongue to, an’ I a la’ffin’ like blazes. Says he, ‘I’ll report you, you old thief,’ an’ I drove off. Well, I told the Boss, an’ he says, ‘Let him come, I’ll talk to him,’ but he never made no complaint there.”
A talkative guy named Jehu said to me one morning, “When I was driving the Knickerbocker,” a route that ran about twenty years ago from South Ferry through Broadway, Bleecker, and Eighth Avenue, to Twenty-third Street, “there was a middle-aged man who used to ride regularly; all the drivers got to know him. Well, he’d get in and hand over a ten-dollar bill—you know the fare was only six cents back then—and we never had so much cash, so he’d ride for free. That guy took advantage of me for five mornings straight, and I got pretty tired of it. So on the sixth day, I went to the office and told the Boss, ‘There’s a man riding free on this line. All the drivers know him; he gives them all a ten-dollar bill and they can’t break it. He’s ridden with me these last five mornings, and I’m going after him today. I want ten dollars in pennies and six fares out. If he rides, I’ll get even with him.’ So the Boss gave me nine dollars and sixty-four cents all in pennies—you know, they were all big ones back then—and they were heavy, I tell you. When I got down to Fourteenth Street, he hailed me. Back then, fares would pay when they got out. So he hands me his bill; I looked at it—it was from the ‘Dry Dock’—and I handed him down the pennies. Well, he really made a scene about it and said he wouldn’t take them. I said, ‘Then I’ll keep it all.’ He was the maddest guy you’ve ever seen; he was hopping mad! But he got out, and someone inside shouted, ‘Put someone on the other side or you’ll tip over,’ and he thought it was me. He jumped onto the sidewalk and called me every name he could think of while I laughed my head off. He said, ‘I’ll report you, you old thief,’ and I drove off. Well, I told the Boss, and he said, ‘Let him come, I’ll talk to him,’ but he never filed any complaint there.”
Said another: “A lady got in with me one day an’ handed p. 220up a fifty cent stamp. I put down forty cents. I don’t never look gen’rally, but this time I see a man take the change an’ put it in his pocket. Pretty soon a man rings the bell an’ says, ‘Where’s the lady’s change?’ Well, I thinks here’s a go, an’ I points to the man and says, ‘That there gentleman put it in his pocket.’ Well, that fellow looked like a sheet, an’ a thunder-cloud an’ all through the rainbow. He never said nothing but pulled out the change, gave it up, an’ then he got out an’ went ‘round a corner like mad. Some don’t wait like he did tho’, but gits out right off. One day a chap got out an’ another follered him, an they had it out on the street there, an’ we all was a looking on.”
Said another: “One day, a lady got in with me and handed up a fifty-cent stamp. I put down forty cents. I don’t usually look, but this time I saw a man take the change and put it in his pocket. Pretty soon, a man rings the bell and says, ‘Where’s the lady’s change?’ Well, I thought here’s a situation, and I pointed to the man and said, ‘That guy put it in his pocket.’ Well, that guy looked like a ghost, like a thundercloud, and all the colors of the rainbow. He didn’t say a word but pulled out the change, gave it up, and then he got out and ran around a corner like crazy. Some don’t wait like he did, though, and just get out right away. One day, a guy got out and another followed him, and they ended up fighting in the street there, and we all were watching.”
Sometimes the drivers make “a haul” in a curious way. Said one: “A man handed me up a fifty dollar bill one night. I handed it back four times, and got mad because he wouldn’t give me a small bill. He said he hadn’t anything else, and I could take that or nothing, so, I gave him change for a dollar bill, and kept forty-nine dollars and ten cents for his fare. He didn’t say anything, and after a while he got out. Why, the other day a lady gave me a hundred dollar note, and when I told her I thought she’d faint. ‘My goodness!’ said she, ‘I didn’t know it was more than one.’ Such people ought to be beat; they’d be more careful when they lose a few thousand.”
Sometimes the drivers make "a haul" in a strange way. One said: "A guy handed me a fifty-dollar bill one night. I gave it back to him four times and got frustrated because he wouldn’t give me a smaller bill. He said he didn’t have anything else, and I could take that or nothing, so I gave him change for a dollar bill and kept forty-nine dollars and ten cents for his fare. He didn’t say anything, and after a while, he got out. Just the other day, a woman gave me a hundred-dollar bill, and when I told her, I thought she would faint. 'My goodness!' she said, 'I didn’t know it was more than one.' People like that should be taught a lesson; they’d be more careful when they lose a few thousand."
“Some fellows,” said another driver, “give you ten or fifteen cents, an’ swear they give you a fifty cent stamp, an’ you have to give them change for fifty cents, or they’ll may be go to the office an’ make a fuss, an’ the bosses will sooner take their word than yours, an’ you’ll get sacked.”
“Some guys,” said another driver, “give you ten or fifteen cents and claim they gave you a fifty-cent stamp, and you have to give them change for fifty cents, or they might go to the office and complain, and the bosses will probably trust them over you, and you could get fired.”
One of the most laborious ways of “turning an honest penny” was brought to my notice by one of these knights of the whip. Said he: “Has you been a watchin’ of my business this morning? P’r’aps you aint took notice of the money I’m takin’ in? No, I guess not.” The latter remark was followed by a rough laugh, in which I thought there was distinguishable a little more than mere merriment, especially when I heard a mumbled imprecation. He continued aloud: “I aint seen any yet myself.” Soon the bell rang, and a ticket was passed up. p. 221“Well,” said he, “he’s goin’ it strong, to be sure; this here’s the fourteenth ticket I’ve had on this trip.” An explanation being solicited, the fact was revealed that there was a man inside who made a practice of buying twelve tickets for a dollar, then seating himself near the bell, he would take the fares of every one and give the driver a ticket for each, that is, receive ten cents and give the driver the equivalent of eight and one-third cents, thereby making ten cents on every six passengers. “You see,” said the driver, “what a blessin’ those sort of fellers is. Here I don’t have no trouble whatsomever; he makes all the change for me, and ‘spose my box should blow over, nothen’s lost.” From time to time as the tickets were handed up he would cheer the toiler inside with such expressions as “Go it boots,” “How’s the cash?” “How does the old thing work?” always loud enough to attract the attention of the “insides.”
One of the most exhausting ways to “make an honest buck” was pointed out to me by one of these whip-wielding guys. He said, “Have you been watching my business this morning? Maybe you haven't noticed how much money I'm bringing in? No, I guess not.” That last comment was followed by a rough laugh that I thought included a bit more than just humor, especially when I heard a grumbled curse. He continued, “I haven’t seen any yet myself.” Soon, the bell rang, and a ticket was passed up. p. 221“Well,” he said, “he’s really going for it; this is the fourteenth ticket I’ve had on this trip.” When I asked for an explanation, it turned out there was a guy inside who would buy twelve tickets for a dollar, then sit near the bell. He’d collect fares from everyone and give the driver a ticket for each, meaning he’d take ten cents and give the driver the equivalent of eight and one-third cents, making ten cents on every six passengers. “You see,” said the driver, “what a blessing those types are. Here, I don’t have any trouble at all; he makes all the change for me, and if my box gets knocked over, nothing’s lost.” Occasionally, as tickets were handed up, he would encourage the worker inside with phrases like “Go for it, boots,” “How’s the cash?” “How’s the old thing working?” always loud enough to catch the attention of those “inside.”
This strange individual interested me so much that I made some inquiries about him, at first supposing him to be crazy or otherwise terribly afflicted; but he is considered sound, is the third in a well-to-do firm, and is far beyond the need of having recourse to any such means for increasing his capital.
This unusual person intrigued me so much that I started to ask around about him, initially thinking he might be crazy or really troubled; however, he is regarded as sane, is a partner in a successful business, and doesn’t need to use any desperate measures to boost his wealth.
III. STEAM RAILWAYS.
The great necessity of New York is some sure means of rapid transit between the upper and lower parts of the island. The average New Yorker spends about an hour or an hour and a half each day in going to and from his business, and an immense amount of valuable time is thus lost, which loss is often increased by delays. For the past few years the citizens of the metropolis have been seeking to procure the construction of a road from the Battery to Harlem to be operated by steam, and it seems probable now that a few years more will witness the completion of such a road. Public opinion is divided between two plans, and it is probable that both will be tried, p. 222and that the city will soon contain a steam railway elevated above the street and a similar road under the ground.
The major need for New York is a reliable way to quickly travel between the upper and lower parts of the island. The average New Yorker spends about an hour to an hour and a half each day commuting to and from work, leading to a significant loss of valuable time, which is often worsened by delays. For the past few years, the city's residents have been trying to get a railway built from the Battery to Harlem to be powered by steam, and it now seems likely that in a few more years, this railway will be completed. Public opinion is split between two plans, and it’s likely that both will be implemented, p. 222 with the city soon featuring a steam railway elevated above the street and another one underground.
The elevated railway has already been tried to a limited extent, but is not regarded with much favor by the citizens. This line extends along Greenwich street and Ninth avenue, from the Battery to Thirtieth street. The track of this road is laid on iron posts, at an elevation of about sixteen feet above the street. The cars are so constructed that it would be impossible for one of them to fall from the track. Dummy engines furnish the motive power. The running time from the present southern terminus at Courtlandt street to Thirtieth street, a distance of about three miles, is fifteen minutes. The road is pronounced perfectly safe by competent engineers, but the structure appears so light to the unscientific public that nine out of ten view it with distrust, and it is doubtful whether it will ever meet with the success the company hope for.
The elevated railway has been tested to some extent, but it's not very popular with the locals. This line runs along Greenwich Street and Ninth Avenue, from the Battery to Thirtieth Street. The track is mounted on iron posts, about sixteen feet above the street. The cars are designed to ensure that they can't fall off the track. Dummy engines provide the power. The travel time from the current southern terminus at Courtlandt Street to Thirtieth Street, a distance of about three miles, is fifteen minutes. Competent engineers have declared the road perfectly safe, but the structure seems too flimsy to most people, leading nine out of ten to distrust it, and it's uncertain whether it will ever achieve the success the company hopes for.
The only other elevated road at present contemplated, and for which a liberal charter has been obtained, is known as the Viaduct Road. It is proposed to build this on a series of arches of solid masonry, the streets to be spanned by light bridges. The line of the road is to be in the centre of the blocks along its route. The estimated cost of the road, including the sum to be paid for the right of way, is about $80,000,000; and it seems certain that this immense cost will necessitate radical changes in the original plan.
The only other elevated road currently being considered, for which a generous charter has been granted, is called the Viaduct Road. The plan is to construct this on a series of solid masonry arches, with the streets crossed by lightweight bridges. The road will run through the center of the blocks along its path. The estimated cost of the road, including the payment for the right of way, is around $80 million, and it’s clear that this huge expense will require significant changes to the original plan.
The underground plan has many supporters in the city, these basing their hopes upon the success achieved by the underground railway of London. There are several plans proposed for an underground road. The first is known as the Arcade Railway. It is proposed by the friends of this plan to excavate the streets along which it passes to a depth of about twenty feet, or in other words, to make a new street twenty feet below the level of those already in existence. This new street is to be provided with sidewalks, gas-lamps, telegraph lines, hydrants, etc., and upon the sidewalks the basements of the present buildings will open, thus adding an additional and valuable story to the existing edifices. The lower street is to be arched over with solid p. 224masonry, rendered water-tight, and supported by heavy iron columns. Large glass plates, similar to those now used for lighting the cellars of stores, will be placed in the sidewalks of the street above, and will furnish light to the lower street during the day. The roadway of the lower street will be entirely devoted to the use of railway trains. The proposed route of the Arcade line is from the Battery, under Broadway, to Union Square. Thence the eastern branch is to extend along Fourth avenue to the Harlem River, while the western is to continue along Broadway to the junction of Ninth avenue, whence it will be prolonged to the northern end of the island.
The underground plan has a lot of supporters in the city, who are hopeful about its success, inspired by the underground railway in London. There are several proposals for an underground road. The first one is called the Arcade Railway. The advocates of this plan propose to dig down about twenty feet along the streets it will pass through, essentially creating a new street twenty feet below the current ones. This new street will have sidewalks, gas lamps, telegraph lines, hydrants, and more, with the basements of existing buildings opening onto these sidewalks, effectively adding an extra and valuable floor to the current structures. The lower street will be covered with solid masonry to make it waterproof and supported by heavy iron columns. Large glass panels, like those currently used to light store cellars, will be installed in the sidewalks above, providing light to the lower street during the day. The road in the lower street will be exclusively for railway trains. The planned route for the Arcade line will run from the Battery, under Broadway, to Union Square. From there, the eastern branch will extend along Fourth Avenue to the Harlem River, while the western branch will continue along Broadway to the junction of Ninth Avenue, then extend to the northern end of the island.
The Underground Railway proper is to extend from the lower to the upper end of the island, and is to pass through one or more tunnels, after the manner of the Underground Railway of London.
The Underground Railway is set to stretch from the southern to the northern tip of the island and will go through one or more tunnels, similar to the Underground Railway in London.
The third plan for an underground road, is the only one that has yet been attempted. It is known as the “Beach Pneumatic Tunnel.” A small section, several hundred yards in length, has been constructed under Broadway, and the company owning it claim that they have thus demonstrated their ability to construct and work successfully a road extending from the Battery to the upper end of the island.
The third plan for an underground road is the only one that has been tried so far. It’s called the “Beach Pneumatic Tunnel.” A small section, a few hundred yards long, has been built under Broadway, and the company that owns it claims they've proven their ability to successfully construct and operate a road that goes from the Battery to the northern end of the island.
The tunnel is eight feet in diameter. It commences in the cellar of the marble building of Messrs. Develin & Co., at the southwest corner of Broadway and Warren street, and extends under the great thoroughfare to a point a little below Murray street. It is dry and clean, is painted white, and is lighted with gas. It passes under all the gas and water pipes and sewers. The cars are made to fit the tunnel, and are propelled by means of atmospheric pressure. A strong blast of air, thrown out by means of an immense blowing machine, is forced against the rear end of a car, and sends it along the track like a sail-boat before the wind. This current of course secures perfect ventilation within the car. The company claim that they will be able, when their road is completed, to transport more than 20,000 passengers per hour, each way.
The tunnel is eight feet wide. It starts in the basement of the marble building of Messrs. Develin & Co., located at the southwest corner of Broadway and Warren Street, and stretches under the main road to a point just below Murray Street. It is dry and clean, painted white, and lit with gas. It goes under all the gas and water pipes and sewers. The cars are designed to fit the tunnel and are powered by atmospheric pressure. A powerful blast of air, created by a huge blowing machine, is forced against the back of a car, pushing it along the track like a sailboat in the wind. This airflow also ensures good ventilation inside the car. The company claims that once their route is complete, they will be able to transport over 20,000 passengers per hour in each direction.
p. 225XII. HORACE GREELEY.
The best known man in New York, in one sense, and the least known in others, is Horace Greeley. If there is a man, woman, or child in all this broad land who has not heard of him, let that person apply to Barnum for an engagement as a natural curiosity. And yet how few know the man as he really is. The most absurd stories are told of him, and the likeness most familiar to the public is a ridiculous caricature.
The most famous guy in New York, in some ways, and the least known in others, is Horace Greeley. If there’s anyone—man, woman, or child—in this entire country who hasn’t heard of him, they should ask Barnum for a gig as a natural curiosity. And yet, so few people actually know him for who he really is. The craziest stories are told about him, and the image most familiar to the public is a silly caricature.
He was born in Amherst, New Hampshire, on the 3d of February, 1811, and is consequently 61 years old. His parents were poor, and Horace received but a very plain education at the common schools of the vicinity. The natural talent of the boy made up for this, however, for he read everything he could lay his hands on. He was a rapid reader, too, and had the faculty of retaining the information thus acquired. He was kept too busy at work on his father’s sterile farm to be able to read during the day, and he was too poor to afford to use candles at night, and so his early studies were carried on by the light of pine knots. He served a severe apprenticeship at the printing business, commencing it at a very early age, and finding employment first on one country paper, and then on another, working at his trade, and occasionally writing for the journals he put in type.
He was born in Amherst, New Hampshire, on February 3, 1811, and is therefore 61 years old. His parents were poor, and Horace received only a basic education at the local schools. However, his natural talent made up for this, as he read everything he could get his hands on. He was also a fast reader and had the ability to remember the information he learned. He was too busy working on his father's barren farm to read during the day, and he couldn't afford candles at night, so he did most of his studying by the light of pine knots. He went through a tough apprenticeship in the printing business, starting at a very young age, first working for one local paper and then another, learning his trade and occasionally writing for the newspapers he set in type.
In 1831 he came to New York, convinced that the great city offered him a better opportunity for success than any other place, and resolved to win that success. He was very boyish in appearance, frail, delicate-looking, but hopeful and resolved. For ten years he worked hard in the various offices of the city, sometimes setting type and sometimes writing editorials. Sometimes he published his own journal, but generally found this a p. 226“losing business.” Failure did not discourage him, and he kept on, acquiring greater experience and becoming better known every year. He has himself told so well the story of his early struggles to so large an audience that I need not repeat it here.
In 1831, he arrived in New York, convinced that the bustling city provided him with better chances for success than anywhere else and determined to achieve it. Although he looked very youthful, frail, and delicate, he remained hopeful and resolute. For a decade, he worked hard in various city offices, sometimes setting type and other times writing editorials. He occasionally published his own magazine, but usually found it a p. 226“losing venture.” Failure didn’t discourage him; he persevered, gaining more experience and becoming better known each year. He has shared the story of his early challenges so effectively with a large audience that I don’t need to repeat it here.
In 1841, ten years from the time he wandered along Nassau street, without money or friends, and with all his worldly possessions tied up in a handkerchief, he began the publication of the New York Tribune, having succeeded in obtaining the necessary capital. It was a venture, and a bold one, but it proved a great success. He chose the name of the journal himself, and became its responsible editor. Though others have assisted him in his efforts, the success of the paper is his work. He has made it a great power in the land, and he is naturally proud of his work. Those who know him best say that the title dearest to his heart is that of “Founder of the New York Tribune.”
In 1841, ten years after he walked along Nassau Street with no money or friends and all his belongings tied up in a handkerchief, he started publishing the New York Tribune, successfully securing the capital he needed. It was a risky move, but it turned out to be a huge success. He came up with the name for the journal himself and became its main editor. Even though others have helped him along the way, the success of the paper is mainly his achievement. He has turned it into a significant force in the country, and he is understandably proud of his work. Those who know him best say the title he cherishes the most is “Founder of the New York Tribune.”
Mr. Greeley’s career has been one of incessant labor. His friends say he was never known to rest as other men do. When he goes to his farm in Westchester County for recreation, he rests by chopping wood and digging ditches. His editorial labors make up a daily average of about two columns of the Tribune, and he contributes the equivalent of about six Tribune columns per week to other journals. He writes from fifteen to twenty-five letters per day; he has published several large works; he goes thoroughly through his exchanges every day, and keeps himself well posted in the current literature of the times; he speaks or lectures about five or six times a month, and makes monthly visits to Albany and Washington, to see what is going on behind the scenes in the capitals of the State and Nation. He is constantly receiving people who come on business or from curiosity, and yet he never seems tired, though he is not always even-tempered.
Mr. Greeley’s career has been one of nonstop work. His friends say he was never seen to relax like other people do. When he goes to his farm in Westchester County for some downtime, he unwinds by chopping wood and digging ditches. His editorial work averages about two columns a day for the Tribune, and he contributes around six Tribune columns per week to other publications. He writes fifteen to twenty-five letters each day; he has published several big works; he reviews all his exchanges daily and stays well-informed about current literature. He speaks or lectures five or six times a month and makes monthly trips to Albany and Washington to see what’s happening behind the scenes in the State and National capitals. He is always meeting people who come for business or out of curiosity, and yet he never seems tired, though he isn’t always even-tempered.
He is somewhat peculiar in his personal appearance. Most people in thinking of him picture to themselves a slouchy looking man, with a white hat, a white overcoat, with one leg of his breeches caught over the top of his boot, his whole dress shabby p. 227and not overclean, and his pockets stuffed full of newspapers, and many have imagined that he “gets himself up” so, in order to attract attention on the streets. The true Horace Greeley, however, though careless as to outward appearances, is immaculately neat in his dress. No one ever saw him with dirty linen or soiled clothes except in muddy weather, when, in New York, even a Brummel must be content to be splashed with mud. Mr. Greeley’s usual dress is a black frock coat, a white vest, and a pair of black pantaloons which come down to the ankle. His black cravat alone betrays his carelessness, and that only when it slips off the collar, and works its way around to the side. Mr. Greeley is five feet ten inches in height, and is stout in proportion. He is partly bald, and his hair is white. He has a light, pinkish complexion, and his eyes are blue, small, and sunken. His mouth is well-shaped, and his features are regular. His beard is worn around the throat and under the chin, and is perfectly white. His hands are small and soft; but his feet and legs are awkward and clumsy, and this gives to him a peculiar shuffling motion in walking. He is abstracted in manner, and when accosted suddenly replies abruptly, and as some think rudely.
He’s a bit unusual in his appearance. When most people think of him, they picture a scruffy guy with a white hat, a white overcoat, and one leg of his pants tucked into his boot, dressed in shabby, not-so-clean clothes, with his pockets stuffed full of newspapers. Many assume he dresses that way to get attention on the streets. However, the real Horace Greeley, while indifferent to how he looks outwardly, is actually quite neat in his dress. No one has ever seen him in dirty linens or stained clothes, except in muddy weather, when even a dapper person like him has to deal with splashes of mud. Mr. Greeley typically wears a black frock coat, a white vest, and black pants that reach his ankles. The only sign of his carelessness is his black cravat, which occasionally slips off his collar and shifts to the side. Mr. Greeley stands five feet ten inches tall and is stout for his height. He’s partly bald, and his hair is white. He has a light pink complexion, and his eyes are small, blue, and sunken. His mouth is well-shaped, and his features are regular. He has a neatly trimmed beard around his throat and under his chin, and it’s completely white. His hands are small and soft, but his feet and legs are awkward and clumsy, giving him a distinctive shuffling walk. He often seems distant, and when spoken to suddenly, he tends to reply abruptly, which some consider rude.
One of his acquaintances thus describes him in his editorial office:
One of his friends describes him like this in his editorial office:
“We walk through the little gate in the counter, turn within the open doorway on our left, climb a short, narrow flight of stairs, and find ourselves in a small room, ten by fifteen, furnished with a green carpet, a bed lounge, an open book-rack, a high desk, a writing-desk, three arm-chairs, a short-legged table, and a small marble sink.
“We walk through the small gate in the counter, turn into the open doorway on our left, climb a short, narrow flight of stairs, and find ourselves in a small room, ten by fifteen, furnished with a green carpet, a lounge bed, an open book rack, a tall desk, a writing desk, three armchairs, a short table, and a small marble sink.
“Mr. Greeley’s back is toward us. He is seated at his desk. His head is bent over his writing, and his round shoulders are quite prominent. He is scribbling rapidly. A quire of foolscap, occupying the only clear space on his desk, is melting rapidly beneath his pen. The desk itself is a heap of confusion. Here is Mr. Greeley’s straw hat; there is his handkerchief. In front of him is a peck of newspaper clippings, not neatly rolled up, but loosely sprawled over the desk. At his left a rickety p. 228pair of scissors catches a hurried nap, and at his right a paste-pot and a half-broken box of wafers appear to have had a rough-and-tumble fight. An odd-looking paper-holder is just ready to tumble on the floor. An old-fashioned sand-box, looking like a dilapidated hour-glass, is half-hidden under a slashed copy of The New York World. Mr. Greeley still sticks to wafers and sand, instead of using mucilage and blotting-paper. A small drawer, filled with postage stamps and bright steel pens, has crawled out on the desk. Packages of folded missives are tucked in the pigeon-holes, winking at us from the back of the desk, and scores of half-opened letters, mixed with seedy brown envelopes, flop lazily about the table. Old papers lie gashed and mangled about his chair, the débris of a literary battle field. A clean towel hangs on a rack to his right. A bound copy of The Tribune Almanac, from 1838 to 1868, swings from a small chain fastened to a staple screwed in the side of his desk; two other bound volumes stand on their feet in front of his nose, and two more of the same kind are fast asleep on the book-rack in the corner. Stray numbers of the almanac peep from every nook. The man who would carry off Greeley’s bound pile of almanacs would deserve capital punishment. The Philosopher could better afford to lose one of his legs than to lose his almanacs. The room is kept scrupulously clean and neat. A waste paper basket squats between Mr. Greeley’s legs, but one half the torn envelopes and boshy communications flutter to the floor instead of being tossed into the basket. The table at his side is covered with a stray copy of The New York Ledger, and a dozen magazines lie thereon. Here is an iron garden rake wrapped up in an Independent. There hangs a pair of handcuffs once worn by old John Brown, and sent Mr. Greeley by an enthusiastic admirer of both Horace and John. A champagne basket, filled with old scrap-books and pamphlets, occupies one corner. A dirty bust of Lincoln, half hidden in dusty piles of paper, struggles to be seen on the top of his desk. A pile of election tables, dirty, ragged and torn, clipped from some unknown newspaper, looks as if they had half a mind to jump down on the ‘Old Man’s’ bald head. A certificate of life p. 229membership in some tract or abolition society, and maps of the World, New York, and New Jersey hang on the wall. A rare geological specimen of quartz rock, weighing about ten pounds, is ready to roll down a high desk to the floor on the first alarm. Dirty pamphlets are as plentiful as cockroaches. His office library consists of 150 volumes.
“Mr. Greeley has his back to us. He’s sitting at his desk, his head bent over his writing, and his round shoulders are quite noticeable. He’s scribbling quickly. A stack of foolscap, taking up the only clear space on his desk, is rapidly filling with his notes. The desk itself is a chaotic mess. Here is Mr. Greeley’s straw hat; there is his handkerchief. In front of him is a pile of newspaper clippings, not neatly rolled up but messily spread over the desk. To his left, a wobbly pair of scissors is resting, and to his right, a paste pot and a half-broken box of wafers look like they’ve been in a rough sprawl. An oddly shaped paper holder is about to fall to the floor. An old-fashioned sand box, resembling a worn-out hourglass, is half-hidden beneath a ripped copy of The New York World. Mr. Greeley still prefers using wafers and sand instead of glue and blotting paper. A small drawer filled with postage stamps and shiny steel pens has slid out onto the desk. Packages of folded letters are tucked into the pigeonholes, peeking out from the back of the desk, and numerous half-opened letters mixed with shabby brown envelopes are lazily spread across the table. Old papers are scattered messily around his chair, remnants of a writing battle. A clean towel hangs on a rack to his right. A bound copy of The Tribune Almanac, from 1838 to 1868, swings from a small chain attached to a staple on his desk; two other bound volumes stand upright in front of him, and two more of the same type are resting on the book rack in the corner. Random issues of the almanac peek out from every corner. Anyone who would take Greeley’s bound collection of almanacs would deserve severe punishment. The Philosopher could better afford to lose a leg than to lose his almanacs. The room is kept very clean and tidy. A wastepaper basket is between Mr. Greeley’s legs, but half of the torn envelopes and useless communications end up on the floor instead of in the basket. The table beside him has a stray copy of The New York Ledger, and a dozen magazines are scattered there. There's an iron garden rake wrapped in an Independent. A pair of handcuffs once worn by old John Brown hangs there, sent to Mr. Greeley by an enthusiastic admirer of both Horace and John. A champagne basket, filled with old scrapbooks and pamphlets, sits in one corner. A dirty bust of Lincoln, partially obscured by dusty piles of paper, struggles to be seen on top of his desk. A pile of tattered, filthy election tables, clipped from some unknown newspaper, looks like they might fall onto the ‘Old Man’s’ bald head. A certificate of life membership in some tract or abolition society, along with maps of the World, New York, and New Jersey, hangs on the wall. A rare geological specimen of quartz rock, weighing about ten pounds, is ready to roll off the high desk to the floor at any moment. Dirty pamphlets are as common as cockroaches. His office library consists of 150 volumes.”
“Pen, ink, paper, scissors, and envelopes are in unfailing demand. The cry, ‘Mr. Greeley wants writing paper!’ creates a commotion in the counting-room, and Mr. Greeley gets paper quicker than a hungry fisherman could skin an eel.
“Pen, ink, paper, scissors, and envelopes are always in demand. The shout, ‘Mr. Greeley needs writing paper!’ causes a stir in the office, and Mr. Greeley gets his paper faster than a hungry fisherman can skin an eel.
“Mr. Greeley can lay Virginia worm fences in ink faster than any other editor in New York City. He uses a fountain-pen, a present from some friend. He thinks a great deal of it, but during an experience of three years has failed to learn the simple principle of suction without getting his mouth full of ink, and he generally uses it with an empty receiver. He makes a dash at the ink-bottle every twenty seconds, places the third finger and thumb of his left hand on his paper, and scratches away at his worm fence like one possessed. He writes marvellously fast. Frequently the point of his pen pricks through his sheet, for he writes a heavy hand, and a snap follows, spreading inky spots over the paper, resembling a woodcut portraying the sparks from a blacksmith’s hammer. Blots like mashed spiders, or crushed huckleberries, occasionally intervene, but the old veteran dashes them with sand, leaving a swearing compositor to scratch off the soil, and dig out the words underneath.
“Mr. Greeley can write about Virginia worm fences in ink faster than any other editor in New York City. He uses a fountain pen, a gift from a friend. He values it a lot, but after three years, he still hasn’t figured out the simple principle of suction without getting ink all over his mouth, and he usually operates it with an empty ink reservoir. He makes a move for the ink bottle every twenty seconds, puts the third finger and thumb of his left hand on the paper, and scribbles away at his worm fence like someone possessed. He writes incredibly fast. Often, the tip of his pen pokes through the page because he writes with a heavy hand, resulting in a snap that spreads ink spots on the paper, resembling a woodcut of sparks flying from a blacksmith’s hammer. Blots that look like squished spiders or crushed blueberries sometimes appear, but the old pro just dashes them with sand, leaving a frustrated typesetter to clean up the mess and uncover the words underneath."
“Mr. Greeley’s manuscript, when seen for the first time, resembles an intricate mass of lunatic hieroglyphics, or the tracks of a spider suffering from delirium tremens. But, by those accustomed to his writing, a remarkable exactness is observed. The spelling, punctuation, accented letters, and capitalizing are perfect. The old type-setters of the office prefer his manuscript above that of any other editor, for the simple reason that he writes his article as he wishes it to appear, and rarely, if ever, cuts or slashes a proof-sheet. And this punctuality is, in a great measure, a feature of his life. He is always in time, and never waits for anybody. He employs no private secretary, and p. 230when he receives a letter, answers it on the instant. No matter how trivial the request, the next outward-bound mail will carry away one of his autographs, if he thinks an answer necessary.
“Mr. Greeley’s manuscript, when seen for the first time, resembles a complicated jumble of crazy symbols, or the path of a spider having a fit. But, for those used to his writing, a remarkable precision can be seen. The spelling, punctuation, accented letters, and capitalization are flawless. The old typesetters in the office prefer his manuscript over any other editor’s because he writes his articles exactly how he wants them to appear, and almost never makes cuts or changes on a proof-sheet. This punctuality is largely a hallmark of his life. He’s always on time and never waits for anyone. He doesn’t have a private secretary, and when he gets a letter, he replies immediately. No matter how small the request, the next mail leaving will carry one of his signatures if he thinks a response is needed.”
“He knows we have entered his room, yet he continues his writing. The only sound we hear within the sanctum is the scratch of his pen. He has the power of concentrating all the strength of his mind on the subject of his editorial, and will pay no attention to any question, however important, until he finishes his sentence. If the cry of ‘Fire!’ should resound through the building, Greeley would finish his sentence and ring his bell before he would leave his room. The sentence complete, he places the forefinger of his right hand at the end of the word last written, seizes the handle of his pen in his teeth, and looks his tormentor full in the face. It is a glance of inquiry, and the questioner, intuitively conscious of this fact, repeats his interrogation. Mr. Greeley divines the question before it is finished, and answers it pithily and quickly. The pen is then snatched from his mouth, dexterously dipped into his inkstand, and his fingers again travel across his transverse sheet of foolscap like a ‘daddy-long-legs’ caught in a storm. If his questioner is importunate, and insists on wasting his time, he continues his writing, never looking up, and either answers absent-mindedly, or in a low, impatient tone, tinged with a peculiar boyish nervousness. If his visitor is ungentlemanly enough to still continue his teasing importunities, a storm breaks forth, and the uncourteous person will trot out of the sanctum with an answer ringing in his ears that should bring a flush to his cheek.
“He knows we've entered his room, but he keeps writing. The only sound we hear in the space is the scratch of his pen. He can focus all his mental energy on his editorial and won't pay attention to any question, no matter how important, until he finishes his sentence. If someone shouted 'Fire!' throughout the building, Greeley would finish his sentence and ring his bell before leaving his room. Once he completes the sentence, he puts the forefinger of his right hand at the end of the last word he wrote, grabs his pen with his teeth, and looks his interrupter straight in the face. It's a look of inquiry, and the questioner, aware of this, repeats the question. Mr. Greeley figures out the question before it's fully asked and answers it quickly and succinctly. The pen is then pulled from his mouth, expertly dipped into his inkstand, and his fingers race across his sheet of foolscap like a 'daddy-long-legs' caught in a storm. If his questioner is pushy and continues to waste his time, he keeps writing without looking up, either answering absent-mindedly or in a low, impatient tone with a hint of boyish nervousness. If the visitor is rude enough to keep bothering him, a storm erupts, and the discourteous person will leave the room with an answer ringing in their ears that should make them blush.”
“To Mr. Greeley time is more valuable than money or even friendship. When busy, he is no respecter of persons. President or hod-carrier, general or boot-black, clergyman or express-driver, authoress or apple-woman—all are treated alike. Eminent men have left his room under the impression that they have been deliberately slighted, while Horace still slashed away at his inky pickets, totally unconscious of any neglect.”
“To Mr. Greeley, time is more valuable than money or even friendship. When he’s busy, he doesn’t show favoritism. Whether you’re the President or a laborer, a general or a shoeshiner, a clergyman or a delivery driver, an author or an apple seller—all are treated the same. Notable people have left his office feeling like they were intentionally ignored, while Horace remained focused on his work, completely unaware of any oversight.”
Mr. Greeley’s home is at Chappaqua, in Westchester County, New York, about thirty miles from the city. He owns a fine farm of about forty acres, which has cost him more money than p. 231he would care to tell. Agriculture is one of his great hobbies, and he tests here all the theories that are presented to him. His friends say that his turnips cost him about ten dollars apiece to produce, and bring about fifty cents per bushel in the market, and that all his farming operations are conducted on the same principle.
Mr. Greeley’s home is in Chappaqua, Westchester County, New York, about thirty miles from the city. He has a nice farm of about forty acres, which has cost him more money than he’d like to admit. Agriculture is one of his main hobbies, and he experiments with all the theories that come his way. His friends say that his turnips cost him around ten dollars each to grow, but sell for about fifty cents per bushel at the market, and that all his farming activities are done on the same basis.
Mr. Greeley married when quite young, and has had three children. Two daughters, aged about twenty and twelve, are living, but his son, a bright and unusually promising child, died some years ago. Mr. Greeley is one of the principal stockholders in the Tribune, and is a rich man. He is liberal and generous to those in need, and is a warm friend to benevolent enterprises of all kinds.
Mr. Greeley got married when he was still quite young and has three children. Two daughters, around twenty and twelve years old, are still living, but his son, a bright and exceptionally promising child, passed away a few years ago. Mr. Greeley is one of the main shareholders in the Tribune and is wealthy. He is open-handed and generous to those in need and is a strong supporter of all kinds of charitable endeavors.
The chief reason of his popularity is the general confidence of the people in his personal integrity. Not even his political enemies question his honesty—and surely in these days of corruption and crime in public life, an honest man is one that can not well be spared.
The main reason for his popularity is the widespread trust people have in his integrity. Not even his political opponents doubt his honesty—and in today's times of corruption and crime in public life, an honest person is someone who is truly invaluable.
p. 232XIII. THE TOMBS.
Turn out of Printing House Square, leaving the City Hall on your left, and pass up Centre street for about a quarter of a mile, and you will come to a massive granite edifice in the Egyptian style of architecture. It occupies an entire square, and is bounded by Centre and Elm, and Leonard and Franklin streets. The main entrance is on Centre street, and is approached by a broad flight of granite steps, which lead to a portico supported by massive Egyptian columns. The proper name of the edifice is The Halls of Justice, but it is popularly known all over the Union as The Tombs, which name was given to it in consequence of its gloomy appearance. It occupies the site of the old Collect Pond which once supplied the citizens of New York with drinking water, was begun in 1835 and completed in 1838.
Turn out of Printing House Square, leaving City Hall on your left, and go up Centre Street for about a quarter mile, and you'll arrive at a massive granite building in the Egyptian style. It takes up an entire block, bounded by Centre and Elm, and Leonard and Franklin streets. The main entrance is on Centre Street, and you access it via a wide flight of granite steps leading up to a portico supported by huge Egyptian columns. The official name of the building is The Halls of Justice, but it's known all across the country as The Tombs, a name given due to its dark appearance. It sits on the former site of the old Collect Pond, which once provided drinking water for New Yorkers, and construction began in 1835 and finished in 1838.
The outer building occupies four sides of a hollow square, and is 253 by 200 feet in size. It was built at a time when New York contained scarcely half its present population, and has long since ceased to be equal to the necessities of the city. The site is low and damp, and the building is badly ventilated. The warden does all in his power to counteract these evils, and keeps the place remarkably neat, but it is still a terribly sickly and dreary abode. It was designed to accommodate about 200 prisoners, but for some years past the number of prisoners confined here at one time has averaged 400, and has sometimes exceeded that average. The Grand Jury of the County have recently condemned the place as a nuisance, and it is believed that the city will ere long possess a larger, cleaner, and more suitable prison.
The outer building forms four sides of an empty square, measuring 253 by 200 feet. It was constructed when New York had barely half its current population and has long stopped meeting the city’s needs. The location is low and damp, and the building lacks proper ventilation. The warden does everything he can to mitigate these issues and keeps the place surprisingly tidy, but it’s still a very unhealthy and gloomy environment. It was meant to hold about 200 prisoners, but for the past few years, the average number of inmates here has been around 400, sometimes even more. The County Grand Jury has recently deemed the facility a nuisance, and it’s believed that the city will soon have a larger, cleaner, and more appropriate prison.
When the prison was built the Five Points, on the western verge of which it lies, was a much worse section than it is now. It is bad enough at present, but then the Tombs constituted a solitary island in a sea of crime and suffering. A terrible island it was, too.
When the prison was built, the Five Points, where it is located on the western edge, was a much worse area than it is today. It’s pretty bad now, but back then, the Tombs were like a lonely island in a sea of crime and suffering. And what a terrible island it was, too.
Entering through the gloomy portal upon which the sunlight never falls, the visitor is chilled with the dampness which greets him as soon as he passes into the shadow of the heavy columns. Upon reaching the inner side of the enclosure, he finds that the portion of the prison seen from the street encloses a large courtyard, in the centre of which stands a second prison, 142 feet long by 45 feet deep, and containing 148 cells. This is the male prison, and is connected with the outer building by a bridge known as the Bridge of Sighs, since it is by means of it that condemned criminals pass from their cells to the scaffold at the time of their execution.
Entering through the dark entrance where sunlight never shines, the visitor feels a chill from the damp air that hits him as soon as he steps into the shadow of the heavy columns. Once he reaches the inner side of the enclosure, he sees that the part of the prison visible from the street surrounds a large courtyard. In the center of this courtyard stands a second prison, measuring 142 feet long by 45 feet deep, and containing 148 cells. This is the men’s prison, connected to the outer building by a bridge known as the Bridge of Sighs, because it’s the path condemned criminals take from their cells to the scaffold at the time of their execution.
The gallows is taken down and kept in the prison until there is need for it. Then it is set up in the courtyard near the Bridge of Sighs. All executions are conducted here in private, that is, they are witnessed only by such persons as the officers of the law may see fit to admit. But on such days the neighboring buildings are black with people, seeking to look down p. 234over the prison walls and witness the death agonies of the poor wretch who is paying the penalty of the law.
The gallows is taken down and stored in the prison until it's needed. Then it's set up in the courtyard near the Bridge of Sighs. All executions happen here privately; only those approved by law enforcement can attend. However, on such days, the nearby buildings are crowded with people trying to look down p. 234over the prison walls and witness the suffering of the unfortunate person who is facing the death penalty.
The interior of the male prison consists of a narrow and lofty hall, upon which open four tiers of cells, one above another; those above the ground floor being reached by light iron galleries. Each gallery is guarded by two keepers. The cells are narrow, and each is lighted by a small iron-barred window at the farther end. Light and air are also admitted by the barred door of iron opening upon the corridor. There are eleven cells of especial strength, in which convicts condemned to death or to the State Prison are confined. There are six other cells, which are used for the confinement of persons charged with offences less grave, and six more, which are used for sick prisoners. The cells are generally full of criminals. Some of them are well furnished, and are provided with carpets, chairs, a table, and books and paper, which are bought at the expense of the prisoner or his friends. Some of the inmates shrink from the observation of visitors, but others are hardened to crime and shame, and not unfrequently cause the visitor’s ears to tingle with the remarks they address to them. p. 236No lights are allowed in the cells, and the aspect of the place is very gloomy, the whole prison is kept scrupulously clean, the sanitary regulations being very strict, but the lack of room necessitates the crowding of the prisoners to a fearfully demoralizing extent.
The inside of the men's prison features a tall, narrow hall with four tiers of cells stacked one above the other. The upper levels can be accessed by light iron walkways. Each walkway has two guards. The cells are narrow, and each has a small window with iron bars at the far end. Light and air also come through the barred iron door leading to the corridor. There are eleven cells that are particularly secure, used for inmates sentenced to death or sent to the State Prison. Six other cells are for people charged with less serious offenses, and six more are designated for sick prisoners. Generally, the cells are filled with criminals. Some are well-furnished with carpets, chairs, a table, and books and paper that the prisoners or their friends have to pay for. Some inmates avoid the gaze of visitors, while others are hardened to crime and shame, often making comments that can shock visitors. No lights are allowed in the cells, contributing to the gloomy atmosphere. Although the entire prison is kept very clean and the sanitary rules are strictly enforced, the overcrowded conditions severely demoralize the prisoners. p. 236
The outer building contains the female prison, which lies along the Leonard street side, the boys’ prison, and the halls of justice, or rooms occupied by the Tombs Police Court and the Court of Special Sessions. Over the main entrance on the Centre street side, are six comfortable cells. These are for the use of criminals of the wealthier class, who can afford to pay for such comforts. Forgers, fraudulent merchants, and the like, pass the hours of their detention in these rooms, while their humbler but not more guilty brothers in crime are shut in the close cells of the male prison. These rooms command a view of the street, so that their occupants are not entirely cut off from the outer world.
The outer building houses the women's prison, which is located along Leonard Street, the boys' prison, and the courtrooms, including the Tombs Police Court and the Court of Special Sessions. Above the main entrance on Centre Street, there are six comfortable cells. These are used by wealthier criminals who can afford such luxuries. Forgers, dishonest merchants, and others like them spend their time in these rooms, while their less privileged but equally guilty counterparts are confined in the cramped cells of the men's prison. These rooms offer a view of the street, so their residents aren’t completely cut off from the outside world.
The female prison is in charge of an excellent matron, who has held her position for more than twenty years. Men are never confined here, and male visitors are subject to certain restrictions. In this portion is located the room used as a chapel. Religious services of some kind are held in the Tombs every day in the week except Saturday, and the effort is made to give all the denominations an opportunity of doing good. Sunday morning and Tuesday until noon are devoted to the Roman Catholics; Sunday and Tuesday afternoons to the Episcopalians; Monday to the Methodists, and Wednesday, Thursday and Friday to the other Protestant denominations. Some of the Protestant clergy sometimes attempt to hold religious services in the main hall of the male prison, so that the prisoners in their cells may hear what is going on. The latter pay little or no attention to the preacher, and frequently interrupt and annoy him by their shouts, jeers and imitations in their cells. The Sisters of Charity are in charge of the female and boys’ prisons, and do a vast amount of good by their quiet ministrations. The boys are kept in a large room during the day, and are locked up in separate cells at night.
The women’s prison is managed by an outstanding matron who has held her position for over twenty years. Men are never held here, and male visitors face certain restrictions. This part of the prison also contains the chapel. Religious services of some sort are held in the Tombs every day of the week except Saturday, and there’s an effort to give all denominations a chance to contribute positively. Sunday mornings and Tuesday mornings until noon are reserved for Roman Catholics; Sunday and Tuesday afternoons are for Episcopalians; Monday is dedicated to Methodists, and Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday are for other Protestant denominations. Some Protestant clergy sometimes try to hold services in the main hall of the men's prison so that inmates in their cells can hear what's happening. However, the latter usually pay little attention to the preacher and often interrupt and disturb him with their shouts, jeers, and imitations from their cells. The Sisters of Charity oversee the women’s and boys' prisons and do a significant amount of good through their quiet assistance. The boys spend their days in a large room and are locked in separate cells at night.
One of the principal rooms in the Tombs is “The Bummers’ Cell.” It is a large apartment, shut off from one of the main halls by an iron railing. It is always tolerably well filled, and on Saturday nights it is overflowing. Here are confined those against whom there is no serious charge; persons arrested for drunkenness, or for simple disorder on the streets. On Sunday morning the visitor will sometimes find a large crowd of men collected in it, not all of whom are unfortunates or criminals. Some are well-dressed, well-to-do persons, who have had the misfortune to be drunk and noisy on Saturday night. Some are strangers, residents of other cities, who have started out from their hotels to see the sights and have a merry time, and who have fallen at length—and fortunately for them—into the hands p. 238of the police. A few are persons who have been wrongfully or maliciously accused of crime.
One of the main rooms in the Tombs is “The Bummers’ Cell.” It’s a large space, separated from one of the main halls by an iron railing. It’s usually fairly full, and on Saturday nights, it’s overflowing. This is where people are held who don’t have serious charges against them; those arrested for being drunk or for causing minor disturbances on the streets. On Sunday morning, visitors may find a large crowd of men gathered there, not all of whom are unfortunate or criminal. Some are well-dressed, financially stable individuals who had the misfortune of being drunk and rowdy on Saturday night. Others are newcomers from different cities who set out from their hotels to explore and have a good time, only to have, fortunately for them, fallen into the hands of the police. A few are individuals who have been wrongfully or maliciously accused of a crime.
From sunset until long after midnight on Saturday, the police are busy with ridding the streets of drunken and disorderly persons. As soon as a person is arrested, he is taken to the Tombs or to one of the station-houses. It is the duty of the officer in charge of the precinct to lock up every one against whom a definite charge is brought. Even though satisfied that the person is wrongfully accused, or is simply unfortunate, he has no discretion. He must hold for trial all charged with offences, and at the Tombs the officer is obliged to throw persons who command his sympathy into the company of the most abandoned wretches for an entire night. Drunkenness, disorderly conduct, and fighting, are the principal charges brought against the occupants of the Bummers’ Cell. The noise, profanity, and obscenity are fearful. All classes and ages are represented there.
From sunset until long after midnight on Saturday, the police are focused on clearing the streets of drunken and unruly people. As soon as someone is arrested, they're taken to the Tombs or one of the station houses. It's the responsibility of the officer in charge of the precinct to lock up everyone who has a specific charge against them. Even if they believe the person is wrongfully accused or just having a bad day, they have no choice. They must hold everyone charged with offenses for trial, and at the Tombs, the officer has to lock up people they feel sorry for alongside the most desperate individuals for the entire night. Drunkenness, disorderly conduct, and fighting are the main charges against the occupants of the Bummers’ Cell. The noise, swearing, and vulgarity are overwhelming. All kinds of people, from different classes and ages, are represented there.
During the year 1870, 49,423 persons were confined for various periods of time in the Tombs.
During the year 1870, 49,423 people were locked up for different lengths of time in the Tombs.
The Tombs Police Court offers some interesting and instructive spectacles. It is opened at six o’clock on Sunday morning. It is presided over by Justice Joseph Dowling, a short, thickset man, with a handsome face, and a full, well-shaped head, indicating both ability and determination. Judge Dowling is still a young man, and is one of the most efficient magistrates in the city. His decisions are quickly rendered, and are usually just. His long experience with criminals has given him an intimate knowledge of the men with whom he has to deal, and their ways. This often helps him to a conclusion which is really true, although the evidence in the case does not confirm it, and he frequently startles criminals by boldly declaring that they did thus and so at such a time. The criminal overwhelmed with astonishment and confusion generally admits the charge, and is sentenced accordingly. A stranger is at once struck with the quick and penetrating power of Judge Dowling’s glance. He seems to look right through a criminal, and persons brought before him generally find it impossible to deceive him. This p. 239has made him the terror of criminals, who have come to regard an arraignment before him as equivalent to a conviction, which is generally the case. At the same time he is kind and considerate to those who are simply unfortunate. As a man, he is kind-hearted, and inclined to lean toward the side of mercy.
The Tombs Police Court provides some intriguing and educational scenes. It opens at six o’clock on Sunday morning. It is run by Justice Joseph Dowling, a short, stocky man with a handsome face and a full, well-formed head, showing both intelligence and determination. Judge Dowling is still relatively young and is one of the most effective magistrates in the city. His rulings are made quickly and are usually fair. His extensive experience with criminals has given him a deep understanding of the individuals he encounters and their behaviors. This often leads him to insightful conclusions that ring true, even if the evidence doesn’t support them, and he frequently catches criminals off guard by confidently stating that they did this or that at a specific time. The criminal, usually stunned and flustered, typically admits to the charge and is sentenced accordingly. A newcomer is immediately struck by the keen and penetrating intensity of Judge Dowling’s gaze. He seems to see right through a criminal, and those brought before him usually find it impossible to mislead him. This p. 239has made him a source of fear for criminals, who’ve come to view an appearance before him as equivalent to a conviction, which is often the case. At the same time, he is compassionate and considerate toward those who are merely unfortunate. As a person, he is kind-hearted and tends to favor mercy.
As soon as the court is opened, the prisoners are called up in the order of their arrival during the previous night. Drunkenness and disorder, and first offences of a minor character, are punished with a reprimand, and the prisoner is dismissed. These cases constitute a majority of the charges, and the judge disposes of them with a rapidity which astonishes a stranger. The more serious cases are held for further examination, or are sent on for trial before the Court of Special Sessions.
As soon as the court opens, the prisoners are called up in the order they arrived the night before. Drunkenness and disorder, as well as first minor offenses, are punished with a reprimand, and the prisoner is dismissed. These cases make up the majority of the charges, and the judge handles them with a speed that amazes newcomers. The more serious cases are set aside for further review or sent on for trial before the Court of Special Sessions.
All classes of people come to the Justice with complaints of every description. Women come to complain of their husbands, and men of their wives. Judge Dowling listens to them all, and if a remedy is needed, applies the proper one without delay. In most instances he dismisses the parties with good advice, as their cases are not provided for by the law.
All kinds of people go to the Justice with complaints of all sorts. Women complain about their husbands, and men about their wives. Judge Dowling hears them all, and if a solution is needed, he quickly applies the right one. In most cases, he sends them away with good advice since their situations aren't covered by the law.
The Court of Special Sessions sits in a large hall on the right of the main entrance to the prison. It is strictly a criminal court, and is for the trial of charges which are too serious to be disposed of in the Police Court. Two judges are supposed to sit during the sessions of this court, but Judge Dowling frequently conducts its business alone. The prisoner is allowed to employ counsel and introduce witnesses in his own behalf.
The Court of Special Sessions meets in a large room to the right of the main entrance to the prison. It is exclusively a criminal court for the trial of serious charges that can't be handled in the Police Court. Two judges are supposed to be present during the sessions of this court, but Judge Dowling often runs the proceedings by himself. The prisoner can hire a lawyer and bring in witnesses to support their case.
The following is an example of the way in which Judge Dowling transacts business in this court:
The following is an example of how Judge Dowling handles business in this court:
“The first case of importance was that of the People vs. James Day, alias ‘Big-mouthed Scotty,’ and William Jones, alias ‘Billy Clews,’ on the complaint of Captain Ira S. Garland, of the Twelfth precinct. Probably there are not two other men in this city who could fairly be compared with these. They are both of the most dissolute, desperate habits, and have been what they now are, thieves, since the date of their entry into this city. The first, who is truthfully styled ‘big-mouthed’—that hole in his face being almost large enough to run in one of p. 240the cars on the elevated railroad in Greenwich street—was born in the Hielands o’ Bonnie Scotland; but, be it said, he appears not to have become inoculated with the same spirit of honesty and perseverance that characterizes the greater portion of his countrymen. He arrived here nearly twenty years ago, and since that time he has been a lazy, contemptible thief, a shocking contrast with Caledonians in general.
“The first important case was the People vs. James Day, alias ‘Big-mouthed Scotty,’ and William Jones, alias ‘Billy Clews,’ based on a complaint from Captain Ira S. Garland of the Twelfth precinct. There probably aren't two other guys in this city that could really be compared to them. They both have the most corrupt and reckless behaviors and have been thieves since they first came to this city. The first one, who is aptly nicknamed ‘big-mouthed’—his mouth is almost big enough to fit one of the cars from the elevated train on Greenwich Street—was born in the Highlands of Scotland. However, it seems he didn't absorb the honesty and perseverance that most of his countrymen are known for. He arrived here nearly twenty years ago, and ever since, he has been a lazy, pathetic thief, which is a shocking contrast to most Scots.”
“His companion, ‘Billy Clews,’ has been known in different circles of the same profession, and could usually be found in the neighborhood of Five Points. On Thursday there was what is usually termed a ‘large’ funeral, from a church at the corner of One-hundred-and-twenty-sixth street and Fourth avenue. Outside was a long line of coaches, and inside the church was full of mourners and the friends of the departed, whose remains were about to be consigned to that ‘bourn whence no traveller returns.’ The crowd inside was so great that the police were called in to put the people in the seats, as far as could be done, and remained there during the service to keep order. While Captain Garland was standing at the top of the centre aisle he saw ‘Big-Mouth’ elbowing his way from the altar towards the door, and making various efforts to pick pockets as he came along. Presently he p. 241came close up behind a lady who was standing with her face to the altar, and, reaching his hands in the folds of her dress, quietly withdrew her pocket-book from its hiding place. The pocket-book vanished very quickly, however, so that the captain could not see which way it went or what, for the time, had become of it. At first the thieves did not observe the captain, but the instant Day caught a glance of him he turned quietly to his accomplice and said ‘Look out, Billy; there’s a big cop.’ Billy took the ‘cue,’ began to move off, and attempted to get out of the church. But as they were both in the doorway, and seeing the captain making for them, they made a rush out from the sacred edifice, passed the carriages and ran down the avenue as fast as ‘shank’s pony’ could carry them. The captain gave chase, and, with the aid of an officer on duty at the church, succeeded in arresting the individuals who were thus trading on the mourners over a dead body. On returning to the church Garland was informed of the loss of the lady’s pocketbook, but he failed to discover her among the crowd, and consequently could not produce her in evidence against the prisoners at the bar. He had seen them previously walking towards the church, and knowing Day to be a general thief, he gave orders to look out for them, but somehow for a long time the thieves escaped the vigilance of the officers. They allowed it was ‘all wrong’ to be in the church at the time, but they told the captain he ought to allow them to go, for he knew ‘how it was’ with them.
“His companion, ‘Billy Clews,’ was known in various circles of the same profession and could often be found around Five Points. On Thursday, there was what is usually called a ‘large’ funeral from a church at the corner of One Hundred and Twenty-Sixth Street and Fourth Avenue. Outside was a long line of cars, and inside the church was filled with mourners and friends of the deceased, whose remains were about to be laid to rest in that ‘place from which no traveler returns.’ The crowd inside was so large that the police were called in to help seat people as much as possible and stayed during the service to maintain order. While Captain Garland stood at the top of the center aisle, he saw ‘Big-Mouth’ pushing his way from the altar toward the door, making attempts to pick pockets as he went along. Soon, he came right up behind a woman who was facing the altar and, reaching into the folds of her dress, quietly took her wallet from its hiding place. The wallet disappeared quickly, however, so the captain couldn’t see where it went or what had happened to it at that moment. At first, the thieves didn’t notice the captain, but as soon as Day caught sight of him, he turned to his accomplice and said, ‘Look out, Billy; there’s a big cop.’ Billy got the hint, started to move away, and tried to leave the church. But as they were both at the doorway and saw the captain approaching them, they rushed out of the church, passed the carriages, and ran down the avenue as fast as their legs could carry them. The captain chased them and, with the help of an officer on duty at the church, managed to arrest the individuals who were preying on the mourners at a funeral. Upon returning to the church, Garland learned about the woman’s missing wallet, but he couldn’t find her in the crowd and, therefore, couldn’t present her as evidence against the suspects. He had seen them earlier heading toward the church, and knowing Day was a known thief, he had ordered the officers to keep an eye out for them, but somehow the thieves evaded the watch of the officers for a long time. They admitted it was ‘all wrong’ to be in the church at that time but told the captain he should let them go since he knew ‘how it was’ with them.”
“‘What have you to say, Scotty?’ asked the Judge.
“‘What do you have to say, Scotty?’ asked the Judge.”
“‘Oh, well,’ replied Big-Mouth, ‘I don’t thenk a’ve got much to say, only to ask your Honor to deal mercifully with us. The captain at the police station didn’t say he was to breng this prosecution agen us noo; he only told us he wud tak us out o’ harum’s way, and didn’t make no charge.’
“‘Oh, well,’ replied Big-Mouth, ‘I don’t think I have much to say, just to ask your Honor to be lenient with us. The captain at the police station didn’t say he was going to bring this prosecution against us now; he only told us he would take us out of harm’s way, and didn’t make any charges.’”
“Judge Dowling.—‘It is no use my saying anything to you, Day; in fact, all that could be said is that you have never been anything else than what you are now, a thief, and that, too, of a most contemptible type. You go about to the various graveyards and rob the poor persons who are too absorbed in interring p. 242the dead and in grieving for their lost friends to notice that you are there for the purpose of plunder; you also visit the churches wherever there is a crowd of this sort paying their last respects to the remains of a friend, and never leave without robbing some poor persons of their money or jewelry. Scotchy, you have done that business for the past eighteen years to my own knowledge. I do not know so much about your accomplice, or how long he has been travelling with you. I will, however, rid the people of your presence, and do my best to stay your heartless proceedings for some time to come. One year each in the Penitentiary and a fine of $200 each, and both to stand committed until the amounts be paid.’
“Judge Dowling.—‘There’s no point in saying anything to you, Day; honestly, all I can say is that you’ve always been exactly what you are now, a thief, and a particularly despicable one at that. You wander through various graveyards and rob the poor people who are too caught up in burying their loved ones and mourning their losses to notice that you're there to steal from them; you also go to churches whenever there’s a crowd paying their last respects to someone, and you never leave without taking money or jewelry from some unfortunate soul. Scotchy, you’ve been pulling this for the past eighteen years as far as I know. I don’t know much about your accomplice, or how long he’s been with you. I will, however, ensure that the community is free from your presence, and I’ll do my best to stop your cold-hearted actions for a while. One year each in the Penitentiary and a $200 fine each, and both will remain detained until the fines are paid.’”
“‘I told you how it ’oud be, Scotty,’ yelled his partner, and with a deplorable attitude the pair were marched over the ‘Bridge of Sighs.’”
“‘I told you how it would be, Scotty,’ shouted his partner, and with a dismal demeanor, the two were marched over the ‘Bridge of Sighs.’”
The Tombs is merely a prison of detention, and as soon as prisoners are sentenced to the institutions on Blackwell’s Island, or the State Prison, they are conveyed to those establishments with as little delay as possible. The vehicle used for transporting them through the city is a close wagon, with wooden blinds for light and ventilation, around the upper part of the sides. This is known as “Black Maria,” and may be daily seen rumbling through the city on its way from the Police Courts to the ferry to Blackwell’s Island.
The Tombs is just a detention center, and as soon as inmates are sentenced to the facilities on Blackwell’s Island or the State Prison, they're taken to those places as quickly as possible. The vehicle used to transport them through the city is a closed wagon, with wooden slats for light and air at the top of the sides. This is called "Black Maria," and you can see it rumbling through the city daily on its way from the Police Courts to the ferry to Blackwell’s Island.
Closely connected with the penal system of the city is the “Prison Association of New York.” This society was organized in 1844. Its constitution declares that its objects are: “I. A humane attention to persons arrested and held for examination or trial, including inquiry into the circumstances of their arrest, and the crimes charged against them; securing to the friendless an impartial trial, and protection from the depredations of unprincipled persons, whether professional sharpers or fellow-prisoners. II. Encouragement and aid to discharged convicts in their efforts to reform and earn an honest living. This is done by assisting them to situations, providing them with tools, and otherwise counselling them and helping them to business. III. To study the question of prison discipline p. 243generally, the government of the State, County, and City prisons, to obtain statistics of crime, to disseminate information on this subject, to evolve the true principles of science, and impress a more reformatory character on our penitentiary system.”
Closely connected with the penal system of the city is the “Prison Association of New York.” This organization was founded in 1844. Its constitution states that its goals are: “I. A compassionate approach to individuals who have been arrested and are being held for examination or trial, including investigating the circumstances of their arrest and the crimes they are accused of; ensuring that the voiceless receive a fair trial, and protecting them from exploitation by unscrupulous people, whether they are professional con artists or fellow inmates. II. Providing support and encouragement to released convicts in their efforts to reform and make an honest living. This includes helping them find jobs, supplying them with tools, and offering guidance and support in their business endeavors. III. To examine the issue of prison discipline p. 243overall, the management of State, County, and City prisons, to gather crime statistics, to spread awareness on this topic, to clarify the true principles of reform, and to instill a more rehabilitative focus in our correctional system.”
Between 1844 and 1869, the members and agents of the Association visited in the prisons of New York and Brooklyn 93,560 persons confined there. These were poor and friendless prisoners, and they received from the Association such advice and aid as their cases demanded. During the same period, 25,290 additional cases were examined by the officers of the Society. They succeeded in obtaining the withdrawal of 6148 complaints, as being trivial, or based upon prejudice or passion. Upon their recommendation, the courts discharged 7922 persons guilty of first offences, and who were penitent, or who had committed the offence under mitigating circumstances. They also provided 4130 discharged convicts with permanent situations, and furnished 18,307 other discharged convicts with board, money, railroad tickets, or clothing, to help them to better their condition. In the twenty-five years embraced in the above period, they thus extended their good offices to 156,368 persons. A noble record, truly.
Between 1844 and 1869, the members and agents of the Association visited 93,560 individuals confined in the prisons of New York and Brooklyn. These were poor and friendless prisoners who received advice and assistance from the Association based on their specific needs. During the same time, the Society's officers examined an additional 25,290 cases. They managed to get 6,148 complaints dismissed as either trivial, or based on prejudice or emotion. Following their recommendation, the courts released 7,922 individuals guilty of first offenses who showed remorse or committed the offense under mitigating circumstances. They also helped 4,130 released convicts find permanent jobs, and provided 18,307 other released convicts with food, money, train tickets, or clothing to support their transition. Over the twenty-five years covered in this period, they extended their services to 156,368 people. A truly noble record.
p. 244XIV. THE PRESS.
I. THE DAILY JOURNALS.
The Metropolitan Press is the model after which the journals of the entire country are shaped, and, taken as a whole, it is the best institution of its kind in existence. The leading New York journals have but one superior in the whole world—the London Times—and they frequently equal, though they do not surpass the “Thunderer” itself in the extent and importance of their news, and the ability and value of their editorials. They are the best managed, employ the greatest talent, and are the most influential upon the country at large of any American newspapers.
The Metropolitan Press is the standard by which all the journals in the country are modeled, and overall, it is the best institution of its kind. The top New York journals have only one rival in the entire world—the London Times—and they often match, although they don't outdo, the “Thunderer” in terms of news coverage and the quality and significance of their editorials. They are the best managed, employ the most talented writers, and have the greatest influence on the country of any American newspapers.
The leading journals are the morning papers. Five of these, the Herald, Tribune, Times, World, and Staats Zeitung, are huge eight-page sheets, and frequently issue supplements of from four to eight pages additional. The others consist of four large, old-fashioned pages.
The top newspapers are the morning publications. Five of them, the Herald, Tribune, Times, World, and Staats Zeitung, are large eight-page editions and often publish extra supplements ranging from four to eight pages. The rest consist of four large, traditional pages.
The expense and labor of issuing a first-class morning journal are very great. The cost of publication ranges from $800,000 to $1,000,000 per annum; and the force employed, including editors, reporters, proof-readers, newsmen, pressmen, feeders, clerks and compositors, is over four hundred persons. The profits vary according to the paper and the times.
The cost and effort involved in producing a top-tier morning newspaper are quite significant. The annual publication expenses range from $800,000 to $1,000,000, and the team working on it, which includes editors, reporters, proofreaders, news staff, press operators, paper handlers, clerks, and typesetters, is more than four hundred people. The profits fluctuate depending on the newspaper and current events.
Each newspaper has its editor in chief, who controls the general tone and policy of the paper. He decides all matters relating to its editorial conduct, and is known to the public as the responsible editor. His principal assistant is the managing editor. In the absence of the chief editor he is the controlling power of the journal. His legitimate duties are to oversee the details of the paper, to see that its publication is not delayed, to engage and dismiss sub-editors and correspondents, to prescribe the character of the service required of these gentlemen, and to regulate the salaries paid to them. All the writers on the paper are directly responsible to him, and he, in his turn, to the chief editor. There is also a night editor, whose duties are heavy and responsible. He is charged with the duty of “making up” the paper, and decides what shall and what shall not go in—a delicate duty sometimes. He is at his post at 7 o’clock in the evening, and remains there until the paper goes to press in the morning, which is generally between 2 and 3 o’clock, though sometimes it is held back by important news until daylight. The foreign editor is usually a foreigner, and one well acquainted with the leading languages of Europe. He controls the foreign correspondence, and writes editorials upon European topics. The financial editor writes the money article, and is quite an important personage. He is obliged to be well informed concerning all the financial transactions of the day; he is courted by bankers and capitalists, as he to a certain extent controls public opinion in money matters, and he has ample facilities for making money outside of his position. The post is considered one of the most lucrative on the paper, and the salary is regarded as a minor consideration. The city editor has charge of the city news, and is the chief of the reporters. The leading dailies have from twelve to thirty reporters. These are assigned to duty each day by the city editor, who enters his directions to them in a large book. They are sometimes required to go to certain places to obtain news, and are expected to furnish so much matter concerning it. Some of the reporters have special lines of p. 246duty, and report nothing but law cases, police matters, etc., and some limit their operations to Brooklyn, Jersey City, and the other suburban towns. Some of the reporters are stenographers also. At times there will be scarcely any work to be done, and again the powers of the whole staff of reporters will be severely taxed. There are also a literary editor, whose duties are to review and notice books and other publications; and art, dramatic and musical critics. Some of these are, as they should be, gentlemen of the highest culture, and impartial in their opinions. Others are quite the reverse. The best of them, however, are but men, though they too often assume to be something superior, and their judgments are not infallible. The leading journals also employ translators, who put into English such extracts as it may be necessary to use from the foreign papers.
Each newspaper has its editor-in-chief, who controls the overall tone and policy of the paper. He decides on all issues related to its editorial conduct and is known to the public as the responsible editor. His main assistant is the managing editor. In the absence of the chief editor, he is the one in charge of the journal. His main responsibilities include overseeing the details of the paper, ensuring its timely publication, hiring and firing sub-editors and correspondents, defining the type of work expected from them, and regulating their salaries. All the writers on the paper report directly to him, and he, in turn, reports to the chief editor. There is also a night editor, who has significant responsibilities. He is tasked with "making up" the paper and deciding what will and will not be included—a sensitive job at times. He starts work at 7 PM and stays until the paper goes to press in the morning, usually between 2 and 3 AM, though sometimes it gets delayed for important news until daylight. The foreign editor is typically a foreigner and is well-versed in the major European languages. He manages foreign correspondence and writes editorials on European issues. The financial editor writes the money articles and is quite an important figure. He must be well-informed about daily financial transactions; bankers and capitalists seek his favor, as he has some influence over public opinion regarding financial matters, and he has plenty of opportunities to make money outside of his role. This position is considered one of the most lucrative in the paper, with the salary being a secondary concern. The city editor oversees city news and leads the reporters. Leading daily newspapers have between twelve and thirty reporters. These reporters are assigned tasks daily by the city editor, who records their instructions in a large book. They may be required to go to specific locations to gather news and are expected to provide detailed information about it. Some reporters focus solely on specific areas like legal cases or police matters, while others limit their work to Brooklyn, Jersey City, and nearby towns. Some reporters are also stenographers. At times, there may be little work to do, while at other times, the entire reporting staff may be under immense pressure. There are also literary editors, who review and comment on books and other publications, as well as critics for art, drama, and music. Some of them, as they should be, are individuals of high culture and impartiality in their opinions. Others are quite the opposite. The best among them are still just humans, though they often act as if they are superior, and their judgments are not always correct. The leading journals also hire translators to convert necessary extracts from foreign papers into English.
The amount of labor thus expended upon a morning p. 247newspaper is immense. It is followed by an almost equal outlay of mechanical work in putting the paper in type and printing it. The principal papers are stereotyped, and are printed from plates. Formerly the Eight and Ten Cylinder Hoe Presses were used, but of late years the Bullock Press has become very popular. It works quite as rapidly as the Hoe press, prints on both sides at once, and is said to spoil fewer sheets. The paper is put in in a large roll, and is cut by the machine into the proper sizes and printed. Only one feeder is necessary.
The amount of work that goes into a morning p. 247newspaper is huge. It’s followed by a nearly equal amount of mechanical work to set the type and print the paper. The main newspapers are created using stereo plates and printed from those. In the past, they used the Eight and Ten Cylinder Hoe Presses, but recently the Bullock Press has become very popular. It works just as fast as the Hoe press, prints on both sides at once, and is said to waste fewer sheets. The paper comes in a large roll, and the machine cuts it into the right sizes and prints it. Only one feeder is needed.
Nearly all the city newspapers are located in or around Printing House Square, immediately opposite and east of the City Hall. One of the greatest curiosities of this square is a huge engine, which runs a large number of presses. It is situated in Spruce street, between William and Nassau streets, and occupies the basement of the building in which it is located. There are two engines here—one of 150 horse power, which is used during the day, and a smaller one of 75 horse power, which relieves it at night. Shafting and belting carry the power in every direction from the engine. One hundred and twenty-five presses are worked by these engines—each being estimated at so much horse power, and charged accordingly. They turn three-quarters of a mile of main shafting, besides a mile or more of connecting shafts, and as much belting. One of these belts, an India rubber one, 120 feet long, connects a fifth story press on Nassau street with the main shafting on Spruce street, across the intervening yards, and another of leather, on Beekman street, 140 feet, perfectly perpendicular, connects the sub-cellar and the attic. Some of the shafting passes under and across the streets. Over fifty newspapers and literary papers, besides magazines and books innumerable, are printed by this monster engine.
Nearly all the city’s newspapers are located in or around Printing House Square, right across from and east of City Hall. One of the most interesting things about this square is a huge machine that powers a lot of printing presses. It's located on Spruce Street, between William and Nassau Streets, and takes up the basement of the building it's in. There are two machines here—one with 150 horsepower that runs during the day, and a smaller one with 75 horsepower that takes over at night. Power is distributed in all directions from the engine through shafting and belts. These machines operate 125 presses—each one rated for a specific amount of horsepower and charged accordingly. They drive three-quarters of a mile of main shafting, more than a mile of additional shafts, and as much belting. One of these belts, a 120-foot-long rubber belt, connects a fifth-floor press on Nassau Street with the main shafting on Spruce Street, crossing over the intervening yards, while another leather belt, 140 feet long, runs straight up between the sub-cellar and the attic on Beekman Street. Some of the shafting goes under and across the streets. Over fifty newspapers and literary publications, as well as countless magazines and books, are printed by this massive engine.
The salaries paid by the newspapers are not large. Those who receive what is seemingly high pay do an amount of work out of proportion to their compensation. Mr. Greeley receives $10,000 per annum. Mr. Reid, the managing editor of the Tribune, receives $5000. Mr. Sinclair, the publisher, receives $10,000. These are considered good salaries. Any one familiar p. 248with the cost of living in New York will not think them very much in excess of the wants of their recipients, who are men with families.
The salaries at the newspapers aren't very high. Those who get what seems like good pay actually do a significant amount of work for their compensation. Mr. Greeley makes $10,000 a year. Mr. Reid, the managing editor of the Tribune, earns $5,000. Mr. Sinclair, the publisher, also makes $10,000. These are seen as decent salaries. Anyone who knows about the cost of living in New York wouldn't consider these amounts to be much more than what their recipients need, especially since they are family men. p. 248
As a newspaper, the New York Herald stands at the head of the city dailies. It aims to be a vehicle for imparting the latest news of the day, and as such it is a great success. Nobody cares for its opinions editorially expressed, for it is the general belief that the Herald has no fixed opinions. It is valued here simply as a newspaper. It is beyond a doubt the most energetic, and the best managed newspaper in the city. Mr. James Gordon Bennett, the elder, has no rival in the art of conducting a popular journal, but his son, Mr. J. G. Bennett, jr., does not seem to inherit his father’s ability. Young Mr. Bennett is now the managing editor, and since his accession to that post there has been a marked decline in the ability of the paper, which, under the rule of Mr. Hudson, was unquestioned. Nobody expects consistency in the Herald, and its course to-day is no guarantee that it will hold the same tone to-morrow. Mr. Bennett aims to float with the popular current, to be always on the winning side, and he succeeds. The advertising patronage of the paper is immense.
As a newspaper, the New York Herald leads the city's daily publications. It aims to provide the latest news of the day, and in that regard, it is very successful. No one really cares about its editorial opinions since it's widely believed that the Herald doesn't have any strong viewpoints. It’s valued simply as a newspaper. Without a doubt, it’s the most energetic and best-managed newspaper in the city. Mr. James Gordon Bennett, the elder, has no competition when it comes to running a popular journal, but his son, Mr. J. G. Bennett, Jr., doesn’t seem to have inherited his father’s talent. Young Mr. Bennett is currently the managing editor, and since he took over, there’s been a noticeable decline in the quality of the paper, which was previously unmatched under Mr. Hudson’s leadership. No one expects consistency from the Herald, and what it says today doesn’t guarantee it will say the same tomorrow. Mr. Bennett aims to go with the flow of public opinion, always staying on the winning side, and he manages to do that. The paper has a huge advertising support.
The Herald office is one of the most conspicuous buildings in the city. It is located at the corner of Broadway and Ann street, and is built of white marble, in the modern French style. Below the sidewalk are two immense cellars or vaults, one below the other, in which are two steam engines of thirty-five horse power each. Three immense Hoe presses are kept running constantly from midnight until seven in the morning, printing the daily edition. The rooms and machinery are kept in the most perfect order. Nothing is allowed to be out of place, and the slightest speck of dirt visible in any part, calls forth a sharp rebuke from Mr. Bennett, who makes frequent visits to every department of the paper. On the street floor, the main room is the public office of the journal. Its entrances are on Broadway and Ann street. It is paved with marble tiles, and the desks, counters, racks, etc., are of solid black walnut, ornamented with plate glass. Every thing is p. 249scrupulously clean, and the room presents the appearance of some wealthy banking office.
The Herald office is one of the most noticeable buildings in the city. It's located at the corner of Broadway and Ann Street, built from white marble in a modern French style. Below the sidewalk are two massive cellars or vaults, stacked one on top of the other, each housing steam engines with thirty-five horsepower. Three large Hoe presses operate continuously from midnight until seven in the morning, producing the daily edition. The rooms and machinery are kept in perfect order. Nothing is allowed to be out of place, and even the smallest speck of dirt anywhere earns a stern reprimand from Mr. Bennett, who frequently checks every department of the paper. On the street level, the main room serves as the public office for the journal. Its entrances are on Broadway and Ann Street. The floor is paved with marble tiles, and the desks, counters, racks, etc., are made of solid black walnut, adorned with plate glass. Everything is p. 249meticulously clean, and the room looks like a wealthy banking office.
On the third floor are the editorial rooms. The principal apartment is the “Council Room,” which overlooks Broadway. Every other branch of the editorial department has its separate room, and all are furnished with every convenience necessary for doing their work with the utmost precision and dispatch. Each day, at noon, the editors of the Herald, twelve in number, assemble in the “Council Room.” Mr. Bennett, if he is in the city, takes his seat at the head of the table, and the others assume the places assigned. If Mr. Bennett is not present, his son, James Gordon Bennett, jr., presides at the council, and in the absence of both father and son, p. 250the managing editor takes the head of the table. The council is opened by Mr. Bennett, or his representative, who presents a list of subjects. These are taken up, seriatim, and discussed by all present. The topics to be presented in the editorial columns of the Herald the next day are determined upon, and each editor is assigned the subject he is to “write up.” All this is determined in a short while. Then Mr. Bennett asks the gentlemen present for suggestions. He listens attentively to each one, and decides quickly whether they shall be presented in the Herald, and at what time; and if he desires any subject to be written upon, he states his wish, and “sketches,” in his peculiar and decisive manner, the various headings and the style of treatment. There are twelve editors and thirty-five reporters employed on the Herald. They are liberally paid for their services. Any one bringing in news is well rewarded for his trouble. The composing rooms are located on the top floor, and are spacious, airy, and excellently lighted. A “dumb waiter,” or vertical railway, communicates with the press room; and speaking tubes, and a smaller “railway,” afford the means of conversation and transmitting small parcels between this room and the various parts of the building. Five hundred men are employed in the various departments of the paper.
On the third floor are the editorial offices. The main room is the “Council Room,” which looks out over Broadway. Each area of the editorial department has its own space, all equipped with everything needed to work efficiently and accurately. Every day at noon, the twelve editors of the Herald gather in the “Council Room.” If he is in town, Mr. Bennett sits at the head of the table, and the others take their assigned seats. If Mr. Bennett isn’t there, his son, James Gordon Bennett, Jr., takes charge, and if both are absent, the managing editor heads the meeting. The council starts with Mr. Bennett or his delegate presenting a list of topics. These are discussed sequentially by everyone present. They decide which topics will appear in the editorial sections of the Herald the following day, and each editor is assigned a subject to write about. This is all done quickly. Then Mr. Bennett asks the attendees for their suggestions. He listens carefully to each one and promptly decides which will be featured in the Herald and when. If he wants a topic covered, he shares his request and outlines, in his unique and decisive style, the various headings and the approach to take. There are twelve editors and thirty-five reporters working for the Herald, and they are fairly compensated for their work. Anyone bringing in news is generously rewarded for their efforts. The composing rooms are on the top floor and are spacious, airy, and well-lit. A “dumb waiter,” or vertical lift, connects to the press room, and speaking tubes, along with a smaller “railway,” facilitate communication and the transfer of small items between this room and other parts of the building. Five hundred people work across various departments of the paper.
The circulation of the daily edition of the Herald is estimated by competent judges at from 65,000 to 70,000 copies. In times of great public excitement, all the dailies overrun their usual number by many thousands.
The daily circulation of the Herald is estimated by experts to be between 65,000 and 70,000 copies. During times of significant public excitement, all the daily newspapers exceed their typical numbers by many thousands.
The Tribune has a daily circulation of about 43,000 copies. It is, in point of ability, the best of the city dailies. It long ago surmounted its early difficulties, and has been for many years one of the most profitable enterprises in the city. It is owned by a joint stock company. It was begun by Mr. Greeley on $1000 of borrowed money. At the formation of the company the stock was divided into 100 shares at $1000 each. The number is still the same, but the shares could not now be bought for many times their original value. In 1870 the dividend declared amounted to $163,000; or, $1630 on each share. At present the shares are owned as follows:
The Tribune has a daily circulation of about 43,000 copies. It is, in terms of quality, the best of the city's daily newspapers. It overcame its early challenges long ago and has been one of the most profitable businesses in the city for many years. It is owned by a joint stock company. It started out by Mr. Greeley with $1,000 of borrowed money. When the company was formed, the stock was divided into 100 shares at $1,000 each. The number of shares is still the same, but they could no longer be purchased for many times their original value. In 1870, the declared dividend amounted to $163,000, or $1,630 on each share. Currently, the shares are owned as follows:
Shares. Stocks. |
|
Samuel Sinclair, publisher Sam Sinclair, publisher |
21 21 |
Horace Greeley, chief editor Horace Greeley, head editor |
12 12 |
Estate of Stephen Clark, (formerly money editor) Estate of Stephen Clark, (previously money editor) |
14 14 |
Dr. J. C. Ayer (of Lowell) Dr. J. C. Ayer (of Lowell) |
16 16 |
Estate of A. D. Richardson Estate of A.D. Richardson |
5 5 |
Bayard Taylor Bayard Taylor |
5 5 |
T. N. Rooker, foreman in composing room T. N. Rooker, supervisor in the typesetting department |
5 5 |
Mr. Runkle (husband of Mrs. L. G. Calhoun) Mr. Runkle (husband of Mrs. L. G. Calhoun) |
2 2 |
Oliver Johnson (of the Independent) Oliver Johnson (from the Independent) |
1 1 |
Mr. Cleveland (brother-in-law of Horace Greeley) Mr. Cleveland (Horace Greeley's brother-in-law) |
1 1 |
G. W. Smalley (London correspondent) G. W. Smalley (London reporter) |
2 2 |
Solon Robinson (agricultural editor) Solon Robinson (agriculture editor) |
2 2 |
Two printers in the office Two printers at the office |
2 2 |
Solomon A. Cheeney Solomon A. Cheeney |
3 3 |
John Hooper John Hooper |
2 2 |
B. F. Camp B.F. Camp |
2 2 |
The Tribune property is valued at over $1,000,000, which includes nearly $300,000 in real estate. The stockholders, it is said, contemplate, at no distant day, erecting a large and handsome printing office on the site of the present unpretending building now occupied. The profits of the paper do not depend upon the daily edition. The semi-weekly circulates about 35,000 or 40,000 copies, and the weekly about 130,000 copies. The last is sent all over the United States, and has beyond a doubt the largest number of readers of any paper in the world.
The Tribune property is valued at over $1,000,000, which includes nearly $300,000 in real estate. The shareholders are reportedly considering building a large and attractive printing office on the site of the current, modest building. The paper's profits don't rely on the daily edition. The semi-weekly edition circulates about 35,000 to 40,000 copies, while the weekly edition reaches around 130,000 copies. The latter is distributed all over the United States and undoubtedly has the largest readership of any paper in the world.
The Tribune is the leading organ of the Republican party in the United States, and its influence is tremendous. It is a well written, well conducted paper, and is every year becoming more independent of party control. The chief editor is Horace Greeley, who imparts his strong personality to the whole journal. Many of the country people believe that the Philosopher writes every line on the editorial page. The managing editor is Whitelaw Reid, and the publisher Samuel Sinclair. Mr. Reid succeeded Mr. John Russell Young, and the paper has profited by the change. Mr. Sinclair is one of the most efficient publishers in the land, and the Tribune owes not a little of its success to his genius—for that is the only name to give it. The p. 252editorial staff comprises more ability than that of any other city journal, though some of the others make a better use of the talent at their disposal. Its correspondence, both domestic and foreign, is the best of all the city papers—perhaps the best in the Union—and the list of its correspondents contains some of the brightest names in literature.
The Tribune is the top publication of the Republican party in the United States, and its influence is huge. It's a well-written, well-managed paper, and it's becoming more independent from party control each year. The chief editor is Horace Greeley, who brings his strong personality to the entire journal. Many people in the countryside believe that the Philosopher writes every line on the editorial page. The managing editor is Whitelaw Reid, and the publisher is Samuel Sinclair. Mr. Reid took over from Mr. John Russell Young, and the paper has benefited from the change. Mr. Sinclair is one of the most effective publishers in the country, and the Tribune owes a significant part of its success to his talent—there's really no other way to put it. The p. 252editorial staff has more talent than any other city journal, although some others make better use of the talent they have. Its correspondence, both from within the country and abroad, is the best of all the city papers—possibly the best in the nation—and the list of its correspondents includes some of the brightest names in literature.
The Times is also a Republican journal, and aims to represent the Administration of General Grant. Under the management of the late Henry J. Raymond, a born journalist, it was a power in the land. Since Mr. Raymond’s death there has been a falling off in the ability, the manliness, and the influence of the paper. It is owned by a stock company, and is a profitable enterprise. The chief editor is Mr. Louis Jennings, an Englishman, and formerly the New York correspondent of the London Times. Mr. Jennings is a gentleman of ability and culture, and a journalist of considerable experience. His chief needs are a decided infusion of American ideas and sentiment, and a recognition of the dissimilarity between the London and New York mode of viewing matters. The publisher is Mr. George Jones.
The Times is also a Republican newspaper and aims to represent General Grant's Administration. Under the leadership of the late Henry J. Raymond, a natural journalist, it was a significant force in the country. Since Mr. Raymond's passing, the paper has lost some of its skill, integrity, and influence. It's owned by a stock company and is a profitable venture. The main editor is Mr. Louis Jennings, an Englishman who was previously the New York correspondent for the London Times. Mr. Jennings is a man of talent and education and has considerable experience in journalism. His main challenges are to incorporate more American ideas and sentiments and to recognize the differences between the perspectives of London and New York. The publisher is Mr. George Jones.
The Times, under Mr. Raymond, was one of the freshest and most thoroughly up to the times journals on the continent. Its correspondence, especially that from Europe, was exceptionally good. There has been a falling off in this respect of late. The circulation of the paper is not known with certainty, but is believed to be about 30,000 or 35,000 copies.
The Times, under Mr. Raymond, was one of the most current and thoroughly relevant journals on the continent. Its correspondence, especially from Europe, was outstanding. However, there has been a decline in this area recently. The exact circulation of the paper isn't known, but it's estimated to be around 30,000 or 35,000 copies.
The World is the principal Democratic journal of the city, and aspires to be the organ of the party throughout the country. It was begun about the year 1859 as a religious paper, and is said to have sunk about $300,000 for its projectors. It then became the organ of the Democracy of the city, and has for some time paid well. It is the property of its editor, Mr. Manton G. Marble. It is unquestionably one of the ablest journals in the country. Its editorials are well written, indicative of deep thought on the subjects treated of, and gentlemanly in tone. In literary excellence, it is not surpassed by any city journal. It aims to be in the front rank of the march of ideas, and makes a p. 253feature of discussions of the leading scientific and social questions of the day. It is lightened by a brilliant display of wit, and the “Funny Man of the World” is well known in the city. The chief editor is Manton G. Marble. He is the author of the majority of the leaders. In this he is ably seconded by Mr. Chamberlain, one of the most forcible and successful writers on the city press. Mr. Marble is not seen much in the office. The World rooms are connected with his residence in the upper part of the city, by a private telegraph, by means of which he exercises a constant supervision over the paper. The managing editor is Mr. David G. Croly (the husband of “Jennie June”). He is a genius in his way. He does not write much, but gives the greater part of the time to superintending the work of the office. He is said to be extremely fertile in suggesting themes for treatment to his brother editors. The great faults of the World are its devotion to sensation journalism, its thick and thin Roman Catholic partizanism, and, strange to say, a little too much looseness in the tone of its Sunday edition. Its circulation is variously estimated at from 15,000 to 30,000. The exact number is known only to the publisher.
The World is the main Democratic newspaper in the city and aims to serve as the voice of the party nationwide. It was started around 1859 as a religious publication and reportedly lost about $300,000 for its founders. It then transformed into the voice of the city’s Democrats and has been profitable for some time now. The paper belongs to its editor, Mr. Manton G. Marble. It is undoubtedly one of the most capable papers in the country. Its editorials are well-crafted, showing deep thought on the topics discussed, and have a gentlemanly tone. In terms of literary quality, it is unmatched by any other city publication. It strives to be at the forefront of new ideas and features discussions on significant scientific and social issues of the time. It is also infused with a sharp wit, and the “Funny Man of the World” is quite famous in the city. The editor-in-chief is Manton G. Marble, who writes most of the leading articles. He is well-supported by Mr. Chamberlain, one of the most impactful and successful writers in the city's media scene. Mr. Marble isn’t often seen in the office. The World offices are connected to his home in the upper part of the city by a private telegraph, which allows him to oversee the paper constantly. The managing editor is Mr. David G. Croly (the husband of “Jennie June”). He is talented in his own right. He doesn't write frequently but spends most of his time managing the office's operations. He is said to be very creative at suggesting topics for his fellow editors. The main criticisms of the World include its commitment to sensational journalism, its unwavering Roman Catholic partisanship, and, oddly enough, a bit too much laxity in the tone of its Sunday edition. Its circulation is estimated to range from 15,000 to 30,000, but only the publisher knows the exact figure.
The Sun assumes to be the organ of the working classes, and claims a circulation of 85,000 copies. It is a bright, sparkling journal, issued at a cost of two cents. It is four pages in size, and has a fine list of advertisements. It is owned by a stock company, who bought it from the late Moses Y. Beach, its founder. The chief editor is Mr. Charles A. Dana, a journalist of long experience, and one of the most thoroughly cultivated men in the profession. He has made it a great success. It is piquant, forcible, and good-natured. Mr. Dana is assisted by a corps of able editorial writers and reporters, who are thoroughly impressed with the wisdom of his policy. He is very sanguine of making a still greater success of the Sun, and claims that he will yet run its circulation up to 200,000 copies.
The Sun positions itself as the voice of the working class and claims a circulation of 85,000 copies. It is a bright, engaging newspaper sold for two cents. It consists of four pages and has a solid list of advertisements. It is owned by a stock company that purchased it from the late Moses Y. Beach, its founder. The chief editor is Mr. Charles A. Dana, a journalist with extensive experience and one of the most well-educated individuals in the field. He has turned it into a remarkable success. It is lively, impactful, and friendly. Mr. Dana is supported by a team of skilled editorial writers and reporters who strongly believe in his strategies. He is very optimistic about achieving an even greater success with the Sun and claims that he will eventually boost its circulation to 200,000 copies.
The Standard is the property of Mr. John Russell Young, formerly the managing editor of the Tribune. It is a Republican organ, and is struggling to reach an established and p. 254prosperous position. It is well managed, and is conducted with considerable editorial ability.
The Standard belongs to Mr. John Russell Young, who was the managing editor of the Tribune. It is a Republican publication and is working hard to establish itself and become successful. It is well-managed and run with a lot of editorial skill.
The Journal of Commerce is one of the few old-style papers left in New York. It is a ponderous four-page sheet, depending more upon its advertising than upon its circulation for its profits. It is edited with ability, and as it employs but few editors and reporters, and cares but little for general news, its publication is inexpensive. It is supplied by a regular carrier, and is not sold on the news-stands. It is taken by the leading hotels and by the down-town merchants, to whom it is valuable because of its commercial reports. The general reader would find it dull reading. It is one of the best paying papers in the city.
The Journal of Commerce is one of the few traditional newspapers still around in New York. It’s a hefty four-page publication that relies more on advertising than on sales for its income. It’s well-edited, and since it employs only a few editors and reporters and doesn’t focus much on general news, it keeps its publishing costs low. It’s delivered by a regular carrier and isn’t available at newsstands. Major hotels and downtown businesses subscribe to it, as it’s valuable for its commercial reports. The average reader would probably find it boring. It’s one of the highest-earning papers in the city.
The Star is a two cent paper, and was started at the time of the sale of the Sun to Mr. Dana and his associates, with the hope of securing the patronage of the working classes. Its managing editor is Mr. Joseph Howard. It is a sprightly paper, intensely Democratic in tone, and is said to be prosperous.
The Star is a two-cent newspaper that started when the Sun was sold to Mr. Dana and his partners, aiming to attract support from the working class. Its managing editor is Mr. Joseph Howard. It’s an energetic paper, strongly Democratic in tone, and it's reported to be doing well.
The evening papers are much less influential than the morning journals, but the best of them are very successful.
The evening papers don't have as much influence as the morning newspapers, but the best ones are quite successful.
The Evening Post heads the list. It is owned by William Cullen Bryant & Co., and Mr. Bryant is the principal editor. It is the ablest and the most influential of all the evening papers, and is one of the purest in its tone of any of the American journals. It is taken chiefly in the families of cultivated and professional men. Its book notices are considered the most reliable. Its circulation and advertising patronage are large, and it is a very profitable investment.
The Evening Post is at the top of the list. It’s owned by William Cullen Bryant & Co., and Mr. Bryant is the main editor. It’s the most capable and impactful of all the evening papers, and one of the most reputable among American journals. It’s mainly read by educated families and professionals. Its book reviews are seen as the most trustworthy. It has a large circulation and many advertisers, making it a very profitable investment.
The Commercial Advertiser is now under the control of the venerable Thurlow Weed, and is a good paper.
The Commercial Advertiser is now run by the respected Thurlow Weed, and it’s a solid newspaper.
The Evening Express is the property of the brothers James and Erastus Brooks. It is well managed, and well edited, and is regarded as ranking next to the Post in ability and general excellence. It is said to be worth $40,000 per annum above expenses to its proprietors.
The Evening Express belongs to brothers James and Erastus Brooks. It's well-managed and well-edited, and is considered to be second only to the Post in terms of quality and overall excellence. It's said to be valued at $40,000 a year above expenses for its owners.
The Evening Mail is younger than either of the others, but not far behind the best of them in ability and interest. It has a decided literary tone, and is one of the most enterprising p. 255news purveyors in the city. It is now a thoroughly successful enterprise, and it deserves its good fortune.
The Evening Mail is newer than the other two, but it’s not far behind the best in terms of quality and appeal. It has a distinct literary style and is one of the most innovative news providers in the city. It’s now a completely successful venture, and it has earned its success.
The Telegram is little more than an evening edition of the Herald. It is owned by James Gordon Bennett, jr., and is a lively sheet, full of news and gossip. It sells for two cents, and has a large circulation. Its first page always contains a rough, but sometimes spirited cartoon, caricaturing some notable event of the day. It is a paying paper.
The Telegram is basically an evening version of the Herald. It's owned by James Gordon Bennett Jr. and is a vibrant publication packed with news and gossip. It costs two cents and has a large readership. Its front page usually features a rough but often animated cartoon that satirizes a significant event of the day. It's a profitable paper.
The Evening News is a penny paper. It claims to have the largest circulation in the city, and is said to be very profitable. It is devoted almost exclusively to police news, and descriptions of crime, and finds its readers chiefly among the lower and rougher portion of the community. It is owned and conducted by Mr. Benjamin Wood.
The Evening News is a cheap paper. It says it has the biggest circulation in the city and is considered to be quite profitable. It focuses almost entirely on police news and crime descriptions, attracting mainly readers from the poorer and rougher parts of the community. It is owned and run by Mr. Benjamin Wood.
The evening papers are generally issued in four editions, at one, two, four and five o’clock in the afternoon. On occasions of unusual interest, they often issue extras every hour until late in the night. The evening papers contain the latest news and gossip, and a variety of light and entertaining reading matter, and are bought chiefly by persons who wish to read them at home after the cares and fatigues of the day are over, or to kill time in the cars on their way home.
The evening papers are usually released in four editions, at 1, 2, 4, and 5 PM. During times of significant news, they often print extra editions every hour until late at night. The evening papers feature the latest news and gossip, along with a range of light and entertaining articles, and are mainly purchased by people who want to read them at home after the day's stresses are done, or to pass the time on their commute home.
There are three daily morning papers published in the German language, the State Gazette, the Democrat, and the Journal, and one evening paper, the Times. The Courier of the United States, and Franco-American Messenger, are issued in the French language. They are also daily morning papers. All are well supported by the citizens speaking the language they use.
There are three daily morning newspapers published in German: the State Gazette, the Democrat, and the Journal, along with one evening paper, the Times. The Courier of the United States and the Franco-American Messenger are published in French and are also daily morning papers. All of them receive strong support from the citizens who speak the respective languages.
II. WEEKLY PRESS.
The best known weeklies are the literary, religious, and political papers, and of these the most noted are, Harper’s Weekly, Harper’s Bazaar, Frank Leslie’s Illustrated Newspaper, the Nation, the Chimney Corner, the Ledger, Home Journal, Weekly Review, Sunday Mercury, New York Weekly, Hearth and Home, the Sunday News, the Albion, Dispatch, Sunday Times, Citizen, Revolution, Spirit of the Times, and Police Gazette, among the secular papers. The most prominent religious journals are the Independent, Examiner, Evangelist, Methodist, Observer, Tablet, Liberal Christian, Christian Advocate, Christian Union, Christian Inquirer, and Church Journal.
The most well-known weekly publications include literary, religious, and political newspapers. Among these, the most notable are Harper’s Weekly, Harper’s Bazaar, Frank Leslie’s Illustrated Newspaper, Nation, Chimney Corner, Ledger, Home Journal, Weekly Review, Sunday Mercury, New York Weekly, Hearth and Home, Sunday News, Albion, Dispatch, Sunday Times, Citizen, Revolution, Spirit of the Times, and Police Gazette among secular papers. The leading religious journals include Independent, Examiner, Evangelist, Methodist, Observer, Tablet, Liberal Christian, Christian Advocate, Christian Union, Christian Inquirer, and Church Journal.
The Ledger has the largest circulation, having an actual sale of 300,000 copies per week. It is so well known throughout the country that it would be superfluous to describe it here. It is the property of Mr. Robert Bonner, who has reaped a large fortune from it. Next in popularity is the New York Weekly, which is much inferior to the Ledger, but which claims a circulation of over 200,000 copies. There are about a dozen illustrated papers of various degrees of merit, Harper’s Weekly, the Bazaar, and Frank Leslie’s Illustrated Newspaper head the list in popularity and worth. The first and second claim a circulation of over one hundred thousand, and Frank Leslie claims about seventy-five thousand for his paper. Some of the other illustrated journals are simply indecent sheets, and should be suppressed. The Nation is regarded as the highest critical authority in the country, and holds here very much the position of the Saturday Review in London.
The Ledger has the largest circulation, selling 300,000 copies a week. It's so well known across the country that describing it here would be unnecessary. It belongs to Mr. Robert Bonner, who has made a significant fortune from it. Next in popularity is the New York Weekly, which is much less impressive than the Ledger, but claims a circulation of over 200,000 copies. There are about a dozen illustrated papers of varying quality, with Harper’s Weekly, the Bazaar, and Frank Leslie’s Illustrated Newspaper leading in popularity and value. The first two claim a circulation of over one hundred thousand, and Frank Leslie claims about seventy-five thousand for his paper. Some of the other illustrated journals are simply indecent and should be banned. The Nation is considered the top critical authority in the country and holds a position similar to the Saturday Review in London.
The literary journals are well conducted, and one will often find articles of genuine merit in some of the most unpretending. The reason is that journalists are unable to live on their salaries, as a rule, if they be married men, and are forced to make up the deficiency by contributing to the magazines and weekly papers. As a matter of course, they must dispose of their wares wherever there is a market, and where they are sure of being paid, even at starvation rates, for their labors. From $2.50 to $5.00 per p. 257column is the rate of payment with the most of the weeklies, and many men and women with whose names and labors the literary world is familiar, are glad to write for them at this beggarly price as a means of increasing their legitimate incomes. The number of writers is very much in excess of the demand, and literature offers a thorny road to the majority of its followers in the metropolis.
The literary journals are well run, and you'll often find genuinely good articles in some of the most unassuming ones. The reason is that journalists can't usually survive on their salaries, especially if they’re married, and they have to make up the difference by contributing to magazines and weekly papers. Naturally, they have to sell their work wherever there's a demand, even if it means getting paid very little for their efforts. Payment typically ranges from $2.50 to $5.00 per p. 257column for most weeklies, and many writers, whose names and works are well-known in the literary world, are happy to write for these low rates as a way to boost their legitimate incomes. There are far more writers than there are opportunities, making the path in literature quite challenging for most of its followers in the city.
The Sunday papers are generally high priced and nasty. They are entirely sensational in character, and are devoted to a class of news and literature which can hardly be termed healthy. They revel in detailed descriptions of subjects which are rigorously excluded from the daily papers, and abound in questionable advertisements. All of which they offer for Sabbath reading; and the reader would be startled to see into how many reputable households these dirty sheets find their way.
The Sunday papers are usually expensive and unpleasant. They are completely sensational, focusing on news and literature that can't really be considered healthy. They thrive on detailed descriptions of topics that are strictly banned from the daily papers and are filled with dubious advertisements. All of this is offered for reading on Sundays, and it would be shocking to realize how many respectable households these unsightly sheets end up in.
p. 258XV. WALL STREET.
I. THE STREET.
Wall Street begins on the east side of Broadway, opposite Trinity Church, and terminates at the East River. It is about half a mile from the extreme southern end of the island, and about the same distance from the City Hall. It is a narrow street, about fifty feet in width, and slopes gradually from Broadway to the river. It is lined on both sides with handsome brown stone, yellow stone, granite, marble, iron, and brick buildings, and the Treasury and Custom-House rear their magnificent fronts about midway between the termini of the street. They are diagonally opposite each other. The buildings are covered with a multiplicity of signs, rivalling the edifices of Nassau street, in this respect. Scarcely a house has less than a score of offices within its walls, and some contain at least three times as many. Space is valuable, and rents are high in Wall street, and many of the leading firms in it have to content themselves with small, dark apartments, which a conscientious man would hesitate to call an “office.” The rents paid for such quarters are enormous, and the buildings yield their owners large incomes every year. The streets running into Wall street, on the right and left, are also occupied for several blocks with the offices of bankers and brokers, and are all included in the general term “Wall street,” or “The Street.”
Wall St. starts on the east side of Broadway, across from Trinity Church, and ends at the East River. It's about half a mile from the southern tip of the island and about the same distance from City Hall. It's a narrow street, roughly fifty feet wide, sloping gently from Broadway down to the river. It’s lined on both sides with attractive buildings made of brownstone, limestone, granite, marble, iron, and brick. The Treasury and Custom-House stand grandly about halfway down the street, facing each other diagonally. The buildings are covered in a multitude of signs, competing with the structures on Nassau Street in that regard. Almost every building has at least twenty offices inside, and some have three times that amount. Space is scarce, and rents are steep in Wall Street. Many top firms settle for small, dimly lit offices that a reasonable person might hesitate to call an "office." The rent for such spaces is massive, and the properties generate substantial income for their owners annually. The streets leading into Wall Street, on either side, are also filled for several blocks with the offices of banks and brokers, all of which fall under the broad label of "Wall Street" or "The Street."
Wall street first appears in the history of the city as a portion of a sheep pasture which was used in common by the inhabitants p. 259of New Amsterdam. Its natural condition was partly rolling upland and partly meadow of a swampy character. The name of the street originated thus: About the middle of the seventeenth century, the English in the New England colonies began to press heavily upon the Dutch in New Netherlands, and kept the worthy burghers of New Amsterdam in a constant dread of an invasion. Influenced by this feeling, the city authorities resolved to fortify the place, and in 1653 constructed a wall or stockade across the island, from river to river just beyond the line of the village. This wall passed directly across the old sheep pasture. Citizens were forbidden to build within 100 feet of the stockade, this open space being reserved for the movements of troops. It soon became a prominent highway, and the eastern portion has since remained so. The anticipated attack on the city was not made, but the wall was kept in good p. 260condition. Houses crept up close to the wall on the city side, and began to appear on the opposite side just under the wall. Thus a new street was formed, through which ran the old stockade. The open space along the wall was originally called The Cingel, signifying “the ramparts.” Soon after the town reached the limit of the military reservation, persons residing here were spoken of as living “long de Wal,” and from this the street came to be called “the Wall street,” which name it has ever since borne. The wall having fallen into decay, was demolished about the year 1699, and its stones were used in the construction of the old City Hall, which stood at the intersection of Wall and Nassau streets, the site now occupied by the Sub-Treasury of the United States. The old building was used for the various purposes of the city government until the close of the Revolution. It contained, besides the council and court rooms, a jail for the detention and punishment of criminals, a debtors’ prison, which was located in the attic, a fire-engine-room, a cage and a pillory. A pair of stocks was set up on the opposite side of the street, wherein criminals were exposed to the indignant gaze of the virtuous public.
Wall Street first shows up in the city's history as part of a sheep pasture that the people of New Amsterdam used collectively. Its natural layout was a mix of rolling hills and swampy meadows. The name of the street originated like this: In the mid-17th century, the English in the New England colonies started to put pressure on the Dutch in New Netherlands, which kept the citizens of New Amsterdam constantly worried about an invasion. Driven by this fear, the city leaders decided to fortify the area, and in 1653, they built a wall or stockade across the island, from river to river, just beyond the village's borders. This wall ran right through the old sheep pasture. Residents were not allowed to build within 100 feet of the stockade since this space was reserved for troop movements. It soon became a major thoroughfare, and the eastern part has remained busy ever since. The expected attack on the city never happened, but they maintained the wall well. Buildings started to rise close to the wall on the city side, while structures appeared on the opposite side just underneath it. This led to the creation of a new street that incorporated the old stockade. The open area along the wall was initially called The Cingel, meaning “the ramparts.” Once the town grew to the edge of the military zone, people living there were referred to as residing “long de Wal,” and this is how the street became known as “Wall Street,” a name it has carried ever since. Once the wall fell into disrepair, it was torn down around 1699, and its stones were used to build the old City Hall, which was located at the intersection of Wall and Nassau streets, where the Sub-Treasury of the United States now stands. The old building served various functions for the city government until the end of the Revolution. It included council and courtrooms, a jail for detaining and punishing criminals, a debtors’ prison in the attic, a fire engine room, a cage, and a pillory. A set of stocks was placed on the opposite side of the street, where criminals were displayed for the disapproving gaze of the public.
At the close of the Revolution, the City Hall was enlarged and improved for the use of the General Government. It thus became the first capitol of the new Republic, and was known as Federal Hall. The first Congress of the United States assembled within its walls in the year 1789, and upon its spacious portico, in the presence of an immense multitude, George Washington took the oath to support and defend the constitution as first President of the United States.
At the end of the Revolution, City Hall was expanded and upgraded for the use of the federal government. It became the first capital of the new Republic and was called Federal Hall. The first Congress of the United States met inside its walls in 1789, and on its large porch, with a massive crowd watching, George Washington took the oath to support and defend the Constitution as the first President of the United States.
Wall street was originally taken up with private residences, and the old views represent it as well shaded with trees. Even as late as 1830 it presented a very rural appearance between Broadway and William street. Prior to the Revolution, the lower part of the street had been built up with stores as far as Front street, and had become the centre of mercantile affairs in the city, the row of stores on Wall street being the first erected beyond Water street. About the year 1792, the old Tontine Coffee House was erected on the northwest corner of Wall and p. 261Water streets, and this became the favorite rendezvous for the city merchants, by whom, indeed, it was erected and controlled. In 1791 the Bank of New York was located at the corner of William street, and marked the first encroachment upon the strictly private portion of the street. It was also the first effort to make this locality the centre of the financial operations of the city. Other institutions and private bankers soon followed, and the character and architecture of the street began to undergo a change. The work of improvement went on steadily, and the Wall street of to-day is the result. Famous lawyers have also had their offices in this street. Alexander Hamilton’s sign p. 262might once have been seen here, not far from where his humble monument now stands in Trinity Churchyard, and the name of Caleb Cushing is still to be found near a doorway just below Broadway.
Wall Street was originally filled with private homes, and old images show it was well-shaded with trees. Even as late as 1830, it had a very rural look between Broadway and William Street. Before the Revolution, the lower part of the street had been developed with shops up to Front Street and had become the center of commerce in the city, with the row of shops on Wall Street being the first built beyond Water Street. Around 1792, the old Tontine Coffee House was built at the northwest corner of Wall and p. 261Water Streets, becoming the favorite meeting place for city merchants, who actually built and managed it. In 1791, the Bank of New York established itself at the corner of William Street, marking the first invasion into the strictly residential part of the street. It was also the first step toward making this area the center of the city’s financial activities. Other institutions and private bankers quickly followed, and the look and feel of the street started to change. The process of improvement continued steadily, resulting in the Wall Street we see today. Renowned lawyers also had their offices on this street. Alexander Hamilton’s sign p. 262might have once been seen here, not far from where his modest monument now stands in Trinity Churchyard, and the name of Caleb Cushing is still visible near a doorway just below Broadway.
“In 1700 a house and lot on the southeast corner of Wall and Broad streets, 16 x 30, sold for £163. In 1706 a house and lot on the north of Wall street, 25 x 116, sold for £116. In 1737 a house and lot on the north of Wall street, 62 x 102, sold for £110. In 1793, the dwelling and lot of General Alexander Hamilton, on the south of Wall street, 42 x 108, sold for £2400. In 1794 a house and lot, 44 x 51, sold for £2510.” At present the ground included in these sites is held at hundreds of thousands of dollars.
“In 1700, a house and lot on the southeast corner of Wall and Broad streets, measuring 16 x 30, sold for £163. In 1706, a house and lot on the north side of Wall Street, measuring 25 x 116, sold for £116. In 1737, a house and lot on the north side of Wall Street, measuring 62 x 102, sold for £110. In 1793, General Alexander Hamilton's dwelling and lot on the south side of Wall Street, measuring 42 x 108, sold for £2400. In 1794, a house and lot, measuring 44 x 51, sold for £2510.” Currently, the land included in these properties is valued at hundreds of thousands of dollars.
The street fairly began its present career in the days of Jacob Little, “the great bear of Wall street.” He opened an office here in 1822, and by dint of such labor as few men are capable of performing, placed himself at the head of American operators. His credit was good for any amount, and his integrity was unimpeachable. He could sway the market as he pleased, and his contracts were met with a punctuality and fidelity which made “his word as good as his bond.” Efforts were made to ruin him, but his genius and far-sightedness enabled him to defeat all his enemies with their own weapons. His gains were enormous, and so were his losses. The civil war brought upon him disasters which he could not surmount, and he died poor in the early part of 1861, leaving behind him one of the names of which New York is proud.
The street really started its current journey during the time of Jacob Little, “the great bear of Wall Street.” He opened an office here in 1822, and through hard work that few people could match, he became the leader among American traders. His credit was good for any amount, and his integrity was beyond reproach. He could influence the market as he wished, and his contracts were honored with such punctuality and reliability that “his word was as good as his bond.” Attempts were made to bring him down, but his talent and foresight helped him defeat all his adversaries with their own tactics. His profits were huge, and so were his losses. The Civil War brought him challenges he couldn’t overcome, and he died poor in early 1861, leaving behind one of the names that New York takes pride in.
At the corner of Nassau street, and looking down into Broad street, is the Sub-Treasury of the United States, a handsome white marble edifice. It is built in the Doric style of architecture, and its massive flight of steps and imposing portico give to it a striking appearance. It is constructed in the most substantial manner, and has a rear entrance on Pine street. The interior is handsomely arranged, and tasteful but secure iron gratings protect the employees from surprise and robbery. The vaults are burglar proof. This is the principal depository of the Federal Government, and millions of dollars are always in p. 263its vaults. The building was erected for, and was used for some years as, a Custom House.
At the corner of Nassau Street, overlooking Broad Street, stands the Sub-Treasury of the United States, an impressive white marble building. It's designed in the Doric architectural style, and its large staircase and grand portico create a striking look. Built with solid materials, it also has a back entrance on Pine Street. The interior is beautifully organized, with tasteful yet secure iron grates protecting the employees from unexpected threats and theft. The vaults are secure against break-ins. This is the main storage facility for the Federal Government, and millions of dollars are always held in its vaults. The building was originally constructed for, and used as, a Custom House for several years.
From the steps of the Treasury one may enjoy a fine view of the entire street, and of Broad street also. About the hour of noon the scene is busy and exciting. The roadway in Wall street is full of struggling vehicles, and long rows of cabs stand in waiting in Broad street for the busy operators within the Exchanges. The side walks are crowded with an eager, hurrying throng. The steps and street around the Stock Exchange, in Broad street, are black with men who are shouting, pushing, and struggling in the effort to turn the transactions of the day to their advantage. Overhead is an intricate maze of telegraph wires, along which flow the quick and feverish pulsations of the great financial heart of the country. The sunlight falls brightly and cheerily over it all, and at intervals the clear, sweet chimes of old Trinity come floating down the street high above the noise and strife below them.
From the steps of the Treasury, you can get a great view of the whole street, as well as Broad Street. Around noon, the scene is busy and exciting. The roadway on Wall Street is filled with struggling vehicles, and long lines of cabs wait in Broad Street for the busy traders in the Exchanges. The sidewalks are packed with an eager, bustling crowd. The steps and street around the Stock Exchange on Broad Street are crowded with men shouting, pushing, and fighting to make the most of the day’s transactions. Above, there's a tangled mess of telegraph wires, pulsing with the rapid, intense rhythm of the country’s major financial heartbeat. The sunlight shines brightly and cheerily over everything, and occasionally, the clear, sweet chimes of old Trinity resonate down the street, cutting through the noise and chaos below.
Diagonally opposite the Treasury, and at the corner of William street, is the Custom House, which occupies the irregular square bounded by Wall street, Exchange Place, William street, and Hanover street. It is one of the finest and best arranged edifices in the city.
Diagonally across from the Treasury, at the corner of William Street, is the Custom House, which occupies the irregular square bordered by Wall Street, Exchange Place, William Street, and Hanover Street. It’s one of the most impressive and well-designed buildings in the city.
Just below the Custom House is the handsome marble building of Brown Brothers, one of the model houses of New York, as regards both the firm and the edifice. The Messrs. Brown are regarded as the most reliable and accomplished operators in the street. Across the way, in a dingy granite building, is the office of August Belmont & Co., the American agents of the Rothschilds, and bankers on their own account. Jay Cooke & Co. occupy the fine marble building at the corner of Wall and Nassau streets, opposite the Treasury, and there conduct the New York branch of their enormous business. Fisk & Hatch, the financial agents of the great Pacific Railway, are a few steps higher up Nassau street. Henry Clews & Co. are in the building occupied by the United States Assay Office. Other firms, of more or less eminence, fill the street. Some have fine, showy offices, others operate in dark, dingy holes.
Just below the Custom House is the impressive marble building of Brown Brothers, one of the standout firms in New York, both in terms of the company and the building itself. The Brown brothers are seen as the most reliable and skilled operators on the street. Across the street, in a grimy granite building, is the office of August Belmont & Co., the American agents for the Rothschilds, who also bank for themselves. Jay Cooke & Co. are located in the beautiful marble building at the corner of Wall and Nassau streets, right across from the Treasury, where they run the New York branch of their large business. Fisk & Hatch, the financial agents for the major Pacific Railway, are a few steps further up Nassau street. Henry Clews & Co. are based in the building occupied by the United States Assay Office. Other firms, varying in prominence, also fill the street. Some have impressive, flashy offices, while others work in dark, dingy spaces.
p. 264II. THE STOCK EXCHANGE.
The Stock Exchange is located on the west side of Broad street, just out of Wall street. It is a fine white marble edifice, with a portico of iron, painted flashily in black and gold. It extends back to New street, with an entrance on that street. There is also an entrance on Wall street. It contains the “New York Stock Exchange,” “The Mining Board,” and the “Government Board.”
The Stock Exchange is located on the west side of Broad Street, just off Wall Street. It’s a beautiful building made of white marble, featuring a flashy black and gold iron portico. It stretches back to New Street, which has an entrance, and there’s also an entrance on Wall Street. Inside, you’ll find the “New York Stock Exchange,” the “Mining Board,” and the “Government Board.”
During the spring and summer of 1871 the internal arrangements of the building were very much improved. The refitting cost the brokers $60,000, but they now have the handsomest establishment of its kind in the world.
During the spring and summer of 1871, the internal arrangements of the building were significantly improved. The renovations cost the brokers $60,000, but they now have the most beautiful establishment of its kind in the world.
The main entrance is on Broad street, and from this the visitor passes into a room, the larger portion of which is separated from the Broad street end by an iron railing. This is “The Long Room,” and during the day it is almost always filled with a noisy and not over-nice crowd. It is the scene of the irregular sales of stocks. Any one who can raise $50 can purchase a season ticket to this hall, and once admitted can sell and purchase stocks without being a member of the Regular Board. This arrangement has nearly put an end to the sales of stocks on the side walks, and has given a tinge of respectability to the class known as “Curb-stone Brokers.” A dozen or more different stocks may be sold here at once, and the sale may be continued as long as the seller sees fit. There is no regular organization of the brokers operating here, though these men control the bulk of the sales made in the street. They are noisy and seem half demented in their frantic efforts to make sales.
The main entrance is on Broad Street, and from there, visitors enter a room mostly divided from the Broad Street end by an iron railing. This is “The Long Room,” and during the day, it's almost always crowded with a loud and not-so-great crowd. It's where irregular stock sales happen. Anyone who can come up with $50 can buy a season ticket to this hall, and once inside, they can buy and sell stocks without being a member of the Regular Board. This setup has pretty much eliminated stock sales on the sidewalks and has added a touch of respectability to the group known as “Curb-stone Brokers.” A dozen or more different stocks can be sold here at the same time, and the selling can continue as long as the seller wants. There isn’t a formal organization of the brokers operating here, even though these guys control most of the sales happening on the street. They are loud and seem a bit crazed in their desperate attempts to make sales.
The “Stock Exchange” occupies the main hall, which is on the floor above the Long Room. This hall is one of the most beautiful apartments in the city. It is seventy-four feet long, fifty-four feet wide, and fifty-two feet four inches high. Its lofty ceiling is arched and decorated with bright red and buff p. 265penciling upon a sky blue ground, while the walls are relieved by broad square pilasters, painted in brilliant bronze, with tall windows and arched tops rising between, and other spaces between the columns covered with drapery in more subdued colors. Up to a few feet from the floor the painting is in a dark-hued bronze. The coloring is in the Moorish style throughout, and the effect of the whole is very fine. At the north end is the platform for the desks of the Vice-President and Secretary, and on each side of this is a black board for recording the quotations of the session. On the same platform is the desk and instrument of the stock telegraph operator. At the south end of the hall is a light gallery capable of holding 200 persons, for the use of visitors. In connection with the hall are several committee, cloak and ante-rooms. In the centre of the ceiling is a huge ventilator, beneath which is suspended the lighting apparatus, containing 100 burners. A chamber five feet in depth underlies the hall and the adjoining lobby, and in it are laid pipes for conducting warm air.
The “Stock Exchange” is located in the main hall, which is on the floor above the Long Room. This hall is one of the most beautiful spaces in the city. It measures seventy-four feet long, fifty-four feet wide, and fifty-two feet four inches high. Its high ceiling is arched and decorated with bright red and buff penciling on a sky blue background, while the walls are enhanced by broad square pilasters painted in shiny bronze, with tall windows arched at the top placed in between, and other areas between the columns draped with more muted colors. Up to a few feet from the floor, the painting is in a dark bronze tone. The coloring throughout is in the Moorish style, creating a very fine overall effect. At the north end is the platform for the desks of the Vice-President and Secretary, and on either side of this are blackboards for recording the session's quotations. Also on this platform is the desk and equipment for the stock telegraph operator. At the south end of the hall is a light gallery that can hold 200 people, intended for visitors. There are several committee, cloak, and ante-rooms connected to the hall. In the center of the ceiling is a large ventilator, below which hangs the lighting system containing 100 burners. Beneath the hall and the adjacent lobby is a chamber five feet deep, where pipes are laid for delivering warm air.
The Stock Exchange Board is an incorporated company, and is the only lawful association in the city for the transaction of business connected with stocks. It consists of 1050 members, but the control of its affairs is vested in a council of forty members, together with the President, Secretary and Treasurer in their unofficial capacity. The admission fee is $5000, and a seat in the Board becomes the absolute personal property of the broker, who can sell or otherwise dispose of it as he would of his watch or his coat. Candidates are admitted by ballot and with great care, the object being to secure the exclusion of all but men of known integrity, for the Board requires the most scrupulous good faith in the transactions of all its members. Four black balls will prevent the admission of a candidate whether he wishes to enter by purchase or otherwise. Candidates must submit to a close scrutiny of their previous lives, and must show a clear record.
The Stock Exchange Board is a registered company and the only legal entity in the city for conducting stock-related business. It has 1,050 members, but a council of forty members, along with the President, Secretary, and Treasurer in their unofficial roles, manages its affairs. The admission fee is $5,000, and a seat on the Board becomes the broker's personal property, which they can sell or dispose of just like their watch or coat. Candidates are admitted through a careful ballot process, primarily to ensure that only individuals of established integrity are allowed, as the Board demands the highest level of honesty in all transactions. Four black balls will block a candidate's admission, regardless of whether they are trying to enter through purchase or any other means. Candidates must undergo a thorough review of their past and must present a clean record.
There are two daily sessions of the Board, one in the morning and the other in the afternoon. The securities offered at these meetings are divided into two classes, the Regular and the Free List. No stock or bond can be dealt in until it has been rigidly examined by a committee, and found to be a bonâ fide security.
There are two daily sessions of the Board, one in the morning and the other in the afternoon. The securities offered at these meetings are divided into two classes, the Regular and the Free List. No stock or bond can be traded until it has been thoroughly examined by a committee and confirmed to be a bonâ fide security.
At half-past ten o’clock in the morning, the Morning Board is called to order by the First Vice-President. The Regular List, which is made up in advance of the meeting, must always be called, and called first. The Free List may be called or not at the option of the Board. The Regular List consists of 1st. Miscellaneous Stocks. 2d. Railroad Stocks. 3d. State Bonds. 4th. City Stocks. 5th. Railroad Bonds.
At 10:30 in the morning, the Morning Board is called to order by the First Vice-President. The Regular List, which is prepared ahead of the meeting, must always be called, and it’s the first thing to be called. The Free List can be called or not based on the Board's decision. The Regular List includes 1. Miscellaneous Stocks. 2. Railroad Stocks. 3. State Bonds. 4. City Stocks. 5. Railroad Bonds.
The session opens with the reading of the minutes of the previous day. Then comes the call of the Regular List. The call of Miscellaneous Stocks awakens but little excitement. Bids follow quickly upon the announcement of the stocks, and the transactions, as they are announced by the p. 268cries of the brokers are repeated by the Vice-President to the Assistant Secretary, who records them in the journal, and they are also recorded by a clerk on a black board in full view of the members. Where there is a doubt respecting a sale or purchase the Vice-President decides, and his decision is final, unless reversed by the votes of a majority of the members present.
The meeting starts with the reading of the minutes from the previous day. Then, they move on to the Regular List. The call for Miscellaneous Stocks generates little excitement. Bids quickly follow the announcement of the stocks, and the transactions, as shouted by the p. 268brokers, are repeated by the Vice-President to the Assistant Secretary, who records them in the journal. A clerk also writes them down on a blackboard that’s clearly visible to all members. If there’s any uncertainty about a sale or purchase, the Vice-President makes the final decision, unless overturned by a majority vote of the members present.
The call of railroad securities brings the brokers to their feet, and the real business of the day begins. Offers and bids, shouted in deep bass, high treble, or shrill falsetto, resound through the hall, and in a few minutes the jovial-looking brokers seem to be on the verge of madness. How they yell and shout, and stamp, and gesticulate. The roar and confusion are bewildering to a stranger, but the keen, practised ears of the Vice-President at once recognize the various transactions, and down they go in the Secretary’s book, and on the black board, while the solemn-vizaged telegraph operator sends them clicking into every broker’s office in the city. High over all rings the voice of Peter, the keeper of the gate, calling out members for whom telegrams or visitors have arrived.
The announcement of railroad securities gets the brokers on their feet, and the real action of the day kicks off. Offers and bids, shouted in deep bass, high treble, or sharp falsetto, echo through the hall, and within minutes, the cheerful-looking brokers seem to be on the brink of chaos. They yell and shout, stomp around, and wave their arms. The noise and confusion are overwhelming for a newcomer, but the sharp ears of the Vice-President quickly pick up on the different transactions, which are recorded in the Secretary’s book and on the blackboard, while the serious-looking telegraph operator sends them out to every broker’s office in the city. Above it all, Peter, the gatekeeper, calls out the names of members waiting for telegrams or visitors.
The other stocks awaken more or less excitement, and when the Regular List is completed, the Free List is in order, and the Vice-President calls such stocks as the members express a desire to deal in. Then, unless there is a wish to call up some stock hastily passed over on the call of the Regular List, the session closes.
The other stocks generate varying levels of excitement, and when the Regular List is finished, the Free List is set up, and the Vice-President names the stocks that members want to trade in. Then, unless there's a desire to bring up some stock that was quickly skipped over in the Regular List, the session ends.
At one o’clock, the afternoon session is held, and the routine of the morning is gone over again. The transactions of both sessions are carefully recorded in the Secretary’s books.
At one o’clock, the afternoon session takes place, and the morning routine is reviewed again. The activities of both sessions are carefully noted in the Secretary’s records.
The Vice-President receives a salary of $7000 per annum for his services, which are not light. The Secretary and Assistant Secretary, and Roll-keeper do the rest of the work of the Board. The last named keeps a record of the fines, which yield an exceedingly large revenue to the Board. The brokers are not the most dignified of mortals in their meetings, but are very much given to disorderly conduct and practical jokes. The annual dues of the Exchange are but fifty dollars, but the p. 269average broker pays at least ten times as much in fines. To interrupt the presiding officer during a call of the stocks subjects the offender to a fine of not less than twenty-five cents for each offence; to smoke a cigar within the Exchange costs five dollars; to be absent from special meetings is to incur a fine of not more than five dollars; to stand on a table or chair is punishable with a fine of one dollar; to throw a paper dart or ball at a member during the session of the Board costs ten dollars; and other offences may be punished with fines assessed by the Vice-President at any sum between twenty-five cents and five dollars.
The Vice President earns a salary of $7,000 a year for his services, which are quite demanding. The Secretary, Assistant Secretary, and Roll Keeper handle the rest of the Board's duties. The Roll Keeper keeps track of the fines, which bring in a significant amount of revenue for the Board. The brokers don’t appear very dignified during their meetings; they tend to be quite rowdy and enjoy practical jokes. The annual fees for the Exchange are only fifty dollars, but the average broker ends up paying at least ten times that amount in fines. Interrupting the presiding officer during a stock call results in a fine of no less than twenty-five cents for each incident; smoking a cigar inside the Exchange costs five dollars; being absent from special meetings incurs a fine of no more than five dollars; standing on a table or chair results in a one-dollar fine; throwing a paper dart or ball at another member during a Board session costs ten dollars; and other violations can be fined by the Vice President at amounts ranging from twenty-five cents to five dollars.
Each day a list of stocks to be put in the market is made out, and no others can be sold during the sessions. The Board can refuse to offer any particular stock for sale, and a guarantee is required of the party making the sale. The members of the Board are men of character, and their transactions are fair and open. They are required to fulfil all contracts in good faith, however great the loss to themselves, on pain of expulsion from the Board, and it is very rare that an expelled member can be reinstated.
Each day, a list of stocks is created for the market, and no other stocks can be sold during the trading sessions. The Board has the authority to refuse to sell any specific stock, and the seller must provide a guarantee. The Board members are trustworthy individuals, and their dealings are transparent and fair. They are obligated to honor all contracts in good faith, no matter how significant the loss to themselves, with the risk of being expelled from the Board. It's very rare for an expelled member to be allowed back in.
III. THE GOVERNMENT BOARD.
The room used by the Government Board, in which all transactions in the bonds and securities of the United States take place, is located on the second floor of the Exchange building. It is handsomely frescoed and furnished in green rep. The basement beneath this room is an immense vault, containing 618 safes, arranged in three tiers, and guarded by four policemen detailed for that purpose. These safes are a foot and a half square, and are rented by the brokers who deposit in them overnight small tin boxes containing their bonds and other securities. It is estimated that the value of the securities nightly deposited here is over two hundred millions of dollars.
The room used by the Government Board, where all transactions involving U.S. bonds and securities happen, is located on the second floor of the Exchange building. It has beautiful frescoes and is furnished in green fabric. Below this room, the basement is a massive vault with 618 safes arranged in three tiers, guarded by four policemen assigned for this duty. These safes are a foot and a half square and are rented by brokers who store small tin boxes with their bonds and other securities overnight. It's estimated that the value of the securities deposited here each night exceeds two hundred million dollars.
“The Vice-President begins:
“The Vice President starts:
“‘6s ’81 registered—’81 coupon. 5.20s ’62 registered—coupon. What’s bid?’
“‘6s ’81 registered—’81 coupon. 5.20s ’62 registered—coupon. What’s the bid?’”
“Here and there from flanking chairs come sputtering bids or offers:
“Here and there from the chairs on the sides come shaky bids or offers:
“‘Ten thousand at 3/8, buyer 3.’
“‘Ten thousand at 3/8, buyer 3.’”
“‘I’ll give an 1/8, seller 3, for the lot.’
“‘I’ll offer 1/8, seller 3, for the whole lot.’”
“‘¼, buyer 30, for fifty thousand.’
“‘¼, buyer 30, for fifty thousand.’”
“‘¼, regular, for any part of five thousand.’
“‘¼, regular, for any part of five thousand.’”
“First Voice. ‘Sold,—five hundred.’
“First Voice. 'Sold—$500.’”
“The presiding officer repeats the sale and terms, the secretary makes his registry, and a new bond is started.
“The presiding officer announces the sale and the terms, the secretary records it, and a new bond is initiated.”
“Sometimes when 5.20s are called, there is at first only one voice which rings the changes on ‘I’ll give 115. I’ll give ’15 for a thousand,—’15 for a thousand.’ Presently, however, before any response follows the offer, a member in a distant corner, either carelessly or maliciously, shouts out, ‘I’ll give ’14 for a thousand,—’14 for a thousand.’
“Sometimes when 5.20s are called, at first there's just one voice that calls out, ‘I’ll give 115. I’ll give 115 for a thousand, — 115 for a thousand.’ However, before anyone responds to that offer, someone in a far corner, either casually or with intention, yells out, ‘I’ll give 114 for a thousand, — 114 for a thousand.’”
“The Vice-President plies his hammer: ‘Fine Irving—fine Irving fifty cents.’ The Roll keeper proceeds to make his little note of it, and Irving, who has violated the rule, founded on common sense, which forbids a member from making a bid below or an offer above the one which has the floor immediately subsides amid the laughter of his neighbors.
“The Vice President swings his gavel: ‘Fine Irving—fine Irving fifty cents.’ The Roll keeper makes a note of it, and Irving, who has broken the rule based on common sense that prohibits a member from making a bid lower or an offer higher than the one currently on the floor, quickly shrinks back as his neighbors laugh.”
“Occasionally an interruption of a grosser character occurs, a member leaping from his seat on some slight provocation, and striking off the hat of the man who has offended. Fine Harrison, fine Harrison again, fine, fine him again,—fine Harrison,’ cries the Vice-President, repeating the word without cessation until the broker’s wrath has been appeased, and he returns to his chair with the disagreeable reflection that a heavy score is against him for the semi-annual settlement-day. Every p. 271repetition of that fatal monosyllable was a fresh mark of fifty cents or a dollar against his name. Generally, however, the Government brokers are more orderly than their neighbors in the Regular Board. Indeed, the whole proceedings are more decorous and respectful, the bidding, half the time, being carried on in a low conversational tone. At second call there is a brief excitement, but when ‘things are dull’ throughout the street, this room peculiarly reflects the external influences.
“Sometimes a bigger disruption occurs, with a member jumping from their seat over a minor issue and knocking off the hat of the person who offended them. 'Fine Harrison, fine Harrison again, fine, fine him again,—great Harrison,' shouts the Vice-President, repeating the word nonstop until the broker’s anger has settled, and he goes back to his seat with the unpleasant thought that he has a hefty penalty to pay for the semi-annual settlement day. Every p. 271repetition of that fateful word was another mark of fifty cents or a dollar against his name. Generally, though, the Government brokers are more organized than their counterparts in the Regular Board. In fact, the entire process is more polite and respectful, with bidding often taking place in a low conversational tone. At the second call, there’s a brief burst of excitement, but when ‘things are slow’ across the street, this room particularly mirrors those outside influences.”
“Very different it is, however, on days when some special cause provokes great fluctuations. Then the members spring from their seats, arms, hands, excitable faces, rapid vociferations, all come in play, and the element of pantomime performs its part in assisting the human voice as naturally as among the Italians of Syracuse. To the uninitiated the biddings here are as unintelligible as elsewhere, sounding to ordinary ears like the gibberish of Victor Hugo’s Compachinos. But the comparative quietude of this Board renders it easier to follow the course of the market, to detect the shades of difference in the running offers, and generally to get a clearer conception of this part of the machinery of stock brokerage.”
“However, it’s very different on days when something special causes a lot of ups and downs. Then, the members leap from their seats, arms and hands in motion, excited faces, and quick shouts all come into play, with the element of pantomime naturally complementing the human voice like among the Italians of Syracuse. To the untrained ear, the bids here are just as confusing as anywhere else, sounding like the nonsense of Victor Hugo’s Compachinos. But the relative calm of this Board makes it easier to track the market’s movements, spot the subtle differences in offers, and generally get a clearer understanding of how stock brokerage works.”
In former times brokers were subjected to great expense in keeping a host of runners and messengers to bring them news of the transactions at the Exchanges. The introduction of the Stock Telegraph has made a great and beneficial change in this respect. In every broker’s office, and in the principal hotels and restaurants of the city, there is an automatic recording instrument connected by telegraphic wires with an instrument in the Stock and Gold Exchanges. The operator in these exchanges indicates the quotations of stocks and gold on his own instrument, and these quotations are repeated by the instruments in the offices throughout the city. These office instruments print the quotations in plain Roman letters and figures on a ribbon of paper, so that any one can read and understand them. Thus one man does the work formerly required of several hundred, and no time is lost in conveying the information. The broker in his office is informed of the transactions at the Exchange at the very instant they are made.
In the past, brokers had to spend a lot of money on a whole team of runners and messengers to get updates on the transactions at the Exchanges. The introduction of the Stock Telegraph has greatly improved this situation. In every broker’s office, as well as in the main hotels and restaurants of the city, there’s an automatic recording device connected via telegraphic wires to a machine in the Stock and Gold Exchanges. The operator in these exchanges shows the stock and gold prices on his device, and these prices are transmitted to the machines in offices around the city. These office devices print the prices in clear Roman letters and numbers on a ribbon of paper, so anyone can read and understand them. As a result, one person now does the work that used to require several hundred, and there’s no delay in sharing the information. The broker in his office is updated on the transactions at the Exchange the moment they occur.
p. 272IV. THE GOLD EXCHANGE.
You pass from Broad street into the basement of a brown stone building just below the Stock Exchange, and find yourself in a long, dimly-lighted passage way, which leads into a small courtyard. Before you is a steep stairway leading to a narrow and dirty entry. At the end of this entry is a gloomy looking door. Pass through it, and you are in the famous Gold Exchange.
You walk from Broad Street into the basement of a brownstone building just below the Stock Exchange and find yourself in a long, dimly lit hallway that leads to a small courtyard. In front of you is a steep staircase leading to a narrow and dirty entryway. At the end of this entryway is a dark-looking door. Go through it, and you’re in the famous Gold Exchange.
This is a showy apartment in the style of an amphitheatre, with an ugly fountain in the centre of the floor. An iron railing encloses the fountain. Against the New street end is the platform occupied by the President and Secretary, and on the right of this is the telegraph office. There are two galleries connected with the room, one for the use of visitors provided with tickets, and the other free to all comers. There is an indicator on the outer wall of the building on New street, from which the price of gold is announced to the crowd without. It is a common habit with sporting men of the lower class to frequent New street and bet on the indicator.
This is a flashy apartment designed like an amphitheater, featuring an unattractive fountain in the middle of the floor. An iron railing surrounds the fountain. At the New Street end, there's a platform where the President and Secretary sit, and to the right of this platform is the telegraph office. There are two galleries connected to the room: one for ticketed visitors and the other open to everyone. There's a sign on the outside wall of the building on New Street that shows the gold prices to the crowd outside. It's a common practice for lower-class gamblers to hang out on New Street and place bets based on the sign.
There are but few benches in the Gold Room. The members of the Board are too nervous and excitable to sit still, and seats would soon be broken to pieces in their wild rushing up and down the floor.
There are only a few benches in the Gold Room. The Board members are too anxious and restless to sit still, and the seats would quickly get damaged from their frenzied movements back and forth across the floor.
The business of the day begins about ten o’clock. The rap of the President’s gavel opens the session, and as there is but one thing dealt in—gold—the bids follow the sound of the mallet. The noise and confusion are greater here than in the Stock Board or the Long Room, and it seems impossible to a stranger that the President should be able to follow the various transactions. When the excitement is at its height, the scene resembles “pandemonium broken loose.” The members rush wildly about, without any apparent aim. They stamp, yell, shake their arms, heads, and bodies violently, and almost trample each other to death in their frenzied struggles. Men p. 273who in private life excite the admiration of their friends by the repose and dignity of their manner, here join in the furious whirl, and seem more like maniacs than sensible human beings. And yet every yell, every gesture, is fraught with the most momentous consequences. These seeming maniacs have a method in their madness, and are changing at every breath the value of the currency upon which the whole business of the country rests. When the fluctuations are very great, fortunes are made and lost here every hour.
The day's business kicks off around ten o'clock. The President's gavel signals the start of the session, and since there's only one item on the agenda—gold—the bids follow the sound of the mallet. The chaos and noise here are greater than in the Stock Board or the Long Room, and it seems impossible for a newcomer to believe that the President can keep track of all the transactions. When the excitement peaks, the scene looks like total mayhem. Members rush around wildly, seemingly without purpose. They stomp, shout, and wave their arms, heads, and bodies violently, nearly trampling one another in their frenzied struggles. Men p. 273who command respect in their personal lives through their calm and dignified demeanor join in the chaos here, appearing more like crazed individuals than rational beings. Yet, every yell and every gesture carries significant weight. These seemingly insane individuals have a strategy behind their chaos, and with every moment, they're altering the value of the currency upon which the entire business of the country relies. When the fluctuations are extreme, fortunes are made and lost here every hour.
Connected with the business of the Gold Room are the Gold Exchange Bank and the Clearing House. The method of settlement with these institutions, which are indispensable where gold passes so rapidly from hand to hand in the Exchange, is as follows: “On or before half past twelve o’clock, a statement of all the purchases or sales made by each broker on the preceding day must be rendered to the bank. If the gold bought be in excess of that sold, a check for the difference must accompany the statement. If deposits in gold or currency are not kept in the bank, the coin must be delivered at every deficiency. The Board adjourns at twelve, in order to enable tardy dealers to complete their accounts. Provided all contracts are honored, the bank must settle by two P.M. In case of default, the amount in abeyance is debited or credited to the broker who suffers by the failure.”
Connected to the business of the Gold Room are the Gold Exchange Bank and the Clearing House. The process for settling with these institutions, which are crucial for the rapid exchange of gold, is as follows: “On or before 12:30 PM, each broker must submit a statement of all the purchases or sales made on the previous day to the bank. If the amount of gold purchased exceeds that sold, a check for the difference must be included with the statement. If there are no gold or currency deposits maintained at the bank, the shortfall must be delivered in coin. The Board adjourns at noon to give delayed traders time to finalize their accounts. As long as all contracts are fulfilled, the bank must settle by 2 PM. In case of default, the amount in question is debited or credited to the broker affected by the failure.”
The Clearing House Association was created in 1853, and represents the sum of the financial business of the city. “The Association is located in the third story of the building of the Bank of New York. The centre of the room is occupied by a bank counter, extending on four sides, with a passage inside and out. Fifty-nine desks are placed on the counter for the use of the fifty-nine banks represented in the Association. Each desk bears the name of the bank to which it belongs. Fitted up in each desk are fifty-nine pigeon holes for the checks of the various banks. Two clerks represent each bank. One remains at the desk and receives all the checks on his bank. He signs the name of the bank to the sheet which each outside clerk holds in his hand. These outside clerks go from desk to desk and p. 274leave the checks received the day before, with the banks on which they are drawn. Banks do not begin public business till ten; but clerks have to be on hand at eight, when all checks are assorted and arranged for delivery at the Clearing House.
The Clearing House Association was established in 1853 and represents all the financial activities in the city. "The Association is located on the third floor of the Bank of New York building. The center of the room has a bank counter that extends on all four sides, with a passage inside and outside. Fifty-nine desks are set up at the counter for the fifty-nine banks that are part of the Association. Each desk is labeled with the name of its respective bank. Each desk is equipped with fifty-nine pigeonholes for the checks from the various banks. Two clerks represent each bank. One stays at the desk to receive all the checks for their bank. They sign the bank's name on the sheet that each outside clerk holds. These outside clerks move from desk to desk and leave the checks received the day before with the banks on which they are drawn. Banks don’t start public business until ten; however, clerks must be there by eight to sort and prepare all checks for delivery at the Clearing House."
“At ten minutes before ten the bank messengers begin to assemble and take their places. As they enter they leave with the messenger a slip containing an exact account of the bank they represent. These statements are put on a sheet prepared for that purpose, and must conform precisely to the checks received inside, before the Clearing House closes its duties. If there is any error or discrepancy, the bank is immediately notified by telegraph, and the clerks kept until the matter is satisfactorily adjusted. At ten, promptly, business begins. Clerks come rushing in with small trunks, tin boxes, or with bundles in their arms, and take their seats at the desks. On the side of the room entered only from the manager’s office is a desk, not unlike a pulpit. Precisely at ten the bell rings, the manager steps into his box, brings down his gavel, and the work of the day begins. Quiet prevails. No loud talking is allowed, and no confusion. A bank late is fined two dollars; a party violating the rules, or guilty of insubordination, is fined two dollars and reported to the hank. On repetition, he is expelled the Clearing House. The daily transactions of the Clearing House varies from ninety-eight to one hundred millions. The system is so nicely balanced that three millions daily settle the difference. Each bank indebted to the Clearing House must send in its check before half after one. Creditors get the Clearing House check at the same hour. Daily business is squared and all accounts closed at half after three. Every bank in the city is connected with the Clearing House by telegraph. The morning work of clearing one hundred millions, occupies ten minutes. Long before the clerks can reach the bank, its officers are acquainted with the exact state of their account, and know what loans to grant or refuse. Through the Clearing House each bank is connected with every other in the city. If a doubtful check is presented, if paper to be negotiated is not exactly clear, while the party offering the paper or check is entertained by p. 275some member of the bank, the telegraph is making minute inquiries about his financial standing. Before the conference closes, the bank knows the exact facts of the case.”
“At ten minutes before ten, the bank messengers start to gather and take their places. As they enter, they hand the messenger a slip that has a detailed account of their bank. These statements are put on a prepared sheet and must match exactly with the checks received inside before the Clearing House finishes its duties. If there’s any mistake or inconsistency, the bank is notified immediately by telegraph, and the clerks are kept until the issue is resolved. At ten o'clock sharp, business starts. Clerks rush in with small trunks, tin boxes, or bundles in their arms and sit at their desks. On the side of the room, accessible only from the manager’s office, is a desk that resembles a pulpit. Exactly at ten, the bell rings, the manager steps into his box, brings down his gavel, and the day’s work begins. Silence falls. Loud conversation is not allowed, and there is no chaos. A bank that is late gets fined two dollars; anyone who breaks the rules or shows insubordination is also fined two dollars and reported to the bank. On repeated offenses, they are expelled from the Clearing House. The daily transactions at the Clearing House range from ninety-eight to one hundred million. The system is so well balanced that three million daily settles the difference. Each bank that owes the Clearing House must submit its check before one-thirty. Creditors receive the Clearing House check at the same time. Daily business is settled and all accounts closed by three-thirty. Every bank in the city is linked to the Clearing House by telegraph. The morning task of clearing one hundred million takes just ten minutes. Long before the clerks can arrive at the bank, its officers are already aware of the exact status of their account and know what loans to approve or deny. Through the Clearing House, each bank is connected to every other bank in the city. If a questionable check is presented, or if papers to be negotiated are not entirely clear, while the person presenting the paper or check is attended to by a member of the bank, the telegraph is busy making detailed inquiries about his financial status. By the end of the meeting, the bank knows the exact facts of the situation.”
V. CURB-STONE BROKERS.
The members of the Stock and Gold Exchange, as has been stated, are men of character. Their transactions are governed by certain fixed rules, and they are required, on pain of expulsion from the Exchange, to observe the strictest good faith in their dealings with each other and with their customers. If the operations of the street were entirely confined to them, business in Wall street might be regarded as in safe hands. But there is another class, even more numerous and quite as well skilled in the ways of the street, who transact a vast part of its business. They are not members of the Exchange, and in former times used to assemble around its doors in Broad and New streets, and carry on their operations on the sidewalk. Hence their designation, “Curb-stone brokers.” They no longer assemble on the pavement, for the Exchange has thrown open to them its Long Room. Any one who can pay $50 a year for a ticket of admission, and who has brains and nerve enough to enter upon the struggle, can sell or buy in the Long Room. This is better than standing in the street, exposed to the weather, and moreover gives a certain respectability to the “operator,” although he may carry his sole capital in his head, and his office in his breeches-pocket.
The members of the Stock and Gold Exchange, as noted, are people of integrity. Their transactions are governed by specific rules, and they must maintain the highest levels of honesty in their dealings with each other and with their customers, or face expulsion from the Exchange. If Wall Street's activities were solely in their hands, we could consider business there to be fairly secure. However, there’s another group, even larger and just as skilled in the ways of the street, that conducts a significant portion of its business. They aren't members of the Exchange and used to gather around its doors at Broad and New streets to carry out their transactions on the sidewalk. That’s where the term “Curb-stone brokers” comes from. They no longer meet on the pavement since the Exchange has opened its Long Room to them. Anyone who can pay $50 a year for an admission ticket and has the smarts and courage to join the fray can buy or sell in the Long Room. This is preferable to standing in the street, exposed to the elements, and it also gives a certain level of respectability to the “operator,” even if he has no capital other than his knowledge and his office is just his breeches-pocket.
No rules or regulations apply to the Long Room. The honest man and the rogue mingle together here, and the broker must be sure of his man. Many of the members of the Exchange buy and sell here, either in person or through their representatives, and many good men who are unable to enter the Exchange conduct their business here. Others again prefer the freedom and the wider field of the Long Room. Still, there are many sharpers here, who would fleece a victim out of his last cent.
No rules or regulations apply in the Long Room. Honest people and con artists mix together here, and brokers need to be sure they can trust the person they're dealing with. Many members of the Exchange buy and sell here, either in person or through their representatives, and many good individuals who can't enter the Exchange conduct their business here. Others prefer the freedom and bigger opportunities that the Long Room offers. Still, there are plenty of tricksters here who would take every last cent from their victims.
p. 276The daily transactions of the Long Room are said to average about $70,000,000, or ten times the business done in the Regular Board. Fortune is much more uncertain here than in the room up stairs. Men buy and sell here with the recklessness of gamblers. The noise and excitement are almost as great as in the Gold Room. The absence of the fixed laws of the Regular Boards puts every one on his own resources, and men are compelled to use all their ingenuity, all their determination to guard against a surprise or unfair dealing. It is every one for himself here. A dozen or more small or new operators are ruined and swept away daily, and in times of great financial excitement the Long Room shakes the foundations of even some of the strongest houses in the street.
p. 276The daily trading in the Long Room is said to average around $70,000,000, which is ten times the business conducted in the Regular Board. Luck is much more unpredictable here than in the upstairs room. People buy and sell here with the recklessness of gamblers. The noise and excitement are almost as intense as in the Gold Room. The lack of the fixed rules found in the Regular Boards means everyone has to rely on their own skills, and people are forced to use all their creativity and determination to protect themselves from surprises or unfair practices. It's every person for themselves here. Every day, a dozen or more small or new traders are wiped out and vanish, and during times of intense financial excitement, the Long Room shakes the foundations of even some of the strongest firms on the street.
VI. THE BUSINESS OF THE STREET.
It is a common habit to speak of Wall street as the financial centre of the Republic; but only those who are acquainted with its transactions can know how true this is. Regarding Wall street and New York as synonymous terms, we find that the street is not only a great power in this country, but that it is one of the great controlling powers of the financial world. Indeed, if the prosperity of the country is as marked in the future as it has been in the past, there is good reason to believe that Wall street will control the whole world of finance. Its geographical location is in its favor. By noon the New York broker has full information of the same day’s transactions in London, Frankfort, and Paris, and can shape his course in accordance with this knowledge, while the European broker cannot profit by his knowledge of matters in New York until the next day.
It’s a common view to refer to Wall Street as the financial center of the country, but only those who are familiar with its dealings can truly understand how accurate this is. Seeing Wall Street and New York as the same, we find that the street is not just a major influence in the U.S., but also one of the key powers in the global financial arena. In fact, if the country’s prosperity continues as strong in the future as it has in the past, there’s good reason to think that Wall Street will dominate the entire world of finance. Its location works to its advantage. By midday, the New York broker has complete information about the same day’s transactions in London, Frankfurt, and Paris, and can adjust his strategies based on that knowledge. Meanwhile, the European broker can’t benefit from his insights about New York until the following day.
The Stock Exchange of New York numbers over 1000 members, and its aggregate wealth is greater than that of any similar association in the world. The par value of the annual sales made at the regular Boards and “over the counter” is p. 277estimated at over $22,000,000,000 annually. The par value of the authorized stocks, bonds, and Governments dealt in by the regular Boards is more than $3,000,000,000, and this vast sum is turned over and over many times during the year. The aggregate of the brokers’ commissions on the sales and purchases made by them is estimated by competent authority at $43,750,000 annually. The bulk of this enormous business is in the hands of about 400 houses.
The New York Stock Exchange has over 1,000 members, and its total wealth is larger than that of any similar organization in the world. The total value of annual sales made at the regular Boards and “over the counter” is p. 277estimated to be over $22 billion each year. The total value of the authorized stocks, bonds, and government securities traded by the regular Boards exceeds $3 billion, and this enormous sum is exchanged multiple times throughout the year. The total commissions earned by brokers from these sales and purchases are estimated by experts to be $43.75 million annually. Most of this massive business is managed by about 400 firms.
“Out of all the incorporated banks in the United States, there are thirty situated in Wall street and its neighborhood, whose office is not unlike that of the heart in the economy of animal life. Although less than half the full number of banks in the metropolis, these thirty have two-thirds of the capital, and quite two-thirds of the circulation. By a provision of statutory law, all outside National banks, numbering some 1600, are allowed to keep one-half, and many three-fifths, of their reserve balances in New York. In this way our great financial centre is rapidly acquiring the function of a National clearing-house. These temporary deposits bear a small interest, and are subject to be called for at a day’s notice. They can only be used, therefore, by the employing banks on the same conditions. The stock market supplies these conditions. Bonds and shares bought to-day and sold to-morrow, endowed with all the properties of swift conversion, and held by men whose training has been one of incessant grappling with the new and unexpected, are the only class of property upon which money can safely be borrowed without a protection against sudden demands. On these securities, therefore, the down-town banks make call loans. The name implies the nature. The money which the thirty receive from without, together with their own reserves, is lent freely to stock-brokers, with the simple provision that it must be returned immediately upon notice, if financial exigencies require it. This vast volume of what may well be styled fluid wealth is difficult of estimate in figures. The published statements of loans made by city banks make no distinction between discounts of commercial paper and what is advanced on securities. In sum total, the thirty banks lend p. 278weekly about $165,000,000. Indeed, including all New York banks, the average is nearly $255,000,000. During the week ending September 18, 1868, these banks lent $266,496,024. The real meaning of these last figures will be better understood when it is known that they exceed the entire average loans and discounts of all the national banks of New England and New York State, with the exception, of course, of the city itself. p. 279Or, to take a more sweeping view, they surpass the total weekly loans of national banks in Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, West Virginia, Georgia, Alabama, Texas, Arkansas, Kentucky, Tennessee, Ohio, Nebraska, Kansas, Missouri, Minnesota, Iowa, Wisconsin, Illinois, Michigan, Indiana, Delaware, and New Jersey. Nigh $180,000,000 of the amount cited above were advanced by the down-town banks. What proportion of this was lent on stocks? Probably much over one-third. As many of the other banks also make call loans, we may, perhaps, estimate that from $70,000,000 to $100,000,000 are furnished daily to the brokers and operators of New York.
“Out of all the banks in the United States, thirty are located on Wall Street and nearby, and their role is similar to that of the heart in the body. Even though they make up less than half of all the banks in the city, these thirty control two-thirds of the capital and about two-thirds of the circulation. A law allows about 1,600 outside National banks to keep half, and many up to three-fifths, of their reserve balances in New York. This way, our major financial center is quickly becoming a National clearing-house. These temporary deposits earn a small amount of interest and can be called for with just a day’s notice. Therefore, employing banks can only use them under the same conditions. The stock market provides these conditions. Bonds and stocks bought today and sold tomorrow, with the ability to quickly convert them, held by those who are constantly dealing with the new and unexpected, are the only type of property that money can be borrowed against without needing protection against sudden demands. Thus, the downtown banks offer call loans on these securities. The name reflects the nature. The money that these thirty banks receive from outside, along with their own reserves, is given freely to stock-brokers, with the simple requirement that it must be returned immediately upon request if financial needs arise. This large amount of what could be called liquid wealth is hard to quantify. The published loan statements from city banks don’t differentiate between discounts on commercial paper and what is borrowed against securities. In total, the thirty banks lend about $165,000,000 weekly. In fact, all New York banks average nearly $255,000,000. During the week ending September 18, 1868, these banks lent $266,496,024. The significance of this figure becomes clearer when we realize it surpasses the average loans and discounts from all the national banks in New England and New York State, except for the city itself. Alternatively, these loans exceed the total weekly loans from national banks in Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, West Virginia, Georgia, Alabama, Texas, Arkansas, Kentucky, Tennessee, Ohio, Nebraska, Kansas, Missouri, Minnesota, Iowa, Wisconsin, Illinois, Michigan, Indiana, Delaware, and New Jersey. Nearly $180,000,000 of the amount mentioned above was loaned by the downtown banks. What percentage of this was lent on stocks? Likely well over one-third. Since several other banks also make call loans, we might estimate that between $70,000,000 and $100,000,000 is provided daily to the brokers and operators of New York.”
“This, however, is but one element in the lending force of the city. There are five Trust Companies, with capitals amounting in the aggregate to $5,500,000, which lend, at times, $60,000,000 a week. There are also a large number of private banking houses, of which Jay Cooke & Co. may be selected as representatives, that daily loan vast sums of money on security. The foreign houses alone, which, like Belmont & Co., Brown Brothers, Drexel, Winthrop & Co., operate in Wall street, employ not much less than $200,000,000 of capital.”
“This, however, is just one part of the city's lending power. There are five trust companies with a total capital of $5,500,000 that sometimes lend up to $60,000,000 a week. There are also many private banking firms, with Jay Cooke & Co. being a notable example, that lend large amounts of money on security every day. The foreign firms alone, such as Belmont & Co., Brown Brothers, and Drexel, Winthrop & Co., which operate on Wall Street, utilize nearly $200,000,000 in capital.”
VII. STOCK GAMBLING.
In the good old days gone by Wall street did business on principles very different from those which prevail there now. Then there was a holy horror in all hearts of speculation. Irresponsible men might indulge in it, and so incur the censure of the more respectable, but established houses confined themselves to a legitimate and regular business. They bought and sold on commission, and were satisfied with their earnings. Even now, indeed, the best houses profess to do simply a commission business, leaving the risk to the customer, but those who know the hidden ways of the street hint that there is not a house in it but has its secrets of large or small operations undertaken on account of the firm. The practice of buying p. 280and selling on commission is unquestionably the safest, but the mania for wealth leads many clear, cool-headed men into the feverish whirl of speculation, and keeps them there until they have realized their wildest hopes, or are ruined.
In the past, Wall Street operated on principles very different from those in place today. Back then, there was a strong aversion to speculation. Irresponsible individuals might engage in it and face criticism from the more reputable, but established firms stuck to legitimate and regular business. They bought and sold on commission and were content with their profits. Even now, the top firms claim to only handle commission business, leaving the risk to the clients, but insiders suggest that there's not a single firm without its own secrets involving large or small operations conducted on behalf of the company. Buying and selling on commission is undoubtedly the safest method, but the obsession with wealth draws many level-headed individuals into the chaotic world of speculation, keeping them engaged until they either achieve their wildest dreams or face ruin.
It has been remarked that the men who do business in Wall street have a prematurely old look, and that they die at a comparatively early age. This is not strange. They live too fast. Their bodies and brains are taxed too severely to last long. They pass their days in a state of great excitement. Every little fluctuation of the market elates or depresses them to an extent greater than they think. At night they are either planning the next day’s campaign, or are hard at work at the hotels. On Sundays their minds are still on their business, and some are laboring in their offices, screened from public observation. Body and mind are worked too hard, and are given no rest.
It’s been noted that the people who work on Wall Street often look older than they are and tend to die at a younger age. This isn’t surprising. They live at a fast pace. Their bodies and minds are pushed too hard to last long. They spend their days in a constant state of excitement. Every small shift in the market either lifts or drags them down more than they realize. At night, they are either strategizing for the next day or working late at hotels. Even on Sundays, their thoughts are still on their work, and some are laboring in their offices, hidden from view. Their bodies and minds are overworked and never get a chance to rest.
The chief cause of this intense strain is the uncertainty attending the operations of Wall street. The chances there are not dependent upon the skill or the exertions of the operator. Some powerful clique may almost destroy the securities upon which he relies for success, or may make him wealthy by suddenly running up their value; so that no man who does not confine himself to a strictly legitimate or commission business—and but few do so—can say one week whether he will be a millionaire or a beggar the next. The chances are in favor of the latter result. Nine out of ten who speculate in gold or stocks, lose, especially persons unaccustomed to such operations. Like all gamblers, they are undismayed by their losses, and venture a second time, and a third, and so on. The fascination of stock gambling is equal to that of card gambling, and holds its victims with an iron hand. The only safe rule for those who wish to grow rich is to keep out of Wall street. While one man makes a fortune by a sudden rise in stocks or gold, hundreds lose by an equally sudden fall in the same commodities. Even old and established firms sometimes give way with a crash under these sudden changes.
The main reason for this intense pressure is the unpredictability of Wall Street's activities. The outcomes aren't really in the hands of the investor. A powerful group can either wipe out the stocks he depends on for success or, on the flip side, make him rich by suddenly boosting their value. So, anyone who doesn’t stick strictly to legitimate or commission-based businesses—and very few do—can’t say one week whether they'll be a millionaire or a beggar the next. The odds are more in favor of the latter. Nine out of ten people who speculate in gold or stocks lose, especially those who are inexperienced. Like all gamblers, they aren’t discouraged by their losses and keep trying again and again. The allure of stock trading is just as strong as that of card games, and it traps its players firmly. The only reliable advice for those looking to get rich is to stay away from Wall Street. While one person might strike it rich from a sudden surge in stocks or gold, hundreds lose just as quickly from a sudden drop in the same assets. Even long-standing, reputable firms can collapse suddenly due to these dramatic shifts.
The legitimate operations of the street and the speculative ventures are becoming more and more concentrated every year in p. 281the hands of a few operators and capitalists. These move the market as they please, and fill their coffers, and sweep away younger or weaker men with a remorseless hand. It is useless to oppose them. They are masters of the field in every respect, and when they combine for a common object, their resources are inexhaustible and their power beyond computation. A dozen, or even half a dozen of the great capitalists could ruin the whole street were they so disposed, and once they came near doing so. This is the secret of the cordial hatred that is felt by the majority of Wall street men for Vanderbilt, Drew, and other great operators. They know and dread the power of these men, and would readily combine to destroy them singly.
The legitimate activities of the market and the risky investments are becoming increasingly concentrated each year in the hands of a few players and capitalists. These individuals manipulate the market as they wish, filling their pockets while effortlessly sidelining younger or weaker competitors. It's pointless to oppose them. They dominate the industry in every way, and when they band together for a shared goal, their resources are limitless and their influence immeasurable. A dozen, or even just a handful, of these major capitalists could wipe out the entire market if they chose to, and they came very close to doing so before. This explains the deep-seated resentment that many on Wall Street feel towards Vanderbilt, Drew, and other prominent figures. They understand and fear the power of these individuals and would gladly unite to bring them down if given the chance.
The mania for stock gambling which now sways such masses of people, may be said to date from the war and the petroleum discoveries. Since then it has rolled over the country in a vast flood. The telegraph is kept busy all day and all night in sending orders for speculations from people in other States and cities to New York brokers. Everybody who can raise the funds, wishes to try his or her hand at a venture in stocks. Merchants, clergymen, women, professional men, clerks, come here to tempt fortune. Many win; more lose.
The obsession with stock trading that captivates so many people today can be traced back to the war and the discoveries in oil. Since then, it has spread across the country like a tidal wave. The telegraph is constantly busy day and night, sending orders for trades from people in various states and cities to brokers in New York. Anyone who can scrape together some funds wants to try their luck in the stock market. Business owners, ministers, women, professionals, and clerks all come here to seek their fortune. Many succeed; more fail.
Fortunes are made quicker and lost more easily in New York than in any place in the world. A sudden rise in stocks, or a lucky venture of some other kind, often places a comparatively poor man in possession of great wealth. Watch the carriages as they whirl through Fifth avenue, going and returning from the park. They are as elegant and sumptuous as wealth can make them. The owners, lying back amongst the soft cushions, are clad in the height of fashion. By their dresses they might be princes and princesses. This much is due to art. Now mark the coarse, rough features, the ill-bred stare, the haughty rudeness which they endeavor to palm off for dignity. Do you see any difference between them and the footman in livery on the carriage-box? Both master and man belong to the same class—only one is wealthy and the other is not. But that footman may take the place of the master in a couple of years, or in less time. Such changes may seem remarkable, but they are very common in New York.
Fortunes are made faster and lost more easily in New York than anywhere else in the world. A sudden rise in stocks or a lucky investment can quickly turn a relatively poor person into a wealthy one. Just watch the carriages zooming through Fifth Avenue, going to and from the park. They are as elegant and luxurious as money can make them. The owners, reclining on plush cushions, are dressed in the latest fashion. By their attire, they could be mistaken for royalty. This much is a product of art. Now notice the rough, coarse features, the unrefined gaze, and the arrogant rudeness they try to pass off as dignity. Can you see any difference between them and the footman in uniform sitting on the carriage box? Both the master and the servant are from the same social class—just one is rich and the other isn’t. But that footman could easily replace the master in a few years, or even less. Such changes might seem extraordinary, but they are quite common in New York.
p. 282See that gentleman driving that splendid pair of sorrels. He is a fine specimen of mere animal beauty. How well he drives. The ease and carelessness with which he manages his splendid steeds, excites the admiration of every one on the road. He is used to it. Five years ago he was the driver of a public hack. He amassed a small sum of money, and being naturally a sharp, shrewd man, went into Wall street, and joined the “Curb-stone Brokers.” His transactions were not always open to a rigid scrutiny, but they were profitable to him. He invested in oil stocks, and with his usual good luck made a fortune. Now he operates through his broker. His transactions are heavy, his speculations bold and daring, but he is usually successful. He lives in great splendor in one of the finest mansions in the city, and his carriages and horses are superb. His wife and daughters are completely carried away by their good fortune, and look with disdain upon all who are not their equals or superiors in wealth. They are vulgar and ill-bred, but they are wealthy, and society worships them. There will come a change some day. The husband and father will venture once too often in his speculations, and his magnificent fortune will go with a crash, and the family will return to their former state, or perhaps sink lower, for there are very few men who have the moral courage to try to rise again after such a fall, and this man is not one of them.
p. 282Look at that guy driving those beautiful chestnut horses. He's a great example of pure animal beauty. The way he handles those amazing animals is impressive and catches everyone's eye on the road. He's obviously done this before. Five years ago, he drove a public carriage. He saved up some money, and being naturally sharp and crafty, he got into Wall Street and joined the “Curb-stone Brokers.” His deals weren't always above board, but they made him money. He invested in oil stocks, and with his usual luck, he struck it rich. Now, he works through his broker. His transactions are substantial, his speculations bold and risky, but he usually comes out on top. He lives in great luxury in one of the city's finest mansions, and his carriages and horses are stunning. His wife and daughters are totally caught up in their good fortune and look down on anyone who isn't as wealthy as they are. They're rude and uncultured, but they're rich, and society adores them. One day, though, things will change. The husband and father will take one gamble too many, and his great fortune will come crashing down, forcing the family to go back to their old life, or maybe even worse, because very few men have the strength to try to rebuild after such a fall, and this guy isn't one of them.
In watching the crowd on Broadway, one will frequently see, in some shabbily dressed individual, who, with his hat drawn down close over his eyes, is evidently shrinking from the possibility of being recognized, the man who but a few weeks ago was one of the wealthiest in the city. Then he was surrounded with splendor. Now he hardly knows where to get bread for his family. Then he lived in an elegant mansion. Now one or two rooms on the upper floor of some tenement house constitute his habitation. He shrinks from meeting his old friends, well knowing that not one of them will recognize him, except to insult him with a scornful stare. Families are constantly disappearing from the social circles in which they have shone for a greater or less time. They vanish almost in an instant, and are never seen again. You may meet them at some brilliant ball in the evening. Pass their residence the next day, p. 283and you will see a bill announcing the early sale of the mansion and furniture. The worldly effects of the family are all in the hands of the creditors of the “head,” and the family themselves are either in a more modest home in the country, or in a tenement house. You can scarcely walk twenty blocks on Fifth avenue, without seeing one of these bills, telling its mournful story of fallen greatness.
As you watch the crowd on Broadway, you'll often notice a shabby-looking person with his hat pulled low over his eyes, clearly trying to avoid being recognized. This is the same man who, just a few weeks ago, was one of the wealthiest in the city. Back then, he was surrounded by luxury. Now, he barely knows how to find food for his family. He used to live in a grand mansion, but now his home is just one or two rooms on the upper floor of a tenement. He avoids running into his old friends, fully aware that not one of them would recognize him, except to give him a judgmental look. Families frequently disappear from the social circles where they once shone for varying lengths of time. They vanish almost overnight, never to be seen again. You might see them at a lavish ball one evening and then pass their home the next day, and you'll find a sign announcing the quick sale of the mansion and its furnishings. The family's possessions are now all with the creditors of the "head," while the family members themselves have either moved to a more modest home in the country or are living in a tenement. You can hardly walk twenty blocks down Fifth Avenue without coming across one of these signs, telling a sad story of fallen glory.
The best and safest way to be rich in New York, as elsewhere, is for a man to confine himself to his legitimate business. Few men acquire wealth suddenly. Ninety-nine fail where one succeeds. The bane of New York commercial life, however, is that people have not the patience to wait for fortune. Every one wants to be rich in a hurry, and as no regular business will accomplish this, here or elsewhere, speculation is resorted to. The sharpers and tricksters who infest Wall street know this weakness of New York merchants. They take the pains to inform themselves as to the character, means and credulity of merchants, and then use every art to draw them into speculations, in which the tempter is enriched and the tempted ruined. In nine cases out of ten a merchant is utterly ignorant of the nature of the speculation he engages in. He is not capable of forming a reasonable opinion as to its propriety or chance of success, because the whole transaction is new to him, and is so rapid that he has no time to study it. He leaves a business in which he has acquired valuable knowledge and experience, and trusts himself to the mercy of a man he knows little or nothing of; and undertakes a transaction that he does not know how to manage. Dabbling in speculations unfits men for their regular pursuits. They come to like the excitement of such ventures, and rush on in their mad course, hoping to make up their losses by one lucky speculation, and at length utter ruin rouses them from their dreams.
The best and safest way to get rich in New York, like anywhere else, is for someone to stick to their legitimate business. Few people become wealthy overnight. Ninety-nine fail for every one who succeeds. The real problem in New York's commercial scene is that people lack the patience to wait for success. Everyone wants to get rich quickly, and since no regular business can achieve this, they turn to speculation. The con artists and tricksters in Wall Street are aware of this weakness among New York merchants. They take the time to learn about the character, resources, and gullibility of these merchants, then use every trick they can to entice them into speculative ventures, which enriches the con artists while ruining the merchants. In nine out of ten cases, a merchant has no idea what the speculation involves. They cannot make a sensible assessment of its appropriateness or chances of success because the whole situation is unfamiliar, and it unfolds so quickly that there's no time to analyze it. They leave behind a business where they have acquired valuable knowledge and experience and put themselves at the mercy of someone they barely know, engaging in a transaction they don’t know how to handle. Getting involved in speculations distracts people from their regular jobs. They start to enjoy the thrill of these ventures and dive deeper into their reckless pursuits, hoping to recover their losses with one lucky bet, and eventually, complete ruin jolts them from their illusions.
Not only do men squander their own money in this way, but they risk and often lose the funds of others committed to their charge. Bank officers, having the use of the deposits in their institutions, take them for speculation, intending of course to return them. Sometimes they are successful, and are able to p. 284replace the money in the bank, so that no one hears of their dishonesty. Again, and most commonly, they fail, and they are ruined. Guardians thus misappropriate the funds of their wards. Even the funds of churches are thus used by their trustees. The amount of speculation engaged in by clergymen with their own money would astonish a novice. Some prominent divines in the city are well known in Wall street. Their brokers keep their secrets, but the habitués of the street are adepts at putting this and that together, and these reverend gentlemen, some of whom preach eloquently against the sins of speculation and gambling, become known as regular customers. The street is full of gossip concerning them, and if the stories told of them be true, some of them have made large fortunes in this way, while others have literally “gone to the bad.”
Not only do men waste their own money like this, but they also put at risk and often lose the funds of others that they are responsible for. Bank officers, who have access to the deposits in their institutions, use that money for speculative purposes, planning to return it eventually. Sometimes they succeed and manage to replace the money in the bank, so no one finds out about their dishonesty. More often, however, they fail, and it ruins them. Guardians misappropriate the funds of their wards this way. Even the funds of churches are misused by their trustees. The amount of speculation that clergymen engage in with their own money would shock a newcomer. Some well-known ministers in the city are recognized figures on Wall Street. Their brokers keep their secrets, but the regulars on the street are skilled at putting the pieces together, and these ministers, some of whom preach passionately against speculative sins and gambling, end up being known as regular clients. The street is buzzing with gossip about them, and if the rumors are accurate, some have made substantial fortunes this way, while others have really fallen from grace.
It is not necessary that a person speculating in stocks should be master of the entire value of the stocks. If he be known to the broker operating for him as a responsible person, he may employ only ten per cent., or some other proportion, of the stock to be dealt in. By depositing $1000 with his broker, he can speculate to the extent of $10,000. This per centage is called a margin, and the deposit is designed to protect the broker from loss in case the stock should fall in value. As the stock depreciates, the customer must either sell out and bear the loss which is inevitable, or he must increase his margin to an extent sufficient to protect his broker. If he fails to increase his margin, the broker sells the stock and uses the money to save himself.
It’s not necessary for someone trading stocks to own the full value of the stocks. If the broker he works with sees him as reliable, he can use just ten percent, or some other amount, of the stock’s total value. By depositing $1,000 with his broker, he can trade as if he has $10,000. This percentage is called a margin, and the deposit is meant to protect the broker from losing money if the stock's value drops. If the stock loses value, the customer has to either sell and accept the loss, which is unavoidable, or increase his margin enough to keep his broker safe. If he doesn’t increase his margin, the broker sells the stock and uses the money to protect himself.
VIII. THE WAYS OF THE STREET.
Like Brette Harte’s Heathen Chinee,
Like Bret Harte’s Heathen Chinee,
“For ways that are dark
And tricks that are vain,
Wall Street is peculiar.”“For shady business
And silly plans,
Wall Street is odd.”
It takes a clear, cool head, a large amount of brains, and unaltering nerve, to thread one’s way through the intricacies of p. 285the business of finance as carried on there. It would be interesting to know how many come out of the ordeal untouched by the taint of corruption. Members of the Exchanges are held by a rigid code of laws, but in questions of morality Wall street has a code of its own. Expediency is a prominent consideration in the dealings of the street, and men have come to regard as honest and correct almost anything short of a regular breach of contract. They do not spare their own flesh and blood. Friendships are sacrificed, the ties of kinship are disregarded, if they stand in the way of some bold operation. Every thing must give way to the desire for gain. The great operators plunder and destroy their lesser rivals without a feeling of remorse, and by combinations which they know cannot be resisted blast the prospects and ruin the lives of scores whose greatest fault is an inability to oppose them successfully. Tricks so mean and contemptible that their perpetrator would not be tolerated in social life, are resorted to, and if successful are applauded as evidences of smartness. Every man’s hand is against his neighbor. Clerks are bribed to betray the secrets of their employers. The baser their treachery, the larger their reward. We do not propose, however, to discuss the morality of Wall street transactions, and so we drop the subject.
It takes a clear mind, a lot of intelligence, and unwavering confidence to navigate the complexities of the finance world as it operates there. It would be interesting to know how many people come through the experience unscathed by corruption. Members of the Exchanges follow a strict set of laws, but when it comes to ethics, Wall Street has its own rules. Practicality is a major factor in the street's dealings, and people have come to view as acceptable almost anything short of outright breach of contract. They don’t hold back even against their own family. Friendships are sacrificed and family ties are ignored if they interfere with a bold move. Everything must take a backseat to the pursuit of profit. The major players exploit and undermine their lesser rivals without any guilt, and through alliances they know cannot be challenged, they destroy the hopes and ruin the lives of countless individuals whose only fault is being unable to successfully oppose them. Devious tricks that would be unacceptable in social situations are used, and if successful, they are celebrated as signs of cleverness. Everyone is out for themselves. Clerks are bribed to reveal their employers' secrets. The worse their betrayal, the bigger their reward. However, we won’t delve into the ethics of Wall Street dealings, so we'll leave it at that.
It is said by the gossips of the street that the great Railroad King, Commodore Vanderbilt, is not above using any means at hand to secure the success of his schemes. It is said that he once tried to use his son William in this way. He came to him one day, and advised him that he had better sell his Hudson River stock, as 110 was too high for it. William thanked him, and made inquiries in the market, and found that his father was buying quietly all he could lay his hands upon.
It’s rumored on the street that the famous Railroad King, Commodore Vanderbilt, isn’t above using any tactics to make sure his plans succeed. People say he once tried to manipulate his son, William, in this way. One day, he approached William and suggested he should sell his Hudson River stock because the price of 110 was too high. William thanked him and checked the market, discovering that his father was quietly buying up all the stock he could get.
William determined to follow suit. Up jumped the stock to 137. It was a clear twenty-six per cent. in pocket.
William decided to do the same. The stock jumped up to 137. That was a clear twenty-six percent gain.
When the operation was concluded, the Commodore rode round to the son’s office.
When the operation was finished, the Commodore rode over to the son's office.
“Well, William, how much did you lose?”
“Well, William, how much did you lose?”
“I went in at 110 on 10,000 shares. That ought to make me two hundred and sixty thousand dollars—”
“I invested at 110 on 10,000 shares. That should bring me two hundred sixty thousand dollars—”
“But then I bought, and so made.”
“But then I bought it, and so I made it.”
“Hey? What sent you doing that, sir?”
“Hey? What made you do that, sir?”
“O, I heard that was your line, and so concluded that you meant long instead of short.”
“O, I heard that was your line, so I figured you meant long instead of short.”
“Ahem!” croaked Vanderbilt père, as he buttoned up his fur overcoat, and stalked out of the open door. He has always had a high opinion of William since that event!
“Ahem!” croaked Vanderbilt père, as he buttoned up his fur overcoat and walked out of the open door. He has always thought highly of William since that event!
Some years ago Vanderbilt wanted to consolidate the Hudson River and Harlem Railroads, and when the scheme was presented before the Legislature of New York, secured a sufficient number of votes in that body to insure the passage of the bill authorizing the consolidation. Before the bill was called upon its final passage, however, he learned from a trustworthy source that the members of the Legislature who had promised to vote for the bill, were determined to vote against it, with the hope of ruining him. The stock of the Harlem road was then selling very high, in consequence of the expected consolidation. The defeat of the bill would, of course, cause it to fall immediately. The unprincipled legislators at once began a shrewd game. They sold Harlem right and left, to be delivered at a future day, and found plenty of purchasers, every one but those in the plot expecting the consolidation of the roads and a consequent advance in the value of the stock. They let their friends into the secret, and there was soon a great deal of “selling short” in this stock. Commodore Vanderbilt managed to acquaint himself with the whole plot; but he held his peace, and resolved upon revenge. He went into the market quietly, with all the funds he could raise, and bought every certificate of Harlem stock that he could find. These certificates he locked up in his safe. When the bill came before the Legislature on its final passage, it was defeated.
Some years ago, Vanderbilt wanted to combine the Hudson River and Harlem Railroads. When he presented the plan to the New York Legislature, he secured enough votes to ensure the bill authorizing the consolidation would pass. However, before the bill was called for its final vote, he learned from a reliable source that some legislators who had promised to support it were actually planning to vote against it in an attempt to sabotage him. At that time, the stock of the Harlem road was trading very high due to expectations of the consolidation. If the bill failed, the stock would immediately drop. The unethical legislators quickly started a clever scheme. They sold Harlem stock left and right for future delivery, finding plenty of buyers, all of whom—except those in on the scheme—expected the consolidation and a subsequent rise in stock value. They let their associates in on the secret, and soon there was a lot of “short selling” of this stock. Commodore Vanderbilt managed to learn about the entire plan, but he kept quiet and decided to take revenge. He quietly entered the market with all the money he could gather and bought up every Harlem stock certificate he could find. He locked those certificates in his safe. When the bill came back to the Legislature for its final vote, it was defeated.
The conspirators were jubilant. They were sure that the defeat of the bill would bring “Harlem” down with a rush. To their astonishment, however, “Harlem” did not fall. It remained stationary the first day, and then to their dismay rose p. 287steadily. Those to whom they had sold demanded the delivery of the stock, but the speculators found it impossible to buy it. There was none in the market at any price. In many of these instances Vanderbilt was the real claimant, the brokers acting in the transactions being merely his agents. Being unable to deliver the stock, the conspirators were forced to settle the demands against them in money, and the result was that they were ruined. One of the shrewdest operators in New York lost over $200,000. He refused to pay, and his name was stricken from the list of stockholders. This brought him to his senses, and he made good his contracts. Vanderbilt made money enough out of this transaction to pay for all the stock he owned in the Harlem Road.
The conspirators were ecstatic. They believed that the defeat of the bill would cause “Harlem” to crash quickly. To their surprise, though, “Harlem” did not collapse. It stayed the same on the first day and then, to their shock, began to rise steadily. Those to whom they had sold demanded delivery of the stock, but the speculators found it impossible to buy it. There was none available in the market at any price. In many cases, Vanderbilt was the real owner, and the brokers involved were merely his agents. Unable to deliver the stock, the conspirators had to settle the demands against them in cash, which ultimately ruined them. One of the sharpest traders in New York lost over $200,000. He refused to pay, and his name was removed from the list of stockholders. This brought him back to reality, and he fulfilled his contracts. Vanderbilt made enough money from this deal to cover all the stock he owned in the Harlem Road.
Daniel Drew is a great operator. His gains are immense, as are also his losses. He is not popular in the street, and the brokers are fond of abusing him. He has handled too many of them mercilessly to have many friends. They say that he does not hesitate to sacrifice a friend to gain his ends, and that he is utterly without sympathy for those who go down before his heavy blows.
Daniel Drew is a savvy businessman. His profits are huge, but so are his losses. He’s not well-liked on Wall Street, and brokers often criticize him. He’s been ruthless in his dealings with them, which earned him few friends. People say he won’t think twice about throwing a friend under the bus to achieve his goals, and that he has no sympathy for those who suffer because of his aggressive tactics.
Bogus stock companies appear from time to time in Wall street. An office is rented and fitted up in magnificent style, a flaring programme is issued, and seemingly substantial evidences of the stability and prosperity of the company are exhibited to inquirers. The stock offered is readily taken up by the eager to be rich crowd. A dividend, most hopefully large, is declared and paid, to stimulate investments, and then, when the market has been drained dry, the bubble bursts, the directors disappear, the office is closed, and the shareholders lose their money.
Bogus stock companies pop up from time to time on Wall Street. An office is rented and decorated lavishly, an eye-catching brochure is issued, and seemingly solid proof of the company's stability and success is shown to those who inquire. The stock offered is quickly snatched up by those eager to get rich. A dividend, often quite large, is declared and paid out to encourage more investments, and then, when the market has been completely drained, the bubble bursts, the directors vanish, the office shuts down, and the shareholders lose their money.
On fine afternoons visitors to the Park do not fail to notice a handsome equipage driven by a stylish young man, with rosy cheeks and light curly hair. His face is the perfect picture of happy innocence. He is very wealthy, and owns a great deal of real estate in the city. The manner in which he made his money will show how other persons enrich themselves.
On nice afternoons, visitors to the Park can’t help but notice a fancy carriage being driven by a fashionable young man with rosy cheeks and light curly hair. His face is the perfect example of joyful innocence. He’s quite wealthy and owns a lot of property in the city. The way he made his money illustrates how others become rich as well.
p. 288A few years ago, he, in company with several others, organized a scheme for working certain gold mines said to be located in a distant territory. A company was made up, the country was flooded with flaming descriptions of the valuable mine, and stock was issued which sold readily. The bonds were soon taken up, and in a month or two the so-called company commenced paying handsome dividends. A number of gold bars, bearing the stamp of the mint, were on exhibition in the company’s office, and were triumphantly exhibited as amongst the first yields of the valuable mine. For several months the dividends were paid regularly, and the company’s stock rose to a splendid premium. It could hardly be bought at any price. No one doubted for an instant the genuineness of the affair, and the lucky company was the envy of all Wall street.
p. 288A few years ago, he, along with several others, came up with a plan to develop some gold mines said to be in a far-off area. A company was formed, and the region was filled with flashy descriptions of the valuable mine, leading to the quick sales of stock. The bonds were quickly purchased, and within a month or two, the so-called company started giving out generous dividends. A few gold bars, stamped by the mint, were showcased in the company’s office, proudly displayed as some of the first profits from the valuable mine. For several months, the dividends were paid consistently, and the company’s stock soared to a premium price. It was nearly impossible to buy at any cost. Nobody questioned the legitimacy of the venture, and the fortunate company became the envy of all on Wall Street.
In a few months, all the stock being disposed of, the company ceased paying dividends. This excited the suspicion of some of the shrewdest holders of the stock, and the affair was investigated. It was found that the wonderful mine had no real existence. The gold bars were simply gold coins melted into that form at the Mint, and stamped by the Government as so much bullion. The dividends had been paid out of money advanced by the company, who were simply half a dozen unprincipled sharpers. The stockholders were ruined, but the company made a profit of a clear half million of dollars out of the infamous transaction. Legal proceedings are expensive and tedious when instituted against such parties, and the stockholders, rather than increase their losses by the outlay necessary for a lawsuit, suffered the swindlers to go unmolested.
In a few months, after all the stock was sold off, the company stopped paying dividends. This raised suspicions among some of the sharpest investors, leading to an investigation. It turned out that the fabulous mine didn't actually exist. The gold bars were just gold coins melted down at the Mint and stamped by the Government as bullion. The dividends had been paid out of money borrowed by the company, which was made up of just a few unscrupulous con artists. The shareholders were left in ruins, while the company raked in a clean profit of half a million dollars from the scam. Legal action is costly and slow when taken against such parties, and rather than risk further losses by pursuing a lawsuit, the shareholders allowed the fraudsters to go unpunished.
A certain stock broker, anxious to increase his wealth, purchased twenty acres of land a few years ago in one of the Western States, and commenced boring for oil. After a few weeks spent in this work, he discovered to his dismay that there was not the slightest trace of oil on his land. He kept his own counsel, however, and paid the workmen to hold their tongues. About the same time it became rumored throughout New York that he had struck oil. He at once organized a company, and had a committee appointed to go West and examine the well. p. 289In a few weeks the committee returned in high glee, and reported that the well contained oil of the very best quality, and only needed capital and improved machinery to develop its capacity. In support of this assertion, they brought home numerous bottles containing specimens of the oil. This report settled the matter in Wall street, and the stock issued by the company was all sold at a handsome premium. When the sales ceased, it was rumored that the well had ceased to flow. This was true, for there was no oil anywhere on the land. That in the well had been bought in Pennsylvania, and poured into the well by the agents of the owner, and the examining committee had been paid large sums for their favorable report. The owner of the well was enriched, as were his confederates of the bogus company, and the holders of the stock were swindled, many of them being ruined.
A certain stockbroker, eager to boost his wealth, bought twenty acres of land a few years ago in one of the Western States and started drilling for oil. After a few weeks of work, he was dismayed to find not a single trace of oil on his property. He kept this to himself, though, and paid the workers to stay quiet. Around the same time, rumors spread in New York that he had struck oil. He quickly organized a company and appointed a committee to go West and check out the well. p. 289 A few weeks later, the committee returned in high spirits and reported that the well contained top-quality oil, needing just investment and upgraded machinery to unlock its potential. To back this claim, they brought back numerous bottles filled with samples of the oil. This report settled things on Wall Street, and the stock issued by the company sold at a lovely premium. When the sales stopped, it was rumored that the well had stopped producing. This was true, as there was no oil anywhere on the land. The oil in the well had been bought in Pennsylvania and poured into the well by the owner’s agents, and the examining committee had been given large sums for their favorable report. The well's owner got rich, along with his partners from the fake company, while the stockholders were scammed, many of them ending up financially ruined.
Said the New York Herald, at a period when speculation was rampant:
Said the New York Herald, during a time when speculation was everywhere:
“Within the past few days we have seen the most gigantic swindling operations carried on in Wall street that have as yet disgraced our financial centre. A great railway, one of the two that connect the West with the Atlantic seaboard, has been tossed about like a football, its real stockholders have seen their property abused by men to whom they have entrusted its interests, and who, in the betrayal of that trust, have committed crimes which in parallel cases on a smaller scale would have deservedly sent them to Sing Sing. If these parties go unwhipped of justice, then are we doing injustice in confining criminals in our State prisons for smaller crimes.
“Over the past few days, we’ve witnessed some of the largest frauds happening on Wall Street that have ever embarrassed our financial hub. A major railway, one of the two that connect the Midwest with the Atlantic coast, has been tossed around carelessly, and its true shareholders have seen their investments mishandled by people they trusted, who, in betraying that trust, have committed crimes that, in other smaller cases, would justifiably land them in prison. If these individuals aren't held accountable, then it’s unfair that we keep lesser criminals locked up in our state prisons.”
“To such a disgusting degree of depravity do we see these stock operations carried, that members of the church of high standing offer, when ‘concerned,’ to betray their brother ‘pals,’ and, in their forgetfulness of the morality to which they sanctimoniously listen every Sunday, state that ‘all they care about is to look out for number one.’ A manager of a great corporation is requested to issue bonds of his company without authority, offering ‘to buy the bonds if you are caught, or buy the bonds with the understanding not to pay for them unless you are p. 290caught.’ This attempted fiscal operation, however, did not work, and resulted in a good proof of the old adage that it requires ‘a rogue to catch a rogue.’
“To such a disgusting level of depravity do we see these stock operations carried out that members of the church who are well-respected offer, when ‘concerned,’ to betray their fellow ‘friends’ and, in their forgetfulness of the morals they listen to so piously every Sunday, say that ‘all they care about is looking out for number one.’ A manager of a large corporation is asked to issue company bonds without permission, offering ‘to buy the bonds if you get caught, or buy the bonds with the understanding that you won’t pay for them unless you are p. 290caught.’ This attempted financial scheme, however, did not succeed, and resulted in a solid reminder of the old saying that it takes ‘a rogue to catch a rogue.’”
“A railroad treasurer boldly states that he has without authority over-issued stock of the company to a large amount. He offers it to a broker for sale, with the understanding that all received over a fixed value is to go into his (the treasurer’s) pocket. From the fact that this man is not arrested for maladministration of the company’s property, we judge this to be a legitimate operation, and that this may hereafter serve as a model or standard of morals to all presidents, directors, treasurers and managers of railway and other great corporations.”
“A railroad treasurer confidently claims he has issued a large amount of stock for the company without permission. He proposes to sell it to a broker, with the agreement that any amount received over a certain value will go into his own pocket. The fact that this man isn’t arrested for mishandling the company’s assets suggests this is acceptable behavior, and it might set a benchmark for the ethics of all presidents, directors, treasurers, and managers of railways and other major corporations.”
IX. BLACK FRIDAY.
In the month of September, 1869, one of the most gigantic attempts to run up the value of gold ever made was attempted by a powerful combination of Bulls, consisting of a set of unprincipled men whose only object was to make money. Their scheme came near attaining a success which would have broken the market utterly, have unsettled values of all kinds, and have precipitated upon the whole country a financial crisis of the most terrible proportions. Nothing but the interference of the Secretary of the Treasury at a critical moment averted this disaster. As it was, the losses were fearful. Men in Wall street were ruined by the score, and for several days the best houses in the street were uncertain as to their exact condition.
In September 1869, one of the biggest attempts to drive up the price of gold was made by a powerful group of speculators, made up of unscrupulous individuals whose only goal was to make a profit. Their scheme came close to succeeding in a way that would have completely shattered the market, disrupted the value of all kinds of assets, and triggered a massive financial crisis across the country. Only the intervention of the Secretary of the Treasury at a crucial moment prevented this disaster. Still, the losses were devastating. Many people on Wall Street were left in ruins, and for several days, even the top firms in the area were unsure about their actual financial situation.
An account of this formidable transaction is interesting as revealing the method of conducting the great operations of the street.
An account of this impressive transaction is interesting because it shows how major street operations are carried out.
“On the 22d of September, 1869, gold stood at 137½ when Trinity bells rang out the hour of twelve. By two it was at 139. Before night its lowest quotation was 141. . . . An advance of three and a half per cent. in five hours. At the same time the Stock Market exhibited tokens of excessive febrility, p. 292New York Central dropping twenty-three per cent. and Harlem thirteen. Loans had become extremely difficult to negotiate. The most usurious prices for a twenty-four hours’ turn were freely paid. The storm was palpably reaching the proportions of a tempest.
“On September 22, 1869, gold was at 137½ when the Trinity bells rang at noon. By 2 PM, it was at 139. Before nightfall, its lowest quotation was 141. . . . This marked an increase of three and a half percent in just five hours. At the same time, the Stock Market showed signs of extreme instability, p. 292with New York Central falling by twenty-three percent and Harlem by thirteen. Loans had become very hard to secure, with people paying outrageous interest rates for a twenty-four-hour turnaround. The situation was clearly escalating into a storm.”
“Nevertheless, the brokers on the Bear side strove manfully under their burden. The character and purposes of the clique were fully known. Whatever of mystery had heretofore enfolded them was now boldly thrown aside, and the men of Erie, with the sublime Fisk in the forefront of the assailing column, assured the shorts that they could not settle too quickly, since it remained with the ring, now holding calls for one hundred millions, either to kindly compromise at 150 or to carry the metal to 200 and nail it there. This threat was accompanied by consequences in which the mailed hand revealed itself under the silken glove. The movement had intertwisted itself deep into the affairs of every dealer in the street, and entangled in its meshes vast numbers of outside speculators. In borrowing or in margins the entire capital of the former had been nearly absorbed, while some five millions had been deposited by the latter with their brokers in answer to repeated calls. When Thursday morning rose, gold started at 141-5/8, and soon shot up to 144. Then the clique began to tighten the screws. The shorts received peremptory orders to increase their borrowing margins. At the same moment the terms of loans overnight were raised beyond the pitch of ordinary human endurance. Stories were insidiously circulated exciting suspicion of the integrity of the Administration, and strengthening the belief that the National Treasury would bring no help to the wounded Bears. Whispers of an impending lock-up of money were prevalent; and the fact, then shrewdly suspected, and now known, of certifications of checks to the amount of twenty-five millions by one bank alone on that day, lent color to the rumor. Many brokers lost courage, and settled instantly. The Gold Room shook with the conflict, and the battle prolonged itself into a midnight session at the Fifth Avenue Hotel. The din of the tumult had penetrated to the upper chambers of journalism. p. 293Reporters were on the alert. The great dailies magnified the struggle, and the Associated Press spread intelligence of the excitement to remote sections. When Friday opened clear and calm, the pavement of Broad and New streets soon filled up with unwonted visitors. All the idle population of the city and its neighborhood crowded into the financial quarter to witness the throes of the tortured shorts. Blended with the merely curious were hundreds of outside speculators who had ventured their all in the great stake, and trembled in doubt of the honor of their dealers. Long before 9 A.M. these men, intensely interested in the day’s encounter, poured through the alley-way from Broad street, and between the narrow walls of New street, surging up around the doorways, and piling themselves densely and painfully within the cramped galleries of the Room itself. They had made good the fresh calls for margins up to 143, the closing figure of the night before. The paramount question now was, How would gold open? They had not many minutes to wait. Pressing up to the fountain, around which some fifty brokers had already congregated, a Bull operator with resonant voice bid 145 for twenty thousand. The shout startled the galleries. Their margins were once more in jeopardy. Would their brokers remain firm? It was a terrible moment. The Bears closed round the aggressors. Yells and shrieks filled the air. A confused and baffling whirl of sounds ensued, in which all sorts of fractional bids and offers mingled, till ’46 emerged from the chaos. The crowd within the arena increased rapidly in numbers. The clique agents became vociferous. Gold steadily pushed forward in its perilous upward movement from ’46 to ’47, thence to ’49, and, pausing for a brief twenty minutes, dashed on to 150½. It was now considerably past the hour of regular session. The President was in the chair. The Secretary’s pen was bounding over his registry book. The floor of the Gold Room was covered with 300 agitated dealers and operators, shouting, heaving in masses against and around the iron railing of the fountain, falling back upon the approaches of the committee-rooms and the outer entrance, guarded with rigorous care by sturdy door-keepers. Many of the principal p. 294brokers of the street were there,—Kimber, who had turned traitor to the ring; Colgate, the Baptist; Clews, a veteran government broker; one of the Marvins; James Brown; Albert Speyer, and dozens of others hardly less famous. Every individual of all that seething throng had a personal stake beyond, and, in natural human estimate, a thousand-fold more dear than that of any outside patron, no matter how deeply or ruinously that patron might be involved. At 11 of the dial gold was 150½; in six minutes it jumped to 155. Then the pent-up tiger spirit burst from control. The arena rocked as the Coliseum may have rocked when the gates of the wild beasts were thrown open, and with wails and shrieks the captives of the empire sprang to merciless encounter with the ravenous demons of the desert. The storm of voices lost human semblance. Clenched hands, livid faces, pallid foreheads on which beads of cold sweat told of the interior anguish, lurid, passion-fired eyes,—all the symptoms of a fever which at any moment might become frenzy were there. The shouts of golden millions upon millions hurtled in all ears. The labor of years was disappearing and reappearing in the wave line of advancing and receding prices. With fortunes melting away in a second, with five hundred millions of gold in process of sale or purchase, with the terror of yet higher prices, and the exultation which came and went with the whispers of fresh men entering from Broad street bearing confused rumors of the probable interposition of the Government, it is not hard to understand how reason faltered on its throne, and operators became reckless, buying or selling without thought of the morrow or consciousness of the present. Then came the terrific bid of Albert Speyer for any number of millions at 160. William Parks sold instantly two millions and a half in one lot. Yet the bids so far from yielding rose to 161, 162, 162½. For five minutes the Board reeled under the ferocity of the attack. Seconds became hours. The agony of Wellington awaiting Blucher was in the souls of the Bears. Then a broker, reported to be acting for Baring & Brothers, at London, sold five millions to the clique at the top price of the day. Hallgarten followed; and as the shorts were gathering courage, the certain p. 295news that the Secretary of the Treasury had come to the rescue swept through the chamber, gold fell from 160 to 140, and thence, with hardly the interval of one quotation, to 133. The end had come, and the exhausted operators streamed out of the stifling hall into the fresh air of the street. To them, however, came no peace. In some offices customers by dozens, whose margins were irrevocably burnt away in the smelting-furnace of the Gold Board, confronted their dealers with taunts and threats of violence for their treachery. In others the nucleus of mobs began to form, and, as the day wore off, Broad street had the aspect of a riot. Huge masses of men gathered before the doorway of Smith, Gould, Martin & Co., and Heath & Co. Fisk was assaulted, and his life threatened. Deputy-sheriffs and police officers appeared on the scene. In Brooklyn a company of troops were held in readiness to march upon Wall street.
“Still, the brokers on the Bear side worked hard under their pressure. The character and intentions of the group were well known. Any mystery that had surrounded them was now openly cast aside, and the men from Erie, with the bold Fisk leading the charge, assured the shorts that they couldn't settle too quickly, since it was up to the ring, now holding options worth a hundred million, either to graciously compromise at 150 or to push gold up to 200 and keep it there. This threat came with consequences, revealing a powerful force hidden behind a soft exterior. The movement had deeply intertwined itself with the transactions of every broker on the street, ensnaring a large number of outside speculators. In borrowing or margin calls, nearly all the capital of the former had been consumed, while about five million had been deposited by the latter with their brokers in response to repeated demands. When Thursday morning arrived, gold opened at 141-5/8, quickly rising to 144. Then the group began to tighten the pressure. The shorts received urgent orders to increase their margin borrowing. At the same time, the overnight loan rates skyrocketed to levels of extraordinary strain. Insidious rumors circulated, casting doubt on the integrity of the Administration, and reinforcing the belief that the National Treasury would provide no support to the beleaguered Bears. Whispers of an imminent money lock-up were common; and the then-suspected, and now confirmed, reports of one bank alone issuing checks totaling twenty-five million that day fueled the rumor. Many brokers lost their nerve and settled quickly. The Gold Room was filled with tension, and the conflict extended into a midnight session at the Fifth Avenue Hotel. The uproar reached the upper echelons of journalism. Reporters were on high alert. The major newspapers amplified the struggle, and the Associated Press broadcasted news of the excitement to distant areas. By the time Friday dawned clear and calm, Broad and New streets were bustling with unusual visitors. The idle populace of the city and its surroundings flocked to the financial district to witness the agony of the distressed shorts. Among the curious were hundreds of outside speculators who had risked everything in this massive gamble and were anxious about the reliability of their brokers. Long before 9 A.M., these men, deeply invested in the day's events, surged through the alley from Broad street and between the narrow walls of New street, crowding around the doorways and cramming themselves into the cramped galleries of the Room. They had met the new margin calls up to 143, the closing figure from the night before. The main question now was, How would gold open? They didn't have to wait long. Pressing up to the fountain, where about fifty brokers had already gathered, a Bull trader with a booming voice offered 145 for twenty thousand. The shout startled the galleries. Their margins were once again at risk. Would their brokers hold steady? It was a tense moment. The Bears closed in on the aggressors. The air was filled with shouts and cries. A chaotic whirlwind of bids and offers clashed together until '46 emerged from the confusion. The crowd in the arena swelled quickly. The group agents grew noisy. Gold steadily climbed in its dangerous upward trend from '46 to '47, then to '49, and after a brief pause of twenty minutes, skyrocketed to 150½. It was now well past the regular session hour. The President was in the chair. The Secretary’s pen dashed across his registry book. The floor of the Gold Room was packed with 300 anxious dealers and traders, shouting and pushing in masses against and around the iron railing of the fountain, spilling back towards the committee rooms and the outer entrance, heavily guarded by robust doormen. Many of the leading brokers from the street were present—Kimber, who had betrayed the ring; Colgate, the Baptist; Clews, a veteran government broker; one of the Marvins; James Brown; Albert Speyer, and many others of no less significance. Each person in that bustling crowd had a personal stake in the outcome, which was, in natural human terms, a thousand times more important than that of any outsider, no matter how deeply or destructively that outsider might be involved. At 11:00, gold was at 150½; in just six minutes it surged to 155. Then the repressed wild spirit broke free. The arena shook as the Coliseum might have shaken when the gates to the wild beasts were flung open, and with screams and cries, the captives of the empire charged fearlessly against the ravenous creatures of the desert. The cacophony of voices lost all sense of humanity. Clenched fists, pale faces, and cold sweat beads indicated their inner turmoil, while feverish, passionate eyes reflected the potential for frenzy at any moment. The cries of golden millions rang in every ear. The effort of years vanished and reappeared with the shifting wave of rising and falling prices. With fortunes dissolving in seconds, with five hundred million in gold undergoing sale or purchase, and the anxiety of even higher prices, coupled with the excitement that came and went with whispers of new players entering from Broad street with jumbled rumors of possible Government intervention, it’s easy to see how logic slipped away, and traders became reckless, buying or selling without concern for tomorrow or awareness of the present. Then came the explosive bid from Albert Speyer for any amount at 160. William Parks immediately sold two and a half million in one lot. Yet, far from softening, bids climbed to 161, 162, 162½. For five minutes, the Board reeled under the ferocity of the assault. Seconds felt like hours. The tension of Wellington waiting for Blucher echoed in the hearts of the Bears. Then a broker, said to be acting for Baring & Brothers in London, sold five million to the group at the day’s peak price. Hallgarten followed suit; and just as the shorts gained some courage, the definitive news that the Secretary of the Treasury had stepped in circulated through the chamber, causing gold to plummet from 160 to 140, and then, with hardly a pause for a quotation, to 133. The end had come, and exhausted traders streamed out of the stifling hall into the fresh air outside. However, peace eluded them. In some offices, dozens of customers, whose margins had been irreversibly scorched in the Gold Board's furnace, confronted their brokers with jeers and threats of violence for their betrayal. In others, mobs began to gather, and as the day wore on, Broad street took on the appearance of a riot. Huge crowds formed outside the offices of Smith, Gould, Martin & Co., and Heath & Co. Fisk was attacked, and his life was endangered. Deputy sheriffs and police officers arrived at the scene. In Brooklyn, a company of troops was on standby, ready to march on Wall street.”
“When night came, Broad street and its vicinity saw an unwonted sight. The silence and the darkness which ever rests over the lower city after seven of the evening, was broken by the blaze of gas-light from a hundred windows, and the footfall of clerks hurrying from a hasty repast back to their desks. Until long after Trinity bells pealed out the dawn of a new day, men bent over their books, scrutinized the Clearing-House statement for the morrow, took what thought was possible for the future. At the Gold Exchange Bank the weary accountants were making ineffective efforts to complete Thursday’s business. That toilful midnight, at the close of the last great passion-day of the bullion-worshippers, will be ever memorable for its anxieties and unsatisfying anguish.
“When night fell, Broad Street and the surrounding area witnessed an unusual scene. The silence and darkness that usually blankets the lower city after seven in the evening were disrupted by the bright glow of gas lamps in a hundred windows and the hurried footsteps of clerks rushing back to their desks after a quick meal. Long after the Trinity bells rang out to announce the start of a new day, men were hunched over their books, examining the Clearing-House statement for the next day, and pondering whatever future possibilities they could grasp. At the Gold Exchange Bank, exhausted accountants struggled to finalize Thursday’s transactions. That laborious midnight, at the end of the last significant passion day for the bullion worshipers, will always be remembered for its worries and unfulfilled despair.”
“Saturday brought no relief. The Gold Board met only to adjourn, as the Clearing-House had been incapable of the task of settling its accounts, complicated as they were by ever fresh failures. The small brokers had gone under by scores. The rumors of the impending suspension of some of the largest houses of the street gave fresh grounds for fear. The Stock Exchange was now the centre of attraction. If that yielded, all was lost. To sustain the market was vital. But whence was the saving power to came? All through yesterday shares p. 296had been falling headlong. New York Central careened to 148, and then recovered to 185¾. Hudson plunged from 173 to 145. Pittsburgh fell to 68. Northwest reached 62½. The shrinkage throughout all securities had been not less than thirty millions. Would the impulse downward continue? The throngs which filled the corridors and overhung the stairway from which one can look down upon the Long Room saw only mad tumult, heard only the roar of the biddings. For any certain knowledge they might have been in Alaska. But the financial public in the quiet of their offices, and nervously scrutinizing the prices p. 297reeled off from the automaton telegraph, saw that Vanderbilt was supporting the New York stocks, and that the weakness in other shares was not sufficient to shadow forth panic. It soon became known that the capitalists from Philadelphia, Boston, and the great Western cities had thrown themselves into the breach, and were earning fortunes for themselves as well as gratitude from the money-market, by the judicious daring of their purchases. The consciousness of this new element was quieting, but Wall street was still too feverish to be reposed by any ordinary anodyne. A run on the Tenth National Bank had commenced, and all day long a steady line of dealers filed up to the counter of the paying teller demanding their balances. The courage and the ability in withstanding the attack which were shown by the president and his associates deserve something more than praise. The Gold Exchange Bank witnessed a similar scene, angry brokers assaulting the clerks and threatening all possible things unless instantaneous settlements were made. The freedom with which the press had given details of the explosion had been extremely hurtful to the credit of many of the best houses. In a crisis like that of Black Friday the sluice-gates of passion open. Cloaked in the masquerade of genuine distrust, came forth whispers whose only origin was in ancient enmities, long-treasured spites, the soundless depths of unquenchable malignities. Firms of staunchest reputation felt the rapier-stroke of old angers. The knowledge that certain houses were large holders of particular stocks was the signal of attacks upon the shares. Despite of outside orders for vast amounts, these influences had their effect upon securities, and aided to tighten the loan market. One, one and a half, two, and even four per cent. were the compulsory terms on which money could alone be borrowed to carry stocks over Sunday.
“Saturday brought no relief. The Gold Board met only to adjourn, as the Clearing-House couldn't settle its accounts, made more complicated by ongoing failures. The small brokers had gone under by the dozens. Rumors of upcoming suspensions from some of the largest firms added to the fear. The Stock Exchange was now the center of attention. If it collapsed, everything was lost. It was crucial to support the market. But where was the saving power going to come from? All through yesterday, shares had been plummeting. New York Central dropped to 148, then bounced back to 185¾. Hudson fell from 173 to 145. Pittsburgh dipped to 68. Northwest hit 62½. The overall drop in securities was at least thirty million. Would the downward trend continue? The crowds filling the hallways and leaning over the staircase looking down into the Long Room only saw chaos and heard the noise of the bidding. For all they knew, they might as well have been in Alaska. But the financial public, in the calm of their offices, carefully watching the prices rolling off the telegraph, saw that Vanderbilt was propping up the New York stocks, and the weakness in other shares was not enough to cause panic. It soon became clear that capitalists from Philadelphia, Boston, and major Western cities had jumped in to help, making fortunes for themselves while also gaining gratitude from the financial market through their smart purchases. The awareness of this new factor was calming, but Wall Street was still too restless to be settled by anything ordinary. A run on the Tenth National Bank had begun, and all day a steady line of dealers approached the paying teller, demanding their balances. The courage and ability displayed by the president and his team to withstand the pressure deserved more than just praise. The Gold Exchange Bank witnessed a similar scene, with angry brokers attacking the clerks and threatening all sorts of consequences unless immediate settlements were made. The way the press had detailed the explosion was extremely damaging to the credit of many reputable firms. In a crisis like Black Friday, emotions run high. Cloaked in the guise of genuine distrust, whispers emerged from old rivalries, long-held grudges, and deep-seated malice. Even the firms with the best reputations felt the sting of past resentments. The knowledge that certain firms were major holders of specific stocks signaled attacks on those shares. Despite external orders for large amounts, these influences affected securities and tightened the loan market. One, one and a half, two, and even four percent were the only terms on which money could be borrowed to carry stocks over the weekend.
“On Monday the 27th the Gold Board met, but only to be informed that the Clearing-House was not yet ready to complete the work of Friday. Important accounts had been kept back, and the dealings, swollen in sum-total to five hundred millions, were beyond the capacity of the clerical force of the Gold Bank to grapple with. A resolution was brought forward p. 298proposing the resumption of operations Ex-Clearing-House. The measure took the members by surprise, for a moment quivered between acceptance and rejection, and then was swiftly tabled. It was an immense Bear scheme, for no exchange can transact business where its dealers are under suspicion. All outstanding accounts require immediate fulfilment. Failure to make good deliveries would have insured the instant selling out of defaulters ‘under the rule.’ As the majority of brokers were inextricably involved in the late difficulty, the only consequence would have been to throw them into bankruptcy, thus bringing some $60,000,000 under the hammer. The market could not have borne up under such an avalanche. It was decided that the Room should be kept open for borrowings and loans, but that all dealings should be suspended. One result of this complication was that gold had no fixed value. It could be bought at one house for 133 and at other offices sold for 139. The Board thus proved its utility at the very juncture when least in favor.”
“On Monday the 27th, the Gold Board met, but they were only informed that the Clearing-House wasn’t ready to finish the work from Friday. Important accounts had been held back, and the total transactions, now amounting to five hundred million, were too much for the clerical staff at the Gold Bank to handle. A resolution was proposed p. 298to restart operations Ex-Clearing-House. The proposal surprised the members, and for a moment, they wavered between accepting and rejecting it, but it was quickly tabled. It was a massive Bear strategy, as no exchange can conduct business when its dealers are under suspicion. All outstanding accounts need to be settled immediately. Failing to fulfill deliveries would have led to the instant sell-off of defaulters ‘under the rule.’ Since most brokers were deeply entangled in the recent issues, the only outcome would have been their bankruptcy, potentially putting about $60,000,000 at risk. The market couldn’t handle such a crash. It was decided to keep the Room open for borrowings and loans, but all trades were to be paused. One result of this situation was that gold had no stable value. It could be purchased for 133 at one place and sold for 139 at others. The Board thus demonstrated its importance at a moment when it was least popular.”
p. 299XVI. THE FERRIES.
Including the Harlem, Staten Island, and Elizabethport routes, there are about twenty-five lines of ferries plying between New York and the adjacent shores. Ten of these lines are to Brooklyn, two to Hunter’s Point, two to Green Point, one to Mott Haven, and one to Harlem, all in the East River; and five to Jersey City, one to Weehawken, one to Fort Lee, two to Staten Island, and one to Elizabethport, all in the North River. Thus there are sixteen lines in the East River, and ten in the North River. The boats are large side-wheel vessels, capable of carrying pedestrians, horses and vehicles. The fare to the Jersey shore is three cents, to Brooklyn two, and to Harlem and Staten Island ten cents. On some of the lines the boats ply every five minutes; on others the intervals are longer. The Staten Island and Harlem boats start every hour.
Including the Harlem, Staten Island, and Elizabethport routes, there are about twenty-five ferry lines operating between New York and the nearby shores. Ten of these lines go to Brooklyn, two to Hunter’s Point, two to Green Point, one to Mott Haven, and one to Harlem, all in the East River; and five to Jersey City, one to Weehawken, one to Fort Lee, two to Staten Island, and one to Elizabethport, all in the North River. So, there are sixteen lines in the East River and ten in the North River. The boats are large side-wheel vessels, capable of carrying passengers, horses, and vehicles. The fare to the Jersey shore is three cents, to Brooklyn two cents, and to Harlem and Staten Island ten cents. On some lines, the boats run every five minutes, while on others, the intervals are longer. The Staten Island and Harlem boats depart every hour.
The boats are generally handsome, as well as large. Nearly all are lighted with gas, and at least a score of them are to be seen in the stream at any time. At night, with their many colored lamps, they give to the river quite a gala appearance. The Fulton, Barclay, and Courtlandt street lines run their boats all night. The others run from 4 A.M. until midnight. The travel on the various lines is immense. The aggregate is said, by reliable authority, to be upwards of 200,000 persons per day, or about 75,000,000 per annum. Many of the boats carry from 800 to 1000 passengers at a single trip.
The boats are generally impressive and large. Nearly all of them are lit with gas, and at least twenty can be spotted in the river at any time. At night, with their colorful lamps, they give the river a festive look. The Fulton, Barclay, and Courtlandt street lines operate their boats all night. The others run from 4 A.M. until midnight. The traffic on the various lines is huge. Reliable sources say the total is over 200,000 people per day, or about 75 million a year. Many of the boats can carry 800 to 1,000 passengers in a single trip.
During the summer it is pleasant enough to cross either of the rivers which encircle the island, but in the winter such travelling is very dangerous. Storms of snow, fogs, and floating ice interfere very greatly with the running of the boats, and p. 300render accidents imminent. Collisions are frequent during rough or thick weather, and the ice sometimes sweeps the boats for miles out of their course. The East River is always more or less crowded with vessels of all kinds, either in motion or at anchor, and even in fair weather it requires the greatest skill on the part of the pilot to avoid collisions.
During the summer, it’s nice enough to cross either of the rivers that surround the island, but in the winter, traveling like that becomes very dangerous. Snowstorms, fog, and floating ice seriously disrupt the boats' operations, and p. 300make accidents likely. Collisions often happen during bad weather, and the ice can push the boats miles off their path. The East River is always somewhat crowded with all sorts of vessels, either moving or anchored, and even in good weather, it takes great skill from the pilot to avoid collisions.
Tens of thousands of people enter and leave the great city daily by means of the ferries. The country for twenty miles around the city is built up by persons who earn their bread in New York, and morning and evening they pass between their places of business and their homes. You may recognize them as they come into the city in the morning, or as they leave it at the close of the day. Towards five o’clock vast swarms of working-men pour over the river, followed at six and seven by the factory and shop girls, the clerks and salesmen in the retail houses and offices, and from these the newsboys reap a harvest for the two-penny papers. Every one has his newspaper, and all who can find the necessary space on the ferry-boat economize their time by reading the news as they cross the river. Later still come the clerks in the wholesale houses, and later still the great merchants themselves. Between nine and ten the Wall street men put in an appearance, and later yet the great capitalists, residing out of the city, begin to show themselves. From eight o’clock the great dailies are in demand, and the newsboys have scarcely a call for the cheap papers. Towards noon the idlers and ladies bent on shopping expeditions cross over, and for a few hours the ferries are comparatively dull. Towards four o’clock in the afternoon, however, the tide flows back again, but in reverse order. The richest come first, for their working hours are short, and the poorest extend the crowd into the hours of darkness. Night brings another flow and ebb of pleasure-seekers, theatre-goers, etc., so that the midnight boats go almost as full as those of the early evening. Then a few stragglers avail themselves of the boats that ply between midnight and morning. They are mostly journalists, actors, or printers employed in the newspaper offices.
Tens of thousands of people travel in and out of the big city every day using the ferries. The area within a twenty-mile radius of the city is filled with people who make their living in New York, commuting between their workplaces and homes each morning and evening. You can spot them as they enter the city in the morning or leave at the end of the day. Around five o’clock, large groups of workers cross the river, followed by factory and shop girls, clerks, and salespeople at six and seven. The newsboys cash in on this rush for the two-penny papers. Everyone has their newspaper, and those who can find a little space on the ferry take advantage of the time by reading the news as they cross the river. Later on, the clerks from wholesale businesses arrive, and even later, the prominent merchants themselves show up. Between nine and ten, people from Wall Street make their appearance, and even later, wealthy capitalists living outside the city start to appear. From eight o’clock, the demand for the major daily newspapers surges, and the newsboys see little interest in the cheaper papers. Around noon, the leisurely ones and shoppers cross over, making the ferries relatively quiet for a few hours. However, by four o’clock in the afternoon, the flow reverses. The wealthiest leave first since their working hours are shorter, while the less affluent extend their commute into the evening. Night brings another wave of people seeking entertainment, like theater-goers, meaning the midnight ferries are almost as crowded as those in the early evening. Finally, a few stragglers use the boats running between midnight and morning, mostly journalists, actors, or printers working in newspaper offices.
With the first light of dawn, and frequently long before the p. 301darkness has passed away, the market farmers and gardeners of Long Island and New Jersey crowd the boats with their huge wagons heavily loaded with vegetables and fruits for the city markets. They come in throngs, and the approaches to the ferries in Brooklyn and Jersey City are lined for blocks with their wagons. They are mostly Germans, but they show a decidedly American quality in the impatience they manifest at the delays to which they are subjected. On the lower Jersey ferries, they are often followed by droves of cattle, many of which have come from the Far West, all wending their way to the slaughter houses of New York.
As dawn breaks, often long before the darkness fades, the market farmers and gardeners from Long Island and New Jersey fill the boats with their large wagons packed full of vegetables and fruits destined for the city markets. They arrive in large numbers, and the routes to the ferries in Brooklyn and Jersey City are filled for blocks with their wagons. Most of them are German, but they exhibit a distinctly American trait in their impatience with the delays they face. On the lower Jersey ferries, they're often trailed by herds of cattle, many of which have traveled from the Far West, all making their way to the slaughterhouses of New York.
The New York approaches to the ferries are always “jammed” with wagons and trucks. The luckless “foot-passenger” must take the chances of reaching the boat in time, and often must incur no little risk in making his way through the crowd of vehicles. The police try hard to keep these approaches free, but the throng is too great for them, and they have all they can do in seeing after the safety of the “foot-passengers.” A man on foot has no rights that a New York driver is bound to respect, and Jehu thinks it no harm to run over any one who gets in his way.
The New York approaches to the ferries are always packed with wagons and trucks. The unfortunate “foot-passenger” has to gamble on making it to the boat on time and often faces considerable danger navigating through the crowd of vehicles. The police work hard to keep these areas clear, but the crowd is too large for them to manage, and they can only do so much to ensure the safety of the “foot-passengers.” A person on foot has no rights that a New York driver feels obligated to respect, and many drivers think nothing of running over anyone who gets in their way.
The ferries are good places to study human nature, for all classes use them. You see here the poor, pale working girl, whom toil and poverty are making prematurely old, and the blooming lady of fashion; the beggar and the millionaire; the honest laborer and the thief; the virtuous mother and her children, and the brazen courtezan and her poodle dog. You can tell them all by their appearance and aspect, for here they enjoy a few moments of enforced idleness, and during that time they are natural in expression and attitude.
The ferries are great places to observe human nature because people from all walks of life use them. You can see the poor, pale working girl, aged before her time by hardship and struggle, alongside the fashionable lady; the beggar and the millionaire; the honest worker and the thief; the virtuous mother with her children, and the bold escort with her poodle. You can identify them all just by their looks, as they take a few moments of forced downtime, and during that time, they are genuine in their expressions and body language.
At night, the scene to be witnessed from these boats is very striking. The waters are dark and the current is strong, and the dash of the waves against the side of the boat is like the noise of the great ocean. Through the darkness you may dimly discern the stern outline of the cities on either side, with the forests of masts which line them rising from the dark hulls at the piers. The shadowy forms of vessels at anchor in the p. 302stream, each with its warning light, rise up and disappear as if by magic as you dart past them. On the shore the many colored lights mark the various ferry houses, and similar lights are flashing about the stream like fire-flies as the boats pass from shore to shore. Back of the ferry houses the long rows of lights in the cities stretch away into the distance, and high over all gleams the round white face of the illuminated clock on the City Hall in New York. The breeze is fresh and keen, and comes in laden with the sighing of the mighty ocean so near at hand.
At night, the view from these boats is really impressive. The waters are dark and the current is strong, and the sound of the waves crashing against the side of the boat is like the noise of the vast ocean. Through the darkness, you can faintly make out the silhouette of the cities on either side, with the forests of masts lining them rising from the dark hulls at the docks. The shadowy shapes of anchored vessels in the p. 302stream, each with its warning light, appear and vanish as if by magic as you speed by them. On the shore, the colorful lights mark the different ferry houses, and similar lights flicker around the stream like fireflies as the boats move from one side to the other. Behind the ferry houses, the long rows of lights in the cities stretch into the distance, and high above all glows the round white face of the illuminated clock on the City Hall in New York. The breeze is fresh and sharp, carrying the sighs of the mighty ocean so close at hand.
The people standing out on the open deck are silent, impressed by the fascination of the scene. Hark! there is a splash at the side of the boat, a white figure gleams one moment on the crest of the waves, and then sinks under the dark waters. The bell strikes sharply, and the boat stops suddenly. Life-preservers are thrown overboard, and lights gleam along the side of the boat. There is no sign of the unfortunate girl who has so rashly sought peace, and the waters will hold her in their cold embrace till the sea gives up its dead. All search is hopeless, and the boat speeds on, a dumb horror holding its occupants mute.
The people standing on the open deck are quiet, captivated by the scene before them. Wait! There’s a splash at the side of the boat, a white figure shines for a moment on the top of the waves, and then disappears beneath the dark water. The bell rings sharply, and the boat comes to a sudden stop. Life jackets are thrown overboard, and lights flicker along the side of the boat. There’s no sign of the unfortunate girl who so recklessly sought peace, and the waters will keep her in their cold hold until the sea gives up its dead. All searches are futile, and the boat moves on, a silent horror leaving its passengers speechless.
In a fog, the scene is exciting beyond description. The passengers throng the forward end of the boat, and strive with eager eyes to pierce the dense mist which enshrouds the stream and hides the shore from view. From either side the hoarse clangor of the ferry bells, tolling their number, comes floating through the mist, to guide the pilot to his destination, and all around, on every hand, steamers are shrieking their shrill signals to each other. The boat moves slowly and with caution, and the pilot strains both eye and ear to keep her in the right course. One single error of judgment on his part, and the boat might go crashing into a similar steamer, or into one of the vessels lying in the stream. It is a moment of danger, and those who are used to the river know it. You could hear a pin drop in the silent crowd on the deck. If men speak at all, they do so in low, subdued tones. There is a sharp whistle on the right, and the boat suddenly stops. You hear the splashing of paddle p. 303wheels, and the next moment a huge steamer dashes past you in the mist. You can hear her, but the fog hides her. Then the boat goes ahead again, and gradually the fog bells on the shore grow louder and clearer, and in a little while the dock bursts suddenly upon you, so spectral and unearthly in its appearance that you hardly recognize it. The boat now glides swiftly into her “slip,” and a sigh of relief breaks from the throng on board. The danger is over.
In the fog, the scene is thrilling beyond words. The passengers crowd the front of the boat, straining their eyes to see through the thick mist that covers the river and hides the shore. The loud clang of ferry bells tolling their numbers echoes through the fog, guiding the pilot to his destination, while steamers all around are blasting their sharp signals to one another. The boat moves slowly and cautiously, with the pilot focusing intently on keeping it on course. One mistake could lead to a collision with another steamer or a vessel anchored in the river. It's a tense moment, and those familiar with the river know the risks. You could hear a pin drop in the quiet crowd on deck. If anyone speaks, they do so in hushed voices. Suddenly, there's a sharp whistle on the right, and the boat comes to a stop. You hear the splashing of paddle wheels, and in an instant, a massive steamer rushes past you through the fog. You can hear it, but the mist keeps it hidden. Then the boat moves forward again, and gradually the fog horns on the shore become louder and clearer. Soon, the dock appears in front of you, so eerie and otherworldly that you barely recognize it. The boat then glides swiftly into its slip, and a sigh of relief escapes the crowd on board. The danger is over.
The boats carry such crowds that an accident to any of them is a terrible affair. The collision at the Fulton Ferry in 1868, and the terrible explosion of the Westfield in 1871, were attended with great loss of life. The injuries were none of them slight, and the disasters were of such magnitude as to throw a general gloom over the community.
The boats carry so many people that an accident involving any of them is a serious matter. The collision at the Fulton Ferry in 1868 and the devastating explosion of the Westfield in 1871 resulted in a significant loss of life. None of the injuries were minor, and the disasters were so severe that they cast a shadow of sadness over the entire community.
p. 304XVII. THE HOTELS.
New York is the paradise of hotels. In no other city do they flourish in such numbers, and nowhere else do they attain such a degree of excellence. The hotels of New York naturally take the lead of all others in America, and are regarded by all who have visited them as models of their kind.
New York is the ultimate hotel destination. In no other city do they exist in such abundance, and nowhere else do they reach such high standards. The hotels in New York naturally set the benchmark for all others in America, and everyone who has stayed there sees them as the best examples of their kind.
It is said that there are from six to seven hundred hotels of all kinds in the City of New York. These afford accommodations for persons of every class, and are more or less expensive, according to the means of their guests. Of these, only about fifty are well known, even in the city, and only about twenty-five come under the head of “fashionable.” The principal hotels are, beginning down town, the Astor, St. Nicholas, Metropolitan, Grand Central, Brevoort, New York, St. Denis, Spingler, Everett, Clarendon, Westminster, Glenham, Fifth Avenue, Hoffman, Albemarle, St. James, Coleman, Sturtevant, Gilsey, Grand, and St. Cloud. These are the largest, handsomest, and best kept houses in the city. Each has its characteristics and its special customers, and each in its way is worth studying.
It’s said that there are between six hundred and seven hundred hotels of all kinds in New York City. They provide accommodations for people of every class and vary in price depending on the guests' budgets. Out of these, only around fifty are well-known, even within the city, and roughly twenty-five are considered “fashionable.” The main hotels, starting from downtown, include the Astor, St. Nicholas, Metropolitan, Grand Central, Brevoort, New York, St. Denis, Spingler, Everett, Clarendon, Westminster, Glenham, Fifth Avenue, Hoffman, Albemarle, St. James, Coleman, Sturtevant, Gilsey, Grand, and St. Cloud. These are the largest, most stylish, and best-maintained hotels in the city. Each has its unique features and clientele, making each one worth exploring.
The Astor House is one of the oldest hotels in the city. It is built of granite, and occupies an entire block on Broadway, from Vesey to Barclay streets. It is immediately opposite the Herald office, and the new Post-office. It was built by John Jacob Astor, and presented by him to his son William. It was opened for business in 1831, by Colonel Charles A. Stetson, the present proprietor, and for twenty years was the leading hotel of the country. In those days no one had seen New York unless he had “put up at the Astor.” People talked of it all over p. 305the country, and in all our leading cities monster hotels began to appear, modelled upon the same general plan. Those were the palmy days of the Astor, and if one could write their history in full, it would be a record worth reading. The old registers of the house would be valuable for the autographs they contain, for there was scarcely a great or distinguished man of those days but had written his name in Colonel Stetson’s book.
The Astor House is one of the oldest hotels in the city. It is made of granite and takes up an entire block on Broadway, from Vesey to Barclay streets. It sits directly across from the Herald office and the new Post Office. It was built by John Jacob Astor and given to his son William. It opened for business in 1831, run by Colonel Charles A. Stetson, the current owner, and for twenty years was the top hotel in the country. Back then, no one could say they had seen New York unless they had “stayed at the Astor.” People talked about it all over the country, and in all our major cities, huge hotels started to pop up, modeled after it. Those were the golden days of the Astor, and if one could fully document its history, it would be a fascinating story. The old guest books from the hotel would be valuable for the signatures they contain, as there was hardly a great or distinguished person from that time who hadn’t signed Colonel Stetson’s book.
The house had from the first a strong flavor of politics about it. The leading statesmen of the country were always there in greater or less force, and their admirers kept up a continuous throng of comers and goers. The house had a decided leaning towards the Whig Party, and finally it became their New York headquarters. For thirty years Thurlow Weed boarded here, and the caucuses, committee meetings, and intrigues of various kinds the old house has witnessed, would fill a volume with their history. The Astor still keeps its political character, and p. 306is one of the Republican strongholds of the city. It is safe to assert that very few Democrats now inscribe their names on its register, if they are free to seek quarters elsewhere.
The house always had a strong vibe of politics. The top politicians in the country were frequently present, drawing a constantly shifting crowd of supporters. The house had a clear preference for the Whig Party, eventually becoming their New York headquarters. For thirty years, Thurlow Weed lived here, and the caucuses, committee meetings, and various intrigues the old house has seen could fill a book with their stories. The Astor still maintains its political character, and p. 306is one of the Republican strongholds in the city. It's safe to say that very few Democrats sign their names in its register unless they have no other options for accommodation.
The misfortune of the Astor is that it is too far down town to be a fashionable house. It is admirably located for merchants and others who have business in the lower part of the city, and to whom time is of value. A few old-time folks, who knew the house in its palmy days, still stop there, and many whose political faith is in sympathy with that of the proprietor, make it a matter of conscience to patronize the house, and Colonel Stetson’s well-earned popularity brings him other guests. Although its glories have faded, the Astor is still a successful hotel, but in popularity with the general public, it has long since been eclipsed by the up town hotels.
The unfortunate thing about the Astor is that it's located too far downtown to be considered a trendy place. It’s perfectly situated for merchants and others who conduct business in the lower part of the city, where time is important. A few longtime locals, who remember the hotel in its prime, still stay there, and many whose political beliefs align with the owner feel it's their duty to support the hotel. Colonel Stetson’s well-deserved popularity also attracts other guests. While its former glory has faded, the Astor remains a successful hotel; however, it has long been overshadowed in popularity by the uptown hotels.
The St. Nicholas is one of the best houses in the city. It shows a handsome marble front on Broadway, with a brown stone extension on the same thoroughfare to Prince street, and extends back to Mercer street. It is handsomely furnished, and is kept on a scale of comfort and magnificence worthy of its fame. Its spacious halls and sitting-rooms, on the street floor, furnish one of the most popular lounging places in the city. Towards nightfall they are full to overflowing. The table is said, by the lovers of good living, to be the best served of any house in the city. The hotel is always full, and is very profitable to its proprietors. It is said to pay better in proportion to its expenses than any of its rivals. It is much liked by the Western people, who come here in crowds. There is also a dashing element about its guests which gives to it its peculiar reputation in the city. It is popularly believed to be the headquarters of “Shoddy,” and certain it is that one sees among its habitués an immense number of flashily dressed, loud-voiced, self-asserting people.
The St. Nicholas is one of the best hotels in the city. It features a beautiful marble facade on Broadway, with a brownstone extension that runs from Broadway to Prince Street and stretches back to Mercer Street. It's nicely furnished and offers a level of comfort and elegance that matches its reputation. Its spacious halls and sitting rooms on the ground floor are among the most popular lounging spots in the city. Come evening, they are packed to capacity. Food critics say it has the best-served meals of any hotel in the city. The hotel is always full and very profitable for its owners. It's said to have a better return on investment compared to its competitors. It’s especially popular with folks from the West, who come here in droves. The guests also tend to have a flashy vibe, which contributes to its unique reputation in the city. It's widely regarded as the hub of “Shoddy,” and it's clear that among its regulars, there’s a significant number of loudly dressed, boisterous, and self-assured individuals.
The Metropolitan is a handsome brown stone edifice, situated at the northeast corner of Broadway and Prince street. It extends back to Crosby street, and has a frontage of about 300 feet on Broadway. It is one of the most elegant hotels in the city, in every respect. It contains about 400 rooms, and is p. 307always full. It is very popular with army officers, with Californians and the people of the mining States and Territories, as well as with the New Englanders. Capitalists and railroad managers also have a fondness for it. “Shoddy” is to be seen here also in great force.
The Metropolitan is a beautiful brownstone building located at the northeast corner of Broadway and Prince Street. It stretches back to Crosby Street and has about 300 feet of frontage on Broadway. It’s one of the most stylish hotels in the city, in every way. It has around 400 rooms and is p. 307always booked. It’s very popular among army officers, Californians, and residents from mining states and territories, as well as New Englanders. Businesspeople and railroad executives also have a strong preference for it. “Shoddy” can also be seen here in large numbers.
The New York Hotel is a plain red brick structure, occupying the entire block bounded by Broadway and Mercer street, and East Washington and Waverley Places. It has recently been refitted and improved, and is one of the most comfortable houses in the city. In one respect, it may be regarded as the counterpart of the Astor, since like that hotel, it is noted for its political complexion. It is the favorite stopping place of the Democratic politicians visiting the city, and is mainly patronized by members of that party. It is very popular with the Southern people, large numbers of whom come here to spend the summer, p. 308to escape from the heat of their climate, or to pass the winter to enjoy the delights of the city. The guests of the New York generally stay a long time, and the house is said to do a good business.
The New York Hotel is a straightforward red brick building that takes up the whole block between Broadway and Mercer Street, and East Washington and Waverley Places. It has recently been renovated and updated, making it one of the most comfortable hotels in the city. In one way, it can be seen as similar to the Astor, as it is also known for its political affiliations. It is the preferred place for Democratic politicians visiting the city and mainly attracts members of that party. The hotel is very popular with Southern guests, many of whom come here to escape their hot summers or to enjoy the city during the winter. Guests at the New York tend to stay for an extended period, and the hotel is reported to do well in business. p. 308
The Grand Central, on Broadway, between Bleecker and Amity streets, and extending back to Mercer street, is a new house. It was opened in August, 1870, and is the largest hotel in America. It rises to a height of eight stories, or 127 feet, exclusive of the Mansard roof, above the street. Including the central dome, it is ten stories in height. The fitting up of the house is very handsome and elaborate, the furniture and decorations having cost over half a million of dollars. The dining-room will seat 600 persons at once.
The Grand Central, located on Broadway between Bleecker and Amity streets and extending back to Mercer street, is a new hotel. It opened in August 1870 and is the largest hotel in America. It stands eight stories tall, or 127 feet, not including the Mansard roof above the street. With the central dome, it reaches a total height of ten stories. The interior is very stylish and elaborate, with the furniture and decorations costing over half a million dollars. The dining room can accommodate 600 guests at one time.
The Fifth Avenue Hotel, at the junction of Broadway and Fifth avenue, and between Twenty-third and Twenty-fourth streets, is generally regarded as the best house in the city. It occupies the most conspicuous location in New York, and is one of the finest buildings of its kind in the world. It is constructed of white marble, is six stories in height, above ground, and fronts on Fifth avenue, Broadway, Twenty-third and Twenty-fourth streets. The land and building are valued at over $1,000,000, and are owned by Mr. Amos R. Eno, by whom the house was built. The proprietors are Messrs. Hitchcock, Darling & Co.
The Fifth Avenue Hotel, located at the corner of Broadway and Fifth Avenue, between Twenty-third and Twenty-fourth streets, is widely considered the best hotel in the city. It occupies a prominent spot in New York and is one of the finest buildings of its kind in the world. Made of white marble, it stands six stories tall above ground and faces Fifth Avenue, Broadway, Twenty-third, and Twenty-fourth streets. The land and building are valued at over $1,000,000, and are owned by Mr. Amos R. Eno, who built the hotel. The owners are Messrs. Hitchcock, Darling & Co.
The hotel was begun in 1857, Mr. Eno having more faith in the rapid growth and prosperity of the city than most persons had at that day. The wise heads laughed him to scorn, and called his house “Eno’s folly.” They said it might make a popular summer resort, but would never take rank as a first class city hotel. It was too high up town. Undismayed by these criticisms, Mr. Eno went on with his work, and in 1860, the marble palace, to which he gave the name of the Fifth Avenue Hotel, was opened to the public. By this time the city had grown so fast as to make the need of this house imperative, but the first years of the war laid a burden upon it which only the most skilful financial management could overcome.
The hotel started in 1857, with Mr. Eno believing more in the city's rapid growth and success than most people did back then. The smart folks laughed at him and called his venture “Eno’s folly.” They said it might become a popular summer spot, but it would never be considered a top-tier city hotel. They thought it was too far uptown. Undeterred by these criticisms, Mr. Eno continued with his project, and in 1860, he opened the marble palace he named the Fifth Avenue Hotel to the public. By then, the city had grown so quickly that this hotel was essential, but the early years of the war placed a heavy strain on it that only the most skilled financial management could handle.
The hotel is the most perfectly appointed in the city. The p. 309ground floor along Broadway and Fifth avenue is let out in stores. The main entrance is on Fifth avenue, and is ornamented with a fine marble porch. From this, the visitor enters into the spacious reception hall, tiled with marble and handsomely frescoed. A marble counter at the lower end encloses the offices of the hotel, and on this counter is laid the Visitor’s Register, of which several fresh pages are filled daily with the names of new-comers. Opposite the office are the stairs leading to the basement, in which are the billiard-rooms, storerooms, etc., of the house. The hall upon which the office opens extends through to the rear of the building. On the south side of this hall is the reading-room, in which are to be found the daily papers of the leading cities of the Union. Opposite the reading-room is the bar-room, one of the most elegant apartments of the house, and beyond this is the handsome and well-appointed barber-shop. There is a private entrance on Twenty-fourth street, used mainly by gentlemen, another on Twenty-third street, and still another on Broadway. Each is in charge of a door-keeper, whose duty it is to exclude improper personages. Along the Twenty-third street side are suites of private apartments on the ground floor, occupied by permanent boarders.
The hotel is the best-appointed in the city. The p. 309ground floor along Broadway and Fifth Avenue is occupied by stores. The main entrance is on Fifth Avenue, featuring a beautiful marble porch. From there, guests enter the spacious reception hall, which is tiled in marble and beautifully frescoed. A marble counter at the far end encloses the hotel’s offices, and on this counter is the Visitor’s Register, with several fresh pages filled daily with the names of newcomers. Opposite the office are the stairs leading to the basement, where the billiard rooms, storerooms, and other facilities are located. The hall that opens into the office extends all the way to the back of the building. On the south side of this hall is the reading room, which features the daily newspapers from the leading cities in the U.S. Across from the reading room is the bar room, one of the most elegant spaces in the hotel, and beyond that is the stylish and well-equipped barber shop. There is a private entrance on Twenty-fourth Street, mainly used by gentlemen, another on Twenty-third Street, and another on Broadway. Each entrance is managed by a doorkeeper, whose job is to keep out inappropriate individuals. Along the Twenty-third Street side are suites of private apartments on the ground floor, occupied by long-term residents.
The various floors are reached by means of an “elevator,” the first ever used in this country. Similar arrangements are now in use in all the large hotels. The main stairway commences immediately opposite the office. It is of white marble, and massive in its design. Ascending it the visitor finds himself in a spacious hall, at one end of which is a corridor at right angles to this hall. At the end nearest the stairs is the dining-room, a magnificent apartment. When the tables are filled with a handsomely dressed throng of guests at the dinner hour, this room presents one of the most brilliant sights that can be witnessed on the continent. The bill of fare comprises literally everything that is in season. Back of the dining-room is the kitchen, an immense establishment. Everything connected with it goes on like clock-work, however, so perfect is the system upon which it is managed. Beneath the kitchen are the machines p. 310for warming and ventilating the hotel. By means of these a perfectly comfortable temperature is maintained in all parts of the house, and the smells of the kitchen are kept out of the halls and chambers.
The various floors are accessed by an "elevator," the first one ever used in this country. Similar setups are now found in all the large hotels. The main staircase begins right across from the office. It's made of white marble and is impressively designed. As visitors go up, they enter a spacious hall, where a corridor runs at a right angle to it. At the end closest to the stairs is the dining room, a stunning space. When the tables are filled with elegantly dressed guests during dinner, this room becomes one of the most impressive sights on the continent. The menu features literally everything that’s in season. Behind the dining room is the kitchen, which is a massive operation. Everything runs like clockwork because of the flawless system in place. Below the kitchen are the machines p. 310for heating and ventilating the hotel. These ensure a perfectly comfortable temperature throughout the building and keep kitchen odors away from the halls and rooms.
At the end of the hall upon which the dining-room opens, are the parlors of the house. These are among the most magnificent rooms in the country. They are furnished with great taste and elegance, and their windows look out immediately upon Madison Square. There are also several private parlors adjoining the public rooms. Along the Twenty-third and Twenty-fourth street sides of the house are corridors, not quite so wide, but longer than the main corridor, and leading off from it. The three constitute one of the pleasantest promenades to be found. The floors are covered with the richest carpets, into which the feet sink noiselessly. In the day a half twilight prevails, and at night a rich flood of gaslight streams along their entire length.
At the end of the hall where the dining room opens up, are the living rooms of the house. These are some of the most stunning rooms in the country. They are decorated with great style and sophistication, and their windows face directly onto Madison Square. There are also several private lounges next to the public areas. Along the sides of the building on Twenty-third and Twenty-fourth streets are hallways that aren’t as wide, but are longer than the main corridor, branching off from it. Together, these make one of the most enjoyable places to take a stroll. The floors are covered with luxurious carpets, making every step silent. During the day, there’s a soft twilight, and at night, a warm glow of gaslight illuminates their entire length.
The upper floors are occupied with private parlors, rooms for guests, etc. There are in this hotel pleasant quarters for 800 persons, and a greater number can be accommodated in case of p. 311necessity. There are 100 suites of rooms, besides the ordinary chambers. Each suite comprises a parlor, chamber, dressing-room, bath-room and water-closet. The number of permanent boarders is about 300. The transient arrivals average about 300 per day, sometimes amounting to about twice that number. The house is expensive, but its accommodations are unsurpassed, and if one can “get his money back” anywhere in the city he can at this hotel.
The upper floors are filled with private lounges, guest rooms, and so on. This hotel has comfortable accommodations for 800 people, and can host even more if needed. There are 100 suites available, in addition to regular rooms. Each suite includes a living room, bedroom, dressing room, bathroom, and toilet. About 300 people live there permanently. The daily influx of guests averages around 300, sometimes even reaching about twice that number. The hotel is pricey, but its amenities are top-notch, and if someone wants to "get their money's worth" in the city, this hotel is the place to do it.
The house is mainly patronized by people from other parts of the State, from New England, and from the West. It is the most fashionable establishment in the city, and will doubtless hold its present rank as long as its energetic proprietors retain the control of it.
The house is mostly visited by people from other parts of the state, New England, and the West. It is the trendiest spot in the city and will likely keep its top position as long as its dedicated owners are in charge.
Towards eight o’clock in the evening, the hotel presents its most attractive features. It is full to overflowing. The lower halls, the reading and sitting-rooms are filled with well-dressed men, guests and citizens, who have sauntered here from all parts of the city. Four-fifths are smoking, and the air is hazy with the “vapor of the weed.” The hum of conversation is incessant, but the general tone is well-bred and courteous. In the farther end of the great hall a group of stock brokers may be seen comparing notes, and making bargains for the sale and purchase of their fickle wares. The clink of glasses makes music in the bar-room, and beyond this you may see the barbers at work on their customers in the luxurious shaving saloon. Doors are opening and shutting continually, people are coming and going. Porters are pushing their way through the crowd bearing huge trunks on their shoulders. The office bell is sounding incessantly, from a dozen different chambers at once, and the servants are moving about in every direction to execute the orders of the guests.
Towards eight o’clock in the evening, the hotel shows off its best features. It’s packed to capacity. The lower halls, reading rooms, and lounges are filled with well-dressed men, both guests and locals, who have wandered in from all over the city. Four-fifths of them are smoking, and the air is thick with “the haze of smoke.” The buzz of conversation is nonstop, but the overall vibe is polite and refined. At the far end of the grand hall, a group of stockbrokers can be seen exchanging notes and making deals for their unpredictable goods. The clinking of glasses creates a lively soundtrack in the bar, and beyond that, you can watch the barbers tending to their customers in the plush shaving salon. Doors are constantly opening and closing, with people coming and going. Porters are maneuvering through the crowd, carrying large trunks on their shoulders. The office bell is ringing constantly, from a dozen different rooms at once, and the staff is bustling in every direction to fulfill the guests' requests.
On the floor above the scene is as animated, but of a different character. Every one here is in full dinner dress, and all are on their good behaviour. The grand dining-room is crowded with guests, who are doing ample justice to the sumptuous viands set before them. The parlors are thronged with ladies and gentlemen, and the corridors are filled with promenaders. The p. 312toilettes of the ladies are magnificent, and they can be seen here to better advantage than at any ball or evening party. You may see here some of the loveliest and most refined women, and some of the coarsest and vulgarest, some of the most courtly gentlemen, and some of the most insufferable snobs. If you will join the quiet-looking man moving through the throng as if seeking some one whom he cannot find, he can give you many an interesting bit of gossip about the various persons whom you will encounter in your walk. He is the detective of the house, and is on the watch for improper characters. Well-dressed thieves will make their way into hotels in spite of the precautions of the proprietors. Here a guest is comparatively safe. The detective is argus-eyed, and knows everybody. Let a pick-pocket or thief but show his face in this place, and his arrest is sure. All night the corridors are patrolled by watchmen to make sure of the safety of the sleeping guests. The house is absolutely fire-proof.
On the floor above, the atmosphere is lively but in a different way. Everyone here is dressed formally, and everyone is on their best behavior. The grand dining room is packed with guests who are thoroughly enjoying the lavish dishes placed in front of them. The parlors are bustling with ladies and gentlemen, and the hallways are filled with people taking a stroll. The p. 312ladies' outfits are stunning, and they look even better here than at any ball or evening event. You can see some of the most beautiful and refined women, as well as some of the most common and garish, along with some of the most gracious gentlemen and some of the most unbearable snobs. If you join the calm-looking man weaving through the crowd as if he’s searching for someone, he can share plenty of gossip about the various people you’ll come across in your stroll. He’s the house detective, keeping an eye out for shady characters. Well-dressed thieves find their way into hotels despite the owners’ precautions. Here, a guest is relatively safe. The detective has a keen eye and knows everyone. If a pickpocket or thief dares to show their face here, their arrest is guaranteed. All night, watchmen patrol the hallways to ensure the safety of sleeping guests. The building is completely fireproof.
The cost of conducting such an establishment is immense, but the profits are in proportion. The average profit of this house is said to be about a quarter of a million of dollars per annum.
The cost of running such an establishment is huge, but the profits match that investment. The average profit from this business is reported to be around a quarter of a million dollars a year.
The hotels that have been mentioned are all conducted on the American plan of full board, or one charge for every expense. This enables a guest to calculate his expenses exactly, and has many other advantages.
The hotels mentioned all operate on the American plan of full board, meaning one charge covers all expenses. This allows guests to accurately estimate their costs and offers many other benefits.
Many of the most fashionable houses are conducted on what is called “the European plan,” in which a separate charge is made for room, meals, and every service rendered. It is said that this is more economical than the other plan, and that it is less profitable to the proprietors. It is adopted by the Hoffman, St. Denis, Glenham, Brevoort, Coleman, St. James, Albemarle, Clarendon, Everett, Grand, Gilsey, and several other prominent houses.
Many of the trendiest hotels operate on what’s known as “the European plan,” where you pay separately for your room, meals, and any services you use. It’s claimed that this option is more economical than the alternative and that it’s less profitable for the owners. Hotels like the Hoffman, St. Denis, Glenham, Brevoort, Coleman, St. James, Albemarle, Clarendon, Everett, Grand, Gilsey, and several other popular places use this plan.
The leading hotels of the city lie very close together, the majority of them being in the vicinity of Union and Madison Squares. This is found to be an advantage, as strangers find it pleasant to visit friends who are staying at other houses. The p. 313business of hotel keeping in New York is generally very profitable. A large outlay is required at the opening of the house, for furniture, etc., as much as from $200,000 to $500,000 being expended on the fitting up of a first-class house. The furniture, plate, etc., of the Fifth Avenue and Grand Central Hotels are valued at the latter sum for each establishment. If the house meet with success, a moderate sum will suffice to supply its current wants. The business is all cash, and large amounts of money are received daily. The annual profits of the Fifth Avenue Hotel are said to be about $250,000; those of the St. Nicholas about $200,000. Other leading houses, when well managed, are said to clear about twenty per cent. on the sum invested. Large fortunes have been made by not a few keepers of hotels in New York.
The top hotels in the city are located quite close to each other, mostly around Union and Madison Squares. This is convenient because visitors enjoy dropping by to see friends who are staying at different places. The p. 313hotel business in New York is typically very profitable. A significant investment is needed to start a hotel, with expenses for furnishings and other items ranging from $200,000 to $500,000 to set up a first-class establishment. The furniture, silver, and other assets of the Fifth Avenue and Grand Central Hotels are valued at the higher end of that scale for each property. If the hotel thrives, a reasonable amount will be enough to cover its ongoing needs. The business operates on a cash basis, and substantial amounts of money come in daily. Reports suggest that the annual profits of the Fifth Avenue Hotel are approximately $250,000, while the St. Nicholas Hotel makes around $200,000. Other prominent hotels, when well-run, are said to generate about twenty percent profit on their investments. Numerous hotel owners in New York have made significant fortunes.
The large hotels depend entirely upon transient guests for their success. The city has, perhaps, the largest floating population in America. Thousands come and go daily, even in the summer months, and these are mostly persons who have money to spend. Bridal parties are constantly arriving, and these are not inclined to be the most economical in their expenditures. In the spring and fall, the Southern and Western merchants come to New York in great numbers to buy goods, and are among the best customers of the hotels. Thousands, on business, and for pleasure, come and go daily, and they all pour a constant stream of money into the coffers of the hotels.
The big hotels rely completely on transient guests for their success. The city probably has the largest floating population in America. Thousands come and go every day, even during the summer months, and most of them are people with money to spend. Bridal parties are always arriving, and they tend to be quite generous with their spending. In the spring and fall, merchants from the South and West flock to New York in large numbers to buy goods, making them some of the best customers for the hotels. Thousands are here for business or pleasure and they all contribute a steady flow of money into the hotels' finances.
The smaller houses, while they compete with their great rivals for transient custom, rely chiefly upon their permanent guests. These are filled with families who have come to them to avoid the trouble of keeping house, and who remain all through the fall, winter, and spring. In the summer they go to the watering places, so that they pass their whole lives in hotels. They are mostly persons of wealth and fashion. As may be supposed, the atmosphere of a hotel is not very favorable to domestic privacy, and such establishments are vast manufactories of scandal. People imagine that they are living privately, but their every action is subject to the inspection and comment of the other inmates of the house. The hotels are not the safest places for the p. 314growth of the domestic virtues. Indeed, it may be said that they furnish the best means of destroying them entirely. Neither are they the best place for the training of children. This last, however, may be a minor consideration, for the wives who live at the hotels seem, as a rule, to take care that there shall be no children to need training. Small families are a necessity at such places, and they remain small in that atmosphere. If another Asmodeus could look down into the hotels of New York, he would have some startling revelations to make, which would no doubt go far to corroborate the gossip one hears in the city concerning them.
The smaller hotels, while competing with their bigger rivals for short-term visitors, mainly depend on their long-term guests. These guests are families who come to avoid the hassle of running a household and stay throughout the fall, winter, and spring. In the summer, they go to vacation spots, living in hotels year-round. Most of them are wealthy and fashionable people. As you might expect, the environment of a hotel isn’t very conducive to personal privacy, and these places are essentially factories for gossip. People think they’re living privately, but every move they make is open to scrutiny and commentary from other guests. Hotels aren’t the safest places for nurturing family values. In fact, they might be the best way to undermine them completely. They also aren’t ideal for raising children. However, this might be less important since the wives who stay at these hotels generally ensure there are no children around to raise. Small families are a must in such settings, and they stay small in that environment. If another Asmodeus could look into the hotels of New York, he would uncover some shocking truths that would likely support the rumors one hears about them.
The proprietors of the city hotels are very active in their efforts to exclude improper characters from their houses, but with all their vigilance do not always succeed in doing so. One is never certain as to the respectability of his neighbor at the table, and it is well to be over-cautious in forming acquaintanceships at such places. Impure women of the “higher,” that is the more successful class, and gamblers, abound at the hotels. The proprietor cannot turn them out unless they are notorious, until they commit some overt act, for fear of getting himself into trouble. As soon, however, as his attention is called to any improper conduct on their part, they are turned into the street, no matter at what hour of the day or night.
The owners of the city hotels are very proactive in trying to keep shady individuals out of their establishments, but despite their efforts, they don’t always succeed. You can never be sure about the respectability of the person sitting next to you at the table, so it’s wise to be cautious about making friends in these places. Unsavory women from the “higher” class—those who are more successful—and gamblers are common in the hotels. The owner can’t kick them out unless they’re well-known troublemakers or do something obvious because he risks getting into trouble himself. However, as soon as their inappropriate behavior is brought to the owner’s attention, they are thrown out onto the street, no matter what time it is.
Hotel proprietors are also the victims of adventurers of both sexes. These people live from house to house, often changing their names as fast as they change their quarters, and they are more numerous than is generally believed. One man who made himself known to the police in this way, used to take his family, consisting of a wife and three children, to the hotels, and engage the best rooms. When his bill was presented, he affected to be extremely busy, and promised to attend to it the next day. By the next day, however, he had disappeared with his family. His trunk, which had been left behind, was found to contain nothing but bricks and rags, or paper.
Hotel owners are also victims of con artists, regardless of gender. These people move from place to place, often changing their names just as quickly as they change locations, and they’re more common than most think. One man, known to the police this way, would bring his family—his wife and three kids—to hotels and book the best rooms. When it was time to pay the bill, he would act super busy and promise to settle it the next day. But by the next day, he and his family would have vanished. His trunk, which he left behind, turned out to contain nothing but bricks, rags, or paper.
Another adventurer would put up at the most fashionable hotels, and when requested to pay his bills would feign madness. He would rave, and sing, and dance, call himself p. 315Nebuchadnezzar, or George Washington, or some such personage, and completely baffle the detectives, who were for a long time inclined to believe him a bonâ fide madman. In this way he ran up a bill of one hundred and seventy-one dollars at the Fifth Avenue Hotel, which he never paid.
Another adventurer would stay at the trendiest hotels, and when asked to settle his bills, he would pretend to be insane. He would rave, sing, and dance, calling himself p. 315Nebuchadnezzar, or George Washington, or someone like that, completely confusing the detectives, who for a long time were convinced he was a bonâ fide madman. In this way, he racked up a bill of one hundred seventy-one dollars at the Fifth Avenue Hotel, which he never paid.
Others do not seek to obtain lodgings at the hotels, but confine their efforts to securing meals without paying for them. They get into the dining-rooms along with the crowd at the meal hour, and once in and seated at the table are generally safe. Some two years ago as many as thirty-four of this class were detected at the Fifth Avenue Hotel in a single month. These men as they leave the dining-room generally manage to secure a better hat than that they deposited on the stand in entering. Under the regime of the Lelands, the Metropolitan Hotel had a colored man stationed at the door of its dining-room, who proved more than a match for the most expert thief.
Others don't try to get a room at the hotels, but instead focus on getting meals without paying. They slip into the dining rooms with the crowd during mealtimes, and once seated at a table, they're usually safe. About two years ago, as many as thirty-four people like this were caught at the Fifth Avenue Hotel in just one month. As they leave the dining room, these men often manage to snag a better hat than the one they left at the stand when they entered. Under the Lelands' management, the Metropolitan Hotel had a Black man stationed at the dining room door, who proved to be more than a match for even the most skilled thief.
All first class hotels keep private detectives and watchmen on duty at all hours. The business of these men is to keep guard over the upper part of the house, to prevent thieves from entering and robbing the rooms of the guests. Suspicious persons are at once apprehended, and required to give an account of themselves. Some queer mishaps often befall guests of the house who are not known to the detectives.
All first-class hotels have private detectives and security staff on duty at all times. Their job is to keep watch over the upper levels of the building, preventing thieves from breaking in and stealing from the guests' rooms. Suspicious individuals are quickly apprehended and must provide an explanation for their presence. Some strange incidents often happen to guests who aren't recognized by the security personnel.
Bold robberies are often effected at the hotels of the city. Some time ago a thief was captured at the St. Nicholas, and upon being searched a gold watch and chain, and five different parcels of money were found upon him, all of which were identified by guests as their property.
Bold robberies frequently take place at the city's hotels. Not long ago, a thief was caught at the St. Nicholas, and when he was searched, a gold watch and chain along with five different parcels of cash were found on him, all of which guests identified as theirs.
p. 316XVIII. IMPOSTORS.
There is no city in the Union in which impostors of all kinds flourish so well as in New York. The immense size of the city, the heterogeneous character of its population, and the great variety of the interests and pursuits of the people, are all so many advantages to the cheat and swindler. It would require a volume to detail the tricks of these people, and some of their adventures would equal anything to be found in the annals of romance. All manner of tricks are practised upon the unsuspecting, and generally the perpetrator escapes without punishment. They come here from all parts of the country, and indeed from all parts of the world, in the hope of reaping a rich harvest, and the majority end by eking out a miserable existence in a manner which even the police who watch them so closely are sometimes unable to understand.
There’s no city in the country where con artists of all kinds thrive as much as in New York. The city's massive size, diverse population, and wide range of interests and activities provide plenty of opportunities for cheats and fraudsters. It would take a whole book to recount the schemes of these individuals, and some of their stories are as wild as anything you'd find in fiction. Various tricks are played on unsuspecting people, and usually, the offenders get away without facing any consequences. They come here from all over the country and even from around the globe, hoping to strike it rich, but most of them end up scraping by in ways that even the police, who keep a close eye on them, sometimes can’t figure out.
They find their way into all classes. One cannot mingle much in society here without meeting some bewhiskered, mysterious individual, who claims to be of noble birth. Sometimes he palms himself off as a political exile, sometimes he is travelling, and is so charmed with New York that he makes it his headquarters, and sometimes he lets a few friends into the secret of his rank, and begs that they will not reveal his true title, as a little unpleasant affair, a mere social scandal in his own country, made it necessary for him to absent himself for a while. He hopes the matter will blow over in a few months, and then he will go home. The fashionable New-Yorker, male or female, is powerless against the charms of aristocracy. The “foreign nobleman” is welcomed everywhere, fêted, petted, and allowed almost any privilege he chooses to claim—and he is far from p. 317being very modest in this respect; and by and by he is found out to be an impostor, probably the valet of some gentleman of rank in Europe. Then society holds up its hands in holy horror, and vows it always did suspect him. The men in society are weak enough in this respect; but the women are most frequently the victims.
They make their way into all social circles. You can't really socialize here without encountering some whiskered, mysterious person who claims to have noble heritage. Sometimes he pretends to be a political exile, other times he's just traveling and is so taken with New York that he decides to stay here, and sometimes he lets a few friends in on the secret of his status, asking them not to reveal his true title, due to a little unpleasant incident, a minor social scandal back in his home country, that forces him to stay away for a while. He hopes that things will settle down in a few months, and then he can go back home. The trendy New Yorker, whether male or female, can’t resist the allure of aristocracy. The "foreign nobleman" is welcomed everywhere, celebrated, pampered, and granted almost any privilege he wants—and he’s definitely not shy about it; eventually, he’s found out to be a fraud, likely the servant of some nobleman in Europe. Then society gasps in shock, claiming it always had its suspicions. The men in society are weak in this regard, but it's usually the women who end up being the victims.
Not long since, a handsome, well got up Englishman came to New York on a brief visit. He called himself Lord Richard X---. Society received him with open arms. Invitations were showered upon him. Brown’s hands were always full of cards for his Lordship. The women went wild over him, especially since it was whispered that the young man was heir to a property worth ever so many millions of pounds. In short, his Lordship found himself so popular, and hints of his departure were received with such disfavor by his new found friends, that he concluded to extend his stay in New York indefinitely. He made a fine show, and his toilettes, turnouts, and presents were magnificent. The men did not fancy him. He was too haughty and uncivil, but the ladies found him intensely agreeable. It was whispered by his male acquaintances that he was a good hand at borrowing, and that he was remarkably lucky at cards and at the races. One or two of the large faro banks of the city were certainly the losers by his visits. The ladies, however, were indignant at such stories. His Lordship was divine. All the women were crazy after him, and any of them would have taken him at the first offer.
Not long ago, a handsome, well-dressed Englishman came to New York for a short visit. He called himself Lord Richard X---. Society welcomed him with open arms. He received a flurry of invitations. Brown was always busy collecting cards for his Lordship. Women were crazy about him, especially since it was rumored that he was heir to a fortune worth millions of pounds. In short, his Lordship became extremely popular, and hints about his departure were met with such disapproval by his new friends that he decided to extend his stay in New York indefinitely. He made quite an impression, and his outfits, carriages, and gifts were extravagant. The men were not fond of him. He was too arrogant and rude, but the ladies found him very charming. His male friends whispered that he was skilled at borrowing money and was strikingly lucky at cards and horse racing. Some of the city’s large faro banks definitely lost money because of his visits. However, the ladies were outraged by such stories. His Lordship was perfect. All the women were infatuated with him, and any of them would have accepted him at the first opportunity.
By and by the newspapers began to take notice of the young man, and boldly asserted that there was no such name as Lord Richard X--- in the British peerage. Society laughed at this, and declared that everybody but ignorant newspaper men was aware that the published lists of titled personages in England were notoriously incomplete.
By and by, the newspapers started to pay attention to the young man and confidently claimed that there was no one named Lord Richard X--- in the British peerage. Society found this amusing and insisted that everyone except for clueless journalists knew that the published lists of titled individuals in England were notoriously incomplete.
Meanwhile, his Lordship played his cards well, and it was soon announced that he was “to be married shortly to a well-known belle of Fifth avenue.” The women were green with jealousy, and the men, I think, were not a little relieved to find that the lion did not intend devouring all the Fifth avenue p. 318belles. The marriage came off in due season; the wedding-presents fairly poured in, and were magnificent. The new Lady X--- was at the summit of her felicity, and was the envied of all who knew her. The happy pair departed on their honeymoon, but his Lordship made no effort to return home to England.
Meanwhile, his Lordship played his cards well, and it was soon announced that he was “getting married soon to a well-known beauty of Fifth Avenue.” The women were green with jealousy, and the men, I think, were quite relieved to see that the lion didn’t plan on devouring all the Fifth Avenue p. 318belles. The wedding took place in due time; the wedding gifts poured in and were magnificent. The new Lady X--- was at the peak of her happiness and was envied by everyone who knew her. The happy couple set off on their honeymoon, but his Lordship made no effort to return home to England.
During their absence, it leaked out that Lord X--- was an impostor. Creditors began to pour in upon his father-in-law with anxious inquiries after his Lordship, against whom they held heavy accounts. Proofs of the imposture were numerous and indisputable, and the newspapers declared that Lord X--- would not dare to show his face again in New York. Everybody was laughing at the result of the affair.
During their time away, news got out that Lord X--- was a fraud. Creditors started flooding his father-in-law with worried questions about his Lordship, who owed them a lot of money. There was plenty of undeniable evidence of the deception, and the newspapers stated that Lord X--- wouldn’t dare show his face in New York again. Everyone was laughing at how the whole situation turned out.
What passed between the father-in-law and the young couple is not known; but the bride decided to cling to her husband in spite of the imposture. Father-in-law was a prudent and a sensitive man, and very rich. For his daughter’s sake, he accepted the situation. He paid Lord X---’s debts, laughed at the charge of imposture, and spoke warmly to every one he met of the great happiness of his “dear children, Lord and Lady X---.” On their return to the city, he received them with a grand party, at which all Fifth avenue was present, and, though he could not silence the comments of society, he succeeded in retaining for his children their places in the world of fashion. He was a nabob, and he knew the power of his wealth. He shook his purse in the face of society, and commanded it to continue to recognize the impostor as Lord X---, and society meekly obeyed him.
What happened between the father-in-law and the young couple is unclear; however, the bride chose to stay loyal to her husband despite the deception. The father-in-law was thoughtful and sensitive, as well as very wealthy. For his daughter’s sake, he accepted the situation. He paid off Lord X---’s debts, dismissed the claims of deception, and spoke highly to everyone about the great happiness of his "dear children, Lord and Lady X---." When they returned to the city, he welcomed them with a lavish party that attracted all of Fifth Avenue, and while he couldn't stop society's gossip, he managed to maintain his children's status in the fashion world. He was a wealthy man, aware of his financial influence. He brandished his wealth in front of society and demanded that they continue to acknowledge the impostor as Lord X---, and society complied without question.
Impostures of this kind do not always terminate so fortunately for the parties concerned. New York gossip has many a well-authenticated story of foreign counts and lords, who have set society in a flutter, and have married some foolish, trusting woman, only to be detected when it was too late to prevent the trouble. Some of these scoundrels have been proved to be married men already, and the consequences of their falsehood have, of course, been more serious to the bride. Others again do not enter the matrimonial market at all, but use their arts to p. 319secure loans from their new acquaintances. Not long since a foreigner, calling himself a Russian Count, and claiming to be sent here on a mission connected with the Russian navy, succeeded in borrowing from some credulous acquaintances, who were dazzled by his pretended rank, sums ranging from $500 to $2000, and amounting in the aggregate to $30,000. When the time of payment arrived, the Count had disappeared, and it was ascertained that he had escaped to Europe.
Impostures like these don’t always end well for those involved. New York gossip is filled with well-documented stories of foreign counts and lords who have stirred up society and married some naïve, trusting women, only to be caught out when it was too late to avoid the fallout. Some of these fraudsters have been found to be already married, and the consequences of their deceit have been, of course, much worse for the bride. Others don’t even bother with marriage but use their charm to secure loans from their new acquaintances. Not too long ago, a foreigner calling himself a Russian Count, claiming to be here on a mission related to the Russian navy, managed to borrow from some gullible acquaintances, who were impressed by his fake title, amounts ranging from $500 to $2000, adding up to a total of $30,000. When the payment was due, the Count had vanished, and it was discovered that he had fled to Europe.
Impostors of other kinds are numerous. Men and women are always to be found in the city, seeking aid for some charitable institution, with which they claim to be connected. They carry memorandum books and pencils, in the former of which the donor is requested to inscribe his name and the amount of his gift, in order that it may be acknowledged in due form by the proper officers of the institution. Small favors are thankfully received, and they depart, assuring you in the most humble and sanctimonious manner that “the Lord loveth a cheerful giver.” If you cannot give to-day, they are willing to call to-morrow—next week—any time that may suit your convenience. You cannot insult them by a sharp refusal, or in any way, for like Uriah Heep they are always “so ‘umble.” You find it hard to suspect them, but, in truth, they are the most genuine impostors to be met with in the city. They are soliciting money for themselves alone, and have no connection with any charitable institution whatever.
Impostors of different types are everywhere. Men and women can always be found in the city, asking for donations for some charity they claim to represent. They carry notepads and pencils, asking donors to write down their name and the amount of their contribution so that it can be formally acknowledged by the charity’s officials. Small donations are gratefully accepted, and they leave, assuring you in the most modest and pious way that “the Lord loves a cheerful giver.” If you can’t give today, they’re happy to come back tomorrow—next week—anytime that works for you. You can’t offend them with a firm no, because like Uriah Heep, they’re always “so humble.” You find it hard to doubt them, but in reality, they are the most genuine impostors you’ll encounter in the city. They are just asking for money for themselves and have no ties to any charity at all.
One-armed, or one-legged beggars, whose missing member, sound as your own, is strapped to their bodies so as to be safely out of sight, women wishing to bury their husbands or children, women with hired babies, and sundry other objects calculated to excite your pity, meet you at every step. They are vagabonds. God knows there is misery enough in this great city, but how to tell it from barefaced imposture, is perplexing and harassing to a charitably disposed person. Nine out of ten street beggars in New York are unworthy objects, and to give to them is simply to encourage vagrancy; and yet to know how to discriminate. That would be valuable knowledge to many people in the great city.
One-armed or one-legged beggars, whose missing limb is healthy and strapped to their bodies to keep it out of sight, women wanting to bury their husbands or children, women with rented babies, and various other things meant to evoke your sympathy, confront you at every turn. They are vagabonds. There is plenty of suffering in this big city, but figuring out how to distinguish it from blatant deception is confusing and frustrating for someone who wants to help. Nine out of ten street beggars in New York are not genuine cases, and giving to them just encourages a life of vagrancy; yet knowing how to tell the difference would be valuable knowledge for many in the big city.
p. 320In the fall of 1870, a middle aged woman committed suicide in New York. For some months she had pursued a singular career in the great city, and had literally lived by her wits. While her main object was to live comfortably at other people’s expense, she also devoted herself to an attempt to acquire property without paying for it. She arrived in New York in the spring of 1868, and took lodgings at an up-town hotel. She brought no baggage, but assured the clerk that her trunks had been unjustly detained by a boarding house keeper in Boston with whom she had had a difficulty. She succeeded in winning the confidence of the clerk, and told him that she had just come into possession of a fortune of one million dollars, left her by a rich relative, and that she had come to New York to purchase a home. She completely deceived the clerk, who vouched for her respectability and responsibility, and thus satisfied the proprietor of the hotel. She made the acquaintance of nearly all the resident guests of the house, and so won their sympathy and confidence that she was able to borrow from them considerable sums of money. In this way she lived from house to house, making payments on account only when obliged to do so, and when she could no longer remain at the hotels, she took up her quarters at a private boarding house, passing thence to another, and so on. She spent two years in this way, borrowing money continually, and paying very little for her board.
p. 320In the fall of 1870, a middle-aged woman took her own life in New York. For several months, she had been living in the city, relying entirely on her wits. While her main goal was to live comfortably off others, she also tried to acquire property without paying for it. She arrived in New York in the spring of 1868 and checked into an uptown hotel. She had no luggage but convinced the clerk that her trunks had been wrongfully held by a boarding house owner in Boston after a dispute. She gained the clerk's trust and claimed that she had just inherited a fortune of one million dollars from a wealthy relative and had come to New York to buy a home. She totally fooled the clerk, who vouched for her character and reliability, easing the worries of the hotel owner. She got to know almost all the other guests in the hotel and won their sympathy and trust, which allowed her to borrow substantial amounts of money from them. This is how she moved from place to place, making payments only when absolutely necessary. When she could no longer stay at the hotels, she moved into a private boarding house, then to another, and so on. She lived this way for two years, continually borrowing money and paying very little for her meals and lodging.
In pursuance of her plan to acquire real estate without paying for it, she made her appearance in the market as a purchaser. In the summer of 1870, she obtained permits of one of the leading real estate agents of the city to examine property in his hands for sale, and finally selected a house on Madison avenue. The price asked was $100,000, but she coolly declared her readiness to pay the full amount in cash as soon as the necessary deeds could be prepared. The real estate dealer was completely deceived by her seeming frankness, and assured her that he would give his personal attention to the details of the transaction, so that her interests would not suffer, and a day was agreed upon for the completion of the purchase.
In pursuit of her plan to acquire real estate without paying for it, she entered the market as a buyer. In the summer of 1870, she got permission from one of the city's top real estate agents to look at properties he had for sale, and eventually chose a house on Madison Avenue. The asking price was $100,000, but she calmly stated that she was ready to pay the full amount in cash as soon as the necessary paperwork could be prepared. The real estate agent was completely fooled by her apparent honesty and assured her that he would personally handle all the details of the transaction, so her interests would be protected, and a date was set to finalize the purchase.
The woman then assumed a confidential tone, and told the p. 321gentleman of her immense fortune. She was absolutely alone in the city, she said, without relatives or friends to whom she could apply for advice in the management of her property, and she urged him to become her trustee and manage the estate for her, offering him a liberal compensation for his services. Her object was to make him her trustee, induce him to act for her in the purchase of the house, and involve him so far as to secure the success of her scheme for getting possession of the property. The dealer, however, thanked her for her preference, but assured her that it was impossible for him to accept her proposition, as he had made it a rule never to act as trustee for any one. He did not in the least suspect her real design, and but for this previous and fixed determination would have acceded to her request. Finding that she could not shake his resolution, the lady took her departure, promising to return on the day appointed for the payment of the purchase money.
The woman then lowered her voice and told the p. 321gentleman about her vast fortune. She said she was completely alone in the city, with no relatives or friends to turn to for advice on managing her property. She urged him to become her trustee and manage the estate for her, offering him generous compensation for his work. Her goal was to make him her trustee, get him to help her buy the house, and involve him enough to ensure her plan for acquiring the property succeeded. The dealer, however, thanked her for her interest but assured her that he couldn’t accept her offer, as he had a firm rule never to act as trustee for anyone. He didn’t suspect her real intentions at all, and if it weren’t for his prior and firm decision, he would have agreed to her request. Realizing she couldn’t change his mind, the lady left, promising to return on the scheduled day to pay the purchase money.
At the time designated, the deeds were ready, and the real estate agent and the owner of the Madison avenue mansion awaited the coming of the lady; but she did not appear, and, after a lapse of several days, the two gentlemen concluded they had been victimized, and then the true character of the trusteeship he had been asked to assume broke upon the real estate agent. The audacity and skill of the scheme fairly staggered him.
At the scheduled time, the paperwork was ready, and the real estate agent along with the owner of the Madison Avenue mansion waited for the lady to arrive; however, she never showed up. After several days went by without any word, the two men realized they had been deceived, and then the real estate agent fully understood the true nature of the trusteeship he had been invited to take on. The boldness and cleverness of the plot truly shocked him.
After the failure of this scheme, the woman tried several others of a similar character, with the same success. In October, 1870, a city newspaper, having obtained information respecting her transactions from some of her victims, published an account of her career. The next day she committed suicide, and was found dead in her bed.
After this plan fell through, the woman attempted several others that were similar, but with the same results. In October 1870, a city newspaper, having gathered information about her activities from some of her victims, published a story about her life. The next day, she took her own life and was found dead in her bed.
Not long since a city lawyer, whom we shall call Smith, and who is much given to the procuring of patent divorces for dissatisfied husbands and wives, was visited by a richly dressed lady, who informed him that she was Mrs. P---, the wife of Mr. P---, of Fifth avenue, and that she wished to retain his services in procuring a divorce from her husband, on the ground of ill treatment. Mr. P--- was personally a stranger to the p. 322lawyer, who knew him, however, as a man of great wealth. Visions of a heavy fee flashed before him, and he encouraged the lady to make a full statement of her grievances, promising to do his best to secure the desired divorce in the shortest possible time. He made full notes of her statement, and assured her that he felt confident that he would be able to obtain not only the divorce, but a very large sum as alimony. In reply to her question as to his charge for his services, he replied:
Not long ago, a city lawyer we'll call Smith, who often helps dissatisfied husbands and wives get quick divorces, was visited by a well-dressed woman. She introduced herself as Mrs. P---, the wife of Mr. P--- from Fifth Avenue, and said she wanted to hire him to help her get a divorce from her husband on the grounds of mistreatment. Mr. P--- was a stranger to the lawyer, but he knew he was a wealthy man. Images of a big payday flashed in Smith's mind, so he encouraged the lady to share all her complaints, promising to do his best to get her the divorce as quickly as possible. He took detailed notes of her story and assured her he was confident he could secure not only the divorce but also a substantial amount in alimony. When she asked about his fees for his services, he answered:
“Well, I ought to charge you $1000, but out of consideration for your sufferings, I will only take a retainer of $100, and when we have gained our suit, you will pay me $500 additional.”
“Well, I should charge you $1000, but considering your hardships, I will only take a retainer of $100. Once we win the case, you’ll pay me an additional $500.”
“That is very reasonable,” said the lady, “and I accept the terms. Unfortunately, I have nothing with me but a check for $200, given me by my husband this morning to use in shopping. I shall only need half of it, and if you could get it cashed for me—but, no matter, I’ll call to-morrow, and make the payment.”
“That sounds perfectly fair,” said the lady, “and I agree to the terms. Unfortunately, I only have a check for $200 with me, which my husband gave me this morning for shopping. I’ll only need half of it, and if you could cash it for me—but never mind, I’ll come by tomorrow and make the payment.”
Smith, who had seen the millionaire’s heavy signature at the bottom of the cheek, thought he had better make sure of his retainer, and offered to accept the check on the spot. He had just $100 in his pocket, and this he gave to the lady who handed him the check, with the urgent entreaty that he would not betray her to her husband.
Smith, who had noticed the millionaire’s bold signature at the bottom of the cheek, figured he should confirm his retainer and offered to accept the check right away. He had only $100 in his pocket, and he gave this to the lady who gave him the check, urgently pleading with her not to reveal anything to her husband.
“He shall know nothing of the matter until it is too late for him to harm you,” said the lawyer, gallantly, as he bowed his fair client out of the office.
“He won’t know anything about it until it’s too late for him to hurt you,” said the lawyer confidently, as he escorted his attractive client out of the office.
It was after three o’clock, and Smith was forced to wait until the next morning before presenting his check at the bank on which it was drawn. Then, to his astonishment, the teller informed him that the signature of Mr. P--- was a forgery. Thoroughly incensed, Smith hastened to the office of the millionaire, and, laying the check before him, informed him that his wife had been guilty of forging his name, and that he must make the check good, or the lady would be exposed and punished. The millionaire listened blandly, stroking his whiskers musingly, and when the lawyer paused, overcome with p. 323excitement, quietly informed him that he was sorry for him, but that he, Mr. P---, had the misfortune to be without a wife. He had been a widower for five years.
It was after three o’clock, and Smith had to wait until the next morning to present his check at the bank it was drawn on. Then, to his shock, the teller told him that the signature of Mr. P--- was a forgery. Furious, Smith rushed to the millionaire's office and, placing the check in front of him, informed him that his wife had forged his name and that he needed to cover the check or the lady would be exposed and punished. The millionaire listened calmly, stroking his beard thoughtfully, and when the lawyer paused, overwhelmed with excitement, he quietly told him that he was sorry, but Mr. P--- had the misfortune of being without a wife. He had been a widower for five years.
How Smith found his way into the street again, he could never tell, but he went back to his work a sadder and a wiser man, musing upon the trickiness of mankind in general, and of women in particular.
How Smith found his way back to the street again, he could never explain, but he returned to his work a sadder and wiser man, reflecting on the trickiness of people in general, and women in particular.
p. 324XIX. STREET MUSICIANS.
It would be interesting to know the number of street musicians to be found in New York. Judging from outward appearances, it must be their most profitable field, for one cannot walk two blocks in any part of the city without hearing one or more musical instruments in full blast. A few are good and in perfect tone, but the majority emit only the most horrible discords.
It would be interesting to know how many street musicians are in New York. From what I can see, it must be a very profitable place for them, because you can’t walk two blocks in any part of the city without hearing one or more musical instruments blasting away. Some are good and in tune, but most sound really awful.
Prominent among the street musicians are the organ grinders, who in former days monopolized the business. They are mostly Italians, though one sees among them Germans, Frenchmen, Swiss, and even Englishmen and Irishmen. Against these people there seems to be an especial, and a not very reasonable prejudice. A lady, eminent for her good deeds among the poor of the Five Points, once said, “There is no reason why an organ grinder should be regarded as an altogether discreditable member of the community; his vocation is better than that of begging, and he certainly works hard enough for the pennies thrown to him, lugging his big box around the city from morning until night.” To this good word for the organ grinder it may be added that he is generally an inoffensive person, who attends closely to his business during the day, and rarely ever falls into the hands of the police. Furthermore, however much grown people with musical tastes may be annoyed, the organ grinders furnish an immense amount of amusement and pleasure to the children; and in some of the more wretched sections provide all the music that the little ones ever hear.
Prominent among the street musicians are the organ grinders, who used to dominate the scene. They are mostly Italians, but you can also find Germans, Frenchmen, Swiss, and even Englishmen and Irishmen among them. There seems to be a particular and somewhat unreasonable prejudice against these people. A lady known for her charitable work among the poor of the Five Points once said, “There’s no reason why an organ grinder should be viewed as an entirely disreputable member of the community; his work is better than begging, and he definitely works hard enough for the coins tossed to him, hauling his heavy box around the city from morning till night.” It can also be noted that the organ grinder is usually an inoffensive person who focuses on his work during the day and rarely gets into trouble with the police. Furthermore, even though adults with musical preferences might find them annoying, the organ grinders provide a huge amount of joy and entertainment for children; in some of the poorer areas, they deliver all the music that the little ones ever hear.
Very few of them own their organs. There are several firms in the city who manufacture or import hand organs, and p. 325from these the majority of the grinders rent their instruments. The rent varies from two to twenty dollars per month, the last sum being paid for the French flute organs, which are the best. The owners of the instruments generally manage to inspire the grinders with a profound terror of them, so that few instruments are carried off unlawfully, and, after all, the organ grinders are more unfortunate than dishonest.
Very few of them own their instruments. There are several companies in the city that manufacture or import hand organs, and p. 325most of the grinders rent their instruments from these companies. The rent ranges from two to twenty dollars a month, with the highest amount being for the French flute organs, which are the best. The owners of the instruments generally create a deep fear in the grinders, so very few instruments are stolen, and, in the end, the organ grinders are more unfortunate than dishonest.
Organ grinding in New York was once a very profitable business, and even now pays well in some instances. Some of the grinding fraternity have made money. One of these was Francisco Ferrari, who came to this city ten years ago. He invested the money he brought with him in a hand organ and a monkey, and in about five years made money enough to return to Italy and purchase a small farm. He was not content in his native land, however, and soon returned to New York with his family and resumed his old trade. He is said to be worth about twenty thousand dollars.
Organ grinding in New York used to be a very profitable business, and it still pays well in some cases. Some organ grinders have made a decent amount of money. One of them was Francisco Ferrari, who came to this city ten years ago. He invested the money he brought with him in a hand organ and a monkey, and in about five years, he made enough money to go back to Italy and buy a small farm. However, he wasn't happy in his homeland and soon returned to New York with his family to continue his old trade. It's said that he’s worth around twenty thousand dollars.
At present, in fair weather, a man with a good flute organ can generally make from two to five dollars a day. Those who have the best and sweetest toned instruments seek the better neighborhoods, where they are always sure of an audience of children whose parents pay well. Some of these musicians earn as much as ten and fifteen dollars in a single day. In bad weather, however, they are forced to be idle, as a good organ cannot be exposed to the weather at such times without being injured.
Right now, on nice days, a person with a quality flute organ can usually earn between two to five dollars a day. Those with the best-sounding instruments tend to go to nicer neighborhoods, where they can always count on an audience of kids whose parents tip well. Some of these musicians make as much as ten to fifteen dollars in just one day. However, when the weather is bad, they have to stay home since a good organ can get damaged if exposed to the elements.
A monkey is a great advantage to the grinder, as the animal, if clever, is sure to draw out a host of pennies from the crowd which never fails to gather around it. The monkey is generally the property of the grinder. It is his pet, and it is interesting to see the amount of affection which exists between the two. If the grinder is a married man, or has a daughter or sister, she generally accompanies him in his rounds. Sometimes girls and women make regular business engagements of this kind with the grinders, and receive for their services in beating the tambourine, or soliciting money from the bystanders, a certain fixed proportion of the earnings of the day.
A monkey is a huge asset to the street performer, as the animal, if smart, can definitely get a bunch of coins from the crowd that always gathers around it. The monkey usually belongs to the performer. It’s his pet, and it’s fascinating to see the bond between them. If the performer is married or has a daughter or sister, she typically joins him on his rounds. Sometimes, girls and women strike regular business deals with the performers, and in exchange for their work beating the tambourine or asking for money from passersby, they receive a set percentage of the day's earnings.
p. 326If the organ grinder be successful in his business, he has every opportunity for saving his money. Apart from the rent of his organ, his expenses are slight. Few, however, save very much, as but few are able to earn the large sums we have mentioned. The grinders pay from five to eight dollars per month for their rooms, and they and their families live principally upon macaroni. They use but a single room for all purposes, and, no matter how many are to be provided with sleeping accommodations, manage to get along in some way. As a general rule, they are better off here than they were in their own country, for poverty has been their lot in both. Their wants are simple, and they can live comfortably on an amazingly small sum. The better class of Italians keep their apartments as neat as possible. Children of a genial clime, they are fond of warmth, and the temperature of their rooms stands at a stage which would suffocate an American. They are very exclusive, and herd by themselves in a section of the Five Points. Baxter and Park and the adjoining streets are taken up to a great extent with Italians.
p. 326If the street performer is doing well, he has plenty of chances to save money. Besides the cost of renting his organ, his expenses are minimal. However, very few save much because only a handful earn the significant amounts we've talked about. The performers pay between five to eight dollars a month for their rooms, and they and their families mainly survive on macaroni. They use just one room for everything, and no matter how many need to sleep, they find a way to make it work. Generally, they're better off here than they were in their home country, as poverty has followed them both places. Their needs are simple, and they can live comfortably on surprisingly little. The more upscale Italians keep their living spaces as tidy as possible. Being children of a warm climate, they enjoy warmth, and the temperature in their rooms might feel stifling to an American. They tend to be quite exclusive and stick together in a part of the Five Points. Baxter and Park, along with the nearby streets, are largely populated by Italians.
This is the life of the fortunate members of the class. There are many, however, who are not so lucky. These are the owners or renters of the majority of the street organs, the vile, discordant instruments which set all of one’s nerves a tingling. They earn comparatively little, and are not tolerated by the irate householders whose tastes they offend. The police treat them with but small consideration. The poor wretches are nearly always in want, and soon full into vagrancy, and some into vice and crime. Some of them are worthless vagabonds, and nearly all the Italians accused of crime in the city are included in their number. One of these men is to be seen on the Bowery at almost any time. He seats himself on the pavement, with his legs tucked under him, and turns the crank of an instrument which seems to be a doleful compromise between a music box and an accordion. In front of this machine is a tin box for pennies, and by the side of it is a card on which is printed an appeal to the charitable. At night a flickering tallow dip sheds a dismal glare around. The man’s head is tied up in a piece of white muslin, his eyes are closed, and his face and posture are p. 327expressive of the most intense misery. He turns the crank slowly, and the organ groans and moans in the most ludicrously mournful manner. At one side of the queer instrument sits a woman with a babe at her breast, on the other side sits a little boy, and a second boy squats on the ground in front. Not a sound is uttered by any of the group, who are arranged with genuine skill. Their whole attitude is expressive of the most fearful misery. The groans of the organ cannot fail to attract attention, and there are few kind-hearted persons who can resist the sight. Their pennies and ten-cent stamps are showered into the tin box, which is never allowed to contain more than two or three pennies. The man is an Italian, and is said by the police to be a worthless vagabond. Yet he is one of the most successful musicians of his class in the city.
This is the life of the lucky members of the class. There are many, however, who are not so fortunate. These are the owners or renters of most of the street organs, the awful, discordant instruments that set everyone’s nerves on edge. They earn relatively little and aren’t tolerated by the frustrated homeowners whose tastes they offend. The police show them minimal consideration. The poor souls are almost always in need, and soon fall into homelessness, with some turning to vice and crime. Some of them are worthless drifters, and almost all the Italians accused of crime in the city are among them. One of these men can be seen on the Bowery at almost any time. He sits on the sidewalk, legs tucked under him, and turns the crank of an instrument that seems like a sad mix between a music box and an accordion. In front of this machine is a tin box for coins, and beside it is a card printed with an appeal for donations. At night, a flickering candle gives a gloomy light around. The man’s head is wrapped in a piece of white cloth, his eyes are closed, and his face and posture show the deepest misery. He cranks slowly, and the organ groans and moans in the most ridiculously mournful way. On one side of the strange instrument sits a woman with a baby at her breast, on the other side sits a little boy, and a second boy squats on the ground in front. Not a sound comes from any of them, who are arranged with genuine skill. Their whole demeanor expresses extreme suffering. The organ’s groans can’t help but draw attention, and there are few kind-hearted people who can resist the sight. Their coins and dimes are dropped into the tin box, which is never allowed to hold more than two or three pennies. The man is Italian and is deemed by the police to be a worthless drifter. Yet he is one of the most successful musicians of his kind in the city.
The arrangements of a street organ being entirely automatic, any one who can turn a crank can manage one of these instruments. Another class of street musicians are required to possess a certain amount of musical skill in order to be successful. These are the strolling harpers and violinists. Like the organ grinders, they are Italians. Very few of them earn much money, and the majority live in want and misery.
The setup of a street organ is fully automatic, so anyone who can turn a crank can operate one of these instruments. Another group of street musicians needs to have a certain level of musical talent to succeed. These are the wandering harpers and violinists. Like the organ grinders, they are Italians. Very few of them make much money, and most live in poverty and hardship.
Some of these strollers are men, or half-grown youths, and are excellent performers. The best of them frequent Broadway, Wall and Broad streets, and the up-town neighborhoods. At night they haunt the localities of the hotels. They constitute one of the pleasantest features of the street, for their music is good and well worth listening to. They generally reap a harvest of pennies and fractional currency. They form the aristocratic portion of the street minstrel class, and are the envy of their less fortunate rivals.
Some of these street performers are men or young teens, and they are really good at what they do. The best ones can be found on Broadway, Wall, and Broad streets, as well as in the uptown neighborhoods. At night, they hang around the areas close to hotels. They are one of the best parts of the street scene because their music is enjoyable and definitely worth your attention. They usually gather a good amount of change and small bills. They represent the upper echelon of street performers and are envied by their less fortunate competitors.
The vast majority of the strolling harpers and violinists are children; generally boys below the age of sixteen. They are chiefly Italians, though a few Swiss, French and Germans are to be found among them. They are commonly to be found in the streets in pairs; but sometimes three work together, and again only one is to be found. There are several hundreds of these children on the streets. Dirty, wan, shrunken, p. 328monkey-faced little creatures they are. Between them and other children lies a deep gulf, across which they gaze wistfully at the sports and joys that may not be theirs. All day long, and late into the night, they must ply their dreary trade.
The vast majority of the street musicians, like harpers and violinists, are kids; usually boys under the age of sixteen. They're mostly Italians, but you can find a few Swiss, French, and Germans among them. They typically hang out on the streets in pairs, but sometimes three work together, and occasionally there's just one. There are several hundred of these kids on the streets. Dirty, pale, tiny, and with monkey-like faces, they are. There’s a huge divide between them and other children, who they watch with longing as they play and enjoy things that they cannot have. All day long, and late into the night, they have to work at their tough jobs.
Although natives of the land of song, they have little or no musical talent, as a class, and the majority of them are furnished with harps and violins from which not even Orpheus himself could bring harmony. Not a few of the little ones endeavor to make up in dancing what they lack in musical skill. They work energetically at their instruments, but they do no more than produce the vilest discord. At the best, their music is worthless, and their voices have a cracked, harsh, monotonous sound; but the sound of them is also very sad, and often brings a penny into the outstretched hand.
Although they come from a land known for music, they generally lack musical talent, and most of them have harps and violins that not even Orpheus could make sound harmonious. Many of the young ones try to compensate for their lack of musical ability by dancing. They put a lot of effort into playing their instruments, but they only manage to create the worst discord. At best, their music is worthless, and their voices sound cracked, harsh, and monotonous; yet, their sound is also very mournful and often earns a penny in the outstretched hand.
At all hours of the day, and until late at night you may hear their music along the street, and listen to their sad young voices going up to the ear that is always open to them. They are half clothed, half fed, and their filthiness is painful to behold. They sleep in fair weather under a door-step or in some passage way or cellar, or in a box or hogshead on the street, and in the winter huddle together in the cold and darkness of their sleeping places, for we cannot call them homes, and long for the morning to come. The cold weather is very hard upon them, they love the warm sunshine, and during the season of ice and snow are in a constant state of semi-torpor. You see them on the street, in their thin, ragged garments, so much overpowered by the cold that they can scarcely strike or utter a note. Sometimes a kind-hearted saloon-keeper will permit them to warm themselves at his stove for a moment or two. These are the bright periods in their dark lives, for as a general rule they are forced to remain on the street from early morning until late at night.
At all hours of the day and late into the night, you can hear their music on the street and listen to their sad young voices reaching out to anyone who will listen. They are barely clothed, barely fed, and their filth is difficult to witness. They sleep outside in fair weather, either on a doorstep, in a passageway, in a cellar, or in a box or barrel on the street. In winter, they huddle together in the cold and darkness of their sleeping spots, since we can’t really call them homes, longing for morning to arrive. Cold weather is especially hard on them; they love the warm sunshine, and during the icy, snowy season, they are often lethargic. You see them on the street in their thin, ragged clothes, so affected by the cold that they can barely make a sound or play a note. Sometimes a compassionate bar owner will let them warm up by his stove for a minute or two. These are the bright moments in their gloomy lives, because generally, they have to stay on the street from early morning until late at night.
A recent writer, well informed on the subject, says: “It is a cruelty to encourage these children with a gift of money, for instead of such gifts inuring to their benefit, they are extracted for the support of cruel and selfish parents and taskmasters.” This is true, but the gift is a benefit to the child, nevertheless. p. 329These children have parents or relatives engaged in the same business, who require them to bring in a certain sum of money at the end of the day, and if they do not make up the amount they are received with blows and curses, and are refused the meagre suppers of which they are so much in need, or are turned into the streets to pass the night. The poor little wretches come crowding into the Five Points from nine o’clock until midnight, staggering under their heavy harps, those who have not made up the required sum sobbing bitterly in anticipation of the treatment in store for them. Give them a penny or two, should they ask it, reader. You will not miss it. It will go to the brutal parent or taskmaster, it is true, but it will give the little monkey-faced minstrel a supper, and save him from a beating. It is more to them than to you, and it will do you no harm for the recording angel to write opposite the follies and sins of your life, that you cast one gleam of sunshine into the heart of one of these children.
A recent writer who's knowledgeable about the topic says: “It's cruel to give these kids money, because instead of benefiting them, it just gets taken by their cruel and selfish parents and supervisors.” This is true, but the gift still helps the child. p. 329 These kids have parents or relatives involved in the same work, who expect them to bring home a certain amount of money at the end of the day. If they don’t meet that amount, they are met with beatings and insults and are denied the meager meals they desperately need or are sent out onto the streets to fend for themselves overnight. The poor little ones come streaming into the Five Points from nine o'clock until midnight, struggling under their heavy burdens, and those who haven’t reached the required amount sob uncontrollably, dreading the punishment that awaits them. If they ask for a penny or two, please give it to them, reader. You won’t miss it. Sure, it might go to their abusive parent or supervisor, but it will buy a meal for that little monkey-faced performer and spare him from a beating. It means more to them than it does to you, and it won’t hurt to have the recording angel note that you brought a little ray of sunshine to one of these children.
A number of Italian gentlemen resident in New York have generously devoted themselves to the task of bettering the lot of these little ones, and many of those who formerly lived on the streets are now in attendance upon the Italian schools of the city. Yet great is the suffering amongst those who have not been reached by these efforts. Only one or two years ago there were several wretches living in the city who carried on a regular business of importing children from Tuscany and Naples, and putting them on the streets here as beggars, musicians, and thieves. They half starved the little creatures, and forced them to steal as well as beg, and converted the girls into outcasts at the earliest possible age. The newspapers at length obtained information respecting these practices, and by exposing them, drew the attention of the civil authorities to them. One of the scoundrels, named Antonelli, was arrested, tried, and sentenced to the penitentiary, and the infamous business was broken up. The police authorities are possessed of information which justifies them in asserting that some Italian children fare quite as badly at the hands of their own parents. There have been several instances where Italian fathers have made a practice of p. 330hiring out their daughters for purposes of prostitution, while they were yet mere children.
A number of Italian gentlemen living in New York have generously committed themselves to improving the lives of these little ones, and many who previously lived on the streets are now attending the Italian schools in the city. However, there is still a lot of suffering among those who have not benefited from these efforts. Just one or two years ago, several unfortunate individuals in the city were running a business where they imported children from Tuscany and Naples and put them on the streets as beggars, musicians, and thieves. They nearly starved the little ones and forced them to steal as well as beg, turning the girls into outcasts at the earliest age possible. Eventually, the newspapers got wind of these practices and, by exposing them, caught the attention of the civil authorities. One of the perpetrators, named Antonelli, was arrested, tried, and sentenced to the penitentiary, leading to the shutdown of this disgusting operation. The police have credible information that suggests some Italian children suffer just as badly at the hands of their own parents. There have been several cases where Italian fathers have routinely hired out their daughters for prostitution, even while they were still very young.
As a rule, the future of these little folks is very sad. The Italian and the Mission schools in the Five Points and similar sections of the city are doing much for them, but the vast majority are growing up in ignorance. Without education, with an early and constant familiarity with want, misery, brutality and crime, the little minstrels rarely “come to any good.” The girls grow up to lives of sin and shame, and many fortunately die young. The boys too often become thieves, vagrants, and assassins. Everybody condemns them. They are forced onward in their sad career by all the machinery of modern civilization, and they are helpless to ward off their ruin.
As a rule, the future of these kids is very bleak. The Italian and Mission schools in the Five Points and similar areas of the city are doing a lot for them, but the vast majority are growing up ignorant. Without education and constantly facing poverty, misery, violence, and crime, these young musicians rarely "turn out well." The girls often end up living lives of sin and shame, and many unfortunately die young. The boys too often become thieves, homeless, and criminals. Everyone judges them. They are pushed further down their unfortunate path by all the forces of modern society, and they can't do anything to escape their downfall.
During one of the heavy snows of a recent winter, a child harper trudged wearily down the Fifth avenue, on his way to the Five Points, where he was to pass the night. It was intensely cold, and the little fellow’s strength was so exhausted by fatigue and the bleak night wind that he staggered under the weight of his harp. At length he sat down on the steps of a splendid mansion to rest himself. The house was brilliantly lighted, and he looked around timidly as he seated himself, expecting the usual command to move off. No one noticed him, however, and he leaned wearily against the balustrade, and gazed at the handsome windows through which the rich, warm light streamed out into the wintry air. As he sat there, strains of exquisite music, and the sounds of dancing, floated out into the night. The little fellow clasped his hands in ecstasy and listened. He had never heard such melody, and it made his heart ache to think how poor and mean was his own minstrelsy compared with that with which his ears were now ravished. The wind blew fierce and keen down the grand street, whirling the snow about in blinding clouds, but the boy neither saw nor heard the strife of the elements. He heard only the exquisite melody that came floating out to him from the warm, luxurious mansion, and which grew sweeter and richer every moment. The cold, hard street became more and more indistinct to him, and he sat very still with his hands clasped and his eyes closed.
During one of the heavy snowfalls of a recent winter, a child harper trudged wearily down Fifth Avenue, on his way to the Five Points, where he was going to spend the night. It was freezing cold, and the little guy’s strength was so drained from fatigue and the biting night wind that he staggered under the weight of his harp. Eventually, he sat down on the steps of a beautiful mansion to rest. The house was brightly lit, and he looked around nervously as he settled in, expecting the usual demand to leave. However, no one paid him any attention, so he leaned tiredly against the railing and gazed at the elegant windows through which the rich, warm light poured into the chilly air. As he sat there, beautiful music and the sounds of dancing floated out into the night. The little guy clasped his hands in delight and listened. He had never heard such sweet music, and it made his heart ache to think how poor and simple his own playing was compared to the enchanting melodies that filled his ears. The wind blew fiercely down the grand street, swirling the snow around in blinding clouds, but the boy noticed neither the harsh weather nor the noise around him. He was lost in the wonderful melody that drifted out from the warm, luxurious mansion, growing sweeter and richer with each moment. The cold, hard street became less and less clear to him, and he sat there very still with his hands clasped and his eyes closed.
p. 331The ball ended towards the small hours of the morning, and the clatter of carriages dashing up to the door of the mansion gave the signal to the guests that it was time to depart. No one had seen the odd-looking bundle that lay on the street steps, half buried in the snow, and which might have lain there until the morning had not some one stumbled over it in descending to the carriages. With a half curse, one of the men stooped down to examine the strange object, and found that the bundle of rags and filth contained the unconscious form of a child. The harp, which lay beside him, told his story. He was one of the little outcasts of the streets. Scorning to handle such an object, the man touched him with his foot to arouse him, thinking he had fallen asleep. Alas! it was the eternal sleep.
p. 331The ball wrapped up in the early hours of the morning, and the sounds of carriages pulling up to the mansion signaled to the guests that it was time to leave. No one had noticed the strange bundle resting on the steps, half buried in the snow, which could have remained there until morning if no one had tripped over it while making their way to the carriages. With a half-hearted curse, one of the men bent down to check out the odd object and discovered that the bundle of rags and dirt concealed the unconscious body of a child. The harp lying next to him told his story. He was one of the unfortunate kids from the streets. Not wanting to touch such a thing, the man nudged him with his foot to wake him up, thinking he had just dozed off. Unfortunately, it was the eternal sleep.
p. 332XX. THE CENTRAL PARK.
Though of comparatively recent date, the Central Park, the chief pleasure ground of New York, has reached a degree of perfection in the beauty and variety of its attractions, that has made it an object of pride with the citizens of the metropolis.
Though it's relatively new, Central Park, the main recreational area of New York, has achieved such a level of beauty and variety in its attractions that it has become a source of pride for the city's residents.
For many years previous to its commencement, the want of a park was severely felt in New York. There was literally no place on the island where the people could obtain fresh air and pleasant exercise. Harlem lane and the Bloomingdale road were dusty and disagreeable, and moreover were open only to those who could afford the expense of keeping or hiring a conveyance. People of moderate means, and the laboring classes were obliged to leave the city to obtain such recreation. All classes agreed that a park was a necessity, and all were aware that such a place of resort would have to be constructed by artificial means.
For many years before it began, New York really needed a park. There was literally no place on the island where people could get fresh air and enjoy a nice workout. Harlem Lane and the Bloomingdale Road were dusty and unpleasant, and they were only accessible to those who could afford to keep or hire transportation. People with modest incomes and those in the working class had to leave the city to find leisure. Everyone agreed that a park was essential, and they all knew that such a recreational area would have to be created artificially.
The first step taken in the matter was by Mayor Kingsland, who, on the 5th of April 1851, submitted a message to the Common Council, setting forth the necessity of a park, and urging that measures be taken at once for securing a suitable site, before the island should be covered with streets and buildings. The message was referred to a select committee, who reported in favor of purchasing a tract of 150 acres, known as Jones’s Woods, lying between Sixty-sixth and Seventy-fifth streets, and Third avenue and the East River. There was a strong pressure brought to bear upon the City Government to secure the purchase of this tract, although the citizens as a rule ridiculed the idea of providing a park of only 150 acres for a city whose population would soon be 1,000,000. Yet the Jones’s Wood tract came very near being decided upon, and the p. 333purchase was only prevented by a quarrel between two members of the Legislature from the City of New York, and the city was saved from a mistake which would have been fatal to its hopes. On the 5th of August, 1851, a committee was appointed by the Legislature to examine whether a more suitable location for a park could be found, and the result of the inquiry was the selection and purchase of the site now known as the Central Park, the bill for that purpose passing the Legislature on the 23d of July, 1853.
The first step in this process was taken by Mayor Kingsland, who, on April 5, 1851, sent a message to the Common Council highlighting the need for a park and urging immediate action to secure a suitable site before the island became covered with roads and buildings. The message was sent to a select committee, which recommended purchasing a 150-acre area known as Jones’s Woods, located between 66th and 75th streets, Third Avenue, and the East River. There was significant pressure on the City Government to finalize the purchase of this area, even though most citizens mocked the idea of having just a 150-acre park for a city that would soon have a population of 1,000,000. Nevertheless, the Jones’s Wood site nearly became the choice, and the purchase was only halted by a disagreement between two members of the Legislature from New York City, preventing a decision that would have been disastrous for the city's future. On August 5, 1851, the Legislature appointed a committee to explore if a better location for a park could be identified, resulting in the selection and purchase of the site now known as Central Park, with the bill for this passing the Legislature on July 23, 1853.
In November, 1853, Commissioners were appointed to assess the value of the land taken for the park, and on the 5th of February, 1856, their report was confirmed by the City Government. In May, 1856, the Common Council appointed the first Board of Commissioners, with power to select and carry p. 334out a definite plan for the construction of the park. This Board consisted of the Mayor and Street Commissioner, who were ex officio members, Washington Irving, George Bancroft, James E. Cooley, Charles F. Briggs, James Phalen, Charles A. Dana, Stewart Brown and others. The designs submitted by Messrs. Frederick L. Olmstead and C. Vaux were accepted, and have since been substantially carried out. The surveys had previously been made by a corps of engineers, at the head of which was Mr., now General Egbert L. Viele.
In November 1853, Commissioners were assigned to determine the value of the land taken for the park, and on February 5, 1856, their report was approved by the City Government. In May 1856, the Common Council appointed the first Board of Commissioners, with the authority to choose and implement a specific plan for the construction of the park. This Board included the Mayor and Street Commissioner as ex officio members, along with Washington Irving, George Bancroft, James E. Cooley, Charles F. Briggs, James Phalen, Charles A. Dana, Stewart Brown, and others. The designs presented by Messrs. Frederick L. Olmstead and C. Vaux were accepted and have since been largely realized. The surveys had been conducted earlier by a team of engineers led by Mr., now General Egbert L. Viele.
The task before the architects and Commissioners was an arduous one. With the exception of making a few hollows, and throwing up a few rocks and bluffs, nature had done nothing for this part of the island. It was bleak, dreary and sickly. “The southern portion was already a part of the straggling suburbs of the city, and a suburb more filthy, squalid and disgusting can hardly be imagined. A considerable number of its inhabitants were engaged in occupations which are nuisances in the eye of the law; and were consequently followed at night in wretched hovels, half-hidden among the rocks, where also heaps of cinders, brickbats, potsherds, and other rubbish were deposited. The grading of streets through and across it had been commenced, and the rude embankments and ragged rock-excavations thus created added much to the natural irregularities of its surface. Large reaches of stagnant water made the aspect yet more repulsive; and so ubiquitous were the rocks that it is said, not a square rood could be found throughout which a crowbar could be thrust its length into the ground without encountering them. To complete the miseries of the scene, the wretched squatters had, in the process of time, ruthlessly denuded it of all its vegetation except a miserable tangled underbrush.”
The task facing the architects and Commissioners was a tough one. Aside from creating a few dips and piling up some rocks and hills, nature had contributed little to this area of the island. It was bleak, dreary, and unhealthy. “The southern part was already part of the sprawling suburbs of the city, and it’s hard to imagine a suburb more filthy, squalid, and disgusting. Many of its residents were involved in activities that are considered nuisances legally; they were often found at night in miserable shacks, half-hidden among the rocks, where piles of ashes, rubble, broken pots, and other trash were dumped. Street grading had begun through and across it, and the crude embankments and rough rock excavations added to the area’s natural irregularities. Large areas of stagnant water made the place even more unattractive; there were so many rocks that it’s said not a square yard could be found where a crowbar could be thrust its full length into the ground without hitting one. To top off the scene’s misery, the unfortunate squatters had, over time, stripped the area of all its vegetation, leaving just a pathetic tangle of underbrush.”
Looking around now upon the beautiful landscape, with its exquisite lawns and shrubbery, its picturesque hills, and romantic walks and drives, its sparkling lakes, cascades and fountains, it is hard to realize that so much loveliness was preceded by such hideousness.
Looking around now at the beautiful landscape, with its stunning lawns and shrubbery, picturesque hills, and charming paths and drives, its sparkling lakes, waterfalls, and fountains, it's hard to believe that so much beauty came from such ugliness.
The Central Park, so called because it is situated almost in p. 336the centre of the island of Manhattan, is a parallelogram in shape, and lies between Fifty-ninth street on the south, and One-hundred-and-tenth street on the north, the Fifth avenue on the east, and the Eighth avenue on the west. It covers an area of 843 acres, and is about two and a half miles long, by half a mile wide. There are nine miles of carriage drives, four miles of bridle roads, and twenty-five miles of walks within its limits. It is the second park in the Union in size; the Fairmount Park at Philadelphia being the largest. It is larger than any city park in Europe, with the exception of the Bois de Boulogne at Paris, the Prater at Vienna, and the Phoenix at Dublin. A rocky ridge, which traverses the whole island, passes through almost the exact centre of the grounds, and has afforded a means of rendering the scenery most beautiful and diversified. A part of the grounds forms a miniature Alpine region; another part is the perfection of water scenery; and still another stretches away in one of the loveliest lawns in the world. The soil will nurture almost any kind of tree, shrub, or plant; and more than one hundred and sixty thousand trees and shrubs of all kinds have been planted, and the work is still going on. Any of the principal walks will conduct the visitor all over the grounds, and afford him a fine view of the principal objects of interest.
Central Park, named for being almost at the center of Manhattan, is shaped like a parallelogram and lies between 59th Street to the south and 110th Street to the north, with Fifth Avenue to the east and Eighth Avenue to the west. It covers an area of 843 acres and measures about two and a half miles long and half a mile wide. There are nine miles of carriage drives, four miles of bridle paths, and twenty-five miles of walking trails within it. It is the second-largest park in the United States, with Fairmount Park in Philadelphia being the largest. It surpasses any city park in Europe, except for the Bois de Boulogne in Paris, the Prater in Vienna, and Phoenix Park in Dublin. A rocky ridge runs through the center of the park, which helps create stunning and diverse scenery. Part of the park features a miniature Alpine region, another section showcases beautiful water views, and there is also one of the most beautiful lawns in the world. The soil supports nearly any type of tree, shrub, or plant, and more than 160,000 trees and shrubs of all kinds have been planted, with the work ongoing. Any of the main paths will guide visitors throughout the grounds, offering great views of the key attractions.
The park is divided into two main sections, known as the Upper and Lower Parks, the two being separated by the immense Croton Reservoirs, which occupy the central portion of the grounds. Thus far the Lower Park has received the greatest amount of ornamentation. It is a miracle of exquisite landscape gardening. Its principal features are its lawns, the Pond, the Lake, the Mall, the Terrace, the Ramble, and the Museum of Natural History. The main entrances are on Fifty-ninth street, those at the Fifth and Eighth avenues being for vehicles, equestrians, and pedestrians, and those at the Sixth and Seventh avenues for pedestrians only. All these entrances will ultimately be ornamented with magnificent gateways. Paths leading from them converge at the handsome Marble Arch at the lower end of the Mall.
The park is divided into two main sections, called the Upper and Lower Parks, which are separated by the large Croton Reservoirs that occupy the center of the grounds. So far, the Lower Park has received the most decoration. It’s a marvel of beautiful landscape design. Its main features include its lawns, the Pond, the Lake, the Mall, the Terrace, the Ramble, and the Museum of Natural History. The main entrances are on Fifty-ninth Street, with those at Fifth and Eighth Avenues open for vehicles, horseback riders, and pedestrians, while those at Sixth and Seventh Avenues are for pedestrians only. All these entrances will eventually be enhanced with stunning gateways. Paths leading from these entrances converge at the lovely Marble Arch at the lower end of the Mall.
p. 337Near the Fifth avenue gate is a fine bronze colossal bust of Alexander Von Humboldt, the work of Professor Blaiser of Berlin, which was presented to the park by the German citizens of New York, and inaugurated on the 14th of September, 1869, the one-hundredth anniversary of the birth of the great man.
p. 337Near the Fifth Avenue gate, there is a large bronze bust of Alexander Von Humboldt, created by Professor Blaiser of Berlin. This bust was given to the park by the German citizens of New York and was unveiled on September 14, 1869, marking the one-hundredth anniversary of the great man's birth.
Near the Eighth avenue gate is a bronze statue of Commerce, the gift of Mr. Stephen B. Guion.
Near the Eighth Avenue gate is a bronze statue of Commerce, a donation from Mr. Stephen B. Guion.
At the extreme southern end of the park, and between the Fifth and Sixth avenue gates, is a small, irregular sheet of water, lying in a deep hollow. The surrounding hills have been improved with great taste, and the pond and its surroundings constitute one of the prettiest features of the park. The water consists mainly of the natural drainage of the ground.
At the far southern end of the park, located between the Fifth and Sixth Avenue gates, is a small, irregularly shaped pond situated in a deep hollow. The nearby hills have been beautifully landscaped, and the pond and its surroundings are one of the most charming parts of the park. The water primarily comes from the natural drainage of the area.
Along the Fifth avenue side of the park, near Sixty-fourth street, is a large and peculiar-looking building, not unlike the cadet barracks at West Point. This was formerly used by the State as an arsenal, but was purchased by the city, in 1856, for the sum of $275,000. It has been recently fitted up as a Museum of Natural History, and the first, second, and third floors contain the magnificent collection of the American Museum Association. This collection is in charge of Professor Bickmore, and includes 12,000 birds, 1000 mammals, 3000 reptiles and fishes, and a large number of insects and corals. It is the largest and most perfect collection in the country. The famous collection of the Archduke Maximilian forms the nucleus of this one.
Along the Fifth Avenue side of the park, near Sixty-fourth Street, there's a large and oddly designed building, somewhat resembling the cadet barracks at West Point. This place was originally used by the State as an arsenal, but the city bought it in 1856 for $275,000. It has recently been renovated into a Museum of Natural History, and the first, second, and third floors feature the stunning collection of the American Museum Association. This collection is managed by Professor Bickmore and includes 12,000 birds, 1,000 mammals, 3,000 reptiles and fish, along with a considerable number of insects and corals. It's the largest and most complete collection in the country. The famous collection of Archduke Maximilian forms the core of this one.
In the top floor of the Museum building is the Meteorological Observatory of the Central Park, under charge of Professor Daniel Draper. Here are ingenious and interesting instruments for measuring the velocity and direction of the wind, the fall of rain and snow, and for ascertaining the variation of the temperature, etc. The establishment is very complete, and a portion of it is open to visitors. The basement floors of the building are occupied by the offices of the Central Park authorities, and a police station.
In the top floor of the Museum building is the Meteorological Observatory of Central Park, managed by Professor Daniel Draper. Here you’ll find clever and intriguing tools for measuring wind speed and direction, rainfall and snowfall, and monitoring temperature variations, among other things. The facility is very well-equipped, and part of it is open to visitors. The basement floors of the building house the offices of the Central Park authorities and a police station.
The open space surrounding the Museum edifice is taken up with buildings and cages containing the living animals, birds, p. 339and reptiles of the collection. They are admirably arranged, and the occupants are all fine specimens of their species. These accommodations are only temporary, as the Commissioners are now engaged in the construction of a Zoological Garden, on Eighth avenue, between Seventy-seventh and Eighty-first streets, immediately opposite the park, with which it will be connected by means of a tunnel under the Eighth avenue.
The open space around the museum building is filled with structures and enclosures for the live animals, birds, p. 339and reptiles in the collection. They are well-organized, and all the animals are excellent examples of their species. These facilities are only temporary, as the commissioners are currently working on building a Zoological Garden on Eighth Avenue, between Seventy-seventh and Eighty-first Streets, right across from the park, which will be linked by a tunnel under Eighth Avenue.
Just north of the pond, and on the high ground above it, is a pretty gothic structure of stone, known as The Dairy. It is contiguous to the South Transverse Road, and supplies may be taken to it without using the park thoroughfares. Pure milk and refreshments, especially such as are suited to children, may be obtained at a moderate cost.
Just north of the pond, on the elevated ground above it, is a charming gothic stone building called The Dairy. It’s right next to the South Transverse Road, so supplies can be delivered to it without going through the park roads. You can get fresh milk and snacks, especially those suitable for kids, at a reasonable price.
A short distance from the Dairy is the children’s summer house, near which is a cottage with toilette rooms, closets, etc., for the use of ladies and children. Near by are a number of self-acting swings, and a little to the north is the Carrousel, a circular building, containing a number of hobby-horses, which are made to gallop around in a circle by the turning of a crank in the centre of the machine. To the west of this building is the base-ball ground, covering some forty or fifty acres. A commodious brick cottage has been erected here for the accommodation of the ball players.
A short distance from the Dairy is the children’s summerhouse, next to a cottage with restrooms and changing rooms for ladies and kids. Nearby are several self-acting swings, and a little to the north is the Carousel, a circular building with a number of hobby horses that gallop around in a circle when a crank in the center of the machine is turned. To the west of this building is the baseball field, covering about forty to fifty acres. A spacious brick cottage has been built here for the ball players.
The paths from the Fifty-ninth street gates converge at the Marble Arch, which lies a little to the northeast of the Dairy. This is one of the most beautiful and costly structures in the park, and consists entirely of marble. Its purpose is to carry the main carriage drive over the foot-path without interrupting the level, and at the same time to furnish a pleasant access from the lower level of the Southwest Park to the Mall. A broad double stairway, to the right and left, leads from the Mall to the interior of the Arch. On either side runs a marble bench, on which, in the summer, the visitor may sit and enjoy the delightful coolness of the place; and opposite the upper end of the Arch, beyond the stairway, is a niche, around which is a marble bench. In the centre is a drinking fountain.
The paths from the Fifty-ninth Street gates come together at the Marble Arch, which is located a bit northeast of the Dairy. This is one of the most beautiful and expensive structures in the park, made entirely of marble. Its purpose is to allow the main carriage drive to pass over the footpath without disrupting the level, while also providing a nice pathway from the lower level of Southwest Park to the Mall. A wide double staircase on the right and left leads from the Mall to the inside of the Arch. On either side, there's a marble bench where visitors can sit and enjoy the pleasant coolness during the summer. Across from the upper end of the Arch, beyond the staircase, is a niche with a marble bench surrounding it. In the center, there's a drinking fountain.
The Mall extends from the Marble Arch to the Terrace. It p. 340constitutes the grand promenade of the park, and near its upper end is the handsome music stand, from which concerts are given by the Central Park Band, on Saturday afternoons during the mild season. The Mall is about 1200 feet long by 200 feet wide. In the centre is a promenade, thirty-five feet wide. The remainder is laid out in lawns, and is shaded by four rows of American elms. The Mall terminates on the north in a spacious square or plaza, which is ornamented with two pretty revolving fountains, and a number of bird cages mounted on pedestals. In the spring and summer, numerous vases of flowers are placed here. On concert days, the upper part of the Mall is covered with rustic seats shaded by canvass awnings, where the visitor may sit and listen to the music. At such times, a large programme of the performance is posted on a movable frame placed opposite the music stand. These concerts are very good, and draw large audiences.
The Mall stretches from Marble Arch to the Terrace. It p. 340serves as the main walkway of the park, and near the top, there’s a beautiful bandstand where concerts are held by the Central Park Band on Saturday afternoons during the nice weather. The Mall is about 1200 feet long and 200 feet wide. In the center, there's a promenade that’s thirty-five feet wide. The rest is designed with lawns and is lined with four rows of American elms. The Mall ends at the north with a large square or plaza, decorated with two charming fountains and several birdcages on pedestals. In spring and summer, many flower vases are placed here. On concert days, the upper part of the Mall is filled with rustic seating under canvas awnings, where visitors can sit and enjoy the music. During these times, a detailed program of the performance is displayed on a movable frame in front of the bandstand. These concerts are quite good and attract large crowds.
To the west of the Mall is a beautiful lawn, called the Green, covering fifteen acres, and terminated on the northwest by a hill, on the summit of which is placed a gaudy building in which artificial mineral waters are sold.
To the west of the Mall is a beautiful lawn, called the Green, covering fifteen acres, and ending on the northwest by a hill, where a flashy building sells artificial mineral waters.
Along the northeastern side of the Mall, and elevated about twenty feet above it, is a rustic bower of iron trellis work, over which are trained wisterias, honeysuckle, and rose vines. This is the Vine-covered Walk, and from it visitors may overlook the Terrace, Lake, Ramble, and Mall.
Along the northeastern side of the Mall, raised about twenty feet above it, is a charming gazebo made of iron trellis, adorned with wisterias, honeysuckle, and rose vines. This is the Vine-covered Walk, and from here, visitors can enjoy views of the Terrace, Lake, Ramble, and Mall.
Adjoining it on the east is an open square, in which carriages only are allowed. Across this square is the Casino, a handsome brick cottage, used as a ladies’ restaurant. The fare here is good, and the prices are moderate. The establishment is conducted by private parties under the supervision of the Commissioners.
Adjoining it on the east is an open square where only carriages are allowed. Across this square is the Casino, a charming brick cottage used as a ladies' restaurant. The food here is good, and the prices are reasonable. The establishment is run by private parties under the supervision of the Commissioners.
In the grounds in the rear of the Casino, is a fine group of figures in sandstone, called “Auld Lang Syne,” the work of Robert Thomson, the self-taught sculptor, and a little to the southeast of this is a bronze statue of Professor Morse, erected by the Telegraph Operators’ Association, and executed by Byron M. Pickett.
In the grounds behind the Casino, there's a great collection of sandstone figures called “Auld Lang Syne,” created by Robert Thomson, the self-taught sculptor. A bit to the southeast of this is a bronze statue of Professor Morse, put up by the Telegraph Operators’ Association, and made by Byron M. Pickett.
p. 342At the northern end of the Mall is the Terrace, and between the two is a magnificent screen work of Albert freestone, in which are two openings whereby persons can leave their carriages and enter the Mall, or from it can cross the drive and reach the stairs leading to the Lower Terrace. A flight of massive stairs leads directly from the Mall to the arcade or hall under the drive, through which the visitor may pass to the Lower Terrace, which is on the same level. This hall is paved, and the walls and ceiling are inlaid with beautiful designs in encaustic tiles. It is now used as a refreshment room. The Terrace is constructed almost entirely of Albert freestone, and is very massive and beautiful in design. It is elaborately and exquisitely carved with appropriate figures and emblems, some of which are very quaint. Our engraving will give the reader a fair idea of its appearance from the water. In the summer, the slope adjoining the Terrace is studded with flowers, which give to the scene a very brilliant effect.
p. 342At the northern end of the Mall is the Terrace, and between the two is a stunning freestone structure by Albert, featuring two openings that allow people to exit their carriages and enter the Mall, or, from there, cross the drive to access the stairs leading to the Lower Terrace. A large set of stairs connects the Mall directly to the arcade or hall beneath the drive, which visitors can use to reach the Lower Terrace at the same level. This hall has a tiled floor, and the walls and ceiling are decorated with beautiful encaustic tile designs. It is currently used as a refreshment room. The Terrace is mainly made of Albert freestone, showcasing a solid and beautiful design. It is intricately and beautifully carved with relevant figures and symbols, some of which are quite unique. Our engraving will provide readers with a good view of its appearance from the water. In the summer, the slope next to the Terrace is filled with flowers, adding a vibrant touch to the scene.
In the centre of the Lower Terrace is a large basin from the midst of which rises a fine jet of water. This fountain is to be ornamented with magnificent bronze castings, now on their way from Munich, where they were made.
In the center of the Lower Terrace is a large basin from which a beautiful jet of water shoots up. This fountain will be adorned with stunning bronze castings, which are currently being shipped from Munich, where they were created.
The Central Lake washes the northern end of the Lower Terrace, and stretches away from it to the east and west. It is without doubt the most beautiful feature of the park. It covers between twenty and thirty acres, and is as pretty a sheet of water as can be found in the country. Upon its upper side are the wooded heights of the Ramble, which in some places slope down gently to the water’s edge, and in others jut out into the lake in bold, rocky headlands. The magnificent Terrace, with its fountain and flowers, and carvings, adorns the southeastern portion. To the west of the Terrace the lake narrows very greatly, and is spanned by a light iron structure, called the Bow Bridge, from its peculiar shape. It is used for pedestrians only. Heavy vases filled with trailing flowers adorn its abutments, and from this it is sometimes called the Flower Bridge. The western part of the lake is a lovely sheet of water, and comprises more than two-thirds of the whole lake. Its northwestern end is p. 343spanned by a handsome stone bridge, which carries the drive across that part of the lake, and close by is another, picturesquely constructed of wood, which conducts a foot-path across the head of the lake.
The Central Lake washes the northern end of the Lower Terrace and stretches away from it to the east and west. It's definitely the most beautiful feature of the park. It covers about twenty to thirty acres and is as lovely a body of water as you can find in the country. On its upper side are the wooded heights of the Ramble, which in some places slope gently down to the water’s edge and in others jut out into the lake as bold, rocky ledges. The stunning Terrace, with its fountain, flowers, and carvings, decorates the southeastern section. To the west of the Terrace, the lake narrows significantly and is crossed by a light iron structure called the Bow Bridge, named for its unique shape. It’s for pedestrians only. Large vases filled with trailing flowers decorate its ends, and because of this, it's sometimes referred to as the Flower Bridge. The western part of the lake is a beautiful expanse of water, making up more than two-thirds of the entire lake. Its northwestern end is p. 343spanned by an elegant stone bridge that carries the drive across that part of the lake, and nearby is another, charmingly built of wood, that leads a footpath across the top of the lake.
At the Terrace there is a boat-house, in which is to be found the manager of the fleet of pleasure boats which dot the surface of the water. The regular fare around the lake in the omnibus or public boats is ten cents. Persons may hire a boat for their private use on the payment of a moderate sum. They may either make the circuit of the lake in these boats, or may leave them at any of the six pretty boat-houses which are arranged at convenient points on the shore. The popularity of these boats may be judged from the fact that in 1869, 126,000 persons used them.
At the Terrace, there's a boathouse where you can find the manager of the fleet of pleasure boats that dot the surface of the water. The standard fare for a ride around the lake on the public boats is ten cents. People can rent a boat for their own use for a reasonable fee. They can either make a full loop around the lake in these boats or leave them at any of the six charming boathouses located at convenient spots along the shore. The popularity of these boats is evident from the fact that in 1869, 126,000 people used them.
Whole fleets of snow-white swans are constantly sailing through the waters. They are among the finest specimens of their species in existence. At the opening of the park twelve of these birds were presented to the Commissioners by the city of Hamburg in Germany. Nine of these died, and twelve more were presented by the same city. Fifty others were given by some gentlemen in London. Of the original seventy-four, twenty-eight died, and the remaining forty-six with their progeny form one of the pleasantest attractions of the lake. A number of white ducks have been added to the collection. All the birds are quite tame, and come readily to the call.
Whole fleets of dazzling white swans are continually gliding across the waters. They are some of the most outstanding examples of their species in existence. At the park's opening, the city of Hamburg in Germany gifted twelve of these birds to the Commissioners. Nine of them passed away, and twelve more were sent by the same city. Fifty others were donated by some gentlemen in London. Out of the original seventy-four, twenty-eight died, and the remaining forty-six, along with their offspring, create one of the most charming attractions of the lake. A number of white ducks have been added to the collection. All the birds are quite friendly and respond eagerly to calls.
On a bright moonlight night in the summer, the scene to be witnessed on the lake is brilliant. The clear waters gleam like polished steel in the moonlight, and are dotted in every direction with pleasure boats, each of which carries a red or blue light; the swans sail majestically up and down in groups; on every side is heard the dash of oars, and the sound of laughter and happy voices; and the air is heavily laden with the perfume of the flowers along the shore. No sight or sound of the great city is at hand to disturb you, and you may lie back in your boat with half shut eyes, and think yourself in fairyland.
On a bright summer night with a full moon, the scene on the lake is stunning. The clear water shines like polished steel under the moonlight, dotted with pleasure boats that each have a red or blue light. Swans glide gracefully in groups; all around, you hear the sound of oars splashing and the sounds of laughter and happy voices. The air is rich with the scent of flowers along the shore. There’s no sight or sound of the bustling city to interrupt this tranquility, allowing you to lie back in your boat with your eyes half-closed, feeling like you're in a fairy tale.
In the winter the scene is different. Huge houses are erected on the shores of all the sheets of water in the park, and are p. 344provided with sitting-rooms, fires, restaurants, and counters at which skates may be hired for a trifling sum. The water is lowered to a depth sufficient to prevent the occurrence of any serious accident in case the ice should break, and the ice itself is carefully watched, and is scraped smooth after the sports of the day are over. Rotten ice is quickly detected and marked with a sign bearing the word “Danger.” When the ice is in suitable condition, a red ball is hoisted on the Arsenal, and little white flags, on which is printed a similar ball, are affixed to the cars running between the park and the lower part of the city. Then the pleasure seekers come out in throngs, and soon the ice is crowded. At night the lakes are lighted by numerous gas jets with powerful reflectors, placed along the shore. The Central Lake at such times is a sight worth seeing. The Commissioners prepare a code of liberal rules for the government of skaters, and post them at conspicuous points. All persons going on the ice are required to comply with them, on pain of exclusion from the sport.
In winter, the scene changes completely. Huge houses pop up along the shores of the various lakes in the park, and they come with living rooms, fireplaces, restaurants, and rental counters for skates at a small price. The water is lowered to a depth that prevents any serious accidents if the ice breaks, and the ice itself is carefully monitored, getting smoothed out after each day's activities. Any weak spots in the ice are quickly identified and marked with a sign that says “Danger.” When the ice is ready, a red ball is raised at the Arsenal, and small white flags, featuring a similar ball, are attached to the cars running between the park and downtown. Then, crowds of people come out to enjoy, and soon the ice is packed. At night, the lakes are illuminated by numerous gas jets with powerful reflectors along the shore. The Central Lake, in particular, is quite a sight to behold at those times. The Commissioners create a set of clear rules for skaters and post them in visible spots. Everyone heading onto the ice is required to follow these rules or risk being banned from skating.
To the east of the Central Lake, and along the Fifth avenue side, is a small pond, on the verge of which a large Conservatory, which is to be one of the principal ornaments of the park, is now in course of erection.
To the east of the Central Lake, along the Fifth Avenue side, there's a small pond, next to which a large Conservatory is currently being built. It’s going to be one of the main attractions of the park.
On the heights to the north of the lake lies the Ramble, which covers an area of about thirty-six acres, and is a labyrinth of wooded walks, abounding in the prettiest rustic nooks, with tiny bridges over little brooks, wild flowers and vines, and bits of lawn, and rock work, all so naturally and simply arranged that it is hard to believe it is not the work of nature. It is one of the most beautiful portions of the park.
On the hills north of the lake is the Ramble, which spans about thirty-six acres and is a maze of wooded paths filled with charming little spots, tiny bridges over small streams, wildflowers and vines, patches of grass, and stone features, all laid out so naturally and effortlessly that it’s hard to believe it’s not created by nature. It’s one of the most beautiful parts of the park.
At the northern end of the Ramble rises a fine gothic stone tower, which forms a prominent feature in almost any view of the park. This is the Belvedere, and is intended to serve as an observatory from which the entire park may be seen at a glance. The rock upon which it stands is the highest point in the park.
At the northern end of the Ramble stands a striking gothic stone tower, which is a key feature in almost any view of the park. This is the Belvedere, designed to be an observatory from which you can see the entire park at a glance. The rock underneath it is the highest point in the park.
At the foot of this tower are the Croton Reservoirs. There are two of them. The old or lower one is a parallelogram in form, covering an area of thirty-one acres, and capable p. 347of holding 150,000,000 gallons of water. The new reservoir lies to the north of the old, and is separated from it by a transverse road. It is a massive structure of granite, irregular in form, and extends almost entirely across the park. It covers an area of 106 acres, and will hold 1,000,000,000 gallons of water. Thus the two reservoirs take 136 acres from the park. The landscape gardeners have so arranged them that they constitute a very attractive feature of the landscape.
At the base of this tower are the Croton Reservoirs. There are two of them. The older, lower reservoir is shaped like a parallelogram, covering 31 acres and capable of holding 150 million gallons of water. The new reservoir is located north of the old one and is separated from it by a crossroad. It’s a large granite structure with an irregular shape and nearly spans the entire park. It covers 106 acres and can hold 1 billion gallons of water. Together, the two reservoirs occupy 136 acres of the park. The landscape designers have arranged them beautifully, making them a striking feature of the scenery.
North of the new reservoir is the Upper Park. This has been less improved than the Lower Park, but is naturally very beautiful. A large part of it is taken up with the great ravine formerly known as McGowan’s Pass. It was through this wild glen that the beaten and disheartened fragments of the American army escaped from the city of New York after their disastrous rout at the battle of Long Island. Close by they were rallied in time to make a stand at Harlem Plains. On the hills in the extreme northern part of the park are still to be seen the remains of a series of earthworks, which have been carefully turfed over, and on one of these heights, known as The Bluff, is an old stone structure said to have been used as a block-house or magazine during the war of 1812-15. A small part of the “old Boston Road” is still to be seen in this portion of the park, and in the distance a view is to be obtained of the High Bridge, the Heights of Westchester county, and the Palisades, on the New Jersey shore of the Hudson, while Washington Heights rise boldly to the northward. To the eastward one may see the white sails of the vessels in Long Island Sound, and get a faint glimpse of the town of Flushing, on Long Island, and New Rochelle, on the mainland, while nearer are Hell Gate, the picturesque East and Harlem rivers, with their islands and public buildings, and the lovely little village of Astoria.
North of the new reservoir is the Upper Park. This area hasn’t been developed as much as the Lower Park, but it's naturally very beautiful. A large portion is taken up by the great ravine once known as McGowan’s Pass. It was through this wild glen that the battered and disheartened remnants of the American army escaped from New York City after their disastrous defeat at the Battle of Long Island. Nearby, they were regrouped in time to make a stand at Harlem Plains. On the hills in the far north part of the park, you can still see the remains of a series of earthworks, which have been carefully covered with turf. On one of these heights, known as The Bluff, there’s an old stone structure said to have been used as a blockhouse or magazine during the War of 1812-15. A small part of the "old Boston Road" can still be seen in this section of the park, and in the distance, you can get a view of the High Bridge, the Heights of Westchester County, and the Palisades on the New Jersey side of the Hudson, while Washington Heights rise boldly to the north. To the east, you can see the white sails of vessels in Long Island Sound, and catch a glimpse of the town of Flushing on Long Island and New Rochelle on the mainland, while closer in are Hell Gate, the picturesque East and Harlem rivers with their islands and public buildings, and the charming little village of Astoria.
The park occupies the centre of the island, from north to south, for a distance of two miles and a half. The cross streets do not extend through it, and all vehicles of a business nature are excluded from the pleasure drives. It was foreseen from the first that it would be necessary to provide means of p. 348communication between the eastern and western sides of the island, without compelling wagons and trucks to pass around the upper or lower ends of the enclosure. At the same time it was felt to be desirable to make these roads as private as possible, so that the beauty of the park should not be marred by them, or by the long trains of wagons, carts, and such other vehicles as would pass over them. The genius of the constructing engineers soon settled this difficulty. A system of transverse roads was adopted and carried out. There are four of them, and they cross the park at Sixty-fifth, Seventy-ninth, Eighty-fifth, and Ninety-seventh streets. They are sunken considerably below the general level of the park, and are securely walled in with masonry. Vines, trees, and shrubbery are planted and carefully trained along the edges of these walls, which conceal the roads from view. The visitors, by means of archways or bridges, pass over these roads, catching but a momentary glimpse of them in some places, and in utter ignorance of them in others.
The park is located in the middle of the island, stretching two and a half miles from north to south. The cross streets don’t go through it, and all business vehicles are banned from the leisure drives. It was clear from the beginning that there would need to be a way to connect the east and west sides of the island without forcing wagons and trucks to go around the ends of the park. At the same time, it was important to keep these roads as private as possible so that the park's beauty wouldn't be ruined by them or by long lines of wagons, carts, and other vehicles. The engineers quickly came up with a solution to this issue. They implemented a system of cross roads. There are four of them, crossing the park at Sixty-fifth, Seventy-ninth, Eighty-fifth, and Ninety-seventh streets. These roads are built significantly below the park's overall level, surrounded by sturdy walls. Vines, trees, and shrubs are planted and carefully trained along the walls to hide the roads from view. Visitors can cross over these roads via archways or bridges, catching only a brief glimpse of them in some spots, and are completely unaware of them in others.
Near the northeastern end of the park is an elevation known as Mount St. Vincent. It is crowned with a large rambling structure principally of wood, to which is attached a fine brick chapel. The building was originally used as a Roman Catholic Seminary for young men. It is now a restaurant, kept by private parties under the control of the Commissioners. The chapel is used as a gallery of sculpture, and contains the models of the works of the sculptor Thomas Crawford. They were presented to the city by his widow in 1860.
Near the northeastern edge of the park is a hill called Mount St. Vincent. It features a large, sprawling wooden building, which is connected to a beautiful brick chapel. The building was originally a Roman Catholic seminary for young men. Now, it's a restaurant operated by private parties under the oversight of the Commissioners. The chapel serves as a sculpture gallery and holds models of works by the sculptor Thomas Crawford. These were donated to the city by his widow in 1860.
Just below this hill is the North Lake, into which flows a stream noted for its beauty.
Just below this hill is North Lake, where a beautiful stream flows in.
At the Fifth and Eighth Avenue gates are the stations of the Park Omnibuses. These are controlled by the Commissioners, and transport passengers through the entire park for the sum of twenty-five cents. They are open, and afford every facility for seeing the beauties of the place.
At the Fifth and Eighth Avenue gates are the Park Omnibus stations. These are managed by the Commissioners and take passengers all around the park for just twenty-five cents. They are open-air, providing great opportunities to enjoy the beauty of the area.
The original cost of the land included within the park was $5,028,884, and up to the close of the year 1869, there had been expended upon it an additional sum of $5,775,387; making the total cost of the park, up to January 1st, 1870, p. 349$10,804,271. Since that time it has cost about $1,000,000 additional.
The park is controlled by the Commissioners of the Department of Public Parks. The principal executive officer is the President. The discipline prescribed for the employés is very rigid. A force of special policemen, who may be recognized by their gray uniforms, has been placed on duty in the park, with the same powers and duties as the Metropolitan Police. One of these is always on duty at each gateway, to direct visitors and furnish information, as well as to prevent vehicles from entering the grounds at too rapid a rate. Others of the force are scattered through the grounds at such convenient distances that one of them is always within call. None of the employés are allowed to ask or to receive pay for their services. Their wages are liberal. When an article is found by any of the employés of the park, it is his duty to carry it to the property clerk at the Arsenal, where it can be identified and recovered by the rightful owner.
The park is managed by the Commissioners of the Department of Public Parks. The main executive officer is the President. The rules for the employees are very strict. A team of special police, identifiable by their gray uniforms, has been assigned to the park, with the same powers and responsibilities as the Metropolitan Police. There is always one officer on duty at each entrance to guide visitors and provide information, as well as to make sure vehicles don't enter the grounds too quickly. Other officers are spread throughout the park at convenient distances so that one is always nearby. None of the employees are allowed to ask for or accept tips for their work. Their salaries are generous. If an employee finds an item in the park, they are required to take it to the property clerk at the Arsenal, where it can be identified and returned to its rightful owner.
Improper conduct of all kinds is forbidden, and promptly checked. Visitors are requested not to walk on the grass, except in those places where the word “Common” is posted; not to pick flowers, leaves, or shrubs, or in any way deface the foliage; not to throw stones or other missiles, not to scratch or deface the masonry or carving; and not to harm or feed the birds.
Improper behavior of any kind is not allowed and will be addressed immediately. Visitors are asked not to walk on the grass, except in the areas marked with the word “Common”; not to pick flowers, leaves, or shrubs, or otherwise damage the plants; not to throw stones or other objects; not to scratch or damage the walls or carvings; and not to harm or feed the birds.
No one is allowed to offer anything for sale within the limits of the enclosure, without a special licence from the Commissioners. There are several hotels, or restaurants, in the grounds. These are conducted in first-class style by persons of responsibility and character. Private closets for men, which may be distinguished by the sign, “For Gentlemen only,” are located at convenient points throughout the park, and cottages for ladies and children are as numerous. These latter are each in charge of a female attendant, whose duty it is to wait upon visitors, and to care for them, in case of sudden illness, until medical aid can be procured.
No one is allowed to sell anything within the enclosure without a special license from the Commissioners. There are several hotels and restaurants on the grounds. These are run in a top-notch manner by responsible and reputable individuals. Private restrooms for men, marked with the sign “For Gentlemen only,” are located at convenient spots throughout the park, and there are just as many cottages for ladies and children. Each of these is supervised by a female attendant, whose job is to assist visitors and take care of them in case of sudden illness until medical help can be obtained.
The establishment of the park has been a great blessing to p. 350all classes, but especially to the poor. It places within reach of the latter a great pleasure ground, where they may come and enjoy their holidays, and obtain the fresh air and bodily and mental enjoyment of which they are deprived in their quarters of the city. In mild weather they come here in throngs, with their families, and on Sundays the park is crowded with thousands who formerly passed the day in drunkenness or vice. The Commissioners have no trouble in enforcing their rules. All classes are proud of the park, and all observe the strictest decorum here. No crime or act of lawlessness has ever been committed within the limits of the Central Park since it was thrown open to the public. The popularity of the place is attested by the annual number of visitors. During the year 1870, 3,494,877 pedestrians, 75,511 equestrians, 1,616,935 vehicles, and 234 velocipedes, passed within the park gates. The total number of persons that entered the park during that year, including drivers and the occupants of carriages, was 8,421,427.
The creation of the park has been a huge blessing to all groups, especially to those in need. It provides them with a wonderful space to enjoy their days off and offers the fresh air and physical and mental relaxation that they can't get in their neighborhoods. During nice weather, families come in large numbers, and on Sundays, the park is packed with thousands who used to spend their days drinking or engaging in bad behavior. The Commissioners find it easy to enforce their rules. Everyone takes pride in the park, and everyone maintains a high level of decency here. No crime or disorder has ever occurred within the boundaries of Central Park since it opened to the public. The park's popularity is shown by the number of visitors each year. In 1870, there were 3,494,877 pedestrians, 75,511 horseback riders, 1,616,935 vehicles, and 234 bicycles that entered the park. The total number of people who entered the park that year, including drivers and passengers in carriages, was 8,421,427.
p. 351XXI. THE DETECTIVES.
I. THE REGULAR FORCE.
The Detective Corps of New York consists of twenty-five men, under the command of a Captain, or Chief. Though they really constitute a part of the Municipal Police Force, and are subject to the control of the Commissioners and higher officers of that body, the detectives have a practically distinct organization. The members of this corps are men of experience, intelligence, and energy. These qualities are indispensable to success in their profession. It requires an unusual amount of intelligence to make a good Detective. The man must be honest, determined, brave, and complete master over every feeling of his nature. He must also be capable of great endurance, of great fertility of resource, and possessed of no little ingenuity. He has to adopt all kinds of disguises, incur great personal risks, and is often subjected to temptations which only an honest man can resist. It is said that the Detective’s familiarity with crime is in itself a great temptation, and often leads him from the path of right. However this may be, it is certain that a member of the New York force committing an act savoring of dishonesty is punished by immediate expulsion from his post.
The Detective Corps of New York is made up of twenty-five men, led by a Captain or Chief. Although they are part of the Municipal Police Force and are under the authority of the Commissioners and senior officials, the detectives operate as a distinct organization. The members of this unit are experienced, intelligent, and energetic individuals. These traits are essential for success in their profession. It takes an exceptional level of intelligence to be a good Detective. A Detective must be honest, determined, brave, and have complete control over all his emotions. Additionally, he must have great endurance, resourcefulness, and a good deal of ingenuity. He needs to adopt various disguises, face significant personal risks, and often confront temptations that only a truly honest person can withstand. It is said that a Detective’s close knowledge of crime can be a major temptation, potentially leading him away from the right path. Regardless of that, it is clear that a member of the New York police found engaging in any dishonest act faces immediate expulsion from his position.
The Detectives have a special department assigned them at the Police Head-quarters in Mulberry street. There they may be found when not on duty, and the Chief, when not in his office, is always represented by some member of the corps. p. 352They are kept quite busy. The strangers who visit the city throw an immense amount of work upon the Detectives. These people often get drunk over night, and frequent houses of bad repute, where they are robbed. They naturally invoke the aid of the police in seeking to recover their property. Frequently, by making a plain statement of their cases, they recover their money or valuables, through the assistance of the Detectives. Sometimes the stolen property cannot be regained at all. These people, as a rule, refuse to prosecute the thieves, and declare their determination to submit to the loss rather than endure the publicity which would attend a prosecution. Thus the Detectives are forced to compound felonies. The injured party refuses to prosecute, and the Detective knows that to make an arrest in the case would simply be to take trouble for nothing. Consequently, if the plunder is returned, the thief is allowed to escape without punishment.
The Detectives have a special department assigned to them at the Police Headquarters on Mulberry Street. You can find them there when they’re not on duty, and if the Chief isn't in his office, there’s always a member of the team available. They stay quite busy. Visitors to the city generate a huge amount of work for the Detectives. These folks often get drunk at night and end up in disreputable places where they get robbed. They usually ask the police for help in recovering their belongings. Often, by simply explaining their situations, they are able to recover their money or valuables with the Detectives' assistance. Sometimes, though, the stolen property can't be retrieved at all. Generally, these individuals refuse to press charges against the thieves and choose to accept the loss instead of facing the publicity that would come with a prosecution. As a result, the Detectives are left to go along with these crimes. The victim declines to prosecute, and the Detective knows that making an arrest would only create unnecessary hassle. So, if the stolen items are returned, the thief gets to walk away without any consequences.
None but those whose duty it is to search out and punish crime, can tell how much the administration of justice is embarrassed, how much the officers of the law are hampered, and how greatly their labors are increased by the refusal of respectable persons to prosecute criminals. These refusals are not confined to those who seek to avoid such an exposure as is mentioned above. Merchants and bankers who have been robbed by thieves, seem to care for nothing but the recovery of their money or property. They will even sacrifice a portion of this to regain the remainder. The Detective may fairly work up his case, and fasten the crime upon the perpetrator, but he is not sure of meeting with the cooperation upon the part of the injured person that he has a right to demand. The thief seeing that an arrest is inevitable, may offer to return a part or the whole of the property on condition of his being allowed to escape. In ninety-nine cases out of a hundred the proposal is accepted. The merchant recovers his property, and immediately exerts himself to secure the escape of the thief. He refuses to prosecute the wretch, or if the prosecution is carried on in spite of him, his evidence amounts to nothing. He has protected his own interests, and he cares nothing for p. 353society or justice. He throws his whole influence against both, and aids the thief, in going free, to commit the same crime in another quarter. The Detectives complain, and with justice, that it is of no use for them to arrest a burglar where the stolen property can be recovered. If persons who have been wronged in this way would refuse all proposals for a compromise, and would endeavor to secure the punishment of the offender, the criminal class would be wonderfully thinned out, and the Detectives would not, as now, be obliged to arrest the same person over and over again, only to see him go free every time.
Only those whose job it is to find and punish crime can understand how much the justice system is hindered, how much the law enforcement officers are constrained, and how greatly their work is increased by the refusal of respectable people to prosecute criminals. These refusals aren't just from those trying to avoid the exposure mentioned earlier. Merchants and bankers who have been robbed care only about getting their money or property back. They would even give up part of it to get the rest. The detective can build a solid case and link the crime to the criminal, but he isn’t guaranteed the cooperation from the victim that he should rightfully expect. When the thief realizes arrest is unavoidable, he might offer to return some or all of the stolen items in exchange for being let go. In 99 out of 100 cases, this offer is accepted. The merchant gets his property back and immediately works to ensure the thief's escape. He refuses to prosecute the scoundrel, and if the prosecution proceeds against his wishes, his testimony is useless. He looks out for his own interests and doesn’t care about society or justice. He uses his influence to undermine both and helps the thief go free to commit the same crime elsewhere. Detectives rightfully complain that arresting a burglar is pointless when the stolen property can be retrieved. If those wronged would reject any compromise offers and push for the punishment of the offender, the criminal population would be significantly reduced, and detectives wouldn’t have to keep arresting the same person only to watch him be set free again and again.
In June, 1870, a gentleman, passing through Bleecker street, on his way home, at two o’clock in the morning, was knocked down and robbed of his watch and money. He was struck with such violence by the highwayman that his jaw was permanently injured. He was very eloquent in his complaints of the inefficiency of a police system which left one of the principal streets of the city so unguarded, and was loud in his demands for the punishment of his assailant, and the recovery of the property stolen from him. The best Detectives in the force were put in charge of the case, and the highwayman was tracked, discovered and arrested. The friends of the culprit at once returned the stolen property to its owner, and promised to reward him liberally if he would not press the prosecution of their comrade, who was one of the leading members of a notorious and dangerous gang of ruffians from whose depredations the city had been suffering for some time. The offer was accepted, and the gentleman flatly refused to prosecute, and when compelled by the authorities to state under oath, whether the prisoner was the man who had robbed him, became so doubtful and hesitating that his identification was worth nothing. This, too, in the face of his previous assertion that he could readily identify the criminal. In spite of his misconduct, however, there was evidence enough submitted to secure the conviction of the prisoner, who was sentenced to an imprisonment of ten years.
In June 1870, a man walking down Bleecker Street on his way home at 2 AM was knocked down and robbed of his watch and money. The robber hit him so hard that he permanently injured his jaw. He complained loudly about the failure of the police system that left such a major street in the city unprotected and was vocal in his demands for justice against his attacker and for the return of his stolen items. The best detectives on the force took on the case, and they tracked down, discovered, and arrested the robber. The robber's friends immediately returned the stolen items to their rightful owner and offered him a generous reward if he wouldn't pursue charges against their friend, who was a key member of a notorious and dangerous gang that had been causing trouble in the city for some time. The man accepted the offer and decided not to press charges. When the authorities forced him to testify under oath about whether the prisoner was the person who robbed him, he became so uncertain and hesitant that his identification was practically worthless, despite having previously claimed he could easily identify the criminal. Nevertheless, there was enough evidence presented to convict the robber, who was sentenced to ten years in prison.
The Detectives are in constant telegraphic communication with other cities, and intelligence of crimes committed is being p. 354constantly received and transmitted. Criminals arrested for serious offences are photographed, and their pictures placed in the collection known as the “Rogues’ Gallery.” These likenesses are shown to strangers only under certain restrictions, but they aid the force not a little in their efforts to discover criminals. The amount of crime annually brought to light by the Detectives is startling, but it does not exhibit all the evil doings of the great city. “The Police Commissioners of New York,” says Mr. Edward Crapsey, “have never had the courage to inform the public of the number of burglaries and robberies annually committed in the metropolis; but enough is known in a general way for us to be certain that there are hundreds of these crimes committed of which the public is not told. The rule is to keep secret all such affairs when an arrest does not follow the offence, and hardly any police official will venture to claim that the arrest occurs in more than a moiety of the cases. There are hundreds of such crimes every year where the criminal is not detected, and hundreds of thousands of dollars worth of property stolen of which the police never find a trace.”
The detectives are constantly communicating with other cities via telegram, receiving and sending information about crimes being committed. Criminals arrested for serious offenses are photographed, and their pictures are added to the collection known as the “Rogues’ Gallery.” These images are only shown to strangers under specific restrictions, but they significantly help the police in their efforts to catch criminals. The amount of crime uncovered each year by the detectives is shocking, but it doesn’t reveal all the wrongdoing happening in the big city. “The Police Commissioners of New York,” says Mr. Edward Crapsey, “have never had the courage to inform the public about the number of burglaries and robberies committed in the city each year; however, enough is generally known for us to be sure that there are hundreds of these crimes that the public isn’t made aware of. The practice is to keep all such matters secret when no arrest follows the crime, and hardly any police official would claim that an arrest occurs in more than half the cases. There are hundreds of such crimes every year where the criminal goes undetected, and hundreds of thousands of dollars' worth of stolen property that the police never trace.”
The individuality of crime is remarkable. Each burglar has a distinct method of conducting his operations, and the experienced Detective can recognize these marks or characteristics as he would the features of the offender. Thanks to this experience, which comes only with long and patient study, he is rarely at a loss to name the perpetrator of a crime if that person be a “professional.” Appearances which have no significance for the mere outsider are pregnant with meaning to him. He can determine with absolute certainty whether the mischief has been done by skilled or unskilled hands, and he can gather up and link together evidences which entirely escape the unpractised eye. He rejects nothing as unimportant until he has tested it, and is able to conduct his search in a systematic manner, which in the majority of cases is crowned with success.
The individuality of crime is striking. Each burglar has a unique way of carrying out their operations, and an experienced detective can identify these marks or traits just like they would recognize the features of a suspect. Thanks to this experience, which comes only through extensive and patient study, they rarely struggle to identify the perpetrator of a crime if that person is a “professional.” Details that mean nothing to an average person are filled with significance for them. They can determine with complete certainty whether the wrongdoing was done by skilled or unskilled hands and can gather and connect evidence that completely eludes an untrained eye. They don’t dismiss anything as unimportant until they’ve tested it and can conduct their investigation in a methodical way, which usually leads to success.
A few years ago a man came into one of the police stations of the city, and complained that his house had been robbed. He had pursued the thief without success, but the latter had dropped a chisel, and had torn up and thrown away a piece of p. 355paper in his flight. The captain commanding the station and an experienced Detective were present when the complaint was made. They carefully examined the owner of the house as to the mode by which the entrance had been effected, the marks left by the tools, the kind of property taken, and the action and bearing of the thief while running away. When these facts were laid before them, the two officers, without a moment’s hesitation, concluded that the robbery had been committed by a certain gang of thieves well known to them. This settled, it became necessary to identify the individual or individuals belonging to this gang, by whom the robbery had been committed. The chisel was examined, but it could give no clue. The house-owner had fortunately secured the bits of paper which the thief had thrown away. The officers spread a layer of mucilage over a sheet of paper, and on this fitted the scraps which were given them. This at once disclosed the name of the robber, who was well known to the police as a member of the gang to whom the officers attributed the robbery. Their suspicions were at once confirmed, and the next step was to make the arrest. The Detective said that the thief would certainly be at one of three places, which he named. Three policemen were accordingly sent after him, one to each of the places named, and in an hour or two the culprit was safely lodged in the station-house.
A few years ago, a man walked into one of the city's police stations and reported that his house had been robbed. He had chased after the thief without any luck, but the thief had dropped a chisel and discarded a piece of p. 355paper while escaping. The captain in charge of the station and an experienced detective were present when the complaint was filed. They carefully questioned the homeowner about how the thief got in, the marks left by the tools, what was taken, and the thief's behavior while he ran away. Once they had these details, the two officers quickly concluded that the robbery was done by a gang of thieves they knew well. With that clarified, they needed to identify the individual or individuals from this gang that committed the robbery. They examined the chisel, but it didn’t provide any leads. Luckily, the homeowner had kept the bits of paper that the thief had tossed aside. The officers coated a sheet of paper with glue and carefully arranged the scraps that were given to them. This immediately revealed the name of the robber, who was already known to the police as a member of the gang involved in the crime. Their suspicions were confirmed, and the next step was to make the arrest. The detective mentioned that the thief would likely be at one of three locations he specified. Three policemen were then dispatched to these locations, and within an hour or two, the suspect was safely brought into the station.
It would require a volume to relate the incidents connected with the exploits of the Detective Corps of New York. Sometimes the search for a criminal is swift and short, and the guilty parties are utterly confounded by the suddenness of their detection and apprehension. Sometimes the search is long and toilsome, involving the greatest personal danger, and abounding in romance and adventure. Some of the best established incidents of this kind would be regarded simply as Munchausen stories, were they related without the authority upon which they rest. Such adventures are well known to the reading public, and I pass them by here.
It would take a whole book to share the stories connected with the work of the Detective Corps of New York. Sometimes, the hunt for a criminal is quick and straightforward, leaving the guilty shocked by how suddenly they're caught. Other times, the pursuit is long and hard, involving significant personal risk and filled with drama and excitement. Some of the most well-known incidents of this kind might be seen as outrageous tall tales if told without the credible sources to back them up. These adventures are familiar to the public, so I'll skip over them here.
But the Detectives are not always successful in their efforts. If they are ingenious and full of resource, the criminals they p. 356seek are equally so, and they find their best efforts foiled and brought to naught by the skill of this class in “covering up their tracks.” To my mind the most interesting cases are not those in which the Detective’s labors have been crowned with success, but those in which he has been baffled and perplexed at every step, and which to-day remain as deeply shrouded in mystery as at the time of their occurrence.
But detectives don't always succeed in their work. Even if they are clever and resourceful, the criminals they pursue are just as inventive, and they often find their best efforts thwarted by the criminals' knack for "covering their tracks." I think the most intriguing cases aren't the ones where the detective succeeds, but those where he encounters obstacles and confusion at every turn, and which still remain shrouded in mystery today just as they were back then.
Inspector James Leonard, in the spring of 1869, related the following case to Mr. Edward Crapsey, in whose words it is presented here:
Inspector James Leonard, in the spring of 1869, shared the following case with Mr. Edward Crapsey, in whose words it is presented here:
“One spring morning, during the first year of the war, a barrel of pitch was found to have disappeared from a Jersey City pier, and the porter in charge, when reporting the fact to his employers, took occasion to speak of the river-thieves in no very complimentary terms.
“One spring morning, during the first year of the war, a barrel of pitch was discovered to be missing from a Jersey City pier, and the porter in charge, while informing his employers about the incident, took the opportunity to speak of the river-thieves in less than flattering terms.
“On the same day, Ada Ricard, a woman of nomadic habits and dubious status, but of marvellous beauty, suddenly left her hotel in New York, without taking the trouble to announce her departure or state her destination. The clerks of the house only remarked that some women had queer ways.
“On the same day, Ada Ricard, a woman of wandering tendencies and questionable background, but incredibly beautiful, suddenly left her hotel in New York without bothering to announce her departure or say where she was headed. The hotel staff simply noted that some women had strange ways.”
“A few days after these simultaneous events, the same porter who had mourned the lost pitch, happening to look down from the end of his pier when the tide was out, saw a small and shapely human foot protruding above the waters of the North River. It was a singular circumstance, for the bodies of the drowned never float in such fashion; but the porter, not stopping to speculate upon it, procured the necessary assistance, and proceeded to land the body. It came up unusually heavy, and when at last brought to the surface, was found to be made fast by a rope around the waist to the missing barrel of pitch. There was a gag securely fastened in the mouth, and these two circumstances were positive evidence that murder had been done.
“A few days after these events happened, the same porter who had been upset about the lost pitch happened to look down from the end of his pier when the tide was out and saw a small, shaped human foot sticking out of the North River. It was an odd situation because drowned bodies don't usually float like that; but the porter didn't stop to think about it. He got the help he needed and went to pull the body ashore. It felt unusually heavy, and when they finally brought it to the surface, they found it tied by a rope around the waist to the missing barrel of pitch. There was a gag tightly secured in the mouth, and these two details clearly indicated that a murder had occurred."
“When the body was landed upon the pier, it was found to be in a tolerable state of preservation, although there were conclusive signs that it had been in the water for some time. It was the body of a female, entirely nude, with the exception of p. 357an embroidered linen chemise and one lisle-thread stocking, two sizes larger than the foot, but exactly fitting the full-rounded limb. The face and contour of the form were, therefore, fully exposed to examination, and proved to be those of a woman who must have been very handsome. There was the cicatrice of an old wound on a lower limb, but otherwise there was no spot or blemish upon the body.
“When the body was brought to the pier, it was in fairly good condition, although it was clear it had been in the water for some time. It was the body of a woman, completely nude, except for an embroidered linen chemise and one lisle-thread stocking that was two sizes larger than her foot, but fit her well-rounded leg perfectly. The face and shape of her body were fully visible for examination and revealed that she must have been very beautiful. There was a scar from an old wound on one of her legs, but otherwise, her body showed no marks or flaws.”
“In due time the body was buried; but the head was removed, and preserved in the office of the city physician, with the hope that it might be the means of establishing the identity of the dead, and leading to the detection of the murderer.
“In due time, the body was buried; however, the head was removed and kept in the city physician's office, with the hope that it might help establish the identity of the deceased and lead to the capture of the murderer.
“The police on both sides of the river were intensely interested in the case; but they found themselves impotent before that head of a woman, who seemed to have never been seen upon earth in life. They could do nothing, therefore, but wait patiently for whatever developments time might bring.
“The police on both sides of the river were very focused on the case; however, they felt powerless in front of that woman, who seemed like no one had ever seen her alive on earth before. So, they had no choice but to wait patiently for any developments that time might bring.”
“Chance finally led to the desired identification. A gentleman who had known her intimately for two years, happening to see the head, at once declared it to be that of Ada Ricard. The Detectives eagerly clutched at this thread, and were soon in possession of the coincidence in time of her disappearance and that of the barrel of pitch to which the body was lashed. They further found that, since that time, she had not been seen in the city, nor could any trace of her be discovered in other sections of the country, through correspondence with the police authorities of distant cities. They had thus a woman lost and a body found, and the case was considered to be in a most promising condition.
“Chance finally led to the desired identification. A man who had known her closely for two years happened to see the head and immediately recognized it as that of Ada Ricard. The detectives eagerly grabbed onto this clue and soon discovered the coincidence between the timing of her disappearance and that of the barrel of pitch to which the body was tied. They also found that, since then, she hadn't been seen in the city, nor could any trace of her be found in other parts of the country, even after reaching out to police authorities in faraway cities. They had a woman missing and a body found, and the case was considered to be in a very promising position.
“The next step was to establish the identity by the testimony of those who had known the missing woman most intimately. The Detectives, therefore, instituted a search, which was finally successful, for Charles Ricard, her putative husband. He had not lived with her for some time, and had not even seen or heard of her for months; but his recollection was perfect, and he gave a very minute statement of her distinguishing marks. He remembered that she had persisted in wearing a pair of very heavy earrings, until their weight had slit one of her ears p. 358entirely, and the other nearly so, and that, as a consequence, both ears had been pierced a second time, and unusually high up. He regretted that her splendid array of teeth had been marred by the loss of one upon the left side of the mouth, and told how a wound had been received, whose cicatrice appeared upon one of her limbs, stating exactly its location. He dwelt with some pride upon the fact that she had been forced, by the unusual development, to wear stockings too large for her feet, and gave a general description of hair, cast of face, height, and weight that was valuable, because minute.
“The next step was to establish the identity through the testimony of those who had known the missing woman most closely. The detectives then began a search, which ultimately succeeded in locating Charles Ricard, her presumed husband. He hadn’t lived with her for a while and hadn’t seen or heard from her in months; however, his memory was clear, and he provided a very detailed account of her distinctive features. He recalled that she had insisted on wearing a pair of very heavy earrings, which had caused one of her ears to tear completely and the other almost to do the same, leading to both ears being pierced a second time, unusually high up. He regretted that her beautiful smile had been affected by the loss of a tooth on the left side of her mouth and described a scar from a wound on one of her limbs, specifying its exact location. He took some pride in mentioning that she had to wear stockings that were too large for her feet due to her unusual development and provided a detailed description of her hair, facial shape, height, and weight that was particularly valuable due to its precision. p. 358
“When he gave this statement he was not aware of the death of his wife, or of the finding of her body, and without being informed of either fact he was taken to Jersey City, and suddenly confronted with the head. The instant he saw it he sank into a chair in horror.
“When he made this statement, he wasn’t aware of his wife’s death or that her body had been found. Without being told either fact, he was taken to Jersey City and suddenly confronted with the head. The moment he saw it, he collapsed into a chair in horror.”
“His statement having been compared with the head and the record of the body, the similitude was found to be exact, except as to the teeth. The head had one tooth missing on each side of the mouth, and this fact having been called to his attention, Ricard insisted that she had lost but one when he last saw her, but it was highly probable the other had been forced out in the struggle which robbed her of her life, and the physician, for the first time making a minute examination, found that the tooth upon the right side had been forced from its place, but was still adhering to the gum. He easily pushed it back to its proper position, and there was the head without a discrepancy between it and the description of Ada Ricard.
“After comparing his statement with the head and the body records, the similarities were found to be exact, except for the teeth. The head was missing one tooth on each side of the mouth. When this was pointed out to him, Ricard insisted that she had only lost one when he last saw her, but it was likely that the other one was knocked out during the struggle that led to her death. The physician, making a detailed examination for the first time, discovered that the tooth on the right side had been dislodged but was still attached to the gum. He easily pushed it back into position, and now the head matched the description of Ada Ricard perfectly.”
“The Detectives found other witnesses, and among them the hair-dresser who had acted in that capacity for Ada Ricard during many months, who, in common with all the others, fully confirmed the evidence of Charles Ricard. The identity of the murdered woman was therefore established beyond question.
“The detectives found other witnesses, including the hairdresser who had worked for Ada Ricard for many months. Like all the others, she fully confirmed Charles Ricard’s testimony. So, the identity of the murdered woman was established beyond any doubt.”
“Naturally the next step was to solve the mystery of her death. The Detectives went to work with unusual caution, but persisted in the task they had assigned themselves, and were slowly gathering the shreds of her life, to weave from them a thread that would lead to the author of her tragical death, when p. 359they were suddenly ‘floored,’ to use their own energetic expression. Ada Ricard herself appeared at a down-town New York hotel, in perfect health and unscathed in person.
“Naturally, the next step was to solve the mystery of her death. The detectives approached their work with unusual caution but persisted in the task they had set for themselves, slowly gathering the pieces of her life to create a narrative that would lead to the person responsible for her tragic death, when p. 359they were suddenly ‘floored,’ to use their own energetic expression. Ada Ricard herself showed up at a downtown New York hotel, perfectly healthy and unharmed.”
“The explanation was simple. The whim had suddenly seized her to go to New Orleans; and she had gone without leave-taking or warning. It was no unusual incident in her wandering life, and her speedy return was due only to the fact that she found the Southern city only a military camp under the iron rule of General Butler, and therefore an unprofitable field for her.
“The explanation was simple. She suddenly felt the urge to go to New Orleans; and she left without saying goodbye or giving any warning. This wasn't an unusual event in her unpredictable life, and she returned quickly only because she discovered that the Southern city was just a military camp under the strict control of General Butler, making it an unprofitable place for her.”
“The ghastly head became more of a mystery than before. The baffled Detectives could again only look at it helplessly, and send descriptions of it over the country. At last it was seen by a woman named Callahan, living in Boston, who was in search of a daughter who had gone astray. She instantly pronounced it to be that of her child, and she was corroborated by all the members of her family and several of her neighbors. The identification was no less specific than before, and the perplexed authorities, glad at last to know something certainly, gave Mrs. Callahan an order for the body. Before, however, she had completed her arrangements for its transfer to Boston, a message reached her from the daughter, who was lying sick in Bellevue Hospital, and so the head once more became a mystery. And such it has always remained. The body told that a female who had been delicately reared, who had fared sumptuously, and had been arrayed in costly fabrics, had been foully done to death, just as she was stepping into the dawn of womanhood—and that is all that is known. Her name, her station, her history, her virtues, or it may be, her frailties, all went down with her life, and were irrevocably lost. There is every probability that her case will always be classed as unfinished business.”
“The horrifying head became even more of a mystery than before. The confused detectives could only stare at it helplessly and send descriptions across the country. Finally, a woman named Callahan, who lived in Boston and was searching for her missing daughter, recognized it as her child's. Her family and several neighbors confirmed her identification. The authorities, relieved to finally have some certainty, granted Mrs. Callahan an order for the body. However, before she could arrange for its transfer to Boston, she received a message from her daughter, who was hospitalized at Bellevue, and so the head became a mystery once again. And it has always remained so. The body indicated that the female had been raised in privilege, lived lavishly, and was dressed in expensive fabrics, yet she was brutally murdered just as she was entering womanhood—and that’s all that’s known. Her name, status, history, virtues, or perhaps her flaws, all disappeared with her life and were forever lost. It’s highly likely that her case will always be considered unfinished business.”
On Friday, July 20th, 1870, Mr. Benjamin Nathan, a wealthy Jewish resident of New York, was foully and mysteriously murdered in his own dwelling by an unknown assassin. All the circumstances of the case were so mysterious, so horribly dramatic, that the public interest was wrought up to the highest pitch.
On Friday, July 20th, 1870, Mr. Benjamin Nathan, a wealthy Jewish resident of New York, was brutally and mysteriously murdered in his own home by an unknown killer. All the details of the case were so mysterious and so dramatically horrifying that public interest peaked to an all-time high.
p. 360Mr. Nathan was a millionaire, a banker and citizen of irreproachable character, well known for his benevolence, and highly esteemed for his personal qualities. His residence stood on the south side of Twenty-third street, one door west of Fifth Avenue, and immediately opposite the Fifth Avenue Hotel, in one of the most desirable and fashionable neighborhoods of the city. The mansion itself was palatial, and its owner had not only surrounded himself with every luxury, but had taken every precaution to exclude housebreakers and thieves. But a short time before his death, he remarked to a friend that he believed that his house was as secure as a dwelling could be made.
p. 360Mr. Nathan was a millionaire, a banker, and a citizen of impeccable character, widely recognized for his generosity and highly regarded for his personal attributes. His home was located on the south side of Twenty-third Street, one door west of Fifth Avenue, directly across from the Fifth Avenue Hotel, in one of the most sought-after and upscale neighborhoods of the city. The mansion itself was grand, and the owner had not only outfitted himself with every luxury but had also taken every measure possible to keep out burglars and thieves. Just a short time before his death, he told a friend that he believed his house was as secure as any home could be.
On the night of the 28th of July, Mr. Nathan slept at his residence, his family, with the exception of two of his sons, being then at their country-seat in New Jersey, where they were passing the summer. One of these sons accompanied his father to his sleeping room towards eleven o’clock, but the other, coming in later, and finding his father asleep, passed to his chamber without saying “good-night,” as was his custom.
On the night of July 28th, Mr. Nathan was at home while his family, except for two of his sons, were at their summer place in New Jersey. One of the sons went with him to his bedroom around 11 PM, but the other son came in later, saw that his father was asleep, and went to his room without saying "good night," which was his usual routine.
On the morning of the 29th, at six o’clock, Mr. Washington Nathan descended from his chamber to call his father to a devotional duty of the day. Entering the chamber of the latter, a most appalling spectacle met his view. His father was lying on the floor in a pool of his own blood, dead, with five ghastly wounds upon his head. The young man at once summoned his brother Frederick, and the two together rushed to the street door and gave the alarm. The police were soon on the spot, and, taking possession of the house, they prepared to investigate the horrid affair. The newspapers spread the intelligence over the city, and the murder created the profoundest interest and uneasiness on the part of the citizens. All classes felt an interest in it, for it had been committed within the sacred precincts of the dead man’s home, where he believed himself to be safe. If a murderer could reach him there, men asked, who could tell who would not be the next victim. This feeling of insecurity was widespread, and the whole community demanded of the police extraordinary efforts in tracking and securing the assassin.
On the morning of the 29th, at six o’clock, Mr. Washington Nathan came down from his room to call his father for their daily devotional. When he entered his father's room, he was met with a horrifying sight. His father lay on the floor in a pool of his own blood, dead, with five gruesome wounds on his head. The young man immediately called his brother Frederick, and together they rushed to the front door to alert the authorities. The police quickly arrived, took control of the house, and began to investigate the dreadful incident. The newspapers spread the news throughout the city, and the murder sparked deep interest and anxiety among the citizens. Everyone was concerned because it had happened within the safe confines of the victim’s home, where he believed he was secure. If a murderer could get to him there, people wondered who might be next. This sense of insecurity was widespread, and the entire community urged the police to make extraordinary efforts to find and apprehend the killer.
p. 361The Superintendent of Police at that time was Captain John Jourdan, who was acknowledged to be the most accomplished detective on the Continent, and his principal assistant was Captain James Kelso (the present Superintendent), who was regarded as next to Jourdan in ability. These two officers at once repaired to the Nathan mansion, and took personal charge of the case.
p. 361The Police Superintendent at that time was Captain John Jourdan, who was recognized as the most skilled detective on the Continent, and his main assistant was Captain James Kelso (the current Superintendent), who was seen as second only to Jourdan in talent. These two officers immediately went to the Nathan mansion and took personal control of the case.
At the first glance Jourdan pronounced the murder to be the work of a thief. The house was carefully searched. The room bore evidences of a struggle between the dead man and his assassin, and three diamond studs, a sum of money, a Perregaux watch, No. 5657, and the key of a small safe, had been stolen from the clothing of the dead man which had been hung on a chair placed at some distance from the bed. The safe stood in the library beside the door opening into the bed room. Jourdan’s theory was that the thief, having stolen the watch and other articles from the clothing, had gone to the safe to open it, and had aroused Mr. Nathan by the noise he made in opening it. Alarmed by this noise, Mr. Nathan had sprung from his bed, and at the same moment the thief had raised himself up from his kneeling posture, with his face toward Mr. Nathan, and lighted up by a small gas jet which was burning in the chamber. The two men had met in the doorway between the rooms, and the thief, seeing himself identified, had struck Mr. Nathan a blow with a short iron bar curved at the ends, and known as a ship carpenter’s “dog.” A struggle ensued, which resulted in the murder, the assassin striking his victim on the head nine times with terrible force. Then, rifling the safe of its valuable contents, he had gone stealthily down the stairs, had unfastened the front door, which had been carefully secured at half an hour after midnight, and, laying the “dog” down on the hall floor, had passed out into the street. His object in carrying the “dog” to the place where it was found by the police had been to be prepared to make sure of his escape by striking down any one whom he might chance to meet in the hall. Once in the street, the assassin had disappeared in safety.
At first glance, Jourdan declared the murder to be the work of a thief. The house was thoroughly searched. The room showed signs of a struggle between the victim and his attacker, and three diamond studs, a sum of money, a Perregaux watch, No. 5657, and the key to a small safe had been stolen from the clothes of the dead man, which had been draped over a chair some distance from the bed. The safe was located in the library next to the door leading into the bedroom. Jourdan theorized that the thief, after stealing the watch and other items from the clothing, had gone to the safe to open it and had startled Mr. Nathan with the noise. Alarmed by the commotion, Mr. Nathan had jumped out of bed just as the thief stood up from kneeling, facing Mr. Nathan and illuminated by a small gas light that was on in the room. The two men confronted each other in the doorway between the rooms, and when the thief realized he was recognized, he struck Mr. Nathan with a short iron bar curved at the ends, known as a ship carpenter’s “dog.” A struggle ensued, resulting in the murder, with the attacker hitting his victim on the head nine times with brutal force. After rifling through the safe for its valuables, he quietly went down the stairs, unlatched the front door, which had been securely locked half an hour after midnight, and, placing the “dog” on the hall floor, exited into the street. His reason for bringing the “dog” to where the police found it was to be ready to defend his escape by attacking anyone he might encounter in the hall. Once he was in the street, the assassin vanished without a trace.
Both Jourdan and Kelso were agreed that this theory of the p. 362commission of the crime was correct, and this led to the inevitable conclusion that the murder was the work of an “outsider,” that is, of some one not properly belonging to the criminal class. The weapon with which the murder had been committed was one which the Detectives had never before encountered in the annals of crime, and its appearance indicated long use in its legitimate sphere. No burglar or professional thief would have used it, and none of the inmates of the house recognized it as belonging to the mansion. Again, the professional thief would have despatched his victim with more speed and less brutality. There was not the slightest sign of the thief having forced an entrance into the mansion, and the most rigid search failed to reveal the mark of a burglar’s tool on any of the doors or windows. This fact warranted the conclusion that the murderer had secreted himself in the house during the day. From the first Jourdan was convinced that the assassin was one of a class who pursue an honest trade during the day, and seek to fill their pockets more rapidly by committing robberies at night. From this conviction he never wavered.
Both Jourdan and Kelso agreed that this theory about the p. 362commission of the crime was correct, leading to the inevitable conclusion that the murder was committed by an “outsider,” meaning someone who didn’t belong to the criminal class. The weapon used in the murder was one the detectives had never encountered before in their experience with crime, and its appearance suggested it had been used for a long time in its normal context. No burglar or professional thief would have used it, and none of the people in the house recognized it as belonging to the mansion. Additionally, a professional thief would have taken care of their victim more efficiently and with less brutality. There was absolutely no indication that the thief had forced their way into the mansion, and a thorough search showed no signs of burglar tools on any of the doors or windows. This suggested that the murderer had hidden himself in the house during the day. From the beginning, Jourdan was convinced that the assassin belonged to a group that works a legitimate job during the day and tries to make quick money by robbing at night. He never wavered from this belief.
As he stood by the side of the murdered man, Jourdan recognized the difficulty of the task of finding the assassin. The “dog” bewildered him. Had the weapon been any kind of a burglar’s tool, or anything that any description of thief had ever been known to use, he would have been able to trace it to some one in the city; but the facts of the case plainly indicated that the assassin was an “outsider,” and even Jourdan and Kelso were at a loss to know how to proceed to find him.
As he stood next to the murdered man, Jourdan realized how hard it would be to find the killer. The “dog” confused him. If the weapon had been any kind of burglar's tool or something that any known thief might use, he would have been able to track it to someone in the city; but the details of the case clearly suggested that the killer was an “outsider,” and even Jourdan and Kelso didn’t know how to go about finding him.
At the time of the murder, the only inmates of the house were Washington and Frederick Nathan, sons of the dead man, and Mrs. Kelly, the housekeeper, and her grown son, William Kelly. Had the murder been committed by any of these they must of necessity have stolen the missing articles, and as they had not left the house, must have destroyed or concealed them on the premises. Without the knowledge of these persons, Jourdan caused a rigid and thorough search of the house and lot to be made from cellar to garret. Every crack and crevice, every nook and corner was rigidly and minutely searched by p. 363experienced persons. Even the furniture and carpets were examined, the flooring of the stable was taken up, the water-tank was emptied, the basins, closets, and waste-pipes of the house were flushed, and the street-sewers were examined for a long distance from the house, but no trace of the missing articles could be found; nor could any mark of the “dog” be discovered anywhere save on the body of the victim. One by one, the inmates of the house were subjected to the most searching cross-examination, and within six hours after the discovery of the deed, Captain Jourdan was satisfied that the inmates of the mansion were entirely innocent of the crime. The evidence drawn out by the inquest subsequently confirmed the innocence of these parties.
At the time of the murder, the only people in the house were Washington and Frederick Nathan, the sons of the deceased, along with Mrs. Kelly, the housekeeper, and her adult son, William Kelly. If any of them had committed the murder, they would have had to steal the missing items. Since they hadn’t left the house, they must have hidden or destroyed them on the property. Without these individuals knowing, Jourdan ordered a thorough search of the house and lot, from the basement to the attic. Every crack, crevice, nook, and cranny was meticulously examined by experienced personnel. Even the furniture and carpets were inspected, the flooring in the stable was removed, the water tank was drained, and the sinks, toilets, and waste pipes were flushed. They searched the street sewers for a long distance from the house, but no trace of the missing items could be found, nor could any sign of the “dog” be discovered anywhere except on the victim’s body. One by one, the residents of the house underwent intense questioning, and within six hours after the murder was discovered, Captain Jourdan was convinced that the residents were completely innocent of the crime. The evidence revealed in the inquest later confirmed the innocence of these individuals.
The only clew left by the assassin was the “dog.” At the inquest, the policeman on the beat swore that when he passed the house on his rounds at half-past four A.M., he tried both front doors, and that they were fastened, and that when he passed again a little before six o’clock, he noticed that the hall-door was closed. Another witness testified that about five o’clock, a man in a laborer’s dress, carrying a dinner-pail, ascended the steps of the Nathan mansion, picked up a paper from the topmost step, and passed on down the street. The introduction of this man in the laborer’s dress but deepened the mystery and increased the labors of the Detectives.
The only clue left by the killer was the “dog.” At the inquest, the police officer on patrol testified that when he passed the house during his rounds at 4:30 AM, he checked both front doors and found them locked. When he walked by again just before 6:00 AM, he noticed that the front door was closed. Another witness stated that around 5:00 AM, a man in work clothes, carrying a lunch pail, walked up the steps of the Nathan mansion, picked up a piece of paper from the top step, and continued down the street. This sighting of the man in work clothes only deepened the mystery and increased the workload for the detectives.
The entire police force of the city was set to work watching the pawn-shops and jewelry stores where the thief might try to dispose of the stolen property. Every ship-yard and boat-yard was searched for the identification of the “dog,” but without success, and almost every mechanical establishment in the city where the instrument could have been used, was subjected to the same inspection, but without discovering anything. A list of the missing property, and the marks by which it could be identified, was given to the public and telegraphed all over the Union. Captain Jourdan declared that it was well to have as many people as possible looking for these articles. Every known or suspected criminal in the city was waited on by the police, and required to give an account of himself on the night of the p. 364murder, and it is said that there was a general exodus of the professional thieves from New York. The ten days immediately succeeding the murder were singularly free from crime, so close was the espionage exercised over the criminals by the police.
The entire police force of the city was put to work monitoring the pawn shops and jewelry stores where the thief might try to sell the stolen items. Every shipyard and boatyard was searched for the identification of the “dog,” but there were no results, and nearly every mechanic shop in the city where the tool could have been used was inspected, but nothing was found. A list of the missing items, along with identifying marks, was released to the public and telegraphed across the country. Captain Jourdan stated that it was beneficial to have as many people as possible searching for these items. The police visited every known or suspected criminal in the city, requiring them to account for themselves on the night of the p. 364murder, and it’s reported that there was a mass exodus of professional thieves from New York. The ten days immediately following the murder saw an unusually low level of crime, largely due to the intense surveillance the police had over the criminals.
It is safe to assert that the police never made such exertions in all their history, to secure a criminal, as in this case. Every sensible suggestion was acted upon, no matter by whom tendered. Neither labor nor expense was spared, and all with the same result. Captain Jourdan literally sank under his extraordinary exertions, his death, which occurred on the 10th of October, 1870, being the result of his severe and exhausting labors in this case. His successor, Superintendent Kelso, has been equally energetic, but thus far—nearly two years after the commission of the deed—no more is known concerning it than was presented to Jourdan and Kelso as they stood in the chamber of death, and nothing has occurred to destroy or shake their original theory respecting the murderer and his mode of committing the deed. The mystery which enshrouded it on that sad July morning still hangs over it unbroken.
It’s safe to say that the police had never put in such effort in all their history to catch a criminal as they did in this case. Every sensible suggestion was followed through, no matter who it came from. They spared neither effort nor expense, but all for the same outcome. Captain Jourdan literally collapsed from his extraordinary efforts, with his death on October 10, 1870, resulting from his intense and draining work on this case. His successor, Superintendent Kelso, has been just as thorough, but so far—nearly two years after the crime—there's still nothing more known about it than what was presented to Jourdan and Kelso as they stood in the death chamber, and nothing has occurred to undermine or challenge their original theory about the murderer and how the crime was committed. The mystery that surrounded it on that tragic July morning remains intact.
II. PRIVATE DETECTIVES.
The Detectives, whose ways we have been considering, are sworn officers of the law, and it is their prime duty to secure the arrest and imprisonment of offenders. There is another class of men in the city who are sometimes confounded with the regular force, but who really make it their business to screen criminals from punishment. These men are called Private Detectives. Their task consists in tracing and recovering stolen property, watching suspected persons when hired to do so, and manufacturing such evidence in suits and private cases as they may be employed to furnish.
The detectives we’ve been discussing are sworn law enforcement officers, and their main job is to ensure that offenders are arrested and imprisoned. There’s another group of people in the city who are occasionally mistaken for the official force but actually aim to protect criminals from facing punishment. These individuals are known as private detectives. Their role involves tracking down and recovering stolen property, surveillance of suspects when they are hired, and creating evidence for legal cases and private matters as needed.
There are several “Private Detective Agencies” in the city, all of which are conducted on very much the same principles p. 365and plan, and for the same purpose—to make money for the proprietors. Mr. Edward Crapsey, to whom I am indebted for much of the information contained in this chapter, thus describes a well-known Agency of this kind:
There are several "Private Detective Agencies" in the city, all of which operate on very similar principles p. 365and plans, and for the same reason—to profit the owners. Mr. Edward Crapsey, to whom I owe a lot of the information in this chapter, describes a well-known agency of this kind as follows:
“The visitor going up the broad stairs, finds himself in a large room, which is plainly the main office of the concern. There is a desk with the authoritative hedge of an iron railing, behind which sits a furrowed man, who looks an animated cork-screw, and who, the inquiring visitor soon discovers, can’t speak above a whisper, or at least don’t. This mysterious person is always mistaken for the chief of the establishment, but, in fact, he is nothing but the ‘Secretary,’ and holds his place by reason of a marvellous capacity for drawing people out of themselves. A mystery, he is surrounded with mysteries. The doors upon his right and left—one of which is occasionally opened just far enough to permit a very diminutive call-boy to be squeezed through—seem to lead to unexplored regions. But stranger than even the clerk, or the undefined but yet perfectly tangible weirdness of the doors is the tinkling of a sepulchral bell, and the responsive tramp of a heavy-heeled boot. And strangest of all is a huge black board whereon are marked the figures from one to twenty, over some of which the word ‘Out’ is written; and the visitor notices with ever-increasing wonder that the tinkling of the bell and the heavy-heeled tramp are usually followed by the mysterious secretary’s scrawling ‘Out’ over another number, being apparently incited thereto by a whisper of the ghostly call-boy who is squeezed through a crack in the door for that purpose. The door which the call-boy abjures is always slightly ajar, and at the aperture there is generally a wolfish eye glaring so steadily and rapaciously into the office as to raise a suspicion that beasts of prey are crouching behind that forbidding door.
The visitor climbing the wide stairs finds himself in a large room, clearly the main office of the business. There’s a desk with an authoritative iron railing around it, behind which sits a weathered man who looks like an animated corkscrew and, as the curious visitor soon realizes, speaks only in a whisper or doesn’t speak much at all. This enigmatic figure is often mistaken for the head of the establishment, but in reality, he is just the ‘Secretary’ and holds his position due to an incredible ability to draw people out of themselves. A mystery, he’s surrounded by more mysteries. The doors on his right and left—one of which occasionally opens just wide enough for a very small call-boy to squeeze through—seem to lead to unknown areas. But stranger than even the clerk, or the undefined yet very real weirdness of the doors, is the sound of a haunting bell and the heavy thumping of a boot. And the strangest thing of all is a huge blackboard marked with numbers from one to twenty, with the word ‘Out’ written over some of them; the visitor notices with growing wonder that the sound of the bell and the heavy boot is usually followed by the mysterious secretary scrawling ‘Out’ over another number, seemingly prompted by a whisper from the ghostly call-boy who slips through a gap in the door for that purpose. The door that the call-boy avoids is always slightly open, and at that opening there is often a predatory eye glaring intensely into the office, suggesting that beasts of prey are lurking just behind that ominous door.
“Nor is the resulting alarm entirely groundless, for that is the room where the ferrets of the house who assume the name of Detectives, but are more significantly called ‘shadows,’ are hidden from the prying eyes of the world. A ‘shadow’ here is a mere numeral—No. 1, or something higher—and obeys p. 366cabalistic calls conveyed by bells or speaking-tubes, by which devices the stranger patron is convinced of the potency of the Detective Agency which moves in such mysterious ways to perform its wonders. If any doubt were left by all this paraphernalia of marvel, it would be dispelled from the average mind when it came in contact with the chief conjuror, who is seated in the dim seclusion of a retired room, fortified by bell-pulls, speaking-tubes, and an owlish expression intended to be considered as the mirror of taciturn wisdom. From his retreat he moves the outside puppets of secretary, shadows, and call-boys, as the requirements of his patrons, who are admitted singly to his presence, may demand. It is he whose hoarse whispers sound sepulchrally through the tubes, who rings the mysterious bell, and by such complex means despatches his ‘shadows’ upon their errands. It is he who permits the mildewed men in the other ante-room to be known only by numbers, and who guards them so carefully from the general view.
“Nor is the resulting alarm entirely unfounded, because that’s the room where the house ferrets, known as Detectives but more accurately called ‘shadows,’ are kept away from the prying eyes of the world. A ‘shadow’ here is simply a number—No. 1 or something higher—and follows cabalistic calls sent through bells or speaking tubes, which convince the client of the Detective Agency's effectiveness that operates in such mysterious ways to perform its feats. If any doubt remains about all this marvel, it would vanish from the average person's mind upon encountering the main magician, who sits in the dim isolation of a private room, surrounded by bell-pulls, speaking tubes, and an owl-like expression meant to project a facade of deep wisdom. From his hideaway, he directs the outside puppets of secretaries, shadows, and call-boys as needed for his clients, who are admitted one at a time. It is he whose raspy whispers echo eerily through the tubes, who rings the mysterious bell, and through such intricate means sends his ‘shadows’ on their tasks. It is he who ensures that the faded men in the other anteroom are known only by numbers and who protects them diligently from public view.”
“By these assumptions of mystery the chief awes the patrons of his peculiar calling, of whom there are pretty sure to be several in waiting during the morning hours. These applicants for detective assistance always sit stolidly silent until their separate summons comes to join the chief, eyeing each other suspiciously and surveying their surroundings with unconcealed and fitting awe. One is of bluff and hearty appearance, but his full face is overcast for the moment with an expression half sad, half whimsical; it is plain that a conjunction of untoward circumstances has raised doubts in his mind of the integrity of a business associate, and he has reluctantly determined to clear or confirm them by means of a ‘shadow.’ Next to him is a fidgety furrowed man, bristling with suspicion in every line of his face, and showing by his air of indifference to his surroundings that he is a frequenter of the place. He is in fact one of the best customers of the establishment, as he is constantly invoking its aid in the petty concerns of his corroded life. Sometimes it is a wife, daughter, sister, niece, or a mere female acquaintance he wishes watched; sometimes it is a business partner or a rival in p. 367trade he desires dogged; and he is never so miserable as when the reports of the agency show his suspicions, whatever they may have been, to be groundless. It is but just, however, to the sagacity of the detectives to remark that he is seldom subjected to such disappointment. Whatever other foolishness they may commit, these adroit operators never kill the goose that lays their golden eggs. Beside this animated monument of distrust is a portly gentleman, his bearing in every way suggestive of plethoric pockets. Paper and pencil in hand, he is nervously figuring. He makes no secret of his figures because of his absorption, and a glance shows that he is correcting the numbers of bonds and making sure of the amounts they represent.
“By these mysterious assumptions, the chief impresses the patrons of his unique trade, of whom there are usually a few waiting during the morning hours. These applicants for detective help always sit silently until their turn comes to meet the chief, eyeing each other suspiciously and observing their surroundings with obvious and appropriate awe. One looks robust and hearty, but his full face is temporarily clouded with a half-sad, half-whimsical expression; it’s clear that a mix of unfortunate circumstances has led him to doubt the integrity of a business associate, and he has reluctantly decided to confirm or dispel these doubts using a ‘shadow.’ Next to him is a fidgety, wrinkled man, radiating suspicion in every feature, and his casual indifference to his surroundings shows that he is a regular at the place. In fact, he is one of the establishment's best customers, constantly seeking its help for the petty issues in his troubled life. Sometimes it’s a wife, daughter, sister, niece, or simply a female acquaintance he wants watched; other times it’s a business partner or a rival in trade he wants tracked, and he’s never as miserable as when the agency’s reports prove his suspicions, whatever they may have been, to be unfounded. It’s only fair, however, to acknowledge the cleverness of the detectives in noting that he is rarely subjected to such disappointment. Whatever other mistakes they might make, these skilled operators never kill the goose that lays their golden eggs. Next to this animated figure of distrust is a portly gentleman, his demeanor suggesting full pockets. With paper and pencil in hand, he is nervously calculating. He doesn’t hide his figures due to his focus, and a glance reveals that he is adjusting bond numbers and verifying the amounts they represent.”
“It is plain that this last is a victim of a sneak robbery, and, the unerring scent of the chief selecting him as the most profitable customer of the morning, he is the first visitor called to an audience. Large affairs are quickly despatched, and it is soon arranged how a part of the property can be recovered and justice cheated of its due. Very soon a handbill will be publicly distributed, offering a reward for the return of the bonds, and it will be signed by the Agency. The thief will know exactly what that means, and the affair being closed to mutual satisfaction, the thief will be at liberty to repeat the operation, which resulted in reasonable profit and was attended with no risk.
“It’s clear that the last one is a victim of a sneak theft, and with the chief's keen sense identifying him as the most promising target of the morning, he’s the first visitor called in. Big matters are handled quickly, and it’s soon arranged how part of the property can be recovered while avoiding any real consequences. Before long, a flyer will be publicly issued, offering a reward for the return of the bonds, and it will be signed by the Agency. The thief will know exactly what that signifies, and with the matter settled to everyone’s satisfaction, the thief will be free to pull off the same operation again, which brought in a good profit with no real risk.”
“There is also in the room a sallow, vinegary woman of uncertain years, and it seems so natural that a man should run away from her, we are not surprised that, being voluble in her grief, she declares her business to be the discovery of an absconding husband. But near her is another and truer type of outraged womanhood, a wasted young wife, beautiful as ruins are beautiful, whom a rascal spendthrift has made a martyr to his selfishness until, patience and hope being exhausted, she is driven to the last extremity, and seeks by a means at which her nature revolts for a proof of but one of those numerous violations of the marriage vow which she feels certain he has committed. It is a cruel resort, but the law which permits a man to outrage a woman in almost every other way frowns upon that one, and she is driven to it as the sole method of release from an p. 368intolerable and degrading bondage. In such cases as this might perhaps be found some justification for the existence of private detectives; but they themselves do not appear to know that they stand in need of extenuation, and so neglect the opportunity thus presented to vindicate their necessity by conducting this class of their business with, even for them, remarkable lack of conscience. Anxious always to furnish exactly what is desired, their reports are often lies, manufactured to suit the occasion, and once furnished they are stoutly adhered to, even to the last extremity. Frequently the same Agency is ready to and does serve both parties to a case with impartial wickedness, and earns its wages by giving to both precisely the sort of evidence each requires. Sometimes it is made to order, with no other foundation than previous experience in like affairs; but sometimes it has a more solid basis in fact. Two men from the same office are often detailed to ‘shadow,’ one the husband and the other the wife, and it occasionally happens that they have mastered the spirit of their calling so thoroughly that they do a little business on private account by ‘giving away’ each other. That is to say, the husband’s man informs the wife she is watched, and gives her a minute description of her ‘shadow,’ for which information he of course gets an adequate reward, which the wife’s man likewise earns and receives by doing the same kindly office for the husband. In such cases there are generally mutual recriminations between the watched, which end in a discovery of the double dealing of the Agency, and not unfrequently in a reconciliation of the estranged couple. But this rare result, which is not intended by the directing power, is the sole good purpose these agencies were ever known to serve. Lord Mansfield, it must be admitted, once seemed to justify the use of private detectives in divorce suits, but he was careful to cumber the faint praise with which he damned them by making honesty in the discharge of these delicate duties a first essential. Had he lived to see the iniquitous perfection the business has now attained, he would undoubtedly have withheld even that quasi-endorsement of a system naturally at war with the fundamental principles of justice.
“There’s also a sickly, sour woman in the room whose age is hard to pin down, and it feels perfectly normal for a man to want to escape her. We’re not surprised when, laments spilling out of her, she states her purpose is to find a husband who has run off. But beside her is another, more genuine representation of wronged womanhood—a wasted young wife, beautiful in a way that reminds one of ruins, who has become a martyr to the selfishness of a reckless spender. After her patience and hope have been worn thin, she's pushed to the brink and seeks a way to find proof of just one of the many betrayals of the marriage vow she is certain he has committed. It’s a harsh move, yet the law that allows a man to mistreat a woman in nearly every other conceivable way frowns upon this one, and she resorts to it as her only escape from an p. 368intolerable and degrading situation. In situations like this, there might be some argument for the existence of private detectives. Still, they themselves don’t seem to feel the need to justify their role and thus miss the chance to prove their worth by handling these cases with even a hint of integrity. Eager to deliver just what’s wanted, their reports are often fabrications tailored for the moment, and once provided, they stick to them fiercely, regardless of the consequences. Often, the same agency serves both sides of a case with impartial wrongdoing, collecting payment by offering each party exactly the type of evidence they need. Sometimes it’s made up, relying only on previous experience, but other times it’s based on solid facts. Two agents from the same office are typically assigned to follow—one for the husband and the other for the wife. Occasionally, they are so good at their jobs that they end up sharing information about each other. This means the husband's investigator tells the wife that she is being watched and gives her a detailed description of her ‘shadow,’ for which he of course gets a fair reward, while the wife's investigator does the exact same thing for the husband. In these situations, there are often mutual accusations between the watched, which often leads to the discovery of the agency’s double dealings, and not infrequently ends with the couple reconciling. But this rare outcome, which isn’t intended by those in charge, is the only positive result these agencies have ever been known to produce. It’s true that Lord Mansfield once seemed to endorse the use of private detectives in divorce cases, but he was careful to burden his faint praise with a demand for honesty in these delicate matters as a key requirement. Had he lived to see the unethical perfection to which this business has now risen, he would surely have retracted even that questionable endorsement of a system that fundamentally opposes the principles of justice.”
p. 369“The waiters in the reception-room are never allowed to state their wants, or certainly not to leave the place, without being astonished by the charges made by the detective for attention to their business. Whatever differences there may be in minor matters, all these establishments are invariably true to the great purpose of their existence, and prepare the way for an exorbitant bill by a doleful explanation of the expenses and risks to be incurred in the special affair presented, dilating especially upon the rarity and cost of competent ‘shadows.’ Now the principal agencies estimate for them at $10 a day, whereas these disreputable fellows are found in multitudes, and are rarely paid more than $3 a day as wages; their expenses, paid in advance by the patron, are allowed them when assigned to duties, as they frequently are, involving outlay. The general truth is that these agencies, being conducted for the avowed purpose of making money, get as much as possible for doing work, and pay as little as possible for having it done. In their general business of espionage they may make perhaps only a moderate profit on each affair they take in hand; but in the more delicate branches of compounding felonies and manufacturing witnesses fancy prices obtain, and the profits are not computable. It is plain, knowing of these patrons and prices, that reasonable profit attends upon the practice of the convenient science of getting without giving, which, notwithstanding its prosperity and antiquity, is yet an infant in the perfection it has attained. Awkward, flimsy, transparent as they ever were, are yet the tricks and devices of the knaves who never want for a dollar, never earn an honest one, but never render themselves amenable to any statute ‘in such case made and provided.’ To say that the master-workmen in roguery who do this sort of thing are awkward and transparent seems to involve a paradox; but whoever so believes has not been fully informed as to the amazing gullibility of mankind. The average man of business now, as always before, seems to live only to be swindled by the same specious artifices that gulled his ancestors, and which will answer to pluck him again almost before the smart of his first depletion has ceased. Only by a thorough knowledge of this singular adaptation of the masses to p. 370the purposes of the birds of prey, can we intelligently account for the vast bevies of the latter which exist, and are outwardly so sleek as to give evidence of a prosperous condition. When we know that the ‘pocket-book dropper’ yet decoys the money even of the city-bred by his stale device; that the ‘gift-enterprises,’ ‘envelope-game,’ and similar thread-bare tricks yet serve to attain the ends of the sharpers, although the public has been warned scores and scores of times through the public press, and the swindlers thoroughly exposed, so that the veriest fool can understand the deception, we need not be amazed at the success which attends the practice of these arts. The truth is, that a large proportion of the victims are perfectly aware that fleecing is intended when they flutter round the bait of the rogues; but they are allured by the glitter of sudden fortune which it offers, and bite eagerly with the hope that may be supposed to sustain any gudgeon of moderate experience of snapping the bait and escaping the barbed hook. Human greed is the reliance of the general sharper, and it has served him to excellent purpose for many years. But some of these operators must depend on actuating motives far different from the desire of gain in money; and chief among them are these private detectives, who draw their sustenance from meaner and equally unfailing fountains.
p. 369“The waiters in the reception area are never allowed to express their needs, or certainly not to leave the place, without being shocked by the fees charged by the detective for addressing their issues. Regardless of any minor differences, all these businesses consistently serve their main purpose and set the stage for an outrageous bill by providing a gloomy explanation of the costs and risks associated with the specific matter at hand, particularly emphasizing the rarity and expense of skilled ‘shadows.’ Currently, the main agencies charge about $10 a day for them, while these shady characters can be found in large numbers and are rarely paid more than $3 a day in wages; their costs, which are paid upfront by the client, are reimbursed when they are assigned to tasks that often require spending. The general truth is that these agencies, run with the explicit aim of making money, try to charge as much as possible for the work they do and pay as little as they can for getting it done. In their general spying operations, they might make a modest profit on each case they handle; however, in the more delicate areas of concocting crimes and creating witnesses, they can charge extravagant prices, and the profits are incalculable. It’s clear, given these clients and prices, that a reasonable profit comes from the handy skill of taking without giving, which, despite its success and age, is still immature in the level of sophistication it has achieved. Clumsy, flimsy, and transparent as they always were, the tricks and schemes of the crooks remain unchanged; they might never lack for a dollar, never earn an honest one, but they never make themselves liable to any law ‘in such case made and provided.’ To say that the master con artists who engage in this sort of behavior are clumsy and transparent seems paradoxical; but anyone who believes this hasn’t fully grasped the remarkable gullibility of people. The average business person today, as in the past, seems to exist only to be cheated by the same deceptive tactics that fooled his ancestors, which are ready to exploit him again almost before the sting of his first loss has faded. Only by thoroughly understanding this unusual susceptibility of the masses to the aims of predators can we intelligently explain the vast number of such individuals that exist, who appear so well-off that they seem to be thriving. When we realize that the ‘pocket-book dropper’ can still trick even city dwellers with his old ruse; that the ‘gift enterprises,’ ‘envelope game,’ and similar worn-out tricks still achieve the goals of the hustlers, even though the public has been warned countless times through the media, and the fraudsters fully exposed so that even the simplest person can see the scam, we shouldn’t be surprised by the continued success of these schemes. The reality is that a significant portion of the victims know full well that they are being cheated when they circle the bait of the conmen; yet they are tempted by the allure of quick riches that it promises, and bite eagerly with the hope that any moderately experienced fish might have of snapping at the bait and escaping the barbed hook. Human greed is what the common con artist relies on, and it has served him very well for many years. However, some of these operators must rely on motivations that are much different than just the desire for financial gain; and chief among them are these private detectives, who draw their survival from more sordid and equally reliable sources.
“It is not upon record who bestowed a name which is more apt than designations usually are. The word detective, taken by itself, implies one who must descend to questionable shifts to attain justifiable ends; but with the prefix of private, it means one using a machine permitted to the exigencies of justice for the purpose of surreptitious personal gain. Thus used, this agency, which even in honest hands and for lawful ends is one of doubtful propriety, becomes essentially dangerous and demoralizing. Originally an individual enterprise, the last resort of plausible rascals driven to desperation to evade honest labor, it has come to be one of associated effort, employing much capital in its establishment and some capacity in its direction. All the large commercial cities are now liberally provided with ‘Detective Agencies,’ as they are called, each thoroughly organized, and some of them employing a large number of ‘shadows’ to do the p. 371business, which in large part they must first create before it can be done. The system being perfected and worked to its utmost capacity, the details of the tasks assumed and the method of accomplishment are astonishing and alarming to the reflecting citizen, who has the good name and well-being of the community at heart. Employed in the mercantile world as supposed guards against loss by unfaithful associates or employés, and in social life as searchers for domestic laxness, these two items make up the bulk of the business which the private detectives profess to do, and through these their pernicious influence is felt in all the relations of life. Were they however only the instruments of rapacious and unreasoning distrust, they might be suffered to pass without rebuke as evils affecting only those who choose to meddle with them; but as they go further, and the community fares worse because they are ever ready to turn a dishonest penny by recovering stolen property, which they can only do by compounding the crime by which it had been acquired, it is evident that they are a peril to society in general no less than a pest to particular classes.”
“It’s not recorded who came up with a name that is more fitting than names usually are. The term detective, on its own, suggests someone who has to resort to questionable methods to achieve justifiable goals; but with the word private added, it refers to someone who uses a system allowed by the demands of justice for personal, secret gain. In this sense, this line of work, even when handled honestly and for legal purposes, is one of questionable moral standing, becoming fundamentally dangerous and corrupting. Initially an individual venture, the last refuge of convincing con artists desperate to dodge honest work, it has evolved into a collective endeavor that requires significant investment to set up and some skill to manage. Now, all the major commercial cities are well-equipped with ‘Detective Agencies,’ as they are known, each fully organized, with some employing many ‘shadows’ to carry out the work, most of which they must first generate before it can occur. With the system refined and operating at full capacity, the specifics of the jobs undertaken and the methods used are astonishing and concerning to the thoughtful citizen who cares about the community’s reputation and well-being. Used in the business world as supposed safeguards against losses from untrustworthy partners or employees, and in social settings as investigators for domestic issues, these two areas make up the majority of the work that private detectives claim to do, and through these, their harmful influence pervades all aspects of life. However, if they were merely tools of greedy and irrational distrust, they might be allowed to exist without criticism as problems that only affect those who choose to engage with them; but since they go beyond this, and the community suffers worse because they are always ready to exploit dishonest opportunities by recovering stolen items—which they can only do by complicating the crime through which it was obtained—it’s clear that they pose a threat to society as a whole, as well as being a nuisance to specific groups.”
p. 372XXII. WILLIAM B. ASTOR.
Mr. William B. Astor would be unknown to fame were it not for two things. First, he is “the son of his father,” the famous John Jacob Astor. Second, he is the richest citizen of the United States. In other respects, he is a plain, unpretending man, who attends closely to his own business, and cares nothing for notoriety.
Mr. William Astor would be anonymous in history if not for two reasons. First, he is “the son of his father,” the renowned John Jacob Astor. Second, he is the wealthiest person in the United States. In other ways, he is an ordinary, humble man who focuses on his own affairs and has no interest in publicity.
Mr. Astor is the second son of John Jacob Astor, and is about seventy-three years old. He was born in New York, in an old-fashioned brick house which stood on the southern corner of Broadway and Vesey street, a site at present covered by the Astor House. He received a careful education, and upon leaving college was sent by his father to travel through Europe. Upon his return he went into business with his father, and it is said was even more thrifty and energetic in the management of their affairs than the old gentleman himself. The severe affliction of his elder brother made him the principal heir of his father’s vast estate, but he lost no opportunity of bettering his own condition, and at the death of the elder Astor, he was worth about $6,000,000 of his own. About $500,000 of this he had inherited from his uncle Henry Astor, a wealthy butcher of New York. His father left him the bulk of his fortune, which made him the richest man in America, and since then he has devoted himself with great success to increasing the amount of his possessions. His wealth is variously estimated at from $60,000,000, to $100,000,000. No one but the fortunate possessor can tell the exact amount. The greater part of this is invested in real estate, much of which is very profitable. A large part, however, is unimproved, and brings in no immediate p. 373return. Mr. Astor, however, can afford to wait, and as there is no better judge of the prospective value of real estate in New York, he rarely makes a mistake in his purchases. He invests cautiously, allows others to improve the neighborhoods in which his property lies, and reaps the benefit of their labors.
Mr. Astor is the second son of John Jacob Astor and is around seventy-three years old. He was born in New York, in an old brick house that was on the southern corner of Broadway and Vesey Street, a spot that's now the site of the Astor House. He received a solid education, and after finishing college, his father sent him to travel around Europe. When he returned, he went into business with his father and was said to be even more thrifty and energetic in managing their affairs than his father was. The serious illness of his older brother made him the main heir to his father’s vast estate, but he took every chance to improve his own situation, and at his older brother’s death, he was worth about $6,000,000 on his own. He inherited around $500,000 of this from his uncle Henry Astor, a wealthy butcher in New York. His father left him most of his fortune, making him the richest man in America, and since then, he has been very successful in growing his wealth. His fortune is estimated to be between $60,000,000 and $100,000,000. Only he knows the exact amount. Most of this is invested in real estate, a lot of which is very profitable. However, a significant portion is undeveloped and doesn’t provide immediate returns. Mr. Astor, though, can afford to wait, and since he’s an expert on the future value of real estate in New York, he seldom makes a mistake with his purchases. He invests carefully, lets others improve the neighborhoods around his properties, and enjoys the rewards of their efforts.
In person Mr. Astor is tall and heavily built, with a decided German look, a dull, unintellectual face, and a cold, reserved manner. He is unlike his father in many of his personal traits. He lives very simply. His residence is a plain, but substantial-looking brick mansion in Lafayette Place, adjoining the Astor Library. He is not very sociable, but the entertainments given at his house are said to be among the pleasantest and most elaborate to be met with in the city. Those who know the family, however, give the credit of this to Mrs. Astor, an amiable and accomplished lady, and one eminent for her good deeds.
In person, Mr. Astor is tall and stocky, with a distinct German appearance, a dull, unremarkable face, and a cool, reserved demeanor. He differs from his father in many personal traits. He lives a very simple life. His home is a plain but sturdy brick mansion in Lafayette Place, right next to the Astor Library. He isn't very social, but the events held at his house are said to be among the most enjoyable and elaborate in the city. However, those who know the family attribute this to Mrs. Astor, a kind and talented woman known for her charitable work.
Mr. Astor attends to his own business. His office is in Prince street, just out of Broadway. It is a plain one-story building, very different from the offices of most of the rich men of the metropolis. At ten o’clock Mr. Astor makes his appearance here. It is no slight task to manage so vast an estate, and to direct all its affairs so that they shall be continually increasing the capital of the owner. There is scarcely a laborer in the city who works harder than the master of this office. He transacts all business connected with his estate, and is as cold and curt in his manner as can well be imagined. He wastes neither words nor time, and few persons find him an agreeable man to deal with. He is perfectly informed respecting every detail of his vast business, and it is impossible to deceive him. No tenant can make the slightest improvement, change, or repair in his property without Mr. Astor’s consent, except at his own expense. He is accessible to all who have business with him, but he sees no one else during his working hours. At four o’clock he leaves his office, and sets out for home on foot. He rarely rides, this walk being his principal exercise. He is hale and hearty in constitution, looks much younger than he really is, and will doubtless live to be fully as old as his father was at the time of his death.
Mr. Astor takes care of his own affairs. His office is on Prince Street, just off Broadway. It's a simple one-story building, quite different from the offices of most of the wealthy people in the city. At ten o’clock, Mr. Astor shows up here. Managing such a huge estate and directing all its operations to keep increasing the owner's wealth is no small task. There’s hardly a worker in the city who puts in as much effort as the head of this office. He handles all business related to his estate and is as cold and blunt as one could imagine. He doesn’t waste words or time, and few find him a pleasant person to deal with. He is completely knowledgeable about every detail of his extensive business, and it’s impossible to fool him. No tenant can make even the slightest improvement, change, or repair on his property without Mr. Astor’s permission, unless it's at their own cost. He is open to anyone with business matters, but he doesn't see anyone else during work hours. At four o’clock, he leaves his office and walks home. He rarely takes a ride; this walk is his main form of exercise. He is in good health, looks much younger than he actually is, and will likely live to be just as old as his father was when he passed away.
p. 374Mr. Astor is not regarded as a liberal man by his fellow-citizens, but this reputation is not altogether deserved. His friends say that he gives liberally when he gives at all. They add that he has a horror of subscription lists and solicitors of donations, and that he turns a deaf ear to common beggars. He makes it a rule never to give anything during business hours. If a case interests him, he investigates it thoroughly, and if it is found worthy of aid, he gives generously, but quietly. The truth is, that like all rich men, he is beset by a host of beggars of every class and description. Were he to grant every appeal addressed to him, his vast fortune would melt away in a few years. He must discriminate, and he has his own way of doing it.
p. 374Mr. Astor isn’t seen as a generous person by the people around him, but this reputation isn’t entirely fair. His friends say he donates generously when he does decide to give. They also mention that he dislikes charity drives and solicitors for donations, and he ignores regular panhandlers. He makes it a point never to give anything during work hours. If a situation catches his attention, he looks into it thoroughly, and if it seems deserving of help, he contributes generously, but discreetly. The reality is that, like many wealthy individuals, he faces requests for help from all sorts of people. If he were to respond to every plea directed at him, his considerable wealth would quickly diminish. He has to make choices, and he has his own method for doing that.
Mr. Astor married a daughter of General Armstrong, the Secretary of War in Mr. Madison’s cabinet. He has two sons, who are themselves fathers of families. They are John Jacob and William B. Astor, Jr. He has also several daughters, all married. The sons reside on Fifth avenue. They are in active business for themselves. John Jacob, the elder, is a large-framed, heavy-boned man, and resembles his father. William B. Astor, Jr., is a small, slim man, and resembles his mother. They are much more sociable than their father, inheriting much of the genial vivacity of their grandfather, who was very fond of the pleasures of society. They are shrewd, energetic business men, and it is said are very wealthy, independent of their father. Mr. John Jacob Astor entered the United States Army during the civil war, and saw considerable active service on the staff of General McClellan.
Mr. Astor married General Armstrong's daughter, who was the Secretary of War in Mr. Madison's cabinet. He has two sons, both of whom are fathers themselves. Their names are John Jacob and William B. Astor, Jr. He also has several married daughters. The sons live on Fifth Avenue and run their own businesses. John Jacob, the older son, is a tall, robust man who looks like his father. William B. Astor, Jr. is shorter and slimmer, resembling his mother. They are much more outgoing than their father, inheriting a lot of their grandfather's lively spirit, who enjoyed socializing. They are sharp, energetic businesspeople and are said to be quite wealthy, independent of their father. Mr. John Jacob Astor joined the United States Army during the Civil War and served actively on General McClellan's staff.
p. 375XXIII. FASHIONABLE SHOPPING.
The fashionable retail stores of New York lie chiefly along Broadway, between the St. Nicholas Hotel and Thirty-fourth street. A few are to be found in the cross streets leading from the great thoroughfare, and some are in the Sixth avenue, but Broadway almost monopolizes the fashionable retail trade of the city. All the large stores are conducted on the same general plan, the main object of which is to secure the greatest convenience and comfort for the purchaser, and the greatest dispatch and promptness on the part of the employés. The leading stores of the city have an established reputation with the citizens. They furnish a better class of goods than can be found elsewhere, and are the most reasonable in their prices. Furthermore, the purchaser may rely upon the assurances of the salesman concerning the goods. The salesmen in such houses are not allowed to represent anything as better than it really is. This certainty is worth a great deal to the purchaser, who is often incapable of judging intelligently of his purchase. The writer can assert, from actual experience, that for the same amount of money one can buy at the first-class stores a better article than is offered in the so-called “cheap stores.”
The trendy retail shops in New York are mainly located along Broadway, between the St. Nicholas Hotel and 34th Street. A few are found on the side streets that branch off from this major road, and some are on Sixth Avenue, but Broadway really dominates the upscale retail scene in the city. All the large stores operate on a similar model, which aims to provide maximum convenience and comfort for shoppers, along with quick and efficient service from the staff. The top stores in the city have a solid reputation among locals. They offer higher quality products than you can find elsewhere and have the most reasonable prices. Additionally, customers can trust the salespeople's claims about the products. Salespeople in these stores aren't allowed to make any item seem better than it actually is. This level of trust is invaluable for buyers who often can’t make informed judgments about their purchases. From personal experience, I can say that with the same amount of money, you can get a better quality item at high-end stores than what’s available at so-called “cheap stores.”
p. 377Upon entering a first-class dry-goods store in New York, a stranger is impressed with the order and system which prevail throughout the whole establishment. The heavy plate glass door is opened for him by a small boy in entering and departing. If the weather be stormy and the visitor has a wet umbrella, he may leave it in charge of the aforesaid boy, who gives him a check for it. He can reclaim it at any time by presenting this check. As he enters he is met at the door by a well-dressed gentleman of easy address, who politely inquires what he wishes to purchase. Upon stating his business, he is promptly shown to the department in which the desired articles are kept, and the eye of the conductor is never removed from him until he has attracted the attention of the clerk from whom he makes his purchase. All this is done, however, without allowing him to see that he is watched. This espionage is necessary to guard against robbery. The city merchants are greatly annoyed, and are often subjected to heavy loss, by professional shoplifters, who throng their stores. The shoplifters do not constitute the only thieves, however. Women of respectable position, led on by their mad passion for dress, have been detected in taking small but costly articles, such as laces, handkerchiefs, etc., from some of the principal houses. Such matters have usually been “hushed up” through the influence of the friends of the offender. The opportunities for theft are very great in the city stores. Hundreds of small articles, many of them of considerable value, lie within easy reach of the customers, and all the employés are obliged to exert the greatest watchfulness. Private detectives are employed by the principal houses, and as soon as a professional shoplifter enters, he or she is warned off the premises by the detective, whose experience enables him to recognize such persons at a glance. A refusal to profit by this warning is followed by a summary arrest.
p. 377When you walk into a first-class department store in New York, you’re struck by the organization and order that fill the entire place. A young boy holds the heavy glass door open for you as you come and go. If it’s raining and you have a wet umbrella, you can leave it with that same boy, who’ll give you a claim ticket in return. You can get your umbrella back anytime by showing the ticket. As you enter, a well-dressed man greets you warmly and politely asks what you’re looking to buy. Once you explain, he promptly directs you to the relevant department, keeping an eye on you until you’re assisted by a clerk to complete your purchase. This monitoring is discreet, ensuring you don’t feel watched. It’s necessary to prevent theft, as shopkeepers face issues with professional shoplifters who frequent their stores. However, these shoplifters aren’t the only thieves; some well-to-do women, driven by their obsession with fashion, have been caught stealing small but expensive items like lace and handkerchiefs from major retailers. These incidents are often “swept under the rug” thanks to the influence of their social circle. The potential for theft is significant in urban stores, where countless small, valuable items are easily accessible to customers, prompting staff to remain extremely vigilant. Major retailers hire private detectives who can spot professional shoplifters immediately. If such a person enters the store, the detective will swiftly ask them to leave, and ignoring this warning leads to an immediate arrest.
The salesmen are not allowed to receive the pay for their sales. They take the purchaser’s money, make a memorandum in duplicate of the sale, and hand both the papers and the money to a small boy who takes it to the cashier. If any change is due the purchaser, the boy brings it back. The articles are also remeasured by the clerks who do them up in parcels, to see if the quantity is correct. The purchase is then delivered to the buyer, or sent to his residence. Thus the house is furnished with a check on all dishonest salesmen, and at the same time acquires accurate knowledge of their labors in their respective departments.
Salespeople aren't allowed to keep the money from their sales. They take the buyer's payment, make a duplicate record of the sale, and give both the documents and the cash to a kid who takes it to the cashier. If the buyer is owed any change, the kid brings it back. The items are also remeasured by the clerks who package them up to ensure the quantity is right. Then the purchase is handed over to the buyer or delivered to their home. This way, the store has a way to monitor any dishonest salespeople and also keeps accurate records of their work in their specific areas.
The small boys referred to are called “cash boys,” and are now a necessity in a well regulated establishment. Good, steady p. 378cash boys are almost always in demand. Intelligence commands a premium in this department, and a bright, well recommended lad will generally be taken on trial. He starts out with a salary of $3 per week. If he shows capacity, he is promoted as rapidly as possible. The highest salary paid to a cash boy is $8 per week, but one who earns this amount does not stay long in this position. He is soon made a salesman, and may then go as high in the house as his abilities will carry him. These boys generally have a bright and lively appearance. Besides acting as cash boys, they are sometimes sent on errands, they attend the doors, and do sundry other useful acts. They are strictly watched, and any improper conduct is punished with an instantaneous dismissal. They generally belong to respectable families, and live at home with their parents. Many of them attend the night schools after business hours, and thus prepare for the great life struggle which is before them. Such boys are apt to do well in the world. Many, however, after being released from the stores, imitate the ways of the clerks and salesmen. They affect a fastness which is painful to see in boys so young. They sport an abundance of flashy jewelry, patronize the cheap places of amusement, and are seen in the low concert saloons, and other vile dens of the city. It is not difficult to predict the future of these boys.
The small boys mentioned are called “cash boys,” and they are now essential in a well-run establishment. Good, reliable cash boys are almost always in demand. Intelligence is highly valued in this area, and a bright, well-recommended kid will usually be hired on a trial basis. He starts with a salary of $3 per week. If he shows potential, he gets promoted as quickly as possible. The highest salary for a cash boy is $8 per week, but one who earns this much doesn't stay in that role for long. He is quickly made a salesman and can climb as high in the company as his skills allow. These boys typically have a bright and lively appearance. In addition to being cash boys, they are sometimes sent on errands, help at the doors, and perform various other useful tasks. They are closely monitored, and any inappropriate behavior leads to immediate dismissal. They usually come from respectable families and live at home with their parents. Many attend night school after work to prepare for the significant challenges ahead. Such boys are likely to succeed in life. However, many, after leaving the stores, start to mimic the habits of clerks and salesmen. They adopt a flashy style that is hard to watch for boys that young. They wear a lot of gaudy jewelry, frequent cheap entertainment spots, and are seen in low concert halls and other seedy places in the city. It’s easy to predict the future of these boys.
The principal retail dry goods stores of New York are those of A. T. Stewart & Co., Lord & Taylor, Arnold, Constable & Co., and James McCreery & Co.
The main dry goods stores in New York are A. T. Stewart & Co., Lord & Taylor, Arnold, Constable & Co., and James McCreery & Co.
The house of A. T. Stewart & Co. is the best known to persons visiting the city. Indeed there are very few Americans who have not heard of and longed to visit “Stewart’s.” It is, besides, the largest and most complete establishment of its kind in the world. It occupies the entire block bounded by Broadway, Fourth avenue, Ninth and Tenth streets. The principal front is on Broadway, and the public entrances are on that street and on the Fourth avenue. The Ninth street entrances are reserved exclusively for the employés of the house. Many persons speak of the edifice as a “marble palace,” but this is incorrect. It is constructed of iron, in the style of arcade upon p. 379arcade, and its fronts are so thickly studded with windows that they may be said to consist almost entirely of glass. It is five stories in height above the street, and above the fifth story there is an interior attic not visible from the sidewalk. Below the street there is a basement and a sub-cellar, so that the monster building is really eight stories in height. There is no attempt at outward display, the fine effect of the edifice being due to its vast size and its symmetry. The interior is as simple. The floors are uncarpeted, the shelves are plain, as are the counters and the customers’ seats. The centre of the building is occupied by a large rotunda extending from the ground floor to the roof. All the upper floors are open around this rotunda. Two flights of massive stairs lead to the upper floors, and there are three handsome elevators for the use of customers who do not care to make the journey on foot. Three other elevators on the Ninth street side are used for carrying goods. Each of the floors covers an area of about two acres, so that the whole establishment, including the cellar, occupies sixteen acres of space.
The A. T. Stewart & Co. store is the most famous among visitors to the city. In fact, there are very few Americans who haven’t heard of and wanted to visit “Stewart’s.” It is also the largest and most comprehensive store of its kind in the world. It takes up the entire block bordered by Broadway, Fourth Avenue, Ninth, and Tenth Streets. The main entrance faces Broadway, and public access is available from that street and Fourth Avenue. The entrances on Ninth Street are exclusively for the employees. Many people refer to the building as a “marble palace,” but that's not accurate. It’s made of iron, designed in an arcade style, and its facades are so covered with windows that they seem almost entirely made of glass. It stands five stories tall above the street, and there’s an attic above the fifth floor that isn’t visible from the sidewalk. Below the ground, there’s a basement and a sub-cellar, meaning the massive building is actually eight stories high. There’s no attempt at flashy decoration; the impressive look of the building comes from its enormous size and symmetry. The interior is just as straightforward. The floors are bare, and the shelves, counters, and seating for customers are all plain. The center of the building features a large rotunda that stretches from the ground floor to the roof. All the upper floors are open around this rotunda. Two wide staircases lead to the upper levels, and there are three elegant elevators for customers who prefer not to walk. Three additional elevators on the Ninth Street side are used for transporting goods. Each floor covers about two acres, so the entire establishment, including the cellar, takes up sixteen acres of space.
The cellar contains coal bins with a capacity of 500 tons. Close by are eight Harrison boilers of fifty horse power each, used for operating the steam engines and warming the building with steam. There are in all ten steam engines located in this immense cellar. These are used for running the elevators, for working seven steam pumps, for feeding the boilers, and for forcing water up to the top floor, which is used as a laundry. In a certain part of the cellar is located the electrical battery, by means of which the gas jets in the building are lighted. Here are also rooms for the storage of goods.
The cellar has coal bins that can hold 500 tons. Nearby are eight Harrison boilers, each with a capacity of fifty horsepower, used to run the steam engines and heat the building. There are a total of ten steam engines in this huge cellar. These engines power the elevators, operate seven steam pumps, supply the boilers, and pump water up to the top floor, which serves as a laundry. In one section of the cellar, there’s an electrical battery that lights the gas jets in the building. There are also areas for storing goods.
The basement is occupied by the Carpet-making and Parcel departments. It is the largest room in the world, and is unbroken save by the light pillars which support the floors above. The Carpet-making department is interesting. The house deals largely in carpets, and one is surprised at the smallness of the force employed down here. The carpets purchased are cut, and the pieces matched as they lie on the floor by women. Then they are placed on a wide table, forty feet long, and are sewn p. 380together by a machine worked by steam. This machine moves along the edge of the table, and the man operating it rides on it. His only care is to hold the parts to be sewn perfectly even, and the machine sews a seam of forty feet in from three to five minutes.
The basement is home to the Carpet-making and Parcel departments. It's the largest room in the world and has no interruptions except for the light pillars that support the floors above. The Carpet-making department is fascinating. The company mainly sells carpets, and it's surprising how few people work down here. The carpets that are bought are cut, and the pieces are arranged as they lie on the floor by women. Then, they're placed on a long table, forty feet in length, and sewn together by a steam-powered machine. This machine moves along the edge of the table, and the person operating it rides on it. Their only job is to keep the pieces being sewn perfectly aligned, and the machine can stitch a forty-foot seam in about three to five minutes.
In the centre of the basement floor is a space about thirty feet square, enclosed by counters. This is the Parcel department. All purchases to be sent to the buyer pass through this department, and these make up about ninety per cent. of the day’s business. The purchases are sent here by the salesmen with a ticket affixed to each, stating the quantity and quality of the article bought, the amount paid, and the address of the buyer. The goods are then remeasured, and if an error has been made either in favor of or against the house, it is rectified. The goods are then made up in secure parcels, each of which is plainly marked with the address of the purchaser. These parcels are then turned over to the drivers of the wagons used by the house for delivering purchases. The drivers are furnished with bills for the amounts to be collected on the parcels, and they are held to a rigid accountability for the delivery of every parcel entrusted to them, and the collection of all moneys due on them.
In the center of the basement floor is an area about thirty feet square, surrounded by counters. This is the Parcel department. All purchases meant to be sent to buyers go through this department, which accounts for about ninety percent of the day’s business. The salespeople send the purchases here with a ticket attached to each one, indicating the quantity and quality of the item, the amount paid, and the buyer's address. The items are then remeasured, and if there's any mistake, whether in favor of or against the store, it gets corrected. The items are then packaged securely, with each parcel clearly labeled with the purchaser's address. These parcels are handed over to the drivers of the delivery trucks used by the store. The drivers receive bills for the amounts to be collected on the parcels, and they are strictly held accountable for delivering every parcel entrusted to them and collecting all payments due on them.
The ground floor is the principal salesroom. It is a simple, but elegant apartment, and its chief ornaments are the goods for sale, which are displayed in the most attractive and tasteful manner. The room is 300 by 200 feet in size. It contains 100 counters, with an aggregate length of 5000 feet. Behind these counters are low shelves on which the goods are kept. In the centre is the immense rotunda, and at various points are the little wooden pens enclosed with lattice work used by the cashiers. Each article for sale has its separate department, and there are thirty ushers on duty to direct purchasers where to find the articles they seek. The display of goods is magnificent, and includes everything used for the clothing of ladies and children, either in the piece or ready made. There is also a department in which ladies and children may have all their clothing of every description made to order.
The ground floor is the main sales area. It's a simple yet elegant space, and its main decorations are the products for sale, which are showcased in the most appealing and stylish way. The room measures 300 by 200 feet. It features 100 counters with a total length of 5,000 feet. Behind these counters are low shelves where the merchandise is stored. In the center is a huge rotunda, and at various spots are small wooden booths enclosed with lattice work for the cashiers. Each item for sale has its own section, and there are thirty ushers on duty to help customers find what they're looking for. The product display is spectacular and includes everything needed for ladies' and children's clothing, either by the yard or ready-made. There's also a section where ladies and children can have all types of clothing custom-made.
The convenience of having all these things, and in such great variety, under one roof is very great, and saves purchasers many a weary walk through the city. The immense capital employed by Mr. Stewart, and his great facilities of all kinds, enable him to control the markets in which he makes his purchases and to buy on terms which render it easy for him to undersell all his competitors. The smaller houses complain bitterly of this, and declare that he is ruining them. In spite of its immense trade, “Stewart’s” is not the most popular place in the city with resident purchasers. The salesmen have the reputation of being rude and often insolent. There can be no doubt that, were specific complaints made, Mr. Stewart would administer the necessary punishment to the offender without delay; but as the offences complained of are chiefly a lack of civility, few care to complain.
The convenience of having all these things, and in such great variety, under one roof is significant and saves shoppers a lot of tired walks around the city. The large capital that Mr. Stewart has and his many resources allow him to dominate the markets where he buys and to negotiate deals that let him easily undersell his competitors. The smaller businesses are very upset about this and claim that he is driving them out of business. Despite its huge trade, "Stewart's" isn't the most popular place in the city among local shoppers. The salespeople are known for being rude and often disrespectful. There’s no doubt that if specific complaints were made, Mr. Stewart would quickly deal with the issue; however, since the complaints mostly relate to a lack of courtesy, few people bother to speak up.
The throng of visitors and purchasers is immense. They have been known to reach the enormous number of 50,000 in a single day; but the average is 15,000. Looking down from one of the upper floors, through the rotunda, one can witness as busy and interesting a scene as New York affords. All kinds of people come here, from the poor woman whose scanty garb tells too plainly the story of her poverty, to the wife of the millionaire whose purchases amount to a small fortune, and all classes can be suited.
The crowd of visitors and shoppers is huge. They’ve been known to hit an incredible 50,000 in a single day, but the average is around 15,000. Looking down from one of the upper floors, through the rotunda, you can see a scene as busy and fascinating as anything New York has to offer. All kinds of people come here, from the woman in threadbare clothes that clearly show her struggle, to the millionaire's wife whose shopping totals a small fortune, and everyone in between can find what they need.
The sales of the house average about $60,000 per day, and have been known to reach $87,000. The bulk of the purchases is made between noon and five o’clock. The average daily sales of the principal articles are as follows: Silks $15,000; dress goods, $6000; muslins, $3000; laces, $2000; shawls, $2500; suits, $1000; calicoes, $1500; velvets, $2000; gloves, $1000; furs, $1000; hosiery, $600; boys’ clothing, $700; Yankee notions, $600; embroideries, $1000; carpets, $5500.
The house sells about $60,000 worth of goods each day, sometimes hitting as much as $87,000. Most of the shopping happens between noon and 5 PM. The average daily sales for the main items are as follows: Silks $15,000; dress fabrics $6,000; muslins $3,000; laces $2,000; shawls $2,500; suits $1,000; calicoes $1,500; velvets $2,000; gloves $1,000; furs $1,000; hosiery $600; boys’ clothing $700; Yankee notions $600; embroideries $1,000; carpets $5,500.
p. 383As may be supposed, the business of this great house requires an army of employés. The force consists of 1 general superintendent, 19 superintendents of departments, 9 cashiers, 25 book-keepers, 30 ushers, 55 porters, 200 cash boys, 900 seamstresses, working-women, laundresses, etc., 320 salesmen and saleswomen, and 150 salesmen and others in the carpet department, making a total of 1709 persons. There are other persons employed about the establishment in various capacities, and these, with the extra help often employed, make the aggregate frequently as much as 2200 persons. The business of the house opens at seven A.M., and closes at seven P.M. All the employés have thirty minutes allowed them for dinner. One half of all are alternately dismissed at six o’clock each evening. All the employés, when leaving, must pass through a private door on Ninth street. On each side of this door is a detective of great experience, whose business it is to see that none of the employés carry away with them any of the property of the house. The discipline of the establishment is very rigid, and is enforced by a system of fines and other penalties.
p. 383As you can imagine, operating this large business requires a large staff. The team includes 1 general superintendent, 19 departmental managers, 9 cashiers, 25 bookkeepers, 30 ushers, 55 porters, 200 cash boys, 900 seamstresses, working women, laundresses, etc., 320 salespeople, and an additional 150 salespeople and others in the carpet department, totaling 1709 individuals. There are other people employed in various roles, and with additional help often brought in, the total can reach up to 2200 individuals. The business opens at 7 A.M. and closes at 7 P.M. All employees are given thirty minutes for lunch. Half of them are dismissed at 6 P.M. each evening on a rotating basis. When leaving, all employees must exit through a private door on Ninth Street. On either side of this door stands an experienced guard whose job is to ensure that no employee leaves with any property belonging to the business. The discipline here is strict and enforced through a system of fines and other penalties.
The general management of the house is entrusted to Mr. Tellur, the General Superintendent, but Mr. Stewart gives it his personal supervision as well. He comes to the store every morning at ten o’clock precisely, and consults with Mr. Tellur about the business of the previous day, and the wants of that just opening. He goes through the entire establishment, and personally acquaints himself with the exact condition of the business. He knows everything connected with the retail store, and every detail of its management receives his constant supervision, and is conducted in accordance with his instructions. He remains here about an hour and a half in the morning, and returns at five o’clock in the afternoon, and spends half an hour more. The rest of his working day is passed at his lower store.
The overall management of the store is handled by Mr. Tellur, the General Superintendent, but Mr. Stewart also oversees it personally. He arrives at the store every morning at exactly ten o’clock and discusses the previous day's business with Mr. Tellur, as well as the needs for the day ahead. He walks through the entire establishment to get a clear understanding of the current state of the business. He is aware of everything related to the retail store, and every detail of its management is under his constant supervision and followed according to his directions. He stays for about an hour and a half in the morning and comes back at five o’clock in the afternoon for another half hour. The rest of his workday is spent at his other store.
Lord & Taylor rank next to Stewart, and are a more popular firm with residents than the latter. They occupy a magnificent iron building at the corner of Broadway and Twentieth street. It is one of the finest and most picturesque edifices in the city, and is filled with a stock of goods equal in costliness and superior p. 385in taste to anything that can be bought at Stewart’s. On “opening days,” or days when the merchants set out their finest goods for the inspection of the public, Lord & Taylor generally carry off the palm, for the handsomest and most tasteful display. The show windows of this house are among the sights of Broadway.
Lord & Taylor rank just below Stewart and are more popular with locals than the latter. They have a stunning iron building at the corner of Broadway and 20th Street. It’s one of the finest and most attractive buildings in the city, filled with merchandise that’s just as expensive and more stylish than anything at Stewart’s. On “opening days,” when merchants showcase their best products for the public, Lord & Taylor usually takes the prize for the most beautiful and tasteful display. The storefront windows of this place are among the highlights of Broadway. p. 385
Two blocks below, on the same side of Broadway, is a row of magnificent white marble stores. The upper end, comprising about one-third of the entire block, is occupied by Messrs. Arnold, Constable & Co., a popular and wealthy house. They are noted for the taste and general excellence of their goods.
Two blocks down, on the same side of Broadway, there's a row of beautiful white marble stores. The upper end, which makes up about a third of the entire block, is occupied by Messrs. Arnold, Constable & Co., a well-known and affluent establishment. They're recognized for the quality and overall excellence of their products.
James McCreery & Co., at the corner of Broadway and Eleventh street, occupy a part of the ground floor of the magnificent edifice of the Methodist Book Concern. They do not make as extensive a display as their competitors, but are well known in the city for their rich and elegant goods. The ball and wedding dresses imported and made by this house are among the richest ever seen in New York.
James McCreery & Co., at the corner of Broadway and Eleventh Street, occupy part of the ground floor of the impressive building of the Methodist Book Concern. They don't have as large a display as their competitors, but they are well-known in the city for their luxurious and stylish products. The ball gowns and wedding dresses imported and made by this store are some of the most exquisite ever seen in New York.
p. 386XXIV. BLEECKER STREET.
Perhaps very few people out of the great city know Bleecker Street at all; perhaps they have passed it a dozen times or more without noticing it, or if they have marked it at all have regarded it only as a passably good-looking street going to decay. But he who does not know Bleecker street does not know New York. It is of all the localities of the metropolis one of the best worth studying.
Perhaps very few people in the big city know Bleecker Street at all; maybe they’ve walked past it a dozen times or more without even noticing it, or if they have noticed it, they’ve thought of it as just an ordinary street falling into disrepair. But anyone who doesn’t know Bleecker Street doesn’t really know New York. Out of all the places in the city, it’s one of the most interesting to explore.
It was once the abode of wealth and fashion, as its fine old time mansions testify. Then Broadway north of it was the very centre of the aristocracy of the island, and Bond street was a primitive Fifth avenue. Going west from the Bowery, nearly to Sixth avenue, you will find rows of stately mansions on either hand, which speak eloquently of greatness gone, and as eloquently of hard times present. They have a strange aspect too, and one may read their story at a glance. Twenty-five years ago they were homes of wealth and refinement. The most sumptuous hospitality was dispensed here, and the stately drawing rooms often welcomed brilliant assemblages. Now a profusion of signs announce that hospitality is to be had at a stated price, and the old mansions are put to the viler uses of third-rate boarding houses and restaurants.
It was once a place of wealth and style, as its beautiful old mansions show. Back then, Broadway to the north was the very heart of the island's aristocracy, and Bond Street was like a primitive Fifth Avenue. Heading west from the Bowery, almost to Sixth Avenue, you'll see rows of impressive mansions on both sides that tell a story of greatness lost and tough times now. They have a peculiar look, and you can read their history at a glance. Twenty-five years ago, they were homes of luxury and elegance. They hosted the most lavish gatherings, and their grand drawing rooms often welcomed dazzling events. Now, a plethora of signs indicate that hospitality is available for a fee, and the old mansions have been reduced to the lesser purposes of third-rate boarding houses and restaurants.
In many respects Bleecker street is more characteristic of Paris than of New York. It reminds one strongly of the Latin Quarter, and one instinctively turns to look for the Closerie des Lilas. It is the headquarters of Bohemianism, and Mrs. Grundy now shivers with holy horror when she thinks it was once her home. The street has not entirely lost its reputation. No one is prepared to say it is a vile neighborhood; no one p. 387would care to class it with Houston, Mercer, Greene, or Water streets; but people shake their heads, look mysterious, and sigh ominously when you ask them about it. It is a suspicious neighborhood, to say the least, and he who frequents it must be prepared for the gossip and surmises of his friends. No one but its denizens, whose discretion can be absolutely trusted, knows anything with certainty about its doings or mode of life, but every one has his own opinion. Walk down it at almost any hour of the day or night, and you will see many things that are new to you. Strange characters meet you at every step; even the shops have a Bohemian aspect, for trade is nowhere so much the victim of chance as here. You see no breach of the public peace, no indecorous act offends you; but the people you meet have a certain air of independence, of scorn, of conventionality, a certain carelessness which mark them as very different from the throng you have just left on Broadway. They puzzle you, and set you to conjecturing who they are and what they are, and you find yourself weaving a romance about nearly every man or woman you meet.
In many ways, Bleecker Street feels more like Paris than New York. It strongly evokes the Latin Quarter, and you instinctively look for the Closerie des Lilas. It’s the hub of Bohemian culture, and Mrs. Grundy now feels a chill of horror when she remembers it used to be her home. The street hasn’t completely lost its reputation. No one would claim it’s a terrible neighborhood; nobody would want to compare it to Houston, Mercer, Greene, or Water Streets; but people shake their heads, look mysterious, and sigh ominously when you ask them about it. It's a sketchy neighborhood, to say the least, and anyone who visits it needs to be ready for the gossip and speculation from their friends. Only the locals, whose discretion you can absolutely trust, really know what’s going on there or how people live, but everyone has their own take on it. Walk down it at almost any time of the day or night, and you’ll see many things that are unfamiliar to you. Odd characters greet you at every turn; even the shops have a Bohemian vibe, as commerce is nowhere so much at the mercy of chance as it is here. You won't see any public disturbances, and nothing indecent will bother you; but the people you encounter have a certain air of independence, contempt for convention, and a casualness that set them apart from the crowd you just left on Broadway. They leave you puzzled, prompting you to wonder who they are and what their stories are, and you find yourself creating a backstory for nearly every man or woman you meet.
That long-haired, queerly dressed young man, with a parcel under his arm, who passed you just then, is an artist, and his home is in the attic of that tall house from which you saw him pass out. It is a cheerless place, indeed, and hardly the home for a devotee of the Muse; but the artist is a philosopher, and he flatters himself that if the world has not given him a share of its good things, it has at least freed him from its restraints, and so long as he has the necessaries of life and a lot of jolly good fellows to smoke and drink and chat with him in that lofty dwelling place of his, he is content to take life as he finds it.
That long-haired, oddly dressed young man, with a package under his arm, who just walked by you, is an artist, and he lives in the attic of that tall house you saw him leave. It's a pretty dreary place, definitely not what you'd expect for someone devoted to creativity; but the artist is a philosopher, and he tells himself that if the world hasn’t given him his fair share of nice things, at least it has set him free from its limitations. As long as he has the essentials to get by and a bunch of great friends to smoke, drink, and chat with in his high-up living space, he’s happy to take life as it comes.
If you look up to the second floor, you may see a pretty, but not over fresh looking young woman, gazing down into the street. She meets your glance with composure, and with an expression which is a half invitation to “come up.” She is used to looking at men, and to having them look at her, and she is not averse to their admiration. Her dress is a little flashy, and the traces of rouge are rather too strong on her face, but it is not a bad face. You may see her to-night at the --- Theatre, p. 388where she is the favorite. Not much of an actress, really, but very clever at winning over the dramatic critics of the great dailies who are but men, and not proof against feminine arts. This is her home, and an honest home, too. To be sure it would be better had she a mother or a brother, or husband—some recognized protector, who could save her from the “misfortune of living alone;” but this is Bleecker street, and she may live here according to her own fancy, “and no questions asked.”
If you look up to the second floor, you might see a pretty young woman who seems a bit worn, gazing down at the street. She meets your gaze calmly and with a look that's almost an invitation to "come up." She's used to being looked at and doesn't mind the attention. Her dress is a bit flashy, and she has applied a little too much makeup, but she has an attractive face. You can see her tonight at the --- Theatre, p. 388 where she's the star. She's not really much of an actress, but she's quite skilled at charming the drama critics of the major newspapers, who are just men and can be swayed by feminine charm. This is her home, and it's a decent one. Sure, it would be better if she had a mother, brother, or husband—someone to protect her from the "misfortune of living alone;" but this is Bleecker Street, and she can live here however she likes, "and no questions asked."
On the floor above her dwells Betty Mulligan, a pretty little butterfly well known to the lovers of the ballet as Mademoiselle Alexandrine. No one pretends to know her history. She pays her room rent, has hosts of friends, but beyond this no one knows anything. Surmises there are by the score, and people wonder how mademoiselle can live so well on her little salary; but no charges are made. People shrug their shoulders, and hint that ballet girls have resources unknown to the uninitiated. The rule here is that every one must look after himself, and it requires such an effort to do this that there is no time left to watch a neighbor’s shortcomings.
On the floor above her lives Betty Mulligan, a charming girl known to ballet lovers as Mademoiselle Alexandrine. No one claims to know her backstory. She pays her rent, has plenty of friends, but beyond that, nobody knows anything. There are many guesses, and people wonder how she manages to live so well on her modest salary, but no one makes accusations. People shrug and suggest that ballet dancers have secrets the rest of us don't understand. The unspoken rule here is that everyone has to take care of themselves, and it takes so much effort to do that that there's no time left to keep an eye on what others are doing wrong.
In the same house is a fine-looking woman, not young, but not old. Her “husband” has taken lodgings here for her, but he comes to see her only at intervals, and he is not counted in the landlady’s bill. Business keeps him away, and he comes when he can. Bleecker street never asks madame for her marriage certificate, nor does it seek to know why her numerous friends are all gentlemen, or why they come only when the “husband” is away.
In the same house lives an attractive woman, not exactly young but not old either. Her "husband" has arranged a place for her to stay, but he only visits her occasionally, and the landlady doesn’t include him in the bill. Work keeps him busy, and he comes by when he can. Bleecker Street never asks her for a marriage certificate, nor does it question why all her many friends are men or why they only come when her "husband" is absent.
Honest, hard-working men come here with their families. Their earnings are regular, but small, and they prefer the life of this street to the misery of the tenement house. Others there are who live in the street, and occupy whole dwellings with their families, who stay here from force of habit. They are “slow” people, dull of comprehension, and to them the mysteries of their neighborhood are a sealed book. Yet all are regarded as persons whose characters are “not proven,” by the dwellers outside the street.
Honest, hardworking people come here with their families. Their income is steady but modest, and they choose life on this street over the misery of the tenement. There are others who live on the street and take up entire homes with their families, sticking around out of habit. They are "slow" folks, not very sharp, and the complexities of their neighborhood are a mystery to them. Still, everyone is seen as having a character that is "not proven" by those living outside the street.
p. 389Money is a power in Bleecker street. It will purchase anything. Much is spent by those who do not dwell here, but come here to hide their secrets. Women come here to meet other men besides their husbands, and men bring women here who are not their wives. Bleecker street asks no questions, but it has come to suspect the men and women who are seen in it.
p. 389Money is a force on Bleecker Street. It can buy anything. A lot is spent by those who don’t live here but come to hide their secrets. Women come here to meet men other than their husbands, and men bring women here who aren't their wives. Bleecker Street doesn't ask questions, but it has started to suspect the men and women who are seen here.
Indeed, so long as its tenants do not violate the written law of the land to an extent sufficient to warrant the interference of the police, they may do as they please. Thus it has come to pass that the various personages who are a law unto themselves have gradually drifted into Bleecker street, unless they can afford better quarters, and even then the freedom of the locality has for them a fascination hard to be resisted. No one loses caste here for any irregularity. You may dress as you please, live as you please, do as you please in all things, and no comments will be made. There is no “society” here to worry your life with its claims and laws. You are a law unto yourself. Your acts are exclusively your own business. No complaints will be made against you. You are absolutely your own master or mistress here. Life here is based on principles which differ from those which prevail in other parts of the city.
Indeed, as long as its residents don’t break the local laws enough to attract police attention, they can do whatever they want. This is how various individuals who live by their own rules have gradually moved to Bleecker Street, and even those who can afford nicer places find the freedom of this area hard to resist. No one loses status here for any unconventional behavior. You can dress how you want, live how you want, and do whatever you like without fear of judgment. There is no “society” here to burden your life with its demands and rules. You’re your own authority. Your actions are entirely your own business. No one will complain about you. You are completely your own master or mistress here. Life here is based on principles that are different from those in other parts of the city.
Yet, as I have said, no one dare call the street “bad.” Let us say it is “irregular,” “free,” “above scandal,” or “superior to criticism;” but let us not venture to term it “bad,” as its neighbors Greene and Mercer are “bad.” I cannot say it would be shocked by such a charge, for Bleecker street is never shocked at anything. It would, no doubt, laugh in our faces, and scornfully ask for our proofs of its badness, and proofs of this sort are hard to bring to light in this thoroughfare.
Yet, as I've mentioned, no one dares to call the street “bad.” Let’s say it’s “irregular,” “free,” “beyond scandal,” or “above criticism;” but let’s not go so far as to label it “bad,” like its neighbors Greene and Mercer. I can’t say it would be offended by such an accusation, since Bleecker Street is never shocked by anything. It would likely just laugh at us and scornfully ask for our evidence of its badness, and finding evidence like that in this street is tough.
p. 390XXV. CEMETERIES.
I. GREENWOOD.
The most beautiful cemetery of the city of New York, and the place where its people most long to sleep when “life’s fitful fever” is over, is Greenwood. It is situated on Gowanus Heights, within the limits of the City of Brooklyn, and covers an area of 413 acres of land. It is two and a half miles distant from the South Ferry, and three from the Fulton Ferry, with lines of street cars from both ferries. A portion of the grounds is historic, for along the edge of the heights occurred the hardest fighting in the battle of Long Island, in 1776.
The most beautiful cemetery in New York City, where people most wish to rest when “life’s fitful fever” is over, is Greenwood. It’s located on Gowanus Heights in Brooklyn and spans 413 acres of land. It’s two and a half miles from South Ferry and three miles from Fulton Ferry, with streetcar lines connecting both ferries. Part of the grounds is historic because some of the fiercest fighting in the Battle of Long Island took place along the edge of the heights in 1776.
The cemetery is beautifully laid out. The heights have been graded at immense expense, and the grounds are provided with carriage roads built of stone, covered with gravel, and with foot-paths of concrete. The carriage drives are seventeen miles, and the foot-paths fifteen miles in extent. The sewerage is perfect, and the greatest care is exercised in keeping the grounds free from dirt and weeds. The cemetery was laid out under the supervision of a corps of accomplished landscape gardeners, and it abounds in the most exquisite scenery. From the higher portions the bay and the cities which border it, with the blue ocean in the distance, may all be seen. Everything that art could do to add to the attractions of a naturally beautiful spot has been done, and the place has come to be, next to the Central and Prospect Parks, one of the favorite resorts of the people of New York and Brooklyn. The entrances are all adorned with p. 391magnificent gateways of stone. The northern gateway is adorned with sculptures representing the burial of the Saviour, and the raising of the widow’s son and of Lazarus. Above these are bas-relief figures, representing Faith, Hope, Memory, and Love.
The cemetery is beautifully arranged. The hills have been graded at great cost, and the grounds feature stone carriage roads topped with gravel, alongside concrete footpaths. The carriage drives stretch for seventeen miles, and the footpaths cover fifteen miles. The drainage system is excellent, and there is a strong effort put into keeping the area clean and weed-free. The cemetery was designed under the guidance of a team of skilled landscape gardeners and is filled with stunning scenery. From the higher points, you can see the bay and the cities along its edge, with the blue ocean in the background. Everything possible has been done to enhance the charm of this naturally beautiful location, making it one of the favorite destinations for people from New York and Brooklyn, alongside Central and Prospect Parks. The entrances are all decorated with magnificent stone gateways. The northern gateway features sculptures depicting the burial of the Savior, as well as the resurrections of the widow’s son and Lazarus. Above these are bas-relief figures symbolizing Faith, Hope, Memory, and Love.
The cemetery was opened for burials about twenty-seven years ago. At the close of the year 1870 the interments had reached 150,000. From fifteen to twenty interments are made here every day. The deep-toned bell of the great gateway is forever tolling its knell, and some mournful train is forever wending its slow way under the beautiful trees. Yet the sunlight falls brightly, the birds sing their sweetest over the new-made graves, the wind sighs its dirge through the tall trees, and the “sad sea waves” blend with it all their solemn undertone from afar.
The cemetery has been open for burials for about twenty-seven years. By the end of 1870, there had been 150,000 burials here. Between fifteen and twenty burials happen every day. The deep-toned bell at the main gate is constantly tolling in mourning, and a funeral procession always makes its slow way beneath the beautiful trees. Yet, sunlight shines brightly, the birds sing their sweetest songs over the freshly dug graves, the wind softly mourns through the tall trees, and the "sad sea waves" add their solemn background from a distance.
The tombs and monuments to be seen at Greenwood are very beautiful. Some of them are noted as works of art. Many of them have cost from $10,000 to $100,000. About 2000 of these tombs are scattered through the grounds. In beauty of design and costliness they surpass any similar collection in the New World, but in one respect they are like all others, for they speak nothing but good of the dead. Indeed, were one to believe their inscriptions, the conclusion would be inevitable that none but saints are buried in Greenwood. All classes come here, but the cemetery is characteristic of the living city beyond. Wealth governs everything here as there.
The tombs and monuments at Greenwood are truly stunning. Some are recognized as amazing works of art. Many have cost between $10,000 and $100,000. Around 2,000 of these tombs are spread across the grounds. In terms of design beauty and expense, they exceed any similar collection in the New World, but in one way, they’re just like all the others: they only share positive things about the deceased. Seriously, if you believe the inscriptions, you’d think only saints are buried in Greenwood. People from all walks of life come here, but the cemetery reflects the living city outside. Wealth influences everything here just as it does out there.
II. CYPRESS HILLS.
North of the Brooklyn and Jamaica Turnpike, is an elevated ridge known as the “backbone of Long Island,” and on this ridge, partly in Kings and partly in Queens counties, about five miles from the Catharine Street Ferry, is the Cemetery of Cypress Hills. It comprises an area of 400 acres, one-half of which is still covered with the native forest trees. The other p. 392portion is handsomely adorned with shrubbery, and laid off tastefully. The entrance consists of a brick arch, surmounted by a statue of Faith. It rests on two beautiful lodges occupied by the gate-keeper and superintendent of the cemetery.
North of the Brooklyn and Jamaica Turnpike is an elevated ridge known as the "backbone of Long Island," and on this ridge, partly in Kings and partly in Queens counties, about five miles from the Catharine Street Ferry, is the Cemetery of Cypress Hills. It covers an area of 400 acres, half of which is still filled with native trees. The other p. 392half is beautifully landscaped with shrubs and laid out tastefully. The entrance features a brick arch topped by a statue of Faith. It leads to two lovely lodges occupied by the gatekeeper and the superintendent of the cemetery.
From the cemetery one may command an extensive view, embracing all the surrounding country, the cities of Brooklyn, New York, Jersey City, and Flushing, the Hudson as far as the Palisades, Long Island Sound, the distant hills of Connecticut, and the Atlantic.
From the cemetery, you can take in a wide view that covers all of the surrounding area, including the cities of Brooklyn, New York, Jersey City, and Flushing, the Hudson River up to the Palisades, Long Island Sound, the distant hills of Connecticut, and the Atlantic Ocean.
Since the opening of the grounds, in 1848, upwards of 85,000 interments have been made here. Of these 4060 were officers and soldiers of the United States army, who were killed or who died during the Civil War. They are buried in a section set apart for them. The Sons of Temperance, the Odd-Fellows, the Masons, and the Police Forces of New York and Brooklyn have sections of their own here. When the old grave-yards of New York and Brooklyn were broken up, about 35,000 bodies were removed from them to these grounds.
Since the opening of the grounds in 1848, over 85,000 burials have taken place here. Of these, 4,060 were officers and soldiers of the United States army who were killed or died during the Civil War. They are buried in a designated section. The Sons of Temperance, the Odd Fellows, the Masons, and the Police Forces of New York and Brooklyn each have their own sections here. When the old graveyards of New York and Brooklyn were reclaimed, about 35,000 bodies were moved to these grounds.
III. WOODLAWN.
Woodlawn Cemetery lies in Westchester County, eight miles north of Harlem Bridge, and along the line of the New York, Harlem and Albany Railway. It is easily reached by means of this road. It was incorporated in 1863, and laid out in 1865. It comprises about 325 acres, and is naturally one of the most beautiful cemeteries used by the city. It is easier of access than Greenwood, there being no ferry to cross, and the Harlem Railway Company having instituted a system of funeral trains which convey funeral corteges to the entrance to the grounds. This, together with its natural beauty, is making it a favorite place of burial with the New Yorkers. The grounds are being rapidly improved, and, it is believed, will eventually rival Greenwood. Since its opening, in 1865, there have been nearly 9000 interments in Woodlawn. Admiral Farragut was buried here in 1871. The main avenue or boulevard from the p. 393Central Park to White Plains will pass through these grounds, and afford a broad and magnificent drive from the city to the cemetery.
Woodlawn Cemetery is located in Westchester County, eight miles north of Harlem Bridge, along the route of the New York, Harlem and Albany Railway. It’s easy to reach via this line. It was established in 1863 and designed in 1865. The cemetery spans about 325 acres and is naturally one of the most beautiful cemeteries used by the city. It’s more accessible than Greenwood since there’s no ferry crossing, and the Harlem Railway Company has set up a system of funeral trains that transport funeral processions to the entrance of the grounds. This, along with its natural beauty, has made it a popular burial site for New Yorkers. The grounds are being rapidly improved and are expected to eventually rival Greenwood. Since it opened in 1865, there have been nearly 9000 burials in Woodlawn. Admiral Farragut was laid to rest here in 1871. The main avenue or boulevard running from the p. 393Central Park to White Plains will go through these grounds, providing a broad and stunning drive from the city to the cemetery.
IV. CALVARY, AND THE EVERGREENS.
Calvary Cemetery is the property of the Roman Catholic Church, and contains only the graves of those who have died in that faith. It is situated in the town of Newtown, Long Island, about four miles from New York. It comprises about seventy-five acres, and was opened in August, 1848, since which time about 84,000 bodies have been buried in it.
Calvary Cemetery belongs to the Roman Catholic Church and only contains the graves of people who died in that faith. It's located in Newtown, Long Island, about four miles from New York. The cemetery covers approximately seventy-five acres and was opened in August 1848. Since then, around 84,000 bodies have been buried there.
The Cemetery of the Evergreens is situated about three miles and a half to the eastward of Williamsburg. It lies on the western end of a range of hills, and is one of the largest and most picturesque of all the cemeteries of New York. It is being steadily improved, and is growing in favor with the people of the great cities at its feet.
The Cemetery of the Evergreens is located about three and a half miles east of Williamsburg. It sits at the western end of a hill range and is one of the largest and most beautiful cemeteries in New York. It is continuously being improved and is becoming more popular with the people of the major cities around it.
Another burial ground once used by the people of New York, but now abandoned by them, is the New York Bay Cemetery, situated on the shore of the bay in the State of New Jersey, about two and a half miles from the Courtlandt Street Ferry. It comprises about fifty acres of ground, and contains 50,000 graves.
Another burial ground once used by the people of New York, but now abandoned by them, is the New York Bay Cemetery, located on the shore of the bay in New Jersey, about two and a half miles from the Courtlandt Street Ferry. It covers around fifty acres and has 50,000 graves.
No burials are now permitted on Manhattan Island, except in the Cemetery of Trinity Church, which lies at the intersection of Tenth avenue and One-hundred-and-fifty-fifth street. From Tenth avenue the grounds extend to the river. The new public drive passes through the cemetery, and has greatly injured it. The grounds comprise an area of thirty-six acres, are beautifully laid off, and are shaded by fine trees. Among the persons buried here are Philip Livingston, a signer of the Declaration of Independence, Bishops Wainright and Onderdonk, Madame Jumel, the last wife of Aaron Burr, Audubon, and John Jacob Astor. President Monroe was buried here, but his remains were removed to Richmond, Virginia, in 1859.
No burials are allowed on Manhattan Island now, except in the Cemetery of Trinity Church, located at the crossroads of Tenth Avenue and One Hundred Fifty-Fifth Street. From Tenth Avenue, the grounds stretch out to the river. The new public drive that goes through the cemetery has severely damaged it. The area spans thirty-six acres, is beautifully landscaped, and has lovely trees providing shade. Among the notable people buried here are Philip Livingston, a signer of the Declaration of Independence; Bishops Wainright and Onderdonk; Madame Jumel, the last wife of Aaron Burr; Audubon; and John Jacob Astor. President Monroe was buried here but his remains were moved to Richmond, Virginia, in 1859.
p. 394XXVI. THE CLUBS.
With respect to the number and attractiveness of its clubs, New York bids fair to rival London. They embrace associations for almost every purpose, and are more or less successful according to their means and the object in view. Those for social enjoyment and intercourse are the most popular, and the best known. They are composed principally of men of fashion and wealth, and occupy some of the most elegant mansions in the city.
With regard to the number and appeal of its clubs, New York is poised to compete with London. They cater to nearly every interest and are successful to varying degrees based on their resources and objectives. The clubs focused on social enjoyment and interaction are the most popular and well-known. They mainly consist of fashionable and wealthy individuals, and they occupy some of the most stylish homes in the city.
The best known are the Century, No. 109 East Fifteenth street; Manhattan, corner of Fifth avenue and Fifteenth street; Union League, corner of Madison avenue and Twenty-sixth street; Union, corner of Twenty-first street and Fifth avenue; Travellers’, No. 222 Fifth avenue; Eclectic, corner of Twenty-sixth street and Fifth avenue; City, No. 31 East Seventeenth street; Harmonie, Forty-second street, west of Fifth avenue; Allemania, No. 18 East Sixteenth street; American Jockey Club, corner of Madison avenue and Twenty-seventh street; and New York Yacht Club, club-house on Staten Island.
The most well-known are the Century, 109 East 15th Street; Manhattan, at the corner of Fifth Avenue and 15th Street; Union League, at the corner of Madison Avenue and 26th Street; Union, at the corner of 21st Street and Fifth Avenue; Travellers’, 222 Fifth Avenue; Eclectic, at the corner of 26th Street and Fifth Avenue; City, 31 East 17th Street; Harmonie, on 42nd Street, west of Fifth Avenue; Allemania, 18 East 16th Street; American Jockey Club, at the corner of Madison Avenue and 27th Street; and New York Yacht Club, clubhouse on Staten Island.
The location of these clubs is very desirable. They are all in the most fashionable quarter of the city, and their houses are in keeping with their surroundings. They are elegantly furnished, and often contain valuable and beautiful works of art. Some are owned by the associations occupying them; others are rented at prices varying from $8000 to $20,000 per annum. The initiation fees range from $50 to $150, and the annual dues from $50 to $100. The number of members varies from 300 to 800, but in the best organizations the object is to avoid a large membership. Great care is taken in the investigation of the p. 395history of applicants for membership, and none but persons of good reputation are admitted. In the most exclusive, one adverse ballot in ten is sufficient to negative an application for membership.
The locations of these clubs are very desirable. They are all in the trendiest part of the city, and their buildings match their upscale surroundings. They are elegantly furnished and often feature valuable and beautiful artwork. Some are owned by the associations that occupy them; others are rented for prices ranging from $8,000 to $20,000 per year. The initiation fees vary from $50 to $150, and the annual dues range from $50 to $100. The number of members varies from 300 to 800, but in the top organizations, the goal is to keep membership small. There is a thorough investigation into the background of applicants for membership, and only individuals with good reputations are accepted. In the most exclusive clubs, just one negative vote out of ten is enough to reject a membership application.
By the payment of the sums named above, members have all the benefits of an elegant private hotel at a moderate cost, and are sure of enjoying the privacy which is so agreeable to cultivated tastes. They have constant opportunities of meeting with friends, and besides have a pleasant lounging place in which to pass their leisure hours.
By paying the amounts mentioned above, members gain all the perks of a stylish private hotel at an affordable price, ensuring they enjoy the privacy that is appreciated by refined tastes. They have regular chances to meet with friends and also have a nice spot to relax and spend their free time.
The Century Club stands at the head of the list. It is considered the most desirable association in the city, and numerous applications for places made vacant in it, are always on file. It occupies a handsome red brick mansion just out of Union Square, on East Fifteenth street. It was organized more than thirty years ago, and was originally a sketch club, and its membership was rigidly confined to literary men and artists. Of late years, however, it has been thrown open to any gentleman who may be accepted by the members. Its President is William Cullen Bryant. Its roll of members includes men of all professions among them: Bayard Taylor, William Allan Butler, George William Curtis, and Parke Goodwin, authors; Rev. Dr. Bellows and Dr. Osgood, clergymen; John Brougham, Lester Wallack, and Edwin Booth, actors; Bierstadt, Gignoux, Cropsey, Church, and Kensett, artists; William H. Appleton, publisher; and A. T. Stewart, John Jacob Astor, and August Belmont, capitalists. This club has no restaurant, and is conducted inexpensively. Its Saturday night gatherings bring together the most talented men in the city, and its receptions are among the events of the season.
The Century Club is at the top of the list. It’s known as the most sought-after association in the city, and there are always plenty of applications on file for any openings. It’s located in a beautiful red brick mansion just off Union Square on East Fifteenth Street. Established over thirty years ago, it started as a sketch club, with membership strictly limited to writers and artists. In recent years, however, it has opened its doors to any gentleman who is accepted by the members. Its President is William Cullen Bryant. Its member roster includes people from various professions, such as authors Bayard Taylor, William Allan Butler, George William Curtis, and Parke Goodwin; clergy like Rev. Dr. Bellows and Dr. Osgood; actors John Brougham, Lester Wallack, and Edwin Booth; artists Bierstadt, Gignoux, Cropsey, Church, and Kensett; publisher William H. Appleton; and capitalists A. T. Stewart, John Jacob Astor, and August Belmont. This club lacks a restaurant and operates on a modest budget. Its Saturday night gatherings bring together the most talented individuals in the city, and its receptions are among the highlights of the season.
The Manhattan Club is a political as well as a social organization. It is the head-quarters of Democrats of the better class. It numbers 600 members, about 100 of these residing out of the city. It includes the leading Democratic politicians of the city and State, and when similar celebrities from other States are in the city they are generally entertained by the club, and have the freedom of the house. The club-house is a splendid p. 396brown stone edifice, built originally for a private residence by a man named Parker. It stands on leased ground, and the building only is owned by the club, which paid $110,000 for it. The annual dues are $50. Members are supplied with meals at cost prices. Wines are furnished at similar charges. The restaurant has for its chief cook a Frenchman, who is said to be the most accomplished “artist” in New York. He receives an annual salary of $1800. The house is palatial, but a trifle flashy in its appointments, and a more luxurious resort is not to be found on the island.
The Manhattan Club is both a political and a social organization. It serves as the headquarters for the city's upper-class Democrats. It has 600 members, about 100 of whom live outside the city. The club includes the prominent Democratic politicians of the city and state, and when notable figures from other states are in town, they are typically hosted by the club and have full access to its facilities. The clubhouse is an impressive p. 396 brownstone building, originally constructed as a private residence by a man named Parker. It sits on leased land, and the club owns only the building itself, which it purchased for $110,000. The annual membership fee is $50. Members can enjoy meals at cost prices, with wines also available at similar rates. The restaurant is led by a French chef who is considered the most skilled “artist” in New York, earning an annual salary of $1,800. The house is lavish, though a bit ostentatious in its decor, making it one of the most luxurious venues on the island.
The Union League Club is domiciled in a magnificent brick and marble mansion. It is also a political organization, and is not so exclusive as the Manhattan as regards its membership. It is the headquarters of the Republican leaders, and has perhaps the largest membership of any of the city clubs. It possesses a fine restaurant, conducted on club principles, a collection of works of art, a private theatre, and lodging rooms which may be used by the members upon certain conditions.
The Union League Club is located in a stunning brick and marble building. It's also a political organization and is not as exclusive as the Manhattan when it comes to membership. It serves as the headquarters for Republican leaders and likely has the largest membership of any city club. It features a great restaurant operating on club principles, a collection of art, a private theater, and lodging rooms that members can use under certain conditions.
The Union Club is emphatically a rich man’s association. Its members are all men of great wealth, and its windows are always lined with idlers who seem to have nothing to do but to stare ladies passing by out of countenance. The club house is one of the handsomest buildings in the city, and its furniture and decorations are of the most costly description.
The Union Club is definitely a wealthy man's association. Its members are all very rich men, and its windows are always filled with idlers who appear to have nothing better to do than to stare women passing by with an intense gaze. The clubhouse is one of the most beautiful buildings in the city, and its furniture and decorations are extremely expensive.
The Travellers’ Club was originally designed for affording its members an opportunity of meeting with distinguished travellers visiting the city. This object is still kept in view, but the club is becoming more of a social organization than formerly. Travellers of note are invited to partake of its hospitalities upon arriving in the city, and frequently lecture before the club.
The Travellers’ Club was originally created to give its members a chance to meet distinguished travelers visiting the city. This goal is still in focus, but the club is becoming more of a social organization than it used to be. Notable travelers are invited to enjoy its hospitality when they arrive in the city and often give lectures before the club.
Many club members never see the interior of the club houses more than once or twice a year. They pay their dues, and remain on the rolls, but prefer their homes to the clubs. Others again pass a large part of their time in these elegant apartments in the society of congenial friends. Club life is not favorable to a fondness for home, and it is not surprising that the ladies are among the bitterest opponents of the system.
Many club members only see the inside of the clubhouses once or twice a year. They pay their dues and stay on the rolls, but they prefer being at home rather than at the clubs. On the other hand, some spend a lot of their time in these fancy spaces surrounded by like-minded friends. Club life doesn't encourage a love for home, and it's no surprise that the women are some of the strongest opponents of the system.
p. 397The ladies themselves, however, have their clubs. The most noted of these is the Sorosis, the object of which seems to be to bring together the strong-minded of the sex to enjoy a lunch at Delmonico’s. Some of the most talented female writers of the country are members of the organization. It was stated in several of the city newspapers, about a year ago, that at one of the meetings of Sorosis the members became involved in a fierce dispute over some question concerning the management of the club, and that when the excitement became too intense for words, they relieved their overcharged feelings by “a good cry all around.”
p. 397However, the ladies have their own clubs. The most well-known of these is the Sorosis, which seems to aim at bringing together strong-minded women to enjoy lunch at Delmonico’s. Some of the most talented female writers in the country are members of this organization. About a year ago, several city newspapers reported that during one of the Sorosis meetings, the members got into a heated argument over an issue related to the club's management, and when the tension became too much to handle, they ended up relieving their feelings with “a good cry all around.”
It is said that there is another club in the city, made up of females of nominal respectability, married and single, whose meetings have but one object—“to have a good time.” It is said that the good time embraces not a little hard drinking, and a still greater amount of scandal-monging, and that many of the “leading ladies” of the club make a habit of getting “gloriously drunk” at these meetings. A faithfully written account of the transactions of this club would no doubt furnish a fine article for the Day’s Doings.
It’s rumored that there’s another club in the city, made up of women who appear respectable, both married and single, whose meetings have just one goal—“to have a good time.” It’s said that this good time involves quite a bit of heavy drinking and even more gossip, and many of the club’s “leading ladies” often get “gloriously drunk” at these gatherings. A detailed account of this club’s activities would surely make a great piece for the Day’s Doings.
The Yacht Club consists of a number of wealthy gentlemen who are devoted to salt-water sports. The club house is on Staten Island. The yachts of the members constitute one of the finest fleets of the kind in existence, and their annual regattas, which are held in the lower bay, are sights worth seeing.
The Yacht Club is made up of several wealthy gentlemen who are passionate about saltwater sports. The clubhouse is located on Staten Island. The members' yachts form one of the best fleets around, and their annual regattas, held in the lower bay, are definitely worth checking out.
p. 398XXVII. THE FIVE POINTS.
I. LIFE IN THE SHADOW.
Just back of the City Hall, towards the East River, and within full sight of Broadway, is the terrible and wretched district known as the Five Points. You may stand in the open space at the intersection of Park and Worth streets, the true Five Points, in the midst of a wide sea of sin and suffering, and gaze right into Broadway with its marble palaces of trade, its busy, well-dressed throng, and its roar and bustle so indicative of wealth and prosperity. It is almost within pistol shot, but what a wide gulf lies between the two thoroughfares, a gulf that the wretched, shabby, dirty creatures who go slouching by you may never cross. There everything is bright and cheerful. Here every surrounding is dark and wretched. The streets are narrow and dirty, the dwellings are foul and gloomy, and the very air seems heavy with misery and crime. For many a block the scene is the same. This is the realm of Poverty. Here want and suffering, and vice hold their courts. It is a strange land to you who have known nothing but the upper and better quarters of the great city. It is a very terrible place to those who are forced to dwell in it. For many blocks to the north and south of where we stand in Worth street, and from Elm street back to East River, the Five Points presents a succession of similar scenes of wretchedness.
Just behind City Hall, near the East River, and in full view of Broadway, is the awful and desperate area known as the Five Points. You can stand in the open space at the intersection of Park and Worth streets, the true Five Points, right in the middle of a vast sea of sin and suffering, and look straight into Broadway with its marble buildings of business, its bustling, well-dressed crowd, and its noise and activity that scream wealth and success. It’s almost within shooting distance, but there’s a huge divide between the two streets, a divide that the miserable, shabby, dirty people who shuffle by you may never be able to cross. Everywhere there is bright and cheerful. Here, everything is dark and dreadful. The streets are narrow and filthy, the homes are grimy and dark, and the air itself feels heavy with pain and crime. For many blocks, the scene remains the same. This is the land of Poverty. Here, want and suffering, and vice rule. It’s a strange place for you who have only known the nicer and more comfortable parts of the city. It’s a truly horrible place for those who have to live in it. For many blocks to the north and south of where we are on Worth street, and from Elm street back to the East River, the Five Points shows a series of similar scenes of misery.
Yet, bad as it is, it was worse a few years ago. There was not more suffering, it is true, but crime was more frequent here. p. 400A respectably dressed man could not pass through this section twelve years ago without risking his safety or his life. Murders, robberies, and crimes of all kinds were numerous. Fugitives from justice found a sure refuge here, and the officers of the law frequently did not dare to seek them in their hiding places. Now, thanks to the march of trade up the island, the work of the missionaries, and the vigilance of the new police, the Five Points quarter is safe enough during the day. But still, there are some sections of it in which it is not prudent to venture at night. The criminal class no longer herd here, but have scattered themselves over the island, so that the quarter now contains really more suffering than crime.
Yet, as bad as it is, it was worse a few years ago. There wasn't more suffering, it's true, but crime was more common here. p. 400A man dressed well couldn't walk through this area twelve years ago without risking his safety or his life. Murders, robberies, and all kinds of crimes were plentiful. Fugitives from justice found a safe haven here, and law enforcement often didn't dare to look for them in their hiding spots. Now, thanks to the growth of trade on the island, the efforts of missionaries, and the watchfulness of the new police force, the Five Points area is safe enough during the day. However, there are still some parts of it where it's not wise to go at night. The criminal population no longer gathers here but has spread out across the island, so the area now has more suffering than crime.
Twenty years ago there stood in Park street, near Worth, a large dilapidated building known as the “Old Brewery.” It was almost in ruins, but it was the most densely populated building in the city. It is said to have contained at one time as many as 1200 people. Its passages were long and dark, and it abounded in rooms of all sizes and descriptions, in many of which were secure hiding places for men and stolen goods. The occupants were chiefly the most desperate characters in New York, and the “Old Brewery” was everywhere recognized as the headquarters of crime in the metropolis. The narrow thoroughfare extending around it was known as “Murderers’ Alley” and “The Den of Thieves.” No respectable person ever ventured near it, and even the officers of the law avoided it except when their duty compelled them to enter it. It was a terrible place.
Twenty years ago, there was a large, run-down building on Park Street, near Worth, called the “Old Brewery.” It was almost in ruins, but it was the most densely populated building in the city. It's said to have housed as many as 1,200 people at one time. Its hallways were long and dark, and it was filled with rooms of all shapes and sizes, many of which had hidden spots for people and stolen goods. The residents were mostly the most ruthless characters in New York, and the “Old Brewery” was widely known as the center of crime in the city. The narrow street around it was referred to as “Murderers’ Alley” and “The Den of Thieves.” No respectable person ever went near it, and even law enforcement officers avoided it unless they had to go there for work. It was a terrible place.
Nor was the neighborhood in which this building was located any better. The ground was damp and marshy, the old Collect Pond having originally covered the site, and the streets were filthy beyond description. It is said that there were underground passages extending under the streets from some of the houses to others in different blocks, which were kept secret from all but professional criminals. These were used for facilitating the commission of crimes and the escape of criminals. Brothels and rum shops abounded, and from morning until night brawls were going on in a dozen or more of them at once.
Nor was the neighborhood where this building stood any better. The ground was damp and marshy, with the old Collect Pond originally covering the area, and the streets were filthy beyond words. It's said that there were underground passages extending under the streets from some houses to others in different blocks, which were kept secret from everyone except for professional criminals. These passages were used to help carry out crimes and allow criminals to escape. Brothels and bars were everywhere, and from morning until night, brawls were happening in a dozen or more of them at the same time.
p. 401The locality is better now. In 1852, the Old Brewery was purchased by the Ladies’ Home Missionary Society of the Methodist Episcopal Church, and was pulled down. Its site is now occupied by the neat and comfortable buildings of the Five Points Mission. Just across Worth street is the Five Points House of Industry, and business is creeping in slowly to change the character of this immediate locality forever.
p. 401The area is much improved now. In 1852, the Old Brewery was bought by the Ladies’ Home Missionary Society of the Methodist Episcopal Church, and it was demolished. The site is now home to the tidy and comfortable buildings of the Five Points Mission. Just across Worth Street is the Five Points House of Industry, and businesses are gradually moving in, permanently changing the character of this local area.
In speaking of the Five Points, I include the Fourth and Sixth Wards, which are generally regarded as constituting that section—probably because they are the most wretched and criminal of all in the city. This description will apply with almost equal force to a large part of the First Ward, lying along the North River side of the island. The Fourth and Sixth Wards are also among the most densely populated, being the smallest wards in extent in the city.
In talking about the Five Points, I’m also referring to the Fourth and Sixth Wards, which are usually considered part of that area—likely because they are the most destitute and crime-ridden in the city. This description can also be applied to a significant portion of the First Ward, which stretches along the North River side of the island. The Fourth and Sixth Wards are also some of the most densely populated, as they are the smallest wards in size in the city.
The streets in this section are generally narrow and crooked. The gutters and the roadway are lined with filth, and from the dark, dingy houses comes up the most sickening stench. Every house is packed to its utmost capacity. In some are simply the poor, in others are those whose reputations make the policemen careful in entering them. Some of these buildings are simply dens of thieves. All the streets are wretched enough, but Baxter street has of late years succeeded to the reputation formerly enjoyed by its neighbor, Park street. It is a narrow, crooked thoroughfare. The sidewalk is almost gone in many places, and the street is full of holes. Some of the buildings are of brick, and are lofty enough for a modern Tower of Babel. Others are one and two story wooden shanties. All are hideously dirty. From Canal to Chatham street there is not the slightest sign of cleanliness or comfort. From Franklin to Chatham street there is scarcely a house without a bucket shop or “distillery,” as the signs over the door read, on the ground floor. Here the vilest and most poisonous compounds are sold as whiskey, gin, rum, and brandy. Their effects are visible on every hand. Some of these houses are brothels of the lowest description, and, ah, such terrible faces as look out upon you as you pass them by! Surely no more hopeless, crime-stained p. 402visages are to be seen this side of the home of the damned. The filth that is thrown into the street lies there and decays until the kindly heavens pour down a drenching shower and wash it away. As a natural consequence, the neighborhood is sickly, and sometimes the infection amounts almost to a plague.
The streets in this area are mostly narrow and twisted. The gutters and the road are filled with garbage, and from the dark, run-down houses comes a terrible smell. Every house is overcrowded. Some only have the poor, while others have people whose reputations make the police cautious about going in. Some of these buildings are just hangouts for thieves. All the streets are pretty miserable, but Baxter Street has recently taken on the reputation that Park Street used to have. It's a narrow, winding street. In many places, the sidewalk is almost gone, and the road is filled with potholes. Some of the buildings are brick and tall enough to resemble a modern Tower of Babel. Others are one or two-story wooden shacks. All of them are disgustingly dirty. From Canal to Chatham Street, there's not a hint of cleanliness or comfort. From Franklin to Chatham Street, there’s hardly a house that doesn’t host a bucket shop or “distillery,” as the signs on the doors say, on the ground floor. Here, the most vile and toxic substances are sold as whiskey, gin, rum, and brandy. Their effects are evident everywhere. Some of these places are brothels of the lowest sort, and, oh, the horrifying faces that stare at you as you walk by! You surely won’t find more hopeless, crime-ridden faces anywhere else. The garbage thrown in the street just sits there and rots until a heavy rain comes to wash it away. As a result, the neighborhood is unhealthy, and at times the sickness almost reaches the level of a plague.
Between Fourteenth street and the Battery, half a million of people are crowded into about one-fifth of the island of Manhattan. Within this section there are about 13,000 tenement houses, fully one-half of which are in bad condition, dirty and unhealthy. One small block of the Five Points district is said to contain 382 families. The most wretched tenement houses are to be found in the Five Points. The stairways are rickety and groan and tremble beneath your tread. The entries are dark and foul. Some of these buildings have secret passages connecting them with others of a similar character. These passages are known only to criminals, and are used by them for their vile purposes. Offenders may safely hide from the police in these wretched abodes. Every room is crowded with people. Sometimes as many as a dozen are packed into a single apartment. Decency and morality soon fade away here. Drunkenness is the general rule. Some of the dwellers here never leave their abodes, but remain in them the year round stupefied with liquor, to procure which their wives, husbands or children will beg or steal. Thousands of children are born here every year, and thousands happily die in the first few months of infancy. Those who survive rarely see the sun until they are able to crawl out into the streets. Both old and young die at a fearful rate. They inhale disease with every breath.
Between Fourteenth Street and the Battery, half a million people are packed into about one-fifth of Manhattan Island. In this area, there are around 13,000 tenement buildings, with about half of them in poor condition—dirty and unhealthy. One small block in the Five Points district is said to have 382 families living there. The worst tenement houses can be found in the Five Points. The stairways are shaky and creak under your weight. The hallways are dark and filthy. Some of these buildings have secret pathways that connect them with other similar ones. These passages are known only to criminals and are used for their illicit activities. Offenders can easily hide from the police in these miserable places. Every room is cramped with people, with sometimes as many as a dozen squeezed into a single apartment. Decency and morality quickly disappear here. Drunkenness is the norm. Some residents never leave their homes, staying inside year-round, numbed by alcohol, which their spouses or children will beg or steal to get. Thousands of children are born here every year, and many happily die in the first few months of life. Those who survive rarely see the sun until they can crawl out onto the streets. Both old and young die at an alarming rate. They breathe in disease with every breath.
The exact number of vagrant and destitute children to be found in the Five Points is not known. There are thousands, however. Some have placed the estimate as high as 15,000, and some higher. They are chiefly of foreign parentage. They do not attend the public schools, for they are too dirty and ragged. The poor little wretches have no friends but the attachés of the missions. The missionaries do much for them, but they cannot aid all. Indeed, they frequently have great difficulty in inducing the parents of the children to allow them p. 403to attend their schools. The parents are mostly of the Roman Catholic faith, and the clergy of that Church have from the first exerted their entire influence to destroy the missions, and put a stop to their work. They feared the effect of these establishments upon the minds of the children, and, strange as it may seem, preferred to let them starve in the street, or come to worse ending, rather than risk the effects of education and Protestant influence. To those who know what a great and blessed work these missions have done, this statement will no doubt be astounding. Yet it is true.
The exact number of homeless and poor children in the Five Points is unknown. There are thousands, though. Some estimates are as high as 15,000, or even more. Most of them are of foreign descent. They don’t go to public schools because they are too dirty and ragged. These unfortunate kids have no friends except the staff from the missions. The missionaries do a lot for them, but they can’t help everyone. In fact, they often struggle to convince the parents to let their children attend the schools. Most parents are Roman Catholic, and the clergy of that Church have consistently tried to undermine the missions and stop their work. They feared the impact these institutions would have on the children, and strangely enough, they would rather let them starve in the street or face worse outcomes than risk the effects of education and Protestant influence. To those who understand the significant and positive impact these missions have made, this statement will likely be shocking. Yet it is true.
In spite of the missions, however, the lot of the majority of the Five Points children is very sad. Their parents are always poor, and unable to keep them in comfort. Too frequently they are drunken brutes, and then the life of the little one is simply miserable. In the morning the child is thrust out of its terrible home to pick rags, bones, cinders, or anything that can be used or sold, or to beg or steal, for many are carefully trained in dishonesty. They are disgustingly dirty, and all but the missionaries shrink from contact with them. The majority are old looking and ugly, but a few have bright, intelligent faces. From the time they are capable of receiving impressions, they are thrown into constant contact with vice and crime. They grow up to acquire surely and steadily the ways of their elders. The boys recruit the ranks of the pickpockets, thieves, and murderers of the city; the girls become waiters in the concert halls, or street walkers, and thence go down to ruin, greater misery and death.
Despite the missions, the lives of most children in Five Points are really sad. Their parents are usually poor and can't provide for them properly. Often, they are drunken abusers, making the children's lives miserable. In the morning, these kids are kicked out of their awful homes to collect rags, bones, cinders, or anything that can be used or sold, or to beg or steal—many of them are trained in dishonesty. They are painfully dirty, and almost everyone except the missionaries avoids them. Most of them look old and unattractive, but a few have bright, intelligent faces. From a young age, they are surrounded by vice and crime. They inevitably learn the ways of their elders. The boys often join the ranks of pickpockets, thieves, and murderers in the city, while the girls tend to become waitresses in concert halls or street walkers, leading them down a path to ruin, greater misery, and death.
In winter and summer suffering is the lot of the Five Points. In the summer the heat is intense, and the inmates of the houses pour out into the filthy streets to seek relief from the torture to which they are subjected indoors. In winter they are half frozen with cold. The missionaries and the police tell some dreary stories of this quarter. A writer in a city journal thus describes a visit made in company with the missionary of the Five Points House of Industry to one of these homes of sorrow:
In both winter and summer, the people of the Five Points struggle. During summer, the heat is unbearable, and those living in the homes spill out into the dirty streets to escape the discomfort they face indoors. In winter, they are nearly frozen from the cold. The missionaries and police share bleak stories about this area. A writer for a local magazine describes a visit made with the missionary from the Five Points House of Industry to one of these homes of sorrow:
“The next place visited was a perfect hovel. Mr. Shultz, in p. 404passing along a narrow dark hall leading towards the head of the stairs, knocked at an old door, through which the faintest ray of light was struggling. ‘Come in,’ said a voice on the opposite side of the room. The door being opened, a most sickening scene appeared. The room was larger than the last one, and filthier. The thin outside walls were patched with pieces of pasteboard, the floor was covered with dirt, and what straggling pieces of furniture they had were lying about as if they had been shaken up by an earthquake. There was a miserable fire, and the storm outside howled and rattled away at the old roof, threatening to carry it off in every succeeding gust. The tenants were a man, his wife, a boy, and a girl. They had sold their table to pay their rent, and their wretched meal of bones and crusts was set on an old packing box which was drawn close up to the stove. When the visitors entered the man and woman were standing, leaning over the stove. The girl, aged about ten years, and a very bright looking child, having just been off on some errand, had got both feet wet, and now had her stockings off, holding them close to the coals to dry them. The boy seemed to be overgrown for his age, and half idiotic. He sat at one corner of the stove, his back to the visitors, and his legs stretched out under the hearth. His big coat collar was turned up around his neck, and his chin sunk down, so that his face could not be seen. His long, straight hair covered his ears and the sides of his face. He did not look up until he was directly questioned by Mr. Shultz, and then he simply raised his chin far enough to grunt. The girl, when spoken to, looked up slyly and laughed.
The next place visited was a perfect dump. Mr. Shultz, in p. 404walking down a narrow dark hallway leading to the stairs, knocked on an old door, through which the faintest ray of light was trying to get through. ‘Come in,’ said a voice from the other side of the room. When the door was opened, a very unpleasant scene unfolded. The room was bigger than the last one, and much dirtier. The thin outer walls were patched with pieces of cardboard, the floor was filthy, and the scattered bits of furniture were strewn about as if they had been tossed around in an earthquake. There was a pathetic fire, and the storm outside howled and rattled against the old roof, threatening to blow it off with every gust. The tenants were a man, his wife, a boy, and a girl. They had sold their table to pay their rent, and their miserable meal of bones and crusts was set on an old packing box pushed up against the stove. When the visitors entered, the man and woman were standing, leaning over the stove. The girl, about ten years old and a very bright-looking child, had just run an errand and soaked both feet, so now she had her stockings off, holding them close to the coals to dry. The boy seemed too big for his age and somewhat daft. He sat in one corner of the stove, his back to the visitors, with his legs stretched out under the hearth. His big coat collar was turned up around his neck, and his chin was tucked down, hiding his face. His long, straight hair covered his ears and the sides of his face. He didn’t look up until Mr. Shultz directly asked him a question, and then he just raised his chin enough to grunt. The girl, when spoken to, looked up mischievously and laughed.
“The man, on being asked if he was unable to work, said he would be glad to work if he could get anything to do. He was a painter, and belonged to a painters’ protective union. But there were so many out of employment, that it was useless trying to get any help. He pointed to an old basket filled with coke, and said he had just sold their last chair to buy it. He had worked eighteen years at the Metropolitan Hotel, but got out of work, and has been out ever since. Mr. Shultz offered to take the little girl into the House of Industry, and give her p. 405board, clothes, and education. He asked the father if he would let her go, saying the place was only a few steps from them, and they could see her often. The man replied that he did not like a separation from his child. The missionary assured him that it would be no separation, and then asked the mother the same question. She stood speechless for several moments, as if thinking over the matter, and when the missionary, after using his best arguments, again asked her whether she would allow him to take care of her child, she simply replied, ‘No.’ She said they would all hang together as long as they could, and, if necessary, all would starve together.
“The man, when asked if he couldn’t work, said he’d be happy to work if he could find something to do. He was a painter and belonged to a painters’ union. But there were so many people out of work that it was pointless to look for help. He pointed to an old basket filled with coke and said he had just sold their last chair to buy it. He had worked for eighteen years at the Metropolitan Hotel but lost his job and has been unemployed ever since. Mr. Shultz offered to take the little girl to the House of Industry and provide her with board, clothes, and education. He asked the father if he would let her go, explaining that the place was just a few steps away, and they could see her frequently. The man replied that he didn’t want to be separated from his child. The missionary assured him that it wouldn’t be a separation and then asked the mother the same question. She stood there speechless for a few moments, as if contemplating the situation, and when the missionary, after using his best arguments, asked her again whether she would allow him to take care of her child, she simply said, ‘No.’ She said they would all stick together for as long as they could and, if necessary, they would all starve together.”
“This family had evidently seen better times. The man had an honest face, and talked as if he had once been able to earn a respectable living. The woman had some features that would be called noble if they were worn in connection with costlier apparel. The girl was unmistakably smart, and the only thing to mar their appearance as a family, so far as personal looks were concerned, was the thick-lipped, slovenly boy.”
“This family had clearly experienced better days. The man had a sincere face and spoke as if he had once been able to earn a decent living. The woman had features that would be considered noble if paired with more expensive clothing. The girl was obviously bright, and the only thing that detracted from their appearance as a family, at least in terms of looks, was the thick-lipped, disheveled boy.”
II. THE CELLARS.
If the people of whom I have written are sufferers, they at least exist upon the surface of the earth. But what shall we say of those who pass their lives in the cellars of the wretched buildings I have described?
If the people I've written about are suffering, at least they exist on the surface of the earth. But what can we say about those who spend their lives in the basements of the miserable buildings I've described?
A few of these cellars are dry, but all are dirty. Some are occupied as dwelling-places, and some are divided into a sort of store or groggery and living and sleeping rooms. Others still are kept as lodging-houses, where the poorest of the poor find shelter for the night.
A few of these cellars are dry, but all are filthy. Some are used as homes, and some are split into a sort of shop or bar and living and sleeping areas. Others are run as boarding houses, where the poorest of the poor can find a place to stay for the night.
In writing of these cellars, I wish it to be understood that I do not refer to the rooms partly above and partly below the level of the side-walk, with some chance of ventilation, and known to the Health Officers as “basements,” but to the cellars pure and simple, all of which are sunk below the level of the street, p. 406and all of which are infinitely wretched. There were in April, 1869, about 12,000 of these cellars known to the Board of Health, and containing from 96,000 to 100,000 persons. With the exception of 211, all of these were such as were utterly forbidden, under the health ordinances of the city, to be used or rented as tenements. The Board of Health have frequently considered the advisability of removing this population, and have been prevented only by the magnitude of the task, and the certainty of rendering this large number of persons homeless for a time at least.
In discussing these cellars, I want to clarify that I’m not talking about the rooms that are partially above and partially below the sidewalk level, which have some ventilation and are referred to by Health Officers as “basements.” I am specifically referring to the cellars, which are entirely below street level, p. 406and are in extremely poor condition. In April 1869, there were about 12,000 of these cellars known to the Board of Health, housing between 96,000 and 100,000 people. Except for 211 of them, all these were completely prohibited by the city’s health ordinances from being used or rented as living spaces. The Board of Health has often discussed the possibility of relocating these residents but has been held back by the sheer scale of the task and the certainty that it would leave a significant number of people homeless for at least some time.
The larger portion of these cellars have but one entrance, and that furnishes the only means of ventilation. They have no outlet to the rear, and frequently the filth of the streets comes washing down the walls into the room within. In the brightest day they are dark and gloomy. The air is always foul. The drains of the houses above pass within a few feet of the floor, and as they are generally in bad condition the filth frequently comes oozing up and poisons the air with its foul odors. In some cases there has been found a direct opening from the drain into the cellar, affording a free passage for all the sewer gas into the room. The Board of Health do all they can to remedy this, but the owners and occupants of the cellars are hard to manage, and throw every obstacle in the way of the execution of the health ordinances.
Most of these cellars have only one entrance, which is also the only source of ventilation. They have no back exit, and often the dirt from the streets washes down the walls into the room inside. Even in the brightest daylight, they remain dark and dreary. The air is always stinky. The drains from the houses above run just a few feet from the floor, and since they're usually in poor condition, waste often seeps up, polluting the air with terrible smells. In some cases, there's a direct opening from the drain into the cellar, allowing sewer gas to freely enter the room. The Board of Health does everything it can to fix this, but the owners and tenants of the cellars are difficult to deal with and put up all sorts of barriers to the enforcement of health regulations.
The rents paid for these wretched abodes are exorbitant. Dr. Harris, the Superintendent of the Board of Health, states that as much as twenty dollars per month is often demanded of the occupants by the owners. Half of that sum would secure a clean and decent room in some of the up-town tenements. The poor creatures, in sheer despair, make no effort to better their condition, and live on here in misery, and often in vice, until death comes to their relief.
The rents for these miserable places are outrageous. Dr. Harris, the head of the Board of Health, says that owners often charge as much as twenty dollars a month from the tenants. Half that amount could get you a clean, decent room in some of the nicer uptown apartments. The unfortunate residents, in total despair, don’t even try to improve their situation and continue to live in misery, often turning to vice, until death finally frees them.
Many of the cellars are used as lodging-houses. These are known to the police as “Bed Houses.” In company with Captain Allaire and Detective Finn, the writer once made a tour of inspection through these establishments. One of them shall serve as a specimen. Descending through a rickety p. 408door-way, we passed into a room about sixteen feet square and eight feet high. At one end was a stove in which a fire burned feebly, and close by a small kerosene lamp on a table dimly lighted the room. An old hag, who had lost the greater part of her nose, and whose face was half hidden by the huge frill of the cap she wore, sat rocking herself in a rickety chair by the table. The room was more than half in the shadow, and the air was so dense and foul that I could scarcely breathe. By the dim light I could see that a number of filthy straw mattresses were ranged on the floor along the wall. Above these were wooden bunks, like those of a barracks, filled with dirty beds and screened by curtains. The room was capable of accommodating at least twenty persons, and I was told that the hag in the chair, who was the proprietress, was “a good hand at packing her lodgers well together.” It was early, but several of the beds were occupied. The curtains were drawn in some cases, and we could not see the occupants. In one, however, was a child, but little more than a baby, as plump and ruddy, and as fair-skinned and pretty as though it had been the child of a lady of wealth. The little one was sleeping soundly, and, by a common instinct, we gathered about its bed, and watched it in silence.
Many of the cellars are used as lodging houses. These are known to the police as “Bed Houses.” Along with Captain Allaire and Detective Finn, I once toured these places. One will serve as an example. Descending through a rickety p. 408 doorway, we entered a room about sixteen feet square and eight feet high. At one end was a stove with a weak fire, and nearby a small kerosene lamp on a table dimly lit the room. An old woman, who had lost most of her nose and whose face was partly obscured by the large frill of her cap, sat rocking in a creaky chair by the table. The room was mostly in shadow, and the air was so thick and foul that it was hard to breathe. In the dim light, I could see several filthy straw mattresses lined up on the floor against the wall. Above them were wooden bunk beds, similar to those in a barracks, filled with dirty linens and separated by curtains. The room could hold at least twenty people, and I was told that the elderly woman in the chair, who owned the place, was “good at packing her lodgers in closely.” It was early, but several beds were occupied. The curtains were drawn in some instances, so we couldn’t see the occupants. In one bed, however, was a child, barely more than a baby, plump and rosy, and as fair-skinned and pretty as if it were the child of a wealthy lady. The little one was sound asleep, and by a shared instinct, we gathered around its bed and watched in silence.
“It is too pretty a child for such a place,” said one of the party.
“It’s too beautiful a child for this place,” said one of the group.
I glanced at Detective Finn. His face wore a troubled expression.
I glanced at Detective Finn. His face had a worried look.
“A man becomes hardened to the sights I see,” he said in answer to my glance, “but I can scarcely keep the tears from my eyes when I see a child like this in such a place; for, you see, I know what a life it is growing up to.”
“A man gets used to the things I see,” he said in response to my look, “but I can barely hold back my tears when I see a child like this in such a place; because, you see, I know what kind of life they have ahead of them.”
This wretched place Mr. Finn told us was one of the best of all the bed houses. He proved his assertion by conducting us to one out of which we beat a hasty retreat. The night air never seemed so pure to me as it did as I came out of the vile den into the clear starlight. I could scarcely breathe in the fearful hole we had just been in, and yet it was rapidly filling up with people who were to pass the night there. There were men, p. 409women and children, but they were all huddled together in one room. There was no such thing as privacy. Some of the lodgers were simply unfortunate, some were vagrants, and others were criminals.
This miserable place Mr. Finn told us was one of the best of all the boarding houses. He proved his point by taking us to one from which we quickly escaped. The night air felt incredibly fresh to me as I stepped out of the horrible place into the clear starlight. I could hardly breathe in the awful hole we had just been in, yet it was quickly filling up with people who were going to spend the night there. There were men, women, and children, but they were all crammed together in one room. There was no such thing as privacy. Some of the residents were just unfortunate, some were homeless, and others were criminals.
I do not believe that all the sanitary measures in the world could ever make these places clean or healthy. The atmosphere is always too foul and dense to be breathed by any but lungs accustomed to it. When the cellars are crowded with lodgers, and the heat of the stove adds to the poison, it must be appalling. The poor wretches who seek shelter here are more than half stupefied by it, and pass the night in this condition instead of in a healthful sleep. They pay from ten to twenty-five cents for their lodgings, and if they desire a supper or breakfast, are given a cup of coffee and a piece of bread, or a bowl of soup for a similar sum.
I don’t think any amount of sanitation can make these places clean or healthy. The air is always too dirty and thick for anyone except those used to it to breathe. When the cellars are packed with residents, and the stove’s heat adds to the toxic atmosphere, it must be horrifying. The poor people who come here for shelter are more than half in a daze from it and spend the night this way instead of getting a restful sleep. They pay between ten and twenty-five cents for a place to stay, and if they want dinner or breakfast, they get a cup of coffee and a piece of bread, or a bowl of soup for about the same price.
As a matter of course only vagrants and those who have gone down into the depths of poverty come here. They must choose between the cellars and the streets, and the beds offered them here are warmer and softer than the stones of the street.
As a rule, only the homeless and those who have hit rock bottom come here. They have to decide between the basements and the streets, and the beds available to them here are warmer and softer than the pavement outside.
“Have we seen the worst?” I asked Mr. Finn, as we came out of the last place.
“Have we seen the worst?” I asked Mr. Finn as we exited the last place.
“No,” he replied, “there are worse places yet. But I’ll not take you there.”
“No,” he said, “there are worse places than this. But I won’t take you there.”
The reader will readily credit this assertion, after reading the following account of a visit of the Health Officers to one of a number of similar cellars in Washington Street, on the west side of the city:
The reader will easily believe this claim after going through the following account of a visit from the Health Officers to one of several similar cellars on Washington Street, on the west side of the city:
“The place next visited was No. 27 Washington street. This building is also owned by ‘Butcher Burke,’ and is one of the most filthy and horrible places in the city. We passed under an old tumble-down doorway that seemed to have no earthly excuse for standing there, and into a dismal, dark entry, with a zig-zag wall covered with a leprous slime, our conductor crying out all the time: ‘Steady, gentlemen, steady, keep to your left; place is full of holes.’
“The next stop was 27 Washington Street. This building is also owned by ‘Butcher Burke’ and is one of the dirtiest and most disgusting places in the city. We walked through a crumbling old doorway that seemed to have no reason for being there, into a gloomy, dark hallway with a crooked wall covered in some gross slime, our guide continuously warning, ‘Watch your step, gentlemen, stay to your left; this place is full of holes.’”
“Presently we emerged into a yard with a detestable pavement of broken bricks and mud, with high, towering houses p. 410surmounting it all around, and a number of broken outhouses and privies covering a large portion of the ground surface of the yard. Turning around, we could see the back of the tenement house from whose entry we had just emerged, with its numberless and wretched windows, shutting out the sky, or the fog, which was the only thing visible above us, and a cloud of clothes-lines stretched hither and thither, like a spider’s web.
“Right now, we stepped into a yard with a nasty surface of broken bricks and mud, surrounded by tall, looming houses p. 410and several dilapidated outhouses and toilets taking up a big part of the yard. Turning around, we could see the back of the apartment building we had just exited, with its countless grimy windows blocking out the sky—or the fog, which was all that was visible above us—and a tangled web of clotheslines stretched everywhere like a spider’s web.”
“There were eight privies in the yard, and we entered them. The night soil was within a foot and a half of the seats, and the odor was terrible. From these privies a drain passed under the surface of the muddy, sloppy yard, to the margin of the building, where a descent of perhaps four feet was obtained, at the bottom of which the basement floor was level with the windows, giving a sickly light, but no air or ventilation whatever, to the inhabitants of the cellar. But the worst is yet to be told. The drain from the privies connecting with the sewer in the street had a man-hole, which was open, at the place where the yard was broken for a descent into this infernal cellar. This man-hole was about four feet wide and three feet deep, forming a small table for a cataract of night soil and other fecal matter, which poured over this artificial table in a miniature and loathsome Niagara and into a cesspool at the bottom, and from thence was conducted under the rotten boards of the cellar through a brick drain, a few inches below the board flooring, to the main sewer in the street. The bottom of the windows in this house are on a dead level with this horrid cesspool, so that a man sitting on a chair at the window would not have only the odor, but also the view of this loathsome matter circulating at his feet in the pool below. We entered the back cellar after knocking at the door a few minutes, and a man, poverty-stricken and wretched in appearance, of the laboring class, came with a candle to let us in. The room was in a filthy condition, ten by twenty-two and a half feet, with a ceiling of six feet three inches elevation from the floor. A woman, wretched and woe-begone as the man, rose suddenly from a dirty bed at the back of the room, and bade us welcome civilly enough, in her night clothing, which was scanty.
There were eight toilets in the yard, and we went inside. The waste was within a foot and a half of the seats, and the smell was terrible. A drain from these toilets ran beneath the muddy, sloppy yard, leading to the edge of the building, where there was a drop of about four feet. At the bottom, the basement floor was level with the windows, allowing in a sickly light but providing no air or ventilation whatsoever for the people living in the cellar. But the worst part is still to come. The drain from the toilets connected to the street sewer through an open man-hole right where the yard had a drop into this dreadful cellar. This man-hole was about four feet wide and three feet deep, acting as a small table for a cascade of waste and other filth that poured over this makeshift table in a disgusting miniature Niagara and into a cesspool below. From there, it flowed under the rotting floorboards of the cellar through a brick drain, just inches beneath the floor, to the main sewer in the street. The bottom of the windows in this house is at the same level as the awful cesspool, so a person sitting in a chair by the window would not only smell but also see the foul stuff moving at their feet in the pool below. After knocking on the back cellar door for a few minutes, a man who looked poor and miserable, clearly from the working class, came with a candle to let us in. The room was filthy, measuring ten by twenty-two and a half feet, with a ceiling height of six feet three inches from the floor. A woman, just as wretched and forlorn as the man, suddenly rose from a dirty bed at the back of the room and greeted us civilly enough while wearing scanty night clothing.
“‘How much rent do you pay here?’ asked the writer of the man with the candle.
“‘How much do you pay in rent here?’ asked the writer of the man with the candle.”
“‘Is it rint ye mane? Nyah, its $6 a munth, shure, and glad to get it, and if we don’t pay it, it’s the little time we’ll get from Burke, but out on the street wid us, like pigs, and the divil resave the bit of sattysfaction we’ll get from him than ye would from the Lord Palmershtown, Nyah!’
“‘Is it rent you mean? Nah, it’s $6 a month, sure, and we’re glad to pay it, but if we don’t, we’ll get just a little time from Burke before we’re out on the street like pigs, and the devil help us, we’ll get less satisfaction from him than you would from Lord Palmershtown, nah!’”
“‘How do you live?’
"How do you survive?"
“‘Shure, I put in coal now and thin, whin I can get it to put, and that’s not often, God knows, alanna!’
“Sure, I put in coal now and then, when I can get it to put in, and that’s not often, God knows, my dear!”
“‘How much do you earn?’
"How much do you make?"
“‘Is it earn d’ye say? Sometimes fifty cents a day, sometimes two dollars a week; and thin it’s good times wid me.’
“‘Is it earned, you say? Sometimes fifty cents a day, sometimes two dollars a week; and then it's good times for me.’”
“The Woman of the House.—‘Don’t mind him, man, what he’s saying. Shure he niver earns two dollars a week at all. That id be a good week faix for me. Two dollars indade!’
“The Woman of the House.—‘Don’t pay attention to him, man, what he’s saying. Sure, he never earns two dollars a week at all. That would be a good week for me, seriously. Two dollars, indeed!’”
“‘Have you any children?’
“Do you have kids?”
“‘We have one dauther, a girl—a fine, big girl.’
“‘We have one daughter, a girl—a lovely, tall girl.’”
“‘How old is she?’
“‘How old is she now?’”
“‘Well, I suppose she’s twenty-two next Mikilmas.’
“‘Well, I guess she’ll be twenty-two next Mikilmas.’”
“Woman.—‘Indade she’s not, shure. She’s only a slip of a gerrul, fifteen or sixteen years of age, goin’ on.’
“Woman.—‘Indeed she’s not, sure. She’s just a young girl, about fifteen or sixteen years old, growing up.’”
“While the parents were arguing the age of their daughter, who, it seems, worked as a servant girl in some private residence, and only slept here when out of employment, the Health Officer was testing the condition of the walls by poking his umbrella at the base under the window and directly over the cess-pool. The point of the umbrella, which was tipped with a thin sheet of brass, made ready entrance into the walls, which were so soft and damp that the point of the umbrella when drawn out left each time a deep circular mark behind, as if it had been drawn from a rotten or decomposed cheese in summer.
“While the parents were arguing about their daughter's age, who apparently worked as a maid in some private home and only stayed here when she wasn’t employed, the Health Officer was checking the condition of the walls by poking his umbrella at the base under the window and right above the cesspool. The tip of the umbrella, which was fitted with a thin sheet of brass, easily penetrated the walls, which were so soft and damp that each time the tip was pulled out, it left a deep circular mark behind, as if it had been withdrawn from rotten or decomposed cheese during the summer.”
“‘Take up a board from the floor,’ said the Health Officer. The man, who informed us that his name was William p. 412McNamara, ‘from Innis, in the County Clare, siventeen miles beyand Limerick,’ readily complied, and taking an axe dug up a board without much trouble, as the boards were decayed, and right underneath we found the top of the brick drain, in a bad state of repair, the fecal matter oozing up with a rank stench. Every one stooped down to look at this proof of sanitary disregard, and while this entire party were on their knees, looking at the broken drain, two large rats ran across the floor, and nestling in a rather familiar manner between the legs of Mr. McNamara for an instant, frisked out of the dreary, dirty room into the luxurious cesspool.
“‘Pick up a board from the floor,’ said the Health Officer. The man, who told us his name was William McNamara, ‘from Innis, in County Clare, seventeen miles beyond Limerick,’ quickly complied. He grabbed an axe and pulled up a board without much hassle since the boards were rotting, and right underneath we discovered the top of a broken brick drain, in pretty bad shape, with sewage leaking out and a foul smell. Everyone bent down to examine this evidence of neglect, and while the group was on their knees looking at the broken drain, two large rats scurried across the floor and, briefly stopping in a rather familiar way between Mr. McNamara’s legs, darted out of the grimy room into the extravagant cesspool.
“The physician asked, ‘Are those rats?’ of Mr. McNamara.
“The doctor asked, ‘Are those rats?’ to Mr. McNamara.
“‘Rats is it? endade they were. It’s nothing out of the way here to see thim. Shure some of thim are as big as cats. And why wouldn’t they—they have no wurrok or nothing else to do.’”
“‘Rats, is it? Yeah, they were. It's nothing unusual to see them here. Sure, some of them are as big as cats. And why wouldn't they be—they have no work or anything else to do.’”
III. THE MISSIONS.
There are now three thriving and much-needed Missions in the district, to which I have applied the general name of the Five Points. These are the Five Points Mission, the Five Points House of Industry, and the Howard Mission, or Home for Little Wanderers.
There are now three vibrant and essential Missions in the district, which I have collectively named the Five Points. These are the Five Points Mission, the Five Points House of Industry, and the Howard Mission, or Home for Little Wanderers.
The Five Points Mission is the oldest. It is conducted by the “Ladies’ Home Missionary Society of the Methodist Episcopal Church,” and as has been stated, occupies the site of the “Old Brewery.” I have already described the “Old Brewery” as it existed twenty years ago. Few decent people ever ventured near it at that time, and even the missionaries felt that they were incurring a risk in venturing into it.
The Five Points Mission is the oldest. It is run by the “Ladies’ Home Missionary Society of the Methodist Episcopal Church,” and as mentioned earlier, it is on the site of the “Old Brewery.” I’ve already described the “Old Brewery” as it was twenty years ago. At that time, very few decent people ever went near it, and even the missionaries felt they were taking a risk by going into it.
A number of Christian women of position and means, who knew the locality only by reputation, determined, with a courage peculiar to their sex, to break up this den, and make it a stronghold of religion and virtue. Their plan was regarded by the public as chimerical, but they persevered in its execution, p. 413trusting in the help of Him in whose cause they were laboring. A school was opened in Park street, immediately facing the “Old Brewery,” and was placed in charge of the Rev. L. M. Pease, of the Methodist Church. This school at once gathered in the ragged and dirty children of the neighborhood, and at first it seemed impossible to do anything with them. Patience and energy triumphed at last. The school became a success, and the ladies who had projected it resolved to enlarge it. In 1852 the “Old Brewery” building was purchased and pulled down, and in June, 1853, the present commodious and handsome Mission building was opened. Since then constant success has crowned the efforts of the Ladies’ Society. Their property is now valued at $100,000.
A group of Christian women of influence and wealth, who only knew the area by its reputation, decided, with a courage typical of their gender, to dismantle this den and turn it into a fortress of faith and goodness. People viewed their plan as unrealistic, but they persisted in carrying it out, p. 413 trusting in the support of the one for whom they were working. A school was established on Park Street, right across from the “Old Brewery,” and was put under the care of Rev. L. M. Pease from the Methodist Church. This school immediately attracted the ragged and dirty children from the neighborhood, and at first, it seemed impossible to make any progress with them. In the end, patience and determination paid off. The school became successful, and the women who initiated it decided to expand it. In 1852, the “Old Brewery” building was bought and torn down, and in June 1853, the current spacious and attractive Mission building was opened. Since then, the Ladies’ Society has enjoyed continuous success. Their property is now valued at $100,000.
The Mission is at present in charge of the Rev. James N. Shaffer. It receives a small appropriation from the State for the support of its day-school, but is mainly dependent upon p. 414voluntary contributions for its support. Food, clothing, money, in short, everything that can be useful in the establishment, are given it. Donations come to it from all parts of the country, for the Mission is widely known, and thousands of Christian people give it their assistance. The railroad and express companies forward, without charge, all packages designed for it.
The Mission is currently led by Rev. James N. Shaffer. It receives a small funding allocation from the State for the support of its day school but mostly relies on p. 414voluntary donations for its operations. Food, clothing, money, and really anything useful for the establishment are provided. Donations come from all over the country, as the Mission is well-known, and thousands of Christians lend their support. The railroad and express companies ship all packages intended for it at no cost.
Children are the chief care of the Mission. Those in charge of it believe that first impressions are the strongest and most lasting. They take young children away from the haunts of vice and crime, and clothe and care for them. They are regularly and carefully instructed in the rudiments of an English education, and are trained to serve the Lord. At a proper age they are provided with homes, or with respectable employment, and are placed in a way to become useful Christian men and women. Year after year the work goes on. Children are taken in every day, if there is room for them, and are trained in virtue and intelligence, and every year the “Home,” as its inmates love to call it, sends out a band of brave, bright, useful young people into the world. But for its blessed aid they would have been so many more vagrants and criminals.
Children are the main focus of the Mission. Those in charge believe that first impressions are the strongest and last the longest. They remove young children from places of vice and crime, providing them with clothing and care. They receive regular and thorough instruction in the basics of an English education and are trained to serve the Lord. At the right age, they are offered homes or respectable jobs and are set up to become valuable Christian men and women. Year after year, the work continues. Children are welcomed every day, as long as there is space, and are nurtured in virtue and knowledge. Each year, the “Home,” as its residents affectionately call it, sends out a group of brave, bright, and useful young people into the world. Without this precious support, they would have ended up as more vagrants and criminals.
The school averages about 450 pupils. In the twenty years of the career of the Mission thousands have been educated by it. As I passed through the various class-rooms I found children of all ages. In the infant-class were little ones who were simply kept warm and amused. The amusement was instructive, as well, as they were taught to recognize various objects by the young lady in charge of them. They all bore evidences of the greatest poverty, but they were unquestionably happy and contented.
The school has around 450 students. Over the twenty years of the Mission's existence, thousands have been educated here. As I walked through the different classrooms, I saw children of all ages. In the kindergarten class, there were little ones who were simply kept warm and entertained. The entertainment was also educational, as they were taught to recognize different objects by the young woman in charge of them. They all showed signs of extreme poverty, but they were undeniably happy and content.
“Do you find harshness necessary?” I asked of the lady principal, who was my guide.
“Do you think being harsh is necessary?” I asked the lady principal, who was my guide.
“No,” was the reply. “We rely upon kindness. If they do not wish to stay with us, we let them go away in peace. They are mostly good children,” she added, “and they really love the school.”
“No,” was the reply. “We depend on kindness. If they don’t want to stay with us, we let them leave peacefully. They are mostly good kids,” she added, “and they really love the school.”
A little curly-headed girl came up to her as she was speaking:
A little girl with curly hair approached her while she was talking:
“Please, Mrs. Van Aiken,” said the child, “Nelly Jackson wants another cake.”
“Please, Mrs. Van Aiken,” said the child, “Nelly Jackson wants another cake.”
Nelly Jackson was one of the tiniest and plumpest of the infant class I had just inspected, and I had found her with a cake in hand at the time of my visit. Mrs. Van Aiken hesitated a moment, and then gave the desired permission.
Nelly Jackson was one of the smallest and chubbiest kids in the infant class I had just checked out, and I had found her holding a piece of cake when I arrived. Mrs. Van Aiken paused for a moment, then granted the requested permission.
“Cakes,” she added, turning to me, “constitute one of our rewards of merit for the little ones. When they are very good we give them doll-babies at Christmas.”
“Cakes,” she added, turning to me, “are one of our rewards for the kids. When they behave well, we give them doll babies at Christmas.”
Says the Secretary in her last Report of the work of the Mission: “These children have quick perceptions and warm hearts, and they are not unworthy of the confidence placed in them by their teachers. All their happy moments come to them through the Mission School, and kind hearts and willing hands occasionally prepare for them a little festival or excursion, enjoyed with a zest unknown to more prosperous children. . . . . An excursion to Central Park was arranged for them one summer afternoon. The sight of the animals, the run over the soft green grass, so grateful to eye and touch, the sail on the lake, their sweet songs keeping time with the stroke of the oar—all this was a bit of fairy land to a childhood of so few pleasures. Then the evening of the Fourth of July spent on the roof of the Mission House, enjoying the display of fireworks, and singing patriotic songs. One kind friend makes a winter evening marvellous to childish eyes by the varied scenes, historic, scriptural, poetic, of the magic lantern.”
Says the Secretary in her latest Report on the Mission’s work: “These kids have quick minds and big hearts, and they truly deserve the trust their teachers place in them. All their joyful moments come from the Mission School, and generous hearts and willing hands sometimes organize a little festival or outing for them, enjoyed with a joy that's often absent in more privileged children. . . . A trip to Central Park was set up for them one summer afternoon. The sight of the animals, the feel of the soft green grass beneath their feet, the boat ride on the lake, their sweet songs matching the rhythm of the oars—all of this felt like a fairy tale for children with so few pleasures. Then, there's the Fourth of July evening spent on the roof of the Mission House, watching the fireworks and singing patriotic songs. One kind friend turns a winter evening into a wonder for these kids with various scenes, historic, scriptural, and poetic, from the magic lantern.”
If the Mission did no more than give these little ones a warm shelter during the day, and provide for them such pleasures as cakes, doll-babies, excursions, and magic lanterns, it would still be doing a noble work, for these children are dwellers in the Five Points, a locality where pleasure is almost unknown. The Mission does more, however, it educates the children; it provides them with the clothes they wear, and gives each child a lunch at midday. It also gives clothing, bedding and food to the parents of the children where they need it. It is p. 416provided with a tasteful chapel, in which religious services are held on Sunday and during the week. The Sunday-school is large, and provides religious instruction for the attendants. A “Free Library and Reading-room” has been opened in the basement, for the use of all who will avail themselves of it. It is open every night, and it is well patronized by the adult population of the vicinity. The homeless and friendless, who are simply unfortunate, are sheltered, as far as the accommodations will permit, and are provided with homes and employment. The work of the Mission, apart from its schools, for the year ending May 1st, 1871, is thus summed up by the Secretary: “The following statistics do not include coal nor medicine, which are very considerable items: 5197 pieces of clothing, including pairs of shoes and bed-quilts, have been distributed from the wardrobes, and 1293 through the office, making a total of 6490; 122,113 rations of food have been given to the needy; 4 infants have been adopted; 66 children have been provided with homes; and 119 adults have been sent to places of employment.”
If the Mission did nothing more than give these little ones a warm place to stay during the day and provide them with treats like cakes, dolls, outings, and slideshows, it would still be doing a great job, because these children live in the Five Points, an area where joy is nearly nonexistent. However, the Mission does more; it educates the children, provides them with their clothing, and gives each child a lunch every day. It also offers clothes, bedding, and food to the children's parents when they need help. It is p. 416equipped with a lovely chapel where religious services are held on Sundays and throughout the week. The Sunday school is large and offers religious education to the attendees. A “Free Library and Reading-room” has been set up in the basement for anyone who wants to use it. It’s open every night and is well used by the local adults. The homeless and unfortunate are sheltered as much as possible, and they are provided with homes and jobs. The Mission's work, aside from its schools, for the year ending May 1st, 1871, is summarized by the Secretary: “The following statistics do not include coal or medicine, which are significant expenses: 5,197 pieces of clothing, including pairs of shoes and bedcovers, have been given out from the wardrobes, and 1,293 through the office, totaling 6,490; 122,113 meals have been provided to those in need; 4 infants have been adopted; 66 children have found homes; and 119 adults have been placed in jobs.”
The Treasurer states that during the same period $3004 were given away in “direct charities.”
The Treasurer states that during the same period, $3004 was donated to "direct charities."
The Five Points House of Industry is situated on Worth street, diagonally opposite the Home Mission. It consists of two large brick edifices, covering an area about 100 feet square. This Mission was begun by the Rev. L. M. Pease, the same gentleman who was in charge of the Home Mission at the time of the purchase of the “Old Brewery.” He conceived a different plan for the management of the Home Mission from that determined upon by the ladies, and finding cooperation impossible, resigned his position, and began his labors afresh, according to his own plan, and trusting entirely to the generosity of the public for his support. He was ably assisted by his good wife in carrying out his plan. He began with one room, and in 1853 was able to hire five houses, which he filled with the occupants of the wretched hovels in the vicinity. He procured work for them, such as needle-work, basket-making, baking, straw-work, shoe-making, etc. He made himself personally p. 417responsible to the persons giving the work for its safe return. The expenses of the Mission were then, as now, paid from the profits of this work, and the donations of persons interested in the scheme. Five hundred persons were thus supported. Schools were opened, children were taught, clothed and fed, and religious services were regularly conducted.
The Five Points House of Industry is located on Worth Street, directly across from the Home Mission. It consists of two large brick buildings, covering an area of about 100 feet square. This Mission was started by Rev. L. M. Pease, the same person who was overseeing the Home Mission when the “Old Brewery” was purchased. He had a different approach for managing the Home Mission than what the ladies had decided on, and when cooperation proved impossible, he resigned and started fresh, following his own plan and relying completely on the public's generosity for support. He was well-supported by his wife in implementing this plan. He began with one room, and by 1853, he was able to rent five houses, which he filled with residents from the nearby rundown hovels. He found work for them, including needlework, basket-making, baking, straw work, shoe-making, and more. He personally took responsibility to ensure the safe return of the work provided. The Mission's expenses were then, as they are now, covered by the profits from this work and donations from those interested in the initiative. Five hundred people were thus supported. Schools were established, children were taught, clothed, and fed, and religious services were held regularly.
In 1854, the health of Mr. Pease began to fail under his herculean labors. He had carried his enterprise to a successful issue, however. He had done good to thousands, and had won friends for the institution, who were resolved, and possessed of the means, to carry it on. A Society was incorporated for the conduct of the Mission, and, in 1856, the larger of the present buildings was erected. In 1869, the edifice was increased to its present size. Heavy donations were made to the institution by Mr. Sickles, who gave $20,000, and Mr. Chauncy Rose, who gave $10,000, and it was constantly in receipt of smaller sums, which made up an aggregate sufficient to provide for its wants. Its progress has been onward and upward, and it is a noble monument to the energy and Christian charity of Mr. Pease, its founder.
In 1854, Mr. Pease's health started to decline under the weight of his immense efforts. Despite this, he had successfully brought his project to fruition. He benefited thousands and gained supporters for the institution, who were determined and financially capable of continuing its mission. A Society was established to run the Mission, and in 1856, the larger of the current buildings was constructed. In 1869, the building was expanded to its current size. Significant donations were made to the institution by Mr. Sickles, who contributed $20,000, and Mr. Chauncy Rose, who donated $10,000, along with numerous smaller contributions that added up to meet its needs. Its development has been consistent and progressive, standing as a remarkable testament to the dedication and Christian kindness of Mr. Pease, its founder.
The main work of the Mission is with the children, but it also looks after the adults of the wretched quarter in which it is located. There are about two hundred children residing in the building. These have been taken from the cellars and garrets of the Five Points. Two hundred more, children of the very poor, are in attendance upon the schools. All are clothed and fed here. Besides being educated, they are taught useful trades. The House is supported partly by voluntary contributions and partly by the labor of its inmates.
The main focus of the Mission is on the children, but it also cares for the adults in the miserable neighborhood where it’s located. There are around two hundred children living in the building. These kids have been rescued from the basements and attics of the Five Points. Another two hundred children from very poor families attend the schools here. All of them are provided with clothing and food. In addition to getting an education, they are taught useful skills. The House is funded partly through donations and partly by the work of its residents.
Besides the children, there are always about forty destitute women, who would otherwise be homeless, residing in the building. The annual number thus sheltered is about six hundred. They are provided with situations as servants as rapidly as possible. Since its opening, sixteen years ago, the House has sheltered and provided for 20,000 persons. The number of lodgings furnished yearly is about 90,000, and the daily number of meals averages 1000. Since 1856, 4,135,218 meals have p. 418been given to the poor. No one is ever turned away hungry, and sometimes as many as 150 persons, men and women, driven to the doors of the House by hunger, may be seen seated at its table at the dinner hour.
Besides the children, there are always about forty homeless women living in the building. The annual number of those sheltered is around six hundred. They are quickly placed in jobs as servants. Since it opened sixteen years ago, the House has supported 20,000 people. The yearly number of accommodations provided is about 90,000, and the average daily meals served is around 1,000. Since 1856, 4,135,218 meals have been given to the poor. No one is ever turned away hungry, and sometimes as many as 150 people, both men and women, driven to the House by hunger, can be seen seated at its table during dinner time.
The Howard Mission and Home for Little Wanderers is situated in the heart of the Fourth Ward, in one of the most wretched quarters of the city. Here the inhabitants are packed into their dirty dwellings at the rate of 290,000 persons to the square mile. The dirt and the wretchedness of this part of the city are terrible to behold, the sufferings of the people are very great, and the mortality is heavy. Sailors’ lodging houses of the lowest character, dance houses, rum shops, and thieves’ cribs are numerous, and the moral condition of the Ward is worse than the sanitary.
The Howard Mission and Home for Little Wanderers is located in the heart of the Fourth Ward, one of the most miserable areas of the city. Here, residents are crammed into their filthy homes at a staggering rate of 290,000 people per square mile. The filth and suffering in this part of the city are shocking to witness, the hardships faced by the people are immense, and the death rate is high. There are many cheap lodging houses for sailors, dance halls, bars, and places for thieves, and the moral state of the Ward is even worse than its sanitary condition.
In May, 1861, the Rev. W. C. Van Meter organized a Mission in the very heart of this locality, to which he gave the name of the Howard Mission and Home for Little Wanderers. For three years it was maintained by his individual exertions, but, in 1864, Mr. Van Meter having secured for it wealthy and powerful friends, it was regularly incorporated, and placed under the control of a Board of Managers, Mr. Van Meter still continuing to act as Superintendent. Since then, comfortable and tasteful brick buildings have been erected for the Mission, and it is succeeding now beyond the first hopes of its founder. Our engraving shows the New Bowery front as it will appear when completed.
In May 1861, Rev. W. C. Van Meter started a mission right in the center of this area, naming it the Howard Mission and Home for Little Wanderers. For three years, he managed it on his own, but in 1864, after he gained wealthy and influential supporters, it was officially incorporated and placed under a Board of Managers, while Mr. Van Meter continued as Superintendent. Since then, comfortable and stylish brick buildings have been constructed for the mission, and it is now thriving beyond what its founder initially hoped for. Our illustration shows what the New Bowery front will look like when it’s finished.
The Mission is located in the New Bowery, just below its junction with Chatham Square. It extends back to Roosevelt street, upon which thoroughfare there is an entrance. The erection of the buildings on the New Bowery will about double the size of the Mission, and proportionately increase its capacity for doing good. It is entirely dependent upon voluntary contributions for its support.
The Mission is situated on the New Bowery, just below where it meets Chatham Square. It extends back to Roosevelt Street, which has an entrance. The construction of the buildings on the New Bowery will roughly double the size of the Mission and significantly boost its ability to help others. It relies entirely on voluntary donations for its funding.
“Our object,” says Mr. Van Meter, “is to do all the good we can to the souls and bodies of all whom we can reach.” It may be added, that the prime object of the Mission is to care for neglected and abused children, whether orphans or not, and p. 420also for the children of honest and struggling poverty. It further undertakes to aid and comfort the sick, to furnish food, shelter, and clothing to the destitute, to procure work for the unemployed, and to impart intellectual, moral, and religious instruction to all who are willing to receive it.
“Our goal,” says Mr. Van Meter, “is to do as much good as we can for the souls and bodies of everyone we can reach.” It should be noted that the primary focus of the Mission is to care for neglected and abused children, whether they are orphans or not, and p. 420also for the children of honest and struggling families. Additionally, it aims to help and support the sick, provide food, shelter, and clothing to those in need, find work for the unemployed, and offer intellectual, moral, and religious education to anyone who is willing to learn.
“Our field,” says Mr. Van Meter, “is the very concentration of all evil and the headquarters of the most desperate and degraded representatives of many nations. It swarms with poor little helpless victims, who are born in sin and shame, nursed in misery, want, and woe, and carefully trained to all manner of degradation, vice, and crime. The packing of these poor creatures is incredible. In this ward there are less than two dwelling houses for each low rum hole, gambling house, and den of infamy. Near us, on a small lot, but 150 by 240 feet, are twenty tenant houses, 111 families, 5 stables, a soap and candle factory, and a tan yard. On four blocks, close to the Mission, are 517 children, 318 Roman Catholic and 10 Protestant families, 35 rum holes, and 18 brothels. In No. 14 Baxter street, but three or four blocks from us, are 92 families, consisting of 92 men, 81 women, 54 boys and 53 girls. Of these, 151 are Italians, 92 Irish, 28 Chinese, 3 English, 2 Africans, 2 Jews, 1 German, and but 7 Americans.
“Our neighborhood,” says Mr. Van Meter, “is the epicenter of all evil and the hub of the most desperate and degraded representatives from many countries. It’s filled with vulnerable little victims, who are born into sin and shame, raised in suffering, poverty, and sorrow, and carefully conditioned for all sorts of degradation, vice, and crime. The concentration of these unfortunate people is overwhelming. In this area, there are fewer than two homes for every bar, gambling den, and place of vice. Nearby, on a small lot measuring just 150 by 240 feet, there are twenty tenant buildings, 111 families, 5 stables, a soap and candle factory, and a tannery. Within four blocks of the Mission, there are 517 children, 318 Roman Catholic families, and 10 Protestant families, along with 35 bars and 18 brothels. On No. 14 Baxter Street, only three or four blocks away, there are 92 families, made up of 92 men, 81 women, 54 boys, and 53 girls. Of these, 151 are Italians, 92 are Irish, 28 are Chinese, 3 are English, 2 are African, 2 are Jewish, 1 is German, and only 7 are Americans.”
“Our work,” he says, “is chiefly with the children. These are divided into three classes, consisting of, I. Those placed under our care to be sent to homes and situations. II. Those whom we are not authorized to send to homes, but who need a temporary shelter until their friends can provide for them or surrender them to us. These two classes remain day and night in the Mission. III. Those who have homes or places in which to sleep. These enjoy the benefits of the wardrobe, dining and school rooms, but do not sleep in the Mission.
“Our work,” he says, “mostly focuses on the children. These are split into three groups: I. Those we look after who are to be sent to homes and jobs. II. Those we aren’t allowed to send to homes, but who need a temporary place to stay until their friends can take care of them or officially let us take them in. These two groups stay at the Mission day and night. III. Those who have homes or places to sleep. They can use the wardrobe, dining hall, and classrooms, but they don’t sleep at the Mission.”
“Food, fuel and clothing are given to the poor, after a careful inspection of their condition. Mothers leave their small children in the day nursery during the day while they go out to work. The sick are visited, assisted, and comforted. Work is sought for the unemployed. We help the poor to help themselves.
“Food, fuel, and clothing are provided to those in need after a thorough assessment of their situation. Mothers leave their young kids at the daycare while they go to work. The sick are visited, offered support, and comforted. Efforts are made to find jobs for the unemployed. We empower the poor to improve their own circumstances.”
p. 421“The children over whom we can get legal control are placed in carefully selected Christian families, chiefly in the country, either for adoption or as members of the families. . . They receive a good common school education, or are trained to some useful business, trade, or profession, and are thus fitted for the great duties of mature life. We know that our work prevents crime; keeps hundreds of children out of the streets, keeps boys out of bar-rooms, gambling houses, and prisons, and girls out of concert saloons, dance houses, and other avenues that lead down to death; and that it makes hundreds of cellar and attic homes more cleanly, more healthy, and more happy, and less wretched, wicked, and hopeless. We never turn a homeless child from our door. From past experience we are warranted in saying that one dollar a week will keep a well filled plate on our table for any little wanderer, and secure to it all the benefits of the Mission. Ten dollars will pay the average cost of placing a child in a good home.”
p. 421“The children we can legally take care of are placed in carefully chosen Christian families, mostly in the countryside, either for adoption or as part of the family. They receive a solid education at a common school or are trained for some useful job, trade, or profession, preparing them for the responsibilities of adult life. We know that our efforts prevent crime; keep hundreds of children off the streets, keep boys away from bars, gambling houses, and prisons, and girls away from concert halls, dance clubs, and other paths that lead to ruin; and that it makes hundreds of basement and attic homes cleaner, healthier, happier, and less miserable, immoral, and hopeless. We never turn away a homeless child. Based on past experience, we can say that one dollar a week will provide a well-filled plate for any little wanderer and grant them all the benefits of the Mission. Ten dollars will cover the average cost of placing a child in a good home.”
During the ten years of its existence, the Mission has received more than 10,000 children into its day and Sunday schools. Hundreds of these have been provided with good homes. Thousands of poor women have left their little ones here while they were at their daily work, knowing that their babies are cared for with kindness and intelligence. The famous nurseries of Paris exact a fee of four cents, American money, per head for taking care of the children during the day, but at the Little Wanderers’ Home, this service is rendered to the mother and child without charge.
During the ten years of its operation, the Mission has welcomed over 10,000 children into its day and Sunday schools. Hundreds of these children have been placed in loving homes. Thousands of struggling mothers have left their little ones here while they worked, confident that their babies are being cared for with kindness and understanding. The well-known nurseries in Paris charge a fee of four cents, in American currency, for taking care of children during the day, but at the Little Wanderers’ Home, this service is provided to mothers and their children at no cost.
Yet in spite of the great work which the Missions are carrying on, the wretchedness, the suffering, the vice and the crime of the Five Points are appalling. All these establishments need all the assistance and encouragement that can possibly be given them. More workers are needed, and more means to sustain them. “The harvest indeed is plenteous, but the laborers are few.”
Yet despite the great work that the Missions are doing, the misery, suffering, vice, and crime in the Five Points are shocking. All these organizations need as much support and encouragement as possible. More workers are needed, and more resources to support them. “The harvest truly is plentiful, but the workers are few.”
p. 422XXVIII. THE MILITARY.
The city is very proud of its military organization, and both the Municipal and State Governments contribute liberally to its support. This organization consists of the First Division of the National Guard of the State of New York. The law creating this division was passed in 1862, when the old volunteer system was entirely reorganized. Previous to this, the volunteers had borne their entire expenses, and had controlled their affairs in their own way. By the new law important changes were introduced.
The city takes great pride in its military organization, and both the Municipal and State Governments provide generous support. This organization is made up of the First Division of the National Guard of the State of New York. The law that established this division was enacted in 1862, when the old volunteer system was completely reorganized. Before this, volunteers covered all their expenses and managed their own affairs. The new law brought about significant changes.
The division consists of four brigades, and numbers about 13,000 men. The regiments comprising it are as follows: First, Second, Third, Fourth, Fifth, Sixth, Seventh, Eighth, Ninth, Eleventh, Twelfth, Twenty-second, Thirty-seventh, Fifty-fifth, Sixty-ninth, Seventy-first, Seventy-ninth, Ninety-sixth, Washington Grays (cavalry), First Cavalry, Second Cavalry, and First Artillery. The United States provides the arms and uniforms when required. These, when furnished by the General Government, are such as are prescribed by law for the Regular Army. The best regiments, however, prefer a handsomer dress, and provide their own uniforms. The city makes an appropriation of $500 per annum for each regiment, for an armory. The other expenses, such as parades, music, etc., are borne by the regiment itself. Each regiment has its armory, in which are deposited its arms and valuable property. An armorer is in charge of the building, and it is his duty to keep the guns in good order. A reading-room and library are attached to some of the armories, and are used as places of social reunion for the members of the command. Drills are held at stated times, and a rigid discipline is maintained. The men, as a p. 423general rule, are proud of their organizations, and are enthusiastic in military matters. They are all well drilled, and will compare favorably with any troops in the world, in both appearance and efficiency. Nearly all saw service during the late war, and there is not a regiment but treasures some smoke-begrimed, bullet-rent flag, as its most precious possession. Out of the 13,000 men comprising the force, 9000 were in the field in active service, at one time during the war, and the division gave the country 3780 officers for the struggle. The total force furnished by the city of New York during the war was 100,000 men. Of these 9000 were killed or wounded, and 37,000 were officers at some period of the war.
The division is made up of four brigades and consists of about 13,000 personnel. The regiments included are: First, Second, Third, Fourth, Fifth, Sixth, Seventh, Eighth, Ninth, Eleventh, Twelfth, Twenty-second, Thirty-seventh, Fifty-fifth, Sixty-ninth, Seventy-first, Seventy-ninth, Ninety-sixth, Washington Grays (cavalry), First Cavalry, Second Cavalry, and First Artillery. The United States provides the weapons and uniforms when needed. When supplied by the federal government, these follow the legal standards set for the Regular Army. However, the best regiments often prefer fancier uniforms and supply their own. The city allocates $500 each year for every regiment to maintain an armory. Other costs, like parades and music, are covered by the regiment itself. Each regiment has its own armory, where they store their weapons and valuable items. An armorer manages the facility and ensures the guns are well maintained. Some armories also feature a reading room and library, serving as social spaces for the members. Drills are scheduled regularly, and strict discipline is enforced. Generally, the personnel take pride in their organizations and are passionate about military affairs. They are all well-trained and can compete with any troops worldwide in terms of appearance and effectiveness. Almost all served in the recent war, and every regiment holds dear some smoke-stained, bullet-riddled flag as its most cherished possession. Out of the 13,000 soldiers in the division, 9,000 were actively engaged in the field during the war, and the division provided 3,780 officers for the conflict. The total number of troops supplied by the city of New York during the war was 100,000. Of these, 9,000 were either killed or wounded, and at one time or another, there were 37,000 officers involved in the war.
The most popular and efficient regiments are the Seventh, Ninth, and Twenty-second. The Seventh and Ninth are the best known. The latter has the finest band in the city, and one of the best in the world.
The most popular and effective regiments are the Seventh, Ninth, and Twenty-second. The Seventh and Ninth are the most well-known. The Ninth has the best band in the city, and one of the best in the world.
The parade of the entire division is a sight worth seeing, and always brings a crowd upon the streets. Every available place for viewing the march is eagerly sought. The shop-keepers along the route of the procession find it an easy matter to rent their windows and balconies at large prices. Even the housetops are filled with spectators, and the sidewalks are “jammed.”
The parade of the whole division is a spectacular sight and always attracts a crowd to the streets. Everyone is eager to find a good spot to watch the march. The shopkeepers along the parade route have no trouble renting out their windows and balconies for high prices. Even the rooftops are packed with spectators, and the sidewalks are completely crowded.
Each regiment as it passes is greeted with greater or less applause, according to its popularity. The day is a sort of holiday in the city, and the parade is one of the sights of the New World, for New York is the only city in the country which can put so large and splendid a force of troops in the field in a mere parade.
Each regiment that passes is met with varying levels of applause, depending on its popularity. The day feels like a holiday in the city, and the parade is one of the highlights of the New World, as New York is the only city in the country that can assemble such a large and impressive force of troops for a parade.
But the First Division is not a holiday force, and parades and receptions are not the only occasions which bring it upon the streets. The city of New York contains a population hard to manage, and which can be controlled only by a strong, firm hand. The police force, about 2000 in number, is utterly inadequate to the repression of an uprising of the criminal class of the city, and the scoundrels know it. The police have never been lacking in emergencies, but their task is wonderfully lightened by the knowledge that behind them stand 13,000 p. 424disciplined and well-equipped troops to support them if the task of enforcing the law proves too great for them. The roughs of New York know that they are no match for such an army as this, and they are influenced greatly by this knowledge. The respectable class, the men of property, and the heads of families find no little comfort in this certainty of protection. They know they can trust to the troops, for the members of the National Guard represent the best part of the population of New York, and are to a man directly interested in preserving the peace and prosperity of the city.
But the First Division isn’t just for celebrations, and parades and gatherings aren’t the only times it hits the streets. The city of New York has a tough population to manage, one that can only be controlled by a strong, firm hand. The police force, around 2,000 strong, is completely insufficient to deal with an uprising of the city’s criminal element, and the criminals are well aware of it. The police have always stepped up in emergencies, but their job is greatly eased by knowing that behind them are 13,000 disciplined and well-equipped troops ready to help if enforcing the law becomes too overwhelming. The troublemakers in New York know they can’t compete with such a force, and this understanding definitely affects their behavior. The respectable citizens, the property owners, and the heads of families take comfort in this certainty of protection. They trust the troops, as the members of the National Guard represent the best part of New York's population and are fully committed to maintaining the peace and prosperity of the city.
The troops are always ready for duty. They are scattered all over the city, pursuing various useful callings, but at a certain signal sounded from the City Hall bell, they will rally at their armories, and in an hour there will be a strong body of trained troops ready to enforce the law in any emergency. No one can doubt that the summons will be obeyed, for the past history of the division proves that even the men who are careless about attending parades, etc., are very careful to be at their posts in the hour of danger.
The troops are always prepared for duty. They are spread out across the city, engaged in various important jobs, but at a specific signal from the City Hall bell, they will come together at their armories, and within an hour, a solid group of trained troops will be ready to uphold the law in any situation. No one can doubt that the call will be answered, as the division's history shows that even those who are indifferent about attending parades are very diligent about being at their posts when there’s a crisis.
The employment of this force is not open to the objections that are brought against the use of the military in a free country. These men are not mercenaries, but are useful and honorable citizens and members of society. They have a good record, and the history of the city contains several conspicuous instances of their gallantry and devotion. In 1837, when the banks suspended specie payments, they alone prevented a terrible and destructive riot. In 1849, they promptly suppressed the Astor Place Riot, which was brought about by a disgraceful attempt on the part of a band of ruffians to mob the English actor Macready, who was then playing at the Astor Place Opera House. They prevented a serious riot at the time of the creation of the Metropolitan Police Force, compelled Mayor Wood and his partisans to yield obedience to the laws they had sworn to disregard, and put down the disturbances which afterward occurred. In 1863, when the famous Draft Riots commenced, they were absent from the city, having been sent to meet Lee at Gettysburg. They were summoned back by telegraph, and p. 425returned in time to take up the battle which had been for two days so gallantly fought by the police. They made short work of the mob, and soon restored order. In July, 1871, they were called on by the City Authorities to protect the Orange Lodges in their right to parade. An ignorant, brutal mob declared that the parade should not take place because it was offensive to them, and made preparations to stop it by force. The Mayor of the city tamely yielded to the threats and demands of the mob, and forbade the parade. Fortunately for the credit of the city, fortunately for the moral power of the law, the Governor of the State revoked the order of the Mayor, and assured the Orangemen of full protection in their right to parade. The city, which had rung with indignant cries at the cowardly surrender of the Mayor to the mob, was now jubilant. The regiments ordered on duty by the Governor for the protection of the procession responded with alacrity, and came out with full ranks. The mob, still defiant, still thinking themselves masters of the situation, made an attack on the procession and its military escort. The troops submitted in silence, until some of their number were shot down in the ranks. Then wheeling suddenly, they poured a fatal volley into the midst of the rioters, who broke and fled in dismay. There was no further attempt at violence. The lesson was a useful one, and the effect fully worth the valuable lives that were laid down in the defence of the law.
The use of this force doesn't face the same objections as employing the military in a free country. These individuals aren’t mercenaries; they are valuable and honorable citizens and members of the community. They have a strong track record, and the city's history includes several notable examples of their bravery and dedication. In 1837, when the banks stopped cash payments, they alone prevented a disastrous and destructive riot. In 1849, they quickly suppressed the Astor Place Riot, which was caused by a shameful attempt by a group of thugs to mob the English actor Macready, who was performing at the Astor Place Opera House. They stopped a serious riot during the establishment of the Metropolitan Police Force, forced Mayor Wood and his supporters to comply with the laws they had vowed to ignore, and quelled the disturbances that followed. In 1863, when the well-known Draft Riots started, they were not in the city, as they had been sent to confront Lee at Gettysburg. They were called back by telegraph, and p. 425returned just in time to join the battle that had already been bravely fought by the police for two days. They quickly dealt with the mob and soon restored order. In July 1871, City Authorities called on them to protect the Orange Lodges’ right to parade. An ignorant, brutal mob declared the parade shouldn't happen because it upset them and prepared to stop it by force. The Mayor meekly submitted to the mob’s threats and demands, canceling the parade. Fortunately for the city’s reputation and the integrity of the law, the Governor of the State reversed the Mayor’s order and guaranteed the Orangemen full protection for their parade. The city, which had erupted with angry cries against the Mayor's cowardly capitulation to the mob, was now in high spirits. The regiments mobilized by the Governor to protect the procession responded eagerly and assembled in full strength. The mob, still defiant and believing they were in control, attacked the procession and its military escort. The troops held their ground in silence until some were shot down in their ranks. Then, turning suddenly, they unleashed a deadly volley into the rioters, who broke and fled in panic. There were no further attempts at violence. The lesson was an important one, and the outcome was well worth the valuable lives lost in defense of the law.
p. 426XXIX. NASSAU STREET.
If you will go to the southern extremity of Printing House Square, on the east side of the City Hall Park, you will see the opening of a narrow street between the offices of the Tribune and Times newspapers. This is Nassau street. It runs parallel with Broadway, and terminates at Wall street. It is about half a mile in length, and is one of the narrowest and most inconvenient streets in the city, being less than fifty feet in width. The houses on each side are tall and sombre looking, and the street is almost always in the shadow. The roadway is hardly wide enough for two vehicles to pass abreast, and the sidewalks could never by any possible chance contain a crowd. Indeed, the street is seldom thronged, and the people you meet there seem to be possessed of but one desire—to get out of it as fast as possible. A stranger would, at the first glance, unhesitatingly pronounce it an inconvenient as well as a disagreeable thoroughfare, and yet the truth is that it is one of the most important streets in the city in respect of the amount and variety of the traffic carried on within its limits.
If you go to the southern end of Printing House Square, on the east side of City Hall Park, you’ll see a narrow street between the offices of the Tribune and Times newspapers. This is Nassau Street. It runs parallel to Broadway and ends at Wall Street. It’s about half a mile long and is one of the narrowest and most awkward streets in the city, measuring less than fifty feet wide. The buildings on either side are tall and dark-looking, and the street is almost always in shadow. The road is hardly wide enough for two vehicles to pass side by side, and the sidewalks could never possibly hold a crowd. In fact, the street isn’t usually crowded, and the people you see there seem to have just one desire—to get out as quickly as possible. A stranger would, at first glance, easily call it both inconvenient and unpleasant, yet the reality is that it’s one of the most important streets in the city, given the amount and variety of traffic that happens there.
It would be hard to describe its architecture. Scarcely any two houses are built alike. At the lower end, in the vicinity of Wall street, iron, marble, and brown stone structures flourish, but above the Post-office the buildings are a study. The most of them are old, but all show signs of vigorous life, and from cellar to attic they are jammed full of busy, scheming, toiling men.
It’s tough to describe its architecture. Hardly any two houses are the same. At the lower end, near Wall Street, there are plenty of iron, marble, and brownstone buildings, but above the Post Office, the architecture is fascinating. Most of the buildings are old, but all show signs of vibrant life, and from the basement to the attic, they are packed with busy, scheming, hardworking people.
Along the street are some of the best known and most trusted banking houses of the city, and millions of dollars are represented in their daily transactions. The great Post-office receives p. 427and sends out whole tons of matter every twenty-four hours. The bulk of the periodical, and a large part of the book-trade are carried on here through the agency of the great news companies. Real estate men flourish here. Struggling lawyers seem to think this street the road to success, for here they cluster by the score. You may buy here diamonds of the purest water, and others that had better be kept out of water. The most valuable of watches may be obtained here; also the most genuine pinchbeck timepieces. If one is a judge of the article he is buying, he may frequently purchase to advantage in p. 428Nassau street, but as a rule he must examine his purchase closely before paying for it, and be sure he receives what he has selected. The variety of the pursuits carried on here may be ascertained only by a diligent perusal of the signs that line the street. Perhaps in no other thoroughfare is there to be seen such a multitude of signs. The fronts of the houses are covered with them. They appear in nearly every window, and the walls of the halls of the buildings, and even the steps themselves are covered with them. Every device of the sign maker has been exhausted here, and they tell their stories with more or less emphasis, according to the ingenuity exercised upon them. They tell you of “Counsellors at Law,” Publishers, Artists, Dealers in Foreign and American Engravings, Jewellers, Engravers on Wood and Steel, Printers, Stock Brokers, Gold Beaters, Restaurant Keepers, Dealers in Cheap Watches, Agents of Literary Bureaux, Translators of Foreign Languages, Fruit Sellers, Boarding House Brokers, Matrimonial Agents, Book Sellers, Dealers in Indecent Publications, and a host of others too numerous to mention.
Along the street are some of the best-known and most trusted banks in the city, handling millions of dollars in transactions every day. The main Post Office receives and sends out tons of mail every twenty-four hours. A large part of the magazine and book market operates here through major news companies. Real estate agents thrive in this area. Struggling lawyers seem to believe this street is the path to success, as they gather here in large numbers. You can buy diamonds of the highest quality here, along with others that should probably be avoided. The most valuable watches can be found here, as well as some questionable knock-offs. If you know what you're looking for, you can often find a good deal on Nassau Street, but generally, you need to carefully inspect your purchase before paying to ensure you get what you chose. To discover the variety of businesses operating here, you'll need to carefully read the signs that line the street. No other street features such a large number of signs. The fronts of the buildings are covered with them, and they appear in almost every window and on the walls of the hallways, even on the steps. Every possible sign-making technique has been used here, and the signs convey their messages with varying degrees of creativity. They advertise “Counselors at Law,” Publishers, Artists, Dealers in Foreign and American Engravings, Jewelers, Engravers on Wood and Steel, Printers, Stock Brokers, Gold Beaters, Restaurant Owners, Sellers of Inexpensive Watches, Agents for Literary Bureau, Translators of Foreign Languages, Fruit Sellers, Boarding House Brokers, Matrimonial Agents, Book Sellers, Dealers in Indecent Publications, and many others too numerous to list.
Go into one of the numerous buildings, and a surprise awaits you. You might spend half a day in exploring it. It rivals the Tower of Babel in height, and is alive with little closets called “offices.” How people doing business here are ever found by those having dealings with them is a mystery. Many, indeed, come here to avoid being found, for Nassau street is the headquarters of those who carry on their business by circulars, and under assumed names. It is a good hiding place, and one in which a culprit might safely defy the far-reaching arm of Justice.
Go into one of the many buildings, and you’ll be in for a surprise. You could easily spend half a day exploring it. It towers as high as the Tower of Babel and is bustling with small rooms called “offices.” It’s a mystery how people doing business here ever find each other. In fact, many come here to avoid being found since Nassau Street is the hub for those who conduct their business through circulars and under fake names. It’s a great hiding spot where someone could confidently evade the long arm of the law.
Along the street, and mostly in the cellars, cluster the “Old Book Stores” of New York, of which I shall have more to say hereafter, and they add not a little to the singular character of the street. The proprietors are generally men who have been here for years, and who know the locality well. Many curious tales could they tell of their cramped and dingy thoroughfare, tales that in vivid interest and dramatic force would set up half a dozen novelists.
Along the street, primarily in the basements, are the “Old Book Stores” of New York, which I’ll discuss more later, and they greatly contribute to the unique character of the street. The owners are usually men who have been around for years and know the area well. They could share many intriguing stories about their cramped and shabby street, stories that would inspire half a dozen novelists with their vivid interest and dramatic impact.
p. 429The Post-office draws all sorts of people into the street, and it is interesting to watch them as they come and go. But, as has been said, no one stays here long; no one thinks of lounging in Nassau street. Every one goes at the top of his speed, and bumps and thumps are given and taken with a coolness and patience known only to the New Yorker. You may even knock a man off his legs, and send him rolling into the gutter, and he will smile, pick himself up again, and think no more of the matter. On Broadway the same man would not fail to resent such an assault as an intentional insult. Every one here is full of unrest; every one seems pre-occupied with his own affairs, and totally oblivious to all that is passing around him. In no part of the great city are you so fully impressed with the shortness and value of time. Even in the eating houses, where the denizens of the street seek their noontide meal, you see the same haste that is manifest on the street. The waiters seem terribly agitated and excited, they fairly fly to do your bidding, pushing and bumping each other with a force that often sends their loads of dishes clattering to the floor. The man at the desk can hardly count your change fast enough. The guests bolt their food, gulp their liquors, and dart through the green baize doors as if their lives depended upon their speed.
p. 429The post office brings all kinds of people out onto the street, and it's fascinating to watch them as they move about. But, as mentioned before, no one sticks around for long; nobody thinks to hang out on Nassau Street. Everyone rushes by, and bumps and knocks are exchanged with a calmness and patience unique to New Yorkers. You could even knock someone over and send him rolling into the gutter, and he would just smile, get back up, and forget about it. On Broadway, that same person would definitely take such an incident as a deliberate insult. Everyone here is restless; everyone seems absorbed in their own business and completely unaware of what's happening around them. Nowhere in this vast city do you feel more acutely the brevity and importance of time. Even in the diners, where the street folks grab their lunch, you see the same urgency that permeates the streets. The waiters seem extremely flustered and excited, practically flying to fulfill your requests, shoving and bumping into each other with such intensity that it often sends their plates crashing to the floor. The person at the counter can barely count your change quickly enough. The diners scarf down their meals, gulp down their drinks, and rush through the green baize doors as if their lives depended on their speed.
So all day long they pour in and out of the marble banks, in and out of the great Post-office, in and out of the dingy offices—the good and the bad, the rich and the poor, the honest dealer and the sharper. Few know their neighbors here, fewer care for them; and gigantic successes and dreary failures find their way into the street, adding year by year to its romance and to its mystery. At night the street is dark and deserted. Yet away up in some of the lofty buildings, the lights shining through the dingy windows tell you that some busy brain is still scheming and struggling—whether honestly or dishonestly, who can tell?
All day long, people come and go from the marble banks, the big post office, and the shabby offices—the good and the bad, the wealthy and the poor, the honest businesspeople and the con artists. Few know their neighbors here, and even fewer care; massive successes and dismal failures spill out into the street, adding to its charm and mystery year after year. At night, the street is dark and empty. Yet way up in some of the tall buildings, the lights shining through the grimy windows show that some busy mind is still working hard—whether they’re doing it honestly or not, who knows?
p. 430XXX. THE METROPOLITAN FIRE DEPARTMENT.
The history of New York has been marked by a series of terrible fires, which have destroyed many lives and swept away millions of dollars worth of property. In 1741 the first of these conflagrations swept over the lower part of the city, consuming many houses, among them the old Dutch fort and church. On the 21st of September, 1776, during the occupation of the city by the British, 493 houses were burned, and great distress entailed in consequence upon the people. On the 9th of August, 1778, a third fire destroyed nearly 300 buildings east of Broadway and below Pearl street. In May, 1811, a fourth fire broke out in Chatham street and consumed nearly 100 houses. In 1828 a fifth fire destroyed about a million of dollars worth of property. On the 16th of December, 1835, began the sixth and most disastrous of these conflagrations. It raged for three days and nights continuously, swept over an area of 45 acres, destroyed 648 buildings, and entailed upon the citizens a loss of $18,000,000. In the face of this great disaster the insurance companies unanimously suspended. On the 19th of July, 1845, the seventh and last fire broke out in New street, near Wall street, and swept in a southerly direction, destroying 345 buildings. The loss was $5,000,000.
The history of New York has been marked by a series of devastating fires that have claimed many lives and caused millions of dollars in property damage. In 1741, the first of these fires tore through the lower part of the city, destroying numerous houses, including the old Dutch fort and church. On September 21, 1776, during the British occupation of the city, 493 houses were burned, causing great distress among the residents. On August 9, 1778, a third fire destroyed nearly 300 buildings east of Broadway and below Pearl Street. In May 1811, a fourth fire broke out on Chatham Street and consumed nearly 100 houses. In 1828, a fifth fire destroyed about a million dollars' worth of property. Then, on December 16, 1835, the sixth and most disastrous fire began. It raged for three days and nights, covering an area of 45 acres, destroying 648 buildings, and resulting in a loss of $18,000,000 for the citizens. In the wake of this disaster, the insurance companies unanimously suspended operations. Finally, on July 19, 1845, the seventh and last fire ignited on New Street, near Wall Street, and moved southward, destroying 345 buildings. The loss amounted to $5,000,000.
As a matter of course, a city that has suffered so much from fires is in especial need of the best known means of preventing and suppressing them. Since the year 1653 there has been a Fire Department in New York, and it would be an interesting task to review its history had we the space to do so. In its early days it was considered an honor to be a member of a fire company, and some of the best of the old-time citizens were to be p. 431found in the ranks of the various organizations. The city took care to keep the force provided with the most improved machines, and every effort was made to render it as efficient as possible. As the city increased in wealth and population the character of the firemen changed. The respectable men left the organization, and their places were filled with men who were drawn into it by the excitement which was to be found in such a life. Soon the department passed entirely into the hands of the Bowery boys and other disreputable characters. The engine houses were rallying places for the worst characters of the vicinity, who amused themselves in their leisure hours by fighting among themselves, or by assaulting respectable passers-by. A fire was the dread of the city, not only for the damage the conflagration was sure to do, but for the disturbance it brought about on the streets. As soon as an alarm was sounded the streets were filled with a yelling, reckless crowd, through which the engines and hose-carriages dashed, regardless of those who were run over. Pandemonium seemed to have broken loose and taken possession of the great thoroughfares. If two rival companies met on the streets they would leave the fire to work its will and fight their battle then and there. There was scarcely a fire without its accompanying riot. The fires themselves were disastrous. Very little good was accomplished by the firemen, and the losses were tremendous. Adjoining buildings were often broken open and robbed under pretence of saving them from the flames. In short, the whole department was a nuisance, and thinking men saw that it was a great nursery of criminals and blackguards. Efforts were made to remedy the evil, but without success. The members of the department were volunteers, and were particularly impatient of control. Many of the companies owned their own engines and other apparatus, and refused to submit to any sort of restraint. There was but one way to bring good out of this evil, and at length the best men of the city determined upon abolishing the old system entirely. The demand for a change grew stronger every day, and at last the Legislature of the State set on foot measures for the abolition of the volunteer system and the substitution of a paid force.
As a city that has experienced so many fires, New York particularly needs the best ways to prevent and put them out. Since 1653, there’s been a Fire Department in New York, and reviewing its history would be interesting if we had the space. In its early days, it was seen as an honor to be a member of a fire company, and some of the most respected citizens were part of these organizations. The city ensured that the department had the most advanced equipment, and every effort was made to keep it effective. However, as the city grew wealthier and more populated, the type of people in the fire department began to change. The upstanding men left the organization, and their spots were taken by those drawn in by the thrill of the job. Before long, the department was dominated by the Bowery boys and other unsavory characters. The engine houses became hangouts for the worst people in the area, who entertained themselves by fighting each other or harassing respectable passersby. Fires became a major concern, not just due to the destruction they caused but also because of the chaos they stirred on the streets. When an alarm went off, the streets erupted with a loud, reckless crowd, making it dangerous for anyone trying to get out of the way of the rushing fire trucks. It seemed like complete chaos had taken over the main thoroughfares. If two rival fire companies crossed paths, they’d abandon the fire to settle their own disputes right there. Hardly a fire occurred without some type of riot. The fires themselves were devastating, and the firefighters accomplished very little, with huge losses resulting. Nearby buildings were often broken into and looted under the guise of saving them from the flames. In summary, the entire department was a nuisance, and thoughtful people recognized it as a breeding ground for criminals and troublemakers. Efforts were made to correct the situation, but they failed. The department’s members were volunteers who resisted any control. Many of the groups owned their engines and equipment and refused to adhere to any rules. The only solution to improve this situation was to completely abolish the old system, and eventually, the city's best individuals decided to take action. The call for change grew stronger each day, and eventually, the State Legislature began working on plans to eliminate the volunteer system and replace it with a paid force.
p. 432In March, 1865, the Legislature passed the bill creating the Metropolitan Fire Department, and it at once received the Executive signature. The friends of the old system resolved to resist the attempt to overthrow it. A case involving the constitutionality of the bill was brought before the Court of Appeals, which body sustained the law. Efforts were made by the newly-appointed Commissioners to get the new system at work as soon as possible; but in the meanwhile the partizans of the old system endeavored to be revenged by disbanding the old force and leaving the city without any means of extinguishing fires. The danger was great, but it was averted by detailing a force from the police to act as firemen in case of necessity. By November, 1865, the new system was thoroughly organized and fairly at work. Each succeeding year has witnessed some fresh improvement, and at present New York has the best appointed and most efficient Fire Department in the Union.
p. 432In March 1865, the Legislature passed the bill to create the Metropolitan Fire Department, and it was immediately signed by the Executive. Supporters of the old system decided to fight against its replacement. A case questioning the constitutionality of the bill was brought before the Court of Appeals, which upheld the law. The newly appointed Commissioners worked to get the new system up and running as quickly as possible; however, supporters of the old system tried to retaliate by dissolving the old force and leaving the city without any way to put out fires. The danger was significant, but it was mitigated by assigning a police force to act as firefighters if needed. By November 1865, the new system was fully organized and operational. Each year since has seen new improvements, and currently, New York has the best-equipped and most efficient Fire Department in the country.
The force, as at present organized, is under the control of five commissioners, appointed by the Mayor of the city. They make rules and regulations for the government of the force, exercise a general supervision over its affairs, and are responsible to the municipal government for their acts. The force consists of a chief engineer, an assistant engineer, ten district engineers, and 587 officers and men. Each company consists of twelve persons, viz.: a foreman, assistant foreman, engineer of steamer, a stoker, a driver, and seven firemen. Each company is provided with a house, with engine room, stables, quarters for the men, and rooms for study, drill, etc. The basement contains a furnace, by means of which the building is warmed and the water in the engine kept hot. Everything is kept in perfect order. The houses are clean and neat, and the engines and hose-carriages shine like gold and silver.
The force, as it's currently organized, is under the control of five commissioners appointed by the Mayor of the city. They create rules and regulations for managing the force, oversee its operations, and are accountable to the municipal government for their actions. The force includes a chief engineer, an assistant engineer, ten district engineers, and 587 officers and staff. Each team consists of twelve people, including a foreman, an assistant foreman, a steamer engineer, a stoker, a driver, and seven firefighters. Each team has a station that includes an engine room, stables, living quarters for the crew, and spaces for study and drills. The basement has a furnace that heats the building and keeps the water in the engine hot. Everything is maintained in perfect condition. The stations are clean and tidy, and the engines and hose carriages shine like gold and silver.
The men are all paid by the city. The firemen receive $1000 dollars per annum, and the officers a higher sum, according to their duties and responsibilities. The men undergo a rigid physical examination, and are required to present proofs of their good moral character before they are admitted to the force. The object is to have none but men perfectly sound and free p. 433from habits tending to impair their usefulness in the force. They are generally fine specimens of manhood, are noticeably neat in their dress and habits, and are just the opposite of the old-time volunteer firemen. Furthermore, they may be relied upon in any emergency.
The men are all paid by the city. The firefighters earn $1,000 a year, while the officers make a higher salary based on their roles and responsibilities. The men go through a strict physical exam and must provide proof of their good moral character before they can join the force. The goal is to ensure that only men who are completely healthy and free p. 433from habits that might affect their effectiveness on the job are accepted. They are usually strong examples of manhood, are noticeably tidy in their appearance and behavior, and are the complete opposite of the old volunteer firefighters. Additionally, they can be counted on in any emergency.
There are thirty-seven steam-engines in the department. They are of the second class or size, and perfect in all their appointments. They were built by the Amoskeag Manufacturing Company, of Manchester, New Hampshire, and cost $4000 a-piece. There is also a powerful floating engine located on a steamboat, and used for extinguishing fires on the piers or on vessels in the harbor. It is kept near the Battery, so as to be convenient to points in either river. There are four hand engines, located in the upper part of the island, and twelve hook and ladder companies in the department. Several engines are kept in reserve, and are not counted in the active force.
There are thirty-seven steam engines in the department. They are second-class in size and fully equipped. They were made by the Amoskeag Manufacturing Company in Manchester, New Hampshire, and cost $4,000 each. There’s also a powerful floating engine on a steamboat used to put out fires on the piers or on ships in the harbor. It’s kept near the Battery for easy access to either river. There are four hand engines located in the upper part of the island and twelve hook and ladder units in the department. Several engines are kept in reserve and aren’t included in the active count.
The horses of the department are 156 in number. They are large and powerful animals, and are kept with the greatest care. They are groomed every day, and are fed punctually at six o’clock morning and evening. If not used on duty, they are exercised every day by being led to and fro in the streets adjoining the engine-house. They are thoroughly trained, and will stand with perfect steadiness under the most exciting circumstances. They know the sound of the alarm-bell as well as their driver, and the moment it strikes they exhibit an impatience to be off which is remarkable. They are kept harnessed constantly, and it takes but a few seconds to attach them to the engines.
The department has 156 horses. They are large and strong animals, and they're well cared for. They get groomed every day and are fed promptly at 6 AM and 6 PM. If they're not on duty, they're exercised daily by being walked back and forth in the streets next to the engine house. They're highly trained and remain completely steady even in the most thrilling situations. They recognize the sound of the alarm bell just like their driver, and as soon as it rings, they show an impressive eagerness to go. They're always kept in harness, and it takes only a few seconds to hook them up to the engines.
The men are not allowed to have any other employment. The department claims their whole duty. A certain number are required to be always at the engine-house. In case of an alarm being sounded during the absence of a fireman from the engine-house he runs directly to the fire, where he is sure to find his company. A watch is always kept in the engine-room day and night. After ten at night the men are allowed to go to bed, but must so arrange matters beforehand that they shall lose no time in dressing. The horses stand p. 434harnessed in their stalls, the boiler is filled with hot water, and the furnaces are supplied with wood which burns at the touch of a match. It requires but fifteen seconds in the day and but one minute at night to be ready for action and on the way to the fire.
The men aren’t allowed to have any other jobs. The department claims their full attention. A certain number must always be at the firehouse. If an alarm goes off while a firefighter is away from the firehouse, he heads straight to the fire, where he will find his team. There’s always someone on watch in the engine room, day and night. After ten at night, the men can go to bed, but they need to organize things in advance so they don’t waste time getting dressed. The horses are kept harnessed in their stalls, the boiler is filled with hot water, and the furnaces are stocked with wood that ignites easily. It takes just fifteen seconds during the day and one minute at night to be ready to go and head to the fire.
Scattered through the city are lofty towers, from which men keep a constant watch for fires. They are thoroughly acquainted with the various localities of New York, and can tell at a glance the exact neighborhood of the fire. From their lofty elevation they see the first cloud of smoke if it be day, or the first red glare if at night, and the next instant the alarm is sent over the city on the wings of electricity.
Scattered throughout the city are tall towers where people constantly watch for fires. They know the different areas of New York well and can quickly identify the exact neighborhood of a fire. From their high vantage point, they spot the first puff of smoke during the day or the first red glow at night, and in an instant, the alarm is sent across the city at the speed of electricity.
All signals and messages connected with the Fire Department are transmitted by telegraph, and for this purpose there is a distinct line through the city for the use of the department. By means of this line the various engine-houses are brought into communication with each other and with the central station and police headquarters. As the station-houses alone, however, would not suffice for the prompt communication of alarms, signal-boxes are scattered through the city at the most convenient points. These boxes are so situated that they may be reached from any point in a few minutes. They are several hundred in number, and are being multiplied as rapidly as possible. The engraving accompanying this chapter shows the appearance and mechanism of the signal box.
All signals and messages related to the Fire Department are sent via telegraph, and there is a dedicated line throughout the city just for the department. This line connects the various fire stations with each other, the central station, and the police headquarters. However, the station-houses alone wouldn't be enough for quickly relaying alarms, so signal boxes are placed around the city at the most convenient locations. These boxes are positioned so they can be reached from anywhere within a few minutes. There are several hundred of them, and they're being added as quickly as possible. The engraving that goes with this chapter shows what the signal box looks like and how it works.
The box is attached to the telegraph pole, and is about twenty-four inches high, by twelve inches wide, and five inches deep. Every officer and member of the Fire Department, every officer and member of the Police Force, and every officer of the Fire Insurance Patrol is furnished with a key which will open all the boxes. A key is also deposited with the occupant of a building near the box, and a notice showing the location of this key is always placed in a glass case at the top of the box. Key-holders are cautioned not to open the box except in case of fire; not to give an alarm unless sure of a fire; not to give an alarm for a fire seen at a distance; not to pull down the hook more than once in giving an alarm; to be sure, after giving an alarm, p. 346that the door of the box is securely fastened; and not to let the key go out of their possession except when demanded by proper authority.
The box is attached to the telegraph pole and measures about twenty-four inches high, twelve inches wide, and five inches deep. Every officer and member of the Fire Department, every officer and member of the Police Force, and every officer of the Fire Insurance Patrol has a key that opens all the boxes. A key is also kept with the person in the building closest to the box, and a notice indicating where this key is located is always displayed in a glass case at the top of the box. Key-holders are warned not to open the box unless there's an actual fire; not to raise an alarm unless they are certain there is a fire; not to trigger the alarm for a fire that’s seen from a distance; not to pull down the hook more than once when giving an alarm; to ensure that after triggering the alarm, the door of the box is securely locked; and not to let the key leave their possession unless it’s requested by the proper authorities.
The engraving referred to will show the manner of giving an alarm. There are two doors to each box, an outer and an inner door, lettered respectively F and G in the engraving. The door G is to be kept closed unless it becomes necessary to repeat the alarm. The outer door, F, is opened, and the catch A is drawn down firmly. This winds up a spring, by means of the lever B, which sets in motion the wheel C, and strikes the number of the box on the gong D and on the instrument at the Fire Department headquarters. Should it be necessary to give a second or third alarm, the door G is opened and the Morse key E is struck ten times.
The engraving shows how to trigger an alarm. There are two doors for each box: an outer door and an inner door, labeled F and G in the engraving. The inner door, G, should remain closed unless you need to repeat the alarm. To activate the alarm, open the outer door, F, and pull down the catch A firmly. This winds a spring through lever B, which moves wheel C, striking the number of the box on gong D and on the instrument at the Fire Department headquarters. If you need to give a second or third alarm, open door G and tap the Morse key E ten times.
In this way all alarms are sent, first to the central office, and thence to the various engine-houses. The alarm from the central office is struck on a large gong placed in a conspicuous part of the engine-room of every engine or hook and ladder company. The locality, and often the precise site of the fire can be ascertained by means of these signals. For instance, the bell strikes 157 thus: one—a pause—five—another pause—seven. The indicator will show that this alarm-box is at the corner of the Bowery and Grand street. The fire is either at this point or within its immediate neighborhood. The signals are repeated on all the bells in the fire-towers of the city, and the citizens, by consulting their printed indicators, can inform themselves of the location of the fire. On an alarm of fire about one-sixth of the whole force goes to the place of danger. If the alarm be repeated the number is increased by another sixth, and so on until the necessary force is obtained. Each company is restricted to certain portions of the city, so that there is no confusion in sending out the proper force.
In this way, all alarms are sent first to the central office and then to the various fire stations. The alarm from the central office is sounded on a large gong located in a noticeable part of the engine room of every fire engine or ladder company. The location, and often the exact site of the fire, can be identified through these signals. For example, the bell rings 157 like this: one—a pause—five—another pause—seven. The indicator will show that this alarm box is at the corner of Bowery and Grand Street. The fire is either at this spot or in its nearby area. The signals are repeated on all the bells in the city’s fire towers, and citizens can check their printed indicators to find out where the fire is. During a fire alarm, about one-sixth of the total force heads to the danger area. If the alarm is repeated, the number increases by another sixth, and so on, until the necessary response is achieved. Each company is assigned to specific parts of the city to prevent any confusion in sending the right forces.
As soon as the sharp strokes of the gong give the signal of danger, and point out the locality, every man springs to his post. The horses are attached in a few seconds, the fire is lighted in the furnace, and the steamer and hose carriage start for the scene of action. The foreman runs on foot, ahead of his p. 347steamer, to clear the way, and the driver may keep up with him, but is not allowed to pass him. Only the engineer, his assistant, and the stoker are allowed to ride on the engine. The rest of the company go on foot. Fast driving is severely punished, and racing is absolutely prohibited. The men are required to be quiet and orderly in their deportment in going to and returning from fires. The engines have the right of way in all the streets. This is well understood, and it is astonishing to see the rapidity with which a route is cleared for them through the most crowded streets.
As soon as the sharp sound of the gong signals danger and identifies the location, everyone jumps into action. The horses are harnessed within seconds, the fire is lit in the furnace, and the steamer and hose carriage head to the scene. The foreman runs ahead of the steamer to clear a path, and the driver can keep pace with him but isn’t allowed to pass. Only the engineer, his assistant, and the stoker are allowed to ride on the engine; the rest of the crew goes on foot. Fast driving is strictly punished, and racing is completely banned. The team is expected to be quiet and orderly while heading to and returning from fires. The engines have the right of way on all the streets, and it’s well understood, making it impressive to see how quickly a path is cleared for them through the busiest streets.
Upon reaching the fire, communication is made between the plug or hydrant and the engine, and the work begins. The chief engineer is required to attend all fires, and all orders proceed from him. The most rigid discipline is preserved, and the work goes on with a rapidity and precision which are in striking contrast to the noise and inefficiency of the old system.
Upon reaching the fire, communication is established between the hydrant and the engine, and the work starts. The chief engineer must be present at all fires, and all orders come from him. Strict discipline is maintained, and the work continues with a speed and accuracy that sharply contrasts with the noise and inefficiency of the old system.
A force of policemen is at once sent to a fire. They stretch ropes across the streets at proper distances from the burning buildings, and no one but the members of the Fire Department is allowed to pass these barriers. In this way the firemen have room for the performance of their duties, lookers-on are kept at a safe distance, and the movable property in the burning house is saved from thieves. Merchants and others have frequently given grateful testimony to the protection afforded their property by the firemen. Upon one occasion the members of the department had complete possession for several hours of every part of the building containing the immense and valuable stock of jewelry of Messrs. Tiffany & Co. This firm made a public declaration that after a rigid investigation they had not missed a penny’s worth of their property, and gratefully acknowledged the protection afforded them. Under the old system Messrs. Tiffany & Co. would have been ruined.
A team of police is immediately sent to a fire. They set up ropes across the streets at appropriate distances from the burning buildings, and only members of the Fire Department are allowed to cross these barriers. This way, the firefighters have enough space to do their jobs, bystanders are kept at a safe distance, and any valuables in the burning building are protected from thieves. Merchants and others have often expressed their gratitude for the protection the firefighters provide for their property. On one occasion, the department had full control over every part of the building that housed the massive and valuable inventory of jewelry from Tiffany & Co. This company publicly stated that after a thorough investigation, they hadn’t lost a single penny’s worth of their property, and they sincerely thanked the firefighters for their protection. Under the old system, Tiffany & Co. would have faced disaster.
The life of a fireman is very arduous and dangerous, but the applicants for vacancies in the department are numerous. The men are often called upon not only to face great personal danger, but they are also subjected to a severe physical strain from the p. 439loss of rest, and fatigue. Sometimes they will be called out and worked hard every night in the week, and all the while they are required to be as prompt and active as though they had never lost a night’s rest. They are constantly performing deeds of heroism, which pass unnoticed in the bustle and whirl of the busy life around them, but which are treasured up in the grateful heart of some mother, wife, or parent, whose loved ones owe their lives to the fireman’s gallantry.
The life of a firefighter is very tough and dangerous, yet many people apply for jobs in the department. The men often have to face not only great personal risk but also endure significant physical strain from the p. 439loss of sleep and fatigue. Sometimes they get called out and work hard every night of the week, all while needing to be as quick and energetic as if they hadn’t lost any sleep. They are constantly doing acts of bravery that go unnoticed amid the busyness of life around them, but these actions are cherished by grateful mothers, wives, or parents whose loved ones owe their lives to the firefighter’s courage.
During the recent visit to New York of the Prince Alexis of Russia, a pleasing instance of the efficiency of the department was given. The Prince had just reviewed a detachment of the department, and had returned to his hotel (the Clarendon), in Fourth avenue, just out of Union Square. One of the Fire Commissioners proposed to him to test the efficiency of the force he had just inspected, and accompanied him to the alarm box at the corner of Fourth avenue and Seventeenth street, about half a block from the hotel. The box being opened, the Prince gave the signal, and immediately returned to his hotel. Before he had reached the balcony, the sharp clatter of wheels was heard in the distance, and in a few seconds several steamers clashed up, “breathing fire and smoke,” followed by a hook and ladder detachment and the Insurance Patrol. Within three minutes after the alarm had been sounded, two streams were thrown on the Everett House, and within five minutes ladders were raised to the hotel windows, and the men were on the roofs of the adjoining buildings.
During Prince Alexis of Russia's recent visit to New York, a great example of the department's efficiency was showcased. After reviewing a unit of the department, the Prince returned to his hotel (the Clarendon) on Fourth Avenue, just off Union Square. One of the Fire Commissioners suggested that he test the efficiency of the unit he had just inspected and accompanied him to the alarm box at the corner of Fourth Avenue and Seventeenth Street, about half a block from the hotel. When the box was opened, the Prince signaled the alarm and immediately went back to his hotel. Before he reached the balcony, the sound of wheels could be heard in the distance, and within seconds, several fire engines arrived, “breathing fire and smoke,” followed by a hook and ladder unit and the Insurance Patrol. Within three minutes of the alarm being sounded, two hoses were directed at the Everett House, and within five minutes, ladders were raised to the hotel windows, with firefighters on the roofs of the neighboring buildings.
Thanks to the model department, New York feels a security from fires unknown until now. The hopes of the friends of the new system have been more than realized. The fire statistics speak more eloquently than words could, and they show a steady decrease of the loss by fire. In 1866, there were 796 fires, involving a loss of $6,428,000; in 1867, the number of fires was 873, and the loss $5,711,000; in 1868, the fires were 740 in number, and the loss was $4,342,371; and in 1869 there were 850 fires, with a loss of $2,626,393. In the last mentioned year, only 43 out of the 850 fires were communicated to the adjoining buildings, a fact which speaks volumes for the exertions of the department.
Thanks to the fire department, New York now feels safer from fires like never before. The hopes of supporters of the new system have been more than fulfilled. The fire statistics are more powerful than words, showing a steady decline in fire-related losses. In 1866, there were 796 fires, costing $6,428,000; in 1867, the number rose to 873 fires, with a loss of $5,711,000; in 1868, there were 740 fires, resulting in a loss of $4,342,371; and in 1869, there were 850 fires, with a loss of $2,626,393. In that last year, only 43 out of the 850 fires spread to nearby buildings, which speaks volumes about the efforts of the department.
p. 440The Headquarters of the department are located at 127 Mercer street, in a handsome building known as Fireman’s Hall. Here are the offices of the Commissioners, the Chief Engineer, Secretary, Medical officer, Telegraph Bureau, Bureau of Combustible materials, and Fireman’s Lyceum. The Lyceum contains a library of over 4000 volumes, and a collection of engravings, documents, and relics relating to the old Fire Department. All fines exacted of firemen, and those imposed on citizens for violating the ordinances relating to hatchways and kerosene lamps, are paid into the treasury of the “Fire Department Relief Fund,” for the maintenance of the widows and orphans of firemen.
p. 440The headquarters of the department are located at 127 Mercer Street, in a beautiful building known as Fireman’s Hall. Here are the offices of the Commissioners, the Chief Engineer, Secretary, Medical Officer, Telegraph Bureau, Bureau of Combustible Materials, and Fireman’s Lyceum. The Lyceum has a library of over 4,000 volumes, along with a collection of engravings, documents, and relics related to the old Fire Department. All fines collected from firefighters and those imposed on citizens for breaking the rules about hatchways and kerosene lamps are paid into the treasury of the “Fire Department Relief Fund,” which supports the widows and orphans of firefighters.
p. 441XXXI. THE BUSINESS OF NEW YORK.
New York is the commercial metropolis of the Union. Its local trade is immense, but its foreign trade and its trade with the rest of the country are much greater. The port is the American terminus of nearly all the steamship lines plying between the United States and foreign countries. About two-thirds of all the imports of the United States arrive in New York, and about forty per cent. of all the exports of the country are shipped from the same point. In 1870, the total imports amounted to $315,200,022. The Customs duties on these amounted to $135,310,995. The imports are given at their foreign cost in gold, and freight and duty are not included in this estimate. The exports for the same year (including $58,191,475 in specie) were worth $254,137,208. The total of imports and exports for that year was $569,337,230, the value of the foreign trade of New York.
New York is the commercial hub of the country. Its local trade is huge, but its international trade and trade with the rest of the nation are even larger. The port is the main destination for nearly all the steamship lines operating between the United States and other countries. About two-thirds of all U.S. imports come through New York, and around forty percent of all exports leave from there. In 1870, total imports were $315,200,022. Customs duties on these totaled $135,310,995. The import values are listed at their foreign cost in gold, excluding freight and duties. The exports for that same year (which includes $58,191,475 in cash) were valued at $254,137,208. The total of imports and exports for that year was $569,337,230, representing the value of New York's foreign trade.
The domestic trade is also immense. During the year 1864 some of the receipts of the port were as follows:
The domestic trade is incredibly large. In 1864, some of the port's revenue was as follows:
Barrels of wheat flour Barrels of wheat flour |
3,967,717 3,967,717 |
Bushels of wheat Tons of wheat |
13,453,135 13.5 million |
“ oats oatmeal |
12,952,238 12,952,238 |
“ corn corn |
7,164,895 7,164,895 |
Packages of pork Pork packages |
332,454 332,454 |
“ beef "beef" |
209,664 209,664 |
“ cut meats sliced meats |
268,417 268,417 |
“ butter butter |
551,153 551,153 |
“ cheese cheese |
756,872 756,872 |
Tierces and barrels of lard Tubs and barrels of lard |
186,000 186K |
Kegs of lard Kegs of fat |
16,104 16,104 |
Barrels of whiskey Whiskey barrels |
289,481 289,481 |
“ petroleum gasoline |
775,587 775,587 |
p. 442New York has many advantages over its rivals. Merchants find a better and a more extensive and varied market, and as they like to combine pleasure with business, find more attractions here than elsewhere. New York is emphatically a great city, and it is entirely free from provincialisms of any kind. The narrow notions of smaller places are quickly replaced here with metropolitan and cosmopolitan ideas, tastes and habits. Moreover, the city is the chief centre of wealth, of art, of talent, and of luxury. These things are too firmly secured to be taken away, and strangers must come here to enjoy them. Merchants from other States and cities like the liberal and enterprising spirit which characterizes the dealings of the New York merchants. They can buy here on better terms than elsewhere, and their relations with the merchants of this city are generally satisfactory and pleasant. Besides this, they find their visits here of real benefit to them in their own callings. The energy, or to use an American term, “the push” of New York exhilarates them, and shows them how easily difficulties, which in less enterprising places seem insurmountable, may be overcome. They go back home braced up to their work, and filled with new and larger ideas.
p. 442New York has many advantages over its competitors. Merchants discover a broader and more diverse market, and since they enjoy mixing pleasure with business, they find more attractions here than anywhere else. New York is definitely a major city, completely free from the small-town mentality. The narrow views of smaller places are quickly replaced with metropolitan and cosmopolitan ideas, tastes, and habits. Additionally, the city is the main hub of wealth, art, talent, and luxury. These assets are too firmly established to be taken away, and newcomers must come here to experience them. Merchants from other states and cities appreciate the open and entrepreneurial spirit that defines New York merchants. They can secure better deals here than elsewhere, and their relationships with the merchants in this city are generally positive and enjoyable. Moreover, they find their visits here genuinely beneficial for their own businesses. The energy, or to use a common American phrase, “the push” of New York inspires them and demonstrates how easily obstacles that seem impossible to overcome in less dynamic places can be tackled. They return home energized and filled with fresh, bigger ideas.
Between ten and fifteen millions of strangers annually visit New York for business and pleasure. All spend large sums of money during their stay, and a very large part of this finds its way into the pockets of the retail dealers of the city. The hotels, boarding houses, restaurants, livery stables, and places of amusement reap large profits from these visitors. Indeed, the whole city is benefited to a very great extent by them, and it thus enjoys a decided advantage over all its rivals.
Between ten and fifteen million visitors come to New York every year for business and pleasure. They all spend significant amounts of money while they’re here, and a large portion of this ends up in the pockets of the city's retailers. Hotels, boarding houses, restaurants, car services, and entertainment venues make substantial profits from these guests. In fact, the entire city benefits greatly from them, giving it a clear edge over its competitors.
Everything here gives way to business. The changes in the city are, perhaps, more strictly due to this than to the increase of the population. It is a common saying that “business is rapidly coming up town.” Private neighborhoods disappear every year, and long lines of substantial and elegant warehouses take the places of the comfortable mansions of other days. The lower part of the city is taken up almost exclusively by wholesale and commission houses, and manufactories. The retail men p. 443and small dealers are being constantly forced higher up town. A few years ago the section of the city lying between Fourth and Twenty-third streets was almost exclusively a private quarter. Now it is being rapidly invaded by business houses. Broadway has scarcely a residence below the Park. The lower part of Fifth avenue is being swiftly converted into a region of stores and hotels, and residents are being steadily driven out of Washington and Union Squares. Even Madison Square is beginning to feel the change. But a few years ago it was regarded as the highest point that New York would ever reach in its upward growth.
Everything here is focused on business. The changes in the city are probably more due to this than to the population increase. It’s a common saying that “business is rapidly moving uptown.” Private neighborhoods are disappearing every year, replaced by long rows of solid and stylish warehouses where comfortable mansions used to stand. The lower part of the city is almost entirely occupied by wholesale and commission houses, as well as factories. Retailers and small businesses are continually pushed further uptown. Just a few years ago, the area between Fourth and Twenty-third streets was mostly a residential neighborhood. Now, it’s quickly being taken over by businesses. Broadway hardly has any residences below the Park. The lower part of Fifth Avenue is rapidly turning into a zone of stores and hotels, and residents are steadily being pushed out of Washington and Union Squares. Even Madison Square is starting to feel the shift. Just a few years ago, it was considered the highest point that New York would ever reach in its growth.
Enterprise, talent, and energy are indispensable to any one who wishes to succeed in business in New York. Fortunes can he made legitimately here quicker than in many other places, but the worker must have patience. Fortune comes slowly everywhere if honestly sought. There is also another quality indispensable to a genuine success. It is honesty and integrity. Sharp practices abound in the city, but those who use them find their road a hard one. No man can acquire a good and steady credit—which credit is of more service to him here than in almost any other place in the world—without establishing a reputation for rigid integrity. The merchants of the city are keen judges of character, and they have no patience with sharpers. They will deal with them only on a strictly cash basis.
Enterprise, talent, and energy are essential for anyone who wants to succeed in business in New York. Fortunes can be made legitimately here faster than in many other places, but the worker needs to be patient. Fortune comes slowly everywhere if pursued honestly. There's also another quality that is crucial for genuine success: honesty and integrity. Underhanded tactics are common in the city, but those who use them find their path to success difficult. No one can build a good and reliable credit—something that is more useful here than almost anywhere else in the world—without establishing a reputation for strict integrity. The merchants of the city are sharp judges of character, and they have no tolerance for con artists. They will only deal with them on a strictly cash basis.
The city abounds in instances of the success which has attended honest, patient, and intelligent efforts. John Jacob Astor was a poor butcher’s son. Cornelius Vanderbilt was a boatman. Daniel Drew was a drover. The Harpers and Appletons were printers’ apprentices. A. T. Stewart was an humble, struggling shopkeeper. A well-known financier began by blacking a pair of boots. Opportunities as good as these men ever had are occurring every day. Those who are competent to seize them may do so, and rise to fortune and position.
The city is full of examples of success that come from honest, patient, and smart efforts. John Jacob Astor was the son of a poor butcher. Cornelius Vanderbilt started as a boatman. Daniel Drew was a cattle driver. The Harpers and Appletons were apprentices in printing. A. T. Stewart was a humble, struggling shopkeeper. A well-known financier started out by shining shoes. Opportunities as good as what these men had are happening every day. Those who are capable of taking advantage of them can rise to wealth and status.
Many of the colossal fortunes of the city have been created by the rise in the value of real estate. The rapid growth of the city during the past twelve years has greatly increased the value of property in the upper sections. Many persons who p. 444but a few years ago were owners of tracts which were simply burdensome by reason of the numerous and heavy assessments upon them, and for which no purchasers could be found, have become very wealthy by the rapid increase in the value of their property. Many persons owning property of this kind sold at a heavy advance during the real estate speculations that succeeded the war. Others leased their lands to parties wishing to build on them. Others still hold on for further improvement. The Astors, A. T. Stewart, Vanderbilt and others have made a large share of their money by their investments in real estate.
Many of the huge fortunes in the city have been created by the increase in real estate values. The rapid growth of the city over the past twelve years has significantly raised property values in the upper sections. Many people who p. 444just a few years ago owned land that was more of a burden, due to the heavy assessments and lack of buyers, have become very wealthy thanks to the fast rise in their property values. Many property owners sold at a significant profit during the real estate speculation that followed the war. Others leased their land to those looking to build on it. Still others are holding out for further improvements. The Astors, A. T. Stewart, Vanderbilt, and others have made a large portion of their wealth through real estate investments.
A farm near the Central Park, which could not find a purchaser in 1862, when it was offered at a few thousand dollars, sold in 1868 in building lots for almost as many millions.
A farm near Central Park, which couldn’t find a buyer in 1862 when it was listed for just a few thousand dollars, sold in 1868 as building lots for almost as many millions.
In 1860 a gentleman purchased a handsome house in a fashionable neighborhood. It was a corner house and fronted on Fifth avenue. He paid $50,000 for it, and spent $25,000 more in fitting up and furnishing it. His friends shook their heads at his extravagance. Since then he has resided in the house, and each year his property has increased in value. In 1869 he was offered nearly $300,000 dollars for the house and furniture, but refused to sell at this price, believing that he would be able in a few years to command a still larger sum.
In 1860, a gentleman bought a beautiful house in a trendy neighborhood. It was a corner property facing Fifth Avenue. He paid $50,000 for it and spent another $25,000 furnishing and decorating it. His friends criticized him for his lavish spending. Since then, he has lived in the house, and each year its value has gone up. In 1869, he was offered almost $300,000 for the house and furniture but turned it down, believing he would be able to sell for an even higher amount in a few years.
p. 445XXXII. THE SABBATH IN NEW YORK.
On Sunday morning New York puts on its holiday dress. The stores are closed, the streets have a deserted aspect, for the crowds of vehicles, animals and human beings that fill them on other days are absent. There are no signs of trade anywhere except in the Bowery and Chatham street. The city has an appearance of cleanliness and quietness pleasant to behold. The wharves are hushed and still, and the river and bay lie calm and bright in the light of the Sabbath sun. One misses the stages from Broadway, and a stranger at once credits the coachmen with a greater regard for the day than their brothers of the street cars. The fact is, however, that Jehu of the stagecoach rests on the Sabbath because his business would be unprofitable on that day. The people who patronize him in the week have no use for him on Sunday. The horse-cars make their trips as in the week. They are a necessity in so large a city. The distances one is compelled to pass over here, even on Sunday, are too great to be traversed on foot.
On Sunday morning, New York dresses up for the holiday. The stores are closed, and the streets look deserted because the usual crowds of cars, animals, and people are missing. There’s no sign of business anywhere except in the Bowery and Chatham Street. The city has a clean and quiet vibe that’s nice to see. The wharves are silent and still, and the river and bay are calm and bright in the Sabbath sun. You notice the absence of horse-drawn carriages from Broadway, and a visitor might think that the carriage drivers are more respectful of the day than those who drive streetcars. However, the truth is that the stagecoach drivers take a break on Sunday because their work wouldn’t be profitable that day. The people who use their services during the week don’t need them on Sunday. The horse-drawn cars continue running just like they do during the week. They’re essential in such a big city. The distances people need to travel here, even on Sunday, are too far to walk.
Towards ten o’clock the streets begin to fill up with churchgoers. The cars are crowded, and handsome carriages dash by conveying their owners to their places of worship. The uptown churches are the most fashionable, and are the best attended, but all the sacred edifices are well filled on Sunday morning. New York compromises with its conscience by a scrupulous attendance upon morning worship, and reserves the rest of the day for its own convenience. The up-town churches all strive to get in, or as near as possible to, the Fifth avenue. One reason for this is, doubtless, the desire that all well-to-do New Yorkers have to participate in the after-church promenade. p. 446The churches close their services near about the same hour, and then each pours its throng of fashionably dressed people into the avenue. The congregations of distant churches all find their way to the avenue, and for about an hour after church the splendid street presents a very attractive spectacle. The toilettes of the ladies show well here, and it is a pleasant place to meet one’s acquaintances.
Around ten o’clock, the streets start to fill up with churchgoers. The cars are packed, and stylish carriages rush by, taking their owners to their places of worship. The uptown churches are the most fashionable and have the highest attendance, but all the sacred buildings are pretty full on Sunday mornings. New Yorkers ease their conscience by diligently attending morning services, reserving the rest of the day for their own enjoyment. The uptown churches all try to position themselves as close as possible to Fifth Avenue. One reason for this is likely the desire among affluent New Yorkers to join in the after-church stroll. p. 446The churches usually finish their services around the same time, and then each one sends its crowd of well-dressed people out onto the avenue. The congregations from farther away all make their way to the avenue, and for about an hour after church, the grand street offers a very appealing scene. The ladies' outfits stand out here, making it a nice spot to run into friends.
The majority of New Yorkers dine at one o’clock on Sunday, the object being to allow the servants the afternoon for themselves. After dinner your New Yorker, male or female, thinks of enjoyment. If the weather is fair the fashionables promenade the Fifth and Madison avenues, or drive in the park. The working classes fill the street-cars, and throng the Central Park. In the summer whole families of laboring people go to the park early in the morning, taking a lunch with them, and there spend the entire day. In the skating season the lakes are thronged with skaters. The church bells ring out mournfully towards three o’clock, but few persons answer the call. The afternoon congregations are wofully thin.
Most New Yorkers have lunch at one o’clock on Sunday, so the staff can have the afternoon off. After lunch, New Yorkers, whether men or women, think about having fun. If the weather’s nice, fashionable people stroll along Fifth and Madison avenues or drive in the park. Working-class folks fill the streetcars and crowd into Central Park. In the summer, entire families of workers head to the park early in the morning, bringing lunch with them, and spend the whole day there. During skating season, the lakes are packed with skaters. The church bells toll sadly around three o’clock, but not many people respond to the call. The afternoon church services are painfully empty.
In the mild season, the adjacent rivers and the harbor are thronged with pleasure boats filled with excursionists, and the various horse and steam railway lines leading from the city to the sea-shore are well patronized.
In the mild season, the nearby rivers and the harbor are packed with pleasure boats filled with tourists, and the different horse and steam railway lines connecting the city to the beach are very popular.
Broadway wears a silent and deserted aspect all day long, but towards sunset the Bowery brightens up wonderfully, and after nightfall the street is ablaze with a thousand gaslights. The low class theatres and places of amusement in that thoroughfare are opened towards dark, and then vice reigns triumphant in the Bowery. The Bowery beer-gardens do a good business. The most of them are provided with orchestras or huge orchestrions, and these play music from the ritual of the Roman Catholic Church.
Broadway looks quiet and empty all day, but as the sun sets, the Bowery lights up beautifully, and after nightfall, the street shines with a thousand gaslights. The low-class theaters and entertainment spots in that area open up as it gets dark, and then vice takes over the Bowery. The Bowery beer gardens thrive. Most of them have orchestras or large orchestrions that play music from the rituals of the Roman Catholic Church.
Until very recently the bar-rooms were closed from midnight on Saturday until midnight on Sunday, and during that period the sale of intoxicating liquors was prohibited. Now all this is changed. The bar-rooms do a good business on Sunday, and especially on Sunday night. The Monday morning papers tell p. 447a fearful tale of crimes committed on the holy day. Assaults, fights, murders, robberies, and minor offences are reported in considerable numbers. Drunkenness is very common, and the Monday Police Courts have plenty of work to do.
Until very recently, bars were closed from midnight on Saturday to midnight on Sunday, and during that time, the sale of alcohol was banned. Now, all that has changed. Bars do a booming business on Sundays, especially on Sunday nights. The Monday morning papers tell a scary story of crimes committed on the holy day. Assaults, fights, murders, robberies, and minor offenses are reported in large numbers. Drunkenness is very common, and the Monday Police Courts have a lot on their plate.
At night the churches are better attended than in the afternoon, but not as well as in the morning.
At night, more people go to church than in the afternoon, but not as many as in the morning.
Sunday concerts, given at first-class places of amusement, are now quite common. The music consists of masses, and other sacred airs, varied with selections from popular operas. The performers are famous throughout the country for their musical skill, and the audiences are large and fashionable. No one seems to think it sinful thus to desecrate the Lord’s Day; and it must be confessed that these concerts are the least objectionable Sunday amusements known to our people.
Sunday concerts, held at top-notch venues, are now quite common. The music includes masses and other sacred pieces, mixed with selections from popular operas. The performers are well-known across the country for their musical talent, and the audiences are large and stylish. No one seems to find it wrong to enjoy these events on the Lord's Day; and it's fair to say that these concerts are some of the least objectionable Sunday activities known to our community.
It must not be supposed that the dissipation of which we have spoken is confined exclusively to the rougher class. Old and young men of respectable position participate in it as well. Some are never called on to answer for it, others get into trouble with the police authorities. One reason for this dissipation is plain. People are so much engrossed in the pursuit of wealth that they really have no leisure time in the week. They must take Sunday for relaxation and recreation, and they grudge the few hours in the morning that decency requires them to pass in church.
It shouldn't be assumed that the type of excess we've discussed is limited only to the rougher crowd. Both older and younger men of respectable status engage in it too. Some are never held accountable, while others run into issues with the police. One obvious reason for this behavior is clear. People are so caught up in chasing wealth that they hardly have any free time during the week. They need to use Sunday for relaxation and fun, and they resent the few hours in the morning that decency demands they spend in church.
p. 448XXXIII. THE POST-OFFICE
I. INTERNAL ARRANGEMENTS.
Strange to say, the great metropolis, in which the largest postal business in the country is transacted, has never had a building for a Post-office, which was erected for that purpose. It has been compelled to put up with any temporary accommodation that could be obtained, and for many years past its Post-office has been simply a disgrace to the nation.
Strangely enough, the major city, where the biggest postal operations in the country happen, has never had a building specifically built to serve as a Post Office. It has had to make do with whatever temporary arrangements it could find, and for many years, its Post Office has been an embarrassment to the nation.
In the days of the Dutch, letters were brought over from Europe by the shipmasters and delivered to some coffee house keeper, who took charge of them until the persons to whom they were addressed could call for them. This custom was continued under the English until 1686, when the authorities required that all ship letters should be placed in charge of the Collector of the Port. In 1692, the city authorities established a Post-office, and in 1710, the Postmaster-General of Great Britain removed the headquarters of the postal service of the Colonies from Philadelphia to New York. The first city Post-office was located in Broadway opposite Beaver street. About the year 1804, the Post-office was removed to No. 29 William street, corner of Garden street, now Exchange Place, where it remained until 1825, when the Government leased the “Academy building” in Garden street, now Exchange Place, and opened it as a Post-office. In 1827, the office was transferred to the basement of the Merchants’ Exchange, the site now occupied by the Custom House. Wall street was then just undergoing the p. 449change from private residences to bankers’ and brokers’ offices. The Merchants’ Exchange was destroyed in the great fire of 1835, and the next day a Post-office was extemporized in a brick building in Pine, near Nassau street, and shortly after was transferred to the Rotunda, in the City Hall Park, which had been offered to the Government by the municipal authorities. The Rotunda, however, proved too small for the business of the department, which had been greatly increased by the establishment of lines of railways and steamboats between New York and the various parts of the country, and in 1845 the Post-office was removed to the Middle Dutch Church, in Nassau street, between Pine and Cedar streets, its present location, which was purchased by the Government for the sum of $350,000.
In the days of the Dutch, letters were brought over from Europe by ship captains and handed over to coffee house owners, who kept them safe until the intended recipients could pick them up. This practice continued under the English until 1686 when the authorities mandated that all ship letters must be handled by the Collector of the Port. In 1692, the city established a Post Office, and in 1710, the Postmaster-General of Great Britain moved the postal service headquarters of the Colonies from Philadelphia to New York. The first city Post Office was located on Broadway across from Beaver Street. Around 1804, the Post Office moved to 29 William Street, at the corner of Garden Street, now Exchange Place, where it stayed until 1825, when the Government leased the “Academy building” on Garden Street, now Exchange Place, and opened it as a Post Office. In 1827, the office was moved to the basement of the Merchants’ Exchange, the site now taken by the Custom House. Wall Street was just beginning to transition from private homes to banks and brokers' offices. The Merchants’ Exchange was destroyed in the great fire of 1835, and the following day, a temporary Post Office was set up in a brick building on Pine near Nassau Street, which was later moved to the Rotunda in City Hall Park, a space offered to the Government by city officials. However, the Rotunda was too small to handle the department's growing business, which had expanded significantly due to new railroads and steamboat lines connecting New York with various parts of the country. In 1845, the Post Office moved to the Middle Dutch Church on Nassau Street, between Pine and Cedar streets, its current location, purchased by the Government for $350,000.
This building has always been entirely unsuited to the needs of a Post-office for such a city as New York. It was dedicated in 1732, and was used for worship by one of the Dutch congregations of the city. In 1776, the British having occupied the p. 450city, it was converted into a prison by the conquerors for the incarceration of their rebellious captives. It was subsequently used by them as a riding school for the instruction of cavalry. After the British evacuated the city, the congregation reoccupied it, and refitted it for religious worship. After paying for it the large sum mentioned above, the Government was compelled to make a further expenditure of $80,000, to fit it up for its new uses. Since then many changes, some involving a heavy outlay, have been made in the building, but even now it is not capable of meeting the demands upon it, and the Government is now engaged in the erection of a new building expressly designed for a Post-office.
This building has never really worked for a Post Office in a city like New York. It was dedicated in 1732 and was used for worship by one of the Dutch congregations in the city. In 1776, after the British took over the city, they turned it into a prison to hold their rebellious captives. They then used it as a riding school to train cavalry. After the British left, the congregation moved back in and renovated it for religious services. After paying the large sum mentioned above, the Government had to spend an additional $80,000 to adapt it for its new purposes. Since then, many changes have been made, some at great expense, but even now it can't meet all the needs, so the Government is currently building a new facility specifically designed for a Post Office.
The Pine street front is devoted to the reception and departure of the mails. The street is generally filled with wagons bearing the mystic words, “U.S. Mail.” Some are single-horse vehicles, used for carrying the bags between the main office and the numerous stations scattered through the city; others are immense wagons, drawn by four and six horses, and carrying several tons of matter at a time. These are used for the great Eastern, Western, and Southern, and the Foreign Mails. The Pine street doors present a busy sight at all hours, and the duties of the men employed there are not light. Huge sacks from all parts of the world are arriving nearly every hour, and immense piles of similar sacks are dispatched with the regularity of clockwork.
The Pine Street front is dedicated to receiving and sending out the mail. The street is usually crowded with wagons marked with the words, “U.S. Mail.” Some are small, single-horse vehicles used to transport bags between the main office and various stations around the city; others are large wagons pulled by four or six horses, carrying tons of mail at once. These are for the major Eastern, Western, and Southern routes, as well as international mail. The Pine Street doors are always bustling, and the work of the employees there is demanding. Huge sacks from all over the world arrive almost every hour, and large stacks of similar sacks are sent out with clockwork regularity.
The body of the building, by which is meant the old church room itself, is used for opening and making up the mails. This work is carried on on the main floor, and in the heavy, old-fashioned gallery which runs around three of the sides. Huge semi-circular forms are scattered about the floor, each divided into a number of open squares. From each of these squares hangs a mail bag, each square being marked with the name of the city or town to which the bag is to be sent. A clerk stands within the curve of the form, before a table filled with letters and papers, and tosses them one by one into the squares to which they belong. This is done with the utmost rapidity, and long practice has made the clerk so proficient that he never p. 451misses the proper square. The stamping of the office mark and cancelling of the postage stamps on letters to be sent away is incessant, and the room resounds with the heavy thud of the stamp. This is no slight work, as the clerks who perform it can testify. The upper floor is devoted to the use of the Post-Master and his Assistants, the Superintendent of the City Delivery, and the Money Order and Registered Letter Offices. A wooden corridor has been built along the side of the church along Nassau and Cedar streets, and here, on the street floor, are the box and general deliveries, and the stamp windows. This is the public portion of the office, and is always thronged.
The main part of the building, meaning the old church room itself, is used for sorting and organizing the mail. This takes place on the ground floor and in the heavy, old-style balcony that runs along three sides. Large semi-circular structures are spread across the floor, each divided into several open squares. A mail bag hangs from each of these squares, which are labeled with the names of the cities or towns to which the bags are headed. A clerk stands within the curve of the structure, in front of a table piled with letters and papers, and quickly tosses them one by one into the correct squares. This is done at incredible speed, and the clerk has become so skilled through long practice that he never misses the right square. The stamping of the office mark and the cancellation of postage stamps on outgoing letters is constant, and the room echoes with the heavy sound of the stamp. This task is not trivial, as the clerks who do it can confirm. The upper floor is reserved for the Postmaster and his assistants, the Superintendent of City Delivery, and the Money Order and Registered Letter Offices. A wooden corridor has been built along the side of the church along Nassau and Cedar streets, and here, on the street level, are the box and general deliveries, and the stamp windows. This is the public area of the office and is always crowded.
The visitor will notice, in various parts of this corridor, the slides for the depositing of letters and papers intended for the mails. The accumulation of mail matter here is so great that it is necessary that letters designed for a certain part of the country should be deposited in one particular place. Letters for New England must be placed in a certain box, those for the Middle States in another, those for the Southern States in another, those for the West in another. The names of the States are painted conspicuously above each box, so that there may be no mistake on the part of strangers. Letters for the principal countries of Europe and Asia are posted in the same way. Newspapers and periodicals have a separate department. The mails of these journals are made up in the office of publication, according to certain instructions furnished by the Postmaster, and go to the Post-office properly assorted for distribution. This system of depositing mail matter saves an immense amount of labor on the part of the clerks, and also hastens the departure of the mails from the office.
The visitor will notice, in various parts of this corridor, the slots for dropping off letters and papers meant for the mail. The volume of mail here is so high that it’s essential for letters going to specific parts of the country to be deposited in designated places. Letters for New England must be placed in one box, those for the Middle States in another, those for the Southern States in another, and those for the West in a different one. The names of the states are clearly displayed above each box to avoid any confusion for newcomers. Letters for major countries in Europe and Asia are posted in the same manner. Newspapers and magazines have a separate section. The mail for these publications is organized in the publishing office, following specific instructions from the Postmaster, and sent to the Post Office properly sorted for distribution. This system of mailing greatly reduces the workload for the clerks and speeds up the departure of the mail from the office.
The Box Delivery contains nearly seven thousand boxes, on each of which the enormous rent of $16 per annum is charged. Considering that the box system is quite as advantageous to the Government as to the box holder, this rent is simply extortionate.
The Box Delivery has almost seven thousand boxes, each with an annual fee of $16. Given that the box system benefits the Government just as much as the box holder, this fee is just outrageous.
The daily business of the New York Post-office is enormous, and is rapidly increasing. The letters received by mail steamers from foreign countries, partly for delivery in the city, and partly p. 452to be forwarded to other places, average about fifteen thousand daily. The number dispatched from this office by steamer to foreign countries is about seventeen thousand daily. The number of letters sent from New York to other offices in the United States is about one hundred and fifty-five thousand daily. The number received from domestic offices for delivery in the city is about one hundred and twenty-six thousand daily; in addition to about seventy-two thousand per day, which are to be forwarded to other offices. About one hundred thousand letters, and about twenty thousand printed circulars, are mailed every day in the city, for city delivery. The carriers deliver daily, to persons who do not hire boxes at the general office, about fifty-three thousand letters; and collect from the street boxes about one hundred and one thousand letters every twenty-four hours. About five hundred registered letters, of which about four hundred are for delivery in the city, are received, and about two hundred and fifty are dispatched, daily. About one thousand dollars are paid out daily on money orders, and a much larger amount is received for orders granted to applicants. The sales of postage stamps amount to about forty-four thousand dollars per week. About two hundred unstamped letters are deposited in the office daily, and about one hundred letters on which the name of the town or State is written improperly, or on which the address is illegible. These are all sent to the Dead Letter Office, in Washington.
The daily operations of the New York Post Office are huge and growing fast. The letters received by mail steamers from other countries, some for delivery in the city and some to be sent elsewhere, average around fifteen thousand each day. The number sent from this office by steamer to other countries is about seventeen thousand daily. The number of letters sent from New York to other offices in the United States is about one hundred fifty-five thousand daily. The number received from domestic offices for delivery in the city is about one hundred twenty-six thousand each day, plus around seventy-two thousand that need to be forwarded to other offices. About one hundred thousand letters and around twenty thousand printed circulars are sent out every day in the city for local delivery. Carriers deliver approximately fifty-three thousand letters daily to people who don't rent boxes at the main office and collect about one hundred one thousand letters from street boxes every twenty-four hours. About five hundred registered letters are received each day, with around four hundred for delivery in the city, and about two hundred fifty are sent out. Approximately one thousand dollars are paid out daily for money orders, while a much larger sum comes in for orders requested by applicants. Weekly postage stamp sales amount to about forty-four thousand dollars. Around two hundred unstamped letters are dropped off at the office daily, along with about one hundred letters that have incorrectly written town or state names, or illegible addresses. All of these are sent to the Dead Letter Office in Washington.
The number of persons employed as clerks, porters, etc., in the general office and the various stations, is 715.
The number of people working as clerks, porters, and so on, in the main office and the different stations, is 715.
The city is too large to admit of the transaction of all its business by the general office. To meet the necessities of the town, and to insure the rapid dispatch of the postal business, about 700 “lamp-post boxes,” or iron boxes attached to the posts of the street lamps, are scattered through the city. Letters for the mails and for delivery in the city are deposited in these boxes, from which they are collected by the letter-carriers nine times each day, except Sunday, between the hours of seven A.M. and seven P.M. The Sunday collection is made once, at seven in the evening.
The city is too big for all its business to be handled by the main office. To meet the needs of the town and ensure quick processing of the postal business, about 700 “lamp-post boxes,” or iron boxes attached to the posts of the street lamps, are spread throughout the city. Letters for the mail and for delivery within the city are dropped in these boxes, which are collected by the letter carriers nine times a day, except on Sundays, between 7 A.M. and 7 P.M. On Sundays, collection is made once at 7 in the evening.
p. 453There are fourteen branch or Sub-Post-offices, designated as “Stations,” located in convenient parts of the city, north of the general office. They are named from the letters of the alphabet, and are known as “Stations A, B, C, D, E, F, G, J, K, L, M, N, and O.” They are designed to serve as distributing centres for certain sections of the city. They receive from the general office all letters and papers for delivery in their sections, and to them the carriers bring all the matter collected from the lamp-boxes. There is no delivery from them except through the carriers. They dispatch to the general office, at stated times throughout the day, all matter deposited in their boxes or collected from the lamp-boxes by the carriers.
p. 453There are fourteen branch or Sub-Post-offices, called “Stations,” located in convenient areas of the city, north of the main office. They are labeled with letters of the alphabet and are referred to as “Stations A, B, C, D, E, F, G, J, K, L, M, N, and O.” These stations function as distribution centers for specific parts of the city. They receive all letters and packages for delivery in their areas from the main office, and the carriers bring all items collected from the mailbox drop-offs. There is no delivery from these stations except through the carriers. They send to the main office, at scheduled times throughout the day, all items dropped in their boxes or collected from the mailboxes by the carriers.
A recent writer thus relates some of the gossip connected with the office:
A recent writer shares some of the gossip surrounding the office:
“People who come to the Post-office and make complaints of being robbed, when they discover that they were mistaken never call and make reparation, or relieve the department of the charge made against its employés. A merchant, much excited, complained that a letter sent to him ‘by a most responsible house,’ containing $500, had not been received. This charge was fortified by showing a letter from the postmaster who mailed the missing letter, certifying that it was forwarded, and contained the $500. Detectives were at once set to work to unravel the iniquity, but all efforts proved unavailing. Finally the Post-office authorities, after weeks of hard work, called on the complaining merchant and asked if he had heard anything about the missing money. ‘Oh,’ replied the gentleman, with great vivacity, ‘that’s all right; by mistake that letter was thrown into the safe, and remained unopened nearly four weeks. Funny, wasn’t it?’ Not even an apology was made for charging the Post-office with purloining the money, or for giving its officers so much unnecessary trouble.
“People who go to the Post Office to complain about being robbed never come back to apologize or clear the department of the accusations against its employees once they realize they were wrong. A merchant, extremely upset, claimed that a letter sent to him ‘by a very reputable company,’ containing $500, had not arrived. This claim was supported by a letter from the postmaster who mailed the missing letter, confirming that it had been sent and contained the $500. Detectives were immediately assigned to investigate the wrongdoing, but all their efforts were in vain. After weeks of hard work, the Post Office authorities approached the complaining merchant and asked if he had received any updates about the missing money. ‘Oh,’ the gentleman replied animatedly, ‘that’s all sorted out; by mistake that letter was put in the safe and stayed unopened for almost four weeks. Funny, isn’t it?’ He didn’t even offer an apology for accusing the Post Office of stealing the money or for putting its officers through so much unnecessary trouble.”
“Charges of dishonesty against the Post-office are made where nobody but ‘extraordinary circumstances’ are to blame. A letter containing two $1000 bills in it was delivered by the carrier, who, according to custom (ignorant of its contents, of course), at the house of its owner, shoved it into the hallway, under the p. 454door. The letter was missing. Complaint was made at the Post-office; evidence was produced that the money had been forwarded. The detectives were set to work to trace out the robbery. The poor carrier, and the clerks in the office who handled the letter were placed under surveillance. The clerks where the letter was mailed were ‘shadowed.’ Every dollar they expended after the probable robbery was secretly inquired into, to see if any of them had been at any given time, after the letter was lost, unusually ‘flush;’ but all signs failed. After a long time the floor covering of the hall was taken up, and there was the letter, ‘safe and sound;’ the unfortunate carrier had thrust it under, instead of over, the oilcloth.
“Allegations of dishonesty against the Post Office arise only where ‘extraordinary circumstances’ are to blame. A letter containing two $1000 bills was delivered by the carrier, who, following protocol (unaware of its contents, of course), pushed it into the hallway, under the p. 454door. The letter went missing. A complaint was filed at the Post Office; evidence showed that the money had been sent. Detectives were assigned to investigate the theft. The unfortunate carrier, along with the clerks in the office who handled the letter, were placed under scrutiny. The clerks where the letter was mailed were ‘shadowed.’ Every dollar they spent after the suspected theft was discreetly investigated to see if any of them had been unusually ‘flush’ after the letter went missing, but all signs indicated otherwise. After a long time, the flooring in the hallway was removed, and there was the letter, ‘safe and sound’; the unfortunate carrier had pushed it under, instead of over, the oilcloth.”
“The misdirection of letters is the cause of serious charges against the Post-office. A letter containing $700 was mailed from Albany to New York. It was sent from a well-known person, and the package which was supposed to contain the letter, made up in Albany, was not opened until it reached New York. Both ends of the line were under suspicion. It was stated that the letter was addressed to Mr. --- ---, Broadway, New York. After a long search it was found that the letter had never left Albany at all, being directed by mistake, Mr. --- ---, Broadway, Albany, and the faithful clerks had thrown it into their own city delivery box instead of forwarding it to New York. The confusion in the mind of the writer grew out of the fact that there is a Broadway in both cities, and from force of habit he wrote the wrong address.
“The misdirection of letters has led to serious accusations against the Post Office. A letter containing $700 was sent from Albany to New York. It was sent by a well-known person, and the package that was supposed to contain the letter, prepared in Albany, wasn't opened until it reached New York. Both ends of the route were under suspicion. It was reported that the letter was addressed to Mr. --- ---, Broadway, New York. After a long search, it was discovered that the letter had never left Albany at all, as it was mistakenly addressed to Mr. --- ---, Broadway, Albany, and the diligent clerks had dropped it into their own city delivery box instead of sending it to New York. The confusion in the writer's mind arose from the fact that there is a Broadway in both cities, and out of habit, he wrote the wrong address.”
“Miserable chirography is one of the most prolific causes of Post-office inefficiency. It is safe to say that unmistakably written directions would remove nine-tenths of the complaints. What is a non-plussed clerk to do with letters addressed to ‘Mahara Seney,’ ‘Old Cort,’ or ‘Cow House,’ when Morrisonia, Olcott, and Cohoes were really intended?
“Miserable handwriting is one of the biggest causes of Post-office inefficiency. It's fair to say that clearly written addresses would eliminate nine-tenths of the complaints. What is a confused clerk supposed to do with letters addressed to ‘Mahara Seney,’ ‘Old Cort,’ or ‘Cow House,’ when 'Morrisonia,' 'Olcott,' and 'Cohoes' were actually meant?”
“One day, possibly four years ago, Mr. Kelly was sitting in his private office opening his personal letters, and enjoying the delusion that everything was working satisfactorily, when, to his surprise, he found one letter from Washington calling his especial attention to the ‘inclosed editorial,’ cut from the p. 455Tribune, in which the carelessness of his clerks, and the generally unsatisfactory manner with which he carried on his business, were dilated upon, ending with the startling announcement that, under the present management of the department, it took four days to get a letter from New York to Chappaqua, distance about thirty miles, and made literally no distance by a fast railway! Consternation ensued, and Mr. Kelly, to commence examination into these serious charges, sent a special agent to Chappaqua for the envelope of said delayed letter. At the place named the official fortunately not only found what he went after (the envelope), but also Mr. Greeley and ‘Miles O’Reilly.’ After due explanations, the envelope was handed to Miles O’Reilly, with the query of what he thought was the meaning of the superscription.
“One day, probably around four years ago, Mr. Kelly was sitting in his private office, going through his personal letters and enjoying the illusion that everything was running smoothly, when, to his surprise, he discovered a letter from Washington drawing his special attention to the ‘enclosed editorial,’ taken from the p. 455Tribune, which discussed the negligence of his clerks and the overall unsatisfactory way he managed his business. It concluded with the shocking announcement that, under the current management of the department, it took four days to send a letter from New York to Chappaqua, a distance of about thirty miles, and there was literally no distance covered by a fast train! Panic set in, and Mr. Kelly, to start looking into these serious accusations, sent a special agent to Chappaqua for the envelope of the delayed letter. At the location, the official fortunately found not only what he was looking for (the envelope) but also Mr. Greeley and ‘Miles O’Reilly.’ After proper explanations, the envelope was given to Miles O’Reilly, along with the question of what he thought the address meant.”
“Why,’ said that genial wit, who had once been a deputy postmaster, ‘the devil himself couldn’t make it out.’
“Why,” said that funny guy, who used to be a deputy postmaster, “even the devil himself couldn’t figure it out.”
“The envelope was then brought to the attention of the berated clerks, who looked at it with glazed eyes, the hieroglyphics suggesting somewhat the same intellectual speculation that would result from studying the footprints of a gigantic spider that had, after wading knee-deep in ink, retreated hastily across the paper.
“The envelope was then shown to the scolded clerks, who stared at it with blank expressions, the strange markings implying a similar level of puzzlement as trying to interpret the tracks of a massive spider that had, after wading through ink, quickly moved back across the paper.”
“At the Post-office, when they distribute letters, those on which the direction is not instantly made out, to save time, are thrown in a pile for especial examination; if a second and more careful study fails, they are consigned to an especial clerk, who is denominated the chief of the bureau of ‘hards.’ To this important functionary the envelope of Chappaqua was at last referred. He examined it a moment, and his eye flashed with the expression of recognizing an old acquaintance. ‘This thing,’ said he, holding up the envelope with the tip ends of his fingers, ‘came to me some days ago along with the other “hards.” I studied the superscription at my leisure a whole day, but couldn’t make it out. I then showed it to the best experts in handwriting attached to the office, and called on outsiders to test their skill; but what the writing meant, if it was writing, was a conundrum that we all gave up. Finally, in p. 456desperation, it was suggested, as a last resort, to send it to Chappaqua, which happened to be its place of destination.’ Such is the literal history of the reason of an earnestly written denunciation of the inefficiency of the city post.”
“At the post office, when they sort the mail, letters that are hard to read are set aside for special attention to save time. If a second, more careful look doesn’t help, they go to a special clerk known as the chief of the ‘hards.’ This important clerk finally got the envelope from Chappaqua. He took a moment to look at it, and his eyes lit up as if he recognized an old friend. ‘This thing,’ he said, holding the envelope by the edges, ‘came to me a few days ago with the other “hards.” I spent a whole day carefully studying the address, but I couldn't figure it out. I then showed it to the best handwriting experts in the office and even called in some outsiders to see if they could help; but what that writing meant, if it was writing, was a puzzle we all gave up on. Finally, in p. 456desperation, it was suggested, as a last resort, to send it to Chappaqua, which was its intended destination.’ This is the literal account of how an earnestly written complaint about the city's postal system came to be.”
II. THE NEW POST-OFFICE.
In 1869, the General Government decided to depart from the niggardly policy it had hitherto pursued towards the City of New York, and to take steps toward the erection of a Post-office adequate to the needs of the great and growing community which demanded this act of justice at its hands. It was decided to erect an edifice which should be an ornament to the city, and capable of accommodating the City Postal service for generations to come. The Municipal Authorities, in order to secure the erection of the building in the most convenient part of the city, offered to sell to the General Government the lower end of the City Hall Park. The offer was accepted, and the land was purchased by the Government. The corner stone was laid in June, 1869. At the present writing (January, 1872,) the first story has been finished. It will probably require several years to complete the edifice. The price paid for the land was $500,000, a merely nominal sum. It is expected that the building will cost about $4,000,000.
In 1869, the General Government decided to change its stingy approach toward New York City and take steps to build a Post Office that would meet the needs of the large and growing community that deserved this act of justice. They decided to construct a building that would be an asset to the city and capable of housing the City Postal service for years to come. The Municipal Authorities, to ensure the building was located in the most convenient area of the city, offered to sell the lower end of City Hall Park to the General Government. The offer was accepted, and the land was purchased by the Government. The cornerstone was laid in June 1869. As of now (January 1872), the first floor is finished. It will likely take several years to complete the building. The price paid for the land was $500,000—a relatively small amount. The total building cost is expected to be around $4,000,000.
“The exterior walls are to be of Dix Island granite, and the dimensions of the four fronts are severally as follows: the northerly side (toward the City Hall) is about 300 feet; the Broadway and Park Row fronts, respectively, 270 feet; and the southerly part, 130 feet.
“The outside walls will be made of Dix Island granite, and the sizes of the four sides are as follows: the north side (facing City Hall) is about 300 feet; the Broadway and Park Row sides are each 270 feet; and the south side is 130 feet.”
“The difficulty of laying the foundations may be judged from the following facts: The depth of excavation over the entire plot was over thirty feet, and the material to be removed was entirely loose sand, while the traffic in Broadway and Park Row, including railroad cars and omnibuses, was enormous, involving the danger of a caving-in of both streets! The trenches p. 458in which the retaining walls and pier foundations were to be laid had to be completely incased in sheet-piling, shored across with timbers, under the protection of which the excavation was carried on and the masonry laid. The excavation was done mostly at night, the ground being illuminated by magnesium light. The outer walls, and those of the court, and the foundations of the interior columns are based on huge granite blocks, the granite being laid on massive beds of concrete. One hundred and fifty-nine iron columns in the basement, and 117 in the first story, support the walls and floors. The piers of the cellar are of granite, or arcaded brick and iron; the stairs are of stone and iron; the chimneys, of stone; the roof and its ornaments, of iron, covered with slate and copper. Four large low-pressure boilers supply the steam for heating the entire building. The roofs of the corner pavilions rise 107 feet above the sidewalk. The cellar is a little more than seven feet in the clear; the basement, sixteen feet; the first corridor, fourteen feet; and the half-story above it—both completing the first story—also fourteen feet. The entire circuit of the building is over one-fifth of a mile.
“The challenge of setting the foundations can be seen from these facts: The excavation depth across the entire site exceeded thirty feet, and all the material to be removed was loose sand. Additionally, the traffic on Broadway and Park Row, which included trains and buses, was immense, creating a risk of both streets collapsing! The trenches p. 458where the retaining walls and pier foundations were to be built had to be fully encased in sheet-piling, supported with timber, under which the excavation and masonry work was carried out. Most of the excavation was done at night, with the area illuminated by magnesium lights. The outer walls, court walls, and foundations of the internal columns rest on large granite blocks, which are placed on solid concrete beds. There are 159 iron columns in the basement and 117 on the first floor to support the walls and floors. The cellar piers are made of granite or brick and iron arches; the stairs are stone and iron; the chimneys are stone; and the roof and its decorations are made of iron, covered with slate and copper. Four large low-pressure boilers provide steam for heating the entire building. The roofs of the corner pavilions rise 107 feet above the sidewalk. The cellar is just over seven feet high; the basement is sixteen feet; the first corridor is fourteen feet; and the half-story above it—completing the first floor—is also fourteen feet. The total perimeter of the building is over one-fifth of a mile.”
“The style of architecture is the classical Italian Renaissance, with some modifications to harmonize with the treatment of the roofs, which are to be French, as best suited to such architecture on a large scale. The Mansard roof will be covered with an ironclad cornice and metallic cresting.
“The architectural style is the classical Italian Renaissance, with some adjustments to match the roof design, which will be French, as it fits this large-scale architecture best. The Mansard roof will feature a strong cornice and metal cresting.”
“The irregular angles imposed by the shape of the lot are marked by semi-hexagonal pavilions. The main building line is withdrawn from the lower, or southerly front, to extend the façade on that side. The roof, square-domed, rests on three arms of a Greek cross, out of the centre of which rises a heavily buttressed cupola, carrying projecting pediments, with detached columns on its four faces. The foot of the flagstaff, which is to surmount the cupola, will be 160 feet above the sidewalk.
“The uneven angles created by the shape of the lot are defined by semi-hexagonal pavilions. The main building line is pulled back from the lower, or southern side, to extend the façade on that part. The roof, which is square-domed, rests on three arms of a Greek cross, from the center of which rises a heavily supported cupola with projecting pediments and separate columns on all four sides. The base of the flagpole that will sit on top of the cupola will be 160 feet above the sidewalk.”
“The fronts on Broadway and Park Row, respectively, are broken by square central pavilions, with pyramidal roofs, of which the first and second stories are faced with detached colonnades of coupled columns. Below are the main lateral entrances p. 459to the Post-office corridor. The centre of the largest and northerly front is relieved by a broad pavilion with a two-story colonnade, roofed with a dome, the balustrade of which is 150 feet above the sidewalk. The dome is lighted by a range of round windows, and surmounted by an attic, ornamented by a sculptured pediment and a crown with the national arms. The form of the building is, substantially, a trapezoid, with an open triangular court in the centre, below the main story; it includes a sub-basement, basement, three stories in the walls, and a roof story.
The fronts on Broadway and Park Row are broken up by square central pavilions with pyramidal roofs, where the first and second stories are flanked by standalone colonnades of paired columns. Below are the main side entrances p. 459 to the Post-office corridor. The center of the largest and northern front features a wide pavilion with a two-story colonnade topped with a dome, with the balustrade standing 150 feet above the sidewalk. The dome is lit by a series of round windows and topped by an attic, decorated with a sculptured pediment and a crown featuring the national arms. The overall shape of the building is essentially a trapezoid, with an open triangular courtyard in the center, below the main story; it includes a sub-basement, basement, three stories in the walls, and a roof story.
“A drive-way, or street, forty feet in width, reserved from the northerly side of the ground purchased by the Government, serves as an approach to that front, and secures the perfect isolation of the building, with perpetual access of light and air on that side, as well as on the other sides, whatever changes may hereafter be made in the adjoining ground.
“A driveway, or street, forty feet wide, set aside from the northern side of the land bought by the Government, acts as an entrance to the front and ensures the complete isolation of the building, allowing continuous access to light and air on that side, as well as on the other sides, regardless of any future developments on the neighboring land."
“The principal entrances are at the south west front under a portico, which gives access to the Post-office corridor, and by a broad double staircase to the upper stories; and at the northerly corner pavilions on Broadway and Park Row, where two great elliptical stairways lead again to the higher stories, but do not communicate with the ground-floor, being reserved for the United States Courts, and their dependencies. Besides these, there are lateral entrances to the Post-office corridor on Broadway and Park Row, and to the Post-office proper on those two sides, and also on the northerly front.
“The main entrances are at the southwest front under a portico, which leads to the Post-office corridor, and via a wide double staircase to the upper levels. There are also entrances at the northern corner pavilions on Broadway and Park Row, where two large elliptical stairways again lead to the higher floors, but they don’t connect with the ground floor, as they are reserved for the United States Courts and their facilities. In addition to these, there are side entrances to the Post-office corridor on Broadway and Park Row, and to the main Post-office on those two sides, as well as on the northern front.”
“The sub-basement, or cellar, and the basement, cover the whole area of the lot, and are extended under the sidewalks, the central court and the drive-way on the northerly side. The cellar will be used for the boilers, engines and heating apparatus, and for the storage of coal and other bulky material. The basements and the first story are reserved for the use of the Post-office.
“The sub-basement, or cellar, and the basement, cover the entire area of the lot and extend under the sidewalks, the central courtyard, and the driveway on the north side. The cellar will be used for the boilers, engines, and heating equipment, as well as for storing coal and other large materials. The basements and the first floor are reserved for the Post Office.”
“The first story occupies the entire space of the building, including the central court, which is here roofed with glass; the walls of which, with all the interior partitions of the stories above, are, in this story and the basement, carried on columns, leaving the whole area of the Post-office roof open to light and free use and communication.
“The first story takes up the whole space of the building, including the central courtyard, which is covered with glass; the walls of this area, along with all the interior partitions of the upper floors, are supported by columns in this story and the basement, allowing the entire Post-office roof to be open to light and easily accessible for use and movement.”
p. 460“The corridor for the use of the public occupies the exterior belt of the ground-floor on the southerly front, and on the Broadway and Park Row fronts far enough to include the central pavilions, and it is separated from the Post-office room by a Box and Delivery screen. This corridor is half the height of the first story, and the space above it is occupied by a half-story, which, being entirely open on the inside, forms a gallery encompassing the Post-office room on three sides. The high windows of the first story, running through both the corridor and the half-story, give an uninterrupted communication of light and air to the interior, while the supply of light is increased by the whole breadth of the glass roof over the court. The floor under this floor is also of glass, giving light to the sub-basement, which is also lighted by means of illuminating tile in the sidewalks.
p. 460“The public corridor runs along the outer edge of the ground floor on the southern front, and it extends along the Broadway and Park Row sides far enough to include the central pavilions. It’s separated from the Post Office room by a Box and Delivery screen. This corridor is half the height of the first story, and the space above it has a half-story that is completely open on the inside, creating a gallery that surrounds the Post Office room on three sides. The tall windows of the first story, which go through both the corridor and the half-story, provide an unobstructed flow of light and air to the interior, and this light is enhanced by the full width of the glass roof over the courtyard. The floor beneath this area is also glass, letting light into the sub-basement, which is additionally illuminated by tiles in the sidewalks.
“In the upper stories, corridors fourteen feet wide make the circuit of the whole building; and from those corridors, rooms open on either hand toward the streets and the inner court. The rooms over the principal entrance, and which look down Broadway, are reserved for the Postmaster; and those for the Assistant Postmaster and Cashier are close at hand.
“In the upper floors, hallways fourteen feet wide wrap around the entire building; and from these hallways, rooms open on either side towards the streets and the inner courtyard. The rooms above the main entrance, which face Broadway, are set aside for the Postmaster; and those for the Assistant Postmaster and Cashier are nearby.”
“The whole of the northerly front is given to the United States Courts. There are three court-rooms, of which the two largest are continued up through two stories in height. Adjoining these, are special rooms for the Judges, near which private stairways furnish the only access to the jury-rooms in the third story. The remainder of the second story is occupied by rooms for Marshals, United States Attorney, Clerks of the Courts, record-rooms, etc., etc. Other United States officers are to be accommodated with rooms in the upper story.”
“The entire northern front is designated for the United States Courts. There are three courtrooms, with the two largest extending up through two stories. Next to these are special rooms for the Judges, and private stairways provide the only access to the jury rooms on the third floor. The rest of the second floor is used for rooms for Marshals, the United States Attorney, Clerks of the Courts, record rooms, and more. Other United States officials will have offices on the upper floor.”
III. THE LETTER CARRIERS.
For the purpose of distributing the letters received at the New York Post-office, the Government has organized a force p. 461of Letter Carriers, or, as they are sometimes called, “Postmen.” All letters that are addressed to the places of business or the residences of citizens, unless such persons are renters of boxes in the General Post-office, are turned over to the Carriers for delivery.
For delivering the letters received at the New York Post Office, the Government has set up a team p. 461of Letter Carriers, also known as “Postmen.” All letters addressed to businesses or homes of citizens, unless those individuals rent boxes at the General Post Office, are handed over to the Carriers for delivery.
The force is organized under the direction of a Superintendent, who is appointed by and responsible to the Postmaster of the city. Applicants for positions in the force of Letter Carriers must, as a prime necessity, be able to command a sufficient degree of political influence to secure their appointments. Possessing this, they make their applications in duplicate, on blank forms supplied by the Department. The applicant must state his age, general condition, former occupation, experience in business, his reason for leaving his last place, and whether he has served in the army or navy. One of these applications is laid before the Postmaster of the city, and the other is sent to the Post-office Department at Washington. If the applicant is successful, he is subjected to a physical examination by the surgeon of the Department, in order to make sure of his bodily soundness. Good eye-sight is imperatively required of every applicant. If “passed” by the surgeon, the applicant must then furnish two bonds in five hundred dollars each, for the faithful performance of his duties. This done, he is enrolled as a member of the corps of Letter Carriers, and is assigned by the Superintendent of the force to a station.
The force is organized under the direction of a Superintendent, who is appointed by and answers to the city's Postmaster. Applicants for positions as Letter Carriers must primarily have enough political connections to secure their appointments. Once they have that, they submit their applications in duplicate on forms provided by the Department. The applicant must include their age, general health, previous job, business experience, reason for leaving their last job, and whether they have served in the army or navy. One of these applications goes to the city Postmaster, and the other is sent to the Post Office Department in Washington. If the applicant is successful, they must undergo a physical exam by the Department's surgeon to ensure they are physically fit. Good eyesight is absolutely essential for every applicant. If “passed” by the surgeon, the applicant must provide two bonds of five hundred dollars each for the faithful performance of their duties. Once this is completed, they are enrolled as a member of the Letter Carriers corps and assigned to a station by the Superintendent of the force.
Together with his certificate of appointment, the Superintendent hands him an order on a certain firm of tailors for an “outfit,” or uniform, which consists of a coat, pants, vest, and cap of gray cloth, trimmed with black braid, and with gilt buttons. The cost of this uniform is in winter twenty-four dollars, and in summer twenty dollars. It is paid for by the Post-office Department, and the amount deducted from the first two months’ pay of the carrier.
Together with his appointment certificate, the Superintendent gives him an order to a specific tailor for a uniform. This uniform includes a coat, pants, vest, and cap made of gray cloth, trimmed with black braid and adorned with gold buttons. The uniform costs twenty-four dollars in winter and twenty dollars in summer. It's paid for by the Post Office Department, with the amount deducted from the carrier's first two months' salary.
Upon being assigned to a station, the Carrier is required to commit to memory the rules laid down for his guidance. His route is then marked out for him, and he is frequently accompanied over it several times by an older member of the force to p. 462familiarize him with it. The Superintendent of the Station is his immediate superior. From him the Carrier receives his orders, and to him submits his reports.
Upon being assigned to a station, the Carrier must memorize the rules given for his guidance. His route is then mapped out for him, and he is often accompanied over it several times by a more experienced member of the team to p. 462help him get familiar with it. The Superintendent of the Station is his direct superior. He receives his orders from him and submits his reports to him.
There is a “time-book” kept in each station, in which the employés are required to enter the time of their arrival at the station in the morning. The Carriers are also required to enter the time of their departure on their routes, and the time of their return to the station. Once a month this book is submitted to the inspection of the Superintendent of the force, and any delays or other negligences that are noted are reprimanded by him.
There is a "time book" at each station where employees must record their arrival time in the morning. The Carriers also have to log when they leave for their routes and when they return to the station. Once a month, this book is reviewed by the Superintendent of the force, and any delays or other mistakes noted are addressed by him.
The Station-clerk, whose duty it is to assort the mail, is required to be at his post at ten minutes after six o’clock in the morning. He places each Carrier’s mail in a separate box, leaving to him the arrangement of it. The Carriers must be at the station at half-past six. They at once proceed to arrange their mail in such a manner as will facilitate its prompt delivery, and at half-past seven A.M., they start out on their routes. If any of the postage on the letters to be delivered is unpaid, it is charged by the clerk to the Carrier, who is held responsible for its collection. Once a week the Superintendent of the Station goes over the accounts of the Carriers, and requires them to pay over to him all the sums charged against them.
The station clerk, whose job is to sort the mail, has to be at work by 6:10 AM. He puts each carrier's mail in a separate box, leaving it up to them to organize it. The carriers need to arrive at the station by 6:30 AM. They immediately start organizing their mail in a way that makes it easy to deliver quickly, and at 7:30 AM, they head out on their routes. If any postage on the letters they need to deliver hasn't been paid, the clerk charges it to the carrier, who is responsible for collecting it. Once a week, the station manager reviews the carriers' accounts and expects them to hand over any amounts charged to them.
There are nine deliveries from the stations every day. The first at half-past seven A.M., and the last at five P.M. This entails an immense amount of labor upon the Carriers. They are obliged to perform their duties regardless of the weather, and are subjected to an exposure which is very trying to them. They are very efficient, and perform their task faithfully and promptly.
There are nine deliveries from the stations every day. The first is at 7:30 A.M., and the last is at 5 P.M. This involves a huge amount of work for the carriers. They have to do their jobs no matter the weather and face tough conditions. They are really efficient and carry out their tasks reliably and on time.
The pay of a carrier is small. By law he is entitled to $800 per annum for the first six months. After this he is to receive $900 per annum, and at the expiration of one year, he may, upon the recommendation of the Superintendent of the Station, receive an additional $100 per annum; but $1000 is the limit. It is said, however, that it is very rare for a carrier to receive an increase of salary before the expiration of one year. Why p. 463he is subjected to this loss, in defiance of the law, the writer has been unable to ascertain.
The pay for a carrier is low. By law, he is entitled to $800 a year for the first six months. After that, he will earn $900 a year, and after one year, he may receive an additional $100 a year upon the recommendation of the Superintendent of the Station; however, the maximum he can earn is $1,000. It's said that it's very uncommon for a carrier to get a salary increase before the year is up. Why p. 463 he faces this loss, despite the law, is something the writer has been unable to figure out.
Although the pay is so small, the Carrier is not allowed to enjoy it in peace. The party in power, or rather its managers, tax him unmercifully. From one to two per cent. of his salary is deducted for party expenses, and he is required to contribute at least five dollars to the expenses of every City and State election. The Postmaster of the city does not trouble himself about this robbery of his employés, but allows it to go on with his indirect approval, at least. General Dix has the honor of being the only Postmaster who ever had the moral courage to protect his subordinates from this extortion.
Although the pay is really low, the Carrier isn’t allowed to enjoy it in peace. The ruling party, or more specifically its managers, tax him heavily. They deduct one to two percent of his salary for party expenses and require him to contribute at least five dollars for every City and State election. The Postmaster of the city doesn’t concern himself with this exploitation of his employees, allowing it to continue, if not approving it indirectly. General Dix is the only Postmaster who has ever shown the moral courage to protect his staff from this kind of extortion.
The Carriers have organized a benevolent association among themselves. Upon the death of a member, each surviving member of the association makes a contribution of two dollars to the relief fund. From this fund the funeral expenses are paid, and the surplus is handed over to the widow and children of the dead man.
The Carriers have set up a charitable group among themselves. When a member passes away, each surviving member of the group contributes two dollars to the relief fund. This fund covers the funeral costs, and any leftover money is given to the widow and children of the deceased.
The tenure by which the Carriers hold their positions is very uncertain. A new Postmaster may remove any or all of them, to make way for his political friends, and any refusal on their part to submit to the orders or extortions of their party-managers is sure to result in a dismissal.
The time that the Carriers can keep their jobs is pretty unstable. A new Postmaster can fire any or all of them to create space for his political allies, and if they refuse to follow the orders or demands of their party leaders, they will definitely be let go.
p. 464XXXIV. A. T. STEWART.
Alexander T. Stewart was born in Belfast, in Ireland, in 1802. He is of Scotch-Irish parentage. At the age of three years he lost his father, and was adopted by his grandfather, who gave him a good common school and collegiate education, intending him for the ministry. His grandfather died during his collegiate course, and this threw him upon his own resources. He at once abandoned all hope of a professional career, and set sail for America. He reached New York in 1818, and began his career here as assistant teacher in a commercial school. His first salary was $300. In a year or two he went into business for himself, carrying on a modest little store, and manifesting no especial talent for business.
Alexander T. Stewart was born in Belfast, Ireland, in 1802. He had Scotch-Irish ancestry. When he was three, his father passed away, and he was adopted by his grandfather, who provided him with a good basic and college education, planning for him to enter the ministry. His grandfather died while he was still in college, leaving him to fend for himself. He immediately gave up on a professional career and set off for America. He arrived in New York in 1818 and started his career as an assistant teacher in a commercial school. His first salary was $300. Within a year or two, he opened his own business, running a small store, and showed no particular talent for business.
At the age of twenty-one, he went back to Ireland to take possession of a legacy of nearly one thousand pounds, left him by his grandfather. He invested the greater part of this sum in “insertions” and “scollop trimmings,” and returned to New York. He rented a little store at 283 Broadway, and there displayed his stock, which he sold readily at a fair profit. His store was next door to the then popular Bonafanti, who kept the largest and best patronized variety store of the day. Stewart’s little room was twenty-two feet wide by twenty feet deep.
At the age of twenty-one, he returned to Ireland to claim a legacy of nearly one thousand pounds left to him by his grandfather. He invested most of that money in “insertions” and “scallop trimmings,” and then went back to New York. He rented a small store at 283 Broadway, where he displayed his inventory, which sold quickly at a good profit. His store was next door to the then-popular Bonafanti, which had the largest and most well-loved variety store of the time. Stewart’s little space measured twenty-two feet wide by twenty feet deep.
Without mercantile experience, and possessing no advantage but his determination to succeed, Mr. Stewart started boldly on what proved the road to fortune. He gave from fourteen to eighteen hours per day to his business. He could not afford to employ any help, and he did all his own work. He was almost a total stranger to the business community of New York, and he had no credit. He kept a small stock of goods on hand, p. 465which he bought for cash and sold in the same way for a small profit. His purchases were made chiefly at auctions, and consisted of “sample lots”—that is, miscellaneous collections of small articles thrown together in heaps and sold for what they would bring. He spent several hours after business each day in assorting and dressing these goods. They were sold at a low price, but his profit was fair, as he had paid but a trifle for them. Little by little his trade increased, and he was soon obliged to employ an assistant. About this time he inaugurated the system of “selling off below cost.” He had a note to pay, and no money to meet it. His store was full of goods, but he was short of ready money. No man could then afford to let his note go to protest. Such a step in those days meant financial ruin to a young man. Stewart proved himself the man for the crisis. He marked every article in his store down far below the wholesale price, and scattered over the city a cloud of handbills announcing that he would dispose of his entire stock of goods below cost within a given time. His announcement drew crowds of purchasers to his store, and before the period he had fixed for the duration of the sale, Mr. Stewart found his shelves empty and his treasury full. He paid his note with a part of the money thus obtained, and with the rest laid in a fresh stock of goods. He made his purchases at a time when the market was very dull, and, as he paid cash, secured his goods at very low prices.
With no experience in business and only his determination to succeed, Mr. Stewart boldly set out on what turned out to be a path to wealth. He dedicated fourteen to eighteen hours a day to his work. He couldn't afford to hire anyone, so he did everything himself. He was practically unknown in New York's business community and had no credit. He kept a small inventory of goods, which he bought and sold for cash at a small profit. His purchases primarily came from auctions, consisting of "sample lots"—miscellaneous collections of items tossed together and sold for whatever they could fetch. Each evening, he spent several hours sorting and arranging these goods. They were priced low, but his profits were decent since he had paid very little for them. Gradually, his business grew, and soon he had to hire an assistant. Around this time, he started a method of “selling off below cost.” He had a bill to pay but no cash to cover it. His store was stocked full of goods, yet he lacked liquid money. Back then, no one could afford to let a bill go unpaid; doing so could lead to financial ruin for a young man. Stewart proved himself capable in this situation. He marked down every item in his store significantly below wholesale prices and spread a wave of flyers around the city announcing a sale where he would sell all his stock below cost within a specific timeframe. His announcement attracted crowds to his store, and before the sale period he had set was over, Mr. Stewart found his shelves empty and his cash register full. He paid off his bill with some of the money he made and used the rest to buy a new inventory of goods. He purchased when the market was slow and, paying cash, managed to secure his goods at very low prices.
The energy and business tact displayed by Mr. Stewart at length brought him their reward. In 1828, he found his little room too small for his trade. He leased a small store, thirty feet deep, on Broadway, between Chambers and Warren streets. Here he remained four years, his trade increasing rapidly all the while. In 1832, he removed to a two-story building in Broadway, between Murray and Warren streets, and in a short time was obliged by the growth of his business to add twenty feet to the depth of his store, and to put an additional story on the building. A year or two later he added a fourth story, and in 1837 a fifth story, so rapidly did he prosper. He had now a large and fashionable trade, had fairly surmounted all his early p. 466difficulties, and had laid the foundation of the immense fortune he has since acquired.
The energy and business savvy shown by Mr. Stewart eventually paid off. In 1828, he realized his small workspace was too cramped for his business. He rented a small store, thirty feet deep, on Broadway, between Chambers and Warren streets. He stayed there for four years, with his business growing quickly all the while. In 1832, he moved to a two-story building on Broadway, between Murray and Warren streets, and soon had to expand the depth of his store by twenty feet and add an extra story to the building due to the expansion of his business. A year or two later, he added a fourth story, and in 1837, a fifth story, as he continued to thrive. He now had a large and trendy business, had overcome all his initial challenges, and had built the foundation for the massive fortune he has since gained.
The great commercial crisis of 1837 was not unexpected by him. It had always been his habit to watch the market closely, in order to profit by any sudden change in it, and his keen sagacity enabled him to foresee the approach of the storm and to prepare for it. He marked his goods down at an early day and began to “sell for cost,” conducting his operations on a strictly cash basis. The prices were very low, the goods of the best quality, and he found no difficulty in obtaining purchasers. People were glad to save money by availing themselves of his low prices. In the midst of the most terrible crisis the country had ever seen, when old and established houses were breaking all around him, he was carrying on a thriving business. His cash sales averaged five thousand dollars per day. Other houses, to save themselves, were obliged to sell their goods at auction. Thither went Stewart regularly. He bought these goods for cash, and sold them over his counters at an average profit of forty per cent. On a lot of silks for which he paid fifty thousand dollars he cleared twenty thousand dollars in a few days. He came out of the crisis a rich man and the leading dry-goods dealer of New York.
The great commercial crisis of 1837 didn't catch him off guard. He always kept a close eye on the market to capitalize on any sudden shifts, and his sharp insight allowed him to anticipate the oncoming storm and get ready for it. He marked down his goods early and started to "sell at cost," running his business on a strictly cash basis. The prices were very low, the goods top quality, and he had no trouble finding buyers. People were eager to save money by taking advantage of his low prices. In the midst of the worst crisis the country had ever faced, when established businesses were collapsing all around him, he was running a successful operation. His cash sales averaged five thousand dollars a day. Other businesses, trying to save themselves, were forced to auction off their goods. Stewart went there regularly. He bought those goods for cash and sold them at his store with an average profit of forty percent. On a batch of silks he paid fifty thousand dollars for, he made twenty thousand dollars in just a few days. He emerged from the crisis a wealthy man and the top dry-goods dealer in New York.
A few years later he purchased the property lying on the east side of Broadway, between Chambers and Reade streets, on which he built a magnificent marble store. He moved into it in 1846. His friends declared that he had made a mistake in erecting such a costly edifice, and that he had located it on the wrong side of Broadway. Besides, he was too far up town. He listened to them patiently, and told them that in a short time they would see his new store the centre of the fashionable retail trade of the city. His prediction was speedily fulfilled.
A few years later, he bought the property on the east side of Broadway, between Chambers and Reade streets, where he built an impressive marble store. He moved in during 1846. His friends said he made a mistake by building such an expensive building, claiming he had chosen the wrong side of Broadway. Plus, he was too far uptown. He listened to them patiently and told them that soon they would see his new store become the center of the city's fashionable retail trade. His prediction was quickly fulfilled.
A few years ago, finding that the retail trade was deserting its old haunts, below Canal street, and going up town, be began the erection of his present retail store, into which he moved as soon as it was completed, retaining his lower store for his wholesale business.
A few years ago, noticing that the retail trade was leaving its old spots below Canal Street and moving uptown, he started building his current retail store, which he moved into as soon as it was finished, while keeping his lower store for his wholesale business.
During the war, he made large profits from his sales to the p. 467Government, though he exhibited genuine patriotism in these dealings by charging only the most liberal prices for his goods. The gains thus realized by him more than counterbalanced the losses he sustained by the sudden cessation of his trade with the South.
Fifty-four years have now elapsed since he first set foot in New York, poor and unknown, and to-day Mr. Stewart is the possessor of a fortune variously estimated at from thirty to fifty millions of dollars, and which is growing larger every year. The greater portion of his wealth is invested in real estate. He owns his two stores, the Metropolitan Hotel, and the Globe Theatre, on Broadway, and nearly all of Bleecker street from Broadway to Depau Row, several churches, and other valuable property. He owns more real estate than any man in America except William B. Astor, and is the most successful merchant in the world. He has acquired all this by his own unaided efforts, and without ever tarnishing his good name by one single dishonest act. Any man may be proud of such a record.
Fifty-four years have passed since he first arrived in New York, broke and unknown, and today Mr. Stewart has a fortune estimated between thirty to fifty million dollars, which keeps growing every year. Most of his wealth is invested in real estate. He owns his two stores, the Metropolitan Hotel, and the Globe Theatre on Broadway, as well as nearly all of Bleecker Street from Broadway to Depau Row, several churches, and other valuable properties. He possesses more real estate than anyone in America except William B. Astor, and he is the most successful merchant in the world. He achieved all this through his own efforts, without ever compromising his good name with a single dishonest act. Any man can be proud of such a record.
Mr. Stewart is one of the hardest workers in his vast establishment. Though he has partners to assist him, he keeps the whole of his extensive operations well in hand, and is really the directing power of them. He goes to his business between nine and ten in the morning, and works until five, and is never absent from his post unless compelled to be away.
Mr. Stewart is one of the hardest workers in his large business. Even though he has partners to help him, he manages all of his extensive operations effectively and is truly the driving force behind them. He arrives at work between nine and ten in the morning and works until five, and he is never away from his position unless he has to be.
His time is valuable, and he is not willing to waste it; therefore access to him is difficult. Many persons endeavor to see him merely to gratify their impertinent curiosity, and others wish to “interview” him for purposes which simply consume his time. To protect himself, he has been compelled to resort to the following expedient: A gentleman is kept on guard near the main door of the store, whose duty it is to inquire the business of visitors. If the visitor replies that his business is private, he is told that Mr. Stewart has no private business. If he states his business to the satisfaction of the “sentinel,” he is allowed to go up stairs, where he is met by the confidential agent of the great merchant, to whom he must repeat the object of his visit. If this gentleman is satisfied, or cannot get rid of p. 468the visitor, he enters the private office of his employer, and lays the case before him. If the business of the visitor is urgent, he is admitted, otherwise an interview is denied him. If admitted, the interview is brief and to the point. There is no time lost. Matters are dispatched with a method and promptitude which astonish strangers. If the visitor attempts to draw the merchant into a conversation, or indulges in complimentary phrases, after his business is arranged, Mr. Stewart’s manner instantly becomes cold and repelling, and troublesome persons are not unfrequently given a hint to leave the room. This is his working time, and he cannot afford to waste it. In social life, he is said to be a cultivated and agreeable man.
His time is valuable, and he doesn't want to waste it; that's why it's tough to get to see him. Many people try to meet him just to satisfy their nosy curiosity, and others want to "interview" him for reasons that just waste his time. To protect himself, he had to come up with this solution: a gentleman stands guard by the main door of the store, whose job is to ask visitors what their business is. If the visitor says their business is private, they're told that Mr. Stewart doesn't have any private matters. If they explain their purpose in a way that satisfies the "guard," they can go upstairs, where they're met by a trustworthy agent of the great merchant, to whom they must repeat the reason for their visit. If this gentleman is satisfied or can't dismiss the visitor, he goes to inform his employer and presents the case. If the visitor's matter is urgent, they're let in; otherwise, they're turned away. If allowed in, the meeting is short and to the point. No time is wasted. Issues are handled with a method and speed that astonish outsiders. If the visitor tries to engage the merchant in conversation or offers compliments after the business is handled, Mr. Stewart’s demeanor quickly becomes cold and unfriendly, and bothersome individuals are often given a hint to leave. This is his working time, and he can't afford to waste it. In his social life, he's said to be a cultured and pleasant man.
Mr. Stewart resides in a handsome brown stone mansion at the northeast corner of Fifth avenue and Thirty-fourth street. Immediately across the avenue, he has erected a residence of white marble, the handsomest and costliest dwelling in the Union, and one of the handsomest private residences in the world. It is said to have cost upwards of two millions of dollars. “The marble work, which forms the most distinguishing characteristic of this palatial abode, receives its entire shape and finish in the basement and first floor of the building. The fluted columns (purely Corinthian, and with capitals elaborately and delicately carved), which are the most striking feature of the main hall, are alone worth between three thousand five hundred and four thousand dollars each. On the right of this noble passage, as you proceed north from the side entrance, are, the reception and drawing rooms, and the breakfast and dining rooms, all with marble finish, and with open doors, affording space for as splendid a promenade or ball as could be furnished probably by any private residence in Europe. To the left of the grand hall are the marble staircase and the picture-gallery—the latter about seventy-two by thirty-six feet, lofty and elegant, and singularly well designed. The sleeping apartments above are executed upon a scale equally luxurious and regardless of expense. Externally, the building must ever remain a monument of the splendor which, as far as opulence is concerned, places some of our merchants on a footing almost with royalty p. 469itself, and a glance at the interior will be a privilege eagerly sought by the visiting stranger.”
Mr. Stewart lives in a beautiful brownstone mansion at the northeast corner of Fifth Avenue and Thirty-fourth Street. Right across the avenue, he has built a white marble house, the most stunning and expensive home in the country, and one of the most beautiful private residences in the world. It's said to have cost over two million dollars. “The marble work, which is the most distinctive feature of this grand home, is entirely completed in the basement and first floor of the building. The fluted columns (purely Corinthian, with capitals intricately carved) are the most eye-catching aspect of the main hall, worth between three thousand five hundred and four thousand dollars each. To the right of this splendid hallway, as you head north from the side entrance, are the reception and drawing rooms, as well as the breakfast and dining rooms, all finished in marble and featuring open doors, providing space for an impressive promenade or ball that could rival any private residence in Europe. To the left of the grand hall are the marble staircase and the picture gallery—the latter measuring about seventy-two by thirty-six feet, high and elegant, and exceptionally well designed. The bedrooms above are equally luxurious, built without sparing any expense. On the outside, the building will always stand as a testament to the wealth that places some of our merchants almost on par with royalty p. 469 itself, and a look at the interior will be a privilege eagerly sought by visiting strangers.”
Mr. Stewart is not generally regarded as a liberal man in the metropolis, probably because he refuses to give indiscriminately to those who ask his assistance. Yet he has made munificent donations to objects which have enlisted his sympathy, and has on hand now several schemes for bettering the condition of the working classes, which will continue to exert a beneficent influence upon them long after he has passed away. His friends—and he has many—speak of him as a very kind and liberal man, and seem much attached to him.
Mr. Stewart isn't usually seen as a liberal guy in the city, probably because he doesn’t just hand out money to anyone who asks for help. Still, he has made generous donations to causes he cares about and currently has several plans in place to improve the lives of working-class people, which will continue to have a positive impact on them long after he’s gone. His friends—which he has plenty of—describe him as a really kind and generous person, and they seem quite fond of him.
Mr. Stewart is now seventy years old, but looks twenty years younger. He is of the medium height, has light brown hair and beard, which are closely trimmed. His features are sharp, well cut, his eye bright, and his general expression calm, thoughtful, and self-reliant. His manner is courteous to all, but reserved and cold except to his intimate friends. He dresses quietly in the style of the day, his habits are simple, and he shuns publicity.
Mr. Stewart is now seventy years old, but he looks twenty years younger. He’s of average height, has light brown hair and a closely trimmed beard. His features are sharp and well-defined, his eyes are bright, and his overall expression is calm, thoughtful, and self-assured. He is polite to everyone but is reserved and distant except with his close friends. He dresses modestly in the current style, lives simply, and avoids the spotlight.
p. 470XXXV. PLACES OF AMUSEMENT.
I. THE THEATRES.
There are sixteen theatres in New York usually in full operation. Taking them in their order of location from south to north, they are the Stadt, the Bowery, Niblo’s, Theatre Comique, the Olympic, Lina Edwin’s, the Globe, Wallack’s, Union Square, the Academy of Music, the Fourteenth Street, Booth’s, the Grand Opera House, the Fifth Avenue, the St. James, and Wood’s.
There are sixteen theaters in New York that are typically open. Taking them in order from south to north, they are the Stadt, the Bowery, Niblo's, Theatre Comique, the Olympic, Lina Edwin's, the Globe, Wallack's, Union Square, the Academy of Music, the Fourteenth Street, Booth's, the Grand Opera House, the Fifth Avenue, the St. James, and Wood's.
They are open throughout the fall and winter season, are well patronized, and with one or two exceptions are successful in a pecuniary sense. There are usually from 50,000 to 100,000 strangers in the city, and the majority of these find the evenings dull without some amusement to enliven them. Many of them are persons who come for pleasure, and who regard the theatres as one of the most enjoyable of all the sights of the city; but a very large portion are merchants, who are wearied with buying stock, and who really need some pleasant relaxation after the fatigues of the day. To these must be added a large class of citizens who are fond of the drama, and who patronize the theatres liberally. All these, it is stated, expend upon the various amusements of the place about $30,000 per night; and of this sum the larger part goes into the treasury of the theatres. The sum annually expended on amusements is said to be from $7,000,000 to $8,000,000.
They are open throughout the fall and winter seasons, are popular, and with a few exceptions, are financially successful. There are usually between 50,000 to 100,000 visitors in the city, and most of them find the evenings boring without some entertainment to liven things up. Many of these visitors come for leisure and see the theaters as one of the most enjoyable attractions in the city; however, a significant portion consists of merchants who are exhausted from stock buying and really need some enjoyable downtime after a long day. Additionally, there’s a large group of locals who love the theater and support it generously. Collectively, it’s estimated that they spend about $30,000 on various forms of entertainment each night, with the majority of that money going to the theater's income. The total amount spent on entertainment annually is said to be between $7,000,000 and $8,000,000.
The New York theatres richly deserve the liberal patronage p. 471they enjoy. In no other city are such establishments as elegant and commodious, and nowhere else in America are the companies as proficient in their art, or the plays as admirably put upon the stage.
The New York theaters truly deserve the generous support they get. In no other city are there establishments as stylish and comfortable, and nowhere else in America are the companies as skilled in their craft, or the plays as excellently presented on stage.
The most beautiful theatre in the city is Booth’s, at the southeast corner of the Sixth avenue and Twenty-third street. It was begun in the summer of 1867, and opened to the public in January, 1869. It is in the Renaissance style of architecture, and stands seventy feet high from the sidewalk to the main cornice, crowning which is a Mansard roof of twenty-four feet. “The theatre proper fronts one hundred and forty-nine feet on Twenty-third street, and is divided into three parts, so combined as to form an almost perfect whole, with arched entrances at either extremity on the side, for the admission of the public, and on the other for another entrance, and the use of actors and those employed in the house. There are three doors on the frontage, devised for securing the most rapid egress of a crowded p. 472audience in case of fire, and, in connection with other facilities, said to permit the building to be vacated in five minutes. On either side of these main entrances are broad and lofty windows; and above them, forming a part of the second story, are niches for statues surrounded by coupled columns resting on finely sculptured pedestals. The central or main niche is flanked on either side by quaintly contrived blank windows; and between the columns, at the depth of the recesses, are simple pilasters sustaining the elliptic arches, which serve to top and span the niches, the latter to be occupied by statues of the great creators and interpreters of the drama in every age and country. The finest Concord granite, from the best quarries in New Hampshire, is the material used in the entire façade, as well as in the Sixth avenue side. The glittering granite mass, exquisitely poised, adorned with rich and appropriate carving, statuary, columns, pilasters, and arches, and capped by the springing French roof, fringed with its shapely balustrades, offers an imposing and majestic aspect, and forms one of the architectural jewels of the city.”
The most beautiful theater in the city is Booth’s, at the southeast corner of Sixth Avenue and Twenty-Third Street. It started construction in the summer of 1867 and opened to the public in January 1869. Built in the Renaissance architectural style, it rises seventy feet from the sidewalk to the main cornice, topped by a twenty-four-foot Mansard roof. “The theater itself has a frontage of one hundred and forty-nine feet on Twenty-Third Street and is divided into three sections that work together to create an almost perfect whole, with arched entrances at both ends for public access and another entrance for actors and the staff. There are three doors at the front designed to allow the quickest exit for a crowded audience in case of fire, and with other exits, it is said that the building can be evacuated in five minutes. On either side of these main entrances are tall, wide windows; above them, as part of the second story, are niches for statues framed by paired columns resting on beautifully sculpted pedestals. The central niche is flanked on either side by uniquely designed blank windows, and between the columns, in the depth of the recesses, are simple pilasters that support the elliptical arches, which top and span the niches, meant to hold statues of the great creators and performers of drama from every age and country. The finest Concord granite from the best quarries in New Hampshire is used for the entire façade, as well as the Sixth Avenue side. The shimmering granite structure, beautifully balanced and decorated with rich and suitable carvings, statuary, columns, pilasters, and arches, capped by a French roof with stylish balustrades, presents an impressive and majestic appearance, making it one of the architectural gems of the city.”
In its internal arrangements the theatre is in keeping with its external magnificence. Entering through a sumptuous vestibule, the visitor passes into the magnificent auditorium, which is, in itself, a rare specimen of decorative art. The seats are admirably arranged, each one commanding a view of the stage. They are luxuriously upholstered, and harmonize with the rich carpets which cover the floor. Three elegant light galleries rise above the parquet. The walls and ceiling are exquisitely frescoed, and ornamented with bas reliefs in plaster. The proscenium is beautifully carved and frescoed, and is adorned with busts of the elder Booth and the proprietor of the theatre; and in the sides before the curtain are arranged six sumptuous private boxes. The curtain is an exquisite landscape. The decoration of the house is not done in the rough scenic style so common in the theatres of the country, but is the perfection of frescoe painting, and will bear the closest inspection. It is impossible, even with a strong glass, to distinguish between some of the frescoes and the bas reliefs. The stage is very large, and p. 473rises gradually from the footlights to the rear. The orchestra pen is sunk below the level of the stage, so that the heads of the musicians do not interfere with the view of the audience. The dressing of the stage is novel. The side scenes, or wings, instead of being placed at right angles to the audience, as in most theatres, are so arranged that the scene appears to extend to the right and left as well as to the rear. In this way the spectator is saved the annoyance of often looking through the wings, a defect which in most theatres completely dispels the illusion of the play. The scenery here is not set by hand, but is moved by machinery, by means of immense hydraulic rams beneath the stage, and the changes are made with such regularity and precision that they have very much the effect of “dissolving views.” The scenes themselves are the work of gifted and highly educated artists, and never degenerate into the rough daubs with which most playgoers are familiar. The building is fireproof, and is warmed and ventilated by machinery. The great central chandelier and the jets around the cornice of the auditorium are lighted by electricity.
In its layout, the theater matches its stunning exterior. Entering through an extravagant foyer, visitors step into the breathtaking auditorium, which is a true masterpiece of decorative art. The seats are perfectly arranged, each offering a clear view of the stage. They are luxuriously padded and complement the rich carpets that cover the floor. Three elegant light galleries rise above the main floor. The walls and ceiling are beautifully frescoed and decorated with plaster reliefs. The proscenium is intricately carved and painted, featuring busts of the elder Booth and the theater's owner; on either side of the curtain, there are six lavish private boxes. The curtain showcases a stunning landscape. The theater's decor isn't done in the rough, artistic style typical in many venues across the country but represents the pinnacle of fresco painting, able to withstand the closest scrutiny. Even with a strong magnifier, it's hard to tell some frescoes apart from the reliefs. The stage is quite large and rises gradually from the footlights to the back. The orchestra pit is sunk below the stage level, preventing the musicians' heads from obstructing the audience's view. The stage design is innovative. Instead of being positioned at right angles to the audience like in most theaters, the side scenes or wings are arranged to create the illusion that the scene extends to the right, left, and back. This layout spares viewers the irritation of often seeing through the wings, a flaw that usually ruins the illusion of the play. Here, the scenery isn’t moved manually but is shifted using machinery, with large hydraulic rams beneath the stage, allowing for changes with remarkable regularity and precision that resemble "dissolving views." The scenes themselves are crafted by talented and well-educated artists and never become the crude paintings most theatergoers are used to. The building is fireproof and is heated and ventilated by machinery. The large central chandelier and the lights along the edge of the auditorium are powered by electricity.
The plays presented here are superbly put on the stage. The scenery is strictly accurate when meant to represent some historic locality, and is the finest to be found in America. Perhaps the grandest stage picture ever given to an audience was the graveyard scene in “Hamlet,” which drama, in the winter of 1869-70, “held the boards” for over one hundred nights. The dresses, the equipments, and general “make up” of the actors are in keeping with the scenery. Even the minutest detail is carefully attended to. Nothing is so unimportant as to be overlooked in this establishment.
The plays showcased here are incredibly well presented. The scenery is precisely accurate when depicting any historical location, and it’s the best you’ll find in America. Perhaps the most stunning stage image ever created for an audience was the graveyard scene in “Hamlet,” which ran for over a hundred nights during the winter of 1869-70. The costumes, props, and overall appearance of the actors match the scenery perfectly. Even the smallest details are meticulously taken care of. Nothing is too insignificant to be overlooked in this establishment.
With a few exceptions, the company is unworthy of the place and the fame of the proprietor. Mr. Booth, himself, is the great attraction. It is his custom to open the season with engagements of other distinguished “stars,” and to follow them himself about the beginning of the winter, and to continue his performances until the spring, when he again gives way to others. When he is performing it is impossible to procure a seat after the rising of the curtain.
With a few exceptions, the company doesn't live up to the status and reputation of the owner. Mr. Booth is the main draw. He usually starts the season by bringing in other famous "stars," and then he takes over around early winter, continuing his shows until spring, when he once again hands the stage over to others. When he’s performing, it's impossible to get a seat after the curtain goes up.
The Grand Opera House is next to Booth’s in beauty. It is much larger than that theatre. But for its unfortunate location, nearly a mile from Broadway, it would be one of the most successful establishments in the city. The theatre is divided into two buildings, one fronting on the Eighth avenue and Twenty-third street, and containing the offices and entrances, and the theatre proper, which is in the rear of the former. The former building is a magnificent structure of white marble, in the Italian style of architecture. It fronts 113 feet on Eighth avenue, and 98 feet on Twenty-third street. It is adorned with statuary and carvings, and is far too handsome for the part of the city in which it is located. The greater portion of this p. 475building is taken up with the offices of the Erie Railway Company.
The Grand Opera House is second only to Booth’s in terms of beauty. It is much larger than that theater. If it weren't for its unfortunate location, nearly a mile from Broadway, it would be one of the most successful venues in the city. The theater is split into two buildings: one facing Eighth Avenue and Twenty-third Street, which contains the offices and entrances, and the actual theater, located behind the first building. The front building is a stunning white marble structure in the Italian architectural style. It has a width of 113 feet on Eighth Avenue and 98 feet on Twenty-third Street. It is decorated with sculptures and carvings, and it's far too beautiful for the part of the city it's in. Most of this p. 475building is occupied by the offices of the Erie Railway Company.
The theatre proper is connected with the front building by means of a superb vestibule, into which open the doors of the auditorium. It is one of the most beautiful halls in America, and one of the pleasantest lounging places. The auditorium is finished in light blue, white, and gold, and when lighted up is magnificent. Every appointment and decoration is tasteful and beautiful, and there are many persons who consider it the finest interior in America. The stage is large and convenient, and the scenery good. The performances are passable.
The theater is connected to the front building by a gorgeous foyer, which leads to the auditorium. It’s one of the most stunning halls in America and a great place to relax. The auditorium is decorated in light blue, white, and gold, and it looks amazing when lit up. Every detail and decoration is stylish and beautiful, and many people think it’s the best interior in the country. The stage is spacious and practical, and the scenery is decent. The performances are okay.
The house was built by Mr. Samuel N. Pike for an Opera House. It was not successful, and was sold by him to the late Colonel James Fisk, Jr., for $1,000,000, a slight advance upon its cost.
The house was built by Mr. Samuel N. Pike for an Opera House. It wasn’t successful and was sold by him to the late Colonel James Fisk, Jr., for $1,000,000, a small profit over its original cost.
Wallack’s Theatre, at the northeast corner of Broadway and Thirteenth street, is, par eminence, the theatre of New York. Its audiences are more exclusively composed of citizens than those of any other house. New Yorkers are proud of it, and on Thursday evenings, or the first night of some new play, the audience will consist almost entirely of city people. The theatre itself is very plain, and there are many things about it that might be bettered. In other respects it is unqualifiedly the best theatre in which the English language is spoken. It is devoted almost entirely to comedy, and the plays presented on its stage are always of a high character. The Star system is not adopted here, but the company consists of the best and most carefully trained actors and actresses to be found here or in England. It is emphatically a company of gentlemen and ladies. At present it includes Lester Wallack, the proprietor, John Brougham, Charles Mathews, John Gilbert, Charles Fisher, and J. H. Stoddart, and Mrs. Jennings, Miss Plessy Mordaunt, Miss Effie Germon, and Mrs. John Sefton. Mr. Wallack is very proud of his theatre, and with good reason. He has made it the best in the country, and a model for the best establishments in other cities. The greatest care is taken in the production of plays, and every detail is presented to the audience with a degree of p. 476perfection which other managers vainly strive to attain. The scenery is exquisite and natural, the dresses are perfect—the toilettes of the ladies being famed for their elegance, and the acting is true to nature. There is no ranting, no straining for effect here. The members of the company talk and act like men and women of the world, and faithfully “hold the mirror up to nature.” It is a common saying in New York that even a mean play will be a success at Wallack’s. It will be so well put on the stage, and so perfectly performed by the company, that the most critical audience will be disarmed.
Wallack’s Theatre, located at the northeast corner of Broadway and Thirteenth Street, is, by far, the premier theater in New York. Its audience is predominantly made up of locals, more so than any other venue. New Yorkers take pride in it, and on Thursday nights or the opening night of a new play, the crowd is almost entirely made up of city dwellers. The theater itself is quite simple, and there are many aspects that could be improved. However, in other respects, it is unquestionably the best theater where the English language is performed. It focuses almost entirely on comedy, and the plays shown on its stage are always of high quality. The star system isn’t used here; instead, the cast consists of the finest and most well-trained actors and actresses from both here and England. It’s truly a company of gentlemen and ladies. Currently, it features Lester Wallack, the owner, John Brougham, Charles Mathews, John Gilbert, Charles Fisher, J. H. Stoddart, as well as Mrs. Jennings, Miss Plessy Mordaunt, Miss Effie Germon, and Mrs. John Sefton. Mr. Wallack takes great pride in his theater, and rightfully so. He has transformed it into the best in the country and a model for the top establishments in other cities. Great care goes into the production of plays, and every detail is delivered to the audience with a level of perfection that other managers strive in vain to match. The scenery is beautiful and realistic, the costumes are impeccable—the ladies’ outfits are known for their elegance—and the acting is true to life. There’s no overacting or forced drama here. The cast behaves and performs like real men and women, genuinely reflecting reality. It’s a common saying in New York that even a mediocre play will succeed at Wallack’s. It will be so well staged and performed by the company that even the most critical audience will be won over.
The Fifth Avenue Theatre, on Twenty-fourth street, in the rear of the Fifth Avenue Hotel, is next to Wallack’s in popular favor. It is very much such an establishment in the character and excellence of its performances. It possesses a first-class company of ladies and gentlemen, some of whom have achieved national reputations, and all of whom are worthy of the highest praise. The theatre itself is a handsome marble edifice, not very large, but of very attractive appearance. The interior is bright and cheerful. The ceiling is finely frescoed, the walls are panelled with large plate-glass mirrors, and the general effect is very brilliant. The building was owned by the late Col. James Fisk, Jr. The manager is Mr. Augustin Daly, a well-known writer of successful plays. To his literary gifts Mr. Daly adds a high order of managerial talent, and it is to his efforts exclusively that the very marked success of the theatre is due.
The Fifth Avenue Theatre, located on Twenty-fourth Street behind the Fifth Avenue Hotel, is nearly as popular as Wallack’s. It's quite similar in terms of the quality and character of its performances. It has a top-notch cast of performers, some of whom have gained national acclaim, and all of whom deserve the highest praise. The theatre itself is a beautiful marble building, not very big, but very appealing. The interior is bright and cheerful. The ceiling has stunning frescoes, the walls are lined with large plate-glass mirrors, and the overall effect is very striking. The building was owned by the late Col. James Fisk, Jr. The manager is Mr. Augustin Daly, a well-known playwright of successful productions. Along with his literary talent, Mr. Daly brings exceptional managerial skills, and it is exclusively thanks to his efforts that the theatre has achieved such notable success.
The Academy of Music is, as its name indicates, the Opera House of New York. It is a gloomy-looking structure without, but possesses a magnificent auditorium, fitted up in the style of the European Opera Houses. Its decorations are in crimson and gold, and are magnificent and tasteful. It is the largest theatre in the city, and one of the largest in the world. It is opened occasionally during the winter for operatic performances. The audiences to be seen here are always in full dress, and the toilettes of the ladies, to say nothing of the beauty of many of the fair ones, offer a great attraction to sight-seers.
The Academy of Music is, as its name suggests, the Opera House of New York. It looks gloomy on the outside, but has a stunning auditorium styled like the European Opera Houses. The decorations are in crimson and gold, and they are both magnificent and tasteful. It's the largest theater in the city and one of the biggest in the world. It opens occasionally during the winter for opera performances. The audiences here are always dressed to the nines, and the outfits of the women, not to mention the beauty of many of them, provide a big draw for visitors.
Niblo’s Theatre, or as it is generally called, “Niblo’s Garden,” p. 477is situated in the rear of the Metropolitan Hotel, with an entrance on Broadway. It is one of the largest and handsomest theatres in the city, and by far the coolest in warm weather. It is devoted principally to the spectacular drama. It was here that the famous spectacle of the Black Crook was produced. Its revival is to take place before these pages are in print, and it will probably be continued throughout the remainder of the season.
Niblo’s Theatre, commonly known as “Niblo’s Garden,” p. 477is located behind the Metropolitan Hotel, with an entrance on Broadway. It's one of the largest and most beautiful theatres in the city, and definitely the coolest during hot weather. It mainly features spectacular dramas. This is where the famous show, the Black Crook, was first performed. Its revival is set to happen before these pages are published, and it will likely run for the rest of the season.
The Olympic is a large, old-fashioned theatre, on Broadway, between Houston and Bleecker streets. It is devoted to pantomime, and is famous as the headquarters of the erratic genius who calls himself Humpty Dumpty.
The Olympic is a big, old-school theater on Broadway, located between Houston and Bleecker streets. It's dedicated to pantomime and is known as the home of the unpredictable talent who goes by the name Humpty Dumpty.
The Old Bowery Theatre, situated on the thoroughfare from which it takes its name, below Canal street, is the only old theatre left standing in the city. Three theatres have preceded it on this site, and all have been destroyed by fire. Within the last few years, the interior of the present theatre has been greatly modernized. The plays presented here are of a character peculiarly suited to that order of genius which despises Shakspeare, and hopes to be one day capable of appreciating the Black p. 478Crook. “Blood and thunder dramas,” they are called in the city. The titles are stunning—the plays themselves even more so. A writer in one of the current publications of the day gives the following truthful picture of a “Saturday night at the Bowery:”
The Old Bowery Theatre, located on the street it's named after, just south of Canal Street, is the only historic theatre still standing in the city. Three previous theatres have occupied this site, and all have burned down. In recent years, the inside of the current theatre has been significantly modernized. The shows here typically appeal to a kind of audience that looks down on Shakespeare and hopes to one day appreciate the Black Crook. They're referred to as “blood and thunder dramas” in the city. The titles are eye-catching—the plays themselves are even more so. A writer in one of today’s popular publications offers this accurate portrayal of a “Saturday night at the Bowery:”
“I had not loitered long at the entrance after the gas blazed up, when from up the street, and from down the street, and from across the street, there came little squads of dirty, ragged urchins—the true gamin of New York. These at once made a gymnasium of the stone steps—stood on their heads upon the p. 479pavements or climbed, like locusts, the neighboring lamp-posts; itching for mischief; poking fun furiously; they were the merriest gang of young dare-devils I have seen in a long day. It was not long before they were recruited by a fresh lot of young ‘sardines’ from somewhere else—then they went in for more monkey-shines until the door should be unbarred. They seemed to know each other very well, as if they were some young club of genial spirits that had been organized outside of the barriers of society for a long while. What funny habiliments they sported. It had never been my experience to see old clothes thrown upon young limbs so grotesquely. The coat that would have been a fit for a corpulent youth nearly buried a skinny form the height of your cane.
“I hadn't hung around the entrance long after the gas flared up when little groups of dirty, ragged kids came running from up the street, down the street, and from across the street—the true street urchins of New York. They immediately turned the stone steps into their playground—standing on their heads on the pavements or climbing the nearby lamp-posts like locusts; itching for trouble, playfully mocking everyone; they were the liveliest bunch of young daredevils I've seen in a while. It wasn't long before they were joined by another group of young 'sardines' from somewhere else—then they went all out with their antics until the door would be unbarred. They seemed to know each other well, like a young club of cheerful spirits that had been hanging out outside of society’s norms for ages. Their clothes were hilarious. I had never seen old clothes fit so awkwardly on young bodies. The coat that would have fit a chubby kid nearly swallowed up a skinny frame no taller than your cane.”
“And on the other hand, ‘young dropsy’s’ legs and arms were like links of dried ‘bolonas’ in the garments which misfortune’s raffle had drawn for him. Hats without rims—hats of fur, dreadfully plucked, with free ventilation for the scalp—caps with big tips like little porches of leather—caps without tips, or, if a tip still clung to it, it was by a single thread and dangled on the wearer’s cheek like the husk of a banana. The majority seemed to have a weakness for the costumes of the army and the navy. Where a domestic tailor had clipped the skirts of a long blue military coat he had spared the two buttons of the waist-band, and they rested on the bare heels like a set of veritable spurs. Shoes and boots (and remember it’s a December night) are rather scarce—and those by which these savoyards could have sworn by grinned fearfully with sets of naked toes. One ‘young sport,’ he had seen scarcely ten such winters, rejoiced in a pair of odd-mated rubber over-shoes, about the dimensions of snow-shoes. They saluted him as ‘Gums.’ A youngster, with a childish face and clear blue eyes, now shuffled upon the scene.
“And on the other hand, ‘young dropsy’s’ legs and arms were like links of dried sausage in the clothes that misfortune had handed him. Hats without brims—hats made of fur, dreadfully plucked, with plenty of ventilation for the scalp—caps with big tips like tiny leather porches—caps without tips, or if a tip still hung on, it was by a single thread, dangling against the wearer’s cheek like the peel of a banana. Most seemed to favor the outfits of the army and the navy. Where a local tailor had cut the skirts of a long blue military coat, he had left the two buttons of the waistband, which rested on bare heels like real spurs. Shoes and boots (and remember, it’s a December night) are pretty scarce—and those that these guys could actually fit into grinned fearfully with bare toes. One ‘young sport,’ who had hardly seen ten winters, was proud of a mismatched pair of rubber overshoes, about the size of snowshoes. They called him ‘Gums.’ A kid, with a boyish face and bright blue eyes, now shuffled onto the scene.”
“‘O Lordy, here’s Horace, jist see his get up.’ A shout of laughter went up, and Horace was swallowed in the ragged mob.
“‘Oh man, here’s Horace, just look at his outfit.’ A shout of laughter erupted, and Horace got lost in the ragged crowd.”
“‘Horace’ sported a big army cap like a huge blue extinguisher. He wrapped his wiry form in a cut-down, long-napped white beaver coat, the lapels of which were a foot square, and p. 480shingled his ankles as if he stood between a couple of placards. I had seen the latest caricature on the philosopher of the Tribune, but this second edition of H. G. swamped it. I knew that that young rogue had counted upon the effect of his white coat, and he enjoyed his christening with a gleeful face and a sparkle in his blue eyes. O, for the pencil of a Beard or a Bellew, to portray those saucy pug-noses, those dirty and begrimed faces! Faces with bars of blacking, like the shadows of small gridirons—faces with woful bruised peepers—faces with fun-flashing eyes—faces of striplings, yet so old and haggard—faces full of evil and deceit.
“‘Horace’ wore a big army cap that looked like a giant blue fire extinguisher. He wrapped his lean body in a shortened, long-haired white beaver coat, with lapels that were a foot square, and it hung down to his ankles like he was stuck between two signs. I had seen the latest caricature of the philosopher in the Tribune, but this updated version of H. G. blew it away. I knew that this young rascal was banking on the impact of his white coat, and he reveled in his new nickname with a joyful expression and a sparkle in his blue eyes. Oh, if only I had the skills of a Beard or a Bellew to capture those cheeky pug noses, those dirty, grimy faces! Faces with streaks of black, resembling the shadows of small grills—faces with pitiful bruised eyes—faces with lively expressions—faces of youths, yet so worn and haggard—faces full of wickedness and deceit.
“Every mother’s son of them had his fists anchored in his breeches pockets, and swaggered about, nudging each other’s ribs with their sharp little elbows. They were not many minutes together before a battle took place. Some one had tripped ‘Gums,’ and one of his old shoes flew into the air. I think he of the white coat was the rascal, but being dubbed a philosopher, he did his best to look very wise, but a slap on the side of the ridge of his white collar upset his dignity, and ‘Horace’ ‘went in,’ and his bony fists rattled away on the close-shaven pate of ‘Gums.’
“Every single one of them had their fists shoved into their pants pockets and strutted around, poking each other in the ribs with their sharp little elbows. It didn't take long before a fight broke out. Someone tripped ‘Gums,’ and one of his old shoes went flying. I think it was the guy in the white coat who did it, but since he was called a philosopher, he tried really hard to look wise. However, a slap on the side of his white collar knocked him off his dignity, and ‘Horace’ jumped in, his bony fists pounding away on ‘Gums's’ close-cropped head.”
“The doors are now unbarred, and this ragged ‘pent up little Utica’ rends itself, but not without much more scratching and much swearing. O, the cold-blooded oaths that rang from those young lips! As the passage to the pit is by a sort of cellar door, I lost sight of the young scamps as the last one pitched down its gloomy passage.
“The doors are now unbarred, and this rough 'pent up little Utica' tears itself free, but not without a lot more scratching and swearing. Oh, the cold-blooded curses that came from those young lips! Since the way to the pit is through a sort of cellar door, I lost sight of the young troublemakers as the last one tumbled down its dark passage.”
“In the human stream—in a whirlpool of fellow-beings—nudging their way to the boxes and the upper tiers, I now found myself. It was a terrible struggle; females screaming, were eddied around and around until their very faces were in a wire cage of their own ‘skeletons.’
“In the crowd of people—in a whirlpool of fellow humans—making their way to the seats and the upper levels, I now found myself. It was a brutal struggle; women screaming were swept around and around until their very faces were trapped in a wire cage of their own ‘skeletons.’”
“‘Look out for pickpockets,’ shouted a Metropolitan. Every body then tried to button his coat over his breast, and every body gave it up as a bad job. In at last, but with the heat of that exertion—the smell of the hot gas—the fetid breath of two thousand souls, not particular, many, as to the quality of their gin—what a sweltering bath follows! The usher sees a ticket p. 481clutched before him, and a breathless individual saying wildly, ‘Where?’ He points to a distant part of the house, and the way to it is through a sea of humanity. A sort of a Dead Sea, for one can walk on it easier than he can dive through it. I shall never know how I got there at last; all I remember now are the low curses, the angry growls and a road over corns and bunions.
“‘Watch out for pickpockets,’ shouted a Metropolitan. Everyone then tried to button their coat over their chest, but they soon gave it up as a lost cause. Finally getting in, but with all that effort—the smell of the hot gas—the foul breath of two thousand people, many of whom weren’t picky about the quality of their gin—what a sweaty ordeal it was! The usher sees a ticket p. 481clutched in front of him, and a breathless person saying frantically, ‘Where?’ He points to a distant part of the venue, and the only way to get there is through a sea of people. A kind of Dead Sea, because it’s easier to walk on it than to push through it. I’ll never know how I finally made it there; all I remember now are the low curses, the angry growls, and the pain from stepping on corns and bunions.
“The prompter’s bell tingles and then tingles again. The bearded Germans of the orchestra hush their music, and the big field of green baize shoots to the cob-web arch.
“The prompter’s bell rings and then rings again. The bearded German musicians in the orchestra quiet their music, and the large area of green cloth stretches to the cobweb-covered arch.”
“Now is the time to scan the scene—that teeming house—that instant when all faces are turned eagerly to the foot-lights, waiting breathlessly the first sound of the actor’s voice. The restlessness of that tossing sea of humanity is at a dead calm now. Every nook and cranny is occupied—none too young—none too old to be there at the rise of the curtain. The suckling infant ‘mewling and puking in its mother’s arms.’ The youngster rubbing his sleepy eyes. The timid Miss, half frightened with the great mob and longing for the fairy world to be created. Elder boys and elder sisters. Mothers, fathers, and the wrinkled old grand-sire. Many of these men sit in their shirt-sleeves, sweating in the humid atmosphere. Women are giving suck to fat infants. Blue-shirted sailors encircle their black-eyed Susans, with brawny arms (they make no ‘bones’ of showing their honest love in this democratic temple of Thespis). Division street milliners, black-eyed, rosy-cheeked, and flashy dressed sit close to their jealous-eyed lovers. Little Jew boys, with glossy ringlets and beady black eyes, with teeth and noses like their fat mammas and avaricious-looking papas, are yawning everywhere. Then there is a great crowd of roughs, prentice boys and pale, German tailors—the latter with their legs uncrossed for a relaxation. Emaciated German and Italian barbers, you know them from their dirty linen, their clean-shaven cheeks and their locks redolent with bear’s grease.
“Now is the moment to take in the scene—that bustling theater—when all eyes are eagerly focused on the stage, waiting anxiously for the first sound of the actor’s voice. The chaotic energy of the crowd is surprisingly still right now. Every nook and cranny is filled—none too young—none too old to witness the curtain rise. The newborn infant is ‘mewling and puking in its mother’s arms.’ The little one is rubbing his sleepy eyes. The shy woman, half scared by the huge crowd, longs for the magical world about to unfold. Older boys and sisters. Moms, dads, and the wrinkled old grandfather. Many of these men sit in their shirt sleeves, sweating in the humid air. Women are nursing plump infants. Blue-shirted sailors surround their black-eyed loves, flexing their strong arms (they are open about showing their genuine affection in this democratic space of Thespis). Milliners from Division Street, with dark eyes, rosy cheeks, and flashy outfits sit close to their envious partners. Little Jewish boys, with shiny ringlets and bright black eyes, sporting teeth and noses resembling their chubby moms and greedy dads, are yawning all around. Then there’s a large group of rough kids, apprentice boys, and pale German tailors—the latter sitting with their legs uncrossed to relax. Gaunt German and Italian barbers, recognizable by their dirty uniforms, clean-shaven cheeks, and hair smelling of bear grease.”
“Through this mass, wandering from pit to gallery, go the red-shirted peanut-venders, and almost every jaw in the vast concern is crushing nut-shells. You fancy you hear it in the lulls of the play like a low unbroken growl.
“Through this crowd, moving from one area to another, go the red-shirted peanut vendors, and nearly every person in this huge venue is cracking nut shells. You can almost hear it in the pauses of the performance like a low, continuous rumble.
“Lean over the balcony, and behold in the depths below the famous pit, now crowded by that gang of little outlaws we parted with a short time ago.
“Lean over the balcony and take a look down into the famous pit, now packed with that group of little outlaws we said goodbye to not long ago.
“Of old times—of a bygone age—is this institution. In no other theatre in the whole town is that choice spot yielded to the unwashed. But this is the ‘Bowery,’ and those squally little spectators so busy scratching their close-mown polls, so vigorously pummeling each other, so unmercifully rattaned by despotic ushers—they are its best patrons.
“Back in the day—long ago—this institution existed. No other theater in the entire town opens its prime spot to the unrefined. But this is the ‘Bowery,’ and those rowdy little spectators, so busy scratching their closely cropped heads, so energetically fighting each other, so harshly dealt with by authoritarian ushers—they are its most loyal customers.
“And are they not, in their light, great critics, too? Don’t they know when to laugh, when to blubber, and when to applaud, and don’t they know when to hiss, though! What a fiat is their withering hiss! What poor actor dare brave it? It has gone deep, deep into many a poor player’s heart and crushed him forever.
“And aren't they, in their own way, great critics too? Don’t they know when to laugh, when to cry, and when to applaud, and don’t they know when to hiss, though! What a fiat is their scathing hiss! What poor actor would dare face it? It has gone deep, deep into many a struggling actor’s heart and crushed him forever.”
“The royal road to a news-boy’s heart is to rant in style.
“The best way to win a news-boy’s heart is to rant with style.
“Versatile Eddy and vigorous Boniface are the lads, in our day, for the news-boys’ stamps.
“Versatile Eddy and energetic Boniface are the guys, in our time, for the newsboys’ stamps.”
“Ranting is out of the female line, but Bowery actresses have a substitute for it.
“Ranting is not common among women, but Bowery actresses have a substitute for it.
“At the proper moment, they draw themselves up in a rigid statue, they flash their big eyes, they dash about wildly their dishevelled hair, with out-stretched arms and protruding chins they then shriek out, V-i-l-l-a-i-n!
“At the right moment, they stand up straight like a statue, they open their big eyes wide, they run around wildly with their messy hair, with their arms stretched out and chins jutting forward, they then scream, V-i-l-l-a-i-n!
“O, Fannie Herring! what a tumult you have stirred up in the roused pit! No help for it, my dear lady. See, there’s ‘Horace,’ standing on his seat and swinging his big blue cap in a cloud of other caps—encore! encore! And the pretty actress bows to the pit, and there is more joy in her heart from the yells of those skinny little throats than from all the flowers that ladies and gents from above may pelt her with.
“O, Fannie Herring! What a stir you've caused in the excited audience! There's no stopping it, my dear. Look, there's ‘Horace,’ standing on his seat and waving his big blue cap among a sea of other caps—encore! encore! And the lovely actress bows to the audience, and she feels more happiness from the cheers of those little voices than from all the flowers that ladies and gentlemen from the balcony might throw at her.
“The bill of fare for an evening’s entertainment at the Old Bowery is as long as your cane, and the last piece takes us far into the night—yet the big house sits it out, and the little ones sleep it out, and the tired actor well earns his pay.
“The menu for an evening’s entertainment at the Old Bowery is as long as your cane, and the last act keeps us up late into the night—yet the big audience stays for it, the kids sleep through it, and the exhausted actor has truly earned his pay."
“And another thing, those little ungodly imps down there have a great appreciation of virtue and pathos. They dash their dirty fists into their peepers at the childish treble of a little Eva—and they cheer, O, so lustily, when Chastity sets her heavy foot upon the villain’s heart and points her sharp sword at his rascal throat. They are very fickle in their bestowal of approbation, and their little fires die out or swell into a hot volcano according to the vehemence of the actor. ‘Wake me up when Kirby dies,’ said a veteran little denizen of the pit to his companions, and he laid down on the bench to snooze.
“And another thing, those little wicked imps down there really appreciate virtue and emotion. They bang their dirty fists into their eyes at the childish high voice of a little Eva—and they cheer so loudly when Chastity stomps down hard on the villain’s heart and points her sharp sword at his wicked throat. They are very unpredictable in their approval, and their little fires either fade away or explode into a hot volcano depending on how intense the performance is. ‘Wake me up when Kirby dies,’ said a veteran little resident of the pit to his friends, and he lay down on the bench to take a nap.”
“‘Mind yer eye, Porgie,’ said his companion, before Porgie had got a dozen winks. ‘I think ther’s somthen goen to bust now.’ Porgie’s friend had a keen scent for sensation.
“‘Watch out, Porgie,’ said his companion, before Porgie had gotten a dozen winks. ‘I think something’s about to happen now.’ Porgie’s friend had a sharp instinct for drama.”
“As I came out, at the end of the performance, I again saw ‘Horace.’ He had just rescued a ‘butt’ from a watery grave in the gutter. ‘Jeminy! don’t chaps about town smoke ‘em awful short now’days!’ was the observation of the young philosopher.
“As I walked out at the end of the show, I saw ‘Horace’ again. He had just saved a ‘butt’ from a watery grave in the gutter. ‘Wow! Don’t guys around town smoke them really short these days!’ was the comment from the young philosopher.”
“The theatre is almost the only amusement that the ragged newsboy has, apart from those of the senses. The Newsboys’ Lodging House, which has been the agent of so much good among this neglected class of our population, find the late hours of the theatre a serious obstacle to their usefulness. It is safe to say that if the managers of the two Bowery Theatres would close at an earlier hour, say eleven o’clock, they would prosper as greatly as at present, and the boys who patronize their establishments would be much better off in body and mind. An effort is about to be made to obtain this reform from the managers voluntarily—instead of seeking legislative aid. We are quite sure it will be for the interest of all to close the theatres early.”
“The theater is almost the only entertainment the struggling newsboy has, apart from basic senses. The Newsboys’ Lodging House, which has done so much good for this overlooked part of our society, finds the late hours of the theater to be a serious challenge to their effectiveness. It's safe to say that if the managers of the two Bowery Theatres closed earlier, say at eleven o'clock, they would do just as well as they do now, and the boys who visit their venues would be much better off in both body and mind. There’s a plan to ask the managers to make this change voluntarily—instead of trying to get help from the government. We are confident that closing the theaters early will benefit everyone.”
The Stadt Theatre, just across the street from the Old Bowery, is exclusively a German establishment. It is a plain old-fashioned building, without and within, but is worth a fortune to its proprietors. The performances are given in the German p. 484language, and the company is usually good. The prices are high and the audiences are large. Occasionally a season of German opera is given. I doubt that a more appreciative audience is to be found than that which assembles within the walls of the Stadt on opera nights. They are to a man good judges and dear lovers of music, and their applause, when it breaks forth, is a spontaneous outburst which shakes the house to its foundations. It is generously given, too, and must be particularly grateful to the performers.
The Stadt Theatre, located right across from the Old Bowery, is a purely German venue. It’s a simple, old-fashioned building inside and out, but it’s incredibly valuable to its owners. The shows are performed in the German language, and the cast is usually skilled. Ticket prices are high, and the crowds are large. Sometimes, they host a season of German opera. I doubt you can find a more appreciative audience than the one that gathers at the Stadt on opera nights. They are all discerning spectators and passionate music lovers, and their applause, when it erupts, reverberates throughout the entire building. It comes freely, and I’m sure the performers deeply appreciate it.
It is said that the members of the dramatic profession and the various attachés of the theatres number 5000 persons. They constitute a class, or rather a world of their own. We shall have more to say of some portions of them in other chapters, and can only speak of them in a general way here. As a rule they are poor, and are compelled to work hard. Wallack’s and a few other establishments pay good salaries and have many “off nights,” but of the majority of performers constant labor is required, at poor pay. It is said that Forrest and Booth have received as much as $500 per night, and that Jefferson and Owens are paid at very near the same rate. The “stars,” however, can make their own terms, but the rank and file of the profession have to take what they can get. The pay of these ranges from $15 to $50 per week. Some of the leading ladies and gentlemen receive from $100 to $200 per week, but these can be counted on the fingers of one hand. Considering the work, the pay is poor, for an actor’s life requires an immense amount of study and preparation, and is terribly trying to the nervous system. At some of the theatres three performances are sometimes given in a single day, the same members of the company appearing each time.
It is said that there are around 5,000 people working in the theater industry, including actors and various theater staff. They form their own distinct community. We’ll discuss some aspects of this group in more detail in later chapters, but for now, we'll speak about them generally. Usually, they’re underpaid and have to work really hard. Places like Wallack’s and a few others offer decent salaries and have many “off nights,” but most performers are constantly working for little pay. It's reported that stars like Forrest and Booth can earn up to $500 per night, and Jefferson and Owens are close to that as well. However, the “stars” can set their own rates, while most of the profession must accept whatever they can get. Their pay typically ranges from $15 to $50 a week. Some leading actors earn between $100 and $200 a week, but those are very few. Given the demands of the job, the pay is low; being an actor requires a lot of studying and preparation, and it can be extremely stressful. In some theaters, there can be up to three performances in a single day with the same cast each time.
“Ballet girls,” says Olive Logan, “get from $8 to $15 per week; the prompter $25 to $30; the call boy $15; the property man’s salary ranges from $15 to $30. Then there are men up in the rigging loft, who attend to the flies and the curtain wheel, and various assistants, at salaries of $20 and $10. There are from two to three scene painters at salaries of from $60 to $100. The back door keeper has $10, and two women to clean the p. 485theatre every day at $6 each. The orchestra consists of a leader, at $100, and from twelve to sixteen musicians, whose salaries range from $30 to $18 a week. The gasman and fireman get from $6 to $25 a week; costumer or wardrobe keeper $20 to $40; dressers $5 to $6; ushers $4 to $6; doorkeepers $12; policeman $5; treasurer $25 to $40.”
“Ballet girls,” says Olive Logan, “earn between $8 and $15 per week; the prompter makes $25 to $30; the call boy gets $15; the property man's salary is between $15 and $30. Then there are men in the rigging loft who handle the flies and the curtain wheel, along with various assistants, earning $20 and $10. There are two to three scene painters making $60 to $100. The back door keeper receives $10, and two women who clean the p. 485theater daily make $6 each. The orchestra includes a leader at $100 and twelve to sixteen musicians with salaries ranging from $30 to $18 a week. The gasman and fireman earn between $6 and $25 a week; the costumer or wardrobe keeper makes $20 to $40; dressers earn $5 to $6; ushers make $4 to $6; doorkeepers get $12; policemen earn $5; and the treasurer makes $25 to $40.”
One of the most important positions in the establishment is the ticket clerk. The receipts of the house pass through his hands, and as a constant effort is made to pass off bad money in this way, it is necessary to have some one in this position who is a good judge of money. In some of the theatres a broker’s clerk or bank clerk is employed in this capacity.
One of the most important roles in the organization is the ticket clerk. The theater's revenue goes through this person's hands, and since there's always an attempt to circulate counterfeit money, it's essential to have someone in this role who can accurately judge currency. In some theaters, a broker’s clerk or bank clerk is hired for this job.
With the exception of Wallack’s, the Fifth Avenue, and perhaps Booth’s, the theatres generally change their companies every season. The houses named retain the favorites, and there are among these companies many whose loss would be loudly deplored by the theatre-going people of the city. Many of the best actors, having distinguished themselves here, assume the rank of stars, and play engagements throughout the States. A metropolitan reputation will carry them successfully over the whole Union.
Except for Wallack’s, the Fifth Avenue, and maybe Booth’s, theaters usually change their cast every season. The mentioned theaters keep their popular actors, and among these companies, there are many whose absence would be sorely missed by the theatergoers in the city. Many of the best actors, after making a name for themselves here, become stars and take on roles across the country. A reputation in the city will help them succeed all over the nation.
II. MINOR AMUSEMENTS.
Next in popularity to the theatres are the performances of the Negro Minstrels. Some of these companies have permanent halls which they occupy during the winter. The summer and early autumn are spent in travelling through the country. The principal companies are Bryant’s and the San Francisco Minstrels.
Next in popularity to the theaters are the shows put on by Black Minstrels. Some of these groups have permanent venues that they use throughout the winter. They spend the summer and early fall traveling around the country. The main groups are Bryant's and the San Francisco Minstrels.
Dan Bryant is now the proprietor of a beautiful little theatre in Twenty-third street, just west of the Sixth avenue. It is one of the cosiest and most comfortable places in the city, and is usually filled with an audience of city people of the better class. The music is good, the singing excellent, and the mirth unrestrained and hearty. Dan Bryant, himself one of the most p. 486irresistibly humorous delineators of the “burnt cork opera,” has collected a band of genuine artists, and has fairly won his success. He has raised Negro Minstrelsy to the dignity of a fashionable amusement, and has banished from it all that is coarse and offensive. Men worn out with business cares go there to laugh, and they do laugh most heartily. I think that even the king who “never smiled again,” would have been forced to hold his sides here. Families come by the score to laugh at the vagaries of the sable minstrels, and the mirth of the little folks is one of the heartiest and healthiest sounds to be heard in the great city.
Dan Bryant is now the owner of a charming little theater on Twenty-third Street, just west of Sixth Avenue. It’s one of the coziest and most comfortable spots in the city, usually packed with an audience of upper-class city dwellers. The music is great, the singing is top-notch, and the laughter is genuine and lively. Dan Bryant, who is one of the most irresistibly funny performers in the "burnt cork opera," has gathered a talented group of artists and has truly earned his success. He has elevated Negro Minstrelsy to the status of a fashionable entertainment option, removing anything coarse or offensive from it. Men exhausted from work go there to laugh, and they do so wholeheartedly. I believe that even the king who "never smiled again" would have been compelled to hold his sides with laughter here. Families come in droves to enjoy the antics of the black minstrels, and the joyful sounds of the little ones are some of the most heartwarming and wholesome noises you can hear in this big city.
Next in order are the concerts. These are well patronized when the performers are well known. There are several fine halls used for concerts and lectures. The principal are Steinway Hall, in Fourteenth street, and Irving Hall, in Irving Place.
Next in line are the concerts. These are well-attended when the performers are well-known. There are several great venues used for concerts and lectures. The main ones are Steinway Hall on Fourteenth Street and Irving Hall in Irving Place.
Lectures also draw largely. The principal halls used for this purpose are Steinway Hall, and the Halls of the Young Men’s Christian Association and the Cooper Institute.
Lectures are also mostly held in large venues. The main places used for this are Steinway Hall, the Halls of the Young Men’s Christian Association, and the Cooper Institute.
Last, but not least in the estimation of New Yorkers, is the Circus. This is a permanent entertainment during the fall and winter. The performances are given in a handsome iron building located on Fourteenth street, opposite Irving Place. The building is in the form of a circus tent, and is lighted with gas, and warmed by steam coils. The audiences are large, and consist to a great extent of children. The little folks are very fond of the sports of the ring, and are among Mr. Lent’s best patrons.
Last but not least, in the eyes of New Yorkers, is the Circus. This is a year-round entertainment during the fall and winter. The performances take place in a beautiful iron building on Fourteenth Street, across from Irving Place. The building looks like a circus tent and is lit with gas and heated by steam coils. The audiences are large and mostly made up of children. The little ones really enjoy the shows and are some of Mr. Lent’s biggest supporters.
p. 487XXXVI. THE MARKETS.
The principal markets of New York are the Fulton, Washington, Jefferson, Catharine, Union, Clinton, Franklin, Centre, and Tompkins Markets. With the exception of Tompkins Market, they are, as far as the houses are concerned, unmitigated nuisances to the city. They are in the last stages of dilapidation, and from without present the most ungainly spectacles to be witnessed in New York. The streets around them are always dirty and crowded, and in the hot days of the summer the air is loaded with foul smells which arise from them.
The main markets in New York are Fulton, Washington, Jefferson, Catharine, Union, Clinton, Franklin, Centre, and Tompkins Markets. Except for Tompkins Market, they're complete eyesores for the city. They're falling apart and look pretty awful from the outside. The streets around them are always dirty and packed with people, and during the hot summer days, the air is filled with unpleasant odors coming from them.
Within, however, the scene is very different. The rickety old buildings are crammed to repletion with everything edible the season affords. In the summer the display of fruit is often magnificent. The products of every section of the Union are piled up here in the greatest profusion. The country for miles around the city has been stripped of its choicest luxuries, and even the distant West, and the far-off South have sent their contributions to the bountiful store. Meats, fish, and fowl also abound, of every species and description. Indeed, one who has the means can purchase here almost everything the heart can desire. The demand is great, and the prices are high. The stock seems immense, but it disappears rapidly. Fruits command high prices in New York, but sell readily. The market is very rarely overstocked. The same may be said of vegetables. Good vegetables are always in demand. Those who furnish pure, fresh vegetables and meats are sure of a prosperous trade, but the amount of tainted wares of this kind disposed of daily is surprising. Nothing is lost here. Everything finds a purchaser.
Inside, though, the scene is entirely different. The rundown old buildings are packed to the brim with every edible item the season offers. In the summer, the display of fruit is often stunning. The products from all around the country are piled up here in huge quantities. The surrounding countryside has been cleared of its best luxuries, and even the far-off West and South have sent their contributions to this abundant supply. Meats, fish, and poultry of all kinds are also plentiful. In fact, anyone with the means can find almost anything they desire here. The demand is high, and the prices reflect that. Although the stock seems vast, it disappears quickly. Fruits are priced high in New York, but they sell easily. The market is rarely oversaturated. The same goes for vegetables. Good quality vegetables are always in demand. Those who supply pure, fresh vegetables and meats can count on a thriving business, but it's surprising how many spoiled goods of this type are sold daily. Nothing goes to waste here. Everything finds a buyer.
p. 489Two-thirds of the people of the city, to save time and trouble, deal with the “corner groceries,” and “provision stores,” and never see the markets, but still the number of persons patronizing these establishments is very large. The sales begin between four and five o’clock in the morning. The first comers are the caterers for the hotels, the restaurants, the fashionable boarding houses and the mansions of the rich, and the proprietors of the aforesaid “corner groceries” and “provision stores.” These latter charge their own customers an advance of from twenty-five to fifty per cent. on the market rates. Prices are high at this hour, and the best the market affords is quickly disposed of. The hotels and restaurants leave standing orders with the dealers, but always send their caterers to see that these orders are faithfully executed. “Market-men have to be watched,” say the caterers.
p. 489Two-thirds of the city's residents, to save time and hassle, shop at the "corner grocery stores" and "provision shops," and never visit the markets, yet a significant number still support these businesses. Sales start between four and five in the morning. The first to arrive are the suppliers for hotels, restaurants, upscale boarding houses, and the homes of the wealthy, as well as the owners of those "corner grocery stores" and "provision shops." The latter charge their customers an extra twenty-five to fifty percent on top of the market prices. Prices are high at this time, and the best items are quickly sold out. Hotels and restaurants have standing orders with the suppliers, but always send their caterers to ensure these orders are fulfilled properly. “You have to keep an eye on market vendors,” say the caterers.
As the morning advances, prices decline. The dealers have reaped their harvest, and can afford to “fall” on what is left. Now come those whose means compel them to be content with indifferent fare. With them is seen a perfect torrent of boarding-house keepers, who are too smart to come when the prices are high and the articles good and fresh. Others, too, the dealers will tell you, are independently wealthy, some are said to be millionaires. They are niggardly as to their tables, though they make great show in other respects, and they will haggle over the last penny. Last of all, towards ten o’clock, and later, come the poor, to purchase what is left. God help them! It is no wonder the death rate is large in this class.
As the morning goes on, prices drop. The sellers have made their profits and can afford to lower the prices on what's left. Now come those who have to settle for mediocre options. Among them is a flood of boarding house owners, who are savvy enough to avoid the high prices when the goods are fresh and top quality. Others, the sellers will tell you, are independently wealthy, and some are said to be millionaires. They are stingy with their purchases, even though they show off in other ways, and they will negotiate over every last penny. Finally, around ten o'clock and later, the poorer folks arrive to buy whatever is left. God help them! It’s no surprise that this group has a high death rate.
The best known markets are the Fulton, at the end of Fulton street, on East River, and the Washington, at the western end of the same street, on North River. Almost anything can be found in the Fulton market. There are all kinds of provisions here; eating stands abound; bar rooms are located in the cellars; cheap finery is offered by the bushel in some of the stalls; books, newspapers, and periodicals are to be found in others, at prices lower than those of the regular stores; and ice creams, confections, and even hardware and dry goods are sold here. The oysters of this market have a worldwide reputation. p. 490Dorlan’s oyster house is the best known. It is a plain, rough-looking room, but it is patronized by the best people in the city, for nowhere else on the island are such delicious oysters to be had. Ladies in full street dress, young bloods in all their finery, statesmen, distinguished soldiers, those whom you will meet in the most exclusive drawing rooms of the avenue, come here to partake of the proprietor’s splendid “stews.”
The most famous markets are the Fulton, at the end of Fulton Street by the East River, and the Washington, at the western end of the same street by the North River. You can find just about anything in the Fulton market. There are all sorts of food options; food stands are everywhere; bars are located in the basements; cheap trendy items can be found in some of the stalls; books, newspapers, and magazines are available in others at lower prices than regular stores; and ice creams, sweets, and even hardware and dry goods are sold here. The oysters from this market have a global reputation. p. 490Dorlan’s oyster house is the most well-known. It’s a plain, rough-looking place, but it attracts the best people in the city because you can’t get such delicious oysters anywhere else on the island. Ladies in full street attire, well-dressed young men, politicians, distinguished soldiers—those you would meet in the most exclusive living rooms of the avenue—all come here to enjoy the proprietor’s amazing “stews.”
It is more than thirty years since Dorlan began business here, and he has amassed a handsome fortune. He has done so by providing the best oysters in the market. He is well known throughout the city, and is deservedly popular. He is conscientious, upright in the minutest particular, and gives his personal attention to every detail of his business. Although very wealthy, he may still be seen at his stand, in his shirt sleeves, as of old, superintending the operations of his establishment, and setting an excellent example to younger men who are seeking to rise in the world.
It’s been over thirty years since Dorlan started his business here, and he has built a nice fortune. He did this by offering the best oysters around. He is well-known throughout the city and is understandably popular. He is diligent, honest in every little detail, and pays personal attention to every aspect of his business. Even though he’s very wealthy, you can still find him at his stand, in his shirt sleeves, as he always has been, overseeing the operations of his business and setting a great example for younger men looking to succeed.
The Washington market is more of a wholesale than a retail establishment. Supplies of meat, fish, vegetables, etc., are usually sent to the wholesale dealers here, to be sold on commission. These dealers will frequently go into the country, and engage a truckman’s entire crop of vegetables and fruits, and then retail them to city dealers at their own prices.
The Washington market is more of a wholesale operation than a retail one. Supplies of meat, fish, vegetables, etc., are typically sent to the wholesale dealers here to be sold on commission. These dealers often travel to the countryside to buy a truckload of vegetables and fruits, and then sell them to city dealers at their own prices.
p. 491XXXVII. THE CHURCHES.
I. THE SACRED EDIFICES.
In some respects New York may be called “the City of Churches.” It contains 430 Protestant churches and chapels, with “sittings” for nearly 400,000 persons. Exclusive of endowments, the church property of the Protestant denominations is estimated at over $30,000,000. The annual expenses of these churches make an aggregate of about $1,500,000, and they pay out in charities about $5,000,000 more. The Roman Catholics have forty churches, each with a large and rapidly increasing congregation. Their church property is estimated at about $4,000,000, and their other property used for religious and educational purposes is exceedingly valuable. The Greek Church has one congregation, now worshipping in a temporary chapel. The Jews have twenty-seven synagogues, some of which are very handsome. In all, there are nearly 500 edifices in New York used for the public worship of God.
In some ways, New York can be called “the City of Churches.” It has 430 Protestant churches and chapels, providing seating for nearly 400,000 people. Excluding endowments, the church property of the Protestant denominations is valued at over $30,000,000. The annual expenses for these churches total about $1,500,000, and they contribute around $5,000,000 more in charities. The Roman Catholics have forty churches, each with a large and rapidly growing congregation. Their church property is estimated to be about $4,000,000, and their other properties used for religious and educational purposes are very valuable. The Greek Church has one congregation currently worshipping in a temporary chapel. The Jewish community has twenty-seven synagogues, some of which are quite impressive. In total, there are nearly 500 buildings in New York dedicated to the public worship of God.
The first churches built in the city were those of the Dutch. Their church records are uninterrupted as far back as the year 1639. Their successors are now known as the Reformed Dutch, and are now in possession of twenty-five churches and chapels in the city. Some of these are very handsome. The new Collegiate Church, at the northwest corner of the Fifth avenue and Forty-eighth street, is to be built of brown stone, with light stone trimmings. It is nearly completed, and when finished will be one of the most massive and imposing church edifices in America.
The first churches built in the city were by the Dutch. Their church records go back continuously to 1639. Their successors are now called the Reformed Dutch and currently own twenty-five churches and chapels in the city. Some of these are quite beautiful. The new Collegiate Church, located at the northwest corner of Fifth Avenue and Forty-eighth Street, is being constructed with brown stone and light stone trim. It's nearly finished, and when complete, it will be one of the largest and most impressive church buildings in America.
p. 492The Protestant Episcopal Church was introduced into the city at the advent of the English. The conquerors seized and appropriated to their own use the old Dutch Church in the fort, and introduced the service of the Church of England, which was continued there until the completion of the first Trinity Church in 1697. This denomination now possesses ninety-four churches and chapels in the city, and a number of benevolent and charitable institutions. Its churches outnumber those of any other denomination, and its membership is the wealthiest. The General Theological Seminary of the Protestant Episcopal Church is located in New York. Trinity, mentioned elsewhere in this work, is the principal church. Grace, St. Thomas’s, St. George’s, Ascension, Calvary, the new St. Bartholomew’s, St. John’s, Trinity Chapel, St. Paul’s, St. Peter’s, the Transfiguration, and the Heavenly Rest, are among the most beautiful in the city.
p. 492The Protestant Episcopal Church was brought to the city when the English arrived. The conquerors took over the old Dutch Church in the fort and started conducting services from the Church of England, which continued there until the first Trinity Church was completed in 1697. This denomination now has ninety-four churches and chapels in the city, along with several charitable and benevolent organizations. Its churches outnumber any other denomination's, and its membership is the wealthiest. The General Theological Seminary of the Protestant Episcopal Church is located in New York. Trinity, mentioned elsewhere in this work, is the main church. Grace, St. Thomas's, St. George's, Ascension, Calvary, the new St. Bartholomew's, St. John's, Trinity Chapel, St. Paul's, St. Peter's, the Transfiguration, and the Heavenly Rest are among the most beautiful in the city.
The Lutherans were the third in the order of their appearance in New York. They were to be found here before the capture of the city by the English, but their first church was not erected until 1702. It was a small stone edifice, and was located at the corner of Broadway and Rector street. They have now fifteen flourishing churches, and are very strong in members and wealth.
The Lutherans were the third group to arrive in New York. They were already here before the English took control of the city, but their first church wasn’t built until 1702. It was a small stone building located at the corner of Broadway and Rector Street. Now, they have fifteen thriving churches and are quite strong in terms of members and wealth.
The Presbyterians now constitute one of the largest and most flourishing denominations of the city. Owing to the intolerance of the Established Church and the Civil Government, they had considerable difficulty in introducing their faith here. They at first met in private houses. In 1707, one of their ministers was heavily fined, and condemned to pay the costs of the suit for preaching and baptizing a child in a private house. In 1716 they organized their first society, and connected it with the Philadelphia Presbytery. The city authorities now granted them toleration, and allowed them to worship in the City Hall until 1719. In the latter year they opened their first church in Wall street, near Broadway. The Presbyterian churches and mission chapels of New York are now as follows: Presbyterian proper, 70; United Presbyterian, 8; Reformed p. 493Presbyterian, 7; Congregationalists, 9; making a total of 94. The denomination is extremely wealthy, and many of its churches are noted for their beauty and magnificence. The Presbyterians also support a number of noble benevolent and charitable enterprises.
The Presbyterians are now one of the largest and most thriving denominations in the city. Due to the intolerance of the Established Church and the Civil Government, they faced significant challenges in establishing their faith here. Initially, they gathered in private homes. In 1707, one of their ministers was heavily fined and ordered to cover the legal costs for preaching and baptizing a child in a private residence. In 1716, they formed their first society and connected it with the Philadelphia Presbytery. The city authorities eventually granted them tolerance, allowing them to worship in City Hall until 1719. That year, they opened their first church on Wall Street, near Broadway. The Presbyterian churches and mission chapels in New York currently include: Presbyterian proper, 70; United Presbyterian, 8; Reformed Presbyterian, 7; Congregationalists, 9; totaling 94. The denomination is very wealthy, and many of its churches are known for their beauty and grandeur. The Presbyterians also support a number of noble benevolent and charitable initiatives.
The Baptists, like the Presbyterians, had considerable difficulty in establishing themselves here. In 1709, a Baptist minister was sentenced to three months’ imprisonment for preaching in New York without the permission of the city authorities. For some time the Baptists were subjected to considerable hostility, and were often obliged to immerse their proselytes by night to avoid interruption. Their first church was erected on Golden Hill, now known as Gold street, about 1725. The various branches of this denomination have now about fifty churches and chapels in the city. The First and the Fifth Avenue Churches are among the wealthiest corporations in the city, and their sacred edifices are noted for their beauty and elegance.
The Baptists, similar to the Presbyterians, faced significant challenges in establishing themselves here. In 1709, a Baptist minister was sentenced to three months in jail for preaching in New York without permission from the city officials. For a while, the Baptists dealt with a lot of hostility and often had to baptize their converts at night to avoid being interrupted. Their first church was built on Golden Hill, now known as Gold Street, around 1725. Today, various branches of this denomination have about fifty churches and chapels in the city. The First and Fifth Avenue Churches are among the wealthiest organizations in the city, and their buildings are known for their beauty and elegance.
The Methodists appeared here soon after their church had become strong in Great Britain. In 1766, Philip Embury, an Irishman, and a local preacher in the Wesleyan Church, began to hold religious services in his own house, in Barrack Row, now Park Place, to a congregation of half a dozen persons. The church growing greatly in numbers, a large room was rented for public worship on what is now William street, between Fulton and John streets, and was used by them until the completion of their first church in John street, in 1768. The Methodists now have sixty churches and chapels in the city. They claim a membership of 13,000, and estimate the value of their church property at over $2,000,000. Some of their churches are very handsome. St. Paul’s, at the northeast corner of Fourth avenue and Twenty-second street, is a beautiful structure. It is built of white marble, in the Romanesque style. The Rectory, adjoining it, is of the same material. It is the gift of Daniel Drew to the congregation. The spire is 210 feet high, and the church will seat 1300 persons.
The Methodists showed up here shortly after their church got strong in Great Britain. In 1766, Philip Embury, an Irishman and a local preacher in the Wesleyan Church, started holding religious services in his own home on Barrack Row, now Park Place, for a small group of about six people. As the church grew significantly in numbers, they rented a large room for public worship on what’s now William Street, between Fulton and John Streets, and used it until they built their first church on John Street in 1768. The Methodists now have sixty churches and chapels in the city. They claim a membership of 13,000 and estimate their church property is worth over $2,000,000. Some of their churches are quite beautiful. St. Paul’s, located at the northeast corner of Fourth Avenue and Twenty-Second Street, is a stunning building. It’s made of white marble in the Romanesque style. The Rectory next to it is built from the same material. It was a gift from Daniel Drew to the congregation. The spire rises 210 feet, and the church can seat 1,300 people.
The Jews are said to have come into New York with its p. 494early settlers, and there seems to be good authority for this statement. Finding tolerance and protection here, they have increased and multiplied rapidly, and are now very numerous. They are immensely wealthy as a class, and make a liberal provision for the unfortunate of their own creed. They have twenty-seven synagogues, several of which are among the most prominent buildings in the city. The Temple Emanuel, Fifth avenue and Forty-third street, is one of the costliest and most beautiful religious edifices in America. It is built of a light colored stone, with an elaborately carved front, and from the north and south ends rise slender and graceful towers, which give an air of lightness to the whole structure. The Temple is said to have cost, including the site, about one million of dollars.
The Jews supposedly arrived in New York with its early settlers, and there seems to be solid evidence for this claim. Finding tolerance and protection here, they have rapidly grown in number and are now quite numerous. They are very wealthy as a group and generously support those in need within their own community. They have twenty-seven synagogues, some of which are among the most notable buildings in the city. The Temple Emanuel, located on Fifth Avenue and Forty-third Street, is one of the most expensive and beautiful religious buildings in America. It's made of light-colored stone, featuring an intricately carved facade, and slender, graceful towers rise from the north and south ends, giving an airy feel to the entire structure. The Temple is said to have cost, including the land, about one million dollars.
The Roman Catholics are, in point of numbers, one of the strongest, if not the strongest denomination in the city. In the early history of the colony a law was enacted which required that every Roman Catholic priest who should come into the city of his own free will, should be hanged forthwith. This barbarous statute was never put in force, and one cannot help smiling to think how times have changed since then for the people of the Roman faith. Their first church occupied the site of the present St. Peter’s, in Barclay street, and was built in 1786. In 1815, they were strong enough to erect St. Patrick’s Cathedral, on the corner of Mott and Prince streets. They have now forty churches in the city, and own a vast amount of real estate. The city authorities, being frequently of this faith, have made liberal grants to their church, and in this way have excited no little hostility on the part of the Protestant churches, who are, as a rule, opposed to secular grants to religious denominations.
The Roman Catholics are, by number, one of the largest, if not the largest, denominations in the city. In the early days of the colony, a law was passed that mandated any Roman Catholic priest who entered the city willingly would be hanged immediately. This brutal law was never enforced, and it’s hard not to smile when thinking about how much things have changed for those of the Roman faith since then. Their first church was located on the site of what is now St. Peter’s on Barclay Street, and it was built in 1786. By 1815, they were strong enough to construct St. Patrick’s Cathedral at the corner of Mott and Prince Streets. They currently have forty churches in the city and own a significant amount of real estate. The city officials, often being of this faith, have made generous grants to their church, which has sparked considerable resentment from Protestant churches that generally oppose government funding for religious groups.
The Roman Catholics of New York consist principally of the poorer classes, though the church contains a large body of cultivated and wealthy people. Still its strength is among the poor. Consequently the majority of its churches are located in the meaner quarters of the city, so that they may be convenient to those to whose spiritual wants they minister. The attendance upon these churches is immense. The pastor of a church in the p. 495Fourth Ward once said to the writer that he had 25,000 persons of all ages and both sexes under his pastoral care, and that nearly all of them were very poor. His labors were arduous, and they were well performed.
The Roman Catholics in New York mainly come from the poorer communities, although the church also has a significant number of educated and wealthy members. Still, its main support comes from the poor. As a result, most of its churches are situated in the less affluent areas of the city to serve those who need spiritual guidance. The attendance at these churches is huge. A pastor from a church in the p. 495Fourth Ward once mentioned to me that he cared for 25,000 people of all ages and both genders, and nearly all of them were quite poor. His work was difficult, but he did it well.
Some of the Roman Catholic churches, on the other hand, are located in the most desirable portions of the city, and are extremely handsome within, even if plain without. St. Stephen’s, on Twenty-eighth street, between Third and Lexington avenues, is an unattractive brick structure extending through to Twenty-ninth street. The interior is very large and very beautiful. The altar is of pure white marble, and its adornments are of the richest description. The church is decorated with a series of excellent fresco paintings of a devotional character. The altar piece, representing The Crucifixion, is a magnificent work. The music is perhaps the best in the city. The church will seat nearly 4000 people, and is usually crowded.
Some Roman Catholic churches, on the other hand, are situated in the most sought-after areas of the city and are really beautiful inside, even if they look plain on the outside. St. Stephen’s, located on Twenty-eighth Street between Third and Lexington Avenues, is an unappealing brick building that stretches through to Twenty-ninth Street. The interior is very spacious and stunning. The altar is made of pure white marble, and its decorations are of the highest quality. The church features a series of impressive fresco paintings that are devotional in nature. The altar piece, depicting The Crucifixion, is a magnificent artwork. The music is arguably the best in the city. The church can accommodate nearly 4,000 people and is typically packed.
The new St. Patrick’s Cathedral, now in course of erection, will be the most elaborate church edifice in the Union. It covers the entire block bounded by Fifth and Madison avenues, and Fiftieth and Fifty-first streets, fronting on Fifth avenue. The corner stone was laid by Archbishop Hughes in 1858, and the work has been in progress, with some interruptions, ever since. Archbishop McCloskey has for several years past been pushing the work forward with steadfastness, and it is believed that a few years more will witness its completion.
The new St. Patrick’s Cathedral, currently under construction, will be the most detailed church building in the country. It occupies the whole block between Fifth and Madison Avenues, and Fiftieth and Fifty-first Streets, facing Fifth Avenue. The cornerstone was laid by Archbishop Hughes in 1858, and the work has been ongoing, with some delays, ever since. Archbishop McCloskey has been steadily advancing the project for several years, and it is believed that a few more years will see its completion.
The site of the church is very fine. It is the most elevated spot on Fifth avenue. The length of the building will be 332 feet; breadth of the nave and choir, 132 feet; breadth at the transepts, 174 feet. The foundations rest upon a stratum of solid rock. The first course is of Maine granite, the material used in the Treasury Building at Washington. The upper portions of this course are neatly dressed with the chisel. The remainder of the church is to be constructed of white marble, from the Pleasantville quarries, in Westchester county. The crystalline character of this stone produces very beautiful effects in those portions which are most elaborately worked. The style of the edifice is the “decorated Gothic,” which was most p. 496popular in Europe between the ninth and fifteenth centuries.
The church is located in a really great spot. It's the highest point on Fifth Avenue. The building will be 332 feet long; the width of the nave and choir will be 132 feet; and the width at the transepts will be 174 feet. The foundations are built on solid rock. The first layer is made of Maine granite, the same material used in the Treasury Building in Washington. The top parts of this layer are finely shaped with a chisel. The rest of the church will be made from white marble from the Pleasantville quarries in Westchester County. The crystal-like quality of this stone creates beautiful effects in the more elaborate sections. The style of the building is “decorated Gothic,” which was most popular in Europe from the ninth to the fifteenth centuries. p. 496
The design would seem to be modelled after the famous Cathedral of Cologne, the most beautiful specimen of this order of architecture. The Fifth avenue front will be exceedingly beautiful. The carvings and statuary for its ornament are genuine works of art, and this portion of the building will be equal to anything in the world. The central gable will be 156 p. 497feet high. On each side of it will rise towers which are to reach a height of 328 feet from the ground, counting from the summit of the cross on each. These towers are to be square in form to a point 136 feet above the ground. They are then to rise in octagonal lanterns 54 feet high, above which are to soar magnificent spires to a further elevation of 138 feet. The towers and spires are to be adorned with buttresses, niches filled with statues, and pinnacles, which will have the effect of concealing the change from the square to the octagon. The cost of the church is estimated at over two millions of dollars.
The design seems to be inspired by the famous Cologne Cathedral, known as the most beautiful example of this style of architecture. The Fifth Avenue front will be incredibly stunning. The carvings and statues for decoration are authentic works of art, and this part of the building will be on par with anything in the world. The central gable will stand 156 p. 497feet high. On each side, towers will rise to a height of 328 feet from the ground, measured from the top of the cross on each. These towers will be square up to 136 feet above the ground. They will then ascend in octagonal lanterns that are 54 feet high, topped with magnificent spires that soar an additional 138 feet. The towers and spires will be decorated with buttresses, niches filled with statues, and pinnacles, which will help hide the transition from square to octagon. The church's estimated cost exceeds two million dollars.
The Unitarians made their appearance in the city in 1819, and have now five churches. One of these, the Church of the Messiah, Park avenue and Thirty-fourth street, is very handsome.
The Unitarians came to the city in 1819 and now have five churches. One of these, the Church of the Messiah, located at Park Avenue and Thirty-fourth Street, is quite attractive.
The Friends, or Quakers, opened their first meeting-house in 1703, and now have five places of worship, and own considerable property in the city.
The Friends, or Quakers, opened their first meeting house in 1703, and now have five places of worship, plus they own a significant amount of property in the city.
All the denominations are actively engaged in missionary work. They have mission houses and chapels and schools in the worst quarters of the city, which are doing a noble work, and support them liberally.
All the denominations are actively involved in missionary work. They have mission houses, chapels, and schools in the toughest areas of the city, which are doing great work, and they support them generously.
The majority of the city churches are above Canal street. In some localities, especially on the fashionable streets, they crowd each other too greatly. A few are very wealthy, but the majority are compelled to struggle to get along. Pew rent is very high in New York, and only persons in good circumstances can have pews in a thriving church. In a fashionable church large sums are paid for pews.
Most of the city churches are above Canal Street. In some areas, especially on the trendy streets, they are packed too closely together. A few are quite wealthy, but most have to work hard to survive. Pew rent is very high in New York, and only those in good financial situations can afford pews in a thriving church. In a popular church, large amounts are paid for pews.
The New Yorkers can hardly be said to be a church-going people. The morning services are usually well attended, but the afternoon and evening services show a “beggarly array of empty benches.” It is astonishing to see the widespread carelessness which prevails here on the subject of church-going. There are thousands of respectable people in the great city who never see the inside of a church, unless drawn there by some special attraction. The support of the churches, therefore, falls on comparatively a few. These give liberally, and it may be p. 498doubted whether any other band of Christians are more munificent in their offerings.
The people of New York can hardly be described as churchgoers. The morning services usually attract a good number of attendees, but the afternoon and evening services show a "pitiful number of empty seats." It's surprising to see the widespread indifference towards church attendance here. There are thousands of respectable individuals in this big city who never step inside a church unless they're lured in by some special event. As a result, the churches largely rely on a small group for support. These individuals contribute generously, and it's debatable whether any other group of Christians is more generous with their donations. **page 498**p. 498
The distinctions which govern the world prevail in the city churches. Fashion and wealth rule here with an iron hand. The fashionable churches, with the exception of Grace Church, are now located high up town. They are large and handsome, and the congregations are wealthy and exclusive. Forms are rigidly insisted upon, and the reputation of the church for exclusiveness is so well known that those in the humbler walks of life shrink from entering its doors. They feel that they would not be welcome, that the congregation would consider them hardly fit to address their prayers to the Great White Throne from so exclusive a place. The widow’s mite would cause the warden’s face to wear a well-bred look of pitying amazement if laid in the midst of the crisp bank notes of the collection; and Lazarus would lie a long time at the doors of some of these churches, unless the police should remove him.
The social distinctions that dominate the world are also present in the city churches. Fashion and wealth control everything here. The trendy churches, except for Grace Church, are now situated far uptown. They are large and impressive, and their congregations are wealthy and exclusive. Strict adherence to rules is expected, and the church's reputation for exclusivity is so well known that people from less privileged backgrounds hesitate to enter. They believe they wouldn't be welcomed and that the congregation would think of them as unworthy to offer their prayers in such a selective place. A widow’s small donation would prompt a look of condescending disbelief from the warden if placed among the crisp bills in the collection basket; and Lazarus would languish at the doors of some of these churches for a long time, unless the police decided to move him along.
Riches and magnificence are seen on every side. The music is divine, and is rendered by a select choir of professional singers. The service is performed to perfection. The sermon is short and very pretty, and the congregation roll away in their carriages, or stroll along the avenue, well satisfied that they are in the “narrow way,” which the Master once declared to be so difficult to the feet of the rich man. But that was eighteen hundred years ago, and the world has grown wiser in its own estimation.
Riches and grandeur are everywhere. The music is heavenly, performed by a handpicked choir of professional singers. The service is flawlessly executed. The sermon is brief and charming, and the congregation drives away in their carriages or strolls down the avenue, feeling content that they are on the "narrow path," which the Master once said was so hard for the rich man to follow. But that was eighteen hundred years ago, and the world thinks it's much wiser now.
II. THE CLERGY.
Talent, backed by experience and industry, will succeed in the long run in New York, but talent is not essential to success in the ministry here. We have often wondered what does make the success of some clergymen in this city. They have done well, and are popular, but they are not pulpit orators. In other cities a good pastor need not always be a good preacher. He may endear himself to his people in many different ways, so that p. 499his other good qualities atone for his oratorical deficiencies. In New York, however, pastoral duties are almost entirely confined to the ministrations in the church, visitation of the sick, marriages, and attendance upon funerals. The city is so immense, the flock so widely scattered, that very few clergymen can visit all their people. The result is that pastoral visiting is but little practised here. The clergyman is generally “at home” to all who choose to call, on a certain evening in each week. A few civil, common-place words pass between the shepherd and the sheep, but that is all. The mass of the people of this city are neglected by the clergy. Possibly the fault is with the people. Indeed, it is highly probable, considering the carelessness which New Yorkers manifest on the subject of church going. During the summer months a large part of New York is left to do without the Gospel. Very many of the churches are closed. The ministers are, many of them, delicate men, and they cannot bear the strain of an unbroken year of preaching. So they shut up their churches during the warm season, go off to Long Branch, Saratoga, or the mountains, or cross the ocean. With the fall of the leaves, they come back to town by the score, and their churches are again opened “for preaching.” Don’t be deceived by their robust appearance. It is only temporary. By the approach of the next summer they will grow thin and weak-voiced again, and nothing will restore them but a season at some fashionable resort, or a run over the ocean.
Talent, along with experience and industry, will ultimately succeed in New York, but talent isn’t essential for success in the ministry here. We often wonder what makes some clergymen successful in this city. They thrive and are popular, yet they are not great public speakers. In other cities, a good pastor doesn’t always have to be a good preacher. They can connect with their congregation in various ways, so their other positive traits make up for their lack of oratory skills. However, in New York, pastoral duties primarily focus on church services, visiting the sick, conducting marriages, and attending funerals. The city is so vast and the community so dispersed that very few clergymen can visit all their people. As a result, pastoral visits are rarely carried out here. Typically, the clergyman is “at home” for anyone who chooses to drop by on a specific evening each week. Just a few polite, simple words are exchanged between the shepherd and the sheep, and that’s it. The majority of the city’s population goes overlooked by the clergy. Perhaps the issue lies with the people. It’s quite likely, given the indifference New Yorkers show toward attending church. During the summer months, much of New York goes without the Gospel. Many churches close their doors. Many ministers are delicate individuals who can’t handle the pressure of preaching without a break for an entire year. So, they shut their churches during the warm season and head off to Long Branch, Saratoga, the mountains, or even cross the ocean. When fall arrives, they return to the city in droves, and their churches reopen “for preaching.” Don’t let their strong appearance fool you. It’s only temporary. By the time summer rolls around again, they will become thin and weak-voiced once more, and nothing will restore them except a stay at a fashionable resort or a trip across the ocean.
A man of real talent will always, if he has a church conveniently and fashionably located, draw a large congregation to hear him; but the location and prestige of the church often do more than the minister, for some of our poorer churches have men of genius in their pulpits, while some of the wealthiest and most fashionable congregations are called on every Sunday to listen to the merest platitudes.
A truly talented man will always attract a large audience if he has a church in a good location, but the church's location and reputation often matter more than the minister himself. Some of our less affluent churches have brilliant speakers in their pulpits, while some of the wealthiest and most fashionable congregations are led every Sunday by people who only share the simplest ideas.
Let us not be misunderstood. There are able men in the New York pulpit—such men as Vinton, Hall, Chapin, Spring, Osgood, John Cotton Smith, Adams, and others—but we have some weak-headed brethren also.
Let’s not get this twisted. There are capable speakers in the New York pulpit—like Vinton, Hall, Chapin, Spring, Osgood, John Cotton Smith, Adams, and others—but we also have a few less capable colleagues.
A few clergymen grow rich in this city, the wealthy members p. 500of their flock no doubt aiding them. Some marry fortunes. As a general rule, however, they have no chance of saving any money. Salaries are large here, but expenses are in proportion; and it requires a large income for a minister to live respectably. One in charge of a prosperous congregation cannot maintain his social position, or uphold the dignity of his parish, on less than from eight to ten thousand dollars per annum, if he has even a moderate family. Very little, if any, of this will go in extravagance. Many clergymen are obliged to live here on smaller salaries, but they do it “by the skin of their teeth.”
A few clergymen get rich in this city, thanks to the wealthy members of their congregation. Some even marry into money. However, as a general rule, they have little chance of saving anything. Salaries are high here, but so are expenses; it takes a large income for a minister to live respectably. Anyone leading a thriving congregation needs to earn between eight to ten thousand dollars a year if they have even a modest family. Very little, if any, of that will go to extravagance. Many clergymen have to survive on lower salaries, but they manage to do it “by the skin of their teeth.”
As a rule, the clergymen of New York are like those of other places. Whether weak-headed, or strong-minded, they are, as a class, honest, God-fearing, self-denying men. There are, however, some black sheep in the fold; but, let us thank Heaven, they are few, and all the more conspicuous for that reason.
As a general rule, the clergy in New York are similar to those in other areas. Whether they're not the sharpest or very clever, they tend to be honest, God-fearing, and self-sacrificing individuals. However, there are a few bad apples among them; but, thank goodness, they are rare and stand out even more for that reason.
The speculative mania (in financial, not theological matters) invades even the ranks of the clergy, and there are several well-known gentlemen of the cloth who operate boldly and skilfully in the stock markets through their brokers. One of these was once sharply rebuked by his broker for his unclerical conduct, and was advised, if he wished to carry on his speculations further, to go into the market himself, as the broker declined to be any longer the representative of a man who was ashamed of his business. There are others still who are not ashamed to mingle openly with the throng of curb-stone brokers, and carry on their operations behind the sanctity of their white cravats. These last, however, may be termed “Independents,” as they have no standing in their churches, and are roundly censured by them.
The speculative frenzy (in financial, not religious matters) even reaches members of the clergy, and there are several well-known clergy who confidently and skillfully trade in the stock markets through their brokers. One of them was once sharply scolded by his broker for his unclerical behavior and was advised that if he wanted to continue his trades, he should go into the market himself, as the broker refused to represent someone who was ashamed of their business. There are still others who aren't embarrassed to openly engage with the crowd of curb brokers and continue their operations behind the cover of their white collars. However, these last ones can be called "Independents," as they have no standing in their churches and are heavily criticized by them.
Others there are who, on small salaries, support large families. These are the heroes of the profession, but the world knows little of their heroism. With their slender means, they provide homes that are models for all. They do their duty bravely, and with an amount of self-denial which is sometimes amazing. They have happy homes, too, even if it is hard to make both ends meet at the end of the year. They are often men of taste p. 501and culture, to whom such trials are particularly hard. They carry their culture into their homes, and the fruits of it blossom all around them. Wealth could not give them these pleasures, nor can poverty deprive them of them. They bring up their children in the fear and admonition of the Lord, and, thanks to the free schools and their own efforts, give them a good education. They send them out into the world well equipped for the battle of life, and reap the reward of their efforts in the honorable and useful lives of those children. They go down into the grave without knowing any of the comforts of wealth, without having ever preached to a fashionable congregation, and the world comes at last to find that their places cannot easily be filled. Let us be sure “their works do follow them.”
There are others who, on modest salaries, support large families. These individuals are the true heroes of their profession, yet the world knows little about their heroism. With their limited resources, they create homes that set an example for all. They fulfill their responsibilities courageously and with a level of self-sacrifice that's often remarkable. Their homes are filled with happiness, even though it can be challenging to make ends meet by the year's end. Many of them appreciate beauty and culture, which makes their struggles especially tough. They bring their culture into their homes, and its benefits flourish around them. Wealth can't provide them these joys, just as poverty can't take them away. They raise their children with respect and nurturing in mind, and thanks to free schools and their own hard work, they ensure their kids receive a solid education. They prepare them well for the challenges of life and are rewarded by seeing their children lead honorable and meaningful lives. They leave this world without experiencing the comforts of wealth, without ever having addressed a fashionable audience, and eventually, the world realizes their roles are hard to replace. Let's remember that “their works do follow them.”
p. 502XXXVIII. BOARDING-HOUSE LIFE.
New York is a vast boarding-house. Let him who doubts this assertion turn to the columns of the Herald, and there read its confirmation in the long columns of advertisements of “Boarders wanted,” which adorn that sheet. Or, better still, let him insert an advertisement in the aforesaid Herald, applying for board, and he will find himself in receipt of a mail next morning that will tax the postman’s utmost capacity. The boarding-houses of New York are a feature, and not the pleasantest one, of the great city. How many there are, is not known, but in some localities they cover both sides of the street for several blocks. Those which are termed fashionable, and which imitate the expensiveness of the hotels without furnishing a tithe of their comforts, are located in the Fifth avenue, Broadway, and the Fourth avenue, or near those streets. Some are showily furnished as to the public rooms, and are conducted in seemingly elegant style, but the proprietress, for it is generally a woman who is at the head of these establishments, pays for all this show by economizing in the table and other things essential to comfort. The really “elegant establishments,” where magnificence of display is combined with a good table and substantial comfort in other respects, may be almost named in a breath.
New York is like a huge boarding house. Anyone who doubts this can check the columns of the Herald, where they’ll find confirmation in the long lists of ads for “Boarders wanted” that fill the pages. Or, even better, they can place their own ad in the same Herald, looking for a room, and they’ll be greeted with enough responses the next morning to test the postman’s limits. The boarding houses of New York are a notable, though not very pleasant, aspect of the city. No one knows exactly how many there are, but in some areas, they line both sides of the street for blocks. The so-called fashionable ones, which try to mimic the pricey hotels without providing even a fraction of their comforts, can be found on Fifth Avenue, Broadway, and Fourth Avenue, or close to those streets. Some have flashy decor in the public areas and seem to be run in an elegant way, but the owner, usually a woman running these places, compensates for all the show by cutting back on food and other essentials for comfort. The truly “elegant establishments,” where opulence is matched with good food and real comfort, could almost be named in a single breath.
Whether fashionable or unfashionable, all boarding-houses are alike. They are supremely uncomfortable. The boarder is never really satisfied, and lives in a state of perpetual warfare with his landlady. The landlady, on her part, takes care that her guests shall not be too comfortable. People generally become accustomed to this feverish mode of life; so accustomed to it indeed that they cannot exist without it. They find a sort of positive p. 503pleasure in boarding-house quarrels, and would not be able to exist without the excitement of them.
Whether trendy or not, all boarding houses are the same. They are incredibly uncomfortable. The tenant is never truly happy and is in a constant battle with their landlady. The landlady, for her part, ensures her guests don’t get too comfortable. People usually get used to this stressful way of living; in fact, they get so used to it that they can’t live without it. They actually find a kind of strange pleasure in boarding house arguments and wouldn’t know how to live without the thrill of them. p. 503
The majority of boarders in the city are persons who have not the means to live in their own houses. Others there are, who fancy they have less trouble in boarding than in keeping their own establishments. This is a singular but common delusion, and its victims endure with what patience they can the wretched fare, the constant changes, and the uninterrupted inconvenience and strife of a boarding-house, and imagine all the while that they are experiencing less trouble and annoyance than they would undergo in keeping house. The truth is, living is so expensive in New York, that all modes of life are troublesome to those who are not wealthy enough to disregard expense. But, here, as elsewhere, the privacy of one’s own home is better than the publicity of a boarding-house, and a fuss with Bridget in one’s own kitchen preferable to a row with a landlady, who may turn you out of doors at the very moment you are congratulating yourself that you are settled for the season. To persons with families, boarding-house life ought to be intolerable. Those who have children find that they cannot rear them as properly as they could within their own homes, that they cannot as surely shield them from unfavorable outside influences. Indeed, the troubles which these “encumbrances” cause are so great that the wife and mother comes to the conclusion that more children will simply add to her difficulties of this kind, and so she commences to “regulate” her family, and the little ones cease coming. Some boarding-houses will not receive children at any price. Year by year the number of such establishments is increasing. What will be the result? The question is not hard to answer.
Most boarders in the city are people who can’t afford to live in their own homes. There are others who think they have less hassle by boarding instead of managing their own households. This is a strange but common misconception, and those caught in it endure the poor food, constant changes, and ongoing inconveniences and conflicts of a boarding house, all while believing they are experiencing less trouble and annoyance than if they were maintaining their own home. The reality is, living is so costly in New York that all lifestyles are challenging for those who can’t afford to ignore expenses. But, as in other places, the privacy of your own home is preferable to the lack of privacy in a boarding house, and dealing with conflicts in your own kitchen is better than having issues with a landlady who might kick you out just when you think you’re settled for the season. For families, boarding-house life should be unbearable. Parents find they can’t raise their children as well as they could in their own homes, and they can’t protect them from negative outside influences as effectively. In fact, the problems caused by these “burdens” are so significant that a wife and mother may decide that having more children will only add to her challenges, leading her to start “regulating” her family, resulting in fewer little ones. Some boarding houses won’t take in children at any price, and year after year, the number of such places is growing. What will be the outcome? The answer isn’t hard to find.
The boarding-house is generally a cast-off mansion of gentility. There are a score of things about it to remind you that it was once a home, and to set you to speculating on the ways of the grim fate that has changed it into a place of torment. Whole volumes have been written on the subject, and all agree that is simply what I have described it to be. From the fashionable Fifth avenue establishment down to the cellar p. 504lodging-houses of the Five Points, all boarding-houses are alike in this respect. Their success in tormenting their victims depends upon the susceptibility and refinement of feeling and taste on the part of the latter.
The boarding house is usually a run-down mansion once filled with elegance. There are many things about it that remind you it was once a home and make you wonder about the harsh fate that has turned it into a place of suffering. Entire books have been written on this topic, and they all agree that it’s exactly as I’ve described. From the upscale establishments on Fifth Avenue to the dingy lodging houses in the Five Points, all boarding houses share this trait. Their ability to torment their residents depends on how sensitive and refined those residents are in terms of feelings and taste.
Landladies and boarders are mutually suspicious of each other. The landlady constantly suspects her guest of a desire to escape from her clutches with unpaid bills. The latter is always on the look-out for some omission on the part of the hostess to comply with the letter of her contract. Landladies are frequently swindled by adventurers of both sexes, and guests most commonly find that the hostess does not comply very strictly with her bargain. Furthermore, the boarder has not only to endure his own troubles, but those of the landlady as well. Her sorrows are unending, and she pours them out to him at every opportunity. He dare not refuse to listen, for his experience teaches him that his hostess will find a way to punish him for his unfeeling conduct. It is of no use to change his quarters, for he may fare worse in this respect at the next place. And so he submits, and grows peevish and fretful, and even bald and gray over the woes of his tormentor. He consoles himself with one thought—in the next world landladies cease from troubling and boarding-houses do not exist.
Landladies and their tenants are suspicious of each other. The landlady constantly worries her guest will try to skip out without paying. On the other hand, tenants are always on the lookout for any failure on the landlady's part to stick to their agreement. Landladies often get scammed by hustlers of both genders, while guests usually find that the landlady doesn’t follow her side of the deal very closely. Moreover, the tenant has to deal not only with his own issues but also with the landlady's. Her troubles are endless, and she shares them with him at every chance. He can’t refuse to listen because he knows from experience that his landlady will find a way to take revenge for his insensitivity. Changing places doesn’t help, as the next situation might be even worse. So he puts up with it, becoming irritable and stressed, and even losing his hair and going gray over the struggles of his tormentor. He finds solace in one thought— in the next life, landladies will stop bothering him and boarding houses won’t exist.
All boarding-houses begin to fill up for the winter about the first of October. Few of the proprietors have any trouble in filling their establishments, as there is generally a rush of strangers to the city at that time. The majority of boarders change their quarters every fall, if they do not do so oftener. At first, the table is well supplied with good fare, the attendance is excellent, and the proprietress as obliging as one can wish. This continues until the house is full, and the guests have made arrangements which would render a removal inconvenient. Then a change comes over the establishment. The attendance becomes inferior. The landlady cannot afford to keep so many servants, and the best in the house are discharged. The fare becomes poor and scanty, and there begin to appear dishes upon which the landlady has exercised an amount of ingenuity which is astounding. They are fearfully p. 505and wonderfully compounded, and it is best to ask no questions about them. The landlady keeps a keen watch over the table at such times; and woe to him who slights or turns up his nose at these dishes. She is sorry Mr. X---’s appetite is so delicate; but really her prices of board do not permit her to rival Delmonico or the Fifth Avenue Hotel in her table. Mr. P---, who was worth his millions, and who boarded with her for ten years, was very fond of that dish, and Mr. P--- was a regular bon vivant, if there ever was one. Hang your head, friend X---, mutter some incoherent excuse, gulp down your fair share of the dish in question--and fast the next time it makes its appearance at the table.
All boarding houses start to fill up for the winter around the beginning of October. Most owners don’t have trouble filling their places since there’s usually a rush of newcomers to the city then. Most boarders switch their accommodations every fall, if not more often. At first, the meals are plentiful and delicious, the service is top-notch, and the landlady is as accommodating as you can hope for. This continues until the place is full and the guests have settled in, making it inconvenient to move. Then things start to change. The service gets worse. The landlady can’t afford to keep as many staff, and the best ones get let go. The food becomes meager and unappealing, and you start to see dishes that reveal a truly surprising level of creativity from the landlady. They are incredibly strange, and it’s probably best not to ask too many questions about them. The landlady keeps a close watch over the dining table during these times, and anyone who looks down on these meals will regret it. She’s sympathetic to Mr. X---'s delicate tastes, but her board rates don’t allow her to compete with Delmonico or the Fifth Avenue Hotel. Mr. P---, who was worth millions and stayed with her for ten years, really enjoyed that dish, and he was a true food lover if there ever was one. So bow your head, friend X---, mumble some excuse, choke down your share of the dish, and hope it doesn’t show up again next time.
The landlady has shrewdly calculated the chances of p. 506retaining her boarders. She knows that few care to or can change in the middle of the season, when all the other houses are full; and that they will hang on to her establishment until the spring. If they do not come back the next fall, others will, and as the population is large, she can play the same game upon a fresh set of victims for many years to come. It is of no use to complain. She knows human nature better than you do, and she adheres rigidly to her programme, grimly replying to your tale of woes, that, if you do not like her establishment, you can go elsewhere. You would go if you could find a better place; but you know they are all alike. So you make up your mind to endure your discomforts until May, with her smiling face, calls you into the country.
The landlady has smartly figured out the odds of keeping her boarders. She knows that few people want to or can move in the middle of the season when all the other places are full, and they will stick around until spring. If they don’t return next fall, others will, and since the population is large, she can play the same game with a new group of people for many years. Complaining is pointless. She understands human nature better than you do, and she sticks to her plan, coldly responding to your stories of troubles that if you don’t like her place, you can go elsewhere. You would leave if you could find a better spot, but you know they’re all the same. So you decide to put up with your discomfort until May, when her smiling face beckons you into the countryside.
Boarding-houses allow their guests a brief respite in the summer. The city is then comparatively deserted, and the most of these “highly respectable” establishments are very much in want of inmates. Expenses are heavy and receipts light then, and the landladies offer an unusual degree of comfort to those who will help them to tide over this dull season.
Boarding houses give their guests a short break in the summer. The city feels mostly empty then, and most of these “highly respectable” places really need residents. Costs are high and income is low during this time, so the landladies provide extra comfort to those who will help them get through this slow season.
As regards the ferreting out of impropriety on the part of her guests, the New York landlady is unequalled by the most skilful detective in the city. She doubts the character of every woman beneath her roof; but in spite of her acuteness she is often deceived, and it may be safely asserted that the boarding-houses into which improper characters do not sometimes find their way are very few. It is simply impossible to keep them out. The average boarding-house contains a goodly number of men who are so many objects of the designs of the adventurers. Again, if the adventuress wishes to maintain the guise of respectability, she must have a respectable home, and this the boarding-house affords her. One is struck with the great number of handsome young widows who are to be found in these establishments. Sometimes they do not assume the character of a widow, but claim to be the wives of men absent in the distant Territories, or in Europe, and pretend to receive letters and remittances from them. The majority of these women are adventuresses, and they make their living in a way they do not p. 507care to have known. They conduct themselves with the utmost outward propriety in the house, and disarm even the suspicious landlady by their ladylike deportment. They are ripe for an intrigue with any man in the house, and as their object is simply to make money, they care little for an exposure if that object be attained.
As for spotting any wrongdoing among her guests, the New York landlady is unmatched by the most skilled detectives in the city. She questions the character of every woman under her roof; however, despite her sharp instincts, she often gets fooled, and it's safe to say that very few boarding houses are free from shady characters. It's simply impossible to keep them out. The average boarding house has quite a number of men who are targets for these schemers. Moreover, if a woman wants to keep up the appearance of respectability, she needs a respectable place to live, which is exactly what the boarding house provides. One cannot help but notice the many attractive young widows in these establishments. Sometimes, they don’t even claim to be widows but instead say they're the wives of men who are away in remote territories or Europe, pretending to receive letters and money from them. Most of these women are schemers making a living in ways they prefer to keep secret. They act with utmost decorum in the house and even put the suspicious landlady at ease with their ladylike behavior. They're ready for an affair with any man in the house, and since their only goal is to make money, they care little about being exposed as long as they achieve that goal.
p. 508XXXIX. THE RESTAURANTS.
New York is said to contain between five and six thousand restaurants. These are of every kind and description known to man, from Delmonico’s down to the Fulton Market stands. A very large number of persons live altogether at these places. They are those who cannot afford the expense of a hotel, and who will not endure a boarding-house. They rent rooms in convenient or inconvenient locations, and take their meals at the restaurants. At many nominally reputable establishments the fare is infamous, but as a rule New York is far ahead of any American city with respect to the character and capabilities of its eating-houses.
New York is said to have between five and six thousand restaurants. These come in every type and variety imaginable, from Delmonico’s down to the stands at Fulton Market. A large number of people live primarily at these places. They are those who can’t afford a hotel and won’t tolerate a boarding house. They rent rooms in either convenient or inconvenient locations and eat their meals at the restaurants. At many supposedly reputable places, the food is terrible, but generally, New York is far ahead of any American city when it comes to the quality and variety of its dining options.
The better class restaurants lie along Broadway and Fifth avenue. The other longitudinal streets are well supplied with establishments of all kinds, and in the Bowery are to be found houses in which the fare is prepared and served entirely in accordance with German ideas. In other parts of the city are to be found Italian, French, and Spanish restaurants, and English chop houses.
The upscale restaurants are located along Broadway and Fifth Avenue. The other major streets are filled with all kinds of eateries, and in the Bowery, you can find places where the food is made and served based entirely on German traditions. In different areas of the city, you'll also find Italian, French, and Spanish restaurants, as well as English pubs.
The fashionable restaurants lie chiefly above Fourteenth, and entirely above Canal street. Delmonico’s, at the northeast corner of Fourteenth street and the Fifth avenue, is the best known. It is a very extensive establishment, is fitted up in elegant style, and is equal to any eating-house in the world. The prices are very high. A modest dinner, without wine, for two persons, will cost here from four to five dollars. The fare is good, however. The house enjoys a large custom, and every visitor to New York who can afford it, takes a meal here before leaving the city. Delmonico is said to be very rich.
The trendy restaurants are mainly located above Fourteenth Street and completely above Canal Street. Delmonico's, on the northeast corner of Fourteenth Street and Fifth Avenue, is the most famous. It's a large establishment, decorated in an elegant style, and competes with any restaurant in the world. The prices are quite high. A simple dinner for two people, without wine, will cost between four and five dollars. However, the food is good. The place has a lot of customers, and every visitor to New York who can afford it has a meal here before leaving the city. Delmonico is said to be very wealthy.
p. 509A young man, to whom the ways of the house were unknown, once took his sweetheart to lunch at this famous place. His purse was light, and when he came to scan the bill of fare, and note the large sums affixed to each item, his heart sank within him, and he waited in silent agony to hear his fair companion make her selection. After due consideration, she ordered a woodcock. Now woodcocks are expensive luxuries at Delmonico’s, and the cost of one such bird represented more than the total contents of the lover’s purse. He was in despair, but a lucky thought occurred to him. Turning to the lady, he asked with an air of profound astonishment:
p. 509A young man, unfamiliar with the customs of the place, once took his girlfriend to lunch at this famous restaurant. His wallet was light, and when he looked at the menu and saw the high prices listed for each dish, he felt a wave of dread. He waited anxiously to hear what his elegant companion would choose. After some thought, she picked a woodcock. Woodcocks are pricey delicacies at Delmonico’s, and the price for one was more than the total amount in the young man's wallet. He was feeling hopeless, but then a lucky idea struck him. Turning to her, he asked with a look of deep surprise:
“Do you think you can eat a whole woodcock?”
“Do you think you can eat an entire woodcock?”
“How large is it?” asked the fair one, timidly.
“How big is it?” asked the beautiful one, hesitantly.
“About as large as a full grown turkey” was the grave reply.
“About the size of a full-grown turkey,” was the serious reply.
“O, I’ll take an oyster stew,” said the lady, quickly.
“O, I’ll have an oyster stew,” the lady said quickly.
The fashionable restaurants make large profits on their sales. Their customers are chiefly ladies, and men who have nothing to do. Their busiest hours are the early afternoon, and during the evening. After the theatres are closed, they are thronged with parties of ladies and gentlemen who come in for supper.
The trendy restaurants make big profits from their sales. Their customers are mainly women and men who have free time. Their peak hours are early afternoon and evening. After the theaters close, they get filled with groups of ladies and gentlemen who come in for late-night meals.
Some of the best restaurants in the city are those in which a lady is never seen. It must not be supposed that they are disreputable places. They are entirely the opposite. They are located in the lower part of the city, often in some by-street of the heavy business section, and are patronized chiefly by merchants and clerks, who come here to get lunch and dinner. The fare is excellent, and the prices are reasonable. The eating houses of Henry Bode, in Water street, near Wall street, Rudolph in Broadway, near Courtlandt street, and Nash & Fuller (late Crook, Fox & Nash), in Park Row, are the best of this kind. In the last there is a department for ladies.
Some of the best restaurants in the city are the ones where you never see a lady. Don’t think of them as shady places; they’re quite the opposite. They’re found in the lower part of the city, often tucked away on side streets in the busy business district, and they’re mostly frequented by merchants and office workers who come here for lunch and dinner. The food is excellent, and the prices are fair. The restaurants run by Henry Bode on Water Street near Wall Street, Rudolph on Broadway near Courtlandt Street, and Nash & Fuller (formerly Crook, Fox & Nash) on Park Row are the top options in this category. The last one even has a section for ladies.
Between the hours of noon and three o’clock, the down-town restaurants are generally crowded with a hungry throng. In some of them every seat at the long counters and at the tables is filled, and the floor is crowded with men standing and eating from plates which they hold in their hands. The noise, the p. 510bustle, the clatter of knives and dishes, the slamming of doors, and the cries of the waiters as they shout out the orders of the guests, are deafening. The waiters move about with a celerity that is astonishing; food is served and eaten with a dispatch peculiar to these places. A constant stream of men is pouring out of the doors, and as steady a stream flowing in to take their places. At some of the largest of these establishments as many as fifteen hundred people are supplied with food during the course of the day. A well patronized restaurant is very profitable in New York, even if its prices are moderate, and the higher priced establishments make their proprietors rich in a comparatively short time. The proprietor of a Broadway oyster saloon made a fortune of $150,000 by his legitimate business in five years. A large part of the income of the restaurants is derived from the sale of liquors at the bar.
Between noon and three o'clock, downtown restaurants are usually packed with hungry crowds. In some places, every seat at the long counters and tables is taken, and the floor is filled with people standing and eating off plates they hold in their hands. The noise, the hustle, the clatter of utensils and dishes, the slamming of doors, and the shouts of waiters taking orders from customers are overwhelming. The waiters move around with astonishing speed; food is served and eaten with a quickness unique to these spots. A steady stream of people is flowing out of the doors, and just as steady a stream is coming in to take their places. In some of the largest establishments, as many as fifteen hundred people are served meals throughout the day. A well-frequented restaurant can be very profitable in New York, even if the prices are reasonable, and higher-priced places can make their owners wealthy in a relatively short time. The owner of a Broadway oyster bar made a fortune of $150,000 through his legitimate business in five years. A significant portion of restaurants' income comes from sales of alcohol at the bar.
The principal up-town restaurants are largely patronized by disreputable people. Impure women go there to pick up custom, and men to find such companions. Women whose social position is good, do not hesitate to meet their lovers at such places, for there is a great deal of truth in the old adage which tells us that “there’s no place so private as a crowded hall.” A quiet but close observer will frequently see a nod, or a smile, or a meaning glance pass between the most respectable looking persons of opposite sexes, who are seemingly strangers to each other, and will sometimes see a note slyly sent by a waiter, or dropped adroitly into the hand of the woman as the man passes out, while her face wears the demurest and most rigidly virtuous expression. Such women frequent some of the best known up-town establishments to so great an extent that a lady entering one of them is apt to be insulted in this way by the male habitués of the place. These wretches hold all women to be alike, and act upon this belief.
The main restaurants uptown are often frequented by shady individuals. Unruly women go there to find clients, and men seek out such companions. Women with good social standing don’t hesitate to meet their lovers in these places, as there's a lot of truth in the saying, “there’s no place so private as a crowded hall.” A careful observer will often notice a nod, smile, or significant glance exchanged between seemingly unrelated respectable-looking individuals, and may even see a note discreetly passed by a waiter or subtly slipped into a woman’s hand as a man exits, all while she maintains the most innocent and virtuous facade. These women visit some of the most well-known uptown spots so frequently that a lady entering one is likely to face unwelcome attention from the male regulars. These men assume all women are the same and act accordingly.
p. 511XL. THE CHEAP LODGING-HOUSES.
The Bowery and the eastern section of the city are full of cheap lodging-houses, which are a grade lower than the lowest hotels, and several grades above the cellars. One or two of these are immense establishments, five and six stories in height. Some of them provide their lodgers with beds and covering, others supply pallets laid down on the floor of a cheerless room, and others again give merely the pallets and no sheets or coverings. The rooms, the beds, and the bedding in all these establishments are horribly dirty, and are badly ventilated. Bed bugs abound in the summer, and in the winter the lodger is nearly frozen, the covering, when furnished, being utterly inadequate to the task of keeping out the cold. From six to ten persons are put in a room together. The price varies from ten to twenty-five cents, according to the accommodations furnished. Each of these houses is provided with a bar, at which the vilest liquors are sold at ten cents a drink. The profits of the business are very great, not counting the receipts of the bar, which are in proportion. The expense of fitting up and conducting such an establishment is trifling. One of them accommodates nearly two hundred lodgers per night, which at ten cents per head, would be a net receipt of twenty dollars.
The Bowery and the eastern part of the city are packed with cheap boarding houses, which are a step down from the most basic hotels and several steps above the basements. Some of these places are huge, with five or six floors. Some offer their guests actual beds and bedding, while others just provide mats set up on the floor of a dreary room, and some only give the mats with no sheets or blankets. The rooms, beds, and bedding in all these places are incredibly dirty and poorly ventilated. Bed bugs are common in the summer, and in winter, guests are nearly frozen because the blankets, when they are provided, do not keep out the cold at all. Between six to ten people are crammed into a room together. Prices range from ten to twenty-five cents, depending on what’s offered. Each of these houses has a bar where the worst liquor is sold for ten cents a drink. The profits from this business are quite high, not counting the income from the bar, which is substantial as well. The cost to set up and run such a place is minimal. One of them can host almost two hundred guests a night, which at ten cents each would bring in twenty dollars.
The persons who patronize these establishments are mainly vagrants, men who live from hand to mouth, and who will not be received by the humblest boarding-house. Some are doubtless unfortunate, but the majority are vagrants from choice. Some have irregular occupations, others get the price of their lodgings by begging.
The people who visit these places are mostly homeless, men who struggle to get by and aren't accepted by even the simplest boarding houses. While some are definitely down on their luck, most choose to live this way. Some have unstable jobs, while others earn their stay by begging.
The business of a lodging-house seldom commences before p. 512ten o’clock, and its greatest rush is just after the closing of the theatres; but all through the night, till three o’clock in the morning, they are receiving such of the outcast population as can offer the price of a bed. To any one interested in the misery of the city, the array presented on such an occasion is very striking. One sees every variety of character, runaway boys, truant apprentices, drunken mechanics, and broken-down mankind generally. Among these are men who have seen better days. They are decayed gentlemen who appear regularly in Wall street, and eke out the day by such petty business as they may get hold of; and are lucky if they can make enough to carry them through the night. In all lodging-houses the rule holds good, “First come, first served,” and the last man in the room gets the worst spot. Each one sleeps with his clothes on, and his hat under his head, to keep it from being stolen. At eight o’clock in the morning all oversleepers are awakened, and the rooms got ready for the coming night. No one is allowed to take anything away, and if the lodger has a parcel, he is required to leave it at the bar. This prevents the theft of bedclothes.
The operations of a boarding house usually don’t kick off until ten o'clock, and the biggest influx happens right after the theaters close. However, throughout the night, until three in the morning, they welcome in the outcast population that can pay for a bed. For anyone interested in the city's suffering, the scene at such times is quite striking. You encounter all types of people: runaway boys, truant apprentices, drunken workers, and generally down-and-out individuals. Among them are men who have had better days; these are fallen gentlemen who can be seen regularly on Wall Street, scraping by with whatever small jobs they can find, often lucky to make enough to last through the night. In all lodging houses, the rule is “First come, first served,” and the last person to enter gets the worst spot. Everyone sleeps in their clothes, with their hats under their heads to avoid theft. At eight in the morning, all oversleepers are woken up, and the rooms are prepared for the next night. No one is allowed to take anything with them, and if a guest has a package, they must leave it at the bar to prevent the theft of bedding.
p. 513XLI. THE LIBRARIES.
The Libraries of New York are large and well patronized. The various collections, including those of the institutions of learning, number over 500,000 volumes.
The libraries in New York are big and well-used. The different collections, including those from educational institutions, total over 500,000 volumes.
The oldest collection is the “Society Library,” which is contained in a handsome brick edifice in University Place. In 1729, the Rev. John Wellington, Rector of Newington, in England, generously bequeathed his library, consisting of 1622 volumes, to the “Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts.” To this was added a collection of books presented by the Rev. John Sharp, Chaplain to Lord Bellamont. The whole collection was sent to New York, and opened for public use in 1731, under the name of the “Corporation Library.” The death of the librarian occurred soon after, and the library was suffered to fall into disuse. In 1754, a number of citizens of means and literary taste, founded the “Society Library,” to which, with the consent of the city, they added the old “Corporation Library.” In 1772, the Society received a charter from King George III. It is one of the wealthiest and most flourishing institutions in the city. The annual subscription is $10. The collection of books is very valuable and interesting, and comprises over 50,000 volumes.
The oldest collection is the “Society Library,” housed in a beautiful brick building on University Place. In 1729, Rev. John Wellington, Rector of Newington in England, generously donated his library, which included 1,622 volumes, to the “Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts.” This was later supplemented by a collection of books donated by Rev. John Sharp, Chaplain to Lord Bellamont. The entire collection was sent to New York and opened for public use in 1731, under the name “Corporation Library.” The librarian passed away soon after, and the library fell into neglect. In 1754, a group of well-off citizens with a love for literature established the “Society Library,” to which, with the city's approval, they added the old “Corporation Library.” In 1772, the Society received a charter from King George III. It is now one of the wealthiest and most thriving institutions in the city. The annual subscription fee is $10. The collection of books is exceptionally valuable and fascinating, consisting of over 50,000 volumes.
The “Astor Library” is the best known outside of the city. The library building is a massive structure of brick with brown stone trimmings, situated in Lafayette Place, next door to the residence of William B. Astor, Esq. It was founded by John Jacob Astor, and enlarged by his son William. The books are contained in two large and elegant halls, occupying the entire building above the first floor. The collection numbers about p. 514150,000 volumes, and was made by the late Dr. Coggeswell, the first Librarian, whose judgment, taste, and learning were highly appreciated by the elder Astor. The library is mainly one of reference, and is very complete in most of the subjects it comprises. In the departments of science, history, biography, and philology, it is especially fine. It also contains many rare and valuable illustrated works, a number of original editions of the earliest books, and some valuable manuscripts.
The “Astor Library” is the most well-known outside the city. The library building is a large brick structure with brownstone details, located in Lafayette Place, next to William B. Astor, Esq.'s residence. It was established by John Jacob Astor and expanded by his son William. The books are housed in two spacious and elegant halls that take up the entire building above the first floor. The collection has around p. 514150,000 volumes, curated by the late Dr. Coggeswell, the first Librarian, whose expertise and taste were greatly valued by the elder Astor. The library mainly serves as a reference resource and is very comprehensive in most subjects it covers. It is particularly strong in science, history, biography, and linguistics. Additionally, it holds many rare and valuable illustrated works, several original editions of some of the earliest books, and a number of important manuscripts.
The collection is free to the public, and is open daily except on Sundays and holidays, and during the month of August, from 10 A.M. until 4 P.M. The books cannot be taken from the reading-room, nor are visitors allowed to use pen and ink in making notes from them. It is said that the classes Mr. Astor desired most p. 515to benefit by this library were the working people, who are unable to buy books of their own. If this be true, his wishes have been entirely defeated, as the hall is open only during the hours when it is impossible for working people to attend. In the facilities which it affords to those who wish to use it, the Astor is very much behind the great libraries of Europe, or even the Public Library of Boston.
The collection is free for the public and is open every day except Sundays, holidays, and throughout August, from 10 A.M. to 4 P.M. Books cannot be taken out of the reading room, and visitors aren’t allowed to use pen and ink to make notes from them. It’s said that Mr. Astor's main goal for this library was to benefit working people who can’t afford their own books. If that’s true, his wishes have completely failed, as the hall is only open during hours that make it impossible for working people to come. In terms of the services it offers to those who want to use it, the Astor is significantly behind the major libraries in Europe and even the Public Library of Boston.
The most popular, and the most thoroughly representative library of the city, is the Mercantile Library, located in Clinton Hall, in Astor Place. It owns this building, and its property is valued at $500,000. It was founded in 1820, by William Wood, a native of Boston, and a gentleman eminent for his efforts in behalf of the spread of education and liberal ideas. It began as a subscription library with a collection of 700 volumes, and was located in a small room at No. 49 Fulton street. The collection now numbers 120,000 volumes, and increases at the rate of 13,000 volumes a year. It is the fourth library in size in the Union. Those which are larger are the Library of Congress, the Public Library of Boston, and the Astor Library. The library is the property of the clerks of New York, and though it does not compare with the Astor in the solidity or value of its contents, is a creditable monument to the good sense and taste of the young men of our mercantile community. No one but a clerk can hold an office in it. The term “clerk” is made to include all men who live on a salary. These members pay an initiation fee of $1, and an annual subscription of $4. To all other persons the privileges of the library are offered at an annual subscription of $5. In April, 1870, the books of the institution showed a roll of 12,867 persons entitled to the use of the library and reading-room, the latter of which contains 400 newspapers and periodicals.
The most popular and representative library in the city is the Mercantile Library, located in Clinton Hall, Astor Place. It owns this building, and its property is valued at $500,000. Founded in 1820 by William Wood, a Boston native known for his efforts to promote education and progressive ideas, it started as a subscription library with a collection of 700 volumes in a small room at No. 49 Fulton Street. The collection has now grown to 120,000 volumes, increasing by 13,000 volumes each year. It is the fourth largest library in the country, after the Library of Congress, the Public Library of Boston, and the Astor Library. The library belongs to the clerks of New York, and while it may not compare in the quality or value of its collection to the Astor, it stands as a testament to the good judgment and taste of the young men in our mercantile community. Only clerks can hold positions within it, and "clerk" includes anyone earning a salary. Members pay a $1 initiation fee and an annual subscription of $4. For everyone else, access to the library is available for an annual fee of $5. By April 1870, the library's records showed 12,867 individuals eligible to use the library and reading room, which offers 400 newspapers and periodicals.
A large part of the collection consists of works of fiction. It is a lending library, and its books are sent to readers in Yonkers, Norwalk, Stamford, Elizabeth, and Jersey City, as well as in New York, in each of which it has branches. There are also branch offices in Yorkville and in Cedar street. Every morning a canvass bag, containing the books returned and p. 516applications for others wanted, is sent from each branch to the library, and is returned in the afternoon full. The directors offer to establish a branch in any of the suburban towns in which one hundred subscribers can be obtained in advance. The average daily delivery of books is 760, of which about three-quarters are taken from the library proper, the rest from the branches. On Saturday evening the demand for books is very great.
A large part of the collection includes works of fiction. It's a lending library, and its books are sent to readers in Yonkers, Norwalk, Stamford, Elizabeth, and Jersey City, as well as in New York, where it has branches. There are also branch offices in Yorkville and on Cedar Street. Every morning, a canvas bag containing the returned books and p. 516requests for others is sent from each branch to the library, and it's returned in the afternoon full. The directors are willing to set up a branch in any suburban town that can secure one hundred subscribers in advance. The average daily delivery of books is 760, with about three-quarters coming from the main library and the rest from the branches. On Saturday evenings, the demand for books is very high.
The system of delivery is as follows:
The delivery system works like this:
“Each member on joining the library has a folio assigned him in the ledger, and its number is written on the ticket which is given him as a certificate of membership. Let us suppose you have received one of these tickets, and have made your selection of the book you want. You fill up a blank application card, with the name of the book desired. You hand that to one of the attendants. When he has found a book for you, he hands it, with your application card, to the delivery clerk. This gentleman occupies a large desk at the central counter, and has before him two immense drawers, divided into partitions for the reception of the cards. Each member’s name has a place in one or the other of these drawers, and the number of the folio shows where that place is. The clerk instantly turns to your name, and finds the card you handed in when you last borrowed a book. If the date, stamped at the time of delivery, shows that you have kept it longer than the rules allow, he levies a small fine, and you must pay it before you can borrow again. All formalities transacted, the old card is destroyed, the new one put in its place, and you are sent away in peace.
“Each member who joins the library gets a folio assigned to them in the ledger, and its number is written on the ticket given as a membership certificate. Let’s say you received one of these tickets and selected the book you want. You fill out an application card with the name of the book. You hand that to one of the attendants. When he finds the book for you, he gives it, along with your application card, to the delivery clerk. This clerk sits at a large desk at the central counter, with two huge drawers in front of him, divided into sections for the cards. Each member’s name has a designated spot in one of these drawers, and the folio number indicates where that spot is. The clerk quickly turns to your name and finds the card you submitted the last time you borrowed a book. If the date stamped at the time of delivery shows you kept it longer than the rules allow, a small fine is charged, and you must pay it before borrowing again. Once all the formalities are completed, the old card is destroyed, the new one is placed, and you are sent away peacefully.”
“The system of checking books, as we have described it, enables the librarian to ascertain in a moment just what any particular member has borrowed; but it does not show what has become of any particular book. Many attempts have been made to devise a system of double accounts, so that a check could be kept upon the members and the books at the same time, but without success. A partial record book, however, is now kept. Whenever a standard book is borrowed, the delivery clerk marks upon a little yellow ticket simply the folio number p. 517of the borrower. Every day the yellow tickets are examined, and if it appear, say, that folio 10,029 has had a book more than three weeks, the clerk turns to the drawer and finds out who folio 10,029 is, and what book is charged against him, and sends him a notice that his time is up. It is found impracticable to apply this system to novels, which form the greater part of the circulation of the library; but it is useful as far as it goes, and prevents the loss of many valuable books.
“The system for checking out books, as we've described, lets the librarian quickly see what any specific member has borrowed; however, it doesn’t indicate what has happened to any specific book. Many attempts have been made to create a double-accounting system that tracks both members and books simultaneously, but none have been successful. However, a partial record book is now maintained. Whenever a standard book is borrowed, the delivery clerk marks a little yellow ticket with the folio number p. 517 of the borrower. Each day, the yellow tickets are reviewed, and if, for instance, folio 10,029 has had a book for more than three weeks, the clerk checks the drawer to find out who folio 10,029 is, what book is charged to them, and sends a notice that their time is up. This system is impractical for novels, which make up most of the library's circulation, but it's useful for what it does and helps prevent the loss of many valuable books.”
“Of late years a postal order scheme has been perfected, and for convenience and simplicity it could hardly be improved. Its design is to enable members to draw books without visiting the library. Blank forms are obtained from the Post-office Department, about the size and shape of a newspaper wrapper, bearing on one side a two-cent postage stamp, and the printed address, ‘Mercantile Library, Astor Place, City,’ and on the other a blank application, with a five-cent ‘Mercantile Library delivery stamp,’ and some printed directions. You fill up the application in the usual way, fold the wrapper like a note (it is already gummed), and drop it in the nearest Post-office box. In a few hours at furthest a messenger brings to your house the book you p. 518have asked for, and takes away the volume you want to return. The system is fast increasing in popularity. A horse and wagon are constantly employed in the collection and delivery, and the number of volumes sent out in this way is about 12,000 annually. The delivery blanks are sold at the rate of seven cents each—two cents representing the postage and five the cost of the delivery.”
“Recently, a postal order system has been perfected, and for convenience and simplicity, it’s hard to beat. Its purpose is to allow members to borrow books without having to visit the library. Blank forms can be obtained from the Post Office Department, roughly the size and shape of a newspaper wrapper, with a two-cent postage stamp and the printed address, ‘Mercantile Library, Astor Place, City,’ on one side, and on the other, a blank application with a five-cent ‘Mercantile Library delivery stamp’ and some printed instructions. You fill out the application as usual, fold the wrapper like a note (it’s already gummed), and drop it in the nearest Post Office box. Within a few hours at most, a messenger brings the book you’ve requested to your home and takes away the volume you want to return. This system is quickly gaining popularity. A horse and wagon are regularly used for collection and delivery, and around 12,000 volumes are sent out this way each year. The delivery forms are sold for seven cents each – two cents for postage and five cents for delivery.”
The other collections are the Library of the New York Historical Society, embracing over 30,000 volumes, besides many interesting manuscripts, papers, coins and antiquities; the Apprentices’ Library, 18,000 volumes; the Library of the American Institute, 10,000 volumes; the City Library, 5000 volumes; the Law Institute Library, about 5000 volumes; the Library of the Young Men’s Christian Association, about 15,000 volumes; the Library of the Protestant Episcopal General Theological Seminary, 18,000 volumes; the Library of the Union Theological Seminary, 26,000 volumes; the Library of the Cooper Institute; and the libraries of the various institutions of learning.
The other collections include the Library of the New York Historical Society, which has over 30,000 volumes, along with many intriguing manuscripts, papers, coins, and antiques; the Apprentices’ Library with 18,000 volumes; the Library of the American Institute containing 10,000 volumes; the City Library with 5,000 volumes; the Law Institute Library, also around 5,000 volumes; the Library of the Young Men’s Christian Association with about 15,000 volumes; the Library of the Protestant Episcopal General Theological Seminary with 18,000 volumes; the Library of the Union Theological Seminary with 26,000 volumes; the Library of the Cooper Institute; and the libraries of various educational institutions.
Mr. James Lenox, a wealthy and prominent citizen, is now erecting on the Fifth avenue, near Seventieth street, and immediately opposite the Central Park, a massive building of granite, which is to be one of the most imposing structures in the City. In this, at its completion, he intends placing his magnificent collection of books and works of art, which constitute the most superb private collection in America. The whole will be opened to the public under certain restrictions.
Mr. James Lenox, a wealthy and prominent citizen, is currently building a massive granite structure on Fifth Avenue, near Seventieth Street, directly across from Central Park. Once it's completed, he plans to house his stunning collection of books and artwork there, which is considered the finest private collection in America. The entire space will be opened to the public with some restrictions.
p. 519XLII. PROFESSIONAL MEN.
New York is full of professional men, that is, of men who earn their living by brain work. One class—the clergy—has already been mentioned.
New York is full of professionals, specifically those who make a living through intellectual work. One group—the clergy—has already been mentioned.
The Bar is next in numbers. There are about three thousand lawyers practising at the New York bar. A few of these have large incomes, two or three making as much as fifty thousand dollars per annum; but the average income of the majority is limited. An income of ten or fifteen thousand dollars is considered large in the profession, and the number of those earning such a sum is small.
The Bar comes next in numbers. There are about three thousand lawyers practicing at the New York bar. A few of them have high incomes, with two or three making as much as fifty thousand dollars a year; but the average income for most is modest. An income of ten or fifteen thousand dollars is considered high in the profession, and the number of those earning that amount is small.
In most cities the members of the legal profession form a clique, and are very clannish. Each one knows everybody else, and if one member of the bar is assailed, the rest are prompt to defend him. In New York, however, there is no such thing as a legal “fraternity.” Each man is wrapped in his own affairs, and knows little and cares less about other members of the profession. We have been surprised to find how little these men know about each other. Some have never even heard of others who are really prosperous and talented.
In most cities, legal professionals form a close-knit group and are very exclusive. Everyone knows each other, and if one lawyer is attacked, the rest quickly jump to their defense. However, in New York, there's no real sense of a legal "fraternity." Each person is focused on their own business and knows very little, and cares even less, about their fellow lawyers. We've been surprised to discover just how little these individuals know about one another. Some haven't even heard of others who are genuinely successful and talented.
The courts of the city are very numerous; and each man, in entering upon his practice, makes a specialty of some one or more of them, and confines himself to them. His chances of success are better for doing this, than they would be by adopting a general practice. Indeed, it would be simply impossible for one man to practise in all.
The city's courts are quite numerous, and when someone starts practicing law, they usually focus on one or more specific areas and stick to them. Their chances of success are greater this way than if they tried to do everything. In fact, it would be outright impossible for one person to practice in all of them.
Many of the best lawyers rarely go into the courts. They prefer chamber practice, and will not try a case in court if they can help it. The process in the courts is slow and vexatious, p. 520and consumes too much of their time. Their chamber practice is profitable to them, and beneficial to the community, as it prevents much tedious litigation.
Many of the top lawyers hardly ever go to court. They prefer working in their offices and will avoid taking a case to court if possible. The court process is slow and frustrating, p. 520and takes up too much of their time. Their office work is profitable for them and good for the community, as it helps to avoid a lot of tedious lawsuits.
Many lawyers with fair prospects and comfortable incomes, who are succeeding in their profession in other places, come to New York, expecting to rise to fame and fortune more rapidly here. They are mistaken. The most accomplished city barrister finds success a slow and uncertain thing. It requires some unusually fortunate circumstance to introduce a new lawyer favorably to a New York public.
Many lawyers with good prospects and decent incomes, who are succeeding in their profession elsewhere, come to New York hoping to achieve fame and fortune more quickly here. They're wrong. Even the most skilled city lawyer finds success to be a slow and uncertain process. It takes some surprisingly lucky circumstances to get a new lawyer well-received by the New York public.
The profession in this city can boast some of the most eminent names in the legal world, such men as Charles O’Connor, William M. Evarts, and others of a similar reputation.
The profession in this city can boast some of the most distinguished names in the legal world, such as Charles O’Connor, William M. Evarts, and others of similar stature.
The Medical Profession is also well represented. It is said that there are about as many physicians and surgeons as lawyers practising in the city. New York offers a fine field for a man of genuine skill. Its hospitals and medical establishments are the best conducted of any in the country, and afford ample opportunity for study and observation. The opportunity for studying human nature is all that one can desire. The most eminent medical men in the country either reside here or are constantly visiting the city.
The medical profession is also well represented. It's said that there are about as many doctors and surgeons as lawyers practicing in the city. New York provides an excellent environment for someone with real skill. Its hospitals and medical facilities are the best managed in the country and offer plenty of opportunities for study and observation. The chance to study human nature is more than one could ask for. The most distinguished medical professionals in the country either live here or frequently visit the city.
Some of the city practitioners are very fortunate in a pecuniary sense. It is said that some of them receive very large sums every year. Dr. Willard Parker was once called out of town to see a patient, to whom he sent a bill of $300. The amount was objected to, and Dr. Parker proved by his books that his daily receipts were over that sum. He is said to be an exception to the general rule, however, which rule is that but very few of the best paid medical men receive over $20,000 per annum. Surgeons are paid much better than physicians. Dr. Carnochan is said to have received as much as $2000 for a single operation. As a rule, however, the city physicians do little more than pay expenses, especially if they have families. From $5000 to $10,000 is a good income, and a man of family has but little chance of saving out of this if he lives in any degree of comfort.
Some city practitioners are quite lucky when it comes to money. It’s said that some of them earn very large amounts each year. Dr. Willard Parker was once called out of town to see a patient, and he sent a bill for $300. The patient objected to the charge, and Dr. Parker proved through his records that he made over that amount daily. However, he’s considered an exception to the general rule, which is that very few of the highest-paid medical professionals earn more than $20,000 a year. Surgeons typically get paid much better than physicians. Dr. Carnochan is said to have received as much as $2,000 for a single surgery. Generally, though, city physicians do little more than cover their expenses, especially if they have families. An income of $5,000 to $10,000 is considered good, and a family man has little chance of saving anything from that if he wants to live comfortably.
p. 521Literary men and women are even more numerous in the metropolis than lawyers or doctors. They are of all classes, from the great author of world-wide fame to the veriest scribbler. The supply is very largely in advance of the demand, and as a consequence, all have to exert themselves to get along. A writer in the World estimates the annual receipts of New York authors at about one million of dollars, and the number of writers at 2000, which would give an average income to each of about $500. As a matter of course, it is impossible to make any reliable estimate, and there can be little doubt that the writer referred to has been too generous in his average. Authorship in New York offers few inducements of a pecuniary nature. Men of undoubted genius often narrowly escape starvation, and to make a bare living by the pen requires, in the majority of instances, an amount of mental and manual labor and application which in any mercantile pursuit would ensure a fortune.
p. 521There are even more literary men and women in the city than there are lawyers or doctors. They come from all backgrounds, from the immensely famous author to the most minor scribbler. The supply far exceeds the demand, so everyone has to work hard to get by. A writer from the World estimates that New York authors make about one million dollars a year, with around 2000 writers, which would average out to about $500 each. Naturally, it's impossible to make a reliable estimate, and it's likely that this writer has been overly generous with that average. Being an author in New York offers few financial rewards. Even exceptionally talented individuals often barely avoid starving, and making a simple living from writing usually requires more mental and physical effort than would typically guarantee a fortune in business.
p. 522XLIII. PROFESSIONAL CRIMINALS.
I. THE THIEVES.
The criminal class of New York is very large, but it is not so large as is commonly supposed. In the spring of 1871, the Rev. Dr. Bellows stated that the City of New York contained 30,000 professional thieves, 20,000 lewd women and harlots, 3000 rum shops, and 2000 gambling houses, and this statement was accepted without question by a large portion of the newspapers of other parts of the country. New York is a very wicked place, but it is not as bad as the above statement would indicate. The personal character of the gentleman who made it compels the conviction that he believed in the truth of his figures; but a closer examination of the case makes it plain that he was singularly deceived by the sources from which he derived his information.
The criminal population in New York is quite large, but it's not as big as many think. In the spring of 1871, Rev. Dr. Bellows claimed that New York City had 30,000 professional thieves, 20,000 sex workers, 3,000 bars, and 2,000 gambling houses. This claim was widely accepted by many newspapers across the country. New York is definitely a rough place, but it’s not as terrible as those numbers suggest. The reputation of the man who made this claim leads to the belief that he truly thought his figures were accurate; however, a closer look reveals that he was greatly misled by his sources.
It is very hard to obtain accurate information as to the criminal statistics of this city. The reports and estimates of the Police Commissioners are notoriously incomplete and unreliable. They show a large number of arrests, but they deal mainly with the class known as “casuals,” persons who merely dabble in crime, and who do not make it a profession, and the larger proportion of the arrests reported are for such trifling offences as drunkenness. Indeed many of the arrests reported ought not to be counted in the records of crime at all, as the persons apprehended are released upon the instant by the officer in charge of the station, the arrests being the result of the ignorant zeal p. 523or malice of the patrolmen, and the prisoners being guiltless of any offence.
It’s really difficult to get accurate information about the crime statistics in this city. The reports and estimates from the Police Commissioners are well-known for being incomplete and unreliable. They show a high number of arrests, but they mostly involve the group known as “casuals,” people who just dabble in crime and don’t make it their profession. The majority of the arrests reported are for minor offenses like drunkenness. In fact, many of the arrests counted shouldn’t even be considered part of the crime records, as the people taken in are often released immediately by the officer at the station. These arrests usually stem from the misguided enthusiasm or malice of the patrol officers, with the detainees being innocent of any wrongdoing. p. 523
The population of New York is unlike that of any other American city. It is made up of every nationality known to man. The majority of the people are very poor. Life with them is one long unbroken struggle, and to exist at all is simply to be wretched. They are packed together at a fearful rate in dirt and wretchedness, and they have every incentive to commit crimes which will bring them the means of supplying their wants. It is a common habit of some European governments to ship their criminals to this port, where they have a new field opened to them. The political system of the city teaches the lower class to disregard all rights, either of property or person, and, indeed, clothes some of the most infamous criminals with an amount of influence which is more than dangerous in their hands, and shields them from punishment when detected in the commission of crime. All these things considered, the wonder is not that the criminal class of the city is as large as it is; but that it is not larger and more dangerous.
The population of New York is unlike any other American city. It includes every nationality imaginable. Most of the people are very poor. For them, life is one long, unending struggle, and just existing is simply miserable. They are crammed together in squalor, which drives them to commit crimes to meet their needs. Some European governments have a common practice of sending their criminals to this port, where they find new opportunities. The city’s political system encourages the lower class to ignore all rights, whether related to property or personal safety, and even gives some of the most notorious criminals an amount of influence that is dangerously excessive, protecting them from consequences when they are caught committing crimes. Considering all these factors, it’s not surprising that the city has a significant criminal population; rather, it’s surprising that it isn’t larger and more threatening.
The truth is, that the class generally known as Professional Criminals number about 3000. Besides these, there are about 5000 women of ill-fame, known as such, living in 600 houses of prostitution, and frequenting assignation and bed-houses, about 7000 rum shops, 92 faro banks, and about 500 other gambling houses, and lottery and policy offices, within the limits of the City of New York.
The truth is that the group commonly referred to as Professional Criminals consists of about 3,000 people. In addition to this group, there are around 5,000 women known for their notoriety, living in 600 brothels and frequenting escort services and other places, around 7,000 bars, 92 gambling establishments, and about 500 other gambling venues, including lottery and betting offices, within the boundaries of New York City.
The professional criminals are those who live by thieving, and who occasionally vary their career by the commission of a murder or some other desperate crime. They rarely resort to violence, however, unless it becomes necessary to ensure their own safety. Then they make their work as simple and as brief as possible. They form a distinct community, frequent certain parts of the city, where they can easily and rapidly communicate with each other, and where they can also hide from the police without fear of detection. They have signs by which they may recognize each other, and a language, or argot, peculiar to themselves. Those who have been raised to the p. 524business use this argot to such an extent that to one not accustomed to it they speak in an unknown tongue. The following specimens, taken from the “Detective’s Manual,” under the head of the letter B, will illustrate this:
The professional criminals are those who make a living through theft, sometimes switching things up by committing a murder or another serious crime. They usually avoid violence unless absolutely necessary for their own safety. When they do resort to it, they keep it as straightforward and quick as possible. They form a unique community, hanging out in specific areas of the city where they can easily and quickly communicate with one another and stay hidden from the police without worry of being caught. They have signs to recognize each other and a slang or argot that's specific to them. Those who have grown up in the p. 524business use this argot so much that to anyone unfamiliar with it, they sound like they're speaking a foreign language. The following examples, taken from the “Detective’s Manual,” under the section for the letter B, will illustrate this:
Badger.—A panel-thief.
Badger.—A fence.
Bagged.—Imprisoned.
Bagged.—Locked up.
Bag of nails.—All in confusion.
Bag of nails.—All mixed up.
Balram—Money.
Balram—Cash.
Bandog.—A civil officer.
Bandog.—A civil officer.
Barking irons.—Pistols.
Barking irons.—Guns.
Bene.—Good, first-rate.
Bene.—Great, excellent.
Benjamin.—A coat.
Benjamin.—A jacket.
Bilk.—To cheat.
Bilk.—To swindle.
Bill of sale.—A widow’s weeds.
Bill of sale.—A widow's mourning attire.
Bingo.—Liquor.
Bingo.—Alcohol.
Bingo boy.—A drunken man.
Bingo boy.—A tipsy guy.
Bingo mort.—A drunken woman.
Drunk woman.
Blue-billy.—A strange handkerchief.
Blue-billy.—A weird handkerchief.
Blue ruin.—Bad gin.
Blue ruin.—Terrible gin.
Boarding-school.—The penitentiary.
Boarding school.—The prison.
Bone box.—The mouth.
Bone box.—The jaw.
Bowsprit in parenthesis.—A pulled nose.
Bowsprit in parentheses.—A pointed nose.
Brother of the blade.—A soldier.
Brother of the blade.—A warrior.
Brother of the bolus.—A doctor.
Brother of the bolus.—A physician.
Brush.—To flatter, to humbug.
Flatter.—To flatter, to deceive.
Bug.—A breast-pin.
Bug.—A brooch.
Bugger.—A pickpocket.
Bugger.—A thief.
Bull.—A locomotive.
Locomotive.—A train engine.
Bull-traps.—Rogues who personate officials to extort money.
Bull-traps.—Scammers who pretend to be officials to steal money.
As a rule, the professional thief of every grade is a very respectable looking individual outwardly. He dresses well, but flashily, and is generally plentifully supplied with money. In a “crib,” or rendezvous, which he once visited in company with a detective, the writer could not select a single individual whose outward appearance indicated his calling. The New York thief generally has money, which he squanders with great recklessness. It comes to him easily, and it goes in the same way. There are many instances on record which go to show that the “members of the profession” are frequently most generous to each other in money matters. The thief is usually a man of p. 525steady habits. He rarely drinks to excess, for that would unfit him for his work, and he is not usually given to licentiousness, for a similar reason. If he be found living with a woman, she is generally a thief also, and plies her trade with equal activity.
As a rule, every type of professional thief looks quite respectable on the outside. He dresses well, though somewhat flashy, and usually has plenty of money. In a “crib” or hangout that he once visited with a detective, the writer couldn’t spot a single person whose appearance gave away their profession. The New York thief typically has money, which he spends carelessly. It comes to him easily, and it disappears just as quickly. There are many recorded instances showing that people in this “profession” are often quite generous with each other financially. The thief is usually a person of p. 525steady habits. He rarely drinks excessively since that would impair his ability to work, and he’s usually not given to promiscuity for the same reason. If he’s living with a woman, she’s typically a thief as well and works just as hard at her trade.
Altogether, there are about three thousand thieves of various kinds, known to the officers of justice in New York, who live by the practice of their trade. They are divided into various classes, each known by a distinctive title, and to each of which its respective members cling tenaciously. These are known as Burglars, Bank Sneaks, Damper Sneaks, Safe-blowers, Safe-bursters, Safe-breakers, and Sneak Thieves. The last constitute the most numerous class.
Altogether, there are about three thousand different types of thieves known to law enforcement in New York, who make a living through their illegal activities. They are divided into various categories, each identified by a specific name, which the members of each group hold onto tightly. These groups include Burglars, Bank Sneaks, Damper Sneaks, Safe-blowers, Safe-bursters, Safe-breakers, and Sneak Thieves. The last group is the largest.
The Burglar is the aristocrat of crime, and you cannot offend p. 526him more than by calling him a thief. He scorns the small game of the sneak thief, and conducts his operations on a large scale, in which the risk is very great, and the plunder in proportion. His peculiar “racket” is to break open some first-class business house, a bonded warehouse, or the vaults of a bank. The burglar class has three divisions, known to the police as Safe-blowers, Safe-bursters, and Safe-breakers. They are said to be less than 250 in number, those of the first and second class comprising about seventy-five members each. The safe-blowers are accounted the most skilful. They rarely force an entrance into a building, but admit themselves by means of false keys made from wax impressions of the genuine keys. Once inside, their mode of operation is rapid and systematic. They lower the windows from the top about an inch. This is usually sufficient to prevent the breaking of the glass by the concussion of the air in the room, and not enough to attract attention from without. The safe is then wrapped in wet blankets, to smother the noise of the explosion. Holes are then drilled in the door of the safe near the lock, these are filled with powder, which is fired by a fuse, and the safe is blown open. The securing of the contents requires but a few minutes, and the false keys enable the thieves to escape with ease. This method of robbery is very dangerous, as, in spite of the precautions taken, the explosion may produce sufficient noise to bring the watchman or the police to the spot. Experienced burglars only engage in it, and these never undertake it without being sure that the plunder to be secured will fully repay them for the danger to be encountered. This knowledge they acquire in various ways.
The burglar is the elite of crime, and you can't offend him more than by calling him a thief. He looks down on the petty thefts of sneaky thieves and carries out his work on a grand scale, where the risks are high and the rewards match. His typical "job" involves breaking into high-end businesses, bonded warehouses, or bank vaults. The burglary profession has three main types, known by the police as safe-blowers, safe-bursters, and safe-breakers. There are said to be fewer than 250 of them, with around seventy-five in both the first and second categories. Safe-blowers are considered the most skilled. They rarely break into a building but get in using false keys made from wax impressions of the real keys. Once inside, they work quickly and methodically. They lower the windows about an inch from the top, which is usually enough to prevent the glass from breaking due to the air pressure but not enough to draw attention from outside. They wrap the safe in wet blankets to muffle the sound of the explosion. They then drill holes near the lock on the safe's door, fill them with powder, ignite it with a fuse, and blow the safe open. Securing the contents takes only a few minutes, and the fake keys allow them to escape easily. This method of robbery is very risky, as despite all precautions, the explosion might make enough noise to alert the guard or police. Only experienced burglars take this on, and they never do it without ensuring that the potential rewards are worth the dangers involved. They gather this information in various ways.
The Safe-bursters are the silent workers of the “profession.” Like the class just mentioned, they enter buildings by means of false keys. They adopt a thoroughly systematic course, which requires the combined efforts of several persons, and consequently they operate in parties of three and four. They first make the safe so fast to the floor, by means of clamps, that it will resist any degree of pressure. Then they drill holes in the door, and into these fit jack-screws worked by means of levers. p. 527The tremendous force thus exerted soon cuts the safe literally to pieces, and its contents are at the mercy of the thieves. The whole process is noiseless and rapid, and so complete has been the destruction of some safes that even the most experienced detectives have been astounded at the sight of the wreck. Such an operation is never undertaken without a knowledge on the part of the thieves of the contents of the safe, and the chances of conducting the enterprise in safety. The Safe-blowers and bursters do nothing by chance, and their plans are so well arranged beforehand that they rarely fail.
The safe-bursting crew operates quietly in the field. Like the previously mentioned group, they gain access to buildings using fake keys. They follow a carefully planned method that requires teamwork, typically working in groups of three or four. First, they secure the safe to the floor with clamps to ensure it can withstand significant pressure. Then, they drill holes in the door and insert jack-screws activated by levers. The immense force applied quickly reduces the safe to pieces, leaving its contents vulnerable to the thieves. The entire process is silent and quick, and the destruction of some safes has shocked even the most seasoned detectives. Such an operation is never done without the thieves knowing the safe's contents and the likelihood of completing the job successfully. Safe-blowers and burst operators leave nothing to chance; their plans are so well thought out that they almost never fail. p. 527
The Safe-breakers, though really a part of the burglar class, are looked upon with contempt and disowned by their more scientific associates in crime. They do nothing by calculation, and trust everything to chance. They enter buildings by force, and trust to the same method to get into the safes. Their favorite instrument is a “jimmy,” or short iron bar with a sharp end. With this they pry open the safe, and then knock it to pieces with a hammer. In order to deaden the sound of the blows, the hammer is wrapped with cloth. They are not as successful as the others in their operations, and are most frequently arrested. Indeed the arrests for burglary reported by the Police Commissioners occur almost exclusively in this class. A really first-class burglar in a prison cell would be a curiosity in New York.
The safe-crackers, although technically part of the burglary scene, are viewed with disdain and rejected by their more skilled criminal peers. They rely on luck rather than planning. They break into buildings forcefully and use the same approach to access safes. Their tool of choice is a “jimmy,” a short iron bar with a pointed end. They use this to pry open the safe and then smash it apart with a hammer. To muffle the sound of the strikes, the hammer is wrapped in cloth. They aren’t as successful as others in their line of work and get caught more often. In fact, the burglary arrests reported by the Police Commissioners mostly involve this group. A top-notch burglar sitting in a prison cell would be a rare sight in New York.
Closely allied with the Safe-blowers and bursters is a class known as Bed-chamber Sneaks. These men are employed by the burglars to enter dwellings and obtain impressions in wax of keys of the places to be robbed. They adopt an infinite number of ways of effecting such an entrance, often operating through the servant girls. They never disturb or carry off anything, but confine their efforts to obtaining impressions in wax of the keys of the store or office to be robbed. The keys of business houses are mainly kept by the porters, into whose humble dwellings it is easy to enter. When they wish to obtain the keys of a dwelling, they come as visitors to the servant girls, and while they stand chatting with them manage to slip the key from the lock, take its impression in wax, and return it p. 528to the lock, unobserved by the girl. They are generally on the watch for chances for robberies, and report them promptly to their burglar confederates.
Closely associated with Safe-blowers and bursters is a group known as Bed-chamber Sneaks. These individuals are hired by burglars to enter homes and create wax impressions of the keys to the places they plan to rob. They use countless methods to get inside, often working through the maidservants. They never disturb or steal anything, focusing solely on obtaining wax impressions of the store or office keys. The keys for businesses are mostly kept by the porters, whose modest homes are easy to access. When they want to get the keys to a residence, they visit the maids and, while chatting, manage to slip the key from the lock, take its impression in wax, and quietly put it back in the lock without the girl noticing. They are usually on the lookout for robbery opportunities and quickly report them to their burglar accomplices. p. 528
The Bank Sneak is better known as the Bond Robber. He is of necessity a man of intelligence and of great fertility of resource. He steals United States Bonds almost entirely, and prefers coupons to registered, as the former can always be disposed of without detection. He manages, by means best known to himself, to gain information of the places in which these bonds are kept by the banks, of the times at which it is easiest to gain access to them, and the hours at which the theft is most likely to be successful. All this requires an immense amount of patient study and of personal observation of the premises, which must be conducted in such a way as not to attract attention or excite suspicion. When everything is ready for the commission of the deed, the thief proceeds to the place where the bonds are kept, seizes them and makes off. If a package of bank notes is at hand, he adds that to his other plunder. Usually his operations are so well planned and conducted that he is not observed by the bank officers, and he escapes with his plunder. Once at large, he proceeds to sell the bonds, if they are coupons, or to use the bank notes, if he has secured any. Registered bonds require more care in their disposition. Generally the bank offers a reward for the arrest of the robber and the recovery of the goods, and calls in a detective to work up the case. The thief at once manages to communicate with the detective, and offers to compromise with the bank, that is, to restore a part of the plunder upon condition that he is allowed the rest and escape punishment. Ninety-nine times out of a hundred his offer is accepted, the bank preferring the recovery of a part of its loss to the punishment of the thief. In this way the thief secures a large part of the amount stolen, sometimes one-half. Should the thief be caught with his plunder upon him, and the bank be thus saved from loss, which is rare, the offender is turned over to the police, and the bank joins heartily in the effort to send him to the penitentiary.
The Bank Sneak is better known as the Bond Robber. He’s a clever guy with a lot of tricks up his sleeve. He mostly steals United States Bonds and prefers coupons over registered ones because they can be sold off without drawing attention. He has his own ways of finding out where banks store these bonds, the best times to access them, and when a theft is most likely to succeed. All of this takes a ton of careful studying and watching the bank without raising any alarms. When everything is set, he goes to the place where the bonds are kept, grabs them, and makes a run for it. If he can snag a packet of banknotes, he adds that to his haul. Usually, his plans are so well thought out that the bank staff don’t notice him, and he gets away with his loot. Once he’s on the run, he sells the coupons or spends the banknotes if he has them. Registered bonds are trickier to handle. Generally, the bank offers a reward for catching the robber and recovering the stolen items, and they hire a detective to investigate. The thief quickly finds a way to reach out to the detective and proposes a deal with the bank: return part of the loot in exchange for keeping the rest and avoiding punishment. Most of the time, his offer is accepted since the bank prefers to recover some of its losses rather than punish the thief. This way, the thief often ends up keeping a significant portion of what he stole, sometimes even half. If the thief is caught with the stolen goods, which is rare, and the bank avoids a loss, he is handed over to the police, and the bank fully supports the push to send him to prison.
The Damper Sneak confines his attentions to the safes of the p. 529business men of the city. Wall street has suffered heavily from this class. The thief enters a broker’s office, in which the safe is generally left open during business hours, and asks permission to look at the directory, or to write a note. If this permission be accorded him, he manages to get inside the railing, in close proximity to the safe, if its doors are open. A confederate (or sometimes more) now enters and attracts the attention of the broker or the clerk, by making fictitious arrangements for the purchase of gold or some security. The thief who first entered watches his opportunity, and then, with the greatest rapidity, darts to the safe, abstracts whatever he can lay his bands on, and passes out, always thanking the broker for his courtesy. The confederates leave soon after, and then the robbery is discovered. The Damper Sneak has to steal at random, taking the first thing within his reach, but he often secures a rich prize. He takes his peculiar name from the safe, which, in the thief language, is called a “Damper.” One of the boldest of these robberies occurred a year or more ago, in Wall street. A broker employing a number of clerks, and doing a heavy business, was standing one day in front of his safe, during business hours, talking to a gentleman. A man, without a hat, with a pen behind his ear, and a piece of paper in his hand, entered the office, passed around the counter to where the broker stood, and said to him quietly, “Will you please to move, sir, so that I can get at the safe?” Being very much interested in his conversation, the broker scarcely noticed the man, supposing from his general appearance and manner that he was one of the clerks, and accordingly stepped aside without giving him a second glance. The man went up to the safe, took out a package of United States Bonds, and coolly walked out of the office. The bonds amounted to one hundred thousand dollars. The loss was discovered in the afternoon but no trace of the thief or of his plunder was ever found. Strange as it may seem, the city is constantly suffering from similar robberies, and the rogues almost invariably escape.
The Damper Sneak focuses his attention on the safes of the p. 529business people in the city. Wall Street has taken a heavy hit from this type of thief. The criminal enters a broker's office, where the safe is usually left open during business hours, and asks for permission to look at the directory or to write a note. If granted, he skillfully gets inside the railing, close to the safe, if its doors are open. A partner (or sometimes more) then enters and draws the attention of the broker or clerk by pretending to make arrangements to buy gold or some security. The initial thief waits for the right moment and then, with remarkable speed, rushes to the safe, grabs whatever he can, and exits, always thanking the broker for his kindness. The accomplices leave shortly afterward, and that's when the robbery is discovered. The Damper Sneak has to steal whatever is within reach, but he often hits the jackpot. He gets his unique name from the term “Damper,” which is what thieves call a safe. One of the boldest robberies happened about a year ago in Wall Street. A broker with several clerks, who was doing big business, was standing in front of his safe during business hours, chatting with a gentleman. A man without a hat, with a pen behind his ear and a piece of paper in his hand, entered the office, walked around the counter to where the broker was standing, and casually said, “Could you please move, sir, so I can access the safe?” The broker, engrossed in his conversation, hardly noticed the man, assuming from his appearance and demeanor that he was one of the clerks, and stepped aside without a second thought. The man approached the safe, took out a package of United States Bonds, and calmly walked out of the office. The bonds totaled one hundred thousand dollars. The loss was discovered in the afternoon, but no trace of the thief or his loot was ever found. Surprisingly, the city is continually facing similar robberies, and the criminals almost always get away.
The Sneak Thieves are the last and lowest on the list. As has been stated, they constitute the bulk of the light-fingered p. 530fraternity. These confine their attentions principally to private dwellings, are adroit and successful, but incur constant danger of detection and punishment. A sneak thief will pass along the street with that rapid, rolling glance of the eyes which distinguishes the tribe; now he checks himself in his career; it is but for an instant; no unprofessional eye directed towards him would notice it; but the sudden pause would speak volumes to an experienced police officer. He knows that the thief’s eye has caught the sight of silver lying exposed in the basement. In an hour after he hears that the basement has been entered, and the silver in it carried off. He knows who has taken it, as well as if he had seen the man take it with his own eyes; but if the thief has had time to run to the nearest receiver’s den, the silver is already in the melting-pot, beyond the reach of identification.
The Sneak Thieves are the last and lowest on the list. As mentioned, they make up most of the light-fingered p. 530fraternity. They mainly focus on breaking into private homes, are skilled and often successful, but constantly risk getting caught and punished. A sneak thief will walk down the street with a quick, sweeping glance that’s characteristic of their kind; then he stops in his tracks for just a moment; no average person would even notice it, but to a trained police officer, that brief pause says a lot. He knows the thief has spotted silver left out in the basement. Within an hour, he hears that someone broke into the basement and stole the silver. He knows exactly who did it, as if he had seen the whole thing happen; but if the thief has had time to run to the nearest fence, the silver will already be melted down, impossible to trace.
Sometimes the sneak thieves work in pairs. Upon discovering the basement door of a residence ajar, one of them takes position at it, while the other ascends the front steps and rings the bell. As soon as the servant has gone up from the basement to answer the bell, the thief at the lower door slips in, and gathers up the silver or such other articles as he can lay his hands upon. Again, selecting the dinner hour, which is usually between six and seven o’clock, and operating in the winter season when the streets are dark at that hour, one of the thieves will remain on the side-walk, on the lookout for the police, while the other climbs up a pillar of the stoop and reaches the level of the second story window. The window fastenings offer but a feeble resistance, and he is soon in the room. The family being all at dinner in the lower part of the house, the entire mansion is open to him. Securing his plunder, he leaves the house as he entered it, and makes off with his confederate. Some of the wealthiest mansions in the city have been robbed in this way, and heavy losses in jewelry, furs, and clothing have been entailed upon householders in all localities. Sometimes the thief has a confederate in the servant girl, but professionals do not often trust this class, who are always ready to betray them at the slightest indication of danger.
Sometimes, the sneak thieves work in pairs. When they find the basement door of a house slightly open, one of them positions themselves at the door, while the other goes up the front steps and rings the bell. As soon as the servant goes up from the basement to answer the doorbell, the thief at the lower door sneaks in and grabs any silverware or other items he can find. They often choose dinner time, which is usually between six and seven o’clock, and operate in the winter when it’s dark outside. One of the thieves keeps watch on the sidewalk for police while the other climbs up the stoop and reaches the second-story window. The window locks are usually pretty weak, and he’s quickly inside the room. With the family all at dinner downstairs, the entire house is open to him. After securing his loot, he leaves the house the same way he came in and meets up with his partner. Some of the richest mansions in the city have been robbed this way, causing significant losses in jewelry, furs, and clothing for homeowners everywhere. Occasionally, the thief has an accomplice in the maid, but professionals rarely trust this group, who are always ready to turn them in at the slightest hint of trouble.
p. 531II. THE PICK-POCKETS.
The activity of the pick-pockets of New York is very great, and they oftentimes make large “hauls” in the practice of their trade. It is said that there are about 300 of them in the city, though the detectives state their belief that the number is really larger and increasing. Scarcely a day passes without the police authorities receiving numerous complaints from respectable persons of losses by pick-pockets.
The pickpocketing activity in New York is quite significant, and they often make substantial “hauls” in their trade. It's reported that there are around 300 of them in the city, though detectives believe the actual number is larger and growing. Hardly a day goes by without the police receiving numerous complaints from reputable people about losses caused by pickpockets.
On all the street cars, you will see the sign, “Beware of Pick-pockets!” posted conspicuously, for the purpose of warning passengers. These wretches work in gangs of two, or three or four. They make their way into crowded cars, and rarely leave them without bringing away something of value. An officer will recognize them at once. He sees a well-known pickpocket obstructing the car entrance; another pickpocket is abusing him in the sharpest terms for doing so, while, at the same time, he is eagerly assisting a respectable gentleman, or a well-dressed lady, to pass the obstruction. One or two other pick-pockets stand near. All this is as intelligible to a police officer as the letters on a street sign. He knows that the man, who is assisting the gentleman or lady, is picking his or her pocket; he knows that the man who obstructs the entrance is his confederate; he knows that the others, who are hanging about, will receive the contents of the pocket-book as soon as their principal has abstracted the same. He cannot arrest them, however, unless he, or some one else, sees the act committed; but they will not remain long after they see him—they will take the alarm, as they know his eye is on them, and leave the car as soon as possible.
On all the streetcars, you’ll see the sign, “Beware of Pickpockets!” posted prominently to warn passengers. These thieves usually operate in groups of two, three, or four. They get into crowded cars and rarely leave without stealing something valuable. An officer can spot them right away. He sees a well-known pickpocket blocking the car entrance; another pickpocket is loudly scolding him for doing this while he’s also helping a respectable gentleman or a well-dressed lady get by. A couple of other pickpockets are hanging nearby. To a police officer, all of this is as clear as the letters on a street sign. He knows that the person helping the gentleman or lady is stealing from them; he knows that the person blocking the entrance is his partner; he knows that the others loitering around will grab the contents of the wallet as soon as their accomplice has taken it. However, he can’t arrest them unless he or someone else actually sees the theft happen; but they won’t stick around once they notice him—they’ll get nervous knowing he’s watching and will leave the car as soon as they can.
A lady, riding in an omnibus, discovers that she has lost her purse, which she knows was in her possession when she entered the stage. A well-dressed gentleman sits by her, whose arms are quietly crossed before him, and his fingers, encased in spotless kid gloves, are entwined in his lap, in plain sight of all the p. 532passengers, who are sure that he has not moved them since he entered the stage. Several persons have entered and left the vehicle, and the lady, naturally supposing one of them to be the thief, gets out to consult a policeman as to her best course. The officer could tell her, after a glance at the faultless gentleman who was her neighbor, that the arms so conspicuously crossed in his lap, are false, his real arms all the time being free to operate under the folds of his talma. The officer would rightly point him out as the thief.
A woman riding in a bus realizes that she has lost her purse, which she knows she had when she got on. A well-dressed man sits next to her with his arms crossed in front of him, and his fingers, covered in pristine gloves, are resting in his lap, clearly visible to all the passengers, who believe he hasn’t moved them since boarding. Several people have gotten on and off the bus, and the woman, naturally thinking one of them is the thief, gets off to ask a police officer what to do next. The officer would be able to tell her, just by looking at the perfectly poised gentleman beside her, that the arms so obviously crossed in his lap are a decoy, his real arms being free the whole time under the folds of his coat. The officer would correctly identify him as the thief.
The ferry-boats which go and come crowded with passengers, the theatres, and even the churches, are all frequented by pickpockets, who reap rich harvests from them. Persons wearing prominent shirt pins or other articles of jewelry frequently lose them in this way, and these wretches will often boldly take a purse out of a lady’s hand or a bracelet from her arm, and make off. If the robbery be done in the midst of a crowd, the chance of escape is all the better.
The ferry boats that come and go filled with passengers, the theaters, and even the churches are all hotspots for pickpockets, who make a good living off them. People wearing flashy shirt pins or other pieces of jewelry often find them missing this way, and these thieves will sometimes boldly snatch a purse from a lady’s hand or a bracelet off her arm and run away. If the theft happens in a crowd, the chances of getting away are even higher.
The street car conductors complain that they can do nothing to check the depredations of the pick-pockets. If they are put off the cars, they exert themselves to have the conductors discharged, and are generally possessed of influence enough to accomplish their ends. Strange as this may seem, it is true, for the pick-pocket is generally employed by the city politicians to manage the rougher class at the elections. In return for the influence which they thus exert the pick-pockets receive payment in money, and are shielded from punishment if unlucky enough to be arrested. Both parties are responsible for this infamous course, the party in power usually making the greatest use of these scoundrels. This is the cause of the confidence with which thieves of this kind carry on their trade. Those who desire the city’s welfare will find food for reflection in this fact.
The streetcar conductors complain that they can't do anything about the pickpockets. If they're kicked off the cars, they work to get the conductors fired and often wield enough power to make it happen. Strange as it might sound, it's true, because pickpockets are usually hired by city politicians to manage the rougher crowd during elections. In exchange for the influence they provide, the pickpockets are paid in cash and protected from punishment if they happen to get arrested. Both sides are responsible for this disgraceful situation, with the ruling party typically leveraging these criminals the most. This is why pickpockets operate with such confidence. Those who care about the city's well-being should reflect on this reality.
Many of the pick-pockets are women, whose lightness and delicacy of touch make them dangerous operators. Others are boys. These are usually termed “kids,” and are very dangerous, as people are not inclined to suspect them. They work in gangs of three or four, and, pushing against their victim, seize what they can, and make off. Sometimes one of this gang p. 533is arrested, but as he has transferred the plunder to his confederates, who have escaped, there is no evidence against him.
Many pickpockets are women, whose light and delicate touch makes them skilled at what they do. Others are boys, often called “kids,” and they're very tricky since people tend not to suspect them. They usually work in groups of three or four, bumping into their target while grabbing whatever they can before running away. Sometimes one of the gang members p. 533gets caught, but since they've passed the stolen goods to their accomplices who got away, there's no proof against them.
III. THE FEMALE THIEVES.
In the collection of photographs at the Police Headquarters, to which the authorities have given the name of “The Rogues’ Gallery,” there are but seventy-three portraits of females. The best informed detectives, however, estimate the actual number of professional female thieves in the city at about 350.
In the collection of photographs at the Police Headquarters, which the authorities call "The Rogues' Gallery," there are only seventy-three portraits of women. However, the most knowledgeable detectives estimate that the actual number of professional female thieves in the city is around 350.
Women do not often succeed in effecting large robberies, but the total of their stealings makes up a large sum each year. They are not as liable to suspicion as men, and most persons hesitate before accusing a woman of theft. Yet, if successful, the woman’s chances of escaping arrest and punishment are better than those of a man. Her sex compels her to lead a quieter and more retired life, and she does not as a rule frequent places in which she is brought under a detective’s observation.
Women don't often pull off major heists, but the total amount they steal adds up to a significant sum each year. They're not as likely to raise suspicion as men are, and most people hold back before accusing a woman of theft. However, if they do succeed, a woman's chances of avoiding arrest and punishment are better than a man's. Her gender requires her to live a quieter and more private life, and generally, she doesn’t frequent places where she might attract a detective’s attention.
Some of the female thieves are the children of thief parents, and are trained to their lives, others come to such a mode of existence by degrees. All, as a rule, are loose women, and were so before they became professional thieves. A few of them are well educated, and some of these state that they adopted thieving only when all other means failed them, and that they hoped it would keep them from sacrificing their virtue. This hope proved vain, and imperceptibly they glided into the latter sin. Some of these women live in handsomely furnished private rooms in such localities as Bleecker street. Others herd together in the lower quarters of the city. The female thief, even the most abandoned, generally has a husband, who is himself a thief or something worse. She takes great pride in being a married woman, and whenever she gets into trouble invariably seeks to establish a good character by producing her marriage certificate. Even the lowest panel thieves will do this.
Some of the female thieves are the children of thief parents and are trained for that life, while others gradually fall into it. Typically, all of them are promiscuous women and were like that before they became professional thieves. A few are well-educated, and some of them say they turned to thieving only when all other options failed and that they hoped it would keep them from losing their virtue. Unfortunately, that hope was in vain, and they gradually fell into that kind of sin. Some of these women live in nicely furnished private rooms in areas like Bleecker Street, while others stick together in the lower parts of the city. Even the most hardened female thief usually has a husband, who is also a thief or worse. She takes great pride in being married, and whenever she gets into trouble, she always tries to prove her good character by showing her marriage certificate. Even the lowest-level thieves will do this.
“A short while ago a private detective happened to drop into a large dry-goods store in Grand street, and observed a handsome-looking girl, about eighteen years old, dressed with the best taste, pricing laces at a counter. An indefinable expression about her eyes was suspicious, and as she left the store without purchasing, the spectator followed her to the corner of Essex Market, where, walking beside her, he noticed something of a square form under her cloak. At once suspecting it to be a stolen card of lace, he jostled against her, and, as he suspected, the card of lace fell from under her arm to the sidewalk. She colored, and was walking away without picking it up when the detective stopped her, said he knew the lace was stolen, and that she must return to the shop. She begged of him not to arrest her but restore the lace, which he did. After thanking him for not taking her into custody, she invited him to call on her and learn the story of her life. She has two rooms in a very respectable locality, furnished in the best manner, several of Prang’s chromos are hung on the walls, and a piano, on which she plays well, is in her sitting-room. She is very well educated, and was driven into her way of life by being left without friends or help, and one day stole a shawl without being discovered. Emboldened by the success of her first theft, she chose shop-lifting as her way of life, has followed it ever since, and was never in prison. Some few call her Sarah Wright; but those who know her best style her ‘Anonyma,’ as she dislikes the former title.”
“A little while ago, a private detective walked into a big department store on Grand Street and saw a pretty girl, around eighteen years old, dressed really well, looking at lace on a counter. There was something vague in her expression that seemed off, and when she left the store without buying anything, he decided to follow her to the corner of Essex Market. As he walked next to her, he noticed something square-shaped under her cloak. Suspecting it was a stolen piece of lace, he bumped into her, and, just as he thought, the lace dropped to the sidewalk. She blushed and started to walk away without picking it up, but the detective stopped her, told her he knew it was stolen, and that she had to go back to the store. She pleaded with him not to arrest her and just to return the lace, which he did. After thanking him for not taking her in, she invited him to visit her and hear her life story. She lives in two rooms in a very nice neighborhood, furnished elegantly, with several of Prang’s chromos on the walls, and a piano in her living room where she plays well. She is well-educated and turned to this way of life after being left friendless and helpless; one day she stole a shawl without getting caught. Encouraged by the success of her first theft, she chose shoplifting as her way of life, has continued it ever since, and has never been in prison. Some people call her Sarah Wright, but those who know her best refer to her as ‘Anonyma,’ since she doesn’t like the other name.”
IV. THE RIVER THIEVES.
The Harbor Thieves constitute one of the most dangerous and active portions of the criminal class. There are only about fifty professional thieves of this class, but they give the police a vast amount of trouble, and inflict great loss in the aggregate p. 535upon the mercantile community. Twenty years ago the harbor was infested with a gang of pirates, who not only committed the most daring robberies, but also added nightly murders to their misdeeds. Their victims were thrown into the deep waters of the river or bay, and all trace of the foul work was removed. At length, however, the leaders of the gang, Saul and Howlett by name, mere lads both, were arrested, convicted, and executed, and for a while a stop was put to the robberies in the harbor; but in course of time the infamous trade was resumed, but without its old accompaniment of murder. It is at present carried on with great activity in spite of the efforts of the police to put a stop to it. The North River front of the city is troubled with but one gang of these ruffian’s, which has its headquarters at the foot of Charlton street. This front is lined with piers which are well built, well lighted, and well guarded, being occupied chiefly by steamboats plying on the river, and by the foreign and coasting steamships. The East River is not so well guarded, the piers are dark, and the vessels, mostly sailing ships, are left to the protection of their crews. It is in this river, therefore, and in the harbor, that the principal depredations of the river thieves are carried on. “Slaughter House Point,” the intersection of James and South streets, and so called by the police because of the many murders which have occurred there, is the principal rendezvous of the East River thieves. Hook Dock, at the foot of Cherry street, is also one of their favorite gathering places.
The Harbor Thieves are one of the most dangerous and active groups in the criminal underworld. There are only about fifty professional thieves in this category, but they create a lot of trouble for the police and cause significant losses for the business community. Twenty years ago, the harbor was crawling with a gang of pirates who not only pulled off some of the boldest robberies but also committed murders every night. Their victims were dumped into the deep waters of the river or bay, leaving no trace of their crimes. Eventually, however, the gang's leaders, Saul and Howlett—both just kids—were caught, convicted, and executed, which temporarily halted the harbor thefts. But over time, the notorious practice resumed, albeit without the murders. It’s currently being carried out very actively, despite police efforts to stop it. The North River front of the city has only one gang of these thugs, which operates out of the foot of Charlton Street. This area is lined with well-built, well-lit, and well-guarded piers, mostly used by steamboats and foreign and coastal steamships. The East River, on the other hand, is not as well protected; its piers are dark, and the vessels there, mostly sailing ships, rely on their crews for security. Therefore, it's in this river and the harbor that the bulk of the thieves' activities take place. “Slaughter House Point,” where James and South streets meet, is named by the police for the numerous murders that have happened there; it serves as the main meeting spot for East River thieves. Hook Dock, at the foot of Cherry Street, is also a popular gathering place for them.
The life of a river thief is a very hard one, and his gains, as a rule, are small. He is subjected to a great deal of manual labor in the effort to secure his plunder, and is exposed to all sorts of weather. Night work in an open boat in New York harbor is not favorable to longevity, and in eight or ten years the most robust constitution will give way before the constant attacks of rheumatism and neuralgia. There would be some compensation to society in this but for the fact that the police, whose duty it is to watch the river thieves, suffer in a similar way.
The life of a river thief is really tough, and usually, he doesn’t make much money. He has to do a lot of hard manual labor to get his loot and faces all kinds of weather conditions. Working at night in an open boat in New York harbor isn’t good for living a long life, and in eight to ten years, even the strongest person will be brought down by constant issues like rheumatism and neuralgia. Society might find some benefit in this, but unfortunately, the police, who are supposed to keep an eye on the river thieves, suffer the same fate.
The river thieves generally work in gangs of three and four. Each gang has its rowboat, which is constructed with reference p. 536to carrying off as much plunder as possible, and making the best attainable time when chased by the harbor police. The thieves will not go out on a moonlight or even a bright starlight night. Nights when the darkness is so thick that it hides everything, or when the harbor is covered with a dense fog, are most favorable to them. Then, emerging from their starting point, they pull to the middle of the stream, where they lie-to long enough to ascertain if they are observed or followed. Then they pull swiftly to the point where the vessel they mean to rob is lying. Their oars are muffled, and their boat glides along noiselessly through the darkness. Frequently they pause for a moment, and listen to catch the sound of the oars of the police-boats, if any are on their track. Upon reaching the vessel, they generally manage to board her by means of her chains, or some rope which is hanging down her side. The crew are asleep, and the watch is similarly overcome. The thieves are cautions and silent in their movements, and succeed in securing their spoil without awakening any one. They will steal anything they can get their hands on, but deal principally in articles which cannot be identified, such as sugar, coffee, tea, rice, cotton, etc. They go provided with their own bags, and fill these from the original bags, barrels, or cases in which these articles are found on the ship. They are very careful to take away with them nothing which has a distinctive mark by which it may be identified. Having filled their boat, they slip over the side of the ship into it, and pull back to a point on shore designated beforehand, and, landing, convey their plunder to the shop of a junkman with whom they have already arranged matters, where they dispose of it for ready money. They do not confine their operations to vessels lying at the East River piers of New York, but rob those discharging cargo at the Brooklyn stores, or lying at anchor in the East or North rivers, even going as far as to assail those lying at quarantine.
The river thieves usually work in groups of three or four. Each group has its own rowboat, designed to carry as much stolen goods as possible and to make a quick getaway if chased by the harbor police. They avoid going out on moonlit or even bright starlit nights. Instead, they prefer dark nights where visibility is low or when the harbor is shrouded in thick fog. When they set out, they row to the middle of the stream and wait long enough to see if anyone is watching or following them. Then they speed to the vessel they plan to rob. Their oars are muffled, allowing their boat to glide silently through the darkness. They often stop for a moment to listen for the sound of police boats, if any are pursuing them. When they reach the ship, they typically board using the chains or ropes hanging down the side. The crew is usually asleep, and the watch is likewise unalert. The thieves are careful and quiet in their actions, managing to take their loot without waking anyone. They grab anything they can, but primarily focus on items that can't be traced, such as sugar, coffee, tea, rice, and cotton. They bring their own bags and fill them from the original bags, barrels, or cases on the ship. They are careful not to take anything with a distinct mark that could identify it. After filling their boat, they climb back over the side of the ship and row to a prearranged spot on shore, where they then take their stolen goods to a junk shop they've already set up a deal with, selling everything for cash. They don't limit their stealing to vessels at the East River piers in New York but also rob ships unloading cargo at the Brooklyn docks or anchored in the East or North Rivers, even going as far as those under quarantine.
In order to check their operations as far as possible, a force of about thirty policemen, under Captain James Todd, is assigned to duty in the harbor. The headquarters of this force are on a steamer, which boat was expected to accomplish wonders, but p. 538which is too large and clumsy to be of any real service. In consequence of this, Captain Todd is obliged to patrol the harbor with row-boats, of which there are several. These boats visit all the piers on the two rivers, and search for thieves or their boats. Sometimes the thieves are encountered just as they are approaching a pier with their boat filled with stolen property, and again the chase will be kept up clear across the harbor. If they once get sight of them, the police rarely fail to overhaul the thieves. Generally the latter submit without a struggle, but sometimes a fight ensues.
To oversee their operations as effectively as possible, a team of around thirty police officers, led by Captain James Todd, is stationed at the harbor. The headquarters for this team is on a steamer, which was anticipated to achieve great things, but p. 538is too large and unwieldy to be of any real use. As a result, Captain Todd has to patrol the harbor using several rowboats. These boats check all the piers along the two rivers, searching for thieves or their vessels. Sometimes they catch thieves right as they're coming to a pier with their boat loaded with stolen goods, while other times, a chase ensues all the way across the harbor. Once the police spot them, they almost always manage to catch the thieves. Usually, the thieves surrender without a fight, but sometimes a struggle breaks out.
The thieves, however, prefer to submit where they have such goods as rice, sugar, coffee, or tea in their possession. They know that it will be impossible to convict them, and they prefer a slight detention to the consequences of a struggle with their captors. The merchant or master of the ship, from whom the goods are stolen, may feel sure in his own mind that the articles found in the possession of the thieves are his property, but he cannot swear that they are his, it being simply impossible to identify such goods. And so the magistrate, though satisfied of the theft, must discharge the prisoner and return him the stolen goods. The only charge against him is that he was found under suspicious circumstances with these articles in his possession. From three to four river thieves are arrested every week, but, for the reason given, few are punished. Sometimes, in order to secure their conviction, the police turn over the thieves to the United States authorities, by whom they are charged with smuggling, this charge being based upon their being found in possession of goods on which they can show no payment of duties. Sometimes they are prosecuted, not for larceny, but for violating the quarantine laws in boarding vessels detained at quarantine.
The thieves, however, prefer to get caught when they have items like rice, sugar, coffee, or tea on them. They know it's nearly impossible to convict them, and they'd rather experience a minor detention than face the consequences of fighting their captors. The merchant or shipowner from whom the goods are stolen might be confident that the items with the thieves are his property, but he can't prove it, as it's just too difficult to identify those goods. So, even though the magistrate is convinced a theft occurred, he has to let the thief go and return the stolen items. The only thing the thief is charged with is being found in questionable circumstances with these items in his possession. Three to four river thieves are arrested every week, but for the reasons stated, few ever face punishment. Sometimes, to secure a conviction, the police hand the thieves over to the U.S. authorities, where they are charged with smuggling due to having goods for which they can't show proof of duty payment. Other times, they are prosecuted not for theft, but for breaking quarantine laws by boarding ships that are under quarantine.
Several times the most daring of the river thieves have robbed the piers of the European steamship lines. In one instance, they passed under the pier of the Cunard steamers at Jersey City, cut out a portion of the flooring, and removed several valuable packages through the opening thus made. They then replaced the flooring, and secured it in its place by means of p. 539lifting-jacks, and decamped with their plunder. The next night they returned and removed other packages, and for several nights the performance was repeated. The company’s agent, upon the discovery of the loss, exerted himself actively to discover the thieves, but without success. The watchmen on shore were positive that the warehouse, which is built on the pier, had not been entered from the land, and there were no signs to be discovered of its having been forced from the water side. Matters began to look bad for the watchmen, when, one night, the harbor police unexpectedly made a dash under the pier and caught the thieves at their work.
Several times, the boldest river thieves have targeted the docks of European steamship companies. In one case, they went underneath the Cunard pier in Jersey City, cut out a section of the flooring, and pulled out several valuable packages through the hole they created. They then replaced the flooring and secured it in place with p. 539lifting-jacks before making off with their loot. The next night, they came back and took more packages, and this went on for several nights. The company's agent, upon realizing the theft, actively tried to find the thieves but had no luck. The watchmen on shore were sure that the warehouse, which sits on the pier, hadn’t been accessed from the land, and there were no signs of it being forced open from the water side. Things were looking grim for the watchmen when, one night, the harbor police unexpectedly rushed under the pier and caught the thieves in the act.
The North River gang are said to own a fine schooner, in which they cruise along the Hudson almost to Albany, and carry on a system of piracy at the river towns. Farmers and country merchants suffer greatly from their depredations. A year or so ago, it was rumored that they were commanded by a beautiful and dashing woman, but this story is now believed to be a mere fiction.
The North River gang is said to own a sleek schooner, which they use to cruise along the Hudson almost to Albany and engage in a form of piracy at the riverside towns. Farmers and local merchants are heavily affected by their raids. About a year ago, there were rumors that a beautiful and adventurous woman was in charge of them, but that story is now seen as just a myth.
“Another gang is called the ‘Daybreak Boys,’ from the fact that none of them are a dozen years of age, and that they always select the hour of dawn for their depredations, which are exclusively confined to the small craft moored in the East River just below Hell Gate. They find the men on these vessels locked in the deep sleep of exhaustion, the result of their severe labors of the day; and as there are no watchmen, they meet little difficulty in rifling not only the vessels, but the persons of those on board. If there is any such thing as a watch or money, it is sure to disappear; and it has often happened that one of these vessels has been robbed of every portable article on board, including every article of clothing.”
“Another gang is known as the ‘Daybreak Boys’ because none of them are more than twelve years old, and they always choose dawn to carry out their thefts, which are strictly limited to the small boats moored in the East River just below Hell Gate. They find the men on these boats deep in sleep from a long day’s hard work. Since there are no watchmen, they have little trouble stealing not only from the boats but also from the people onboard. If there’s a watch or any cash, it’s guaranteed to vanish. It’s happened multiple times that one of these boats has been completely stripped of every portable item on board, even down to the clothing of the crew.”
p. 540V. THE FENCES.
In the thief language, a person who buys stolen goods is called a “Fence.” Without his fence, the thief could do nothing, p. 541for he could not dispose of his plunder without a serious risk of detection. The Fence, however, is not known as a thief, and can buy and sell with a freedom which renders it easy for him to dispose of all stolen property which comes into his hands. A noted thief once declared that a man in his business was powerless to accomplish anything unless he knew the names and characters of all the Fences in the city.
In the language of thieves, someone who buys stolen goods is called a "Fence." Without this Fence, the thief can't do anything, p. 541because he can't get rid of his loot without risking getting caught. The Fence, however, isn't considered a thief and can buy and sell freely, making it easy for him to offload any stolen items he acquires. A famous thief once said that anyone in his line of work would be completely powerless unless they knew the names and backgrounds of all the Fences in the city.
The professional Fences of New York are as well known to the police as they are to the thieves. Their stores are located in Chatham street, in the Bowery, and other public thoroughfares, and even Broadway itself has one or more of these establishments within its limits. Some of the Fences are dirty, wretched-looking creatures; but one at least—the Broadway dealer—is a fine-looking, well-dressed man, with the manners and bearing of a gentleman. All are alike in one respect, however. They all buy and sell that which has been stolen. They drive hard bargains with the thieves who offer them goods, paying them but a small portion of the actual value of the prize. If the article is advertised, and a reward sufficiently in excess of what he paid for it is offered, the Fence frequently returns it to its rightful owner, upon condition that no questions shall be asked, and claims the reward. Vigorous efforts have been made by the police authorities to bring the Fences to justice, but without success. The necessary legal evidence can rarely be obtained, and though numerous arrests have been made, scarcely a conviction has followed.
The professional Fences in New York are as well-known to the police as they are to the thieves. Their shops are located on Chatham Street, in the Bowery, and other busy streets, and even Broadway has one or more of these businesses within its boundaries. Some of the Fences are grimy, miserable-looking people; but at least one—the Broadway dealer—is a sharp-looking, well-dressed man, with the demeanor of a gentleman. However, they all have one thing in common. They all buy and sell stolen goods. They drive hard bargains with the thieves who bring them items, paying only a fraction of the actual value of the items. If the stolen item is advertised and a reward significantly higher than what they paid for it is offered, the Fence often returns it to its rightful owner, on the condition that no questions will be asked, and claims the reward. The police have made strong efforts to bring the Fences to justice, but they have been unsuccessful. The necessary legal evidence is rarely obtainable, and although many arrests have been made, very few convictions have resulted.
The Fences are well skilled in the art of baffling justice. The study of the means of rapidly and effectually removing the marks by which the property in their hands can be identified, is the main business of their lives, and they acquire a degree of skill and dexterity in altering or effacing these marks which is truly surprising. A melting-pot is always over the fire, to which all silverware is consigned the instant it is received. The marks on linen, towels, and handkerchiefs are removed, sometimes by chemicals, sometimes by fine scissors made expressly for the purpose. Jewelry is at once removed from its settings, and the gold is either melted or the engraving is burnished out, p. 542so as in either case to make identification impossible. Rich velvet and silk garments are transmogrified by the removal and re-arrangement of the buttons and trimmings. Pointed edges are rounded, and rounded edges are pointed, entirely changing the whole aspect of the garment, with such celerity that the lady who had worn the dress in the morning would not have the slightest suspicion that it was the same in the evening. Cotton, wool, rags, and old ropes require no manipulation. When once thrown upon the heap, they defy the closest scrutiny of the owners. There is scarcely an article which can be the subject of theft, which the resources of these men do not enable them, in a very short time, to disguise beyond the power of recognition. Their premises are skilfully arranged for concealment. They are abundantly provided with secret doors and sliding panels, communicating with dark recesses. Apertures are cut in the partitions, so that a person coming in from the front can be distinctly seen before he enters the apartment. The Fence is as well skilled as any lawyer in the nature of evidence. He knows the difference between probability and proof as well as Sir William Hamilton himself. He does not trouble himself about any amount of probabilities that the detectives may accumulate against him; but the said detectives must be remarkably expert if they are ever able to get anything against him which will amount to strictly legal proof.
The Fences are very good at confusing justice. The main focus of their lives is figuring out how to quickly and effectively remove the marks that identify the property in their possession, and they develop a surprising level of skill and finesse in altering or erasing these marks. A melting pot is always on the stove, where all silverware is sent the moment it arrives. The marks on linens, towels, and handkerchiefs are eliminated, sometimes using chemicals and other times with fine scissors designed specifically for this task. Jewelry is immediately taken apart, with the gold either melted down or the engravings smoothed out, making it impossible to identify. Luxurious velvet and silk clothing is transformed by changing and rearranging the buttons and trims. Sharp edges are rounded, and rounded edges are sharpened, completely altering the appearance of the garment so quickly that the woman who wore the dress in the morning wouldn’t suspect it was the same by evening. Cotton, wool, rags, and old ropes don't need any alteration. Once tossed onto the pile, they are beyond the reach of their owners' scrutiny. There’s hardly an item that can be stolen that these men can’t disguise in no time at all. Their locations are cleverly set up for hiding things. They are well-equipped with secret doors and sliding panels that lead to dark corners. There are openings in the walls so that anyone coming in from the front can be easily seen before entering the room. The Fence understands evidence as well as any lawyer. He knows the difference between probability and proof just like Sir William Hamilton. He doesn’t worry about the amount of probabilities that detectives may gather against him; however, those detectives must be exceptionally skilled if they ever manage to find anything that would count as legal proof against him.
The Fences not only deal with thieves, but carry on a large business with clerks, salesmen, and porters, who steal goods from their employers, and bring them to the Fences for sale.
The Fences not only deal with thieves, but also run a big operation with clerks, salespeople, and porters, who steal products from their employers and bring them to the Fences to sell.
VI. THE ROUGHS.
Another class of those who live in open defiance of the law consists of the “Roughs.” The New York Rough is simply a ruffian. He is usually of foreign parentage, though born in America, and in personal appearance is as near like a huge English bull-dog as it is possible for a human being to resemble p. 544a brute. Of the two, the dog is the nobler animal. The Rough is not usually a professional thief, though he will steal if he has a chance, and often does steal in order to procure the means of raising money. He is familiar with crime of all kinds, for he was born in the slums and has never known anything better. In some cases he can read, in others he cannot. Those who can read never make use of their talent for any purpose of improvement. Their staple literature consists of the flash papers and obscene books. They are thoroughly versed in the history of crime, and nothing pleases them so much as a sensational account of an execution, a prize fight, or a murder. They are the patrons and supporters of dog and rat pits, and every brutal sport. Their boon companions are the keepers of the low-class bar rooms and dance houses, prize fighters, thieves, and fallen women. There is scarcely a Rough in the city but has a mistress among the lost sisterhood. The redeeming feature of the lives of some of these women is the devotion with which they cling to their “man.” The Rough, on his part, beats and robs the woman, but protects her from violence or wrong at the hands of others. A large majority of these scoundrels have no other means of support than the infamous earnings of their mistresses.
Another group of people who openly disregard the law is known as the “Roughs.” The New York Rough is essentially a thug. He usually has foreign parents, even if he was born in America, and in appearance, he resembles a large English bulldog as much as a human can resemble a brute. The dog is the nobler of the two. The Rough isn't typically a professional thief, but he will steal if the opportunity arises, often doing so to get money. He is familiar with all types of crime since he was born in the slums and has never experienced anything better. Some of them can read, while others cannot. Those who can read rarely use their skill for self-improvement. Their typical reading material consists of sensational newspapers and explicit books. They are well-versed in the history of crime, and nothing excites them more than a shocking story about an execution, a boxing match, or a murder. They are fans and supporters of dog and rat fighting, as well as all kinds of brutal sports. Their close friends include the owners of low-end bars and dance halls, boxers, thieves, and sex workers. Nearly every Rough in the city has a girlfriend from the lost sisterhood. One redeeming quality of some of these women is their loyalty to their “man.” The Rough, in turn, may beat and steal from the woman, but he protects her from harm by others. Most of these criminals rely solely on the infamous earnings of their partners for support.
Unlike the brute, the Rough is insensible to kindness. Civility is thrown away upon him. Usually he resents it. His delight is to fall upon some unoffending and helpless person, and beat him to a jelly. Sometimes—indeed commonly—he adds robbery to these assaults. Often gangs of Roughs will enter the pleasure grounds in the upper part of the city, in which a pic-nic or social gathering is going on, for the sole purpose of breaking up the meeting. They fall upon the unoffending pleasure-seekers, beat the men unmercifully, maltreat, insult, and sometimes outrage the women, rob all parties who have valuables to be taken, and then make their escape. Pleasure parties of this kind are usually unprovided with the means of resistance, while their assailants are well armed. It sometimes happens, however, that the pleasure seekers are more than a match for the Roughs, who, in such cases, are driven out after very severe handling.
Unlike a brute, the Rough doesn't respond to kindness. Being polite is wasted on him. Usually, he reacts with anger. He loves to target some innocent and defenseless person and beat them up badly. Sometimes—often, actually—he also adds theft to these attacks. Groups of Roughs will often invade parks in the upper part of the city where picnics or social gatherings are happening, just to disrupt the gathering. They assault the unsuspecting party-goers, beat the men brutally, mistreat, insult, and sometimes assault the women, steal from anyone with valuables, and then escape. These social gatherings typically don’t have means to defend themselves, while their attackers are well-armed. However, it sometimes happens that the party-goers are more than capable of fighting back, and in those cases, they manage to drive the Roughs away after giving them a good thrashing.
p. 545The Rough does not hesitate to commit murder, or to outrage a woman. He is capable of any crime. He is a sort of human hyena who lives only to prey upon the better portions of the community. Sometimes he degenerates into a burglar or common thief, sometimes he becomes the proprietor of a panel house or a policy office. Crime-stained and worthy of punishment as he is, he walks the streets with a sense of security equal to that of the most innocent man.
p. 545The Rough doesn't hesitate to commit murder or attack a woman. He can commit any crime. He's like a human hyena who exists only to prey on the better parts of the community. Sometimes he sinks to being a burglar or a common thief; other times, he runs a rundown bar or a gambling den. Despite being stained by crime and deserving of punishment, he walks the streets with a sense of security equal to that of the most innocent person.
This feeling of security is caused by the conviction on his part that he will not be punished for his misdeeds. The reason is simple: He is a voter, and he has influence with others of his class. He is necessary to the performance of the dirty work of the city politicians, and as soon as he gets into trouble, the politicians exert themselves to secure his discharge. They are usually successful, and consequently but few Roughs are ever punished in New York, no matter how revolting their crime. This is not all, however. There are well authenticated instances in which men of this class have been carried by their fellows, oftentimes by ballot-box stuffing and fraudulent voting, into high and responsible offices under the city. The recent state of affairs under the Ring illustrates the results of this system.
This sense of security comes from his belief that he won't face consequences for his wrongdoings. The reason is straightforward: he's a voter and has sway with others in his social circle. He's essential for carrying out the shady tasks for city politicians, and as soon as he gets into hot water, the politicians work hard to get him off the hook. They usually succeed, which is why very few Roughs ever face punishment in New York, regardless of how shocking their crimes are. And that's not all. There are documented cases where men from this group have been elevated by their peers, often through ballot-box stuffing and fraudulent voting, into high and important positions within the city. The recent situation under the Ring demonstrates the outcomes of this system.
In the year 1871, 179 persons were “found drowned” in the waters of the city. Of these, many are supposed, with good reason, to have been the victims of foul play at the hands of the Roughs. In the same year, 42 persons were murdered in New York, and one man was hanged by the officers of the law.
In 1871, 179 people were reported as “found drowned” in the city’s waters. Many of these are believed, with good reason, to have been victims of foul play by the Roughs. That same year, 42 people were murdered in New York, and one man was hanged by the law enforcement officials.
p. 546XLIV. THE PAWNBROKERS.
The sign of the Lombards is very common in the great city. In the Bowery, East Broadway, Chatham, Catharine, Division, Oliver, Canal, and Grand streets, the three gilt balls are thickest, but they may also be seen in every portion of the city in which there is poverty and suffering. The law recognizes the fact that in all large communities these dealers are a necessary evil, and, while tolerating them as such, endeavors to interpose a safeguard in behalf of the community, by requiring that none but persons of good character and integrity shall exercise the calling. They must have been dreamers who framed this law, or they must have known but little of the class who carry on this business. The truth is, that there is not a pawnbroker of “good character and integrity” in the city. In New York the Mayor alone has the power of licensing them, and revoking their licence, and none but those so licensed can conduct their business in the city. “But,” says the Report of the New York Prison Association, “Mayors of all cliques and parties have exercised this power with, apparently, little sense of the responsibility which rests upon them. They have not, ordinarily at least, required clear proof of the integrity of the applicants; but have usually licensed every applicant possessed of political influence. There is scarcely an instance where they have revoked a licence thus granted, even when they have been furnished with proofs of the dishonesty of the holders.”
The symbol of the Lombards is very common in the big city. In the Bowery, East Broadway, Chatham, Catharine, Division, Oliver, Canal, and Grand streets, the three gold balls are most frequent, but they can also be found in every area of the city affected by poverty and hardship. The law acknowledges that in all large communities these dealers are a necessary evil, and while allowing them to exist, it tries to provide some protection for the community by requiring that only people of good character and integrity can work in this field. They must have been dreamers who created this law, or they must not have known much about the type of people who run these businesses. The reality is that there isn’t a pawnbroker of “good character and integrity” in the city. In New York, only the Mayor has the authority to license them and revoke their licenses, and only those who are licensed can operate their businesses in the city. “But,” says the Report of the New York Prison Association, “Mayors from all backgrounds and parties have exercised this power with, apparently, little awareness of the responsibility that comes with it. They have not generally required clear proof of integrity from the applicants; instead, they have usually licensed every applicant who had political connections. There is hardly any instance where they have revoked a license once granted, even when they have received evidence of the dishonesty of the license holders.”
The pawnbrokers are, with scarcely an exception, the most rascally set to be found in the city. They are not generally receivers of goods which they know to be stolen, for there is too much risk to them in carrying on such a business. Their shops p. 547are overhauled almost every week by the detectives in searching for stolen property, and the pawnbrokers, as a class, prefer to turn over this business entirely to the Fences. Some of the most reckless, however, will receive pledges which they know to have been stolen, and the police occasionally find stolen goods on their hands. Upon one occasion, a whole basket of watches was found in one of these establishments. Another was found in possession of a diamond which was identified by its owner. It had been stolen by a servant girl. It was worth over seven hundred dollars, and had been pawned for two dollars and a half.
The pawnbrokers are, with very few exceptions, the shadiest group you'll find in the city. They usually don’t deal in goods that they know are stolen, since there’s too much risk involved in that sort of business. Their shops p. 547are checked almost every week by detectives looking for stolen items, and as a group, the pawnbrokers prefer to leave this kind of business to the Fences. However, some of the more reckless ones will take in pledges that they know have been stolen, and the police occasionally discover stolen goods in their possession. Once, a whole basket of watches was found in one of these places. Another time, a diamond was found that the owner was able to identify. It had been stolen by a maid and was worth over seven hundred dollars, but had been pawned for just two dollars and fifty cents.
The pawnbrokers, though not receivers of stolen goods, are not a whit better. They are the meanest of thieves and swindlers. Section eight of the statute, under which they hold their licences, requires that, “No pawnbroker shall ask, demand, or receive any greater rate of interest than twenty-five per cent. per annum upon any loan not exceeding the sum of twenty-five dollars, or than seven per cent. per annum upon any loan exceeding the sum of twenty-five dollars, under the penalty of one hundred dollars for every such offence.” This law is invariably violated by the pawnbroker, who trades upon the ignorance of his customers. The rate habitually charged for loaning money is three per cent. a month, or any fractional part of a month, or thirty-six per cent. a year, regardless of the amount. Many laboring men and women pawn the same articles regularly on the first of the week, and redeem them on Saturday when their wages are paid them.
The pawnbrokers, while not receivers of stolen goods, are no better at all. They are the lowest of thieves and con artists. Section eight of the statute, which grants them their licenses, states that, “No pawnbroker shall ask, demand, or receive any greater rate of interest than twenty-five percent per annum on any loan not exceeding the sum of twenty-five dollars, or than seven percent per annum on any loan exceeding the sum of twenty-five dollars, under the penalty of one hundred dollars for every such offence.” This law is consistently ignored by the pawnbroker, who takes advantage of his customers' ignorance. The typical rate charged for loans is three percent a month, or any part of a month, amounting to thirty-six percent a year, regardless of the amount. Many working men and women regularly pawn the same items at the beginning of the week and redeem them on Saturday when they get paid.
“The following is a schedule of charges made on articles irrespective of interest: On diamonds, watches, jewelry, silverware, opera-glasses, articles of vertu, ten per cent. on the amount loaned, over and above the interest, for what is called putting them away in the safes. On coats, vests, pants, dresses, cloaks, skirts, basques, from twenty cents to one dollar is charged for hanging up. On laces, silks, velvets, shawls, etc., from twenty-five cents to one dollar for putting away in bureau, wardrobe or drawer. For wrappers from fifteen to fifty cents is charged. Persons offering goods done up in papers are compelled to hire p. 548a wrapper, or the pawnbroker refuses to advance. The wrapper is simply a dirty piece of old muslin. The hire of one of these wrappers has been known to have amounted to over five dollars in one year. Upon trunks, valises, beds, pillows, carpets, tool-chests, musical instruments, sewing machines, clocks, pictures, etc., etc., in proportion to their bulk, from one dollar to five dollars is charged for storage. A still greater profit to the pawnbrokers is the penny fraud. They buy pennies, getting from 104 to 108 for one dollar. These they pay out, and on every $100 thus paid out an average gain of six dollars is made. This amounts to something with the prominent ones, who often pay out many hundred dollars in a day. Another source of profit is the surplus over the amount loaned which the pawnbroker receives from the sales of unredeemed pledges. This surplus, although belonging to the depositor, according to law, is never paid. In fact, not one in a thousand who have dealings with pawnbrokers is aware of his rights.”
“The following is a schedule of fees for items regardless of interest: For diamonds, watches, jewelry, silverware, opera glasses, and valuable items, there's a ten percent charge on the amount loaned, in addition to the interest, for storing them in safes. For coats, vests, pants, dresses, cloaks, skirts, and basques, a fee ranging from twenty cents to one dollar is charged for hanging them up. For laces, silks, velvets, shawls, etc., the fee ranges from twenty-five cents to one dollar for storage in a bureau, wardrobe, or drawer. Wrappers are charged between fifteen and fifty cents. People who bring items wrapped in paper must hire a wrapper, or the pawnbroker will refuse to lend money. The wrapper is just a dirty piece of old muslin. The cost of one of these wrappers has been known to exceed five dollars in a year. For trunks, suitcases, beds, pillows, carpets, toolboxes, musical instruments, sewing machines, clocks, pictures, and others, storage fees of one to five dollars are charged based on size. An even bigger profit for pawnbrokers comes from what’s called the penny fraud. They buy pennies, getting between 104 and 108 for one dollar. They distribute these, making an average of six dollars profit for every $100 paid out. This adds up for the major ones, who often pay out hundreds of dollars in a day. Another profit source is the surplus from the sales of unclaimed pledges exceeding the loan amount, which the pawnbroker keeps. Although this surplus legally belongs to the depositor, it is never returned. In reality, fewer than one in a thousand people who deal with pawnbrokers know their rights.”
As a rule, these wretches grow rich very fast. They are principally Jews of the lowest class. They allow their wives and children to wear the jewelry, ornaments, and finer clothing placed in their keeping, and in this way save much of the ordinary expense of the head of a family. In the case of clothing, the articles are frequently worn out by their families. They are either returned in this condition when demanded, or the owner is told that they cannot be found. Payment for them is always refused. As has been stated, they refuse to pay to the owner the amount received in excess of the loan for an article which has been sold. This, added to their excessive rate of interest, is said to make their gains amount to nearly five hundred per cent. on the capital invested in their business—“the Jews’ five per cent.”
As a rule, these individuals get rich very quickly. They are mostly low-class Jews. They let their wives and children wear the jewelry, ornaments, and nicer clothes that they’re responsible for, which helps to significantly reduce the typical expenses of a family head. Often, the clothes get worn out by their families. When asked to return them, they are either given back in that condition or the owner is told they can’t be found. Payment for them is always refused. As mentioned, they also refuse to pay the owner any amount received over the loan for an item that has been sold. This, combined with their high-interest rates, is said to result in profits that reach nearly five hundred percent on the capital invested in their business—"the Jews’ five percent."
The principal customers are the poor. Persons of former respectability or wealth, widows and orphans, are always sure to carry with them into their poverty some of the trinkets that were theirs in the heyday of prosperity. These articles go one by one to buy bread. The pawnbroker advances not more than a twentieth part of their value, and haggles over that. He p. 549knows full well that the pledges will never be redeemed, that these unhappy creatures must grow less able every day to recover them. Jewelry, clothing, ornaments of all kinds, and even the wedding ring of the wife and mother, come to him one by one, never to be regained by their owners. He takes them at a mere pittance, and sells them at a profit of several hundred per cent.
The main customers are the poor. Formerly respectable or wealthy individuals, like widows and orphans, always bring some of their possessions from better times into their poverty. These items are sold off piece by piece to buy food. The pawnbroker offers no more than a fraction of their value and argues over that. He knows very well that these items will never be reclaimed, as these unfortunate people will only become less able to get them back. Jewelry, clothing, ornaments of all kinds, and even the wedding ring of a wife and mother are handed over one by one, never to be seen by their owners again. He takes them for a pittance and then sells them at a profit of several hundred percent.
You may see the poor pass into the doors of these shops every day. The saddest faces we ever saw were those of women coming away from them. Want leaves its victims no choice, but drives them mercilessly into the clutches of the pawnbroker.
You can see the poor walk through the doors of these shops every day. The saddest faces we've ever seen were those of women leaving them. Desperation leaves its victims no choice, forcing them relentlessly into the hands of the pawnbroker.
The majority of the articles pawned are forced there by want, undoubtedly, but very many of them go to buy drink. Women are driven by brutal husbands to this course, and there are wretches who will absolutely steal the clothing from their shivering wives and little ones, and with them procure the means of buying gin.
The majority of the items pawned are definitely a result of need, but a lot of them are sold to buy alcohol. Women are pushed into this situation by abusive husbands, and there are people who will actually steal the clothes off their cold wives and kids to get money for gin.
Of late years another class of pawnbrokers, calling themselves “Diamond Brokers,” has appeared in the city. They make advances on the jewels of persons—mostly women—in need of money. The extravagance of fashionable life brings them many customers. They drive as hard bargains as the others of their class, and their transactions being larger, they grow rich quicker. They are very discreet, and all dealings with them are carried on in the strictest secrecy, but, were they disposed, they could tell many a strange tale by which the peace of some “highly respectable families” in the Avenue would be rudely disturbed.
Recently, a new type of pawnbroker, calling themselves “Diamond Brokers,” has emerged in the city. They offer loans against the jewelry of individuals—mostly women—who need cash. The lavish lifestyle of the fashionable draws in many clients. They negotiate just as hard as other pawnbrokers, and because their transactions tend to be larger, they accumulate wealth more quickly. They are very discreet, and all dealings with them are conducted in complete secrecy, but if they chose to, they could share many strange stories that would disrupt the peace of some “highly respectable families” in the Avenue.
p. 550XLV. THE BEER-GARDENS.
In some respects, New York is as much German as American. A large part of it is a genuine reproduction of the Fatherland as regards the manners, customs, people, and language spoken. In the thickly settled sections east of the Bowery the Germans predominate, and one might live there for a year without ever hearing an English word spoken. The Germans of New York are a very steady, hard-working people, and withal very sociable. During the day they confine themselves closely to business, and at night they insist upon enjoying themselves. The huge Stadt Theatre draws several thousand within its walls whenever its doors are opened, and concerts and festivals of various kinds attract others. But the most popular of all places with this class of citizens is the beer-garden. Here one can sit and smoke, and drink beer by the gallon, listen to music, move about, meet his friends, and enjoy himself in his own way—all at a moderate cost.
In some ways, New York is just as much German as it is American. A significant part of it is a genuine replica of the Fatherland in terms of manners, customs, people, and the language spoken. In the densely populated areas east of the Bowery, Germans are the majority, and you could live there for a year without hearing a single English word. The Germans of New York are very reliable, hardworking individuals, and they’re also quite social. During the day, they stick to business, but at night, they definitely make time to enjoy themselves. The massive Stadt Theatre attracts several thousand people whenever its doors are open, and concerts and various festivals draw in even more. However, the most popular spot among these citizens is the beer garden. Here, people can sit and smoke, drink beer by the gallon, listen to music, mingle, and have a good time in their own way—all at a reasonable price.
From one end of the Bowery to the other, beer-gardens abound, and their brilliantly illuminated signs and transparencies form one of the most remarkable features of that curious street. Not all of them are reputable. In some there is a species of theatrical performance which is often broadly indecent. These are patronized by but few Germans, although they are mainly carried on by men of that nationality. The Rough and servant girl elements predominate in the audiences, and there is an unmistakably Irish stamp on most of the faces present.
From one end of the Bowery to the other, beer gardens are everywhere, and their bright, glowing signs and displays are one of the most notable features of that interesting street. Not all of them are respectable. In some, there are types of performances that can be quite raunchy. These places are mostly attended by a few Germans, even though they are primarily run by men from that background. The crowd is largely made up of rough characters and working-class girls, with a clear Irish influence on most of the faces you see there.
The true beer-garden finds its highest development in the monster Atlantic Garden, which is located in the Bowery, next p. 551door to the Old Bowery Theatre. It is an immense room, with a lofty curved ceiling, handsomely frescoed, and lighted by numerous chandeliers and by brackets along the walls. It is lighted during the day from the roof. At one side is an open space planted with trees and flowers, the only mark of a garden visible. A large gallery rises above the floor at each end. That at the eastern or upper end is used as a restaurant for those who desire regular meals. The lower gallery is, like the rest of the place, for beer-drinkers only. Under the latter gallery is a shooting hall, which is usually filled with marksmen trying their skill. On the right hand side of the room is a huge orchestrion or monster music-box, and by its side is a raised platform, occupied by the orchestra employed at the place. The floor is sanded, and is lined with plain tables, six feet by two in size, to each of which is a couple of benches. The only ornaments of the immense hall are the frescoes and the chandeliers. Everything else is plain and substantial. Between the hall and the Bowery is the bar room, with its lunch counters. The fare provided at the latter is strictly German, but the former retails drinks of every description.
The ultimate beer garden is the massive Atlantic Garden, located in the Bowery, right next to the Old Bowery Theatre. It’s a huge space with a high, curved ceiling, beautifully decorated with frescoes and illuminated by many chandeliers and wall sconces. During the day, it gets natural light from the roof. One side features an open area with trees and flowers, the only hint of a garden. There are large balconies at both ends of the room. The one on the eastern end serves meals for those who want a sit-down dining experience. The lower balcony, like the rest of the venue, is exclusively for beer drinkers. Below this balcony is a shooting range, often filled with people showing off their shooting skills. On the right side of the room is a gigantic orchestrion, or a massive music box, next to a raised stage for the house orchestra. The floor is covered with sand and lined with simple tables measuring six feet by two, each accompanied by a couple of benches. The only decorations in the vast hall are the frescoes and chandeliers; everything else is straightforward and sturdy. Between the hall and the Bowery is the bar area with its lunch counters. The food offered there is authentically German, while the bar serves all kinds of drinks.
During the day the Atlantic does a good business through its bar and restaurant, many persons taking their meals here regularly. As night comes on, the great hall begins to fill up, and by eight o’clock the place is in its glory. From three to four thousand people, mainly Germans, may be seen here at one time, eating, drinking, smoking. Strong liquors are not sold, the drinks being beer and the lighter Rhine-wines. The German capacity for holding beer is immense. An amount sufficient to burst an American makes him only comfortable and good humored. The consumption of the article here nightly is tremendous, but there is no drunkenness. The audience is well behaved, and the noise is simply the hearty merriment of a large crowd. There is no disorder, no indecency. The place is thoroughly respectable, and the audience are interested in keeping it so. They come here with their families, spend a social, pleasant evening, meet their friends, hear the news, enjoy the music and the beer, and go home refreshed and happy. The p. 553Germans are very proud of this resort, and they would not tolerate the introduction of any feature that would make it an unfit place for their wives and daughters. It is a decided advantage to the people who frequent this place, whatever the Temperance advocates may say, that men have here a resort where they can enjoy themselves with their families, instead of seeking their pleasure away from the society of their wives and children.
During the day, the Atlantic does a great business through its bar and restaurant, with many people eating here regularly. As night falls, the main hall starts to fill up, and by eight o’clock, the place is buzzing. From three to four thousand people, mostly Germans, can be seen here at once, eating, drinking, and smoking. Strong alcohol isn't served; the drinks offered are beer and lighter Rhine wines. Germans have an incredible capacity for beer. An amount that would make an American feel unwell leaves them feeling comfortable and in good spirits. The amount consumed nightly is massive, but there's no drunkenness. The crowd is well-behaved, and the noise is simply the cheerful laughter of a large group. There’s no disorder, no indecency. The place is entirely respectable, and the crowd is keen on maintaining that. They come with their families, spend a pleasant social evening, catch up with friends, hear the news, enjoy the music and beer, and leave feeling refreshed and happy. The p. 553Germans take great pride in this venue and would not tolerate anything that would make it unsuitable for their wives and daughters. It’s a definite advantage for people who come here, regardless of what the Temperance advocates may say, that men have a place where they can enjoy themselves with their families instead of looking for fun away from their wives and children.
The buzz and the hum of the conversation, and the laughter, are overpowering, and you wander through the vast crowd with your ears deafened by the sound. Suddenly the leader of the orchestra raps sharply on his desk, and there is a profound silence all over the hall. In an instant the orchestra breaks forth into some wonderful German melody, or some deep-voiced, strong-lunged singer sends his rich notes rolling through the hall. The auditors have suddenly lost their merriment, and are now listening pensively to the music, which is good. They sip their beer absently, and are thinking no doubt of the far-off Fatherland, for you see their features grow softer and their eyes glisten. Then, when it is all over, they burst into an enthusiastic encore, or resume their suspended conversations.
The buzz and chatter of conversation, along with the laughter, are overwhelming, and you navigate through the large crowd with your ears ringing from the noise. Suddenly, the conductor taps sharply on his stand, and a deep silence falls over the hall. In an instant, the orchestra launches into a beautiful German melody, or a deep-voiced singer projects his rich tones throughout the venue. The audience has abruptly lost their lightheartedness and are now listening intently to the music, which is lovely. They sip their beer absentmindedly, likely thinking of their distant homeland, as you can see their features soften and their eyes sparkle. Then, when it's all done, they erupt into an enthusiastic encore or return to their paused conversations.
On the night of the reception of the news of Napoleon’s capitulation at Sedan, the Atlantic Garden was a sight worth seeing. The orchestra was doubled, and the music and the songs were all patriotic. The hall was packed with excited people, and the huge building fairly rocked with the cheers which went up from it. The “German’s Fatherland” and Luther’s Hymn were sung by five thousand voices, hoarse or shrill with excitement. Oceans of beer were drunk, men and women shook hands and embraced, and the excitement was kept up until long after midnight. Yet nobody was drunk, save with the excitement of the moment.
On the night the news broke about Napoleon’s surrender at Sedan, the Atlantic Garden was an incredible scene. The orchestra was twice as large, and all the music and songs were patriotic. The hall was filled with enthusiastic people, and the massive building shook with the cheers that erupted from the crowd. “Germany’s Fatherland” and Luther’s Hymn were sung by five thousand voices, whether hoarse or high-pitched with excitement. Tons of beer were consumed, men and women hugged and congratulated each other, and the excitement continued well past midnight. Yet, no one was drunk, except on the thrill of the moment.
The Central Park Garden, at the corner of Seventh avenue and Fifty-ninth street, is more of an American institution than the Atlantic. It consists of a handsome hall surrounded on three sides by a gallery, and opening at the back upon grounds a moderate size, tastefully laid out, and adorned with rustic p. 554stalls and arbors for the use of guests. At the Atlantic the admission is free. Here one pays fifty cents for the privilege of entering the grounds and building. During the summer months nightly concerts, with Saturday matinées, are given here by Theodore Thomas and his famous orchestra—the finest organization of its kind in America. The music is of a high order, and is rendered in a masterly manner. Many lovers of music come to New York in the summer simply to hear these concerts.
The Central Park Garden, located at the corner of Seventh Avenue and Fifty-ninth Street, is more of an American institution than the Atlantic. It features an elegant hall surrounded on three sides by a gallery, and opens at the back to a moderately sized, beautifully designed area with rustic stalls and arbors for guests to enjoy. At the Atlantic, admission is free. Here, you pay fifty cents for the chance to enter the grounds and the building. During the summer months, there are nightly concerts, with Saturday matinees, performed by Theodore Thomas and his renowned orchestra—the best of its kind in America. The music is top-notch and performed superbly. Many music lovers visit New York in the summer just to attend these concerts.
The place is the fashionable resort of the city in the summer. The audience is equal to anything to be seen in the city. One can meet here all the celebrities who happen to be in town, and as every one is free to do as he pleases, there is no restraint to hamper one’s enjoyment. You may sit and smoke and drink, or stroll through the place the whole evening, merely greeting your acquaintances with a nod, or you may join them, and chat to your heart’s content. Refreshments and liquors of all kinds are sold to guests; but the prices are high. The Central Park Garden, or, as it is called by strangers, “Thomas’s Garden,” is the most thoroughly enjoyable place in the city in the summer.
The place is the trendy summer hotspot in the city. The crowd is on par with anything you’d find in town. You can run into all the celebrities who are around, and since everyone is free to do what they want, there are no rules to limit your fun. You can sit and smoke and drink, or wander around the whole evening, just giving a nod to your acquaintances, or you can join them and chat as much as you like. Refreshments and drinks of all kinds are available for guests; just keep in mind that the prices are steep. Central Park Garden, or what visitors call “Thomas’s Garden,” is the most enjoyable spot in the city during the summer.
p. 555XLVI. JAMES FISK JR.
James Fisk, Jr., was born at Bennington, Vermont, on the 1st of April, 1834. His father was a pedlar, and the early life of the boy was passed in hard work. What little education he received was obtained at the public schools. At the age of seventeen he obtained his first employment, being engaged by Van Amburgh to clean out the cages of the animals in his menagerie and to assist in the erection of the tents. He made himself so useful to his employer that he was soon promoted to the position of ticket receiver. He remained with Van Amburgh for eight years, travelling with him through the United States, Canada, and Europe, and, at the age of twenty-five, left him to begin life for himself in the calling of his father. He went back to Vermont, and began peddling such small articles as steel pens and lead pencils through the towns of the State. He succeeded in acquiring and saving a small sum of money, and was able to borrow a little more. He then purchased a horse and wagon, and began a series of more extended operations as a pedlar of dry goods. He visited all the principal towns and villages of Vermont, and met with a ready sale for his goods. His energy and business tact were eminently successful, and his business soon grew to such an extent that his one-horse wagon was too small for it. He accordingly sold this vehicle, and purchased a handsome “four in hand,” with which he travelled through Massachusetts and Connecticut, as well as Vermont. He was very popular with his customers, and established a reputation for fair dealing, selling good articles at a moderate profit.
James Fisk, Jr. was born in Bennington, Vermont, on April 1, 1834. His father was a peddler, and the boy's early years were spent working hard. The little education he got was from the public schools. At seventeen, he landed his first job with Van Amburgh, cleaning animal cages in his menagerie and helping set up the tents. He proved so helpful that he was quickly promoted to ticket receiver. He worked with Van Amburgh for eight years, traveling across the United States, Canada, and Europe. By twenty-five, he left to start his own journey in his father’s trade. He returned to Vermont and began selling small items like steel pens and lead pencils in various towns across the state. He managed to save up a small amount of money and borrowed a bit more. He then bought a horse and wagon, expanding his operations as a peddler of dry goods. He visited all the major towns and villages in Vermont, where his goods sold well. His hard work and business skills paid off, and his business grew to the point that his single-horse wagon became too small. So, he sold it and bought a stylish “four-in-hand” team, which allowed him to travel through Massachusetts and Connecticut, in addition to Vermont. He became very popular with his customers, earning a reputation for fair dealing by selling quality items at reasonable prices.
His energy and success attracted the attention of the Boston wholesale house from which he bought his goods, and they p. 556thinking that he would prove a useful acquisition to them, offered him an interest in their business. Their offer was accepted; and, in 1860, he became a partner in the house of Jordan, Marsh & Co., of Boston. He was sent South by the firm, and though he succeeded in conducting for them several large and profitable transactions during the early part of the war, and though they remained his friends to the close of his life, the connection was not altogether satisfactory to them, and, in 1862, they purchased his interest in the business for the sum of $64,000.
His energy and success caught the eye of the Boston wholesale company from which he bought his goods, and they p. 556thought he would be a valuable addition to their team, so they offered him a stake in their business. He accepted their offer, and in 1860, he became a partner at Jordan, Marsh & Co. in Boston. The firm sent him South, and even though he successfully handled several large and profitable deals for them during the early part of the war and they remained his friends for life, the partnership wasn’t entirely satisfactory for them. In 1862, they bought out his stake in the business for $64,000.
About this time, some capitalists in Boston were desirous of purchasing the Stonington line of steamboats, then owned by Daniel Drew. Fisk became aware of their desire, and, coming to New York, in 1863, obtained an introduction to Daniel Drew, and so won the favor and confidence of that gentleman that he was employed by him to manage the negotiation for the sale of the steamers, which he did to Mr. Drew’s entire satisfaction. From that time, Drew became his friend, and soon gained him a position in Wall street.
About this time, some investors in Boston wanted to buy the Stonington line of steamboats, which was then owned by Daniel Drew. Fisk learned about their interest and, after traveling to New York in 1863, got an introduction to Daniel Drew. He impressed Drew so much that he was hired to handle the negotiations for selling the steamboats, which he completed to Drew's full satisfaction. After that, Drew became his friend and soon helped him secure a position on Wall Street.
Upon entering the street, Fisk began a series of speculations on his own account, and, in the short space of two years, he lost all his money. It is said that he swore a mighty oath that as Wall street had ruined him, Wall street should pay for it. Daniel Drew now came to his aid, and, in 1865, helped him to form the firm of Fisk, Belden & Co., stock-brokers, and assisted the new house by employing them as his brokers in many of his heaviest transactions.
Upon entering the street, Fisk started to make a series of guesses about his finances, and in just two years, he lost all his money. It’s said he made a huge vow that since Wall Street had destroyed him, Wall Street would pay for it. Daniel Drew then came to help him, and in 1865, assisted him in establishing the firm of Fisk, Belden & Co., stock brokers, and supported the new company by hiring them as his brokers in many of his biggest deals.
In 1867 occurred the great struggle between Drew and Vanderbilt for the possession of the Erie Railway. James Fisk and Jay Gould now made their appearance as Directors in the Erie Railway. The following is the New York Tribune’s account of this affair:
In 1867, the intense battle between Drew and Vanderbilt over control of the Erie Railway took place. James Fisk and Jay Gould also showed up as Directors of the Erie Railway. Here's the New York Tribune’s report on this event:
“When the crisis came, on the eve of the election for Directors, in October, 1867, there were three contestants in the field. Fisk was serving under the Drew party, who wanted to be retained in office. Vanderbilt, master of Harlem, Hudson River, and Central, seemed to be on the point of securing Erie also. Eldridge was the leader of the Boston, Hartford, and Erie p. 558party, which wanted to get into the Erie Directory for the purpose of making that Company guarantee the bonds of their own worthless road. Eldridge was assisted by Gould. As a result of the compromise by which the three opposing interests coalesced, Fisk and Gould were both chosen Directors of Erie, and from the month of October, 1867, dates the memorable association of these two choice spirits since so famous in the money markets of the world. They were not the counterparts, but the complements of each other. Fisk was bold, unscrupulous, dashing, enterprising, ready in execution, powerful in his influence over the lower and more sensual order of men. Gould was artful, reticent, long-headed, clear of brain, fertile of invention, tenacious of purpose, and no more burdened with unnecessary scruples than his more noisy and flashy companion. They were not long in joining fortunes. At the time of the famous Erie corner, the next March, they were ostensibly working on opposite sides, Gould acting for Vanderbilt, and Fisk being the man to whom Drew intrusted 50,000 shares of new stock, secretly issued, to be used when Vanderbilt’s brokers began to buy. The mysteries of that transaction are fully known only to a few of the principal actors. An injuction of Judge Barnard’s had forbidden Drew or anybody connected with the road to manufacture any more stock by the issue of convertible bonds. But Drew was ‘short’ of Erie; the Vanderbilt pool threatened ruin; and stock must be had. The new certificates had already been made out in the name of James Fisk, jr., and were in the hands of the Secretary who was enjoined from issuing them. Mr. Fisk saw a way out of the difficulty. The Secretary gave the certificate books to an employé of the road, with directions to carry them carefully to the transfer office. The messenger returned in a moment empty-handed, and told the astonished Secretary that Mr. Fisk had met him at the door, taken the books, and ‘run away with them!’ On the same day the convertible bonds corresponding to these certificates were placed on the Secretary’s desk, and as soon as Vanderbilt had forced up the price of Erie, Fisk’s new shares were thrown upon the market, and bought by Vanderbilt’s agents before their origin p. 559was suspected. Mr. Fisk unfortunately had not yet cultivated the intimate relations with Judge Barnard which he subsequently sustained. When the Drew party applied for an order from Judge Gilbert in Brooklyn, enjoining Barnard’s injunctions, the petitioner who accused that ornament of the New York bench of a corrupt conspiracy to speculate in Erie stock, was none other than Fisk’s partner, Mr. Belden. The next morning Barnard issued an order of arrest for contempt, and Fisk, with the whole Erie Directory, fled to Jersey City, carrying $7,000,000 of money and the books and papers of the Company. Among the most valuable of the assets transferred on that occasion to Taylor’s Hotel was Miss Helen Josephine Mansfield. ‘I went to Jersey,’ testified this fair creature some weeks ago, in the suit which has just come to so tragical a termination, ‘with the officers of the Erie Company, and the railroad paid all the expense.’ Mr. Fisk could afford to amuse himself. He had made fifty or sixty thousand dollars by his day’s work in Broad street, and he had the satisfaction of knowing that he had not only beaten Vanderbilt and Barnard, but outwitted even his particular friend and patron, Mr. Drew. He had now practically the greater share of the management on his shoulders, though in name he was only Controller. He softened public indignation by subsidizing a gang of ruffians, ostensibly in the Vanderbilt interest, to besiege ‘Fort Taylor,’ as if for the purpose of kidnapping the Directors, and organizing a band of railway hands to mount guard about the hotel. He dogged the steps of Mr. Drew, who was stealing over to New York by night to make a secret compromise for himself alone with Mr. Vanderbilt, and when Drew carried off the funds of the Company, Fisk compelled him to bring them back by putting an attachment on his money in bank. A bill was now introduced at Albany to legalize Drew’s over-issue of stock. It was defeated. Mr. Gould visited the capital with half a million dollars, and came back without a cent, and the bill which three weeks before had been rejected by a vote of 83 to 32 was carried by a vote of 101 to 6. This was followed by a general suspension of hostilities. The scandalous network of injunctions had p. 561become so intricate that one general order was obtained sweeping it all away. Judge Barnard was placated in some manner not made public. Mr. Peter B. Sweeny, who, as the representative of Tammany, had been appointed ‘Receiver’ of the property of the railway company after it had been carried out of reach, was allowed $150,000 for his trouble of taking care of nothing; and the exiles returned to New York. In one of his characteristic fits of frankness, James Fisk afterward on the witness stand described the settlement which ensued as an ‘almighty robbery.’ The Directors of Erie took 50,000 shares of stock off Vanderbilt’s shoulders at 70, and gave him $1,000,000 besides. Eldridge got $4,000,000 of Erie acceptances in exchange for $5,000,000 of Boston, Hartford, and Erie, which became bankrupt very soon afterward. Drew kept all he had made, but was to pay $540,000 into the Erie treasury and stand acquitted of all claims the corporation might have against him. Nearly half a million more was required to pay the lawyers and discontinue the suits. Fisk, getting nothing personally, stood out against the arrangement until the conspirators consented to give him—the Erie Railroad! Drew and some others were to resign, and Fisk and Gould to take possession of the property.”
“When the crisis hit just before the Directors’ election in October 1867, there were three candidates in the running. Fisk was aligned with the Drew party, who wanted to stay in power. Vanderbilt, who controlled Harlem, Hudson River, and Central, seemed ready to take over Erie as well. Eldridge led the Boston, Hartford, and Erie party, which aimed to secure a spot in the Erie Directory to make that Company guarantee the bonds of their own worthless railroad. Eldridge had the support of Gould. As a result of the compromise that united the three competing interests, both Fisk and Gould were elected as Directors of Erie, marking the beginning of their notable partnership from October 1867 that became famous in the financial world. They were not identical but complementary to each other. Fisk was bold, ruthless, flamboyant, adventurous, quick to take action, and had significant influence over the more unscrupulous men. Gould was crafty, reserved, forward-thinking, sharp-minded, inventive, determined, and not burdened by unnecessary scruples like his louder, flashier counterpart. They quickly began to share fortunes. During the well-known Erie corner the following March, they appeared to work on opposite sides—Gould on behalf of Vanderbilt, while Fisk was entrusted by Drew with 50,000 shares of secretly issued new stock to be used when Vanderbilt’s brokers began to buy. The details of that deal are known only to a select few involved. A court order from Judge Barnard had banned Drew and anyone associated with the road from issuing more stock via convertible bonds. However, Drew was ‘short’ on Erie; the Vanderbilt group was threatening disaster; and they needed stock. The new certificates had been prepared in the name of James Fisk, Jr., and were with the Secretary, who was prohibited from issuing them. Mr. Fisk found a way around the problem. The Secretary handed the certificate books to an employee of the railroad with instructions to deliver them to the transfer office. The messenger soon returned empty-handed and told the shocked Secretary that Mr. Fisk had met him at the door, taken the books, and ‘run away with them!’ That same day, the convertible bonds corresponding to these certificates were placed on the Secretary’s desk, and as soon as Vanderbilt drove up the price of Erie, Fisk’s new shares were flooded onto the market and bought by Vanderbilt’s agents before anyone could trace their origin. Unfortunately, Mr. Fisk had yet to establish a close relationship with Judge Barnard, which he later did. When the Drew party applied for an order from Judge Gilbert in Brooklyn to block Barnard’s injunctions, the petitioner who accused that distinguished member of the New York bench of a corrupt conspiracy to speculate in Erie stock was none other than Fisk’s partner, Mr. Belden. The next morning, Barnard issued a contempt arrest warrant, prompting Fisk and the entire Erie Board to escape to Jersey City, taking with them $7,000,000 in cash and the Company’s books and papers. Among the most valuable assets transferred that day to Taylor’s Hotel was Miss Helen Josephine Mansfield. ‘I went to Jersey,’ this lovely woman testified weeks ago in a lawsuit that tragically concluded, ‘with the officers of the Erie Company, and the railroad covered all my expenses.’ Mr. Fisk could afford to enjoy himself. He made fifty or sixty thousand dollars from his day’s work on Broad Street and felt satisfied knowing he not only beat Vanderbilt and Barnard but also outsmarted his own benefactor, Mr. Drew. He effectively managed most operations, although he held the title of Controller. He eased public outrage by paying a group of thugs to appear as if they were aligned with Vanderbilt's interests to besiege ‘Fort Taylor,’ pretending it was meant to kidnap the Directors while also organizing railroad workers to guard the hotel. He closely followed Mr. Drew, who was sneaking into New York at night to make a secret deal just for himself with Mr. Vanderbilt, and when Drew took the Company’s funds, Fisk forced him to return the money by putting a hold on his bank funds. A bill was introduced in Albany to make Drew’s excess stock issuance legal. It was defeated. Mr. Gould went to the capital with half a million dollars and came back empty-handed; the bill that had previously been rejected with a vote of 83 to 32 was passed by a vote of 101 to 6. This led to a general ceasefire in hostilities. The tangled web of injunctions had become so complex that a single sweeping order was obtained to eliminate them all. Judge Barnard was appeased in some undisclosed manner. Mr. Peter B. Sweeny, representing Tammany, who had been named ‘Receiver’ of the railway company’s property after it had been moved out of reach, was paid $150,000 for keeping an eye on nothing, and the exiles returned to New York. In one of his usual fits of honesty, James Fisk later described the resulting settlement on the witness stand as an ‘almighty robbery.’ The Erie Directors took 50,000 shares of stock off Vanderbilt’s hands at 70 and gave him $1,000,000 in addition. Eldridge received $4,000,000 in Erie acceptances in exchange for $5,000,000 of Boston, Hartford, and Erie, which soon went bankrupt. Drew kept all the profits he made but was to pay $540,000 into the Erie treasury and be free of any claims the corporation might have against him. An additional half a million was needed to pay lawyers and drop the lawsuits. Fisk, receiving nothing personally, held out against the deal until the conspirators agreed to give him—the Erie Railroad! Drew and some others were set to resign, and Fisk and Gould were to take control of the property.”
Out of his first operations in Erie stock, Fisk is said to have made $1,300,000. The Legislature of New York legalized his acts, through the influence, it is said, of Mr. William M. Tweed. It is certain that this act was followed by the entrance of Tweed and Sweeny into the Board of Directors.
Out of his initial investments in Erie stock, Fisk reportedly made $1,300,000. The New York Legislature approved his actions, supposedly due to the influence of Mr. William M. Tweed. It’s clear that this approval led to Tweed and Sweeny joining the Board of Directors.
Once in possession of the Erie road, Fisk and his colleagues managed it in their own interests. It was commonly believed in the city that Fisk was but the executor of the designs which were conceived by an abler brain than his own.
Once they gained control of the Erie railroad, Fisk and his associates ran it to benefit themselves. People in the city widely thought that Fisk was merely carrying out plans created by someone smarter than he was.
He figured largely in the infamous Black Friday transactions of Wall street, and is credited by the public with being one of the originators of that vast conspiracy to destroy the business of the street. How near he came to success has already been shown.
He played a major role in the notorious Black Friday transactions on Wall Street and is often seen by the public as one of the masterminds behind the big plot to ruin the business on the street. How close he was to achieving that has already been demonstrated.
Soon after coming into possession of the Erie road, he p. 562purchased Pike’s Opera House for $1,000,000 in the name of the Erie Railway Company. The Directors, however, refused to approve the transaction, and he refunded to them the amount of the purchase, taking the building on his private account, and repaying the road in some of its stock owned by him. Subsequently he leased the front building to the road at an enormous rent, and opened for it a suite of the most gorgeous railway offices in the world. He subsequently bought the Fifth Avenue Theatre, and the Central Park Garden, and the Bristol line of steamers, and the steamers plying in connection with the Long Branch Railway. He made himself “Admiral” of this magnificent fleet, and dressed himself in a gorgeous naval uniform. When President Grant visited the Coliseum Concert at Boston, Fisk accompanied him in this dress, having previously played the part of host to the President during the voyage down the Sound on one of his boats. A year or two previous to his death, he was elected Colonel of the Ninth Regiment of the National Guard.
Soon after acquiring the Erie railroad, he p. 562purchased Pike’s Opera House for $1,000,000 in the name of the Erie Railway Company. However, the Directors refused to approve the deal, so he refunded them the purchase amount, taking the building for himself and repaying the railroad with some stock he owned. Later, he leased the front building to the railroad at an exorbitant rent and opened a suite of the most luxurious railway offices in the world. He later bought the Fifth Avenue Theatre, Central Park Garden, the Bristol line of steamers, and the steamers operating in connection with the Long Branch Railway. He made himself “Admiral” of this impressive fleet, dressing in an extravagant naval uniform. When President Grant attended the Coliseum Concert in Boston, Fisk joined him wearing this outfit, having previously hosted the President during a boat trip down the Sound on one of his vessels. A year or two before his death, he was elected Colonel of the Ninth Regiment of the National Guard.
Previous to his purchase of the Grand Opera House, Mr. Fisk was an unknown man, but the ownership of this palatial establishment gave him an opportunity of enjoying the notoriety he coveted. His career in connection with this establishment, and his unscrupulous management of the Erie Railway, soon made him notorious in all parts of America and Europe. His monogram was placed on everything he owned or was connected with, and he literally lived in the gaze of the public. He can scarcely be said to have had any private life, for the whole town was talking of his theatres, his dashing four in hand, his railway and steamboats, his regiment, his toilettes, his magnificence, his reckless generosity, and his love affairs. He had little regard for morality or public sentiment, and hesitated at nothing necessary to the success of his schemes. His great passion was for notoriety, and he cared not what he did so it made people talk about him. He surrounded himself with a kind of barbaric splendor, which won him the name of the “Prince of Erie.” Some of his acts were utterly ludicrous, and he had the wit to perceive it, but he cared not so it made James Fisk, jr., p. 563the talk of the day. His influence upon the community was bad. He had not only his admirers, but his imitators, and these sought to reproduce his bad qualities rather than his virtues.
Before he bought the Grand Opera House, Mr. Fisk was a nobody, but owning this grand venue gave him the chance to gain the fame he desired. His involvement with this establishment and his ruthless management of the Erie Railway quickly made him notorious across America and Europe. His initials were emblazoned on everything he touched, and he lived constantly under public scrutiny. He barely had any private life since everyone in town was buzzing about his theaters, his flashy four-horse carriage, his railway and steamboats, his military regiment, his expensive outfits, his extravagant lifestyle, his wild generosity, and his romantic escapades. He didn’t care much for morality or public opinion and would stop at nothing to ensure his schemes succeeded. His main obsession was being talked about, and he didn’t mind what it took for that to happen. He surrounded himself with a kind of gaudy extravagance, earning him the title of the “Prince of Erie.” Some of his actions were completely ridiculous, and he was sharp enough to recognize it, but he didn’t care as long as James Fisk, jr., was the talk of the town. His impact on the community was negative. He not only had fans but also imitators, who aimed to replicate his bad traits rather than his good ones.
In some respects he was a strange compound of good and evil. He was utterly unprincipled, yet he was generous to a fault. No one ever came to him in distress without meeting with assistance, and it adds to the virtue of these good deeds that he never proclaimed them to the world. Says one of his intimate friends: “His personal expenses were, at a liberal estimate, not one-fifth as large as the amount which he spent in providing for persons in whose affairs he took a kindly interest, who had seen misfortune in life, and whom he felt to be dependent upon him for assistance. He gave away constantly enormous amounts in still more direct charities, concerning which he rarely spoke to any one, and it was only by accident that even his most intimate friends found out what he was doing. He supported for some years an entire family of blind persons without ever saying a word about it to his nearest friends. He was particularly generous towards actors and actresses, who, whenever they suffered from misfortune, would always appeal to him; and one lady, herself an actress of considerable repute and of very generous nature, was in the habit of coming constantly to Mr. Fisk to appeal to him for assistance to aged or unfortunate members of their profession, assistance which he never refused. Very recently a lady, who was formerly a New York favorite, but who made an unhappy marriage, and to escape from a drunken husband had carried her child to England, where, after struggling in provincial theatres for more than a year, she came to almost her last penny and had hardly the means to return to this country, without a change of clothing and without being able to bring away her child, made her case known to the lady before-mentioned, who immediately, after helping to the extent of her own scanty means, sent her with a note to Mr. Fisk. Mr. Fisk listened to her story, advanced her $250 on the spot, procured her an engagement in a theatre at $75 a week, and interested the captain of one of our finest sea-going vessels in the case so far as to provide p. 564a free passage for the child to this country, the captain, in order to please Mr. Fisk, taking great pains to discover the whereabouts of the child and restore her to its mother. These are but incidental illustrations of what Mr. Fisk was daily doing, and always doing with the utmost privacy and with the greatest reluctance to allow it to become known. He would rarely subscribe to any public charity, because he disliked to make any pretence of liberality before the public.”
In some ways, he was an unusual mix of good and bad. He had no moral principles, yet he was incredibly generous. No one in distress ever approached him without receiving help, and it adds to the goodness of his actions that he never boasted about them. One of his close friends said: “His personal expenses were, at a generous estimate, not even one-fifth of what he spent helping people he cared about, who had faced hardships in life, and who he felt needed his support. He constantly gave away huge amounts for more direct charities, which he rarely discussed with anyone, and it was only by chance that even his closest friends found out what he was doing. For several years, he supported an entire family of blind people without ever mentioning it to his closest friends. He was especially generous to actors and actresses, who would always turn to him in times of trouble; one woman, herself a well-known actress with a very giving nature, often came to Mr. Fisk asking for help for elderly or unfortunate members of their profession, help which he never turned away. Recently, a woman who was once a favorite in New York but had an unhappy marriage, fled to England with her child to escape a drunken husband. After struggling in provincial theaters for over a year, she was nearly out of money and had barely enough to return to this country, with no change of clothes and unable to take her child with her. She shared her situation with the actress mentioned earlier, who immediately helped her as much as she could and sent her with a note to Mr. Fisk. Mr. Fisk listened to her story, immediately gave her $250, secured her a job at a theater for $75 a week, and got the captain of one of our best ships to arrange a free passage for the child to this country, with the captain going out of his way to locate the child and reunite her with her mother. These are just small examples of what Mr. Fisk was doing every day, always keeping it private and being very reluctant to let it be known. He rarely donated to public charities because he didn't want to put on a show of generosity to the public.”
In the fall of 1867, Fisk made the acquaintance of Mrs. Helen Josephine Mansfield, an actress, who had just been divorced from her husband, Frank Lawler. He became deeply enamored of her, and she became his mistress and lived with him several years, her main object being, it would seem, to obtain from him all the money he was willing to expend upon her. Fisk subsequently introduced one of his friends, Edward S. Stokes, to Mrs. Mansfield, and the woman was not long in transferring her affections from her protector to Stokes. This aroused Fisk’s jealousy, and led to constant trouble between his mistress and himself. His quarrel with Stokes was complicated by business disputes, which were carried into the courts, where Fisk was all powerful. The matter went from bad to worse, until at length Stokes and Mrs. Mansfield instituted a libel suit against Fisk, which was commonly regarded in the city as simply an attempt on their part to extort money from him. The suit dragged its slow way through the court in which it was instituted, and every day diminished the chances of the success of the plaintiffs.
In the fall of 1867, Fisk met Mrs. Helen Josephine Mansfield, an actress who had just divorced her husband, Frank Lawler. He became deeply infatuated with her, and she became his mistress, living with him for several years, seemingly aiming to get as much money from him as possible. Fisk later introduced one of his friends, Edward S. Stokes, to Mrs. Mansfield, and it wasn’t long before she shifted her affections from Fisk to Stokes. This sparked Fisk’s jealousy and led to constant conflicts between him and his mistress. His feud with Stokes was made worse by business disagreements that ended up in court, where Fisk held significant influence. The situation worsened until Stokes and Mrs. Mansfield filed a libel suit against Fisk, which most people in the city viewed as merely an attempt to extort money from him. The lawsuit slowly made its way through the courts, and each passing day reduced the plaintiffs’ chances of winning.
For reasons which he has not yet made public, Stokes now resolved to take matters into his own hands, and on the afternoon of the 6th of January, 1872, waylaid Fisk, as the latter was ascending the private stairway of the Grand Central Hotel, and, firing upon him twice from his hiding place, inflicted on him severe wounds from which he died the next day. The assassination was most cowardly and brutal, and awakened a feeling of horror and indignation on the part of all classes.
For reasons he hasn't shared yet, Stokes decided to take action himself. On the afternoon of January 6, 1872, he ambushed Fisk as he was going up the private staircase of the Grand Central Hotel. Stokes shot him twice from his hiding spot, causing serious injuries that led to Fisk's death the next day. The assassination was incredibly cowardly and brutal, sparking feelings of horror and outrage among everyone.
p. 565XLVII. TRINITY CHURCH.
On the west side of Broadway, facing Wall street, stands Trinity Church, or, as it is commonly called, “Old Trinity,” the handsomest ecclesiastical structure in the city. It is the third edifice which has occupied the site. The first church was built in 1697, at the organization of the parish, and was a plain square edifice with an ugly steeple. In 1776, this building was destroyed in the great fire of that year. A second church was built on the site of the old one, in 1790. In 1839, this was pulled down, and the present noble edifice was erected. It was finished and consecrated in 1846.
On the west side of Broadway, facing Wall Street, stands Trinity Church, or as it's commonly known, “Old Trinity,” the most beautiful church in the city. It's the third building to occupy this site. The first church was built in 1697 when the parish was founded and was a simple square structure with an unattractive steeple. In 1776, that building was destroyed in the major fire that year. A second church was constructed on the site of the original one in 1790. In 1839, this one was torn down, and the current impressive building was erected. It was completed and consecrated in 1846.
The present church is a beautiful structure of brown-stone, built as nearly in the pure Gothic style as modern churches ever are. The walls are fifty feet in height, and the apex of the roof is sixty feet from the floor of the church. The interior is finished in brown-stone, with massive columns of the same material supporting the roof. There are no transepts, but it is proposed to enlarge the church by the addition of transepts, and to extend the choir back to the end of the churchyard. The nave and the aisles make up the public portion of the church. The choir is occupied by the clergy. The windows are of stained glass. Those at the sides are very simple, but the oriel over the altar is a grand work. There are two organs, a monster instrument over the main entrance, and a smaller organ in the choir. Both are remarkably fine instruments. The vestry rooms, which lie on each side of the chancel, contain a number of handsome memorial tablets, and in the north room there is a fine tomb in memory of Bishop Onderdonk, with a full-length effigy of the deceased prelate in his episcopal robes.
The current church is a beautiful brownstone structure, built in a nearly pure Gothic style, which is as close as modern churches get. The walls are fifty feet high, and the peak of the roof reaches sixty feet from the church floor. The interior is finished in brownstone, with massive columns of the same material supporting the roof. There are no transepts, but there are plans to enlarge the church by adding transepts and extending the choir to the back of the churchyard. The nave and the aisles make up the public area of the church, while the choir is reserved for the clergy. The windows are made of stained glass; those on the sides are quite simple, but the oriel above the altar is a stunning piece. There are two organs: a large one above the main entrance and a smaller one in the choir. Both are excellent instruments. The vestry rooms, located on each side of the chancel, feature several beautiful memorial tablets, and in the north room, there's a remarkable tomb in honor of Bishop Onderdonk, with a full-length statue of the deceased bishop in his ecclesiastical robes.
p. 566Service is held twice a day in the church. On Sundays and high feast days there is full service and a sermon. The choral service is used altogether on such occasions. Trinity has long been famous for its excellent music. The choir consists of men and boys, who are trained with great care by the musical director. The service is very beautiful and impressive, and is thoroughly in keeping with the grand and cathedral-like edifice in which it is conducted. The two organs, the voices of the choristers, and often the chime of bells, all combine to send a flood of melody rolling through the beautiful arches such as is never heard elsewhere in the city.
p. 566Services are held twice a day at the church. On Sundays and major feast days, there is a full service with a sermon. The choral service is fully utilized on these occasions. Trinity has been well-known for its outstanding music for a long time. The choir is made up of men and boys, who are trained with great care by the musical director. The service is beautiful and impressive, perfectly matching the grand, cathedral-like structure where it takes place. The two organs, the voices of the choir, and often the sound of bells all come together to create a rich melody that resonates through the beautiful arches, unlike anything else heard in the city.
The spire is 284 feet in height, and is built of solid brownstone from the base to the summit of the cross. It contains a clock, with three faces, just above the roof of the church, and a chime of bells. About 110 feet from the ground the square form of the tower terminates, and a massive but graceful octagonal spire rises to a height of 174 feet. At the base of this spire is a narrow gallery enclosed with a stone balustrade, from which a fine view of the city and the surrounding country is obtained. The visitor may, however, climb within the spire to a point nearly two hundred and fifty feet from the street. Here is a small wooden platform, and about four feet above it are four small windows through which one may look out upon the magnificent view spread out below him. The eye can range over the entire city, and take in Brooklyn and its suburban towns as well. To the eastward are Long Island Sound and the distant hills of Connecticut. To the southward stretches away the glorious bay, and beyond it is the dark blue line of the Atlantic. Sandy Hook, the Highlands, the Narrows, and Staten Island are all in full view. To the westward is the New Jersey shore, and back of Jersey city rise the blue Orange Mountains, with Newark, Elizabeth, Orange and Patterson in full sight. To the northward, the Hudson stretches away until it seems to disappear in the dark shadow of the Palisades. From where you stand, you look down on the habitations of nearly three millions of people. The bay, the rivers, and the distant Sound are crowded with vessels of all kinds. If the day be clear, you may p. 567see the railway trains dashing across the meadows back of Jersey City. The roar of the great city comes up to you from below, and beneath you is a perfect maze of telegraph wires. The people in the streets seem like pigmies, and the vehicles are like so many toys. You know they are moving rapidly, but they seem from this lofty height to be crawling. It is a long way to these upper windows, but the view which they command is worth the exertion. The tower is open to visitors during the week, on payment of a trifling fee to the sexton.
The spire stands 284 feet tall and is made entirely of solid brownstone from the base to the top of the cross. It features a clock with three faces just above the church's roof, along with a chime of bells. About 110 feet above the ground, the square tower ends, making way for a large yet elegant octagonal spire that rises another 174 feet. At the bottom of this spire, there's a narrow gallery enclosed by a stone balustrade, offering a great view of the city and surrounding areas. Visitors can also climb inside the spire up to nearly 250 feet from the street. There is a small wooden platform, and about four feet above it, four small windows let you look out over the breathtaking view below. You can see the entire city, including Brooklyn and its suburbs. To the east, you can spot Long Island Sound and the distant hills of Connecticut. To the south, the beautiful bay extends, with the dark blue outline of the Atlantic beyond it. Sandy Hook, the Highlands, the Narrows, and Staten Island are all visible. To the west, there's the New Jersey shore, and beyond Jersey City rise the blue Orange Mountains, with Newark, Elizabeth, Orange, and Paterson all in sight. To the north, the Hudson River stretches away until it seems to vanish in the shadows of the Palisades. From this vantage point, you look down on the homes of nearly three million people. The bay, rivers, and distant Sound are filled with vessels of all types. If the sky is clear, you might see trains racing across the meadows behind Jersey City. The hustle and bustle of the city can be heard from below, and beneath you lies a tangled mess of telegraph wires. The people in the streets appear tiny, and the vehicles look like toys. They are moving quickly, but from this height, they seem to be crawling. Climbing to these upper windows takes some effort, but the view you get is totally worth it. The tower is open to visitors during the week for a small fee paid to the sexton.
The chimes are hung in the square tower, just above the roof of the church. The bells are nine in number. The smallest weighs several hundred pounds, while the largest weighs several thousand. The musical range is an octave and a quarter, rather a limited scale, it is true, but the ringer is a thorough musician, and has managed to ring out many an air within this compass, which but for his ingenuity would have been unsuited to these bells. The largest bell, the “Big Ben,” and several others, are connected with the clock, and the former strikes the hours, while the rest of this set chime the quarters. Five of the bells, the large one and the four smaller ones, were brought here from England, in 1846. The other four were made in West Troy, by Meneely & Son, a few years later, and are fully equal to their English mates in tone and compass. The entire chime is very rich and sweet in tone, and, in this respect, is surpassed by very few bells in the world. The bells are hung on swinging frames, but are lashed, so as to stand motionless during the chiming, the notes being struck by the tongues, which are movable. The tongue always strikes in the same place, and thus the notes are full and regular. From the tongue of each bell there is a cord which is attached to a wooden lever in the ringer’s room, about thirty feet below. These nine levers are arranged side by side, and are so arranged as to work as easy as possible. Each is as large as a handspike, and it requires no little strength to sustain the exertion of working them. The ringer places his music before him, and strikes each note as it occurs by suddenly pushing down the proper lever. At the end of his work, he is thoroughly tired. The ringer now in charge of the bells is Mr. James Ayliffe, an accomplished musician.
The chimes are installed in the square tower, just above the church roof. The bells are nine in total. The smallest weighs a few hundred pounds, while the largest weighs a few thousand. They have a musical range of an octave and a quarter, which is quite limited, but the ringer is a skilled musician and has managed to play many tunes within this range that, without his creativity, wouldn’t have worked for these bells. The largest bell, known as “Big Ben,” along with several others, is connected to the clock; the former strikes the hours, while the others chime the quarters. Five of the bells, the large one and four smaller ones, were brought here from England in 1846. The other four were made in West Troy by Meneely & Son a few years later and match their English counterparts in tone and range. The entire chime has a rich and sweet sound, and very few bells in the world can match it in this regard. The bells are mounted on swinging frames but are secured to remain still during the chiming, with the notes struck by movable tongues. The tongue always strikes the same spot, so the notes are full and consistent. Each bell has a cord connected to a wooden lever in the ringer’s room, about thirty feet below. These nine levers are laid out side by side and designed to be easy to operate. Each is about the size of a handspike, and it takes quite a bit of strength to work them. The ringer places his music in front of him and strikes each note as it comes up by quickly pushing down the appropriate lever. By the end of his performance, he is completely worn out. The current ringer is Mr. James Ayliffe, a talented musician.
p. 568In favorable weather, the chimes can be heard for a distance of from five to ten miles. There are few strangers who leave the city without hearing the sweet bells of the old church. The city people would count it a great misfortune to be deprived of their music. For nearly thirty years they have heard them, in seasons of joy and in hours of sadness. On Christmas eve, at midnight, the chimes ring in the blessed morning of our Lord’s nativity, thus continuing an old and beautiful custom now observed only in parts of Europe.
p. 568In nice weather, the chimes can be heard from five to ten miles away. Few visitors leave the city without hearing the lovely bells of the old church. City residents would consider it a huge loss to be without this music. For nearly thirty years, they've listened to them during times of joy and in moments of sadness. On Christmas Eve, at midnight, the chimes ring in the blessed morning of our Lord’s birth, continuing an old and beautiful tradition now only seen in parts of Europe.
The church is kept open from early morning until sunset. In the winter season it is always well heated, and hundreds of the poor find warmth and shelter within its holy walls. It is the only church in New York in which there is no distinction made between the rich and the poor. The writer has frequently seen beggars in tatters conducted, by the sexton, to the best seats in the church.
The church is open from early morning until sunset. In the winter, it’s always warm and serves as a refuge for hundreds of those in need. It’s the only church in New York where there’s no difference made between the rich and the poor. The writer has often seen beggars in ragged clothes escorted by the sexton to the best seats in the church.
The rector and his assistants are alive to the fact that this is one of the few churches now left to the lower part of the city, and they strive to make it a great missionary centre. Their best efforts are for the poor. Those who sneer at the wealth of the parish, would do well to trouble themselves to see what a good use is made of it.
The rector and his assistants are aware that this is one of the few churches still standing in the lower part of the city, and they work hard to make it a major missionary center. Their main focus is on helping the poor. Those who mock the parish's wealth should take a moment to see how well it is being used.
The ultra fashionable element of the congregation attend Trinity Chapel, or “Up-town Trinity,” in Twenty-fifth street, near Broadway. This is a handsome church, and has a large and wealthy congregation.
The ultra fashionable members of the congregation attend Trinity Chapel, or “Uptown Trinity,” on Twenty-Fifth Street, near Broadway. This is a beautiful church and has a large and affluent congregation.
Trinity Parish embraces a large part of the city. It includes the following churches, or chapels, as they are called: St. Paul’s, St. John’s, Trinity Chapel, and Trinity Church. It is in charge of a rector, who is a sort of small bishop in this little diocese. He has eight assistants. Each church or chapel has its pastor, who is subject to the supervision of the rector. The Rev. Morgan Dix, D.D., a son of General John A. Dix, is the present rector.
Trinity Parish covers a significant area of the city. It includes the following churches, or chapels, as they’re known: St. Paul’s, St. John’s, Trinity Chapel, and Trinity Church. It is overseen by a rector, who acts like a small bishop in this local diocese. He has eight assistants. Each church or chapel has its own pastor, who reports to the rector. The Rev. Morgan Dix, D.D., the son of General John A. Dix, is the current rector.
Trinity takes good care of its clergy. The salaries are amply sufficient to insure a comfortable support, and a well-furnished house is provided for each one who has a family. Should a clergyman p. 570become superannuated in the service of the parish, he is liberally maintained during his life; and should he die in his ministry, provision is made for his family.
Trinity takes great care of its clergy. The salaries are more than enough to ensure a comfortable living, and a well-furnished home is provided for each clergyman with a family. If a clergyman p. 570becomes retired from serving the parish, he is generously taken care of for the rest of his life; and if he passes away while in service, arrangements are made to support his family.
The wealth of the parish is very great. It is variously stated at from sixty to one hundred millions of dollars. It is chiefly in real estate, the leases of which yield an immense revenue.
The parish is extremely wealthy. It's estimated to be worth between sixty and one hundred million dollars. Most of this wealth comes from real estate, which generates a huge income through its leases.
The churchyard of Old Trinity covers about two acres of ground. A handsome iron railing separates it from Broadway, and the thick rows of gravestones, all crumbling and stained with age, present a strange contrast to the bustle, vitality, and splendor with which they are surrounded. They stare solemnly down into Wall street, and offer a bitter commentary upon the struggles and anxiety of the money kings.
The churchyard of Old Trinity spans about two acres. A beautiful iron fence sets it apart from Broadway, and the thick rows of gravestones, all crumbling and weathered, create a striking contrast to the hustle, energy, and grandeur around them. They solemnly gaze down into Wall Street and provide a harsh commentary on the struggles and worries of the wealthy elite.
The place has an air of peace that is pleasant in the midst of so much noise and confusion, and is well worth visiting.
The place has a peaceful vibe that's refreshing amidst all the noise and chaos, and it's definitely worth a visit.
In the churchyard, near the south door of the church, you will see a plain brown-stone slab, bearing this inscription: “The vault of Walter and Robert C. Livingston, sons of Robert Livingston, of the Manor of Livingston.” This is one of the Meccas of the world of science, for the mortal part of Robert Fulton sleeps in the vault below, in sight of the mighty steam fleets which his genius has called into existence. A plain obelisk, near the centre of the southern extremity of the yard, marks the grave of Alexander Hamilton. At the west end of the south side of the church is the sarcophagus of Albert Gallatin, and James Lawrence, the heroic but ill-fated commander of the Chesapeake sleeps close by the south door of the church, his handsome tomb being the most prominent object in that portion of the yard. At the northern extremity of the churchyard, and within a few feet of Broadway, is the splendid “Martyrs’ Monument,” erected to the memory of the patriots of the American Revolution, who died from the effects of British cruelty in the “Old Sugar House” and in the prison ships in Wallabout Bay, the site of the present Brooklyn Navy Yard.
In the churchyard, near the south door of the church, you will see a plain brown-stone slab with this inscription: “The vault of Walter and Robert C. Livingston, sons of Robert Livingston, of the Manor of Livingston.” This is one of the key places in the world of science, for the earthly remains of Robert Fulton rest in the vault below, in view of the powerful steam fleets that his genius brought to life. A simple obelisk, located in the middle of the southern end of the yard, marks the grave of Alexander Hamilton. At the west end of the south side of the church is the sarcophagus of Albert Gallatin, and James Lawrence, the brave but unfortunate commander of the Chesapeake, lies close to the south door of the church, his elegant tomb being the most prominent feature in that part of the yard. At the northern end of the churchyard, just a few feet from Broadway, stands the impressive “Martyrs’ Monument,” dedicated to the memory of the patriots of the American Revolution who died due to British cruelty in the “Old Sugar House” and on the prison ships in Wallabout Bay, the location of the current Brooklyn Navy Yard.
Close to the Broadway railing, and so close that one can almost touch it from the street, is a worn brown-stone slab, bearing but two words, “Charlotte Temple.” It is difficult to find, p. 571and but few strangers ever see it, but for years it has been the most prominent spot in the enclosure to the lovers of romance. Charlotte Temple’s history is a very sad one, and unhappily not a rare one. She lived and died nearly a century ago. She was young and surpassingly lovely, and she attracted the attention of a British officer of high rank, who carried her off from her boarding school, seduced her, and deserted her. Her friends discarded her, and she sank under her heavy load of sorrow. She was found by her father in a wretched garret, with her child. Both were at the point of death. The father came just in time to close their eyes forever. They were laid to rest in the same grave in the old churchyard, and, some years after, the seducer, stung with remorse for his brutality, placed over them the slab which still marks the spot. The sad story was written out in book form, and was dramatized and played in every part of the country, so that there are few old time people in all the land who are ignorant of it.
Close to the Broadway railing, and so close that one can almost touch it from the street, is a worn brown-stone slab with just two words: “Charlotte Temple.” It’s hard to find, p. 571and only a few strangers ever notice it, but for years it has been the most notable spot in the enclosure for romance lovers. Charlotte Temple’s story is very tragic, and unfortunately, not uncommon. She lived and died almost a century ago. She was young and incredibly beautiful, and she caught the attention of a high-ranking British officer, who took her away from her boarding school, seduced her, and abandoned her. Her friends turned their backs on her, and she suffered under her heavy burden of grief. She was discovered by her father in a miserable attic, with her child. Both were on the verge of death. The father arrived just in time to close their eyes forever. They were laid to rest in the same grave in the old churchyard, and a few years later, the seducer, filled with remorse for his cruelty, placed the slab over them that still marks the spot. The heartbreaking story was published in book form, dramatized, and performed all over the country, so there are few older people across the land who aren’t familiar with it.
p. 572XLVIII. THE HOLIDAYS.
I. NEW YEAR’S DAY.
All the holidays are observed in New York with more or less heartiness, but those which claim especial attention are New Year’s Day and Christmas.
All the holidays are celebrated in New York with varying degrees of enthusiasm, but the ones that stand out the most are New Year’s Day and Christmas.
The observance of New Year’s Day dates from the earliest times. The Dutch settlers brought the custom from their old homes across the sea, and made the day an occasion for renewing old friendships and wishing each other well. All feuds were forgotten, family breaches were repaired, and every one made it a matter of conscience to enter upon the opening year with kind feelings towards his neighbor. Subsequent generations have continued to observe the custom, though differently from the primitive but hearty style of their fathers.
The celebration of New Year’s Day goes back to ancient times. The Dutch settlers brought this tradition from their old homes across the ocean and turned the day into a time for reconnecting with old friends and spreading good wishes. Old grudges were put aside, family rifts were mended, and everyone made it a point to start the new year with positive feelings towards their neighbors. Later generations have kept up this tradition, although in a different way than the heartfelt, straightforward style of their ancestors.
For weeks before the New Year dawns, nearly every house in the city is in a state of confusion. The whole establishment is thoroughly overhauled and cleaned, and neither mistress nor maid has any rest from her labors. The men folks are nuisances at such times, and gradually keep themselves out of the way, lest they should interfere with the cleaning. Persons who contemplate refurnishing their houses, generally wait until near the close of the year before doing so, in order that everything may be new on the great day. Those who cannot refurnish, endeavor to make their establishments look as fresh and new as possible. A general baking, brewing, stewing, broiling, p. 573and frying is begun, and the pantries are loaded with good things to eat and to drink.
For weeks leading up to the New Year, nearly every house in the city is in chaos. Everything is thoroughly cleaned and revamped, and neither the homeowners nor the servants get a moment of peace. The men tend to be bothersome during this time, so they gradually keep themselves out of the way to avoid getting in the way of the cleaning. People who want to refurnish their homes usually wait until just before the end of the year to do it, so everything feels new on the big day. Those who can’t refurnish try to make their homes look as fresh and new as possible. There’s a flurry of baking, brewing, stewing, broiling, p. 573and frying, and the pantries are stocked with delicious food and drinks.
All the family must have new outfits for the occasion, and tailors and modistes find this a profitable season. To be seen in a dress that has ever been worn before, is considered the height of vulgarity.
All the family needs new outfits for the occasion, and tailors and dressmakers find this a profitable season. Wearing a dress that has been used before is seen as the height of bad taste.
The table is set in magnificent style. Elegant china and glassware, and splendid plate, adorn it. It is loaded down with dainties of every description. Wines, lemonades, coffee, brandy, whiskey and punch are in abundance. Punch is seen in all its glory on this day, and each householder strives to have the best of this article. There are regular punch-makers in the city, who reap a harvest at this time. Their services are engaged long before-hand, and they are kept busy all the morning going from house to house, to make this beverage, which is nowhere so palatable as in this city.
The table is set in a stunning way. Elegant china and glassware, along with beautiful plates, decorate it. It's overflowing with treats of every kind. There's plenty of wine, lemonade, coffee, brandy, whiskey, and punch. On this day, punch is showcased at its finest, and each homeowner aims to have the best version of it. There are professional punch makers in the city who make a fortune at this time. Their services are booked well in advance, and they stay busy all morning going from house to house to create this drink, which is nowhere near as delicious as it is in this city.
Hairdressers, or “artistes in hair,” as they call themselves, are also in demand at New Year, for each lady then wishes to have her coiffure as magnificent as possible. This is a day of hard work to these artistes, and in order to meet all their engagements, they begin their rounds at midnight. They are punctual to the moment, and from that time until noon on New Year’s Day are busily engaged. Of course those whose heads are dressed at such unseasonable hours cannot think of lying down to sleep, as their “head-gear” would be ruined by such a procedure. They are compelled to rest sitting bolt upright, or with their heads resting on a table or the back of a chair.
Hairdressers, or “artistes in hair,” as they like to call themselves, are also in high demand on New Year’s Day, as every woman wants her coiffure to be as stunning as possible. This is a day of intense work for these artistes, and to keep up with all their appointments, they start their rounds at midnight. They are punctual to the second, and from that moment until noon on New Year’s Day, they are busy at work. Naturally, those whose hair is styled at such odd hours can’t think about lying down to sleep, as their “head-gear” would be ruined. They have to rest sitting straight up or with their heads resting on a table or the back of a chair.
All New York is stirring by eight o’clock in the morning. By nine the streets are filled with gayly-dressed persons on their way to make their annual calls. Private carriages, hacks, and other vehicles soon appear, filled with persons bent upon similar expeditions. Business is entirely suspended in the city. The day is a legal holiday, and is faithfully observed by all classes. Hack hire is enormous—forty or fifty dollars being sometimes paid for a carriage for the day. The cars and omnibuses are crowded, and every one is in the highest spirits. The crowds consist entirely of men. Scarcely a female is seen on the p. 574streets. It is not considered respectable for a lady to venture out, and the truth is, it is not prudent for her to do so.
All of New York is awake by eight in the morning. By nine, the streets are filled with people in colorful outfits on their way to make their annual visits. Private carriages, taxis, and other vehicles quickly show up, packed with folks on similar missions. Business in the city comes to a complete halt. It’s a public holiday, and everyone from all walks of life observes it. The cost of hiring a cab is sky-high—sometimes as much as forty or fifty dollars for a carriage for the day. The subways and buses are packed, and everyone is in a great mood. The crowds are entirely made up of men. Hardly a woman is seen on the p. 574streets. It’s not deemed respectable for a lady to go out, and honestly, it’s not safe for her to do so.
Callers begin their rounds at ten o’clock. The ultra fashionables do not receive until twelve. At the proper time, the lady of the house, attended by her daughters, if there be any, takes her stand in the drawing-room by the hospitable board. In a little while the door-bell rings, and the first visitor is ushered in by the pompous domestic in charge of the door. The first callers are generally young men, who are ambitious to make as many visits as possible. The old hands know where the best tables are set, and confine their attentions principally to them. The caller salutes the hostess and the ladies present, says it’s a fine or a bad day, as the case may be, offers the compliments of the season, and accepts with alacrity the invitation of the hostess to partake of the refreshments. A few eatables are swallowed in haste—the visitor managing to get out a word or two between each mouthful—a glass of wine or punch is gulped down, the visitor bows himself out, and the ladies avenge themselves for the infliction by ridiculing him after he has gone. This is the routine, and it goes on all day, and until long after dark.
Callers start arriving at ten o’clock. The ultra fashionable don’t receive guests until noon. At the right time, the lady of the house, accompanied by her daughters, if she has any, takes her place in the living room by the welcoming table. Soon, the doorbell rings, and the first visitor is brought in by the pompous person in charge of the door. The first guests are usually young men eager to make as many visits as they can. The seasoned visitors know where the best food is served and focus mainly on those places. The caller greets the hostess and the ladies present, comments on whether it’s a nice or bad day, offers seasonal greetings, and gladly accepts the hostess's invitation to enjoy some snacks. A few bites are hurriedly consumed— the visitor manages to squeeze out a word or two between each bite— a glass of wine or punch is quickly downed, the visitor bows out, and the ladies then vent their frustration by mocking him once he’s gone. This is the routine, and it continues all day and well into the night.
Sometimes a family, not wishing to receive callers, will hang a card-basket on the front-door knob and close the front of the house. The callers deposit their cards in the basket, and go their way rejoicing. Perhaps the mansion is one that is famed for the excellence of its wines and eatables on such occasions. The veteran caller has promised himself a genuine treat here, and he views the basket with dismay. There is no help for it, however, so he deposits his card, and departs, wondering at “the manners of some people who refuse to observe a time-honored custom.”
Sometimes a family, not wanting to receive visitors, will hang a card basket on the front door knob and shut off their house. Visitors drop their cards in the basket and leave happily. Maybe the house is known for its amazing wines and food during these times. The experienced visitor had been looking forward to a real indulgence here, and he looks at the basket with disappointment. There’s nothing he can do, so he drops his card in and leaves, puzzled by “the manners of some people who don’t follow an age-old custom.”
A gentleman in starting out, provides himself with a written memorandum of the places he intends visiting, and “checks” each one off with his pencil, when the call is made. This list is necessary, as few sober men can remember all their friends without it, and with the majority the list is a necessity before the day is half over. The driver takes charge of it often, and p. 576when the caller is too hazy to act for himself, carries him sometimes to the door of the house, and rings the bell for him. Each man tries to make as many calls as possible, so that he may boast of the feat afterwards. At the outset, of course, everything is conducted with the utmost propriety, but, as the day wears on, the generous liquors they have imbibed begin to “tell” upon the callers, and many eccentricities, to use no harsher term, are the result. Towards the close of the day, everything is in confusion—the door-bell is never silent. Crowds of young men, in various stages of intoxication, rush into the lighted parlors, leer at the hostess in the vain effort to offer their respects, call for liquor, drink it, and stagger out, to repeat the scene at some other house. Frequently, they are unable to recognize the residences of their friends, and stagger into the wrong house. Some fall early in the day, and are put to bed by their friends; others sink down helpless at the feet of their hostess, and are sent home; and a few manage to get through the day. Strange as it may seem, it is no disgrace to get drunk on New Year’s Day. These indiscretions are expected at such times; and it has happened that some of the ladies themselves have succumbed to the seductive influences of “punch,” and have been carried to bed by the servants.
A guy starting out makes a written list of the places he plans to visit and checks each one off with his pencil when he goes. This list is essential because few sober people can remember all their friends without it, and for most, it’s a must-have before the day is halfway done. Often, the driver takes charge of the list and, when the caller is too out of it to handle things, sometimes takes him right to the door and rings the bell. Each guy tries to make as many visits as he can so he can brag about it later. At first, everything is done with the highest decorum, but as the day goes on, the drinks they’ve had start to affect the callers, leading to many odd behaviors, to put it mildly. By the end of the day, it’s total chaos—the doorbell never stops ringing. Groups of young men, at different levels of intoxication, burst into the lit living rooms, make awkward advances to the hostess in a failed attempt to show their respect, ask for drinks, chug them down, and then stumble out to do it all over again at another place. Often, they can’t even recognize their friends’ homes and walk into the wrong one. Some crash early in the day and have to be put to bed by their friends; others drop down helpless at their hostess's feet and get sent home; and a few manage to make it through the day. Strangely enough, getting drunk on New Year’s Day isn’t considered shameful. These slip-ups are expected during such occasions, and it's even happened that some of the ladies themselves have succumbed to the tempting allure of “punch” and have had to be carried to bed by the staff.
The Kitchen, as well as the parlor, observes the day. During the Christmas week housekeepers become impressed with the fact that the usual amount of provisions utterly fails to meet the wants of the family. They attribute it to the increased appetites of the establishment. Biddy could tell a different tale, however, and on New Year’s Day sets a fine table for her “Cousins” and friends, at the expense of the master of the house. “Shure, she must say her friends, as well as the missus; and bedad, it’s a free counthry, and a poor ghirl has to look out for hersilf.”
The kitchen and the parlor both keep an eye on the day. During Christmas week, housekeepers realize that the usual amount of food doesn’t come close to satisfying the family’s needs. They think it’s because everyone’s appetite seems to have increased. However, Biddy has a different story, and on New Year’s Day, she sets an impressive table for her "Cousins" and friends, charging it to the master of the house. "Sure, she has to think of her friends as well as the missus; and, by God, it’s a free country, and a poor girl has to look out for herself."
The next day one half of New York has a headache, and the other half is “used up” with fatigue. The doctors are kept busy, and so are the police courts. This day is commonly called “The Ladies’ Day,” and is devoted by those who feel p. 577inclined, to making calls on each other and comparing notes as to the work of the previous day.
II. CHRISTMAS.
For weeks before the high festival of Christendom, New York puts on its holiday attire. The stores are filled with the richest and most attractive goods, toys of every description fill up every available space in the great thoroughfares, the markets and provision stores abound in good things in the eatable line, and the whole city looks brighter and more cheerful than it has done since the last Christmas season. Broadway and the Bowery are ablaze with gaslight at night, and shops that usually close their doors at dark, remain open until nine or ten o’clock. All are crowded, and millions of dollars are spent in providing for the happy day. On Christmas Eve, or perhaps a day or two later, many of the churches provide Christmas trees for their Sunday schools.
For weeks leading up to the big Christmas festival, New York gets dressed up for the holidays. The stores are packed with the most luxurious and appealing products, and toys of all kinds fill every available spot on the busy streets. The markets and grocery stores are overflowing with delicious food, and the entire city looks brighter and more cheerful than it has since the last Christmas season. Broadway and the Bowery shine with gaslights at night, and shops that usually close at dark stay open until nine or ten o’clock. Everywhere is crowded, and millions of dollars are spent preparing for the joyful day. On Christmas Eve, or maybe a day or two later, many churches set up Christmas trees for their Sunday schools.
When the bell of “Old Trinity” rings out the last stroke of the midnight hour of Christmas Eve, there is a pause. The city is dark and still, and there is not a sound in all the vast edifice which towers so majestically in the gloom of the night. The heavy clangor of the clock bell dies away in the stillness, when suddenly there bursts out from the dark tower of the old church a perfect flood of melody. The bells seem beside themselves with joy, and they send their merry tones rolling through the silent streets below, and out upon the blue waters of the bay, bidding all men rejoice, for Christ is born.
When the bell of “Old Trinity” chimes the last stroke at midnight on Christmas Eve, there’s a moment of silence. The city is dark and quiet, and there’s no sound in the grand building that looms so majestically in the night. The heavy toll of the clock bell fades into the stillness when, suddenly, from the dark tower of the old church, a beautiful flood of music erupts. The bells seem overwhelmed with joy, sending their cheerful tones echoing through the silent streets below and across the blue waters of the bay, urging everyone to rejoice, for Christ is born.
On Christmas Day the festivities are much the same as those in other places. They are hearty and merry here, as elsewhere, and the season is one of happiness. The poor are not forgotten. Those who give nothing at other times, will subscribe for dinners or clothing for the unfortunate at Christmas. The various charitable institutions are kept busy receiving and delivering the presents sent them. Their inmates are p. 578provided with plentiful, substantial dinners, and have abundant means of sharing in the happiness which seems to pervade the whole city.
On Christmas Day, the celebrations are pretty similar to those in other places. They're joyful and festive here, just like everywhere else, and the season is all about happiness. The less fortunate are not overlooked. Those who don’t usually give will chip in for meals or clothing for those in need during Christmas. The various charities stay busy collecting and distributing the gifts sent to them. The people in their care are p. 578given plenty of hearty meals and have lots of ways to join in the joy that seems to fill the entire city.
Thanksgiving Day, Evacuation Day (November 25th), the Fourth of July, and the Birthday of Washington, all receive appropriate honors, but they do not compare with the two great festivals of the Metropolis.
Thanksgiving Day, Evacuation Day (November 25th), the Fourth of July, and Washington's Birthday are all celebrated, but they don't compare to the two major festivals of the city.
p. 579XLIX. THE SOCIAL EVIL.
I. THE LOST SISTERHOOD.
In January, 1866, Bishop Simpson, of the Methodist Episcopal Church, at a public meeting at the Cooper Institute, made the astounding declaration that there were as many prostitutes in the city of New York as there were members of the Methodist Church, the membership of which at that time was estimated at between eleven and twelve thousand. In the spring of 1871, the Rev. Dr. Bellows estimated the number of these women at 20,000. These declarations were repeated all over the country by the press, and New York was held up to public rebuke as a second Sodom. The estimate of Dr. Bellows would brand one female in every twenty-four, of all ages, as notoriously impure, and taking away from the actual population those too old and too young to be included in this class, the per centage would be, according to that gentleman, very much larger—something like one in every eighteen or twenty. New York is bad enough in this respect, but not so bad as the gentlemen we have named suppose. The real facts are somewhat difficult to ascertain. The police authorities boast that they have full information as to the inmates of every house of ill-fame in the city, but their published statistics are notoriously inaccurate. As near as can be ascertained, there are about 600 houses of ill-fame in the city. The number of women living in them, and those frequenting the bed-houses and lower class assignation houses, is about 5000. In this estimate is included about 700 waiter-girls in the concert saloons.
In January 1866, Bishop Simpson of the Methodist Episcopal Church made a shocking statement at a public meeting at the Cooper Institute, claiming that the number of prostitutes in New York City matched the membership of the Methodist Church, which was estimated to be between eleven and twelve thousand at the time. In the spring of 1871, Rev. Dr. Bellows estimated that the number of these women was around 20,000. These claims were widely reported across the country by the press, and New York was publicly criticized as a second Sodom. Dr. Bellows' estimate would imply that one in every twenty-four females, regardless of age, was considered notoriously impure, and if you excluded the very young and very old, the percentage would be considerably higher—around one in every eighteen or twenty. New York is certainly problematic in this regard, but it’s not as bad as the gentlemen mentioned believe. Getting accurate information is quite challenging. The police claim they have comprehensive details about the occupants of every brothel in the city, but their published statistics are notoriously unreliable. The best estimate suggests there are about 600 brothels in the city, with around 5,000 women living in them or visiting lower-class brothels and assignation houses. This estimate also includes about 700 waitresses working in the concert saloons.
p. 580This is the number of professional women of the town, but it does not include these who, while nominally virtuous, really live upon the wages of their shame, or the nominally respectable married and single women who occasionally visit assignation houses. It is impossible to estimate these, but it is believed that the number is proportionately small. Their sin is known only to themselves and their lovers, and they do not figure in the police records as abandoned women.
p. 580This is the number of professional women in the town, but it doesn't include those who, while outwardly decent, actually survive on the earnings of their shame, or the supposedly respectable married and single women who sometimes visit brothels. It's hard to estimate these figures, but it's thought that the number is relatively small. Their actions are only known to themselves and their partners, and they aren't listed in police records as abandoned women.
The fallen women of New York include every grade of their class, from those who are living in luxury, to the poor wretches who are dying by inches in the slums. Every stage of the road to ruin is represented.
The fallen women of New York represent all levels of their class, from those living in luxury to the poor souls slowly suffering in the slums. Every step on the path to destruction is portrayed.
There are not many first-class houses of ill-fame in the city—probably not over fifty in all—but they are located in the best neighborhoods, and it is said that Fifth avenue itself is not free from the taint of their presence. As a rule, they are hired fully furnished, the owners being respectable and often wealthy people. The finest of these houses command from ten to twelve thousand dollars rent. The neighbors do not suspect the true character of the place, unless some of them happen to be among its visitors. The police soon discover the truth, however. The establishment is palatial in its character, and is conducted with the most rigid outward propriety.
There aren’t many top-tier brothels in the city—probably no more than fifty total—but they’re situated in the best neighborhoods, and it’s said that even Fifth Avenue isn’t free from their influence. Typically, they’re rented fully furnished, with the owners being respectable and often wealthy individuals. The most upscale of these places can charge anywhere from ten to twelve thousand dollars in rent. Neighbors usually don’t realize the true nature of the establishment unless some of them happen to visit. However, the police quickly uncover the reality. The business is luxurious and operates with strict outward propriety.
The proprietress is generally a middle-aged woman, of fine personal appearance. She has a man living with her, who passes as her husband, in order that she may be able to show a legal protector in case of trouble with the authorities. This couple usually assume some foreign name, and pass themselves off upon the unsuspecting as persons of the highest respectability.
The owner is typically a middle-aged woman who looks quite good. She has a man living with her, who acts as her husband, so she can have a legal protector if there are issues with the authorities. This couple often uses a foreign name and pretends to be highly respectable people to the unsuspecting.
The inmates are usually young women, or women in the prime of life. They are carefully chosen for their beauty and charms, and are frequently persons of education and refinement. They are required to observe the utmost decorum in the parlors of the house, and their toilettes are exquisite and modest. They never make acquaintances on the street, and, indeed, have no need to do so. The women who fill these houses are generally of respectable origin. They are the daughters, often the wives p. 581or widows, of persons of the best social position. Some have been drawn astray by villains; some have been drugged and ruined, and have fled to these places to hide their shame from their friends; some have adopted the life in order to avoid poverty, their means having been suddenly swept away; some have entered upon it from motives of extravagance and vanity; some are married women, who have been unfaithful to their husbands, and who have been deserted in consequence; some have been ruined by the cruelty and neglect of their husbands; some, horrible as it may seem, have been forced into such a life by their parents; and others have adopted the life from motives of pure licentiousness. The proprietress takes care to keep her house full, and has agents whose business it is to provide her with fresh women as fast as they are needed. Whatever may be the cause of their fall, these houses are always full of women competent to grace the best circles of social life.
The residents are typically young women, or women in their prime. They are carefully selected for their looks and charm, and are often well-educated and refined. They are expected to maintain the highest standards of behavior in the house’s parlors, and their outfits are both elegant and modest. They don’t make connections on the street, and really have no reason to do so. The women in these establishments often come from respectable backgrounds. They are the daughters, often the wives or widows, of individuals from the upper social classes. Some have been led astray by deceitful men; some have been drugged and taken advantage of, seeking refuge in these places to conceal their shame from their friends; some have chosen this life to escape poverty after losing their financial support; some have turned to it out of extravagance and vanity; some are married women who have been unfaithful and subsequently abandoned; some have suffered the cruelty and neglect of their husbands; some, horrifying as it is, have been pushed into such a life by their parents; and others have entered it purely for hedonistic reasons. The owner makes sure to keep her establishment busy, employing agents whose job is to supply her with new women as quickly as needed. Regardless of the reasons for their circumstances, these houses are always filled with women capable of gracing the finest social circles.
The visitors to these establishments are men of means. No one can afford to visit them who has not money to spend on them. Besides the money paid to the inmates, the visitors expend large sums for wines. The liquors furnished are of an inferior quality, and the price is nearly double that of the best retail houses in the city. It is not pleasant to contemplate, but it is nevertheless a fact, that the visitors include some of the leading men of the country, men high in public life, and eminent for their professional abilities. Even ministers of the gospel visiting the city have been seen at these houses. The proportion of married men is frightfully large. There is scarcely a night that does not witness the visits of numbers of husbands and fathers to these infamous palaces of sin. These same men would be merciless in their resentment of any lapse of virtue on the part of their wives. New York is not alone to blame for this. The city is full of strangers, and they contribute largely to the support of these places, and the city is called upon to bear the odium of their conduct. Men coming to New York from other parts of the country seem to think themselves freed from all the restraints of morality and religion, and while here commit acts of dissipation and sin, such as they would not dream p. 582of indulging in in their own communities, and they go home and denounce New York as the worst place in the world.
The visitors to these places are well-off men. No one can afford to go there without money to spend. Besides what they pay the workers, visitors also spend a lot on drinks. The alcohol provided is of low quality, and the prices are nearly double what you’d pay at the best liquor stores in the city. It’s not a pleasant thought, but it’s true that some of the country’s most prominent men, those high in public life and known for their talents, are among these visitors. Even ministers who come to the city have been spotted at these establishments. The number of married men is alarmingly high. There’s hardly a night without many husbands and fathers visiting these notorious places of vice. These same men would be unforgiving toward any wrongdoing by their wives. New York isn't the only one to blame for this. The city is full of outsiders, and they significantly contribute to the support of these venues, which leads to the city bearing the blame for their behavior. Men arriving in New York from other areas seem to believe they are free from all moral and religious constraints, and while they’re here, they engage in indulgent and sinful behavior that they wouldn’t even consider back home, and then return to condemn New York as the worst place in the world.
The proprietress takes care that the visitors shall enjoy all the privacy they desire. If one wishes to avoid the other visitors, he is shown into a private room. Should the visitor desire an interview with any particular person he is quickly admitted to her presence. If his visit is “general,” he awaits in the parlor the entrance of the inmates of the house, who drop in at intervals.
The owner makes sure that the guests can have all the privacy they want. If someone wants to stay away from other guests, they're taken to a private room. If the guest wants to meet someone specific, they're quickly brought to see that person. If the visit is more casual, they wait in the lounge for the residents of the house to come in at various times.
The earnings of the inmates of these houses are very large, but their expenses are in proportion. They are charged the most exorbitant board by the proprietress, whose only object is to get all the money out of them she can. They are obliged to dress handsomely, and their wants are numerous, so that they save nothing. The proprietress cares for them faithfully as long as they are of use to her, but she is not disinterested, as a rule, and turns them out of doors without mercy in case of sickness or loss of beauty.
The earnings of the inmates at these houses are quite significant, but their expenses match that. They are charged ridiculous rates for board by the owner, whose only goal is to extract as much money from them as possible. They have to dress stylishly, and their needs are countless, leaving them with no savings. The owner takes care of them as long as they're useful to her, but she's generally not selfless and will kick them out without hesitation if they become sick or lose their looks.
The inmates of these first-class houses remain in them about one year. Many go from them sooner. In entering upon their sin, and tasting the sweets of wealth and luxury, they form false estimates of the life that lies before them, and imagine that though others have failed, they will always be able to retain their places in the aristocracy of shame. They are mistaken. The exceptions to the rule are very rare, so that we are warranted in asserting that these first-class houses change their inmates every year. A life of shame soon makes havoc with a woman’s freshness, if not with her beauty, and the proprietress has no use for faded women. She knows the attraction of “strange women,” and she makes frequent changes as a matter of policy. Furthermore, the privacy of these places demands that the women shall be as little known to the general public as possible.
The residents of these upscale establishments stay for about a year. Many leave sooner. As they dive into their sins and enjoy the perks of wealth and luxury, they develop unrealistic views of the life ahead, believing that although others have failed, they will always secure their status in the elite world of shame. They are wrong. The few exceptions are very rare, so we can confidently say that these high-end places change their residents every year. A life of disgrace quickly takes a toll on a woman's freshness, if not her beauty, and the owner has no interest in women who have lost their allure. She understands the appeal of “new women” and frequently makes changes as a strategy. Moreover, these places require that the women be as unknown to the general public as possible.
Whatever may be the reason, the change is inevitable. One year of luxury and pleasure, and then the woman begins her downward course. The next step is to a second-class house, where the proprietress is more cruel and exacting, and where p. 583the visitors are rougher and ruder than those who frequented the place in which the lost one began her career. Two or three years in these houses is the average, and by this time the woman has become a thorough prostitute. She has lost her refinement, and, it may be, has added drunkenness to her other sin, and has become full-mouthed and reckless. She has sunk too low to be fit for even such a place as this, and she is turned out without pity to take the next step in her ruin. Greene street, with its horrible bagnios, claims her next. She becomes the companion of thieves—perhaps a thief herself—and passes her days in misery. She is a slave to her employer, and is robbed of her wretched earnings. Disease and sickness are her lot, and from them she cannot escape. She is never by any chance the companion of a “respectable” man, but her associates are as degraded as herself. She may fall into the hands of the police, and be sent to the Island, where the seal is set to her damnation. A year or two in a Greene street house is all that a human being can stand. The next descent is to Water street or some kindred thoroughfare. Almost immediately she falls a victim to the terrible scourge of these places. Disease of the most loathsome kind fastens itself upon her, and she literally rots to death. Such faces as look out upon you from those Water street dens! Foul, bloated with gin and disease, distorted with suffering and despair, the poor creatures do what they can to hasten their sure doom. It all happens in a few years, seven or eight at the longest. Ninety-nine women out of every hundred go down the fearful road I have marked out. I care not how beautiful, how attractive, how sanguine may be the woman who is to-day the acknowledged belle of a fashionable house of ill-fame, her doom is sure. Would you see her seven years hence, should she live that long, you must seek her among the living corpses of the Water street dens.
Whatever the reason, the change is unavoidable. One year of luxury and pleasure, and then the woman starts her downward spiral. The next step is to a second-rate place, where the owner is harsher and more demanding, and where the visitors are rougher and ruder than those who used to visit the place where the woman first started her journey. Two or three years in these places is the average, and by this point, the woman has become a full-fledged prostitute. She has lost her refinement and, possibly, has turned to drinking as well, becoming loud and reckless. She has sunk too low to be suitable even for this kind of place and is cast out without pity to take the next step in her downfall. Greene Street, with its horrible brothels, claims her next. She becomes the companion of thieves—maybe even a thief herself—and spends her days in misery. She is enslaved by her employer and has her meager earnings stolen from her. Disease and illness are her fate, and there's no escape. She never associates with a “respectable” man, but her companions are just as degraded as she is. She might end up in the hands of the police and be sent to the Island, where the seal is set on her damnation. A year or two in a Greene Street house is all that a person can endure. The next drop is to Water Street or another similar area. Almost immediately, she becomes a victim of the terrible scourge of these places. The most disgusting diseases take hold of her, and she literally rots to death. The faces looking out from those Water Street dens are appalling! Foul, swollen with gin and disease, twisted with suffering and despair, these poor souls do what they can to speed up their inevitable doom. It all happens in just a few years, seven or eight at most. Ninety-nine out of every hundred women follow the grim path I’ve described. I don’t care how beautiful, attractive, or hopeful the woman who is currently the celebrated star of a high-class brothel may be, her fate is sealed. If you want to see her seven years from now, assuming she lasts that long, you’ll have to look among the living corpses of the Water Street dens.
“The wages of sin is death!” Never were truer words written. Ask any one whose duties have called him into constant contact with the shadowy side of city life, and he will tell you that there is no escape from the doom of the fallen women. Let p. 584no woman deceive herself. Once entered upon a life of shame, however brilliant the opening may be, the end is certain, unless she anticipates it by suicide. The longer her life, the greater her suffering. It is very hard for a woman to reform from such a life. Not one in a hundred feels the desire to reform. Everything is against her. Her mode of life is utterly destructive of her better nature, her higher impulses. There is but one means of safety. Avoid the first step. There is no turning back, when once a woman enters upon the downward path. “The wages of sin is death!”—death in its most awful form.
“The wages of sin is death!” Never were truer words written. Ask anyone whose job has put them in constant contact with the darker side of city life, and they will tell you that there is no escape from the fate of fallen women. Let p. 584 no woman fool herself. Once she starts a life of shame, no matter how glamorous it may seem at first, the outcome is inevitable, unless she chooses to end it herself. The longer she lives, the more she suffers. It is incredibly difficult for a woman to turn her life around after such a path. Not one in a hundred even desires to change. Everything works against her. Her lifestyle completely destroys her better nature and her higher instincts. There is only one way to be safe: avoid the first step. There’s no turning back once a woman sets off on the path downward. “The wages of sin is death!”—death in its most horrific form.
It is generally very hard to learn the true history of these unfortunates. As a rule, they have lively imaginations, and rarely confine themselves to facts. All wish to excite the sympathy of those to whom they speak, and make themselves as irresponsible for their fall as possible. It is safe to assert that the truly unfortunate are the exceptions. Women of cultivation and refinement are exceptionally rare in this grade of life. The majority were of humble position originally, and either deliberately adopted or allowed themselves to be led into the life as a means of escaping poverty and gratifying a love for fine clothes and display. The greater part of these women begin their careers at second and third class houses, and, as a matter of course, their descent into the depths is all the more rapid. Very many are led astray through their ignorance, and by the persuasions of their acquaintances engaged in the same wretched business. The proprietors of these houses, of every class, spare no pains to draw into their nets all the victims that can he ensnared. They have their agents scattered all over the country, who use every means to tempt young girls to come to the great city to engage in this life of shame. They promise them money, fine clothes, ease, and an elegant home. The seminaries and rural districts of the land furnish a large proportion of this class. The hotels in this city are closely watched by the agents of these infamous establishments, especially hotels of the plainer and less expensive kind. These harpies watch their chance, and when they lay siege to a blooming young girl, surround her with every species of enticement. She is taken to church, p. 585to places of amusement, or to the park, and, in returning, a visit is paid to the house of a friend of the harpy. Refreshments are offered, and a glass of drugged wine plunges the victim into a stupor, from which she awakes a ruined woman.
It’s usually really difficult to learn the true history of these unfortunate individuals. Generally, they have vivid imaginations and rarely stick to the facts. They all want to elicit sympathy from their listeners and make themselves seem as blameless as possible for their downfall. It’s safe to say that the truly unfortunate ones are the exceptions. Educated and refined women are exceptionally rare in this lifestyle. Most come from humble beginnings and either intentionally chose this life or allowed themselves to be led into it as a way to escape poverty and indulge in a love for nice clothes and glamour. Most of these women start their careers at second and third-class establishments, which makes their descent into deeper trouble even quicker. Many are misled by their ignorance and the persuasion of acquaintances involved in the same miserable business. The owners of these places, no matter their class, spare no effort to trap as many victims as they can. They have agents spread throughout the country who use all sorts of tactics to lure young girls to the big city for this life of disgrace. They promise money, stylish clothes, comfort, and a fancy home. Many of these girls come from seminaries and rural areas. The hotels in this city are closely monitored by the agents of these shady establishments, especially cheaper and less fancy ones. These predators wait for their opportunity, and when they target a young girl, they surround her with all kinds of temptations. She is taken to church, to entertainment venues, or the park, and on the way back, they stop by a friend’s place of one of the predators. Refreshments are served, and a glass of drugged wine knocks the victim unconscious, only for her to awaken as a ruined woman.
A large number of the fallen women of this city are from New England. The excess of the female population in that overcrowded section of the country makes it impossible for all to find husbands, and throws many upon their own resources for their support. There is not room for all at home, and hundreds come every year to this city. They are ignorant of the difficulty of finding employment here, but soon learn it by experience. The runners of the houses of ill-fame are always on the watch for them, and from various causes many of these girls fall victims to them and join the lost sisterhood. They are generally the daughters of farmers, or working men, and when they come are fresh in constitution and blooming in their young beauty. God pity them! These blessings soon vanish. They dare not escape from their slavery, for they have no means of earning a living in the great city, and they know they would not be received at home, were their story known. Their very mothers would turn from them with loathing. Without hope, they cling to their shame, and sink lower and lower, until death mercifully ends their human sufferings. As long as they are prosperous, they represent in their letters home that they are engaged in a steady, honest business, and the parents’ fears are lulled. After awhile these letters are rarer. Finally they cease altogether. Would a father find his child after this, he must seek her in the foulest hells of the city.
A significant number of the women who have fallen from grace in this city come from New England. The oversupply of women in that crowded part of the country means that not all can find husbands, forcing many to rely on their own survival skills. There isn't enough space for everyone at home, and hundreds arrive in this city each year. They are unaware of the challenges of finding jobs here but quickly learn it through experience. The recruiters from brothels are always on the lookout for them, and for various reasons, many of these young women end up becoming victims and joining a life of despair. They usually come from farming or working-class families, and when they arrive, they are healthy and beautiful. God help them! These gifts soon fade. They don't dare to escape their situation because they have no way to make a living in the big city, and they know they wouldn't be welcomed back home if their circumstances were revealed. Even their own mothers would shun them. Without hope, they hold onto their shame and sink lower and lower until death finally ends their suffering. As long as they are doing well, they write home claiming to be engaged in a stable, honest job, easing their parents' worries. Over time, those letters become rare. Eventually, they stop altogether. If a father hopes to find his child after this, he must search in the darkest corners of the city.
When other arts fail, the wretches who lie in wait for women here seek to ruin them by foul means. They are drugged, or are forced into ruin. A woman in New York cannot be too careful. There are many scoundrels in the city who make it their business to annoy and insult respectable ladies in the hope of luring them to lives of shame. Young girls have been frequently enticed into low class brothels and forced to submit to outrage. Very few of the perpetrators of these crimes are punished as they deserve. Even if the victim complains to the p. 586police, it amounts to nothing. The same species of crime is practised every year.
When other forms of art fail, the miserable people who lurk here targeting women try to ruin them using disgusting methods. They are drugged or pushed into a life of disgrace. A woman in New York has to be extremely cautious. There are many con artists in the city who find it their mission to bother and insult respectable women in hopes of leading them to a life of shame. Young girls are often lured into cheap brothels and forced to endure abuse. Very few of the criminals responsible for these acts face the punishment they deserve. Even if the victim reports it to the p. 586police, it doesn’t make a difference. The same type of crime happens every year.
The police are frequently called upon by persons from other parts of the country, for aid in seeking a lost daughter, or a sister, or some female relative. Sometimes these searches, which are always promptly made, are rewarded with success. Some unfortunates are, in this way, saved before they have fallen so low as to make efforts in their behalf vain. Others, overwhelmed with despair, will refuse to leave their shame. They cannot bear the pity or silent scorn of their former relatives and friends, and prefer to cling to their present homes. It is very hard for a fallen woman to retrace her steps, even if her friends or relatives are willing to help her do so.
The police are often contacted by people from other parts of the country seeking help in finding a lost daughter, sister, or female relative. Sometimes these searches, which are always carried out quickly, end successfully. Some individuals are saved in this way before they have fallen so low that help becomes ineffective. Others, overwhelmed by despair, refuse to leave their situation. They can't handle the pity or silent judgment from their former relatives and friends, and they prefer to hold on to their current lives. It's very difficult for a woman who has fallen from grace to find her way back, even if her friends or relatives are willing to help her.
Last winter an old gray-haired man came to the city from his farm in New England, accompanied by his son, a manly youth, in search of his lost daughter. His description enabled the police to recognize the girl as one who had but recently appeared in the city, and they at once led the father and brother to the house of which she was an inmate. As they entered the parlor, the girl recognized her father, and with a cry of joy sprang into his arms. She readily consented to go back with him, and that night all three left the city for their distant home.
Last winter, an elderly man with gray hair came to the city from his farm in New England, along with his son, a strong young man, in search of his lost daughter. His description helped the police identify the girl as someone who had recently arrived in the city, and they quickly took the father and brother to her house. When they entered the living room, the girl recognized her father and, with a cry of joy, jumped into his arms. She happily agreed to go back with him, and that night, all three left the city for their home far away.
A gentleman once found his daughter in one of the first-class houses of the city, to which she had been tracked by the police. He sought her there, and she received him with every demonstration of joy and affection. He urged her to return home with him, promising that all should be forgiven, and forgotten, but she refused to do so, and was deaf to all his entreaties. He brought her mother to see her, and though the girl clung to her and wept bitterly in parting, she would not go home. She felt that it was too late. She was lost.
A father once found his daughter in one of the upscale houses in the city, where the police had tracked her down. He came to see her, and she greeted him with lots of joy and affection. He begged her to come home with him, promising that everything would be forgiven and forgotten, but she refused, not listening to any of his pleas. He brought her mother to see her, and while the girl clung to her and cried heavily when they parted, she still wouldn’t go home. She felt like it was too late. She was lost.
Many of these poor creatures treasure sacredly the memories of their childhood and home. They will speak of them with a calmness which shows how deep and real is their despair. They would flee from their horrible lives if they could, but they are so enslaved that they are not able to do so. Their sin crushes them to the earth, and they cannot rise above it.
Many of these unfortunate beings hold their childhood and home memories dear. They talk about them with a tranquility that reveals the depth of their despair. They would escape their terrible lives if they could, but they are so trapped that they can't. Their guilt weighs them down, and they can't rise above it.
p. 587Drunkenness is very common among women of this class. Generally the liquors used are of an inferior quality, and do their dreadful work on the health and beauty of their victim very quickly. The use of narcotics is also very common. All the drug stores in the vicinity of these houses sell large quantities of opium, chloroform, and morphia. Absinthe is a popular drink. This liquor is a slow but deadly poison, and destroys the nervous system and brain, and produces insanity. Suicides are frequent, and many of the poor creatures fall victims to the brutality of the men who seek their society.
p. 587Alcoholism is very common among women in this situation. Typically, they consume low-quality drinks that quickly take a toll on their health and looks. The use of drugs is also widespread. All the pharmacies near these places sell large amounts of opium, chloroform, and morphine. Absinthe is a popular choice. This drink is a slow but lethal poison that damages the nervous system and brain, leading to insanity. Suicides happen often, and many of these unfortunate women suffer at the hands of the men who seek their company.
II. HOUSES OF ASSIGNATION.
There are over one hundred houses of assignation of all kinds in the city known to the police. This estimate includes the bed-houses, of which we shall speak further on. Besides these, there are places used for assignations which the officials of the law do not and cannot include in their returns. These are the smaller hotels, and sometimes the larger ones. Sometimes women take rooms in some of the cheap hotels, and there receive the visits of men whose acquaintance they have made on the street or at some place of amusement. Very often the proprietor of the house is simply victimized by such people, and several respectable houses have been so far overrun by them that decent persons have avoided them altogether. One or two of the smaller hotels of the city bear a most unenviable reputation of this kind. Even the first-class hotels cannot keep themselves entirely free from the presence of courtezans of the better class. Rich men keep their mistresses at them in elegant style, and the guests, and sometimes the proprietors, are in utter ignorance of the woman’s true character. Again, women will live at the fashionable hotels, in the strictest propriety, and live by the proceeds of their meetings with men at houses of assignation.
There are over a hundred brothels of all kinds in the city that the police are aware of. This count includes the types of establishments we'll discuss later. In addition to these, there are places used for hookups that law enforcement can't and doesn't include in their reports. These are the smaller hotels, and sometimes the larger ones. Occasionally, women rent rooms in some of the budget hotels and meet men they've met on the street or at entertainment venues. Often, the hotel owners are taken advantage of by these individuals, and several reputable hotels have been so overwhelmed by them that decent people have completely steered clear. A few of the smaller hotels in the city have gained a notorious reputation for this reason. Even the top-tier hotels can't fully protect themselves from the presence of higher-class escorts. Wealthy men keep their mistresses there in luxury, while the other guests, and sometimes even the owners, are completely unaware of the women's true identities. Additionally, some women live at upscale hotels with strict decorum, earning money from their encounters with men at brothels.
The best houses are located in respectable, and a few in p. 588fashionable neighborhoods. In various ways they soon acquire a notoriety amongst persons having use for them. In the majority of them, the proprietress resides alone. Her visitors are persons of all classes in society. Married women meet their lovers here, and young girls pass in these polluted chambers the hours their parents suppose them to be devoting to healthful and innocent amusements. There are many nominally virtuous women in the city who visit these places one or more times each week. They come in the day, if necessary, but generally at night. A visit to the theatre, the opera, or a concert is too often followed by a visit to one of these places. It is said by those who claim to know, that sometimes women of good social position even possess pass keys to such houses. The hot-house fashionable society, to which we have referred elsewhere, sends many visitors here. Some married women visit these places because they love other men better than their lawful husbands. Others sin from mercenary motives. Their limited means do not allow them to gratify their taste for dress and display, and they acquire the desired ability in this infamous manner.
The best houses are found in respectable, and some in fashionable neighborhoods. In various ways, they soon gain a reputation among people who need them. Most of the time, the owner lives alone. Her visitors come from all walks of life. Married women meet their lovers here, and young girls spend the hours their parents think they're dedicating to healthy and innocent fun in these questionable rooms. There are many supposedly virtuous women in the city who visit these places one or more times a week. They come during the day if needed, but mostly at night. A trip to the theater, the opera, or a concert is often followed by a visit to one of these places. It is said by those who claim to know that sometimes women of good social standing even have spare keys to such houses. The high-fashion society, which we've mentioned elsewhere, sends many visitors here. Some married women go to these places because they love other men more than their legal husbands. Others are motivated by money. Their limited finances don't allow them to indulge their taste for fashion and showiness, so they acquire the means through this notorious method.
The majority of the houses are well known, and are scarcely conducted with secrecy, which is the chief requisite. The better class houses are handsomely furnished, and everything is conducted in the most secret manner. The police have often discovered assignation houses in residences which they believed to be simply the homes of private families. All these houses bring high rents. Men of “respectable” position have been known to furnish houses for this use, and have either engaged women to manage them, or have let them at enormous rents, supporting their own families in style on the proceeds of these dens of infamy.
The majority of the houses are well-known and hardly kept secret, which is the main requirement. The nicer houses are elegantly furnished, and everything is run in a very discreet way. The police have often uncovered brothels in places they thought were just the homes of regular families. All these houses command high rents. Men of "respectable" status have been known to set up these houses and either hire women to manage them or rent them out at sky-high prices, supporting their own families comfortably with the profits from these shady establishments.
The prices paid by visitors for the use of the rooms are large, and the receipts of the keeper make her fully able to pay the large rent demanded of her.
The prices that visitors pay to use the rooms are high, and the income from the guests allows her to easily cover the steep rent she has to pay.
The city papers contain numerous advertisements, which reveal to the initiated the locality of these houses. They are represented as “Rooms to let to quiet persons,” or “Rooms in a strictly private family, where boarders are not annoyed with p. 589impertinent questions,” or “A handsome room to let, with board for the lady only,” or “Handsome apartments to gentlemen, by a widow lady living alone.” These advertisements are at once recognized by those in search of them. Families from the country frequently stumble across these places by accident. If the female members are young and handsome, they are received, and the mistake is not found out, perhaps, until it is too late.
The city newspapers are filled with a lot of ads that hint at the locations of these houses. They say things like “Rooms available for quiet individuals,” or “Rooms in a strictly private family, where boarders won’t be bothered with impertinent questions,” or “A nice room for rent, with meals provided for ladies only,” or “Nice apartments for gentlemen, offered by a widow living alone.” People looking for these places can easily recognize these ads. Families from the countryside often come across these spots by chance. If the women in the family are young and attractive, they are welcomed, and the mistake may not be discovered until it's too late.
Public houses of prostitution are bad enough, but houses of assignation are worse. The former are frequented only by the notoriously impure. The latter draw to them women who, while sinning, retain their positions in society. The more secret the place, the more dangerous it is. The secrecy is but an encouragement to sin. Were the chance of detection greater, women, at least, would hesitate longer before visiting them, but they know that they can frequent them habitually, without fear of discovery. Their outward appearance of respectability is a great assistance to the scoundrels who seek to entrap an innocent female within their walls. They form the worst feature of the Social Evil, and something should be done to suppress them.
Public houses of prostitution are bad enough, but places for secret meetings are even worse. The former are visited only by the openly immoral. The latter attract women who, while engaging in wrongdoing, manage to keep their standing in society. The more hidden the location, the more dangerous it is. This secrecy only encourages immoral behavior. If the risk of being caught were higher, women would at least think twice before going there, but they know they can visit regularly without being discovered. Their outward appearance of respectability greatly helps the con artists who try to lure unsuspecting women inside. They represent the worst aspect of the Social Evil, and action should be taken to shut them down.
III. THE STREET WALKERS.
Strangers visiting the city are struck with the number of women who are to be found on Broadway and the streets running parallel with it, without male escorts, after dark. They pass up and down the great thoroughfares at a rapid pace peculiar to them, glancing sharply at all the men they meet, and sometimes speaking to them in a low, quick undertone. One accustomed to the city can recognize them at a glance, and no man of common sense could fail to distinguish them from the respectable women who are forced to be out on the streets alone. They are known as Street Walkers, and constitute one of the lowest orders of prostitutes to be found in New York. They seem to be on the increase during the present winter; and in Broadway especially are more numerous and bolder than they p. 590have been for several years. The best looking and the best dressed are seen on Broadway, and in parts of the Fifth and Fourth avenues. The others correspond to the localities they frequent. They are chiefly young girls, seventeen being the average age, but you will see children of twelve and thirteen among them. Very few promenade Broadway below Canal street. The neighborhoods of the hotels and places of amusement are the most frequented. Some of the girls are quite pretty and affect a modest deportment, but the majority are hideous and brazen. New faces are constantly appearing on Broadway, to take the places of those who have gone down into the depths.
Strangers visiting the city are struck by the number of women found on Broadway and the streets running parallel to it, without male companions, after dark. They move up and down the major thoroughfares with a quick pace unique to them, glancing sharply at all the men they encounter and sometimes speaking to them in a low, quick tone. Someone familiar with the city can recognize them instantly, and no sensible man could confuse them with respectable women who are out on the streets alone. They are known as Street Walkers and represent one of the lowest categories of prostitutes in New York. Their numbers seem to be increasing this winter; particularly on Broadway, they are more numerous and audacious than they have been for several years. The best-looking and best-dressed women are seen on Broadway and in parts of Fifth and Fourth Avenues. The others match the areas they frequent. They are mostly young girls, with seventeen as the average age, though you'll also see children as young as twelve and thirteen among them. Very few walk along Broadway below Canal Street. The neighborhoods around hotels and entertainment venues are the most crowded. Some of the girls are quite pretty and adopt a modest demeanor, but the majority are unattractive and bold. New faces constantly appear on Broadway, taking the places of those who have fallen into deeper troubles.
Many of these girls have some regular employment, at which they work during the day. Their regular earnings are small, and they take this means of increasing them. The majority, however, depend upon their infamous trade for their support. There have been rare cases in which girls have been driven upon the streets by their parents, who either wish to rid themselves of the support of the girl, or profit by her earnings. We have known cases where the girls have voluntarily supported their parents by the wages of their shame. There were once two sisters, well known on Broadway, who devoted their earnings to paying off a heavy debt of their father, which he was unable to meet. Such instances, however, are very rare.
Many of these girls have regular jobs that they work during the day. Their pay is low, so they use this way to boost their income. However, most rely on their infamous trade to get by. There have been rare instances where girls were pushed into the streets by their parents, who either wanted to stop supporting them or profit from their earnings. We've also seen cases where the girls willingly supported their parents with the money they made from their shame. There were once two sisters, well-known on Broadway, who dedicated their earnings to paying off a significant debt their father couldn't handle. However, these cases are very uncommon.
As a rule the girls seek the streets from mercenary motives. They begin their wretched lives in the society of the most depraved, and are not long in becoming criminals themselves. They are nearly all thieves, and a very large proportion of them are but the decoys of the most desperate male garroters and thieves. The majority of them are the confederates of panel thieves. They are coarse, ugly, and disgusting, and medical men who are called on to treat them professionally, state that as a class they are terribly diseased. A healthy Street Walker is almost a myth.
As a rule, the girls hit the streets for money. They start their unfortunate lives among the most corrupt people, and it doesn’t take long for them to become criminals themselves. Most of them are thieves, and a large percentage serve as bait for the most dangerous male muggers and thieves. The majority are accomplices to break-in thieves. They are rough, unattractive, and unpleasant, and medical professionals who treat them report that, as a group, they are extremely unhealthy. A healthy streetwalker is practically a myth.
Were these women dependent for their custom upon the city people, who know them for what they are, they would starve. They know this, and they exert their arts principally upon p. 591strangers. Strangers are more easily deceived, and, as a rule, have money to lose. Hundreds of strangers, coming to the city, follow them to their rooms, only to find themselves in the power of thieves, who compel them on pain of instant death to surrender all their valuables. The room taken by the decoy is vacated immediately after the robbery, the girl and her confederate disappear, and it is impossible to find them.
If these women relied on locals for their business, who see them for who they really are, they would go hungry. They know this, so they mostly focus their efforts on p. 591strangers. Strangers are easier to fool and generally have money to spend. Hundreds of newcomers to the city follow them to their rooms, only to end up at the mercy of thieves who force them, under the threat of immediate death, to give up all their valuables. The room occupied by the decoy is cleared out right after the robbery, the girl and her accomplice vanish, making it impossible to track them down.
I know that this whole subject is unsavory, and I have not introduced it from choice. The Social Evil is a terrible fact here, and it is impossible to ignore it, and I believe that some good may be done by speaking of it plainly and stripping it of any romantic features. It is simply a disgusting and appalling feature of city life, and as such it is presented here. I know that these pages will find their way into the hands of those who contemplate visiting the city, and who will be assailed by the street girls. To them I would say that to accompany these women to their homes is simply to invite robbery and disease. New York has an abundance of attractions of the better kind, and those who desire amusement may find it in innocent enjoyment. Those who deliberately seek to indulge in sensuality and dissipation in a city to which they are strangers, deserve all the misfortunes which come to them in consequence.
I know this topic is uncomfortable, and I didn’t bring it up by choice. The Social Evil is a harsh reality here, and it’s impossible to ignore. I believe that discussing it openly and removing any glamorous facade can lead to some good. It’s simply a disgusting and shocking aspect of city life, and that’s how it’s presented here. I know these pages will reach those considering a visit to the city, who may encounter street girls. To them, I would advise that going home with these women is just asking for theft and illness. New York offers plenty of better attractions, and those looking for fun can find it in wholesome activities. Those who intentionally seek out indulgence and excess in a city where they're strangers are inviting all the misfortunes that follow.
The police do not allow the girls to stop and converse with men on Broadway. If a girl succeeds in finding a companion, she beckons him into one of the side streets, where the police will not interfere with her. If he is willing to go with her, she conducts him to her room, which is in one of the numerous Bed Houses of the city. These bed houses are simply large or small dwellings containing many furnished rooms, which are let to street walkers by the week, or which are hired to applicants of any class by the night. They are very profitable, and are frequently owned by men of good social position, who rent them out to others, or who retain the ownership, and employ a manager. The rent, whether weekly or nightly, is invariably paid in advance, so that the landlord loses nothing.
The police don’t let the girls stop and talk to men on Broadway. If a girl manages to find a partner, she gestures for him to follow her into one of the side streets, where the police won’t bother them. If he agrees to go with her, she takes him to her room, which is in one of the many Bed Houses in the city. These bed houses are just large or small homes with several furnished rooms that are rented out to street workers by the week, or rented to anyone wanting a room for the night. They are quite profitable and are often owned by well-to-do individuals who either rent them out to others or maintain ownership and have a manager. The rent, whether it's for a week or a night, is always paid in advance, ensuring the landlord doesn't lose any money.
The girl leads her companion to one of these houses, and if she has a room already engaged, proceeds directly to it; if not, p. 592one is engaged from a domestic on the spot, the price is paid, and the parties are shown up stairs. The place is kept dark and quiet, in order to avoid the attention of the police. The houses are more or less comfortable and handsome, according to the class by which they are patronized. They are sometimes preferred by guilty parties in high life, as the risk of being seen and recognized is less there than in more aristocratic houses. These houses have a constant run of visitors from about eight o’clock until long after midnight.
The girl takes her friend to one of these houses, and if she already has a room booked, she goes straight to it; if not, a room is arranged with a staff member on site, the payment is made, and they are shown upstairs. The place is kept dark and quiet to avoid drawing the police's attention. The houses vary in comfort and appearance, depending on who frequents them. They are sometimes preferred by wealthy individuals with secrets, as there’s less chance of being seen and recognized compared to more upscale establishments. These houses see a steady flow of visitors from around eight in the evening until well after midnight.
We have referred once or twice to panel thieving. This method of robbery is closely connected with street walking. The girl in this case acts in concert with a confederate, who is generally a man. She takes her victim to her room, and directs him to deposit his clothing on a chair, which is placed but a few inches from the wall at the end of the room. This wall is false, and generally of wood. It is built some three or four feet from the real wall of the room, thus forming a closet. As the whole room is papered and but dimly lighted, a visitor cannot detect the fact that it is a sham. A panel, which slides noiselessly and rapidly, is arranged in the false wall, and the chair with the visitor’s clothing upon it is placed just in front of it. While the visitor’s attention is engaged in another quarter, the girl’s confederate, who is concealed in the closet, slides back the panel, and rifles the pockets of the clothes on the chair. The panel is then noiselessly closed. When the visitor is about to depart, or sometimes not until long after his departure, he discovers his loss. He is sure the girl did not rob him, and he is completely bewildered in his efforts to account for the robbery. Of course the police could tell him how his money was taken, and could recover it, too, but in nine cases out of ten the man is ashamed to seek their assistance, as he does not wish his visit to such a place to be known. The thieves know this, and this knowledge gives them a feeling of security which emboldens them to commit still further depredations. The panel houses are generally conducted by men, who employ the women to work for them. The woman is sometimes the wife of the proprietor of the house. The robberies nightly perpetrated foot up an immense aggregate. The visitors are mainly strangers, and many of these go into these dens with large sums of money on their persons. The police have been notified of losses occurring in this way, amounting in a single instance to thousands of dollars. The majority of the sums stolen are small, however, and the victims bear the loss in silence. The police authorities are thoroughly informed concerning the locality and operations of these p. 594establishments, but they suffer them to go on without any effort to break them up.
We’ve mentioned panel thieving a couple of times. This type of robbery is closely related to street walking. In this case, the girl works together with a partner, usually a man. She leads her target to her room and tells him to put his clothes on a chair that's just a few inches from the wall at the end of the room. That wall is fake and usually made of wood. It’s built around three or four feet from the real wall, creating a hidden closet. Since the whole room is wallpapered and only dimly lit, visitors typically don’t realize it’s a setup. A panel that slides open quietly and quickly is hidden in the fake wall, and the chair with the visitor’s clothes is positioned right in front of it. While the visitor is distracted, the girl’s accomplice, who is hiding in the closet, slides back the panel and searches through the pockets of the clothes on the chair. The panel is then closed silently. When the visitor gets ready to leave, or sometimes long after he has left, he realizes his belongings are missing. He’s sure the girl didn’t take anything, and he feels completely confused trying to figure out what happened. Of course, the police could explain how he lost his money and might be able to get it back, but in about nine out of ten cases, he’s too embarrassed to ask for their help because he doesn’t want anyone to know he visited such a place. The thieves are aware of this, and this knowledge makes them feel secure enough to continue with their crimes. The panel houses are usually run by men who hire the women to work for them. Sometimes, the woman is the wife of the house owner. The robberies happen every night and add up to a huge total. Most of the visitors are strangers, many of whom go into these places carrying large amounts of cash. Police have been alerted about losses from these incidents, with some amounts reaching thousands of dollars in a single case. However, most of the stolen amounts are small, and the victims just deal with it quietly. Law enforcement knows all about the location and activities of these establishments, yet they let them continue operating without trying to shut them down.
IV. THE CONCERT SALOONS.
There are about seventy-five or eighty concert saloons in New York, employing abandoned women as waitresses. The flashiest of these are located on Broadway, there being nearly twenty of these infamous places on the great thoroughfare between Spring and Fourth streets. During the day they are closed, but one of the most prominent sets out before its doors a large frame containing twenty or thirty exquisite card photographs, and bearing these words, “Portraits of the young ladies employed in this saloon.” It is needless to say that the pictures are taken at random from the stock of some photograph dealer, and have no connection whatever with the hags employed in the saloon. The Bowery, Chatham street, and some of the streets leading from Broadway, contain the greater number of these concert saloons. The majority are located in the basements of the buildings, but one or two of the Broadway establishments use second story rooms. These places may be recognized by their numerous gaudy transparencies and lamps, and by the discordant strains of music which float up into the street from them. The Broadway saloons are owned by a few scoundrels, many of them being conducted by the same proprietor. A writer in the New York World was recently favored with the following truthful description of these places by one of the best known proprietors:
There are about seventy-five to eighty concert saloons in New York that hire neglected women as waitresses. The flashiest ones are on Broadway, with nearly twenty notorious spots on the busy street between Spring and Fourth streets. They’re closed during the day, but one of the most prominent displays a large frame outside its doors featuring twenty or thirty beautiful photographs, along with the words, “Portraits of the young ladies employed in this saloon.” It goes without saying that the pictures are randomly taken from a photographer's collection and have nothing to do with the unattractive women working in the saloon. The Bowery, Chatham Street, and some side streets off Broadway have the majority of these concert saloons. Most are located in the basements of buildings, though a couple of the Broadway venues use second-floor rooms. You can recognize these places by their flashy signs and lamps, and by the loud, jarring music that spills out into the street. The Broadway saloons are owned by a few shady characters, many of them run by the same owner. A writer for the New York World recently received this honest description of these venues from one of the most well-known proprietors:
“A concert saloon is a gin-mill on an improved plan—that’s all, my friend. I don’t pay the girls any wages. They get a percentage on the drinks they sell. Some saloon-keepers pays their girls regular wages and a small percentage besides, but it don’t work. The girls wont work unless they have to. Now, my girls gets a third of whatever they sell. The consequence is, they sell twice as much as they would if they was on wages. You never can get people to work faithfully for you unless they p. 595can make money by it. The liquor is cheap, and I don’t mind telling you its d---d nasty, then we charge double prices for it. Now, I charge twenty cents for drinks that a regular gin-mill would sell for ten. Then there are a lot of drinks that the girls takes themselves, which we charges fifty cents for. They don’t cost us more than four or five, but after a girl has said what she’ll take, and a man has ordered it, he can’t go back on the price. Then hardly any man stops at less than two or three drinks here, when he would take only one at a bar. The lights are the same as they would be anywheres else, and the music don’t cost much. Then there’s other ways to make in this business. But you don’t want to know all about the speculations. There’s keno, for instance. The keno business is attached to lots of saloons. You see the girls manages to get young fellows that come here—like those hounds yonder—pretty full, and then they says: ‘Why don’t you try your luck in the next room, and go shares with me?’ So the fool he bites at once, and goes in for keno. Of course luck goes against him, for he’s too drunk to play—O, the game’s a square one—and he finally comes back for another drink. The girls then takes care that he doesn’t go away till he’s too drunk to remember where he lost his money. Even if he goes away sober, he seldom splits. I’ll give the fellows that much credit. Bad as they are, they seldom splits.”
“A concert saloon is basically a bar with an upgraded approach—that’s all, my friend. I don’t pay the waitresses any salaries. They earn a percentage of the drinks they sell. Some bar owners pay their waitresses regular wages and a small commission on top, but that doesn’t work. The waitresses won’t hustle unless they have to. Now, my waitresses get a third of whatever they sell. The result is, they sell twice as much as they would if they were on a salary. You can’t get people to work hard for you unless they can earn from it. The drinks are cheap, and I don’t mind telling you they’re quite terrible, yet we charge double for them. I charge twenty cents for drinks that a regular bar would sell for ten. Then there are plenty of drinks that the waitresses take for themselves, which we charge fifty cents for. They cost us only four or five cents, but once a waitress states the price and a guy orders it, he can’t back out. Plus, hardly any guy just orders one drink here when he would at a regular bar; they usually have two or three. The lights are the same as anywhere else, and the music doesn’t cost much. There are other ways to make money in this business too. But you don’t need to know all about the schemes. There’s keno, for example. The keno game is connected to lots of bars. The waitresses manage to get young guys who come here—like those fools over there—pretty drunk, and then they say: ‘Why don’t you try your luck in the next room and split the winnings with me?’ So the sucker bites right away and heads in for keno. Of course, luck isn’t on his side because he’s too drunk to play—oh, the game’s a fair one—and he eventually comes back for another drink. The waitresses then make sure he doesn’t leave until he’s too drunk to remember where he lost his money. Even if he leaves sober, he rarely shares any winnings. I’ll give the guys that much credit. As bad as they are, they hardly ever split.”
The concert saloons derive their names from the fact that a low order of music is provided by the proprietor as a cover to the real character of the place. It may be an old cracked piano, with a single, half-drunken performer, or a couple or more musicians who cannot by any possible means draw melody from their wheezy instruments.
The concert saloons get their names because the owner plays low-quality music to disguise the true nature of the establishment. It could be an old, beaten-up piano, with a single, slightly intoxicated performer, or a few musicians who, in no way, can produce any real melody from their outdated instruments.
Persons entering these places assume a considerable risk. They voluntarily place themselves in the midst of a number of abandoned wretches, who are ready for any deed of violence or crime. They care for nothing but money, and will rob or kill for it. Respectable people have no business in such places. They are very apt to have their pockets picked, and are in danger of violence. Many men, who leave their happy homes p. 596in the morning, visit these places, for amusement or through curiosity, at night. They are drugged, robbed, murdered, and then the harbor police may find their lifeless forms floating in the river at daybreak.
People who enter these places take on significant risk. They willingly put themselves in the midst of many abandoned individuals who are ready for any act of violence or crime. They care only about money and will steal or kill for it. Respectable individuals shouldn’t be in these areas. They are likely to get their pockets picked and face the threat of violence. Many men who leave their happy homes p. 596 in the morning visit these places for entertainment or out of curiosity in the evening. They are drugged, robbed, murdered, and then the harbor police might find their lifeless bodies floating in the river by dawn.
The women known outside of the city as “pretty waiter girls,” are simply a collection of poor wretches who have gone down almost to the end of their fatal career. They may retain faint vestiges of their former beauty, but that is all. They are beastly, foul-mouthed, brutal wretches. Very many of them are half dead with consumption and disease. They are in every respect disgusting. Yet young and old men, strangers and citizens, come here to talk with them and spend their money on them. Says the writer we have quoted, after describing a characteristic scene in one of these places:
The women known outside the city as “pretty waiter girls” are just a group of unfortunate souls who have nearly hit rock bottom in their tragic lives. They might still show faint traces of their past beauty, but that’s all they have left. They are filthy, foul-mouthed, and brutal individuals. Many of them are barely alive, suffering from tuberculosis and illness. They are, in every way, repulsive. Yet, young and old men, newcomers and locals alike, come here to chat with them and spend money on them. The writer we cited earlier, after describing a typical scene in one of these places:
“The only noticeable thing about this exhibition of beastliness is the utter unconcern of the other occupants of the room. They are accustomed to it. One wonders, too, at the attraction this has for strangers. There is really nothing in the people, the place, or the onlookers worthy of a decent man’s curiosity. The girls are, without exception, the nastiest, most besotted drabs that ever walked the streets. They haven’t even the pride that clings to certain of their sisters who are in prison. The whole assemblage, with the exception of such stragglers as myself, who have a motive in studying it, is a mess of the meanest human rubbish that a great city exudes. In the company there is a large preponderance of the cub of seventeen and eighteen. Some of these boys are the sons of merchants and lawyers, and are ‘seeing life.’ If they were told to go into their kitchens at home and talk with the cook and the chambermaid, they would consider themselves insulted. Yet they come here and talk with other Irish girls every whit as ignorant and unattractive as the servants at home—only the latter are virtuous and these are infamous. Thus does one touch of vileness make the whole world kin.”
“The only noticeable thing about this exhibition of savagery is the complete indifference of the other people in the room. They’re used to it. It also raises the question of why this draws in outsiders. There’s really nothing about the people, the place, or the onlookers that would spark a decent person’s interest. The girls are, without exception, the most repugnant, bewitched messes ever to stroll the streets. They don’t even carry the pride that some of their peers in prison have. The entire group, aside from a few stragglers like me who have a reason to study it, is just a bunch of the lowest human trash that a big city produces. There’s a significant number of boys around seventeen and eighteen in the crowd. Some of these kids are the sons of businesspeople and lawyers, and they’re ‘experiencing life.’ If you told them to go into their kitchens at home and chat with the cook and the maid, they’d see that as an insult. Yet, they come here and talk with other Irish girls who are just as ignorant and unattractive as the help at home—only the latter are decent and these are disgraceful. So, one touch of depravity connects the whole world.”
p. 597V. THE DANCE HOUSES.
The dance houses differ from the concert saloons in this respect, that they are one grade lower both as regards the inmates and the visitors, and that dancing as well as drinking is carried on in them. They are owned chiefly by men, though there are some which are the property of and are managed by women. They are located in the worst quarters of the city, generally in the streets near the East and North rivers, in order to be easy of access to the sailors.
The dance houses are different from the concert saloons in that they’re a step down in terms of both the people who work there and the customers. Both dancing and drinking happen at these places. Most of them are owned by men, but there are a few that are owned and run by women. They’re usually found in the roughest parts of the city, typically on streets close to the East and North rivers, making it easy for sailors to get to them.
The buildings are greatly out of repair, and have a rickety, dirty appearance. The main entrance leads to a long, narrow hall, the floor of which is well sanded. The walls are ornamented with flashy prints, and the ceiling with colored tissue paper cut in various fantastic shapes. There is a bar at the farther end of the room, which is well stocked with the meanest liquors, and chairs and benches are scattered about.
The buildings are in poor shape and look old and dirty. The main entrance leads into a long, narrow hallway with a well-sanded floor. The walls are decorated with flashy posters, and the ceiling is covered in colorful tissue paper cut into various creative shapes. At the far end of the room, there's a bar that is stocked with low-quality liquor, and chairs and benches are spread throughout.
From five to a dozen women, so bloated and horrible to look upon, that a decent man shudders with disgust as he beholds them, are lounging about the room. They have reached the last step in the downward career of fallen women, and will never leave this place until they are carried from it to their graves, which are not far distant. They are miserably clad, and are nearly always half crazy with liquor. They are cursed and kicked about by the brutal owner of the place, and suffer still greater violence, at times, in the drunken brawls for which these houses are famous. Their sleeping rooms are above. They are sought by sailors and by the lowest and most degraded of the city population. They are the slaves of their masters. They have no money of their own. He claims a part of their infamous earnings, and demands the rest for board and clothes. Few have the courage to fly from these hells, and if they make the attempt, they are forced back by the proprietor, who is frequently aided in this unholy act by the law of the land. They cannot go into the streets naked, and he claims the clothes on p. 598their backs as his property. If they leave the premises with these clothes on, he charges them with theft.
From five to a dozen women, so bloated and dreadful to look at that any decent man would cringe in disgust at the sight of them, are lounging around the room. They’ve hit rock bottom in their decline as fallen women and will never leave this place until they are carried out to their graves, which aren’t far off. They are poorly dressed and are almost always half-crazy from drinking. They are cursed at and kicked around by the brutal owner of the place, and they endure even more violence at times during the drunken brawls that these establishments are notorious for. Their sleeping quarters are upstairs. They are sought after by sailors and the most depraved members of the city's population. They are slaves to their masters. They have no money of their own. The owner takes a portion of their shameful earnings and demands the rest for food and clothing. Few have the courage to escape from these hells, and if they try, they are forcibly returned by the owner, who is often supported in this wicked act by the law. They cannot roam the streets naked, and he claims the clothes on their backs as his property. If they leave the premises still wearing those clothes, he accuses them of theft.
Let no one suppose that these women entered upon this grade of their wretched life voluntarily. Many were drugged and forced into it, but the majority are lost women who have come regularly down the ladder to this depth. You can find in these hells women who, but a few years ago, were ornaments of society. No woman who enters upon a life of shame can hope to avoid coming to these places in the end. As sure as she takes the first step in sin, she will take this last one also, struggle against it as she may. This is the last depth. It has but one bright ray in all its darkness—it does not last over a few months, for death soon ends it. But, O, the horrors of such a death! No human being who has not looked on such a death-bed can imagine the horrible form in which the Great Destroyer comes. There is no hope. The poor wretch passes from untold misery in this life to the doom which awaits those who die in their sins.
Let no one think that these women chose this terrible life willingly. Many were drugged and forced into it, but most are lost women who have gradually descended to this low point. You can find in these places women who, just a few years ago, were the pride of society. No woman who embarks on a life of disgrace can expect to escape ending up in these places eventually. Just as surely as she takes the first step into sin, she will take this last step too, no matter how much she tries to resist. This is the final stage. It has only one glimmer of hope in all its darkness—it doesn’t last more than a few months, as death often puts an end to it. But oh, the horrors of such a death! No one who hasn’t witnessed such a deathbed can imagine the terrifying way the Great Destroyer arrives. There is no hope. The poor soul transitions from unimaginable suffering in this life to the fate that awaits those who die in their sins.
The keepers of these wretched places use every art to entice young and innocent women into their dens, where they are ruined by force. The police frequently rescue women from them who have been enticed into them or carried there by force. Emigrant girls, who have strolled from the depot at Castle Garden into the lower part of the city, are decoyed into these places by being promised employment. Men and women are sent into the country districts to ensnare young girls to these city hells. Advertisements for employment are answered by these wretches, and every art is exhausted in the effort to draw pure women within the walls of the dance house. Let such a woman once cross the threshold, and she will be drugged or forced to submit to her ruin. This accomplished, she will not be allowed to leave the place until she has lost all hope of giving up the life into which she has been driven.
The people running these terrible places use every trick to lure young and innocent women into their lairs, where they are forcibly ruined. The police often rescue women who have been enticed or taken there against their will. Immigrant girls who wander away from the depot at Castle Garden into the lower parts of the city are seduced into these places with promises of jobs. Men and women are sent into the countryside to trap young girls and bring them to these urban nightmares. Ads for jobs are answered by these scoundrels, and every possible tactic is used to draw innocent women into the dance halls. Once a woman steps inside, she will be drugged or coerced into her destruction. After that happens, she won't be allowed to leave until she has lost all hope of escaping the life she has been forced into.
The Missionaries’ are constant visitors to these dens. They go with hope that they may succeed in rescuing some poor creature from her terrible life. As a rule, they meet with the vilest abuse, and are driven away with curses, but sometimes p. 600they are successful. During the present winter they have succeeded in effecting a change for the better in one of the most notorious women in Water street.
The missionaries regularly visit these places. They go with the hope of rescuing someone from a terrible life. Typically, they face the worst abuse and are chased away with insults, but sometimes p. 600they have success. This winter, they managed to bring about a positive change in one of the most infamous women on Water Street.
VI. HARRY HILL’S.
Harry Hill is a well-known man among the disreputable classes of New York. He is the proprietor of the largest and best known dance house in the city. His establishment is in Houston street, a few doors west of Mulberry street, and almost under the shadow of the Police Headquarters. It is in full sight from Broadway, and at night a huge red and blue lantern marks the entrance door. Near the main entrance there is a private door for women. They are admitted free, as they constitute the chief attraction to the men who visit the place. Entering through the main door, the visitor finds himself in a low bar-room, very much like the other establishments of the kind in the neighborhood. Passing between the counters he reaches a door in the rear of them which opens into the dance hall, which is above the level of the bar-room. Visitors to this hall are charged an entrance fee of twenty-five cents, and are expected to call for refreshments as soon as they enter.
Harry Hill is a well-known figure among the less reputable crowd in New York. He owns the largest and most popular dance hall in the city. His place is located on Houston Street, just a few doors west of Mulberry Street, and almost right under the Police Headquarters. It's clearly visible from Broadway, and at night, a big red and blue lantern marks the entrance. Next to the main entrance, there's a private door for women. They get in for free since they are the main draw for the men who come to the place. Walking through the main door, visitors find themselves in a low bar area, similar to other establishments in the neighborhood. By going between the counters, they reach a door at the back that opens into the dance hall, which is elevated above the bar area. Guests in this hall have to pay a twenty-five cent entrance fee and are expected to order refreshments as soon as they come in.
Harry Hill is generally present during the evening, moving about among his guests. He is a short, thick-set man, with a self-possessed, resolute air, and a face indicative of his calling, and is about fifty-four years old. He is sharp and decided in his manner, and exerts himself to maintain order among his guests. He is enough of a politician to be very sure that the authorities will not be severe with him in case of trouble, but he has a horror of having his place entered by the police in their official capacity. He enforces his orders with his fists if necessary, and hustles refractory guests from his premises without hesitating. The “fancy” generally submit to his commands, as they know he is a formidable man when aroused. He keeps his eye on everything, and though he has a business manager, p. 601conducts the whole establishment himself. He has been in his wretched business fifteen years, and is said to be wealthy. His profits have been estimated as high as fifty thousand dollars per annum.
Harry Hill is usually around in the evening, mingling with his guests. He’s a short, stocky guy with a confident, determined demeanor, and his face shows he's a man of his trade, around fifty-four years old. He’s direct and assertive, working hard to keep order among his guests. He knows enough about politics to be sure the authorities won’t come down hard on him if there’s a problem, but he really dislikes the idea of the police coming into his place officially. If needed, he’s not afraid to use his fists to enforce his rules, and he won’t hesitate to kick out unruly guests. The “fancy” typically follow his orders because they know he can be intimidating when provoked. He keeps a close watch on everything, and even though he has a business manager, p. 601he runs the entire operation himself. He’s been stuck in this dismal business for fifteen years and is rumored to be quite wealthy, with his earnings estimated as high as fifty thousand dollars a year.
Harry Hill boasts that he keeps a “respectable house,” but his establishment is nothing more than one of the many gates to hell with which the city abounds. There are no girls attached to the establishment. All the guests of both sexes are merely outsiders who come here to spend the evening. The rules of the house are printed in rhyme, and are hung in the most conspicuous parts of the hall. They are rigid, and prohibit any indecent or boisterous conduct or profane swearing. The most disreputable characters are seen in the audience, but no thieving or violence ever occurs within the hall. Whatever happens after persons leave the place, the proprietor allows no violation of the law within his doors.
Harry Hill likes to say he runs a "respectable house," but his place is just one of the many doorways to hell scattered throughout the city. There are no girls associated with the establishment. All the guests, regardless of gender, are just outsiders looking to spend the evening. The house rules are written in rhyme and displayed prominently in the hall. They're strict and forbid any inappropriate or rowdy behavior, as well as any foul language. The crowd may include some shady characters, but no theft or violence ever takes place inside the hall. Whatever happens once people leave, the owner maintains that there’s no breaking the law on his premises.
The hall itself consists simply of a series of rooms which have been “knocked into one” by the removal of the partition walls. As all these rooms were not of the same height, the ceiling presents a curious patchwork appearance. A long counter occupies one end of the hall, at which refreshments and liquors are served. There is a stage at the other side, on which low farces are performed, and a tall Punch and Judy box occupies a conspicuous position. Benches and chairs are scattered about, and a raised platform is provided for the “orchestra,” which consists of a piano, violin, and a bass viol. The centre of the room is a clear space, and is used for dancing. If you do not dance you must leave, unless you atone for your deficiency by a liberal expenditure of money. The amusements are coarse and low. The songs are broad, and are full of blasphemous outbursts, which are received with shouts of delight.
The hall is basically a series of rooms that have been combined by tearing down the walls between them. Since these rooms vary in height, the ceiling has a strange patchwork look. At one end of the hall, there’s a long counter where refreshments and drinks are served. On the other side, there’s a stage for low comedy performances, and a tall Punch and Judy box takes up a prominent spot. Benches and chairs are scattered around, and there’s a raised platform for the “orchestra,” which includes a piano, violin, and a double bass. The center of the room is open for dancing. If you don’t dance, you have to leave, unless you make up for it by spending a lot of money. The entertainment is crude and lowbrow. The songs are explicit and filled with blasphemous outbursts that the audience responds to with loud cheers.
You will see all sorts of people at Harry Hill’s. The women are, of course, women of the town; but they are either just entering upon their career, or still in its most prosperous phase. They are all handsomely dressed, and some of them are very pretty. Some of them have come from the better classes of society, and have an elegance and refinement of manner and p. 603conversation which win them many admirers in the crowd. They drink deep and constantly during the evening. Indeed, one is surprised to see how much liquor they imbibe. The majority come here early in the evening alone, but few go away without company for the night. You do not see the same face here very long. The women cannot escape the inevitable doom of the lost sisterhood. They go down the ladder; and Harry Hill keeps his place clear of them after the first flush of their beauty and success is past. You will then find them in the Five Points and Water street hells.
You’ll see all kinds of people at Harry Hill’s. The women are, of course, local women; but they are either just starting their careers or still in their most successful phase. They are all dressed elegantly, and some of them are really attractive. A few come from more affluent backgrounds and carry an elegance and refinement in their manner and conversation that earns them plenty of admirers in the crowd. They drink quite a lot throughout the evening. In fact, it’s surprising how much alcohol they consume. Most arrive early in the evening alone, but few leave without some company for the night. You won’t see the same face here for too long. The women can’t escape the inevitable decline of their sisterhood. They move down the social ladder, and Harry Hill keeps his place clear of them once their beauty and success start to fade. You will later find them in the Five Points and Water Street dives.
As for the men, they represent all kinds of people and professions. You may see here men high in public life, side by side with the Five Points ruffian. Judges, lawyers, policemen off duty and in plain clothes, officers of the army and navy, merchants, bankers, editors, soldiers, sailors, clerks, and even boys, mingle here in friendly confusion. As the profits of the establishment are derived from the bar, drinking is, of course, encouraged, and the majority of the men are more or less drunk all the time. They spend their money freely in such a condition. Harry Hill watches the course of affairs closely during the evening. If he knows a guest and likes him, he will take care that he is not exposed to danger, after he is too far gone in liquor to protect himself. He will either send him home, or send for his friends. If the man is a stranger, he does not interfere—only, no crime must be committed in his house. Thieves, pickpockets, burglars, roughs, and pugilists are plentifully scattered through the audience. These men are constantly on the watch for victims. It is easy for them to drug the liquor of a man they are endeavoring to secure, without the knowledge of the proprietor of the house; or, if they do not tamper with his liquor, they can persuade him to drink to excess. In either case, they lead him from the hall, under pretence of taking him home. He never sees home until they have stripped him of all his valuables. Sometimes he finds his long home, in less than an hour after leaving the hall; and the harbor police find his body floating on the tide at sunrise. Women frequently decoy men to places where they are robbed. No p. 604crime is committed in the dance hall, but plans are laid there, victims are marked, and tracked to loss or death, and, frequently, an idle, thoughtless visit there has been the beginning of a life of ruin. The company to be met with is that which ought to be shunned. Visits from curiosity are dangerous. Stay away. To be found on the Devil’s ground is voluntarily to surrender yourself a willing captive to him. Stay away. It is a place in which no virtuous woman is ever seen, and in which an honest man ought to be ashamed to show his face.
As for the men, they represent all kinds of people and professions. You might see men high in public life standing next to a Five Points thug. Judges, lawyers, off-duty police in casual clothes, army and navy officers, merchants, bankers, editors, soldiers, sailors, clerks, and even boys mix together in a friendly chaos. Since the establishment makes its money from the bar, drinking is obviously encouraged, and most of the men are pretty much drunk all the time. They spend their money freely in this state. Harry Hill keeps a close eye on things throughout the evening. If he knows a guest and likes him, he'll make sure he’s safe, especially if he’s too far gone to look after himself. He’ll either send him home or contact his friends. If the man is a stranger, he won't interfere—just as long as no crime happens in his place. Thieves, pickpockets, burglars, tough guys, and boxers are often scattered throughout the crowd. These men are always on the lookout for targets. It's easy for them to slip something into a man’s drink without the owner knowing; or, if they don’t mess with the drinks, they can get him to drink too much. In either case, they lead him away under the pretense of taking him home. He won’t see his home until after they’ve stolen everything of value from him. Sometimes, he finds his final resting place less than an hour after leaving the hall; and the harbor police find his body floating in the tide at sunrise. Women often lure men to spots where they get robbed. No p. 604crime happens in the dance hall, but plans are being made there, victims are marked, and tracked to loss or death. Often, a mindless visit there has led to a life of ruin. The crowd you’ll find there is the kind you should avoid. Visiting out of curiosity is dangerous. Stay away. To be found on the Devil’s turf is to willingly surrender yourself as his captive. Stay away. It’s a place where no virtuous woman ever goes, and where an honest man should be ashamed to show his face.
VII. MASKED BALLS.
The masked balls, which are held in the city every winter, are largely attended by impure women and their male friends. Even those which assume to be the most select are invaded by these people in spite of the precautions of the managers. Some of them are notoriously indecent, and it may be safely asserted that all are favorable to the growth of immorality. On the 22d of December, 1869, one of the most infamous affairs of this kind was held in the French Theatre, on Fourteenth street. I give the account of it published in the World of December 24th, of that year:
The masked balls held in the city every winter are mostly attended by unseemly women and their male companions. Even those that claim to be the most exclusive get infiltrated by these individuals despite the organizers' efforts to keep them out. Some are well-known for their inappropriate behavior, and it's safe to say that all contribute to the spread of immorality. On December 22, 1869, one of the most notorious events of this type took place at the French Theatre on Fourteenth Street. Here is the account published in the World on December 24 of that year:
“The ‘Société des Bals d’Artistes,’ an organization which has no other excuse for existing than the profits of an annual dance, and which last year combined debauchery with dancing in a manner entirely new to this city, on Wednesday night had possession of the Théâtre Français, in which was to be given what was extensively advertised as the ‘First Bal d’Opéra.’ The only conspicuous name in this society (which is composed of Frenchmen) is that attached to the circular published below, but it is reasonable to suppose that the men who got up the ball were animated by a purely French desire to make a little money and have a good deal of Parisian carousing, which should end, as those things do only in Paris, in high and comparatively harmless exhilaration. But they mistake the locality. This is p. 605not Paris. The peculiar success of the ball given under their auspices last year was not forgotten by the class of roughs indigenous to New York. Under the name of Bal d’Opéra, licence, it was found, could be had for actions that would be no where else tolerated in a civilized community. It was found, moreover, that this description of ball would bring together, with its promise of licence, that class of reckless women who find opportunities to exhibit themselves in their full harlotry to the world, too much restricted and narrowed by enactment and public opinion not to take advantage of this one. The scenes which took place about the entrance of the French Theatre, when the ‘artistes’ commenced to arrive, were sufficiently indicative of the character of the entertainment. At 11 o’clock there were about a thousand men and boys there congregated, forming an impenetrable jam, through which the police kept open a narrow avenue for the masqueraders to pass from the coaches to the door. This crowd was manifestly made up of the two sui generis types of character which in this city have received the appellation of ‘loafers’ and ‘counter jumpers.’ Wide apart as they ordinarily may be, on such an occasion as this they are animated by common desires and common misfortunes. The inability to buy a ticket of admission, and the overpowering desire to see women disporting themselves in semi-nude attire and unprotected by any of the doubts which attach to their characters in ordinary street life, brought these moon-calves together, on a wet and chilly night, to stand for hours in the street to catch a passing glimpse of a stockinged leg or a bare arm, and to shout their ribald criticisms in the full immunity of fellowship. It was enough for them that the women came unattended. Every mask that stepped from her coach was beset by hoots and yells and the vile wit of shallow-brained ruffians, or the criticism of the staring counter-jumpers. There was also the chance open to the rougher members of this assemblage of ultimately getting into the ball without paying. They had no well-defined plan, but they felt instinctively that when their own passions had been sufficiently aroused, and when the later scenes inside had grown tumultuous, they could p. 606knock the door-keeper’s hat over his face, and go brawling in like wolves. There were knots of half-grown men on the corners of the street and about the adjacent pot-houses who were driving a good traffic in tickets, and other knots of creatures, neither men nor boys, but that New York intermedium, who has lost the honesty of the boy without gaining the manliness of the man, were speculating upon the probabilities of a fight, and expressing very decided opinions as to the possibility of licking the Frenchmen who would endeavor to keep them out or keep them orderly after they got in.
“The ‘Société des Bals d’Artistes,’ an organization that exists solely for the profits from an annual dance, and which last year combined debauchery with dancing in a totally new way for this city, took over the Théâtre Français on Wednesday night, where what was heavily advertised as the ‘First Bal d’Opéra’ was set to happen. The only prominent name in this society (which is made up of Frenchmen) is the one associated with the circular published below, but it's fair to assume that those who organized the ball were driven by a classic French desire to make some cash while enjoying a bit of Parisian revelry, which would traditionally end, as such events usually do in Paris, with a lively and relatively harmless buzz. However, they misjudged the location. This is not Paris. The unique success of the ball they hosted last year wasn’t forgotten by the type of rough characters common in New York. Under the name of Bal d’Opéra, it became clear that it was an opportunity for actions that would be frowned upon in any decent community. It was also evident that this kind of ball would draw in those wild women who find ways to flaunt their sexuality to the world, too much restricted by laws and public opinion to miss this chance. The scene outside the French Theatre when the ‘artistes’ started arriving was very telling of what to expect inside. By 11 o’clock, around a thousand men and boys formed an unmovable crowd, which the police managed to push through to create a narrow path for the masqueraders coming from their coaches to the entrance. This crowd was clearly made up of the two unique types of people in this city known as ‘loafers’ and ‘counter jumpers.’ Normally very different, on an occasion like this they were united by shared desires and common misfortunes. The lack of money for a ticket and the burning urge to see women flaunting themselves in revealing outfits, free from the usual judgment they face on the streets, pulled these fools together on a cold and damp night, where they stood for hours just to catch a glimpse of a stockinged leg or a bare arm, shouting crude comments in the comfort of each other's company. It was enough for them that the women arrived unaccompanied. Every masked woman who stepped out of her coach was met with jeers and shouts and the crude humor of dimwitted thugs, or the judgments of the gawking counter-jumpers. There was also a possibility for the rougher members of this crowd to sneak into the ball without paying. They had no concrete plan, but they instinctively knew that once their own desires reached a peak and the chaos inside grew, they could push the doorman and rush in like wolves. Groups of young men lingered on the corners of the street and around nearby bars, dealing in tickets, while others, neither fully men nor boys, that odd New York mix who have lost the innocence of youth without gaining true manhood, speculated about a fight and voiced strong opinions on how easy it would be to beat up the Frenchmen trying to keep them out or maintain order once they got in.”
“The attendants upon the ball, on entering the vestibule, were handed the following circular, printed neatly in blue ink:
“The attendees at the ball, upon entering the foyer, were handed the following circular, printed neatly in blue ink:
“‘The purpose of the President and Committee of the Société des Bals d’Artistes is to preserve the most stringent order, and to prevent any infraction of the laws of decency. Any attempt at disturbance or lewdness will be repressed with the most extreme severity, and sufficient force is provided to warrant quietness and obedience to laws.
“The President and Committee of the Société des Bals d’Artistes aim to keep strict order and prevent any breaches of decency laws. Any attempts to disrupt or behave indecently will be dealt with severely, and we have measures in place to maintain peace and ensure adherence to the rules.
‘The President, L. Mercier.’
The President, L. Mercier.’
“That such was the purpose of the committee we have no reason to doubt. But it was no wiser than the purpose of the man who invited a smoking party to his powder magazine, and told them his object was to prevent explosion. The dancing commenced at 11 o’clock. At that time the floor, extending from the edge of the dress-circle to the extreme limit of the stage, presented a curious spectacle. Probably there were a hundred masked women present, among five hundred masked and unmasked men. These women were dressed in fancy costumes, nearly all selected with a view to expose as much of the person as possible. By far the greater number wore trunk hose and fleshings; but many were attired in the short skirts of the ballet, with some attempt at bayadere and daughter of the regiment in the bodices and trimmings. Here and there a woman wore trailing skirts of rich material, and flashed her diamonds in the gaslight as she swung the train about. There was no attempt on the part of the men to assume imposing or elegant disguises. The cheapest dominoes, and generally nothing more than a mask, afforded them all they wanted—the p. 607opportunity to carry on a bravado and promiscuous flirtation with these women. That part of the family circle tier which faces the stage was given up to the musicians. The rest of the gallery was crowded with spectators. The boxes below were all taken up, the occupants being mainly maskers overlooking the dance. But the proscenium boxes, and notably the two lower ones on either side, were filled with a crew of coarse-featured, semi-officious looking roughs, who might be politicians, or gamblers, or deputy-sheriffs, or cut-throats, or all, but who, at all events, had no intention of dancing, and had hired these boxes with the one view of having a good time at the expense of the women, the managers, and, if necessary, the public peace itself. They were crowded in; some of them stood up and smoked cigars; all of them kept their hats on; one or two were burly beasts, who glared upon the half-exposed women on the floor with a stolid interest that could only be heightened and intensified by some outrageous departure from the seemliness of simple enjoyment. They have their fellows on the floor, to whom they shout and telegraph. They have liquor in the boxes, and they use it with a show of conviviality to increase their recklessness.
“That such was the purpose of the committee we have no reason to doubt. But it was no smarter than the purpose of a guy who invited a smoking party to his gunpowder storage and claimed he wanted to prevent an explosion. The dancing started at 11 o’clock. At that time, the floor, stretching from the edge of the dress circle to the farthest limit of the stage, presented a bizarre scene. There were probably about a hundred masked women among five hundred masked and unmasked men. These women wore fancy outfits, mostly chosen to show as much skin as possible. The majority wore trunk hose and flesh-colored tights; however, many were dressed in short ballet skirts, with some resembling bayadères and daughters of the regiment in their bodices and trimmings. Here and there, a woman wore trailing skirts made of rich material, dazzling in the gaslight as she swung her train around. The men made no effort to wear elaborate or impressive disguises. The cheapest capes, and usually just a mask, were all they needed—the p. 607opportunity to engage in bravado and casual flirting with these women. The part of the family circle tier facing the stage was occupied by the musicians. The rest of the gallery was packed with spectators. The boxes below were all filled, mostly with maskers watching the dance. But the proscenium boxes, particularly the two lower ones on either side, were filled with a row of rough-looking guys, some of whom could be politicians, gamblers, or toughs, but who had no intention of dancing. They rented these boxes solely to have a good time at the expense of the women, the managers, and if necessary, the public peace itself. They were crammed in; some of them stood up smoking cigars; all of them kept their hats on; a couple looked brutish, glaring at the half-exposed women on the floor with a dull interest that could only be heightened by some outrageous display of inappropriate behavior. They had their pals on the floor, to whom they shouted and gestured. They had drinks in the boxes, using them with a show of camaraderie to fuel their recklessness."
“At twelve o’clock there is a jam; most of the crowd outside has got in by some means; the floor is a mass of people. Suddenly there is a fight in the boxes. Exultant cries issue from the proscenium. At once turn up all the masked faces in the whirling mass. It is a Frenchman beset by two, aye three, Americans. Blows are given and taken; then they all go down out of sight—only to appear again; the three are on him; they are screeching with that fierce animal sound that comes through set teeth, and in men and bull-dogs is pitched upon the same note. The maskers rather like it; they applaud and cheer on—not the parties, but the fight—and when the police get into the boxes and drag out the assaulted man, and leave the assailants behind, the proscenium bellows a moment with ironical laughter, the music breaks out afresh, and the dancers resume their antics as though nothing had happened.
“At midnight, there's a crowd crush; most of the people outside have gotten in somehow; the floor is packed with bodies. Suddenly, a fight breaks out in the boxes. Cheers erupt from the stage. Instantly, all the masked faces in the swirling crowd turn to look. It's a Frenchman surrounded by two, or maybe three, Americans. They trade blows; then they all disappear from view—only to reappear moments later; the three are on him; they're yelling with that wild animal sound that comes through clenched teeth, one that both men and bulldogs make alike. The masked spectators seem to enjoy it; they applaud and cheer—not for the individuals involved, but for the fight—and when the police come into the boxes and drag out the victim while leaving the attackers behind, the stage erupts for a moment with sarcastic laughter, the music resumes loudly, and the dancers pick up their movements as if nothing had happened.”
“Enough liquor has now been swallowed to float recklessness p. 608up to the high-water mark. There is another fight going on in the vestibule. One of the women has been caught up by the crowd and tossed bodily into the proscenium box, where she is caught and dragged by half a dozen brutes in over the sill and furniture in such a manner as to disarrange as much as possible what small vestige of raiment there is on her. The feat awakens general enjoyment. Men and women below vent their coarse laughter at the sorry figure she cuts and at the exposure of her person. Presently the trick is repeated on the other side. A young woman, rather pretty and dressed in long skirts, is thrown up, and falls back into the arms of the crowd, who turn her over, envelop her head in her own skirts, and again toss her up temporarily denuded. The more exactly this proceeding outrages decency, the better it is liked. One or two repetitions of it occurred which exceeded the limits of proper recital. The women were bundled into the boxes, and there they were fallen upon by the crew of half drunken ruffians, and mauled, and pulled, and exhibited in the worst possible aspects, amid the jeers and laughter of the other drunken wretches upon the floor. One, a heavier woman than the rest, is thrown out of the box and falls heavily upon the floor. She is picked up insensible by the police and carried out. There is not a whisper of shame in the crowd. It is now drunken with liquor and its own beastliness. It whirls in mad eddies round and round. The panting women in the delirium of excitement; their eyes, flashing with the sudden abnormal light of physical elation, bound and leap like tigresses; they have lost the last sense of prudence and safety. Some of them are unmasked, and reveal the faces of brazen and notorious she-devils, who elsewhere are cut off by edict from this contact with the public; a few of them are young, and would be pretty but for the lascivious glare now lighting their faces and the smears of paint which overlay their skins; all of them are poisonous, pitiable creatures, suffering now with the only kind of delirium which their lives afford, rancorous, obscene, filthy beauties, out of the gutter of civilization, gone mad with the licence of music and the contact of men, and beset by crowds of libidinous and unscrupulous p. 609ninnies who, anywhere else, would be ashamed of their intimacy, or roughs to whom this kind of a ball affords the only opportunity to exercise the few animal faculties that are left to them.
“Enough liquor has been consumed to elevate recklessness p. 608 to a high point. There’s another fight happening in the entrance area. One of the women gets swept up by the crowd and is tossed into the proscenium box, where she is caught and pulled in by a group of half a dozen guys, disarranging what little clothing she has on. This act sparks cheers from the crowd. Both men and women below laugh crude at her sorry state and the exposure of her body. Shortly after, the same thing happens on the other side. A young woman, quite pretty and dressed in long skirts, is thrown up and falls back into the crowd’s arms, who wrap her head in her own skirts and toss her up again, leaving her somewhat exposed. The more indecent this spectacle becomes, the more the crowd enjoys it. One or two more instances go beyond what’s appropriate to mention. The women are shoved into the boxes, where they are then attacked by a bunch of half-drunk thugs, grabbed, pulled, and displayed in the most embarrassing ways, all while the other drunken patrons mock and laugh. One heavier woman is thrown out of the box and falls hard onto the floor. The police pick her up, unconscious, and carry her out. There’s not a hint of shame in the crowd. They are now intoxicated by liquor and their own depravity. They spiral in chaotic frenzy. The panting women are caught up in the excitement; their eyes spark with a wild, unusual energy, bouncing and leaping like tigresses; they’ve completely lost any sense of caution and safety. Some of them have taken off their masks, revealing the faces of shameless and infamous women, typically barred from public view; a few are young and would be attractive if it weren’t for the lustful look in their eyes and the excessive makeup on their skin; all of them are toxic, pitiful beings, now high on the only thrill their lives allow, bitter, obscene, filthy beauties from the depths of society, driven mad by the freedom of music and the presence of men, surrounded by a crowd of lewd and unprincipled fools who would be embarrassed by this kind of closeness anywhere else, or roughs for whom such a party is the only chance to use the few animal instincts they have left. p. 609
“M. Mercier stands in the middle of the floor, and shouts to the musicians to go on. For it isn’t safe for them to stop. Whenever they do, there is a fight. One stalwart beauty, in bare arms, has knocked down a young man in the entrance way, and left the marks of her high heels on his face. She would have kicked the life out of him while her bully held him down, if a still stronger policeman had not flung her like a mass of offal into a corner. There she is picked up, and, backed by a half dozen of her associates, pushes and strikes promiscuously, and the dense crowd about her push also and strike, and sway here and there, and yell, and hiss, and curse, until the entire police force in the place drag out a score of them, and then the rest go on with the dancing, between which and the fighting there is so little difference.
“M. Mercier stands in the middle of the floor and shouts to the musicians to keep playing. It’s not safe for them to stop. Whenever they do, a fight breaks out. One strong woman, with bare arms, has knocked down a young man at the entrance and left marks from her high heels on his face. She would have kicked the life out of him while her thug held him down if a much stronger policeman hadn’t tossed her like garbage into a corner. She’s picked up there, and backed by a half dozen of her friends, she starts pushing and hitting randomly, and the dense crowd around her pushes and strikes too, swaying this way and that, yelling, hissing, and cursing, until the entire police force at the scene drags out a bunch of them, and then the rest continue dancing, which isn’t much different from the fighting.
“In one of the boxes sits --- ---, with a masked woman. But it is getting too warm for him. The few French women who came as spectators, and occupied the seats in the family circle, went away long ago. They were probably respectable. On the floor one sees at intervals well known men, who either were deceived by the announcement of a Bal d’Opéra, or were too smart to be deceived by anything of this sort. A few newspaper reporters, looking on with stoical eye; here a prize-fighter, and there a knot of gamblers; here an adolescent alderman, dancing with a notorious inmate of the police courts; there a deputy sheriff, too drunk to be anything but sick and sensual. Now the can-can commences. But it comes without any zest, for all of its peculiarities have been indulged in long before. It is no longer a dance at all, but a wild series of indecent exposures, a tumultuous orgie, in which one man is struck by an unknown assailant; and his cheek laid open with a sharp ring, and his white vest and tie splashed with blood, give a horrible color to the figure that is led out.
“In one of the boxes sits --- ---, with a masked woman. But it’s getting too warm for him. The few French women who came to watch and took seats in the family circle left a long time ago. They were probably respectable. On the floor, you can see familiar faces, some of whom were tricked by the announcement of a Bal d’Opéra, while others were too savvy to fall for something like that. A few newspaper reporters are watching with a stoic eye; here’s a prizefighter, and there’s a group of gamblers; over there’s a young alderman dancing with a well-known troublemaker; and a deputy sheriff, too drunk to be anything but sick and sensual. Now the can-can starts. But it lacks any excitement since all its quirks have already been experienced. It’s no longer a dance, just a chaotic display of indecent exposures, a wild orgy, where one man is suddenly attacked by someone unknown; his cheek sliced open by a sharp ring, and his white vest and tie stained with blood, giving a horrific appearance to the figure that is led out.
“There is an evident fear on the part of the ball officials that p. 610matters will proceed too far. They endeavor to prevent the women from being pulled up into the boxes by laying hold of them and pulling them back, in which struggle the women are curiously wrenched and disordered, and the men in the boxes curse, and laugh, and shout, and the dancers, now accustomed to the spectacle, give it no heed whatever.
“There is a clear fear among the ball officials that matters will get out of hand. They try to stop the women from being pulled up into the boxes by grabbing hold of them and pulling them back, which results in a struggle where the women end up awkwardly disheveled. The men in the boxes curse, laugh, and shout, while the dancers, now used to the scene, pay no attention at all.”
“If there is anything in the behaviour of the women that is at all peculiar to the eye of an observer who is not familiar with the impulses and the manifestations of them in this class, it is the feverish abandonment into which drink and other excitements have driven them. It is not often that a common bawd, without brains or beauty enough to attract a passing glance, thus has the opportunity to elicit volleys of applause from crowds of men; and, without stopping to question the value of it, she makes herself doubly drunken with it. If to kick up her skirts is to attract attention—hoop la! If indecency is then the distinguishing feature of the evening, she is the woman for your money. So she jumps rather than dances. She has a whole set of lascivious motions, fashioned quickly, which outdo the worst imaginings of the dirty-minded men who applaud her. She springs upon the backs of the men, she swaggers, she kicks off hats. She is a small sensation in herself, and feels it, and goes about with a defiant and pitiless recklessness, reigning for the few brief hours over the besotted men who feel a fiend’s satisfaction in the unnatural exhibition.
“If there’s anything unusual about the behavior of these women that stands out to someone unfamiliar with their drives and how they express them, it’s the wild abandon fueled by alcohol and other stimulants. It’s rare for a common sex worker, lacking the brains or beauty to attract even a passing glance, to receive raucous applause from groups of men; and without pausing to consider its worth, she drinks it all in even more. If lifting her skirt grabs attention—hoopla! If being indecent becomes the highlight of the night, she’s the woman worth your money. So she jumps instead of dances. She showcases a whole range of suggestive movements, improvised quickly, which surpass even the most twisted fantasies of the lewd men cheering her on. She jumps onto the backs of the men, struts around, and knocks off hats. She becomes a mini sensation and knows it, moving with a defiant and ruthless recklessness, ruling over the drunken men for those few fleeting hours who derive a devilish pleasure from this bizarre performance.”
“To particularize to any greater extent would be to make public the habits and manners of the vilest prostitutes in their proper haunts, where, out of the glare of publicity, they may, and probably do, perfect themselves in the indecencies most likely to catch the eyes of men little better than themselves, but which thus brought together under the gaslight of the public chandelier is, to the healthy man, like the application of the microscope to some common article of food then found to be a feculent and writhing mass of living nastiness. That respectable foreigners were induced to attend this ball by the representations made by the managers is certain. That they were outraged by what took place there, is beyond all doubt. To suppose a p. 611man deceived as to the character of the entertainment, and to go there and mingle with masked ladies, who for a while ape the deportment of their betters, is to suppose a sensation for him at once startling; for when the richly dressed ladies doff their masks, he finds himself surrounded by a ghastly assemblage of all the most virulent social corruption in our civilization; dowagers turn out to be the fluffy and painted keepers of brothels; the misses sink into grinning hussies, who are branded on the cheeks and forehead with the ineradicable mark of shame; and the warm and coy pages, whom at the worst he might have supposed to be imprudent or improvident girls, stare at him with the deathly-cold implacability of the commonest street-walkers—those in fact who glory in their shame, and whose very contact is vile to anything with a spark of healthy moral or physical life in it. If, indeed, they had lain off their sickly flesh with their masks, and gone grinning and rattling round the brilliant hall in their skeletons, the transformation could not have chilled your unsuspecting man with a keener horror. But it is safe to say the unsuspecting were few indeed.
“To specify any further would reveal the habits and behaviors of the most despicable prostitutes in their usual spots, where, out of the public eye, they may, and likely do, refine their indecencies to capture the attention of men just as lost as they are. When brought together under the harsh light of a public chandelier, it’s for a healthy man like putting a microscope to a common food item, only to discover it’s a filthy, writhing mass of living filth. It's clear that respectable foreigners were encouraged to attend this ball based on what the organizers promised. That they were shocked by what happened there is indisputable. To think of a p. 611man being misled about the nature of the event, mingling with masked women who temporarily mimic the behavior of high-status ladies, suggests an experience that would be jarring for him; when the elegantly dressed women remove their masks, he finds himself surrounded by a horrifying gathering of the most toxic social decay in our society. Society matriarchs turn out to be the flashy, painted keepers of brothels; the young ladies become grinning shameless women, marked on their cheeks and foreheads with an unremovable sign of disgrace; and the warm and demure pages, whom he might have thought were simply reckless or naive girls, stare at him with the cold, unyielding gaze of common streetwalkers—those who take pride in their shame, and whose very presence is repulsive to anyone with a hint of healthy moral or physical vitality. Indeed, had they stripped off their sickly features along with their masks and roamed the dazzling hall in their skeletons, the transformation couldn’t have shocked the unsuspecting man more profoundly. But it’s safe to say that the number of unsuspecting individuals was very few.”
“At two o’clock this curious spectacle was at its height. All about the Institute, and on the stairs, and in the cloak-rooms, and through the narrow, tortuous passages leading to the stage dressing-rooms were vile tableaus of inflamed women and tipsy men, bandying brutality and obscenity. The animal was now in full possession of its faculties. But, just as the orgie is bursting into the last stage—a free fight—when the poor creatures in their hired costumes are ready to grovel in the last half-oblivious scenes, the musicians rattle off ‘Home, Sweet Home,’ with a strange, hurried irony, and the managers, with the same haste, turn off the gas of the main chandelier, and the Bal d’Opéra is at an end.”
“At two o’clock, this bizarre scene reached its peak. All around the Institute, on the stairs, in the cloakrooms, and through the narrow, winding hallways leading to the backstage dressing rooms were disgusting displays of intoxicated men and wild women, exchanging brutality and obscenity. The primal instincts were fully unleashed. But just as the orgy was about to erupt into chaos—a full-blown fight—when the poor souls in their rented costumes were about to roll around in the final, half-conscious moments, the musicians suddenly played ‘Home, Sweet Home’ with a strange, rushed irony, and the managers quickly turned off the gas to the main chandelier. The Bal d’Opéra was over.”
VIII. PERSONALS.
The first column of one of the most prominent daily newspapers, which is taken in many respectable families of the city, p. 612and which claims to be at the head of American journalism, bears the above heading, and there is also a personal column in a prominent Sunday paper, which is also read by many respectable people. Very many persons are inclined to smile at these communications, and are far from supposing that these journals are making themselves the mediums through which assignations and burglaries, and almost every disreputable enterprise are arranged and carried on. Yet, such is the fact. Many of these advertisements are inserted by notorious roués, and others are from women of the town. Women wishing to meet their lovers, or men their mistresses, use these personal columns.
The first column of one of the most well-known daily newspapers, which is read by many respectable families in the city, p. 612 and which claims to lead American journalism, features the above headline. There's also a personal column in a popular Sunday paper, also read by many respectable people. A lot of people tend to chuckle at these messages and don’t realize that these publications are often the platforms for setting up meetings and planning burglaries, along with nearly every unsavory scheme. Yet, that's the reality. Many of these ads are placed by infamous playboys, and others come from women of the night. Women looking to meet their lovers or men hoping to find their mistresses use these personal columns.
Respectable women have much to annoy them in the street conveyances, and at the places of amusement. If a lady allows her face to wear a pleasant expression while glancing by the merest chance at a man, she is very apt to find some such personal as the following addressed to her in the next morning’s issue of the paper referred to:
Respectable women face a lot of frustration in public transport and entertainment venues. If a woman happens to smile or look at a man, she’s likely to see a personal ad like the following in the next morning’s newspaper:
THIRD AVENUE CAR, DOWN TOWN YESTERDAY morning; young lady in black, who noticed gent opposite, who endeavored to draw her attention to Personal column of --- in his hand, will oblige admirer by sending address to B., Box 102, --- office.
THIRD AVENUE CAR, DOWNTOWN YESTERDAY morning; a young woman in black noticed a man across from her who tried to get her attention by pointing to the Personal column of --- in his hand. She will please her admirer by sending her address to B., Box 102, --- office.
If she is a vile woman, undoubtedly she will do so, and that establishment will deliver her letter, and do its part in helping on the assignation.
If she’s a nasty woman, she will definitely do that, and that place will send her letter and help with the meeting.
A gentleman will bow to a lady, and she, thinking it may be a friend, returns the bow. The next day appears the following:
A gentleman will bow to a lady, and she, thinking it might be a friend, returns the bow. The next day appears the following:
TALL LADY DRESSED IN BLACK, WHO acknowledged gentleman’s salute, Broadway and Tenth street, please address D., box 119, --- office, if she wishes to form his acquaintance.
TALL LADY DRESSED IN BLACK, WHO acknowledged the gentleman’s greeting, Broadway and Tenth Street, please contact D., box 119, --- office, if she wants to get to know him.
Sometimes a man will whisper the word “personal” to the lady whom he dares not insult further, and the next day the following appears:
Sometimes a guy will whisper the word “personal” to the woman he doesn’t want to offend any more, and the next day the following appears:
Others more modest:
Others who are more humble:
WILL THE LADY THAT WAS LEFT WAITING by her companion on Monday evening, near the door of an up-town theatre, grant an interview to the gentleman that would have spoken if he had thought the place appropriate? Address ROMANO, --- office.
WILL THE LADY WHO WAS LEFT WAITING by her companion on Monday evening, near the door of an uptown theater, agree to meet with the gentleman who would have spoken if he had thought the place was appropriate? Address ROMANO, --- office.
It is really dangerous to notice a patron of the paper mentioned, for he immediately considers it ground for a personal, such as the following:
It is really risky to point out a supporter of the mentioned paper, because he immediately sees it as a reason for a personal attack, like the following:
LADY IN GRAND STREET CAR, SATURDAY evening 7.30.—Had on plaid shawl, black silk dress; noticed gentleman in front; both got out at Bowery; will oblige by sending her address to C. L., box 199, --- office.
LADY IN GRAND STREET CAR, SATURDAY evening 7:30.—She was wearing a plaid shawl and a black silk dress; I noticed a man in front of her; they both got off at Bowery; please send her address to C. L., box 199, --- office.
Young ladies with attendants are not more free from this public insult, as shown by the following:
Young women with escorts aren't any less exposed to this public insult, as shown by the following:
WILL THE YOUNG LADY THAT GOT OUT OF a Fifth avenue stage, with a gentleman with a cap on at 10 yesterday, at Forty-sixth street, address E. ROBERTS, New York Post-office.
WILL THE YOUNG LADY WHO GOT OFF a Fifth Avenue bus, with a guy in a cap at 10 yesterday, at Forty-sixth Street, contact E. ROBERTS, New York Post-office.
This public notice must be pleasing to the young lady and to “the gentleman with the cap on.” It is a notice that the gentleman believes the lady to be willing to have an intrigue with him. If it goes as far as that, this newspaper will lend its columns to the assignation as follows:
This public notice must be appealing to the young lady and to “the guy in the cap.” It’s a notice that the guy thinks the lady is open to having a fling with him. If it goes that far, this newspaper will provide its space for the meeting as follows:
LOUISE K.—DEAR, I HAVE RECEIVED YOUR letter, last Saturday, but not in time to meet you. Next Tuesday, Dec. 7, I will meet you at the same time and place. East. Write to me again, and give your address. Your old acquaintance.
LOUISE K.—DEAR, I GOT YOUR letter last Saturday, but not in time to meet you. Next Tuesday, Dec. 7, I will meet you at the same time and place. East. Write to me again and give me your address. Your old acquaintance.
Or as follows:
Or as follows:
L. HATTIE B.—FRIDAY, AT 2.30 P.M.
L. HATTIE B.—FRIDAY, AT 2:30 PM.
MISS GERTIE DAVIS, FORMERLY OF LEXINGTON avenue, will be pleased to see her friends at 106 Clinton place.
MISS GERTIE DAVIS, FORMERLY OF LEXINGTON AVENUE, will be happy to see her friends at 106 Clinton Place.
ERASTUS—CALL ON JENNIE HOWARD at 123 West Twenty-seventh street. I have left Heath’s. 132. ALBANY.
ERASTUS—CALL ON JENNIE HOWARD at 123 West 27th Street. I have left Heath’s. 132. ALBANY.
The World very justly remarks: “The cards of courtesans and the advertisements of houses of ill-fame might as well be put up in the panels of the street cars. If the public permits a newspaper to do it for the consideration of a few dollars, why make the pretence that there is anything wrong in the thing itself? If the advertisement is legitimate, then the business must be.”
The World rightfully points out: “The cards of escorts and the ads for brothels might as well be displayed in the panels of streetcars. If the public allows a newspaper to do it for a little cash, why act like there’s anything wrong with the content itself? If the ad is acceptable, then the business must be too.”
IX. THE MIDNIGHT MISSION.
With the hope of checking the terrible evil of immorality which is doing such harm in the city, several associations for the reformation of fallen women have been organized by benevolent citizens.
With the goal of addressing the serious issue of immorality that is causing so much damage in the city, several organizations focused on helping fallen women have been set up by caring citizens.
One of the most interesting of these is “The Midnight Mission,” which is located at No. 260 Greene street, in the very midst of the worst houses of prostitution in the city. It was organized about four years ago, and from its organization to the latter part of the year 1870, had sheltered about 600 women. In 1870, 202 women and girls sought refuge in the Mission. Twenty-eight of these were sent to other institutions, forty-seven were placed in good situations, fifteen were restored to their friends, and forty-nine went back to their old ways. The building is capable of accommodating from forty-five to fifty inmates. The members of the Society go out on the streets every Friday night, and as they encounter the Street Walkers, accost them, detain them a few moments in conversation, and hand each of them a card bearing the following in print:
One of the most interesting of these is “The Midnight Mission, ” located at 260 Greene Street, right in the middle of the worst houses of prostitution in the city. It was set up about four years ago, and from its start until late 1870, it had provided shelter for around 600 women. In 1870 alone, 202 women and girls found refuge in the Mission. Twenty-eight of them were referred to other organizations, forty-seven were placed in good jobs, fifteen were reunited with their families, and forty-nine returned to their old habits. The building can accommodate between forty-five and fifty residents. The members of the Society go out on the streets every Friday night, and as they come across the street walkers, they approach them, engage them in conversation for a few moments, and give each of them a card with the following printed on it:
This invitation is sometimes tossed into the gutter or flung in the face of the giver, but it is often accepted. More than this, it is a reminder to the girl that there is a place of refuge open to her, where she may find friends willing and able to help her to escape from her life of sin. Even those who at first receive the card with insults to the giver, are won over by this thought, and they come to the Mission and ask to be received. Many of them, it is true, seek to make it a mere lodging-house, and deceive the officers by their false penitence, but many are saved from sin every year. The inmates come voluntarily, and leave when they please. There is no force used, but every moral influence that can be brought to bear upon them is exerted to induce them to remain. The preference is given to applicants who are very young. Those seeking the Mission are provided with refreshments, and are drawn into conversation. They are given such advice as they seem to need, and are induced to remain until the hour for prayers. Those who remain and show a genuine desire to reform are provided with work, and are given one-half of their earnings for their own use.
This invitation is sometimes thrown away or insulted by the giver, but it’s often accepted. More importantly, it reminds the girl that there’s a safe place available to her, where she can find friends willing and able to help her escape her life of sin. Even those who initially react with insults towards the giver eventually warm up to this idea, and they come to the Mission and ask to be welcomed. Many of them, it’s true, try to turn it into just a place to stay, deceiving the staff with their fake remorse, but many are saved from sin every year. The residents come of their own free will and can leave whenever they want. There’s no force involved, but every moral encouragement possible is used to encourage them to stay. Preference is given to younger applicants. Those who come to the Mission are offered refreshments and engaged in conversation. They receive whatever advice they seem to need and are encouraged to stay until prayer time. Those who stay and show a real desire to change are given work and receive half of their earnings for personal use.
The Midnight Mission is a noble institution, and is doing a noble work, but it is sorely in need of funds.
The Midnight Mission is a commendable organization and is doing important work, but it is in urgent need of funding.
The other institutions for the reformation of fallen women are the “House of the Good Shepherd,” on the East River, at Ninetieth street, the “House of Mercy,” on the North River, at Eighty-sixth street, and the “New York Magdalen and Benevolent Society,” at the intersection of the Fifth avenue p. 616and Eighty-eighth street. These are all correctional establishments, and more or less force is employed in the treatment of those who are refractory. Many of the inmates are sent here by the courts of the city. The “House of the Good Shepherd” is a Roman Catholic institution, and is in charge of the Sisters of the order of “Our Lady of Charity of the Good Shepherd.” The other two are Protestant institutions. The “House of Mercy” is conducted by the Protestant Episcopal Church. The Magdalen Society is not sectarian. All are doing a good work. The statistics of the “House of the Good Shepherd” give a total of about 2900 inmates in twenty-two years. How many of these were reformed, it is impossible to say. The statistics of p. 617the “House of Mercy” are not available, but its inmates are said to number about one hundred annually. The “Magdalen Society” has a noble record of its thirty-five years of usefulness. It is as follows: Total number of inmates, 2000; placed in private families, 600; restored to relatives, 400; left the Asylum at their own request, 400; left without permission, 300; expelled, 100; transferred temporarily to the hospital, 300; died, 41; received into evangelical churches, 24; legally married, 20.
The other places for helping women in need are the “House of the Good Shepherd” on the East River at Ninetieth Street, the “House of Mercy” on the North River at Eighty-sixth Street, and the “New York Magdalen and Benevolent Society” at the corner of Fifth Avenue and Eighty-eighth Street. All of these are correctional facilities, and they use varying degrees of force when dealing with those who are difficult. Many residents are sent here by the city's courts. The “House of the Good Shepherd” is a Roman Catholic facility managed by the Sisters of the Order of “Our Lady of Charity of the Good Shepherd.” The other two are Protestant organizations. The “House of Mercy” is run by the Protestant Episcopal Church, while the Magdalen Society is non-denominational. All of these institutions are doing important work. The statistics from the “House of the Good Shepherd” show about 2,900 residents over the past twenty-two years. It’s unclear how many of these women were successfully rehabilitated. The statistics from the “House of Mercy” are not available, but it is reported to have around one hundred residents each year. The Magdalen Society has a commendable record from its thirty-five years of service, as follows: total residents, 2,000; placed with private families, 600; reunited with relatives, 400; left the asylum on their own request, 400; left without permission, 300; expelled, 100; temporarily transferred to the hospital, 300; died, 41; received into evangelical churches, 24; legally married, 20.
p. 618L. CHILD MURDER.
On the 26th of August, 1871, at three o’clock in the afternoon, a truck drove up to the baggage-room of the Hudson River Railway depot, in Thirtieth street, and deposited on the sidewalk a large, common-looking travelling trunk. The driver, with the assistance of a boy hanging about the depot, carried the trunk into the baggage-room, and at this instant a woman of middle age, and poorly attired, entered the room, presented a ticket to Chicago, which she had just purchased, and asked to have the trunk checked to that place. The check was given her, and she took her departure. The baggage-master, half an hour later, in attempting to remove the trunk to the platform from which it was to be transferred to the baggage-car, discovered a very offensive odor arising from it. His suspicions were at once aroused, and he communicated them to the superintendent of the baggage-room, who caused the trunk to be removed to an old shed close by and opened. As the lid was raised a terrible sight was revealed. The trunk contained the dead body of a young woman, fully grown, and the limbs were compressed into its narrow space in the most appalling manner. The discovery was at once communicated to the police, and the body was soon after removed to the Morgue, where an inquest was held upon it.
On August 26, 1871, at three o’clock in the afternoon, a truck pulled up to the baggage room of the Hudson River Railway depot on Thirtieth Street and dropped off a large, ordinary-looking travel trunk on the sidewalk. The driver, with a boy hanging around the depot, carried the trunk into the baggage room. At that moment, a middle-aged woman, dressed poorly, entered the room, handed over a ticket to Chicago that she had just bought, and requested that the trunk be checked to that destination. She received the check and left. Half an hour later, the baggage master, while trying to move the trunk to the platform for transfer to the baggage car, noticed a very foul odor coming from it. His suspicions were immediately raised, and he informed the baggage room superintendent, who had the trunk moved to an old shed nearby and opened. As the lid was lifted, a horrifying sight was uncovered. The trunk contained the dead body of a fully grown young woman, her limbs stuffed into the narrow space in a shocking way. The discovery was quickly reported to the police, and the body was soon taken to the Morgue, where an inquest was conducted.
The woman had been young and beautiful, and evidently a person of refinement, and the post mortem examination, which was made as speedily as possible, revealed the fact that she had been murdered in the effort to produce an abortion upon her. The case was at once placed in the hands of the detectives, and full details of the horrible affair were laid before the p. 619public in the daily press. The efforts to discover the murderer were unusually successful. Little by little the truth came out. The cartman who had taken the trunk to the depot came forward, after reading the account of the affair in the newspapers, and conducted the police to the house where he had received it. This was none other than the residence of Dr. Jacob Rosenzweig (No. 687 Second avenue), a notorious abortionist, who carried on his infamous business at No. 3 Amity Place, as Dr. Ascher. Suspecting his danger, Rosenzweig endeavored to avoid the police, but they soon succeeded in securing him. His residence was taken possession of and searched, and papers were found which completely established the fact that Rosenzweig and Ascher were one and the same person. Rosenzweig was arrested on suspicion, and committed to the Tombs to await the result of the inquest. The body was subsequently identified by an acquaintance of the dead woman, as that of Miss Alice Bowlsby, of Patterson, New Jersey. A further search of Rosenzweig’s premises resulted in the finding of a handkerchief marked with the dead woman’s name, and other evidence was brought to light all making it too plain for doubt that Alice Bowlsby had died from the effects of an abortion produced upon her by Jacob Rosenzweig. The wretch was tried for his offence, convicted, and sentenced to seven years of hard labor in the penitentiary.
The woman had been young and beautiful, clearly someone of sophistication, and the autopsy, which was done as quickly as possible, revealed that she had been murdered while trying to have an abortion. The case was immediately handed over to the detectives, and full details of the horrific event were shared with the public in the daily press. The efforts to find the murderer were unusually successful. Bit by bit, the truth emerged. The cartman who had taken the trunk to the depot came forward after reading about the incident in the newspapers and led the police to the house where he had picked it up. This turned out to be the home of Dr. Jacob Rosenzweig (No. 687 Second Avenue), a notorious abortionist who operated under the name Dr. Ascher at No. 3 Amity Place. Fearing for his safety, Rosenzweig tried to evade the police, but they quickly apprehended him. His home was searched, and they found documents that clearly proved Rosenzweig and Ascher were the same person. Rosenzweig was arrested on suspicion and taken to the Tombs to await the inquest. The body was later identified by an acquaintance of the deceased as belonging to Miss Alice Bowlsby from Patterson, New Jersey. A further search of Rosenzweig’s property uncovered a handkerchief bearing the dead woman’s name, along with other evidence, all of which clearly indicated that Alice Bowlsby had died from complications of an abortion performed by Jacob Rosenzweig. The scoundrel was tried for his crime, found guilty, and sentenced to seven years of hard labor in prison.
This affair produced a profound impression not only upon the city, but upon the whole country, and drew the attention of the public so strongly to the subject of abortion as a trade, that there is reason to believe that some steps will be taken to check the horrible traffic.
This event made a strong impact not just on the city, but on the entire country, and brought so much public attention to the issue of abortion as a business that there’s reason to believe that some actions will be taken to stop this terrible practice.
Bad as Rosenzweig was, he was but one of a set who are so numerous in the city that they constitute one of the many distinct classes of vile men and women who infest it.
Bad as Rosenzweig was, he was just one among many in the city, forming one of the numerous distinct groups of vile men and women who plague it.
The readers of certain of the city newspapers are familiar with the advertisements of these people, such as the following:
The readers of some city newspapers are familiar with these people’s advertisements, like the following:
A LADIES’ PHYSICIAN, DR. ---, PROFESSOR of Midwifery, over 20 years’ successful practice in this city, guarantees certain relief to ladies, with or p. 620without medicine, at one interview. Unfortunates please call. Relief certain. Residence, ---. Elegant rooms for ladies requiring nursing.
A WOMEN'S DOCTOR, DR. ---, PROFESSOR of Midwifery, with over 20 years of successful practice in this city, guarantees immediate relief to women, with or without medicine, in a single appointment. Unfortunate individuals are welcome to call. Relief is guaranteed. Residence: ---. Comfortable rooms are available for women needing nursing care.
IMPORTANT TO FEMALES. DR. AND MADAME --- (25 years’ practice,) guarantee certain relief to married ladies, with or without medicine, at one interview. Patients from a distance provided with nursing, board, etc. Electricity scientifically applied.
IMPORTANT TO FEMALES. DR. AND MADAME --- (25 years’ practice) guarantee certain relief to married women, with or without medication, in a single session. Patients traveling from afar provided with nursing, meals, etc. Electricity applied in a scientific way.
A CURE FOR LADIES IMMEDIATELY. MADAME ---’s Female Antidote. The only reliable medicine that can be procured; certain to have the desired effect in twenty-four hours, without any injurious results.
A CURE FOR LADIES IMMEDIATELY. MADAME ---’s Female Antidote. The only dependable medicine available; guaranteed to deliver the desired results within twenty-four hours, without any harmful side effects.
SURE CURE FOR LADIES IN TROUBLE. NO injurious medicines or instruments used. Consultation and advice free.
SURE CURE FOR WOMEN IN DISTRESS. NO harmful medications or devices used. Consultation and advice are free.
These are genuine advertisements, taken from a daily journal of great wealth and influence, which every morning finds its way into hundreds of families. The persons thus advertising are all of them members of the most dangerous and disreputable portion of the community. They do not, indeed, attack citizens on the streets, but, what is worse and more cowardly, exert their skill for the purpose of destroying human life which is too helpless to resist, and which has no protector. These persons impudently assert that they do not violate the law in their infamous trade, but it needs scarcely a physician’s endorsement to make plain to sensible persons the fact that successful abortions are extremely rare. Indeed, the secrecy with which the infamous business is carried on, shows that its practitioners are conscious of its criminality. The laws of all the States punish the procuring of an abortion with severe penalties. That of the State of New York declares, “The wilful killing of an unborn quick child by any injury to the mother of the child, which would be murder if it resulted in the death of such mother, shall be deemed manslaughter in the first degree.” The punishment for this crime is an imprisonment in the penitentiary for not less than seven years. The law further declares: “Every person who shall administer to any woman pregnant with a quick child, or prescribe for any such woman, or advise and procure p. 621for any such woman, any medicine, drugs, or substance whatever, or shall use or employ any instrument or other means, with intent thereby to destroy such child, unless the same shall have been necessary to preserve the life of such mother, shall, in case the death of such child or such mother be thereby produced, be deemed guilty of manslaughter in the second degree.” The law prescribes as the punishment for this crime an imprisonment of not less than four years’, nor more than seven years’ duration.
These are real ads, taken from a daily newspaper of significant wealth and influence, which reaches hundreds of families every morning. The people advertising are all part of the most dangerous and disreputable segment of society. They don’t attack people on the streets, but, worse and more cowardly, use their skills to take lives that are too vulnerable to fight back and have no protector. These individuals brazenly claim that they don’t break the law in their disgraceful trade, but it hardly takes a doctor's endorsement to make it clear to sensible people that successful abortions are extremely rare. In fact, the secrecy surrounding this notorious business shows that its practitioners know it’s criminal. The laws in all states punish procuring an abortion with severe penalties. New York State law states, “The willful killing of an unborn living child by any injury to the mother, which would be considered murder if it resulted in the mother’s death, shall be deemed manslaughter in the first degree.” The punishment for this crime is imprisonment in the penitentiary for not less than seven years. The law also states: “Every person who administers to any woman pregnant with a living child, or prescribes for any such woman, or advises and procures p. 621 for any such woman, any medicine, drugs, or substance at all, or uses or employs any instrument or other means, with the intent to destroy such child, unless it’s necessary to save the mother’s life, shall, if the death of such child or mother results, be deemed guilty of manslaughter in the second degree.” The law prescribes a punishment for this crime of imprisonment for not less than four years and not more than seven years.
This is seemingly very severe, but in reality it is not. Now that science has established the fact that to expel the fœtus at any period of pregnancy is to take life, or, in other words, to commit murder, the law should make the selling of drugs or medicines for such purpose a felony, and should punish with great severity any person publicly exposing or privately offering them for sale. Such a statute, so far from embarrassing any reputable member of the medical profession, would be hailed with joy by all; for science has progressed so far, that the cases in which it is necessary to produce an abortion for the sake of saving the mother’s life are extremely rare. Further than this, it may be added that the drugs used by these Professors of Infanticide, are, as a rule, unused by the Medical Faculty.
This seems very serious, but in reality, it’s not. Now that science has confirmed that ending a pregnancy at any stage means taking a life, or in other words, committing murder, the law should classify the sale of drugs or medicines for that purpose as a felony and impose harsh penalties on anyone who offers them for sale, whether publicly or privately. Such a law would not hinder any reputable doctor; in fact, it would be welcomed by all. Science has advanced to the point where the situations requiring an abortion to save the mother’s life are extremely rare. Moreover, it should be noted that the drugs used by these so-called Professors of Infanticide are generally not used by medical professionals.
Being well aware then of the penalties to which they are exposed, the Professors of Infanticide conduct their business with extreme caution. They have a great advantage under our present legal system. It has been found by experience that the only evidence by which they can generally be convicted of their crime, is that of the patient herself. Their knowledge of human nature teaches them that she is the last person in the world to ruin her own reputation by exposing them; and their knowledge of their devilish business teaches them that, if the case does terminate fatally, death will occur in all probability before an ante-mortem statement implicating them can be made by their victim. A recent writer thus describes these wretches and their mode of operations:
Being fully aware of the penalties they face, the professors of infanticide operate with extreme caution. They have a significant advantage under our current legal system. Experience has shown that the only evidence that typically leads to their conviction is that of the patient herself. Their understanding of human nature tells them that she is the last person to damage her own reputation by exposing them; and their knowledge of their wicked practices informs them that, if the situation does turn fatal, death will most likely occur before an ante-mortem statement implicating them can be made by their victim. A recent writer describes these criminals and their methods as follows:
“Under the head of abortionists, it must be understood there are different classes. First, there is the one whose p. 622advertisements, under the head of ‘Dr.,’ are conspicuous in almost every paper which will print them. Next comes the female abortionists, the richer classes of whom also advertise largely; and lastly, the midwives, who, when it pays them to do so, will in some cases consent to earn money by the commission of this fearful crime.
“Under the category of abortionists, it's important to recognize that there are different types. First, there are those whose p. 622ads, labeled as ‘Dr.,’ are prominent in almost every newspaper that will publish them. Next are the female abortionists, especially those from wealthier backgrounds who also advertise extensively; and finally, there are the midwives, who, when it benefits them financially, may agree to make money by committing this terrible act.”
“First in order, then, the doctor, who styles himself the ‘ladies’ friend,’ which appellation would be more truthful if the second letter were omitted from that word of endearment. He is, as a rule, either a man who has studied for a diploma and failed to pass his examination, or one who, though he is really an M.D., because it pays better, devotes his time to this particular branch of his profession, and advertises largely to that effect; while, in nine cases out of ten, if he attended to a legitimate branch of his vocation, he would prove worthless and inefficient. There are many abortionists in New York to-day who live in first-class style, attend to nothing but ‘first-class’ cases, receive nothing but first-class fees.
“First up is the doctor, who calls himself the ‘ladies’ friend.’ That title would be more accurate if you removed the second letter from that word of affection. Generally, he’s either someone who studied for a diploma and failed the exam, or he’s a legitimate M.D. who, because it pays better, focuses his efforts on this specific area of his practice and promotes it heavily; meanwhile, in nine out of ten cases, if he focused on a legitimate part of his profession, he would be ineffective and incompetent. There are a lot of abortionists in New York today who live in luxury, handle only ‘high-end’ cases, and receive nothing but high-end fees."
“These men, some of them at least, are received into fashionable society, not because of their gentlemanly or engaging manners, nor even yet on account of their money, but from the fact that they exercise a certain amount of influence and are possessed of a vast deal of audacity. They are cognizant of many a family secret that comes under the jurisdiction of their peculiar vocation; and this fact enables them successfully, if they like, to dare these parties to treat them any other than respectfully. There is a skeleton in every house, a secret in every family; and too often the doctor, midwife, and accoucheur have to be treated publicly, socially, and pecuniarily in accordance with this fact. It is such men as these who, by their nefarious practices, have been enabled to accumulate a large amount of money, that are the proprietors of private hospitals or lying-in asylums, where the better class of women who have fallen from the path of virtue may, under a pretence of a prolonged visit to some distant friends, become inmates, and, after all traces of their guilt have been successfully hidden, can unblushingly return to their friends, and be regarded in their social circles as models of chastity and perfections of virtue.
“These men, at least some of them, are accepted into high society not because of their polite or charming behavior, or even because of their wealth, but because they hold a certain amount of power and have a lot of audacity. They know many family secrets tied to their unique profession, which allows them to insist that these families treat them with respect. Every household has its secrets and every family has its skeletons; too often, doctors, midwives, and delivery specialists are treated socially and financially in line with this reality. It’s these kinds of men, who have made a lot of money through their shady practices, that run private hospitals or maternity homes where respectable women who have strayed from virtue can check in under the guise of visiting distant friends. Once all signs of their shame are carefully concealed, they can return to their friends without blushing and be seen as paragons of virtue and models of chastity in their social circles.”
p. 623“Next come the female abortionists, who in some cases transact a larger and more profitable business than the doctors. There are several reasons for this, the principal of which is, that a female would, under the peculiar circumstances in which she is placed, reveal her condition to one of her own sex rather than to a man. The number of female abortionists in New York City is a disgrace and a ridicule upon the laws for the prevention of such inhuman proceedings. True, the majority of them are of the poorer class, but there are many who are literally rolling in wealth, the result of their illegal and unnatural pursuits. The names of many could be mentioned. One, however, will be sufficient, and, although she has been the most successful of her contemporaries, yet her card is a good criterion for the rest of her class. Her name, Madame ---, is well known, and needs no comment. Most of the better and most successful of her kind are in the habit of receiving no less than one hundred or one hundred and fifty dollars for each case, and often as much as five hundred or one thousand dollars. The less successful of the female abortionists, whose practice or business is limited, to some extent, through lack of funds to advertise the same, are content with considerably less sums for their services. Cases have been known where as low as five dollars have been received, and very rarely do they get a chance to make more than fifty or sixty dollars, which is considered a first-rate fee.
p. 623“Next are the female abortionists, who in some cases run a larger and more profitable business than doctors do. There are several reasons for this, the main one being that a woman, given her unique circumstances, would rather confide in another woman than a man. The number of female abortionists in New York City is shameful and mocks the laws intended to prevent such inhumane acts. True, most of them come from lower-income backgrounds, but many are actually quite wealthy from their illegal and unethical practices. The names of several could be mentioned, but one will suffice; although she is the most successful of her peers, her business card is a good indicator for others in her field. Her name, Madame ---, is widely recognized and needs no further explanation. Most of the more reputable and successful ones charge no less than one hundred to one hundred fifty dollars per case, and can often charge as much as five hundred or even a thousand dollars. The less successful female abortionists, whose practice is somewhat limited by a lack of funds for advertising, are satisfied with much lower fees for their services. There have been instances where they received as little as five dollars, and very rarely do they earn more than fifty or sixty dollars, which is considered a top fee.
“The female abortionists in New York are mostly of foreign birth or extraction, and have generally risen to their present position from being first-class nurses—in Germany, especially, there being medicine schools or colleges in which they graduate after a course of probably six or nine months’ study as nurses. The object for which these colleges were established is entirely ignored by the woman, who, from the smattering of medical knowledge she obtains there, seeks to perfect herself as an abortionist.”
“The female abortion providers in New York are mostly immigrants or from immigrant backgrounds, and they typically start out as skilled nurses—especially in Germany, where there are medical schools or colleges that offer a nursing degree after just six or nine months of study. The purpose of these colleges is completely overlooked by the women, who, from their limited medical knowledge gained there, aim to hone their skills as abortion providers.”
The principal, and indeed the only object of these wretches is to extort money from their victims. They have no interest in their “patients,” either scientific or humane, as is shown by the p. 624readiness with which they consent to risk the lives of the poor creatures in their hands, and the rapacity with which they drain their money from them.
The main, and really the only goal of these criminals is to squeeze money out of their victims. They have no real concern for their "patients," either from a scientific or compassionate perspective, as demonstrated by the p. 624ease with which they are willing to jeopardize the lives of the unfortunate individuals in their care, and the greed with which they take their money.
Perhaps the reader may ask, “Why, then, do women seek these wretches, instead of applying to educated physicians?” The answer is plain. Educated physicians are, as a rule, men of honor and humanity as well as skill. They know that to produce an abortion at any stage of pregnancy is to commit murder by destroying the child, and they also know that such an act, if it does not endanger the mother’s life at the time, will doom her to great future suffering and disease, and probably to a painful death at the “turn of life.” Therefore, as men of honor and good citizens, as well as lovers of science, they refuse to prostitute their profession and stain their souls with crime.
Perhaps the reader might ask, “Why do women turn to these terrible people instead of going to qualified doctors?” The answer is clear. Qualified doctors are generally individuals of integrity and compassion, as well as skill. They understand that performing an abortion at any stage of pregnancy is essentially taking a life and they recognize that, even if such an act doesn’t threaten the mother’s life immediately, it can lead to significant long-term suffering, health issues, and possibly a painful death later on. So, as honorable individuals and responsible citizens, as well as advocates for science, they refuse to compromise their profession and tarnish their integrity with wrongdoing.
The medicines used by the Professors of Infanticide are in most cases such as they know will not produce the relief the patient desires. The object of this is to drain the poor woman’s purse, first by causing her to purchase these medicines, and then to force her to submit to an operation; for the “doctor” well knows that the “pills” will “do her no good,” and that when she finds there is no escape from an operation, she will come to him, as he is already in possession of her secret. Yet occasionally we find powerful and active medicines administered by these wretches; and it may be said here that all the medicines possessing sufficient power to expel the fœtus prematurely, are also sufficiently powerful to, and invariably do, shatter a woman’s system to an extent from which she rarely recovers. The majority of abortionists, however, prefer to use instruments for this purpose, although this is with them the most dangerous of all means of procuring abortion, many of their victims dying from such use of instruments. The most skilful surgeon would be very cautious in using an instrument, well knowing that the most practised hand may in a few minutes fatally injure a woman; yet these ignorant wretches employ this means without hesitation. They plead that it is the quickest and surest means of accomplishing their object.
The medications used by the Professors of Infanticide usually don’t provide the relief the patient is looking for. Their goal is to empty the poor woman’s wallet, first by getting her to buy these medicines, and then by pushing her to undergo a procedure; the “doctor” knows that the “pills” will “do her no good,” and when she realizes she has no way out but to have an operation, she’ll turn to him since he already knows her secret. However, sometimes these crooks do give strong and effective drugs; it’s worth noting that any medications that can effectively induce a miscarriage are also powerful enough to seriously harm a woman’s body, often leaving her in a state from which she seldom recovers. Most abortionists, though, prefer using instruments for this purpose, even though it’s the most dangerous method of getting an abortion, with many women dying as a result. The most skilled surgeon would take great care when using instruments, fully aware that even the most practiced hands can fatally hurt a woman in moments; yet these unqualified people carry out these methods without a second thought. They argue that it’s the quickest and most reliable way to achieve their aim.
It is not flattering to our pride to be told that this crime is p. 625one peculiar to our own country; yet so it is. European communities provide asylums in which pregnant women may seek refuge, and, secure from the curiosity or censure of their acquaintances, may be safely delivered of their offspring at the completion of their natural period. Should they desire to retain the child, they may do so; but should they be unwilling to claim the proof of their shame, the little innocent may be placed where it will be cared for and protected by the good Sisters of the foundling hospitals, and the mother’s hands are thus kept free from the blood of her child. One does not see in the Old World the journals crowded with such advertisements as we have referred to, or find such wretches, either openly or secretly, practising their infamous trade there. No European Government would tolerate such a state of affairs, for if it cannot prevent adultery, it can protect the lives of its people. Furthermore, there is in that part of the world a public sentiment sufficiently pure in this respect, however it may be in others, to prevent such practices. It is only in this land of boasted intelligence and freedom that such wretches can thrive, that such practices can be carried on with the full knowledge of the community, and no effectual step be taken to put a stop to them.
It's not flattering to our pride to hear that this crime is p. 625unique to our country; but that's the truth. European countries offer safe havens where pregnant women can find refuge, and, shielded from the curiosity or judgment of their peers, can safely give birth at the end of their term. If they want to keep their child, they can; but if they don’t want to face the reality of their situation, the innocent child can be placed where it will be cared for and nurtured by the dedicated Sisters of the foundling hospitals, allowing the mother to remain free from the burden of her child's life. In Europe, you don’t see newspapers filled with the kinds of ads we have, nor do you find such individuals, openly or secretly, engaging in their disgraceful trade there. No European government would allow such a situation to persist; even if it can't prevent infidelity, it can protect its people’s lives. Moreover, in that part of the world, there is a social conscience that is, thankfully, still strong enough to prevent these practices, regardless of other issues. It's only in this nation, which prides itself on its intelligence and freedom, that such individuals can flourish, that such activities can occur openly with the community's full awareness, and yet no effective action is taken to stop them.
That we have presented no over-drawn picture every candid reader will confess. If proof is needed the reader has only to turn to the advertising columns of the newspapers referred to, and he will find one or more of the advertisements we have spoken of. In this city there are over twenty of these wretches plying their trade, and advertising it in the public prints. How well they succeed we have already shown, and in order to make it evident how great are their profits, we quote the following description of one of the most notorious female abortionists:
That we haven't exaggerated at all is something any honest reader will agree with. If you need proof, just check out the advertising sections of the newspapers we've mentioned, and you'll see one or more of the ads we've discussed. In this city, there are more than twenty of these individuals operating their business and promoting it in public publications. We've already demonstrated how successful they are, and to illustrate just how significant their profits are, we provide the following description of one of the most infamous female abortionists:
“By common consent, as well as by reason of her peculiar calling, Madam ---, of Fifth avenue, is styled ‘The wickedest woman in New York.’ According to her advertisement in the papers and the City Directory, she calls herself a ‘female physician and professor of midwifery.’
“By general agreement, and because of her unique role, Madam ---, of Fifth Avenue, is known as ‘The wickedest woman in New York.’ According to her ad in the papers and the City Directory, she refers to herself as a ‘female physician and professor of midwifery.’”
“Madam --- is about fifty-five years of age, is a short, p. 626plump, vulgar-looking woman, with dark, piercing eyes and jet-black hair. Once she was handsome, but possesses now no traces of her former beauty. She looks like an upstart or ‘shoddy’ female, but not particularly wicked or heartless. She commenced business about twenty years ago. Her establishment at that time was in C--- street, and for some time she was but little known. About four years after she had begun business an event occurred which rendered her one of the most notorious women of the city. A young woman died who had been under her treatment, and Madam --- was arrested. She was tried before one of the courts, and her trial became a sensation for many days. The papers were filled with the testimony in the case, and the arguments of the leading counsel were given in full. All sorts of accounts, too, were furnished as to the history of the accused, the evil of abortion, and the necessity of adopting stricter laws in regard to it. There was ample testimony offered on which Madam --- could be convicted, but justice at that time, as at the present, was open to pecuniary inducements. Madam --- had already made considerable money from her improper trade, and it was rumored at the time that she purchased a verdict of ‘Not Guilty’ for one hundred thousand dollars. It was a big price to pay, but she regained her liberty, and, what was more, made money by the large investment. Her trial proved to be an immense advertisement for her, and shortly afterward she removed from C--- street, purchasing a large mansion on Fifth avenue, not far from the Central Park. In that house she has lived from that time to the present, and says she intends to remain there until her death. The building is of brown stone, and is one of the finest on the avenue. It is a corner house, five stories high, the windows of which command from below a fine view of the Fifth avenue, and the Central Park from above. Shades of a most gaudy, though very vulgar, pattern, are at the windows. No other house in Fifth avenue or in New York possesses such shades, or, indeed, would any one else in the city want to.
“Madam --- is about fifty-five years old, a short, plump, and somewhat vulgar-looking woman, with dark, piercing eyes and jet-black hair. She used to be attractive, but now shows no signs of her former beauty. She comes off as an upstart or 'shoddy' female, but isn’t particularly wicked or heartless. She started her business around twenty years ago. At that time, her establishment was on C--- street, and she was relatively unknown for a while. About four years after she launched her business, an event happened that made her one of the most infamous women in the city. A young woman who had been under her care died, leading to Madam ---’s arrest. She faced trial in one of the courts, which turned into a sensational event that captivated the public for days. The newspapers were filled with testimonies and the full arguments from leading lawyers in the case. Various accounts were provided about the accused's background, the issues surrounding abortion, and the need for stricter laws on the matter. There was plenty of evidence that could have led to Madam ---’s conviction, but justice, like today, could be swayed by money. Madam --- had already made a substantial amount from her questionable business, and it was rumored that she bought a 'Not Guilty' verdict for one hundred thousand dollars. It was a significant price, but she regained her freedom and actually profited from the investment. Her trial ended up being a huge advertisement for her, and shortly after, she moved from C--- street to a large mansion on Fifth Avenue, not far from Central Park. She has lived in that house ever since and claims she plans to stay there until she dies. The building is made of brownstone and is one of the finest on the avenue. It’s a corner house, five stories high, with windows that offer a great view of Fifth Avenue below and Central Park above. The windows have very garish, though quite tacky, shades. No other house on Fifth Avenue or in New York has such shades, nor would anyone else in the city want to.”
“Madam --- purchased this house, it is stated, through an agent in real estate. She could not have procured it p. 627otherwise, as the owner would have refused to sell it to her on account of her business. Property in the neighborhood in which she lives cannot be sold for any reasonable figure. The vacant lots on the side of her mansion have been offered for several years at reduced prices, but no one will take them. Efforts have been made to buy her out, but without success; she has been offered many thousand dollars in advance of the price she paid for her mansion, but she refuses to sell, saying that she bought the house not for speculation, but for a home, and she intends to remain there as long as she lives.
“Madam --- bought this house, it’s said, through a real estate agent. She wouldn’t have been able to get it otherwise, as the owner would have turned her down because of her business. Properties in her neighborhood can’t be sold for any reasonable price. The empty lots next to her mansion have been on the market for several years at reduced prices, but nobody wants them. Attempts have been made to buy her out, but they’ve all failed; she’s been offered many thousands of dollars more than what she paid for her mansion, but she refuses to sell, stating that she bought the house not for profit, but for a home, and she plans to stay there for as long as she lives.
“Her residence is the most magnificently furnished of any establishment on Fifth avenue. It is finished and furnished like a palace. Each window consists of but two enormous panes of plate glass. There are fifty-two windows, hung with satin and French lace curtains. Her office is in the basement, where she receives her callers. On the first floor are the grand hall of tessellated marble, lined with mirrors; the three immense dining-rooms, furnished in bronze and gold, with yellow satin hangings, an enormous French mirror in mosaic gilding at every panel; ceilings in medallions and cornices; more parlors and reception-rooms; butler’s pantry, lined with solid silver services; dining-room with all imported furniture. Other parlors on the floor above; a guest-chamber in blue brocade satin, with gold-and-ebony bedstead elegantly covered; boudoir for dressing in every room; madam and husband’s own room, granddaughter’s room, news-room, study. Fourth floor—servants’ rooms in mahogany and Brussels carpet, and circular picture-gallery; the fifth floor contains a magnificent billiard-room, dancing-hall, with pictures, piano, etc., and commands a fine view of Fifth avenue. The whole house is filled with statuettes, paintings, rare bronzes, ornamental and valuable clocks, candelabras, silver globes and articles of vertu, chosen with unexceptionable taste.
“Her home is the most beautifully furnished of any place on Fifth Avenue. It looks like a palace. Each window has just two huge panes of plate glass. There are fifty-two windows, dressed with satin and French lace curtains. Her office is in the basement, where she meets her visitors. On the first floor, there's a grand hall of tiled marble, lined with mirrors; three massive dining rooms, decorated in bronze and gold, with yellow satin drapes and a huge French mirror with mosaic gilding at every panel; ceilings featuring medallions and cornices; more lounges and reception rooms; a butler’s pantry filled with solid silverware; a dining room with all imported furniture. Other lounges are on the floor above; a guest room in blue brocade satin, with a beautifully covered gold-and-ebony bed; a dressing room in every room; her and her husband’s own room, a room for their granddaughter, a news room, and a study. The fourth floor features staff rooms in mahogany with Brussels carpeting, and a circular picture gallery; the fifth floor has an amazing billiard room, a dance hall with pictures, a piano, etc., and offers a great view of Fifth Avenue. The entire house is filled with statuettes, paintings, rare bronzes, decorative and valuable clocks, candelabras, silver globes, and items of vertu, all chosen with impeccable taste.”
“Madam --- is a married woman, her husband being Mr. ---, a Frenchman. He is in the same business as herself, practising it under an assumed name, having an office in the lower part of the city, and his advertisements are next to madam’s p. 628in the daily papers. The interesting couple have a daughter, aged about fifteen, a blonde and beautiful girl, who looks too pure and good to live in such a magnificent den of infamy which is called her home.
“Madam --- is a married woman, her husband being Mr. ---, a Frenchman. He is in the same business as she is, working under a fake name, with an office in the lower part of the city, and his ads are next to madam’s p. 628 in the daily papers. The interesting couple have a daughter, around fifteen, a blonde and beautiful girl, who seems too pure and good to live in such a luxurious den of vice that is called her home.”
“Madam --- keeps seven servants and four fast horses. In winter she drives in tandem, with large ermine sleigh-robes. On every afternoon in the summer she may be seen out alone driving in the Central Park. Her carriage is noted for its extraordinary showiness. There are various statements given as to how she came to adopt her profession. One is, that she was once a servant-girl in a large boarding-house. A couple left one day, and in cleaning up their room the girl, who was afterward to take the name of Madam ---, found a written receipt for a certain purpose. That she preserved, afterward recommending its use to a female friend, and finding it worked well, opened her C--- street office, and sold the medicine at a high figure. Another story is, that she was once a pretty bar-maid in a tavern in the suburbs of London, came to this country when about twenty years of age, made the acquaintance of a physician, and acquired some medical knowledge; was an astrologer and clairvoyant for a time, and afterward adopted her present profession. She is said to have considerable knowledge as to her specialty, which is probably the fact.
“Madam --- has seven servants and four fast horses. In winter, she drives in tandem with large ermine sleigh robes. Every afternoon in the summer, you can see her out alone driving in Central Park. Her carriage is known for being extraordinarily flashy. There are different stories about how she got into her profession. One says she was once a maid in a large boarding house. One day, a couple checked out, and while cleaning their room, the girl, who would later take the name Madam ---, found a written receipt for a certain purpose. She kept it, later recommending it to a female friend, and after it worked well, she opened her C--- street office and sold the medicine at a high price. Another story claims she was once a pretty barmaid in a tavern on the outskirts of London, came to this country when she was about twenty, met a physician, and gained some medical knowledge; she was an astrologer and clairvoyant for a while before adopting her current profession. It's said she has considerable knowledge in her specialty, which is probably true.”
“She is said to be worth fully a million of dollars. She has practised her peculiar branch of medicine for many years, and with uniform success. Every one knows it, yet none can bring her to justice. She is too careful and too rich for that. Her immunity from punishment has been entirely owing to the fact that she only takes safe cases, never practising on a woman who has been pregnant more than four months. Her charge is $500 a case. Need there be any better confirmation of the assertion that the rich are greater votaries of the crime of abortion than the poor? Yet every crime has its punishment. Madame ---’s is her loneliness. She has made frantic efforts to get into some part of society better than the lowest. But the rich women who resort to her for ‘relief’ (this is the word used), turn their backs upon her in public. Madame --- has a daughter, and p. 629she offered a quarter of a million to any man laying claim to respectability who would marry her. But her daughter is yet unmarried. Her eldest daughter ran away and married a policeman, and is now happy in being disowned by her own mother. Madame --- has her mansion, and carriages and horses, and every luxury riches can bring. All but position.”
“She is said to be worth a million dollars. She has practiced her unique type of medicine for many years, always with success. Everyone knows this, yet no one can bring her to justice. She is too careful and too wealthy for that. Her immunity from punishment is entirely due to the fact that she only takes on safe cases, never treating a woman who has been pregnant for more than four months. Her fee is $500 per case. Is there any better proof that wealthy people are bigger participants in the crime of abortion than the poor? Yet every crime has its punishment. Madame ---’s punishment is her loneliness. She has made desperate attempts to be accepted in a social circle better than the lowest. But the wealthy women who come to her for ‘relief’ (that’s the term they use) turn their backs on her in public. Madame --- has a daughter, and p. 629 she offered a quarter of a million dollars to any respectable man who would marry her. But her daughter remains unmarried. Her eldest daughter ran away and married a policeman and is now happy being disowned by her own mother. Madame --- has her mansion, carriages, horses, and every luxury that wealth can provide. All except for status.”
Yet this woman and her associates continue to ply their fearful trade, and day after day in this great city this terrible slaughter of innocent beings goes on, and it will go on until the law makes the publication of the advertisements of these wretches, and the practice of their arts and the sale of their drugs, criminal offences.
Yet this woman and her associates keep doing their terrifying work, and day after day in this large city, this awful slaughter of innocent beings continues, and it will keep happening until the law makes the advertising of these criminals, their practices, and the sale of their drugs, illegal offenses.
It must not be supposed, however, that the best customers of the vendors of medicines for producing miscarriage and abortion are those who seek to hide their shame. It is a terrible fact that here, as in many other parts of the country, the crime of destroying their unborn offspring is repeatedly practised by married women in the secrecy of domestic life. These buy largely of the drugs and pills sold by the professional abortionists. New York is bad enough in this respect, but the crime is not confined to it. It is an appalling truth that so many American wives are practicers of the horrible sin of “prevention” that in certain sections of our country, the native population is either stationary or is dying out. So common is the practice, that the Roman Catholic Archbishop of Baltimore and the Episcopal Bishop of Western New York, felt themselves called upon, a year or two ago, to publicly warn their people of the awful nature of it.
It shouldn't be assumed that the biggest customers of vendors selling drugs to induce miscarriage and abortion are those trying to cover up their shame. It's a troubling reality that, like in many other parts of the country, married women frequently engage in the act of terminating their pregnancies in the privacy of their homes. These women buy a lot of the medications and pills offered by professional abortionists. New York is bad enough in this regard, but the issue isn't limited to that area. It's a shocking truth that so many American wives are involved in the terrible act of “prevention” that in certain regions of our country, the native population is either stagnant or declining. The practice has become so widespread that the Roman Catholic Archbishop of Baltimore and the Episcopal Bishop of Western New York felt they had to publicly warn their congregations about its serious implications a year or two ago.
It is fashionable here, as elsewhere, not to have more than one, two, or three children. Men and women tell their friends every day that they do not mean to increase their families. They do mean, however, to enjoy the blessings of the married state, and to avoid its responsibilities. There is scarcely a physician in the city who is not applied to almost daily by persons of good position for advice as to the best means of preventing conception. The physicians of New York are men of honor, and they not only refuse to comply with the request, but p. 630warn the applicants for advice as to the true moral and physical nature of the course they are seeking to adopt. Yet this warning does not turn them from their purpose. Failing to secure the assistance of scientific men, they seek the advice, and purchase the drugs, of the wretches whose trade is child murder. The evil grows greater every year. These wretches send their drugs all over the country, and “the American race is dying out.” In 1865, there were 780,931 families in the State of New York. Of these, 196,802 families had no children, 148,208 families had but one child each, 140,572 families had but two children each, and 107,342 families had but three children each. In nearly one-fourth of all the families there was not a child, and in 592,924 families, or more than three-fourths of all in the State, there was only a small fraction over one child to each family. Only about one child to each mother in the State reaches maturity. The New England States show even a worse state of affairs.
It's trendy here, just like everywhere else, to have no more than one, two, or three kids. Men and women tell their friends daily that they don’t plan to expand their families. They do want to enjoy the perks of being married while dodging the responsibilities that come with it. Almost every doctor in the city gets approached regularly by well-off people seeking advice on the best ways to prevent pregnancy. The doctors in New York are honorable, and they not only decline these requests but also warn those who ask about the actual moral and physical implications of the choices they’re considering. However, this caution doesn't deter them from their intentions. When they can’t get help from medical professionals, they turn to the advice and buy drugs from the unscrupulous individuals whose business is essentially child murder. The problem is getting worse every year. These individuals distribute their drugs across the country, and “the American race is dying out.” In 1865, there were 780,931 families in New York State. Of these, 196,802 had no children, 148,208 had only one child each, 140,572 had two children each, and 107,342 had three children each. Nearly a quarter of all families had no kids, and in 592,924 families—over three-quarters of all families in the State—there was just a little over one child per family. Only about one child per mother in the State reaches adulthood. The situation in the New England States is even worse.
Is it a wonder, then, that Madame --- and her associates grow rich?
Is it any surprise, then, that Madame --- and her associates are getting rich?
p. 631LI. THE EAST RIVER ISLANDS AND THEIR INSTITUTIONS.
I. BLACKWELL’S ISLAND.
The three islands lying in the East River are among the most noticeable features of New York, and offer many attractions to the visitor to the city. They are Blackwell’s, Ward’s, and Randall’s islands. Of these, Blackwell’s Island is the most southern. It is about a mile and three-quarters in length, extending from Fifty-first to Eighty-eighth street, and comprises an area of about 120 acres. It takes its name from the Blackwell family, who once owned it, and whose ancestral residence, a tasteful wooden cottage, over a hundred years old, stands near the centre of the island, and is occupied by the Keeper of the Almshouse. The island was purchased by the city, in 1828, for the sum of $30,000. A further outlay of $20,000 was made in 1843 to perfect the title. The land alone is now worth over $600,000. The island is surrounded by a granite sea-wall, and has been made to slope gradually towards the water on each side by a thorough system of grading. This labor was performed by the convicts of the Penitentiary, and the inmates of the Workhouse. There is an excellent dock near the Penitentiary for boats, but no vessels are allowed to land here but the boats of the Department of Charities and Corrections. Visitors must obtain a permit from this department or they will not be allowed to set foot upon the island. The institutions on this and the other islands are supplied with p. 632the Croton water, a large main being carried across under the river.
The three islands in the East River are some of the most prominent features of New York and offer many attractions for visitors to the city. They are Blackwell's, Ward's, and Randall's islands. Among these, Blackwell's Island is the southernmost. It stretches about a mile and three-quarters from 51st to 88th Street and covers around 120 acres. It gets its name from the Blackwell family, who once owned it, and their ancestral home, a charming wooden cottage that’s over a hundred years old, stands near the center of the island and is inhabited by the Keeper of the Almshouse. The city bought the island in 1828 for $30,000 and spent another $20,000 in 1843 to finalize the title. The land is now valued at over $600,000. The island is enclosed by a granite seawall and has been graded to slope gradually towards the water on each side. This work was done by inmates from the Penitentiary and the Workhouse. There's a good dock near the Penitentiary for boats, but only boats from the Department of Charities and Corrections are allowed to land here. Visitors need to get a permit from this department, or they won't be allowed on the island. The institutions on this and the other islands receive water from the Croton system, with a large main line running under the river.
On the extreme southern end of the island is a stone building of moderate size and handsome design. This is the Small-pox Hospital. It was erected in 1854, at a cost of $38,000, and will accommodate one hundred patients. It is the only hospital in New York devoted to small-pox cases, and receives them from all the public and private institutions, and from private families. The accommodations are excellent, the attention the best. Those who are able to pay are required to do so. At the water’s edge, on the eastern side of this hospital, are several wooden buildings designed for the treatment of patients suffering from typhus and ship fever. These will accommodate one hundred patients, though the number is often greater.
On the far southern tip of the island, there's a moderately sized and attractive stone building. This is the Smallpox Hospital. It was built in 1854 at a cost of $38,000 and can accommodate one hundred patients. It's the only hospital in New York specifically for smallpox cases, taking in patients from both public and private facilities, as well as from private families. The facilities are excellent, and the care provided is top-notch. Those who can afford to pay are expected to do so. Right by the water on the eastern side of this hospital are several wooden buildings meant for treating patients with typhus and ship fever. These can also accommodate one hundred patients, although the actual number is often higher.
Immediately in the rear of the Small-pox Hospital, though far enough from it to be removed from danger, is the Charity Hospital, a magnificent structure of gray granite, said to be the largest hospital in America. It consists of a central building with two wings, each three and a half stories in height, with a p. 633Mansard roof. The entire building is 354 feet long, and 122 feet wide. The eastern wing is occupied by males, and the western by females. The hospital is divided into 29 wards, the smallest of which contains 13 beds, and the largest 39. Twelve hundred patients can be accommodated with comfort. There are separate wards for the treatment of different diseases, and the medical attendance is the best that New York can afford. The whole establishment is a model of neatness, and is conducted in the most systematic and skilful manner. About seven thousand patients are annually treated here, the majority being charity patients. The average number of deaths is about four hundred and fifty.
Right behind the Smallpox Hospital, but far enough away to avoid any danger, stands the Charity Hospital, an impressive structure made of gray granite, believed to be the largest hospital in America. It features a central building with two wings, each three and a half stories tall, topped with a Mansard roof. The entire building measures 354 feet long and 122 feet wide. The eastern wing is designated for men, while the western is for women. The hospital is organized into 29 wards, with the smallest housing 13 beds and the largest 39. It can comfortably accommodate twelve hundred patients. There are separate wards for various diseases, and the medical care provided is the best that New York has to offer. The entire facility is impeccably clean and operates in a highly efficient and skilled manner. Annually, about seven thousand patients receive treatment here, with the majority being charity patients. The average number of deaths is around four hundred and fifty.
Back of the Charity Hospital, and extending north and south, or parallel with the course of the island and river, is the New York Penitentiary, the first public institution erected on the island. It is a gloomy and massive edifice, constructed of hewn stone and rubble masonry. It is four stories in height, and consists of a central building and wings. The central building is 65 by 75 feet, and the wings each 200 by 50 feet in size. p. 634The entire building is exceedingly strong. The floors are of stone, and the stairways and doors of iron. It contains 500 cells for men, and 256 for women, but the number of convicts is generally in excess of the number of cells, and still greater accommodations are needed. It is probable that a new and larger Penitentiary will be erected on Hart’s Island, in Long Island Sound, about twelve miles from Blackwell’s Island. The prisoners at this institution are sent here by the city courts, for terms of from one to six months. Some, however, are sentenced to imprisonment for several years. The convicts are all required to labor. Formerly the men were required to engage in excavating stone from the rich quarries with which the island abounded, but which have now been exhausted. The erection of the new buildings on Randall’s, Ward’s, and Hart’s islands, furnishes constant employment to the convicts, who are daily conveyed between the prison and these institutions. Those who are able to work at the ordinary trades are allowed to do so in the workshops of the Penitentiary. The women are required to do sewing, housework, and the like.
Behind the Charity Hospital, extending north and south alongside the island and river, is the New York Penitentiary, the first public institution built on the island. It's a dark and imposing building made of cut stone and rubble masonry. It stands four stories tall and consists of a central building with wings. The central building measures 65 by 75 feet, while each wing is 200 by 50 feet. The entire structure is incredibly sturdy. The floors are made of stone, and the stairways and doors are made of iron. There are 500 cells for men and 256 for women, but the number of inmates usually exceeds the available cells, indicating a need for more space. It’s likely that a new, larger Penitentiary will be constructed on Hart’s Island, in Long Island Sound, about twelve miles from Blackwell’s Island. Inmates at this facility are sent here by the city courts for terms ranging from one to six months, but some are sentenced to several years. All convicts are required to work. Previously, men were tasked with digging stone from the rich quarries on the island, but these have since been depleted. The construction of new buildings on Randall’s, Ward’s, and Hart’s Islands provides ongoing work for the prisoners, who are transported daily between the prison and these sites. Those capable of handling typical trades can work in the workshops of the Penitentiary. Women are assigned to sewing, housekeeping, and similar chores.
p. 636No visitors are allowed on the Penitentiary grounds without a permit from the Commissioners. Sentinels are stationed along the water fronts, and guard-boats patrol the river to prevent the escape of the convicts. In spite of these precautions, however, men have succeeded in making their escape to the opposite shore.
The convicts are clothed in a uniform of striped woollen garments, and are supplied with a sufficient amount of bedding and with an abundance of excellent but plain food. The allowance is about one pound of beef, and a quart of vegetable soup at dinner, ten ounces of bread at each meal, and one quart of coffee at breakfast and supper, to each man. In 1869, the total number of prisoners confined here during the year was 2005. A very large number of those sentenced to the Penitentiary are under the age of twenty-five. The proportion of females is about one-fifth. The foreigners are a little more than one-half of the whole number. A system of evening schools, at which the attendance is voluntary, has been instituted. The commutation system is also practised, by which the prisoner by good p. 637conduct may receive a proportionate abridgment of his term of confinement. Such conduct is reported every month by the Warden to the Commissioners, who report it to the Governor of the State, who alone has the power to shorten the terms in the manner mentioned. Religious services are conducted every Sabbath by Protestant and Roman Catholic clergymen.
The inmates wear a uniform made of striped wool, and they’re given enough bedding and a good amount of basic but nutritious food. Each inmate gets about one pound of beef and a quart of vegetable soup for dinner, ten ounces of bread with every meal, and one quart of coffee for breakfast and supper. In 1869, the total number of prisoners held here throughout the year was 2005. A significant number of those sentenced to the Penitentiary are under twenty-five years old. The percentage of females is about one-fifth. Foreigners make up a little more than half of the total population. A system of voluntary evening schools has been established. There's also a commutation system allowing inmates to earn reductions in their time served through good behavior. The Warden reports this behavior monthly to the Commissioners, who then inform the Governor of the State, the only one authorized to shorten sentences as described. Religious services are held every Sunday by both Protestant and Roman Catholic ministers.
To the north of the Penitentiary are two handsome and similar structures of stone, separated by a distance of 650 feet. These are the Almshouses. Each consists of a central story, fifty feet square and fifty-seven feet high, with a cupola thirty feet in height, and two wings, each ninety feet long, sixty feet wide, and forty feet high. Each is three stories in height. Each floor is provided with an outside iron verandah, with stairways of iron, and each building will furnish comfortable quarters for 600 people, adults only being admitted. One of these buildings is devoted exclusively to men, the other to women. Both are kept scrupulously clean, and it is said that they are kept by a daily brushing of the beds, which are taken to pieces every morning, entirely free from vermin. The grounds are well laid p. 638off, and are in admirable order. In short, the whole place is a model of neatness and careful administration. None but the aged and infirm, who are destitute, are admitted. Each newcomer is bathed immediately upon his or her arrival, and clad in the plain but comfortable garments provided by the establishment. He is then taken to the Warden’s office, where his name, age, and bodily condition are registered. At the same time, he is given a card inscribed with the number of the ward and the class to which he is assigned, this allotment being based upon an examination by the House Physician. The inmates are divided into four classes, as follows: I. Able-bodied men. II. Those who are able to do light labor and to act as inspectors or orderlies of the different wards. III. Those who are able to sweep the walks or break stones. IV. Those who are too old or infirm for any labor. Those assigned to the first three classes are compelled to perform the duties required of them on pain of dismissal. In the female house, the infirm are more numerous than among the males. Those able to work are employed in sewing and knitting, in keeping the wards in order, and in nursing the feeble and cripples. In 1870, there were 1114 persons in the Almshouses, from fifteen years of age upwards. A special provision is made in each house for blind inmates.
To the north of the Penitentiary, there are two attractive and similar stone buildings, set 650 feet apart. These are the Almshouses. Each building has a central section that is fifty feet square and fifty-seven feet tall, topped with a thirty-foot cupola, and features two wings that are each ninety feet long, sixty feet wide, and forty feet high. Both structures are three stories tall. Each floor has an outdoor iron verandah and iron stairways, and each building can accommodate 600 people, only admitting adults. One of the buildings is designated for men, while the other is for women. Both are kept meticulously clean, reportedly being maintained through a daily sweeping of the beds, which are taken apart every morning, ensuring they are completely free of pests. The grounds are well-maintained and in excellent order. In summary, the entire place exemplifies cleanliness and careful management. Only the elderly and infirm who are in need are admitted. Upon arrival, each newcomer is given a bath and dressed in simple yet comfortable clothing provided by the facility. They are then taken to the Warden’s office, where their name, age, and health status are recorded. At the same time, they receive a card with the number of their ward and their assigned class, determined by an examination from the House Physician. The residents are divided into four classes: I. Able-bodied men. II. Those who can do light work and serve as inspectors or orderlies in the various wards. III. Those who can sweep paths or break stones. IV. Those who are too old or infirm to do any work. Those in the first three classes must complete their assigned tasks or face dismissal. In the women's house, there are more infirm individuals than in the men's. Those who are able to work engage in sewing, knitting, maintaining the wards, and caring for the weak and disabled. In 1870, there were 1,114 people in the Almshouses, aged fifteen and up. Each house has special provisions for blind residents.
Attached to the Almshouse are the Hospitals for Incurables, which consist of two one-story buildings, 175 feet long, and 25 feet wide. One is devoted to men and the other to women. In these buildings are quartered those who are afflicted with incurable diseases, but who require no medical attention.
Attached to the Almshouse are the Hospitals for Incurables, which consist of two single-story buildings, 175 feet long and 25 feet wide. One is for men and the other is for women. These buildings house those who are suffering from incurable diseases but do not need medical attention.
The Bureau for the Relief of the Outdoor Poor is connected with the Almshouse, though it conducts its operations in the city. The city is divided into eleven districts, each of which is in charge of a visitor, subject to the orders of the Superintendent of the Bureau. It is the duty of these visitors to examine into the causes of sickness, crime, and pauperism in their respective districts, and to report their observations to the Superintendent, who communicates them to the Department of Charities and Corrections. Temporary shelter is given to p. 639needy persons in the winter, and money, fuel, food, clothing, etc., distributed to deserving persons. In 1869, 5275 families were given money, and 7555 fuel by this Bureau; $128,000 being expended for these charities.
The Bureau for the Relief of the Outdoor Poor works alongside the Almshouse, even though it operates within the city. The city is divided into eleven districts, each managed by a visitor who follows the directions of the Superintendent of the Bureau. These visitors are responsible for investigating the reasons behind illness, crime, and poverty in their districts, and they report their findings to the Superintendent, who shares them with the Department of Charities and Corrections. During the winter, temporary shelter is provided to needy individuals, and assistance such as money, fuel, food, and clothing is given to those who are deserving. In 1869, the Bureau provided financial aid to 5,275 families and delivered fuel to 7,555 households, spending a total of $128,000 on these charitable efforts.
In the rear of the Almshouse is the Workhouse, one of the handsomest buildings on the island. It is constructed of hewn stone, and consists of a central building four stories in height, with a northern and a southern wing, with a traverse section across the extreme end of each wing. In these traverse sections are located the workshops. The entire length of the building is 680 feet. Not counting the convict labor, the cost of its construction was over $100,000. The stone of which it was built was obtained on the island.
In the back of the Almshouse is the Workhouse, one of the most beautiful buildings on the island. It's made from cut stone and has a central part that is four stories tall, with a northern wing and a southern wing, plus a cross section at the far end of each wing. The workshops are located in these cross sections. The total length of the building is 680 feet. Not including the work done by prisoners, the construction cost was over $100,000. The stone used to build it was sourced from the island.
In the central building are located the kitchens, and storerooms, the private quarters of the Superintendent and the other officials, and a large and handsome chapel. The wings contain each a broad hall, on each side of which are three tiers of cells, one above the other. Iron galleries, with stairways, extend along the fronts of these cells, and afford access to them. There p. 640are 150 cells in each wing. Each cell is provided with an iron grated door, and contains four single berths. The cells are separated from each other by brick walls. In the workshops, the carpenter’s, blacksmith’s, wheelwright’s, tinner’s, tailor’s, and other trades are carried on. The men are also kept at work grading the island, building the seawall, and cultivating the gardens. Gangs of laborers are sent daily to engage in the works on Ward’s and Randall’s islands. The women are made to do the housework and cleaning of the various institutions on the island, and are employed in washing, mending, sewing, knitting, etc. All the inmates are obliged to labor.
In the main building, you'll find the kitchens, storerooms, the private living spaces for the Superintendent and other officials, and a large, beautiful chapel. The wings each have a spacious hall, with three rows of cells on either side, stacked one above the other. Iron walkways with staircases run along the fronts of these cells, providing access to them. There p. 640are 150 cells in each wing. Each cell has an iron grated door and contains four single beds. The cells are separated by brick walls. In the workshops, men work as carpenters, blacksmiths, wheelwrights, tinners, tailors, and in various other trades. They also work on grading the island, building the seawall, and tending to the gardens. Groups of laborers are sent out each day to work on Ward’s and Randall’s islands. The women handle housework and cleaning for the different institutions on the island, and are involved in washing, mending, sewing, and knitting. All residents are required to work.
The number of persons annually sent to the Workhouse is from 15,000 to 20,000. The vagrant, dissipated, and disorderly classes are sent here by the city police courts, ten days being the average term of commitment. Drunkenness is the principal cause of their detention here. Very few are Americans. Of the foreigners, the Irish are the most numerous, the Germans next.
The number of people sent to the Workhouse each year is between 15,000 and 20,000. The city police courts send the vagrant, reckless, and disorderly individuals here, with the average stay being ten days. Drunkenness is the main reason for their detention. Very few are Americans. Among the foreigners, the Irish make up the largest group, followed by the Germans.
Back of the Workhouse, and occupying the extreme upper portion of the island, is the New York City Lunatic Asylum. It is a large and commodious building, with several out-buildings, with accommodations for 576 patients. A new Lunatic Asylum is now in course of erection on Ward’s Island. It is to accommodate 500 patients. It is one of the most complete establishments in the country, and is built of brick and Ohio freestone. It is a very handsome building, with an imposing front of 475 feet. The two asylums will accommodate 1076 patients, but they are not adequate to the accommodation of all the afflicted for whom the city is required to provide. Still further accommodations are needed. In 1870, the number of patients committed to the care of the Commissioners was over 1300.
At the back of the Workhouse, occupying the far upper part of the island, is the New York City Lunatic Asylum. It’s a large and comfortable building with several additional structures, housing up to 576 patients. A new Lunatic Asylum is currently being built on Ward’s Island, designed to accommodate 500 patients. It’s one of the most advanced facilities in the country and is constructed of brick and Ohio freestone. The building is quite attractive, featuring an impressive front that measures 475 feet. Together, the two asylums can accommodate 1,076 patients, but they still fall short of meeting the needs of all those in distress for whom the city must provide care. More accommodations are still essential. In 1870, the number of patients assigned to the care of the Commissioners exceeded 1,300.
II. WARD’S ISLAND.
Ward’s Island takes its name from Jasper and Bartholomew Ward, who formerly owned it. It comprises an area of about p. 641two hundred acres, and is owned in about equal portions by the Commissioners of Emigration and the Department of Charities and Corrections. It is separated from New York by the Harlem River, from Blackwell’s and Long islands by that portion of the East River known as Hell Gate, and from Randall’s Island by a narrow strait called Little Hell Gate. It lies a little to the northeast of Blackwell’s Island, about half a mile from it, and is the widest of the three islands in the East River.
Ward's Island is named after Jasper and Bartholomew Ward, who used to own it. It covers an area of about p. 641two hundred acres and is owned in roughly equal parts by the Commissioners of Emigration and the Department of Charities and Corrections. It's separated from New York by the Harlem River, from Blackwell's and Long Islands by that part of the East River called Hell Gate, and from Randall's Island by a narrow strait known as Little Hell Gate. It’s located a bit northeast of Blackwell's Island, about half a mile away, and is the widest of the three islands in the East River.
The Emigrant Hospital is described in another chapter.
The Emigrant Hospital is discussed in another chapter.
The new Lunatic Asylum is located on the extreme eastern portion of the island.
The new mental health facility is situated on the far eastern part of the island.
Between the Emigrant Hospital and the Lunatic Asylum is the New York Inebriate Asylum, a handsome brick edifice, three stories in height, with a frontage of 474 feet, and a depth of 50 feet. It is provided with every convenience, is supplied with the Croton water, and has accommodations for 400 patients. The patients consist of those who either seek the Asylum voluntarily or are placed there by their friends, and who pay for their accommodations, and those who are sent to the institution by the police authorities for reformation. The treatment is moral as well as physical. The physician’s efforts to repair the ravages of dissipation in the physical system are supplemented by the labors of the chaplain and the other officers of the institution, who seek to revive in the patient a sound, healthy morality, which they strive to make the basis of his reformation.
Between the Emigrant Hospital and the Lunatic Asylum is the New York Inebriate Asylum, a beautiful three-story brick building, with a frontage of 474 feet and a depth of 50 feet. It is equipped with all modern conveniences, has access to Croton water, and can accommodate 400 patients. The patients include those who voluntarily seek help, are referred by their friends, and can pay for their stay, as well as those sent by police authorities for rehabilitation. The treatment approach is both moral and physical. The physician works to heal the physical damage caused by addiction, supported by the chaplain and other staff, who aim to instill a foundation of sound, healthy morality in the patients, which they strive to make the basis for their recovery.
III. RANDALL’S ISLAND.
Randall’s Island is so called from Jonathan Randall, a former owner. It lies about one hundred yards to the north of Ward’s Island, from which it is separated by Little Hell Gate. The Harlem Kills separate it from Westchester county, and the Harlem River from New York. About thirty acres of the southern portion are owned by the “Society for the Reformation p. 643of Juvenile Delinquents.” The remainder is the property of the “Commissioners of Charities and Corrections.”
Randall’s Island is named after Jonathan Randall, a former owner. It’s located about one hundred yards north of Ward’s Island, which it’s separated from by Little Hell Gate. The Harlem Kills set it apart from Westchester County, and the Harlem River separates it from New York. About thirty acres of the southern part are owned by the “Society for the Reformation p. 643 of Juvenile Delinquents.” The rest belongs to the “Commissioners of Charities and Corrections.”
The southern portion is occupied by the “House of Refuge,” which is under the control of the “Society for the Reformation of Juvenile Delinquents.” The buildings are of brick, and are constructed in the Italian style. They have a frontage of nearly 1000 feet, and were constructed at a cost of about $500,000. They constitute one of the handsomest public institutions in the city. The main buildings contain 886 dormitories, several spacious and fully furnished school rooms, a handsome chapel, which will seat 1000 persons, the kitchens, hospital, and officers’ quarters. The average number of inmates is about 700 boys and 150 girls. Every child is compelled to labor from six to eight hours every day in the week, and to attend school from four to five hours. The inmates consist of such juvenile offenders against the law as the courts commit to the Refuge in preference to sending them to prison. Some of them are young people, whose parents, unable to manage them, and wishing to save them from lives of sin and crime, have placed them in the hands of the Society for reformation. The discipline is mainly reformatory, though the inmates are subjected to the restraints, but not the degradation of a prison.
The southern part is home to the “House of Refuge,” managed by the “Society for the Reformation of Juvenile Delinquents.” The buildings are made of brick and designed in the Italian style. They have a frontage of almost 1,000 feet and were built at a cost of about $500,000. They are among the most attractive public institutions in the city. The main buildings include 886 dormitories, several spacious and fully equipped classrooms, a beautiful chapel that seats 1,000 people, kitchens, a hospital, and quarters for staff. On average, there are around 700 boys and 150 girls living here. Every child is required to work six to eight hours each day of the week and attend school for four to five hours. The residents are juvenile offenders handed over by the courts to the Refuge instead of being sent to prison. Some are young people whose parents, unable to handle their behavior and wanting to protect them from a life of crime, have entrusted them to the Society for reformation. The discipline is primarily focused on reforming behaviors, although the residents do face restrictions similar to those in a prison, without the humiliation.
“The boys’ building is divided into two compartments; the first division, in the one, is thus entirely separated from the second division in the other compartment. The second division is composed of those whose characters are decidedly bad, or whose offence was great. A boy may, by good conduct, however, get promoted from the second into the first division. As a rule, the second division is much older than the first. Each division is divided into four grades. Every boy on entering the Reformatory is placed in the third grade; if he behaves well, he is placed in the second in a week, and a month after in the first grade; if he continues in a satisfactory course for three months, he is placed in the grade of honor, and wears a badge on his breast. Every boy in the first division must remain six months, in the second division twelve months in the first grade, before he can be indentured to any trade. These two divisions p. 644are under the charge of twenty-five teachers and twenty-five guards. At half-past six o’clock the cells are all unlocked, every one reports himself to the overseer, and then goes to the lavatories; at seven, after parading, they are marched to the school rooms to join in the religious exercises for half an hour; at half-past seven, they have breakfast, and at eight are told off to the workshops, where they remain till twelve, when they again parade, previous to going to dinner. For dinner they have a large plate of soup, a small portion of meat, a small loaf of bread, and a mug of water. At one o’clock, they return to their work. When they have completed their allotted task, they are allowed to play till four, when they have supper. At half-past four they go to school, where they remain till eight o’clock, the time for going to bed. Each boy has a separate cell, which is locked and barred at night. The cells are in long, lofty, well ventilated corridors, each corridor containing one hundred cells. The doors of the cells are all grated, in order that the boys may have light and air, and also be under the direct supervision of the officers, who, though very strict, apparently know well how to temper strictness with kindness. Before going to bed, half an hour is again devoted to religious exercises, singing hymns, reading the Bible, etc.
The boys' dormitory is split into two sections; the first section is completely separate from the second section. The second section consists of those with noticeably bad behavior or serious offenses. However, a boy can move up from the second section to the first by behaving well. Generally, the second section is older than the first. Each section has four levels. When a boy enters the Reformatory, he starts in the third level; if he behaves well, he moves to the second level within a week, and a month later, he advances to the first level; if he continues to do well for three months, he reaches the honor level and wears a badge on his chest. Every boy in the first section must stay for six months, while those in the second section must remain for twelve months at the first level before they can start an apprenticeship in any trade. Both sections p. 644 are supervised by twenty-five teachers and twenty-five guards. At 6:30 AM, all the cells are unlocked, everyone checks in with the overseer, and then they go to the washrooms; at 7:00 AM, after lining up, they are taken to the classrooms for half an hour of religious activities; at 7:30 AM, they have breakfast, and at 8:00 AM, they are sent to the workshops, where they work until noon, when they parade again before lunch. For lunch, they get a large bowl of soup, a small piece of meat, a small loaf of bread, and a mug of water. At 1:00 PM, they return to work. Once they've finished their assigned tasks, they can play until 4:00 PM, when they have supper. At 4:30 PM, they head to school, where they stay until 8:00 PM, which is bedtime. Each boy has his own locked and barred cell at night. The cells are located in long, high, well-ventilated halls, each containing one hundred cells. The cell doors are all grating so that the boys get light and air and can be closely monitored by the staff, who, while very strict, seem to understand how to balance discipline with kindness. Before bed, they spend another half hour on religious activities, singing hymns, reading the Bible, and so on.
“One of the most interesting, and at the same time, one of the most important features of the Refuge, is the workshop. On entering the shop, the visitor is amused by finding a lot of little urchins occupied in making ladies’ hoopskirts of the latest fashionable design; nearly 100 are engaged in the crinoline department. In the same long room, about fifty are weaving wire for sifting cotton, making wire sieves, rat-traps, gridirons, flower baskets, cattle noses, etc. The principal work, however, is carried on in the boot and shoe department. The labor of the boys is let out to contractors, who supply their own foremen to teach the boys and superintend the work, but the society have their own men to keep order and correct the boys when necessary, the contractors’ men not being allowed to interfere with them in any way whatever. There are 590 boys in this department. They manage on an average to turn out about p. 6452500 pairs of boots and shoes daily, which are mostly shipped to the Southern States. Each one has a certain amount of work allotted to him in the morning, which he is bound to complete before four o’clock in the afternoon. Some are quicker and more industrious than others, and will get their work done by two o’clock; this gives two hours’ play to those in the first division, the second division have to go to school when they have finished, till three o’clock, they only being allowed one hour for recreation. The authorities are very anxious to make arrangements to have a Government vessel stationed off the island, to be used as a training-ship for the most adventurous spirits. If this design is carried out it will be a very valuable adjunct to the working of the institution, and will enable the Directors to take in many more boys, without incurring the expense of extending the present buildings. The girls are also employed in making hoopskirts, in making clothes for themselves and the boys, in all sorts of repairing, in washing linen, and in general housework. The girls are generally less tractable than the boys; perhaps this is accounted for by their being older, some of them being as much as five or six and twenty. The boys average about thirteen or fourteen, the girls seventeen or eighteen years of age. Nearly two-thirds of the boys have been bootblacks, the remainder mostly ‘wharf rats.’
“One of the most interesting and important features of the Refuge is the workshop. When visitors enter the shop, they are entertained to see a bunch of kids busy making ladies’ hoop skirts in the latest fashion; nearly 100 are working in the crinoline department. In the same long room, about fifty are weaving wire for sifting cotton, making wire sieves, rat traps, grill racks, flower baskets, cattle noses, and more. The main work, however, takes place in the boot and shoe department. The boys' labor is contracted out to contractors, who provide their own foremen to teach the boys and supervise the work, but the organization has its own staff to maintain order and correct the boys when needed, with the contractors' staff not allowed to interfere with them at all. There are 590 boys in this department. On average, they manage to produce about p. 645 2500 pairs of boots and shoes daily, most of which are sent to the Southern States. Each boy has a set amount of work assigned to him in the morning, which he must finish before four o’clock in the afternoon. Some are faster and more hardworking, completing their tasks by two o’clock; this gives a two-hour break to those in the first division, while the second division has to go to school until three o’clock, with only one hour allowed for recreation. The authorities are eager to set up a government vessel off the island to serve as a training ship for the more adventurous boys. If this plan goes ahead, it will be a valuable addition to the institution, enabling the Directors to accommodate many more boys without the cost of expanding the current buildings. The girls are also involved in making hoop skirts, creating clothes for themselves and the boys, doing various repairs, washing linens, and general housework. The girls are typically less manageable than the boys, possibly because they are older, with some as much as five or six and twenty. The boys average about thirteen or fourteen, while the girls average seventeen or eighteen years of age. Nearly two-thirds of the boys were once bootblacks, with the rest mostly ‘wharf rats.’”
“The Directors of the House of Refuge, while having a due regard for the well-being of its inmates, very properly take care that they are not so comfortable or so well-fed as to lead them to remain longer in the reformatory than necessary. As soon as the boys appear to be really reformed, they are indentured out to farmers and different trades. In the year 1867, no less than 633 boys and 146 girls were started in life in this way. Any person wishing to have a child indentured to him, has to make a formal application to the Committee to that effect, at the same time giving references as to character, etc. Inquiries are made, and if satisfactorily answered, the child is handed over to his custody, the applicant engaging to feed, clothe, and educate his young apprentice. The boy’s new master has to forward a written report to the officer, as to his health and general p. 646behaviour from time to time. If the boy does not do well, he is sent back to the Refuge, and remains there till he is twenty-one years of age. Most of the children, however, get on, and many of them have made for themselves respectable positions in society. The annals of the Society in this respect are very gratifying and interesting. Many young men never lose sight of a Refuge which rescued them in time from a criminal life, and to which they owe almost their very existence. Instead of alternating between the purlieus of Water street and Sing Sing, they are many of them in a fair way to make a fortune. One young man who was brought up there, and is now thriving, lately called at the office to make arrangements for placing his two younger brothers in the House, they having got into bad company since their father’s death. A very remarkable occurrence took place at the institution not long ago. A gentleman and his wife, apparently occupying a good position in society, called at the Refuge and asked to be allowed to go over it. Having inspected the various departments, just before leaving, the gentleman said to his wife, ‘Now I will tell you a great secret. I was brought up in this place.’ The lady seemed much surprised, and astounded all by quietly observing, ‘And so was I.’ So strange are the coincidences of human life.”
“The Directors of the House of Refuge, while keeping a close eye on the well-being of its residents, ensure that they’re not too comfortable or well-fed to encourage them to stay longer in the reformatory than necessary. As soon as the boys seem genuinely reformed, they are placed as apprentices with farmers and various trades. In 1867, 633 boys and 146 girls were set on their way in life this way. Anyone wanting to have a child apprenticed to them must submit a formal application to the Committee, providing references regarding their character, etc. Inquiries are made, and if the answers are satisfactory, the child is placed in their care, with the applicant committed to providing food, clothing, and education for their young apprentice. The boy’s new employer must send a written report to the officer about his health and overall behavior from time to time. If the boy doesn’t do well, he’s sent back to the Refuge and stays there until he’s twenty-one. However, most of the children do well, and many have established respectable positions in society. The Society's records in this regard are very encouraging and fascinating. Many young men never forget the Refuge that rescued them from a life of crime, and to which they owe almost their entire existence. Instead of drifting between the fringes of Water Street and Sing Sing, many of them are well on their way to making a fortune. One young man who grew up there and is now successful recently visited the office to arrange for his two younger brothers to be placed in the House, as they had fallen in with bad company after their father’s death. A very remarkable event occurred at the institution not long ago. A gentleman and his wife, who appeared to be well-off, asked to tour the Refuge. After inspecting the various areas, just before leaving, the gentleman told his wife, ‘Now I’ll share a big secret with you. I grew up in this place.’ The lady looked surprised and stunned everyone by quietly saying, ‘And so did I.’ Such are the strange coincidences of human life.”
The institutions on this island controlled by the Department of Public Charities and Corrections, are the “Nurseries,” the “Infant Hospital,” and the “Idiot Asylum.”
The institutions on this island managed by the Department of Public Charities and Corrections are the “Nurseries,” the “Infant Hospital,” and the “Idiot Asylum.”
The Nurseries consist of six large Brick buildings, each three stories in height, arranged without reference to any special plan, and separated from each other by a distance of several hundred feet. Each is in charge of an assistant matron, the whole being under the supervision of a Warden and matron. These nurseries are devoted to the care of children over four years old, abandoned by their parents, and found in the streets by the police, and children whose parents are unable to care for them. Wherever the parent is known the Commissioners afford only temporary shelter to the children, requiring the parents to resume their care of them at the earliest possible moment. Three months is the limit for gratuitous shelter in such cases. Where p. 647the parent is unknown, the child is cared for until it is of an age to be apprenticed, or until some respectable persons take it for adoption. Only healthy children are received into the nurseries, and none may remain in them after reaching the age of sixteen years. The average number of inmates is about 2400 per annum.
The Nurseries consist of six large brick buildings, each three stories high, arranged without any specific plan and separated from each other by several hundred feet. Each building is managed by an assistant matron, and the entire operation is overseen by a warden and matron. These nurseries care for children over four years old who have been abandoned by their parents, found on the streets by the police, or whose parents are unable to care for them. If the parent is known, the Commissioners provide temporary shelter for the children, requiring parents to take responsibility again as soon as possible. The limit for free shelter in these cases is three months. When the parent is unknown, the child is cared for until they are old enough to be apprenticed or until someone respectable adopts them. Only healthy children are accepted into the nurseries, and no child can stay beyond the age of sixteen. The average number of residents is about 2400 per year.
The Infant Hospital is for the reception of children under the age of four years, for foundlings, for children whose parents are too poor to take care of them, and for the sick of the Nurseries proper. The children are divided into three classes: I. The “Wet nursed:” II. The “Bottle fed:” III. The “Walking Children.” They are retained here unless claimed by their parents until they attain the age of three or four years, when they are transferred to the Nurseries mentioned above. The Hospital is a large and handsome brick building, and will accommodate several hundred children and their nurses.
The Infant Hospital is for children under the age of four, for foundlings, for kids whose parents can't afford to care for them, and for the sick from the proper Nurseries. The children are divided into three groups: I. The "Wet nursed:" II. The "Bottle fed:" III. The "Walking Children." They stay here unless their parents come to claim them until they reach the age of three or four, at which point they are moved to the Nurseries mentioned earlier. The Hospital is a large and beautiful brick building that can accommodate several hundred children and their nurses.
The Idiot Asylum is a large brick building, with accommodations for several hundred patients. It contains at present about 150 of these, whose ages vary from six to thirty years. They represent nearly all the different phases of idiocy, and are well cared for. Some of them have been greatly improved in mind by the treatment and discipline pursued.
The Idiot Asylum is a large brick building that can house several hundred patients. Currently, it has about 150 residents, with ages ranging from six to thirty years. They represent almost all different types of intellectual disabilities and are well taken care of. Some have shown significant improvement in their mental condition due to the treatment and discipline they receive.
p. 648LII. BENEVOLENT AND CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS.
It would be simply impossible to present within the limits of a single chapter, or indeed in half a dozen chapters of the size of this, a description of the Benevolent and Charitable Institutions of New York. We can do no more than glance at them. Besides the institutions already mentioned, there are twenty-one hospitals, twenty-three asylums, seventeen homes, five missions, industrial schools, and miscellaneous societies, making a total of sixty-six institutions, or with those already noticed, a total of nearly one hundred benevolent, charitable, penal, and reformatory institutions supported by the city and people of New York.
It would be impossible to cover all the Benevolent and Charitable Institutions of New York within just one chapter, or even in six chapters of this size. We can only take a brief look at them. In addition to the institutions mentioned earlier, there are twenty-one hospitals, twenty-three asylums, seventeen homes, five missions, industrial schools, and various other organizations, totaling sixty-six institutions. When combined with those already noted, there are nearly one hundred benevolent, charitable, penal, and reformatory institutions supported by the city and people of New York.
Among the hospitals the largest and oldest is the New York Hospital, formerly located on Broadway opposite Pearl street. The Hospital is in charge of the medical faculty of the University of New York. At present the operations of this institution are entirely suspended, and will not be resumed until the completion of new buildings, the old ones having been sold and pulled down.
Among the hospitals, the largest and oldest is New York Hospital, which was once located on Broadway across from Pearl Street. The hospital is managed by the medical faculty of the University of New York. Currently, the operations of this institution are completely paused and will not restart until the new buildings are finished, as the old ones have been sold and demolished.
The Bloomingdale Asylum for the Insane, is a branch of the New York Hospital. It is situated on One-hundred-and-seventeenth street, between Tenth and Eleventh avenues. It is one of the most complete establishments in the world, and is admirably conducted.
The Bloomingdale Asylum for the Insane is part of New York Hospital. It's located on One Hundred Seventeenth Street, between Tenth and Eleventh Avenues. It's one of the most advanced facilities in the world and is excellently managed.
Bellevue Hospital, on the East River, at the foot of Twenty-sixth street, is one of the largest in the city. It will accommodate 1200 patients, and is conducted by the Commissioners of Charities and Corrections. There is no charge for treatment and attendance, everything being free. The hospital is in charge p. 649of the most distinguished physicians of the city, and as a school of clinical instruction ranks among the first in the world. The course is open to the students of all the medical schools in the city.
Bellevue Hospital, located on the East River at the foot of Twenty-sixth street, is one of the largest hospitals in the city. It can accommodate 1,200 patients and is run by the Commissioners of Charities and Corrections. There’s no charge for treatment or care; everything is free. The hospital is overseen by some of the most distinguished doctors in the city, and it ranks among the best in the world for clinical education. The program is available to students from all the medical schools in the city. p. 649
St. Luke’s Hospital, on Fifty-fourth street and Fifth avenue, is a noble institution, and one of the prettiest places on the great thoroughfare of fashion. Its erection is due to the labors of the Rev. Dr. W. A. Muhlenberg. It is the property of the Episcopal Church, by which body it is conducted. The sick are nursed here by the “Sisters of the Holy Communion,” a voluntary association of unmarried Protestant ladies. The hospital has accommodations for over one hundred patients, and is said to be the best conducted of any denominational charity in the city. Patients who are able to pay are required to do so, but the poor are received without charge.
St. Luke’s Hospital, located at Fifty-fourth Street and Fifth Avenue, is a remarkable institution and one of the most beautiful spots on the bustling fashion avenue. Its establishment is thanks to the efforts of Rev. Dr. W. A. Muhlenberg. It is owned and operated by the Episcopal Church. The sick are cared for here by the “Sisters of the Holy Communion,” a voluntary group of single Protestant women. The hospital can accommodate over one hundred patients and is considered the best-run denominational charity in the city. Patients who can pay are expected to do so, while those who are less fortunate are admitted free of charge.
The Roosevelt Hospital, a magnificent structure, is situated on West Fifty-ninth street, between Ninth and Tenth avenues, and is to furnish, when completed, accommodations for 600 patients. It is the gift of the late Jas. H. Roosevelt of New York to the suffering.
The Roosevelt Hospital, an impressive building, is located on West Fifty-ninth Street, between Ninth and Tenth Avenues, and will provide, when finished, accommodations for 600 patients. It is a gift from the late Jas. H. Roosevelt of New York to those in need.
The Presbyterian Hospital, on Seventy-first street, between Fourth and Madison avenues, is not yet completed. It is a beautiful structure, and is to have accommodations for several hundred patients. It is the property of the Presbyterian Church of New York. The site, valued at $250,000, and a further sum of $250,000 in cash, were the gift of Mr. James Lenox.
The Presbyterian Hospital, located on Seventy-first Street between Fourth and Madison Avenues, is still under construction. It’s a stunning building and will have space for several hundred patients. It belongs to the Presbyterian Church of New York. The site, valued at $250,000, along with an additional $250,000 in cash, was donated by Mr. James Lenox.
The Roman Catholic Church conducts the Hospitals of St. Francis and St. Vincent, the former on East Fifth street, and the latter on the corner of Eleventh street and Seventh avenue. These two institutions contain about 250 beds.
The Roman Catholic Church runs St. Francis and St. Vincent Hospitals, with St. Francis located on East Fifth Street and St. Vincent at the corner of Eleventh Street and Seventh Avenue. Together, these two facilities have around 250 beds.
The German Hospital, Seventy-seventh street and Fourth avenue, is, as yet, incomplete. It was erected by the German citizens of New York, but receives patients of every nationality and color. The poor are received without charge under certain restrictions. There are accommodations for about seventy-five patients in the present buildings. Connected with the hospital is a dispensary from which medical advice and medicines are given to the poor.
The German Hospital, located at Seventy-seventh Street and Fourth Avenue, is still not finished. It was built by the German community in New York, but it welcomes patients from all nationalities and backgrounds. The poor can receive care free of charge under specific conditions. Currently, the hospital can accommodate about seventy-five patients in its existing facilities. There is also a dispensary linked to the hospital where the poor can get medical advice and medications.
p. 651The Jews of New York have just completed a magnificent edifice, known as the Mount Sinai Hospital, on Lexington avenue, between Sixty-sixth and Sixty-seventh streets. It will contain 200 beds. The present Hebrew Hospital, in Twenty-eighth street, near Eighth avenue, contains about sixty-five beds. The Jews also have a burial ground, in which those of their faith who die in the Hospital are buried without expense to their friends.
p. 651The Jewish community in New York has just finished building an impressive structure called Mount Sinai Hospital, located on Lexington Avenue, between 66th and 67th Streets. It will have 200 beds. The current Hebrew Hospital, on 28th Street near 8th Avenue, has about 65 beds. The Jewish community also has a burial ground where members of their faith who pass away in the hospital are buried at no cost to their families.
The Child’s Hospital, Lexington avenue and Fiftieth street, embraces four distinct charities: A Foundling Asylum, a Nursery for the children of laboring women, a Child’s Hospital, and a Lying-in Asylum. The buildings are very extensive. The annual Charity Ball is given in behalf of this institution.
The Child’s Hospital, at the corner of Lexington Avenue and 50th Street, includes four different charities: a Foundling Asylum, a Nursery for the children of working mothers, a Child’s Hospital, and a Lying-in Asylum. The buildings are quite large. The annual Charity Ball is held to support this institution.
The Woman’s Hospital of the State of New York, Fourth avenue and Fiftieth street, is a handsome building, and the only institution of its kind in the country. It owes its existence to the exertions of Dr. J. Marion Sims, who is, together with Dr. Emmett, still in charge of it. It is devoted exclusively to the treatment of female diseases. It is attended by physicians from all parts of the country, who come to receive clinical instruction in this branch of their profession.
The Woman’s Hospital of the State of New York, on Fourth Avenue and Fiftieth Street, is an impressive building and the only facility of its kind in the country. Its existence is thanks to the efforts of Dr. J. Marion Sims, who, along with Dr. Emmett, continues to manage it. The hospital is dedicated solely to treating women's health issues. Doctors from all over the country come here for clinical training in this area of their profession.
The other prominent hospitals are, Dr. Knight’s Institution for the Relief of the Ruptured and Crippled; the New York Eye and Ear Infirmary; the House of Rest for Consumptives; the New York Infirmary for Women and Children; the New York Medical College and Hospital for Women; the Hahneman Hospital; the Stranger’s Hospital (a private charity); the New York Ophthalmic Hospital; the New York Aural Institute; and the Manhattan Eye and Ear Hospital.
The other major hospitals are Dr. Knight’s Institution for the Relief of the Ruptured and Crippled; the New York Eye and Ear Infirmary; the House of Rest for People with Tuberculosis; the New York Infirmary for Women and Children; the New York Medical College and Hospital for Women; the Hahneman Hospital; the Stranger’s Hospital (a private charity); the New York Ophthalmic Hospital; the New York Aural Institute; and the Manhattan Eye and Ear Hospital.
Among the asylums are the Institution for the Blind, on Ninth avenue and Thirty-fourth street; the New York Institution for the Instruction of the Deaf and Dumb, on Washington Heights, overlooking the Hudson; the Institution for the Improved Instruction of Deaf Mutes, Broadway, near Forty-fifth street; the New York Orphan Asylum, Seventy-third street, west of Broadway; the Colored Orphan Asylum, One-hundred-and-tenth street and Tenth avenue; the Orphan Home p. 652and Asylum of the Protestant Episcopal Church, Forty-ninth street and Lexington avenue; the Sheltering Arms, an Episcopal institution for the Protection and Care of Orphans and half Orphans, especially those whose bodily infirmities would exclude them from other institutions; three Roman Catholic Orphan Asylums, one at the corner of Mott and Prince streets, one on Fifth avenue (for boys), on the block above the new Cathedral, and one in Madison avenue (for girls), immediately in the rear of that just mentioned; the New York Asylum for Lying-in Women, 83 Marion street; the Society for the Relief of Half Orphans and Destitute Children, 67 West Tenth street; the Leake and Watts Orphan House, West One-hundred-and-tenth street, near the Central Park; the New York Juvenile Asylum, One-hundred-and-seventy-sixth street, devoted to the reformation of juvenile vagrants; the Hebrew Benevolent and Orphan Asylum, Third avenue and Seventy-seventh street; St. Barnabas House, 304 Mulberry street, an Episcopal “Home for Homeless Women and Children;” the Institution of Mercy, 33 Houston street, a Roman Catholic institution for the p. 653visitation of the sick and prisoners, the instruction of poor children, and the protection of virtuous women in distress; the Roman Catholic Orphan Asylum of St. Vincent de Paul, Thirty-ninth street, near Seventh avenue; the Society for the Protection of Destitute Roman Catholic Children, the Protectory of which is located at West Farms, in Westchester County; the New York Foundling Asylum, in Washington Square; the Shepherd’s Fold, Eighty-sixth street and Second avenue, an establishment similar to the “Sheltering Arms,” and conducted by the Episcopal Church; the Woman’s Aid Society and Home for Training Young Girls, Seventh avenue and Thirteenth street; and St. Joseph’s Orphan Asylum (Roman Catholic), Avenue A and Eighty-ninth street.
Among the asylums are the Institution for the Blind, located on Ninth Avenue and Thirty-fourth Street; the New York Institution for the Instruction of the Deaf and Dumb, situated in Washington Heights with a view of the Hudson; the Institution for the Improved Instruction of Deaf Mutes, on Broadway, near Forty-fifth Street; the New York Orphan Asylum, on Seventy-third Street, west of Broadway; the Colored Orphan Asylum, at One-hundred-and-tenth Street and Tenth Avenue; the Orphan Home and Asylum of the Protestant Episcopal Church, located at Forty-ninth Street and Lexington Avenue; the Sheltering Arms, an Episcopal institution for the protection and care of orphans and half-orphans, especially those whose health issues would exclude them from other facilities; three Roman Catholic Orphan Asylums, one at the corner of Mott and Prince Streets, one on Fifth Avenue (for boys), just above the new Cathedral, and one in Madison Avenue (for girls), immediately behind the one just mentioned; the New York Asylum for Lying-in Women, at 83 Marion Street; the Society for the Relief of Half Orphans and Destitute Children, located at 67 West Tenth Street; the Leake and Watts Orphan House, on West One-hundred-and-tenth Street, near Central Park; the New York Juvenile Asylum, on One-hundred-and-seventy-sixth Street, dedicated to reforming juvenile vagrants; the Hebrew Benevolent and Orphan Asylum, at Third Avenue and Seventy-seventh Street; St. Barnabas House, at 304 Mulberry Street, an Episcopal “Home for Homeless Women and Children;” the Institution of Mercy, at 33 Houston Street, a Roman Catholic organization for visiting the sick and prisoners, educating poor children, and protecting virtuous women in distress; the Roman Catholic Orphan Asylum of St. Vincent de Paul, on Thirty-ninth Street, near Seventh Avenue; the Society for the Protection of Destitute Roman Catholic Children, with its Protectory located in West Farms, Westchester County; the New York Foundling Asylum, located in Washington Square; the Shepherd’s Fold, at Eighty-sixth Street and Second Avenue, a facility similar to the “Sheltering Arms,” run by the Episcopal Church; the Woman’s Aid Society and Home for Training Young Girls, at Seventh Avenue and Thirteenth Street; and St. Joseph’s Orphan Asylum (Roman Catholic), at Avenue A and Eighty-ninth Street.
Among the Homes and Missions are, the Association for the Relief of Respectable Aged Indigent Females, in East Twentieth street; the Ladies’ Union Aid Society of the Methodist Episcopal Church, Forty-second street, near Eighth avenue; the American Female Guardian Society and Home for the Friendless, 29 East Twenty-ninth, and 32 East Thirtieth streets; the Home for Incurables, an Episcopal institution, with its buildings at West Farms; the Samaritan Home for the Aged, Ninth avenue and Fourteenth street; the Colored Home, First avenue and Sixty-fifth street; St. Luke’s (Episcopal) Home for Indigent Christian Females, Madison avenue and Eighty-ninth street; the Presbyterian Home for Aged Women, Seventy-third street, between Fourth and Madison avenues; the Union Home School, for the Orphans of Soldiers and Sailors, on the Boulevard at One-hundred-and-fifty-first street; the Female Christian Home for Women, 314 East Fifteenth street; the Home for Friendless Women, 86 West Fourth street; the Women’s Prison Association, 213 Tenth avenue; the Roman Catholic Home for the Aged Poor, 447 West Thirty-second street; the Chapin Home for the Aged and Infirm (Universalist), now in course of erection; the Baptist Home for Aged and Infirm Persons, 41 Grove street; the Home for Aged Hebrews, 215 West Seventeenth street; the Ladies Christian Union or Young Women’s Home, 27 and 28 Washington Square; the Water p. 654street Home for Women, 273 Water street, devoted to the reformation of fallen women, and occupying the building formerly used by John Allen, “the wickedest man in New York,” as a dance house; Wilson’s Industrial School for Girls, Avenue A and St. Mark’s place; the New York House and School of Industry, 120 West Sixteenth street; and the Society for the Employment and Relief of Poor Women (Unitarian).
Among the Homes and Missions are the Association for the Relief of Respectable Aged Indigent Females on East 20th Street; the Ladies’ Union Aid Society of the Methodist Episcopal Church on 42nd Street, near 8th Avenue; the American Female Guardian Society and Home for the Friendless at 29 East 29th and 32 East 30th Streets; the Home for Incurables, an Episcopal institution, with its buildings at West Farms; the Samaritan Home for the Aged at 9th Avenue and 14th Street; the Colored Home at 1st Avenue and 65th Street; St. Luke’s (Episcopal) Home for Indigent Christian Females on Madison Avenue and 89th Street; the Presbyterian Home for Aged Women on 73rd Street, between 4th and Madison Avenues; the Union Home School for the Orphans of Soldiers and Sailors on the Boulevard at 151st Street; the Female Christian Home for Women at 314 East 15th Street; the Home for Friendless Women at 86 West 4th Street; the Women’s Prison Association at 213 Tenth Avenue; the Roman Catholic Home for the Aged Poor at 447 West 32nd Street; the Chapin Home for the Aged and Infirm (Universalist), which is currently being built; the Baptist Home for Aged and Infirm Persons at 41 Grove Street; the Home for Aged Hebrews at 215 West 17th Street; the Ladies Christian Union or Young Women’s Home at 27 and 28 Washington Square; the Water p. 654Street Home for Women at 273 Water Street, dedicated to the rehabilitation of fallen women, and located in the building that was once used by John Allen, “the wickedest man in New York,” as a dance hall; Wilson’s Industrial School for Girls at Avenue A and St. Mark’s Place; the New York House and School of Industry at 120 West 16th Street; and the Society for the Employment and Relief of Poor Women (Unitarian).
The city conducts five large and excellent dispensaries, at which the poor may receive medical advice, treatment and medicines free of charge. There are also a number of dispensaries devoted to the gratuitous treatment of special diseases.
The city has five large and outstanding dispensaries where the poor can get medical advice, treatment, and medicines for free. There are also several dispensaries dedicated to providing free treatment for specific diseases.
p. 655LIII. HENRY WARD BEECHER.
Although Mr. Beecher is a resident of Brooklyn, and although Plymouth Church is located in that city, yet the great preacher is sufficiently bound to New York by business and socialities to make him a part of the great metropolis.
Although Mr. Beecher lives in Brooklyn, and although Plymouth Church is in that city, he is still closely connected to New York through work and social activities, making him a part of the great metropolis.
He was born in Litchfield, Connecticut, on the 24th of June, 1813, and is now in his fifty-ninth year, though he looks very much younger. He was the eighth child of Dr. Lyman Beecher, and was regarded as the dunce of the family, and, according to his own account, had the usual unpleasant experience of ministers’ children. Being of a naturally strong, vigorous constitution, his body far outran his mind, and the little fellow lagged behind until nature asserted her rights. The forcing process accomplished very little with him. He was quick-witted, however, and fond of fun. The gloomy doctrines of his learned father made him shudder, and he came to the conclusion that Sunday was a day of penance, and the Catechism a species of torture invented for the punishment of dull boys. At the age of ten, he was sent to a boarding-school in Bethlehem, where he studied by shouldering his gun and going after partridges. Then his sister, Catharine, took him in hand, but he spent his time in teazing the girls of her school, and she was compelled to give him up as a hopeless case. The boy of ten could not be made a mental prodigy, do what they would. The result is that the man of fifty-nine is as fresh and vigorous in body and mind as most others are at thirty-five.
He was born in Litchfield, Connecticut, on June 24, 1813, and is now fifty-nine years old, though he looks much younger. He was the eighth child of Dr. Lyman Beecher and was considered the family’s slow learner. According to his own account, he had the typical tough experiences of ministers’ kids. With a naturally strong, vigorous body, he far outpaced his mind, lagging behind until nature took its course. The pressure to excel didn’t do much for him. However, he was quick-witted and enjoyed having fun. His father's serious beliefs made him uneasy, leading him to think of Sunday as a day of punishment and the Catechism as a form of torture for dull boys. At ten, he was sent to a boarding school in Bethlehem, where he studied while hunting partridges. Then his sister, Catharine, tried to help him, but he mostly spent his time teasing the girls at her school, and she eventually had to give up on him as a lost cause. The ten-year-old couldn't be turned into a mental whiz, no matter what they did. As a result, the now fifty-nine-year-old is as fresh and vigorous in body and mind as most people at thirty-five.
p. 656When he was twelve years old, his father removed to Boston, and there Henry began to show his true powers. He learned rapidly, and was soon sent to the Mount Pleasant Institute, at Amherst, from which he passed to Amherst College, where he graduated with distinction in 1834. While at Mount Pleasant, he formed the resolution of entering the ministry, and all his studies were thenceforward shaped to that end. In 1832, his father had removed to Cincinnati, to assume the presidency of the Lane Theological Seminary, and, after leaving Amherst, Henry followed him to the West, and completed his theological course at the Lane Seminary in 1836. In that year he was admitted to the ministry of the Presbyterian Church.
p. 656When he was twelve years old, his father moved to Boston, and it was there that Henry started to show his true potential. He learned quickly and was soon sent to the Mount Pleasant Institute in Amherst, from which he went on to Amherst College, where he graduated with honors in 1834. While at Mount Pleasant, he decided to pursue a career in the ministry, and all his studies from that point on were focused on that goal. In 1832, his father moved to Cincinnati to take on the presidency of the Lane Theological Seminary, and after leaving Amherst, Henry followed him to the West and finished his theological education at the Lane Seminary in 1836. That year, he was accepted into the ministry of the Presbyterian Church.
Immediately after his ordination, Mr. Beecher married, and accepted a call to Lawrenceburg, Indiana, on the Ohio River, twenty miles below Cincinnati. He did not stay there long, but passed to the charge of a church in Indianapolis, where he spent eight years—eight valuable years to him, for he says he learned how to preach there. In the summer of 1847, he received and accepted a call to the pastorate of Plymouth Church, in Brooklyn, which had just been founded, and on the 11th of November, 1847, he was publicly installed in the position which he has since held.
Immediately after his ordination, Mr. Beecher got married and accepted a position in Lawrenceburg, Indiana, located on the Ohio River, about twenty miles south of Cincinnati. He didn't stay there long, but moved on to lead a church in Indianapolis, where he spent eight years—eight important years for him, as he said he learned how to preach there. In the summer of 1847, he received and accepted a call to be the pastor of Plymouth Church in Brooklyn, which had just been established, and on November 11, 1847, he was publicly installed in the role he has held since then.
Few persons of education and taste ever come to New York without hearing the great preacher. Plymouth Church is a familiar place to them. It is located in Orange street, between Hicks and Henry streets, Brooklyn. It is a plain structure of red brick. The interior is as simple as the exterior. It is a plain, square room, with a large gallery extending entirely around it. At the upper end is a platform on which stands the pulpit—an exquisitely carved little stand of wood from the Garden of Gethsemane. In the gallery, back of the pulpit, is the organ, one of the grandest instruments in the country. The seats are arranged in semicircles. By placing chairs in the aisles, the house will seat with comfort twenty five hundred people. The congregation usually numbers about three thousand, every available place being crowded. The upholstering is in crimson, and contrasts well with the prevailing white color of the interior.
Few educated and tasteful people visit New York without hearing the great preacher. Plymouth Church is a well-known place to them. It's located on Orange Street, between Hicks and Henry Streets, in Brooklyn. It’s a simple red brick building. The interior is as straightforward as the exterior. It’s a plain, square room with a large gallery surrounding it. At the front is a platform with the pulpit—an exquisitely carved wooden stand from the Garden of Gethsemane. In the gallery behind the pulpit is the organ, one of the finest instruments in the country. The seats are arranged in semicircles. By adding chairs in the aisles, it comfortably accommodates two thousand five hundred people. The congregation usually numbers about three thousand, with every available spot crowded. The upholstery is crimson, which contrasts nicely with the dominant white of the interior.
The singing is congregational, and is magnificent. One never hears such singing outside of Plymouth Church.
The singing is communal, and it's amazing. You never hear singing like this anywhere else but at Plymouth Church.
p. 657The gem of the whole service, however, is the sermon; and these sermons are characteristic of the man. They come warm and fresh from his heart, and they go home to the hearer, giving him food for thought for days afterward. Mr. Beecher talks to his people of what they have been thinking of during the week, of trials that have perplexed them, and of joys which have blessed them. He takes the merchant and the clerk to task for their conduct in the walks of business, and warns them of the snares and pitfalls which lie along their paths. He strips the thin guise of honesty from the questionable transactions of Wall street, and holds them up to public scorn. His dramatic power is extraordinary. He can hardly be responsible for it, since it breaks forth almost without his will. He moves his audience to tears, or brings a mirthful smile to their lips, with a power that is irresistible. His illustrations and figures are drawn chiefly from nature, and are fresh and striking. He can startle his hearers with the terrors of the law, but he prefers to preach the gospel of love. His sermons are printed weekly in the Plymouth Pulpit, and are read by thousands.
p. 657The highlight of the entire service is definitely the sermon; and these sermons really reflect who he is. They come straight from his heart, and they resonate with the audience, providing them with food for thought for days. Mr. Beecher speaks to his congregation about the things they’ve been contemplating throughout the week, the challenges that have confused them, and the joys that have uplifted them. He holds the merchant and the clerk accountable for their actions in business, warning them of the traps and dangers along their way. He exposes the façade of honesty in questionable dealings on Wall Street, displaying them for public criticism. His dramatic skills are remarkable. He can hardly take credit for it, as it comes out almost uncontrollably. He can move his audience to tears or bring a cheerful smile to their faces with an undeniable force. His examples and analogies mostly come from nature and are fresh and impactful. He can shock his listeners with the harshness of the law, but he prefers to share the message of love. His sermons are published weekly in the Plymouth Pulpit and are read by thousands.
His literary labors, apart from his ministerial duties, have been constant. He has published several books, has edited The Independent and The Christian Union, and has contributed regularly to the New York Ledger and other papers. He has been almost constantly in the lecture field, and has spoken frequently before public assemblies on the various questions of the day.
His writing, aside from his work as a minister, has been ongoing. He has published several books, edited The Independent and The Christian Union, and regularly contributed to the New York Ledger and other publications. He has been almost continuously active in giving lectures and has often spoken at public events on various current issues.
Mr. Beecher is young-looking and vigorous. He has the face of a great orator, and one that is well worth studying. He dresses plainly, with something of the farmer in his air, and lives simply. He is blessed with robust health, and, like his father, is fond of vigorous exercise. He has a fine farm on the Hudson, to which he repairs in the summers. Here he can indulge his love of nature without restraint. He is said to be a capital farmer, though he complains that he does not find the pursuit any more remunerative than does his friend, Mr. Greeley.
Mr. Beecher looks young and energetic. He has the face of a great speaker, and it's definitely worth taking a closer look at. He dresses simply, with a bit of a farmer vibe, and lives a modest lifestyle. He enjoys robust health and, like his father, loves to stay active. He has a nice farm along the Hudson River that he visits during the summer. Here, he can fully enjoy his passion for nature. People say he’s a great farmer, although he mentions that farming doesn’t pay any better for him than it does for his friend, Mr. Greeley.
p. 658LIV. BLACK-MAILING.
To live at the expense of other people, and to procure the means of living in comfort without working for it, is an art in which there are many proficients in New York. Certain of those who practise this art are known in city parlance as “Black-mailers,” and they constitute one of the most dangerous portions of the community. The Blackmailer is generally a woman, though she is frequently sustained or urged on by a rough, professional thief, or pick-pocket. The indiscretions of men of nominally spotless character are constantly becoming known through the instrumentality of the gossips, and as soon as these reach the ears of the Blackmailers, who are ever on the watch for them, they proceed to take advantage of them to extort money from the person implicated. They are not content, however, with making victims of those who are really guilty of indiscretions, but boldly assail the innocent and virtuous, well-knowing that nine persons out of ten, though guiltless of wrongdoing, will sooner comply with their demands than incur the annoyance of a public scandal. Such persons think the wretch will never dare to charge them with the same offence or endeavor to extort money from them a second time, and make the first payment merely to rid themselves of the annoyance. They ought never to yield, whether innocent or guilty, for the Blackmailer is sure to repeat her demand. The law makes it a crime for any one to endeavor to extort money in this way, and no person so threatened should hesitate to apply to the police for protection.
Living off other people and finding ways to enjoy a comfortable life without putting in the effort is something many people have mastered in New York. Some of those who engage in this behavior are known in the city as "blackmailers," and they represent one of the most dangerous segments of society. The blackmailer is often a woman, although she is frequently backed or encouraged by a rough, professional criminal or pickpocket. The careless actions of men who are supposedly upstanding often come to light through gossip, and once these rumors reach the ears of the blackmailers, who are always on the lookout, they seize the opportunity to extort money from the people involved. However, they don’t just target those who are truly guilty of indiscretions; they also boldly go after innocent and virtuous individuals, knowing that nine out of ten people, despite having done nothing wrong, would rather comply with their demands than deal with the embarrassment of a public scandal. These individuals believe the blackmailer will never dare to accuse them of the same offense again or try to extort money from them a second time, and they make the initial payment just to get rid of the hassle. They should never give in, whether guilty or innocent, because the blackmailer is sure to come back for more. The law makes it a crime to extort money in this way, and anyone facing such threats should not hesitate to contact the police for help.
As a rule, the Blackmailer is easily driven off with the aid of the police, but sometimes her plans are so skilfully laid that it p. 659requires all the ingenuity of the most experienced detectives to ferret out the plot. These women act upon the well-established fact that respectable people dread scandal, and that a man guilty of an indiscretion will make many sacrifices to conceal it. They rarely assail women, as there is not much money to be made out of them, but they know that almost any story about a man will be believed, and they fasten themselves like leeches upon men. Young men about to make rich marriages are their favorite victims. These generally yield to them, not caring to risk a scandal which might break off the whole affair. If a young man refuses one of them on such occasions, she goes boldly to the lady he is to marry, and declares herself the innocent and wronged victim of the aforesaid young man. This is her revenge, and the majority of young men, knowing them to be capable of such a course, comply with their demands on the spot. There is nothing these wretches will not do, no place they will not invade, in order to extort money from their victims.
As a rule, the Blackmailer can be easily scared off with police help, but sometimes her schemes are so cleverly set up that it requires all the skill of the most experienced detectives to uncover the plot. These women rely on the well-known fact that respectable people fear scandal, and that a man who has made a mistake will go to great lengths to hide it. They rarely target women because there's not much money to be gained from them, but they know that almost any story about a man will be believed, and they latch onto men like leeches. Young men who are about to marry wealthy partners are their favorite targets. These men usually give in, not wanting to risk a scandal that could ruin everything. If a young man rejects one of them, she boldly approaches the woman he’s set to marry and claims to be the innocent and wronged victim of that young man. This is her way of getting back at him, and most young men, knowing these women are capable of such tactics, immediately comply with their demands. There’s nothing these unscrupulous individuals won’t do and no place they won’t invade to extort money from their victims.
Persons from the country, stopping at the hotels of the city, are frequently the objects of the attacks of the Blackmailers. A man’s name is learned from the hotel register, and he is boldly approached and charged with conduct he never dreamed of being guilty of. The scoundrel professes to know him and his whole family, and names the price of his silence. Too often the demand is complied with, and the money paid. The proper course to pursue when accosted in such a manner, is to call upon the nearest policeman for assistance in shaking off the wretch.
People from the countryside staying at city hotels often become targets for blackmailers. A man’s name is taken from the hotel register, and he is confronted and accused of actions he never even thought about doing. The con artist claims to know him and his entire family and states the price for keeping quiet. Too often, the demand is met, and the money is handed over. The best way to deal with such an encounter is to ask the nearest police officer for help in getting rid of the thug.
A few years ago a minister, in charge of a prominent and wealthy city church abruptly left the city. There had never been a whisper of any kind of scandal connected with his name, and his friends were at a loss to account for his strange action. He refused, at first, when his retreat was discovered, to give any reason for his conduct, and begged that his hiding-place should be kept secret. At length, however, he confessed that he was the innocent victim of a female Blackmailer. He was a weak man, proud of his reputation, and more than usually timid in such matters. The woman had approached him, and p. 660had boldly charged him with a crime of which he was innocent, and had demanded a sum of money as the price of her silence. Finding it impossible to get rid of her, and dreading a scandal, the minister had paid the money. The demand was repeated again and again for two years, until the woman had wrung from her victim a sum of several thousand dollars, and had driven him to such a state of despair that he had abandoned his home and his prospects, and had fled to escape from her clutches. His friends came to his aid, and by securing the interposition of the police, compelled the woman to relinquish her hold upon her victim.
A few years ago, a pastor in charge of a prominent and wealthy city church suddenly left town. There had never been any hint of scandal associated with him, and his friends were confused about his odd behavior. When his disappearance was discovered, he initially refused to explain his actions and insisted that his location be kept secret. Eventually, however, he admitted that he was an innocent victim of a female blackmailer. He was a weak man who was proud of his reputation and particularly timid in these situations. The woman approached him and boldly accused him of a crime he didn't commit, demanding money for her silence. Unable to shake her off and fearing a scandal, the pastor paid her. The demands continued relentlessly for two years, during which the woman extracted several thousand dollars from him, pushing him into such despair that he left his home and his future behind, fleeing to escape her control. His friends stepped in and, with the help of the police, forced the woman to release her grip on her victim.
Many of the female Blackmailers are very young, mere girls. A couple of years ago, Police Captain Thorne discovered a regularly organized band of them. They are mostly flower girls, from twelve to sixteen years of age. They are generally modest in demeanor, and some of them are attractive in appearance. They gain admittance to the offices and counting rooms of professional men and merchants, under the pretext of selling their flowers, and then, if the gentleman is alone, close the door, and threaten to scream and accuse him of taking improper liberties with them, unless he consents to pay them the sum they demand.
Many of the female blackmailers are very young, just girls. A couple of years ago, Police Captain Thorne uncovered a well-organized group of them. They are mostly flower girls, between twelve and sixteen years old. They usually have a modest demeanor, and some of them are quite attractive. They gain access to the offices and counting rooms of professional men and merchants by pretending to sell their flowers, and then, if the man is alone, they close the door and threaten to scream and accuse him of making inappropriate advances unless he agrees to pay the amount they demand.
A merchant of great wealth, high position, and irreproachable character, called upon Captain Thorne, about two years ago, and “frankly stated that he was the victim of one of these flower girls, who had already despoiled him of large sums of money, and whose persecutions were actually killing him. It appears that she always came to his counting-house on particular days, and, watching until he was alone, went boldly into his private office. In police parlance, they ‘put up a job on her.’ Captain Thorne was secreted in the office the next time she called, and the gentleman talked to her as previously arranged. He began by asking her why she persisted in her demands upon him, for, said he, ‘you know I never had anything to do with you, never said an improper word to you.’ The young analyst of human nature answered, unabashed, ‘I know that; but who’ll believe you if I say you did?’ Captain Thorne, dressed in full police p. 661uniform, stepped from the closet with, ‘I will for one, Mary.’ The girl, young as she was, had experience enough in devious ways to see that her game had escaped, and readily, although sullenly, promised to cease exacting tribute in that particular quarter. The gentleman would go no further, and to the earnest entreaties of Captain Thorne to prosecute the girl, both for her own good and that of society, returned an absolute refusal. Captain Thorne was, therefore, obliged to let her go with a warning not to attempt her operations again anywhere. He also remonstrated with her upon her way of living, and asked her why she did such things. The hardened girl morosely answered that all the other girls did them, and thus gave a clue which was followed until it developed a gang of feminine blackmailers of tender years, working in concert. Although the band was then dispersed, the method of robbery it employed survived, and is yet extensively used by scores of girls, under the cover of selling not only flowers, but apples and other fruits.”
A wealthy merchant with a high social standing and a spotless reputation visited Captain Thorne about two years ago. He openly shared that he was being targeted by one of the flower girls, who had already taken a significant amount of money from him and whose harassment was practically driving him to despair. It seemed she always showed up at his office on certain days, waiting until he was alone before boldly entering his private office. In police terms, they planned a sting operation on her. The next time she came in, Captain Thorne was hidden in the office as arranged, and the merchant confronted her. He started by asking why she kept demanding money from him since, as he stated, “you know I never had anything to do with you, never said anything inappropriate to you.” The young woman, showing no shame, replied, “I know that; but who will believe you if I say otherwise?” Captain Thorne then stepped out of the closet dressed in full police uniform and said, “I will, for one, Mary.” The girl, though young, had enough experience to realize her scheme had been uncovered, and she grudgingly agreed to stop demanding money from that particular source. The merchant would not pursue further action, and despite Captain Thorne's strong urging to prosecute her for her own sake and for the sake of society, he flatly refused. Captain Thorne had no choice but to let her go with a warning not to try her tricks anywhere else. He also scolded her about her way of life and asked her why she acted that way. The hardened girl sullenly replied that all the other girls did it, which led to the discovery of a group of young female blackmailers working together. Although that gang was broken up, the methods they used continued to be employed by many girls, who now sell not just flowers, but also apples and other fruits.
p. 662LV. FEMALE SHARPERS.
I. FORTUNE-TELLERS AND CLAIRVOYANTS.
The city journals frequently contain such advertisements as the following:
The city newspapers often feature ads like the following:
A TEST MEDIUM.—THE ORIGINAL MADAME F--- tells everything, traces absent friends, losses, causes speedy marriages, gives lucky numbers. Ladies, fifty cents; gentlemen, one dollar. 464 ---th Avenue.
A TEST MEDIUM.—THE ORIGINAL MADAME F--- reveals all, connects you with absent friends, helps you through losses, causes quick marriages, and provides lucky numbers. Ladies, fifty cents; gentlemen, one dollar. 464 ---th Avenue.
A FACT—NO IMPOSITION. THE GREAT EUROPEAN Clairvoyant. She consults you on all affairs of life. Born with a natural gift, she tells past, present, and future; she brings together those long separated; causes speedy marriages; shows you a correct likeness of your future husband or friends in love affairs. She was never known to fail. She tells his name; also lucky numbers free of charge. She succeeds when all others fail. Two thousand dollars reward for any one that can equal her in professional skill. Ladies, fifty cents to one dollar. Positively no gents admitted. No 40 --- Avenue.
A FACT—NO IMPOSTURE. THE GREAT EUROPEAN Clairvoyant. She gives advice on all aspects of life. Born with a natural gift, she reveals the past, present, and future; she reunites those who have been apart; helps arrange quick marriages; and shows you an accurate depiction of your future partner or romantic interests. She has never been known to fail. She provides names and lucky numbers at no extra cost. She succeeds when everyone else falls short. A reward of two thousand dollars for anyone who can match her professional skills. Ladies, fifty cents to one dollar. Absolutely no men allowed. No 40 --- Avenue.
It seems strange that, in this boasted age of enlightenment, the persons who make such announcements as the above can find any one simple enough to believe them. Yet, it is a fact, that these persons, who are generally women, frequently make large sums of money out of the credulity of their fellow creatures. Every mail brings them letters from persons in various parts of the country. These letters are generally answered, and the contents have disgusted more than one simpleton. The information furnished is such as any casual p. 663acquaintance could give, and just as trustworthy as the reports of the “reliable gentleman just from the front,” used to prove during the late war. The city custom of these impostors is about equal to that brought to them from the country by means of their advertisements. Some of them make as much as one hundred dollars per day, all of which is a clear profit. The majority earn from three to six dollars per day. Servant girls are profitable customers. Indeed, but for female credulity the business would go down.
It seems odd that, in this supposedly enlightened age, there are still people who make announcements like these and can find anyone naive enough to believe them. Yet, it’s a fact that these individuals, who are mostly women, often make a lot of money off the gullibility of others. Every mail delivery brings them letters from people all over the country. These letters usually get answered, and the responses have disappointed more than one gullible person. The information provided is something any casual acquaintance could share, and it’s just as reliable as the claims of the “trustworthy gentleman just back from the front,” which were used to convince people during the recent war. The city practices of these frauds are about on par with what they receive from the countryside through their ads. Some make as much as one hundred dollars a day, which is all profit. Most earn between three and six dollars a day. Maidservants are particularly good customers. In fact, without the gullibility of women, this business would struggle.
Still, there are many male visitors. Speculators, victims of the gaming table and the lottery, come to ask for advice, which is given at random. The woman knows but little of her visitors, and has no means of learning anything about them. Sometimes her statements are found to be true, but it is by the merest accident.
Still, there are many male visitors. Speculators, victims of the gaming table and the lottery, come to ask for advice, which is given at random. The woman knows very little about her visitors and has no way to learn anything about them. Sometimes her statements turn out to be true, but it's purely by chance.
The clairvoyants do not hesitate to confess to their friends, in a confidential way, of course, that their pretensions are mere humbuggery, and they laugh at the credulity of their victims, whilst they encourage it. It seems absurd to discuss this subject seriously. We can only say to those who shall read this chapter, that there is not in the City of New York an honest fortune-teller or clairvoyant. They knowingly deceive persons as to their powers. It is not given to human beings to read the future—certainly not to such wretched specimens as the persons who compose the class of which we are writing. The only sensible plan is to keep your money, dear reader. You know more than these impostors can possibly tell you.
The clairvoyants don’t hesitate to admit to their friends, in a confidential way, of course, that their claims are just nonsense, and they laugh at how gullible their victims are while still encouraging it. It seems ridiculous to take this topic seriously. All we can say to those reading this chapter is that there isn’t a single honest fortune-teller or clairvoyant in New York City. They knowingly mislead people about their abilities. It's not possible for humans to predict the future—definitely not for such pitiful examples of the people we’re discussing. The best approach is to hold on to your money, dear reader. You know way more than these frauds could ever tell you.
Many of these fortune-tellers and clairvoyants are simply procuresses. They draw women into their houses, and ply them so with temptations, that they frequently ruin them. This is the real business of most of them. They are leagued with the keepers of houses of ill-fame. No woman is safe who enters their doors.
Many of these fortune-tellers and psychics are just pimps. They lure women into their homes and bombard them with temptations, often leading to their downfall. This is the main business for most of them. They are in cahoots with the owners of brothels. No woman is safe once she steps through their doors.
The women also offer for sale “amulets,” “charms,” or “recipes,” which they declare will enable a person to win the love of any one of the opposite sex, and excite the admiration of friends; or which will “give you an influence over your p. 664enemies or rivals, moulding them to your own will or purpose;” or which will “enable you to discover lost, stolen, or hidden treasures,” etc., etc. For each or any of these charms, from three to five dollars is asked, “with return postage,” when sent by mail. All these, as well as “love powders,” “love elixirs,” and the like, are either worthless, or are composed of dangerous chemical substances. Strange to say, the sale of these things is large. The world is full of fools, and the best proof of it is that two of the most noted women of New York, who practise the arts we have described, are worth respectively one hundred thousand dollars and eighty thousand dollars.
The women also sell “amulets,” “charms,” or “recipes,” which they claim will help someone win the love of anyone of the opposite sex and gain the admiration of friends; or which will “give you influence over your p. 664enemies or rivals, bending them to your will or purpose;” or which will “help you find lost, stolen, or hidden treasures,” etc., etc. For any of these charms, they ask for three to five dollars, “plus return postage,” when sent by mail. All of these, along with “love powders,” “love elixirs,” and similar items, are either worthless or made of dangerous chemicals. Strangely enough, the sale of these items is quite substantial. The world is full of fools, and the best evidence of this is that two of the most well-known women in New York, who practice the arts we've mentioned, are worth one hundred thousand dollars and eighty thousand dollars, respectively.
II. MATRIMONIAL BROKERS.
There are several women in the city who advertise to introduce strangers into the best society, and to procure wives and husbands from the same element for their customers. As a general rule, these women are simply procuresses. If, however, a man desiring to marry a woman in this city, seeks their aid, they will always find some means of assisting him. The charge for their services is either a percentage on the lady’s fortune, or a certain specified sum. The woman, or broker, will devise some means of making the acquaintance of the lady against whom her arts are to be directed, and will proceed cautiously, step by step, until she has caused her victim to meet the man for whom she is working. The arts used vary according to circumstances, but they rarely fail of success. Men who wish to accomplish the ruin of some innocent girl, also seek the aid of these brokers, and frequently, through their assistance, effect their purpose. If it is necessary, the victim, after being allured to the broker’s house, is drugged. These women are the vampires of society. It is very difficult for the authorities to make a case against them, and they generally go unpunished.
There are several women in the city who promote themselves as matchmakers, helping strangers to connect with the best social circles and find husbands or wives among them. Generally, these women act as escorts. However, if a man wants to marry a woman in this city and seeks their help, they always find a way to assist him. Their fees are either a percentage of the woman's wealth or a set amount. The woman, or broker, will find a way to introduce the man to the woman she is trying to help, carefully planning each step until they meet. The strategies they use depend on the situation, but they usually succeed. Men looking to exploit innocent girls also turn to these brokers, and often, with their help, achieve their goals. If needed, the victim may be lured to the broker’s place and drugged. These women are the predators of society. It's very hard for authorities to build a case against them, so they typically go unpunished.
The offers of these wretches to procure wives for men wishing to be married, are often accepted by simpletons living in p. 665country districts. The fool is induced to come to the city, where he is introduced to a woman who is perhaps a prostitute, or a servant girl, or one who is willing to marry any man who will support her. She readily enters into the arrangement proposed by the broker, and marries the silly fellow, who goes back to his rural home with her, thinking he has married a lady.
The offers from these losers to find wives for men wanting to get married are often taken up by gullible people living in p. 665rural areas. The naive guy is lured to the city, where he meets a woman who might be a prostitute, a maid, or someone who is open to marrying any man who can support her. She quickly agrees to the deal made by the broker and marries the clueless guy, who then goes back to his country home with her, believing he has married a lady.
p. 666LVI. EDUCATIONAL ESTABLISHMENTS.
I. THE FREE SCHOOLS.
The provision made by the city and the people of New York for the education of the young is in keeping with their metropolitan character. The public and private schools are numerous, and are well supported.
The support provided by the city and the people of New York for the education of young people aligns with their metropolitan nature. Public and private schools are plentiful and well-funded.
The first in importance are the Public or Free Schools, which are acknowledged to be the best in the Union. The Free School system is under the control of a Board of Education, whose offices are located in a handsome brown stone building at the northwest corner of Grand and Elm streets. The Board consists of twelve Commissioners, who have the general supervision of the schools, the disbursement of the moneys appropriated for the cause of education, the purchase of sites and the erection of new buildings, the purchase and distribution of books, stationery, fuel, lights, and all supplies needed by the schools. There are also five Trustees for each ward, or 110 in all, who were, until recently, chosen by the people. Besides these, are twenty-one Inspectors of Schools, who were, until recently, appointed by the Mayor and confirmed by the people. The charter of 1870, however, changed the whole system, and gave to the Mayor the power of appointing all the officers named above, taking the control of the school system entirely out of the hands of the people. It is needless to add this was the work of the Ring, and was done to secure to them additional power and plunder.
The most important are the Public or Free Schools, which are recognized as the best in the country. The Free School system is managed by a Board of Education, with offices in a beautiful brownstone building at the northwest corner of Grand and Elm streets. The Board has twelve Commissioners who oversee the schools, manage the funds allocated for education, acquire land and build new facilities, and buy and distribute books, stationery, fuel, lights, and all supplies needed for the schools. Additionally, there are five Trustees for each ward, totaling 110, who were until recently elected by the community. Furthermore, there are twenty-one School Inspectors who were also previously appointed by the Mayor and confirmed by the public. However, the charter of 1870 changed the entire system, granting the Mayor the authority to appoint all the officials mentioned above, removing control of the school system entirely from the public. It's unnecessary to mention that this was orchestrated by the Ring, aimed at giving them more power and opportunities for corruption.
There are about one hundred buildings in the city used by the public schools. About eighty-five of these are owned by the city; the others are rented. The property under the charge of the Board of Education is valued at more than $10,000,000. The annual expenditure for the support of the schools averages $3,000,000. In 1869 it was $3,136,136. Of this sum, $1,759,634, represented teachers’ salaries; $41,908, was for the support of the colored schools; and $164,717, was for the purchase of school apparatus, maps, globes, blackboards, books, etc. The teachers employed in the public schools number 2500, a large proportion being women, The average annual attendance of pupils is 225,000.
There are about one hundred buildings in the city used by public schools. About eighty-five of these are owned by the city; the others are rented. The property managed by the Board of Education is valued at over $10,000,000. The annual spending for the schools averages $3,000,000. In 1869, it was $3,136,136. Of this amount, $1,759,634 went to teachers' salaries; $41,908 was for the support of the segregated schools; and $164,717 was for buying school supplies, maps, globes, blackboards, books, and more. The number of teachers in the public schools is 2,500, with a significant percentage being women. The average annual attendance of students is 225,000.
The school buildings are generally of brick, tastefully trimmed with brown stone, though some of those more recently erected are entirely of brown or Ohio stone. They are among p. 668the most handsome edifices in the city. They are generally four stories in height, with a frontage of 100 or 150 feet. All that were erected for the purpose are commodious and comfortable, though the more recent structures are the best arranged. They are provided with every convenience for teaching, and for the comfort of both teacher and pupil. Some of them cover two city lots, while others occupy as many as six of these lots. Some will accommodate as many as 2000 pupils, and these large buildings have been found to be more economical than small ones. Each is provided with several fire-proof stairways, and each is in charge of a janitor, who resides in the building. The entrances for pupils are at the sides of the building. Visitors enter through the large door in the centre.
The school buildings are mostly made of brick, tastefully accented with brown stone, although some of the newer ones are built entirely of brown or Ohio stone. They are among the most attractive buildings in the city. Generally, they are four stories tall, with a frontage of 100 to 150 feet. All the buildings constructed for educational purposes are spacious and comfortable, although the newer ones are better organized. They come with all the conveniences needed for teaching and the comfort of both teachers and students. Some buildings cover two city lots, while others take up as many as six lots. A few can accommodate as many as 2000 students, and these larger buildings have been shown to be more cost-effective than smaller ones. Each building includes several fire-proof stairways, and a janitor who lives on-site is responsible for its upkeep. Student entrances are located on the sides of the building, while visitors enter through the large central door.
The public schools are divided into Primary, Grammar, Evening, and Normal Schools. There are about 200 of these schools in the city, a Primary and a Grammar School often occupying the same building. Some of the Primaries are for boys or girls only, while in others both sexes are admitted. The course in the Primaries is very simple, as very young children are taught here. The pupils are divided, according to qualification, into six grades. The lowest grade receives the simplest instruction, such as conversational lessons about common objects, or “object teaching,” which is designed to form habits of accurate observation; simple instruction in regard to morals and manners; reading and spelling easy words from the blackboard or chart; counting; and simple addition by the aid of the numerical frame. From this simple, but substantial basis, the pupil is advanced as rapidly as his capabilities will permit, from grade to grade; until the first, or highest, is reached. In this the instruction embraces the four ground rules of arithmetic, geography, writing, drawing on the slate, and advanced object lessons. When the pupil is proficient in these studies, he is transferred to the Grammar School.
The public schools are divided into Primary, Grammar, Evening, and Normal Schools. There are about 200 of these schools in the city, with a Primary and a Grammar School often sharing the same building. Some Primaries are for boys or girls only, while others accept both genders. The curriculum in the Primaries is very basic since they cater to very young children. The students are organized, based on their qualifications, into six grades. The lowest grade gets the simplest lessons, like conversational discussions about common objects, also known as “object teaching,” which aims to develop habits of accurate observation; basic lessons on morals and manners; reading and spelling simple words from the blackboard or chart; counting; and simple addition using a counting frame. From this straightforward but solid foundation, students progress as quickly as their abilities allow, moving from grade to grade until they reach the first, or highest, level. At this level, the instruction includes the four basic operations of arithmetic, geography, writing, drawing on a slate, and advanced object lessons. When a student has mastered these subjects, he is moved on to the Grammar School.
The Grammar School takes up the course where it is dropped by the Primary, and gives to the pupil a sound and practical “common school education.” It embraces in its various grades, such studies as English grammar, history, astronomy p. 669(in its simpler form), physical geography, composition, drawing, and book keeping, besides the simpler studies of the lower grades which were begun in the Primary School.
The Grammar School continues the curriculum where the Primary School left off, providing students with a solid and practical “common school education.” It includes various subjects across its different grades, such as English grammar, history, astronomy p. 669 (in its basic form), physical geography, writing, drawing, and bookkeeping, along with the foundational subjects from the lower grades that began in the Primary School.
Girls who are found proficient in the Grammar School course, are advanced to the Normal School, which is temporarily located at the corner of Broadway and Fourth street. Here they may enjoy the benefits of a course as thorough and extended as that afforded by the Free College.
Girls who excel in the Grammar School program are promoted to the Normal School, which is currently located at the corner of Broadway and Fourth Street. Here, they can take advantage of a program as comprehensive and extensive as the one offered by the Free College.
Boys who have attended the Grammar Schools for a certain period, and are found proficient in the course taught there, are promoted to the Free College of the city of New York. This noble institution is located at the southeast corner of Lexington avenue and Twenty-third street. It is a handsome edifice of brick, stuccoed in imitation of brown stone, and was founded in 1848. The President is Horace Webster, LL.D., and the faculty includes some of the ablest men in the country. The course taught here is full and thorough, and is about the same as that of the best colleges in the land. The entire expense of p. 670the Female Normal School, and the Free College is borne by the city.
Boys who have attended the Grammar Schools for a certain time and are found to be proficient in the curriculum are promoted to the Free College of the City of New York. This impressive institution is located at the southeast corner of Lexington Avenue and Twenty-Third Street. It's a beautiful building made of brick, designed to look like brownstone, and was founded in 1848. The President is Horace Webster, LL.D., and the faculty consists of some of the most talented individuals in the country. The curriculum here is comprehensive and thorough, similar to that of the best colleges in the nation. The entire expense of p. 670the Female Normal School and the Free College is covered by the city.
The whole public school system is free to all the children of the city, whose parents will avail themselves of it. Books, and everything needed, are furnished without charge. The pupil is put to no expense whatever, but is required to maintain habits of order and personal neatness. The cost to the city is gladly borne by the tax payers, for it saves the metropolis from an increase of the great army of ignorant and idle men and women, which are the curse of all great cities. The very poorest men or women can thus give to their children the priceless boon of knowledge, of which their youth was deprived. Profiting by the advantage thus acquired, these little ones, in after years, may rise to fame and fortune. Thus not only the metropolis but the whole country reaps the blessings of this magnificent system of free education. The poor, however, are not the only persons who secure the advantages of the free schools for their children. Many wealthy, or moderately comfortable parents send their children to these schools, because they are the best in the city.
The entire public school system is free for all the children in the city whose parents choose to take advantage of it. Books and everything else needed are provided at no cost. The students don't have to spend any money, but they are expected to keep a tidy appearance and behave in an orderly manner. The taxpayers happily cover the expenses because it prevents the city from having more ignorant and idle individuals, which is a big problem for all major cities. Even the poorest people can provide their children with the invaluable gift of knowledge that they themselves missed out on in their youth. By taking advantage of this opportunity, these kids might grow up to achieve fame and success. This way, not just the city, but the entire country benefits from this amazing system of free education. However, it's not just the poor who benefit from free schools for their children. Many wealthy or reasonably well-off parents also send their kids to these schools because they are the best in the city.
Connected with the day schools, there are twenty-seven evening schools, with an average annual attendance of 20,000 pupils. These are designed for the instruction of those whose avocations or age prevent them from attending the day schools. Only simple studies are taught in these schools. The pupils consist of cash boys, clerks, porters, and laboring men and women. Many of them are foreigners, who come to learn the English language. The adults show as much eagerness to learn as the younger pupils. All are generally neat in person, though their clothing may be rough and worn. Sometime ago, a member of the Board of Education, in addressing one of these evening classes, dwelt especially upon the necessity of cultivating habits of personal neatness. It happened that there were several men present, whose appearance indicated that they had come directly from their work to the school. One of them arose, and offered the following excuse for their appearance. He said, “We don’t always come to school in this way, but we were at work in the p. 671yard pretty late, and had no time to go home for supper even, as we didn’t want to be late at school; and not expecting any visitors, we made up our minds to come as we were. The Principal knows us, and we knew he would excuse us for coming so.”
Connected with the day schools, there are twenty-seven evening schools, with an average annual attendance of 20,000 students. These are meant for those whose jobs or age keep them from attending day classes. Only basic subjects are taught here. The students include cashiers, clerks, porters, and working men and women. Many of them are immigrants looking to learn English. The adults are just as eager to learn as the younger students. Everyone generally looks tidy, even though their clothes may be rough and worn. Some time ago, a member of the Board of Education, while addressing one of these evening classes, emphasized the importance of maintaining personal neatness. It turned out that several men were present whose appearance suggested they had come straight from work to school. One of them stood up and offered the following explanation for how they looked. He said, “We don’t always come to school like this, but we were working in the p. 671yard pretty late and didn’t have time to go home for dinner since we didn’t want to be late for school; not expecting any visitors, we decided to come as we were. The Principal knows us, and we figured he would understand.”
An Evening High School, for males only, has been established, at which working men, and others unable to attend the day schools, may pursue a more extended course of study. English grammar, mathematics, natural science, drawing, navigation, municipal and constitutional law, phonography, declamation, book-keeping, Latin, French, German, and Spanish are embraced in the course. The students may pursue one or more studies, as they may desire.
An Evening High School has been set up exclusively for men, allowing working individuals and those who can't attend daytime classes to engage in a broader range of studies. The curriculum includes English grammar, math, natural science, drawing, navigation, municipal and constitutional law, shorthand, public speaking, bookkeeping, Latin, French, German, and Spanish. Students can choose to focus on one or more subjects as they wish.
The Mission Schools have been mentioned already.
The Mission Schools have been mentioned already.
II. THE COLLEGES.
The higher institutions of learning are numerous, but we can mention only the principal here.
The higher education institutions are many, but we can only highlight the main ones here.
The University of the City of New York was established in 1831, and is regarded as one of the best institutions of its kind in the country. It has a chancellor and a full corps of professors in its several schools. It includes a preparatory department, a grammar school, a school of art, a school of civil engineering, a school of analytical and practical chemistry, a school of medicine, and a school of law. The medical school has been especially famous, and has numbered among its professors, at various times, such men as Valentine Mott, John W. Draper, and William H. Van Buren.
The University of the City of New York was founded in 1831 and is considered one of the top institutions of its kind in the country. It has a chancellor and a full staff of professors in its various schools. It includes a preparatory department, a grammar school, a school of art, a school of civil engineering, a school of analytical and practical chemistry, a school of medicine, and a school of law. The medical school has been particularly renowned, and has included professors like Valentine Mott, John W. Draper, and William H. Van Buren at different times.
The University building is a showy edifice of white marble, in the English collegiate style of architecture, and is situated on the east side of Washington Square, between Waverley and East Washington Places, fronting on University Place. It has a frontage of 200 feet and a depth of 100 feet. The principal entrance is by the central door. From this a flight of marble p. 672steps leads to the main floor. Besides the rooms used for the various purposes of the University, there is a handsome chapel, and a hall containing a valuable library. Many of the rooms of the building are occupied by physicians, artists, and various societies, and as chambers by single men.
The University building is an impressive structure of white marble, designed in the English collegiate style, located on the east side of Washington Square, between Waverley and East Washington Places, facing University Place. It has a frontage of 200 feet and a depth of 100 feet. The main entrance is through the central door. From there, a flight of marble p. 672steps leads to the main floor. In addition to the rooms used for various university functions, there is an elegant chapel and a hall that houses a valuable library. Many of the rooms in the building are occupied by doctors, artists, and various societies, as well as single men residing in chambers.
Columbia College, occupying the block bounded by Madison and Fourth avenues, and Forty-ninth and Fiftieth streets, is the oldest institution of learning in the State, and ranks among the leading institutions of the country. It was founded by George II., in 1754, under the title of King’s College. The college was originally located in the lower part of the city, but, in 1849, the trustees purchased the present buildings, which were formerly used by the State Institution for Deaf Mutes. Attached to the college is a school of mines, in which full instruction is given in all the branches required to make a perfect scientific as well as a practical mining engineer. Large and extensive laboratories are attached to the school. There is also a law school, which forms a portion of the college, and which is located in Lafayette Place, opposite the Astor Library. The College of Physicians and Surgeons, at the corner of Twenty-third street p. 673and Fourth avenue, constitutes the medical school of Columbia College. The college is very wealthy, and its property is valued at several millions of dollars.
Columbia College, located between Madison and Fourth avenues and Forty-ninth and Fiftieth streets, is the oldest educational institution in the state and ranks among the top colleges in the country. It was founded by George II in 1754, under the name King’s College. The college was initially situated in the lower part of the city, but in 1849, the trustees bought the current buildings, which were previously used by the State Institution for Deaf Mutes. Attached to the college is a school of mines, where full instruction is provided in all the necessary areas to create a well-rounded scientific and practical mining engineer. There are large and extensive laboratories linked to the school. There is also a law school, which is a part of the college and is located on Lafayette Place, across from the Astor Library. The College of Physicians and Surgeons, located at the corner of Twenty-third street and Fourth avenue, serves as the medical school for Columbia College. The college is very affluent, and its property is valued at several million dollars.
The other colleges are, the College of St. Francis Xavier, in West Fifteenth street, the Union Theological Seminary, conducted by the Presbyterian Church, the College of Pharmacy, the New York Medical College for Women, the New York College of Veterinary Surgeons, the General Theological Seminary of the Protestant Episcopal Church, the Rutgers Female College, the New York Homœopathic College, several other medical colleges, and several business colleges.
The other colleges are the College of St. Francis Xavier on West Fifteenth Street, the Union Theological Seminary run by the Presbyterian Church, the College of Pharmacy, the New York Medical College for Women, the New York College of Veterinary Surgeons, the General Theological Seminary of the Protestant Episcopal Church, Rutgers Female College, the New York Homeopathic College, several other medical colleges, and various business colleges.
There are about 325 private and sectarian schools and academies in New York, with an average annual attendance of about 15,000 or 20,000 pupils, and employing more than 1500 teachers.
There are around 325 private and religious schools and academies in New York, with an average yearly attendance of about 15,000 to 20,000 students, and employing over 1,500 teachers.
The Cooper Institute is an imposing edifice of brown stone, occupying the block bounded by Third and Fourth avenues, and Seventh and Eighth streets. It was erected at a cost of nearly half a million dollars, by Peter Cooper, Esq., an p. 674eminent merchant of New York. The basement is occupied by an immense lecture room, capable of seating several thousand persons. The street floor is taken up with stores. The floor above this contains a number of offices, and the remainder of the building is occupied by a free library and reading room, and halls for lectures and for study.
The Cooper Institute is an impressive building made of brown stone, located on the block between Third and Fourth avenues, and Seventh and Eighth streets. It was built at a cost of nearly half a million dollars by Peter Cooper, a well-known merchant from New York. The basement features a large lecture room that can seat several thousand people. The ground floor is filled with shops. The floor above has several offices, while the rest of the building houses a free library and reading room, along with rooms for lectures and study.
The Institute is designed for the gratuitous instruction of the working classes in science, art, telegraphy, English, literature, and the foreign languages. One of its departments is a School of Design for women. The course is thorough and the standard of proficiency is high. The examinations are very searching, and it may be safely asserted, that the graduates of this institution are thoroughly grounded in the practical arts and sciences. The institution is a noble monument to the wisdom and benevolence of its founder, and is doing an immense amount of good to the class he designed to benefit. It is liberally endowed, and is managed by a Board of Directors. The stores and offices yield an annual income of nearly $30,000. The annual attendance upon the schools is about 1800.
The Institute is set up to provide free education for working-class individuals in science, art, telegraphy, English, literature, and foreign languages. One of its branches is a School of Design for women. The program is comprehensive, and the proficiency standards are high. The exams are quite rigorous, and it can be confidently said that the graduates of this institution are well-versed in practical arts and sciences. The institution stands as a commendable testament to the wisdom and kindness of its founder and is making a significant positive impact on the community it aims to help. It is generously funded and managed by a Board of Directors. The stores and offices generate an annual income of nearly $30,000. The yearly attendance at the schools is around 1,800.
p. 675LVII. JEROME PARK.
“The opening of the Central Park saved horseflesh in New York,” said an old jockey. Few who know the truth will gainsay this assertion. The opening of Jerome Park did as much for “horseflesh” by rescuing the sport of horse racing from the blackguards and thieves, into whose hands it had fallen, and placing it upon a respectable footing.
“The opening of Central Park saved horse racing in New York,” said an old jockey. Few who know the truth would disagree with this statement. The launch of Jerome Park did just as much for horse racing by pulling the sport away from the criminals and thieves who had taken control, and putting it back on a respectable path.
The Jerome Park Race Course owes its existence to Mr. Leonard W. Jerome, after whom it was named. The way in which it came into existence at all, was as follows: “The trains of the New York and New Haven Railroad enter the Metropolis upon the Harlem track. Justified by highly satisfactory reasons, the management of the Company decided to secure a different means of ingress to the city, and a tacit agreement was made with Leonard W. Jerome to the effect that if he would secure the right of way from the proper terminus of the New Haven Road clear through to New York, they would change their route. The firm at once bought all the land they could find along a strip of nine miles through Westchester County, up what is known as the Saw-Mill River Valley. Some portion of their purchase cost them at the rate of $300 an acre. Meanwhile Commodore Vanderbilt got news of the movement, bought largely of the New Haven stock, and at the succeeding election of directors was able to make such changes in the board as effectually stopped the change of base from the Harlem Line. The contract on which Jerome had acted was not in such a form as admitted of litigation. He had acquired an immense amount of real estate with no prospect of immediate realizations. Then came the idea of the race-course. Not less p. 676than $100,000 was cleared as net profit from that expedient. Another portion of the land was sold as a cemetery. But Jerome has the greater part of the property still on his hands.”
The Jerome Park Race Course exists thanks to Mr. Leonard W. Jerome, who it was named after. Here’s how it all happened: “The trains of the New York and New Haven Railroad enter the city using the Harlem track. Justified by solid reasons, the Company's management decided to find a different way into the city, and a silent agreement was made with Leonard W. Jerome that if he could secure the right of way from the end of the New Haven Road all the way to New York, they would change their route. The firm immediately bought up all the land they could along a nine-mile stretch through Westchester County, up what’s known as the Saw-Mill River Valley. Some of their purchases cost about $300 an acre. Meanwhile, Commodore Vanderbilt caught wind of the plan, invested heavily in New Haven stock, and at the next directors’ election, he was able to make changes to the board that effectively halted the rerouting from the Harlem Line. The contract Jerome had was not structured in a way that allowed for legal action. He ended up with a massive amount of real estate but no immediate profit. Then came the idea of the racecourse. At least $100,000 was cleared as net profit from that venture. A portion of the land was sold for use as a cemetery. But Jerome still holds most of the property.”
The race-course is the property of the American Jockey Club, and the Spring and Fall Meetings of that association are held there, and are attended by large and fashionable crowds. The Club House and Club Stand occupy the most retired and elevated portion of the grounds, but the best point of view is the Grand Stand, in front of which is the usual starting point and winning post. The price of admission is high, but the grounds are thronged with vehicles and persons on foot. As many as ten or fifteen thousand persons may be seen within the enclosure, while the favorable positions outside of the grounds are black with more economical spectators. The crowd is orderly and good-humored, and the occasion is rarely marred by any act of rowdyism or lawlessness.
The racetrack is owned by the American Jockey Club, and the Spring and Fall Meetings of that association take place there, drawing large and stylish crowds. The Club House and Club Stand are situated in a quieter, higher part of the grounds, but the best vantage point is the Grand Stand, in front of which is the usual starting point and finish line. Admission prices are steep, but the grounds are packed with cars and pedestrians. Up to ten or fifteen thousand people can be seen within the enclosure, while the better spots outside the grounds are filled with more budget-conscious spectators. The crowd is orderly and cheerful, and the event is rarely disrupted by any rowdy behavior or lawlessness.
A great deal of money changes hands at the races. Bets are freely offered and taken on the various horses. The pools sell rapidly, and the genial auctioneer finds his post no sinecure. The struggles of the noble animals are watched with the deepest interest. The greatest excitement prevails amongst the élite in the private stands, as well as throughout the common herd below. Every eye is strained to watch the swift coursers as they whirl down the track, and when the quarter stretch is gained the excitement is beyond control. The victor steed flashes with lightning speed by the winning post amidst a storm of cheers and yells of delight.
A lot of money changes hands at the races. Bets are easily placed on the different horses. The pools fill up quickly, and the friendly auctioneer has his work cut out for him. The struggles of the noble animals are watched with great interest. There’s a huge buzz among the elite in the private stands, as well as among the crowd below. Every eye is glued to the fast horses as they race down the track, and when they reach the final stretch, the excitement is overwhelming. The winning horse flashes by the finish line amidst a storm of cheers and shouts of joy.
The course is still new, but the system which it has inaugurated is becoming more thorough every year. The management is in the hands of gentlemen of character, who are seeking to make at least one place in the country where the blackguards and reckless gamblers who disgrace the American turf shall be powerless to control affairs. The benefits of this management will be very great. The stock of the State will be vastly improved, and the metropolis, especially, will be able to boast some of the finest blooded racers in the world.
The course is still new, but the system it started is getting more comprehensive every year. The management is handled by respectable individuals who are aiming to create at least one place in the country where the dishonest and reckless gamblers who tarnish the American horse racing scene can’t influence things. The advantages of this management will be significant. The quality of the state's stock will greatly improve, and the city, in particular, will be able to showcase some of the best-bred racehorses in the world.
p. 677LVIII. COMMODORE VANDERBILT.
Visitors to the Central Park on pleasant afternoons, rarely fail to notice a light buggy, generally with a single occupant, drawn by a pair of fine horses, whose whole appearance is indicative of their high breeding and great speed. The animals would command attention anywhere, and the driver would excite equal notice, for all are physically among the finest specimens of their kind to be met with in the country. The man is almost seventy-eight years of age, but he looks twenty years younger. He is large of frame, tall, erect, and with a face as handsome and as cold as a statue. He is one of the best known men in the country, and he is called Cornelius Vanderbilt.
Visitors to Central Park on nice afternoons rarely miss a light buggy, usually with just one person inside, pulled by a pair of sleek horses that clearly show their high breeding and speed. These horses would grab attention anywhere, and the driver would get equal notice because all of them are among the best examples of their kind in the country. The man is almost seventy-eight years old, but he looks twenty years younger. He has a large, tall, and upright frame, with a face as handsome and as cold as a statue. He is one of the most recognized men in the country, and his name is Cornelius Vanderbilt.
He was born on Staten Island, May 27th, 1794. His father was a boatman, who had acquired money enough by attention to his business to purchase and stock a farm, on which the subject of this sketch passed his boyhood. Many interesting stories are told of Vanderbilt’s boyhood, showing an early development of the vigorous traits which have marked his maturer life. His passion for horses seems to have been born with him. In his seventeenth year he became a boatman in New York harbor, devoting himself to the task of rowing passengers about or across the harbor in his own boat. He displayed great energy and determination, and not a little genius, in this calling, and earned money rapidly and steadily. At the age of nineteen he married. In 1815, having saved money enough, he built a fine schooner, and in the winter embarked in the coasting trade, going as far south as Charleston, S.C., but continuing to ply his boat in the harbor during the summer. By the time he was p. 678twenty-four years old, he had saved nine thousand dollars, and had built several small vessels.
He was born on Staten Island on May 27, 1794. His father was a boatman who had made enough money through hard work to buy and stock a farm, where the subject of this story spent his childhood. Many interesting tales are shared about Vanderbilt’s youth, highlighting the early signs of the strong traits that would define his later life. His love for horses seems to have been innate. At seventeen, he became a boatman in New York harbor, focusing on rowing passengers around or across the harbor in his own boat. He showed impressive energy, determination, and a good deal of talent in this role, quickly and steadily earning money. By the time he was nineteen, he got married. In 1815, after saving enough money, he built a fine schooner and started working in the coastal trade during the winter, traveling as far south as Charleston, S.C., while still operating his boat in the harbor during the summer. By the time he was p. 678twenty-four years old, he had saved nine thousand dollars and had built several small vessels.
In 1818, he suddenly abandoned his flourishing business, and accepted the command of a steamboat, with a salary of one thousand dollars. His friends were greatly astonished at this step, and remonstrated with him warmly, but without shaking his resolution. He had the sagacity to perceive that the steamboats were about to revolutionize the whole system of water transportation, and he meant to secure a foothold in the new order of affairs without delay. The result vindicated his wisdom.
In 1818, he suddenly left his successful business and took on the role of a steamboat captain, earning a salary of one thousand dollars. His friends were very surprised by this decision and tried to talk him out of it, but he remained firm in his choice. He had the insight to see that steamboats were going to change water transportation completely, and he wanted to establish himself in this new landscape right away. The outcome proved him right.
The steamer which he commanded was one of a line plying between New York and New Brunswick—the old route to Philadelphia. This line was conducted by Mr. Thomas Gibbons, and was warmly opposed by the representatives of Fulton and Livingston, who claimed a monopoly of the right to navigate the waters of New York by steam. Gibbons was effectively supported by Vanderbilt, who ran his boat regularly in spite of all efforts made to stop him, until the courts sustained him in his rights. Then Vanderbilt was allowed to control the line in his own way, and conducted it with such success that it paid Gibbons an annual profit of forty thousand dollars.
The steamer he commanded was part of a service running between New York and New Brunswick—the traditional route to Philadelphia. This service was operated by Mr. Thomas Gibbons, who faced strong opposition from Fulton and Livingston, who claimed they had exclusive rights to navigate New York's waters by steam. Gibbons received solid support from Vanderbilt, who continued to run his boat regularly despite all efforts to shut him down until the courts upheld his rights. After that, Vanderbilt was allowed to manage the line as he saw fit, running it so successfully that it generated an annual profit of forty thousand dollars for Gibbons.
In 1829, at the age of thirty-five, he left the service of Mr. Gibbons, and for the second time began life on his own account. He built a small steamer, called the “Caroline,” and commanded her himself. In a few years he was the owner of several small steamers plying between New York and the neighboring towns. Thus began his remarkable career as a steamboat owner, which was one unbroken round of prosperity. He eventually became the most important man in the steamboat interest of the country. He has owned or has had an interest in one hundred steam vessels—hence his title of Commodore—and has been instrumental in a greater degree than any other man, in bringing down the tariff of steamboat fares. He has never lost a vessel by fire, by explosion, or a wreck. His “North Star” and “Vanderbilt” were famous steamships in their day, and in the latter he made an extended tour to the various ports of Europe.
In 1829, at the age of thirty-five, he left Mr. Gibbons' service and started his own venture for the second time. He built a small steamer called the “Caroline” and captained it himself. Within a few years, he owned several small steamers operating between New York and nearby towns. This marked the beginning of his impressive career as a steamboat owner, characterized by continuous success. Eventually, he became the most significant figure in the country's steamboat industry. He owned or had stakes in one hundred steam vessels—earning him the title of Commodore—and played a bigger role than anyone else in lowering steamboat fare tariffs. He never lost a vessel to fire, explosion, or wreck. His steamships “North Star” and “Vanderbilt” were renowned in their time, and he took an extensive tour with the latter to various European ports.
A year or two before the Civil War, Mr. Vanderbilt began to invest largely in railroad stocks and iron works. He at length secured the control of the Hudson River, Harlem and New York Central Roads, and their dependencies, which made him as important a personage in this branch of our industry as he had been in the steamboat interest. His control of these roads also gave him a commanding influence in the stock market of Wall street, and brought within his reach numerous opportunities for enriching himself by speculations, of which he was not slow to avail himself. Wall street is full of stories concerning him, and it is evident from many of these that he has dealt the dealers there too many hard blows to be popular amongst them.
A year or two before the Civil War, Mr. Vanderbilt started investing heavily in railroad stocks and ironworks. Eventually, he gained control over the Hudson River, Harlem, and New York Central railroads, along with their subsidiaries, making him just as significant in this area of our industry as he had been in the steamboat business. His control over these railroads also gave him a major influence in the Wall Street stock market and opened up many opportunities for him to get rich through speculations, which he eagerly took advantage of. Wall Street is full of stories about him, and it's clear from many of these that he has dealt the traders there quite a few hard blows, so he's not exactly popular among them.
Mr. Vanderbilt resides in a handsome old-fashioned brick mansion in East Washington Place. His business office is in Fourth street, near Broadway. His wealth is very great, and is generally estimated in the city at over forty millions of dollars. He is said to have a greater command of large sums of ready money than almost any other American capitalist.
Mr. Vanderbilt lives in a beautiful, classic brick mansion on East Washington Place. His office is located on Fourth Street, close to Broadway. He's incredibly wealthy, with his fortune generally estimated at over forty million dollars in the city. It's said that he has access to more large sums of cash than almost any other American capitalist.
Mr. Vanderbilt has been twice married, and is the father of thirteen children—nine daughters and four sons, all the children of his first wife. His grandchildren are numerous.
Mr. Vanderbilt has been married twice and is the father of thirteen kids—nine daughters and four sons, all from his first wife. He has many grandchildren.
p. 680LIX. THE BUMMERS.
The Bummer is simply one who detests work, and who manages to live in some degree of comfort without earning the means of doing so. There are many such in the city. The genuine Bummer is more of a beggar than a thief, though he will steal if he has an opportunity. Nothing will induce him to go to work, not even the prospect of starvation. He has a sublime confidence in his ability to get through life easily and lazily, and his greatest horror is the probability of falling into the hands of the police, and being sent to Blackwell’s Island as a vagrant. All that he desires is money enough to gratify a few actual wants, food enough to eat, clothing to cover his nakedness, and a place where he can enjoy the warmth of a fire in the winter. He has great faith in the charitableness of New York, and thinks that any of the necessities of life may be had here for the asking, and he does not hesitate to ask for them. You would wound him deeply by calling him a beggar. He never begs, he only asks. He asks bread of the baker, or from the housekeepers of the city, and obtains his clothing in the same way. If he wants a little pocket money, he does not hesitate to ask for it from the passers-by on the streets. He never spends money on food. Such a use of “the needful” is a deadly sin in his eyes. Money was made to furnish him with cheap whiskey and bad tobacco. It is too easy to obtain food by asking for it to think of buying it. If he does not receive enough to satisfy his hunger at one house, he goes to another, and repeats his efforts until he is satisfied. One hates to refuse food to any human being who claims to have need of it, and the Bummer knows this. Some of these people keep lists of various p. 681householders, with a memorandum attached to each name, showing the best hours for calling, and the nature of the articles that will probably be given. They assist each other by information as to the charitably disposed, and should any householder display any degree of liberality toward them, he is sure to be overrun by a host of seedy and hungry Bummers.
The Bummer is basically someone who hates working and manages to live somewhat comfortably without actually earning a living. There are plenty of these people in the city. The true Bummer is more of a beggar than a thief, although he'll steal if the opportunity arises. Nothing can make him go to work, not even the fear of starving. He has an unshakeable belief in his ability to coast through life with ease and laziness, and his biggest nightmare is ending up in police custody and being sent to Blackwell’s Island as a vagrant. All he wants is enough money to cover a few basic needs, food to eat, clothes to wear, and a warm place to stay during the winter. He believes strongly in the generosity of New York and thinks that any essential items can be obtained here just by asking, which he does without hesitation. Calling him a beggar would really hurt his feelings. He never begs; he just asks. He asks bakers for bread or city housekeepers for supplies and gets his clothes the same way. If he wants a little spending money, he isn't shy about asking people passing by on the streets. He never spends money on food. Using “the needful” like that is a major sin in his view. Money is meant to buy him cheap whiskey and bad tobacco. It's way too simple to get food just by asking for it to even consider buying it. If he doesn't get enough to fill him up at one place, he moves on to another and keeps trying until he's satisfied. People generally dislike refusing food to anyone who claims they need it, and the Bummer is aware of this. Some of these individuals keep lists of different house owners, along with notes showing the best times to visit and what kinds of items are likely to be given. They share information about who is generous, and if any householder shows even a little bit of kindness toward them, he's guaranteed to be swarmed by a crowd of shabby, hungry Bummers.
A few years ago, the City Hall Park, which was then shaded by noble old trees, and the Battery, were the favorite resorts of this class in fair weather. They would sit on the benches of the park, and doze, or, when very sleepy, would lie at full length upon them, until aroused by a blow from a policeman’s club upon the soles of their shoes. They were not allowed to sleep in the park, and when caught in the act were compelled to join the throng of promenaders in Broadway, and “move on.” At the Battery they were rarely disturbed. That locality was then a mere receptacle for trash, and the Bummer was at home there. The dirt heaps were softer than the stones, and the breeze that came in from the bay was highly favorable to slumber. Now, all has been changed. The massive edifice of the New Post-office covers the old resort of the Bummer, and the Battery has been made so spruce and trim that it needs not the gruff voice of the gray-coated guardian of the place to make the Bummer feel that it is lost to him forever.
A few years ago, City Hall Park, which was shaded by grand old trees, and the Battery were the favorite spots for this group when the weather was nice. They would sit on the park benches and doze off, or, when really tired, lie down flat on them until they were woken up by a tap from a policeman’s club on their shoes. They weren’t allowed to sleep in the park, and if caught, they had to jump into the crowd of people walking on Broadway and “move on.” At the Battery, they were rarely bothered. That area was just a dumping ground, and the Bummer felt at home there. The piles of dirt were softer than the stones, and the breeze from the bay was perfect for napping. Now, everything has changed. The large building of the New Post-office stands where the Bummer used to hang out, and the Battery has been cleaned up and spruced up so much that it doesn’t take the rough voice of the gray-coated guard to make the Bummer realize it’s lost to him forever.
During the day, the Bummer roams about the city, resting where he can, and occasionally dropping into a bar-room to fill himself with five-cent whiskey. He is not averse to receiving a treat, and it should be mentioned to his credit that he is always ready to treat his friends to his favorite drink when he is in funds. When hungry, he “asks” for food. He is fond of visiting the second-rate theatres at the expense of somebody else, and hangs around them, hoping some one will give him a check before the performance is over. In mild weather, he will sleep almost anywhere, in or around a market house, or in an empty wagon. The hay-barges in North River afford comfortable beds, and many Bummers occupy them. In wet or cold weather, the Bummer patronizes the cheap lodging-houses, or the cellars, and as a last resort applies for shelter at the station p. 682house. He is diffident about asking assistance at the last place, however, for he has a vague idea that the police would be only too glad to get him safely lodged on the Island. One of his favorite amusements is attendance upon the police courts. This affords him a few hours of rest in a comfortable place, and furnishes him with material for thought.
During the day, the Bummer wanders around the city, taking breaks whenever he can and sometimes popping into a bar to enjoy some cheap whiskey. He’s not opposed to someone treating him, and it's worth mentioning that he’s always willing to buy his friends a drink when he has the money. When he’s hungry, he “asks” for food. He likes going to second-rate theaters on someone else's dime and hangs around, hoping someone will give him a ticket before the show ends. In nice weather, he can sleep just about anywhere, like in or around a market building or in an empty wagon. The hay-barges in the North River provide cozy beds, and many Bummers occupy them. When it’s wet or cold, the Bummer opts for cheap lodging houses or cellars, and as a last resort, he asks for shelter at the station p. 682. However, he feels hesitant to seek help at that last place because he has a nagging feeling that the police would be too happy to get him locked up on the Island. One of his favorite pastimes is attending the police courts. This gives him a few hours of rest in a comfortable spot and provides him with something to think about.
In begging, the Bummer never asks boldly for aid. He always prefaces his request with a pitiful story of misfortune, and expresses his sense of shame at being an able-bodied man and yet compelled to “ask” for assistance. He is an adept at deceiving good-hearted people, and very clever at assuming the air of innocent misfortune. Thus he supplies his wants.
In begging, the Bummer never outright asks for help. He always starts with a sad story about his misfortunes and shows his shame at being able-bodied yet forced to “ask” for help. He’s skilled at tricking kind-hearted people and very good at appearing as an innocent victim of bad luck. This is how he gets what he needs.
In his confidential moments, he readily admits that “Bumming” is a hard life, but he is confident that it is better than working for a living. You cannot induce him to accept any species of employment, however light. Vagrancy has a strange fascination for him, and he will be nothing but what he is until five-cent whiskey sinks him to a grade still lower. Sometimes he sees his doom afar off, and anticipates it by seeking the cold waters of the East River. At the best, suicide is the happiest end he can hope for, and it does not require much exertion to drown oneself. Should he allow events to take their natural course, there is but one prospect before him—a pauper’s death and the dissecting-table.
In his private moments, he openly admits that “Bumming” is a tough way to live, but he believes it’s still better than having a regular job. You can’t convince him to take any kind of work, no matter how easy. He finds something oddly appealing about being homeless, and he’ll stay exactly as he is until cheap whiskey drags him down even further. Sometimes, he sees his own future coming and tries to escape it by heading for the cold waters of the East River. At best, he thinks suicide is the most positive ending he could hope for, and it doesn’t take much effort to drown himself. If he just lets things unfold naturally, there’s only one outcome for him—a poor man’s death and the dissecting table.
Some of these men have had fair starts in life. Some of them are well educated, and could have risen to eminence in some useful calling. A fondness for liquor and a disinclination to work have been their ruin.
Some of these men had decent beginnings in life. Some are well-educated and could have achieved greatness in a meaningful career. Their downfall has been a love for alcohol and a reluctance to work.
p. 683LX. TENEMENT HOUSE LIFE.
The peculiar formation of the island of Manhattan renders it impossible for the city to expand save in one direction. On the south, east, and west its growth is checked by the waters of the rivers and bay, so that it can increase only to the northward. The lower part of the island is being occupied for business purposes more and more exclusively every year, and the people are being forced higher up town. Those who remain in the extreme lower portion for purposes of residence are simply the very poor. Those who can afford to do so, seek locations removed as far as is convenient to them from the business section. The laboring class, by which I mean all who are forced to pursue some regular occupation for their support, are not able to go far from their work, and are obliged to remain in locations which will enable them to reach their places of business with as little delay as possible.
The unique shape of Manhattan makes it impossible for the city to grow except in one direction. To the south, east, and west, its expansion is blocked by the waterways and the bay, so the only way it can grow is north. Each year, more and more of the lower part of the island is taken over for business, pushing residents further uptown. Those who still live in the very southern part are mostly the very poor. Those who can afford it try to find places as far away as possible from the business area. The working class, which includes anyone who has to hold a regular job to support themselves, cannot move far from their work and must stay close enough to reach their jobs without much delay.
Consequently the bulk of the population is packed into that portion of the city which lies between the City Hall and Fourteenth street. By the United States Census of 1870, the population of the wards in this district was reported as follows:
Consequently, most of the population is concentrated in the area of the city between City Hall and Fourteenth Street. According to the United States Census of 1870, the population of the wards in this district was reported as follows:
Wards Units |
Natives Indigenous people |
Foreigners Non-native speakers |
Total Total |
4 4 |
10456 10456 |
13292 13292 |
23748 23748 |
5 5 |
9245 9245 |
7905 7905 |
17150 17150 |
6 6 |
9444 9444 |
11709 11709 |
21153 21153 |
7 7 |
24130 24130 |
20688 20688 |
41818 41818 |
8 8 |
20285 20285 |
14628 14628 |
34913 34913 |
9 9 |
33020 33020 |
14589 14589 |
47609 47609 |
10 10 |
18851 18851 |
22580 22580 |
41431 41431 |
11 11 |
34805 34805 |
29425 29425 |
64230 64230 |
13 13 |
19288 19288 |
14076 14076 |
33364 33364 |
14 14 |
13379 13379 |
13057 13057 |
26436 26436 |
15 15 |
16821 16821 |
10766 10766 |
27587 27587 |
17 17 |
46033 46033 |
49332 49332 |
95365 95365 |
Total Total |
255757 255757 |
222047 222047 |
477804 477804 |
p. 684By the same census, the total population of the city in 1870 was 942,292. The district included in the above wards is about two miles square, which would give for this portion of New York an average population of 238,902 to the mile square. The Seventeenth ward covers less than one-fortieth of the whole area of the island, and contains more than one-tenth of the whole population.
p. 684According to the same census, the total population of the city in 1870 was 942,292. The district included in the above wards is about two square miles, resulting in an average population of 238,902 per square mile for this part of New York. The Seventeenth ward occupies less than one-fortieth of the entire island's area but holds more than one-tenth of the total population.
The total area of the city is twenty-two square miles, and we find that one-half of its population is cramped within an area of about four square miles. It is evident, therefore, that they must be housed in a very small number of buildings, and such indeed is the case.
The total area of the city is twenty-two square miles, and we see that half of its population is squeezed into roughly four square miles. It’s clear, then, that they must be living in a very limited number of buildings, and that’s exactly what’s happening.
The section of the city embraced in the wards we have named is filled with a class of buildings called tenement houses. The law classes all dwellings containing three or more families as tenement houses, but the true tenement house is an institution peculiar to New York. There are about 70,000 buildings in the city used for purposes of business and as dwellings, and of these, 20,000 are tenement houses, containing about 160,000 families, or about 500,000 people. This would give an average population of eight families or twenty persons to each tenement house in the city. In 1867 the number of tenement houses was 18,582. The following table will show their distribution among the wards at that time, and their sanitary condition:
The part of the city covered by the wards we've mentioned has a lot of buildings known as tenement houses. The law defines all residences with three or more families as tenement houses, but the true tenement house is a unique establishment in New York. There are about 70,000 buildings in the city used for both business and living, and out of those, 20,000 are tenement houses, housing approximately 160,000 families, or around 500,000 people. This results in an average of eight families or twenty individuals per tenement house in the city. In 1867, there were 18,582 tenement houses. The following table will show their distribution across the wards at that time, along with their sanitary condition:
|
No. of Tenement Tenement Number |
In bad sanitary condition from In poor sanitation from |
Wards. Departments. |
Houses. Homes. |
any cause. any reason. |
1 1 |
275 275 |
175 175 |
2 2 |
- - |
- - |
3 3 |
40 40 |
24 24 |
4 4 |
500 500 |
300 300 |
5 5 |
300 300 |
180 180 |
6 6 |
600 600 |
360 360 |
7 7 |
1847 1847 |
890 890 |
8 8 |
850 850 |
546 546 |
9 9 |
60 60 |
434 434 |
10 10 |
430 430 |
196 196 |
11 11 |
2400 2400 |
1200 1200 |
12 12 |
208 208 |
104 104 |
13 13 |
550 550 |
275 275 |
14 14 |
550 550 |
346 346 |
15 15 |
200 200 |
132 132 |
16 16 |
1300 1300 |
433 433 |
17 17 |
2305 2305 |
1138 1138 |
18 & 21 18 & 21 |
2276 2276 |
1516 1516 |
19 19 |
761 761 |
380 380 |
20 20 |
1250 1250 |
417 417 |
22 22 |
1200 1200 |
800 800 |
Total Total |
18582 18582 |
9846 9846 |
p. 685The reader will no doubt suppose that the inmates of these houses are compelled to remain in them because of extreme poverty. This is not the case. The tenement houses are occupied mainly by the honest laboring population of New York, who receive fair wages for their work. They herd here because the rents of single houses are either out of proportion to, or beyond their means, and because they are convenient to their work. They are not paupers, but they cannot afford the fearful cost of a separate home, and they are forced to resort to this mode of life in order to live with any degree of comfort. Many of the most skilled mechanics, many of the best paid operatives of both sexes, who are earning comfortable wages, are forced to live in these vast barracks, simply because the bare rent of an empty house in a moderately decent neighborhood, is from $1000 upward. Did the city possess some means of rapid transit between its upper and lower extremities, which would prevent the loss of the time now wasted in traversing the length of the island, there can be no doubt that the tenement sections would soon be thinned out.
p. 685People might think that the residents of these buildings have to stay there because they are extremely poor. This isn’t true. The tenement buildings are mainly occupied by hardworking people in New York who earn decent wages. They live here because the rent for single-family homes is either too high for them or simply beyond their budget, and it’s close to where they work. They aren’t homeless, but they can’t afford the exorbitant costs of a separate home, so they have to choose this way of living to maintain some level of comfort. Many skilled workers and well-paid employees of all genders, who earn good wages, are still forced to live in these large dormitory-like buildings, simply because the minimum rent for an empty house in a reasonably decent neighborhood is over $1000. If the city had a better public transit system connecting its northern and southern areas, which would eliminate the time wasted traveling across the island, it’s likely that the tenement neighborhoods would quickly become less crowded.
There are two classes of tenement houses in the city. Those occupied by the well-to-do working people, and those which are simply the homes of the poor. The first are immense, but spruce looking structures, and are kept cleaner than the latter, but all suffer from the evils incident to and inseparable from such close packing. Those of the second class are simply dens of vice and misery. In the older quarters of the city, many of the old time residences are now occupied as tenement houses. The old Walton mansion in Pearl street, opposite the vast establishment of Harper & Brothers, was once the most elegant and hospitable mansion in New York. It is now one of the most wretched tenement houses in the city. The tenement houses of the upper wards, however, were constructed for the uses to which they are put. As pecuniary investments they pay well, the rents sometimes yielding as much as thirty per cent. on the investment. One of them shall serve as a description of the average tenement house. The building stands on a lot with a front of 50 feet, and a depth of 250 feet. It has an alley running the whole depth p. 686on each side of it. These alley-ways are excavated to the depth of the cellars, arched over, and covered with flag stones, in which, at intervals, are open gratings to give light below; the whole length of which space is occupied by water closets, without doors, and under which are open drains communicating with the street sewers. The building is five stories high, and has a flat roof. The only ventilation is by a window, which opens against a dead wall eight feet distant, and to which rises the vapor from the vault below. There is water on each floor, and gas pipes are laid through the building, so that those who desire it can use gas. The building contains 126 families, or about 700 inhabitants. Each family has a narrow sitting-room, which is used also for working and eating, and a closet called a bed room. But few of the rooms are properly ventilated. The sun never shines in at the windows, and if the sky is overcast the rooms are so dark as to need artificial light. The whole house is dirty, and is filled with the mingled odors from the cooking-stoves and the sinks. In the winter the rooms are kept too close by the stoves, and in the summer the natural heat is made tenfold greater by the fires for cooking and washing. Pass these houses on a hot night, and you will see the streets in front of them filled with the occupants, and every window choked up with human heads, all panting and praying for relief and fresh air. Sometimes the families living in the close rooms we have described, take “boarders,” who pay a part of the expenses of the “establishment.” Formerly the occupants of these buildings emptied their filth and refuse matter into the public streets, which in these quarters were simply horrible to behold; but of late years, the police, by compelling a rigid observance of the sanitary laws, have greatly improved the condition of the houses and streets, and consequently the health of the people. During the past winter, however, many of the East side streets have become horribly filthy.
There are two types of tenement buildings in the city. Those inhabited by financially stable working people and those that are just homes for the poor. The first group consists of large, well-kept buildings that are cleaner than the latter, but all face the problems common to such close quarters. The second group is simply filled with vice and suffering. In the older parts of the city, many historic residences have been converted into tenement houses. The old Walton mansion on Pearl Street, across from the large Harper & Brothers establishment, was once the most elegant and welcoming home in New York. Now, it is one of the most miserable tenement houses in the city. However, the tenement houses in the upper wards were originally built for their current purpose. As financial investments, they yield good returns, with rents sometimes generating as much as thirty percent. One of them will serve as an example of the average tenement house. The building sits on a lot that is 50 feet wide and 250 feet deep. There is an alley running the entire length on each side. These alleyways are dug down to the cellar depth, arched over, and covered with flagstones, which have open grates at intervals to allow light below; the entire length is filled with water closets, without doors, with open drains leading to the street sewers below. The building has five stories and a flat roof. The only ventilation comes from a window that opens toward a dead wall eight feet away, from which rises vapor from the vault below. Each floor has water, and gas pipes run through the building, allowing those who wish to use gas. The building houses 126 families, or about 700 people. Each family has a narrow sitting room that also serves as a workspace and eating area, and a space referred to as a bedroom. Few of the rooms are adequately ventilated. The sun never shines through the windows, and if the sky is overcast, the rooms are so dark that artificial light is necessary. The entire house is dirty and filled with the mixed smells from cooking stoves and sinks. In winter, the rooms are too cramped because of the stoves, and in summer, the heat is significantly increased by cooking and washing fires. Pass these houses on a hot night, and you'll see the streets in front crowded with residents, and every window filled with people, all gasping for relief and fresh air. Sometimes families living in these cramped rooms take in "boarders" to help cover the costs of living. Previously, the residents of these buildings dumped their waste into the public streets, making those areas unbearable; but in recent years, the police have enforced strict adherence to sanitary laws, greatly improving the conditions of the houses and streets, and consequently the health of the people. However, during the past winter, many East Side streets have become extremely filthy.
The reader must not suppose that the house just described is an exceptional establishment. In the Eleventh and Seventeenth wards whole streets, for many blocks, are lined with similar houses. There are many single blocks of dwellings containing p. 689twice the number of families residing on Fifth avenue, on both sides of that street, from Washington Square to the Park, or than a continuous row of dwellings similar to those on Fifth avenue, three or four miles in length. The Fourth ward, covering an area of 83 acres, contains 23,748 inhabitants. The city of Springfield (Massachusetts), contains 26,703 inhabitants. The Eleventh ward, comprising 196 acres, contains more people than the cities of Mobile (Alabama), and Salem (Massachusetts), combined. The Seventh ward, covering 110 acres, contains more inhabitants than the city of Syracuse (New York). The Seventeenth ward, covering 331 acres, contains more inhabitants than the city of Cleveland (Ohio), which is the fifteenth city in the Union in respect of population.
The reader shouldn’t think that the house just described is unique. In the Eleventh and Seventeenth wards, entire streets for many blocks have similar houses. There are numerous single blocks with twice the number of families living on Fifth Avenue, on both sides of that street, from Washington Square to the Park, or in a continuous row of houses like those on Fifth Avenue, extending three or four miles. The Fourth Ward, covering 83 acres, has 23,748 residents. The city of Springfield, Massachusetts, has 26,703 residents. The Eleventh Ward, spanning 196 acres, has more people than the cities of Mobile, Alabama, and Salem, Massachusetts, combined. The Seventh Ward, covering 110 acres, has more residents than the city of Syracuse, New York. The Seventeenth Ward, covering 331 acres, has more residents than the city of Cleveland, Ohio, which ranks as the fifteenth largest city in the U.S. in terms of population.
The best of the tenement houses are uncomfortable. Where so large a number of people are gathered under the same roof to live as they please, it is impossible to keep the premises clean. A very large portion of them are in bad repair and in equally bad sanitary condition. In 1867 these houses made up fifty-two per cent. of the whole number, and there is no reason to believe that there has been any improvement since then. Many of them are simply appalling. They become more wretched and squalid as the East River and Five Points sections are reached. Cherry, Water, and the neighboring streets, are little better than charnel houses.
The best of the tenement buildings are still uncomfortable. When so many people are living together under one roof, it’s impossible to keep the place clean. A large portion of them are in bad shape and have poor sanitation. In 1867, these buildings accounted for fifty-two percent of the total, and there’s no reason to think things have improved since then. Many are simply horrifying. They get more miserable and dirty as you move towards the East River and Five Points area. Cherry, Water, and nearby streets are hardly better than places of death.
About three months ago one of the most wretched rookeries in the city was cleared out and cleansed by order of the Board of Health. This was known as “Sweeney’s,” and stood in Gotham Court. The immediate cause of its overhauling was the discovery of its actual condition made by Detective Finn and Mr. Edward Crapsey of the New York Times, during a visit to it. Mr. Crapsey gives the following interesting account of his visit:
About three months ago, one of the most miserable shantytowns in the city was shut down and cleaned up by order of the Board of Health. This place was known as “Sweeney’s” and was located in Gotham Court. The direct reason for this action was the discovery of its true state made by Detective Finn and Mr. Edward Crapsey of the New York Times during a visit. Mr. Crapsey shares this intriguing account of his visit:
“As we stopped in Cherry street at the entrance to Gotham Court, and Detective Finn dug a tunnel of light with his bullseye lantern into the foulness and blackness of that smirch on civilization, a score or more of boys who had been congregated at the edge of the court suddenly plunged back into the p. 690obscurity, and we heard the splash of their feet in the foul collections of the pavements.
“As we paused on Cherry Street at the entrance to Gotham Court, Detective Finn shone his bullseye lantern into the filth and darkness of that stain on civilization. A group of boys who had been gathered at the edge of the court suddenly rushed back into the p. 690shadows, and we heard the splashing of their feet in the grime on the streets."
“‘This bullseye is an old acquaintance here,’ said the detective, ‘and as its coming most always means “somebody wanted,” you see how they hide. Though why they should object to go to jail is more than I know; I’d rather stay in the worst dungeon in town than here. Come this way and I’ll show you why.’
“‘This target is a familiar sight here,’ said the detective, ‘and since it usually means “someone is wanted,” you can see how they hide. Though I don’t understand why they’d prefer to avoid jail; I’d rather be in the worst dungeon in town than here. Come this way, and I’ll show you why.’”
“Carefully keeping in the little track of light cut into the darkness by the lantern, I followed the speaker, who turned into the first door on the right, and I found myself in an entry about four feet by six, with steep, rough, rickety stairs leading upward in the foreground, and their counterparts at the rear giving access to as successful a manufactory of disease and death as any city on earth can show. Coming to the first of these stairs, I was peremptorily halted by the foul stenches rising from below; but Finn, who had reached the bottom, threw back the relentless light upon the descending way and urged me on. Every step oozed with moisture and was covered sole deep with unmentionable filth; but I ventured on, and reaching my conductor, stood in a vault some twelve feet wide and two hundred long, which extended under the whole of West Gotham Court. The walls of rough stone dripped with slimy exudations, while the pavements yielded to the slightest pressure of the feet a suffocating odor compounded of bilge-water and sulphuretted hydrogen. Upon one side of this elongated cave of horrors were ranged a hundred closets, every one of which reeked with this filth, mixed with that slimy moisture which was everywhere as a proof that the waters of the neighboring East River penetrated, and lingered here to foul instead of purify.
“Carefully staying in the small beam of light cut through the darkness by the lantern, I followed the speaker, who turned into the first door on the right. I found myself in a small entry about four feet by six, with steep, rough, rickety stairs leading up in front, and at the back, more stairs providing access to one of the most successful places for spreading disease and death as any city on earth can show. When I reached the first of these stairs, I was abruptly stopped by the foul odors coming from below; but Finn, who had reached the bottom, shone the relentless light back down the way and urged me on. Every step was damp and covered in unmentionable filth; but I pressed on, and once I reached my guide, I stood in a vault about twelve feet wide and two hundred feet long, stretching beneath the entire West Gotham Court. The rough stone walls dripped with slimy excretions, while the floor released a suffocating odor made up of bilge water and hydrogen sulfide at the slightest pressure. Along one side of this elongated cave of horrors were lined up a hundred closets, each one stinking with filth, mixed with that slimy moisture which was everywhere, proving that the waters of the nearby East River seeped in and stuck around to make things worse instead of better.”
“‘What do you think of this?’ said Finn, throwing the light of his lantern hither and thither so that every horror might be dragged from the darkness that all seemed to covet. ‘All the thousands living in the barracks must come here, and just think of all the young ones above that never did any harm having to take in this stuff;’ and the detective struck out spitefully at the noxious air. As he did so, the gurgling p. 691of water at the Cherry street end of the vault caught his ear, and penetrating thither, he peered curiously about.
“‘What do you think of this?’ Finn said, shining his lantern around to reveal every horror lurking in the darkness. ‘Everyone living in the barracks has to come here, and just think about all the young kids who’ve done nothing wrong having to deal with this stuff,’ and the detective angrily swatted at the toxic air. As he did, the gurgling p. 691of water at the Cherry Street end of the vault caught his attention, and he peered around curiously.
“‘I say, Tom,’ he called back to his companion, who had remained with me in the darkness, ‘here’s a big break in the Croton main.’ But a moment later, in an affrighted voice: ‘No, it ain’t. Its the sewer! I never knew of this opening into it before. Paugh! how it smells. That’s nothing up where you are. I’ll bet on the undertaker having more jobs in the house than ever.’
“‘Hey, Tom,’ he shouted back to his buddy, who was with me in the dark, ‘there’s a huge break in the Croton main.’ But a moment later, with a scared voice: ‘No, it's not. It's the sewer! I’ve never seen this opening before. Yuck! It stinks. That’s nothing compared to where you are. I’ll bet the undertaker has more jobs in the house than ever.’”
“By this time I began to feel sick and faint in that tainted air, and would have rushed up the stairs if I could have seen them. But Finn was exploring that sewer horror with his lantern. As I came down I had seen a pool of stagnant, green-coated water somewhere near the foot of the stairs, and, being afraid to stir in the thick darkness, was forced to call my guide, and, frankly state the urgent necessity for an immediate return above. The matter-of-fact policeman came up, and cast the liberating light upon the stairs, but rebuked me as I eagerly took in the comparatively purer atmosphere from above. ‘You can’t stand it five minutes; how do you suppose they do, year in and year out?’ ‘Even they don’t stand it many years, I should think,’ was my involuntary reply.
“By this point, I started to feel sick and lightheaded in that polluted air, and I would have hurried up the stairs if I could have seen them. But Finn was investigating that nightmarish sewer with his lantern. As I came down, I had noticed a pool of stagnant, green water near the bottom of the stairs, and, afraid to move in the thick darkness, I had no choice but to call my guide and explain the urgent need to go back up. The practical policeman came up and shone the freeing light on the stairs, but scolded me as I eagerly breathed in the relatively cleaner air from above. ‘You can’t stand it for five minutes; how do you think they manage it, year after year?’ ‘Even they can't last many years, I bet,’ was my involuntary response."
“As we stepped out into the court again, the glare of the bullseye dragged a strange face out of the darkness. It was that of a youth of eighteen or twenty years, ruddy, puffed, with the corners of the mouth grotesquely twisted. The detective greeted the person owning this face with the fervor of old acquaintanceship: ‘Eh, Buster! What’s up?’ ‘Hello, Jimmy Finn! What yez doin’ here?’ ‘Never mind, Buster. What’s up?’ ‘Why, Jimmy, didn’t yez know I lodges here now?’ ‘No, I didn’t. Where? Who with?’ ‘Beyant, wid the Pensioner.’ ‘Go on. Show me where you lodge.’ ‘Sure, Jimmy, it isn’t me as would lie to yez.’
“As we stepped out into the courtyard again, the brightness of the bullseye revealed a strange face from the darkness. It belonged to a young man around eighteen or twenty years old, ruddy and puffed up, with the corners of his mouth twisted in a grotesque way. The detective greeted him like an old friend: ‘Hey, Buster! What’s up?’ ‘Hello, Jimmy Finn! What are you doing here?’ ‘Never mind, Buster. What’s up?’ ‘Well, Jimmy, didn’t you know I live here now?’ ‘No, I didn’t. Where? Who with?’ ‘Over there, with the Pensioner.’ ‘Come on. Show me where you live.’ ‘Sure, Jimmy, it’s not me who would lie to you.’”
“But I had expressed a desire to penetrate into some of these kennels for crushed humanity; and Finn, with the happy acumen of his tribe, seizing the first plausible pretext, was relentless, and insisted on doubting the word of the Buster. p. 692That unfortunate with the puffy face, who seemed to know his man too well to protract resistance, puffed ahead of us up the black, oozy court, with myriads of windows made ghastly by the pale flicker of kerosene lamps in tiers above us, until he came to the last door but one upon the left side of the court, over which the letter S was sprawled upon the coping stone. The bullseye had been darkened, and when the Buster plunged through the doorway he was lost to sight in the impenetrable darkness beyond. We heard him though, stumbling against stairs that creaked dismally, and the slide being drawn back, the friendly light made clear the way for him and us. There was an entry precisely like the one we had entered before, with a flight of narrow, almost perpendicular stairs, with so sharp a twist in them that we could see only half up. The banisters in sight had precisely three uprights, and looked as if the whole thing would crumble at a touch; while the stairs were so smooth and thin with the treading of innumerable feet that they almost refused a foothold. Following the Buster, who grappled with the steep and dangerous ascent with the daring born of habit, I somehow got up stairs, wondering how any one ever got down in the dark without breaking his neck. Thinking it possible there might be a light sometimes to guide the pauper hosts from their hazardous heights to the stability of the street, I inquired as to the fact, only to meet the contempt of the Buster for the gross ignorance that could dictate such a question. ‘A light for the stairs! Who’d give it? Sweeney? Not much! Or the tenants? Skasely! Them’s too poor!’ While he muttered, the Buster had pawed his way up stairs with surprising agility, until he reached a door on the third landing. Turning triumphantly to the detective, he announced: ‘Here’s where I lodges, Jimmy! You knows I wouldn’t lie to yez.’
“But I wanted to check out some of these rundown places for struggling people; and Finn, with the keen insight of his kind, quickly found a good excuse to challenge the Buster. p. 692That poor guy with the puffy face seemed to know better than to put up a fight, so he shuffled ahead of us through the dark, mushy courtyard, where countless windows looked ghastly with the faint flicker of kerosene lamps above us, until he reached the second-to-last door on the left side of the courtyard, marked with the letter S on the stone above. The bullseye was blacked out, and when the Buster went through the doorway, he disappeared into the thick darkness beyond. We could hear him though, tripping on the stairs that creaked pitifully, and when the slide was pulled back, the welcoming light revealed the way for him and us. There was an entry just like the one we had come through before, with a flight of narrow, nearly vertical stairs that twisted so sharply we could only see halfway up. The visible banisters had exactly three uprights and looked like they might fall apart with just a touch, while the stairs were so worn smooth by countless feet that they barely gave a grip. Following the Buster, who tackled the steep and treacherous climb with the confidence of someone used to it, I somehow made it up the stairs, wondering how anyone ever descended in the dark without breaking their neck. Thinking there might be a light sometimes to help the poor souls from their risky heights down to the safety of the street, I asked about it, only to face the Buster’s disdain for such ignorance. ‘A light for the stairs! Who’d provide it? Sweeney? Not a chance! Or the tenants? No way! They’re too broke!’ As he grumbled, the Buster skillfully made his way up the stairs, until he reached a door on the third landing. Turning triumphantly to the detective, he declared: ‘Here’s where I crash, Jimmy! You know I wouldn’t lie to you.’”
“‘We’ll see whether you would or no,’ said Finn, tapping on the door. Being told to come in, he opened it; and on this trivial but dexterous pretext we invaded the sanctity of a home.
“‘We’ll see if you would or not,’ said Finn, tapping on the door. Being told to come in, he opened it; and with this simple yet clever reason, we broke into the sanctity of a home.
“No tale is so good as one plainly told, and I tell precisely p. 693what I saw. This home was composed, in the parlance of the place, of a ‘room and bedroom.’ The room was about twelve feet square, and eight feet from floor to ceiling. It had two windows opening upon the court, and a large fireplace filled with a cooking stove. In the way of additional furniture, it had a common deal table, three broken wooden chairs, a few dishes and cooking utensils, and two ‘shakedowns,’ as the piles of straw stuffed into bed-ticks are called; but it had nothing whatever beyond these articles. There was not even the remnant of a bedstead; not a cheap print, so common in the hovels of the poor, to relieve the blankness of the rough, whitewashed walls. The bedroom, which was little more than half the size of the other, was that outrage of capital upon poverty known as a ‘dark room,’ by which is meant that it had no window opening to the outer air; and this closet had no furniture whatever except two ‘shakedowns.’
“No story is as good as one that's simply told, and I'm sharing exactly p. 693what I saw. This home was referred to, in local terms, as a ‘room and bedroom.’ The room was about twelve feet square and eight feet high. It had two windows that opened onto the courtyard and a large fireplace with a cooking stove inside. As for extra furniture, it had a plain wooden table, three broken chairs, a few dishes and cooking tools, and two ‘shakedowns,’ which are piles of straw stuffed into bed covers; but nothing else at all. There wasn't even a leftover bed frame or a cheap picture, which are usually found in the homes of the less fortunate, to add some color to the stark, whitewashed walls. The bedroom, which was just slightly more than half the size of the other, was what is harshly labeled as a ‘dark room,’ meaning it had no window to the outside; and this little room had no furniture at all except for two ‘shakedowns.’”
“In the contracted space of these two rooms, and supplied with these scanty appliances for comfort, nine human beings were stowed. First there was the ‘Pensioner,’ a man of about thirty-five years, next his wife, then their three children, a woman lodger with two children, and the ‘Buster,’ the latter paying fifteen cents per night for his shelter; but I did not learn the amount paid by the woman for the accommodation of herself and children. The Buster, having been indignant at my inquiry as to the light upon the stairs, was now made merry by Finn supposing he had a regular bed and bedstead for the money. ‘Indade, he has not, but a “shakedown” like the rest of us,’ said the woman; but the Buster rebuked this assumption of an impossible prosperity by promptly exclaiming, ‘Whist! ye knows I stretch on the boords without any shakedown whatsumdever.’
“In the cramped space of these two rooms, filled with minimal comforts, nine people were packed in. First was the ‘Pensioner,’ a man around thirty-five years old, followed by his wife, their three kids, a woman lodger with two kids, and the ‘Buster,’ who paid fifteen cents a night for his place; I didn’t find out how much the woman paid for her and her children’s stay. The Buster, who had been annoyed by my question about the light on the stairs, was now being teased by Finn, who thought he had a proper bed and mattress for the money. ‘No way, he doesn’t, just a “shakedown” like the rest of us,’ said the woman; but the Buster countered this idea of an impossible luxury by quickly saying, ‘Hush! You know I just lie on the boards without any shakedown at all.’”
“Finn was of opinion the bed was hard but healthy, and fixing his eyes on the Buster’s flabby face thought it possible he had any desirable number of ‘square meals’ per day; but that individual limited his acquirements in that way for the day then closed to four. Finn then touching on the number of drinks, the Buster, being driven into conjecture and a corner p. 694by the problem, was thrust out of the foreground of our investigations.
“Finn thought the bed was hard but healthy, and as he looked at Buster’s chubby face, he wondered if he actually got a decent number of 'square meals' a day; but that guy limited himself to just four meals for the day. Finn then brought up the number of drinks, and Buster, cornered by the question and forced to think, was pushed aside in our investigation. p. 694
“By various wily tricks of his trade, Detective Finn managed to get a deal of information out of the Pensioner without seeming to be either inquisitive or intrusive, or even without rubbing the coat of his poverty the wrong way. From this source I learned that five dollars per month was paid as rent for these two third-floor rooms, and that everybody concerned deemed them dirt cheap at the price. Light was obtained from kerosene lamps at the expense of the tenant, and water had to be carried from the court below, while all refuse matter not emptied into the court itself, had to be taken to the foul vaults beneath it. The rooms, having all these drawbacks, and being destitute of the commonest appliances for comfort or decency, did not appear to be in the highest degree eligible; yet the Pensioner considered himself fortunate in having secured them. His experience in living must have been very doleful, for he declared that he had seen worse places. In itself, and so far as the landlord was concerned, I doubted him; but I had myself seen fouler places than these two rooms, which had been made so by the tenants. All that cleanliness could do to make the kennel of the Pensioner habitable had been done, and I looked with more respect upon the uncouth woman who had scoured the rough floor white, than I ever had upon a gaudily attired dame sweeping Broadway with her silken trail. The thrift that had so little for its nourishment had not been expended wholly upon the floor, for I noticed that the two children asleep on the shakedown were clean, while the little fellow four years of age, who was apparently prepared for bed as he was entirely naked, but sat as yet upon one of the three chairs, had no speck of dirt upon his fair white skin. A painter should have seen him as he gazed wonderingly upon us, and my respect deepened for the woman who could, spite the hard lines of her rugged life, bring forth and preserve so much of childish symmetry and beauty.
“Through various clever tactics, Detective Finn managed to get a lot of information from the Pensioner without coming off as nosy or intrusive, and without making the man feel bad about his poverty. From him, I learned that five dollars a month was the rent for these two third-floor rooms, and everyone involved thought it was a steal at that price. Light came from kerosene lamps, which the tenant had to pay for, and water had to be carried up from the court below. Any waste that wasn’t dumped in the court had to be taken to the filthy vaults underneath. Despite all these drawbacks and the absence of basic comforts or decency, the Pensioner felt lucky to have secured these rooms. His past living situations must have been quite grim, as he claimed he had seen worse places. I was skeptical about that, but I had seen worse than these rooms, which had been made dirty by the tenants. Everything that could be done to make the Pensioner’s living space somewhat habitable had been done, and I found myself respecting the rugged woman who had scrubbed the rough floor clean more than any elaborately dressed woman sweeping the streets of Broadway. The frugality that had so little to work with was not only spent on the floor, as I noticed that the two children asleep on the makeshift bed were clean. The little boy, around four years old, was completely naked but sat on one of the three chairs without a single speck of dirt on his fair skin. A painter would have been struck by his curious expression as he looked at us, and my respect for the woman who, despite the harsh realities of her life, could nurture and maintain such beauty and symmetry in her children deepened."
“Having absorbed these general facts, I turned to the master of this household. He was a man of small stature but rugged p. 695frame, and his left shirt sleeve dangled empty at his side. That adroit Finn, noticing my inquiring look, blurted out: ‘That arm went in a street accident, I suppose?’
“After taking in these general facts, I looked at the head of the household. He was a short but tough-looking man, and his left shirt sleeve hung empty by his side. That clever Finn, seeing my curious expression, quickly said, ‘That arm must have been lost in a street accident, right?’”
“‘No, sir; it wint at the battle of Spottsylvania.’
“‘No, sir; it went at the battle of Spottsylvania.’”
“Here was a hero! The narrow limits of his humble home expanded to embrace the brown and kneaded Virginian glades as I saw them just seven years ago, pictured with the lurid pageantry of that stubborn fight when Sedgwick fell. This man, crammed with his family into twelve feet square at the top of Sweeney’s Shambles, was once part of that glorious scene. In answer to my test questions he said he belonged to the Thirty-ninth New York, which was attached to the Second Corps, and that he received a pension of $15 per month from the grateful country he had served as payment in full for an arm. It was enough to keep body and soul together, and he could not complain. Nor could I; but I could and did signify to my guide by a nod that I had seen and heard enough, and we went down again into the slimy, reeking court.”
“Here was a hero! The small confines of his modest home opened up to include the lush, brown Virginia woods as I remembered them just seven years ago, vividly captured in my mind from that stubborn fight when Sedgwick fell. This man, cramped with his family into twelve square feet at the top of Sweeney’s Shambles, was once part of that glorious moment. When I asked him some questions, he told me he was in the Thirty-ninth New York, which was part of the Second Corps, and that he received a pension of $15 a month from the grateful country he had served as full compensation for losing an arm. It was enough to keep him going, and he had no complaints. Nor did I; but I did signal to my guide with a nod that I had seen and heard enough, and we went back down into the slimy, smelly courtyard.”
There is a square on the East side bounded by Houston, Stanton, Pitt, and Willett streets. It contains a group of three front and seven rear houses, and is known as “Rag-pickers’ Row.” These ten houses contain a total of 106 families, or 452 persons. All these persons are rag-pickers, or more properly chiffonniers, for their business is to pick up every thing saleable they can find in the streets. Formerly they brought their gatherings to this place and assorted them here before taking them to the junk stores to sell them. Now, however, they assort them elsewhere, and their wretched dwellings are as clean as it is possible to keep them. They are generally peaceable and quiet, and their quarrels are commonly referred to the agent in charge of the row, who decides them to their satisfaction. They are very industrious in their callings, and some of them have money in the Savings banks. Nearly all who have children send them to the Mission Schools.
There’s a square on the east side, bordered by Houston, Stanton, Pitt, and Willett streets. It has three front houses and seven rear houses, and it's known as "Rag-pickers’ Row." These ten houses are home to a total of 106 families, or 452 people. All of them are rag-pickers, or more accurately, chiffonniers, since their job is to pick up anything sellable they can find in the streets. In the past, they brought their finds here to sort them before selling them at junk stores. Now, though, they sort them elsewhere, and their rundown homes are kept as clean as possible. They are generally peaceful and quiet, and their disputes are usually brought to the agent in charge of the row, who resolves them satisfactorily. They are very hardworking in their jobs, and some of them even have money in savings banks. Almost all who have children send them to Mission Schools.
“The worst class of tenement houses was those where a landlord had accommodations for ten families, and these buildings comprise more than half of the tenement houses of the city, and accommodate fully two-thirds of the entire tenement-house population. When the number of families living under one owner exceeded ten, it was found that such owner was engaged in the keeping of a tenement-house as a business, and generally as a speculator. It is among this class of owners that nearly all the evils of the tenement-house system are found. The little colony exhibit in their rooms, and in the little areas around their dwellings, extreme want of care. The street in front of the place was reeking with slops and garbage; the alleys and passage ways were foul with excrements; the court was imperfectly paved, wet, and covered with domestic refuse; the privies, located in a close court between the rear and front houses, were dilapidated, and gave out volumes of noisome odors, which filled the whole area, and were diffused through all the rooms opening upon it; and the halls and apartments of the wretched occupants were close, unventilated, and unclean. The complaint was universal among the tenants that they are entirely uncared for, and that the only answer to their request to have the place put in order, by repairs and necessary improvements, was, that they must pay their rent or leave. Inquiry often disclosed the fact that the owner of the property was a wealthy gentleman or lady, either living in an aristocratic part of the city or in a neighboring city, or, as was occasionally found to be the case, in Europe. The property is usually managed entirely by an agent, whose instructions are simple, but emphatic, viz., ‘collect the rent in advance, or, failing, eject the occupants.’ The profits on this sort of property, so administered, are rarely less than fifteen per cent., and more generally thirty per cent. upon the investment.”
“The worst type of tenement houses was those where a landlord had space for ten families. These buildings made up more than half of the tenement houses in the city and housed about two-thirds of the entire tenement population. When the number of families living under one landlord exceeded ten, it became clear that the landlord was running a tenement house as a business and often as a speculator. Almost all the issues with the tenement system are found among this group of owners. The small communities show a complete lack of care in their rooms and in the tiny areas around their homes. The street in front was filled with waste and garbage; the alleys and passageways were filthy with excrement; the courtyard was poorly paved, wet, and littered with household trash; the toilets, situated in a cramped area between the front and back houses, were in disrepair and emitted strong, unpleasant odors that filled the entire area and seeped into the rooms opening into it; and the halls and apartments of the unfortunate residents were stuffy, unventilated, and dirty. Tenants universally complained that they were completely neglected, and the only response to their pleas for repairs and necessary improvements was that they had to pay their rent or move out. Investigations often revealed that the property owner was a wealthy man or woman living in an upscale part of the city or a nearby city, or, as was sometimes the case, in Europe. The property was typically managed entirely by an agent whose instructions were straightforward but firm: ‘collect the rent in advance, or if that fails, evict the tenants.’ The profits from this kind of property, managed this way, are rarely less than fifteen percent and more commonly around thirty percent on the investment.”
The evils of the tenement house system are almost incalculable. It is the experience of all nations that barrack life is demoralizing, and the tenement house is but a barrack without p. 697the rigid discipline of a military establishment. Its inmates know no such thing as privacy. Home is but a word with them. They have habitations, but not homes. Within the same walls are gathered the virtuous and the depraved, the honest laborer and the thief. There can be no such thing as shielding the young from improper outside influences. They have every opportunity to become thoroughly corrupted without leaving the house. Decency is impossible. Families exist in the greatest amount of personal discomfort, and the children take every opportunity to escape from the house into the streets. The tenement houses every year send many girls into the ranks of the street walkers, and a greater number of young men into the ranks of the roughs and thieves.
The problems with the tenement house system are almost beyond measure. All countries have found that living in barracks is demoralizing, and a tenement house is just a barrack without the strict discipline of a military setup. The people living there have no real sense of privacy. To them, home is just a word. They have places to stay, but not homes. Within the same walls coexist the virtuous and the immoral, the honest workers and the criminals. There's no way to protect the young from negative outside influences. They have plenty of chances to become completely corrupted without even leaving the building. Maintaining decency is impossible. Families endure significant discomfort, and the children seize every chance to escape from the house and run into the streets. Every year, tenement houses push many girls into becoming street walkers and an even larger number of young men into becoming roughs and thieves.
Drunkenness is very common among the inhabitants of these houses. Men and women are literally driven into intemperance by the discomfort in which they live. Nearly all the domestic murders occurring in the city are perpetrated in the tenement houses. Immorality is very common. Indeed, the latter crime is the logical result of such dense packing of the sexes. It is a terrible thing to contemplate, but it is a fact that one half of the population of this great city is subjected to the demoralizing influences of these vast barracks. The laboring class, who should constitute the backbone and sinew of the community, are thus degraded to a level with paupers, forced to herd among them, and to adopt a mode of life which is utterly destructive of the characteristics which should distinguish them. It is no wonder that crime is so common in the Metropolis. The real wonder is that it does not defy all restraint.
Drunkenness is very common among the people living in these houses. Men and women are literally pushed into drinking too much because of the uncomfortable conditions they endure. Almost all domestic murders in the city happen in the tenement houses. Immorality is also widespread. In fact, this latter issue is the natural outcome of having men and women packed together so closely. It's a terrible thing to think about, but the reality is that half of this great city's population is exposed to the damaging influences of these large, cramped living spaces. The working class, who should be the backbone of the community, are degraded to the same level as the poor, forced to live among them, and adopt a lifestyle that completely undermines their true potential. It’s no surprise that crime is so rampant in the city. The real surprise is that it doesn't completely spiral out of control.
The tenement houses are afflicted with a terrible mortality. Says Dr. Harris, “Consumption and all the inflammatory diseases of the lungs vie with the infectious and other zymotic disorders, in wasting the health and destroying the life of the tenement population.” Of late years a new disease, the relapsing fever, which, though rarely fatal, destroys the health and vigor of its victims, has made havoc among the tenement population. The mortality among children is very great, and perhaps this is fortunate for them, for it would seem that death in p. 698their first flush of innocence is far better than a life of wretchedness and perhaps of infamy. Small pox and all the contagious and infectious diseases would make short work with the tenement-house population, were any of them to become epidemic in the city. There would be nothing to check them, and the unfortunate people living in these sections would find no means of escaping from them.
The tenement houses are dealing with a terrible death rate. Dr. Harris says, “Tuberculosis and all the lung-related inflammatory diseases compete with infectious and other contagious illnesses in ruining the health and taking the lives of the tenement residents.” Recently, a new illness, relapsing fever, which is rarely deadly but undermines the health and strength of its sufferers, has caused chaos among the tenement population. The death rate among children is very high, and maybe that’s a blessing for them, as it seems that dying in their first moments of innocence is much better than living a life of misery and possibly disgrace. If smallpox or any other contagious diseases were to spread widely in the city, they would quickly devastate the tenement population. There would be nothing to stop them, and the unfortunate people living in these areas would have no way to escape.
p. 699LXI. CHATHAM STREET.
The oldest inhabitant cannot remember when Chatham street did not exist. It still contains many half decayed houses which bear witness to its antiquity. It begins at City Hall Place, and ends at Chatham Square. It is not over a quarter of a mile in length, and is narrow and dirty. The inhabitants are principally Jews and low class foreigners. Near the lower end are one or two good restaurants, and several cheap hotels, but the remainder of the street is taken up with establishments into which respectable buyers do not care to venture. Cheap lodging houses abound, pawnbrokers are numerous, several fence stores are to be found here, and some twenty or twenty-five cellars are occupied as dance houses and concert saloons. These are among the lowest and vilest of their kind in New York.
The oldest local resident can't recall a time when Chatham Street didn’t exist. It still has many rundown houses that show its age. The street starts at City Hall Place and ends at Chatham Square. It's not more than a quarter of a mile long, and it's narrow and dirty. The residents are mostly Jews and working-class immigrants. Near the south end, there are a couple of decent restaurants and several budget hotels, but the rest of the street is filled with places that respectable shoppers wouldn't want to enter. Cheap boarding houses are common, there are plenty of pawnbrokers, and several stores that sell stolen goods can be found here, along with about twenty to twenty-five cellars used as dance halls and concert venues. These are some of the most disreputable and degrading of their type in New York.
Chatham street is the paradise of dealers in mock jewelry and old clothes. Some of the shops sell new clothing of an inferior quality, but old clothes do most abound. Here you may find the cast-off finery of the wife of a millionaire—the most of it stolen—or the discarded rags of a pauper. It seems as if all New York had placed its cast-off clothing here for sale, and that the stock had accumulated for generations. Who the dealers sell to is a mystery. You see them constantly inviting trade, but you rarely see a customer within their doors.
Chatham Street is a haven for sellers of fake jewelry and secondhand clothes. Some shops offer low-quality new clothing, but mostly you'll find used clothes. Here, you can come across the discarded luxury items of a millionaire’s wife—most of which might be stolen—or the worn-out rags of a beggar. It feels like all of New York has dumped its unwanted clothing here for sale, with the stock piling up for ages. Who the sellers are catering to is a mystery. You constantly see them trying to attract customers, yet you hardly ever see anyone shopping inside.
Honesty is a stranger in Chatham street, and any one making a purchase here must expect to be cheated. The streets running off to the right and left lead to the Five Points and similar sections, and it is this wretched portion of the city that supports trade in Chatham street. The horse car lines of the east side p. 701pass through the entire length of the street, and the heaviest portion of the city travel flows through it, but respectable people rarely leave the cars in this dirty thoroughfare, and are heartily glad when they are well out of it. The buildings are generally old and dilapidated. The shops are low and dark. They are rank with foul odors, and are suggestive of disease. The men and women who conduct them look like convicts, and as they sit in their doorways watching for custom, they seem more like wild beasts waiting for their prey, than like human beings. Even the children have a keener, more disreputable appearance here than elsewhere. The lowest class Jews abound in this vile quarter, and filthy creatures they are.
Honesty is hard to find on Chatham Street, and anyone shopping here should expect to get ripped off. The streets branching off to the right and left lead to the Five Points and similar areas, and it's this miserable part of the city that keeps trade alive on Chatham Street. The horse car lines on the east side p. 701run the full length of the street, and the heaviest city traffic passes through it, but decent people rarely get off the cars in this filthy area and are genuinely relieved to be out of it. The buildings are mostly old and rundown. The shops are dim and cramped. They reek of unpleasant smells and suggest illness. The men and women running these shops look like convicts, and as they sit in their doorways waiting for customers, they resemble wild animals stalking their prey more than regular people. Even the children here look sharper and more disreputable than those in other places. The lowest class of Jews is common in this horrible area, and they are quite filthy.
The Chatham street merchants are shrewd dealers, and never suffer an opportunity to make a penny to pass by unimproved. They are not particular as to the character of the transaction. They know they are never expected to sell honestly, and they make it a rule not to disappoint their customers. One of their favorite expedients to create trade in dull times is called a “forced sale.” They practise this only on those whom they recognize as strangers, for long experience has enabled them to tell a city man at a glance. A stranger walking along the street will be accosted by the proprietor of a shop and his clerks with offers of “sheap” clothing. If he pauses to listen, he is lost. He is seized by the harpies, who pretend to assist him, and is literally forced into the shop. He may protest that he does not wish to buy anything, but the “merchant” and his clerks will insist that he does, and before he can well help himself, they will haul off his coat, clap one of the store coats on his back, and declare it a “perfect fit.” The new coat will then be removed and replaced by the old one, and the victim will be allowed to leave the shop. As he passes out of the door, the new coat is thrust under his arm, and he is seized by the proprietor and his assistants, who shout “stop thief!” and charge him with stealing the coat. Their noise, and the dread of being arrested upon a charge of theft, will frequently so confuse and frighten the victim that he will comply with their demand, which is that he shall buy the coat. This done he is suffered to p. 702depart. A refusal to yield would not injure him, for the scoundrels would seldom dare to call in the police, for fear of getting themselves into trouble with the officials. They have reckoned with certainty, however, upon the stranger’s timidity and bewilderment, and know they are safe.
The Chatham street merchants are clever hustlers who never let a chance to make a quick buck slip away. They don’t care about the integrity of the deal. They know they’re not expected to sell fairly, and they stick to their word of not disappointing customers. One of their go-to tactics to boost business during slow times is called a “forced sale.” They only use this on people they recognize as newcomers, since their experience has taught them how to spot a city person instantly. A stranger walking down the street will be approached by the shop owner and their clerks with offers of “cheap” clothing. If he stops to listen, he’s done for. He gets grabbed by the opportunists, who pretend to help him, and is practically dragged into the shop. He might protest that he doesn’t want to buy anything, but the “merchant” and his clerks will insist he does, and before he knows it, they’ll take off his coat, throw one from the store on him, and declare it a “perfect fit.” The new coat will then be taken off and replaced by his old one, and he’ll be allowed to exit the shop. As he leaves, the new coat is shoved under his arm, and the owner and his helpers shout “stop thief!” accusing him of stealing the coat. Their noise, along with the fear of being arrested for theft, often confuses and terrifies the victim so much that he ends up giving in to their demand to buy the coat. Once that’s done, he’s allowed to leave. Refusing wouldn’t cause him much harm since the crooks rarely dare to call the police for fear of getting in trouble themselves. However, they can count on the stranger’s nervousness and confusion, and they know they’re in the clear.
p. 703LXII. JAMES GORDON BENNETT.
James Gordon Bennett was born at New Mill, Keith, in Banffshire, on the northeastern coast of Scotland, about the year 1800. His relatives were Roman Catholics, and he was destined for the priesthood of that church. He entered the Roman Catholic Seminary at Aberdeen, in 1814, and remained there two years, acquiring the basis of an excellent education. Chance having thrown in his way a copy of Benjamin Franklin’s Autobiography, he was so much impressed by it that he abandoned all thought of a clerical life, and resolved to emigrate to America, which he did in 1819, arriving in Halifax in May of that year, being then nearly twenty years old. He had not an acquaintance on this side of the Atlantic, had no profession save that of a bookkeeper, and had but twenty-five dollars in his pocket.
James Gordon Bennett was born in New Mill, Keith, located in Banffshire on the northeastern coast of Scotland, around the year 1800. His family was Roman Catholic, and he was intended for the priesthood. He entered the Roman Catholic Seminary in Aberdeen in 1814 and spent two years there, gaining a solid education. By chance, he came across a copy of Benjamin Franklin’s Autobiography, which inspired him so much that he abandoned his plans for a religious life and decided to move to America. He emigrated in 1819, arriving in Halifax that May, by which time he was nearly twenty years old. He knew nobody on this side of the Atlantic, had no profession other than being a bookkeeper, and only had twenty-five dollars in his pocket.
He began by giving lessons in bookkeeping, in Halifax, but his success was so poor that he came to the United States, landing at Portland, where he took passage for Boston. Arriving in Boston he found great difficulty in procuring employment, and was reduced to the verge of starvation, but at length obtained a place as a proof-reader. He held this position for two years, and, having lost it by the failure of his employers, came to New York in 1822. Soon after this, he accepted an engagement on the Charleston (S.C.) Courier, but held it for a short time only. Returning to New York he attempted to organize a Commercial School, but was unsuccessful. He next tried lecturing, with equally bad luck, and was obliged to renew his connection with the press. He held various positions on the New York newspapers, in each and all of which he proved himself a journalist of large ideas and great originality and power. p. 704In 1828, he became the Washington correspondent of the New York Enquirer, and in this position inaugurated the style of newspaper correspondence which is now adopted by all the leading journals of the country. He was poorly paid for his services, and was obliged to do an immense amount of miscellaneous literary work in order to earn a bare support. In the autumn of 1829 he became assistant editor of the Courier and Enquirer, with James Watson Webb as his chief. In this position he did great service, and really made the success of the paper. He found his position unpleasant, however, and abandoned it in 1832.
He started out by teaching bookkeeping in Halifax, but his success was so limited that he moved to the United States, arriving in Portland, where he took a boat to Boston. Once in Boston, he struggled to find work and was nearly starving, but eventually landed a job as a proofreader. He stayed in that role for two years, but lost it when his employer went under, prompting him to move to New York in 1822. Shortly after, he took a job with the Charleston (S.C.) Courier, but held it for only a brief period. He then tried to start a Commercial School but failed. He next attempted to lecture, with similarly poor results, and had to return to the press. He worked various roles at New York newspapers, demonstrating himself as a journalist with ambitious ideas and significant originality and skill. p. 704 In 1828, he became the Washington correspondent for the New York Enquirer, and in this role, he kicked off a style of newspaper correspondence that is now used by all major journals in the country. He was underpaid for his work and had to take on a lot of miscellaneous writing just to make ends meet. In the fall of 1829, he became assistant editor of the Courier and Enquirer, working under James Watson Webb. In this role, he made significant contributions that were crucial to the paper's success. However, he found the position uncomfortable and left it in 1832.
He tried several other expedients, all of which were unsuccessful, and even tried to induce Horace Greeley, then a struggling printer, to join him in the establishment of a newspaper. Horace refused, but recommended him to another printer who accepted his proposition. His next step was to rent a cellar in Wall street, and in this cellar, on the 6th of May, 1835, the New York Herald was born. The coal vaults of the present Herald office are an improvement upon the original office, which was sanctum and counting-house all in one. Mr. Bennett performed all the work on the paper, except setting it up and printing it. He collected the news, wrote the contents, sold the paper, and received advertisements. He worked manfully, but his difficulties were enormous. He made his little journal spicy, attractive, and even impudent—though not indecent, as some have wrongly asserted—in the hope of making it popular. He worked from sixteen to eighteen hours a day, but in spite of all his efforts he lost money until the end of the third month, after which he contrived to pay the actual expense of publication for some time longer. Then a fire destroyed the printing office, and his partners refused to continue their connection with the paper. By almost superhuman efforts he succeeded in securing the means of going on with the Herald, and in a short while the “great fire” occurred just in time to save him. It was the most terrible catastrophe that had ever occurred in America, and Bennett resolved to profit by it. He went himself among the ruins, note-book in hand, and the result of his labors was a series of graphic and accurate reports in p. 705the Herald of the disaster, that at once created a large demand for the paper. This demand did not fall off, but it was not sufficient to place the Herald on a successful footing. At this time, Mr. Bennett was fortunate enough to secure a large contract from Dr. Brandreth for advertising his pills in the Herald. The sum received was very large, and was conscientiously expended in the purchase of news, and in improving and increasing the attractions of the paper. At the end of the fifteenth month of its career, Mr. Bennett ventured to increase the size of the Herald, and to raise its price from one to two cents. Since then the paper has prospered steadily, and is now one of the wealthiest and most powerful journals in the land, and the best purveyor of news in the world. Its success is due almost exclusively to the proprietor. Mr. Bennett has not only built up his own paper, but has revolutionized the press of the world. This is his chief claim to distinction.
He tried several other strategies, all of which failed, and even tried to get Horace Greeley, who was then a struggling printer, to partner with him to start a newspaper. Horace declined but recommended him to another printer who accepted his offer. His next move was to rent a cellar on Wall Street, and in this cellar, on May 6, 1835, the New York Herald was launched. The coal vaults of the current Herald office are an upgrade from the original space, which served as both office and counting house. Mr. Bennett handled all the work for the paper, except for setting it up and printing it. He gathered news, wrote articles, sold the paper, and accepted advertisements. He worked tirelessly, but his challenges were immense. He made his small journal lively, appealing, and even cheeky—though not inappropriate, as some have mistakenly claimed—in hopes of making it popular. He labored for sixteen to eighteen hours a day, but despite all his efforts, he lost money until the end of the third month, after which he managed to cover the actual publication costs for a while longer. Then a fire destroyed the printing office, and his partners refused to continue their involvement with the paper. Through nearly superhuman efforts, he managed to secure the funding to continue with the Herald, and shortly after, the "great fire" occurred just in time to help him. It was the most devastating disaster that had ever happened in America, and Bennett decided to take advantage of it. He went among the ruins, notepad in hand, and the result of his work was a series of vivid and accurate reports in the Herald about the disaster, which immediately created a strong demand for the paper. This demand continued, but it wasn't enough to put the Herald on a stable financial footing. At this point, Mr. Bennett was fortunate to secure a large advertising contract from Dr. Brandreth for promoting his pills in the Herald. The amount he received was substantial and was wisely spent on news acquisition and enhancing the paper's appeal. By the end of the fifteenth month of its existence, Mr. Bennett decided to increase the size of the Herald and raise its price from one cent to two cents. Since then, the paper has thrived consistently and is now one of the wealthiest and most powerful newspapers in the country, and the best source of news in the world. Its success is almost entirely due to its owner. Mr. Bennett has not only built up his own paper but has also transformed the global press. This is his main claim to fame.
He rarely writes for the paper now, though he maintains a close supervision over all parts of it, as well as over the mechanical department of his enterprise.
He hardly writes for the paper anymore, but he keeps a close eye on every part of it, including the mechanical department of his business.
He is married, and has two children, a son, James Gordon Bennett, jr., who will succeed his father in the ownership of the Herald, and a daughter. He resides on the Fifth avenue. He is said to be a courtly and agreeable host, and his long and extensive experience as a journalist has made him one of the best informed men of the day.
He is married and has two kids: a son, James Gordon Bennett Jr., who will take over the ownership of the Herald, and a daughter. He lives on Fifth Avenue. He's known to be a gracious and pleasant host, and his long and extensive career as a journalist has made him one of the most knowledgeable people around.
In person he is tall and firmly built, and walks with a dignified carriage. His head is large and his features are prominent and irregular. He is cross-eyed, and has a thoroughly Scotch face. His expression is firm and somewhat cold—that of a man who has had a hard fight with fortune, and has conquered it. He is reserved in his manner to strangers, but is always courteous and approachable.
In person, he is tall and solidly built, walking with a dignified posture. His head is large, and his features are prominent and uneven. He is cross-eyed and has a distinctly Scottish face. His expression is strong and a bit distant—like someone who has battled hard against life and come out on top. He is reserved around strangers but is always polite and easy to talk to.
p. 706LXIII. DRUNKENNESS.
During the year 1869, there were 15,918 men, and 8105 women arrested for intoxication, and 5222 men and 3466 women for intoxication and disorderly conduct, making a total of 21,140 men and 11,571 women, or 32,711 persons in all arrested for drunkenness. Now if to this we add the 21,734 men and women arrested during the same year for assault and battery, and for disorderly conduct, and regard these offences as caused, as they undoubtedly were, by liquor, we shall have a total of 54,445 persons brought to grief by the use of intoxicating liquors.
In 1869, there were 15,918 men and 8,105 women arrested for being drunk, and 5,222 men and 3,466 women arrested for being drunk and disorderly, making a total of 21,140 men and 11,571 women, or 32,711 people overall arrested for drunkenness. If we also include the 21,734 men and women arrested that same year for assault and battery and disorderly conduct—considering these offenses were clearly influenced by alcohol—we end up with a total of 54,445 people affected by the use of intoxicating drinks.
But it does not require this estimate to convince a New Yorker that drunkenness is very common in the city. One has but to walk through the streets, and especially those in the poorer sections, and notice the liquor shops of various kinds, from the Broadway rum palace to the “Gin Mill” of the Bowery, or the “Bucket Shop” of the Five Points. There are 7071 licensed places for the sale of liquor in the city, and they all enjoy a greater or less degree of prosperity. Very few liquor sellers, confining themselves to their legitimate business, fail in this city. The majority grow rich, and their children not unfrequently take their places in the fashionable society of the city. The liquors sold at these places are simply abominable. Whiskey commands the largest sale, and it is in the majority of instances a vile compound. About three years ago, the New York World published a list of the principal bar-rooms of the city, with a report of chemical analyses of the liquors obtained at each, and proved conclusively that pure liquors were not sold over the bar at any establishment in the city. A few p. 707months ago a World reporter published the following estimate of the business of the bar-rooms in the vicinity of Wall street, patronized principally by the brokers:
But you don't need this estimate to convince a New Yorker that drunkenness is extremely common in the city. All you have to do is walk through the streets, especially in the poorer neighborhoods, and notice the various liquor stores, from the Broadway rum palace to the “Gin Mill” of the Bowery, or the “Bucket Shop” of the Five Points. There are 7,071 licensed places selling liquor in the city, and they all experience varying degrees of success. Very few liquor sellers, sticking to their legitimate business, fail in this city. Most of them get rich, and their children often take their places in the city’s high society. The liquors sold at these places are simply terrible. Whiskey is the most popular, but in most cases, it’s a horrible mixture. About three years ago, the New York World published a list of the main bars in the city, along with a report of chemical analyses of the liquors sampled at each, conclusively proving that pure liquors weren't sold over the bar at any establishment in the city. A few p. 707months ago, a World reporter published the following estimate of the business of the bars near Wall Street, which are mainly frequented by brokers:
|
Hot spiced rums. Spicy hot rums. |
Hot whiskeys. Hot whiskeys. |
Whiskeys straight. Straight whiskeys. |
Brandies. Brandy. |
Wines. Wine. |
Mixed liquors. Mixed drinks. |
Ales, beers, etc. Ales, beers, etc. |
Bottles Champagne. Champagne bottles. |
L. Dardy L. Dardy |
56 56 |
59 59 |
62 62 |
15 15 |
23 23 |
30 30 |
105 105 |
6 6 |
Mike’s Mike's |
65 65 |
110 110 |
70 70 |
20 20 |
28 28 |
23 23 |
90 90 |
10 10 |
V.B. Carpenter V.B. Carpenter |
43 43 |
62 62 |
112 112 |
30 30 |
35 35 |
27 27 |
110 110 |
5 5 |
Young Youthful |
35 35 |
40 40 |
52 52 |
10 10 |
12 12 |
15 15 |
65 65 |
2 2 |
P. Murphy P. Murphy |
34 34 |
49 49 |
63 63 |
12 12 |
15 15 |
25 25 |
45 45 |
2 2 |
Schedler Schedler |
51 51 |
48 48 |
112 112 |
35 35 |
52 52 |
45 45 |
315 315 |
18 18 |
Delmonico Delmonico steak |
213 213 |
205 205 |
315 315 |
90 90 |
135 135 |
180 180 |
210 210 |
35 35 |
Riley Riley |
105 105 |
123 123 |
180 180 |
25 25 |
30 30 |
62 62 |
80 80 |
6 6 |
Sammis & Sharp Sammis & Sharp |
23 23 |
31 31 |
30 30 |
8 8 |
10 10 |
15 15 |
35 35 |
1 1 |
Van Riper Van Riper |
27 27 |
22 22 |
19 19 |
10 10 |
13 13 |
18 18 |
40 40 |
1 1 |
Ed. Schultze Ed. Schultze |
18 18 |
29 29 |
38 38 |
12 12 |
15 15 |
20 20 |
60 60 |
2 2 |
Delatour’s Delatour’s |
15 15 |
20 20 |
45 45 |
27 27 |
30 30 |
12 12 |
25 25 |
2 2 |
Gault’s Gault's |
28 28 |
32 32 |
125 125 |
23 23 |
35 35 |
28 28 |
85 85 |
5 5 |
Total Total |
713 713 |
830 830 |
1223 1223 |
317 317 |
433 433 |
500 500 |
1265 1265 |
94 94 |
“This makes a total of 5281 drinks and 94 bottles of champagne consumed in thirteen of the largest saloons, supported by the brokers; and including the dozen or more of small places, the number of drinks taken in and about Wall street per day is over 7500, while over 125 bottles of champagne are disposed of. The amount of money expended for fuel to feed the flagging energies of the speculators is, therefore, over $2000 per day, and it is not at all strange that the brokers occasionally cut up queer antics in the boards, and stocks take twists and turns that unsettle the street for weeks.”
“This adds up to a total of 5,281 drinks and 94 bottles of champagne consumed in thirteen of the largest bars, backed by the brokers. Including a dozen or more smaller places, the daily number of drinks served in and around Wall Street exceeds 7,500, with over 125 bottles of champagne sold. Consequently, the amount spent on fuel to boost the dwindling energy of the speculators is more than $2,000 a day. It’s no surprise that brokers sometimes act a little strangely on the trading floor, causing stocks to fluctuate in ways that unsettle the market for weeks.”
The brokers, however, are not the only generous patrons of the bar-rooms. The vice of drunkenness pervades all classes. Every day men are being ruined by it, and the most promising careers totally destroyed. Day after day, you see men and women reeling along the streets, or falling helpless. The police soon secure them, and at night they are kept quite busy p. 708attending to them. But the arrests, numerous as they are, do not represent the sum total of the drunkenness of the city. The drinking in private life, which oftentimes does not result in actual intoxication, but which kills by slowly poisoning body and mind, is very great, but there is no means of estimating it.
The brokers aren’t the only generous supporters of the bars. The issue of alcoholism affects all social classes. Every day, people are being destroyed by it, and the most promising careers are completely ruined. Day after day, you see men and women stumbling down the streets or collapsing helplessly. The police quickly take them in, and at night, they stay quite busy attending to them. But the number of arrests, as large as it is, doesn’t reflect the full extent of alcoholism in the city. The drinking that occurs in private, which often doesn’t lead to actual drunkenness but still slowly harms the body and mind, is significant, but we have no way of measuring it.
Respectable men patronize the better class bar-rooms, and respectable women the ladies’ restaurants. At the latter places a very large amount of money is spent by women for drink. p. 709Wives and mothers, and even young girls, who are ashamed to drink at home, go to these fashionable restaurants for their liquor. Some will drink it openly, others will disguise it as much as possible. Absinthe has been introduced at these places of late years, and it is said to be very popular with the gentler sex. Those who know its effects will shudder at this. We have seen many drunken women in New York, and the majority have been well dressed and of respectable appearance. Not long since, a lady making purchases in a city store, fell helpless to the floor. The salesman, thinking she had fainted, hastened to her assistance, and found her dead drunk.
Respectable men frequent upscale bars, while respectable women visit ladies' restaurants. At these establishments, women spend a significant amount of money on drinks. Wives and mothers, and even young girls who feel embarrassed to drink at home, go to these trendy restaurants for their alcohol. Some drink openly, while others try to hide it as much as possible. Absinthe has become popular in these places recently, especially among women. Those who know its effects will be alarmed by this. We've seen many intoxicated women in New York, and most have been well-dressed and respectable-looking. Not long ago, a lady shopping in a city store collapsed on the floor. The salesperson, thinking she had fainted, rushed to help her and discovered she was completely drunk. p. 709
We have already written of the Bucket Shops. They represent the lowest grade of this vice. They sell nothing but poisons.
We’ve already talked about the Bucket Shops. They are the worst example of this vice. They sell nothing but toxic stuff.
Is it strange then that crime flourishes? Is it a wonder that Saturday night and Sunday, the chosen periods for drinking heavily, are productive of more murders and assaults than any other portion of the week?
Is it surprising, then, that crime thrives? Is it any wonder that Saturday night and Sunday, the preferred times for heavy drinking, result in more murders and assaults than any other time during the week?
p. 710LXIV. WHAT IT COSTS TO LIVE IN NEW YORK.
The question is very frequently asked, “Is living in New York very expensive?” An emphatic affirmative may be safely returned to every such interrogatory. Let one’s idea of comfort be what it may, it is impossible to live cheaply in this city with any degree of decency. One can go to a cellar lodging-house, and live for from twenty to forty cents a day, but he will find himself overcharged for the accommodation given him. He may live in a tenement house, and his expenses will still be disproportioned to the return received. The discomforts of life in New York, however, fall chiefly upon educated and refined people of moderate means. The very rich have an abundance for their wants, and are able to make their arrangements to suit themselves. The very poor expect nothing but misery.
People often ask, “Is living in New York super expensive?” The answer is a clear yes. No matter what your idea of comfort is, it’s impossible to live affordably in this city with any sort of decency. You can stay in a basement lodging house for about twenty to forty cents a day, but you’ll find you’re paying too much for what you get. Living in a tenement will still leave your expenses outweighing what you receive. However, the challenges of life in New York mostly affect educated and refined people with limited means. The wealthy have plenty to meet their needs and can arrange things to their liking. The very poor only anticipate suffering.
To begin at the beginning, the expenses of a family in fashionable life are something appalling. Fifty thousand dollars per annum may be set down as the average outlay of a family of five or six persons residing in a fashionable street, and owning their residence. Some persons spend more, some less, but this amount may be taken as a fair average, and it will not admit of much of what would be called extravagance in such a station.
To start from the beginning, the costs of a family living the high life are pretty shocking. Fifty thousand dollars a year can be considered the typical spending of a family of five or six living on a trendy street and owning their home. Some people spend more, some spend less, but this number is a reasonable average, and it doesn't allow for much of what would be seen as extravagant for that lifestyle.
For those who own their houses, keep a carriage, and do not “live fashionably,” or give many entertainments, the average is from fifteen to twenty thousand dollars.
For homeowners who have a carriage and don’t “live extravagantly” or host many gatherings, the average is between fifteen and twenty thousand dollars.
For those who aspire to live in comfort and in a respectable neighborhood, and to occupy a whole house, the average is from five to six thousand dollars. With six thousand dollars a year, a family of five persons, living in a rented house, will be compelled to economise. Those who have smaller incomes are p. 711obliged to board, to occupy a part of a house, or to leave the city.
For those who want to live comfortably in a decent neighborhood and have an entire house, the average cost is between five to six thousand dollars. With six thousand dollars a year, a family of five living in a rented house will have to budget carefully. People with lower incomes have to resort to boarding, sharing a house, or moving out of the city. p. 711
The average rent of a moderate sized house in New York is $1800 per annum. This amount may or may not include the use of the gas fixtures, and the house may or may not have a furnace in it. There will be a dining-room and kitchen, with hall or passage in the basement. The first floor will contain two parlors and the front hall. The second floor will contain a bath-room, water closet, and two, or perhaps three, chambers. The third floor usually contains two large and two small rooms, and several closets. The chambers in the more modern houses contain marble basins, with hot and cold water laid on. Where the tenant is unknown to the landlord, he is required to pay his rent monthly, in advance, or to give security for its quarterly payment. Such a house will require the services of at least two women, and if there be children to be cared for, a nurse is necessary. The wages of these, per month, are as follows: cook, $16 to $20; chambermaid, $12 to $15; nurse, $12 to $16. In many of the wealthier families a higher rate of wages is paid. At the rate given, however, from $480 to $582 is the annual outlay for servants, to which must be added a considerable sum for “changing help.” Instances are known to the writer in which this “changing help,” in the case of discharging an old cook and securing a new one, has cost a housekeeper as much as $30 in a single change. This will be easily understood when I state that ladies who go to look after “girls,” in the places from which they advertise for situations, are obliged to go to the expense of hiring a carriage, it being unsafe for them to venture into these sections on foot. Without counting the changes, however, and taking the lower estimate of wages, we have a total of $2280 for house rent and servants’ hire. This leaves, from $6000, the sum of $3720 for food, clothing, sickness, education, and all the incidentals of a family. The General Government secures a large slice of this through its iniquitous income tax, and State and county taxes take up several hundred more. Those who have had experience in keeping house in any portion of the country can easily understand how the rest goes, p. 712when one has to pay fifty cents per pound for butter, fifty cents a dozen for eggs, sixteen cents a pound for crushed sugar, twenty-five cents a pound for fowls, and thirty-five cents a pound for the choice cuts of beef. All this, too, with the certainty of getting light weights from your butcher and grocer.
The average rent for a moderately sized house in New York is $1,800 a year. This amount may or may not include the use of gas fixtures, and the house might or might not have a furnace. It will have a dining room and a kitchen, along with a hall or passage in the basement. The first floor will have two parlors and a front hall. The second floor will have a bathroom, a water closet, and two or maybe three bedrooms. The third floor typically has two large and two small rooms, plus several closets. The bedrooms in more modern houses have marble sinks with hot and cold running water. If the tenant is unknown to the landlord, they need to pay their rent monthly in advance or provide security for quarterly payment. Such a house will need the help of at least two women, and if there are children to look after, a nurse is necessary. The monthly wages for these roles are as follows: cook, $16 to $20; chambermaid, $12 to $15; nurse, $12 to $16. In many wealthier families, higher wages are paid. Based on the stated rates, the annual expense for servants is between $480 and $582, not including a significant sum for “changing help.” There are instances where this “changing help,” when letting go of an old cook to find a new one, has cost a housekeeper as much as $30 for a single change. This makes sense when you consider that women who go to look for “girls” in the places where they advertise for jobs have to spend money on hiring a carriage, as it’s unsafe for them to go into those areas on foot. Without factoring in the changes and using the lower wage estimates, we arrive at a total of $2,280 for rent and servant costs. This leaves $3,720 from $6,000 for food, clothing, medical expenses, education, and all the other family costs. The federal government takes a big chunk of this through its unfair income tax, and state and county taxes consume several hundred more. Anyone with experience in managing a household anywhere in the country can easily see how quickly the rest goes, p. 712especially when you have to pay fifty cents a pound for butter, fifty cents a dozen for eggs, sixteen cents a pound for crushed sugar, twenty-five cents a pound for chickens, and thirty-five cents a pound for prime cuts of beef. Plus, you can be sure you're getting shortchanged on weights by your butcher and grocer.
Many persons seek refuge in boarding. Those who have no children, or but one or two, may live cheaper in this way, but not in the same degree of comfort that their outlay would bring them in their own homes. A couple with two or three children and a nurse, cannot live in any respectable boarding-house in New York, except in instances so rare that they do not deserve to be mentioned, for less than sixty dollars per week for board and lodging alone. Such persons must pay extra for washing, and there are many “incidentals” which add to the landlady’s receipts.
Many people look for shelter in boarding houses. Those without children, or with just one or two, can save money this way, but they don't experience the same level of comfort that their spending would provide in their own homes. A couple with two or three kids and a nanny can't find a decent boarding house in New York, except for a few rare cases that aren't worth mentioning, for less than sixty dollars a week for just board and lodging. These families also have to pay extra for laundry, and there are many "extra costs" that increase the landlady's income.
For such a family, giving them two chambers and a parlor, the Fifth Avenue Hotel charges $30 per day, or $10,950 per annum. The figures are high, but “the Fifth Avenue” gives a fair return for the money. The charges of the other hotels are in proportion. None of them will receive such a family for less than $6000 or $7000 per annum.
For a family like that, the Fifth Avenue Hotel charges $30 a day or $10,950 a year for two rooms and a parlor. The prices are steep, but “the Fifth Avenue” offers good value for the money. The rates at other hotels are similar. None of them will take in a family for less than $6,000 or $7,000 a year.
Of late years, a new style of living has been introduced. The city now contains a number of houses located in unexceptionable neighborhoods, and built in first-class style, which are rented in flats, or suites of apartments, as in the Parisian houses. The largest of these are the monster “Stevens House,” on Twenty-seventh street, fronting on Broadway and Fifth avenue, Dr. Haight’s House, on the corner of Fifth avenue and Fifteenth street, and Mr. Stuyvesant’s House, in East Eighteenth street, the last of which was the pioneer house of its kind in this city. The “Stevens House” was built and is owned by Paran Stevens, Esq., and is one of the largest buildings in the city. It is constructed of red brick, with marble and light stone trimmings, and is eight stories in height above the street, with a large cellar below the sidewalk. The cost of this edifice is to be one million of dollars. “The woodwork of the interior is of black walnut; the walls are finely frescoed and harmoniously tinted. p. 713There are, in all, eight floors, including the servants’ attics. Five stores occupy the lower tier. There are eighteen suites of rooms, to which access is had by a steam elevator. The building is heated upon the principle of indirect radiation, by forcing steam-heated air through pipes into the different rooms. The main staircase is of iron, with marble steps, and the main halls to each story are tiled. The chief suites comprise parlor, dining-room, boudoir, dressing-rooms, and butler’s pantry; each principal suite comprehending five commodious chambers on the first floor, and two at the top of the house. Each kitchen is furnished with improved ranges. The roof is supplied with water tanks, and, as a further protection against fire, the second floor is supported by iron arched beams, filled in with concrete.”
In recent years, a new way of living has emerged. The city now features several houses in desirable neighborhoods, built to a high standard, that are rented out as flats or suites, similar to the ones in Paris. The largest of these is the impressive “Stevens House,” located on Twenty-seventh Street, facing Broadway and Fifth Avenue, followed by Dr. Haight’s House at the corner of Fifth Avenue and Fifteenth Street, and Mr. Stuyvesant’s House on East Eighteenth Street, which was the first of its kind in the city. The “Stevens House” was built and is owned by Paran Stevens, Esq., and it is one of the biggest buildings in the city. Constructed of red brick with marble and light stone accents, it stands eight stories above the street and has a large basement below the sidewalk. The cost of this building is estimated at one million dollars. The interior woodwork is made of black walnut; the walls are beautifully frescoed and tastefully colored. p. 713In total, there are eight floors, including the servants’ attics. The lower level has five stores. There are eighteen suites of rooms that can be accessed via a steam elevator. The building uses indirect radiation for heating, forcing steam-heated air through pipes into the various rooms. The main staircase is made of iron with marble steps, and the main hallways on each floor are tiled. The main suites include a parlor, dining room, boudoir, dressing rooms, and a butler’s pantry; each main suite consists of five spacious rooms on the first floor, with two additional rooms at the top. Each kitchen is equipped with modern ranges. The roof has water tanks, and for added fire protection, the second floor is supported by iron arched beams filled with concrete.
The Haight House is said to be the most thoroughly comfortable establishment of the kind in New York. “It consists of five floors, having twenty suites of apartments for families, and fifteen for bachelors, at a yearly rental of from three thousand to two thousand dollars for the former, and from one thousand four hundred to six hundred and fifty dollars for the latter. These suites are entered from the hallways, each suite having a separate entrance of its own, and at the entrance to the principal suites there is a small antechamber, from which a servant may announce the names of visitors. The family suites embrace a commodious parlor, a large dining-room, with butler’s pantry attached, a kitchen, three bed rooms, and a bath room. Each suite has its own dumb-waiter; a dump for coal and refuse, and the proper provision for ventilation; while the suites intended for single occupants are furnished with every appliance necessary to the securing of perfect comfort and ease. Although every accommodation is furnished by the house, some of the tenants have chosen to go to the expense of decorating their own apartments, and have had their rooms elegantly frescoed and painted by some of the first artists in the city. The mantels are either of walnut or the finest marble, of elegant design and workmanship. The supposition is that a majority of the guests will cook for themselves, but arrangements may be effected by which the cooking may be done in a general kitchen for the purpose. p. 714There is a steam elevator, and a general system of kitchens, sculleries, pantries, store and ice rooms, with the engines, and a well-devised workshop for the engineer. There is a steam laundry, capable of washing one thousand pieces per day, where guests may have their washing done at a cheaper rate than could be possible under any of the ordinary methods; and also a drying room—all of the principal work of the establishment being effected by steam. Each apartment has its bell and whistle, communicating with the basement. A janitor, or porter, has a lodge in the main hall, within which there is also a ‘post-office.’ In the basement is another porter’s lodge for the facilitation of business with the butcher, the baker, and the expressman.”
The Haight House is said to be the most comfortable place of its kind in New York. "It has five floors, with twenty family apartments and fifteen bachelor suites available for annual rent ranging from three thousand to two thousand dollars for families, and from one thousand four hundred to six hundred fifty dollars for bachelors. Each suite has its own entrance from the hallways, and the main suites feature a small antechamber where a servant can greet guests. The family suites include a spacious living room, a large dining room with an attached butler’s pantry, a kitchen, three bedrooms, and a bathroom. Every suite has its own dumbwaiter, a chute for coal and trash, and proper ventilation; the suites for single occupants are equipped with everything needed for maximum comfort and convenience. Although the house provides all amenities, some tenants have opted to decorate their own spaces and have had their rooms beautifully frescoed and painted by top artists in the city. The mantels are made of walnut or high-quality marble, designed with elegance and craftsmanship. Most guests are expected to cook for themselves, but arrangements can be made for cooking in a communal kitchen if desired. p. 714There’s a steam elevator and a comprehensive setup of kitchens, sculleries, pantries, storage and ice rooms, along with engine facilities and a well-planned workshop for maintenance. There’s also a steam laundry that can wash up to one thousand pieces a day, where guests can get their laundry done at a lower rate than usual methods would allow; plus a drying room—all the primary operations of the establishment utilize steam. Each apartment is equipped with its own bell and intercom that connects to the basement. A janitor or porter has a lodge in the main hall that also serves as a ‘post-office.’ In the basement, there’s another porter’s lodge to facilitate orders from the butcher, baker, and express services.”
These houses, however, are accessible only to people of ample means. The apartments rent for sums which will secure comfortable dwellings, and the other expenses are about the same one would incur in his own house. The great need of the city is a system of such houses in respectable neighborhoods, in which apartments may be had at moderate rents.
These houses, however, are only available to people with enough money. The apartments rent for amounts that would cover comfortable living, and the other costs are about the same as what one would pay in their own house. The city really needs a system of these types of houses in decent neighborhoods, where apartments can be rented at more affordable prices.
p. 715LXV. GAMBLING.
I. FARO BANKS.
In spite of the fact that games of chance for money are prohibited by the laws of the State of New York, there is no city in the Union in which they are carried on to a greater extent than in the Metropolis. There are about 200 gambling houses proper in the city, and from 350 to 400 lottery offices, policy shops, and places where gambling is carried on with more or less regularity. About 2500 persons are known to the police as professional gamblers. Some of the establishments are conducted with great secrecy. Others are carried on with perfect openness, and are as well known as any place of legitimate business in the city. The police, for reasons best known to themselves, decline to execute the laws against them, and they continue their career from year to year without molestation. There are about twenty of these houses in Broadway, occupying locations which make them conspicuous to every passer-by. In the cross streets, within a block of Broadway, there are from twenty-five to thirty more, and the Bowery and East side streets are full of them.
Despite the fact that gambling for money is illegal in New York State, no city in the U.S. has more of it than the Metropolis. There are around 200 gaming houses in the city, along with 350 to 400 lottery offices, policy shops, and other places where gambling happens regularly. About 2,500 people are recognized by the police as professional gamblers. Some of these places operate with a lot of secrecy, while others are completely open and as well-known as any legitimate business in the city. For reasons only they understand, the police choose not to enforce the laws against them, allowing these establishments to operate year after year without interference. There are about twenty of these houses on Broadway, located in spots that are easy for anyone walking by to see. In the cross streets, just a block away from Broadway, there are an additional twenty-five to thirty establishments, and the Bowery and East Side streets are filled with them.
Ninety-five of the gambling houses of the city are classed as “Faro Banks.” Faro is the principal game, but there are appliances for others. Faro is emphatically an American game, and is preferred by amateurs because of its supposed fairness. An experienced gambler, however, does not need to be told that the game offers as many chances for cheating as any others that p. 716are played. It has attained its highest development in New York.
Ninety-five of the gambling houses in the city are categorized as “Faro Banks.” Faro is the main game, but they also offer other games. Faro is definitely an American game and is liked by casual players because it's thought to be fair. However, an experienced gambler knows that the game allows for just as much cheating as any other games that p. 716are played. It has reached its peak popularity in New York.
The gambling houses of New York are usually divided into three classes: First and Second Class, and Day Houses. The First-Class Houses are few in number. There are probably not more than half a dozen in all, if as many. In these houses the playing is fair—that is, cheating is never resorted to. The Bank relies upon the chances in its favor, the “splits,” and the superior skill and experience of the dealer. The first-class houses are located in fashionable side streets leading from Broadway, and are easy of access. Outwardly they differ in nothing from the elegant mansions on either side of them, except that the blinds are closed all day long, and the house has a silent, deserted air. In its internal arrangements the house is magnificent. The furniture, carpets, and all its appointments are superb. Choice paintings and works of art are scattered through the rooms in truly regal profusion. All that money can do to make the place attractive and luxurious has been done, and as money can always command taste, the work has been well done.
The gambling houses in New York are typically divided into three categories: First Class, Second Class, and Day Houses. There are only a few First-Class Houses, probably no more than six in total, if that. In these houses, the games are fair—meaning cheating is never used. The Bank relies on the odds being in its favor, the “splits,” and the dealer's superior skill and experience. First-class houses are found on trendy side streets off Broadway and are easy to get to. They look just like the elegant mansions next to them, except their blinds are closed all day, giving them a quiet, deserted feel. Inside, the house is luxurious. The furniture, carpets, and all the decor are exquisite. Beautiful paintings and artworks are spread throughout the rooms in truly lavish abundance. Everything that money can do to make the place appealing and upscale has been accomplished, and since money can always guarantee good taste, it's been executed perfectly.
The servants attached to the place are generally negroes of the better class. They are well trained, many of them having been brought up as the valets, or butlers of the Southern gentry, and answer better for such places than whites, inasmuch as they are quiet, uncommunicative, attentive and respectful. One of these men is always in charge of the front door, and visitors are admitted with caution, it being highly desirable to admit only the nominally respectable. The best known houses are those of Morrissey, in Twenty-fourth street, and Ransom’s and Chamberlain’s, in Twenty-fifth street. Chamberlain’s is, perhaps, the most palatial and the best conducted establishment in the country.
The staff at the place is generally Black individuals from a higher social standing. They are well-trained, with many having worked as valets or butlers for Southern gentry, and they fit these roles better than white staff because they are quiet, reserved, attentive, and respectful. One of these men is always stationed at the front door, and visitors are let in cautiously, as it's important to allow in only those who are considered respectable. The most well-known establishments are Morrissey’s on Twenty-fourth Street, and Ransom's and Chamberlain's on Twenty-fifth Street. Chamberlain's is perhaps the most luxurious and well-managed establishment in the country.
The house is a magnificent brown-stone mansion, not far from Broadway. Ascending the broad stone steps, and ringing the bell, the visitor is ushered into the hall by the man in charge of the door, who is selected with great care. An attentive colored servant takes his hat and overcoat, and throws open the door of the drawing rooms. These apartments are furnished with p. 718taste as well as with magnificence. The carpet is of velvet, and the foot sinks noiselessly into it. The walls are tinted with delicate shades of lavender, and the ceiling is exquisitely frescoed. The furniture is of a beautiful design, and is upholstered in colors which harmonize with the prevailing tint of the walls and ceiling. The mantels are of Vermont marble, and over each is a large wall mirror. At each end of the room is a long pier glass, placed between richly curtained windows. Fine bronzes are scattered about the room, and in the front parlor are large and well-executed copies of Dora’s “Dante and Virgil in the Frozen Regions of Hell,” and “Jephthah’s Daughter.” The front parlor is entirely devoted to the reception and entertainment of guests. The gaming is carried on in the back parlor.
The house is a stunning brownstone mansion, not far from Broadway. Climbing the broad stone steps and ringing the bell, the guest is welcomed into the hall by the carefully chosen doorman. An attentive staff member takes his hat and coat, opening the door to the drawing rooms. These spaces are furnished with both style and luxury. The carpet is made of velvet, and one sinks silently into it. The walls are painted in soft lavender shades, and the ceiling is beautifully frescoed. The furniture features an attractive design and is upholstered in colors that complement the overall palette of the walls and ceiling. The mantels are made of Vermont marble, and above each one hangs a large wall mirror. On either end of the room, long pier mirrors are positioned between elegantly curtained windows. Fine bronze sculptures are scattered throughout, and in the front parlor, there are large, well-crafted copies of Dora’s “Dante and Virgil in the Frozen Regions of Hell” and “Jephthah’s Daughter.” The front parlor is dedicated entirely to welcoming and entertaining guests, while the back parlor is where the gaming takes place.
In the rear of the back parlor is the supper room, one of the richest and most tasteful apartments in the city. A long table, capable of seating fifty guests, is spread every evening with the finest of linen, plate, and table-ware. The best the market can afford is spread here every night. The steward of the establishment is an accomplished member of his profession, and is invaluable to his employer, who gives him free scope for the exercise of his talents. There is not a better table in all New York. The wines and cigars are of the finest brands, and are served in the greatest profusion. Chamberlain well understands that a good table is an important adjunct to his business, and he makes the attraction as strong as possible. There is no charge for the supper, or for liquors or cigars, but the guests are men above the petty meanness of enjoying all these luxuries without making some return for them. This return is made through the medium of the card table.
At the back of the parlor is the dining room, one of the most luxurious and stylish spaces in the city. A long table that can seat fifty guests is set every evening with the finest linens, plates, and tableware. The best of what the market has to offer is laid out here each night. The manager of the establishment is highly skilled in his field and is invaluable to his employer, who allows him to fully showcase his talent. There isn’t a better dining experience in all of New York. The wines and cigars are top-notch and served in generous amounts. The manager knows that a great dining experience is crucial to his business, and he makes the appeal as enticing as possible. There’s no charge for dinner, drinks, or cigars, but the guests are individuals above the pettiness of enjoying these luxuries without giving something back in return. This return is made through the card table.
The proprietor of the house, John Chamberlain, is one of the handsomest men in the city. He is of middle height, compactly built, with a fine head, with black hair and eyes, and small features. His expression is pleasant and winning, and he is said to be invariably good natured, even under the most trying circumstances. In manner he is a thorough-bred gentleman, and exceedingly attractive. He is of middle age, and is finely educated. His self-possession is remarkable, and never p. 719deserts him, and he has the quality of putting his guests thoroughly at their ease. In short, he is a man fitted to adorn any position in life, and capable of reaching a very high one, but who has chosen to place himself in a position which both the law and popular sentiment have branded as infamous. Indeed, his very attractions and amiable qualities make him a very dangerous member of the community. He draws to the card table many who would be repelled from it by the ordinary gambler, and the fairness with which he conducts his house renders it all the more dangerous to society.
The owner of the house, John Chamberlain, is one of the most handsome men in the city. He is of average height, well-built, with a striking face, black hair, and eyes, and refined features. His expression is friendly and charming, and he is known to be consistently good-natured, even in the toughest situations. His demeanor is that of a true gentleman, making him very appealing. He is middle-aged and well-educated. His calmness is impressive and never abandons him, and he has a knack for making his guests feel completely at ease. In short, he is a man suited for any role in life and capable of achieving a very high position, but he has chosen to put himself in a situation that both the law and public opinion have deemed disgraceful. In fact, his very charm and pleasant nature make him a particularly dangerous member of society. He attracts many to the card table who would usually avoid it because of a typical gambler, and the fairness with which he runs his establishment makes it even more perilous for the community.
The guests consist of the most distinguished men in the city and country. Chamberlain says frankly that he does not care to receive visitors who are possessed of limited incomes and to whom losses would bring misfortune. He says it hurts him more to win the money of a man on a salary, especially if he has a family, than to lose his own, and as he does not care to be a loser he keeps these people away as far as possible. In plain English, he wishes to demoralize only the higher classes of society. His visitors are chiefly men who are wealthy and who can afford to lose, or whose high social or political stations make them welcome guests. You may see at his table Governors, Senators, members of Congress and of Legislatures, generals, judges, lawyers, bankers, merchants, great operators in Wall street, famous actors and authors, journalists, artists—in short, all grades of men who have attained eminence or won wealth in their callings. Consequently, the company is brilliant, and the conversations are such as are seldom heard in the most aristocratic private mansions of the city. The early part of the evening is almost exclusively devoted to social enjoyment, and there is very little gambling until after supper, which is served about half-past eleven, after the theatres have closed.
The guests are some of the most distinguished men in the city and the surrounding areas. Chamberlain is upfront about his preference not to host visitors with limited incomes, as losses for them would lead to hardship. He shares that it pains him more to win money from someone with a salary—even more so if they have a family—than to lose his own money. Since he doesn't want to lose, he does his best to keep these individuals away. In simple terms, he wants to demoralize only the upper classes of society. His guests mainly include wealthy men who can afford to lose, or those whose high social or political status makes them welcome. At his table, you might find Governors, Senators, members of Congress and Legislatures, generals, judges, lawyers, bankers, merchants, influential Wall Street figures, famous actors and authors, journalists, artists—in short, a mix of men who have achieved prominence or wealth in their fields. As a result, the atmosphere is lively and the conversations are ones you rarely hear even in the most exclusive private homes in the city. The earlier part of the night is mostly about socializing, with very little gambling until after dinner, which is served around half-past eleven, once the theaters have closed.
Then the back parlor is the centre of attraction. There is a roulette table on the eastern side of this apartment, said to be the handsomest piece of furniture in the Union. At the opposite side is a large side-board bountifully provided with liquor and cigars. The faro table stands across the room at the southern end, and is the most popular resort of the guests, though p. 720some of the other games find their votaries in other parts of the room.
Then the back parlor is the main attraction. There’s a roulette table on the east side of the room, said to be the finest piece of furniture in the country. On the opposite side is a large sideboard fully stocked with liquor and cigars. The faro table is set up across the room at the southern end and is the most popular spot for guests, although some of the other games have their fans in different areas of the room. p. 720
“The table upon which faro is played is not unlike an ordinary dining-table with rounded corners. At the middle of one side, the place generally occupied by the head of a family, the dealer sits in a space of about three square feet, which has been fashioned in from the table. The surface is covered with tightly drawn green ladies’ cloth. The thirteen suit cards of a whist pack are inlaid upon the surface in two rows, with the odd card placed as at the round of the letter U. The dealer has a full pack, which he shuffles, then inserts in a silver box with an open face. This box is laid upon the table directly to his front.
“The table where faro is played is similar to a regular dining table with rounded edges. In the center of one side, where the head of a family would typically sit, the dealer occupies a space of about three square feet, which has been carved out of the table. The surface is covered with tightly stretched green cloth. The thirteen suit cards from a whist deck are arranged on the surface in two rows, with the odd card placed like the shape of the letter U. The dealer has a complete deck, which he shuffles and then places in a silver box with an open top. This box is positioned on the table directly in front of him.”
“The cards are confined within it by a stiff spring, and the top card is visible to all, save a narrow strip running about its edge, which is necessarily covered by the rim of the box to hold it securely in position.
“The cards are held in place by a stiff spring, and everyone can see the top card, except for a narrow strip along its edge that has to be covered by the rim of the box to keep it securely in position.
“The game now begins. The dealer pushes out the top card, and the second card acted upon by the spring rises and fills its place. The second card is pushed off likewise laterally through the narrow slit constructed for the exit of all the cards. This pair thus drawn out constitutes a ‘turn,’ the first one being the winning and the second the losing card; so that the first, third, fifth, and in the same progression throughout the fifty-two are winning cards, and the second, fourth and sixth, etc., are the losing cards. The betting is done this way: The player buys ivory checks and never uses money openly. The checks are white, red, blue, and purple. The white checks are one dollar each, the red five dollars, the blue twenty-five and the purple one hundred dollars.
“The game now begins. The dealer pushes out the top card, and the second card, activated by the spring, rises to take its place. The second card is pushed out laterally through the narrow slit designed for the exit of all the cards. This pair drawn out constitutes a ‘turn,’ with the first being the winning card and the second the losing card; so that the first, third, fifth, and so on throughout the fifty-two are winning cards, while the second, fourth, sixth, etc., are the losing cards. The betting works like this: The player buys ivory chips and never uses cash openly. The chips come in white, red, blue, and purple. The white chips are one dollar each, the red five dollars, the blue twenty-five dollars, and the purple one hundred dollars.”
“Having provided himself with the number of checks (which in size resemble an old-fashioned cent), he lays down any amount to suit his fancy on any one card upon the table—one of the thirteen described. Suppose the deal is about to begin. He puts $100 in checks on the ace. The dealer throws off the cards till finally an ace appears. If it be the third, fifth, seventh, etc., card the player wins, and the dealer pays him $100 in checks—the ‘bank’s’ loss. If, however, it were the second, p. 721fourth, sixth, etc., card the dealer takes the checks and the bank is $100 winner. Should a player desire to bet on a card to lose, he expresses this intention by putting a ‘copper’ in his checks, and then if the card is thrown off from the pack by the dealer as a losing card the player wins. This is practically all there is in faro.
“After getting the right number of chips (which are about the size of an old-fashioned penny), he places any amount he likes on one card on the table—one of the thirteen described. Suppose the deal is about to start. He bets $100 on the ace. The dealer flips over the cards until an ace shows up. If it’s the third, fifth, seventh, etc., card, the player wins, and the dealer pays him $100 in chips—the ‘bank’s’ loss. But if it’s the second, fourth, sixth, etc., card, the dealer keeps the chips, and the bank wins $100. If a player wants to bet on a card to lose, he shows this by placing a ‘copper’ in his chips, and if that card is revealed as a losing card by the dealer, the player wins. That’s basically all there is to faro.”
“It should be remembered that the losing cards fall on one pile and the winning cards on another. When only four cards remain in the box there is generally lively betting as to how the three under cards will come out in precise order, the top one being visible. In this instance alone the player can treble his stake if fortunate in his prediction. This evolution is a ‘call.’
“It should be remembered that the losing cards go on one pile and the winning cards on another. When only four cards are left in the box, there's usually lively betting on how the three face-down cards will be revealed in the exact order, with the top one being visible. In this case alone, the player can triple their stake if they're lucky with their prediction. This situation is called a ‘call.’”
“A tally board is kept, showing what cards remain in the box after each turn. This provision is to guard the player. Of course four of each kind are thrown from the box—four aces, etc.
“A tally board is maintained, displaying what cards are left in the box after each turn. This measure is to protect the player. Naturally, four of each type are drawn from the box—four aces, etc.
“Some one will inquire how does the bank make it pay while taking such even chances? In this way. If two of a kind should come out in one ‘turn,’ as, for instance, two aces, half of the money bet on the ace, either to win or lose, goes to the bank. This is known as a ‘split. They are very frequent, and large sums pass to the dealer through this channel. That is where the bank makes the money.
“Someone might ask how the bank profits while taking such equal risks. Here's how: If two of a kind come out in one 'turn,' like two aces, half of the money bet on the ace, whether to win or lose, goes to the bank. This is called a 'split.' These occurrences are quite common, and large amounts of money flow to the dealer through this method. That’s how the bank makes its money.”
“Chamberlain says that if men were to study and labor ten thousand years they could never beat the bank, or rather the game. It is something which no one understands. When only one of a kind remains in the box, as an ace, for instance, to bet then that the card will come to win or to lose is just like throwing up a copper and awaiting the result, head or tail. So it will be seen that the bank is in a position where it has everything to risk.
“Chamberlain says that if people were to study and work for ten thousand years, they could never beat the bank, or rather the game. It’s something that no one fully understands. When only one card of a kind is left in the deck, like an ace, betting on whether that card will come up to win or lose is just like flipping a coin and waiting to see whether it’s heads or tails. So, it becomes clear that the bank is in a position where it has everything to lose.”
“The playing is conducted largely by means of checks on the National banks of the city, men seldom carrying money about their persons. Here Mr. Chamberlain has to use his wits. A check given for gaming purposes is not valid in law. Therefore it is necessary to know his man—to be sure of his wealth, to be certain of his credit. It requires instantaneous p. 722decision. If the check is refused the drawer is mortally offended. But a few evenings since a city millionaire offered his check; it was declined. This was Chamberlain’s mistake. It is said that if a merchant repudiates his gambling check at the bank it will destroy his credit in commercial circles. This is the only safeguard upon which the faro bank relies. It shows, however, to what a dangerous extent gambling has laid hold of the mercantile community, how rottenness is at this hour the inward germ of apparent soundness, and how heads of heavy concerns fritter away their capital at faro.
“The games are mostly played using checks from the city’s national banks, with people rarely carrying cash. Here, Mr. Chamberlain has to be clever. A check written for gambling isn't legally valid. So, he needs to know his player—he must be sure of their wealth and their creditworthiness. It requires quick decision-making. If the check is declined, the person who wrote it is seriously offended. Just a few nights ago, a wealthy city businessman offered his check, but it was turned down. That was Chamberlain’s mistake. It’s said that if a merchant rejects their gambling check at the bank, it could ruin their reputation in business circles. This is the only protection that the faro bank relies on. However, it shows just how deeply gambling has taken root in the business community, revealing that what seems solid on the outside has decay within, and how leaders of significant companies are wasting their capital on faro.”
“The largest number of business men who play at Chamberlain’s are stock brokers, and these persons say openly that it is a fairer game than the cunning and unscrupulous gambling of Wall street. The brokers, as well as other patrons, go in the night time to try and regain what they lost by day in speculation. Thus they alternate between one gaming resort and the other throughout the year. At the faro table they may lose several thousand dollars; but this they consider equivalent pay for rich suppers, costly wines, fine cigars and a merry time, and they are willing to pay for fun.
“The largest number of business people who gamble at Chamberlain’s are stock brokers, and these individuals openly claim that it’s a fairer game than the sly and ruthless gambling of Wall Street. The brokers, along with other patrons, visit at night to try to recover what they lost during the day in speculation. They switch back and forth between gaming venues throughout the year. At the faro table, they might lose several thousand dollars; however, they see this as a fair trade for luxurious dinners, expensive wines, fine cigars, and a good time, and they’re willing to pay for the enjoyment.”
“Besides the opportunities which Chamberlain affords to his patrons to lose or win, as luck may direct, he keeps a sort of midnight national bank, where he will cash a check for any man he knows as a reliable party, and many who never think of gambling take advantage of his accommodating spirit. This is why he is reputed a good and valuable neighbor.
“Along with the chances Chamberlain gives his customers to win or lose, depending on luck, he operates a kind of late-night national bank, where he’ll cash a check for anyone he trusts to be reliable. Many people who never consider gambling take advantage of his generous nature. That’s why he’s known as a good and valuable neighbor.”
“How skilfully contrived are all these minutiæ of a gambling palace! They seduce even those who would gladly have never seen a game of chance, and before one is aware of his danger he is past redemption.”
“How skillfully designed are all these details of a gambling palace! They entice even those who would have preferred to never witness a game of chance, and before one realizes the danger, they are beyond redemption.”
Next to the first-class houses come the Second-Class Houses, or “Hells,” as they are called in the city. These lie principally along Broadway and the side streets leading from it, and in the Bowery. They are numerous, and are the most frequented by strangers. They are neither as elegantly furnished, nor as exclusive as to their guests, as the first-class houses. Any one may visit them, and they keep a regular force of runners, or p. 723“ropers in,” for the purpose of enticing strangers within their walls. They are located over stores, as a general rule, and the Broadway establishments usually have a number of flashily-dressed, vulgar-looking men about their doors in the day time, who are insufferably rude to ladies passing by.
Next to the first-class houses are the Second-Class Houses, or “Hells,” as they are called in the city. These are mainly along Broadway and the side streets that connect to it, as well as in the Bowery. They are numerous and attract a lot of visitors. They aren't as nicely furnished or as exclusive with their guests as the first-class houses. Anyone can visit them, and they employ a regular group of runners, or “ropers in,” to lure strangers inside. Generally, they are located above stores, and the Broadway establishments often have a bunch of flashy, tacky-looking men hanging around their doors during the day, who are unbearably rude to any ladies walking by.
Faro is the usual game played at these houses, but it is a very different game from that which goes on under the supervision of John Chamberlain. In gambler’s parlance, it is called a “skin game.” In plain English it means that the bank sets p. 724out to win the player’s money by deliberate and premeditated fraud. In first-class houses a visitor is never urged to play. Here every guest must stake his money at the risk of encountering personal violence from the proprietor or his associates. The dealer is well skilled in manipulating the cards so as to make them win for the bank always, and every effort is made to render the victim hazy with liquor, so that he shall not be able to keep a clear record in his mind of the progress of the game. A common trick is to use sanded cards, or cards with their surfaces roughened, so that two, by being handled in a certain way, will adhere and fall as one card. Again, the dealer will so arrange his cards as to be sure of the exact order in which they will come out. He can thus pull out one card, or two at a time, as the “necessities of the bank” may require. Frequently no tally is kept of the game, and the player is unable to tell how many turns have been made—whether the full number or less. Even if the fraud is discovered, the visitor will find it a serious matter to attempt to expose it. The majority of the persons present are in the pay of the bank, and all are operating with but one object—to get possession of the money of visitors. The slightest effort at resistance will ensure an assault, and the guest is either beaten and thrown into the street, or he is robbed and murdered, and his body thrown into the river. There are always men hanging around these places who are on the watch for an opportunity to commit a robbery. The most notorious burglars and criminals of the city visit these hells. They keep a close watch over visitors who stay until the small hours of the morning, especially upon those who are under the influence of liquor. They follow them down into the dark and silent streets, and, at a favorable moment, spring upon them, knock them senseless and rob them. If necessary to ensure their own safety, they do not hesitate to murder their victims.
Faro is the main game played in these establishments, but it's quite different from the one overseen by John Chamberlain. In gambling lingo, it's called a “skin game.” In simple terms, it means that the house is set up to win the players' money through deliberate and planned cheating. In reputable venues, players are never pushed to gamble. Here, every guest must place their bets at the risk of facing personal violence from the owner or his associates. The dealer is highly skilled at manipulating the cards to ensure the house always wins, and every effort is made to get the victim intoxicated, so they can't keep a clear track of the game. A common trick involves using sanded cards or cards with rough surfaces, so two cards handled in a certain way will stick together and fall as one. Additionally, the dealer will arrange his cards in a way that he knows the exact order they will come out, allowing him to pull one or two cards at a time as needed for the "benefit of the house." Often, no record is kept of the game, leaving the player unsure of how many rounds have taken place—whether the full number or fewer. Even if cheating is noticed, the visitor will find it very challenging to expose it. Most people present are on the house's payroll, all working towards a single goal—to take the visitors' money. The slightest attempt to resist will lead to an attack, and the guest may be beaten and thrown out, or robbed and killed, with their body disposed of in the river. There are always men loitering around these places, watching for a chance to rob someone. The most infamous burglars and criminals in the city frequent these spots. They keep a close eye on visitors who stay until the early hours, especially those who are drunk. They shadow them into the dark, quiet streets and, at the right moment, pounce, knocking them out and robbing them. If necessary for their safety, they won’t hesitate to kill their victims.
Many persons coming to the city yield to the temptation to visit these places, merely to see them. They intend to lose only a dollar or two as the price of the exhibition. Such men voluntarily seek the danger which threatens them. Nine out of ten who go there merely through curiosity, lose all their money. p. 725The men who conduct the “hell” understand how to deal with such cases, and are rarely unsuccessful.
Many people coming to the city can't resist the urge to check out these places, just to see what they're like. They plan to spend only a dollar or two for the experience. These folks knowingly put themselves in danger. Nine out of ten who go there out of curiosity end up losing all their money. p. 725The people running the “hell” know how to handle such situations and seldom fail.
It is in these places that clerks and other young men are ruined. They lose, and play again, hoping to make good their losses. In this way they squander their own means; and too frequently commence to steal from their employers, in the vain hope of regaining all they have lost.
It’s in these places that clerks and other young men get messed up. They lose, and then they play again, hoping to win back what they lost. This is how they waste their own money; and too often, they start stealing from their employers, thinking they can recover everything they’ve lost.
There is only one means of safety for all classes—Keep away from the gaming table altogether.
There’s only one way for everyone to stay safe—Just stay away from the gaming table completely.
At first gambling was carried on only at night. The fascination of the game, however, has now become so great, that day gambling houses have been opened in the lower part of the city. These are located in Broadway, below Fulton street, and in one or two other streets within the immediate neighborhood of Wall street.
At first, gambling was only done at night. However, the allure of the game has grown so strong that day gambling houses have opened in the lower part of the city. These are located on Broadway, below Fulton Street, and in one or two other streets nearby Wall Street.
These “houses,” as they are called, are really nothing more than rooms. They are located on the top floor of a building, the rest of which is taken up with stores, offices, etc. They are managed on a plan similar to the night gambling houses, and the windows are all carefully closed with wooden shutters, to prevent any sound being heard without. The rooms are elegantly furnished, brilliantly lighted with gas, and liquors and refreshments are in abundance. As the stairway is thronged with persons passing up and down, at all hours of the day, no one is noticed in entering the building for the purpose of play. The establishment has its “runners” and “ropers in,” like the night houses, who are paid a percentage on the winnings from their victims, and the proprietor of the day house is generally the owner of a night house higher up town.
These “houses,” as they're called, are really just rooms. They’re located on the top floor of a building, while the rest of the space is filled with stores, offices, and so on. They operate on a plan similar to night gambling houses, and all the windows are tightly closed with wooden shutters to keep any sound from escaping. The rooms are stylishly furnished, brightly lit with gas, and stocked with plenty of drinks and snacks. Since the stairway is crowded with people coming and going at all hours, no one really notices when someone enters the building to gamble. The establishment has its “runners” and “ropers in,” like the night houses, who earn a cut of the winnings from their targets, and the owner of the day house usually also owns a night house further uptown.
Square games are rarely played in these houses. The victim is generally fleeced. Men who gamble in stocks, curbstone brokers, and others, vainly endeavor to make good a part of their losses at these places. They are simply unsuccessful. Clerks, office-boys, and others, who can spend but a few minutes and lose only a few dollars at a time, are constantly seen in these hells. The aggregate of these slight winnings by the bank is very great in the course of the day. Pickpockets and p. 726thieves are also seen here in considerable numbers. They do not come to practise their arts, for they would be shown no mercy if they should do so, but come to gamble away their plunder, or its proceeds.
Square games are rarely played in these places. The victim usually gets ripped off. Men who bet on stocks, street brokers, and others try unsuccessfully to recover some of their losses here. They just don’t succeed. Clerks, office boys, and others, who can only spend a few minutes and lose a small amount at a time, are often spotted in these dens. The total of these small wins for the house adds up significantly throughout the day. Pickpockets and p. 726thieves are also commonly found here. They don't come to practice their skills because they would receive no mercy if they did, but they come to gamble away their stolen goods or the money they got from them.
It is not necessary to speak of the evils of gambling, of the effect of the vice upon society. I have merely to describe the practice as it prevails here. New York is full of the wrecks it has made. Respectable and wealthy families there are by the score whose means have been squandered on the green cloth. There are widows and orphans here whose husbands and fathers have been driven into suicide by gambling losses. The State Prisons hold men whose good names have been blasted, and whose souls have been stained with crime in consequence of this vice. Yet the evil is suffered to grow, and no honest effort is made to check it.
It’s unnecessary to talk about the problems caused by gambling or its impact on society. I just need to describe how it exists here. New York is filled with the fallout it has created. There are countless respectable and wealthy families whose money has been wasted on gambling. There are widows and orphans here whose husbands and fathers have taken their own lives because of gambling losses. The State Prisons are filled with men whose good names have been ruined and whose lives have been tainted by crime due to this vice. Yet the problem continues to grow, and no genuine effort is made to stop it.
II. LOTTERIES.
The lottery business of New York is extensive, and, though conducted in violation of the law, those who carry it on make scarcely a show of secrecy.
The lottery business in New York is huge, and even though it operates illegally, those involved barely try to hide it.
The principal lottery office of the city is located on Broadway, near St. Paul’s church. It is ostensibly a broker’s office, and the windows display the usual collection of gold and silver coins, bills, drafts, etc. At the rear end of the front room is a door which leads into the office in which lottery tickets are sold. It is a long, narrow apartment, lighted from the ceiling, and so dark that the gas is usually kept burning. A high counter extends along two sides of the room, and the walls back of this are lined with handbills setting forth the schemes of the various lotteries. Two large black-boards are affixed to the wall back of the main counter, and on these are written the numbers as soon as the drawings have been made. There is always a crowd of anxious faces in this room at the hour when the drawings are received.
The main lottery office in the city is located on Broadway, near St. Paul’s church. It looks like a broker’s office, and the windows show the usual assortment of gold and silver coins, bills, drafts, and so on. At the back of the front room, there’s a door that leads into the office where lottery tickets are sold. It’s a long, narrow space that is lit from the ceiling and often so dark that the gas lights are kept on. A tall counter runs along two sides of the room, and the walls behind it are covered with handbills outlining the various lottery schemes. Two large blackboards are attached to the wall behind the main counter, and the numbers are written on these as soon as the drawings are completed. There’s always a crowd of anxious faces in this room when the drawings are announced.
The Havana Lottery is managed on the single number plan. There are 26,000 tickets and 739 prizes. The 26,000 tickets are put in the wheel, and are drawn out one at a time. At the same time another ticket inscribed with the amount of a prize is drawn from another wheel, and this prize is accorded to the number drawn from the ticket wheel. This is continued until the 739 prizes have been disposed of.
The Havana Lottery operates on a single number system. There are 26,000 tickets and 739 prizes. The 26,000 tickets are placed in the wheel and drawn one at a time. Meanwhile, another ticket, which shows the amount of a prize, is drawn from a different wheel, and that prize is awarded to the number drawn from the ticket wheel. This process continues until all 739 prizes have been given away.
The Kentucky and Missouri lotteries are drawn every day at noon, and every night. The prizes are neither as large nor as numerous as in the Havana lottery. The drawings are made in public, and the numbers so drawn are telegraphed all over the country to the agents of the lottery.
The Kentucky and Missouri lotteries are drawn every day at noon and every night. The prizes aren't as big or as numerous as those in the Havana lottery. The drawings happen in public, and the winning numbers are sent out via telegraph to lottery agents across the country.
“The lottery schemes are what is known as the ternary combination of seventy-eight numbers, being one to seventy-eight, inclusive; or in other words, ‘three number’ schemes. The numbers vary with the day. To-day seventy-eight numbers may be placed in the wheel and fourteen of them drawn out. Any ticket having on it three of the drawn numbers takes a prize, ranging from fifty thousand dollars to three hundred dollars, as the scheme may indicate for the day. Tickets with two of the drawn numbers on them pay an advance of about a hundred per cent. of their cost. Tickets with only one of the drawn numbers on them get back first cost. On another day only seventy-five numbers will be put in the wheel, and only twelve or thirteen drawn out. And so it goes.
“The lottery systems are what's called a ternary combination of seventy-eight numbers, ranging from one to seventy-eight, inclusive; in other words, 'three number' schemes. The numbers change daily. Today, seventy-eight numbers might go into the wheel, and fourteen of them will be drawn. Any ticket that has three of the drawn numbers wins a prize, which can be anywhere from fifty thousand dollars to three hundred dollars, depending on that day's scheme. Tickets with two of the drawn numbers offer a payout of about one hundred percent of their cost. Tickets with just one of the drawn numbers get back their original price. On another day, only seventy-five numbers might be put in the wheel, and only twelve or thirteen drawn out. And so it continues.”
“The owners or managers of these concerns are prominent sporting men and gamblers of New York and elsewhere. Considerable capital is invested. It is said that it takes nearly two million dollars to work this business, and that the profits average five hundred thousand dollars or more a year. The ticket sellers get a commission of twelve per cent. on all sales. The tickets are issued to them in lots, one set of combinations going to one section of the country this week, another next; and all p. 728tickets unsold up to the hour for the drawing at Covington, are sent back to headquarters. In this way many prizes are drawn by tickets which remain unsold in dealers’ hands after they have reported to the agents; and the lottery makes it clear.”
“The owners or managers of these businesses are well-known athletes and gamblers from New York and other places. A significant amount of money is invested. It's said that it takes almost two million dollars to run this operation, with profits averaging five hundred thousand dollars or more each year. The ticket sellers receive a twelve percent commission on all sales. The tickets are given to them in batches, with one group of combinations going to one part of the country this week and another the next; all tickets that remain unsold by the time of the drawing in Covington are sent back to headquarters. This way, many prizes get drawn from tickets that are left unsold by the dealers after they’ve reported to the agents, making the lottery very clear.”
It is argued that lotteries, if managed by honest men, are of necessity fair. This is true; but there is a vast amount of questionable honesty in the whole management. The numbers may be so manipulated as to be entirely in favor of the proprietors, and in the fairest lottery the chances are always very slim in favor of the exact combination expressed on any given ticket being drawn from the wheel. The vast majority of ticket buyers never receive a cent on their outlay. They simply throw their money away. Yet all continue their ventures in the hope that they may at some time draw a lucky number. The amount annually expended in this city in the purchase of lottery tickets is princely. The amount received in prizes is beggarly. The effect upon the lottery gamblers is appalling. Men and women of all ages are simply demoralized by it. They neglect their legitimate pursuits, stint themselves and their families, commit thefts and forgeries, and are even driven into madness and suicide by the hope of growing rich in a day.
It’s said that lotteries, if run by honest people, are inherently fair. This is true, but there’s a lot of questionable integrity in the whole operation. The numbers can be manipulated to heavily favor the owners, and even in the fairest lottery, the odds of winning based on the exact combination on any given ticket are always very slim. The vast majority of ticket buyers never get back a cent of what they spend. They basically just throw their money away. Yet everyone keeps trying, hoping they might finally pick a lucky number. The amount spent on lottery tickets in this city every year is impressive, while the prizes given out are pitiful. The impact on lottery players is shocking. Men and women of all ages are completely demoralized by it. They neglect their real jobs, deprive themselves and their families, commit thefts and forgeries, and some are even driven to madness and suicide by the hope of getting rich overnight.
III. POLICY DEALING.
Policy dealing is closely allied with the lottery business, and is carried on by the agents for their own benefit. It is one of the most dangerous forms of gambling practised in the city. It consists of betting on certain numbers, within the range of the lottery schemes, being drawn at the noon or evening drawings. You can take any three numbers of the seventy-eight, and bet, or “policy” on them. You may bet on single numbers, or on combinations. The single number may come out anywhere in the drawing. It is called a “Day Number,” and the player deposits one dollar in making his bet. If the number is drawn, p. 729he wins five dollars. The stake is always one dollar, unless a number of bets of the same description are taken. Two numbers constitute a “Saddle,” and both being drawn, the player wins from twenty-four dollars to thirty-two dollars. Three numbers constitute a “Gig,” and win $150 to $225. Four numbers make a “Horse,” and win $640. A “Capital Saddle” is a bet that two numbers will be among the first three drawn, and wins $500. A “Station Number” is a bet that a given number will come out in a certain place—for instance, that twenty-four will be the tenth number drawn,—and this wins sixty dollars. Any number of “Saddles,” “Gigs,” or “Horses,” may be taken by a single player.
Policy dealing is closely linked to the lottery business and is run by agents for their own gain. It's one of the most dangerous types of gambling in the city. It involves betting on specific numbers within the lottery schemes, which are drawn during the noon or evening drawings. You can choose any three numbers from seventy-eight and bet, or “policy,” on them. You can bet on single numbers or combinations. A single number can appear anywhere in the drawing. It's called a “Day Number,” and to place your bet, you put down one dollar. If that number is drawn, he wins five dollars. The stake is always one dollar unless multiple bets of the same type are made. Two numbers make up a “Saddle,” and if both are drawn, the player wins between twenty-four dollars and thirty-two dollars. Three numbers make a “Gig,” which wins $150 to $225. Four numbers are a “Horse,” winning $640. A “Capital Saddle” is a bet that two numbers will be among the first three drawn, winning $500. A “Station Number” is a bet that a specific number will appear in a certain spot—for example, betting that twenty-four will be the tenth number drawn—and this wins sixty dollars. A single player can place any number of “Saddles,” “Gigs,” or “Horses.”
All this seems very simple, and indeed it is so simple that the merest child ought to understand it. The policy dealers know that the chances are always against a single number being drawn, and still greater against the drawing of a combination. Therefore they offer an enormous advance upon the amount staked, knowing that they are as sure of winning as they could desire to be. A man might play policy for a year, and never see his numbers drawn. Yet thousands annually throw away large sums in this wretched game. A large share of the earnings of the poor go in policy playing. It seems to exercise a terrible fascination over its victims. They concentrate all their efforts on devising systems and lucky numbers, and continue betting in the vain hope that fortune will yet reward them with a lucky “gig” or “saddle.” All the while they grow poorer, and the policy dealers richer. The negroes are most inveterate policy players. They are firm believers in dreams and dream books. Every dream has its corresponding number set down in the books. To dream of a man, is one; of a woman, five; of both, fifteen; of a colored man, fourteen; of a “genteel colored man,” eleven; and so on. A publishing firm in Ann street sells several thousand copies of these dream books every month. The negroes are not the only purchasers. Even men accounted “shrewd” in Wall street are among the number. Indeed Wall street furnishes some of the most noted policy players in the city.
All this seems pretty straightforward, and in fact, it's so straightforward that even a small child should get it. The policy dealers understand that the odds are always against a single number being drawn, and even more so against a combination being drawn. That's why they offer huge payouts on the amount wagered, knowing that they are almost certain to win. A person could play policy for a whole year and never see their numbers come up. Yet, thousands of people waste large amounts of money each year on this miserable game. A significant portion of the poor's earnings goes into playing the policy. It seems to have a terrible hold on its players. They put all their energy into coming up with systems and lucky numbers, continuing to bet in the futile hope that luck will eventually smile on them with a successful “gig” or “saddle.” Meanwhile, they become poorer, and the policy dealers become richer. Black people are particularly dedicated policy players. They firmly believe in dreams and dream books. Every dream has a corresponding number listed in these books. For instance, dreaming of a man is one, a woman is five, both is fifteen, a Black man is fourteen, a “genteel” Black man is eleven, and so forth. A publishing company on Ann Street sells several thousand copies of these dream books every month. Black people aren't the only ones buying them. Even those considered “shrewd” on Wall Street are among the customers. In fact, Wall Street produces some of the most well-known policy players in the city.
Visitors to the Lunatic Asylum and the Almshouse may see a number of instances of the fatal results of policy playing.
Visitors to the Lunatic Asylum and the Almshouse may see several examples of the deadly consequences of reckless policies.
p. 731LXVI. PETER COOPER.
Peter Cooper was born in New York, on the 12th of February, 1791. His maternal grandfather, John Campbell, was Mayor of New York and Deputy Quartermaster General during the Revolution, and his father was a lieutenant in the Continental army. After the return of peace, Lieutenant Cooper resumed his avocation as a hatter, in which he continued until his death. It required close attention to business and hard work to make a living in those days, and as soon as young Peter was old enough to pick the fur from the rabbit skins which were used in making hats, he was set to work. He had no opportunity to go to school. “I have never had any time to get an education,” he once said, “and all that I know I have had to pick up as I went along.” He continued in the hat trade until he had thoroughly mastered it, and afterwards became a brewer, pursuing this trade for two years, at the end of which time he apprenticed himself to a coachmaker. Upon completing his term at this trade, he engaged with his brother in the cloth-shearing business, and continued in it until the general introduction of foreign cloths, after the War of 1812, made it unprofitable. He then became a cabinet maker, but soon after opened a small grocery store on the present site of the Cooper Institute.
Peter Cooper was born in New York on February 12, 1791. His maternal grandfather, John Campbell, was the Mayor of New York and Deputy Quartermaster General during the Revolution, and his father was a lieutenant in the Continental army. After peace was restored, Lieutenant Cooper went back to his job as a hat maker, which he continued until he passed away. Back then, it took a lot of focus and hard work to earn a living, and as soon as young Peter was old enough to pick the fur from rabbit skins used to make hats, he was put to work. He didn't have a chance to go to school. “I have never had any time to get an education,” he once said, “and all that I know I have had to pick up as I went along.” He stayed in the hat trade until he had mastered it, then became a brewer, doing that for two years before he apprenticed as a coachmaker. After finishing his apprenticeship, he partnered with his brother in the cloth-shearing business, sticking with it until the influx of foreign cloths after the War of 1812 made it unprofitable. He then became a cabinet maker, but soon after, he opened a small grocery store on what is now the site of the Cooper Institute.
With his savings he purchased a woollen factory, which he conducted successfully, and some time after this, enlarged his operations by manufacturing glue. In 1830 he erected large iron works at Canton, one of the suburbs of Baltimore, and he subsequently carried on extensive iron and wire works at Trenton, New Jersey. The greater part of his fortune has p. 732been gained by the manufacture of iron and glue. He was the first person to roll wrought iron beams for fire-proof buildings, and soon after opening his Baltimore works, he manufactured there, from his own designs, the first locomotive ever made in America. He has been interested in various enterprises, the majority of which have proved successful, and has shown a remarkable capacity for conducting a number of entirely different undertakings at the same time. He is now very wealthy, and has made every dollar of his fortune by his own unaided exertions. He resides in a handsome mansion in Grammercy Park, but lives simply and without ostentation.
With his savings, he bought a woolen factory, which he ran successfully, and later expanded into manufacturing glue. In 1830, he built large ironworks in Canton, a suburb of Baltimore, and then went on to operate extensive iron and wire works in Trenton, New Jersey. Most of his fortune has p. 732come from making iron and glue. He was the first person to roll wrought iron beams for fireproof buildings, and shortly after opening his Baltimore factory, he produced the first locomotive ever made in America, based on his own designs. He has been involved in various ventures, most of which have been successful, and he has demonstrated an impressive ability to manage completely different projects simultaneously. He is now very wealthy and has earned every dollar of his fortune through his own hard work. He lives in a beautiful mansion in Gramercy Park but chooses to live simply and without showing off.
He does not enjoy the marked respect and popularity of which he never fails to receive hearty evidences when he appears in public, because of his success alone. He is one of the principal benefactors of the city, and has placed the whole community under heavy obligations to him by his noble gift to the public of the Cooper Institute, which institution has been described in another chapter.
He doesn’t have the kind of respect and popularity that he always gets when he’s out in public, just because of his success. He’s one of the main benefactors of the city and has placed the entire community in his debt through his generous donation of the Cooper Institute, which is described in another chapter.
He conceived the idea of this institution more than forty years ago, and long before he was able to carry it out. Having been much impressed with a description of the Écoles d’Industrie of Paris, he was resolved that his native city should have at least one similar institution. As soon as he felt able to do so, he began the erection of the Cooper Institute. The entire cost was borne by him, and the actual outlay exceeded the estimate upon which he had begun the work by nearly thirty thousand dollars. He had many obstacles, mechanical, as well as pecuniary, to overcome, and when the building was completed and paid for, he found himself comparatively a poor man. Almost every dollar of his fortune had been expended upon his great gift to the working men and women of New York. He persevered, however, and his Institute began the career of usefulness which it has since pursued.
He came up with the idea for this institution more than forty years ago, long before he could make it a reality. After being really impressed by a description of the Écoles d’Industrie in Paris, he was determined that his hometown should have at least one similar place. As soon as he was able, he started building the Cooper Institute. He covered the entire cost himself, and the actual expenses ended up being nearly thirty thousand dollars more than what he initially estimated. He faced many challenges, both mechanical and financial, and when the building was finished and paid for, he found himself relatively broke. Almost every dollar of his wealth had gone into this significant gift for the working men and women of New York. However, he kept pushing forward, and his Institute began the valuable journey that it continues to this day.
Since then he has prospered to a greater extent than ever, and has acquired a large fortune. He has taken an active part in the extension of the telegraph interests of the country, and is now a stockholder and an officer in the Atlantic Cable p. 733Companies. He is very popular among all classes of citizens, and his appearance at public meetings is always greeted with applause.
Since then, he has done better than ever and has gained a significant fortune. He has actively participated in expanding the country's telegraph interests and is now a shareholder and an officer in the Atlantic Cable p. 733Companies. He is very popular among all types of citizens, and his presence at public meetings is always met with applause.
Mr. Cooper is of medium height, and is rather thin in person. He has a profusion of silvery white hair, and wears his beard under his chin, with the lip and chin clean shaven. His large gold spectacles give a peculiar expression to his eyes, which are small and gray. His face is sharp and thin, and very intelligent, and one of the most thoroughly amiable and benevolent countenances to be met with in New York. It is emphatically the face of a good man.
Mr. Cooper is of average height and quite thin. He has a lot of silver-white hair and keeps his beard under his chin, with his lip and chin clean-shaven. His large gold glasses give a unique look to his small gray eyes. His face is sharp and thin, very intelligent, and one of the most genuinely friendly and kind expressions you can find in New York. It is unmistakably the face of a good man.
p. 734LXVII. THE “HEATHEN CHINEE.”
According to the Census of 1870, there were twenty-three Chinese inhabitants of New York, but the actual number of Celestials in the city at present is believed to be about seventy-five. The most of these are very poor, and nearly all reside in the Five Points district, generally in Baxter street. Some of them are wretched and depraved, but the majority are industrious and well behaved.
According to the 1870 Census, there were twenty-three Chinese residents in New York, but the current number of Chinese people in the city is believed to be around seventy-five. Most of them are very poor, and nearly all live in the Five Points area, typically on Baxter Street. Some are in desperate situations and engage in undesirable activities, but the majority are hardworking and well-behaved.
The Chinese candy and cigar sellers are well known. They stand on the street corners, by little wooden tables covered with broken bits of candy, which they sell at a penny a piece. They are dirty, dull, and hopeless looking. No one ever sees them smile, and they rarely pay any attention to what is passing on the street. Of all the dwellers in the great city they seem the most utterly forlorn. The patience with which they remain at their posts, day after day, and in all weathers, is touching, and one cannot help pitying them. Their earnings must be very small, but they manage to live on them.
The Chinese candy and cigar sellers are well known. They stand on the street corners by little wooden tables covered with broken bits of candy, selling them for a penny each. They look dirty, dull, and hopeless. No one ever sees them smile, and they rarely pay attention to what's happening on the street. Among all the people in the big city, they seem the most completely forlorn. The patience with which they stay at their posts, day after day and in all kinds of weather, is touching, and it’s hard not to feel sorry for them. Their earnings must be very small, but they manage to get by.
The cigar makers are more fortunate. They buy cheap remnants of tobacco from the dealers in that article, and at night make these lots up into cigars, averaging from 150 to 180 cigars per night. They dispose of these the next day at three cents apiece, and some of them earn as much as $30 or $35 per week. The cigar maker has a peculiar song which he sings or chants while rolling out his cigars, and varies this chant by occasionally puffing a cigar.
The cigar makers have a better deal. They purchase cheap leftover tobacco from dealers, and at night, they roll these into cigars, making around 150 to 180 cigars each night. They sell these the next day for three cents each, and some earn as much as $30 or $35 a week. The cigar maker has a unique song he sings or chants while rolling cigars, occasionally breaking it up by puffing on one.
There are scarcely any Chinese women in the city, but nearly all the Chinamen are married. They have a great fondness for Irish wives, and nearly all have two, and some of them three p. 735wives apiece. Families of this size are very expensive luxuries, and it takes all John’s industry to provide for them. A gentleman not long since asked one of these much married individuals how he managed to keep his wives from fighting. He was answered that they got along very peaceably together. Upon being pressed, however, John admitted that they did fight sometimes.
There are hardly any Chinese women in the city, but almost all the Chinese men are married. They have a strong preference for Irish wives, and most have two, with some even having three p. 735wives each. Families of this size are quite expensive, and it takes all of John's hard work to support them. A gentleman recently asked one of these highly married individuals how he managed to keep his wives from arguing. He replied that they got along quite well together. However, when pressed, John admitted that they did argue sometimes.
“Then how do you manage them?”
“Then how do you handle them?”
“When he fightee,” said John, dryly, “me turnee him out in the yardee. Me lockee the door, and let him fightee out. He git tired soon, and me let him in. Me—what you call him?—boss here.”
“When he fights,” said John dryly, “I throw him out in the yard. I lock the door and let him fight outside. He gets tired soon, and I let him back in. I—what do you call it?—boss here.”
The children by these queer unions seem to be healthy, and nearly all of them speak Chinese in talking to their fathers, and their English has a decided brogue. Many of the Chinese decorate their houses with the letters they have received from home. These letters are curious collections of hieroglyphics, some of which are executed in brilliant colors.
The children from these unusual unions appear to be healthy, and almost all of them speak Chinese when talking to their fathers, while their English has a distinct accent. Many of the Chinese decorate their homes with letters they've received from back home. These letters are interesting collections of symbols, some of which are done in vibrant colors.
There is a Chinese boarding house for sailors of that nationality in Baxter street, kept by a Chinaman and his wife, who is also an Oriental. These Chinese sailors are simply cooks or stewards of vessels arriving here from China or California, and not able-bodied seamen. They do not frequent the ordinary sailor’s boarding houses, and are never seen in the dance houses or hells of Water street. They pass their time on shore quietly in their countryman’s establishment, and some of them use this season of leisure in trying to acquaint themselves with the English language. All are opium smokers.
There’s a Chinese boarding house for sailors of that nationality on Baxter Street, run by a Chinese man and his wife, who is also from the East. These Chinese sailors are mainly cooks or stewards on ships coming in from China or California, and not active seamen. They don’t go to regular sailors' boarding houses and are never seen at the dance halls or bars on Water Street. They spend their time on land quietly at their fellow countryman’s place, and some of them take this opportunity to try to learn English. All of them smoke opium.
The main room of the boarding house in Baxter street is fitted up with a series of beds or berths, one above another, extending around it. At almost any time one may find several Chinese lying in these berths smoking opium. The opium pipe is a large piece of wood pierced down the centre with a fine hole. The stem is very thick, and is about eighteen inches long. The smoker has before him a box of soft gum opium and a small lamp. He takes a little steel rod, picks off a small piece of opium with it, holds it in the flame of the lamp for a few p. 737minutes, and when it has become thoroughly ignited, places it in the bowl of his pipe and puffs away, repeating the operation until he is satisfied, or is insensible.
The main room of the boarding house on Baxter Street is set up with a series of beds, stacked one above the other, all around the space. You can often find several Chinese people lying in these beds, smoking opium. The opium pipe is a large wooden piece with a fine hole drilled down the center. The stem is quite thick and about eighteen inches long. The smoker has a box of soft gum opium and a small lamp in front of him. He takes a small steel rod, picks off a bit of opium with it, holds it in the flame of the lamp for a few minutes, and once it’s fully ignited, places it in the bowl of his pipe and smokes. He repeats this process until he feels satisfied or becomes numb.
They are very fond of cards. Those used by them are brought from China, and are curiosities. They are about one inch in width and five inches long, and are gorgeously painted with old time Chinese men and women. To each card there is attached a certain value. The cards are divided into six lots of equal size. Each of the two players chooses one of these packs alternately. The first player places a card on the table, and his opponent places another immediately across it. The others are placed obliquely to these, in the form of a star, and each player scores the value of his card as he lays it down. The game is won by the player who has the largest score.
They really enjoy playing cards. The ones they use are imported from China and are quite unique. They are about an inch wide and five inches long, beautifully illustrated with images of traditional Chinese men and women. Each card has a specific value attached to it. The cards are divided into six equal stacks. Each player takes turns picking one of these stacks. The first player lays a card on the table, and the other player places another card directly across from it. The remaining cards are placed diagonally in a star pattern, and each player scores the value of their card as they play it. The player with the highest score wins the game.
Altogether, in spite of the misconduct of a few, the Chinese of New York are, barring their bigamous affection for the Irish women, a very innocent and well-behaved class.
Altogether, despite the bad behavior of a few, the Chinese in New York are, except for their tendency to love Irish women in a bigamous way, a very innocent and well-mannered group.
p. 738LXVIII. STREET CHILDREN.
In spite of the labors of the Missions and the Reformatory Institutions, there are ten thousand children living on the streets of New York, gaining their bread by blacking boots, by selling newspapers, watches, pins, etc., and by stealing. Some are thrust into the streets by dissolute parents, some are orphans, some are voluntary outcasts, and others drift here from the surrounding country. Wherever they may come from, or however they may get here, they are here, and they are nearly all leading a vagrant life which will ripen into crime or pauperism.
Despite the efforts of the Missions and Reform Institutions, there are ten thousand children living on the streets of New York, earning their keep by shining shoes, selling newspapers, watches, pins, and more, or by stealing. Some are pushed into the streets by irresponsible parents, some are orphans, others choose to be outcasts, and some drift here from nearby areas. No matter where they come from or how they arrived, they are here, and almost all of them are living a transient life that will likely lead to crime or poverty.
The newsboys constitute an important division of this army of homeless children. You see them everywhere, in all parts of the city, but they are most numerous in and about Printing House Square, near the offices of the great dailies. They rend the air and deafen you with their shrill cries. They surround you on the sidewalk, and almost force you to buy their papers. They climb up the steps of the stage, thrust their grim little faces into the windows, and bring nervous passengers to their feet with their shrill yells; or, scrambling into a street car, at the risk of being kicked into the street by a brutal conductor, they will offer you their papers in such an earnest, appealing way, that, nine times out of ten, you buy from sheer pity for the child.
The newsboys are a significant part of this army of homeless kids. You can find them everywhere throughout the city, but they are most common around Printing House Square, close to the big daily newspapers. They fill the air with their loud shouts that can be really overwhelming. They crowd around you on the sidewalk, almost forcing you to buy their papers. They rush up the steps of the stage, stick their small, tired faces into the windows, and startle nervous passengers with their piercing cries; or, by jumping onto a streetcar, risking getting thrown off by a rude conductor, they'll offer you their papers in such a sincere, desperate way that, most of the time, you end up buying one simply out of pity for the child.
The boys who sell the morning papers are very few in number. The newspaper stands seem to have the whole monopoly of this branch of the trade, and the efforts of the newsboys are confined to the afternoon journals—especially the cheap ones—some of which, however, are dear bargains at a penny. They swarm around the City Hall, and in the eastern section of the p. 739city, below Canal street; and in the former locality, half a dozen will sometimes surround a luckless pedestrian, thrusting their wares in his face, and literally forcing him to buy one to get rid of them. The moment he shows the least disposition to yield, they commence fighting among themselves for the “honor” of serving him. They are ragged and dirty. Some have no coats, no shoes, and no hat. Some are simply stupid, others are bright, intelligent little fellows, who would make good and useful men if they could have a chance.
The boys who sell the morning papers are very few. The newspaper stands seem to have a complete monopoly on this part of the business, leaving the newsboys to focus on the afternoon papers—especially the cheaper ones—some of which are actually a good deal at a penny. They gather around City Hall and in the eastern part of the p. 739city, below Canal Street. In the first location, sometimes a half-dozen will crowd around an unsuspecting passerby, shoving their papers in his face and practically forcing him to buy one just to get them to leave him alone. The moment he shows any sign of giving in, they start fighting among themselves for the “honor” of selling to him. They are ragged and filthy. Some wear no coats, have no shoes, and no hats. Some are just clueless, while others are sharp, smart little guys who could grow up to be good and productive adults if they had the opportunity.
The majority of these boys live at home, but many of them are wanderers in the streets, selling papers at times, and begging at others. Some pay their earnings, which rarely amount to more than thirty cents per day, to their mothers—others spend them in tobacco, strong drink, and in visiting the low-class theatres and concert halls.
The majority of these boys live at home, but many are out on the streets, sometimes selling papers and other times begging. Some give their earnings, which rarely total more than thirty cents a day, to their mothers—others spend it on tobacco, alcohol, and visits to seedy theaters and concert halls.
Formerly, these little fellows suffered very much from exposure and hunger. In the cold nights of winter, they slept on the stairways of the newspaper offices, in old boxes or barrels, under door steps, and sometimes sought a “warm bed” on the street gratings of the printing offices, where the warm steam from the vaults below could pass over them.
Previously, these little guys struggled a lot with the cold and hunger. On chilly winter nights, they would sleep on the stairways of newspaper offices, in old boxes or barrels, under doorsteps, and sometimes looked for a “warm bed” on the street grates of the printing offices, where the warm steam from the vaults below could rise up to them.
They provide themselves with the usual bootblack’s “kit,” of box and brushes. They are sharp, quick-witted boys, with any number of bad habits, and are always ready to fall into criminal practices when enticed into them by older hands. Burglars make constant use of them to enter dwellings and stores and open the doors from the inside. Sometimes these little fellows undertake burglaries on their own account, but they are generally caught by the police.
They equip themselves with the standard bootblack’s “kit” of a box and brushes. They are clever, quick-thinking boys, with plenty of bad habits, and are always eager to get involved in criminal activities when influenced by older individuals. Burglars frequently rely on them to break into homes and shops and unlock doors from the inside. Sometimes these young kids attempt burglaries on their own, but they usually get caught by the police.
The bootblacks are said to form a regular confraternity, with fixed laws. They are said to have a “captain,” who is the chief of the order, and to pay an initiation fee of from two dollars downwards. This money is said to find its way to the pockets of the captain, whose duty it is to “punch the head” of any member violating the rules of the society. The society fixes the price of blacking a pair of boots or shoes at ten cents, and severely punishes those who work for a less sum. They are at liberty, however, to receive any sum that may be given them in excess of this price. They surround their calling with a great deal of mystery, and those who profess to be members of the society flatly refuse to communicate anything concerning its place of meeting, or its transactions.
The bootblacks are said to form a regular group with established rules. They have a "captain," who is the leader of the order, and they pay an initiation fee starting at two dollars. It's rumored that this money ends up in the captain's pockets, whose job is to "punish" any member who breaks the group's rules. The group sets the charge for shining a pair of boots or shoes at ten cents and harshly punishes anyone who charges less. However, they are free to accept any amount given to them above that price. They surround their work with a lot of secrecy, and those who claim to be members of the group outright refuse to share any details about where they meet or what they do.
A large part of the earnings of the bootblacks is spent for tobacco and liquors. These children are regular patrons of the Bowery Theatre and the low-class concert halls. Their course of life leads to miserable results. Upon reaching the age of seventeen or eighteen the bootblack generally abandons his calling, and as he is unfit for any other employment by reason of his laziness and want of skill, be becomes a loafer, a bummer, or a criminal.
A big chunk of the bootblacks' earnings goes towards cigarettes and alcohol. These kids often hang out at the Bowery Theatre and low-end concert halls. Their lifestyle leads to unfortunate outcomes. By the time they reach seventeen or eighteen, most bootblacks quit their job, and since they're unqualified for any other work due to their laziness and lack of skills, they end up becoming drifters, bums, or criminals.
For the purpose of helping these and other outcasts, the Children’s Aid Society was organized nineteen years ago. Since then it has labored actively among them, and has saved many from their wretched lives, and has enabled them to become respectable and useful members of society.
For the purpose of helping these and other outcasts, the Children’s Aid Society was established nineteen years ago. Since then, it has actively worked within this community, saving many from their miserable lives and helping them become respectable and valuable members of society.
p. 741The Children’s Aid Society extends its labors to every class of poor and needy children that can be reached, but makes the street children the especial objects of its care. It conducts five lodging houses, in which shelter and food are furnished at nominal prices to boys and girls, and carries on nineteen day and eleven evening Industrial Schools in various parts of the city. The success of the society is greatly, if not chiefly, due to the labors and management of Charles Loring Brace, its secretary, who has been the good genius of the New York street children for nearly twenty years.
p. 741The Children’s Aid Society reaches out to all types of poor and needy children but focuses particularly on street children. It operates five lodging houses where boys and girls can find shelter and food for minimal costs, and it runs nineteen day and eleven evening industrial schools in different areas of the city. The society's success is largely, if not primarily, due to the efforts and leadership of Charles Loring Brace, its secretary, who has been a guiding force for New York's street children for nearly twenty years.
The best known, and one of the most interesting establishments of the Children’s Aid Society, is the Newsboys’ Lodging House, in Park Place, near Broadway. It was organized in March, 1854, and, after many hard struggles, has now reached a position of assured success. It is not a charity in any sense that could offend the self-respect and independence of its inmates. Indeed, it relies for its success mainly in cultivating these qualities in them. It is in charge of Mr. Charles O’Connor, who is assisted in its management by his wife. Its hospitality is not confined to newsboys. Bootblacks, street venders, and juvenile vagrants of all kinds are welcomed, and every effort is made to induce them to come regularly that they may profit by the influences and instruction of the house. Boys pay five cents for supper (and they get an excellent meal), five cents for lodging, and five cents for breakfast. Those who are found unable to pay are given shelter and food without charge, and if they are willing to work for themselves are assisted in doing so.
The most well-known and one of the most interesting initiatives by the Children's Aid Society is the Newsboys' Lodging House on Park Place, near Broadway. It was established in March 1854 and, after many challenges, has now become a successful organization. It’s not a charity that would undermine the self-respect and independence of its residents. In fact, its success largely depends on fostering these qualities in them. Mr. Charles O’Connor oversees it, with his wife helping manage the operations. Its hospitality extends beyond just newsboys; bootblacks, street vendors, and young homeless individuals of all types are welcome, and every effort is made to encourage them to come regularly so they can benefit from the support and guidance offered. Boys pay five cents for dinner (and they get a great meal), five cents for a bed, and five cents for breakfast. Those unable to pay are still provided shelter and food for free, and if they are willing to help themselves, they are supported in finding ways to do so.
The boys come in toward nightfall, in time for supper, which is served between six and seven o’clock. Many, however, do not come until after the theatres close. If they are strangers, their names and a description of them are recorded in the register. “Boys have come in,” says Mr. Brace, “who did not know their own names. They are generally known to one another by slang names, such as the following: ‘Mickety,’ ‘Round Hearts,’ ‘Horace Greeley,’ ‘Wandering Jew,’ ‘Fat Jack,’ ‘Pickle Nose,’ ‘Cranky Jim,’ ‘Dodge-me-John,’ ‘Tickle-me-foot,’ ‘Know-Nothing Mike,’ ‘O’Neill the Great,’ ‘Professor,’ and innumerable others. They have also a slang dialect.”
The boys arrive as night falls, just in time for dinner, which is served between six and seven o’clock. However, many don’t show up until after the theaters close. If they’re new, their names and descriptions are recorded in the register. “Boys have come in,” says Mr. Brace, “who didn’t even know their own names. They usually recognize each other by slang names like these: ‘Mickety,’ ‘Round Hearts,’ ‘Horace Greeley,’ ‘Wandering Jew,’ ‘Fat Jack,’ ‘Pickle Nose,’ ‘Cranky Jim,’ ‘Dodge-me-John,’ ‘Tickle-me-foot,’ ‘Know-Nothing Mike,’ ‘O’Neill the Great,’ ‘Professor,’ and countless others. They also have their own slang dialect.”
p. 742Upon being registered, the boy deposits his cap, overcoat, if he has one, comforter, boots, “kit,” or other impedimenta, in a closet, of which there are a number, for safe keeping. He passes then to the bath tub, where he receives a good scrubbing. His hair is combed, and if he is in need of clothing, he receives it from a stock of second hand garments given by charitable individuals for the use of the society. Supper is then served, after which the boys assemble in the class room, which is also the chapel. Here they engage in study, or are entertained by lectures or addresses from visitors. They also sing hymns and familiar songs, and the sitting usually terminates about nine o’clock with the recitation of the Lord’s Prayer and the singing of the Doxology. After this they may go to bed, or play dominoes for an hour or two longer, or repair to the gymnasium.
p. 742After registering, the boy leaves his cap, coat (if he has one), comforter, boots, “kit,” or other belongings in a closet for safekeeping. He then heads to the bathtub for a thorough scrubbing. His hair is combed, and if he needs clothes, he gets them from a collection of second-hand items donated by generous people for the society’s use. Dinner is served next, and afterward, the boys gather in the classroom, which also serves as the chapel. Here, they study or are entertained by lectures and talks from guests. They also sing hymns and popular songs, and the session usually wraps up around nine o’clock with the recitation of the Lord’s Prayer and the singing of the Doxology. After this, they can go to bed, play dominoes for another hour or two, or head to the gym.
On Sunday evening divine service is held in the chapel. Says Mr. Brace: “There is something unspeakably solemn and affecting in the crowded and attentive meetings of these boys, of a Sunday evening, and in the thought that you speak for a few minutes on the high themes of eternity to a young audience who to-morrow will be battling with misery, temptation, and sin in every shape and form, and to whom your words may be the last they ever hear of either friendly sympathy or warning.”
On Sunday evening, a worship service takes place in the chapel. Mr. Brace says, “There’s something incredibly serious and moving about the packed and focused gatherings of these boys on a Sunday evening, and the idea that you get to share a few minutes on big topics of eternity with a young audience who will be facing struggles, temptations, and challenges in every possible way tomorrow, and to whom your words might be the last they ever hear of kindness or caution.”
“The effect on the boys,” he adds, “of this constant, patient, religious instruction, we know to have been most happy. Some have acknowledged it, living, and have shown better lives. Others have spoken of it in the hospitals and on their death-beds, or have written their gratitude from the battle field.”
"The impact on the boys," he adds, "from this continuous, dedicated, spiritual teaching has been really positive. Some have recognized it while living and have displayed better lives. Others have mentioned it in hospitals and on their deathbeds, or have expressed their gratitude from the battlefield."
The officers of the Lodging House use their influence to induce the boys, who are the most notoriously improvident creatures in the city, to save their earnings. They have met with considerable success. There is now a Newsboys’ Savings Bank, which began in this way: A former superintendent, Mr. Tracy, caused a large table to be provided and placed in the Lodging House. This table contained “a drawer divided into p. 743separate compartments, each with a slit in the lid, into which the boys dropped their pennies, each box being numbered and reserved for a depositor. The drawer was carefully locked, and, after an experience of one or two forays on it from petty thieves who crept in with the others, it was fastened to the floor, and the under part lined with tin. The Superintendent called the lads together, told them the object of the Bank, which was to make them save their money, and put it to vote how long it should be kept locked. They voted for two months, and thus, for all this time, the depositors could not get at their savings. Some repented, and wanted their money, but the rule was rigid. At the end of the period, the Bank was opened in the presence of all the lodgers, with much ceremony, and the separate deposits were made known, amid an immense deal of ‘chaffing’ from one another. The depositors were amazed at the amount of their savings; the increase seemed to awaken in them the instinct of property, and they at once determined to deposit the amounts in the city savings banks, or to buy clothes with them. Very little was spent foolishly. This simple contrivance has done more to break up the gambling and extravagant habits of the class than any other one influence. The Superintendent now pays a large interest on deposits, and the Trustees have offered prizes to the lads who save the most.” The deposits of the boys now foot up an aggregate of about $1800.
The staff at the Lodging House use their influence to encourage the boys, who are the most notoriously careless with their money in the city, to save their earnings. They've had a lot of success. There’s now a Newsboys’ Savings Bank, which started like this: A former superintendent, Mr. Tracy, had a large table brought in and set up in the Lodging House. This table had “a drawer divided into p. 743separate compartments, each with a slit in the lid, where the boys could drop their pennies, with each box numbered and assigned to a specific depositor. The drawer was securely locked, and after encountering one or two attempts from petty thieves who sneaked in with the others, it was secured to the floor and the bottom was lined with tin. The Superintendent gathered the boys, explained the purpose of the Bank, which was to help them save their money, and put it to a vote on how long it should stay locked. They voted for two months, so the depositors couldn’t access their savings during that time. Some regretted their decision and wanted their money back, but the rule was strict. After the period ended, the Bank was opened in front of all the lodgers, with a lot of fanfare, and the individual deposits were revealed, amidst a lot of teasing among them. The depositors were surprised by how much they had saved; the increase sparked a sense of ownership in them, and they quickly decided to either deposit the amounts into city savings banks or buy clothes with it. Very little was wasted. This simple system has done more to reduce the gambling and extravagant habits of the boys than anything else. The Superintendent now pays a high interest on deposits, and the Trustees have offered prizes to the boys who save the most." The total deposits from the boys now amount to around $1800.
The boys are assisted to earn their own support. Says Mr. Brace, writing in 1870:
The boys are helped to become self-supporting. Mr. Brace says this in 1870:
“Through the liberality of one of our warmest friends, and generous trustee, B. J. Howland, Esq., a fund, which we call the ‘Howland Fund,’ was established. He contributed $10, to which other patrons added their contributions subsequently. The object of this fund is to aid poor and needy boys, and supply them with the means to start in business. We have loaned from this fund during the year $155.66, on which the borrowers have realized a profit of $381.42. It will be seen that they made a profit of 246 per cent. We loan it in sums of 5 cents and upward; in many cases it has been returned in a few hours. At the date of our last report there was due and p. 744outstanding of this fund $11.05, of which $5 has since been paid, leaving $6.05 unpaid.”
“Thanks to the generosity of one of our most supportive friends and dedicated trustee, B. J. Howland, Esq., we set up a fund called the ‘Howland Fund.’ He donated $10, and other supporters later added their contributions. The purpose of this fund is to help poor and needy boys by providing them with the resources to start their own businesses. Over the past year, we have lent out $155.66 from this fund, and the borrowers have made a profit of $381.42. This means they achieved a profit of 246 percent. We lend in amounts starting from 5 cents and, in many cases, loans are repaid within just a few hours. As of our last report, there was $11.05 outstanding from this fund, of which $5 has since been repaid, leaving $6.05 still unpaid.”
The work of the Lodging House for seventeen years is thus summed up by the same authority:
The work of the Lodging House for seventeen years is summarized by the same authority:
“The Lodging House has existed seventeen years. During that time we have lodged 82,519 different boys, restored 6178 lost and missing boys to their friends, provided 6008 with homes and employment, furnished 523,488 lodgings, and 373,366 meals. The expense of all this has been $109,325.26, of which amount the boys have contributed $28,956.67, leaving actual expenses over and above the receipts from the boys $80,368.59, being about $1 to each boy.”
“The Lodging House has been around for seventeen years. During that time, we have provided accommodation for 82,519 different boys, reunited 6,178 lost and missing boys with their families, helped 6,008 find homes and jobs, offered 523,488 lodgings, and served 373,366 meals. The total cost of all this has been $109,325.26, of which the boys have contributed $28,956.67, leaving an actual expense exceeding the boys' contributions of $80,368.59, which is about $1 for each boy.”
The other institutions of the Children’s Aid Society are conducted with similar liberality and success. We have not the space to devote to them here, and pass them by with regret.
The other programs of the Children’s Aid Society are run with the same generosity and effectiveness. We don't have enough space to discuss them here, so we’ll skip over them with regret.
It is not claimed that the Society has revolutionized the character of the street children of New York. It will never do that. But it has saved many of them from sin and vagrancy, and has put them in paths of respectability and virtue. It has done a great work among them, and it deserves to be encouraged by all. It is sadly in need of funds during the present winter, and will at all times make the best use of moneys contributed towards its support.
It’s not claimed that the Society has completely changed the lives of street children in New York. That will never happen. But it has saved many of them from a life of crime and homelessness, and has guided them toward a life of respectability and virtue. It has done significant work among them, and it deserves support from everyone. Unfortunately, it is in desperate need of funds this winter, and will always use donations wisely to support its efforts.
It employs an agent to conduct its children to homes in other parts of the country, principally in the West, as soon as it is deemed expedient to send them away from its institutions. It takes care that all so placed in homes are also placed under proper Christian influences.
It hires an agent to transport its children to homes in other parts of the country, mainly in the West, as soon as it's considered appropriate to send them away from its facilities. It ensures that all children placed in these homes are also under proper Christian influences.
p. 745LXIX. SWINDLERS.
There are a large number of persons in New York who make considerable sums of money by conducting “Gift Enterprises,” and similar schemes. These usually open an office in some prominent part of the city, and flood the country with circulars and handbills of their schemes. They sometimes advertise that the affair is for the benefit of some school, or library, or charitable association. In a few instances they announce that the scheme is merely a means of disposing quickly of an extensive estate, or a building. Whatever may be the pretext, the object is always to wring money out of the credulous, and the plan is substantially the same. Generally, in order to evade the law against lotteries, a concert is announced, and the tickets are sold ostensibly as admissions to that amusement. Buyers are told that the result will be announced at this concert. The tickets are sold at prices varying from one to five dollars. Directories of other cities are obtained, and the mailing clerks of the city newspapers are paid for copies of the subscription lists of those journals. Circulars are mailed to parties in other parts of the country, whose names are thus obtained. There is scarcely a town or village in the United States but is reached in this way, and as there are many simpletons in every community, responses of the character desired by the swindlers come in rapidly. Each person to whom a circular is sent is requested to act as an agent for the scheme, and is promised a prize in the distribution if he will use his influence to sell tickets, and he is requested to say nothing of the inducements offered to him, as such knowledge would make others dissatisfied. The prize is represented as of great value. The person receiving the circular is usually p. 746flattered by being selected as the agent of a New York house, and is also tempted by the liberal offer made to him. He sets to work at once, sells a number of tickets, and forwards the proceeds to his principals in New York. The money is simply thrown away. No concert is ever held, no drawing is ever made. The scoundrels in charge of the swindle continue the sale as long as there is a demand for the tickets, and pocket all the receipts. When there is danger of interference by the police, they close their office and disappear. In a short while, they resume operations under a new name with an entirely new scheme, and repeat the same trick from year to year.
There are many people in New York who make a lot of money by running “Gift Enterprises” and similar schemes. They usually set up an office in a notable area of the city and send out tons of flyers and ads for their operations across the country. Sometimes they claim that the effort benefits a school, a library, or a charitable organization. In a few cases, they state that their scheme is just a quick way to sell off a large estate or building. Regardless of the excuse, the goal is always to take money from gullible individuals, and the method is practically the same. Typically, to sidestep laws against lotteries, a concert is announced, and tickets are sold as entry to that event. Buyers are told that the results will be revealed at the concert. The ticket prices range from one to five dollars. They obtain directories from other cities and pay the mailing clerks of local newspapers for copies of their subscription lists. Circulars are then mailed to people in other parts of the country whose names they’ve acquired in this way. Almost every town or village in the United States is reached in this manner, and since there are plenty of naive individuals in every community, the responses desired by the scammers come in quickly. Each person who receives a circular is asked to act as an agent for the scheme, and they’re promised a prize if they can sell tickets. They are also instructed to keep the incentives a secret because knowledge of these rewards might upset others. The prize is described as very valuable. The recipient of the circular usually feels flattered to be chosen as the agent for a New York company and is tempted by the generous offer made to them. They immediately get to work, sell several tickets, and send the money to the organizers in New York. The money is simply wasted. No concert ever takes place, and no drawing is ever done. The fraudsters running the scam keep selling the tickets as long as there is a demand, pocketing all the income. When they sense the police might get involved, they shut down their office and disappear. Soon after, they start up again under a new name with a completely new scheme and repeat the same scam year after year.
The police are constantly called upon to break up these affairs. Not long ago, a well-known Gift Enterprise manager p. 747was brought before the Tombs Police Court upon the complaint of several of his victims. The plaintiffs were unable, however, to make out a successful case against him, and he was discharged. His victims—the court room was crowded with them—then resolved to be their own avengers, and as he came out into the street radiant with triumph, they fell upon him, and but for the interference of the police would have beaten him severely.
The police are frequently called to break up these situations. Not long ago, a well-known manager of a Gift Enterprise p. 747 was taken to the Tombs Police Court after several of his victims filed complaints against him. The plaintiffs, however, couldn’t present a strong enough case, and he was released. His victims—the courtroom was packed with them—then decided to take matters into their own hands, and as he came out onto the street, beaming with triumph, they attacked him. If it hadn't been for the police stepping in, they would have seriously beaten him.
A few months ago, a Gift Enterprise establishment was opened in Broadway, not far from the Grand Central Hotel. The plan was as follows: A large stock of jewelry, pianos, fancy articles, musical instruments, etc., all of which were subsequently proved to have been hired for the purpose, was displayed in a large store in Broadway. Purchasers, attracted by the handsome stock, and the announcement that it would be disposed of by a “grand drawing,” were induced to purchase sealed envelopes from the clerks, at one dollar each. Each envelope contained a check on which was a printed number. Purchasers, after buying these checks and ascertaining the numbers, were requested to pass down into the basement. Here a large wheel, turned by a man, was constantly revolving. The purchaser presented his check, and a clerk thrust his hand into the wheel and drew out a small slip of pasteboard. If the number thus drawn corresponded with the number of the check held by the purchaser, the purchaser was entitled to the article the name of which was affixed to the said number, on a printed list of the contents of the store. The scheme was seemingly fair enough, but the majority of the tickets drew blanks. Occasionally, however, when the sales began to show signs of slackening, a lucky number would draw a watch, a diamond pin, or a piano, and the article would be formally delivered to the holder of the ticket. Immediately the crowd which filled the store would invest anew in tickets, but nothing but blanks would reward them.
A few months ago, a Gift Enterprise store opened on Broadway, not far from the Grand Central Hotel. The plan was as follows: a large inventory of jewelry, pianos, fancy items, musical instruments, etc., which were later revealed to have been rented for this purpose, was displayed in a big store on Broadway. Shoppers, attracted by the impressive inventory and the announcement that it would be sold off through a “grand drawing,” were encouraged to buy sealed envelopes from the clerks for one dollar each. Each envelope contained a check with a printed number. After purchasing these checks and checking their numbers, shoppers were asked to go down to the basement. There, a large wheel, operated by a man, was constantly spinning. The shopper would present their check, and a clerk would reach into the wheel and pull out a small slip of cardboard. If the number drawn matched the number on the shopper's check, they were entitled to the item associated with that number on a printed list of the store's contents. The scheme seemed fair enough, but most of the tickets turned out to be blanks. Occasionally, though, when sales started to slow down, a winning number would snag a watch, a diamond pin, or a piano, and the item would be formally given to the ticket holder. Instantly, the crowd in the store would rush to buy more tickets, but they would only end up with blanks.
The captain of police, commanding the precinct in which the affair was conducted, became interested in the scheme. His quick eye detected many irregularities in the transaction, and he saw that the holders of the lucky numbers were always the same men, and that they at once passed into a back room of the p. 748establishment. Convinced that the purchasers were being swindled, he attired himself in plain clothes, purchased a ticket, went down to the basement, and drew a blank. Taking his stand by the wheel, he watched the drawing of sixty-five tickets in succession. Each drew a blank. Thoroughly satisfied of the fraud, he procured a warrant for the arrest of the manager of the scheme, and seized the establishment. The wheel was found to contain about a bushel of bits of pasteboard, every one of which was blank. Efforts were made to punish the parties connected with the swindle, but without success.
The police chief in charge of the precinct where the scheme was happening grew curious about it. His keen eye noticed several irregularities in the transactions, and he realized that the winners of the lucky numbers were always the same men, who immediately went into a back room of the p. 748establishment. Believing the buyers were being cheated, he dressed in plain clothes, bought a ticket, went down to the basement, and got a blank. Positioning himself by the wheel, he watched as sixty-five tickets were drawn one after another. Each one was a blank. Convinced of the fraud, he got a warrant to arrest the manager of the operation and shut down the establishment. The wheel was found to hold about a bushel of pieces of cardboard, all blank. Attempts were made to hold the people involved in the scam accountable, but they were unsuccessful.
Another trick of the New York swindlers is to send a circular to someone in a distant town, notifying him that he has drawn a prize in their lottery, say a watch worth two hundred dollars. They state that he must forward five per cent. (ten dollars) on the valuation of the watch within ten days. The person receiving this circular well knows that he has purchased no ticket in the above concern, and at once supposes that he has received through mistake the notification intended for some other man. Still, as the parties offer to send him, for ten dollars, a watch worth two hundred dollars, he cannot resist the temptation to close with the bargain at once. He sends his ten dollars, and never hears of it again. These circulars are sent out by the thousand to all parts of the country, and, strange as it may seem, the trick is successful in the majority of instances.
Another trick used by New York con artists is to send a letter to someone in a faraway town, telling them they've won a prize in their lottery, like a watch worth two hundred dollars. They claim that the person needs to send five percent (ten dollars) of the watch's value within ten days. The recipient knows they haven't bought any ticket from this lottery and assumes there's been a mix-up, and the notice was meant for someone else. However, since the con artists are promising to send him a watch worth two hundred dollars for just ten dollars, he can’t resist the temptation to take the deal. He sends his ten dollars and never hears from them again. These letters are sent out by the thousands all over the country, and, surprisingly, the scam works in most cases.
The scoundrels who carry on these enterprises feel perfectly safe. They know that their victims dare not prosecute them, as by purchasing a ticket a man becomes a party to the transaction, and violates the laws of the State of New York. No one cares to avow himself a party to any such transaction, and consequently the swindlers are safe from prosecution.
The crooks involved in these schemes feel completely secure. They understand that their victims are unlikely to take legal action against them because by buying a ticket, a person becomes complicit in the deal, and breaks the laws of the State of New York. No one wants to admit they're part of such a situation, so the con artists are protected from prosecution.
The Post-office authorities of the city state that over five hundred letters per day are received in this city from various parts of the country, addressed to the principal gift establishments of the city. Nearly all of these letters contain various sums of money. Last winter these mails were seized and opened by the Post-office Department, and some of the letters were found to contain as much as three hundred dollars.
The Post Office officials in the city report that more than five hundred letters a day come into the city from different parts of the country, addressed to the main gift shops here. Almost all of these letters include various amounts of money. Last winter, these mails were intercepted and opened by the Post Office Department, and some letters were discovered to contain as much as three hundred dollars.
From this description the reader will see how the various gift enterprises, under whatever name they are presented, are managed, and how certain he is to lose every cent he invests in them. The description applies also to the various Manufacturing and Co-operative Jewelry Associations, and all schemes of a kindred nature.
From this description, the reader will understand how the different gift enterprises, regardless of the name they use, are run, and how sure he is to lose every dollar he puts into them. This description also applies to the various Manufacturing and Co-operative Jewelry Associations, as well as all similar schemes.
A little common sense ought to teach persons that no man can afford to sell a watch worth one hundred dollars for five dollars, or a diamond pin worth two hundred dollars for one dollar. And yet thousands innocently believe the assertions of the swindlers, and part with their money never to see it again. The gold pens, jewelry, watches, etc., sold by these advertising swindlers are not worth a twentieth of the cost of the tickets.
A bit of common sense should make it clear that no one can sell a watch worth one hundred dollars for five dollars, or a diamond pin worth two hundred dollars for one dollar. And yet, thousands of people naively believe the claims of these scammers and end up losing their money for good. The gold pens, jewelry, watches, and other items sold by these fraudulent advertisers are worth only a fraction of what they charge for the tickets.
The Dollar stores reap enormous profits from the sale of their bogus jewelry, etc. They ask a dollar for an article which is dear at twenty-five cents.
The dollar stores make huge profits from selling their fake jewelry and other items. They charge a dollar for something that's not even worth twenty-five cents.
“Situation Agencies” are common in the city. There are always a number of people here out of employment and anxious to obtain it. These are attracted by advertisements such as the following:
“Situation Agencies” are common in the city. There are always several people here who are unemployed and eager to find work. They are drawn in by advertisements like the following:
WANTED, CLERKS, COPYISTS, COLLECTORS, timekeepers, watchmen, porters, bartenders, coachmen, grooms, two valets to travel. Immediate employment.
NOW HIRING: Clerks, copyists, collectors, timekeepers, watchmen, porters, bartenders, coachmen, grooms, and two valets for travel. Immediate positions available.
They call at the “Agency,” which is usually in one of the upper stories of a Nassau street building. The agent, a flashy young man, personates his clerk on such occasions. He informs the applicant that the proprietor is not in, but will be soon, and that in order to secure the very first chance of employment, he must register his name and make a deposit of two dollars. He overcomes the objections of the applicant by stating that the office is overrun with persons needing assistants, and that there p. 750are a dozen openings ready for the applicant. The proprietor, however, manages all these things himself. He is sure to be in in the afternoon. The name is registered, the money is paid, but the proprietor is never to be found. The “clerk,” if pressed for the return of the money, utterly denies the whole transaction, destroys the register, if necessary, and as there is no evidence to convict him, he escapes the punishment of his crime.
They go to the “Agency,” usually located on one of the upper floors of a building on Nassau Street. The agent, a flashy young guy, pretends to be his assistant during these visits. He tells the applicant that the owner isn't in but will be back soon, and to secure the first opportunity for a job, he needs to register his name and pay a two-dollar deposit. He convinces the applicant to go along with this, claiming that the office is flooded with people looking for assistants and that there are a dozen openings available. However, the owner handles everything himself. He’ll definitely be there in the afternoon. The name gets registered, the money is handed over, but the owner is never seen. If the “clerk” is pushed for a refund, he completely denies the whole thing, destroys the register if needed, and since there’s no proof to charge him with anything, he avoids facing any consequences for his actions.
Another “circular swindle” is practised as follows: Circulars are sent to persons in other parts of the Union, offering one hundred dollars in perfect counterfeits of United States Treasury notes and fractional currency for five dollars. One of the most ingenious of these circulars, all of which are lithographed, reads as follows:
Another "circular scam" works like this: Circulars are sent to people in other parts of the country, offering one hundred dollars in flawless counterfeits of United States Treasury notes and fractional currency for just five dollars. One of the most clever of these circulars, all of which are printed, says:
“When Congress authorized the present issue of greenbacks, the Treasury Department executed plates of enormous cost and wonderful workmanship, from which the whole amount of currency authorized by Congress was to be printed, and it was ordered at the time, that, as soon as the whole amount had been printed, the plates, some one hundred in number, should be taken from the Treasury Department, conveyed to the Navy Yard, and melted. Now, it so happened that the plates from which the one, two, and five dollar bills had been printed, were not destroyed. How it was brought about, we, as a matter of prudence, do not state. It is enough to know that the plates are still preserved uninjured, and we trust their whereabouts will never be known, except to us.”
“When Congress authorized the current issue of greenbacks, the Treasury Department created plates that were incredibly expensive and superbly crafted, from which the entire amount of currency approved by Congress was to be printed. At that time, it was decided that once the total amount had been printed, the plates—around a hundred in number—should be removed from the Treasury Department, taken to the Navy Yard, and melted down. However, it just so happened that the plates used for the one, two, and five dollar bills were not destroyed. We won’t go into how that occurred, as a matter of caution. It’s enough to know that the plates are still kept intact, and we hope their location will remain known only to us.”
Formerly this business was carried on through the Post-office, the rascals sending their victims the photographic cards of the currency of the United States, which sell on the streets for a penny or two apiece. The Government, however, suddenly put a stop to this by seizing the letters addressed to the swindlers, and returning them, with the money enclosed, to the writers. Now the knaves are careful to caution their correspondents to send money by express, and to prepay the charges. Very many of these circulars are successful. The money is sent in advance, or the “queer” is shipped C.O.D. In the latter p. 751case, the box is delivered on payment of the charges, and the money thus secured to the swindler, as it is the plain duty of the express company to forward it to the sender of the C.O.D. The box, upon being opened by the victim, is found to contain old paper, or bits of iron or stone.
Previously, this scam was carried out through the Post Office, with the crooks sending their victims fake currency cards from the United States, which sell for a penny or two on the streets. However, the Government quickly put a stop to this by seizing the letters addressed to the fraudsters and returning them, along with the enclosed money, to the senders. Now, the tricksters are careful to warn their correspondents to send money via express mail and to cover the shipping costs in advance. Many of these flyers are effective. Money is sent upfront, or the "fake" items are shipped C.O.D. In the latter case, the box is delivered upon payment of the shipping fees, securing the cash for the scammer, as it is the express company's responsibility to send it to the C.O.D. sender. When the victim opens the box, they find it filled with old papers, or bits of metal or stone.
As a matter of course, only dishonest men will answer these circulars, or consent to buy money known to be counterfeit. The world is full of such, however, and large sums are annually received by the New York swindlers in answer to their circulars. The victim, in the majority of instances, is afraid to expose the trick. The police of the city are fully informed as to the names, appearance, and residence, of each of these swindlers, but are powerless to interfere with them. They do not issue counterfeit money, and are not, therefore, liable to the charge of counterfeiting. They screen themselves from the charge of obtaining money under false pretences by never transacting their business in person. Everything is done by letter, and even the C.O.D. part of the business is managed in such a way as to make identification impossible.
As a matter of course, only dishonest people will respond to these circulars or agree to buy money they know is fake. The world is full of them, though, and every year, swindlers in New York receive large amounts of money in response to their circulars. Most victims are too scared to expose the scam. The city's police are fully aware of the names, looks, and addresses of these swindlers, but they can't take action against them. They don’t actually produce counterfeit money, so they're not technically guilty of counterfeiting. They protect themselves from being accused of getting money under false pretenses by never conducting their business in person. Everything is done through letters, and even the C.O.D. part of the operation is handled in a way that makes it impossible to identify them.
The country newspapers are filled with advertisements of cheap sewing machines, which range in price from one to ten dollars. The men who insert these advertisements are among the most unprincipled swindlers in New York. Sometimes they pocket the money and send nothing in return, but when they do send a “machine” it is worthless. The actual cost of it never exceeds twenty-five cents. One scoundrel, some time ago, sent a lady who had remitted him three dollars a large needle, and wrote that it was “the best sewing machine in the world.”
The local newspapers are packed with ads for cheap sewing machines, priced between one and ten dollars. The guys placing these ads are some of the most dishonest scammers in New York. Sometimes they take the money and send nothing back, but when they do send a “machine,” it’s useless. The actual cost never goes beyond twenty-five cents. One scammer recently sent a woman who had sent him three dollars just a big needle, claiming it was “the best sewing machine in the world.”
Another swindler advertises a music box for $2.50, “warranted to play six airs.” In return for the money, he sends a child’s harmonicon, the retail price of which is fifty cents.
Another scammer advertises a music box for $2.50, “guaranteed to play six tunes.” In exchange for the money, he sends a child's harmonicon, which sells for fifty cents.
Another advertises a “Pocket Time-keeper,” at one dollar. It is usually a wretched pasteboard, tin or brass imitation of a sun dial. Sometimes it is a child’s toy watch.
Another advertises a “Pocket Time-keeper,” for one dollar. It’s usually a cheap cardboard, tin, or brass knockoff of a sundial. Sometimes, it’s just a toy watch for kids.
The day of mock auctions has gone by, but there are still one or two of these establishments lingering in the city. These are managed in various ways.
The day of mock auctions has passed, but there are still one or two of these places hanging around in the city. These are run in different ways.
At some of these establishments a lot of pencil cases, watches, or other goods, is offered for sale. The lot generally contains a dozen or a gross of articles. Bids are started by the “decoys” of the proprietor, who are scattered through the crowd, and strangers are thus induced to make offers for them. Each man supposes he is bidding for a single lot, and is greatly astonished p. 753to find the whole lot knocked down to him. He is told he must take the entire lot, that his bid was for all. Some are weak enough to comply with the demand, but others resist it.
At some of these places, a bunch of pencil cases, watches, or other items are for sale. The lot usually includes about a dozen or a gross of items. Bids are initiated by the “decoys” of the owner, who are spread out in the crowd, encouraging strangers to make offers. Each person thinks they are bidding on a single lot and is very surprised to find that the entire lot has been sold to them. They are informed they must take the whole lot, as their bid was for all of it. Some are too weak to refuse the demand, while others push back against it.
A well-known Broadway auctioneer was brought before the Mayor, some time ago, on the following complaint. A gentleman, who appeared against the auctioneer, stated that he had attended his last sale. The auctioneer put up a box containing twelve silver pencil-cases, and the gentleman, supposing from his manner and language, that he was selling them fairly, bid two dollars and fifty cents for the lot. To his surprise, he was told that he had bid two dollars and fifty cents for each pencil-case, and that he must pay thirty dollars for the whole lot. The money had been paid and the auctioneer refused to return it, insisting that the gentleman should take one pencil-case or nothing. The Mayor compelled the scamp to refund the money, and warned him that he would revoke his licence if a similar complaint were again made against him.
A well-known Broadway auctioneer was brought before the Mayor some time ago due to a complaint. A man, who came forward against the auctioneer, said he had attended his last auction. The auctioneer presented a box containing twelve silver pencil cases, and the man, assuming from the auctioneer's manner and language that he was selling them honestly, bid two dollars and fifty cents for the entire lot. To his surprise, he was told that he had actually bid two dollars and fifty cents for each pencil case, meaning he had to pay thirty dollars for the whole lot. The money had already been paid, and the auctioneer refused to give it back, insisting the man should take one pencil case or nothing at all. The Mayor forced the crook to refund the money and warned him that he would revoke his license if another similar complaint was made against him.
In some of these establishments, a stranger who attempts to remonstrate against the swindle fares badly. He is hustled out by the confederates of the proprietor, and if he attempts to defend himself, is handed over to the police on a charge of attempting to create a disturbance.
In some of these places, a newcomer who tries to speak out against the scam ends up in a tough spot. He gets pushed out by the owner's accomplices, and if he tries to defend himself, he's handed over to the police on a charge of causing a disturbance.
Other establishments sell watches and cheap jewelry. A really good article is put up, and passed around through the crowd as a sample. It draws bids rapidly, and is knocked down to the highest bidder. It has by this time been handed back to the auctioneer, and when the purchaser demands it, he is given some worthless article, which the dealer and his assistants swear was the one exhibited to the crowd. Remonstrances are useless. The bogus article must be taken or the money lost, unless the victim calls in the police. The city authorities have recently stationed a policeman at the door of one of these establishments, to warn strangers of its true character.
Other businesses sell watches and cheap jewelry. A really good item is displayed and passed around the crowd as a sample. It quickly attracts bids and goes to the highest bidder. By this time, it has been handed back to the auctioneer, and when the buyer asks for it, they receive a worthless item, which the dealer and their assistants insist is the one shown to the crowd. Complaints are pointless. The fake item must be accepted or the money lost, unless the victim involves the police. The city authorities have recently stationed a police officer at the door of one of these places to warn newcomers about its real nature.
The pocket-book dropping game is of common occurrence, but is rarely practised on residents of the city. A man suddenly darts from a crowd on the street and appears to pick up something at the feet of his intended victim. This, of course, attracts p. 754the attention of the latter. The former displays a well-filled pocket-book, and asks the stranger if he dropped it, as it was found at his feet. He is answered in the negative.
The pocket-book dropping game happens often, but it's rarely done to people living in the city. A guy suddenly rushes out of a crowd on the street and pretends to pick something up at the feet of his target. This, of course, grabs the attention of the victim. The scammer shows off a full wallet and asks the stranger if they dropped it since it was found at their feet. The stranger says no.
“Strange,” remarks the swindler, “it was lying right at your feet, and I felt sure it was yours. However, it is a rich prize.”
“Strange,” says the con artist, “it was lying right at your feet, and I was sure it belonged to you. But still, it’s a valuable find.”
He then inquires if the stranger intends staying in town. If answered affirmatively, he says:
He then asks if the stranger plans to stay in town. If the answer is yes, he says:
The other party reasons that he is sure of his money, with the wallet in his possession, and he sometimes dishonestly purposes appropriating the entire contents to his own use. He pays the ten dollars to the finder of the book, who hurries off, saying that he has just time to catch the train by which he intends leaving the city. Upon examining the wallet, the victim finds that its contents consist of a wad of paper wrapped in a wretched counterfeit note. He has given his ten dollars for a collection of worthless paper.
The other person believes he's set with his money, having the wallet with him, and at times he dishonestly plans to take all of its contents for himself. He gives the ten dollars to the person who found the book, who rushes off, saying he barely has time to catch the train to leave the city. When the victim looks inside the wallet, he discovers that it only holds a bunch of paper wrapped in a terrible fake bill. He has paid his ten dollars for a pile of useless paper.
It would require a volume to describe all the swindles and rogueries carried on in this city. The instances we have presented will be sufficient to give the reader an insight into the subject, and to warn him against the wiles of the sharpers which assail him even in his own home.
It would take a whole book to cover all the scams and tricks happening in this city. The examples we've given should be enough to give the reader a glimpse into the issue and to caution him against the schemes of con artists that target him even in his own home.
p. 756LXX. ROBERT BONNER.
The circulation of the New York Ledger is over 300,000 copies, and its readers cannot be far short of one million of people. To all these the name of Robert Bonner is as familiar as that of his paper.
The New York Ledger has a circulation of over 300,000 copies, and its readers probably number close to one million people. To all these, the name Robert Bonner is as well-known as that of his paper.
He was born in the north of Ireland, near Londonderry, in 1824. He came to this country when a mere child, and was brought up in the State of Connecticut, where he received a good common school education. He was apprenticed to the printer’s trade at an early age, and began his apprenticeship in the office of the Hartford Courant. He came to New York at the age of twenty, and obtained employment in the office of a political journal, which soon suspended publication. He then secured a position in the office of the Evening Mirror, from which he passed to the post of foreman in the office of a small, struggling, commercial paper, called the Merchants’ Ledger. In a year or two after forming this connection, he purchased the Ledger, and determined to change both its character and form, and convert it into a literary journal. He had the good sense to perceive that there was a great need of a cheap literary journal, suited to the comprehension and tastes of the masses, who cared nothing for the higher class periodicals. He proceeded very cautiously, however, and it was not until some time after that he made the Ledger entirely a literary paper, and issued it in its present form. He induced Fanny Fern, who was then in the flush of the reputation gained for her by her “Ruth Hall,” to write him a story, ten columns long, and paid her one thousand dollars in cash for it. He double-leaded the story, and made it twenty columns in length, and advertised in nearly p. 757every newspaper of prominence in the country that he was publishing a story for which he had paid one hundred dollars per column. His mode of advertising was entirely new, and was sneered at at the time as a “sensational.” It accomplished its object, however. It attracted the attention of the readers of the papers, and they bought the Ledger “to see what it was.” They liked the paper, and since then there has been no abatement in the demand for it. The venture was entirely successful. Mr. Bonner’s energy and genius, and Fanny Fern’s popularity, placed the Ledger on a substantial footing from the start, and out of the profits of the story for which he had paid such an unusually large price, Mr. Bonner purchased a handsome city residence.
He was born in northern Ireland, near Londonderry, in 1824. He moved to this country as a young child and grew up in Connecticut, where he got a solid education in common schools. He began apprenticing as a printer at an early age, starting his training at the Hartford Courant. At twenty, he moved to New York and got a job at a political journal, which soon stopped publishing. He then found work at the Evening Mirror before becoming the foreman at a small, struggling commercial newspaper called the Merchants’ Ledger. A year or two after joining, he bought the Ledger, determined to change its focus and format into a literary journal. He wisely recognized the demand for an affordable literary magazine that appealed to the general public, who weren’t interested in highbrow periodicals. However, he proceeded cautiously, and it wasn't until later that he transformed the Ledger into a purely literary publication, presenting it in its current format. He persuaded Fanny Fern, who was enjoying the acclaim from her book “Ruth Hall,” to write a ten-column story for him, paying her a thousand dollars in cash for it. He then expanded the story to twenty columns and advertised in nearly every prominent newspaper in the country that he was publishing a story for which he had paid one hundred dollars per column. His advertising approach was completely new and was mocked at the time as “sensational.” Nevertheless, it achieved its goal. It caught the attention of newspaper readers, and they bought the Ledger “to see what it was.” They liked the publication, and since then, the demand for it has never dwindled. The venture was a total success. Mr. Bonner’s energy and talent, combined with Fanny Fern’s popularity, put the Ledger on solid ground from the start, and from the profits of the story that he had paid such a large amount for, Mr. Bonner bought a beautiful city home.
He did not content himself with Fanny Fern, though she became a regular contributor to his paper. He secured the services of Edward Everett, offering him ten thousand dollars for a series of papers, the money to be devoted to the purchase of Mount Vernon, an object very dear to the heart of the great orator. Mr. Bonner not only secured a valuable contributor, but won a warm personal friend in Mr. Everett. The latter continued his connection with the Ledger until the close of his life. Mr. Bonner also secured as regular contributors to his paper George Bancroft, the historian, James Parton (Fanny Fern’s husband), Henry Ward Beecher, and many of the leading men of the country, and a number of brilliant and popular female writers.
He wasn't satisfied with just Fanny Fern, even though she became a regular contributor to his paper. He brought Edward Everett on board, offering him ten thousand dollars for a series of articles, with the funds designated for purchasing Mount Vernon, which was very important to the great orator. Mr. Bonner not only gained a valuable contributor but also made a close personal friend in Mr. Everett. The latter continued his association with the Ledger until the end of his life. Mr. Bonner also secured regular contributors for his paper, including George Bancroft, the historian, James Parton (Fanny Fern’s husband), Henry Ward Beecher, and many of the leading figures of the country, along with several talented and popular female writers.
The Ledger is steadily growing in the public favor. From the profits of his paper, Mr. Bonner has erected a splendid marble publishing house, at the corner of William and Spruce streets, in New York, from which the Ledger is now issued. It is one of the most complete establishments in the country, and is fitted up with every convenience necessary to the performance of the work upon the paper in the most complete and expeditious manner.
The Ledger is consistently gaining popularity among the public. Using the profits from his paper, Mr. Bonner has built an impressive marble publishing house at the corner of William and Spruce streets in New York, from which the Ledger is now published. It stands as one of the most advanced establishments in the country, equipped with all the conveniences needed to produce the paper efficiently and effectively.
Mr. Bonner is married, and has a family. He owns a country seat in Westchester county, to which he repairs in the summer. His city residence is on the south side of Fifty-sixth street, a p. 758few doors west of the Fifth avenue. It is a handsome brown stone mansion. In the rear of it, on Fifty-fifth street, is his stable, a large and tasteful edifice of brick. It is the most perfect establishment of its kind in the country. Everything is at hand that is necessary for the comfort and care of the horses, and the men in charge of the place are thoroughly skilled in their business. Mr. Bonner owns seven of the finest horses in the world. First on the list is “Dexter,” the fastest horse “on the planet.” He has made his mile in 2.17¼ in harness, and 2.18 under the saddle. “Lantern,” a splendid bay, 15½ hands high, has made his mile in 2.20. “Pocahontas” has made her mile in 2.23, and “Peerless,” a fine gray mare, has followed close on to her in 2.23¼. The former is said to be the most perfectly formed horse in the world. “Lady Palmer” has made 2 miles, with a 350 pound wagon and driver, in 4.59, while her companion, “Flatbush Mare,” has made a 2 mile heat to a road wagon in 5.01¼. The “Auburn Horse,” a large sorrel, 16½ hands high, with four white feet and a white face, was declared by Hiram Woodruff to be the fastest horse he ever drove. These horses cost their owner over two hundred thousand dollars, and he would not part with them for double that sum. He will not race them, though almost every inducement has been offered him to do so, as he is opposed to racing for money. He bought them for his own enjoyment, and drives them himself.
Mr. Bonner is married and has a family. He owns a country house in Westchester County, where he goes in the summer. His city home is on the south side of Fifty-sixth Street, just a few doors west of Fifth Avenue. It's a beautiful brownstone mansion. Behind it, on Fifty-fifth Street, is his stable, a large and well-designed brick building. It’s considered the best of its kind in the country. Everything needed for the comfort and care of the horses is in place, and the staff who manage the stable are highly skilled. Mr. Bonner owns seven of the finest horses in the world. First on the list is “Dexter,” the fastest horse in the world. He has completed a mile in 2:17¼ in harness and 2:18 under saddle. “Lantern,” a great bay standing 15½ hands tall, has finished a mile in 2:20. “Pocahontas” has completed her mile in 2:23, while “Peerless,” a lovely gray mare, followed closely behind at 2:23¼. The former is said to be the most perfectly formed horse in the world. “Lady Palmer” has covered 2 miles, pulling a 350-pound wagon and driver, in 4:59, while her companion, “Flatbush Mare,” did a 2-mile heat with a road wagon in 5:01¼. The “Auburn Horse,” a large sorrel at 16½ hands high, with four white feet and a white face, was declared by Hiram Woodruff to be the fastest horse he ever drove. These horses cost Mr. Bonner over two hundred thousand dollars, and he wouldn’t sell them for double that amount. He won’t race them, even though he’s been offered almost every incentive to do so, as he is against racing for money. He purchased them for his own pleasure and drives them himself.
Mr. Bonner is now very wealthy. He lives simply, however, and detests and shuns personal notoriety or ostentation. He has the reputation of being a warm-hearted, generous man, and has many friends. He is short, thick-set, and solidly made. His hair is sandy, his complexion florid, his forehead large and thoughtful, his eye bright and pleasant, and his manner frank, genial, and winning.
Mr. Bonner is now quite wealthy. He lives simply, though, and dislikes and avoids personal fame or showiness. People see him as a warm-hearted, generous man, and he has many friends. He is short, stocky, and sturdy. His hair is sandy, his complexion is rosy, his forehead is large and thoughtful, his eyes are bright and friendly, and his demeanor is open, cheerful, and charming.
p. 759LXXI. PUBLIC BUILDINGS.
The Public Buildings of New York are not numerous. Some of them are handsome, and others are models of ugliness. We shall mention here only those which are not described elsewhere in this volume.
The public buildings in New York aren't very many. Some are beautiful, while others are quite unattractive. We'll only mention those that aren't covered elsewhere in this book.
The most prominent is the City Hall, which is located in the City Hall Park. It faces the south, and the ground line is perpendicular to Broadway. It is a handsome edifice, and is surmounted by the best clock tower in the Union, above which is a marble image of Justice. The front and ends of the City Hall are constructed of white marble, but the rear face is of brown stone. The building was erected between the years 1803 and 1810, and the city fathers, sagely premising that New York would never extend above the Park, decided to save the difference between marble and brown stone at this side, “as this portion would face the country.” The building contains the offices of the Mayor and city officials. Some of its rooms are very handsome, and are elegantly decorated.
The most notable is City Hall, located in City Hall Park. It faces south, and the ground line is perpendicular to Broadway. It's an impressive building, topped with the best clock tower in the country, above which stands a marble statue of Justice. The front and sides of City Hall are made of white marble, while the back is brown stone. The building was constructed between 1803 and 1810, and the city leaders, wisely assuming that New York would never expand beyond the park, chose to save money by using brown stone on this side, “since this part would face the countryside.” The building houses the offices of the Mayor and city officials. Some of its rooms are quite beautiful and elegantly decorated.
The clock tower and the upper portions of the building were set on fire by the pyrotechnical display in honor of the Atlantic Telegraph of 1859. They were rebuilt soon afterwards, in much better style.
The clock tower and the upper parts of the building were set on fire by the fireworks show celebrating the Atlantic Telegraph of 1859. They were rebuilt shortly after, in a much better style.
“Previous to the completion of the new cupola, our city fathers contracted with Messrs. Sperry & Co., the celebrated tower-clock makers of Broadway, to build a clock for it, at a cost not exceeding four thousand dollars, that our citizens might place the utmost reliance upon, as a time-keeper of unvarying correctness. During the month of April the clock was completed, and the busy thousands who were daily wont to look up p. 760to the silent monitor, above which the figure of Justice was enthroned, hailed its appearance with the utmost satisfaction. It is undoubtedly the finest specimen of a tower-clock on this side of the Atlantic, and, as an accurate time-keeper, competent judges pronounce it to be unsurpassed in the world. The main wheels are thirty inches in diameter, the escapement is jewelled, and the pendulum, which is in itself a curiosity, is over fourteen feet in length. It is a curious fact that the pendulum bob weighs over three hundred pounds; but so finely finished is every wheel, pinion, and pivot in the clock, and so little power is required to drive them, that a weight of only one hundred pounds is all that is necessary to keep this ponderous mass of metal vibrating, and turn four pairs of hands on the dials of the cupola. The clock does not stand, as many suppose, directly behind the dials, but in the story below, and a perpendicular iron rod, twenty-five feet in length, connects it with the dial-works above.”
Before the new cupola was finished, our city leaders made a deal with Messrs. Sperry & Co., the famous tower-clock makers from Broadway, to create a clock for it, costing no more than four thousand dollars, so our citizens could rely on it as a timekeeper of absolute accuracy. In April, the clock was completed, and the many people who daily looked up to the silent monitor, above which the figure of Justice was displayed, welcomed its arrival with great satisfaction. It is undoubtedly the best example of a tower clock on this side of the Atlantic, and expert judges say it is unmatched in the world as a precise timekeeper. The main wheels are thirty inches in diameter, the escapement is jeweled, and the pendulum, which is a wonder in itself, is over fourteen feet long. Interestingly, the pendulum bob weighs over three hundred pounds; however, every wheel, pinion, and pivot in the clock is so finely crafted and requires so little power to operate that only a weight of one hundred pounds is needed to keep this heavy mass of metal swinging and move the four pairs of hands on the dials of the cupola. The clock is not located directly behind the dials, as many think, but one story below, with a vertical iron rod, twenty-five feet long, connecting it to the dial works above.
To the east of the City Hall, and within the limits of the Park, is the Hall of Records, a stone building, covered with stucco. It was erected in 1757, as a city prison. It is now occupied by the Registrar of the city and his clerks.
To the east of City Hall, and within the boundaries of the Park, is the Hall of Records, a stone building covered in stucco. It was built in 1757 as a city prison. It is now home to the city Registrar and their clerks.
p. 761In the rear of the City Hall, and fronting on Chambers street, is the New County Court House, which, when completed, will be one of the finest edifices in the New World. It was begun more than eight years ago, and is constructed of “East Chester and Massachusetts white marble, with iron beams and supports, iron staircases, outside iron doors, solid black-walnut doors (on the inside), and marble tiling on every hall-floor of the building, laid upon iron beams, concreted over, and bricked up. With a basis of concrete, Georgia-pine, over yellow-pine, is used for the flooring of the apartments. The iron supports and beams are of immense strength—some of the girders crossing the rooms weighing over fifty thousand pounds. The pervading order of architecture is Corinthian, but, although excellent, the building cannot be said to be purely Corinthian. An additional depth of, say, thirty feet, would have prevented a cramping of the windows on the sides, which now necessarily exists, and have added power and comprehension to the structure as an entirety; but the general effect is grand and striking in the extreme. The building is two hundred and fifty feet long, and one hundred and fifty feet wide. From the base-course to the top of the pediment the height is ninety-seven feet, and to the top of the dome, not yet erected, two hundred and twenty-five feet. From the sidewalk to the top of the pediment measures eighty-two feet; to the top of the dome two hundred and ten feet. When completed, the building will be surmounted by a large dome, giving a general resemblance to the main portion of the Capitol at Washington. The dome, viewed from the rear, appears something heavy and cumbrous for the general character of the structure which it crowns; but a front view, from Chambers street, when the eye, in its upward sweep, takes in the broad flight of steps, the grand columns, and the general robustness of the main entrance, dissipates this idea, and attaches grace and integrity to the whole. One of the most novel features of the dome will be the arrangement of the tower, crowning its apex, into a light-house, which, from its extreme power and height, it is supposed, will furnish guidance to vessels as far out at sea as that afforded by any beacon on the p. 762neighboring coast. This is the suggestion of the architect, Mr. Kellum, but, whether or not it will be carried out in the execution of the design, Mr. Tucker, the superintendent of the work, is unable to say. The interior of the edifice is equally elaborate and complete, and several of the apartments are now occupied by the County Clerk, the Supreme Court, and as other offices. The portico and stoop, now being completed, on Chambers street, will, it is said, be the finest piece of work of the kind in America.”
p. 761At the back of City Hall, facing Chambers Street, stands the New County Courthouse, which, when finished, will be one of the most impressive buildings in the New World. Construction began more than eight years ago, and it’s built from “East Chester and Massachusetts white marble, reinforced with iron beams and supports, iron staircases, outer iron doors, solid black walnut doors inside, and marble flooring throughout each hallway, laid on iron beams, covered with concrete, and bricked up. The flooring in the rooms uses a concrete base with Georgia pine over yellow pine. The iron supports and beams are extremely strong—some of the girders spanning the rooms weigh over fifty thousand pounds. The dominant architectural style is Corinthian, but while it’s excellent, the building can't be strictly classified as purely Corinthian. An additional depth of around thirty feet would have prevented the cramped windows on the sides, which unfortunately exists, and would have added to the building's overall strength and comprehension; nonetheless, the overall effect is grand and striking. The building measures two hundred and fifty feet in length and one hundred and fifty feet in width. From the base-course to the top of the pediment, the height is ninety-seven feet; when the dome, not yet constructed, is in place, it will reach two hundred and twenty-five feet. From the sidewalk to the top of the pediment is eighty-two feet; to the top of the dome, it will be two hundred and ten feet. Once completed, the building will feature a large dome, resembling the main part of the Capitol in Washington. Viewed from the back, the dome might seem heavy and clunky compared to the overall character of the structure it tops; however, from a front view on Chambers Street, with the broad steps, grand columns, and sturdy main entrance, that impression fades, giving a sense of elegance and unity to the whole. One of the most unique features of the dome will be the design of the tower at its pinnacle, envisioned as a lighthouse, which, due to its power and height, is expected to guide ships as far out to sea as any beacon on the neighboring coast. This idea comes from the architect, Mr. Kellum, but it's unclear if it will be implemented in the final design, as Mr. Tucker, the project supervisor, cannot say for certain. The building’s interior is just as detailed and complete, with several rooms currently occupied by the County Clerk, the Supreme Court, and other offices. The portico and steps, now nearing completion on Chambers Street, are said to be the finest of their kind in America.”
It was this building which furnished the Ring with their favorite pretext for stealing the public money. The manner in which this was done has been described in another chapter.
It was this building that gave the Ring their favorite excuse for taking public money. The way this was done has been described in another chapter.
The Bible House is a massive structure of red brick, with brown stone trimmings, and covers the block bounded by Third and Fourth avenues and Eighth and Ninth streets. It covers three-quarters of an acre, its four fronts measuring a total of 710 feet. It was completed in 1853, at a cost, including the ground, of $303,000, and is to-day worth nearly double that sum. It contains fifty stores and offices, which yield an aggregate annual rent of nearly $40,000. These rooms are occupied chiefly by benevolent and charitable societies, so that the Bible House has become the great centre from which radiate the principal labors of charity and benevolence in the City and State.
The Bible House is a large red brick building with brown stone accents, situated on the block between Third and Fourth avenues and Eighth and Ninth streets. It spans three-quarters of an acre, with a total exterior measurement of 710 feet. Completed in 1853, it was built at a cost of $303,000, including the land, and is now worth nearly double that amount. The building houses fifty stores and offices that bring in almost $40,000 in annual rent. Most of these spaces are occupied by charitable organizations, making the Bible House a central hub for major charitable activities in the City and State.
The Bible House is owned by, and forms the headquarters of the American Bible Society. The Bibles of this Society are printed here, every portion of their publication being carried on under this vast roof. The receipts of the Society since its organization in 1816 have amounted to nearly $6,000,000. Thousands of copies are annually printed and distributed from here. The entire Union has been canvassed three times by the agents of the Society, and hundreds of thousands of destitute families have been furnished each with a copy of the Blessed Book. The Bible has been printed here in twenty-nine different languages, and parts of it have been issued in other languages.
The Bible House is owned by the American Bible Society and serves as its headquarters. The Society prints its Bibles here, with every aspect of their publication happening under this large roof. Since its founding in 1816, the Society has received nearly $6,000,000. Thousands of copies are printed and distributed from this location each year. The agents of the Society have surveyed the entire country three times, providing hundreds of thousands of needy families with a copy of the Holy Book. Bibles have been printed here in twenty-nine different languages, and parts of it have been released in other languages.
About 625 persons find employment in this gigantic establishment. Of these about three hundred are girls, and twenty or thirty boys. The girls feed the presses, sew the books, apply p. 763gold-leaf to the covers ready for tooling, etc. About a dozen little girls are employed in the press-room in laying the sheets, of the best description of Bibles, between glazed boards, and so preparing them for being placed in the hydraulic presses. Every day there are six thousand Bibles printed in this establishment, and three hundred and fifty turned out of hand completely bound and finished.
About 625 people work in this huge facility. Of these, about three hundred are girls and twenty or thirty are boys. The girls feed the presses, sew the books, apply p. 763gold leaf to the covers before tooling, and so on. About a dozen young girls work in the press room, laying the sheets of the highest quality Bibles between glazed boards, getting them ready for the hydraulic presses. Every day, this establishment prints six thousand Bibles, with three hundred and fifty being fully bound and completed.
Tammany Hall, in East Fourteenth street, between Irving Place and Third avenue, is a handsome edifice of red brick, with white marble trimmings. It contains several fine halls, and a number of committee rooms. The main hall is one of the handsomest in the city, and was formerly used as a theatre. It was in this hall that the National Democratic Convention of 1868 was held. The building is the property of the “Tammany Society.” This Society was organized in 1789 as a p. 764benevolent association, but subsequently became a political organization and the ruling power in the Democratic politics of the City and State.
Tammany Hall, located on East Fourteenth Street between Irving Place and Third Avenue, is an impressive building made of red brick with white marble accents. It features several beautiful halls and a number of committee rooms. The main hall is one of the most elegant in the city and was once used as a theater. This hall hosted the National Democratic Convention of 1868. The building belongs to the “Tammany Society.” This Society was established in 1789 as a benevolent association but later transformed into a political organization and became the dominant force in Democratic politics in the city and state.
The Academy of Design is located at the northwest corner of Fourth avenue and Twenty-third street. It is one of the most beautiful edifices in the city. It is built in the pure Gothic style of the thirteenth century, and the external walls are composed of variegated marble. It has an air of lightness and elegance, that at once elicit the admiration of the gazer. The interior is finished with white pine, ash, mahogany, oak, and black walnut in their natural colors; no paint being used in the building. Schools of art, a library, reading room, lecture room, and the necessary rooms for the business of the institution, occupy the first and second stories. The third floor is devoted p. 766to the gallery of paintings and the sculpture room. At certain seasons of the year exhibitions of paintings and statuary are held here. None but works of living artists are exhibited.
The Academy of Design is located at the northwest corner of Fourth Avenue and Twenty-Third Street. It’s one of the most beautiful buildings in the city. It’s designed in the pure Gothic style of the thirteenth century, and the exterior walls are made of colorful marble. It has a light and elegant feel that immediately captures the admiration of onlookers. The interior features white pine, ash, mahogany, oak, and black walnut in their natural colors; no paint is used in the building. The first and second floors house art schools, a library, a reading room, a lecture room, and the necessary spaces for the institution’s operations. The third floor is dedicated to the gallery of paintings and the sculpture room. During certain times of the year, exhibitions of paintings and sculptures are held here, showcasing only the works of living artists.
One of the most imposing buildings in the city is the new Grand Central Depot, on Forty-second street and Fourth avenue. It is constructed of red brick, with iron trimmings painted white, in imitation of marble. The south front is adorned with three and the west front with two massive pavilions. The central pavilion of each front contains an illuminated clock. The entire building is 696 feet long and 240 feet wide. The space for the accommodation of the trains is 610 feet long and 200 feet wide. The remainder of the edifice is devoted to the offices of the various railways using it. Waiting-rooms, baggage-rooms, etc. The car-shed is covered with an immense circular roof of iron and glass. The remainder of the building is of brick and iron. The principal front is on Forty-second street. This portion is to be occupied by the offices and waiting-rooms of the New York and New Haven and the Shore Line railways. The southern portion of the west front is occupied by the offices and waiting-rooms of the New York, Harlem, and Albany Railway, and the remainder of this front by the offices and waiting-rooms of the Hudson River and New York Central railways. These roads are the only lines which enter the city, and they are here provided with a common terminus in the very heart of the metropolis. The waiting-rooms and offices are finished in hard wood, are handsomely frescoed, and are supplied with every convenience. The height of the roof of the main body of the depot is 100 feet from the ground; the apex of the central pavilion on Forty-second street is 160 feet from the ground.
One of the most impressive buildings in the city is the new Grand Central Depot, located on Forty-second Street and Fourth Avenue. It’s made of red brick, with white-painted iron trim designed to look like marble. The south front features three large pavilions, while the west front has two. Each front's central pavilion includes an illuminated clock. The entire building is 696 feet long and 240 feet wide. The train accommodation area measures 610 feet long and 200 feet wide. The rest of the building is dedicated to the offices of various railways that use it, including waiting rooms, baggage areas, and more. The car shed is topped with a huge circular roof made of iron and glass. The main entrance is on Forty-second Street, which will house the offices and waiting rooms for the New York and New Haven and the Shore Line railways. The southern part of the west front is occupied by the offices and waiting rooms of the New York, Harlem, and Albany Railway, while the rest of that front is for the Hudson River and New York Central railways. These lines are the only ones that enter the city, and they're provided with a shared terminus right in the heart of the metropolis. The waiting rooms and offices feature hardwood finishes, are beautifully frescoed, and come with every convenience. The height of the main depot roof is 100 feet from the ground, and the central pavilion on Forty-second Street reaches 160 feet above the ground.
The car-house constitutes the main body of the depot. It is lighted from the roof by day, and at night large reflectors, lighted by an electrical apparatus, illuminate the vast interior. The platforms between the tracks are composed of stone blocks. Each road has a particular portion assigned to it, and there is no confusion in any of the arrangements. The roof is supported by thirty-one handsome iron trusses, each weighing forty tons, and p. 767extending in an unbroken arch over the entire enclosure. The glass plates in the roof measure 80,000 feet. The interior of the car-house is painted in light colors, which harmonize well with the light which falls through the crystal roof.
The car house is the main part of the depot. It gets natural light from the roof during the day, and at night, large reflectors powered by electricity light up the spacious interior. The platforms between the tracks are made of stone blocks. Each track has its designated area, ensuring everything is organized. The roof is supported by thirty-one attractive iron trusses, each weighing forty tons, and extending in a smooth arch over the whole space. The glass panels in the roof cover 80,000 square feet. The inside of the car house is painted in light colors that complement the light coming through the glass roof.
About eighty trains enter and depart from this depot every day. The running of these is regulated by the depot-master, who occupies an elevated position at the north end of the car-house, from which he can see the track for several miles. A system of automatic signals governs the running of the trains through the city.
About eighty trains come in and leave this depot every day. The depot-master, who has an elevated position at the north end of the car-house, oversees their operation and can see the track for several miles. A system of automatic signals controls the movement of the trains through the city.
The building was projected by Commodore Vanderbilt. Ground was broken for it on the 15th of November, 1869, and it was ready for occupancy on the 9th of October, 1871.
The building was designed by Commodore Vanderbilt. Construction started on November 15, 1869, and it was completed and ready for people to move in on October 9, 1871.
p. 768LXXII. PATENT DIVORCES.
It may not be generally known in other parts of the country, but it is very well understood in the city, that New York is the headquarters of a powerful Ring of corrupt and unscrupulous lawyers, whose business is to violate the law of the land, and procure by fraud divorces which will not be granted by any court after a fair and full hearing of the case. It may be asserted at the outset, that those who are fairly and justly entitled to such a separation, never seek it through the Divorce Ring.
It might not be widely recognized elsewhere in the country, but it's well-known in the city that New York is home to a powerful group of corrupt and unscrupulous lawyers. Their business is to break the law and obtain fraudulent divorces that wouldn't be granted by any court after a fair and thorough hearing of the case. It's important to note from the beginning that those who genuinely deserve a separation never go through the Divorce Ring.
In any issue of certain city newspapers, you will see such advertisements as the following:
In any edition of certain city newspapers, you'll find ads like the following:
ABSOLUTE DIVORCES LEGALLY OBTAINED, in New York, and States, where desertion, drunkenness, etc., etc., are sufficient cause. No publicity; no charge until divorce obtained; advice free. M--- B---, attorney, 56 --- street.
Get a legal absolute divorce in New York and in states where reasons like desertion and drunkenness are accepted. No publicity; no fee until the divorce is finalized; consultations are free. M--- B---, attorney, 56 --- street.
The all-sufficient cause with these lawyers is the desire for a separation on the part of the husband or wife, and they never trouble themselves with questions of law or morality. The law of New York allows a divorce with the right to marry again, upon one ground only—that of adultery.
The main reason these lawyers get involved is the desire for a separation by either the husband or wife, and they don't concern themselves with legal or moral questions. New York law permits divorce with the right to remarry, but only on one basis—that of adultery.
“The lawyers of the Divorce Ring are the pariahs of their profession—men who have been debarred in other States (sometimes in other countries) for detected malpractice; men who began life fairly, but sank into ignominy through dissipation, political failure, or natural vicious tendencies; men, even, who never opened a law-book before entering upon their present avocation, but gleaned a practical knowledge of the legal alternative of ‘wedded woe’ by a course of training in the private detective’s trade. These latter worthies often hire the use of practising p. 769lawyers’ names. Occasionally they hire the said lawyers themselves to go through the mummeries of the courts for them; and we could name one of our most eloquent and respectable criminal pleaders who, on a certain occasion at least, permitted himself to be nominally associated with one of the boldest operators of the Ring.
“The lawyers of the Divorce Ring are the outcasts of their profession—men who have been disbarred in other states (sometimes in other countries) for committing malpractice; men who started out well but fell into disgrace due to excess, political failure, or inherent bad tendencies; even men who had never opened a law book before taking up this career, but gained practical knowledge of the legal alternative of ‘wedded woe’ through training as private detectives. These latter individuals often pay to use the names of practicing p. 769lawyers. Sometimes they even hire those lawyers themselves to go through the formalities of the courts for them; we could name one of our most articulate and respectable criminal defense attorneys who, at least once, allowed himself to be nominally associated with one of the most audacious members of the Ring."
“The dens of the divorcers are situated chiefly on the thoroughfares most affected by lawyers of the highest caste, though even Broadway is not wholly exempt from them; and Wall street, Pine street, and especially Nassau street, contain a goodly number each. Without any ostentatious display of signs or identifications, they are generally furnished in the common law-office style, with substantial desks and chairs, shelves of law-books, and usually a shady private apartment for consultations. Sometimes the name upon the ‘directory’ of the building and name over the ‘office’ itself will be spelled differently, though conveying the same sound; as though the proprietor thereof might have occasional use for a confusion of personalities. Along the stairs and hallways leading to these dens, at almost any hour of the day, from 10 A.M. to 3 P.M., may be met women in flashy finery and men with hats drawn down over their eyes—all manifestly gravitating, with more or less shamefacedness, towards the places in question. They may be dissolute actresses, seeking a spurious appearance of law to end an old alliance and prepare for a new one. They may be the frivolous, extravagant, reckless wives of poor clerks or hard-working mechanics, infatuatedly following out the first consequences of a matinée at the theatre and a ‘Personal’ in the Herald. They may be the worthless husbands of unsuspecting, faithful wives, who, by sickness, or some other unwitting provocation, have turned the unstable husbandly mind to thoughts of connubial pastures new and the advertising divorcers. They may be the ‘lovers’ of married women, who come to engage fabricated testimony and surreptitious unmarriage for the frail creatures whose virtue is still too cowardly to dare the more honest sin. They are not the wronged partners of marriage, who, by the mysterious chastising providence of outraged hearths and homes, are p. 770compelled, in bitterest agony of soul, to invoke justice of the law for the honor based upon right and religion.
The offices of divorce lawyers are mainly located on the streets that are most influenced by top-tier attorneys, though even Broadway isn't completely free from them; Wall Street, Pine Street, and especially Nassau Street have a fair number as well. Without any flashy signs or obvious branding, they are typically set up in the standard law office style, with sturdy desks and chairs, shelves stuffed with law books, and usually a private area for consultations. Sometimes the name on the building's directory and the name above the office itself will be spelled differently but sound the same; as if the owner might occasionally want to create some confusion about their identity. Along the stairs and hallways leading to these offices, at almost any hour from 10 A.M. to 3 P.M., you can see women in flashy outfits and men with hats pulled down over their eyes—all clearly heading, somewhat shamefacedly, to these places. They might be washed-up actresses looking to create a fake legal situation to end an old relationship and start a new one. They could be the frivolous, reckless wives of struggling clerks or hardworking laborers, blindly following the first influence of a matinee at the theater and a personal ad in the Herald. They might also be the untrustworthy husbands of loyal wives, who, through illness or some other unintentional trigger, have turned their unstable minds toward thoughts of new relationships and divorce ads. They could be the ‘lovers’ of married women who come to secure fake testimony and seek clandestine divorces for weak creatures whose morals are still too timid to commit to more honest sins. They are not the wronged spouses of marriage who, through the mysterious and punishing hand of fate upon their homes, are compelled, in the deepest sorrow, to seek legal justice for their rights and dignity.
“The manufacture of ‘a case’ by the contrabandists of divorce is often such a marvel of unscrupulous audacity, that its very lawlessness constitutes in itself a kind of legal security. So wholly does it ignore all the conventionalities of mere legal evasion, as to virtually lapse into a barbarism, knowing neither law nor civilization. A young woman in flaunting jockey hat, extravagant ‘chignon,’ and gaudy dress, flirts into the den, and turns a bold, half-defiant face upon the rakish masculine figure at the principal desk. The figure looks up, a glance between the two tells the story, and the woman is invited to step into the consulting-room (if there be one), and give her husband’s name and offence. A divorce will cost her say twenty-five, or fifty, or seventy-five dollars—in fact, whatever sum she can afford to pay for such a trifle. She can have it obtained for her in New York, or at the West, just as her husband’s likelihood to pry into things, or her own taste in the matter, may render advisable. Not a word of the case can possibly get into the papers in either locality. She can charge ‘intemperance,’ or ‘desertion,’ or ‘failure to support,’ or whatever else she chooses; but, perhaps, it would be better to make it adultery, as that can be just as easily proved, and ‘holds good in any State.’ This point being decided, the young woman can go home, and there keep her luckless wretch of a husband properly in the dark until her ‘decree’ is ready for her. If the applicant is a man, the work is all the easier; for then even less art will be required to keep the unconscious ‘party of the second part’ in ignorance of the proceedings. The case is now quietly put on record in the proper court (if the ‘suit’ is to be ‘tried’ in New York), and a ‘summons’ prepared for service upon the ‘defendant.’ To serve this summons, any idle boy is called in from the street, and directed to take the paper to defendant’s residence or place of business, and there serve it upon him. Away goes the boy, willing enough to earn fifty cents by this easy task, and is met upon the stoop of the residence, or before the door of the place of business, by a confederate of the p. 771divorce-lawyer, who sharply asks what he wants. ‘I want to see Mr. ---,’ says the boy. ‘I am Mr. ---,’ returns the confederate, who is thereupon served with the summons. Back hurries the boy to the law-office, signs an affidavit that he has served the paper upon defendant in person, is paid for the job, and goes about his business. The time selected for the manœuvre is, of course, adapted to what the ‘plaintiff’ has revealed of her husband’s hours for home or for business; and, after the improvised server of the ‘summons’ has once sworn to his affidavit and disappeared, there is no such thing as ever finding him again! A ‘copy of the complaint’ is ‘served’ in the same way; or, the ‘summons’ is published once a week for a month in the smallest type of the smallest obscure weekly paper to be found. This latter device, however, is adopted only when the plaintiff (having some moral scruples about too much perjury at once) charges ‘desertion,’ and desires to appear quite ignorant of unnatural defendant’s present place of abode. If, for any particular reason, the party seeking a divorce prefers a Western decree, the ‘lawyer,’ or a clerk of his, starts at once for Indiana, or some quiet county of Illinois; and, after hiring a room in some tavern or farm-house in the name of his client (to establish the requisite fact of residence!), gives the case into the hands of a local attorney with whom he has a business partnership. This Western branch of the trade has reached such licence that, not long ago, a notorious practitioner of the Ring actually issued an advertisement in a paper of New York, to the effect that he had just returned to this city from the West with a fresh stock of blank divorces! The wording was not literally thus, but such was its obvious and only signification. Whether the ‘trial’ is to take place in New York or Indiana, however, there is but one system commonly adopted in offering proof of the truth of the complaint upon which a divorce is demanded. Plaintiff’s villainous attorney, after waiting a due length of time for some response from the defendant in the case(!), asks of the Court, as privately as possible, the appointment of a referee.
“The creation of ‘a case’ by the divorce fraudsters is often such a feat of shameless audacity that its very disregard for the law serves as a kind of legal security. It completely bypasses the usual tricks of legal loopholes, effectively descending into a wildness that recognizes neither law nor civilization. A young woman dressed in a flashy jockey hat, extravagant hairstyle, and bright clothing flirts into the office, boldly facing the dashing man at the main desk. He looks up, and a quick exchange between them conveys everything needed; she’s invited to step into the consultation room (if there is one) and provide her husband's name and the reason for the divorce. The cost of a divorce can be around twenty-five, fifty, or seventy-five dollars—in short, whatever she can spare for something seemingly trivial. She can have it done in New York or out West, depending on whether her husband is likely to find out or what she prefers. Not a word about her case will make it into the newspapers in either location. She can cite ‘intemperance,’ ‘desertion,’ ‘failure to support,’ or anything else she likes; but, it might be best to claim adultery, as that's also easy to prove and ‘holds up in any State.’ Once this is decided, the young woman can return home and keep her unfortunate husband completely in the dark until her ‘decree’ is ready. If the applicant is a man, the process is even simpler; much less effort is needed to keep the unsuspecting ‘party of the second part’ unaware of what’s going on. The case is quietly recorded in the appropriate court (if the ‘suit’ is going to be ‘tried’ in New York), and a ‘summons’ is prepared to be served on the ‘defendant.’ To serve this summons, any idle kid is brought in from the street and instructed to deliver the document to the defendant’s home or workplace. The kid happily sets out to earn fifty cents in this easy job. He arrives at the house, or in front of the business, where he is met by an accomplice of the divorce lawyer, who sharply asks what he wants. ‘I need to see Mr. ---,’ the kid replies. ‘I am Mr. ---,’ the accomplice responds, and he is promptly served with the summons. The kid rushes back to the law office, signs an affidavit stating that he has personally served the paper to the defendant, gets paid, and goes on his way. The timing of this maneuver is, of course, tailored to what the ‘plaintiff’ has revealed about her husband's schedule; and once the makeshift server has sworn to his affidavit and disappeared, good luck finding him again! A ‘copy of the complaint’ is ‘served’ in the same manner, or the ‘summons’ is published weekly for a month in the smallest type of the least conspicuous local paper. This latter tactic is usually only taken if the plaintiff, feeling some moral discomfort about too much perjury at once, charges ‘desertion’ and wants to appear entirely ignorant of the errant defendant’s current whereabouts. If, for any specific reason, the person seeking a divorce prefers a decree from the West, the ‘lawyer’ or one of his clerks immediately heads to Indiana or a quiet county in Illinois; after securing a room at a tavern or farmhouse under the client's name (to establish the necessary residency!), he hands the case over to a local attorney with whom he has a business arrangement. This Western side of the business has become so shameless that not long ago, a notorious player in the game actually advertised in a New York paper, claiming he had just returned from the West with a fresh inventory of blank divorce forms! The wording wasn’t exactly like that, but that was clearly its implication. Whether the ‘trial’ occurs in New York or Indiana, there is a standard approach to proving the validity of the complaint leading to the divorce. The plaintiff’s unscrupulous lawyer, after waiting the appropriate amount of time for any response from the defendant in the case (!), requests the Court, as discreetly as possible, to appoint a referee.”
“His Honor the Court, upon learning that ‘defendant’ does p. 772not oppose (of course not!), names a referee, who shall hear the testimony in the case, and submit a copy thereof, together with his decision thereon, to the Court for confirmation. Then, before the referee—who is to be properly feed for his officiation—go the divorce-lawyer and two or three shabby-genteel-looking ‘witnesses,’ who from thenceforth shall never be findable by mortal man again. The ‘witnesses’ swear to any thing and every thing—that they have seen and recognized defendant in highly improper houses with improper persons; that they know plaintiff to be pure, faithful, and shamefully misused in the marriage relation, etc., etc. As ‘defendant,’ not even aware that he or she is a ‘defendant,’ makes no appearance, either in person or by counsel, to combat this dreadful evidence, the referee must, of course, render decision for plaintiff—‘the law awards it, and the Court doth give it.’ The judge subsequently confirms this decision; a decree of full divorce is granted, in due and full legal form, to the triumphant plaintiff; and the ‘defendant’ is likely to become aware of the suit for the first time on that night.”
“His Honor the Court, upon learning that the 'defendant' does p. 772not oppose (of course not!), names a referee who will listen to the testimony in the case and submit a copy of it, along with their decision, to the Court for confirmation. Then, before the referee—who will be properly paid for their service—go the divorce lawyer and two or three shabby-looking 'witnesses,' who from that point on will be impossible to find. The 'witnesses' swear to anything and everything—that they have seen and recognized the defendant in highly inappropriate places with inappropriate people; that they know the plaintiff to be pure, faithful, and shamefully mistreated in the marriage, etc., etc. As the 'defendant,' not even realizing they are a 'defendant,' does not show up, either in person or through counsel, to challenge this terrible evidence, the referee must, of course, decide for the plaintiff—'the law awards it, and the Court doth give it.' The judge later confirms this decision; a decree of full divorce is granted, in due and full legal form, to the victorious plaintiff, and the 'defendant' is likely to find out about the lawsuit for the first time that night.”
The acts of the divorce Ring are no secrets in New York. Yet neither the judges nor the Bar Association make any efforts to rid the courts of such wretches. “A citizen of New York, whose misguided wife had secretly obtained a fraudulent divorce from him through such practice as we have described, and who, in turn, had successfully sued in the legitimate way for the dissolution of marriage thus forced upon him, sought to induce his legal adviser, a veteran metropolitan lawyer of the highest standing, to expose the infamous divorce ‘Ring’ before the courts, and demand, in behalf of his profession, that its practitioners should be at least disbarred. The response was, that the courts were presumed to be entirely ignorant of the fraudulent parts of the proceedings referred to; that the offenders could be ‘cornered’ only through a specific case in point against them, and, besides, that the referees in their cases were nearly all connected, either consanguinely or in bonds of partnership interest, with the judges who had appointed them, and before whom the motion for disbarment would probably come! For p. 773this last curious reason no lawyer could, consistently with his own best interests, inaugurate a movement likely to involve the whole referee system in its retributive effects. A lawyer so doing might, when arguing future cases in court, find a certain apparent disposition of the Bench to show him less courtesy than on former occasions—to snub him, in fact, and thereby permanently prejudice his professional future likelihoods in that jurisdiction!”
The activities of the divorce ring are well-known in New York. However, neither the judges nor the Bar Association take any steps to remove such scoundrels from the courts. “A New Yorker, whose misguided wife had secretly obtained a fraudulent divorce from him through the practices we've discussed, and who had subsequently won a legitimate case to dissolve the marriage imposed on him, tried to persuade his lawyer, an experienced and highly respected metropolitan attorney, to expose the notorious divorce ‘Ring’ in court and call for the disbarment of its practitioners on behalf of his profession. The response was that the courts were assumed to be completely unaware of the fraudulent aspects of the proceedings mentioned; that the offenders could only be ‘cornered’ with a specific case against them, and furthermore, that the referees in these cases were almost all connected, either through blood or partnership, to the judges who appointed them, and who would likely oversee the motion for disbarment! For this last intriguing reason, no lawyer could, in their own best interests, initiate a movement that could affect the entire referee system and its consequences. A lawyer who attempted this might find, when arguing future cases in court, that the judges were less courteous than before—essentially snubbing him—and as a result, jeopardizing his professional prospects in that jurisdiction!”
p. 774LXXIII. THE CROTON WATER WORKS.
There were many plans for supplying the city of New York with fresh water, previous to the adoption of the Croton Aqueduct scheme, but we have not the space to present them here. They were all inadequate to the necessities of the city, and all in turn were thrown aside. The most important was one for obtaining the water supply from the Bronx River. It was believed that a daily supply of 3,000,000 gallons could be obtained from this stream, but nothing was done in the matter, and it was not until the prevalence of Asiatic Cholera in 1832 had impressed upon the people the necessity of a supply of pure water, nor until the great fire of 1837 had convinced them that they must have an abundance of water, that the scheme for supplying the city from the sources of the Croton River was definitely resolved upon. De Witt Clinton gave his powerful support to the scheme, and the citizens at the municipal elections expressed themselves unqualifiedly in favor of a full supply of fresh water. It was decided to obtain the supply from the Croton River, and in May, 1837, the work on the aqueduct which was to convey it to the city was actually begun, and on the 4th of July, 1842, the Croton water was distributed through the city.
There were many plans to provide New York City with fresh water before the Croton Aqueduct project was adopted, but we don't have enough space to go over them all here. Each of these plans was inadequate for the city's needs and was eventually discarded. The most significant was a proposal to source water from the Bronx River. It was thought that 3,000,000 gallons a day could be drawn from this river, but nothing came of it. It wasn't until the outbreak of Asiatic Cholera in 1832 made people realize the need for clean water, and the devastating fire of 1837 showed them the importance of having plenty of water, that the decision was made to supply the city from the Croton River. De Witt Clinton strongly supported the project, and during the municipal elections, citizens clearly expressed their desire for a full supply of fresh water. It was finalized to source water from the Croton River, and in May 1837, work started on the aqueduct that would deliver it to the city. By July 4, 1842, the Croton water was being distributed throughout the city.
The first step was to throw a massive dam across the Croton River, by means of which the Croton Lake was formed, the water being raised to a depth of forty feet by the obstruction. From this dam an aqueduct, constructed of brick, stone, and cement, conveys the water to the city, a distance of nearly forty miles. It is arched above and below, and is seven and a half feet wide, and eight and a half feet high, with an inclination of p. 775thirteen inches to the mile. It rests on the ground for a portion of its course, and in other parts is supported by a series of stone arches. It crosses twenty-five streams in Westchester County, besides numerous brooks, which flow under it through culverts. It is conveyed across the Harlem River by means of the High Bridge. The water flows through vast iron pipes, which rest upon the bridge. The bridge is a magnificent stone structure, 1450 feet long, with fifteen arches, the highest of which is one hundred feet above high water mark. Its great height prevents it from interfering with the navigation of the stream. The High Bridge is one of the principal resorts in the suburbs of New York. The structure itself is well worth seeing, and the scenery is famed for its surpassing loveliness.
The first step was to build a massive dam across the Croton River, which created Croton Lake, raising the water to a depth of forty feet. From this dam, an aqueduct made of brick, stone, and cement carries the water to the city, nearly forty miles away. It's arched above and below, is seven and a half feet wide, and eight and a half feet high, with a slope of thirteen inches per mile. It sits on the ground for part of its length and is supported by a series of stone arches in other sections. It crosses twenty-five streams in Westchester County, as well as many brooks that flow beneath it through culverts. The water is transported over the Harlem River via the High Bridge. The water travels through large iron pipes resting on the bridge. The bridge is an impressive stone structure, 1450 feet long, with fifteen arches, the tallest of which is one hundred feet above high water mark. Its great height ensures it doesn’t obstruct navigation on the river. The High Bridge is one of the main attractions in the suburbs of New York. The structure itself is worth a visit, and the scenery is renowned for its stunning beauty.
There are two large reservoirs at the city end of the bridge, the “Storage Reservoir,” and the “High Service,” the latter of which is designed for supplying the elevated section of p. 776Washington Heights. From here to the distributing reservoirs in the Central Park, which have already been described, the distance is two and a quarter miles. The distributing reservoir for the principal part of the city is on Fifth Avenue, between Fortieth and Forty-second streets. It covers about four acres of ground, and is built of granite. It is forty feet above the street, is divided into two parts, and will hold 20,000,000 gallons of water. It is exactly forty-one miles from the Croton Lake.
There are two large reservoirs at the city end of the bridge: the "Storage Reservoir" and the "High Service." The latter is designed to supply the elevated section of p. 776Washington Heights. The distance from here to the distributing reservoirs in Central Park, which have already been described, is two and a quarter miles. The distributing reservoir for the main part of the city is on Fifth Avenue, between Fortieth and Forty-second streets. It covers about four acres of land and is made of granite. It stands forty feet above the street, is divided into two sections, and can hold 20,000,000 gallons of water. It is exactly forty-one miles from Croton Lake.
The daily flow of water through the aqueduct is 60,000,000 gallons, its full capacity. The reservoirs hold over 2,000,000,000 gallons, or about fifteen days, supply. Nearly four hundred miles of main pipes distribute the water through the city, and supply it to 67,000 dwelling houses and stores, 1624 manufactories, 290 hospitals, prisons, schools, and public buildings, 307 churches, and 14 markets. There are 72 drinking hydrants, and a number of ornamental fountains in the city. The lakes and fountains in the Central Park are all formed by the Croton water, which is also supplied to the State Prison at Sing Sing, and the Institutions on Blackwell’s, Randall’s, and Ward’s p. 777islands. The Croton River is one of the purest streams in the world. The water is bright and sparkling, and there is no sediment perceptible to the naked eye. Actual analysis has shown that the amount of impurity during an entire summer was but 4.45 grains in a gallon, or 7.63 parts in 100,000 parts.
The daily water flow through the aqueduct is 60 million gallons, which is its full capacity. The reservoirs can hold over 2 billion gallons, enough for about fifteen days of supply. Nearly four hundred miles of main pipes distribute the water throughout the city, supplying it to 67,000 homes and businesses, 1,624 factories, 290 hospitals, prisons, schools, public buildings, 307 churches, and 14 markets. There are 72 drinking hydrants and several decorative fountains in the city. The lakes and fountains in Central Park are all fed by Croton water, which is also provided to the State Prison at Sing Sing, as well as the facilities on Blackwell’s, Randall’s, and Ward’s p. 777 islands. The Croton River is one of the cleanest streams in the world. The water is clear and sparkling, with no visible sediment. Actual tests have shown that the total amount of impurities over an entire summer was only 4.45 grains per gallon, or 7.63 parts per 100,000 parts.
The original cost of the aqueduct and reservoirs was about $9,000,000. Since then the increased supply, the new reservoirs, pipes, etc., have made the total amount upward of $40,000,000. The total receipts from the water tax since the opening of the aqueduct have amounted to about $22,000,000. The tax at present amounts to about $1,232,000 annually.
The original cost of the aqueduct and reservoirs was around $9,000,000. Since then, the increased supply, along with new reservoirs, pipes, and other additions, has brought the total cost to over $40,000,000. The total revenue from the water tax since the aqueduct opened has been about $22,000,000. Currently, the tax is about $1,232,000 each year.
p. 778LXXIV. EXCURSIONS.
The suburbs of New York are very attractive, and excursions to nearly every point within reach of the city are made every day during the summer months. The fares are low, and a day may be pleasantly spent on the water by leaving the city about 8 o’clock in the morning and returning at 6 or 7 P.M.
The suburbs of New York are quite appealing, and trips to almost every spot within reach of the city happen daily during the summer. The prices are affordable, and you can enjoy a full day on the water by leaving the city around 8 AM and coming back at 6 or 7 PM.
One of the pleasantest excursions of this kind, is up the Hudson. One may go as far as West Point or Poughkeepsie, and enjoy the magnificent scenery of the famous river, or he may leave the boat at West Point, and spend an hour or two at that place before the arrival of the down boat. The steamers on the Hudson are the best of their kind, and afford every opportunity for enjoyment.
One of the most enjoyable trips like this is up the Hudson. You can go as far as West Point or Poughkeepsie and take in the stunning scenery of the famous river, or you can get off the boat at West Point and spend an hour or two there before the return boat arrives. The steamers on the Hudson are the best of the kind and offer plenty of chances for enjoyment.
Staten Island, in New York Bay, seven miles from the city, and in full sight of it, offers many attractions to the pleasure seeker. There are several lines of steamers plying between the city and the towns on that island, and making hourly trips. The sail across the bay is delightful, and the fare is only ten or twelve cents each way.
Staten Island, in New York Bay, just seven miles from the city and clearly visible, has a lot to offer for those looking for fun. There are several ferry services running between the city and the towns on the island, making trips every hour. The ride across the bay is enjoyable, and the fare is just ten or twelve cents each way.
Another trip, and one which should never be omitted by strangers visiting the city, is from Peck Slip up the East River to One-hundred-and-thirtieth street, or Harlem. The route lies along the entire East River front of the city, with Brooklyn, Williamsburg, and Long Island City on the opposite shores. Blackwell’s, Randall’s, and Ward’s islands, with their magnificent edifices, are passed, and Hell Gate is an additional attraction. One is given a better idea of the size of New York and Brooklyn in this way, than in almost any other. Not the least of the attractions is the United States Navy Yard, at Brooklyn, an admirable p. 779view of which may be obtained from the deck of the steamer in passing it. The boats run hourly from Peck Slip and Harlem. The fare is ten cents each way. In the summer time there is a line of steamers plying between Harlem and the High Bridge, and connecting with the Peck Slip boats.
Another trip that should never be missed by visitors to the city is the ride from Peck Slip up the East River to 130th Street, or Harlem. The route takes you along the entire East River waterfront of the city, with Brooklyn, Williamsburg, and Long Island City across the water. You pass by Blackwell's, Randall's, and Ward's Islands, with their impressive buildings, and Hell Gate adds to the attractions. This way, you get a much better sense of the size of New York and Brooklyn than in almost any other way. One of the highlights is the United States Navy Yard in Brooklyn, from which you can get a great view from the deck of the steamer as you pass by. The boats run hourly from Peck Slip to Harlem. The fare is ten cents each way. In the summer, there's a line of steamers running between Harlem and the High Bridge, connecting with the Peck Slip boats.
The towns on Long Island Sound are also connected with New York by lines of steamers. These are among the pleasant objective points for excursionists within reach of the city.
The towns on Long Island Sound are also linked to New York by steamship routes. These are some of the enjoyable destinations for day-trippers close to the city.
The old route to Philadelphia, by way of South Amboy, offers another attraction. The boat is a fine and powerful steamer, and makes two trips daily between New York and South Amboy. Sometimes the route lies through the picturesque Kill Van Kull, or Staten Island Sound, or through the Narrows, into the Outer Bay, and around Staten Island into Raritan Bay.
The old route to Philadelphia, through South Amboy, has another appeal. The boat is a great and strong steamer, making two trips every day between New York and South Amboy. Sometimes, the route goes through the scenic Kill Van Kull, or Staten Island Sound, or through the Narrows, into the Outer Bay, and around Staten Island into Raritan Bay.
The famous resorts of Rockaway and Coney Island are reached in from one to two hours by steamer. At either of these places a day may be spent on the sea shore. The surf-bathing is excellent at both, and each may also be reached by a railway. Of late years, Coney Island has become a favorite resort of the roughs of New York and Brooklyn, and, as a consequence, is not as attractive to respectable visitors as formerly.
The well-known resorts of Rockaway and Coney Island can be reached by boat in about one to two hours. You can spend the day relaxing on the beach at either spot. Both locations have great surf-bathing and are also accessible by train. In recent years, Coney Island has become a popular hangout for the rowdier crowd from New York and Brooklyn, making it less appealing to respectable visitors than it used to be.
Perhaps the pleasantest of all the excursions, except the trip up the Hudson, is the sail from the city to Sandy Hook and back on the Long Branch boats. These are magnificent steamers, and make several trips each day during the summer season. They connect at Sandy Hook with the railway to Long Branch. One may leave the city in the morning, spend the day at the Branch, enjoy a bath in the surf, and reach the New York pier again by 8 o’clock in the evening. The round trip fare is p. 781about two dollars. The boats are provided with every luxury, and are famous for their excellent table. A good band accompanies each, and discourses delicious music during the sail. The route lies down the harbor through the Narrows, and down the Lower Bay to Sandy Hook, in full sight of the Atlantic, and near enough to it to feel the deep swelling of its restless breast. Those who do not care to visit Long Branch may make the round trip in four hours.
One of the nicest outings, aside from the trip up the Hudson, is the boat ride from the city to Sandy Hook and back on the Long Branch vessels. These are amazing steamers that run several times a day during the summer. They connect at Sandy Hook with the train to Long Branch. You can leave the city in the morning, spend the day at the beach, enjoy a swim in the waves, and get back to the New York pier by 8 PM. The round trip ticket costs about two dollars. The boats are equipped with all kinds of amenities and are known for their great food. A good band plays on each boat and provides lovely music during the ride. The route goes through the harbor, past the Narrows, and down the Lower Bay to Sandy Hook, with a clear view of the Atlantic, close enough to feel the deep rolling of its restless waves. For those who don’t want to visit Long Branch, the whole round trip takes four hours.
p. 782LXXV. SAILORS IN NEW YORK.
In the streets in the vicinity of the water, there are many buildings used as “Sailors’ Boarding-houses.” One would suppose that poor Jack needed a snug resting-place after his long and stormy voyages, but it is about the last thing he finds in New York. The houses for his accommodation are low, vile places. They are located in the filthiest sections of the city, and are never clean. Jack, however, is used to hard fare. He has spent six months, or it may be two years, in the damp and cheerless forecastle, and he will not grumble at the aspect of the only quarters available to him on shore. He has crowded with twenty men and boys into a space much smaller than the chamber assigned him, and he does not object to having half a dozen room mates. The bed is a wretched cot, but it is better than a bunk or a hammock, and Jack is not so used to cleanliness as to make him very fastidious.
In the streets near the waterfront, there are many buildings known as "Sailors' Boarding Houses." One might think that poor Jack would need a cozy place to rest after his long and rough voyages, but that's one of the last things he finds in New York. The places available for him to stay are low-quality and unpleasant. They are located in the dirtiest parts of the city and are never clean. Jack, however, is accustomed to tough conditions. He has spent six months, or maybe even two years, in the damp and dreary forecastle, so he won’t complain about the state of the only accommodations he can find on land. He has squeezed in with twenty men and boys into a space much smaller than his designated chamber, and he doesn’t mind having half a dozen roommates. The bed is a miserable cot, but it’s better than a bunk or a hammock, and Jack isn’t so used to cleanliness that he becomes too particular.
The boarding-house has a flashy air. There are bright curtains at the windows, and the entire front is usually painted some gaudy color, and is adorned with a sign, with the name of the establishment in gilt letters. “The Sailor’s Retreat,” “Our House,” “The Sailor’s Welcome Home,” “The Jolly Tar,” and “The Flowing Sea Inn” are favorite names with these places. The entrance is generally low and narrow, and conducts the visitor to the main room, which is often the bar, of the house. This is a small, low-pitched apartment. The floor is sanded, and the ceiling is lined with tissue paper pendants cut in various designs. The mantelpiece is adorned with various seamen’s trophies and curiosities from foreign lands, the majority of which have been stolen from the poor fellows, who brought p. 783them home for a different purpose. The bar is adorned with a multitude of bottles, decanters, and glasses, and the liquors give no indication to the eye of their deadly properties. A person accustomed to cross the ocean in the luxurious cabin of a Cunarder, would not find the place very attractive, but to Jack, who has never known anything better than the forecastle, it has many attractions, and he falls an easy victim to it.
The boarding house has a flashy vibe. There are bright curtains at the windows, and the entire front is usually painted in some bold color, decorated with a sign that displays the name of the place in gold letters. “The Sailor’s Retreat,” “Our House,” “The Sailor’s Welcome Home,” “The Jolly Tar,” and “The Flowing Sea Inn” are popular names for these spots. The entrance is typically low and narrow, leading visitors into the main room, which is often the bar. This is a small, low-ceiling space. The floor is sandy, and the ceiling is decorated with paper decorations cut into various shapes. The mantelpiece is filled with sailors’ trophies and curiosities from faraway places, most of which have been taken from the poor guys who brought them home for different reasons. The bar is lined with a variety of bottles, decanters, and glasses, and the drinks give no hint of their dangerous nature. Someone used to crossing the ocean in the luxury of a cruise ship wouldn't find the place very appealing, but for Jack, who has never known anything better than sleeping in the forecastle, it has a lot of charm, and he easily falls for it.
The landlords of these places are simply the meanest of thieves and bullies. They charge a uniform price of about seven dollars per week, for which they give a mean bed in a dirty room occupied by five or six other persons, and three indifferent meals a day. They do not, however, reap their profits from their legitimate business. Their principal earnings are gained by their crimes.
The landlords of these places are just the worst kind of thieves and bullies. They charge a flat rate of about seven dollars a week, for which you get a shabby bed in a filthy room shared by five or six other people, and three mediocre meals a day. However, they don’t make their money from their legitimate business. Their main profits come from their illegal activities.
They keep their runners in the harbor on the watch for ships coming in from long voyages. These board the vessels as soon as they reach the bay, and at once begin to extol the merits of their several establishments. They are adepts at their art, and before the vessel has cast anchor at her berth, they have secured one or more men apiece for their houses. They never leave them after this, but “stick to them” until they receive their wages, after which they conduct them to the boarding-house, and turn them over to the landlord. If the sailor is unwilling to promise to become a guest at the boarding-house, the runner has but little trouble in inducing him to “drop in and look at it.” The great object is to get him within its doors. The first sense of freedom from the confinements of the ship is very grateful to Jack, and puts him in a good humor with himself and everybody else. This renders him the easier a victim.
They keep their runners in the harbor watching for ships coming back from long voyages. As soon as the vessels reach the bay, these runners board them and immediately start promoting their various establishments. They’re skilled at what they do, and before the ship has even anchored, they’ve already secured one or more sailors for their houses. They don’t leave the sailors after this but stick with them until they get paid, after which they take them to the boarding house and hand them over to the landlord. If a sailor isn't willing to commit to staying at the boarding house, the runner has little trouble convincing him to come in and check it out. The main goal is to get him through the door. The first sense of freedom from being confined on the ship feels great to Jack, putting him in a good mood with himself and everyone else. This makes him an easier target.
When he has been brought within the portals of the boarding-house, the next step is to induce him to drink. Sailors are very tough, but even they cannot stand up against the effects of the poisonous liquors sold here. If the landlord is not able to induce the new-comer to drink, the “Jackal,” or the porter, is called in. Jack never suspects the porter of any design upon him, but believes that the landlord is his only enemy, and the “Jackal” is usually successful. If it is found necessary to p. 784make quick work of the case, the liquor is drugged; but, as a general rule, it is poisonous enough to stupefy even a strong man in a very short while. When the victim is fairly helpless, he is conducted to his room. There may be other “boarders” in this apartment, but they are generally too drunk to notice what is going on. The doors are utterly without fastenings, and are oiled to prevent them from creaking. When all is quiet, and the victim is plunged in a heavy slumber, the “Jackal” creeps up the stairs, enters the room, and robs the poor fellow of whatever money or valuables he may have on his person. In the morning, when the sailor awakens, sick and disheartened, he discovers his loss. The landlord is full of sympathy for him, and is indignant that such an outrage should have been perpetrated beneath his roof. He has the house searched, and, if the sailor cannot be made drunk again, goes through the farce of causing the arrest of a “stool-pigeon,” who is of course discharged for lack of evidence against him. Usually, however, the sailor is made drunk, and is gotten to sea again on a long voyage as soon as possible.
When he arrives at the boarding house, the next step is to get him to drink. Sailors are pretty tough, but even they can't handle the effects of the toxic liquor sold here. If the landlord can't convince the newcomer to drink, the "Jackal," or the porter, is brought in. Jack never suspects the porter of any scheme against him; he thinks the landlord is his only enemy, and the “Jackal” usually succeeds. If it's necessary to wrap things up quickly, the liquor is spiked, but generally, it's already toxic enough to knock out even a strong man in no time. Once the victim is completely helpless, he is taken to his room. There might be other “boarders” in this room, but they're usually too drunk to notice what's happening. The doors have no locks, and they're oiled to keep them from creaking. When everything is quiet, and the victim is in a deep sleep, the “Jackal” sneaks up the stairs, enters the room, and steals whatever money or valuables the poor guy has on him. In the morning, when the sailor wakes up, feeling sick and defeated, he realizes he's been robbed. The landlord shows a lot of sympathy for him and is outraged that such a crime could happen under his roof. He searches the house, and if the sailor can't be made drunk again, he pretends to have a “stool-pigeon” arrested, who is, of course, released due to lack of evidence. Usually, though, the sailor gets drunk again and is sent back to sea on a long voyage as soon as possible.
The various methods of forcing a sailor to sea are called “Shanghaiing.” The practice is resorted to by landlords, to enable them to complete the crews which they have contracted to furnish to vessels. The owners and masters of these vessels are fully aware of the infamous manner in which men are procured for them, but say they must either connive at it, or let their vessels go to sea shorthanded. In “Shanghaiing” a sober man, resort is had to false promises. He is induced to go on board of a vessel, “to see how he likes her.” He is then detained by force until the ship has left port. His true name is not entered on the list presented at the Custom House on the day before sailing, but he is passed under a fictitious name. When the wretches who carry on this business are very much pressed for men, they do not hesitate to waylay sailors, knock them senseless, and convey them on board vessels in this condition. They are not particular as to the qualifications of the men they ship as “able-bodied and thorough seamen.” They sometimes abduct men who have never trod the deck of a ship p. 785before. During the war the notorious Thomas Hadden, of 374 Water street, induced a poor tailor to go on board of a ship by telling him that the crew wanted their clothes mended, and assured him that the “job” would give him employment for several days, and amply repay him for his trouble. The tailor, upon going on board, was at once set to work in the forecastle on a lot of dilapidated jackets, and Mr. Hadden at once went ashore. Immediately the cables were cast off, and the ship was towed out into the stream by a tug which had been held in readiness. The unsuspecting tailor continued his work, never noticing the motion of the ship, and it was not until she had crossed the bar, and gotten to sea, that he was aroused by the rough voice of the mate, commanding him to go to his duty on deck. Then, to his horror, he found that he was on his way to Canton. He returned, after a voyage of two years, and at once took measures to bring Hadden to justice. The wretch escaped, however, and was not seen again in Water street for three years. Mr. Hadden is now serving out a term of ten years imprisonment in the New Jersey Penitentiary, for grand larceny.
The different ways of forcing a sailor into service are called “Shanghaiing.” This practice is used by landlords to help them complete the crews they’ve promised to provide for ships. The owners and captains of these ships know exactly how these men are obtained, but they feel they have to either turn a blind eye or let their ships sail with fewer hands. In the process of Shanghaiing a sober man, they resort to false promises. He’s lured on board a ship with the idea of “seeing if he likes it.” Once on board, he’s kept against his will until the ship has sailed. His real name isn’t listed at the Custom House the day before sailing; instead, he’s recorded under a fake name. When the scoundrels who do this are desperate for crew members, they don’t hesitate to ambush sailors, knock them out, and bring them on board this way. They don’t care about the qualifications of the men they ship as “able-bodied seamen.” Sometimes, they even abduct men who’ve never been on a ship before. During the war, the notorious Thomas Hadden, from 374 Water Street, tricked a poor tailor into going on board a ship by telling him the crew needed their clothes mended, promising him that the “job” would keep him busy for days and pay him well. Once the tailor went on board, he was immediately set to work on a pile of damaged jackets, and Hadden quickly left the ship. As soon as the lines were untied, the ship was towed out by a tug that had been waiting. The unsuspecting tailor kept working, unaware of the ship's movement, until it crossed the bar and was at sea. He was jolted awake by the rough voice of the mate, who ordered him to do his duties on deck. To his shock, he realized he was headed to Canton. He returned after a two-year voyage and immediately took action to bring Hadden to justice. However, the scoundrel escaped and wasn’t seen on Water Street for three years. Mr. Hadden is now serving a ten-year sentence in the New Jersey Penitentiary for grand larceny.
Usually, however, “Shanghaiing” is practised upon drunken sailors only. They are made drunk, as has been stated, immediately after the discovery of the loss of their wages, and are kept so until an opportunity presents itself for sending them to sea. Thus they are gotten rid of, care being taken to ship them only on voyages of two and three years duration. The landlords receive a premium on the men furnished by them. They also make out fictitious claims against the poor fellows, and pocket the three months’ wages advanced by the owners or masters of the vessels on which the unfortunates are shipped.
Usually, though, “Shanghaiing” is only done to drunken sailors. They are made drunk, as mentioned, right after they find out they've lost their wages, and they're kept that way until they can be sent to sea. This way, they're gotten rid of, with care taken to put them on voyages that last two to three years. The landlords earn a reward for the men they provide. They also create fake claims against the unfortunate guys and pocket the three months' wages advanced by the owners or captains of the ships the unfortunate sailors are sent on.
Thus the sailor is plundered, made drunk, prevented from enjoying any other society on shore but that of thieves and the lowest prostitutes. It frequently happens that the poor fellow never receives the benefit of a single penny of his earnings, and never spends more than a week or ten days ashore between his voyages. Efforts have been made by conscientious ship-owners to put a stop to the outrages of the landlords, but each one has failed. The wretches have banded together, and have prevented p. 787sailors from shipping, and in the end the ship-owners have been compelled to abandon the sailor to the mercy of his tyrants. Only a law of Congress, regulating sailors’ boarding houses, according to the system now in use in England, will remedy the evil. Efforts are now being made to secure the passage, during the present session of Congress, of a bill, entitled the “Shipping Commissioners’ Bill,” which has received the sanction of the shipping merchants of New York, and which will effectually remedy the evils we have described.
Thus, the sailor gets robbed, gets drunk, and is kept from enjoying any company on shore except for thieves and the lowest prostitutes. It often happens that the poor guy never sees a single penny of his earnings and spends no more than a week or ten days on land between his voyages. Conscientious shipowners have tried to stop the landlords' abuses, but each attempt has failed. The scoundrels have joined forces and prevented sailors from taking on new jobs, forcing shipowners to leave the sailors at the mercy of their oppressors. Only a law from Congress regulating sailors' boarding houses, similar to the system currently in use in England, will fix this issue. Efforts are now being made to secure the passage during this current session of Congress of a bill called the “Shipping Commissioners’ Bill,” which has the backing of the shipping merchants of New York and which will effectively address the problems we've mentioned.
The merchants of the city have also organized a “Seamen’s Exchange,” the objects of which are thus set forth by the Association:
The merchants of the city have also set up a “Seamen’s Exchange,” with the goals outlined by the Association:
“The objects of this Association shall be the moral, mental, and social improvement of seamen, to elevate their character and efficiency as a class, and to protect them from impositions and abuses at home and abroad.
“The goals of this Association are to improve the morals, minds, and social conditions of seamen, to enhance their character and effectiveness as a group, and to shield them from exploitation and mistreatment both at home and abroad.
“To build up such an organization of respectable seamen as will command the respect of the community, enable ship-owners to protect themselves from the imposition of worthless and disorderly characters claiming to be seamen, but disgracing the name, and secure for their vessels reliable and efficient crews; while at the same time the seaman will be enabled to select good ships and good officers, and thus secure good treatment.”
“To establish an organization of respected sailors that earns the community's respect, allows shipowners to shield themselves from the burden of fraudulent and unruly individuals pretending to be sailors but tarnishing the reputation, and guarantees reliable and capable crews for their vessels; while simultaneously enabling sailors to choose quality ships and competent officers, ensuring they receive fair treatment.”
They propose to attain these objects by the adoption of the following measures:
They plan to achieve these goals by implementing the following measures:
“To provide an exchange, reading-room, library, and savings-bank which shall be open to all seamen on the payment of a small annual subscription. To issue certificates of membership, and of character and capacity. To assert and maintain perfect liberty in the selection of boarding-houses, shipping-offices, and voyages. To refuse to pay or to receive ‘bonus-money’ for ships, or ‘blood-money’ for men, by which custom both shipowners and seamen are sufferers. To supply vessels with crews without the intervention of any shipping-master should it become necessary. To discourage the system of advanced wages as the source of many evils and but few benefits. To keep a record of the name, age, character, and capacity, so far as can be p. 788ascertained, of every member of this Association; also, of the vessels in port, their class, owners or agents, and the voyages on which they are bound. To establish means by which seamen can receive afternoon and evening lessons in the common English branches and navigation. To encourage and assist every sailor in his efforts to improve his character and to save his hard-earned money for the benefit of himself and his family, and on all suitable occasions to give him such advice and information as his circumstances may seem to require.”
“To provide an exchange, reading room, library, and savings bank that will be accessible to all seamen for a small annual subscription. To issue membership certificates, as well as certificates of character and skills. To uphold complete freedom in choosing boarding houses, shipping offices, and voyages. To refuse to pay or accept ‘bonus money’ for ships or ‘blood money’ for crew members, which harms both shipowners and seamen. To supply vessels with crews without needing a shipping-master if necessary. To discourage the practice of advanced wages, which brings more problems than benefits. To maintain records of each member's name, age, character, and capabilities, as much as can be determined, along with details of the vessels in port, their types, owners or agents, and their intended voyages. To set up opportunities for seamen to take afternoon and evening classes in basic English subjects and navigation. To support and aid every sailor in their efforts to improve their character and save their hard-earned money for their own and their family's benefit, and to provide them with appropriate advice and information based on their circumstances whenever needed.”
Our engraving presents a view of the building now in course of erection by the Association.
Our engraving shows a view of the building that is currently being constructed by the Association.
p. 789LXXVI. THE BALLET.
The ballet seems at last to have found a home in New York, and to have become one of the permanent institutions of the great city,—witness the triumphs of the Black Crook, of Humpty Dumpty, and the spectacular plays of the Grand Opera House. It must be confessed that it is well done here. The Black Crook carries off the palm. Its ballets are the best arranged and the best executed, and its dancers are as good looking and attractive as ballet girls ever are.
The ballet has finally found a place in New York and has become one of the city's lasting institutions—just look at the successes of the Black Crook, Humpty Dumpty, and the stunning productions at the Grand Opera House. It must be said that it is done really well here. The Black Crook takes the prize. Its ballets are the most well-organized and the best performed, and its dancers are as beautiful and appealing as ballet dancers can be.
There are several hundred girls and women in New York who earn their living by dancing in the ballets of the various theatres. The Black Crook alone employs about one hundred. Those who have seen these damsels in their glory, in the full glare of the foot and calcium lights, amidst the most gorgeous surroundings, and under the influence of delicious music, may have come to the conclusion that such a life must be very pleasant. They little know the experience of a ballet girl. “It’s a hard life,” said one of them, not long since, “and very little fun in it, if you’re decent.”
There are several hundred girls and women in New York who make a living by dancing in the ballets of different theaters. The Black Crook alone employs about a hundred. Those who have watched these performers in their prime, under the bright footlights and calcium lights, surrounded by stunning scenery and accompanied by beautiful music, might think that such a life is very enjoyable. They have no idea what a ballet dancer actually goes through. “It’s a tough life,” one of them said not long ago, “and there’s not much fun in it, if you’re a decent person.”
The ballet girl always appears on the bills as a miss, but some of them are married, and have to support helpless or worthless husbands. They are of all nationalities. The Premières are generally French or Italian—at least on the bills. These are usually excellent dancers, and are fond of their art. They are well paid, and as a rule save their money. Mdlle. Bonafanti received $150 per week from the managers of Niblo’s Theatre. Mdlle. Morlacchi also receives large sums. She is a sensible woman, and has invested her earnings in a pretty home in New England, where she spends her summers.
The ballet girl always shows up on the posters as a single woman, but some of them are married and have to take care of useless or dependent husbands. They come from all over the world. The lead dancers are usually French or Italian—at least according to the posters. These dancers are typically excellent and have a passion for their craft. They earn good money and generally save it. Mdlle. Bonafanti made $150 per week from the managers of Niblo’s Theatre. Mdlle. Morlacchi also earns significant amounts. She is a practical woman and has put her earnings into a lovely home in New England, where she spends her summers.
Not more p. 791than one or two in the same establishment receive such high pay, however. The salaries, as a rule, are small. The Secondas at Niblo’s, the home of the Black Crook, receive from $50 to $100 per week. There are twelve coryphées who earn from $25 to $30 per week. Then follow the first, second, and third lines of the ballet, with wages ranging from $5 to $30 per week. The girls who march in the processions of female soldiers receive about $8 per week. The costumes, armor, etc., are furnished by the theatre, but there are many articles of dress which the girls are obliged to furnish at their own expense.
Not more than one or two in the same establishment earn such high pay, though. The salaries are generally low. The Secondas at Niblo’s, the home of the Black Crook, make between $50 and $100 per week. There are twelve coryphées who earn between $25 and $30 per week. Following them are the first, second, and third lines of the ballet, with wages ranging from $5 to $30 per week. The girls who march in the processions of female soldiers get about $8 per week. The theater provides the costumes, armor, etc., but there are many items of clothing that the girls have to pay for themselves.
The ballet girl rises about eight o’clock in the morning, and is off to rehearsal by nine. A duller, more dreary sight than a rehearsal of a ballet by daylight, and in plain dress, cannot be imagined. The theatre is dark and gloomy, the stage not much lighter, and everything is in confusion. There is a smell of escaping gas in all parts of the building. Scattered about the stage are a number of girls and women in half skirts, with fleshings on their legs, and some of them with woollen hose drawn over the fleshings to keep them warm. They are terribly jaded and hollow eyed, and they seem incapable of being interested in anything. A very different set from the smiling, graceful houris of the evening before. At a given signal the music begins, and the girls commence a series of capers which seem utterly ridiculous. It is downright hard work for the girls, however; and those who are not engaged in leaping, or pirouetting, or wriggling, are leaning against the scenery and panting with fatigue. The leader of the ballet storms and swears at them, and is made frantic by every little mistake. The rehearsal occupies several hours. If there is a matinée that day, it is kept up until it is time for the girls to dress for that performance. Between the close of the matinée, and the opening of the evening performance, there is not much time for the tired girls to rest.
The ballet dancer gets up around eight in the morning and heads to rehearsal by nine. There’s nothing more dull and dreary than a daytime ballet rehearsal in plain clothes. The theater is dark and gloomy, the stage hardly any brighter, and everything is in chaos. There’s a smell of gas escaping throughout the building. Scattered across the stage are several girls and women in half skirts, with tights on their legs, and some even wearing woollen stockings over the tights to keep warm. They look extremely tired and hollow-eyed, seeming incapable of caring about anything. They are a very different crowd from the smiling, graceful performers of the night before. At a signal, the music starts, and the girls begin a series of jumps that seem completely absurd. But it’s hard work for the girls; those not leaping, pirouetting, or wriggling are leaning against the sets, panting with exhaustion. The ballet leader shouts and curses at them, getting worked up over every little mistake. The rehearsal lasts for several hours. If there’s a matinee that day, it continues until it’s time for the girls to get ready for that performance. Between the end of the matinee and the start of the evening show, there’s hardly any time for the exhausted girls to rest.
Upon assembling for the evening performance, the girls are dressed by a practical costumer, whose business it is to see that each one wears her costume properly. This arranged, they pass down to the painter’s room, where their cheeks, ears, and nostrils p. 792are “touched up” by an artist. Their hair is dressed by another artist, and every defect of face and figure is overcome as far as is possible. Thus adorned, the dull and jaded girl of the morning becomes, under the magical influence of the footlights, a dazzling sprite, and the object of the admiration of the half-grown boys and brainless men who crowd the front rows of orchestra seats.
Upon gathering for the evening performance, the girls are dressed by a practical costumer, whose job is to make sure each one wears her costume correctly. Once this is done, they move down to the painter’s room, where an artist applies makeup to their cheeks, ears, and nostrils p. 792. Another artist styles their hair, and any flaws in their faces and figures are fixed as much as possible. Adorned this way, the dull and tired girl from the morning transforms, under the magic of the stage lights, into a dazzling sprite, capturing the admiration of the young boys and clueless men who fill the front rows of orchestra seats.
The performance is not over until near midnight. Then the dancer must change her dress, fold her stage dress carefully away, make up her bundle, and set out for home. The principal dancers, such as Bonafanti, and Morlacchi, of course, have an easier time than the ordinary ballet girls, but all work hard.
The performance doesn't end until close to midnight. Then the dancer has to change her outfit, carefully pack away her stage costume, get her things together, and head home. The main dancers, like Bonafanti and Morlacchi, definitely have a smoother experience than the regular ballet girls, but everyone puts in a lot of effort.
It is commonly supposed that the ballet-dancer is of necessity an impure woman. Too many of them are; but, as a class, they are much abused. They work hard, and do not have much leisure time, and deserve more sympathy than reproach. Men, especially, think that, because they appear on the stage in a state of semi-nudity, they are immodest and of easy virtue; and in New York there is a class of men, of nominal respectability, who appear to regard ballet-dancers as their legitimate prey. They exert all their arts to lead these poor girls astray, and are too often successful. There is not a ballet-dancer in the city but can tell many a tale of persecutions of this kind; and if ever the devil employed a legion of emissaries to do his work, they must be the grinning, leering men who occupy the front seats in the theatres during the ballet performances, and who spend their leisure time in seeking to compass the ballet-girl’s ruin.
It’s commonly thought that ballet dancers are automatically impure women. Many of them are, but as a group, they are greatly misunderstood. They work hard, have little free time, and deserve more compassion than criticism. Men, especially, believe that because they appear on stage in revealing costumes, they are immodest and promiscuous; in New York, there's a segment of men, who seem respectable on the surface, that view ballet dancers as their rightful targets. These men use all their tricks to lead these vulnerable girls astray, and unfortunately, they often succeed. Every ballet dancer in the city can recount stories of such harassment, and if the devil ever sent out a team of agents to do his bidding, they would be the smirking, lewd men who occupy the front rows at ballet performances and who spend their free time trying to ruin the ballet girls.
The ballet-girl, says Olive Logan, “is a dancer, and loves dancing as an art. That pose into which she now throws herself with such abandon, is not a vile pandering to the tastes of those giggling men in the orchestra stalls, but is an effort, which, to her idea, is as loving a tribute to a beloved art as a painter’s dearest pencil touch is to him. I have seen these women burst into tears on leaving the stage, because they had observed men laughing among themselves, rolling their eyes about, and p. 793evidently making unworthy comments on the pretty creatures before them, whose whole heart was for the hour lovingly given over to Terpsichore. ‘It is they who are bad,’ said Mdlle. B--- to me, the other night; ‘it is not we.’”
The ballet dancer, Olive Logan says, “is a performer who loves dancing as an art form. That pose she strikes with such passion isn’t a cheap attempt to please the giggling men in the orchestra seats; it’s an expression that, in her eyes, serves as a heartfelt tribute to a cherished art, similar to how a painter feels about their favorite brushstroke. I’ve seen these women break down in tears after leaving the stage because they noticed men laughing amongst themselves, rolling their eyes, and clearly making inappropriate comments about the beautiful figures in front of them, who were completely devoted to the moment dedicated to Terpsichore. ‘It’s them who are wrong,’ Mdlle. B--- told me the other night; ‘it’s not us.’”
The majority of the ballet-dancers dwell with their parents, but many of those in the upper ranks of the profession like the freedom of Bleecker street, and reside in that thoroughfare. Thompson street also contains several boarding-houses patronized by dancers and burlesque actresses. A writer in the New York World gives the following clever sketch of the more prosperous ballet-girl at home:
The majority of ballet dancers live with their parents, but many of those at the top of the profession enjoy the independence of Bleecker Street and choose to live there. Thompson Street also has several boarding houses frequented by dancers and burlesque performers. A writer for the New York World provides this insightful description of the more successful ballet girl at home:
“It was strictly a theatrical boarding-house, and all the young ladies were dancers. ‘It would never do to have anybody else here. Mrs. Sullivan is Miss Jones’s dresser at the “Adelphi,” and she has kept house here some years. Her husband was an actor, and he went to California and never came back. She’s a dear good woman, and treats us like her daughters.’
“It was definitely a boarding house for theater people, and all the young women living there were dancers. 'It wouldn’t be right to have anyone else here. Mrs. Sullivan is Miss Jones’s dresser at the “Adelphi,” and she has managed this place for several years. Her husband was an actor who went to California and never returned. She’s a really wonderful woman and treats us like her own daughters.’”
“‘How many of you board here?’
“‘How many of you live here?’”
“‘Thirteen. All of them are high-priced dancers—no ballet and utility girls here. No, sir! We pay $10 to $15 a week for board. She treats us like her own family.’
“‘Thirteen. All of them are expensive dancers—no ballet and utility girls here. No, sir! We pay $10 to $15 a week for food. She treats us like her own family.’”
“Miss Bell then suggested a tour of the house, offering to be the guide of such an exploration. Tripping down stairs with the elastic hop of a bird, she knocked at the door of the lower front chamber, and immediately ushered her companion into the room. It was large and elegant, and in exquisite order. One really beautiful girl was driving a sewing-machine before a window with the industry of a seamstress. Another was engaged in trimming a tiny pair of satin boots with beads of every color. She was short, small, and swarthy, her chief beauty being a languishing pair of black eyes. A third lay at full length on a small bed in an alcove, reading Harper’s Bazaar with the avidity of a milliner, or a lady of fashion. She was exceedingly pretty and ladylike. Two of them wore the inevitable white wrapper, while the third was fully dressed in a simple gray walking-suit. The lovely creature at the p. 794sewing-machine was Miss Ethel Lynn of the ‘Lyceum;’ the swarthy girl was Miss Lottie Taylor of the ‘Gaiety,’ and the third was another Miss Lynn, pseudo-sister of Ethel, with whom she ‘worked,’ but in reality a no-relation named Ellis. The three girls smiled prettily enough on learning their visitor’s object, and the recumbent beauty regretted that it was impossible, under the circumstances, to publish a picture of the scene.
“Miss Bell then suggested a tour of the house, offering to guide the exploration. Skipping down the stairs like a bird, she knocked on the door of the lower front room and immediately led her companion inside. The room was large, elegant, and impeccably tidy. One beautiful girl was working a sewing machine by the window with the focus of a seamstress. Another was busy embellishing a tiny pair of satin boots with colorful beads. She was short, petite, and dark-skinned, her main beauty being her captivating black eyes. A third girl was lounging on a small bed in an alcove, reading Harper’s Bazaar with the enthusiasm of a milliner or fashionable lady. She was very pretty and refined. Two of them wore the usual white wrappers, while the third was fully dressed in a simple gray walking suit. The lovely girl at the sewing machine was Miss Ethel Lynn from the ‘Lyceum;’ the dark-skinned girl was Miss Lottie Taylor from the ‘Gaiety,’ and the third was another Miss Lynn, Ethel’s pseudo-sister, who worked alongside her, but was actually a non-relative named Ellis. The three girls smiled politely when they learned the purpose of their visitor’s arrival, and the reclining beauty expressed regret that it was impossible to capture a picture of the scene given the circumstances.”
“The next room was occupied by ‘a very great swell,’ the première danseuse of the ‘Lyceum’. It contained a superb piano littered with stage properties, dresses, and general odds and ends. The furniture was of splendid quality, and large tinted photographs of prominent French ‘professionals,’ including an unusually prepossessing likeness of Schneider, decked the walls. Satin tights, exquisitely pink, hung out of a half-open trunk. The danseuse was seated at a small table, her own profuse golden hair coiled after an indolent fashion, while her diamonded fingers were hard at work saturating some superb yellow tresses in a saucerful of colorless fluid, a bleaching agent for continuing the lustre of blond hair. A clamorous parrot trolled a bar or two of ‘Un Mari Sage’ overhead, and a shaggy poodle lay couched in leonine fashion at her feet, munching a handsome though fractured fan. A well-directed kick of her dainty little slippered foot sent the sacrilegious animal flying on the entrance of the two invaders. This was Mademoiselle Helene Devereux, a young lady who twirled her toes for a salary scarcely less than that of the President of the United States. French by birth, she spoke English with a pure accent. She seemed much amused at the errand of her masculine visitor.
“The next room was occupied by ‘a very important person,’ the main dancer of the ‘Lyceum.’ It had a beautiful piano cluttered with stage props, costumes, and various items. The furniture was really nice, and large colored photographs of famous French performers, including an unusually attractive picture of Schneider, decorated the walls. Exquisitely pink satin tights hung out of a half-open trunk. The dancer was seated at a small table, her long golden hair twisted up lazily, while her jeweled fingers were busy soaking some stunning yellow hair in a saucer of colorless liquid, a bleaching agent to keep the blonde hair shiny. A loud parrot screeched a few bars of ‘Un Mari Sage’ from above, and a fluffy poodle lay curled like a lion at her feet, chewing on a beautiful but broken fan. A well-aimed kick from her delicate little slipper sent the mischievous animal flying when the two intruders walked in. This was Mademoiselle Helene Devereux, a young lady who danced for a salary not much less than that of the President of the United States. Born in France, she spoke English with a perfect accent. She seemed quite amused by the mission of her male visitor.”
“You want to see a première at home? Look at me now, dyeing my own hair. And see that dress there. I made it every bit myself. I get up every morning at 8. Some of the other lazy things in the house never think of breakfast till 10. But I turn out at 8; eat some breakfast; do all my mending; sort out my washing; go to rehearsal; practise new dances; come home to lunch; drive out to the Park; eat my dinner; go to the theatre; eat my supper, and go straight to bed. Can anybody live more properly? I don’t think it possible. Mrs. p. 795Sullivan says I’m a model. I don’t give her the least bit of trouble, and she wouldn’t part with me for anything. You ought to have been here just now, and seen little Vulfi of the “Melodeon.” She makes $100 a night, and yet she doesn’t dress any more stylishly than Mrs. Sullivan; and she never bought a jewel in her life. She supports a mother, and sends a brother to college in Florence. You people think we are fast. That’s all nonsense. It is only the little dancers, la canaille, who can afford to be dissipated. I can’t, I know that. I’m too tired after the theatre to think of going out on a spree, as they call it. Besides, it doesn’t do for a dancer to be too cheap. It hurts her business.’
“You want to watch a première at home? Look at me now, dyeing my own hair. And see that dress over there? I made it all by myself. I get up every morning at 8. Some of the other lazy people in the house don’t even think about breakfast until 10. But I’m up at 8; I eat breakfast; do all my mending; sort out my laundry; go to rehearsal; practice new dances; come home for lunch; drive out to the Park; have dinner; go to the theatre; grab a snack, and go straight to bed. Can anyone live more properly? I don’t think it’s possible. Mrs. p. 795Sullivan says I’m a model. I don’t give her any trouble at all, and she wouldn’t let me go for anything. You should have been here just now to see little Vulfi from the “Melodeon.” She makes $100 a night, and yet she doesn’t dress any fancier than Mrs. Sullivan, and she’s never bought a jewel in her life. She supports her mother and sends her brother to college in Florence. You people think we’re wild. That’s all nonsense. It’s only the little dancers, la canaille, who can afford to party. I can’t; I know that. I’m too tired after the theatre to think about going out for a night on the town, as they call it. Besides, it’s not good for a dancer to be too cheap. It hurts her business.”
“‘Devereux’s nice, isn’t she?’ said Miss Bell. ‘She’s very good, and she’s plucky. A fellow once followed her home from rehearsal, chirping to her all the way. She said nothing, but went right on into the livery stable next door. The fellow went in after her, and she snatched a carriage whip out of the office, and, oh my! didn’t she thrash him? Nobody interfered, and she whipped him till her arm ached. Ever since then she’s been receiving dreadful letters, and so has Mrs. Sullivan. She can’t find out who sends them, and she’s never seen the fellow again.’”
“‘Devereux is really nice, isn’t she?’ Miss Bell said. ‘She’s very talented and really brave. One time, a guy followed her home from rehearsal, talking to her the whole way. She didn’t say a word and just went right into the livery stable next door. The guy followed her in, and she grabbed a carriage whip from the office, and oh wow! didn’t she give him a beating? No one stepped in to stop her, and she hit him until her arm hurt. Ever since then, she’s been getting awful letters, and so has Mrs. Sullivan. She can’t figure out who’s sending them, and she’s never seen that guy again.’”
p. 796LXXVII. THE POOR OF NEW YORK.
I. THE DESERVING POOR.
Poverty is a terrible misfortune in any city. In New York it is frequently regarded as a crime. But whether the one or the other, it assumes here proportions which it does not reach in other American communities. The city is overrun with those who are classed as paupers, and in spite of the great efforts made to relieve them, their suffering is very great.
Poverty is a serious issue in any city. In New York, it's often seen as a crime. But whether it's viewed that way or not, it takes on a scale here that you don't see in other American communities. The city is overwhelmed with people labeled as poor, and despite the significant efforts to help them, their suffering is immense.
The deserving poor are numerous. They have been brought to their sad condition by misfortune. A laboring man may die and leave a widow with a number of small children dependent on her exertions. The lot of such is very hard. Sickness may strike down a father or mother, and thus deprive the remaining members of a family of their accustomed support, or men and women may be thrown out of work suddenly, or may be unable to procure employment. Again, a man may bring himself and his family to want by drunkenness. If the children are too young to earn their bread, the support of the family falls upon the wife. Whatever may be the cause of the misfortune, the lot of the poor in New York is very hard. Their homes are the most wretched tenement houses, and they are compelled to dwell among the most abandoned and criminal part of the population. No wonder poverty is so much dreaded here. The poor man has little, if any, chance of bettering his condition, and he is gradually forced down lower and lower in the scale of misery, until death steps in to relieve him, or he takes refuge in suicide.
The deserving poor are many. They have fallen into their unfortunate situation through bad luck. A working man might die, leaving behind a wife and small children who rely on her efforts. Their situation is incredibly tough. Illness can strike a parent, leaving the family without their usual support, or people may suddenly lose their jobs or struggle to find work. Additionally, a man might push himself and his family into poverty due to alcoholism. If the children are too young to contribute, the husband's support falls on the wife. Regardless of the cause of their misfortune, life for the poor in New York is extremely difficult. Their homes are often the most miserable tenement buildings, and they have to live among some of the most neglected and criminal parts of the population. It's no surprise that poverty is so feared here. A poor man has little to no chance of improving his situation and is slowly pushed down into deeper despair, until death comes to relieve him, or he seeks escape through suicide.
p. 798The Missionaries are constant in their labors among the poor. They shrink from no work, are deterred by no danger, but carry their spiritual and temporal relief into places from which the dainty pastors of fashionable churches shrink with disgust. They not only preach the Gospel to the poor, who would never hear it but for them, but they watch by the bed-sides of the sick and the dying, administer the last rites of religion to the believing pauper or the penitent criminal, and offer to the Great Judge the only appeal for mercy that is ever made in behalf of many a soul that dies in its sins. There is many a wretched home into which these men have carried the only joy that has ever entered its doors. Nor are they all men, for many of the most effective Missionaries are gentle and daintily nurtured women. A part of the Missionary’s work is to distribute Bibles, tracts, and simple religious instruction. These are simple little documents, but they do a deal of good. They have reformed drunkards, converted the irreligious, shut the mouth of the swearer, and have brought peace to more than one heart. The work is done so silently and unpretendingly that few but those engaged in it know how great are its effects. They are encouraged by the evidences which they have, and continue their work gladly.
p. 798The Missionaries tirelessly work among the poor. They don't shy away from any task, fear no danger, and bring both spiritual and practical help to places where the refined pastors of trendy churches turn away in disgust. They not only share the Gospel with the poor, who would never hear it without them, but also stand by the bedsides of the sick and dying, provide last rites to faithful paupers or repentant criminals, and make the only plea for mercy to the Great Judge for many souls who pass away in their sins. Many miserable homes have welcomed the first joy that these individuals have ever known. And it's not just men; many of the most effective Missionaries are caring and well-bred women. Part of a Missionary's role involves distributing Bibles, tracts, and basic religious teachings. These small documents may seem simple, but they create significant change. They have helped reform alcoholics, converted the indifferent, silenced blasphemers, and brought peace to more than one heart. Their work is done so quietly and humbly that few outside the effort realize how impactful it truly is. They are motivated by the results they see and continue their work with joy.
Thanks to the Missionaries, many of the deserving poor have been brought under the constant care of the Mission Establishments, from which they receive the assistance they need. Yet there are many who cannot be reached, or at least cannot be aided effectively. The officers of the Howard Mission relate many touching incidents of the suffering that has come under their notice.
Thanks to the Missionaries, many deserving people in need are now under the continuous care of the Mission Establishments, from which they receive the support they require. However, there are still many who can’t be reached or can’t be helped effectively. The staff of the Howard Mission share many heart-wrenching stories of the suffering they have witnessed.
There was among the inmates of the Mission, about a year ago, a girl named Rose ---. She was ten years old, and was so lame that she was unable to walk without crutches. When she became old enough to do anything, her mother, a drunken and depraved woman, sent her on the streets to sweep the crossings and beg. She managed to secure a little money, which she invested in “songs.” She paid three-quarters of a cent for each “song,” and sold them at a cent apiece. With p. 799her earnings she supported her mother. Their home was the back room of a cellar, into which no light ever shone, and their bed was a pile of rags. To reach this wretched spot, the little girl was compelled to pass through the front cellar, which was one of the vilest and most disgusting dens in the city.
There was a girl named Rose among the inmates of the Mission about a year ago. She was ten years old and so disabled that she couldn’t walk without crutches. When she was old enough to work, her mother, an alcoholic and immoral woman, sent her out on the streets to sweep the crosswalks and beg. She managed to earn a little money, which she spent on “songs.” She bought each “song” for three-quarters of a cent and sold them for a dollar each. With her earnings, she supported her mother. Their home was the back room of a cellar that never saw daylight, and their bed was just a pile of rags. To get to this miserable place, the little girl had to walk through the front cellar, which was one of the dirtiest and most repulsive spots in the city.
The mother at length fell ill, and the child in despair applied to the Howard Mission for aid, which she received. Food and clothing were given to the mother, but they were of little use to her, as she died within two days. The breath had scarcely left her body, when the wretches who occupied the outer cellar stripped her of all her clothing, and left her naked. She was wrapped in an old sheet, put into a pine box, nailed up and buried in the potter’s field, without the pretence of a funeral.
The mother finally fell ill, and in her desperation, the child turned to the Howard Mission for help, which they provided. They gave food and clothing to the mother, but it didn’t matter much because she died within two days. Hardly had she taken her last breath when the awful people in the outer cellar took all her clothes, leaving her naked. She was wrapped in an old sheet, placed in a pine box, nailed shut, and buried in the potter’s field, without any semblance of a funeral.
The little girl, now left alone, succeeded in obtaining some sewing. She worked on one occasion from Tuesday until Saturday, making eleven dozen leaves for trimming ladies’ velvet cloaks. She furnished her own thread, and paid her own car fare. She received eight cents a dozen for the leaves, or eighty-eight cents in all, or less than the thread and car fare had actually cost her. The officers of the Howard Mission now came to her aid, and gave her a home in their blessed haven of rest.
The little girl, now on her own, managed to get some sewing work. She worked from Tuesday to Saturday, making eleven dozen leaves to trim ladies' velvet cloaks. She provided her own thread and paid for her own transportation. She earned eight cents a dozen for the leaves, totaling eighty-eight cents, which was less than what she had spent on the thread and fare. The staff at the Howard Mission came to help her and offered her a place in their welcoming shelter.
One of the evening papers, about a year ago, contained the following “Incident of City Life:”
One of the evening newspapers, about a year ago, featured the following "Incident of City Life:"
“In a cellar, No. 91 Cherry street, we found an Irish woman with five children, the oldest probably ten years old. Her husband had been out of work for nearly six months, and was suffering severely from bronchitis. There was no appearance of liquor about the place, and the Missionary who had visited them often said she was sure they did not drink. The woman was suffering severely from heart disease, and had a baby three weeks old. But what a place for a baby! There were two windows, two feet by two feet, next to the street, so splashed on the outside and stained by the dust and mud that they admitted but little light. A tidy housewife might say, Why don’t the woman wash them? How can she stop to wash windows, with a baby three weeks old and four helpless little ones besides, crying around her with hunger and cold? The floor had no p. 800carpet. An old stove, which would not draw on account of some defect in the chimney of the house, had from time to time spread its clouds of smoke through the cellar—the only room—even when the baby was born. A few kettles, etc., stood around the floor, some crumbs of bread were on a shelf, but no sign of meat or vegetables. A wash-tub, containing half-washed clothing, stood near the middle of the room; there was a table, and p. 801a bedstead stood in a corner pretty well furnished—the bed clothing the gift of charity. In this the father, mother, babe, and perhaps a little boy two years old, slept. But the other children? O, they had some old bundles of rags on the floor, and here they were compelled to lie like pigs, with little or nothing to cover them. When it rained, the water from the street poured into this hole, and saturated the rags on which the children slept, and they had to lie there like poor little drowned rats, shivering and wailing till morning came, when they could go out and gather cinders enough to make a fire. The privilege of living in this place cost five dollars per month. And yet this woman was willing to talk about God, and believed in his goodness. She believed that he often visited that place. Yes, he does go down there when the good Miss --- from the Mission descends the slimy steps.”
“In a basement at 91 Cherry Street, we found an Irish woman with five kids, the oldest probably around ten. Her husband had been unemployed for nearly six months and was seriously struggling with bronchitis. There was no sign of alcohol in the place, and the missionary who often visited them was sure they didn’t drink. The woman was suffering badly from heart disease and had a baby that was just three weeks old. But what a place for a baby! There were two tiny windows, each about two feet square, facing the street, but they were so splashed and stained with dust and mud that they let in very little light. A tidy housekeeper might ask, why doesn’t the woman clean them? How can she stop to wash windows with a three-week-old baby and four other little ones crying around her from hunger and cold? The floor didn’t have a carpet. An old stove, which wouldn’t draw because of a problem with the chimney, had occasionally filled the basement—the only room—with clouds of smoke, even when the baby was born. A few kettles were scattered on the floor, some crumbs of bread sat on a shelf, but there were no signs of meat or vegetables. A wash tub with half-washed clothes stood near the middle of the room; there was a table, and a bed frame in one corner that was fairly well furnished—the bedding was donated. In this, the father, mother, baby, and maybe a two-year-old boy slept. But what about the other kids? Oh, they had some old rags on the floor, forced to lie there like pigs, with little to no cover. When it rained, water from the street flooded into this hole, soaking the rags where the kids slept, leaving them to lie there shivering and crying until morning came, when they could go out and gather enough cinders to start a fire. Living in this place cost five dollars a month. Yet this woman was willing to talk about God and believed in His goodness. She believed He often visited that place. Yes, He does go down there when the good Miss --- from the Mission comes down the slimy steps.”
“I have been astounded,” said a city clergyman to the writer, “to find so much genuine piety in the wretched places I visit. A few nights ago I was called to see a woman who was very ill. The messenger conducted me to a miserable cellar, where, on a bed of rags, I found a woman, about sixty years old, gasping for breath. She greeted me with feverish anxiety, and asked me if I thought it possible for her to get well; I told her I did not know, and as she seemed very ill, I sent the man who had been my conductor, to the nearest police station, to ask for medical aid. I asked her if she wished to live, she answered, ‘No, unless it be God’s will that I should.’ Well, the reply startled me, for the tone was one of unquestioned resignation, and I had not expected to discover that virtue here. In reply to my questions she told me her story—a very common one—of a long life of bitter poverty, following close on a few years of happiness and comfort at the beginning of her womanhood. Her trial had been very hard, but she managed by God’s grace to keep her soul pure and her conscience free from reproach.
“I have been amazed,” said a city clergyman to the writer, “to find so much genuine faith in the terrible places I visit. A few nights ago, I was called to see a woman who was very ill. The messenger took me to a miserable cellar, where, on a bed of rags, I found a woman, about sixty years old, struggling to breathe. She greeted me with anxious eyes and asked if I thought it was possible for her to get better; I told her I didn’t know, and since she seemed very ill, I sent the man who brought me to the nearest police station to ask for medical assistance. I asked her if she wanted to live, and she replied, ‘No, unless it’s God’s will that I should.’ Well, her answer shocked me, as the tone was one of complete acceptance, and I hadn’t expected to find that quality here. In response to my questions, she shared her story—a very common one—of a long life of harsh poverty, following just a few years of happiness and comfort at the start of her womanhood. Her struggle had been incredibly tough, but she managed by God’s grace to keep her spirit pure and her conscience clear.”
“In a little while the physician I had sent for came in. He saw her condition at a glance, and turning to me said, in a low tone, that she would not live through the night, that she was p. 802literally worn out. As low as he spoke, she overheard him. She clasped her bony hands exultantly, her poor wan face gleamed with joy, and she burst out in her thin, weak voice, into the words of the hymn:
“In a little while, the doctor I had called for came in. He saw her condition immediately and turned to me, speaking softly, that she wouldn’t make it through the night, that she was p. 802literally worn out. Even though he spoke quietly, she overheard him. She clasped her bony hands in excitement, her pale face lit up with joy, and she began to sing the words of the hymn in her thin, weak voice:
“‘Happy soul! thy days are ended,
Leave thy trials here below:
Go, by angel guards attended,
To the breast of Jesus, go!’“‘Happy soul! Your days are over,
Leave your worries behind:
Go, with angels by your side,
To the arms of Jesus, go!’”
“Well, she died that night, and I am sure she is in heaven now.”
"Well, she passed away that night, and I’m sure she’s in heaven now."
Great efforts are made by the organized charities of the city to relieve the sufferings of the deserving poor. Prominent among these charities is the “Association for Improving the Condition of the Poor.” The object of the Society is to help them by enabling them to help themselves and gradually to lift them up out of the depths of poverty. The city is divided into small districts, each of which is in charge of a visitor, whose duty it is to seek out the deserving poor. All the assistance is given through these visitors, and nothing is done, except in extreme cases, until the true condition of the applicant is ascertained. Money is never given, and only such supplies as are not likely to be improperly used. Every recipient of the bounty of the Society is required to abstain from intoxicating liquors, to send young children to school, and to apprentice those of a suitable age. During the twenty-seven years of its existence, ending October 1st, 1870, the Society has expended in charities the sum of $1,203,767, and has given relief to 180,000 families, or 765,000 persons. The office of the Society is in the Bible House.
Great efforts are made by the organized charities in the city to alleviate the struggles of the deserving poor. A key organization among these is the “Association for Improving the Condition of the Poor.” The goal of the Society is to help individuals help themselves and gradually lift them out of poverty. The city is divided into small areas, each overseen by a visitor responsible for identifying those in need. Assistance is provided through these visitors, and nothing is done, except in urgent cases, until the true situation of the applicant is verified. Money is never given, and only supplies that are unlikely to be misused are provided. Every recipient of the Society's assistance must refrain from alcohol, send young children to school, and have those of appropriate age enter into apprenticeships. Over its twenty-seven years of existence, ending October 1st, 1870, the Society has spent $1,203,767 on charitable efforts and has helped 180,000 families, or 765,000 individuals. The Society's office is located in the Bible House.
II. THE BEGGARS.
Begging is a profession in New York. The deserving poor rarely come on the streets to seek aid, but the beggars crowd them, as they know the charitable institutions of the city would p. 803at once detect their imposture. A short while ago the “Superintendent of the Out-door Poor,” said to a city merchant, “As a rule never give alms to a street beggar. Send them to me when they accost you, and not one in fifty will dare to show his face in my office.”
Begging is a job in New York. The truly needy rarely hit the streets to ask for help, but the beggars flock there, knowing that the city's charitable organizations would p. 803quickly see through their deceit. Recently, the “Superintendent of the Outdoor Poor” told a local merchant, “Generally, don’t give money to street beggars. Send them to me when they approach you, and not one in fifty will have the guts to come to my office.”
The New York beggars are mainly foreigners. Scarcely an American is seen on the streets in this capacity. Every year the number is increasing. Foreigners who were professional beggars in their own countries, are coming over here to practise their trades, and these make New York their headquarters. It is estimated that there are more professional beggars here than in all the other cities of the country combined.
The beggars in New York are mostly foreigners. You can hardly see any Americans in this role on the streets. Each year, their numbers keep growing. Foreigners who were professional beggars in their home countries are coming here to continue their work, and they make New York their base. It’s estimated that there are more professional beggars here than in all the other cities in the country combined.
Broadway, and especially Fourteenth street, Union Square, and the Fifth avenue are full of them. They represent all forms of physical misfortune. Some appear to have but one leg, others but one arm. Some are blind, others horribly deformed. Some are genuine cripples, but the majority are sound in body. They beg because the business is profitable, and they are too lazy to work. The greater the semblance of distress, the more lucrative is their profession. Women hire babies, and post themselves in the thoroughfares most frequented by ladies. They generally receive a considerable sum during the course of the day. Others again provide themselves with a basket, in which they place a wretched display of shoestrings which no one is expected to buy, and station themselves in Broadway to attract the attention of the charitably disposed. The most daring force their way into private houses and the hotels and demand assistance with the most brazen effrontery. They hang on to you with the utmost determination, exposing the most disgusting sights to your gaze, and annoying you so much that you give them money in order to be rid of them. They, in their turn, mark you well, and remember you when you pass them again.
Broadway, especially Fourteenth Street, Union Square, and Fifth Avenue, is teeming with them. They showcase all kinds of physical misfortune. Some have only one leg, others just one arm. Some are blind, while others are horribly deformed. Some are genuine cripples, but most are physically fine. They beg because it's profitable, and they're too lazy to work. The more they look like they're suffering, the more money they make. Women rent babies and set up in the busiest streets where women often pass. They usually make a significant amount of money throughout the day. Others carry a basket filled with a pitiful display of shoelaces that no one intends to buy, positioning themselves on Broadway to catch the eye of kind-hearted individuals. The boldest push into private homes and hotels, demanding help with a shocking lack of shame. They cling to you with relentless persistence, showcasing the most disturbing sights, and irritating you so much that you end up giving them money just to make them go away. They, in turn, take note of you and remember you whenever you walk by again.
Perhaps the most annoying of the street beggars are the children. They frequent all parts of the city, but literally infest Fourteenth street and the lower part of the Fifth avenue. Many of them are driven into the streets by their parents to beg. They have the most pitiful tales to tell if you will listen p. 804to them. There is one little girl who frequents Fourteenth street, whose “mother has just died and left seven small children,” every day in the last two years. A gentleman was once accosted by two of these children, whose feet were bare, although the weather was very cold. Seizing each by the arm, he ordered them to put on their shoes and stockings. His manner was so positive that they at once sat down on a door step, and producing their shoes and stockings from beneath their shawls, put them on. Many of these children support drunken or depraved parents by begging, and are soundly beaten by them if they return home at night without money. They grow up to a life of vagrancy. They soon learn to cheat and steal, and from such offences they pass rapidly into prostitution and crime.
Perhaps the most irritating of the street beggars are the children. They are found all over the city, but they are especially numerous on Fourteenth Street and the lower part of Fifth Avenue. Many of them are pushed into the streets by their parents to beg. They have the most heartbreaking stories to share if you take the time to listen to them. There’s one little girl who hangs out on Fourteenth Street, claiming that her “mother just died and left seven small children,” a story she’s told every day for the last two years. One time, a gentleman was approached by two of these bare-footed kids, even though it was very cold outside. Grabbing each of them by the arm, he insisted they put on their shoes and socks. His tone was so firm that they immediately sat on a doorstep, pulled out their shoes and socks from under their shawls, and put them on. Many of these children support their drunken or neglectful parents by begging, and if they come home at night without any money, they face severe beatings. They end up growing into a life of homelessness. They quickly learn to cheat and steal, and from there, they often slip into prostitution and crime.
Besides these street beggars, there are numbers of genteel, and doubtless well-meaning persons who make it their business to beg for others. They intrude upon you at the most inconvenient times, and venture into your private apartments with a freedom and assurance which positively amaze you. Refuse them, and they are insulting.
Besides these street beggars, there are many genteel, and surely well-meaning people who make it their mission to beg for others. They approach you at the most inconvenient moments and enter your private spaces with a confidence and boldness that truly astonishes you. If you refuse them, they become insulting.
Then there are those who approach you by means of letters. They send you the most pitiful appeals for aid, and assure you that nothing but the direst necessity induces them to send you such a letter, and that they would not do so under any circumstances, were not they aware of your well-known charitable disposition. Some persons of known wealth receive as many as a dozen letters of this kind each day. They are, in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred, from impostors, and are properly consigned to the waste-basket.
Then there are people who reach out to you through letters. They send you the most desperate pleas for help and insist that only the greatest need drives them to write to you, claiming they wouldn't do it at all if they weren't aware of your well-known generosity. Some wealthy individuals get as many as a dozen letters like this every day. In ninety-nine cases out of a hundred, they’re from scammers and rightfully end up in the trash.
Housekeepers have frequent applications every day for food. These are generally complied with, as, in all families of moderate size, there is much that must either be given or thrown away. Children and old people generally do this kind of begging. They come with long faces and pitiful voices, and ask for food in the most doleful tones. Grant their requests, and you will be amused at the cool manner in which they will produce large baskets, filled with provisions, and deposit your gift therein. Many Irish families find all their provisions in this way.
Housekeepers get requests for food all the time. These are usually accepted because, in most average-sized households, there’s a lot that needs to be either given away or thrown out. Kids and elderly people typically do this kind of begging. They come with sad faces and pitiful voices, asking for food in the most sorrowful tones. If you give them something, you'll be surprised at how casually they pull out large baskets filled with food and put your gift inside. Many Irish families gather all their food this way.
p. 805LXXVIII. QUACK DOCTORS.
Carlyle’s savage description of the people of England—“Eighteen millions of inhabitants, mostly fools”—is not applicable to his countrymen alone. It may be regarded as descriptive of the world at large, if the credulity, or to use a more expressive term, “the gullibility” of men is to be taken as a proof that they are “fools.” Many years ago a sharp-witted scamp appeared in one of the European countries, and offered for sale a pill which he declared to be a sure protection against earthquakes. Absurd as was the assertion, he sold large quantities of his nostrum and grew rich upon the proceeds. The credulity which enriched this man is still a marked characteristic of the human race, and often strikingly exhibits itself in this country. During the present winter a rumor went out that a certain holy woman, highly venerated by the Roman Catholic Church, had predicted on her death-bed, that during the month of February, 1872, there would be three days of intense darkness over the world, in which many persons would perish, and that this darkness would be so intense that no light but that of a candle blessed by the Church could penetrate it. A Roman Catholic newspaper in Philadelphia ventured to print this prophecy, and immediately the rush for consecrated candles was so great on the part of the more ignorant members of that Church, that the Bishop of the Diocese felt himself obliged to publicly rebuke the superstition. This credulity manifests itself in nearly every form of life. The quack doctors or medical impostors, to whom we shall devote this chapter, live upon it, and do all in their power to encourage it.
Carlyle’s harsh description of the people of England—“Eighteen million inhabitants, mostly fools”—applies not just to his countrymen; it can be seen as a reflection of the world as a whole if we consider that the gullibility of people serves as proof that they are “fools.” Many years ago, a clever trickster emerged in one of the European countries and sold a pill he claimed would protect people against earthquakes. Absurd as that claim was, he sold a lot of his product and made a fortune from it. The gullibility that made this man wealthy is still a noticeable trait of humanity and often shows itself in this country. Recently, a rumor spread that a certain holy woman, highly respected by the Roman Catholic Church, predicted on her deathbed that during February 1872, there would be three days of complete darkness around the world, during which many people would die, and that the darkness would be so deep that only the light of a candle blessed by the Church could pierce it. A Roman Catholic newspaper in Philadelphia dared to print this prophecy, and immediately, the demand for blessed candles became so overwhelming among the less informed members of that Church that the Bishop of the Diocese had to publicly criticize the superstition. This gullibility appears in nearly every aspect of life. The quack doctors or medical frauds, to whom we will dedicate this chapter, thrive on it and do everything they can to promote it.
There are quite a number of these men in New York. They p. 806offer to cure all manner of diseases, some for a small and others for a large sum. It has been discovered that some of these men carry on their business under two or three different names, often thus securing a double or triple share of their wretched business. The newspapers are full of their advertisements, many of which are unfit for the columns of a reputable journal. They cover the dead walls of the city with hideous pictures of disease and suffering, and flood the country with circulars and pamphlets setting forth the horrors of certain diseases, and giving an elaborate description of the symptoms by which they may be recognized. A clever physician has said that no man ever undertakes to look for defects in his physical system without finding them. The truth of the remark is proven by the fact that a very large number of persons, reading these descriptions of symptoms, many of which symptoms are common to a number of ills, come to the conclusion that they are affected in the manner stated by the quack. Great is the power of the imagination! so great, indeed, that many sound, healthy men are thus led to fancy themselves in need of medical attention. A short interview with some reputable physician would soon undeceive them, but they lay aside their good sense, and fall victims to their credulity. They think that as the quack has shown them where their trouble lies, he must needs have the power of curing them. They send their money to the author of the circular in question, and request a quantity of his medicine for the purpose of trying it. The nostrum is received in due time, and is accompanied by a second circular, in which the patient is coolly informed that he must not expect to be cured by one bottle, box, or package, as the case may be, but that five or six, or sometimes a dozen will be necessary to complete the cure, especially if the case is as desperate and stubborn as the letter applying for the medicine seems to indicate. Many are foolish enough to take the whole half dozen bottles or packages, and in the end are no better in health than they were at first. Indeed they are fortunate if they are not seriously injured by the doses they have taken. They are disheartened in nine cases out of ten, and are, at length, really in need of good medical advice. They have paid the p. 807quack more money than a good practitioner would demand for his services, and have only been injured by their folly.
There are quite a few of these guys in New York. They p. 806claim to cure all kinds of diseases, some for a low price and others for a high one. It turns out that some of them operate under two or three different names, often securing a double or triple profit from their terrible business. The newspapers are filled with their ads, many of which are not suitable for a respectable publication. They plaster the city's walls with grotesque images of sickness and suffering, and flood the country with flyers and pamphlets detailing the horrors of specific diseases and giving a detailed description of the symptoms to look out for. A smart doctor has pointed out that no one searches for flaws in their health without discovering some. This saying is proven true by the fact that a large number of people, after reading these symptom descriptions—many of which are common to various ailments—conclude that they are suffering from the issues described by the fraud. The power of imagination is immense! It's so strong that many perfectly healthy individuals start to think they need medical help. A quick consultation with a reputable doctor could easily clear this up, but instead, they ignore their common sense and fall prey to their gullibility. They believe that because the quack has identified their supposed issue, he must have the ability to fix it. They send their money to the author of the flyer and ask for a supply of his medicine to try it out. The remedy arrives on time, along with a second flyer, where the patient is casually told that they shouldn't expect to be cured by just one bottle, box, or package; typically, five or six—or sometimes even a dozen—are necessary to complete the treatment, especially if the case is as urgent and stubborn as expressed in the letter asking for the medicine. Many are foolish enough to take all six bottles or packages, and in the end, their health is no better than it was initially. In fact, they would be lucky if they aren’t seriously harmed by the doses they took. In nine out of ten cases, they are left feeling discouraged and are truly in need of proper medical advice. They have paid the p. 807quack more money than a good doctor would charge for his services, and have only harmed themselves through their folly.
It may be safely said that no honest and competent physician will undertake to treat cases by letter. No one worthy of patronage will guarantee a cure in any case, for an educated practitioner understands that cases are many and frequent where the best human skill may be exerted in vain. Further than this, a physician of merit will not advertise himself in the newspapers, except to announce the location of his office or residence. Such physicians are jealous of their personal and professional reputations, and are proud of their calling, which is justly esteemed one of the noblest on earth. They are men of humanity, and learning, and they take more pleasure in relieving suffering than in making money. To those who have no money they give their services in the name of the Great Healer of all ills. They have no private remedies. Their knowledge is freely given to the scientific world that all men may be benefited by it, contenting themselves with the enjoyments of the fame of their discoveries.
It can be confidently stated that no honest and competent doctor will take on cases through letters. No one deserving of your support will promise a cure in any situation, because a qualified practitioner knows that there are many instances where even the best skills may be ineffective. Moreover, a reputable physician will not promote themselves in newspapers, except to share the address of their office or home. Such doctors are protective of their personal and professional reputations and take pride in their profession, which is rightly regarded as one of the noblest in the world. They are compassionate and knowledgeable individuals who find greater satisfaction in easing suffering than in making money. For those without financial means, they offer their services in the name of the Great Healer of all ailments. They don’t keep private remedies. Their knowledge is shared openly with the scientific community so that all can benefit from it, and they find joy in the recognition of their discoveries.
The quack, however, is a different being. In some cases he has medical knowledge, in the majority of instances he is an ignoramus. His sole object is to make money, and he sells remedies which he knows to be worthless, and even vends drugs which he is sure will do positive harm in the majority of cases.
The quack, on the other hand, is a different kind of person. Sometimes he has some medical knowledge, but most of the time, he’s completely clueless. His only goal is to make money, and he sells remedies that he knows are useless, and even offers drugs that he knows will likely cause harm in most cases.
The best plan is never to answer a medical advertisement. There are regular physicians enough in the land, and if one is influenced by motives of economy, he is pursuing a mistaken course in dealing with the advertising quack doctors of New York. If there is real trouble, so much the greater is the need of the advice of an educated and conscientious physician. If concealment is desired, the patient is safe in the confidential relations which every honest physician observes towards those under his care. A man is simply a fool to swallow drugs or compounds of whose nature he is ignorant, or to subject himself to treatment at the hands of one who has no personal knowledge of his case.
The smartest move is to never respond to a medical ad. There are plenty of qualified doctors out there, and if someone is trying to save money, they’re making a bad choice by going to the advertising quack doctors of New York. If there’s a real problem, it’s even more important to seek advice from a knowledgeable and caring physician. If privacy is a concern, the patient can trust the confidential relationship that every honest doctor maintains with their patients. It’s just foolish to take medications or treatments that one doesn't understand or to let someone who knows nothing about their case treat them.
The same credulity which makes the fortunes of quack p. 808doctors, enriches the vendors of “Patent Medicines.” The majority of the “specifics,” “panaceas,” etc., advertised in the newspapers are humbugs. They are generally made of drugs which can do no good, even if they do no harm. Some are made of dangerous chemical substances, and nearly all contain articles which the majority of people are apt to abuse. The remedies advertised as cures for “private diseases” generally do nothing but keep the complaint at a fixed stage, and give it an opportunity to become chronic. The “Elixirs of Life,” “Life Rejuvenators,” “Vital Fluids,” and other compounds sold to “revive worn out constitutions” are either dangerous poisons or worthless draughts. A prominent dealer in drugs once said to the writer that the progress of a certain “Bitters” could be traced across the continent, from Chicago to California “by the graves it had made.” Bitters, “medicinal wines” and such liquors have no virtues worth speaking of. They either ruin the tone of the stomach, or produce habits of intemperance.
The same gullibility that creates the fortunes of fake doctors also benefits the sellers of “Patent Medicines.” Most of the “specifics,” “panaceas,” and so on, advertised in newspapers are scams. They’re usually made from drugs that do nothing good, even if they don’t cause harm. Some are made from dangerous chemicals, and nearly all contain substances that most people tend to misuse. The remedies touted as cures for “private diseases” usually just keep the issue stagnant and allow it to become chronic. The “Elixirs of Life,” “Life Rejuvenators,” “Vital Fluids,” and other products sold to “revive exhausted bodies” are either harmful poisons or completely useless. A leading drug seller once told me that the spread of a certain “Bitters” could be tracked across the country, from Chicago to California, “by the graves it had made.” Bitters, “medicinal wines,” and similar liquors have no real benefits. They either damage the stomach's health or lead to addiction.
The “washes,” “lotions,” “toilet fluids,” etc., are generally apt to produce skin diseases. They contain, in almost every instance, substances which are either directly or indirectly poisonous to the skin. The “tooth washes,” “powders,” and “dentifrices,” are hurtful. They crack or wear away the enamel of the teeth, leave the nerve exposed, and cause the teeth to decay. If you are wise, dear reader, you will never use a dentifrice, unless you know what it is made of. The principal constituent of these dentifrices is a powerful acid, and there are some which contain large quantities of sulphuric acid, one single application of which will destroy the best teeth in the world. The “hair dyes,” advertised under so many different names, contain such poisons as nitrate of silver, oxide of lead, acetate of lead, and sulphate of copper. These are fatal to the hair, and generally injure the scalp. The “ointments” and “unguents,” for promoting the growth of whiskers and moustaches, are either perfumed and colored lard, or poisonous compounds, which contain quick lime, or corrosive sublimate, or some kindred substance. If you have any acquaintance who has ever used this means of covering his face with a manly p. 809down, ask him which came first, the beard, or a troublesome eruption on the face.
The “cleansers,” “lotions,” “skin products,” etc., often lead to skin problems. They generally contain substances that are either directly or indirectly harmful to the skin. The “tooth rinses,” “powders,” and “tooth pastes” can be damaging. They can crack or erode the enamel of the teeth, expose the nerves, and lead to tooth decay. If you’re smart, dear reader, you’ll avoid using any toothpaste unless you know what's in it. The main ingredient in these pastes is a strong acid, and some of them have large amounts of sulfuric acid, which can ruin even the healthiest teeth with just one use. The “hair dyes” marketed under various names contain harmful substances like silver nitrate, lead oxide, lead acetate, and copper sulfate. These are detrimental to hair and often damage the scalp. The “creams” and “ointments” for promoting beard and mustache growth are either scented and colored lard or toxic compounds that include quicklime, corrosive sublimate, or similar substances. If you know anyone who has tried this method to grow a manly beard, ask him whether the beard or a nasty breakout on his face came first. p. 809
Dr. Harris, the recent Superintendent of the Board of Health of New York, has frequently pointed out the evils resulting from the use of these compounds. Dr. Sayre mentions several cases of fatal poisoning by the use of hair dye, which came under his notice.
Dr. Harris, the recently appointed Superintendent of the Board of Health of New York, has often highlighted the dangers associated with the use of these chemicals. Dr. Sayre refers to several cases of fatal poisoning due to hair dye that he came across.
The newspapers frequently contain such advertisements as the following:
The newspapers often have ads like the following:
A RETIRED PHYSICIAN, OF FORTY YEARS’ practice, discovered, while in India, a sure remedy for consumption, bronchitis, colds, etc. Having relinquished his practice, he has no further use for the remedy, and will send it free on receipt of a three cent stamp to pay return postage.
A retired doctor with forty years of experience discovered a dependable cure for tuberculosis, bronchitis, colds, and more while he was in India. Now that he has retired, he no longer needs the remedy and will send it to you for free if you provide a three-cent stamp for return postage.
Sometimes the advertiser is “A lady who has been cured of great nervous debility after many years of misery.” Again, the advertiser is a “Retired clergyman,” or a “Sufferer restored to health, and anxious to benefit his fellow men.” In whatever form the announcement is made, the advertiser is usually one and the same person—an ignorant knave, who lives by his wits. He advertises largely in all parts of the land, spending thousands of dollars annually, and it would seem that even an idiot could understand that the most benevolent person could not afford so expensive a method of “benefiting his fellow men.” Letters come to him by the hundred, from simpletons who have “taken his bait,” asking for his valuable recipe. He sends the prescription, and notifies the party asking for it, that if the articles named in it cannot be procured by him at any drug store convenient to him, he, the “retired physician,” “clergyman,” or “nervous lady,” will furnish them, upon application, at a certain sum (generally averaging five dollars), which he assures him is very cheap, as the drugs are rare and expensive. The articles named in the prescription are utterly unknown to any druggist in the world, and the names are the production of the quack’s own brains, and, as a matter of course, the patient is unable to procure them at home, and sends an order for them with the p. 810price, to the “retired physician,” “clergyman,” or “nervous lady,” and in return receives a nostrum compounded of drugs, which any apothecary could have furnished at one half the expense. In this way the “benevolence” of the quack is very profitable. Men have grown rich in this business, and it is carried on to an amazing extent in this city. It is done in violation of the law, and the benevolent individual not unfrequently falls into the hands of the police, but, as soon as released, he opens his business under a new name. As long as there are fools and dupes in the world, so long will the “retired physician” find an extensive practice.
Sometimes the advertiser is “A woman who has recovered from severe nervous exhaustion after many years of suffering.” Other times, the advertiser is a “Retired clergyman,” or a “Sufferer restored to health, eager to help others.” Regardless of how the ad is phrased, the advertiser is usually the same person—an ignorant scammer who survives by his wits. He advertises widely across the country, spending thousands of dollars each year, and it seems clear that even a fool would understand that the kindest person couldn’t afford such an expensive way to “help others.” He receives hundreds of letters from gullible people who have “taken his bait,” asking for his valuable recipe. He sends the prescription and informs the requester that if they can’t find the items listed at any local pharmacy, he, the “retired physician,” “clergyman,” or “nervous woman,” will provide them upon request for a certain fee (usually around five dollars), which he insists is very reasonable, as the drugs are rare and costly. The items in the prescription are completely unknown to any pharmacist in the world, and the names are made up by the quack himself. Naturally, the patient can’t find them locally and sends a request for them along with the p. 810 payment to the “retired physician,” “clergyman,” or “nervous woman,” and in return receives a remedy made up of ingredients that any drugstore could have provided for half the cost. In this way, the quack’s “benevolence” is quite profitable. People have become wealthy from this business, which thrives remarkably in this city. It operates illegally, and the so-called benevolent individual often ends up in trouble with the police, but as soon as he is released, he starts his business again under a new name. As long as there are fools and victims in the world, the “retired physician” will continue to find a large clientele.
p. 811LXXIX. YOUNG MEN’S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION.
The letters “Y.M.C.A.” are familiar to every city and town of importance in the Union, and are well known to be the initials of one of the most praiseworthy organizations in the world. It is needless to enter into any general account of the Young Men’s Christian Association, and I shall devote this chapter to a description of the means employed by that body to carry on its work in the metropolis. A writer in Harper’s Magazine has aptly described the headquarters of the Association as a “Club House.” “For such it is,” he adds, “both in its appliances and its purposes, though consecrated neither to politics, as are some, to social festivities, degenerating too often into gambling and intemperance, as are others, nor to literature and polite society, as are one or two, but to the cause of good morals, of pure religion, and of Him who is the divine Inspirer of the one and the divine Founder of the other.”
The letters “Y.M.C.A.” are recognized in every major city and town across the country and are well-known as the initials of one of the most commendable organizations in the world. There’s no need to provide a general overview of the Young Men’s Christian Association, so I will focus this chapter on describing the methods the organization uses to operate in the city. A writer in Harper’s Magazine has accurately referred to the Association's headquarters as a “Club House.” “For such it is,” he continues, “both in its facilities and its objectives, although it is not dedicated to politics, like some, or to social events that often devolve into gambling and excess, like others, nor to literature and elite society, as a few are, but to the cause of good morals, pure religion, and the one who is the divine Inspirer of the former and the divine Founder of the latter.”
The building thus referred to is located on the southwest corner of Fourth avenue and Twenty-third street, and is one of the handsomest and most attractive edifices in the city. The locality is admirably chosen. It is in full sight of the Fifth avenue and the neighboring hotels, and but one block east of Madison Square. On the opposite side of Twenty-third street is the beautiful Academy of Design; diagonally opposite is the College of Physicians and Surgeons, and immediately across Fourth avenue is the splendid structure of St. Paul’s Methodist Episcopal Church. It is but three minutes’ walk from the stages and cars on Broadway, and two of the most important lines of street cars pass its doors. No better location could have been chosen.
The building in question is located at the southwest corner of Fourth Avenue and Twenty-third Street, and it's one of the most beautiful and appealing buildings in the city. The location is perfectly chosen. It's clearly visible from Fifth Avenue and the nearby hotels, and just one block east of Madison Square. On the other side of Twenty-third Street is the lovely Academy of Design; diagonally across is the College of Physicians and Surgeons, and right across Fourth Avenue is the impressive St. Paul’s Methodist Episcopal Church. It's just a three-minute walk from the buses and subway on Broadway, and two of the main streetcar lines pass right by it. There couldn't be a better location.
The building is five stories in height, and is constructed of dark New Jersey sandstone, from the Belleville quarries. It covers about one-third of an acre of ground, and has a frontage of one hundred and seventy-five feet on Twenty-third street, and eighty-three feet on the Fourth avenue. The architecture is of the French Renaissance style. The trimmings are of light Ohio stone, but the brown stone gives to the building its general aspect. The ground floor is occupied by handsome stores, and the fourth and fifth floors are devoted chiefly to artists’ studios. These bring in an annual rental of about $12,000 or $13,000.
The building is five stories tall and made of dark New Jersey sandstone from the Belleville quarries. It occupies about one-third of an acre and has a frontage of 175 feet on Twenty-third Street and 83 feet on Fourth Avenue. The architecture is in the French Renaissance style. The trim is made of light Ohio stone, but the dark stone gives the building its overall look. The ground floor features attractive stores, while the fourth and fifth floors are mainly for artists' studios. These studios generate an annual rental income of about $12,000 to $13,000.
The second and third floors are used exclusively by the Association. At the head of the grand stairway which leads from the main entrance in Twenty-third street, is a large hall. On the left of this stairway is the main hall or lecture-room, one p. 813of the handsomest and most convenient public halls in the city. At the upper end is a fine platform with every convenience for lectures or concerts. The floor is provided with iron arm chairs, arranged after the manner of those in the parquet of Booth’s Theatre. A large gallery extends around three sides of the hall, and is similarly provided with seats. The hall is two stories in height, is beautifully decorated, and will seat with comfort fifteen hundred people. On one side of the platform is a retiring room, and on the other is a large and handsomely decorated organ. This is one of the finest instruments in the city, and is a novelty in some respects, being furnished with a drum, a triangle, and a pair of cymbals. Organ concerts, lectures, and concerts by celebrated performers are given weekly during the fall and winter. On Sunday, religious services are held in the hall, the pastors of the different city churches officiating at the invitation of a committee of the Association in charge of these services.
The second and third floors are exclusively for the Association. At the top of the grand staircase leading from the main entrance on Twenty-third Street, there is a large hall. To the left of this staircase is the main hall or lecture room, one of the most attractive and convenient public halls in the city. At the far end is a great platform equipped for lectures or concerts. The floor has iron armchairs arranged like those in the parquet of Booth’s Theatre. A large gallery wraps around three sides of the hall and also has seats. The hall is two stories high, beautifully decorated, and can comfortably seat fifteen hundred people. Next to the platform is a changing room, and on the other side is a large, beautifully decorated organ. This is one of the finest instruments in the city and is unique in some ways, featuring a drum, a triangle, and a pair of cymbals. Organ concerts, lectures, and performances by well-known artists are held weekly during the fall and winter. On Sundays, religious services take place in the hall, with pastors from various city churches officiating at the request of a committee from the Association overseeing these services.
On the opposite side of the main hall is the Reception Room of the Association, at one side of which is a door leading into the office of the Secretary, who is the executive officer. Adjoining the Reception Room are the Social Parlors and the Reading Room, in the latter of which the leading journals of the country are on file. The parlors are used for receptions and other social reunions of the members. From the Reception Room a flight of stairs leads directly down to the gymnasium and bowling-alley, where are to be found all the appliances for the development of “muscular Christianity” in its highest form.
On the opposite side of the main hall is the Association's Reception Room, with a door on one side leading into the Secretary's office, who is the executive officer. Next to the Reception Room are the Social Parlors and the Reading Room, where you can find the country's leading journals. The parlors are used for receptions and other social gatherings of the members. From the Reception Room, a set of stairs goes straight down to the gym and bowling alley, which are equipped with everything needed for the development of "muscular Christianity" at its best.
On the third floor, which is on a level with the gallery of the Lecture Room, are rooms for prayer meetings, Bible classes, and week day classes for instruction in modern languages and other studies. Adjoining these is a handsome Library Room. The collection of books is increasing rapidly, and promises to be both valuable and useful.
On the third floor, which is level with the gallery of the Lecture Room, there are rooms for prayer meetings, Bible classes, and weekday classes for learning modern languages and other subjects. Next to these is a beautiful Library Room. The collection of books is growing quickly and is expected to be both valuable and helpful.
Taken altogether, or in detail, the building and all its appointments are palatial. It is already the centre of a great and useful work, and offers many inducements to young men, especially to those who are living in the city, away from their p. 815homes and families, and in the demoralizing atmosphere of the hotels and boarding-houses. The Association, however, does not content itself with merely offering these inducements to those who will seek its doors, but sends its members forth into the haunts of suffering and vice, and endeavors to win back those who have gone astray from the paths of virtue, and to alleviate the misery of those who are in distress.
Taken as a whole or in detail, the building and all its features are luxurious. It is already a hub for a significant and meaningful endeavor, providing many incentives for young men, especially those living in the city, far from their p. 815homes and families, and immersed in the troubling atmosphere of hotels and boarding houses. The Association, however, doesn’t just offer these incentives to those who come to its doors; it also sends its members into the areas plagued by hardship and vice, striving to bring back those who have veered away from the paths of virtue and to ease the suffering of those in need.
p. 816LXXX. CASTLE GARDEN.
Nine-tenths of the emigration from Europe to the United States is through the port of New York. In order to accommodate the vast number of arrivals, the Commissioners of Emigration have established a depot for the especial accommodation of this class.
Nine-tenths of the emigration from Europe to the United States happens through the port of New York. To handle the huge number of arrivals, the Commissioners of Emigration have set up a facility specifically for this purpose.
The emigrant ships, both sailing vessels and steamers, anchor in the river after entering the port. They generally lie off their own piers, and wait for the Custom House boat to board them. As soon as this is done, and the necessary forms are gone through with, preparations are made to land the emigrants, who, with their baggage, are placed on board a small steamer and conveyed to Castle Garden, a round building which juts out into the water at the upper end of the Battery.
The emigrant ships, including both sailing boats and steamships, anchor in the river after arriving at the port. They typically rest at their own docks, waiting for the Customs boat to come on board. Once this is completed and the necessary paperwork is finished, they prepare to disembark the emigrants, who, along with their luggage, are loaded onto a small steamer and taken to Castle Garden, a circular structure that extends into the water at the northern end of the Battery.
In the year 1807, work was begun on this building by order of the General Government, the site having been ceded by the city. It was intended to erect a strong fortification, to be called Castle Clinton, but, in 1820, it was discovered that the foundations were not strong enough to bear heavy ordnance, and Congress reconveyed the site to the city. The building was then completed as an opera house, and was used for several years for operatic and theatrical performances, concerts, and public receptions. It was the largest and most elegant hall in the country, and was the favorite resort of pleasure-seekers. Jenny Lind sang there, during her visit to the United States. It was used for public amusements until 1825, when, the wealth and fashion of the city having removed too high up town to make it profitable, it was leased to the Commissioners of Emigration as a landing-place for emigrants.
In 1807, construction on this building started at the request of the General Government, with the site given up by the city. It was meant to be a strong fortification called Castle Clinton, but in 1820, it was found that the foundations weren't sturdy enough to support heavy artillery, and Congress returned the site to the city. The building was then finished as an opera house and was used for several years for operatic and theatrical performances, concerts, and public receptions. It was the largest and most elegant hall in the country and a favorite spot for those seeking entertainment. Jenny Lind performed there during her visit to the United States. It hosted public events until 1825, when the city's wealth and fashionable crowd moved too far uptown for it to remain profitable, and it was leased to the Commissioners of Emigration as a landing place for immigrants.
p. 818This commission has the exclusive charge of the Landing Depot and its inmates. It is composed of six Commissioners, appointed by the Governor of the State. The Mayors of New York and Brooklyn, and the Presidents of the Irish and German Emigrant Societies, are members ex-officio. They are responsible to the Legislature for their acts.
p. 818This commission is solely responsible for the Landing Depot and the people there. It consists of six Commissioners, chosen by the State Governor. The Mayors of New York and Brooklyn, along with the Presidents of the Irish and German Emigrant Societies, are members ex-officio. They are accountable to the Legislature for their actions.
The Landing Depot is fitted up with quarters for the emigrants and their baggage, and with various stores at which they can procure articles of necessity at moderate prices. As most of them come provided with some money, there is an exchange office in the enclosure, at which they can procure American currency for their foreign money. Many of them come furnished with railroad tickets to their destinations in the West, which they have purchased in Europe, but the majority buy their tickets in this city. There is an office for this purpose in the building, at which the agents of the various lines leading from the city to the Great West are prepared to sell tickets. No one is compelled to transact his business in the building, but all are advised to do so, as they will then be fairly treated; while they are in danger of falling into the hands of swindlers outside. Attached to the establishment is an official, whose duty it is to furnish any information desired by the emigrants, and to advise them as to the boarding houses of the city which are worthy of their patronage. The keepers of these houses are held to a strict account of their treatment of their guests.
The Landing Depot has accommodations for immigrants and their luggage, along with various shops where they can buy necessary items at reasonable prices. Since most arrive with some money, there's a currency exchange office where they can convert their foreign money into American currency. Many come with train tickets to their destinations in the West, which they purchased in Europe, but most buy their tickets in this city. There's an office in the building where agents from several lines heading to the Great West are available to sell tickets. No one is forced to do business in the building, but everyone is encouraged to do so, as they will be treated fairly, while there's a risk of being scammed outside. There's also an official attached to the establishment whose job is to provide any information the immigrants need and to recommend reputable boarding houses in the city. The operators of these houses are held accountable for how they treat their guests.
The majority of the emigrants go West in a few days after their arrival. Some have already decided on their place of future abode before leaving Europe, and others are influenced by the information they receive after reaching this country. Should they desire to remain in this city, they are frequently able to obtain employment, through the Labor Exchange connected with the Landing Depot, and by the same means many obtain work in other parts of the country—the Commissioners taking care that the contracts thus made are lawful and fair to both parties.
The majority of the emigrants head West just a few days after they arrive. Some have already chosen where they'll live before leaving Europe, while others are swayed by the information they get after arriving in this country. If they want to stay in this city, they often find job opportunities through the Labor Exchange linked to the Landing Depot, and many find work in other parts of the country through the same channels—the Commissioners ensuring that the contracts made are legal and fair for everyone involved.
As we have said, the greater number of the emigrants p. 819arriving here have money when they come. Others, who have been able to raise only enough to reach this, to them, “land of promise,” or who have been swindled out of their funds by sharpers in European ports, arrive here in the most destitute condition. These are a burden to the city and State at first, and are at once sent to the Emigrant Refuge and Hospital.
As we mentioned, most of the emigrants p. 819 who arrive here have some money when they come. Others, who have only managed to save enough to get to this "land of promise," or who have been cheated out of their money by con artists in European ports, arrive here in very poor condition. These individuals initially become a burden to the city and state, and are quickly sent to the Emigrant Refuge and Hospital.
This establishment is located on Ward’s Island, in the Harlem River, and consists of several large buildings for hospitals, nurseries, and other purposes. It has a farm of one hundred and six acres attached to it. The destitute emigrants are sent to this establishment, as soon as their condition is ascertained, and cared for until they either obtain employment, or are provided for by their friends in this country, or are sent to their original destinations in the West at the expense of the Commissioners. Medical attendance is provided at the Landing Depot, and is free to all needing it. Serious cases are sent to the hospital on Ward’s Island, where good medical skill and attendance are furnished.
This facility is located on Ward's Island in the Harlem River and includes several large buildings for hospitals, nurseries, and other purposes. It has a farm that spans one hundred and six acres. Destitute immigrants are sent to this facility as soon as their situation is assessed and are cared for until they either find employment, are supported by friends in this country, or are sent to their original destinations in the West at the Commissioners' expense. Medical care is available at the Landing Depot and is free for anyone who needs it. Serious cases are referred to the hospital on Ward's Island, where they receive excellent medical care and attention.
The number of emigrants at the Refuge sometimes amounts to several hundred of all nationalities. The Irish and German p. 820elements predominate, and these being bitterly hostile to each other, the authorities are frequently compelled to adopt severe measures to prevent an open collision between them. In the winter of 1867-68, the Irish and German residents on the island came to blows, and a bloody riot immediately began between them, which was only quelled by the prompt arrival of a strong force of the City Police.
The number of emigrants at the Refuge sometimes reaches several hundred from various nationalities. The Irish and German p. 820groups are the most numerous, and since they are intensely hostile toward each other, the authorities often have to take strict measures to prevent open conflicts between them. In the winter of 1867-68, the Irish and German residents on the island got into a fight, leading to a bloody riot that was only stopped by the quick response of a strong force from the City Police.
The Commissioners adopt every means in their power to prevent the inmates of the Landing Depot from falling into the hands of sharpers. Each emigrant in passing out of the enclosure for any purpose is required to apply for a permit, without which he cannot return, and no one is allowed, by the policeman on duty at the gate, to enter without permission from the proper authorities. In this way sharpers and swindlers are kept out of the enclosure, inside of which the emigrant is perfectly safe; and when he ventures out he is warned of the dangers he will have to encounter the moment he passes the gateway.
The Commissioners use every available resource to keep the inmates of the Landing Depot from getting involved with con artists. Every emigrant must request a permit before leaving the enclosure for any reason; without it, they cannot come back. The policeman at the gate won’t let anyone in without approval from the right authorities. This system keeps scammers and fraudsters out of the area, where the emigrants are completely safe. When they do leave, they are warned about the dangers they will face as soon as they go through the gate.
The majority of the emigrants are unable to speak our language, and all are ignorant of the country, its laws, and customs. This makes them an easy prey to the villains who throng the Battery in wait for them.
The majority of the emigrants can't speak our language, and all of them are unfamiliar with the country, its laws, and customs. This makes them easy targets for the crooks who gather at the Battery, waiting for them.
Approaching these poor creatures, as they are gazing about them with the timidity and loneliness of strangers in a strange land, the scoundrels will accost them in their own language. Glad to hear the mother-tongue once more, the emigrant readily enters into conversation with the fellow, and reveals to him his destination, his plans, and the amount of money he has with him. The sharper after some pleasantries meant to lull the suspicions of his victim, offers to show him where he can purchase his railroad tickets at a lower rate than at the office in the Landing Depot, and if the emigrant is willing, conducts him to a house in Washington, Greenwich, West, or some neighboring street, where a confederate sells him the so-called railroad tickets and receives his money. He is then conducted back to the Battery by a different route, and the sharper leaves him. Upon inquiring at the office, he learns p. 821that his cheap tickets are so much worthless paper, and that he has been swindled out of his money, which may be his all. Of course he is unable to find the place where he was robbed, and has no redress for his loss.
Approaching these poor souls, who are looking around with the uncertainty and loneliness of strangers in a foreign land, the crooks will greet them in their own language. Happy to hear their native tongue again, the newcomer quickly engages in conversation and shares details about his destination, plans, and the amount of money he has. The con artist, after some light banter to ease his victim's suspicions, offers to take him to a place where he can buy train tickets for cheaper than at the office at the Landing Depot. If the newcomer agrees, he is led to a house on Washington, Greenwich, West, or a nearby street, where an accomplice sells him fake train tickets and takes his money. He is then taken back to the Battery via a different route, and the con artist disappears. When he checks at the office, he finds out p. 821that his cheap tickets are just worthless paper, and he has been cheated out of his money, which might be all he has. Naturally, he’s unable to locate the place where he was scammed and has no way to recover his loss.
Others again are led off, by persons who pretend to be friends, to take a friendly drink in a neighboring saloon. Their liquor is drugged, and they are soon rendered unconscious, when they are robbed of their money, valuables, and even their clothes, and turned out into the street in this condition, to be picked up by the police.
Others are taken away by people pretending to be friends to have a casual drink at a nearby bar. Their drinks are spiked, and they quickly lose consciousness. They are then robbed of their money, valuables, and even their clothes, and left in the street in that state to be found by the police.
All sorts of worthless wares are palmed off upon them by unscrupulous wretches. They are drawn into gaming and are fleeced out of their money. Dozens of sharpers are on the watch for them, and woe to them if they fall into the hands of these wretches.
All kinds of useless junk are sold to them by shady people. They get caught up in gambling and lose all their money. Dozens of con artists are waiting for them, and it's a disaster if they end up in the clutches of these crooks.
Women are prominent amongst the enemies of the emigrants. The proprietors of the dance-houses and brothels of the city send their agents to the Battery, to watch their opportunity to entice the fresh, healthy emigrant girls to their hells. They draw them away by promises of profitable employment, and other shams, and carry them off to the houses of their heartless masters and mistresses. There they are drugged and ruined, or in other ways literally forced into lives of shame.
Women are often at the forefront among the enemies of the immigrants. The owners of the dance clubs and brothels in the city send their agents to the Battery to look for chances to lure in the fresh, healthy immigrant girls to their establishments. They entice them with false promises of good jobs and other lies, then take them to the homes of their uncaring bosses. Once there, they are drugged and exploited, or in other ways, literally forced into lives of disgrace.
p. 822LXXXI. WORKING WOMEN.
It is said that there are more than forty thousand women and girls in New York dependent upon their own exertions for their support. This estimate includes the sewing women, factory girls, shop girls, female clerks, teachers, and governesses. They all labor under two common disadvantages. They are paid less for the same amount of work than men, and being more helpless than men are more at the mercy of unscrupulous employers. The female clerks and shop girls receive small wages, it is true, but they are generally paid regularly and honestly. The sewing women and factory hands are usually the most unfortunate, and these constitute the great bulk of the working women of New York. Many of these are married, or are widows with children dependent upon them for support.
It’s said that there are over forty thousand women and girls in New York who rely on their own work to make a living. This includes seamstresses, factory workers, shop assistants, female clerks, teachers, and governesses. They all face two common challenges. They earn less money than men for the same amount of work, and since they are often more vulnerable, they are more at risk of being taken advantage of by unethical employers. While female clerks and shop assistants do earn low wages, they are typically paid on time and fairly. The seamstresses and factory workers tend to be the most disadvantaged, making up the majority of working women in New York. Many of them are married or widows with children who depend on them for support.
The life of the New York working woman is very hard. She rises about daybreak, for she must have breakfast and be at her post by seven o’clock, if employed in a factory or workshop. At noon she has a brief intermission for dinner, and then resumes her work, which lasts until 6 o’clock in the evening. You may see them in the morning, thinly clad, weary and anxious, going in crowds to their work. They have few holidays except on Sunday, and but few pleasures at any time. Life with them is a constant struggle, and one in which they are always at a disadvantage. The sewing girls are in the majority, and there are two classes of these—those who work in the rooms of their employers and those who work at home. The former we have included in the general term of factory hands. The factory girls earn from two to four dollars a week, as a rule, a sum scarcely sufficient to keep body and soul together, but they p. 824get their wages promptly and consider themselves fortunate. Men doing the same work would receive about twice as much.
The life of a working woman in New York is very tough. She wakes up around dawn because she needs to have breakfast and be at her job by seven o’clock if she works in a factory or workshop. At noon, she takes a short break for lunch and then goes back to work, which continues until six in the evening. You can see them in the morning, dressed lightly, tired, and worried, heading to work in groups. They have few holidays except for Sundays, and not many pleasures at any time. Life for them is a constant struggle, with them often at a disadvantage. Most of the workers are sewing girls, and they fall into two categories—those who work in their employer’s space and those who work from home. The former are referred to as factory hands. Factory girls typically earn between two to four dollars a week, which is barely enough to survive, but they get paid on time and consider themselves lucky. Men doing the same work would earn about twice as much.
The sewing women who work at home are worse off. They live in the poorer class of tenement houses, and are surrounded with discomfort of every kind. They work as hard as, if not harder than their sisters in the factories, and are even worse paid. They have not the advantage of being compelled to undertake the exercise of walking to and from the factories which the latter enjoy. They sit in their wretched rooms all day, and often late into the night, sewing for a miserable pittance, and for some scoundrel who will perhaps swindle them out of their hard earnings. For making blue cotton shirts, or “hickories” as they are called, a woman receives six cents apiece, and must furnish her own thread; for making linen coats she receives from fifteen to twenty cents apiece; for men’s heavy overalls she gets sixty-two cents a dozen; for flannel shirts one dollar a dozen. These prices are not paid by the Jews alone, but by reputable Broadway dealers, men who style themselves “leading merchants.” No wonder they pile up such large fortunes.
The women who sew at home are in a worse situation. They live in low-income tenement buildings and deal with all sorts of discomfort. They work just as hard, if not harder, than their counterparts in factories but earn even less. Unlike factory workers who have to walk to and from work, they’re stuck in their cramped rooms all day, often sewing late into the night for barely any pay, and run the risk of being cheated out of their earnings by unscrupulous people. For making blue cotton shirts, or "hickories" as they’re called, a woman gets six cents each, and she has to provide her own thread; for linen coats, she earns fifteen to twenty cents each; for heavy men’s overalls, she gets sixty-two cents a dozen; and for flannel shirts, she receives one dollar a dozen. These rates aren't just set by Jewish employers, but by respected Broadway dealers who call themselves "leading merchants." It's no wonder they accumulate such huge fortunes.
Now, in order to pay the rent of her bare and cheerless room, the sewing woman must make two whole shirts a day. Then she must do work enough to provide for her other expenses. She has to buy fuel in the winter, and kindling wood costs her three cents a bundle and coal fifteen cents a pail. Perhaps she has children, or a sick and helpless, or, worse still, a drunken husband to provide for. All out of her beggarly wages. Her food consists almost entirely of bread and potatoes, and sometimes she treats herself to the luxury of a cup of tea without milk or sugar. If she owns a sewing machine, and very few do, she can earn more than one who sews by hand, but constant work at the machine means a speedy breaking down of her health and a lingering death, or a transfer to the charity hospital.
Now, to cover the rent for her empty and dreary room, the seamstress has to make two entire shirts each day. On top of that, she needs to earn enough to cover her other expenses. She has to buy fuel during the winter, with kindling wood costing her three cents a bundle and coal fifteen cents a pail. She might also have children to take care of, or a sick and helpless family member, or even worse, a husband who drinks too much. All of this comes from her meager wages. Her diet mainly consists of bread and potatoes, and every now and then, she treats herself to the luxury of a cup of tea without milk or sugar. If she happens to own a sewing machine, which very few do, she can earn more than someone who sews by hand, but working constantly at the machine can lead to rapid deterioration of her health and a slow decline or a stay in a charity hospital.
Small as are her wages, the working woman is not always sure of receiving them. Some rascally employers—and one of the institutions to be mentioned further on, could give a long list of them—will, upon receiving the work, find fault with the sewing, and either deduct a part of the poor creature’s wages for the p. 825alleged fault, or refuse point blank to pay her a cent. Others again will demand a deposit equal to the value of the materials taken home by the sewing women. Upon the return of the completed work, they will not only refuse the promised payment, alleging that the work is badly done, but will also refuse to return the money advanced by the woman. The wretch well knows that the woman is weak and helpless, and that she is ignorant of the mode of protecting herself. More than this, she has not the money to go to law.
As low as her pay is, the working woman can’t always count on getting it. Some unscrupulous employers—and one institution to be discussed later could name a long list of them—will, after receiving the work, complain about the sewing and either take a portion of the poor woman's pay for the supposed mistake or flat out refuse to pay her anything. Others will require a deposit equal to the value of the materials taken home by the sewing women. When the completed work is returned, they not only refuse to pay the promised amount, claiming the work is poorly done, but they also won’t return the money the woman advanced. The scoundrel knows that the woman is weak and vulnerable, and that she doesn't know how to protect herself. Moreover, she doesn’t have the money to take legal action.
These are simple facts, and not “sensational items.” The records of the “Working Women’s Protective Union” will corroborate them, and will furnish many others.
These are straightforward facts, not “sensational items.” The records of the “Working Women’s Protective Union” will support them and provide many more.
“Among the employés of a certain Israelitish manufacturer of straw goods in New York was a poor French woman, who, with her three small children, occupied apartments in a rear tenement house in Mulberry street. What renders this case of more than ordinary interest, is the fact that the lady had once been in affluent circumstances, and at one period of her life moved in the wealthiest circles of Paris. Misfortune befel her in the death of her husband, who was accidentally killed upon a railroad train. The bulk of the property of her deceased husband was seized upon by her creditors. The widow, however, succeeded in saving from the general wreck a few hundred dollars, and with this she emigrated to America, arriving here in the spring, and bringing with her three little children. Here she anticipated she would be enabled, with the aid of her superior education, to provide for herself and family. For several weeks her efforts at securing employment proved unavailing; but just before her last dollar was expended, she succeeded in forming a class in French, which she instructed for two months, at the expiration of which time she was deprived of this her only support—her pupils leaving her for the purpose of a summer’s holiday at the fashionable watering-places. Other efforts were made to secure the position of teacher of languages (with several of which she is conversant), but all to no effect. Finally, reduced to absolute want, the lady was obliged to resort to manual labor in order to provide herself and little ones with bread. p. 826Unused as she was to toil, her efforts to obtain employment were attended with little or no success. Day by day her case grew more desperate, until, at last, unable to pay the rent of her miserable attic apartment, she and her little ones were thrust into the street. Homeless and friendless, with not sufficient money wherewith to purchase a supper for herself and famishing little ones, the lady was forced to beg; which course, up to this time in her unfortunate career, she had looked upon as barely preferable to death itself. She had a few acquaintances among the parents of her former pupils, and to these she resolved to apply for aid. Her efforts in this direction were but a repetition of the old, old story. Her friends, who, during her prosperity, were lavishing their attentions on her, now that misfortune had overtaken her, refused to recognize her, and thrust her from their doors without a penny. Fortune relented one day, and rewarded her efforts with a situation in a manufactory of straw goods. To be sure, the compensation was small; still, as bread enough might be secured in this manner to keep the wolf from the door until something better might present itself, she resolved to accept the terms of the straw manufacturer, and entered upon her duties. For a week or two the sum earned by the unfortunate lady was faithfully paid her, but on the third week the pusillanimous nature of the Jew cropped out. She had bargained to manufacture straw hats at eighty cents a dozen, or six and two-third cents each. At this rate, she managed to earn two dollars and fifty cents per week. Upon applying for her wages at the close of the third week, the employer informed her that he had discovered that six and two-thirds cents apiece was too large a compensation, and that from eighty cents he had resolved to reduce her pay to seventy cents per dozen, and accordingly presented her with her weekly payment, first deducting one dollar and forty cents from her wages. Pressed as she was for money, the lady refused to accept these terms, and at once set about seeking legal redress. Learning that at the ‘Working Women’s Union’ of Bleecker street legal advice was furnished free of charge to such as herself, she laid her grievances before the officers of the institution, who at once placed the affair in the p. 827hands of their legal adviser, who soon brought the rapacious Israelite to terms. At the time of her application to the institution the lady stated that she had been without fire, and, with the exception of a small loaf or two of bread and what few potatoes her children were enabled to gather from about the stalls in several of the markets, without food for several days.”
“Among the workers of a certain Jewish manufacturer of straw goods in New York was a poor French woman who, with her three small children, lived in a rear tenement house on Mulberry Street. What makes this case more than usually interesting is that the woman had once enjoyed a comfortable life and circulated among the wealthiest circles in Paris. Her misfortune began with the death of her husband, who was accidentally killed in a train accident. Most of her late husband's assets were taken over by his creditors. However, the widow managed to save a few hundred dollars from the overall loss, and with this, she moved to America in the spring, bringing her three little children with her. She hoped that her higher education would help her provide for herself and her family. For several weeks, her attempts to find a job were unsuccessful, but just before she spent her last dollar, she successfully started a French class, which she taught for two months. At the end of that time, she lost this only support as her students left for summer vacations at popular resorts. She made further attempts to secure a position as a language teacher (in several languages she was fluent in), but all were in vain. Finally, reduced to absolute poverty, she had to resort to manual labor to provide herself and her children with food. p. 826Unused to hard work, she had little success finding employment. Day by day, her situation became more desperate until she could no longer pay the rent for her shabby attic apartment, forcing her and her children out onto the street. Homeless and friendless, with not enough money to buy dinner for herself and her starving children, she was driven to begging—a fate she had previously considered barely better than death itself. She had a few acquaintances among the parents of her former students, and she decided to ask them for help. Her efforts turned out to be just a repetition of the same old story. Her friends, who had showered her with attention during her prosperous days, now refused to acknowledge her and turned her away without a cent. Fortune smiled on her one day, rewarding her persistence with a job at the straw goods factory. Although the pay was low, it was enough to keep her from starving until something better came along, so she accepted the factory’s terms and started working. For a week or two, she was paid regularly, but in the third week, the cowardly nature of the employer showed itself. She had agreed to make straw hats for eighty cents a dozen, or six and two-thirds cents each. At this rate, she earned two dollars and fifty cents a week. When she went to collect her wages at the end of the third week, her employer told her he had decided that six and two-thirds cents was too much and had reduced her pay to seventy cents a dozen, handing her her weekly payment after deducting one dollar and forty cents from her wages. Desperate for money, the woman refused these terms and immediately sought legal help. Discovering that the 'Working Women’s Union' on Bleecker Street provided free legal advice, she presented her case to the organization, which quickly referred the matter to their legal advisor, who managed to bring the greedy employer to his senses. At the time she contacted the organization, the woman indicated she had been without fire and, aside from a couple of small loaves of bread and the few potatoes her children could scrounge from market stalls, had gone without food for several days.”
The wrongs inflicted upon the working women are many. “There are hoop-skirt manufactories where, in the incessant din of machinery, girls stand upon weary feet all day long for fifty cents. There are photograph galleries—you pass them in Broadway admiringly—where girls ‘mount’ photographs in dark rooms, which are hot in summer and cold in winter, for the same money. There are girls who make fans, who work in feathers, who pick over and assort rags for paper warehouses, who act as ‘strippers’ in tobacco shops, who make caps, and paper boxes, and toys, and almost all imaginable things. There are milliners’ girls, and bindery girls, and printers’ girls—press-feeders, book-folders, hat-trimmers. It is not to be supposed that all these places are objectionable; it is not to be supposed that all the places where sewing-girls work are objectionable; but among each class there are very many—far too many—where evils of the gravest character exist, where the poor girls are wronged, the innocents suffer. There are places where there are not sufficient fires kept, in cold weather, and where the poor girl, coming in wet and shivering from the storm, must go immediately to work, wet as she is, and so continue all day. There are places where the ‘silent system’ of prisons is rigidly enforced, where there are severe penalties for whispering to one’s neighbor, and where the windows are closely curtained, so that no girl can look out upon the street; thus, in advance, inuring the girls to the hardships of prison discipline, in view of the possibility that they may, some day become criminals! There are places where the employer treats his girls like slaves, in every sense of the word. Pause a moment, and reflect on all that signifies. As in the South ‘as it was,’ some of these girls are given curses, and even blows, and even kicks; while others are special favorites either of ‘the boss,’ or of some of his male p. 828subordinates, and dress well, pay four dollars a week for board, and fare well generally—on a salary of three dollars a week.”
The injustices faced by working women are numerous. “There are hoop-skirt factories where, amidst the constant noise of machinery, girls stand on their tired feet all day for fifty cents. There are photography studios—you see them on Broadway—and girls ‘mount’ photos in dark rooms that are hot in summer and cold in winter, earning the same pay. There are girls who make fans, work with feathers, sort through rags for paper warehouses, act as ‘strippers’ in tobacco shops, and make caps, paper boxes, toys, and nearly everything else imaginable. There are milliners’ assistants, bindery workers, and printing girls—press feeders, book folders, and hat trimmers. It can't be assumed that all these locations are undesirable; it can't be assumed that all places where sewing girls work are bad, but among each type, there are far too many places where serious issues exist, where the unfortunate girls are mistreated, and the innocent suffer. There are places that don’t keep enough fires going during cold weather, where a poor girl, coming in wet and shivering from the storm, has to start working immediately, soaking wet, and continue all day like that. There are locations where a strict ‘silent system’ is enforced, similar to prisons, with harsh penalties for whispering to a coworker, and where the windows are completely covered, preventing any girl from looking outside; this way, they’re conditioned in advance to endure the harshness of prison life, just in case they might become criminals one day! There are places where the employer treats their workers like slaves, in every sense of the word. Take a moment to think about what that means. Similar to the South ‘as it was,’ some of these girls face curses, blows, and even kicks; while others are favorites of ‘the boss’ or some of his male subordinates, dress well, pay four dollars a week for meals, and generally fare better—on a salary of three dollars a week.”
Is it a wonder that so many of the working women and girls of New York glide into sin, with the hope of bettering their hard lot? And, when thrown out of work, with no food or shelter, save what can be obtained by begging or at the Station House, is it a wonder that they seek the concert saloons, in sheer desperation, or join the street walkers on Broadway?
Is it any surprise that so many working women and girls in New York turn to sin in hopes of improving their tough situation? And when they lose their jobs and have no food or shelter except what they can get by begging or at the police station, is it any wonder that they resort to concert halls out of sheer desperation or become streetwalkers on Broadway?
But if the working woman has her persecutors, she has also her friends in the great city. One of the best institutions which have been organized for the protection and assistance of this class is the “Working Women’s Protective Union,” the head-quarters of which are in Bleecker street, a short distance east of Broadway. It is organized for the common benefit of all those women who obtain a livelihood by other employments than household services. It aids them:
But while the working woman faces challenges, she also has supporters in the big city. One of the best organizations set up to protect and assist her is the "Working Women’s Protective Union," located on Bleecker Street, just east of Broadway. It is established for the common benefit of all women who earn a living through jobs other than household services. It helps them:
“First. By securing legal protection from frauds and impositions free of expense. Second. By appeals, respectfully but urgently made, to employers for wages proportioned to the cost of living, and for such shortening of the hours of labor as is due to health and the requirements of household affairs. Third. By seeking new and appropriate spheres of labor in departments not now occupied by them. Fourth. By sustaining a registry system, through which those out of work may be assisted in finding employment. Fifth. By appeals to the community at large for that sympathy and support which is due to working women.”
“First. By obtaining legal protection against fraud and scams at no cost. Second. By respectfully but urgently asking employers for wages that reflect the cost of living, and for a reduction in working hours to support health and household needs. Third. By exploring new and suitable job opportunities in fields where they are not currently employed. Fourth. By maintaining a registry system to help unemployed individuals find work. Fifth. By reaching out to the community for the support and understanding that working women deserve.”
The members each contribute the sum of ten dollars annually to the support of the institution. Outside aid is also liberally given. The Union has done much good since its organization. It has compelled dishonest employers to fulfil their contracts with their operatives, and in one single week compelled the payment of the sum of three hundred and twenty-five dollars, which had been withheld by these scoundrels. Out of two hundred complaints against employers in a single year, it secured a fair settlement of nearly two-thirds. In 1869 it procured work for 3379 women and girls. It also looks after friendless and homeless women who seek its assistance, and helps them to secure employment.
The members each contribute ten dollars a year to support the organization. Outside funding is also generously provided. The Union has done a lot of good since it was formed. It has forced dishonest employers to honor their contracts with their workers, and in just one week, it secured the payment of three hundred and twenty-five dollars that had been withheld by these wrongdoers. Out of two hundred complaints against employers in a year, it achieved a fair resolution for nearly two-thirds. In 1869, it found work for 3,379 women and girls. It also cares for lonely and homeless women who seek help and assists them in finding employment.
p. 830The “Home for Working Women,” No. 45 Elizabeth street, is a massive brick building, six stories high, and will accommodate about five hundred boarders. It is supplied with a reading-room, a reception-room, a parlor, a restaurant, and a laundry. The upper floors are used as dormitories. The beds are neat and tidy, and are arranged in rows and separated from each other by white screens. The rooms are large and well ventilated, and the whole establishment is kept scrupulously clean and in perfect order. One dollar and twenty-five cents is the charge for a week’s lodging and washing. The restaurant supplies meals of an excellent quality at an average cost of twenty-five cents. Lodgers are admitted until eleven o’clock at night at the price named. If they enter after that hour, they are charged twenty-five cents extra.
p. 830The "Home for Working Women," located at 45 Elizabeth street, is a large brick building, six stories tall, and can accommodate around five hundred residents. It offers a reading room, a reception area, a lounge, a restaurant, and a laundry facility. The upper floors serve as dormitories. The beds are neat and organized, arranged in rows and separated by white screens. The rooms are spacious and well-ventilated, and the entire place is kept meticulously clean and well-maintained. The cost for a week’s stay and laundry service is one dollar and twenty-five cents. The restaurant provides high-quality meals at an average price of twenty-five cents. Residents can check in until eleven o’clock at night for the listed price. If they arrive after that time, there is an additional charge of twenty-five cents.
The Children’s Aid Society conducts several lodging-houses for girls, one of which is located in Bleecker street, and the other at 27 St. Mark’s Place. They furnish beds and meals to girls of all ages, at five cents each, while they have money, and give them for nothing where the applicant is found to be destitute. They have been tolerably successful thus far, and give promise of future usefulness.
The Children’s Aid Society runs several boarding houses for girls, one on Bleecker Street and another at 27 St. Mark’s Place. They provide beds and meals for girls of all ages at five cents each, as long as they have money, and they offer these services for free to those who are found to be in need. They have been fairly successful so far and show promise for future impact.
There are several other associations, with similar objects, in operation in the city.
There are several other organizations with similar goals operating in the city.
Mr. A. T. Stewart is now erecting, on Fourth avenue, a magnificent iron building, which is to be used as a “Home for Working Women.” The building extends along the avenue, from Thirty-second to Thirty-third street, a distance of 192 feet, and has a depth of 205 feet. Including the central Mansard roofs, the building is eight stories in height. It is one of the finest edifices in the city, and will be provided with every convenience for the work to which it is destined. It will be capable of accommodating fifteen hundred boarders, and will be conducted on a plan similar to that of the “Home for Working Women” in Elizabeth street. It is not to be conducted as a charity. Each occupant is to pay a fixed sum per week; and it is believed that here this sum will not exceed two dollars a week for board, lodging, and washing.
Mr. A. T. Stewart is currently constructing a stunning iron building on Fourth Avenue, which will serve as a “Home for Working Women.” The building stretches along the avenue from Thirty-second to Thirty-third Street, covering a distance of 192 feet, with a depth of 205 feet. Including the central Mansard roofs, the building will be eight stories tall. It is one of the finest structures in the city and will be equipped with every convenience for its intended purpose. It will be able to accommodate fifteen hundred residents and will operate similarly to the “Home for Working Women” on Elizabeth Street. It will not be run as a charity; each resident is required to pay a fixed weekly fee, which is expected to be no more than two dollars for board, lodging, and laundry.
p. 831LXXXII. STREET VENDERS.
It is not known how many stores, or places in which trade is conducted beneath the shelter of a roof, the city contains. They are numerous, but they are not sufficient for the wants of trade. The sellers overflow them and spread out into the streets and by-ways, with no roof above them but the blue sky. Some of these sellers are men, some women, and some mere children. Some have large stationary stands, others roam about with their wares in boxes, bags, or baskets in their hands. They sell all manner of wares. Watches, jewelry, newspapers, fruits, tobacco, cigars, candies, cakes, ice cream, lemonade, flowers, dogs, birds,—in short everything that can be carried in the hand—are sold by the Street Venders. The rich and the poor buy of them. The strolling vagrant picks up his scanty breakfast at one of these stands, and the millionaire buys an apple at another.
It’s unclear how many shops or places for trade the city has. There are a lot, but they can’t meet the demands of commerce. The vendors overflow into the streets and alleyways, with only the blue sky overhead. Some vendors are men, some are women, and some are just kids. Some have permanent stands, while others walk around with their goods in boxes, bags, or baskets. They sell all kinds of items. Watches, jewelry, newspapers, fruits, tobacco, cigars, candies, cakes, ice cream, lemonade, flowers, dogs, birds—in short, everything that can be held in one hand—is sold by the street vendors. Both rich and poor buy from them. A wandering person grabs a light breakfast at one of these stands, and a millionaire buys an apple at another.
The eating and apple stands are mainly kept by women. The most of them are Irishwomen, and the big cap and dirty frill under the quilted bonnet are among the most common signs of such a stand. Some of these stands sell soups, some oysters, some coffee and hot cakes, some ice cream, and some merely fruits and apples. In Wall street they are kept by men, and pies and cakes form the staple articles of trade. Candies and nuts are sold exclusively by many. Such candies as are not to be had of any confectioner in town. Women never sell cigars or tobacco, though many of them never take their pipes from their mouths during business hours. Some of them offer ladies’ hose and gentlemen’s socks, and suspenders, yarns, worsted hoods, and gloves. A few women sell newspapers, but these are rapidly giving way to men.
The food and apple stands are mostly run by women. Most of them are Irish, and the big cap and dirty frill under the quilted bonnet are common features of these stands. Some sell soups, some oysters, some coffee and hot cakes, some ice cream, and some just fruits and apples. In Wall Street, men operate them, and pies and cakes are the main items sold. Many exclusively sell candies and nuts, including candies not available from any confectioner in town. Women never sell cigars or tobacco, although many keep pipes in their mouths during business hours. Some offer women's hosiery and men's socks, along with suspenders, yarns, woolen hoods, and gloves. A few women sell newspapers, but they are quickly being replaced by men.
The venders of cheap neckties and pocket book straps are mostly boys or very young men. They frequent the lower part of Broadway, which is also the favorite haunt of the venders of cheap jewelry. Pocket books of every description are sold at marvellously cheap prices, and photographs are displayed in such lavish quantities that you feel sure that every dealer in them has bankrupted himself in order to afford a free art exhibition to the crowd of little ragamuffins gathered around him. Toys of every contrivance adorn the stands above Canal street. The dealers in these articles are strong, able-bodied men, who prefer to stand on the side walks pulling the strings of a jumping jack, or making contortions with a toy contrived for that purpose, to a more manly way of earning their bread.
The vendors of cheap neckties and wallet straps are mostly boys or very young men. They hang out in the lower part of Broadway, which is also the favorite spot for those selling cheap jewelry. Wallets of all kinds are sold at incredibly low prices, and photos are displayed in such abundance that you’d think every seller has gone broke just to put on a free art show for the crowd of little misfits gathered around him. Toys of every sort line the stands above Canal Street. The sellers of these items are strong, fit men who choose to stand on the sidewalks pulling the strings of a jumping jack or making a toy move in funny ways instead of finding a more respectable way to earn a living.
The balloon men, the penny whistle and pop gun dealers frequent the upper streets, where they are apt to be seen by children. The lame soldier sets up his stand anywhere, and deals principally in shoe strings, neckties, or in books and papers that no one ever reads. Towards Christmas large booths for the sale of toys are erected on some of the east and west side streets, at which a thriving business in toys and fire-works is carried on.
The balloon sellers, penny whistle, and toy gun vendors hang out on the upper streets, where kids are likely to spot them. The disabled veteran sets up his stall anywhere, mainly selling shoelaces, neckties, or books and papers that no one really reads. As Christmas approaches, big booths selling toys pop up on some of the east and west side streets, where there's a busy trade in toys and fireworks.
The Chinese candy and cigar sellers are to be found between the Astor House and the South Ferry. No one ever seems to buy from them, but they continue in the business, and thus afford proof positive that they have their customers.
The Chinese candy and cigar sellers can be found between the Astor House and the South Ferry. No one ever seems to buy from them, but they keep their business going, which shows that they have their customers.
The dog and bird men haunt the neighborhood of the Astor House and St. Nicholas hotels. They get high prices for their pets. Dogs sell readily. It is the fashion in New York to discourage the increase of families, and to attempt to satisfy the half-smothered maternal instinct by petting these dumb creatures.
The dog and bird sellers hang around the Astor House and St. Nicholas hotels. They charge a lot for their pets. Dogs sell easily. In New York, it’s trendy to discourage having kids and to try to satisfy the little bit of maternal instinct that's left by taking care of these pets.
Little girls are numerous among the street venders. They sell matches, tooth-picks, cigars, newspapers, songs and flowers. p. 834The flower-girls are hideous little creatures, but their wares are beautiful and command a ready sale. These are made into hand bouquets, and buttonhole bouquets, and command from ten cents to several dollars each. When the day is wet and gloomy, and the slush and the mud of Broadway are thick over everything animate and inanimate, and the sensitive soul shrinks within itself at the sight of so much discomfort, the flower-girls do a good business. The flower-stands then constitute the most attractive objects on the street, and men are irresistibly drawn to them by the sight of their exquisite adornments. It is very pleasant at such times to have a bright, fragrant nosegay in one’s buttonhole, or to carry a bouquet to one’s home. On such days you may see hundreds of splashed and muddy men on the great thoroughfare, utterly hopeless of preserving any outward semblance of neatness, but each with his nosegay in his buttonhole; and as he glances down at it, from time to time, you may see his weary face soften and brighten, and an expression of cheerfulness steal over it, which renders him proof against even the depressing influences of the mud and the rain.
Little girls are everywhere among the street vendors. They sell matches, toothpicks, cigars, newspapers, songs, and flowers. p. 834 The flower girls are ugly little things, but their flowers are beautiful and sell well. These are made into hand bouquets and buttonhole bouquets, selling for anywhere from ten cents to several dollars each. When the day is rainy and gloomy, with sludge and mud covering everything on Broadway, and a person's sensitive nature recoils at the sight of so much discomfort, the flower girls do great business. Their flower stands become the most appealing sights on the street, drawing men in with their stunning arrangements. It's really nice on such days to have a bright, fragrant flower in your buttonhole or to carry a bouquet home. On those days, you might spot hundreds of splattered and muddy men on the main road, completely resigned to their messy appearances, but each sporting a flower in his buttonhole. And as they occasionally glance down at it, you can see their tired faces soften and light up, a look of cheerfulness coming over them, making them resilient to the dreary effects of the mud and rain.
p. 835LXXXIII. THE WHARVES.
No visitor to New York should omit visiting the wharves of the North and East rivers. A day may be profitably spent on the shore of each stream. The docks do not compare favorably with the massive structures of Liverpool, or London, or the other great seaports of the world. They are wretched, half decayed and dirty; but ere long they are to be replaced with a system of magnificent stone and iron piers, which will afford all the desired facilities, and render New York in this respect one of the best provided ports on the globe.
No visitor to New York should miss visiting the docks along the North and East rivers. You can spend a fulfilling day along the shore of each river. The docks don’t measure up to the impressive structures of Liverpool, London, or other major ports around the world. They are run-down, decaying, and dirty; however, they are soon going to be replaced by a network of stunning stone and iron piers, which will provide all the necessary facilities and make New York one of the best-equipped ports in the world.
Beginning at the Battery on the North River side, we find first the pier of the famous Camden and Amboy Railway Company, from which passengers and freights are conveyed to the railway by steamer. Above this are the piers of the great European steamship lines, the coast steamers, and the steamboats plying between the city and the neighboring towns. The Boston boats, all of which run to points in Connecticut and Rhode Island, where they make connections with the railways to Boston, are fine steamers. Those of the Narragansett Steamship Company, the Bristol and Providence by name, are the most magnificent steamers in the world. They cost $1,250,000 apiece. They are simply floating palaces, as are also the Albany night boats. The foreign steamers are huge iron vessels, carrying thousands of tons of freight and hundreds of passengers. The sailing of one of these ships always draws a crowd to her pier, and though from five to eight of them leave the port every week, the attraction still continues.
Starting at the Battery on the North River side, we first come across the pier of the famous Camden and Amboy Railway Company, where passengers and freight are transported to the railway by steamer. Up from this are the piers of the major European steamship lines, the coastal steamers, and the boats operating between the city and nearby towns. The Boston boats, all of which travel to locations in Connecticut and Rhode Island, where they connect with the railways to Boston, are impressive steamers. The ones from the Narragansett Steamship Company, named Bristol and Providence, are the most magnificent steamers in the world. They cost $1,250,000 each. They are essentially floating palaces, as are the Albany night boats. The foreign steamers are large iron vessels, carrying thousands of tons of freight and hundreds of passengers. The departure of one of these ships always attracts a crowd to its pier, and even though five to eight of them leave the port every week, the excitement still lasts.
The ferries to Jersey City and Hoboken are all located on this river, and are full of interest to the stranger. The Bethel, p. 836or floating chapel for seamen, is also worth visiting. The ice trade of the city is carried on on this front, the principal supply of that article being obtained along the river, about one hundred miles above the city.
The ferries to Jersey City and Hoboken are all located on this river and are quite fascinating for visitors. The Bethel, p. 836 a floating chapel for sailors, is also worth checking out. The ice trade in the city operates along this waterfront, with most of the supply coming from about a hundred miles upstream.
The oyster boats, or boat stores, are peculiar to New York. They lie chiefly in the vicinity of Christopher street, and are sources of considerable profit to their owners. The Hay Scales are also curious objects. At the foot of Fifty-fourth street the numerous telegraph lines which connect New York with the States south of it, cross the Hudson. They gain the Jersey shore in the vicinity of the Elysian Fields at Hoboken, and thence continue their way to every part of the States mentioned.
The oyster boats, or boat stores, are unique to New York. They are mainly located around Christopher Street and provide a good income for their owners. The Hay Scales are also interesting things to see. At the bottom of Fifty-fourth Street, the many telegraph lines that link New York with the southern states cross the Hudson. They reach the Jersey shore near the Elysian Fields in Hoboken and then continue on to every part of the mentioned states.
The East River front is the terminus of the ferry lines to Brooklyn, Long Island City, and Hunter’s Point. The shipping here consists almost entirely of sailing vessels. The craft plying between New York and the New England towns have their stations here, and here also are the California clippers. The p. 837huge Indiamen lie here receiving or discharging cargo. The whole river front is covered with merchandise representing the products of every land under the sun.
The East River front is where the ferry lines to Brooklyn, Long Island City, and Hunter’s Point end. The shipping here mostly consists of sailing boats. The ships traveling between New York and the New England towns have their docks here, and so do the California clippers. The p. 837large Indiamen are docked here, loading or unloading cargo. The entire riverfront is filled with goods from all over the world.
The Floating Docks are among the principal sights of the East River, as are also the vast coal and ship yards. This stream will soon he spanned by an immense suspension bridge which is to connect the City Hall in New York with the City Hall in Brooklyn. The total length of the bridge and its approaches is to be 5878 feet. The bridge is to rest on cables, supported by massive stone towers at the water’s edge on each side. The span between these towers is to be 1616 feet. From each tower the flooring is to be carried a further distance of 940 feet to the land approaches. The New York approach is to be 1441 feet, and the Brooklyn approach 941 feet in length. The approaches will, in some instances, be on a level with the tops of the houses in the cities through which they pass. The total height of the bridge above the tide is to be 268 feet. The work is now progressing rapidly, and will be completed in about three years.
The Floating Docks are among the key attractions of the East River, along with the large coal and shipyards. This river will soon be crossed by a massive suspension bridge that will connect City Hall in New York with City Hall in Brooklyn. The total length of the bridge and its approaches will be 5,878 feet. The bridge will be supported by cables attached to huge stone towers located at the water's edge on each side. The distance between these towers will be 1,616 feet. From each tower, the roadway will extend an additional 940 feet to the land approaches. The New York approach will be 1,441 feet long, and the Brooklyn approach will be 941 feet. In some places, the approaches will be level with the tops of the buildings in the cities they pass through. The total height of the bridge above the tide will be 268 feet. The construction is progressing quickly and is expected to be completed in about three years.
Accidents are very common in every large port, but the peculiar construction of the New York ferry houses renders the number of cases of drowning doubly great. In order to guard against this, and to afford timely assistance to persons in danger of drowning, “rescue stations” have been established along the water front of the city. There is one at each ferry house, and the others are located at the points where accidents are most likely to occur. These stations are each provided with a ladder of sufficient length to reach from the pier to the water at low tide, with hooks at one end, by means of which it is attached firmly to the pier; a boat hook fastened to a long pole; a life preserver or float, and a coil of rope. These are merely deposited in a conspicuous place. In case of accident, any one may use them for the purpose of rescuing a person in danger of drowning, but at other times it is punishable by law to interfere with them, or to remove them. The station is in charge of the policeman attached to the “beat” in which it is located, and he has the exclusive right in the absence of one of his superior officers to direct all proceedings. At the same time, he is required to comply strictly p. 838with the law regulating such service on his part, and to render every assistance in his power. The law for the government of persons using the “rescue apparatus” is posted conspicuously by the side of the implements, as are also concise and simple directions as to the best method of attempting to resuscitate drowned persons. These stations have been of the greatest use since their establishment, and reflect the highest credit upon those who originated and introduced them.
Accidents are common in every large port, but the unique design of the New York ferry houses makes the number of drowning cases even higher. To prevent this and to provide timely help to those in danger of drowning, “rescue stations” have been set up along the city’s waterfront. There’s one at each ferry house, and others are positioned at the spots where accidents are most likely to happen. Each station has a long enough ladder to reach from the pier to the water at low tide, with hooks at one end that secure it to the pier; a boat hook attached to a long pole; a life preserver or float; and a coil of rope. These are simply placed in a visible location. In case of an accident, anyone can use them to rescue someone in danger of drowning, but it’s against the law to tamper with or remove them at any other time. The station is overseen by the policeman assigned to that area, who has the sole authority to manage all proceedings in the absence of a superior officer. Additionally, he must strictly follow the laws governing this service and offer all possible assistance. The rules for using the “rescue equipment” are clearly posted next to the supplies, along with straightforward instructions on how to attempt to revive drowned individuals. These stations have been extremely helpful since they were established and reflect great credit on those who created and implemented them.
p. 839LXXXIV. THE MORGUE.
There stands on the shore of the East River, at the foot of Twenty-sixth street, a massive gray-stone building, known as Bellevue Hospital. Over the lowest door of the front, on the upper side of Twenty-sixth street, is a single word in gilt letters—MORGUE. This door marks the entrance to the Dead House of New York, one of the most repulsive, but most terribly fascinating places in the city. The place is named after the famous dead house of Paris, and the interior is arranged in exact imitation of it, except that it is smaller. It is a gloomy-looking place, this Morgue, and it is always crowded. Bodies found in the streets or in the harbor are brought here for identification. They are kept a certain length of time, usually from twenty-four to forty-eight hours, and if not claimed by relatives or friends, are buried at the expense of the city. Every article of clothing, every trinket, or other means of identification, found with a body, is carefully preserved, in the hope that it may lead to a discovery of the cause of the death.
There’s a large gray-stone building on the East River shore, at the foot of Twenty-sixth Street, known as Bellevue Hospital. Above the lowest door at the front, on the upper side of Twenty-sixth Street, is a single word in gold letters—MORGUE. This door is the entrance to New York’s Dead House, one of the most repulsive yet strangely fascinating places in the city. It’s named after the famous morgue in Paris, and its interior is designed to mimic it, although it's smaller. This Morgue has a gloomy atmosphere and is always busy. Bodies found in the streets or in the harbor are brought here for identification. They’re kept for a certain period, usually from twenty-four to forty-eight hours, and if not claimed by relatives or friends, they are buried at the city's expense. Every piece of clothing, every trinket, or any identifying item found with a body is carefully preserved, with the hope that it might help uncover the cause of death.
The room is gloomy and cell-like in appearance. It is about twenty feet square. The floor is of brick tiles, and the walls are rough and heavy. The apartment is divided into two unequal portions by a partition of glass and iron. The smaller portion is used by the public. The remainder is devoted to the purposes of the establishment. Back of the glass screen are four stone tables on iron frames, each with its foot towards the glass. Stretched on these are lifeless naked forms, each covered with a sheet. A stream of cold water, from a movable jet, falls over the lifeless face of each and trickles over the senseless forms, warding off decay until the last moment, in the hope that p. 841some one to whom the dead man or woman was dear in life will come and claim the body. A vain hope, generally, for but few bodies are claimed. Nearly all go to the potter’s field.
The room feels dark and prison-like. It's about twenty feet square. The floor is made of brick tiles, and the walls are rough and heavy. The space is split into two uneven parts by a glass and iron partition. The smaller section is for the public, while the larger is used for the establishment. Behind the glass screen are four stone tables with iron frames, each facing the glass. On these tables lie lifeless naked bodies, each covered with a sheet. A stream of cold water from a movable jet falls over the lifeless face of each person and trickles over their motionless bodies, preventing decay for as long as possible, hoping that someone who cared for the deceased will come and claim the body. This hope is usually in vain, as very few bodies are claimed. Almost all end up in the potter's field.
A fearful company, truly, as they lie there, cold and rigid, their ghastly features lighted by the chilly gleams which fall from the windows above. Here is the body of an infant, its little life of suffering over. It was found in an ash barrel in an alley. On the next slab is the form of a man who was evidently well to do in the world. He is a stranger to the city, the Superintendent tells you, and dropped in the streets from apoplexy. His friends will no doubt claim him before the day is over, as the articles found on his person have established his identity. The next table contains the body of a woman. She was young and must have been fair. She was found in the river, and as there are no marks of violence on her person, the presumption is that she sought her own destruction. “Such cases are becoming common,” says the Superintendent in his matter of fact way. “They are very sad, but we see too many of them to think them romantic.” A shudder comes over you as you gaze at the ghastly occupant of the last table. The dead man was evidently a gentleman, for he bears every mark of a person of good position in life. His purple, swollen features tell you plainly that he was taken from the river. There is a deep wound in his side, and marks of violence are numerous about his head and neck. You gaze at the Superintendent inquiringly, and even that cool, clear-headed official turns a shade paler as he answers, almost under his breath, “Murdered. For his money, doubtless.”
A truly haunting scene as they lie there, cold and stiff, their ghastly faces illuminated by the icy light coming from the windows above. Here’s the body of an infant, its brief life of suffering comes to an end. It was found in a trash can in an alley. On the next slab is the body of a man who appears to have been well-off. The Superintendent tells you that he’s a stranger to the city, having collapsed in the street from a stroke. His friends will likely claim him before the day is over, as the items found on him have confirmed his identity. The next table holds the body of a woman. She was young and must have been beautiful. She was found in the river, and since there are no signs of violence on her body, it’s assumed she took her own life. “Such cases are becoming more common,” says the Superintendent in his straightforward manner. “They’re very sad, but we see so many that we can’t think of them as romantic.” A chill runs through you as you look at the grim occupant of the last table. The deceased was clearly a gentleman, as he shows every sign of someone of high status. His purple, swollen features make it obvious that he was pulled from the river. There's a deep wound in his side, and there are numerous signs of violence around his head and neck. You glance at the Superintendent questioningly, and even that composed, clear-headed official grows a bit paler as he replies, almost in a whisper, “Murdered. Likely for his money.”
On the walls back of the tables are suspended the clothing of the unfortunates, and of others who have preceded them. Maybe some friend will come along and recognize them, and the one who has been missing will be traced to this sad place. They form a strange collection, but they speak chiefly of poverty and suffering.
On the walls behind the tables hang the clothes of the unfortunate and those who came before them. Maybe a friend will come by and recognize them, and the one who has been missing will be found in this sad place. They create an unusual display, but they mainly tell stories of poverty and suffering.
The dark waters of the rivers and bay send many an inmate to this gloomy room. The harbor police, making their early morning rounds, find some dark object floating in the waters. p. 842It is scarcely light enough to distinguish it, but the men know well what it is. They are accustomed to such things. They grapple it and tow it in silent horror past the long lines of shipping, and pause only when the Morgue looms up coldly before them in the uncertain light of the breaking day. The still form is lifted out of the water, and carried swiftly into the gloomy building. It is laid on the marble slab, stripped, covered with a sheet, the water is turned on, and the room is deserted and silent again.
The dark waters of the rivers and bay claim many inmates in this dreary room. The harbor police, doing their early morning rounds, spot a dark object floating in the water. p. 842 It’s barely light enough to make it out, but the officers know exactly what it is. They’re used to these situations. They pull it in, quietly horrified, past the long rows of ships, and only stop when the Morgue appears coldly in the faint light of dawn. The lifeless body is lifted from the water and quickly taken into the somber building. It’s placed on the marble slab, stripped, covered with a sheet, the water is turned on, and the room is left empty and silent once more.
So many come here on their way to their long homes. The average number is about two hundred per year. You can scarcely take up a city newspaper without finding one or more advertisements of persons “lost.” Many of them come here. Many are never heard of again. The waters which encompass the city keep well the secrets confided to them, and neither the Morgue nor the Police books can tell the fate of all the missing. Strangers visiting the city often venture into the chosen haunts of crime “to see the sights,” and in so doing place themselves in the power of the most desperate and reckless villains. Human life is held so cheap here, and murder has become such a profession, that no respectable person is safe who ventures into these localities. You may often see at the Morgue, where the majority of the bodies show marks of violence, the lifeless forms of those who but a few days before left their pleasant homes in other portions of the country to see the metropolis. A visit to a concert saloon or a dance house, merely from what they consider the most innocent curiosity, has sealed their doom. A glass of drugged liquor has destroyed their power of self-protection, and even without this they have been assaulted. They are helpless, and they have paid with their lives the price of their “innocent curiosity.” Then the River and the Morgue complete the story; or perhaps the River keeps its secret, and the dead man’s name goes down on the long list of the missing.
So many people come here on their way to their final resting places. The average number is about two hundred each year. You can hardly pick up a city newspaper without finding one or more ads for missing persons. Many of them end up here. Many are never heard from again. The waters surrounding the city keep the secrets entrusted to them, and neither the Morgue nor the police records can reveal the fates of all the missing. Visitors to the city often wander into the popular crime spots "to see the sights," putting themselves at the mercy of the most desperate and reckless criminals. Human life is valued so little here, and murder has become so commonplace that no decent person is safe who enters these areas. You can often see at the Morgue, where most of the bodies exhibit signs of violence, the lifeless bodies of those who just a few days before left their comfortable homes in other parts of the country to visit the city. A trip to a concert hall or a dance club, driven by what they think is innocent curiosity, has sealed their fate. A glass of spiked liquor has stripped away their ability to protect themselves, and even without that, they have been attacked. They are powerless, and they have paid with their lives for their "innocent curiosity." Then the River and the Morgue tell the rest of the story; or maybe the River keeps its secret, and the dead person's name joins the long list of the missing.
Strangers, and all others who would see New York, should content themselves with its innocent sights and amusements. Those who seek to pass beneath the shadow willfully take their lives in their hands.
Strangers and anyone else wanting to see New York should be satisfied with its enjoyable sights and entertainment. Those who choose to venture into the darker side are putting their lives at risk.
p. 843LXXXV. THE CUSTOM HOUSE.
The Custom House is one of the most prominent and interesting places in New York. It is one of the largest in the country, and is provided with every facility for the prompt despatch of the vast business transacted in it. Five-sixths of all the duties on imports collected in the United States are received here.
The Custom House is one of the most notable and fascinating places in New York. It's one of the largest in the country and has all the resources needed to quickly handle the huge amount of business done there. Five-sixths of all the import duties collected in the United States are processed here.
The Custom House building was formerly the Merchants’ Exchange. It is one of the handsomest structures in the city, and its purchase cost the General Government one million of dollars in gold. The building is constructed of solid granite, with a fine portico and colonnade in front. If is fire-proof throughout. It occupies the entire block bounded by Wall street, Exchange Place, William street, and Hanover street. Its dimensions are a depth of two hundred feet, a frontage of one hundred and forty-four feet, and a rear breadth of one hundred and seventy-one feet. The top of the central dome is one hundred and twenty-four feet from the ground. The main entrance is on Wall street, but there are entrances on every side. The Rotunda occupies the space beneath the central dome, and is one of the finest interiors in the country.
The Custom House building used to be the Merchants’ Exchange. It’s one of the most beautiful buildings in the city, and the General Government bought it for a million dollars in gold. The building is made of solid granite, featuring a nice portico and colonnade in front. It's completely fireproof. It takes up the entire block bordered by Wall Street, Exchange Place, William Street, and Hanover Street. Its dimensions are 200 feet deep, 144 feet wide in front, and 171 feet wide at the back. The top of the central dome is 124 feet above the ground. The main entrance is on Wall Street, but there are entrances on all sides. The Rotunda is under the central dome and boasts one of the finest interiors in the country.
Within the Rotunda are arranged rows of desks, running parallel with the walls. These are occupied by four “deputy collectors,” three “chief clerks,” five “entry clerks,” two “bond clerks,” the “foreign clearance clerk” and his assistant, and by those whose duties bring them most commonly in contact with the merchants, shippers, commanders of vessels, etc., in the ordinary routine of the business of the port. The Collector and the higher officials have handsome offices in other parts of the building.
Within the Rotunda, there are rows of desks lined up against the walls. These desks are occupied by four "deputy collectors," three "chief clerks," five "entry clerks," two "bond clerks," the "foreign clearance clerk" and his assistant, as well as those who frequently interact with the merchants, shippers, and ship captains in the day-to-day operations of the port. The Collector and the higher officials have nice offices in other areas of the building.
There are about 1100 clerks attached to the Custom House, whose total wages amount to about $3,000,000 per annum. The legal salary of the Collector is $6000 per annum, but his fees and perquisites make up an actual income of five or six times that amount. The Collectorship of this port is the best paying office within the gift of the Government. Colonel p. 845Thorpe thus sums up the duties of the various officers of the port:
There are around 1,100 clerks at the Custom House, whose total wages come to about $3,000,000 each year. The official salary of the Collector is $6,000 a year, but his fees and bonuses bring his actual income to five or six times that amount. The Collectorship of this port is the highest-paying job available from the Government. Colonel p. 845Thorpe summarizes the duties of the various officers at the port:
“The Collector shall receive all reports, manifests, and documents to be made or exhibited on the entry of any ship or vessel; shall record, on books to be kept for that purpose, all manifests; shall receive the entries of all ships or vessels, and of the goods, wares, and merchandise imported in them; shall estimate the amount of the duties payable thereupon, indorsing said amount on the respective entries; shall receive all moneys paid for duties, and take all bonds for securing the payment thereof; shall, with the approbation of the Secretary of the Treasury, employ proper personages—weighers, gaugers, measurers, and inspectors—at the port within his district.
“The Collector will receive all reports, manifests, and documents that need to be submitted or shown when any ship or vessel arrives; will record all manifests in designated books; will accept the entries of all ships or vessels and the goods, wares, and merchandise they bring in; will estimate the total duties owed and note that amount on the respective entries; will collect all payments for duties and take all necessary bonds to ensure that payments are made; and, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, will hire appropriate personnel—such as weighers, gaugers, measurers, and inspectors—at the port within his district.”
“The Naval Officer shall receive copies of all manifests and entries; shall estimate the duties on all goods, wares, and merchandise subject to duty (and no duties shall be received without such estimate), and shall keep a separate record thereof; and shall countersign all permits, clearances, certificates, debentures, and other documents granted by the Collector. He shall also examine the Collector’s abstract of duties, his accounts, receipts, bonds, and expenditures, and, if found correct, shall certify the same.
“The Naval Officer will receive copies of all manifests and entries; will estimate the duties on all goods, wares, and merchandise subject to duty (and no duties will be collected without such an estimate), and will maintain a separate record of this; and will countersign all permits, clearances, certificates, debentures, and other documents issued by the Collector. He will also review the Collector’s abstract of duties, his accounts, receipts, bonds, and expenditures, and, if everything checks out, will certify them.”
“The Surveyor shall superintend and direct all inspectors, weighers, measurers, and gaugers; shall visit and inspect the ships and vessels; shall return in writing every morning to the Collector the name and nationality of all vessels which shall have arrived from foreign ports; shall examine all goods, wares, and merchandise imported, to see that they agree with the inspector’s return; and shall see that all goods intended for exportation correspond with the entries, and permits granted therefor; and the said Surveyor shall, in all cases, be subject to the Collector.
“The Surveyor will oversee and direct all inspectors, weighers, measurers, and gaugers; will visit and inspect the ships and vessels; will report in writing every morning to the Collector the name and nationality of all vessels that have arrived from foreign ports; will examine all goods, wares, and merchandise imported to ensure they match the inspector’s report; and will verify that all goods intended for export match the entries and permits issued for them; and the Surveyor will, in all cases, be under the authority of the Collector.”
“The Appraisers’ department is simply for the purpose of deciding the market values and dutiable character of all goods imported, so that the imposts can be laid with correctness. Other than this, it has no connection with the Custom House.”
“The Appraisers’ department exists solely to determine the market values and dutiable nature of all imported goods, ensuring that the tariffs can be applied accurately. Aside from this, it has no link to the Custom House.”
p. 846There is located at the Battery, an old white building, surmounted by a light tower. This is the Barge office, and is the headquarters of the Inspectors attached to the Surveyor’s office, who are under the orders of Mr. John L. Van Buskirk, now nearly 89 years of age, and who has been “Assistant to the surveyor” for many years. The arrivals of all ships are reported from the telegraph station at Sandy Hook, and as soon as it is announced at the barge office that a steamer or ship “from foreign ports” is off soundings, two Inspectors are placed on a revenue cutter, and sent down to take charge of the arriving vessel. From the moment they set foot on the vessel’s deck, they are in supreme control of the cargo and passengers. One would think from the manner in which many of them conduct themselves toward passengers, that an American citizen coming home from abroad has no rights but such as the Inspector chooses to accord him. Certainly the joy which an American feels in returning to his own home is very effectually dampened by the contrast which he is compelled to draw between the courtesy and fairness of the customs officials of European lands, and the insolence and brutality of those into whose clutches he falls upon entering the port of New York. The Inspectors examine the baggage of the cabin passengers, collect the imposts on dutiable articles, and send them ashore. They then send the steerage passengers to Castle Garden where they are examined. After this, the ship is allowed to go alongside of her pier, where her cargo is discharged under their inspection, and carted to the Bonded Warehouses of the United States, for appraisement and collection of duties.
p. 846At the Battery, there's an old white building topped by a light tower. This is the Barge Office, which serves as the headquarters for the Inspectors linked to the Surveyor’s office, currently overseen by Mr. John L. Van Buskirk, who is nearly 89 years old and has been the "Assistant to the Surveyor" for many years. All ships' arrivals are reported from the telegraph station at Sandy Hook, and when the Barge Office gets notified that a steamer or ship "from foreign ports" is approaching, two Inspectors are sent on a revenue cutter to take charge of the arriving vessel. From the moment they step onto the ship’s deck, they have full control over the cargo and passengers. One might think, judging by how many of them treat passengers, that an American citizen returning home from overseas has no rights except those the Inspector chooses to give. The happiness an American feels when returning home is severely dampened by the comparison they have to make between the courtesy and fairness of customs officials in Europe and the rudeness and harshness of those they encounter upon entering the port of New York. The Inspectors check the luggage of cabin passengers, collect taxes on dutiable items, and send them ashore. They then direct the steerage passengers to Castle Garden for examination. After that, the ship is allowed to dock at its pier, where the cargo is unloaded under their supervision and taken to the Bonded Warehouses of the United States for appraisement and duty collection.
Passing goods through the Custom House is a troublesome and intricate undertaking, and most merchants employ a Broker to perform that duty for them. A novice might spend hours in wandering about the labyrinths of the huge building, trying to find the proper officials. The broker knows every nook and corner in the establishment, and where to find the proper men, and moreover manages to secure the good will of the officials so that he is never kept waiting, but is given every facility for the despatch of his business. The fee for “passing p. 847an entry” is five dollars. Sometimes a broker will pass fifty different entries in a single day, thus earning $250. Some brokers make handsome fortunes in their business. When there is a dispute between the government and the importer as to the value of the goods or the amount of the duty, the broker’s work is tedious and slow. The large importing houses have their regular brokers at stated salaries.
Passing goods through the Custom House is a complicated and annoying task, and most merchants hire a broker to handle it for them. A newcomer could spend hours wandering around the maze of the massive building, trying to locate the right officials. The broker knows every corner of the place and exactly where to find the right people, plus he manages to win the officials' goodwill, so he's never left waiting and always has everything he needs to get his work done. The fee for “passing an entry” is five dollars. Sometimes a broker can handle fifty different entries in a single day, earning $250. Some brokers make a significant fortune in their work. When there's a dispute between the government and the importer about the value of the goods or the amount of duty, the broker's job can become tedious and time-consuming. Large importing companies have their regular brokers on fixed salaries.
p. 848LXXXVI. MISSING.
It is a common and almost meaningless remark, that one has to be careful to avoid being lost in New York, but the words “Lost in New York” have a deeper meaning than the thoughtless speakers imagine. If the curious would know the full force of these words, let them go to the Police Headquarters, in Mulberry street, and ask for the “Bureau for the Recovery of Lost Persons.” The records of this bureau abound in stories of mystery, of sorrow, and of crime.
It’s a common and almost empty comment that you need to be careful not to get lost in New York, but the phrase “Lost in New York” carries a deeper significance than those who casually say it realize. If the curious really want to understand the weight of these words, they should visit the Police Headquarters on Mulberry Street and inquire about the “Bureau for the Recovery of Lost Persons.” The records of this bureau are filled with stories of mystery, sorrow, and crime.
As many as seven hundred people have been reported as “lost,” to this bureau, in a single year, and it is believed that this does not include all the disappearances. Many of those so reported are found, as in the cases of old persons and children, but many disappear forever. Others who are recovered by their friends are never reported as found to the bureau, and consequently remain on its books as missing.
As many as seven hundred people have been reported as "missing" to this bureau in a single year, and it's believed that this doesn't include all the disappearances. Many of those reported are found, like in the cases of elderly individuals and children, but many disappear forever. Others who are found by their friends are never reported as located to the bureau, so they still remain listed as missing.
When a person is reported “Missing” to this bureau, a description of the age, height, figure, whiskers, if any, color of eyes, dress, hair, the place where last seen, the habits and disposition of the person, is given to the official in charge, who enters it in the register. When the returns of the Morgue, which are sent to the Police authorities every twenty-four hours, are received, they are compared with the descriptions in the register, and in this way bodies are often identified. Five or six hundred cards with the description of the missing person are printed, and sent to the various police precincts, with orders to the commanding officers to make a vigilant search for the person so described. Advertisements are also inserted in the newspapers describing the missing ones. Many of the estrays are children, and these are usually recovered within twenty-four hours. These little ones usually fall directly into the hands of the police, and are taken at once to the station house. p. 550If not claimed there, they are sent at nightfall to Police Headquarters, where they are cared for until their friends come for them.
When someone is reported “Missing” to this bureau, a description of their age, height, build, facial hair, eye color, clothing, hair, the location where they were last seen, and their habits and personality is given to the official in charge, who records it in the register. When the morgue reports, sent to the police every twenty-four hours, are received, they are compared with the descriptions in the register, which often leads to the identification of bodies. Five or six hundred cards with the description of the missing person are printed and sent to various police precincts, with instructions for the commanding officers to conduct a thorough search for the individual in question. Advertisements are also placed in newspapers detailing the missing persons. Many of those reported missing are children, and they are usually found within twenty-four hours. These young ones typically come directly into the custody of the police and are taken to the station house immediately. If they are not claimed there, they are sent to Police Headquarters at night, where they are looked after until their families come to retrieve them. p. 550
Many of the missing are men—strangers to the city. They have come here on business or for pleasure, and have undertaken to see the sights of New York. They have drowned their senses in liquor, and have fallen into the hands of the thieves and murderers, who are ever on the watch for such as they. They have been robbed and murdered, thrown into the river, from which they sometimes find their way to the Morgue. Or perhaps they have followed some street walker to her den, there to fall victims to the knife or club of her accomplice. The river is close at hand, and it hides its secrets well. Year after year the same thing goes on, and men pay with their lives the price of their impure curiosity. The street walker still finds her victim ready to follow her to her den, for “he knoweth not that the dead are there: and that her guests are in the depths of hell. He goeth after her straightway, as an ox goeth to the slaughter, or as a fool to the correction of the stocks. Till a dart strike through his liver, and knoweth not that it is for his life. She hath cast down many wounded; yea, many strong men have been slain by her. Her house is the way to hell, going down to the chambers of death.”
Many of the missing are men—strangers to the city. They came here for work or fun, wanting to see the sights of New York. They’ve drowned their senses in alcohol and ended up at the mercy of the thieves and murderers who are always on the lookout for people like them. They’ve been robbed and killed, tossed into the river, where sometimes their bodies are found at the Morgue. Or they might have followed some streetwalker to her place, becoming victims of her accomplice’s knife or club. The river is nearby, and it keeps its secrets well. Year after year, this continues, and men pay with their lives for their reckless curiosity. The streetwalker still finds her prey, eager to follow her to her lair, for “he does not know that the dead are there, and that her guests are in the depths of hell. He goes after her right away, like an ox going to slaughter, or like a fool heading for punishment. Until an arrow pierces his liver, not realizing it's for his life. She has brought down many wounded; indeed, many strong men have been killed by her. Her house leads to hell, going down to the chambers of death.”
Year after year the waters cast up their dead, and the Morgue is filled with those who are known to the police as “missing.” Men and women, the victims of the assassin, and those who are tired of life, find their way to the ghastly tables of the dead house; but they are not all. There are long rows of names in the dreary register of the police against which the entry “found” is never written. What has become of them, whether they are living or dead, no one knows. They were “lost in New York,” and they are practically dead to those interested in knowing their fate. Year after year the sad list lengthens.
Year after year, the waters bring up their dead, and the morgue is filled with people known to the police as "missing." Men and women, victims of murderers and those who have given up on life, end up on the grim tables of the morgue; but that's not all. There are long lists of names in the bleak police register that have the entry "found" never written next to them. What has happened to them, whether they are alive or dead, nobody knows. They were "lost in New York," and they are practically dead to those who want to know their fate. Year after year, the tragic list grows longer.
In many a far off home there is mourning for some loved one. Years have passed away since the sorrow came upon these mourners, but the cloud still hangs over them. Their loved one was “lost in New York.” That is all they know—all they will ever know.
In many distant homes, people are grieving for a loved one. Years have gone by since their sorrow started, but the sadness still lingers. Their loved one was "lost in New York." That's all they know—all they'll ever know.
Footnotes.
[78] Samuel J. Tilden’s speech.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Samuel J. Tilden’s speech.
[86] The Committee of citizens consisted of the leading merchants of New York—such men as Royal Phelps, Robert Lenox, P. Bissinger, Paul N. Spofford, Samuel Willets, H. B. Claflin, Seth B. Hunt, T. F. Jeremiah, R. L. Cutting, W. A. Booth, Jas. Brown, B. L. Solomon, Courtlandt Palmer, J. K. Porter, W. E. Dodge, T. W. Pearsall.
[86] The citizens' committee was made up of the top merchants in New York—men like Royal Phelps, Robert Lenox, P. Bissinger, Paul N. Spofford, Samuel Willets, H. B. Claflin, Seth B. Hunt, T. F. Jeremiah, R. L. Cutting, W. A. Booth, Jas. Brown, B. L. Solomon, Courtlandt Palmer, J. K. Porter, W. E. Dodge, and T. W. Pearsall.
PUBLISHER’S ADVERTISEMENTS.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!